VU Ae tbe to h 4 Laer BN 
ua | i 3) we) i\ A ii\ ( ; \ Les | ! 
: ; tA, ity; IY Not WS i | | I ~ 
y vy ‘of s iw) ma SERS :| /\ f 
/ 


Faiagyaueyytt Ce 







t “38, &. Laie 


UG uu veut 


Mudevuie iy 
ie Se MLE 3 if Vv oF NAW 
fe | yobs yuu al Vv N Pat airs 


4 RAY NU SN WALA fide ie 
‘ 4 | lj> j : BS ; fs 


go Yee -— to oe 
aoe BTU | 





, HUVELDUL O& UV. 


TIONERS 


{ONOLULU. 





Ciel eaten met al are ~ 
Tat ofa tema aves. ae islweys 
qe sa bes SSUuE ys ; 7 


Le 














Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2008 with funding from 
* Microsoft Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/dictionaryofhawa00andrrich 





* 7 | 
~ DICTIONARY 


: OF THE 
& 
© 


HAWAITAN LANGUA GE , 
| | TO WHICH IS APPENDED AN 
ENGLISH-HAWAIIAN VOCABULARY 


AND A 


CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 


BY LORRIN ANDREWS.' 


HONOLULU, H. 1. 
PRINTED BY HENRY M. WHITNEY. . 
1865. — ' 


TO THE 
FOREIGN RESIDENTS ON THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 
THE 
Following Aictionary is respectiully Dedicated, 
BY THEIR 


FELLOW-CITIZEN AND HUMBLE SERVANT, THE AUTHOR. 


15833 , 


Bencroft Library 


AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 


Ir was the intention of the Author of this volume to make some extended 
remarks concerning the character, peculiarities and extent of the Hawaiian 
Language, by way of Preface or Introduction; but the want of physical strength, 
and especially of mental energy, has induced him to forego such an attempt and 
be contented with a mere History of the manner in which this Dictionary has 
come into existence. The History of Hawaiian Lexicography is short. For 
the first effort the Author will quote from the preface of “A Vocabulary of 
Words in the Hawaiian Language” as follows : 


“ Ata General Meeting of the Mission in June, 1834, it was voted, ‘That Mr. AnpREws 
prepare a Vocabulary of the Hawaiian Language.’ At the same time a wish was earnestly 
expressed and often repeated, that the work should not be delayed, but should be printed 
as soon as possible; and it was fully understood and expected that the work would neces- 
sarily be an imperfect one. 

“On receiving the above appointment from the Mission, the Compiler set about a review 
of his materials for the compilation of a Vocabulary. The materials at hand and from 
which the following work has been compiled were the following : 

“1, A vocabulary of words collected mostly, it is believed, by Mr. Loomis, formerly a 
member of this Mission. This was transcribed by the Compiler on his voyage from the 
United States, and put to use in 1828. In using it, his object was to insert every new word 
which he saw in print or understood in conversation or could obtain in any other way, 
besides correcting such mistakes as had been made in transcribing from the copy of Mr. 
Loomis. It was also a point with him to insert, if possible, the authority. Owing, however, 
to his ignorance of the Language at the time, many mistakes were made both in the orthog- 
raphy of the words and in the definitions. 

“2. A vocabulary of words arranged, it is believed, in part by Mr. Ely, at the request of 
the Mission, and finished by Mr. Bishop. A copy of this was received and transcribed by 
the Compiler in the summer of 1829. Every other page was left blank for the insertion of 
new words, and for any such other corrections or additions as should be important. In 
using this manuscript, the same method was taken as with the Vocabulary of Mr. Loomis. 
New words and new definitions of words before collected, increased the size of the book to 
a considerable extent. 

“On the slightest review of these irregular masses of materials, it was manifest that the 
labor of a thorough examination of every word, either by consulting intelligent Natives or 
by examining the wsus loguendi from such manuscripts as could be obtained, or from the 
books that had been printed, must necessarily be a very protracted labor—the labor of 
some years at least. In consideration, therefore, of the urgent desire that something should 
be commenced in the form of a Vocabulary, and that a work having any pretensions to 
perfection must be slow in its progress, and protracted in its completion—and as the Com- 
piler was burdened with labors of another kind—he judged it best to reduce the materials 


iw * —_ AUTHOR’S PREFACE. ro ehy > 


he had on hand to order in the best manner his time would permit. He has done so, with- 
out looking for any new words or extending the definitions of such as were collected, or 
consulting any native with regard to the propriety or impropriety of any definition. He 
feels it his duty, therefore, to forewarn those who may consult the following Vocabulary 
that they will often be disappointed. Jt is by no means a perfect Vocabulary of the Hawaiian 
Language.” 

Such is the History of the Vocabulary. The printing was commenced at 
Honolulu in 1835, but finished at the press of the then High School at Lahaina- 
tuna and published early in 1836. It consisted of 132 pages octavo, and con- 
tained a little over 6,000 words, and has been the principal Vocabulary in use 
until the present time. 


OF THE PRESENT DICTIONARY. 


As soon as the aforementioned Vocabulary was published, the Author had 
several copies bound with blank leaves for making corrections and inserting new 
words, and continued his reading of Hawaiian documents both printed and 
written—giving the preference in all cases to such as were written by Chiefs to 
other Chiefs, and such as were written by one intelligent Hawaiian to another. 
As many of these written documents were never printed and were ephemeral in 
their nature, no reference could be made to them except by quoting a short sen- 
tence containing the word in question. No works of Foreign Authors—i. e., 
Foreigners writing Hawaiian—have been referred to except a very few school 
books, such as the Anahonua (Surveying), the Anatomia, a short treatise on 
Anatomy by Dr. Judd; Hozkehonua (Geography), and a few others. The trans- 
lation of the Bible, however, from the great care exercised in translating—the 
frequent and thorough reviews by parties distinct from the original translators— 
and in all cases with Hawaiians sitting by and assisting, who were distinguished 
for intelligence and skill in their own language—is the principal exception.. That 
has been considered and treated as a classic, and numerous references have been 
made to itaccordingly. It may be remarked, however, that as the Hawaiian Bible 
has been under a revision for two or three years past, and is now being printed 
in the United States, some of the references in the Dictionary may not apply to 
this new edition of the Bible. With these exceptions, the authorities for the defi- 
nition of words, so far as the Author is concerned, have been drawn from Manu- 
scripts written by Hawaiians or from printed pages originally written by such. 
The Author has ever sought after the best and purest Hawaiian he could obtain. 
As he has had no use for the low, filthy, vulgar language of ignorant and sensual 
depravity that must ever exist where there is no purifying principle to counter- 
act it, his book may appear deficient in low terms, too common even now. A 


AUTHOR’S PREFACE. v 


good many, it is to be feared, have crept in unawares along with better company, 
but they have never been sought after. 

Besides two interleaved volumes filled up by the Author himself, he has been 
permitted to draw from the following sources : 

Ist. From a Manuscript of Dr. Baldwin, of Lahaina. This manuscript was 
especially useful, not so much for definitions fully written out, as for its sugges- 
tions of what might be and what should be further investigated. In ‘noting 
down the ideas that appeared to belong to the word under review, he appears to 
have had a shrewd Hawaiian at his elbow. Some of his definitions have been 
copied in entire, but the most are mixed up with those of the Author, making 
the article more full. Hence this general acknowledgment is all that can appear 
in the work. . 

2d. Mr. Richards’ book. This was a printed volume of the Vocabulary bound 
up like the Author’s with blank leaves. In his Missionary work, and especially 
after he became a Teacher for the Chiefs, Mr. Richards obtained quite a stock 
of new words; but it is to be regretted that his engagements did not allow him 
time to define them well. He frequently obtained a new word, but instead of 
giving a radical definition, merely mentioned that the Princess or Hoapili or 
some other Chief used the word, apparently meaning so and so, leaving the 
Author to find out as best he could the real meaning of the word. It was, 
however, of considerable help to the Author. 

3d. ‘The volume of Rev. A. Bishop has also rendered assistance to the Author. 
Having a blank interleaved book, he corrected or improved many definitions of 
the printed Vocabulary, and also added upwards of two hundred new words. 

4th. The Author is also indebted to Dr. Judd in the same way: i. e., by 
allowing the Author the use of his interleaved Vocabulary. Besides his work 
on Anatomy into which he introduced the Hawaiian names of the bones, muscles 
and ligaments of the human system, he has collected in his Vocabulary a good 
number of words belonging to the colloquia] department. 

5th. The Vocabulary of S. M. Kamakau. This was designed to bea vocab- 
ulary of Hawaiian words with Hawaiian definitions. This work was com- 
menced and carried on by Mr. Kamakau through the instigation, if not the ex- 
pense of the Rev. J. S. Emerson while Professor at the Seminary of Lahaina- 
luna. Its value as a vocabulary is diminished, not for want of information in 
the writer, but for want of skill in making definitions. Instead of giving a defi- 
nition in other words, he merely added the synonyms of the word in question. 
The work, however, was of value to the Author. for these synonyms increased 
the number of words which finally found their way into the Dictionary. For 
all these helps, the Author desires to make due acknowledgment. 


v1 AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 


Still there has been ample room for the exercise of the Author’s own judg- 
ment. ‘The different departments in which he has been called to act, as that of 
a Missionary, a Teacher in the Seminary at Lahainaluna, a Magistrate in the 
different Courts of the Kingdom and Secretary of the Privy Council, in all which 
the Hawaiian Language was used, have brought before him a great variety of 
forms of speech, and perhaps also, a greater variety of the senses in which many 
words are used than could have been obtained had he been confined to any one 
department. But after all, as he reviews his Dictionary, he feels that he has 
nothing to boast of. The deficiencies are still great. Much will remain for the 
Author’s successors to do before the genius, extent and peculiarities of the 
Hawaiian Language will be fully developed. 

There are several departments of the language the words of which are but 
feebly represented in this Dictionary. ‘That which relates to the imaginative 
in the Kaaos or Legends of different classes,—that which relates to what may 
be termed their philosophical views, i. e., their mode of accounting for natural 
phenomena, as the creation of their own islands,—the Origin of their Religious 
rites,—and especially the power of imagination displayed in their Meles and the 
consequent richness of their language for expressing the nicest shades of love, 
of hatred, of jealousy and revenge, and the language employed by the priests 
when drawing on their gods for assistance, are but partially presented in the 
definitions of this Dictionary. The Kaao of Laieikawai is almost the only spec- 
imen of that species of language which has been laid before the public. Many 
fine specimens have been printed in the Hawaiian periodicals, but are neither 
seen nor regarded by the foreign community. Volumes more of the same qual- 
ity as Laieikawai might be collected and printed and whose moral influence 
would be no worse on Hawaiian minds than the famous Scott’s Novels are on 
English readers. The study of these Kaaos would demonstrate that the Hawai- 
ians possessed a language not only adapted to their former necessities, but capa- 
ble of being used in introducing the arts of civilized society, and especially of 
pure morals, of law and the religion of the Bible. 

The number of words in this Dictionary is about 15,500. The Author would 
here state that four-fifths of the work were completed before he had any intima- 
tion that it would ever be printed. It was written:solely for his own amuse- 
ment and information, and preparatory to a more full investigation of those 
departments of the language above mentioned. He has been desirous for many 
years of going more fully into the study of Hawaiian poetry, and as a prepara- 
tion to it he was induced to collect specimens of the language of common life; 
hence the origin of this Dictionary. An appropriation of money for a Dictionary 
‘passed by the Legislature of 1860 without his knowledge, was the first intima- 


AUTHOR’S PREFACE. vil 


tion the Author had that such a work was desired by the Foreign community~ 
on the Islands. 

Much praise is due to the Managers of the Office of the Advertiser for the: 
correctness of the printing. Seldom is a book of this size printed with so few 
typographical errors. The public will also feel indebted to Professor Alexander 
for assiduous attention not only in one reading of each proof sheet, but in sug- 
gesting improvements in the language of definitions. The work is now sub- 
mitted to a candid public. The Author hopes and prays that as God has spared 
his life to bring it to a close, he will in some way make it useful to the increase 
of intelligence in this Hawaiian Kingdom. 


LORRIN ANDREWS. 
Honotvtv, April, 1865. 


Vill AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 


NOTICES TO THE READER. 


The Reader will notice that the Order of words in the Dictionary does not 
follow the order of letters in the English Alphabet, but they follow the order in 
which they stand in the Hawaiian first books for children, viz.: 1st, the vowels; 
2d, the Hawaiian consonants, and 3d, such foreign consonants as have been in- 
troduced in coygnection with foreign words. (See the Alphabet below.) 

In arranging the definitions, where there are several attached to a word, the 
Author has endeavored first to ascertain, if possible, the radical idea of the word 
in its simplest form, and from that he has used his bést judgment in arranging 
in the order of their sequence the various derived significations. How far he 
has succeeded must be left to the judgment of the Reader. 

The Reader of Hawaiian will notice that many words begin with the letters 
hoo. In looking in the Dictionary for such words, he may not find them; thus, 
hoonaauao will not be found under the letter H. Throw off then the hoo and 
look for naauao, v., and there it will appear, and so of many others. 

The sounds of the vowels will appear in the Alphabet below, and in the same 
order as they stand in the Dictionary. 


\ A as heard in arch, ask, &c. 
| I: as in hate, late, &c. 
Hawaiian Vowels. }I as in ee in English, or as 2 in pigue. 
| O as long in note. 
) U as 00 in coo. 











wi 

} K | Foreign : 

orel ; 

reais | L | Consonants | G. 
CG tae | M 4 as in English. pronounced | R. 
onsonants fy ets S| 

P | English. | T. 

Ww V. 

ped: 


INTRODUCTORY REMARKS, 


Tue Hawaiian is but a dialect of the great Polynesian language, which is 
spoken with extraordinary uniformity over al] the numerous islands of the Pacific 
Ocean between New Zealand and Hawaii. Again, the Polynesian language is 
but one member of that wide-spread family of languages, known as the Malayo- 
Polynesian or Oceanic family, which extends frorm Madagascar to the Hawaiian 
Islands, and from New Zealand to Formosa. 

The Hawaiian dialect is peculiarly interesting to the philologist from its 
isolated position, being the most remote of the family from its primeval seat in 
South-Eastern Asia, and leading as it were the van while the Malagasy brings 
up the rear. We will first give a brief account of what has been done for these 
languages, chiefly by European scholars. 

The similarity of the Polynesian dialects to one another is so striking that it 
did not escape the notice of the first discoverers in this Ocean. Dr. Reinhold 
Forster, the celebrated naturalist of Captain Cook’s second voyage, drew up a 
table containing 47 words taken from 11 Oceanic dialects, and the corresponding 
terms in Malay, Mexican, Peruvian and Chilian. From this table he inferred 
that the Polynesian languages afford many analogies with the Malay, while 
they present no point of contact with the American languages. After him Mr. 
Anderson, in a comparative table, which was published at the end of Cook’s 
third voyage, drew attention to the striking resemblance of the Polynesian 
numerals to those of the Malay archipelago and Madagascar. 

According to Max Muller, it was the Abbe Lorenzo Hervas who first made 
what he calls “one of the most brilliant discoveries in the history of the science 
of language, the establishment of the Malay and Polynesian family of speech, 
extending from the Island of Madagascar over 208 degrees of longitude to Easter 
Island,” &c. From what has been said, however, it is evident that the credit 
of this discovery is really due to Forster and Anderson. Hervas was a Spanish 
Jesuit, who spent several years as a missionary in South America, where his 
~ attention was drawn to the comparative study of languages. After his return 
to Europe, he lived chiefly at Rome, where his correspondence with Jesuit mis- 
sionaries in all parts of the world gave him great assistance in his philological re- 
searches. Inhis “Catalogue of Languages,” published inthe year 1800, he clearly 
stated this relationship, which it was reserved for a Humboldt to demonstrate. 


A few years later William Marsden, who was the first to investigate with 
9 : 


x INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 


accuracy the history of the East Indian Archipelago, arrived independently at 
the same conclusions. He considered all the insular nations as colonies from 
the Malays, whose original home was the Island of Sumatra, and their common 
speech he termed the Great Polynesian. 

John Crawford, in his great work on the East Indian Archipelago, published 
in 1820, in which he gave a valuable comparative vocabulary, advanced a very 
different theory, which has occasioned a great deal of discussion, and is not 
without its advocates even at the present day. He supposed that the basis of 
each barbarous language was originally distinct, each tribe being a distinct race, 
and properly indigenous. ‘lhe common words in each dialect he supposed to 
have been derived from a foreign language, which he calls the Great Polynesian, 
and which was spread, as he imagined, by a more civilized people, through 
conquest and commercial intercourse, over the whole Archipelago. On this 
subject we briefly remark that his theory affords no explanation of the dispersion 
of the Polynesian race over the islands of the Pacific Ocean. Besides we have 
good reason to believe that whatever superiority in civilization is enjoyed by the 
East Indian islanders, was derived by them from Continental India, long after 
the dispersion of the insular races from their common center, and not from his 
imaginary Great Polynesian. Again, the words which are common to all these 
languages are such as are least likely to have been borrowed by one race from 
another, as the pronouns, the numerals, the names of family relations, of parts 
of the body, of the great objects of nature, and all the simplest ideas of every- 
day life. ‘The Saxons, for example, learned to use many Norman-French words, 
but most of their household words remained Saxon. So did their numerals, so 
did their pronouns, and so in the highest degree did their grammar. 

Dumont d’Urville’s report on the Philology of the French Exploring Expedi- 
tion, during the years 1825-1829, published in 1833, reflects great credit on its 
author. Besides other valuable materials, it contains a comparative vocabulary 
of seven Oceanic languages, comprising over eight hundred words in the Mada- 
gascar, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian, Hawaiian and Malay languages. 

In the able essay which accompanied it, he drew attention to the fact that a 
class of words common to the Malagasy and the Polynesian are wanting in the 
Malay; which confirmed, as he justly thought, Forster’s opinion that “all these 
languages were derived from one very ancient tongue, now lost,” which held 
towards them all the relation of a common parent, the Polynesian having re- 
mained nearest to the original type, while the Malay has been greatly modified 
by the influence of the Sanscrit, and the Malagasy by the African and Arabic 
languages. M. d’Urville then goes on to advance an ingenious hypothesis, 
which, however, will not stand the test of examination, that a continent like 
Australia, or at least an archipelago, once occupied part of Polynesia, inhabited 


INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. xl 


by a people of whom the Polynesian tribes are but the remnant that have sur- 
vived some great convulsion of the globe. In that case the Malays would have 
been but colonists from the supposed Polynesian continent, who had followed 
the general course of the trade winds. 

The earliest really scientific analysis of the stracture of a Polynesian language, 
with which we are acquainted, is the work on the Hawaiian language published 
at Berlin in 1837, by Adelbert von Chamisso, the poet, who had been the natu- 
ralist of the Russian Exploring Expedition, under Kotzebue, in the years 1815 
to 1818. It isa work of rare ability, considering the meagre materials which 
the author had at his command. In the year 1838 appeared a work by Baron 
William von Humboldt, the distinguished statesman and scholar, which marked 
a new era in the history of the science of language, and which first fixed on an 
impregnable basis the relationship of the Malayo-Polynesian languages. ‘This 
great work “ On the Kawi Language in the Island of Java,” which was edited 
after the author’s death by his friend and assistant, M. Buschmann, has ever 
since been regarded as a model and masterpiece of philological research. In 
the words of Professor De Vere, “the Kawi served him as a canvas on which to 
weave those truths and that wisdom, which have placed his name in universal 
comparative philology by the side of that of Leibnitz.” 

In this work, which occupies three quarto volumes, he first lays down the 
fundamental] principles which govern the development of language, and shows 
the influence of the structure of language on the intellectual development of 
races. He then institutes a most minute and searching examination of the nine 
principal languages of the Malay stock, viz.: the Malagasy, Malay, Javanese, 
Bughis, Tagala, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian and Hawaiian, analyzing the 
structure of their roots, and investigating the laws of derivation and euphony, 
in accordance with which the common stock of words is modified in each dia- 
lect. He next proceeds to make a most careful and elaborate analysis of the 
grammatical structure, the particles and formatives of each language, after which 
he makes a comparison of the numerals, and of 131 primitive words in all the 
nine languages mentioned above. The result of this extensive and laborious 
analysis is to prove that there is not only a fundamental and close affinity be- 
tween these languages in respect to their vocabulary, but that their construction 
is so similar that they may be considered as belonging to one and the same 
grammatical system, and pervaded by the same modes of thought. Humboldt 
also showeg that the Tagala, the leading language of the Philippine Islands, is 
by far the richest and most perfect of these languages, and that it may even be: 
considered as the type of the family. ‘It possesses,” he said, al] the forms 
collectively of which particular ones are found singly in other dialects; and it 
has preserved them all with very trifling exceptions unbroken, and in entire har-- 
mony and symmetry. * * * It was necessary, in order to display the high-- 


X11 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 


est perfection of which the organism of this stock of languages is capable, to 
exhibit the system of verbs in the Tagala.” 

The languages of the Oceanic region have been divided into six great groups: 
Ist, the Polynesian; 2d, the Micronesian; 3d, the Melanesian or Papuan; 4th, 
the Australian; 5th, the Malaysian, and 6th, the Malagasy, as the language of 
Madagascar is called. In regard to these different groups our limits will not 
allow us to go into any details. Suffice it to say of the Australians that their 
languages appear to be radically distinct from the Malayo-Polynesian family, 
though they have left some traces of former contact on the dialects of the small 
islands west of New Guinea. The Melanesian or Papuan languages present 
but very slight points of resemblance to the Malay or Polynesian, and differ 
greatly among themselves. If, as is generally supposed, the black race were the 
first settlers in the Pacific, the wave of immigration which peopled Polynesia 
must have swept around them to the north, and at a later period the Microne- 
sians may have moved in and closed up the rear. 

Of the languages of Malaysia, those of the Moluccas approach the nearest to 
Polynesian. Those islands then may be considered as the probable starting 
point of the ancient Polynesian emigrants. The languages of Micronesia unmis- 
takably belong to the great Malay family, and in their grammatical structure 
resemble the East Indian languages more than the Polynesian. 

The remarkable fact that the language of Madagascar belongs to this great 
family was first established by William Humboldt in his great work on the 
Kawi language. The Malagasy has no resemblance to the South African lan- 
guages. In its grammatical structure it approaches nearest to the Tagala, but 
it contains several Polynesian words which are wanting in the intervening Malay 
languages. ‘The first ten numerals in Malagasy are “ Rec or isa, rua, telu, efat, 
dimi, enim, fitu, valu, sivi, fulu.” In Malay they are “ Satu, dua, tiga, ampat, 
lima, anam, tujuh, delapan or walu, sambilan, sa-puluh.” ‘The original Poly- 
nesian forms are “ Tasi, lua, tolu, fa, lima, ono, fitu, valu, siwa, fulu.” Com- 
pare the Malagasy word for “heaven,” dangits, with the Malay langit, the Poly- 
nesian langi or lant ; the Malagasy word z?fi, a “tooth,” with the Polynesian 
nifo or niho ; the Malagasy uv2, a “ yam,” with the Polynesian uf or wht. In- 
deed some words, such as mate, ‘‘dead,” &c., are found in the same identical 
forms throughout this whole circle of languages. Many other examples might 
be given if they were needed to illustrate the connection of these languages. 

The Polynesian language is, as has been before remarked, an extremely 
ancient and primitive member of the great Malay family. 

It was observed by Humboldt that the introduction of Sanscrit words into the 
Javanese and Malay must have been centuries before the Christian era, and that 
the separation between the different branches of the Malay family must have 


INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. Xili 


taken place at a stijl earlier period. It has also been seen that the internal 
structure of the Polynesian language indicates its high antiquity. It was the 
belief of William Humboldt that the Polynesians exhibit the original state of 
civilization of the Malay race, when they first settled in the Indian Archipelago, 
and before they had been changed by foreign influence. The unity of the Poly- 
nesian dialects is still an astonishing fact. ‘Tribes like the Hawaiians and New 
Zealanders, separated from each other by one-fourth of the circumference of the 
globe in space, and thousands of years in time, speak dialects of one language, 
and have the same customs and mythology. ‘The laws of euphony in the sey- 
eral dialects which regulate the changes of consonants are so fixed and uniform, 
that a New Zealand or Samoan word being given, we can generally tell with 
certainty what its form will be in each of the other dialects. The conclusion 
that the course of migration in the Pacific was from west to east might be de- 
duced from an examination of the comparative grammar and vocabularies of the 
different dialects. We find in those of the western groups many forms which 
are entirely wanting in the eastern dialects, while others which are complete in 
the former are found in the latter defective or perverted from what was evidently 
their original meaning. 

The New Zealand dialect, on the whole, is the most primitive and entire in 
its forms. The Hawaiians, Marquesans and Tahitians form a closely related 
sroup by themselves. For example, the Marquesan converts are using Hawai- 
ian books, and the people of the Austral Islands read the Tahitian Bible. 

Although, in a scientific point of view, the Hawaiian may seem to be one of 
the most attenuated and degenerate dialects of this family, we believe it to be 
practically one of the most copious and expressive, as well as the richest in 
native traditional history and poetry. 

The Samoan and Tongan languages have probably been modified, by a later 
importation from the East Indies. They contain several Malay words which 
are wanting in the eastern dialects. The Tongan in particular has several 
Feejee traits not found elsewhere in Polynesia. 

The Feejee or Viti seems to form the transition between Polynesian and 
Papuan, where the two streams of colonization met and mingled. The princi- 
ples of its grammar and one-fifth of its words are Polynesian. Among the re- 
maining four-fifths are several pure Malay words, such as vada, the moon, lako, 
to go, masima, salt, &c., while many of its peculiar words are also found in the 
Kingsmill Group, and some, e. g. dra, blood, kana, to eat, tina, mother, can even 
be traced into Micronesia. The Kingsmill Group, as far as its language is con- 
cerned, has a closer connection with Polynesia than Micronesia, though consid- 
erably modified by mixture with the latter as well as with the black race. To- 


XIV INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 


gether with the Feejee and Rotuman it retains some characteristics of Eastern 
Malaysia, particularly of Aru-Sambawa, and even some traces of Australian. 
The native traditions show that they are a mixed race sprung from Samoan and 
Micronesian colonists. ; 

At the south-east extremity of Polynesia the Pa’umotu or Dangerous Archi- 
pelago, presents a curious problem for the philologist. While the grammar and 
most of the vocabulary is Tahitian, the numerals and a large number of the 
most common words are utterly unlike every other Oceanic language with which 
we are acquainted, although Logan finds many of them “ recognizable as Indo- 
nesian or Indian words.” ‘Their canoes and some of their manufactures are of 
the Micronesian pattern, though there is nothing in their language that points 
in that direction. 

A few words should be added on the peculiar genius and structure of the 
Polynesian Language in general, and of the Hawaiian dialect in particular. 

It is a law of all Polynesian languages that every word and syllable must end 
in a vowel, so that no two consonants are ever heard without a vowel sound be- 
tween them. Most of the radical words are dissyllables, and the accent is gen- 
erally on the penult. The Polynesian ear is as nice in marking the slightest 
variations of vowel sound as it is dull in distinguishing consonants. No Poly- 
nesian dialect, for instance, makes any distinction between 6 and p, d and t, g 
and k,Z andr, or v and w. Besides Z is often sounded like d and ¢ like k, which 
latter was unfortunately adopted in the written language of the Hawaiian Islands 
to represent the same element which is represented by ¢ throughout the rest of 
Polynesia. 

As was said before, the laws which regulate the changes of consonants in the 
different dialects are remarkably uniform. In Hawaiian both fand s are changed 
into h, ng is softened into 2, k at the beginning of a word is dropped, but in the 
middle of a word is represented by a peculiar guttural catch or break, and w is 
used for v, though the sound is properly intermediate between the two. 

The following table from Hale shows the number of consonants in each dia- 
lect, and the changes which they undergo in passing from one dialect to another. 
The guttural break, which takes the place of &, is represented by an apostrophe. 


Fakaafo. Samoan. Tongan. New Zealand. Rarotongan. Tahitian. Hawaiian. Marquesan. 
F. i. B WorH. Wanting. F or H. Hi: F or H. 
K. ; ic@ K. aK. : d Ig. 
L. 1 We L. at R. é R: i. Wanting. 
M. M. M. M. M. M. M. M. 
iN: N. IN: iN: iN: N. N. N. 
NG. NG. NG. NG. NG. Dropped. N. NG, NiormK: 
P. P. Bor Bi OP. iP. P. if Py 
S. S. He H. Wanting. H. 15h, la& 
g, Ay 1 T. Abe Aim T ordG 0. 
Vi: v V. W. Vi. Vis W. Vis 


INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. XV 


The vowels undergo but few changes, and these chiefly in consequence of 
consonant changes. E. ¢. feté, a star, and fenua, land, in Hawaiian become 
hokt, and honua, and the omission of & produces similar changes, so that mezka, 
a banana, becomes mav’a, and meitaki, good, becomes maika’i. It will be ob- 
served that in consonant sounds the Hawaiian is one of the softest and most 
attenuated of the dialects, being surpassed in that respect only by the effeminate 
Marquesan. ‘The following examples show the ane which words undergo 
in passing from one dialect to another. 




































































Fakaafo. Samoan. Tongan. |New Zealand.| Rarotongan.| Tahitian. Hawaiian. | Nukuhivan. 
Foe. Foe. Foe. Hoe. Oe. | Hoe. Hoe. Hoe. 
Tonga. Tonga. Tonga. Tonga. Tonga. Toa. Kona. |Tonga, tona, 
Sina. Sina. Hina. Hina. Ina. lina. Hina. Hina. 
Ika. La. Ika. Ika. Ika, Va. 'T’a. Ika. 
Vaka. Va’a. Vaka. Waka. Vaka. Va’a. W a’a. Vaka. 
Songi. Songi. THongi. Hongi. Ongi. Hoi. Honi. Hougi. 
Tufunga, Tufunga. Tufunga. Tohunga. Taunga. Tahua, Kahuna. Tuhuna. 
Kupenga. *Upenga. Kupenga. Kupenga. Kupenga. ’Upe’a. | Upena. Kupeka, &c. 


The vocabulary of the Hawaiian is probably richer than that of most other 
Oceanic tongues. Its child-like and primitive character is shown by the absence 
of abstract words and general terms. As has been well observed by M. Gaussin, 
there are three classes of words, corresponding to as many different stages of 
language: Ist, those that express sensations, 2d, images, and 3d, abstract ideas. 
The Polynesian vocabulary was originally composed chiefly of words of the 
first two classes. As languages grow older, words acquire a figurative sense, 
and the original meaning is gradually forgotten. In English, for instance, how 
many are aware that trzbulation originally meant threshing, respect, looking 
back, reveal to draw back a vail, affront to strike in the face, and insult to leap 
upon the body of a prostrate foe? Now there were comparatively few Hawai- 
ian words that had gone through this process. 

Not only are names wanting for the more general abstractions, such as space, 
nature, fate, &c., but there are very few generic terms. For example there is 
no generic term for anzmal, expressing the whole class of living creatures, or for 
insects or for colors. At the same time it abounds in specific names and in nice 
distinctions. 

The first step in the formation of language was no doubt the employment of 
particular names to denote individual objects. It was only afterwards by a pro- 
cess of abstraction that these individual objects were classified by those qualities 
which are common to a number of them. It is from the specific that we ascend 
to the general. The same principle applies to verbs or names of actions as well 
as tonouns. The savage has in his mind a picture of the whole action, and 
does not always abstract or separate the principal circumstance from the acces- 
sory details. This is true of uncultivated languages in general, and is not pecu- 
liar to Hawaiian. Thus the Javanese has ten words to express as many different 


xv INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 


modes of standing, and twenty of sitting. The Feejee has sixteen words mean- 
ing to strike, and eight to wash, ‘according as it affects the head, face, hands, 
feet or body of an individual, or his clothes, dishes or floor.” So i Hawaiian 
everything that relates to their every-day life or to the natural objects with 
which they were conversant is expressed with a vivacity, a minuteness and 
nicety of coloring which cannot be reproduced in a foreign tongue. ‘Thus the 
Hawaiian was very rich in terms for every variety of clouds. It has names for 
every species of plant on the mountains or fish in the sea, and is peculiarly copi- 
ous in terms relating to the ocean, the surf and waves. The ancient Hawaiians 
were evidently close observers of nature. For whatever belonged to their reli- 
gion, their wars, their domestic life, their handicrafts or their amusements, their 
vocabulary was most copious and minute. Almost every stick in a native house 
had its appropriate name. Hence it abounds in synonyms, which, however, are 
such only in appearance, and on which a volume might be written. E.g. To 
be broken as a string is moku, to be broken as a dish naha, as a stick hake, to 
fall from an upright to a horizontal position as a wall is hzma, to fall from a 
height through the air Aauwle; auamo means to carry on the shoulder with a 
stick, ka’ika’t in the hands, Azz as a child in the arms, koz on a stick between two 
men, haawe on the back, hali to carry in general, &c. 

Besides the language of every day life, there was a style appropriate to ora- 
tory, and another to religion and poetry. This latter is known to but few na- 
tives of the present generation, and is fast disappearing. The same thing is 
taking place in New Zealand and Tahiti. 

The above mentioned characteristics make it a pictorial and expressive lan- 
guage. It still has the freshness of childhood. Its words are pictures rather 
than colorless and abstract symbols of ideas, and are redolent of the mountain, 
the forest and the surf. It was completely adapted to the country and the circle 
of ideas in which the people lived, and bore no trace of a higher civilization or 
of foreign influence. Far be it from us however to deny its capability for higher 
development. Its characteristics are such as belong to all languages in a certain 
stage of growth. It has been and is successfully used to express the abstrac- 
tions of mathematics, of English law, and of theology. 

We regret that our limits forbid our adding any remarks on the grammatical 
structure of the Polynesian languages. 

W. D. ALEXANDER. 


Hono.vv, April, 1865. 


A DICTIONARY 


OF THE 


HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE. 


AA AR A ere 


A 


A in “& in Hawaiian, as in most other lan- 
9 guages, is the first letter of the alpha- 
bet; “ because, if pronounced open asain 
father, it is the simplest and easiest of all 
sounds.” Eneye. Amer. Its sound,in Ha- 
waiian, is generally that of ain father, ask, 
pant, &c.; but it has, sometimes, when 
standing before the consonants k,l, m,n 
and p, a short sound, somewhat resembling 
the short uw, as in mutter, but not so short. 
Thus paka, malimali, lama, Mand, napenape, 
are pronounced somewhat as we should 
pronounce pukke, mullymully, lumma, 
munna, nuppynuppy, &ec. ; reference being 
had only to the first vowel of each word. 
it has also in a few words, a sound nearly 
resembling (but notso strong) that of au 
or aw in English ; as iwaho, mawaho, pro- 
nounced somewhat as iwauho, marauho. 
To foreigners who merely read the lan- 
guage, the common pronunciation of a as 
in father is near enough for all practical 
purposes ; but to those who wish to speak 
it, the mouth of a Hawaiian is the best 
directory. 
A is used for various parts of speech, 
and, of course, has various significations. 
A, adv. When; ; then; there; until. 
With verbs in a narrative tense, it signifies 
when, and when, &c.; as, @ hiki mai ia, 
when he arrived. With nei it signifies a 
‘designation of place, as maia nei aku, from 
here (this place) onward. Until, as noho 
oia malaila a make, he lived there until 
he died. Norr.—A nei is often written as 
one word, and then it signifies here, present 
place. A when pronounced with a pro- 
tracted sound, signifies a protracted pe- 
riod of time, or distance, or a long contin- 
ued action; as, holo ae la ia a—ahikii ka 
aina Kahiki, he sailed a long time (or a 
long distance) until he reached a foreign 
country. 


A, conj. And; and then; and when. 
When it connects verbs, it ‘usually stands 


by itself; as, holo ka waa, @ komo iho, 
the canoe sailed and sank. When it con- 


A —-- + 


nects nouns, it is usually joined with me; 
as, haawi mai oia i ka ai a me ke kapa, he 
furnished food and clothing. A with me 
signifies and, and also, besides, together 
with, &c. When emphatic, it is merely @ 
disjunctive. Dunk. 6:39. Nore.—In nar- 
ration, it frequently stands at the begin- 
ning of sentences or paragraphs, and 
merely refers to what has been said, with- 
out any very close connection with it. In 
many cases, it is apparently euphonic, or 
seems to answer no purpose, except as a 
preparatory sound to something that may 
follow ; as. akahi no oukou a@ hele i keia 
ala, never before have you passed this 
road. Gram. § 166. 


A, prep. Of; to; inconnection with mo- 


tion, e hoi oe @ ka hale, return to the 
house, (hiki i) understood. Laieik. 12. 
Unto; at; belonging. It designates the 
properties of relation, possession and 
place; and is often synonymous with 0, 
but more generally distinct, giving another 
shade of meaning and implying a more 
close connection. Gram. § 69, 3. 


A, int. Lo; behold. It is expressive of 


surprise, disap pointment, astonishment or 
admiration. It is similar in meaning to 
aia hoi, eia hoi, aia ka. 


A, ev. To burn, as a fire; ua @ mai ke 


ahi, the fire burns; na a mai ke ahi ma 
ka waha, the fire burned in their mouths. 

2. To burn, as a lamp; to blaze, as a 
flame. 

3. Fic. To burn,as jealousy. Hal. 79:5. 
As anger. Nah. 11:1. 

4. Hoo or ho. To cause to burn, i. e., to 
kindle; to light,as a lamp: to kindle, asa 
fire. Also with ho doubled, as hohkea. to 
dry; na hua i hohoa ia, dried fruits. Gihk. 
2:14. See the reduplicate form Aa and 
Hoo. Gram. § 212. 


A, adj. Fiery; burning; he lua a, 2 


fiery pit. 


Aisrs. yo jawbone; the cheek bone. 


Hal. 3 A tana, upper jaw ; a lalo, lewer 


jaw. 


AA 


A,s. The name of an instrument made 
of smooth bone, and used formerly for 


18 


AAE 


3. Fig. The lower part of the neck. 
4. Offspring. 


piercing or killing an unborn child. It] A-A, s. A pocket; a bag. Job. 14:11. 


was called the a oo, the piercing a; alsoa 
koholua. See Konowwa. 

A, s. Name of broken lava from the 
voleano ; probably so called from being 
burnt. See A,v. Ke ao Kaniku a me 
Napuuapele. 

A,s. Name of the white spots that ap- 
pear in poi when pounding. 

A, s. Name of a large sea bird often 
caught by natives; also called aaianuhea- 
kane, feathers white. 

A, s. Name of a small fish that bites 
at a hook; called also aakimakau. 

A, s. Name of the Hawaiian alphabet; 
also the first sheet on which it was printed. 

A-a,v. A doubled. See A, verb, before. 
To burn fiercely or furiously, as a fire; to 
burn constantly. Oihk. 6:9. 

2. Fig. To kindle; to burn furiously, 
as anger. Nah. 11:33. 

3. Hoo. To cause to kindle ; to burn, as 
a fire ; to light, as a lamp. 

4, Fie. To burn, as anger. Ain. 30:2. 

5. To rage; to be angry. 

A-A, adj. Burning ; raging, as a fire, he 
ahi aa loa; also as anger. 

A-a, s. A burning; a lighted fire, &c. 
Laieik. 78. 

A-a,v. Tobe bold; todare. Nah. 14:44. 

2. To tempt; to challenge. Puk. 17:2. 
To defy. 1 Sam. 17:10. 

3. To venture, ua aa anei oe e hele i ke 
kaua? Ua aa anei oee hele i ke alii? 

4. To accept a challenge; to act pre- 
sumptuously. Kanl. 1:43. He aa ka ma- 
nao; he wiwo ole. 

A-a,s. Adaring; tempting. Nah. 14:22. 

A-a, adj. Spiteful; quick angry; also 
roguish ; mischievous. 

A-a, v. To gird; tie around, as a loose 
garment. 

A-a, s. A belt; a girdle. 

A-a,v. To make a noise, as in trying to 
speak, as a dumb person ; hence, 

2. To be dumb, ua aa ka leo. 

A-a, adj. Silent; still; lonely, as a 
house uninhabited ; he aa ko ka hale, the 
people of the house are silent. 

A-a, s. Dumbness; inability to speak 
intelligibly ; also a dumb person. Puk. 
4:11. I loheia e na aa lololohe; i mau 
aa lolo kuli. 

A-a, s. The small roots of trees or 
plants. Job. 8:17. Also called weli. 

2. The veins or arteries for blood, from 
their resemblance to the fine roots of trees, 
aole lakou i ike ke koko maloko o na aa. 
Anat. 1. 


Syn. with ee. Aa moni,a purse; a scrip : 
a bag to carry provisions in for a journey ; 
aole kanaka aa ole, no man without his 
scrip; a bag for weights (of money.) 
Kanl. 25:13. The name of the envelop for 
a foetus. Laieik. 190. Kuu kaikaina i ka 
aa hookahi. 

A-a,s. A dwarf; asmall person. Ozhk. 
21:20. Kanaka poupou aa; ua ike au i 
kahi keiki i komoiii, aa no hoi ke kino. 

A-a,s. See A above. Broken lava, i. e., 
sand, earth, stones and melted lava, cooled 
and broken up ; hence 

A-a, adj. Stony ; abounding with lava ; 
rough with broken lava, as ground to walk 
over, or to work in. See A, broken lava, 
above. 

A-a, s. A covering for the eyes. 

A-a, s. See A above. Name of a bird 
that hunts fish during the day, but flies 
back to the mountains in the evening. 

A-a,s. The caul of animals; aa ma- 
luna o ke eke, the caul above the liver. 
Puk. 29:13. The midriff. Oihk. 3:4. 

A-a, s. Name of a sea breeze at La- 
haina and some other places on the islands. 

A-a,s. Name of the cloth-like covering 
near the roots of cocoanut leaves, aa niu. 
Hence, 

2. The name of a coarse kind of cloth, 
he aa haole. 

3. The outer husk of the cocoanut; the 
skin of the banana, same as paaa. 

A-a, s. Chaff; hulls; the outside of 
seeds or fruit. Jer. 23:28. 

A-a,s. Name ofa reddish fish. See A 
above. 

A-a, v. To send love in compliment; 
as, e da mai ana o mea ma ia oe; the 
answer would be, Anoai wale laua, or 
welina wale laua, or aloha wale lana. 

A-a-a, adj. Hospitable; friendly; kind 
to strangers, he makamaka aloha; Syn. 
with haaa. 

A-a-A, adj. Uninhabited, as a house or 
village ; lonely. 

A-a-a, s. A house without inhabitants ; 
also a low or humble dwelling, he hale 
aad, aole kiekie. 

A-a-a-kI, v. To bite often. See Axt, to 
bite. 

A-a-E, s. See Aa, fine roots. A kalo 


patch where the kalo is pulled. 

2. The young shoots of kalo remaining 
in the ground after the old is pulled. Syn. 
with oha, 2s, pau ke kalo i ka hukiia, 0 ka 
oha wale no koe, oia ka aae. 


AAU 


worship anciently. 
Aldae, e Kaulei, e lelei, e kui kiona 
Ia oe e Kahamuili. 

A-ar-A, S. A word used by children in 
addressing parents before they can speak 
plainly. 

A-at,v. See At, to eat. To eat to sati- 
ety ; to consume much. 

2. To increase or grow, as an ulcer. 

3. To ulcerate ; to eat or make progress, 
as a sore. 

4. Fig. To give pain; irritate. 2 Tim. 
2:17. Aole hoi e aai ka hewa iloko o ka 
poe e ku paa ana, sin will not inerease in 
those who stand fast. 

A-at, adj. Eating; increasing; continu- 
ing, as asore; he mai adi, an increasing 
sore, he lepera aaiia. Oihk. 13:51. 

A-at, s. The progress or continuance of 
@ sore. 

A-at, s. The action of the surf at high 
tide, when dashing ashore and then reced- 
ing, thus wearing away the gravel ; spelled 
also aei. 

A-at, s. Name of the net used to catch 
the fish opelu and maomao; as, aai opelu, 
the opelu net; aai maomao, the maomao 
net ; also written aei. i 

A-A-IA-NU-HEA-KA-NE,S. Name ofa bird. 
See A above. 

A-A-I-0-LE, adj. Aaz, to grow, and ole, 
not. Falling before ripe, as bread-fruit ; 
applied to men who die before their time, 
i. e., before maturity. 

A-a-I-0-LE, s. The bread-fruit which is 
ripe and fallen down of itself. 

A-a-I-na, adv. Loudly; strongly, as a 
sound, kani aaina; also continually. See 
Al, to increase. 

A-ao, adj. Greedy, as dogs; always 
ready to eat, or seize food. 

Aa-o, adj. A species of tall, wild ba- 
nana, he maia ado, 

A-A-0-ko-Ko, adj. Aa, vein or artery, 
and koko, blood. Epithet of any substance 
red hot, as fire, iron, stone, &c.; probably 
from the raging or rapid flow of blood. 

A-au, s. See Av. To swim dispers- 
edly; a flock, as of birds when fright- 
ened ; a school, as of fish as they come to- 
gether and frightened ; suddenly separate. 

2. A slight ripple on the surface of calm 
water by a light breeze. 

A-au, v. To ripple mildly, as a calm 
sea, by a slight wind. 

2. To separate, as a flock of birds when 
frightened, or a school of fish. 


Ka lele aau 0 ka manu o Kiwaa, 

The frightened flight of the birds of Kiwaa. 
Ka aau mai Kukona ke koae, 

The flock from Kukona, the koae. 


19 
A-as, s. A certain form of commencing 


AAH 


Ke koae nui hulu meamea, 

The great feathered koae. 

A-avu-A, s. Epithet of a woman as she 
begins to advance in age, has wrinkles 
about the eyes, &c. 

A-au-a, adj. Strong scented, as the skin 
of a hog in dressing. 

A-a-Ha, s. Name of some kind of out- 
side covering fora dish. He ipu i hanaia 
i ka aaha a paa, the cup was held with the 
aaha, and tightly. 

A-a-ut, s. A, bag, and ahi, fire. A bag 
in which fire and fire materials were car- 
ried ; he kieke ahi. 

A-a-ut, s. Name of the iliahi or san- 
dal-wood when young. 

A-a-H1, v. See definition of AAmoo. 
Perhaps a and ahi, to burn, as with lust. 
A-a-Ho, v. To put up pia in small pack- 

ages, that it may keep sweet. 

A-s-Ho, s. A container in which pia is 
put up. 

A-a-Hu, s. See Aa, kind of cloth, and 
Auv,a fine mat. Anoutside garment. Ain. 
27:15. Acloak; a garment thrown loosely 
over the shoulders. 

2. A robe. Job. 29:14. A covering for 
ornament ; aahu kapa maikai, the dress of 
a dandy,i.e.,dandyism. Nors.—The aahy 
was formerly some kind of kapa; mamua, 
aahu kapa, mahope, aahu lole. 

3. The bark of the mulberry soaked in 
water for making kapa. 

4, Aahu kaua, armor. 1 Sam. 17:38. 

A-a-Hu, v. ‘lo cover with kapa; 
cover, as with a cloak. 

2. To put on or wear clothes ; to pnt on 
one’s garment. 

3. Fie. Job. 29:14. Aahu iho au i ka 
pono, I have clothed myself with righte- 
ousness. 

4. Hoo. To clothe one; to provide clothes 
for one. Hin. 3:21; Oihk. 8:7. Syy. with 
hookomo kapa. 

A-a-Hu-A, v. Pass of the foregoing for 
aahuia. Gram. § 211. Clothed; dressed ; 
covered. 

A-a-Hu-A, v. To speak reproachfully ; 
to use words of strong contempt for one. 
A-a-Hu-A-Lu, adj. Aa, dwarf, and hua- 
lii, diminutive. Small; low in stature ; 

defective in bodily structure; noinoi. 

A-a-Hu-A-Lu, 8. The name of a god. 

A-a-HU-a-P00, s. Aahu, covering, and 
poo, head. A covering or clothing for the 
head ; a defense in time of peril; a shield 
in war. 2 Qihl. 14:8. Abuckler. 2 Gih/. 
23:9. Connected with mahiole and pale- 
kaua. 


A-a-Hu-I, s. Aa, vein, and hui, pain, 
ache. 





to 


AAK 


20 


AAL 





l. Lit. An aching vein. 

2. A desire for pleasure, attended with 
some sense of pain. Pau ke aahui, ke aa- 
koni oloko, the painful desire within has 
ceased. 

A-a-HU-U-LA, Ss. Aahu and ula, red. A 
cloak or royal dress adorned with red 
feathers, considered very valuable; 0 ka 
aahuula, he waiwai makamae nui ia. 

A-a-HU-KA-PU, s. Aahu, garment, and 
kapu, forbidden. A consecrated or holy 
garment. Puke. 28:2. 

A-A-HU-MA-KA-LOA, v. Aahu, garment, 
malo and loa, long malo. To clothe one, 
or put on the long malo; ua aahuia ka 
maloloa, nolaila, he aahumakaloa. 

A-a-HU-MA-Mo,s. Aahu and mamo,a yel- 
low bird. A large yellow robe worn by 
the king or high chief; no ka hanohano 
nui o ka aahwmamo. 

A-A-HU-PA-WE-HE, S. Aahu, garment, 
and pawehe, which see. A garment made of 
a kind of mat called pawehe ; nolailai ole- 
loia’i i aahupawehe hiwa na ka makani. 

A-a-ka, v. To complain, as a person of 
a perverse or sour temper; to grumble; 
chide ; find fault; to strive. Nah. 20:13. 
Tole makou e aaka a koea iho, that we may 
not think hard and refuse. 

2. To be very dry; to be exceedingly 
thirsty. 

3. To burst or crack open, as a ripe 
melon or banana. 

4. To be hard, severe, as labor or toil ; 
aole i aakaia ka hana a na haku, the work 
for the lords was not hard. 

A-a-ka,S. Harsh speaking against one; 
a grumbling; a fault-finding. 

A-a-KA, s. Name of a species of san- 
dal-wood. When young it is called naio ; 
when old and when mature, it is odorifer- 
ous. It is very durable when used for 
house posts. 

A-a-xa, adj. Coarse; illiberal; fault- 
finding ; hard; severe. Sol. 8:13. 

2. Peeled ; skinned, as a banana. 

3. Dry, as the coral of the reef at low 
tide. 

A-a-kA, v. 5th conj. of aka. See Gram. 
§ 209. To laugh at; to ridicule. 

A-A-KA-KA, S. A, to burn, and akaka, 
clearly. The clear burning or splendor of 
the heavenly bodies in a clear night. 


A-a-k1, v. 5th conj. of aki. To bite fre- 
quently ; to bite in two; to bite, as the 
bark from a stick, or the rind from sugar- 
cane. 

2. To grate the teeth ; ua aaki ke kui, ua 
nake loa, he grates his teeth, he is dying. 

3. To feel the severe “bir 

A-aeK1, v. To surround or come upon| 


one, as darkness; ua pouli loa, ke aaki 
mai nei ka poeleele. 

2. To experience palpable darkness. 
Puk. 10:21. 

3. To be caught or held by a thing; ua 
holo ia kanaka i ka moana, ua aaki i ke 
koa a paa, that man sailed out upon the 
ocean, he is caught in the coral, and is fast. 

4. To come upon, as a fit of love; ua 
aaki paa ia ke aloha wela iluna ona. 
Laieile. 197. 

A-a-x1, adj. Thick; obscure, as dark- 
ness. lob. 38:9. 

A-a-x1, s. A biting; ka naho manini nui, 
he aaki nei i ka limu. 

A-a-ki-MA-KAU, 5. A hook-biting fish ; 
the name of a small fish noted for its read- 
iness to bite at a hook. See A. 

A-a-ko, v. 5th conj. of ako. To cut or 
clip off, as the spray of the sea when the 
surf strikes against a bluff of perpendicular 
rocks and is met by a wind from the land, 
and cuts or clips off the spray. 

A-a-ko, v. Used in the imperative; be 
quick ; go to work, &e. 

A-a-ko, s. Ako, the name of a disease. 

1. The furor uteriensis of females ; insa- 
tiable desire of coition ; aako kahi maiika 
hana hewa. 

2. Theitch; hemaneo; helalawe. This 
last form of the word expresses the name 
of the last stage of the disease, followed 
by death. A primary stage is expressed 
by ako, to itch. 

A-A-ko-ko, s. Aa, vein, and koko, blood. 
A vein; a blood vein. Anat. 45. 

A-A-KO-NI, S. Aa, vein, and kon, to 
throb. Hence, an artery, perhaps ; pau ke 
aahui, ke aalihui, ke aakoni oloko. 

A-a-La, v. 5th con}. of ala, to perfume. 
To emit a perfume; to be fragrant. Isa. 
3:24. 

2. To smell of perfumery. Hal. 45:8. 
Aala i ka ihuana ka uka o Kawela. 

A-a-La, adj. Ala, odoriferous ; aala ka 
hala, sweet the hala; aala ka rose, sweet 
the rose ; o na kaikuwahine aala 0 Aiwo- 
hikupua. Laieil. 62. 

A-a-La, s. Ala. An odor. 


2. A kind of scrofulous sore, so called 
from the smell. 

3. Fie. He aala no o Kaahumann, a sweet 
perfume is Kaahumanu. 


A-a-LA-t-o-a,s. Name of a wild ferocious 
man who lived in the forest ; hence, 
2. Wildness ; ferocity ; a savage appear- 
ance; kuku ka aalaioa. 
A-a-La-I-HI, s. A species of fish, small 
and yellow. 


pangs of child-birth.| A-a-pa-Kal, adj. See Ataxat. Large; 


plump ; full fleshed, 


/ 


AAN 


21 


AE 





A-A-LE-LE, S. Aa, vein, and lele, to 
jump. An artery, from itsmotion. Anat. 8. 

A-a-u1, s. Asmall or low place between 
two larger ones; he puali. 

A-a-tu, s. Name of a hard timber; 
more generally «liz. 

A-a-Li-na-nut,adj. Large, fatand weak, 
as a fat man. 

A-a-to, v. 5th conj. of alo. To dodge 
often ; to dodge, as one does a stone. 

A-a-Lo-LE, s. Aa, cloth of cocoanut 
leaves. The name first given to cloth by 
the people of Kanai. 

A-a-1Lo-Lo, s. Aa and lolo, the brain. A 
nerve; aalolo hoao. Anat. 7. Aalololohe, 
the auditory nerve. | 

A-a-tv,s. Dim. of alu. Aravine; a small 
brook, valley or ravine. 

A-a-ma,v. To stretch out the hands for 
the purpose of catching something. 

2. To steal small articles ; to pilfer. 

A-a-ma, s. That motion of the hands) 
when a person would try to seize hold of 
something while it rolls down a pali. 

2. The act of stealing or pilfering. 

3. A black crab living on a rocky shore. 

4. Name of a four-footed animal in the 
sea. 

A-a-ma, s. A person who speaks rap- 
idly, concealing from one and communi- 
cating to another. 

2. One who is expert in gaining knowl- 
edge. 


nut. The covering like a coarse cloth 
around cocoanut leaves; a hookahekahe 
ma ka aaniu. 


A-a-pa, adj. Presumptuous, as when a 


drunken man lies down on a precipice. 

A-a-p1, v. Sth conj. of api. To bend, as 
the gills of a fish; to spring or warp, as 
a board. 

A-a-po, v. 5th conj. of apo, to catch. 
To snatch, as several persons at once; 
to catch at, as several hands at the same 
thing. 

2. To receive readily in the mind; to 
grasp mentally, as a truth; ke aapo nei 
makou a malama. 

A-a-po, adj. Ready, quick to receive 
knowledge; quick at apprehension; he 
aapo ka naau o na kamalii. 

A-a-po, s. One who snatches. 

2. One who learns quickly ; a ready 
scholar. 

A-a-poo, s. The skin, flesh and sinews 
on the back of the neck ; he aapoo ka mea 
ma ka ai he aapoo bipi. Kam. 

A-a-pu, s. See Apu, a cup. A thin 
piece of wood, such as will bend up. 

2. A concave vessel. 

3. A valve of a vein. Anat. 45. 

A-a-pu, v. To warp or bend, as a board 
in the sun. 

2. To wrinkle or ruffle, as cloth; mimino. 
See AaPl. 

3. Hoo. To turn the hollow of the hand 
upward ; e hooaapu ae i kou poho lima. 


A-a-mo, adj. Insatiable in lust; never) A.s-py-a, s. Aa, bag, and pua, an ar- 


satisfied ; applied to females; he wahine 
aamo, ana ole. 

A-a-moo, s. See Aa. The cloth-sub- 
stance around cocoanut leaves; a veil: 
thin white cloth ; o ka mea keokeo e lalahi 
ana i ka moo, he mea lahilahia puaweawe ; 
whatever is light, thin, as thin cloth. 

A-a-moo, adj. Light; thin, as cloth; o| 
ka inoa o ka lole lalfilahi loa. 

A-a-na, v. To speak angrily; to fret ; 
olelo cana mai oia. 

A-a-na-puv, v. To crook in different 
directions ; to be small and large, i. e., to 
be uneven in size, as a rope. 

A-a-NEI, adv. An interrogative adverb, 
and marks a question like anei ; sometimes 
it is used of place, as pehea aanei la oe? 
where are you in the matter? 

A-a-NE-MA, v. To be jealous of a man’s 
friend, or to discover jealousy. 

A-as-no, v. The 7th conj. of ano. Hoo. 
To change one’s form; to become another 
in appearance ; ua hooano no oukou he poe 
akamai; to feign; to pretend to be some- 
thing one is not. 


A-a-ni-u, s. See Aa and Niv, cocoa- 


row. Anarrow case; aquiver. Lob. 39:23; 
Kin. 27:3. 
A-a-puu-Puu, s. A capsular ligament. 


A-a-wa, s. See Awa. Name of a spe- 
cies of fish, reddish and striped; be ia 
kokoke like ke ano me ko ka ea. 

2. Also the name of a tree. 

3. Name of aninsect that destroys sweet 
potatoes ; ua make ka mala nala i ka hoo- 
palu, i ke pai, i ka peelua a me ka eawa. 

A-a-wE, v. 5th conj. of awe. Used im- 
peratively with mai, bring here ; with aku, 
take away. . 

A-g, v. To pass, physically or men- 
tally, from one state, condition, or place, 
to another. 

1. Specifically, to break a kapu, ua ae 
lakou iluna o kahi laa; to violate a law or 
agreement, i. e., to transgress, as a law, to 
break a covenant. Jos. 7.11; Hal. 89:34. 

2. To pass over, as the mind, i. e., to 
yield assent to the thought or opinion of 
another; to assent to the request of an- 
other; to say yes to a request or to an af 
firmation. 

3. To permit, grant permission for a thing 


AEA 


to be done; he mea ae ia, a thing per- 

mitted or allowed. 
4, To pass physically from one place to 

another, from one situation to another, as 
from land on board a ship ; ua ae aku lakou 
iluna o ka moku, iluna o ka lio, to embark, 
to mount a horse. -Hoo., conj. 3. To cause 
to pass from one place to another, from one 
person to another ; to transfer. 

5. To raise or lift up, as the head, with 
joy, e ae ko oukou poo no ka olioli. 

6. To mount, as a horse or a mule. 2 
Sam. 13:29. 

7. To be sea-sick ; to throw up from the 
the mouth ; to vomit ; he mea luai ka moku, 
o ka ae wale aku no. 

A-z, s. Assent, expressed by one per- 
son to the thought or opinion of another ; 
approval of the conduct or opinion of an- 
other; consent; agreement. 

A-r, adj. Consenting ; agreeing ; he 
olelo aelike, an agreement. 

A-s, s. Name of an east wind. 

2. A species of sea moss. 

A-£, s. The water or liquid as wrung 
from the leaves of vegetables, as kalo, &e. ; 
he ae kalo, he ae wauki, he ohi. 

A-s, s. An irregular movement of the 
ocean ; he wahi ano ia ma ka moana,a ma 
ca ae kai, a ma ka aina. 

2. The coming in and receding of the 
sea upon the shore; the flux and reflux of 
the tide. See AEKalI. 

A-r, verbal directive. Gram. § 234, 4. 
Implies an oblique motion of the verb, 
either up, down, or sideways. It often fol- 
lows after nouns, also adjectives, as aohe 
kanaka e ae, there is no other man. 

A-z, adv. See verb 2. Yes; the ex- 
pression of affirmation, approbation or con- 
sent; opposed to aole, or aohe. With paha, 
as ae paha, a polite way of assenting when 
full belief is withheld; ae ka paha, even 
so, be it so. 

A-E-A,v. To wander away froma place; 
mai ko’u alo aku, aole oe e aca, from my 

presence, do not wander away; to wan- 

der from place to place. Nah. 14:33. 

2. To wander; go astray morally. Hal. 


. 
. 


oa 
WwW 


5 


€ 


5. To remove; to be removed; to go to 
another place. Jer. 4:1. 

4, To live unsteadily ; as,i kona waiona 
ai, nui kona aea ana, in his seasons of drunk- 
enness, he lived principally here and there. 

5. To toss or throw back the head, as 2 
person with pride, as a horse on putting 
on a bridle; e aea ae ke poo o ka lio i ke 
kaulawaha. ; 

A-s-a, 8. A vagabond; an outcast. Isa. 
11:12. He pog aea, fugitives. Luni. 12:4. 

2. The name of the rope connecting two 

fish nets. See Kouxkat. 


22 





AES 


A-E-A,adj. Wandering; unstable; shift- 
ing a place; he one aea ke one o Hoo- 
hila; unsettled, as kanaka aea; a vaga- 
bond; wandering about. Hin. 4:12. 

A-r-A, adj. Wanderingly, in a loose 
unstable manner. 

AE-AE, v. Conj. 13 of ae, 4. To be a 
frequent transgressor, he aeae oe maluna o 
kahi kapu. 

2. To step over a thing often. 

3. To work over and over, as in pound- 
ing poi, until very fine. 

4. To be or become very small or fine, 
as dust. 2 Nal. 23:6. 

5. To interrupt one in his speech. 

Ax-aE,adj. Comminuted; small or fine, 
as dust; fine,as poi well pounded ; he poi 
aeae, he poi uouo, he wali. 

2. Dark, obscure, as a vision, indistinctly 
seen; po aeae, a night of indistinct vision, 
not totally dark, i. e., light and darkness 
mixed. 

AE-AE-KAI, v. See Az, before. The ebb- 
ing and flowing of the sea. 

A-£1,s. Name of the net used in catch- 
ing the opelu and the maomao. © 

2. A kind of rope of the medium size. 

A-EI, s. See Aart, before. Oia ka ma- 
lama e kalai ai i ka kuku aei o Pelu. 

A-EI-0-LE,S. See Aatote. Bread-fruit, 
ripe and fallen down, he ulu haule wale. 

AE-0-KA-HA-Lo-Aa, Ss. A kind of kapa 
made of wauke, and colored with charcoal, 
kuina aeokahaloa. 

Ar-Kal, s. The name of the place in 
the sea where the surf breaks ; 0 kahi o ke 
kai i poi iho ai, he aekai ka inoa. 

A-E-Lo, adj. Rotten; applied to eggs. 
Fic. Ua like makou me na hua aelo. 

Axs-to-a, s. The north-east trade wind 
on the ocean ; same as mode. 

AE-NEI, v. To be here; to be present ; 
to be in existence, Mat. 2:18. Norre.— 
This word seems to be compounded of ae, 
No. 4, expressive of a passing or transfer, 
and nei, which refers to present time or 
present place; something not fixed or ex- 
actly detined, but near by, either in time 
or place, as at this present. 

Axr-NnEI,adv. Now,i. e., about this time, 
just now, within a short time past or future. 

2. Here; hereabouts; near by; not far 
off; ua holo aenei, he has just now sailed ; 
ua Olelo aenei, he has lately spoken; ua 
make aenei no ke alii, the king died a 
short time ago; ua hele aenei no kabhi i 
noho ai, he is gone a little ways to his place 
of residence. 

A-E-NEI, s. Bread-fruit. See AAINEI. 


Ax-sE-Lo-nA, 8. Heb. Name of an un- 
clean bird, so translated in Aanl. 14:13. 


AIA 


A-E-T0, s. Gr. An eagle. Puk. 19:4; 
Hoik. 12:14. 

Ai, v. To eat; to consume food, as 
persons or animals. 

+ To devour, as animals. 

3. To destroy, consume, as fire. 
16:35. 

4. To consume ; spoken of the sword, 2 
Sain. 2:26. 

5. To eat, consume, as a sore; aole ai ka 
mai, the disease has made no advance. 
Oihk. 13:5. 

6. To taste, eat, enjoy the benefits of, have 
the profits of, as land; e aiikaaina. Nah. 
32; 19th conj., 3d hoo. 

7. To cause to eat, i. e., compel or induce 
to eat; huhu loa ia (Kekuokalani) i ka hoai 
noa ana a lakou i ke alii (Liholiho,) he was 
very angry at them for causing the king 
to eat freely, i. e., contrary to kapu. 

8. To have sexual intercourse ; applied 
to both sexes ; also to animals. Kin. 30:41. 

At, s. Food; vegetable food, in dis- 
tinction from ia, meat. Ai oo, ripe food ; 
ai maloo, dried food ; ai maka. green food, 
vegetables. Nore —Ai, food, is the repre- 
sentative of property generally. 

Ai, adj. Consuming; destroying; spo- 
ken of fire. 

At, adv., for aia. There; near by, but 
not in contact; ai no iloko o ka hale, there 
in the house. 

2. There, at another place, however dis- 
tant; there; when; as, Auhea o Kekuao- 


Nah. 


kalani? Ai ae no mauka mai. Where is 
Kekuaokalani? There he is coming by 
land. 


Ai, verbal directive. Gram. § 242. It 


has reference, generally, to a preceding 
noun, verb or adverb, expressive of time, 
place, canse, manner or instrument; often 
contracted, thus, hana’i, for hana ai. 

A-1, s. The neck; he a-¢ ko ke kanaka, 
oia kahi e hui ai ke poo me ke kino, man 
has a neck, it is that which unites the head 
with the body. A-i oolea, a stiff neck. 

2. Figuratively, perverseness ; disobedi- 
ence. Puk. 33:3. 

A-1-a, v. To be or show one’s self con- 
trary to the gods. 

2. To disregard the will of the gods ; to 
be ungodly in practice. 

3. To have the character of an ungodly 
person. Jer. 23:11. See Hamata. 

A-1-a, s. An unprincipled or ungodly 
person. Hal. 14:1. 


2. The practice of ungodliness itself; he | 


hoomaloka: he hoole akua. 
A-1-a, adj. Ungodly; irreligious. 
2. Bad. sore, watery, as the eye ; onohi- 
aia, 2 sore or watery eye. 
A-1-a, adv. There, referring te place; 


23 


AIA 


aia malaila ka hana ana, there the work is 
doing. 

2. Then, referring to time, generally in 
connection with some other event. Nah. 
10:3. 

A-1-A, inter]. Expressive of admiration 
or surprise, of triumph or contempt. <Aia 
hoi, behold! see there ; aia ka, there now! 
Ios. 9:12. Aia la, there you have it! an 

expression of triumph with contempt. Hal. 

| 35: 

I-al, v. To reduce to very small par- 
ticles; to make small. Kanl. 9:21. To re- 
duce to powder. 

Ar-al, v. Found only in 15th conj. Hoo. 
To make white ; splendid ; to beautify; e 
hooaiai anaike kula o Lele, beautifying 
the upland of Lele. 

_Ar-al,s. Brightness; clearness; ua like 

| ke keokeo me ka aiai. Puk. 24:10. 

A1-al, adj. Bright, as moonlight; fair; 

white. Job. 25:5. He malamalama aiai. 
2 Sam. 23:4. Pure. as milk. 1 Pet. 2:2. 
Clear, as glass. Hoik. 21:18. Pure, as 
gold. Hoik.21:21. White, clean, as linen. 
Hoik. 19:8. 

A-1-a1, adv. Nearly. 

AI-Al-A-kU-U-LA, Ss. Name of a god, the 
son of Hinahele, his mother, and Kuuila. 
his father. Hewas a god of fishermen ; he 
akua lawaia. 

AI-AI-NA, v. At, to eat, and aina, land. 
Lir. To eat the land, i. e., to enjoy, to pos- 
sess land ; to own land; aole ia i aiaina, 
he did not possess land. 

Ai-au, v. To pray or poison to death, 
as was formerly practiced. 

2. To show covetousness in asking ; as, 
ua aiau aku i ka hai, he coveted what was 
another’s. Similar td aluna and makee. 

Ai-a-Hu-a, v. To break secretly the 
kapus of the gods, but to observe them 
openly ; to act hypocritically. 

2. To conspire secretly against one. 

3. To defraud one’s landlord by with- 

' holding the tax and using it himself. 

4. To pray to death. Similar to anaana. 


Al-A-Hu-A, s. A term applied to those 
who disregard the kapu while others ob- 
serve it. When the kapu is generally 
disregarded it is called ainoa; hence, 

2. A hypocrite : an irreligious person. 

| Al-A-HU-A, adj. Irreligious; unmindful 

of the kapu; nani ke kanaka aiahua. See 

ATAHULU. 

| . 

| Al-a-Hu-LU, v. To pray or poison to 

death. 

2. To procure the death of another by 
any frandulent means, or for any political 
or selfish purpose. Note.—The agent of 
the intrigue is called Kalaiino, niania, pao- 











| 


AIE 


paonohonia. 
places. 


Ai-a-Hu-LU, s. Food baked a long time 


in the oven till it is brown. 


Ai-a-HuU-pU-aA, adj. See Ar and Anu- 


puaa. A division of country ; he alii @a- 
hupuaa, enjoying the office and perquisites 
of an overseer of land. Laieik. 34. 

Al-a-KA-KAl, S. At, food, and akakaz, a 
rush. New. fresh, sweet food, like poi 
newly pounded ; he ai hou, he ai manalo. 
Such food is also called pololei. 

At-A-LA-A-LA, S. AZ, to eat, and ala, or 
alaala, odoriferous. The scrofula. 


At-a-Lu, v. Azand ali, chief. E hocha- 


nohano, to enjoy the ease, honor and dig- 
nity ofa chief; to act the chief. See Natt- 
NALI. 

Ai-a-Lo, s. AZ, to eat, and alo, in front. 
To eat before. 

1. The people about the chief; his at- 
tendants, in distinction from the poe maka- 
ainana; kanaka qialo no ke alii. 

2. A prince or princess; those about a 
king. Sol. 31:4. Pau loa na makaainana 
ame na aialo i ka piiiuka, all the common 
people and those about the chief went up 
the mountain. 

3. A small division of land less than an 
ahupuaa; na kanakao na aina, a me na ahu- 
puaa, a me na dialo. 

4, One who is a hanger on and lives 
lazily with a chief and eats his food. 

Ara-na, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro- 
nunciation of iron; a flat iron. 

Aia-na, adj. Walking wearily up and 
down precipices ; he hele aikena, he ma- 
loeloe. 


A1-a-NnEI, adv. There; just by; not far | 


off. 
AI-E 
i. @., to eat or enjoy a thing before it is paid 
for; from the custom of paying for work 
before it was done. and the pay consumed. 
1. To owe; to be indebted ; aole oia (0 
Kamehameha) i aie, he (Kamehameha) 
never went into debt. 
2. To enjoy something yet to be paid 
for; e lawe ei ka waiwaia mahope hookaa. 
Ai-5,S. Indebtedness; the state of being 
in debt ; he poe aie kakou, we are debtors. 
2. A debt; that which is due for any 
cause; e lawe aie, to go in debt for a thing. 
Neh. 5:2. 
usury. Kanl. 23:20. 


Ark, adj. In debt; owmg; under ob- | 


ligation to render some equivalent for 
something received. 

Ai, adv. E haawi aie, to give to be 
paid again. 

Ai-EA, 5. Fatigue; weariness. 


24 


See these words in their 


, v. At, to eat, and e, before hand, | 


E haawi aie, to give (lend) on | 


ATH 


A1-EA,s. Name of a species of tree found 
on Lanai and other islands used for finish- 
ing off canoes. . 

AI-I-LI-L0-Ko, v. Ai, to enjoy, dz, the 
skin, surface (of land,) loko, that whi®h is 
contained in something else. To have or 
possess a division of land less than an ahu- 
puaa. 

A1-o, v. The exclamation of one who 
commands others to pull, or lift altogether ; 
e holo, e ale, e miba, aio! 

A-I-OE-0E, s. A-z, the neck, and ceae, 
long. A long neck; applied, 

1. To animals, as to nene, a goose, a ter- 
rapin, the camelopard. 

2. To persons. Notse.—This was the dis- 
tinctive appellation which the Hawaiians 
first gave to the missionaries’ wives, on ac- 
count of the fashion of their bonnets (in 
1820,) which gave them the appearance of 
long necks. No ka loloa o ka a-i a me ka. 
oeoe 0 ka papale, kapa aku na kanaka ia 
lakou, Aioeoe. Mooolelo Hawaii, p. 39. 

At-o-HA-HA, s. At, food, and oheka, 
plump. Vegetables, kalo or potatoes, full 
sized and good. 

Al-0-HA-LAU, S. Az, food, and oka, the 
lower part of kalo tops, and lau, leaf. Food, 

| of the kalo tops, often fed to swine. 

| A-I-U-HA-U-HA, 8. A-2, the neck, and wha- 

| uha. <A stiff or cramped neck. 

Al-U-HA-U-HA, 5. Az, to eat, and wha- 
uha, riotous. Epithet of a lower class of 
chiefs 5 eating riotously, or riotous eaters. 

At-HA-HA, s. 42, food, and haha, skin 
of kalo tops. The food of poor people; e 
aihaha ana na luwahine. 

Al-HA-LA-LE, v. AZ, eat, and halale, to 
sup up, as a liquid. To be lazy; to do 
nothing ; to be the reproach of others; to 
eat the food of others without work. See 
LOMALOMAATHALALE. 


| Al-HA-mu, s. Az, food, and kamu, rem- 
nants of food. 

1. The food left after a meal, especially 
when little is left. 

2. Crumbs and scrapings, that which is 
burned on to the stones of the oven. 


At-Ha-MU, ©. Az, to eat, and amu, 
refuse food, 
1. To eat refuse food. 
2. To eat up clean; ua aihamuia kau 
mala uala. 
3. Applied as an epithet of reproach to 
the poe kahuna anaana, the priests who 
practiced sorcery. 
Al-HE-A, int. adv. At, there, and hea, 

where. At, or towards what place? the 
| answer, ailaila, there. Norre.—The a@ may 
be @ No.2. Nors—And thea the anialo of 
hea. See Gram. § 165, p. 93. 





AIK 


Ai-Hu-A-waa, v. ‘To pass from one place 
to another and find a dwelling place. 

Ai-Hu-a-waa, adj. He poe aihuawaa, 
wanderers that have not settled down in 
aty place. 

AI-Hu-E, v. Ai, food, and hue, to steal. 
Lir. To steal food. But ai represents 
property of all kinds. See At, s. Nore.— 
Hence, to steal generally ; to take another’s 
property secretly and without leave; to 
steal a person. Kanl. 24:7. 

At-Hu-E, s. A thief; one who steals. 


AI-HU-E-A, v. These are all passive 

AI-HU-E-IA, forms of the verb aihue ; 

Al-HU-E-HI-A, to‘be stolen. For these 

5 TS forms, see Gram. § 211: 
’ Ist, 2d. 


Ai-Hu-E, adj. Found in all the above 
forms. Stolen; taken secretly. 

Al-KA-HA-U-LA, Ss. See Morxanauta. A 
dreaming of committing adultery or forni- 
cation ; a lascivious dream. 

Al-KA-NE, v. Az, No. 8, and kane, male. 

1. To cohabit, as male with male, or 
female with female. 

2. To commit sodomy ; hence 

At-KA-NE, s. An intimate friend of the 
same sex; a friend or companion of the 
same sex. 

2. Those who mutually give and receive 
presents, being of the same sex. 

3. Sodomy ; dissoluteness of habit. 

Al-KA-PA, v. At, to enjoy,and kapa, side, 
edge, border. To own one-half of a thing ; 
applied to anything of which one-half be- 
longs to one person and one-half to an- 
other. 

Al-KA-PU, v. AZ, to eat, and kapu, forbid- 
den. 

1. To eat according to the restrictions 
of the kapu. 

2. To obey the rules of the tabu (kapu) 
system, i. e., to observe the ceremonies of 
the kapu. Nore.—lIt is the opposite of 
ainod. 

At-xa-pu,s. The observance of the rules 
of the kapu; yielding obedience to them ; 
hooikaika lakou ia ia e hoopaakiki me ka 
ailapu, they encouraged him to be firm by 
the kapu. 

Al-KE-NA, v. ‘lo compel to work when 
one is already fatigued ; to cause a groan- 
ing or complaint for hard usage. 

AI-KE-pa, v. Az and kepa, to scrape off, 
as dirt from a stone. 

1. To level off; to rabbet, as the edge 
of a board. 

2. To lap over; to cut a thing off ob- 
liquely so as to make uneven parts. 

AI-KE-PA, adj. Being cut obliquely off, 
so as to make uneven parts; 0 ko’u ia, ua 


25 


AIL 


oki aikepa ia aku nei a uuku loa, my fish, 
it is cut off obliquely, and is very small; 
he lole i oki aikepa ia a pono ole, the cloth 
is cut off obliquely, and not straight. 

AI-KE-PA-KE-PA, v. To quarrel,asa man 
and his wife when another intercedes; he 
wahine nuku dikepakepa Ina. 

A1-x1, v. Abbreviation of the word hoa- 
iki. To peep privately, or to look slyly ; 
i lele i ke kapu a pai ka aiki. 

A1-ko-La, v. See Axoza. Used only in 
conj.13. Hoo. To despise; to spurn from; 
to triumph over ; ‘to treat contemptuously. 
Hal, 22:24. 

2. Fic. Applied to trees; to rejoice over, 
in view of victory. Jsa. 14:8. See also 
HoonaikoLa, another form of the same 
word. 

A1-ko-La, 8. Hoo. The subject of scorn 
or derision ; he mea hoaikolaa akaaka hoi, 
a subject of scorn and derision. Hal. 79: 
4. See Hoarkona. 

A1-Ko-LA, int. An expression of triumph 
mixed with contempt, as aha! Ezele. 25:3. 

Al-kuU, v. AZ, to eat, and ku, to stand. 
Lrr. To eat standing. 

1. To eat in an improper manner. 

2. Fic. To do a thing contrary to rule 
or ceremony. 

3. To break akapu; similar toaia. Aiku 
was an offense against the gods. 

A-I-ku, s. A-2, the neck, and /u,to stand. 
A standing collar for a jacket. 

Ar-ku, s. Name ofa disease ; the croup, 
from the disposition to hold the head erect. 

Al-Ku-Ku-ku, v. To be sick with swell- 
ing in the mouth and legs; ua aikukuleu 
ma ka waha, he has a swelling in the 
mouth; ua aikukuku ma ka wawae, aole 
ola, he has swelled legs, he will not live. 

Al-Ku-ku-ku, s. The swelling and sore- 
ness of the mouth and legs, like the large 
itch. 

Al-Ku-Puv, s. Az, food, and kupuu. Dry 
food, as baked kalo or other vegetables. 
Arta, s. Eng. Oil; aila kukui, lamp 
oil; aila mura, ointment. Sol. 27:9. Norr.— 
The Hawaiian words are momona, kona- 

hua, &e. 

Ar-ta, s. The name of a tree; called 
also koli. 

AI-LAI-LA, adv. At (see Al, adv.) and 
laila, there. In answer to the interrogative 
aihea ; there; by the side of ; in that place ; 
there ; there it is. 

At-LA-Lo, adv. Az, adv., and Zalo, down. 
Down; down under; down there; ailalo 
kahiimake ai, down there is the place where 
he died. 


AI-LE-A, v. AZ, v. 8, and lea, pleasure. 


AIL 


To copulate, as male and female; spoken 
of men and animals. 

AI-LE-PE, v. Ad and lepe, the comb of a 
cock. 

1. To turn up and back. 

2. To ruck, as the skin when broken, or 
as kapa when ruffed. 

A1-Le-PE, adj. Turned up; rucked; as 
the skin when broken; as kapa when 
ruffed. 

At-Le-po, s. Az, to eat, and depo, dirt. 
An expression applied to a multitude of 
fish. The application is not clear. 

A-1-L1, v. To pant; to gasp for breath. 

2. To pull up, as a bush; e uhuki. 

3. To pull up, as a hook with a fish on 
it; o ka aili ae no ia i ke aho lou ka iai 
ka makau, he pulled up his hook line, the 
hook was the fish. See Kat. 

Arui-a, v. Pass. of ailz for azliia. 

Aru, v. Ai and li for aliz. To enjoy 
the dignity of a chief; to be noble. 

AI-LI-HI, v. AZ, to eat, enjoy, and lzh2, a 
border, edge. 

1. To possess or enjoy a piece of land 
only in part, as some corner, end or out- 
side, while the main part is denied. See 
AIKAPA. 

2. To pay only a part of a debt and 
withhold the remainder; ua hookaa mai i 
kekahi a ua alihi aku no i kekahi, he paid 
some and withheld some (of the debt.) 

3. To disregard the kapu in respect to 
trading. 

Ar-ui-n1, s. A creditor; he mea i ailv- 
hiia, a person paid only in part; he inoa 
no kekahi mea. 

At-Lo-Lo, s. The name of a religious per- 
formance when a hog was offered in sacri- 


fice; a part of it was eaten at the time of 


offering. 
At-Lo-Lo, v. To teach the art of lua and 
the practice of anaana; sorcery and the 
practice of soldiery,so as to bea proficient. 
Ua ao ika lua, a ua make ke kanaka, ua 
ailolo. Ua ao i ka anaana, ua make ke 
kanaka, ua ailolo. Uaaoi ke koa, ua ku i 
ka moku, a ua ailolo. 


Ai-to-Lo, adj. Disobedient, as a child, 
and thus destroys himself; one that de- 
stroys himself throngh his own evil courses; 
it belongs to persons of all classes ; he ke- 
iki hoolohe ole, a ua lele i ka pali no ke 
kolohe, a ua make ailolo ka hookuli, he 
was a disobedient child, he leaped a preci- 
pice through mischief, he died through 
disobedience, &c.; ua make no ke kanaka 
hewa no ka hookuli ailolo no ia lakou. 


At-Lo-Lo, s. He inoa no kekahi mea. 


Ar-Lu-NA, adv. There above; up; up- 
wards. 


26 











AIN 


Ar-ma-Ha-Ha, s. A kind of hard kalo, 
difficult to make into good poi. 

Al-ma-Lu, v. Az, to eat, and malu, se- 
cretly. 

1. To transgress or break a law secretly. 

2. To eat with one contrary to kapu; he 
aimalu ka poe ai puupuu o na ’lii, the 
stewards of the chiefs transgressed. 

A1-Mo-kU, s. Az, to eat, enjoy, and mokz, 
a district. A person who holds the rank 
of a chief over some district or island ; one 
who enjoys the honors and profits of such 
a post without really owning the land; e 
pau kona aimoku ana, his authority is 
ended. Laieik. 34. 

At-mo-ku, adj. Having the authority of 
a chief; he kane aimoku, epithet of a per- 
son acting for a chief, a lieutenant, one 
who enjoys the fruits of the land but pays 
a part to the owner; na ‘lil aimoku, gov- 
ernors. zr. 8:36; Hset. 3:12. 

Ai-na, s. Ai, to eat, enjoy, and 7a, con- 
traction of ana (the participial termination 
of words equivalent to Hng.ing. See Gram. 
§ 204,2.) An eating; the means of eating, 
i. e., the fruits of the land; hence, 

1. Land generally; a farm; a field; a 
country; an island. In this sense it is syN. 
with moku, or mokupuni; elua inoa i ka- 
paia ma ka mokupuni, he moku kekahi, a 
he aina kekahi, an island has two names, 
moku is one, and aina is the other. D. 
Malo. 7:1. 

2. Any taxable privilege, as the right of 
fishing, the right to sell things in market, &c. 

3. Any means of obtaining a living; e 
kii au e hao i kela waiwai, no ka mea, 0 
ko’u aina no o ka hao wale aku, I will go 
and rob that property, because it is my 
means of living to rob. Haw. Hist. 

Ai-na, s. A contraction of az ana. See 
above. An eating; a meal. : 

Aina, adj. Eating; dining; papa aa, 
an eating table; hale aina, one of the six 
houses of an establishment; he hale aina 
oia kekahi, the eating house is one. 

Atwa, s. The snap of a gun; the jar of 
a door; the report of lightning. See Papa- 
INA. 

Ar-na, v. Lit. Being eaten. Used pass- 
ively; to be destroyed ; to be devoured ; 
eaten up. Aina o Hawaii e ka pele, Ha- 
waii is eaten by the volcano; aina ke ka- 
naka e ka mano, the man was devoured 
by a shark; aina ka ai e ka puaa, the food 
was eaten by a hog. 

At-na, s. Pain; grief; weariness; disap- 
pointed affection ; he kena, luhi, he lea. 

At-na-o-LE, v. To eat silently, gently, 
without noise ; e ai mahie, e mukamuka, e 
ainaole. 

AI-NA-HOO-I-LI-NA, S. Ada, land, and 


AIP 


hooilina, to inherit. An inheritance, i. e., 
land inherited. 2 Oth]. 20:11. An inher- 
ited portion. ob. 24:8. 

AI-NA-KE-A, Ss. Azna, eating, and kea, 
species of cane. See Koxea. The eating of 
sugar-cane till dry and white. 

At-nE-A, v. To labor in vain; to be 
weary with hard toil. See Inwa. 

AI-NE-MA-NE-MA, v. AZ and nema. To 
reproach ; to vilify. 

At-Nno-a, v. Az, to eat, and noa, free 
from restraint. To eat freely, without re- 
garding the kapu; to break kapu by eat- 
ing ; to disregard the kapus in one’s man- 
ner of living. 

Ai-no-A, s. Ai and noa. Implying a re- 
lease from kapu ; the opposite of aikapu; 
freedom from the restraints of kapu; 0 ka 
ainoa, oia ka hoomaka ana e pau ai ia mau 
kapu, the eating freely,i.e., (the disregard- 
ing the kapu,) that was the beginning of 
the destruction of the kapu system. Ainoa 
was the general term, and universally ap- 
plied when the nation threw off idolatry. 
Haw. Hist. 

At-no-a, s. Name of those persons who 
first ate together, men and women, con- 
trary to the kapu. 

Ar-pa (e-pa), s. Heb. Name of a dry 
measure; anepha. Nah. 5:15. 

Ar-paa, s. At, food, and gaa, hard. 
Hard food ; food, that is, kalo prepared for 
keeping. 

Ai-pa-Lal, s. A name for scrofula. The 
word is said to have originated with Kame- 
hameha I., meaning the same as aialaala. 

At-po-o-La, s. He azpoola, he like me ka 
puupoola i ka moni. 

Ai-po-o-La, s. He hana mahiai, a ma- 
hope kalua ka mea ai no ka luhi o ka hana 
ana; he kaumaha paha o ka mea i hanaia, 
he aipoola. 

Ai-po-o-LA, adj. Ua paa i ka hana, he 
hana hoaipoola. 

A-1-puv, s. A-i, neck, and puz,a bunch. 

1. A bunch on the shoulder from carry- 
ing heavy burdens. 

2. Name of the person who has such a 
bunch. 

3. The name of a disease; also called 
leholeho. Ka pilikia no ke kau ana mai o 
ka mai aipuu ae anai mai, the difficulty 
from the attack of the disease aipuu caus- 
ing waste, &c.; he kokua leholeho. 


Ai-puv-puv, v. Az, food, and puxpuz, to 
divide out. See Puv. 
1. Hoo. To serve out provisions to oth- 
ers ; to supply with provisions. 
2. To serve or wait on at table. 
3. To act as a servant in any manner. 


Al-puu-Puv, s. A servant who prepares 


27 


AO 


food; a steward; a cook; a servant gen- 
erally ; originally, applied to stewards of 
chiefs. 

Ai-pu-HI-U, s. The release from the re- 
strictions of kapu; it has the same mean- 
ing as ainoa, but is seldom used. 

Ai-pu-KA, S. See Ipuxa, a gate. Ipuka 
is the correct orthography. 

At-pu-ni, v. To go around; to circum- 
ambulate, as a tract of country ; like kaa- 
puni. 

A-I-wa (e-i-wa), num. adj. The simple 
form is iwa, Nine; the number nine. 

A-1-wa-I-wa, v. To be very good, benefi- 
cent and kind, or the contrary. <Aiwaiwa 
refers to the excess of character, very good 
or very bad. Aiwaiwa ke kanaka akamai 
i ka naauao; aiwaiwa no hoi ke alii loko- 
maikai; aiwaiwa no hoi ke keiki kolohe. 
Aiwaiwa refers to a person accomplished 
with learning ; it applies to a very kind- 
hearted chief; it also applies to a mischiev- 
ous child. 

Ai-wa-I-wa, s. A remarkable person or 
animal; applied to the fabulous dog Kala- 
humoku, of Tahiti; a ike aku la ia Kalahu- 
moku i ke aiwaiwa o Tahiti. Laieile. 108. 

Ai-wa-I-wa, v. To look long and stead- 
ily at a person or thing ; aiwdiwa nuii ka 
nana loihi a ike, he persevered in looking 
for a long time. 


At-wal-u, adj. Az, to eat, and waiu, 
milk. Milk-eating; epithet of a sucking 
child ; an infant. Jsa. 49:15. Lrr. A milk- 
eater. 


Ao, v. To be or become light or day, 
as in the morning ; ua ao ka po, the night 
has become light. Oth. 12:18. 

2. To awake, as from a vision or dream. 

3. To come to one’s right mind or self- 
possession. 

4. To teach; instruct. Duk. 11:1. 

5. To enlighten ; instruct in one’s duty 
or conduct. Oihk. 10:11. 

6. To reprove; take heed ; beware; to 
warn. Ain. 31:24. 

7. To regard with reverence ; to obey. 

8. To charge strictly. 

9. To learn to do a thing; to learn, to 
study, as a language; e na kumu e, e ao 
oukou i ka olelo Hawaii, O teachers, study 
the Hawaiian language. 

10. To copy the example of others. Kani. 
18:9. In the imperative, e ao, look out; 
watch ; be on your guard ; take heed. Jos. 
22:5. 

Ao, v. Found only in hoo., conj. 3. To 
tempt; to try; to prove. Dan. 12:10. 

2. To try one’s conduct or fitness for a 
duty. Dunk. 7:4. 

3. To try; assay. Kamnl. 4:34. 

4. To try to do a thing to ascertain 


AOA 


whether it can be done; e hodo e ae oe 
mamua a maopopo, a ina maopopo, alaila 
hana, try first whether the thing is feasible, 
if feasible, then do it. 

5. To try; taste of, i. e., suffer, as pain 
or death. Mat. 16:18. To tempt, as the 
Holy Spirit. Oth. 5:9. 

6. To try, i. e., to cohabit before mar- 
riage. 

7. To exhibit or practice the shameless 
conduct of the sexes as in former times. 

Ao, s. Light; day, in distinction from 
po, night. Kin. 1:5. For the different pe- 
riods of time through the night, see Laieik. 
30. 

2. The world. Hal. 89:11. O ke ao nei, 
0 keia ao, this world; o kela ao, the future 
world; na wahiao, heavenly places. pes. 
bs: 

3. Light; applied to the light-green of 
fresh leaves of plants or trees; the green 
fresh buds; a kupu, a lau, a loa, a ao, a 
muo, a liko; the middle or new leaf of 
plants ; as, ao ko, ao kalo. 

4. Knowledge ; instruction; ke ao ana, 
doctrine. 


A-o, s. Acloud. Puk. 14:19. Ao pouli, 
a dark cloud. Puk. 14:20. Na mea nana 
i ke ao. observers of clouds. Hanl. 18:14. 

Ao, adj. Enlightened ; informed ; in- 
structed ; mostly connected with naau, as 
naatiao, and written as one word. 

Ao, s. Dried*kalo or potatoes (1. e., kalo 
ur potatoes baked and dried,) used for 
food. 

2. Sea-bread or any hard bread was 
called ao by Hawaiians when they first saw 
it. 

Ao, s. Art., ka. Name of a species of 
bird. Laieik. 29. 

A-o-a, v. To howl, as a dog or wolf. 

2. To howl] or wail for grief for the loss 
of friends ; to howl for a calamity that has 
come upon one. Isa. 13:6. 

3. To cry, as one in distress and anguish. 
Tak. 5:1. To bowl,as in despair. Joel. 1:5. 

A-o-a, s. A howling, as of a dog or 
ravenous beast; a wailing for the dead. 

A-o-a, adj. Howling, as of a ravenous 
beast. Jsa. 13:21. Holoholona aoaoa, 
howling beasts. Hence, cross; angry; 
rough in language. 

A-o-a, s. A snail; he pupu. 

2. Also the name of a species of small 
fish. 

A-o-a, s. Name of a tree, not found on 
these isl: nd in some foreign country; 
often spoken of in the ancient meles. 

A.o-ao, s. The side of a thing, as land, 
country ; the coast of a country. Ma ka 
ao%0 0 Puna a me Kau ka holo ana, along 
the shore of Puna and Kau was the sailing. 


28 


AOU 


Pehea na doao o Ferani? what are the 
boundaries of France? 

2. Trop. A way, habit, manner, peculiar 
to any one. Oth. 17:2. A course of life. 
Hal. 1:1 and 6. 

Ao-ao, v. ‘l’o accustom ; to practice; e 
hoomaamaa. See Maa. To repeat fre- 
quently. 

2. To teach; to give instruction to one 
how to act on occasion. Laieik. 12. 

A-o-ao, v. To make one’s escape from 
justice; to depart secretly from fear of 
being taken; e aoao malu ana, i mahuka, 
to escape secretly, to run away. 

2. To show or point out a way for one to 
go; aoao aku la o mea, eia ko alanui. 

Ao-ao, s. What one has been taught to 
say or do; kahea iho la e like me ke aoao 
ana, he called out as he had been in- 
structed. Laieik. 170. 

A-oa-oa, s. Name of a pleasant sea- 
breeze at Honolulu; he paa 0 aoaoa lani. 

Ao-Ao-nu-1, s. The name of/a species 
of broad fish; he ia kino palahalaha. 

Ao-a-ku-A, s. Ao, for wao, a desert 
place, and akua, God. <A lonely place; 
generally a barren place; a desert. More 
properly written waoakua, the region of 
the gods, ghosts, hobgoblins, &e. See Wao- 
AkuA. Nore.—The proper orthography is 
auakua. 

Ao-ao-WE-LA, s. A species of fish of a 
green color. 

A-o-E, adv. One of the forms of the ad- 
verb of negation ; aohe, aole, aoe, no, not, 
nor, a universal negative. 

A-o£, v. See Or. To move along with 
a rustling, rippling noise, as a wave of the 
sea; to make a noise like a rippling wave; 
aoe ka ale o ka moana, the slight wave of 
the ocean ripples, &c.; he hele wale no e 
like me ka aoe. 

A-o0, s. See A oo under A. Name of 
an instrument for destroying unborn chil- 
dren, &c. See Kouonuva. 

A-o-0, adj. See Oo, to be mature. Epi- 
thet of a full grown man when all his fac- 
ulties of body and mind have come to ma- 
turity ; he qoo ia, he is full grown. 

A-o-o-No-H1, s. He aoonohi ulaula; an 
expression signifying that a storm is near. 

Ao-o-pu-A, s. Ao, cloud, and pwa, an 
arrow. Sharp-pointed clouds as they ap- 
pear in the sky; me he mau aoopua lae 
kau ana, pela ke kau ana o ka make 
maluna o na kanaka, as sharp-pointed 
clouds hang in the sky, so death hangs 
over men. 


Ao-u-tI, s. Ao, a cloud, and wz, blue. 


1. A blue cloud, i. e., the sky, the firma- 
ment. 


AOL 


29 


AU 





2. The visible arch of heaven; aia iluna | A-o-LE, v. To not; not to do; aole oia 


lilo ke aouli la, there above is the sky. 

3. The stars collectively; the host of 
heaven. 2 Oihl. 33:5. 

4, Heaven itself. Jal. 89:6. Nors.— 
In grammar, it is used for mood; as, aouli 
hai, indicative mood ; aouli kauoha, imper- 
ative mood; aouli kuihe, subjunctive mood ; 
aouli kuwale, infinitive mood. 

A-o-HE, adv. No; not; not at all; by 

no means. See AoLE and Aor, 


Ao-HAA, \ adv. Used as ad- 

A0o-HE-IO, verbs and _ inter- 

Ao-HE-I0-HOI jections. What! 
’ 

AO-HE-HOI, 


so; a confirmation 
Ao-HE-0-KA-NA-MAI, ) _ of the declaration 
of another; also, surprising ; 
never so many, &c. 
Ao-HE-LE, v. Ao, to teach, and hele, to 
0. 
1. To teach as one travels; to preach 
traveling about; ua aohele o Kaahumanu 
me ka hoohuli i na kanaka a pau ma ka 
pono, Kaahumanu went about teaching the 
people and turning them to do what was 
right. 

2. To declare; publish, as a law; asa 
chief when he went from place to place ; 
aohele na “lii i na kanawai. 

Ao-Ho-xu, v. Ao, to teach, and hoku, a 
star. To teach astronomy. 

Ao-Ho-ku, s. Astronomy as a science ; 
also an astronomer ; pepehiia ae la ke alii 
moku a me ka mea dohoku, the captain of 
the ship was slain and the astronomer. 


Ao-xa, v. To be crushed or chewed 
finely for swallowing. 
A-o-xa-o-KA, v. See Oxa. To pulver- 


ize; make fine; to bruise or pound fine ; 
aweluawelu. See OKAOKA. 


how great! truly 


admirable ; 


A-o-KA-A-0-KA, Ss. Any fine particles of 


matter, as saw-dust, lees of wine, dregs of 
any liquid ; hence, 

2. An offensive smell, as connected with 
such matter. 

Ao-KA-HA-EA, S. Ao, cloud, and kahaea. 
A kind of cloud as it appears in the heay- 
ens; he aokahaea i kinohinohiia. 

Ao-xu, s. The name of a rain; he ua 
aoku. 


A-o-LE (ole), adv. An adverb of deny- 
ing, refusing ; no; not; a universal nega- 
tive ; for euphony’s sake, it takes different 
forms ; as, aohe, aole, ohe, ole, and aoe. The 
form ole is privative in its meaning, and 
may be added to almost any adjective, noun 


(proper names excepted,) or verb in the} 
It is equivalent to the English | 


language. 
inseparable negative particles, less, in, un, 
&c. See OLE. 





i hana, he did it not. 

2. To deny; refuse to do a thing ; aole 
ae la ia i hoopono ia ia, ia manawa, he re- 
fused (he did not) reform himself at that 
time. 

3. Not to be; no existence. Hal. 37:36. 
Aole e ole, a phrase signifying the strong- 
est affirmation, as, it cannot but be, it can- 
not be otherwise, it will not fail of being 
so, there is no not in the case, &c. Norge.— 
ihe sense 2, to deny, is more generally 
found under the form ole, v., 3d conj. hoo., 
which see. 

A-o-LE-E-0-LE, adv. See Ao Le above. 
It cannot but be. Lr. It cannot be not. 


A-o-LE-10-Hol, adv. See under AowAa. 


How very! Mat. 6:23. 
bid. Luk. 20:16. 

A-o-LE-pa-HA, adv. A strong affirma- 
tion; how true; true indeed ; so it is. 

A-0-LE-HoI-NA, adv. A very affectionate 
salutation ; now used only among the old 
people ; the modern term is aloha. 

Ao-Loa, s. Ao, cloud, and loa, long. A 
comparison ‘of clouds. as high and low; 
applied also to men, as more or less honor- 
able; o Ku ke aoloa, o Ku ke aopoko, Ku 
is the long cloud, Ku is the short cloud. 
See Aopoko. 

Ao-mi-Lo, v. To procure abortion; 00 
no lakou i na keiki, aomilo a hahai, ua nui 
na kamaliii make. Nore.—The methods 
of procuring abortion were numerous and 
various. 

A-o-neé, s. Dirt; he lepo, he lau one. 
See One, sand. 

A-o-no, adj. num. See Ono, the simple 
form. Six; with other forms, eono, ke ono, 
he ono. 

A-o-No-KA, adv. A contracted poetical 
phrase for aole no ka e kala, not lately 
done, long ago. 

Ao-NU-I-H0O-LA-HO-LA-HO, s. The name 
of a broad mass of clouds extending over 
a great space. 

2. A mass of pillar clouds as seen at 
night. 

Ao-po-ko, s. See Aoztoa. Lit. A short 
cloud. Fie. Men of little weight of char- 
acter. 


Av, pers. pron., Ist per. sing. 1; when 
prefixed or preceded by the emphatic o, as 
o au, the compound sound resembles that 
of «2; hence it has the forms au, 0 au, way, 
and 0 wau; the ois no part of the word, 
and should be written separately. 

A’u, pron. So written for aauz, one a 
dropped and the apostrophe supplied. Ik 
is the auipili, one of the oblique cases of 
au, I. See Gram. § 124. Of me; mine. 


Aole loa, God for- 


AU 


30 


AUA 


There is a sensible break in the pronunci-| Au, s. Name of a fish with a sharp 


ation, to distinguish it from au, the Ist per- 
son, and from au, of the 2d person next 
below. 

Av, pron. With a more protracted, 
smooth pronunciation than the foregoing, 
one of the auipili cases of the 2d per. sing. 
of oe. Gram. § 132. Thine; of thee. 

Av, s. The handle or helve of an axe. 
Kanl. 19:5. The staff of a spear. 1 Sam. 
17:7. The handle of asword. unk. 3:22. 
The handle of an auger, d&c.; au koi, au 
pahi. 


Av, s. The current in the ocean; au 
maloko o ka moana; o kahi o ke kaie wili 
ana, he au ia; he wilt aw kahi inoa. 

2. The grain in wood. 

3. The motion of the hand in mixing poi. 

4, An action of the mind ; as, ke au wale 
nei no ko’u manao e ake e pulelo iki ae, 
my mind is exercising, &c. See Av, v., 
below. 


Av, s. The gall of animals. Ozhk. 3:4; 
Job. 16:13; Met. Oih. 8:23. 


Av, s. Time; a period of time, more or 
less definitely designated, as the reign of a 
king. Jer. 28:1. 

2. The time of one’s life; i ke auia Kala- 
niopuu ; i ke aw o Liholiho, in the time of 
Kalaniopuu, &c. 

do. A season. 
time. 


Au, s. A territory; district of country ; 
generally compounded with other qualify- 
ing words; as, quakua, a desert, a place of 
gods, ghosts, &. See Avakua. Aukanaka, 
an inhabited country ; aupuni, a large re- 
gion, &c. Norr.—Au is the term repre- 
senting all places where food grows; as 
kaha represents such places as are on or 
near the shore where food does not grow. 
This applies mostly to the leeward side of 
the islands. 


Au, v. To swim; ua au na kanaka i 
ka moana, a pakele i ka make, the people 
swam the ocean and escaped death. 

2. To float on the surface of water; to 
turn, as the eyes to look at something; ina 
ua ike oe e auanakonamaka. Laieik. 145. 
Syn. with nana ia. 

3. Hoo., 3d conj. To cause to swim, to 
float ; hooau hele aku la i na pahu o lakou, 
they floated along their (water) casks. 

4. To convey, as on a raft. 2 Oihl. 2:16. 

5. To swim through the water by the ex- 
ertions of the arms and other limbs; poho 
ka uhane o ka poe make i ka moana, aole 
paha e hiki ke au iuka, the souls of those 
who sink in the ocean are lost, they are not 
able to swim ashore. Used imperatively, 
to quicken, to hasten; more generally 
doubled, as auau, which see. 


Oih. 11:28. <A portion of 


nose. 

2. Name of a soft porous stone. 

Au, v. To long after, or be wholly bent 
on; to be fully engaged in a course of con- 
duct; alaila, au loa wauina ino o ke ao 
nei, then I was wholly engrossed in the 
vileness of the world; makemake, puni, 
lilo loa. See Av, current, above. 

Av-a, v. To dislike to part with prop- 
erty ; to be stingy in giving. 

2. To keep back what should be given 
to another ; to withhold. Sol. 11:24. 

3. Not to give a thing asked for; to be 
stingy. 

4. To think so much of a thing as not to 
part with it. Ain. 45:20. Ua hewa no kahi 
aua ana o na Lunaauhau, some of the 
stinginess of the Lunaauhaus is wrong. 

5. To look with regret upon a thing. 

6. To forbid; withhold. Ain. 30:2. 

7. To refuse assent to a proposal; not 
to be pleased with it. Laieik. 140. 

Av-a, s. The name of a fish. 

Au-a, s. Stinginess; closeness. 

Av-a, s. The voice of the bird alala. 

Auv-a, adj. Close; hard; parsimonious ; 
stingy ; he pi, he paa. 

Av-aE, S. See Auwag, the chin. A 
lana ka auae kahi uuku. 

Av-aE, adj. Expert; cunning; provi- 
dent. 

Av-akE, v. To be lazy; to spend time 
idly ; e kalauea, e kaialili. 

Av-ak, s. Laziness, indolence ; one who 
spends time idly. 

Av-aE-PuU, v. For auwaepuu. Hoo. To 
be lazy, indolent. 

Av-au, v. Conj. 6 of au, to swim. To 
bathe in water, as a person. Puk. 2:5. 

2. To wash; cleanse with water. Oihk. 
15:6. 

3. To take out wrinkles from a piece of 
cloth. Hoo., conj. 3. To wash; cleanse, 
&e. 

4. Used imperatively, to excite; hasten; 
e auau aku kakou, e wikiwiki; eauau mai 
oe, come quickly, e wikiwiki mai oe; used 
also with ho. See Hoavav. 

Av-au, s. A bathing; washing; ua hele 
i ka auau, he is gone to bathe. 

Av-au, adj. Of, or belonging to bath- 
ing ; as, he wai auau; wahi auau. 

Av-au, s. Name of a certain aho (a 
small stick) to be thatched first in the pro- 
cess of building a heiau. 


Av-avu, s. Name of a long slim fish; 


the guard-fish that swims near the surface 
of the water. 


Au-au, s. A snare for catching and 


AUA 


31 


AUH 


killing birds; he pahele e make ai ka} Au-a-na, adj. Scattered; wandering ; 


manu; he avau manu. 


dispersed. 


AU-Au, s. The stalk of loulu made into AU-A-NEI, adv. Au, time, and anet, now, 


a spear ; he ihe. 
Av-au-NEI. Probably for awanez, which 
see. 
Av-Au-PA-PA-0-HE, v. Also aupapaohe. 
Name of a fish, a variety of the species auau. 
AU-AU-Wa-HA, s. Au, a place, au dou- 
bled and waha, a mouth. To dig a furrow 
or ditch; to dig up into furrows, as for 
planting. Hoo. To make a furrow by dig- 
ging. Hal. 14:7. See Auwana. 
Av-a-ku-a, s. Also written wauakua and 
waoakua. Au, a place, and akua, a god. 
1. A region remote from inhabitants, and 
supposed to be the haunts of spirits, ghosts, 
hobgoblins, &c. 
2. A desolate place; uninhabited. Isa. 
13:9. He anoano kanaka ole. 


Av-a-tul, adj. Name of a kapu sacred 
to Kama, an ancient chief of Maui; o ka 
noekole aualit kapu o Kama. 


Av-a-Lo, s. Au, place, and alo, in front. 
A shed or verandah adjoining a house for 
storing canoes, calabashes, and other prop- 
erty. 


Av-a-mo, s. Au, a handle, and amo to 
carry. A stick or pole with which burdens 
are carried across the shoulder. 1 Qihl. 
15:15. A staff or pole for carrying a bur- 
den. Puk. 25:13. Hale auamo, a palan- 
quin. Mel. Sol. 3:9. A yoke. Kamil. 21:3. 
Fic. A burden; service. Mat. 11:30. 


Av-a-mo, v. To carry on the shoulders 
or back; e halihali,e mamaka; to carry 
on a stick across the shoulder. See above. 


AU-A-MO-E, v. Auamo, to bear, and e, 
extra. To bear a very heavy load, so as 
to sprain or bruise the neck ; e auamoe me 
ka nanaha 0 ka a-i, to carry a load with 
the straining of the neck. 


Av-a-na, v. Also written auwana. Au, 
to swim, and ana, the participial termina- 
tion ing. A swimming off. The word has 
its origin in the overturning of a canoe, 
when men and all the cargo of the canoe 
float off in different directions. 

1. To be scattered ; dispersed, as things 
disperse in the upsetting of a canoe. 

2. To go astray, as the mind; auwana 
hewa ka naau; to be wandering, as the 
thoughts. 

3. To scatter from each other, as people. 

4. To go here and there in search of 
something. Puile. 5:12. 

5. Hoo. To scatter ; disperse abroad ; to 

' cause to wander; to go from place to place. 
Kin. 20:13. Ua hooauwanaia ka poe hewa 


here, &c. It refers to an indefinite future 
time, but not far off; hereafter; by and 
by; soon; used only after verbs. E ua 
auanei, ke opiopi mai nei ke ao, it will rain 
soon, the clouds are folding up; e ino aua- 
nei, ke okupukupu mai la ka hao ino. 
Norr.—After a word ending with a, it is 
often written wane. 

Av-g, int. Also auwe. O; oh! woe to; 
alas; O dear; expressive of regret, of 
grief, of pain, of disappointment ; aue ka 
make! que ke anoe! See AuwE. 

Av-E, v. See also Auwe. To cry; to 
weep ; to lament for any loss, suffering or 
calamity. ' 

Av-1, v. To decline, as the sun in the 
afternoon. 1 Nal. 18:29. 

2. To be turned aside in a course; ai 
ka moana, auiia ka waa e ka ale, when on 
the ocean, the canoe was turned aside by 
a wave. 

3. To vary from a direct line; to turn 
aside, as the head ; ua aui ae nei ka la; ua 
aui ae nei ka ia. 

4, To swell, as the sea, in great rollers. 

5. To pass by a certain time. 

6. To shun a blow by inclining the head. 

7. To roll up roughly, as high waves of 
the sea; ke aui mai la ka nalu; avi mai la 
ka ale o ke kai. Conj. 9. Au-i-au-i, to roll 
up, as the sea, &e. 

Av-1-au-I, v. See Avi, v., above. To 
roll up, as a high sea. 

Av-1, s. A wave of the sea; a billow. 
Isa. 48:18. He aui no ka nalu. 

2. Thename for casein grammar. Gram. 
§ 99. 

Av-I-A-LE, s. Auz and ale. A swell of 
the sea, not a small wave; so called from 
the motion, passing by. 

Auv-i-na, s. Aut, to decline, and ana, 
the participial termination. The declining 
or turning aside ; i ka awina la, at sun de- 
clining, that is, in the afternoon. Laieik. 
49. See AUWINA. 

Auv-o-Lo, s. Aw and olo, to vibrate. A 
tabernacle; a temporary house. Job. 27:18. 
An out-house for sheltering canoes; he au- 
olo waa; also written auwolo. 

Av-o-1o, adj. Belonging to a temporary 
building ; ahaaina auolo, feast of taberna- 
cles. Kanl. 16:13. 

Av-HaA, s. A shed or house for putting 
canoes to screen them from the sun; he 
auolo no ka waapa. See AvoLo. 

Auv-Hal, v. To tear; to rend, as clothes. 
See Unat. 


i ka make, the wicked are scattered in| AU-HAvU, v. To put a people under trib- 


death. See AUWANA. 


ute. unk. 1:28. To tax; assess a tax. 


AUH 


32 


AUK 





2. To exercise lordship ; to exact of one. 
Neh. 5:10. Nore.—In ancient times every 
article of value was taxed, to be paid in 
kind; at present, the auhkau dala is the 
great thing. 

Au-nau, s. A tax; a revenue for the 
benefit of chiefs; kahi auhau, a place for 
collecting taxes; similar to hookupu. 

Av-nau, s. Name of a species of wood 
for making spears; he hau ka ihe e kaua 
ai, he auhaw kekahi ihe, the spears for war 
are made of hau, some spears are made of 
auhau. 

Avu-Hau-Hu-l, s. A religious ceremony 
in the hoopiopio; perhaps, to strike regu- 
larly. 

Av-HAu-MA-U-LE, Ss. I na auhaumaule ka 
pa, va huna ia malalo o ka weuweu. 

Au-Hau-pu-ka, v. To beg; to ask for a 
thing. Syn. with noi, but more modest. 
See Nor, Makino, Aprxt, &e. 

Av-Havu-pu-KA, s. A beggar; one who 
solicits favors of chiefs ; he auhaupuka na 
kanaka noi wale. 

2. Beggary ; a system of living by beg- 
gary; ma ka auhaupuka e loaa ai ka ai a 
me ke kapa, by begging they obtain food 
and clothing. 

Av-HA-KA, s. Epithet of a man with 
long, spindling legs, like the legs of a 
horse; he kanaka wawae loloa aukaka 
loihi, e like me ka lio wiwi auhaka. 

Av-Ha-Ka, adj. A man tall, poor and 
thin, especially his legs; spindle-legged ; 
me he wawae auhaka la ka eaea. 

Au-HE-A, adv. int. Au, place, and hea, 
what. 

1. Where? what place? 

2. A call of attention to what one has to 
say; auhea oe? auhea oukou? where art 
thou? where are you? 

Av-HEE, v. Au, to swim, and hee, to 
melt, causing an intensive. 

1. To melt; to flow, as a liquid. 

2. To flee from one; to slip off from 
danger ; auhee mai la ka auwaa, the fleet 
of canoes hurried off (from fear :) to flee, 
as from temptation. 

3. To flee or be put to flight in battle. 
1. Oihl. 10:1. To be scattered ; disappear. 

4. Used imperatively, go away; let me 
alone; forbear. 2 Oihl. 35:21. 

5. Hoo. To put to flight, to rout, as an 
enemy. Oihk. 26:8. 

6. To drive away; to dispel, as dark- 
ness. See HEE. 


Av-HEE, v. To be destitute; to be be- 
reaved ; to be deprived of all comforts ; to 
make desolate. 

Ua Jilo kuu aina, ua auhee au, 

My land is gone, 1 am poor. 

Ua make kuu wahine, ua auhee au, 
My wife is dead, Iam bereaved. 


Ua wela kuu hale, ua auhee au, 
My house is burned, I am destitute. 
Ua make kuu alii, ua aukee makou, 
My chief is dead, we are friendless. 

AU-HE-LE, v. Au and hele, to move. 

1. To cut out clothes, i. e., to move round, 
as the shears or scissors in cutting out 
clothes. This is a modern word, or at least 
a modern use of the word; equivalent to 
helehele. 

2. To sail from one place to another ; 
quhele an ma ka moana, a pae manuka, I 
sailed about on the ocean, and then went 
ashore ; aulele makou a pae 10. 

Au-Ho-La, s. See Hota. The name of 
the plant with which fish are intoxicated 
and caught. See AUHUHU. 

Av-Ho-LA, v. From the foregoing. To 
catch fish by means of the auhola or hola. 
Av-Ho-Nu-A, s. Au, time, and honua, 
earth. The time of the earth, i. e., as long 
as the world has stood, of old time, from 

the beginning. 

Avu-nu-uu, s. A shrub; the name of a 
plant used in poisoning or intoxicating 
fish, that they may be caught. See AuHOLA. 

Av-Hu-LA-A-NA, adj. The act of swim- 
ming round a pali where there is no road ; 
he poe auhulaana no ka pali; those swim- 
ming round the pali; ke hele la ka poe 
auhulaana o Milolii ma Kauai. 

Av-nu-i1, v. Au and huli, kalo tops for 
planting. 

1. To thrust downwards, as in planting 
kalo; to plant kalo. 

2. To send downwards ; to drive away. 

8. To overturn, as a kingdom. 

Av-Hu-Li-HI-A, v. Pass. of auhulz, with 
h inserted. Gram.§ 48. To be overturned; 
to be dispossessed of land and tenements ; 
to be turned off or driven from house and 
home; to be driven to ruin. Hal. 9:17. 
Auhulihia ke aupuni a lilo aku i ka meae, 
the kingdom is overturned and gone to 
another. 

Av-nu-ti-nI-a, s. A change of govern- 
ments or rulers; an overturn of govern- 
ment; a revolution. 

Av-nu-tu, v. To stick together, as lit- 
tle things, by wetting them in the mouth. 
Av-xa, v. To be wearied; fatigued with 

doing a thing. Jer. 6:11. 

Av-xa, adj. Tired; weary, as of sitting 
still. 

Av-xa, s. A bar, as of soap. 

2. A bar of unwrought silver, iron or 
gold. os. 7:21. 

3. In architecture, a fillet. Pudc. 27:10. 

4. A bar of a city gate. 1 Nal. 4:13. 


A-u-Ka, v. A, prep.; of and uka, in- 
land. To belong inland, or up country ; 
quka aku nei ma kona hoi mai nei. 


AUK 


Av-xs-HI, adj. Au and kahi, to cut 
smooth. 

1. Smooth, without knots or protube- 
rances, as a canoe; he waa aukahi, aole 
lala, aole opuupun, a canoe, smooth, no 
knots, no protuberances. 

2. Level and straight, as a floor ; smooth 
and straight throughout ; maa ano 0 ka 
au o ka laan. 

3. Straight and smooth, as Ms looking- 
glass. 

4, Applied also to a well composed 
speech; correct; eloquent. 

Avu-KA-KA, s. Au, wave, and kaka, hook. 
A place far out at sea where fish are caught; 
o ka pililua o lawaia o ke aukaka. 

Av-Ka-ku, s. Name of a fish with a 
sword snout. 

Av-KA-NA-KA, S. Au, place, and kanaka, 
men. <A place or region where men are 
found, in distinction from auakua, region 
of the gods. 

1. Emphatically, a thickly peopled place; 
he wahi kanaka, he wahi paapu, a lehu- 
lehu. ; 

2. The habited world. Mat. 24:14. 

AU-KE-LA, v. Au, to swim, and kela, to 
excel. To swim ahead of others. 

Av-xt, s. For lauki. The ki leaf; also, 

2. A species of fish. 

Av-xo1, s. A disease in the groin, re- 
sulting from pollution; he ewai, he auwakoi. 

AU-KU, v. Au, to swim, and ku, to stand. 

1. To swim or sail uprightly, as a vessel 
rising and pitching in a heavy sea; auku 
ka ibu i ka makani; to stand up, as the 
bow of a vessel by the wind, from the re- 
semblance to a man’s position in swimming 
uprightly in a rough sea. 

2. To toss up the nose, as an expression 
of pride, anger or contempt for a thing; 
auku ka ihu o ka wahine huhu wale, the 
angry woman turns up her nose; auku 
iluna ka ihu o ke kanaka haaheo, the nose 
of the proud man is turned up. 

3. To climb, as a man, up a precipice. 

4. To rise up,as the end of the nose at a 
bad smell, or the end of a canoe in a surf. 

Av-ku, s. Au and ku. A stream, so 
shallow that a person can wade through 
with his clothes on; a shallow stream, not 
deep. 

2. Name of a road or path leading up 
hill. 

Av-xu and Av-xuu, s. Name of a bird 
which makes a loud, yelling noise at night; 
a sea-bird. 

Av-xuu, s. The action of a person vom- 
iting. 

2. A kind of fish-hook. 

Av-kuvu, s. The name of a bird; me he 
auicuu la ke kau i ke ahua. as an aukuu, 


5 


33 


AUM 


lights on a bank; ua hoolikeia ke kanaka 


hana hewa me ka aukuu, a bad man is 
likened to an aukuu; no ka mea, he ahua 
kahi e kau ai ka auicwu, because the aulewu 
sits on a bank ; nolaila i olelo mai ka poe 
kahiko ; hence ‘the ancients say : 

Me he aukuu la ke kau i ke ahua, 

As the aukuu sits upon a sand bank, 

Alaalawa na maka me he pueo la, 

Its eyes looking about like an owl. 

Av-xu-xu, s. A swelling up of the 
water of the sea; the rise and rapid flow 
of water in a river; moana ke kai kele a 
ka aukulku ke kae ka hohonu. 

Av-.a, adj. Stinted, as vegetables ; bar- 
ren, as ground; he palakai, he aula, he 
ponalo. 

Au-tau, s. A bundle of cane or other 
leaves bound together, used in taking fish. 
See AUMAIEWA. 

Av-La-ma, v. To give or cause light 
around. See Lama. He kolikukui, i aula- 
maid. 

Av-LE-LE, v. To fly off in flocks, as 
many kinds of birds. 

Av-LE-PE, s. Name of a long slim fish. 

Av-tu, adj. Neat; nice; excellent. 

AU-LI-KE, v. Au, to swim, and like, 
alike. To swim evenly; to swim abreast, 
as two or more persons. 

AU-LI-KE, adj. Even and smooth from 
end to end, as a piece of timber; he laau 
aulike, a straight, smooth piece of timber ; 
he aukahi. 

AU-LI-KO-LOo-MA-NU, Ss. A beautiful, well- 
formed person. 

2. Any article beautifully made. 

3. An expression of commendation or 
praise, connected with boasting or pride 
of one’s circumstances or privileges, as 
being skillful, expert or reflecting. 

Av-ui-ma, s. Au, a handle, and Zima, 
the hand. The name of the stick held in 
the hand when rubbing to produce fire. 
The name of the stick rubbed is aunaki. 
Notre.—The action of rubbing is hia. 

Avu-ma, s. See Patauma. A person in 
distress or pain, so @& not to be still. 

Avu-mal-E-wa, s. Many persons engaged 
in taking fish and using the lau halaakia. 

Av-ma-Ka, s. Au, a handle, and maka. 
A pole to carry baggage on. See Mamaka. 

Avu-ma-ku-a, s. Name of a class of an- 
cient gods who were considered able and 
trustworthy ; na akua i ka po, o na auma- 
keua i ke ao, gods of the night. gods of the 
day ; o Kiha i ka po, o Liloa i ka po, o 
Umi i ka po, o Mea i ke ao. 

Avu-ma-ku-a, adj. He akua aumakua, 
able, that may be trusted as a child trusts 
to a parent; ua ola ke akua qaumakua. 


AUP 


Kukuluia ka hale no ko Kamehameha mau 
iwi, i mea e hoolilo ai ia ia i akua auma- 
kua, a house was built for Kamehameha’s 
bones that he might become a substantial 
god. 

Av-ma-ku-a, s. A person so called who 
provided for a chief or for chiefs; a trusty, 
steadfast servant; one who is not easily 
provoked to leave his place. 

A-u-ME-U-ME, v. A and ume, to pull, 
draw out. To contend, to strive for a 
thing, in order to obtain it from another ; 
to pull from one to another ; aumeume na 
kanaka i ka ia, the people contended for 
the fish; wumeume na kanaka i ka lole, the 
people contended for the cloth. 

A-u-ms-u-me, s. A pulling from one 
person to another in contention ; an acting 
with opposition and force; he huki aku, 
huki mai, a puepue, there was pulling this 
way and that with force; he ola nae, he 
ola aumeume, there was life, however, but 
life with contention. 

Av-mi-ua, s. Au and miha. To float off 
in the air, as miasma; contagion ; evil in- 
fluence supposed to attend the graves of 
the dead. 

Av-mi-H1, v. Au and mihi. To sorrow; 
to repent; to grieve for the loss of a thing. 
See Mint. 

Av-mi-x1, s. Water kept in a calabash, 


and the chief drinks awa, (which is very |. 


bitter,) then drinks this water, which he 
thinks is sweet. 

Av-mo-s-NA, s. Swimming the ocean; 
name of a class of Kamehameha’s laws. 
Av-mog, s. Au, time, and moe, to sleep. 

The season when the world is asleep; 
night. Specifically, midnight. Puk. 11:4. 
Av-mu, s. A place for baking; an oven; 
he wahi e kalua ai i ka ai; a place for 
cooking food. See Umu and Inu. 
Avu-nu, v. ‘lo bake; to cook by baking 
or burying under ground. 
Av-mu, adj. Epithet of the stones of 


an oven, that is, oven stones; pohaku 
aumu. 


Av-na, s. A colleétion or flock of birds; 
as, auna kolea, a flock of koleas; auna 
kolea e wili ana me he auna manu la, a 
flock of koleas mingling together like a 
flock of birds. 

Av-na-x1, s. The name of the stick 
rubbed upon in obtaining fire by friction. 
See AULIMA. 

Av-NEi, syn. with auanez. A particle 
referring to future time, but not distant. 
1 Sam. 31:4. Soon; pretty soon; by and by. 

Av-pa-pa, v. To be poor; to lose one’s 
property. Fie. Ohina awpapa, the swim- 
ming board is lost. Sameas pau ka waiwai. 


34 











AUW 


Av-pa-pa, adj. A man who, in swim- 
ming on a board through the surf, loses his 
board ; hence, 

2. A person who has lost his property, 
i. e., his board was his dependence. 

Av-pa-PA-0-HE, s. Name of a fish sim- 
ilar to auaupapaohe, a species of the auau. 

Av-pu-La, v. To catch fish with a net 
when the pulale is used; he mea e loaa’i 
ka ia e like me ka lau, a thing for obtain- 
ing fish like the lau. 

Au-pu-nI, s. Au, a place, and puni, 
around. 

1. A region of country governed by a 
chief or king. Nors.—Originally the word 
did not imply a large country, as there 
were formerly several aupunis on one 
island. At present, the word is used to 
signify, 

2. A kingdom; the dominion and juris- 
diction of a king. 

Av-pu-ni, v. To be in an undisturbed 
state ; to be in a state of peace and quiet- 
ness, as a kingdom. 

2. To exist or be known as a kingdom; 
ua aupuni keia pae aina, these islands are 
at peace. 

3. To become a kingdom. Hzele. 16:13. 

Av-pu-n1, adj. Relating to the kingdom 
or government; he hana aupuni, govern- 
ment work; he mau lio awpuni, horses, the 
property of the government. 

Av-wa, v. A different orthography for 
aua. See Ava. To forbid; refuse a favor 
when asked. Luk. 6:29. 

Av-waa, s. Au, a place, and waa, a 
canoe. A cluster or fleet of canoes; 0 ka 
nui o ka auwaa, ua pau i ka lukuia, the 
greater part of the fleet of canoes was de- 
stroyed; any number of canoes in com- 
pany; e hoomakaukau i ko lakou auwaa 
iho, to get ready their own canoes. 

Av-WAA-LAU-KI, 8. Auwaa and lau k2, 

ki leaves. Ki leaves folded up so as to 

sail for children’s sport. 

Av-wa-a-La-Lua, s. The name of a spe- 

cies of fish; he wahi mea holo maloko o 

ke kai, e like me ka waa, an animal that 

sails in the sea like a canoe. 

Av-wag, s. The chin of a person; au- 

wae, kahi malalo o ka waha, the awwae is 

the place below the mouth. 
2. The jog cut in the top of the post of a 

Hawaiian house. See Ava. 


Av-wak-al-Na, s. A present out of re- 
spect to the hakuaina of a hog or other 
fruits of the land. Nore—When a land 
was transferred to a new owner, and he re- 
instated the people upon it, they usually 
bring a present from the land; this present 
of hogs, food, kapa, fish, nets, &c., was 
called auwaeaina. 


AUW 


30 


AHA 


Av-waeE-puv, s. Laziness; indifference. | Au-w1, v. See Aut. To decline; to in- 


See AUAEPUU. 

Avu-wal, s. Au, furrow, and wai, water. 
A brook; a small water course. Sol. 21:1. 
The outlet of a pool. Isa. 7:3. The gen- 
eral name for streams used in artificial irri- 
gation. 

Av-wal-HI-kI, or AUWAIAHIKI, s. A run- 
ning disease in the groin from impure 
habits ; he wai ma ke kumu uha, he aukoi, 
he ewai, he auwakoi; a swelling in the 
groin and under the arms. 

Av-wa-HA, s. Au and waha, mouth. 
An opening of the ground, as a furrow ; 
plowed ground. 1 Sam. 14:14. A ditch. 
Sol. 23:27. A channel ; a place dug like a 
pit. Hal. 7:15. He lua loibi i eli ia a puni 
ke kihapai, a long pit dug around the gar- 
den. See Avauwana. 

Au-wa-HA, v. To make a groove in 
wood; to cut forked. like the foot of a 
rafter on a Hawaiian house. 

2. Hoo. To make a ditch or furrow,i. e., 
to plow. Job. 1:14; Mik. 3:12. 

Av-wa-ko-1, s. He auwaiahiki; a swell- 
ing in the groin; a bubo. 

Av-waa-La-x1, s. Name of the little 
ships which children make of cane leaves ; 
auwadlaki hooholoholo. See AUWAALAUKI. 

Av-wa-na, v. See Avana. In this, like 
many other cases, the wis a mere expletive, 
as the words may be written both ways and 
the pronunciation continue the same. 

1. To wander ; to go from place to place. 
Los. 5:6; Lob. 1:7. 

2. To scatter ; disperse, as an army. 2 
Oihl. 18:16.. 

3. Hoo. To cause to wander, &e. 
20:13. 

4. To go astray morally; to deviate from 
the path of rectitude. Kani. 13:6. 

Au-we, v. Also aue. To express an af- 
fection of the mind, as love, grief, disap- 
pointment, &c., 

2. To mourn for one beloved. Kani. 
34:8. 

3. To cry to one for help. 2 Nal. 4:1. 
To cry in great distress. Hal. 18:6. 

4, To groan; tosigh ; to groan inwardly. 
Joh. 11:33. See AvE. 

Av-we, s. The cry of persons lament- 
ing for the sick or dying ; lamentation for 
any great loss or calamity. 

2. Affection ; love. 


Avu-we, int. See Ave. An exclamation 
of wonder, of surprise, of fear, of pity or 
affection, as oh! woe! alas! 2 Nal. 6:5. 
Auwe kakou, alas for us! 1 Sam. 4:7, 8. 
Auwe ka lehulehu o ka poe i poho, alas for 
the multitude of those who were lost! 

2. Also an expression of execration or 
cursing. Mal. 1:14. 


Kin. 


cline from a perpendicular. 

2. To move off; to pass along, as the 
sun is supposed to do; to decline, as the 
day. Rom. 13:12. 

Au-wi-Li, s. Au, tide, and wilz, to turn. 
A returning tide; he nalu mauka aku, an 
outward current. 

Av-wi-na, s. A declining, &. See Av- 
INA. 

AU-WI-NI-WI-NI, 8. Aw and wini, sharp 
pointed. The sharp end of a potato leaf 
drooping with the rain; he auwiniwini ke 
au o ka uala luea i ka ua. 

Au-wo-Lo. See Avoto. 


A-Ha, num. adj. See Ha. Four; the 
number four; also eha. 


A-wA, s. A company or assembly of 
people for any purpose. Puk. 35:1. Often 
compounded with some qualifying word ; 
as, dhaaina, ahaolelo, ahakanaka, ahahoo- 
kolokolo, ahamokomoko, &c. See these 
compounds, which are sometimes written 
in one word, and sometimes divided. Aha- 
akohipa, a company fa@@®shearing sheep. 2 
Sam. 13:23. 

A-wA, s. Name of a certain prayer con- 
nected with a kapu ; ina walaau ke kanaka 
i ka aha, make no ia, if a manshould make 
a noise during the prayer, he would die, 
i. e., he would be guilty of an offense for 
which he would forfeit his life. The name 
originated in the fact that cocoanut fibre 
(see AHA, below) is very strong when 
braided into strings; so this prayer, with 
its rigid kapus, was supposed to be very 
efficacious in holding the kingdom together 
in times of danger. 

2. The success or answer of a prayer, or 
such a proper performance of prayer as to 
insure success; loaa ka kakou aha, we 
have received our prayer, i. e., the answer; 
ua lilo ka aha, alaila,e pule hou, the prayer 
is lost, (of no avail,) then pray again. 


A-na, s. A cord braided from the husk 


of the cocoanut. 

2. A cord braided from human hair. 

3. Strings made from the intestines of 
animals; ka naan i mea aha.moa, the in- 
testines for strings to tie fowls with: he 
aha pulu nin; he aha waa a me ka aha hoa 
waa, a cord for tying and strengthening a 
canoe in a storm; he aha palaoa, he lau- 
oho i hili uilo ia. 

A-Ha, s. Name of @ small piece of 
wood, around which was wound a piece of 
kapa, and held in the hand’ of the priest 
while offering sacrifices. s 

2. Name of a kind: of Kapa made on 
Molokai. 


A-Ha, s. The earwig.. 
. 


AHA 


36 


AHA 


2. The name of a species of long fish| A-nai, s. The name of a pillar, wood 


- swimming near the surface of the water. 

A-Ha, inter. pron. Declinable with the 
definite article ; indeclinable with the in- 
definite. Gram. §159. Heaha, what? often 
united with the article; why? for what 
reason? Hal. 68:16. No keaha? i keaha? 
It is also used as an interrogative adverb, 
why? 

A-ua, v. To what; to do, &c.; e aha 
ana oia? what shall he do? Of course it 
is used only in the interrogative. Joh. 
20:21. 

A-na. An interjection of surprise, won- 
der, &c. Ua heluhelu lakou, aha; ua loaa 
lakou e moe ana, aha. 

A-Ha, v. To stretch the cord by which 
the first posts of a house were put down or 
set straight; e kiii ke kaulae aha ai, fetch 
the rope to make straight with. 

2. Fig. Aha, oia ka ana a me ka aha 
pololei no ke aupuni, aha, that is, to meas- 
ure and direct straightly the government. 

A-wa, s. Used in the expressions, ua 
like na aha, the sides are equal ; aha like, 
meaning side—neasure perhaps. 

A-Ha-al-NA, s. Aha, a company, and 
aina, eating. 

1. A company for eating. 

2. A feast for pleasure or enjoyment ; 
ahaaina olioli, a joyful feast. 

3. A feast as a celebration of a past 
event. Puk. 12:14. Ahaaina is often qual- 
ified by the following word; as, ahauina 
hebedoma, a feast of weeks. Puk. 34:22. 
Ahaaina kauhale lewa, feast of taberna- 
cles. Oihk. 23:34. Ahaaina laa, a solemn 
feast. Nah. 15:3. Ahaaina moliaola, feast 
of the passover. 2 Oihl. 35:18. 

4. The food for the company in such 
cases. Ahaaina awakea, a dinner; aha- 
aina ahiahi, a supper. ‘ 

A-Ha-alL-NA, v. Aha, company, and aina, 
to eat. 

1. To collect together for eating. 

2. To eat together ; to feast; to partake 
of a banquet; to hold a feast. Puk. 5:1. 


A-wa-a-HA, v. To go or walk in a 
mincing or irregular manner. Hooahaaha, 
hele hooahaaha, hele hoohaha. 

A-Ha-a-HA, adv. Sitting squarely ; up- 
rightly. &c. 

A-Hal, v. To take away; to carry off; 
to bear away. Laieik. 18. Hence, 

2. To flee; to be routed, as men in battle. 
3. To flee from fear; to forsake the care 
of; ua ahai na makua i na keiki, aole hoi- 
oi hou maii ke kula, the parents took no 
care of the children, and did not send them 
back to school. 
4, To arrive, as a set day or proper time 
for doing a thing; ahaiia kala e hakaka ai. 


4 


or stone, which a chief sets up in memory 
of some great exploit. The exploit itself 
is a pao(arch.) Alaila, kau ka ahai maluna 
iho 0 na pao. 

A-Hal, adj. Breaking off and carrying 
away; ka manu ahai kanu awa e, the bird 
clipping the twig of a tree and planting it 
elsewhere ; poetical. 

A-Hal-HAl, adj. See above. Ka manu 
ahaihai kanu awa e, the bird breaking off 
the awa plants. 

A-na-t-K1, s. Aha, assembly, and kz, 
small. A small party for private conver- 
sation; a small council or collection of 
people ; a secret council respecting war or 
an emergency. 

A-Hal-Lo-no, s. See Anat. The person 
who alone survives or escapes after a bat- 
tle, or a canoe out of a fleet, all others be- 
ing taken or lost; pepehiia a pau, aohe 
ahailono. Laieik. 104. See next page of 
Laieik. 105. 

A-na-I-nu, v. Aha, a company, and 
inu, to drink. To partake at a drinking 
feast. Eset. 7:1. 

A-na-I-nu, adj. Relating to banqueting 
or to a drinking feast; a wine-drinking 
feast. Jer.51:39. Hale ahainu. Mel. Sol. 
2:4. 

A-Ha-I-Nu-A-wa, S. Aha and inu, to 
drink, and awa. An assembly for drink- 
ing awa; he ahainuawa no na kanaka kahu 
akua hoomanamana ia Nahienaena, an as- 
sembly for drinking awa by the protectors 
of the god worshipped by Nahienaena. 

A-HA-I-NU-WAI-NA, 5S. Aha, inu and 
waina. A wine feast; a feast for drinking 
wine. set. 7:7. 

A-HA-I-NU-RA-MA, Ss. An assembly for 
drinking rum or any alcoholic drinks, for- 
merly practiced by chiefs and people. 

A-HA-0-LE-LO, s. Aha, a company, and 
olelo, to speak. 

1. A council; a body of chiefs assem- 
bled to regulate public affairs. 

2. A consultation. 

3. In modern times, a legislature 3 a 
body to consult and enact laws for the 
good of the kingdom. 

A-HA-0-LE-LO, v. Aha, assembly, and 
olelo, to speak. To take council; to con- 
sult together to get the united wisdom of 
all present; ahaolelo iho la na ‘ii, the 
chiefs held a consultation. 2 Othl. 10:6. 
In modern times, to meet and consult, as 
the legislative bodies of Nobles and Rep- 
resentatives, to make and adopt laws for 
the nation. ; 

A-Ha-HA, v. See Ha, to breathe. To 
pant; to breathe hard on account of heat, 
as a hog or a dog from a chase; ua ahaha 


AHE 


37 


AHI 





ka ilio i ka wela, ai ka maloeloe i ka loa, 
the dog panted hard from heat and from 
long weariness. 

A-HA-KA-NA-KA, 5S. Aha, assembly, and 
kanaka, men. A great company; a mul- 
titude ; an assembly. Dunk. 20:2. Na ka- 
naka lehulehu, paapu. 

A-Ha-kEA, s. Name of a species of yel- 
lowish wood used for rims of canoes. It 
is also used for making poi boards, canoe 
paddles, &c. 

A-HA-LI-KE, adj. Aha, four, and like, 
alike. Four sides alike or equal; a quad- 
rangular ; aoao ahalike. Pul. 28:16. Like 
na aoao, like ka loa me ka laula; four 
square. Hzelk. 40:47. 

A-uA-LI-KE, s. Name of the square bone 
in the wrist joint; he iwi ahalike maloko 
o ka pulima. 

A-HaA-LU-A-LI-KE, adj. Four sided, with 
two sides parallel. Anah. 43. 

A-HA-LU-NA-KA-NA-WAI, s. A court room; 
a judgment hall. Luk. 22:66. Court ; 
sanhedrim. 

A-ua-ma-HA, S. The part of the face in 
front of the ears; ma ka aoao elua, ma 
kela maha ma keia maha. 

A-Ha-mA-HA, S. A feint; ashow; asham 
fight. 

A-wa-ma-ka, s. A kapa fastened at each 
end between two posts and swinging be- 
tween; na kapae kau ana ma ka manuea 
mai hope a mua, he moe lewa. 

2. A brave man skilled in a knowledge 
of the lua and of war. 

A-wa-mMA-KA, Ss. Anassembly for prayers. 

A-Ha-mo-a, s. Name of the assembly 
collected at a cock-fight; he ahamoa o ka 
naau 0 ke kanaka ; ua kau ia i ahamoa. 

A-HA-MO-KO-Mo-ko, s. Aha, meeting, and 
mokomoko, boxing. An assembly for box- 
ing; a boxing match. Jaieik. 21. 

A-HA-wa, v. To colleet together, as 
water, to overflow a low place; ua ahua, 
ua ahawa. 

A-HE, adv. Used for ae, yes. Ae, oia 
no; ahe, he oiaio paha; yes, so it is; yes, 
it is perhaps true; ake, kuhi au ua hala 
lakou, aole ka! ahe, pela kou manao ea? 

A-HE, s. A slight or hacking cough ; 
he aheahe, he mai kunu. 

A-neE, s. Anything light, gentle or soft, 
as a light breeze, ke ake makani puulena. 
Laieik. 34. Ahe koolauwahine, he makani 
aheahe ka makani. 

A-HE, s. A wind; a slight breeze. 


A-HE-A, int. adv. When; used onl 
with reference to the future. Hal. 101:2. 
A-HE-A, adv. Used only with the future ; 

when? at what time? Ahea ka ina o ke 


keiki e ku imua; ahea ka inoa o ke alii; 

ahea no la nalo ka moe ke aahi la i ka pili 

o ka hpupo. 

A-HE-A-HE, s. See Aut. A light gentle 
breeze. , 

2. A faint diminishing sound; he ka- 
mumu 0 ke aheahe malie,a sound of astill, 
small voice. 1 Nal. 19:12. Aheahe ka 
makani ma Pu; aheahe mai ke kaiaulu o 
Waianae. 

A-HE-A-HE, adj. A cough; a hacking 
cough; i ka manawa aheahe, ke kau aheahe 
make 0 Kahalaia ma laua o Humehume, in 
the time of coughing, there lighted a deadly 
cough upon Kahalaia and Humehume. 

A-HE-A-HE-A, adj. Warm, as water by 
standing in the sun. 

A-HE-A-HE, v. To be hungry; he pololi; 
aheahe kahi opu i ka pololi. 

A-HE-A-KA, Ss. A shade; shadow. See 
AKA. 

A-HE-KO-LO, s. Ahe and kolo, to creep. 
A slight breeze ; ahekolo ka makani, ahe- 
ahe malie, a creeping, gentle wind. 

A-HE-ko-LO, v. To creep; to crawl 
along; ke i ae lae ahekolo kana hele, he 
says he walks creeping along. 

A-HE-LE, s. A snare; used in a former 
translation for pahele. Jer.18:22. A snare; 
same as pahele, but is more used. 

A-HE-wa, v. A and hewa, wrong, sin. 
1. To turn off the eyes, as one cross- 

eyed. 

2. To plead against one. 

3. To condemn for a crime or fault. 

4. To cause to be under a curse. Lunk. 
21:18. To condemn one. 2 Sam. 1:16. 
Hoo. Ua hooahewaia oia e make, he is con- 
demned to die. 

A-HE-wa, s. Evil; condemnation. Jer. 
29:11. 

A-He-wa. A hanai aku ahewa ae ka 
waha loaa ka hale. 

A-HE-WA-IA, Ss. Punishment; condemna- 
tion. 1 Sam. 28:10. 

2. The state of being accused or under 
acurse. Kin. 3:14. E ka poe i ahewaia, 
ye cursed. Mat. 25:41. 

A-HE-WA-HE-wa, s. Name of a tree on 
the mountains. 

A-u, s. A fire; he akie a ana, a burn- 
ing fire. 

A-n1, s. Name of the fish called albi- 
core. 

A-ui-A, adj. See AHIAHIA. 

A-n1-A (ehia), int. adv. How many ? 
Ahia ka nui o ka waiwai? how many arti- 
cles of property? See Extra. Notre.—sThere 
is a nice distinction in the use of ahia and 
ehia, difficult to understand ; in many cases 
they are synonymous. 


AHI 


and honua, earth. Epithet of a volcano ; 
earth-eater or consumer. 

A-ni-al-Ho-Nu-A, adj. Earth-consum- 
ing, as a volcano; constantly burning 
unquenchable. 

A-HI-A- “HI, 8. The after part of the day ; 
ua aui ai ka la; the afternoon; towards 
night; ua napoo ka la; evening. Sol. 7:9. 
Notre.—When it is dark, it is po. 

A-ut-a-u1, v. To be or become evening ; 
a ahiahi iho la, hoi mai ia, when it was 
evening he returned. 

A-ut-a-Ht, v. To spread slanderous re- 
ports; e olelo ino. 

2. To complain falsely of another; e 
niania. 

3. To defame ; to tell tales ; e holoholo- 
olelo, to reveal secrets. 

A-ui-a-H1, s. A false report concerning 
one; a defamation ; a slander. 

A-ut-a-HI-a, adj. Obscure; faded; dim, 
as colors in kapa or calico; kohu maikai 
ole; as cloth having lost color; ahiahia 
ke koko, the blood is colorless ; applied to 
the uncolored parts of dyed cloth or kapa ; 
he ahiahia ka palapala, the writing is dim, 
not plain; ulaula ahiahia, faded red, that 
is, purple. 2 Oihl. 3:14. 

A-uv-v, s. The name of a wind. 


A-ut-u, adj. Wild; untamed, asa horse; 
he aa; aole laka mai. See Hmuiv. 

A-ui-u1, v. To be united with another 
or with others in mischief or error. 

2. To conspire with ; to be involved 
with another or others, "as in ignorance ; 
ua ahihi pu aku Ja lana ilaila, ‘they were 
both involved in that matter; ahiht i ka 
naaupo. See Hrar and Hmrta. 

A-Hi-HI, s. Name of a tree or shrub in 
Nuuanu ; he lei no ka huakaihele o Kona. 

A-HI-Ko- Ll, v. To cut off even, as in 
trimming a lamp. 

A-HI-KU (chiku), num. adj. Seven; with 
the article, the seventh. Gram. § 110, Ist. 
The root is hiku. 


A-ui-wa, s. A gray color. 
A-Hi-NA, adj. A and hina, gray hairs. 


Applied to Molokai; Molokai ahina, gray 
Molokai, from the fog around the top. 


A-ut-na, adj. Gray, as the head of an 
old man; he poo ahina; applied to a dry 


tree; he laau ahina. See Hina and Poo- 
HINA. f 


A-HI-NA-HI-NA, Ss. Name of a species of 
grass. 

2. Name of a plant living in cold, dry 
places; so named from its “color, a light 
silver gray; known as the “silver sword.” 

3. The life-everlasting plant. 


38 
A-HI-Al-Ho-NU-A, S. Ahi, fire, az, to eat, | A-HI-NA-HI-NA, adj. 


AHU 


Very light blue; 
gray; slate color. Oihk. 13:37. 

A-Ho, v. To be patient, submissive, 
humble ; to be merciful, kind ; to be ready 
to do a kind act. See the compounds 
Avonur and AHOLOA. 

A-Ho, v. (Impersonal.) It is easier; it 
is better; it is less severe; e aho nau e 
kokua mai ia makou, it is better for you to 
help us; it implies a comparison. 2 Sam. 
18:3. Eahonae ko lakou hope i ko kakon, 
their end, however, will be more tolerable 
than ours; it is better that, &e. Nah. 14:2. 
It had been better if, &c. Jos. 7:7. It is 
better, preferable; e aho iki no ke hoi 
kakou, it will be a little better for us to 
return; e aho no ka hele mamuli o ka 
noho ana me ka pilikia, it is better to go 
than to stay in perplexity. 

A-Ho, s. Art., ke. The natural breathing 
of a person; the breath ; hence, 

2. Patience ; i nui ke aho, let the breath 
be long, i. e., be patient. 

3. Mert. Spirit; courage. Jos.2:11. Res- 
olution ; also kindness. 

A-Ho, s. Art., ke. A line; a cord,asa 
fish line ; ke aho lawaia; a kite string ; ke 
kakaiapola a me ke aho; alaila, hoolele 
aku i ka lupe i ka lewa, a paa aku ma ke 
aho, (prepare) the kite tail and the string, 
then send off the kite into the air, but hold 
fast by the string. 

A-no,s. Art., ka. The name ‘of the small 
sticks used in thatching. 

A-Ho-al-o-LE, s. An aho or string too 
short; not lone enough for the purpase. 
A-no-.z, s. Name of a species of white 

fish. 

A-HO-LE-Ho-LE, s. Name of a species of 
fish. See AHOLE above. 

A-Ho-LoA, adj. Aho, patient, and doa, 
long. Patient; long suffering. See AHonuvI. 

A-Ho-Loa, s. Aho,a cord, and loa, long. 
A tong string for fishing or sounding in 
deep water; he aholoa loa i ka mio; he 
aholoa i ka \uu ilalo o ka moana. 

A-Ho-na, v. Ahona a kui maoli aku 
kela, lele liilii. Laieik. 42. 

A-Ho-Nnu-I, v. Aho, patient, and nwz, 
much. To be patient. gentle, kind, &c. 1 
Tes. 2:7. See AHOLOA. 

A-no-nu-1, s. Aho, patient, and nuz, 

- much. Forbearance; long suffering ; pa- 
tience. 

A-Ho-Nnv-1, adj. Patient; enduring; long 
suffering. Puke. 34:6. 


A-uu, v. To gather or collect together. 
Kin. 43:11. Ahu iho la i kahakai, hu ae la 
ka lolo, they gathered them together (dead 
bodies) on the seashore, the brains flowed; 
to collect one’s food where there is little. 


-AHU 


Ahu iho ka hoka i ka pakai, 

Ku i ka pakai ka mea haku ole, 
Lele ae no ka manu i Houa, 
Hapapa wale iho no ka hokahoka. 


39 


AHU 


A-Hu-a-Hu, v. To be sullen; unwilling 
to do a thing ordered. 
A-Hu-a-HU, adv. Unwillingly; fretfully. 


To collect but gain little; aku wale iho| A-yu-a-na-La, v. To lie slain, as many 


no, aole wahi kapa; ahu wale iho, aole ai ; 
ahu wale iho no i ka oneanea. 

2. To lay up, as in a store-house ; to lay 
up for future use,as goods. Mat. 6:19. To 
store in the memory. 

3. To lie strewed over the ground. Puk. 
16:3. 

» 4 To cover one with a cloak; to be 
merely covered. Job. 26:6. To clothe. 

5. Hoo. To collect what is scattered. 

6. To fall together, as men slain in bat- 
tle. 

7. To keep ; treasure up, as anger ; hoo- 
ahu iho lai ka huhu maluna o kela poe, 
he kept in reserve his anger for that com- 
pany. 

8. To pile up, as stones. Jos. 8:29. To 
gather up; glean, as a field. Rut. 2:7. 

9. To bring condemnation upon. 

10. To reply to; to object to something 
said. Rom. 9:20. 

A-nu, s. See Ana. An assemblage or 
collection of things; ahu ai, a place for 
storing food; a collection of provisions. 
2 Oihl. 11:11. Wahi ahu, a place for some- 
thing. Job. 28:1. Ahuw pohaku, a pave- 
ment; a heap, as of stones. Kin. 31:46. 

2. A heap of stones as a way mark. 
Jer. 31:21. 

3. Asa memorial. Jos. 7:26. 

A-nu, adj. Storing; collecting; hale 
ahu, a store-house. Job. 38:22. 

A-nu, s. A fine mat; a coarse one is 
moena; a mat for covering a canoe; 0 ka 
uhi ana i ka ahu, ea, oia ka mea e pale aku 
i kekahi ale, the spreading over a mat, 
that is what will keep off some of the 
waves ; ahuao, ahu mokoloa. 

A-Hu-A, s. See Ant, collection. Any 
place elevated in the manner of a high 
path. 

2. A bank in the sea; a bank formed by 
the sand at a mouth ofa river; hence, 

3. A ford; a place for passing a stream 
orriver. Jos. 2:7; Lunk. 3:28. He puu; 
a hillock; he kiekie ma kekahi aoao. 


A-xnu-a, v. To be raised up ona plat- 
form ; ua ahua, ua ahawa. 


A-Hu-ao, s. The young and tender 


leaves of the hala for making mats; ahu |. 


moena, ahu pawehe, ahuao. 


A-Hu-a-HU, s. Young sprouts or shoots 
from layers, as from sugar-cane. 
2. A boy or girl that grows up quickly. 
A-nu-a-HU, adj. Angry; fretful; un- 
willing, as when one receives orders to 
work, and from fatigue or indolence he is 
unwilling, he is then ahuahu. 


bodies slain in battle; aia hoi, e ahualala 
kukui ana ka heana, behold, they were 
dead bodies fallen to the earth. 2 Oihl. 
20:24. 

A-nu-a-wa, s. A species of strong rush 
of which cords are made; the leaves are 
made into hats. — 

2.. The name of the cord itself; mai hoka 
au ike ahuawa. 

A-nu-E, v. See Hug, to lie. To steal; 
to take without liberty. See AIHUE. 

2. To double up; to turn up, as a piece 
of kapa or paper. 

A-nu-1, s. A bunch or cluster of fruit, 
as bananas, grapes, or hala. 

A-uv-1-L1, v. To lie sick; to be weak; 
e ahuili auanei ka poe hooko i ka eha, 

A-HU-I-WAI-NA, S. Afui, a cluster, and 
waina, grapes. A bunch or cluster of 
grapes. Hoik. 14:18. 

A-Hu-Mo-E-Nna, s. A figured, fine mat, 
or a fine mat of small figures of different 
colors. Ldieik. 112. 

A-uu-u-a, s. A heap; a pile; a collec- 
tion of things; he ahuua waiwai, he ahuua 
kiekie, a pile of goods, a high heap. 

A-uu-u-a, v. To heap up; to put in 
heaps ; ke ahuwa mai la. See Aunv. 

A-Hu-u-LA, s. Ahu, a garment, and wla, 
red. 

1. A red feathered cloak ; a cloak made 
of the feathers of the oo and the red feath- 
ers of the iiwi, worn by kings arfd high 
chiefs ; a gorgeous dress. Laieik. 112. 

2. A kind of fish net; ka upena puni, a 
haku a maikai. 

A-HU-HI-NA-Lo, s. A garment or cloth 
made of the hala leaf. 

A-Hu-ku, v. To stone; to bury with 
stones or other missiles ; e hailuku, e hoo- 
nou, e hooulua. 

A-nu-Lav, s. A pestilence among men. 
Hab. 3:5. A murrain among cattle. Puk. 
9:3. A sickness like a pestilence. Norg.—- 
The most destructive raged while Kame- 
hameha lived the first time at Oahu; Ka- 
mehameha himself was attacked, but re- 
covered. Thousands were swept off by it 
at that time; probably in 1804. 

A-HU-LAU, adj. Epidemic; pestilential ; 
mai ahulau, a pestilence. Oihk. 26:25. 

A-Hu-Lav, v. To have -the pestilence ; 
to die with it; ua ahulau ae la na kanaka 
i ka make. : 

A-nu-Li-u, adj. Heated hot, as stones 
in the oven; heated to whiteness; ahuliu 
ka imu, the oven is exceedingly hot. 


AKA 


A-nu-tu, v. To be overdone, as food 


cooked too much; ua ahulu loa ka umu ai, 
ua ulaula ka ai, to be too hot. 

A-nu-Lvu, adj. Overdone, as food; baked 
too much ; cooked hard. 

2. Spoiled, as eggs, or medicines by long 
lying. 

3 Unnatieel in appearance ; dirty; de- 
fective; ua ahulu ke kai, i. e., dirty or 
green, not blue and clear. 

A-HU-LU-HU-LU, s. A species of small, 
red fish; some kind of mechanical tool; 
koi ahuluhulu. 

A-Hu-na-Lu, s. A small chief. 

A-Hu-Na-Li, adj. A colored kapa; he 
mamaki ahunalii, he mamaki i hooluuia, a 
colored mamaki kapa. 

A-HU-PA-WE-HE, S. Ahu, mat, and pa- 
wehe. Name of a kind of striped mat made 
on Niihau ; he ahupawehe no Niihau. 

A-nu-pu-aa, s. Ahu, collection, and 
puaa, hog. 

1. Name of one of the smaller divisions 
of a country, made up of several ili, and 
under the care of a head man; a hog paid 
the tax of that district to the king. He 
ahupuaa o Wailuku; o na aina maloko o 
Wailuku, he ili, he moo. 

2. A city; a village; a settlement, as 
the capital of said ahupuaa. 

A-Hu-wal-wal, adj. Ahu, collection, and 
waiwai, property. The property of a treas- 
ury ; belonging to a place for storing 
property. O¢thl. 9:26. Hale ahuwaiwai, a 
store-house. 

A-nu-wa-LE, v. To be in plain sight, 
as @ hill, or a house on a hill. 


A-xa. A particle set before verbs to ex- 
press carefulness, regularity of proceed- 
ing, &c.; as, dkdghele, go carefully; aka 
holo, sail or run"slowly ; aka hana, work 
carefully ; aka noho, sit quietly. 


A-xa, conj. But; if not; on the other 
hand. The word is generally used to ex- 
press strong opposition of idea. 


A-xa, s. The shadow of a person; the 
figure or outline of a thing; a similitude 
or likeness. Nah. 12:8: Nore.—The shade 
of a tree or house is malu. 

2. The dawn or light of the moon before 
rising. 

3. The knuckle joints; the protuberances 
of the ankle joints; the joints of the back- 
bone. 

4. Fie. A shadow ; frailty; impotence. 
Isa. 30:2. 


A-xa, v. To light up, as the moon be- 
fore rising; ua aha ka mahina? kokoke 
puka, ua aka mai la, how is the moon? it 
is near rising, it lights up. 

2. To go up and down, as on a hilly 


40 


‘road. (See No. 2 above, joints of the back- 


AKA 


one.) 

3. To be split or peeled up, as the bark 
of a tree. 

4. To be torn off, as the kaupaku of a 
house ; ua aka ke kaupaku o ka hale. 

A-xa, v. To laugh; to deride; i ko’u 

noonoo ana i keia kumu manao, ua aka 
iki mai no ka pono, in thinking of this 
composition, I smiled at its correctness. 
(The 13th conj., akaaka, is more generally 
used.) 

A-xaA, v. To break open, as a seal. 
Hoik. 5:2. To tear or take up, as a mat. 
A-xaa, adj. Anything broken up ; not 

cohering ; he akaa wale, he pipili ole. 
A-KA-a-KA, v. See Axa, to laugh. To 
laugh; tolaughat. Sol.4:9. Hoo. To cause 
to laugh; to have joy. Hin. 21:6. 
A-KA-A-KA, s. Laughter ; exhilaration 
of spirits. Hal. 126:2. 
A-KAA-KAA, v. See Axaa, to break up. 
To fall off, as the old thatching of a house. 
2. To break up, as the roof or sides of a 
house ; ua akaakaaia e ka mea kolohe, it 
was pulled off by some mischievous one. 
A-xaa-KAA, s. The falling off of the 
scarf-skin after a course of drinking awa. 


Ua mahuna i ka awa, 

Ua akaakaa xa ili, 

He puahilohilo ke kua i ka lepo, 
Ua akaakaa. 


A-KAA-KAA, adj. Poor; destitute. 

A-kAA-KAl, S. Bulrushes out of which 
mats and bags are made. 

2. Onions have taken the same name 
from the similarity of the tops. Nah. 11:5. 

A-KA-I-kK1, v. Aka, to laugh, and zhi, a 
little. 

1. To be pleased ; to smile; to be grat- 
ified on receiving a favor; akaiki lakou 
me ka olioli no ka loaa o ko lakou waiwai, 
they smiled with pleasure on obtaining 
their property. 

2. To laugh in one’s sleeve; to laugh 
secretly ; na hoa nohoi i kani ai ka akaiki 
i ua wahi la, the companions also chuckled 
at us in that place. 

3. To sneer at. See AKAAKA. 

A-KA-I-KI, s. A rejoicing in consequence 
of hope; desire in proportion to the pros- 
pect of receiving a thing. 

A-xa-00, 8. Aka, shadow, and oo, ripe. 
A full grown shadow: applied to*a person 
who is close, hard or stingy. 

A-KA-0-LE-LO, v. Aka and olelo. To 
speak cautiously ; to speak deliberately, 
advisedly. 

A-xau, adj. The right; on the right; 
lima akau, the right hand; ma ka aoao 
akau, on the right side. In geography, the 
person is supposed to stand with his face 


AKA 


4} 


AKE ' 





to the west; hence the right hand is to- 
wards the north, and his left to the south. 
Aoao akau, north side; aoao hema, south 
side ; welau akau, north pole, &e. 

A-xa-Ha, s. Name of a tree. One spe- 
cies has long leaves and grows inland; one 
species by the sea. It is a hard tree, like 
the uwea; also called ekaha. 

A-xa-nal, v. Aka, with care, and haz, 
to speak. To be tender of heart; meek. 
2 Nal. 22:19. 

A-xa-Hal, s. Aka, with care, and haz, 
to speak. Meekness: modesty; gentleness. 
Nah. 12:3. Poe akahai, the meek. Zep. 2:3. 

A-xa-Hal, adj. Modest; gentle, &c. 
Sol. 15:1. Soft in speech. 

A-KA-HE-LE, v. See Axa and HELE, to 
go. To go slowly or moderately in doing 
a thing; to go carefully ; the opposite of 
hikiwawe. E hikiwawe mai i ka lohe, e 
akahele hoi i ka olelo, be quick to hear, 
but slow tospeak. Used also imperatively; 
beware ; be cautious; e akahele ka pepehi 
mai o oukou i ke akua, beware of your 
striking the god; e alcahele ka huhu, mai 
hikiwawe, be slow to anger, not quick. 

A-KA-HE-NE-HE-NE, v. Aka, to laugh, 
and henehene, to ridicule. To laugh to 
scorn; to laugh in derision or mockery. 
Neh. 2:19. 

A-xa-u, s. The number one; root, kahz. 

A-xa-u1, adv. One; once; just now; 
expressive of greatness or superiority. 
Emphatically, akahi no au i lohe i ka he- 
kili, once have I heard it thunder, i. e., 
thunder loudly; akahi no au i ike i ka 
ino, once have I witnessed a storm, i. e., 
never so great a one before. 


A-KA-HI-A-KA-HI, adv. Lit. Once by 
once; of little experience; a novice. 1 
Tim. 3:6. Aole ka mea akahiakahi e holo 
i ka ino o make auanei i ka moana a pae 
kupapau aku i Lanai, let not the inexpe- 
rienced sail out in a storm lest he die in 
the ocean and his dead body float ashore 
on Lanai. 


A-xa-xa, v. To be plain; to be clear, 
as a thought or the expression of an idea; 
to be distinct, intelligible, as language. 

2. To be clear, transparent, as glass. 
Hoile. 22:1; Anat. 2. Clear, as a liquid. 

3. Hoo. To make plain; to expound, de- 
monstrate ; to bring to light. 

4. To set up boundary lines. 

A-xa-Ka, adj. Clear, as water. 

2. Lucid ; bright, as the moon. 

3. Certain ; distinct ; transparent ; he 
akaka, kokoke like me ke aniani kona 
akalea ana, clear, almost like glass. 

A-xa-Ka, adv. Akaka loa, very plainly; 
very clearly. age 10:24. 


A-xa-KA, adj. Rent; torn; dead. See 
NaKAKA. 

A-KA-KA-LA-NI, S$. Poetical for akalani- 
A heaven of light; a great light ; the 
heavens much lighted ; he akakalani no ka 
Uhane Hemolele. Mel. Creat. . 

A-Ka-KA-NE, 8S. Name of a small bird 
found in the mountains. 

A-Ka-KE, adj. Spry; light, as one walk- 
ing or running ; not loaded ; he akake no 
kau, you are spry, quick at walking. 

A-xa-kI-w1, v. To set up on the edge. 

A-xa-ku, v. To cease; to abate; to 
grow calm, as wind, rain, surf, anger; ua 
akaku mai ka makani, the wind has abated; 
ua akaku mai ka ua; akaku mai ka ino o 
ke kaikoo ; to be gentle ; quiet. 

A-xa-ku, s. A subsiding of a storm, 
wind, &e. 

2. A delirium; a trance. Oth. 10:10. 
An ecstasy; vision. 2 Oihl. 26:5. He moe 
uhane. Hoo. A vision. Oih. 26:19. 

A-xa-xu, adj. Gentle, &. Tit. 3:2. 

A-xa-kuu, v. To be settled; calmed; 
quieted; appeased; ua akakuu mai ka 
huhu o ke alii i na kanaka, the anger of 
the chief towards the people is appeased ; 
ua akakuu mai ke alii, aole inn rama hou, 
the mind of the chief is settled, he will 
drink no more rum. 

A-xa-kuv, adj. Gentle; quiet; kind; 
calm. Tit. 3:2. 

A-xa-ta, s. A berry, something like a 
strawberry ; a raspberry. 

A-xa-La, s. A kind of cloth, e like me 
ka lole alaibi. 

A-xa-La, s. The end of a house. See 
Kawa. 

A-xa-Lau. See Kinoaxatau and Watr- 
Lua. A ghost that appears to some people, 
but not to others. 

A-xa-LeEI, s. See Lei. A lei worn on 
the neck. 

A-KA-LA-NI, s. See AKAKALANI above. 
A heavenly shadow ; a splendid light. 

A-xa-mal, v. To be wise; makemake 
au e akamai oukou a pau, I wish that you 
may all become wise ; mostly used in the 
causative. Hoo. To be or become wise ; 
to make wise; skillful. Sol. 3:7. To think 
one’s self wise. 

A-xa-mal, s. Wisdom; skill; ingenu- 
ity. Hoo. Exhibiting wisdom. 1 Kor. 2:1. 

A-xa-mal, adj. Wise; skillful; ingeni- 
ous; expert; sagacious ; learned ; akamai 
ma ka naau. Puk. 28:3. 

A-xg, v. To desire. Nahk.. 23:10. To 
wish for a thing ; ake nui no lakou e haule 
ka ua, they greatly desired that rain should 
fall; to pant after; ake nui kahi poe i ka 


AKE 


erty: to wish to do a thing; ake no na 
kamalii e paani; to be willing ; ake no na 
kanaka i ka hewa. 

A-xsE, v. To blab; to tattle ; to prate; 
to slander; tell lies; e wahahee; e imi 
hala; to go about talking nonsense. 

A-xz, s. A lie; a falsehood; a slan- 
derous report of one; noho o Lahainaluna 
i ke ake, the people of Lahainaluna live 
under slanderous reports. 

A-xs, s. The liver of an animal. Puk. 
29:13. Akepaa, same. 

A-xeE is a general name for several in- 
ternal organs, qualified by different terms; 
see below. 

A-xE-A, adj. Broad; spacious; open ; 
not crowded; public; ua kaawale ka hale, 
ua akea oloko. 

A-xe-a, adv. Openly; publicly; ua 
hana akea ia, it was done publicly. 

A-xE-A, v. To be broad or wide, as a 
land. 

2. To be separate, as different things, a 
space being between them; ua akea ka 
aina, aole pilikia. Mostly used in the caus- 
ative sense. 

3. Hoo. To enlarge; widen out. 
§4:2. 

4. To make room for one, i. e., to set 
free from difficulty, and supply one’s wants. 
Kanl. 12:20. 

5. To enlarge one’s heart. Isa. 60:8. To 
become generous. 

A-xe-a, s. A broad open space; a place 
not concealed. 

A-KE-A-KA-MAI, S. Ake, desire, and aka- 
mai, skill. <A lover of wisdom ; epithet of 
a philosopher. Oth. 17:18. 

A-kE-A-KE, s. Name of a bird. 

A-KE-A-KE, adj. See Axe, to desire. 
Quick; ready ; smart, especially to do a 
kindness; cheerful in entertaining stran- 
gers. 

A-xE-A-KE-A, v. To fade, as kapa or 
cloth colored; to lose the color; to fade 
out; he akeakea ka ulaula, he ula akeakea 
ka palapala, the red is faded out, a faded 
red is the printing. 

A-KEU-KEU, adj. Active; ready; skill- 
ful; receiving kindly one’s friends. Syn. 
with he mikimiki, he oleole. See AKEAKE. 

A-xE-KE, s. A singular little animal of 
the sea. 

2. A small quantity of dust; aole nui o 
ka lepo. 


A-KE-KE, s. A species of bird. See 


Isa. 


A-KE-KE-KE, KEKE. 
A-KE-KEE, s. Name of a little brown 
bird resembling the wren found on the 


mountain of Waialeale on Kauai; it was! 


42 


waiwai, certain people greatly desire prop- | 








AKI 


formerly worshipped by the natives as the 
god of the mountain. 

A-KE-LE-KE-LE, s. An escape from great 
danger, aS a person in a canoe in a storm ; 
he akelekele wale no ka pakele, mai make. 


A-KE-LOA, fu Ake, liver, and loa, 

A-KE-NI-AU, long. The spleen. 

A-kE-ma-KA-NI, S. The lungs. See AKE- 
Ake, liver, and. 


MAMA. 

A-KE-MA-MA, $. 

A-KE-PA-HOO-LA, § mama, light. The 
lungs; the lights; oia ke ake e hanu ai, 
that is the lungs by which we breathe. 

A-xEe-na, v. To be proud; boasting; to: 
be high minded ; proud of some favor re- 
ceived; ua akena mai o Poki ina mea 
pono o ke Akua ana i ike ai, Poki was 
boasting of the favors which God had per- 
mitted him to see; akena ia ia iho, to boast 
of one’s self; to behave boastingly, as in 
war, joined with singing. 

A-xE-NA, adv. Proudly; loftily; boast- 
ingly. 

A-xse-NA, s. Pride; haughtiness ; feel- 
ing of superiority over others. 

A-kE-NA-KE-NA. An intensive of the 
foregoing in all its meanings. 

A-KE-NI-AU, S. See AKELOA above. The 
spleen. 

A-xE-PA, S. The name of a bird. 

2. A sprightly, active man. 

A-KE-PA, adj. Sprightly; active; turn- 
ing this way and that. 

A-KE-PA-KE-PA, v. To stand up every 
way, as uncombed hair; akepakepa mai la 
na ia ma ke opi a pau, the fish were cut 
cross ways and every way. 

A-xe-paa, S. The liver. Othk. 3:4. 

A-KE-pAA-Ho-o-LA, s. The lights, &c. 
See AKEMAMA. 

A-xe-ri-pa, s. Heb. Uhini akerida, a 
grasshopper. Oihk. 11:22. 

A-x1, v. To bite; to bite in two, as a 
thread ; to bite, as in peeling sugar-cane 
or cocoanut; e aki i ke ko, e aki i ka niu. 

2. To backbite ; to speak reproachfully 
of one behind him; to taunt. Hzek. 5:15. 

3. To spread false reports ; aki wahahee, 
e ake e hewa ka mea hewa ole; to slander. 
Hal. 50:20. Nore.—Some of the meanings 
of aki are similar to ake. This verb has 
various forms; as, aki, aaki, aaaki, aki- 
aki, which see in their places. 

A-x1, v. To begin to heal or scar over, 
as a wound. 

2. To lop or dowble down, as the top of 
a sail when there is much wind; aki ko 
oukou pea; from aki, locks of hair, &c. 5 
see below. 


A-x1, s. Locks of hair left behind the 


AKI 


43 


AKO 


head, while all above is shorn off; he lau- | A-xi-Lov, v. Aki and lou, to bend over. 


oho aki loloa mahope ; ka aki lauoho pu- 
puni waiwai. 
2. Backbiting ; speaking ill of another. 


A-xi, s. The stools on which canoes’ 


are placed when standing on shore. 

A-x1, adj. Backbiting ; reviling. Rom. 

» 20830. 

A-x1, s. A disease; the headache. 

A-xi-a, s. Name of an intoxicating 
shrub ; its qualities are like the auhubu; 
it is also called haakea. The bark is used 
to poison fish in fresh water as aubhuhu is 
in salt. 

A-xi-A-HA-LA, S. Name of a tree; also 
called puahanii. 

A-xi-a-kI, v. See Axi. To bite in two 
repeatedly. 

2. To take away by little and little. 
3. To nibble, as a fish at a hook. 
4, To pilfer ; he aihue liilii. 

A-xi-a-kI, s. A backbiter; a reviler; a 
slanderer. 1 Kor. 6:10. 

A-xt-a-k1, s. A disease ; the dog colic. 

A-xi-a-k1, s. Name of a species of sea- 
weed adhering to the rocks; it iseaten for 
food. 

A-xl-0-HA-LA, s. Name ofa plant; the 
marshmallows ; the same perhaps as akia- 
hala above. 

A-xi-u, adv. Used in a prayer as fol- 
lows: Akele akiu kelekele akiu, kau aku 
akiu iluna ke kau lua he wai akane, «&e. 

A-kr-U-kI-u, v. See Kiv. To act the 
part of aspy ; to search into ; to penetrate. 

A-x1-U-KI-U, adj. Searching; penetrat- 
ing; a me ka makani akivkiu kipe pua 
hala o Puakei, the searching wind pelting 
the hala blossoms of Puakei. 

A-xt-HI-A-Lo-a, s. Name of a small yel- 
low bird; o ka akihialoa, he manu hulu 
lenalena. 

A-kI-HI-Po-LE-NA, Ss. Name of a small 
bird with red feathers. 

A-KI-H0O-LA-NA, S. Ak2, stools for canoes, 
and hoolana, to float. A dry dock; ka 
hana ana i ka akihoolana i ke awa o Hono- 
lulu, building a dry dock in the harbor of 
Honolulu. 

A-x1-k1, s. A dwarf; a person of full 
age, but a child in size; he keiki kahiko, 
aole nui. 

A-xu-kul, s. Name of a round fish net 
to catch the pahubu in; he upena akiikii. 

A-kI-Lou, s. Akz, to bite, and lou, a 
hook. A hook biter, that is, a_ thief. 
Note.—Thieves formerly supplied them- 
selves with hooked rods to assist in ob- 
taining articles of property; hence akilou, 
to apply the hook, was to steal. 


To eat secretly the food of another. 

A-kI-Lo-Lo, s. The name of a fish; a 
species of small fish. 

A-ko, v. To cut, as with scissors; to 
cut, clip off; to crop off. Ezek. 17:4. 

2. To pluck, as flowers or fruit. Hal. 
80:12. To shear, as sheep. Kin. 31:19. 
To cut off, as hair. Jer. 7:29. Ua ako ia 
ka lauoho; ua ako iai ka hulu o ka hipa; 
ua akoia ka Yau o ka nalu i ka makani. 

3. To clip off, as the wind the top of the 
surf. 

A-xo, v. To thatch; to cover a house 
with thatch ; ua akoia ka hale. 

A-xo, s. The art of thatching; ua pau 
ka hale i ke ako ; mea ako hale, a house 
thatcher ; mea ako hipa, a sheep shearer. 

A-ko, s. Name of a disease of females 
of bad character ; he ako na wahine hana 
hewa; he ako ka mai o na wahine hana 
hewa. 

A-ko-a, s. Kapa of a snuff color; so 
named from the dye made of the akoa tree; 
he kapa i kuku ia ma ka akoa; he paupau 
akoa. 

A-Ko-a-ko, v. See Axo. To move, as 
the lips in speaking to one’s self. 1 Sam. 
1:13. 


2. To itch in the throat before coughing; 
akahi no ka akoako o kuu puu no ka ma- 
neo, uncommon is the tickling of my throat 
on account of itching. 

3. To have a hacking cough in the throat. 

A-ko-a-ko, v. Akoako ka ale, to swell 
up, aS a wave just before breaking ; kuku 
ka lilio ka nalu. 

A-ko-A-Ko-a, v. To assemble, as people 
for business. 

2. To collect together what is separated; 
ua akoakoa na kanaka ma ka hale pule, 
the people are assembled at the meeting 
house. Hoo. To gather together, as men. 
Kin. 34:30. 

3. To collect together, as waters. Puk. 
15:8. To come together again, as a dis- 
persed people. Kan. 30:3. E hoouluulu 
ae ma kahi hookahi. 

A-Ko-A-Ko-A, adj. Assembled; collected. 

A-ko-A-Ko-A, adv. Collectively, in heaps; 
e waiho akoakoa. to lay down in heaps. 2 
Oihl. 31:6. 

A-xKo-A-ko-A, s. The horned coral. 

2. Coral generally. Ezek. 27:16. 

3. A precious stone. Job. 28:18. 


A-KO-HE-KO-HE, s. Name of a small 
bird making its nest on the ground. 


A-xo-LA, v. To triumph over the ills 
or misfortunes of another. Hal. 94:3. To 
triumph, as over an enemy; hooakola mai 
oia ia lakou me ka olelo ana, akola! he 


AKU 


triumphed over them, exclaiming hurrah! 
akola! pakele mai nei no au, well done! 
I have just escaped. See Arkona. Honai- 
Kola is another form. 

A-xo-La, ivt. An exclamation of tri- 
umph of any kind; a word of contempt 
for not getting a thing, or for losing. 

A-xo-La, s. Name of a fruit found on 
Hawaii. 

A-Ko-LE, v. See Kote. To make or 
render one’s self poor. Syn. with e hooili- 
hune, e hoowaiwai ole. 

A-Ko-LE, adj. Poor, in consequence of 
squandering one’s property. 

A-xo-Le-A, s. Name of a species of 
shrub, grass, or fern. 

A-xo-10, adv. A cant word, expressive 
of contempt. 

A-xo-Lo, v. A for aa, and kolo to run. 
To run into small roots, as potatoes, and 
bear no fruit. 

A-xo-Lo, adj. Running and branching, 
as roots of plants; good above and small 
below. Syn. with aakolo, he kolo pu. 

A-Ko-Loa, s. A species of fern. 

A-xKo-Lu, adj. num. See Kouv. Three; 
the puniber three ; also written ekolu. 


A-xu, v. To follow. 


Au. A verbal directive. See Gram. § 
233, 2, and § 236. In Hawaiian, the mo- 
tion or action of verbs is supposed to be 
towards one (mai,) or from one (aku,) or 
upwards (ae,) or downwards (iho,) or side- 
ways, which is also ae. Aku is mostly 
connected with verbs, sometimes with 
nouns and adverbs; it implies motion or 
tendency from one, onward, &c.; as,e hele 
aku, to go off, go from one; the opposite 
of e hele mai, to come towards one. In 
narrative tenses the verbal directives are 
generally followed by the syllable la; as, 
hele aku la oia, he went off; noho iho la 
ia, he sat down, or he dwelt. 

A-xu, s. Name of a species of fish, 
smooth, round; the bonito ; the name of 
one of the two fish that accompanied Pili 
in his voyage to these islands; aku helped 
paddle (haluku) the canoe, and opelu 
calmed the winds when too strong. JD. 
Malo 4:13. See Oprtv. 


A-xu, adj. Clear; unclouded; spoken 
of the moon when fully up; he aku ka 
mahina, the moon is clear. 


A-xu-a, s. Among Hawaiians, formerly, 
the name of any supernatural being, the 
object of fear or worship; a god. The 
term, on the visit of foreigners, was ap- 
plied to artificial objects, the nature or 
properties of which Hawaiians did not un- 
derstand, as the movement of a watch, a 
compass, the self-striking of a clock, &e. 


44 


AKU 


At present, the word Akua is used for the 
true God, the Deity, the object of love and 
obedience as well as fear. 

2. The name of the night when the moon 
was perfectly full ; a akaka loa o ia poe- 
poe ana, o Akua ia po; hence it would 
seem that the ancient idea of an Akeuva em- 
braced something incomprehensible, pow- . 
erful, and yet complete, full orbed. The 
names of the four principal gods of the 
Hawaiians were Ku, Lono, Kane, and 
Kanaloa. 

A-KU-A-AU-MA-KU-A, S. Akua, au, time, 
and makua, parent. The ancestors of those 
who died long ago, and who have become 
gods; the spirits of former heroes. 

A-ku-A-U-LU, s. Akua, god, and ulu, to 
inspire. The god which came upon one 
and inspired him to speak; the god of in- 
spiration. 

A-kKu-A-HAI-a-mi0, s. Akua, god, haz, to 
speak, and amio, to be silent. A god 
speaking silently. 

A-KU-A-HA-NAI, S. 
nai, to feed. 

1. The god that fed poison to people; 
the god of poison; hence, 

2. Poison itself; he akuahanai ka rama, 
rum is a poisonous god, a he moonihoawa 
ka aie, and a poison toothed lizard (ser- 
pent) is going into debt. 

A-KU-A-H0O-U-NA-U-NA, 5S. Akua, god, 
and hoouna, to send. <A class of gods who 
were sent on errands like Mercury of the 
Greeks; the names of some of them were 
Keawenuikanohilo, Kapo, Kapua, Kama- 
kukou, and many others. 

A-xu-a-kil, s. Akua, god, and kz, an 
image. 

1. The god represented by an image; 
hence, 

2. An idol; 
Isa. 3137. 

A-xu-a-ku, adv. Up and down, as an 
uneven road; having the form of stairs ; 
he ala akuaku. 

A-ku-a-ku, adv. Sailing, as over a rough 
sea, or traveling over a rough road; hele 
akuaku ma ke ala; holo akuaku ka moku ; 
with one end up, then down. 

A-ku-a-ku, s. A species of rush. 

A-xu-a-xu, adj. Done ina hurry; there- 
fore, badly done ; he akuaku iho kou, you 
were in a great hurry; he akuaku kana 
hana, his work is badly done. 

A-xKu-a-LA-PU, Ss. Akwa, god, and lapu, 
a ghost. A ghost; a spectre; an appari- 
tion ; an evil spirit. Norte. — According to 
the old people, the poe akualapu were the 
spirits of deceased persons seen in the 
night about burying and other places for 
the purpose of frightening people. 


Akua, god, and ha- 


a god made. Othk. 26:1; 


ALA 
A-KU-A-LE-LE, 8. Akua, god, and lele, 


to fly. A meteor; an ignis fatuus. Note.— 
When the Hawaiians were first shown the 
representation or imaginary picture of an 
-angel, they at once called it an akualele, a 
flying god. 

A-xku-A-No-Ho, s. Name of a class of 
gods supposed to be the spirits of men de- 
ceased ; they were supposed to dwell with, 
or be over men as guardians. 

A-xu-E, s. A short, low woman; he 
wahine poupou. 

A-ku-I-ku-I, v. See Kul, to strike. To 
strike often, as with a stick in order to 
drive fish into a net. 

A-xu-I-Ku-I, s. Name of a particular 
fish net. See Axkurkcur above. Also, the 
name of the stick used to drive fish into 
the kuikui. 

A-xu-HE, v. To be black, blue or dark 
colored. See KvuKuHE. 

A-KU-KA-PI-HE, Ss. The juice of the tree 
called koko, used among Hawaiians as a 
cathartic. 

A-xu-ku, s. The standing up of water 
when wind and current are opposite ; me 
he akuku nalu lai poi iloko o ka malama 
o Kaulua. Laieik. 167. 

A-ku-LE, s. Name of a species of fish. 

A-Ku-LE, s. An epithet of an aged per- 
son; an old man or woman. See ELEMa- 
KULE. 

A-xu-11, v. To collect in a stream of 
water, as leaves, blossoms, &c. 

2. To dam up the water by such collec- 
tion ; ua akuli ka wai.a ua halana; a ua 
akuli ka lau o ka laau iloko o ka wai. 

Akuli ka pua o ka Jaau i ka wai, 
Lulana ahu i ka ae waililua, 

He wai hoopaa ia nolaila 

No ua ’kua la, o Maua, o Limaloa. 

A-Ku-LI-ku-LI, s. A kind of water herb, 
perhaps purslain ; he mea ulu ma ka aina, 
ma na aliali, a he papapa kekahi inoa. 

A-xu-Lu, s. A species of color or colors; 
he akulu moe wai, a eleele wliuli. 

A-xu-tu, s. Name of a species of fish. 


A-xu-mu, adj. Broken or cut off till 
very short; applied to anything cut or 
broken off piece by piece, as a pen in 
mending, or a pencil in sharpening. 


A-ta, v. To wake from sleep; to watch, 
i. e., to keep from sleep. 

2. To rise up, as from a sleeping pos- 
ture; e hikilele oia ma ka hiamoe ana. 
Puk. 10:23. Ala ku e, to rise up against 
one. Puk. 15:7. 

3. To rise up, as a new generation of 
people ; to come forward. Lunk. 2:10. 

4. Hoo. To cause one to rise ; to lift up; 
to rise from the dead. 


45 


ALA 


5. To raise up ; excite to action; to stir 
up, as the mind. 2 Pet. 3:1. 

6. To stir up; excite to evil. Puk.23:1." 

7. To raise up, as a deliverer or bene- 
factor. Lunk. 3:9. 

8. To repair, as a broken down wall. 
Neh. 3:4. 

A-.LA, v. To anoint; to dress a sore or 
alimb. 2 Sam. 19:24. 

A-ta, v. A round, smooth stone; a 
pebble, such as has been worn by the 
water ; he pohaku maloko o ka muliwai. 
1 Sam.17:40 and 49. Ala o ka maa,a sling 
stone. Zek. 9:15. - 

A-tA, s. A path; way; road; often 
alanui, great road; it is used in some 
places as synonymous with kuamoo; he 
kahi e hele ai; kuu aku ana keia i ke ala; 
po oloko ike ala. Laieik. 62. 

A-.A, adj. Round or oval, as a smooth 
stone or bullet; hence, heavy ; kaumaha, 
e like me ka ala o kahawai, heavy, as a 
smooth stone in a water course. See Axa, 
a round, smooth stone. 

A-tA, adj. Spicy; perfumed; aromatic. 

A-ta, adj. Fair eyed, but blind; ala 
ka maka, e like me ko ka elemakule, dim 
sighted, as an old person. 

A-xa, s. A variety of kalo, tough and 
stringy. 

A-La-a, v. To work with the oo in 
cultivating or digging off green sward. 

A-La-a, s. A kind of tree. 

A-LA-A-LA, S. Ala, round, &c. A scrof- 
ulous sore; an ulcer, particularly on the 
neck; the ringworm; poha ka alaala me 
kukae uli. 

A-ta-a-La, s. A soft substance in the 
squid used for bait in fishing ; he alaalahee. 

2. Soft, flabby flesh; soft and tough, as 
some kinds of food. 

3. The name of potatoes that grow on 
the leaf of the potato. 

A-LA-a-LA, adj. Scrofulous. 


A-LA-A-LAE, adj. Hard, or half cooked, 
as kalo; aohe maneo, moa puehuehu, he 
maneo ia. 


Ku i Hawaii ke one, 
Alaalae ke one, 
He pehu ka mai. he liki ka lau. 


A-La-a-Lal, s. Name of a bird. 

A-La-a-Lal, s. The name of a kalo 
patch formed by bending down the rushes 
and covering them with dirt and irrigating 
it; hence 

A-ta-a-Lal, s. Argillaceous earth. 

A-LA-A-LA-HEE, s. The spawn or black 
substance found in the squid. See Ana- 
ALA. He alaalahee me kahi kukui inamona, 
the spawn of the squid with kukui nuts as 
a relish. 


ALA 


A-LA-A-LA-PU-LOA, S. A plant with small 
yellow blossoms; called also uhola, a spe- 
cies of useless shrub ; auhea 0 mea? aia i 
kula i ka alaalapuloa, i. e., gone on a wild 
goose chase, or on a fool’s errand. 

A-LA-A-LA-PU-LOA, S. The name of a 
species of fish of the squid kind; he alaala- 
puloa me ka wekaweka no. 

A-LA-A-LA-wa, v. The compound, fre- 
quentative, poetical form of alawa; to look 
frequently one way and the other, as in 
fear of being seen; alaalawa ka maka o 
ka aihue, alaalawa na maka me he pueo 
la, the eyes of the thief look this way and 
that, they look here and there like an owl. 

A-LA-A-LA-WAL-NuI, 8. Name of a large 
tree whose fruit is used in dying. 

A-LA-A-LA-WAI-NUI, Ss. Name of a small 
plant growing in stony places; he a ahi 
ulu liilii ma ke ahu pohaku. 

A-LA-A-MAo-MAO, s. Name of a god of 
the winds ; the EHolus of the Hawaiian 
Islands. 

Huai mai ka ipu makani, 
Alaamaomao ke akua makani. 

A-LA-A-Pa-PA, Ss. The name of a kind 
of dance; he alaapapa kahi hula. 

A-LA-A-PA-PA, v. ‘T'o disclose to an- 
other what one has said of his character. 

A-LaE, s. Name of a bird with a red 
skin on the upper part of its bill; oia ka 
mea (o Mauiakalani) nana i imi i ke ahi, a 
loaa i ka alae, he it was (Mauiakalani) who 
being in search of fire, found the alae; 
alae, he moa eleele loa, a very black fowl. 
The alae was formerly worshipped as a 
god, especially the alae keokeo, the white 
alae. 

A-LA-EA, &. Red dirt; a kind of Span- 
ish brown dug from the earth. 

2. Any red coloring matter; red ochre. 
Isa. 44:13. 

A-LA-EA, adj. Relating to the practice 
of the priest offering the yearly sacrifice ; 
hele mai ke kahuna alaea me ke kanaka, 
nana e lawe ka ipu alaea. 

A-LA-EA, adj. Red, as the flesh of the 
fish aku and ahi. See foregoing. Huki 
koke ka io alaea a me na io a pau; name 
ofa muscle. Anat. 50. 

A-La-EA, S. The fore part of the thigh. 

A-La-EA, Ss. A family, tribe or clan. 

2. The descendants of servants ; the de- 
scendants of Keopuolani are the alaea of 
Nahienaena. 

A-LA-E-LA, adv. Poetic for aia da, there 
it is. 

A-Lal, v. To obstruct; to hinder one 
in any way; ua alai ia e ka hilahila a hiki 
ole ke pane aku, he or she was hindered 
by shame and could not answer. JLaieik. 


46 


ALA 


127. To block up a door or passage by 
sitting down in it. 

2. To form a circle round one for his 
defense in danger. 

3. To defend ; oppose one. ; 

4. To be so thronged as not to see out. 
Notre.—The double form, dalai. is more 
generally used. Ua alai ia, ua paapu loa, 
aole ike aku kahi mea, he was thronged 
thickly, he could not see out. 

A-ual-a, s. A small, thin surf board. 

A-LA-I-HI, s. A species of small red fish. 

2. Name of a red cloth. 

A-La-1-K1, s. The practice of quartering 
in one’s house or seizing one’s property 
when a chief traveled with his people. 

A-.Lal-LA, adv. Refers both to time and 
place; there. when place is referred to; 
then, when reference is made to time. Like 
many other adverbs, it is declinable with 
the simple prepositions. Gram. § 68 and 
§ 165, 2d. 

A-ta-o, s. Name of a class of heiaus. 

A-ta-o, s. The eating of the oopu or 
other fish raw, and even before dead; ka 
alao mai no ina wahi oopu, a me na wahi 


opae. 
A-ta-ou. Ua like me alao. See the 
foregoing. 
A-La-0-Lo-L1, s. Ala, path, and ololz, 
narrow. A narrow path; a lane, as of a 
city. 


A-tA-o-maA, v. To receive into the 
mouth; to swallow greedily, as a fish the 
bait; alaoma ka waha o ka oopu a me ke 
aholehole i ke koe; the mouths of the oopu 
and the aholehole greedily swallow the 
worm ; alaume momoni. 

A-ta-u, v. To knock with the knuckle 
on anything hard, as a board ; olou. 

A-tau, s. Place where a wind is parted, 
as the east wind at Hana, Maui. 

A-tau-a, v. ‘lo look upon one’s self 
with admiration; e alaua ana ia ia iho me 
ka manao wa nani Oia. 

A-tau-KA, s. Badness; worthlessness ; 
vileness ; the offscouring or dregs of soci- 
ety; he hana inoino pupuka alauka. 

A-La-u-KA, adj. Vile; bad; worthless; 
slovenly ; negligent ; pupuka. 

A-La-u-LA, s. Alda, road, and wila, red. 

1. A streak of light, such as is seen after 
the setting and before the rising sun. Ain. 
32:24. Hence, 

2. The first dawn of the morning. Hal. 
46:5. The early dawn or first gleam of 
morning light. 2 Pet. 1:19. 


A-taA-u-La, s. Red dust ina road; the 
red dust of a pali; red dust generally. 
2. A kind of red chalk in which nothing 
will grow. 


ALA 


47 


ALA 


3. A kind of sea-weed, blackish ; a spe-| A-La-KAI-MAU-NA, $s. Alakat, guide, and 


cies of limu. 

A-LA-U-ME, v. See ALAOMA. 

A-LAU-wa-HIo, s. A species of bird, 
small and yellow. See Lauwt. 

A-La-HA-KA, S. Ala, a path, and haka, 
open. 

1. Aladder. Kin. 28:12. 

2. A rough road, with many ravines or 
chasms. JLaieik. 71. 

A-LA-HEE, Ss. Name of a tree; a species 
of tree, very hard, of which instruments 
were made to till the soil with; 0 na oo 
mahiai i ka wa kahiko, o ka ulei a o ke 
alahee, the diggers for farming in ancient 
times were made of ulei and alahee. 

A-.a-Hu, s. A species of wood; bastard 
sandal-wood. 

2. A row or hem, as on a mat. 

A-LA-HOU-AN-A, S. Ala, to rise, and hoz, 
again, and the participial termination ana. 
A rising again; a rising from the dead. 
Oth, 24:15. A resurrection. 

A-La-Ho-Nu-A, s. The south-west direc- 
tion from Hilo; ke ala ana i ka manawa 
i makemake ole ai; o ke alahonua ana 
mamua, aole i hiki i ka manawa. 

A-LA-HU-LA, v. To break a certain 
kapu; ua alahula kabhi kapu, ua noa ke 
kanawai. 

2. Alahula Puuloa, he hele na Kaapahau. 

3. To make a road through one’s house 

or farm by constantly passing through 
it; ua lilo i alanui hele mau ma ia wahi. 

A-La-Hu-LA, s. A thoroughfare; a path 
or place much frequented ; ua maa i ka 
ikeia, ua hele pinepine ia. 

2. A road made on a pali on which a 
stranger cannot go, only traveled by resi- 
dents. 

2. A place where it is necessary to swim 
past a cliff that intercepts the passage 
along the beach, as Elelu on Hawaii. 

A-LA-KAI, v. Ala, road, and saz, to lead. 

1. To lead along the path; to guide or 
conduct one onaroad. Puk. 13:17. 

2. To lead, as captives. 2 Oihl. 6:36. 

8. To take, as a person, from one place 
to another. 2 Qihl. 8:11. 

4. To lead, as an animal; alakai ke ke- 
iki i ka puaa, the child leads the hog; ua 
alakaiia ka lioika pa. Hoo. To cause to 
lead. Ezek. 39:28. 

A-La-Kal, s. Ala, path, and kai, the sea. 
He alakai ke alanui hulaana o na pali,a 
path where one must swim around a pro- 
jecting cliff or bluff. 


A-ua-kal, s. Ala, road, and az, to lead. 
A leader; conductor; guide. Heb. 13:7. 
A-ta-kat, adj. Large; pot-bellied ; 

plump. 


mauna, mountain. A guide on the moun- 
tains and inland; what a pilot is on board 
ship. 

A-La-Ko, v. Ala, path, and ko, to drag 
along. 

1. To drag along the ground. 

2. To lead, as a criminal ; kindred with 
alakai. Hal. 28:3. E kauo, e huki. 

3. To trail, as a gown in the dust; he 
aloko mai i ka lepo, to drag in the dirt. 

4. To draw or influence one. Hos. 11:4. 

A-ta-La, s. Name of a bird; a species 
of raven on Hawaii; so named from its 
cry, resembling that of a child. Laieik. 29. 

A-La-LA, v. To cry, as the young of 
animals. Mik. 1:8. 

A-ua-La, Ss. The cry of young animals; 
a crying; weeping; a bleating, crying, 
&e., of flocks. 1 Sam. 15:14. The squeal- 
ing of hogs. Lieik. 17. 

A-LaA-LA, 8. A specie of potato with 
fruit on the leaves. See ALAALA. 

A-.LA-LAI, v. Ala, road, and dai. 

1. To hinder one from doing a thing. 

2. To obstruct one’s road. Job. 19:8. 

3. To be in the way of another; ua ala- 
lai mai oia i ko’u hele ana, he hindered me 
in my passage ; he keakea. 

A-uta-Lal, v. To consecrate; to render 
sacred by coming in contact with some 
sacred object. 

A-LA-LAU-Wa, s. A species of small fish; 
called so when small or young; when 
larger or older they are called aweovweo. 

A-LA-LA-LA, v. To spread out tobacco 
leaves over or before a fire to dry for use. 

A-LA-LE-HE, adj. Sick; weak; hungry, 
as a child; he ukuhi ohemo na keiki, 
omino, alalehe, ka alalehe, ka uwe wale. 

A-LA-Lo, s. A, jaw, and dalo, under. 
The lower jaw of men and animals; the 
lower mandible of a bird. 

A-La-Lo-a, 8. Ala, path, and Joa, long. 
a highway; path, &c. Syy. with alanui. 
Nah. 20:17. 

A-LA-MA-A-WE-I-KI, 8. Ala, path, maawe, 
any small substance, and iki. little. A 
small, narrow, indistinct path; it is ap- 
plied to the departure of the soul when one 
dies; he is said to have gone along the 
damaaweiki, i.e., the untrodden path; he 
alaololi. 

A-LA-MA-KA-HI-NU, s. Name of a stone 
at Maiao, flat and shining; applied to a 
re child; he alamakahinu i ke 
alii. 

A-La-ME-A, v. To be too ripe; rotten, 
as anything lying out in the rain; ua ka- 
pule alamea i ka ua. 

A-La-ME-A, S. The name of a species 


ALA 


48 


ALA 


of hard stone from volcanoes, out of which | A-La-n1, s. Name of a timber tree deed 


stone axes were made. 

A-LA-Mo-LE, s. A species of stone. 

A-La-na, s. A present made by a chief 
to a priest to procure his prayers. 

2. A present made to a god; he makana 
e haawi aku aii ke akua. 

3. An oblation or free will offering for 
any purpose. Puk. 18:12. 

4. Asacrifice. Puk. 29:28. Alana hoano, 
a holy oblation. Hzek. 48:10. He alana 
ka mea e haawiia aku ai e kalaia mai ai 
ka hala o ka mea lawehala. 

5. A fee prepaid to a physician to at- 
tend upon a sick person. _ 

A-ta-na, v. To give or bring a present 
as an offering. Oihk. 12:14. To offer a 
sacrifice. Hal. 66:15. 

A-La-NA, adj. A and lana, to float. 
Light; not heavy; easily floating on the 
water ; he hookomo ole; not sinking. 

A-ta-Nna, 8. Alala, to cry, and ana. A 
crying ; the voice of suffering or of com- 
plaint ; ke oho alana makuakahi, the voice 
of complaint from an only parent. 

A-LA-NA-A-LO-HA, 5s. Alana, offering, 
and aloha, love. A peace offering ; an of- 
fering for making peace with another to 
procure one’s favor; he alana e aloha mai 
o hai ia ia. 

A-LA-NA-KU-NI, Ss. Alana and kuni, to 
burn. An offering to procure the death of 
a sorcerer; e make ai ka mea nana i ana- 
ana; a burnt offering. 

A-LA-NA-Mo-LI-A, s. An offering made 
to the gods to procure a curse; he alana e 
molia i kipi aina, to curse the rebels; ke 
alana e molia i ka mamala ku i ka pa; he 
alana e molia i ka olulo pae i kapa. 

A-LA-NE-0, adj. Ala, path, and eo, 
silent. 

1. Clear; serene ; unclouded, as the at- 
mosphere on the mountains; alaneo ka uka, 
aole ao, clear was the upland, no clouds. 

2. Desolate ; without people, as a coun- 
try; alaneo kauhale, aole kanaka. Ler. 50:3. 
See NEONEO. 

A-La-NE-o, s. The name of a disease 
where the patient is swelled greatly in 
every part except the face; he olelo a na 
kahuna lapaau; ina olelo aku i ka mai, 
pela he alaneo kou mai, o ke ano o ia olelo, 
he mai kanaka ole, aole lehulehu o kanaka 
nana e kii i ka laau. 

2. A class of gods, males only. 

3. The name of a cloak or royal robe 
made of the feathers of the mamo only ; 0 
ka aahuula i hanaia i ka hulu mamo wale 
no ua kapaia he alaneo. 

4. Clear weather ; no clouds. 


A-ua-ni, s. The name of the mountain 
on Lanai and some other places. 


in fitting up canoes. 

A-ua-ni, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro- 
nunciation of the word orange; an orange, 
a foreign fruit ; also, the name of the tree. 

A-ta-ni, s. Name of a land breeze at 
Lanai, from the name of the mountain. 

A-ta-ni, s. Name of a species of limu, 
bitter, and very similar to the limu lipoa. 

A-La-NI-A, adj. Smooth, as the ocean, 
without wave or ripple ; aole apuupuu, he 
kalania. 

A-La-nI-Ho, s. Ala, path, and niho, 
tooth. Name of the long strips of tatoo 
made on the skin by means of a shark’s 
tooth. 

A-La-Nnu-1, s. Ala, path, and nwz, large. 
A highway; a road; a frequented path. 
See ALaLoa. In some places kuamoo is 
used. 

A-ta-pA, adj. Ugly; poor; thin im 
flesh, as a hog. 

A-La-PA-HI, v. To spread false reports ; 
to slander. 2 Sam. 19:27. 

2. To deceive ; to lead others astray. 
3. To deceive, as a demagogue. 

A-LA-PA-HI, 5s. Slander; detraction ; 
falsehood ; he alapahi moe ipo ka nana; a 
lie ; false speaking. 

A-LA-pA-HI, adj. Olelo alapahi, a slan- 
derous or false report. Neh. 14:36. 

A-LA-PA-KUI, adj. Exxceedingly fragrant, 
too much so, or tuo strong to be pleasant. 

A-LA-PA-PII-Moo-kU, s. A mean man of 
no character who goes before the king ; 
ka mea ino pii i kahi o ke alii. 

A-LA-pPil, v. Ala, path, and p72, to as- 
cend. <A ladder; stairs. 2 Nal.9.13. An 
ascent. 1 Nal. 10:5. He alahaka, he ala- 
ulii; he alapii pali ino o Wahinekapu. 

A-La-pu-KA, adj. Having scrofulous 
sores, as on the neck, legs, &e. 

2. Applied to kalo which has spots of 
dry-rot; he kalo alapuka. 

A-ta-wa, v. To look on one side, then 
on the other, as one who is afraid of being 
seen; e hoi oukou me ko oukou maka 
alawa ole io a io. 

2. To look up, as one downcast. 
3. To lift up the eyes in pride. 
37:23. 

4. To lift up the eyes to see a thing. 

Toan. 4:35. To take a survey. Isa. 60:4. 

5. To turn the eyes in an oblique direc- 
tion. Kin. 33:5. 

6. To turn one’s head to look about. 

7. To be lifted or turned up. as the eyes; 
alawa ae la kona mau maka. 

A-La-wa, s. A turning of the eyes to 
look behind ; he alawa na maka i hope e 
ike i ka poe e hele mai ana. 


Isa. 


® 


ALE 


A-LA-BA-TA, adj. Gr. Alabaster; he 
A-LA-BA-TE-RO, ipu alabata. Luk. 7.37. 


A-tz, v. To swallow, in various senses; 

e moni aku. ; 

1. When anything disagreeable is to be 
taken. 

2. To drink in, as water. 

3. To drink in, as the earth drinks water. 

4. To swallow up, as the earth. Nah. 
16:32. To absorb ; to swallow, as a flood ; 
to destroy. 

5. To overpower, as an army. 2 Sai. 
17:16. Ale wale, to swallow without chok- 
ing 


into the eyes; as poets say, the tears welled 
up in her eyes. 

A-Le, s. A wave; a billow put in mo- 
tion by the wind; a wave of the sea. Job. 
9:8. Aloia mai ai na ale ino o Lae Hao, 
having escaped the raging billows of Cape 
Horn; make iho nei ia-iloko o ka ale o 
‘Pailolo, he was lately drowned in the 
waves of Pailolo; loiale no i ke aliao kolo. 
Fic. Ale o ka make. 2 Sum. 22:5. Holo 
pipi ka ale o ka moana, the crest of a wave; 
ka ale, water put in motion; ka ale wai 
hau a ke ’kua, water of snow of the god. 
Nore.—It was supposed that the gods 
made the snow. 

A-ue-a, s. See Lea. Having a pleasant 
voice for singing ; agreeable, as the voice. 

A-LE-a-LE, v. 13th conj. of ale. To 
make into waves; to stir up. as water; to 
trouble ; to toss about, as restless waters. 
Epes. 4:14. Aleale ka wai, ua piha a aleale 
ke keakea. Hoo. To stir up, as water. 
Toan. 5:4. 

A-LE-A-LE, s. A moving, swelling, stir- 
ring. as the waves of the sea; as water any- 
where. 

A-Ls-a-LE-A, s. A sharp, white, small 
shell fish found near the shore; he pupu 
alealea. - 

A-te-o0, adj. High; applied to a house 


‘or a room; a look-out on a house-top. 


A-teu-tev, s. Old kapa or mats; also 
applied to all kinds of bad kapa. 


A-LE-KU-MA, s. Heb. A later ortho- 

A-LE-GU-MA, graphy for aleguna; name 
of a timber tree, as below ; name of a tree 
found in the deserts of Arabia; the algum 
tree. 2 Oihl. 2:8. Also, by a change of 
letters, alemuga. See below. Supposed by 
Kitts to be the sandal-wood. 


A-LE-LE, v. To go or act as a Messenger. 
2. To go or act as a spy. 
3. To look or examine the condition of 
another. See LELE. 


eS) 


ALI 


wau i hoounaia mai nei, I am a messenger 
sent hither. Laieik.79. See Luna. 
A-LE-LE, s. A messenger of a chief; an 
ambassador. See ELELE. 
He kiu ka pua kukui ; 
He alele hooholo na ke Koolau.—Mele. 


A-LE-HE, s. A snare; a noose; he 
ahele, he pahele. 

A-LE-Lo, s. The tongue, of man or ani- 
mals. Puke. 11:7; 2 Sam. 23:2. See ELexo. 

A-tse-Lo, s. The tongue; he alelo wana 
ka ono, he ono ke ale/o wana, he okulikuli. 

A-LE-MA-NA-KA, S. Eng. An almanac; 


6. Ke ale mai, to come up into, as tears | the first was published in Hawaiian in 


A-LE-Mo-NE, adj. Eng. of an almond. 
A-LE-mo-NE, S. A hazle. Kin. 30:3'7. 
The almond tree. Kelah. 12:15. 
A-LE-MU-GA, 
A-LE-KU-MA, 
A-Le-pa, s. Gr. Alepa, alpha; name of 
the first letter of the Greek alphabet; hence, 
the first, ka mua. Hoik. 21:6. 
A-LE-Wa-LE-wa, s. A cloud or smoke 
floating in the atmosphere; hookaa ka pu- 
nohu ka alewalewa. 
A-LE-Gu-mMA, s. See ALEKuMA above. 
A-u1, s. A scar on the face. Isa. 1:6. 


A-u1, v. To have a scar on the cheek ; 
ua ali ka papalina i ka mai; to have a scar 
anywhere. 

2. Hoo. To shake ; to wave ; to move to 
and fro, &c. Nah. 5:25. See Hoan. 

A-u1-a, v. To wait; to stop one when 
doing a thing; to restrain. 2 Sam. 24:16. 

2. Used imperatively, stop ; wait ; ap- 
plied to a person in the way; take care; 
stand aside. 1 Sam. 15:16. 

A-ui-a, s. A large flat surface where it 
is white with salt; he alia hoohaahaa 
paakai ; loi ale no i ke alia okolo, salt bed. 

A-ui-a, s. The name of two sticks car- 
ried by a person before the god of the year. 

A-u-a, adv. By and by; after a little. 

A-.i-a-Li, adj. White, as snow or paper; 
he wai diali, he keokeo ; he huali. 

A-ui-a-Li, v. Ua aliali, to have scars; 
to be rough with scars; to be scarred ; us 
kalikali, kokoke e piha; ukali ae no hoi; 
hulihali. 

A--a-Li-A, s. He alialia paakai, a bed 
where salt is dried; he alialia mann; na 
aialia o na wai puna huihui. See Aum 
above. 

2. Ground which is smooth, dry and 
barren, as that which is baked in the sun, 
or covered with salt. 


s. See ALEKuma above. 


’ A-LE-LE, s. See LELE and Eee. A} A-ti-a-ne, adv. A word of similar im- 


messenger ; One sent on business ; he alele 


port with nane and i nane, let us see, show 


ALI 


50 


ALO 





it to me, d&e.; as aliane, referring to some- | A-LI-MA (e-li-ma), adj. Five; the num- 


thing spoken of, let us see; let me see. 


ber five. See Lia. 


A-utu, s. Name of a hard timber tree,| A-ri-ma, s. See Aunma, the stick held 


used for posts of houses and other pur- 
poses ; also called aalii. 

A-uu, s. A chief; one who rules or has 
authority over other men; a king, quali- 
fied by various epithets. 

1. Ke alii moi, the supreme executive. 

2. Ke alii aimoku, a chief over a divis- 
ion, i. e., a governor under the alii mor. 

3. Alii koa, a chief over soldiers, i. e., a 
general, leader of an army. 2 Sam. 2:8. 

4, Alii okana, chief ofa district. Luk. 9:7. 

A-tu, v. To act the chief; to be chief 
‘or principal. Ain. 1:16. To rule over men. 
Oihk. 26:17. To govern. Kin. 37:8. 

2. Hoo. To crown one a king; to make 
one a king; to make one’s self a king ; to 
rule; to have power or influence with. 

A-wu, adj. Mea noho alzz, a ruler. Puk. 
22:28. Alii weliweli, king of terrors. Job. 
18:14. 

A-uu-Koa, s. A general of an army. 2 
Sam. 2:18. 

A-uu-pa-pa, s. Name of a child where 
the mother was a chief and the father not. 

A-LII-WA-HI-NE, S. Adit and wahine, 
woman. A Queen. Mat. 11:44. 

A-u1-u-Li-u, adv. A long time. 

A-.1-n1, s. H inserted; a captain of a 
company. Jos. 10:24. Alihi kaua, a general. 

A-ur-u1, s. The lines of a fish net; o 
ke kaula ma ka pikoni. 

2. The cords holding the sinkers of a net. 

3. The upper part of a calabash strap ; 
he aliht no ke koko o ka umeke; 0 kaalihi 
maluna o ka waa e kalai hou a haahaa ka 
niao o ka aliht maluna o ka umeke; maka 
alihi moana, e pili aku ana i kumu lani, at 
the edge of the ocean, i. e., where the ocean 
and sky meet. D. Malo 5:13. 

A-u-H1, v. To be ready to work for the 
sake of gain, but at other times absent. 

A-u-H1, adv. Unwillingly. 

A-.i-HI-KAU-A, S. Adthi (alii) and kaua, 
war. A general; commander; one who 
directs in battle. 1 Nal. 16:16. 

A-.i-HI-La-NI, s. The horizon. 

A-LI-HI-LE-LE, s. Name of a drag-net; 
the net for taking the anae. 

A-.i-Ka-LI-KA, adj. Clammy; sticky; 
tough, as kalo baked ; as mud. 

2. Stingy ; not liberal. 

A-LI-KE-A-LI-KE, 5. See Lixe. One-half; 
an equal division of a thing. 

A-Li-KI-LI-kI, v. See Liki; see Opvonao. 
To be swelled tight as the skin can hold, 
as in the dropsy. 

2. To be girded tightly. 


in the hand in rubbing to obtain fire. 
A-LI-MA. 
Alima hea ko alakai, 
Ke ani peahi la ia Limaloa 
I hoapili no manu a kepa ka ua—he. 
A-ui-wa, v. ‘To be defiled or contam- 
inated, 4s by marrying one of low birth; 
mai moe oukou i ka poe keiki a ka poe 
kauwa, 0 alina auanei ka oukou mau keiki; 
applied to a chief who married a low woman 
and had children of low order; alina oe i 
kou mare ana i kau kauwa. 

2. To be scarred, as one burned badly ; 
to be scarred by scrofula; ua alina oe i ke 
ahi. 

3. To have spots or blemishes on one’s 
person. 

4. Morally, to be disgraced or implicated 
in sin. ' 

5. To be filthy, as food; ua alina lea o 
Mea; ua dlina ka kakou, ua makole. 

A-ui-na, s. A low servant; a slave. 

A-ui-wA, adj. Low; degraded. 

A-Li-NA-LI-NA, Ss. A shell fish of the 
sea; the young or small of the opihi. 

2. A mark ; a sign; nearly syn. with 
hoailona. 

A-to, v. To elude or dodge the stroke 
ofa weapon. 1 Sam. 18:11. 

2. To pass over from one place to an- 
other; uaalo aku nei na kaulua i na kumu 
i Molokai. 

3. To skip or pass over something ; e alo 
i kekahi la, e hana i kekahi la. 

4. To pass through the water by swim- 
ming ; to extend the hands in swimming. 

5. To set one’s self against; to be op- 
posed to; e alo ia ia, to face him; to turn 
and front him? 

6. To meet some difficulty or resisting 
force or opposition; ua nui ka makou hana 
i ke alo ana me na haku i ka maka o ke 
kaua, we have much work to do in resist- 
ing with our masters the front of the war. 

7. To resist boldly, as a difficulty ; face, 
as an enemy in danger. Jos. 8:20. E alo 
i na ino a pau e hiki mai ana e like me 
kaua i alo hoomanawanui ai i ka la o ka 
makalii. 

8. To double, as a cape; e aloia mai ai 
na ale o Lae Hao. 

9. To face; to be against. Lunle. 20:48. 
To resist. Pule. 23:29. 

10. To consume; devour. 
11. Hoo. To pass away; forget. Isa. 40:27. 
12. To shun; eschew. 1 Pet. 3:11. 
A-to, s. The front; the face; the pres- 
ence of one. Kin. 3:8. Ma ke alo, betore ; 
in front. 
2. The breast or belly. Hin. 3:14. Ua 


ALO 51 ALU 
hiki mai i ko’u alo nei, it has come to my | A-Lo-w1, s. A bright shining ; bright- 
fron, i. e.,to me; ma kona alo iho, directly| yess; splendor. 


in front of him. Jos.6:20. Ma ke alo alil.| A+ o-y7-12. > bee 
persons living with and in the favor of the A bai, out AoC 


chief. : ; ; 
: as the eye; ka inoa he akua i ke alohilohi 
A-to, s. The name of a four-footed ani-| 4 na maka, I thought they were gods by 
mal in the sea. the brightness of their eyes. 


A-to-a-L0, v. Double form of alo. To) A-1o-m1-L0-n1, adj. Malamalama alohi- 
turn this way and that; to look one way} [ohi. bright light. Job. 37:21. 


and another, as if in fear, or about to do : , 
ome } : ’ A-LO-HI-LO- ch 1 rl . 
mischief. Puk. 2:12. Aloalo na maka o each ike teen bi pe 


ka aihue. : : 
m4 . 4,|A-Lo-Lo, adv. Exclamation of triumph 
A-to-a-L0, v. See Aro. To dodge; ‘to at the ills of another, as the fall of an en- 


flee from, as a shower, i. e., to run from 
5 : emy. See Lono. 


one tree to another; aloalo ua, aloalo ma- ‘ : 
kani, kipakipa, pukauhale, to dodge the A-to-Lu-a, adj. Two-sided; double- 


rain, &e. faced ; applied to men and things; moena 
a .| dlolua, a double mat, having two faced 
A-LO-A-LO, U. To go after, as a servant; poh g 
to bring things ; tou wait on; heai puupuu,| ,>  * 


he poi puupuu. A-Lo-PE-KE, S. Gr. A fox. Lunk. 15:4. 
A-to-E, s. Eng. Aloes. Mel. Sol. 4:14. | A-Lo-Pi-HE, s. Alo and pihe, the sound 
A-LOI-LOI, 5. A species of small fish. of mourning as it floats in the air. 


A-tu, v. To combine, as several per- 


A-to-HA, v. To love; to regard with Ape tick hag A 
sons in aiding another either in a good or 


affection ; to desire. Hai Ganiee 

2. To have pity or compassion upon. = Z ‘ ee ea P 

3. To show eer: to be merciiul as a} py a a oye aid OF resin Oil. fait 
habit. Mat. 5:7. To spare; to pity. Ezek. Sia ME A Lidbk hapa malas ca tee 
7-9 ‘ to be killed and several aid in effecting 

ei his escape. 

3. To unite together, as several persons 
for a particular object. 

4. To be connected, as the joints of the 
human body. 


4. To salute at meeting or parting. 1 
Sam. 10:4. 

5. To salute contemptuously ; aloha ino 
kaua, alas for us two. Nore.— Aloha, as a 


word of salutation, is modern ; the ancient ; 
: ; 5. To adhere to; to act with; e al 
forms were anoai, welina, &c. é ) ; e alu aku 


; cat te _.».| Mmahope; make o Manono no ka nui o kona 
shit ada aos HaHKS as amack atwo! aluia, Manono died for the strength of her 


‘ : adherence to him. 

A-to-Ha, s. A word expressing different A To rel h peep 
feelings; as, love; affection; gratitude ; ees Oo ee oo 
kindness; pity; compassion; grief; the} weak. Puk. V7:11. 
modern common salutation at meeting and 2. To bend the knees ; to vourtesy. 
parting. 3. To stoop down, as in entering a low 

A-Lo-HA, adj. Loving; beloved; favored. door ; to stoop down, as in hiding behind 


a low object; alu ae la maua e pee ana. 
A-to-Ha-1a. A verbal from the verb Taihsie ane : re 


aloha above used as a noun. Favor; kind- OSG raft Up as w nant: wea let he teneein 

ness; loaa ia ia ke alohaia mai, he obtained! j ka nakuia. 

fayor ; favor; good will. Kin. 33:10, | 5. Hoo. To loosen, as the tongue. Mar. 
A-to-HA-1-No, int. Aloha and ino. An! 7:31. 


intentive ; it expresses great love. pity or mr fe 
Pipaesic for : eran ah a sammaring con- A-uu, s. The lines of the hand. 

Ba =. ie As : BAO if i 2. A guiter; a ravine; kahawai awawa; 
dition. It is aaa used by w ay of ConEanp ty a road descending a hill. 7 
as poor fellow! good enough for you! 3. A courtesy. 


A-to-HA-Lo-HA, v. To love much, 4. The muscles of the eye. Hal. 76:4. 


2. Hoo. To give thanks; to express af- 5. The skin and soft parts of men, fish 
fection for; to bless in worship. 2 Sam.| and all animals, when the bones are taken 
22:50. out. See ALUALU, 

3. To salute. 2 Sam. 8:10. 6. A name given to women who have 


4. To speak kindly to; to entreat gently.) porne children. See Atvate. 
Tne. 15:28. | : : d 
A-1o-n1, v. To shine; to become shining | rer adj i prben r ne together; 
or bright; to reflect brightness. Isa. 9:1. | FF irae Sou he a o 
Alohi ¢ like me ka la i ke awakea. Fre. | A-LU-A (e-lu-a), nem. adj. The number 
To shine, as christian character. Pil. 2:15.| two; two. See-Lua, 


ALU 





52 


AMA 





A-tu-a, adj. A word signifying admira-| A-Lu-LI, v. To turn the head on one 


tion ; it applies to what is good, great, ad- 
mired, &c.; the @ is often dropped; as, 
aohe ona lua, there is none like him. See 
Lua. Ka inoa o ka ona no kona waiwai 
(ibo,) o ka mahuna alua, surely drunken- 


ness (by awa) has its own reward, the | 
Laieik. 35. 


A-tu-a-Lu, v. Alu, doubled; 13th conj. 4 ty-ya,s. A, the jaw, and luna, upper, 


wonderful scaling of the skin. 


of alu. To come upon one. 

2. To follow; pursue; overpower. Kan. 
32:30. 

3. To pursue, as an enemy. Kin. 14:15; 
1 Sam. 17:52. 

4, To chase. Jos. 23:10. 

5. To persecute. 1 Tes. 2:15. 

6. To be wrinkled. as the cheeks and 
forehead of old persons. 

A-tu-a-Lu, s. The flexible skin or hide 
of an animal ; he alualu bipi. 

2. The soft parts of flesh when the bones 
are taken out; the appearance is flabby, 
loose and wrinkled, &c. 

3. The fetus of animals or men; kanuia 
ka alualu i ka lepo, the fetus was buried in 
the dust. 

4. The skins, rinds and refuse of melons 
after the substance is eaten; ua aiia na 
ipu, a o ka alualu wale no koe. 

A-Lu-a-Lu, adj. Loose; flabby; prema- 
ture ; shapeless, as an untimely birth. 
Laieik. 12. Slack, as a rope or string. 

2. Uneven; rough; full of lines. 

3. He ili alualu, a loose skin; applied to 


an untimely birth ; he keiki alualu, ua like | 
me ka iewe ke ano, an imperfect child, like | 


a placenta. 
A-wu-a-Lu-A, s. A crack, as in the wall 
of a house. Oihk. 14:3. 

2. A rough road, full of ravines and dif- 
ficult passes; he alualu inoino ke alanui e 
hele ai i Kahakuloa. 

3. A second-hand garment, full of wrin- 
kles. 

4. The name given to the numeration 
table, beginning thus: elua lua aha, two 
twos are four; ma ke alualua ko lakou ao 
anivika helu, through the multiplication 
table they learn arithmetic. 

A-LU-HEE, adj. Loose, as a bundle not 
well bound ; hanging flabbily. 

A-tu-xa, v. To jumble together, as 
paris of two stories. 

2. To mix together, as contributions for 
different purposes, or different taxes. 

3. To mix together, so as not to distin- 
guish. 

4. Hoo. To cause a mixture, as above ; 
e a0 0 hoa'uka i ka waiwai hookupu ; sin- 
ilar to huikai. 

A-tu-ka, s. The uniting or mixing to- 
geiher of things of different or opposite 
qualities ; ke aluka o ka hewa o ka pono. 


| 








side; he aluii ke poo, he kekee. 

A-Lu-Lu, adj. Quick; in a hurry; he 
hopuhopu alulu kona hele ana no ka lohe 
ana be make. 

A-tu-Lu, adv. Quickly ; hastily ; holo 
hopuhopu aiulu aku la makou a ce maluna 
o ka waa. 


over. The upper part of the mouth of a 
person ; of the bill of birds; of the mouth 
of animals. JLaieik. 104. The roof of the 
mouth. Hal. 137:5. The upper jaw. 

A-Lu-nu, v. See Lunu. To defraud. 1 
Sam. 12:3, 4. To be overbearing in a bar- 
gain. Oihke. 19:13. To oppress; to be hard 
upon one. Aanl. 24:14, 

2. To accuse falsely. Like. 3:14. 

3. To be desirous of possessing property. 

A-Lu-Nu, s. Oppression. Isa. 30:12. 
Usury. Neh. 5:10. Extortion; covetous- 
ness. [sa.57:17. Healunu an extortioner. 

A-Lu-NU, adj. Covetous; greedy of gain; 
waiwai a/unu, property uniawiully taken. 
Pule. 18:21. Waiwai alunu is also luere. 1 
Sam. 8:3. Alunu is opposed to lokomaikai. 
Isa. 32:5. 

A-LU-NU-Wa-LE, s. A strong desire to 
take what is another’s; extortion; robbery. 

A-ma, s. The longitudinal stick of the 
outrigger of a Canve. 

A-mA, adj. Satisfied; satiated, as with 
food. 

2. Talkative; revealing secrets; tattling; 
he ahiahi; he waha ama ia hai. a mouth 
revealing to others. See AMAAMA. 

A-ma, v. To offer to the gods ohias and 
melons ; mostly found in the conj. haa and 
hoo; as, hoama, haama, &e.; haama ka 
ohia; haama i ka ipuhaole; akahi no a 
haama ae i ka ipn aimaka. See Amama, to 
offer, &e. 

A-MA-A-MA, v. See Ama 2. To reveal 
secrets; to tell another’s faults; to slan- 
der ; amaama ka wahai ka hai i ka hewa 
o ka mea e. 

A-mA-A-MA, adj. Slanderous, as the 
mouth of one ever ready to speak evil; he 
waha amaama, ka ieieoi, ka waha biki- 
wawe i ke kamailio ma na olelo i manaoia 
e huna. 

A-ma-a-mA, Ss. A species of fish; young 
mullet perhaps. 

A-MA-A-MAU, v. Ama, satisfied with 
food, and amau, still. 

1. To eat much; to be satisfied with 
food; e ai nuii ka ai me ka amaamau. 

2. To eat quickly or fast, as one who is 
hungry and has a keen appetite. 

A-mavu, v. To hush up; to keep one 

_from speaking or complaining ; ua amau 


* 


AMI 


aku an e noho malie, aole pono e pane 
mai. See Hamau. 
A-ma-ut, s. A species of small bird. 
A-mAu-MAU, adj. A god growing among 
the ferns on the mountains; i na ’kua 
amaumau o ke kula, 
A-mau-mau, s. The fern; the brake. 
A-MA-KA-MI-KA, v. See AmiKA, to desire 
food. To desire food, as we say, his mouth 
waters for it. 
z. To have a desire for that which can- 
not be obtained. 
A-ma-xi-u1, s. Name of a smal] yellow 
bird; he manu hulu lenalena ia. 
A-ma-k-KA, s. A species of small bird. 





A-ma-mA, v. Conj. 9th of ama, to offer, | 


&c. ‘Lo give over to the gods in sacrifice. 
2. To offer sacrifice as an act of worship. 

Hoik. 8:3. O ke kino uhane ole e waiho 
ana, amama ae la ke alii, the body lying 
without life the king offered in sacrifice ; 
na amamaia aku la i kona akua ia Kaili, 
he was sacrificed to his god Kaili: to offer 
prayers; a@mama, ua noa, like our term 
Amen to a prayer. Laieik, 1046 

A-ma-mA, s. The offering of a sacrifice ; 
ka amama ana i ke kanaka i ke akua. 

A-ma-na, s. Two sticks crossing each 
other at oblique angles. 


vz. The branctres of a tree in the form of 


the letter Y. 

A-ma-NA, adj. Crossing; put together 
in the form of a cross or gallows; na laau 
amanda i kauia’i o Kuhama; he aleo kabhi 
hale, he amana kekahi hale. 

A-ma-na, v. Amana mau ke kani ana 
o ka pu; amanda mau ke kani o ka pu a ka 
anela. 

A-ma-ra, s. Eng. The Hawaiian ortho- 
graphy for the word armorer; a black- 
smith. 1 Sam. 13:19. Nore.—The first ships 
that visited the islands were ships of war 
or of discovery, and their blacksmiths were 
cailed armorers; hence the word. 

A-mE-NE, adv. Eng.; from the Hed. 
Amen; so be it: truly; pela no. 

A-mg-NnE, Ss. Heb. Ka amene, an epithet 
of Jesus Christ as a true and faithful 
Savior. Hoik. 3:14. 

A-ME-TU-SE-TE, s. Gr. Anamethyst; a 
precious stone. Hoik. 21:20; also, Puk. 
28:19. 

A-t, v. To turn, as upon hinges; as 
a door; as the lid of a chest, &c.; to move 
back and forwards; to make any motion 
back and forth; to swing back and forth, 
as a gate; to move up and down, as the 
chin in eating. 

A-mt, s. A hinge; a butt for a door. 

1, 26:14. 


2. A joint of a war harness. 1 Nal. 22:34 


53 


AMO 


Joint of an animal. pes. 4:16. Joint of a 


limb. Dan. 5:6. 
A small worm which, in crawling, 
oan itself up ; he peelura kuapun. 
4. A swinging, pendulous motion. 
5. The name of a long slim fish; he ia 
kino oeoe. 

A-mi-a-m1, adj. Elastic ; pendulous. 

z. A term used to reproach one just mar- 
ried; ka amiami ana o ka puaa. 

A-mi-0, v To walk or move still and 
slyly, so as not to be heard; maanei no i 
amio iho nei a nalowale, he came here si- 
lently just now and is gone; mai kukulu 
aku oe i ke kukui ma ka puka; to flare, as 
the blaze of a lamp in the wind; he amio 
ka makani, e pio auanhei; to move silently 
this way and that. 

A-mi-o, s. That which enters silently, 
as death; as a fish floats unseen and comes 
not to the top: a gentle moving to and fro. 

A-mi-Ka, v. ‘To desire food or drink. 

A-mi-KA, s. A desire or relish for food. 


A-MI-KA-MI-KA, v. See Amika. To eat, 
but not enough: the desire is for move; 
aole i onoono iho kahi puu i ka mea ai, 
aole i amikamika iho; aole ona o ka awa, 
aole amikamika iho. 

A-MI-KA-MI-KA, s. A remainder wished 
for. 

A-mo, v. To wink, as the eye. 1 Kor. 
15:52. 

2. To twinkle, as a star; ke amo mai la 
ka hoku; often doubled. as amoumo: ap- 
plied to the winking of any animal. See 
Imo. 

A-mo, v. To bear or carry a burden on 
the shoulder. Puk. 27:7. Vo bear or bring 
along a weight; to carry. 

2. Fie. To perform difficult offices of any 
kind. Puk. 18:22. Syn. with lawe. Oihl. 
15:2. 

3. Hoo. To put upon the shoulders of 
one. Norr.—To carry on the back is hacwe; 
to carry under the arm is hii. 

A-mo, s. A burden carried on the shoul- 
ders. 

A-mo-a, v. Pass. for amoia; also amoaia; 
a doubie passive. ua laweia, 

A-mo-a-mo, v. To be high; to be raised 
up, as a high precipice; to rise high. as the 
crest of a wave; amoamo iluna o ka pali 
o Kihiopua ; amoamo iluna ka lau o ka 
nalu. 


A-mo-a-mo, v. See Amo, to wink. To 
wink repeatedly. 

A-mo-a-mo, s. A winking; a twinkling, 
as of the eye or a star; a sudden chinge 
of the wind. 

A-mo-£, s. For aumoe; midnight; e 
holo, ua nui ke kai o ke amoe. 


ANA 


A-moo-moo, s. Work for women; he 
kuku amoomoo, he palaholo ke kapa. 

A-moo-moo, s. A kind of fish; a small 
fish ; also the ulua. 

A-mo-Hu-Lu, s. E papani ka amohulu o 
ia nei; a lascivious word. 

A-mo-mo, s. The general name of odor- 
iferous herbs mentioned in Hoik. 18:18. 
Latin, a@momus. 

A-mo-pu-u, adj. Lean; thin. in flesh ; 
hakake, olala; a word used in caviling. 
A-mu, v. To shear or shave the hair 
from the head. Oih. 18:18. To trim the 

hair; ua kolikoliia no a qmu. 

A-mu, adj. Relating to shearing or 
shaving; he pahi amu, a razor. 1 Sai. 
1:11: He lauoho amo no kona, he has his 
hair cut. 

A-MU, me To use profane lan- 

A-MU-A-MU, guage; to revile; amuamu 
i ke Akua. to blaspheme; amuamu i ka 
huahanle, to curse the friendless. 

A-mu-a-mu, s. A cursing ; a reviling 
reproaching ; ka amuamu ana i ke alii aie 
ka hoohiki ino, a cursing of the king with 
profanity ; he leusmuamu, a reviling of sa- 
ered things. Hal. 10:7. 

Ke amuamuia la i ka ue wale, 
O ka ue wale iho no 1a, 
O ka ke kamalii hana‘na no ia. 

A-mu-r-mu-E, v. To feel the chilling 
breeze of a cold morning when the skin 
contracts with cold; to suffer the same 
from being long in the water. 

A-mu-xu, v. See Muxu, to cut short. 
To cut off; to cufin pieces. See Omuxu. 
A-mu-mu, adj. Blunt on the edge; dull, 

as a tool. See Kuwumu. 

A-mu-mu, s. Bluntness; dullness, as a 
tool. 

A-mu-pu, s. A word of reproaching or 
reviling; he kanaka amupu, small, insig- 
nific ant. 


A-na, v. To suffer; to undergo, as an 
experiment of healing in s'ckaess. 
2. To be grieved ; troubled. Oih. 16:18. 
. o To be affected at contempt or vile 
treatment. Hal. 123:3, 4. 


A-na, v. To measure. Hotk. 21:16. 

2. To measure in any way; e hiki ia’u 
ke ana i ka loa. ame ka laula,a me ka 
hohonu, a me ke kiekie o keia mea; met. 

3. Ana wau i kou pono a me kou hewa, 
I measured your good and your evil; no 
ke ana ana, in measuring. Oihk. 19:35. 
Mea ana hora, a dial. Isa. 38:8. Hoo. To 
set apart; to set aside. Puk. 16:33. To 
restrain ; keep back. Oth. 4:2 

A-nA, v. To be satiated ; 
the eye with seeing. Hekah. 1:8. 


54 








anitinbed: as | 


ANA 

2. To have a sufficiency of property. 
Kekah. 5:10. 

3. Fic. To drink sufficiently, as the sword 
drinks blood, i. e., to be revenged. Isa. 
34:6. 

4. Hoo. To satiate, as with food. Jer. 
31:25. As with drink. Hal. 104:11)" Ua 
ana, itis enough. Sol. 30:15. 

A-na, adj. Satisfied, as with food, hav- 
ing eaten sufficiently ; maona. 

A-na, v. To praise much and covet an- 
other’s wealth. 

A-na, s. Grief; sadness; sorrow ; 
trouble from the conduct of others. 

2. The feelings of a parent towards a 
child that refuses his instructions; a mixed 
feeling of weariness, anger and love. Oth. 
16:18. 

3. Fatigue from hard labor or toil. 

A-na, s. A measure, as for cloth. Puk. 

26:2. A measure of any kind. Kanl. 25:14. 

Ana ohe, a measuring rod. Hzelc. 40:3. 
(ees s. A kind of light stone found 
in the sea, used by nurses to cure the ea, 
or the white fur on the tongue; also used 
in rub¥%ne and polishing off canoes and 
wooden calabashes. 


A-wa, s. A cave; a den formed by 
rocks. Hin. 19:30; Jos. 10:16. 


2. Name of a hollow place in the mouth 
by which the voice is modified. Anat. 11. 

3. A cave for the retreat of the van- 
quished ; a place where the conquered are 
found. 

A-na, pron. The oblique case of the 
pronoun, third person sing.; of him; of 
her; of it; his; hers. Gram. § 139. Au- 
pili. 

A-na. The participial termination of 
verbs answering to the Eng. ing; as, lawe 
ana, carrying; hana ana, working; but it 
has some peculiarities. 

1. The ava is not united with the verb 
as ing is in Eng. 

2. The ana may be. separated from the 
verb, and any qualifying word or words, 
and also the verbal directives may come 
between. Gram. § 233. As, e kukulu hale 
ana ia, he is build house ing ; e hopu bipi 
and, he is catch cattle ing, &c. In many 
cases the participial termination ana be- 
comes united with a noun and becomes a 
participial noun ; in which case the first a 
of the ana is dropped, or coalesces with 
the last letter of the preceding word, and 
they both become one word : as hopena for 
hope ana; haawina for haawi ana, &e. 

A-NA-A-NA, v. To practice divination 
or sorcery by prayer; e dnaand ana ia ka- 
kon. they were practicing sorcery upon us. 

A-na-a-wA, s. A kind of sorcery or 
prayer used to procure the death or a curse 
upon one. Nah. 22:7. 


| ANA 5d ANA 


2. Witchcraft. 1 Sam.15:23. Divination.) A-NAI-NA-KA-NA-KA, s. See Awamna. A 

Ter. 14:14. Furnas * ot . | congregation of people. Hal. 7:7. An as- 
A-na-a-wa, adj. Divining; consulting) sembly of men. Kanl. 31:30. 

divinations; kahuna anaana, a diviner.| A-nat-Nal, v. To rub often; to polish, 

Kanl. 18:10. Pule anaana, a praying one &c. See Anat, conj. 9th. 

to death. | A-nau, v. ‘To pace, as a horse. 
A-na-A-NA, adj. In small balls, as the | 2. To go about irregularly from house to 

dung of sheep or goats; he anauna ka lepo | house. 

0 ke kao a me ka hipa; anaana ka lepo i 3. To traipse up and down. 

Ka ai lili. |A-na-HA, S. The reflection or glancing 
A-NA-A-NA, v. To be in a tremor, as the | of light; the flashing of light. 

muscles after great fatigue ; anaana pu na | A-NA-HA-NA-HA, 5. Repeated reflec- 


wawae i ka maloeloe i ka hele ana. lA : ‘ 
| AA-NA-HA-NA-PA ‘ ; 
A-na-a-na-pu, v. To undulate, as the | ? tion or gleaming of 


air under a hot sun. 
2. To flash, as lightning ; ka anaanapu 





light. 
| A-NA-HO-NU-A, v. Ana, to measure, and 


ana 0 kauilamaka po; tosend forth light. | , 07a, flat land. To survey land. 
3. To crook often; to have many crooks. | A-NA-HO-NU-A, $. Land measuring ; 
See Anaanapuu ; also ANAPA. | geometry ; me ka ike aku i ke anahonua. 
| 


A-NA-A-NA-PUU, adj. Bent; crooked ; | 2. The title of a school book, geometry. 
out of a straight line ; he kaula anaanapuu A-na-Hu-A, Ss. A tall man bending over; 
o ka hilo ana; he lopi anaanapuyu ana; he stoop-shouldered : ke kanahua, he ooha. 
anuu hanunu loa o anaanapuu. A-NA-HU-A, s. The second son of Lua- 

A-NA-A-NE-A, ad). Stupid ; palaka. hoomoe ; he kahuna makapo, akamai, he 

A-NA-A-NAI, v. Frequentative of anaz. aoa no ka poe mahiai; the god of bhus- 

A-NA-AI-NA, iA De cicel pandmen. ‘ 

A St Caen Cicia. A-NnaA-Hu-LU, v. To arrive at, or amount 
ee 2 A ne ape of a to the number ten; applied to days; a 
tt nis i. a. ichageeee a rk ar anahulu ae, alaila hiki mai, when ten days 
awa e center; a congregation. Puk.| had passed he arrived. 


A-NaA-Hu-LU, s. A period of ten days: 

A-NA-AI-NA, v. Ana, to measure, and | Pott nip ts nig Le 

: : a decade. 1 Sam. 25:38. A malaila i noho 
aina, land. To survey or measure land. loihi ai ekolu anahulu. Laieile. 61. 


A-na-ar-na, s. Land surveying. See A-na-ka, s. Heb. A ferret. Oihk. 11:30. 


above. Anahonua. 
; A-na-ki-ma, s. feb. Name of a people 
A-nak, s. Name of a species of fish; 0 mentioned in the books of Deuteronomy 


Kaulua, oia ka malama e pae mai al ka and Joshua remarkable for their size. Jos. 


PRS ee = 11:21. They lived mostly in the south and 
A-na-E, v. See Ana E. Hoo. To set! south-west parts of Canaan. 


aside ; to set PaaS. Puk. 16:23, 584 A-NA-KO-I, S$: A swelling in the groin. 
A-nak, s. A species of fish; the mullet.| See Hauar. 
A-nat-na, v. To assemble around a per- | A-Na-L1-0, s. General name of the stars 





son or place; to meet around a thing. near the horizon at any point of the com- 
Hoik. 5:11. pass. See ANALIPO. 
A-nat-na, s. An assembly; a multitude. A-NA-LI-PO, 5. Name of the place sup- 
Ezek. 23:42 posed to be beyond the stars, i. e., out of 
A-NAI 7 T ae b t sight, but really below the horizon. 
oe v. o rub; to rub ou ey 
A-NA-A-NAI, grain with the hand. Luk. 6:1. A-na-mi-u, v. To break off the root 


tas meus : ; ‘ which unites the potato to the main root; 
see? sr ry ; he eee bie le e emiemi iho la lakou i ka wala nuia hahai 
ay ‘OIL 6:28. "Tosmooth. Isa.41:7.| 2¢ laike anamiu o ka uala. 
Hence, A-NA-NA, v. Conj. 9th of ana, to meas- 
3. To blot out; cut off; destroy. Puk. ure. 
17:14. To lay waste. Jsa. 5:6. To blot A-na-nA, s. A common but indefinite 
out. Oth. 13:19. ; : ; _| measure formerly used ; the length of the 
4. Fic. To nullify a s character or arms and body when both arms were ex- 
pretensions. 1 Kor. 1:28. tended, to the ends of the longest fingers. 
A-na-a-nal, v. To be angry; perhaps 2. A fathom. 
to nestle. ; A-na-ni-0, s. The root which holds the 
A-na-a-nal, adj. Angry. potato to the main root; e mohai ke ananio. 


ANE 


A-na-nu, Ss. See Lautete. Name of a 
piant used for food, boiled. 

A-na-pa, v. To shine with reflected 
light, as the moon reflected from the water: 
like the sun reflected from a mirror. 

2. To flash like lightning, or like the 
burning of gunpowder. 
3. To light suddenly. 

A-NA-PAO-NA, s. A machine to measure 
weight; a balance. Sol. 16:11. 

A-na-pau, v. To turn; to bend; to warp; 
to turn, as on hinges; to crook round. 

A-na-pau, s. A crook in a thing; a 
bending ; a turning ; a hinge. 

A-na-pa-Na-PA, Ss. The dazzling of the 
sun on any luminous body, such as strikes 
the eyes with pain. 

A-Nna-PA-NA-PA, S. A species of tree, the 
bark of which is used for soap. 

A-na-PA-NA-PA, S. A species of limu. 

A-na-pu, s. A flash of ight. Mat. 24:27. 
See Anapa. //oo. To send forth lightning. 
flal. 144:6. See ANAANAPU. 

2. To burn ; scorch, as the direct rays of 
the sun; e wela ana ka wawae i ka la. 

3. To quiver, as the rays of the sun on 
black lava. 

A-na-pu, s. A glimmering, as of light. 

A-na-puu, v. To crook, as a rafter, or 
as a rope large in some places and small 
in others. 

A-na-puu, s. A corner formed by two 
lines meeting. 

A-na-puu, adj. Contorted ; blunt. 

A-Na-pu-NA-PU, s. Heat or light re- 
flected, or both; the light and heat of re- 
flection. 

A-NA-PU-NI, v. Ana, to measure, and 
puni, around. To encompass, as a bound- 
ary line. See Ananonva 10. 

A-na-pu-nI, s. A circle. 

A-NA-WAE-NA, S. Ana, measure, and 
waena, middle. A diameter of a circle. 
Anah. 23. 

A-NA-WAE-NA-LOA, Ss. As above. Lit. 
A long diameter, that is, the diameter of 
an ellipse the long way. <Andah. 24. 

A-NA-WAE-NA-Po-KO, Ss. The short or 
conjugate diameter of an ellipsis. Anah. 
24. 

A-nA-To-mi-a, s. Gr. The science of 
dissecting animal bodies ; applied mostly 
to human bodies. 

2. Name of the book teaching that sci- 
ence. ’ 
A-nr, v. To eat, as small insects eat 

wood. 

2. To be near doing a thing; to like to 
do it, but not quite; as, ane aku au e hoo- 
nou i ka pohaku, I was near throwing a 


56 


ANE 
Ane like iki, it is 





stone. See ANEANE. 
almost like. 

A-ng, s. Name of a small insect that 

eats wood, but is not itself visibie. 

: The worm dust of wood ; ; powder-post. 

. The cutaneous disease called ring- 
ae 

4. A soft stone used in polishing wood ; 
also written ana. 

A-NE, adj. Light, as worm-eaten tim- 
ber; nov heavy ; mama. 

A-neE, adv. With difficulty; scarcely ; 
nearly; generally followed by ole; ane 
haalele ole ia ia, it hardly leaves him ; ane 
hiki ole ke hali, ‘which can scar cely be car- 
ried. 

A-NE-A, v. For aneia; pass. of ane ; to 
be worm-eaten ; to be light, as worm-eaten 
wood; to be dry, as timber. 

A-neE-A, Ss. The dry-rot of wood, occa- 
sioned by heat, or the action of insects ; 
applied to timber very old; also to other 
things. See ANoa. 

A-ne-a, Ss. The heat of the sun; more 
properly the apparent vibration of the air 
caused by the heat of the sun. 

A-nE-A, adj. Insipid; tasteless, as the 
inside of worm-eaten food, or of poor food; 
applied to persons having no appetite for 
food, on account of oppressive heat; ex- 
hausted, as men by hunger, by long absti- 
nence, by long sleep, or “by. diving in deep 
water. See Kanea and ANRANE. 

A-NE-a-NE, v. ‘To be exhausted, as a 
man with hunger or by long abstinence: 
by long sleep, or by diving in deep water. 

2. To blow softly, as a light breeze or 
zephyr. 

3. To be almost something; to be almost 
ata place. Laieik. 71. Aneane oia e hoo- 
hiki ino aku i kona akua, he almost cursed 
his god. Zaieik. 158. Almost to do some- 
thing. Oth. 19:27. See ANE. 

A-NE-A-NE, 5. A jest; a kind of jocose 
denial to a request. 

2. A vacancy of the stomach for want of 
food or from sickness; he aneane no la; 
he aneane pupuka no la; he aneane pono 
la ; he aneane hiki no la. 

A-NE-A-NE, adj. See AnE above. Faint; 
feeble ; low; weak. as a sick person. 

A-NE-A-NE, adv. See Anz. Nearly ; 
almost; in danger of: liable to; applied 
to number ; he aneane pono ole ko’u noho 
ana maanei; aneane make, unto death, 
almost dead. Lunk. 16:16. ° 

A-NEE, v. To hitch or move along, like 
a cripple; to walk on one’s knees. 

2. To go about from house to house beg- 
ging; aia no oia ma ka huahuelo kahi i 
anee ai. 


A-NEE, s. One who goes from house to 


ANI 


57 


ANO . 


house telling fortunes, begging, or for any | A-Nt, ad). Drawing; dragging, as a net 


such purpose ; a beggar. 


for fish ; he upena ani. 


A-neE, adj. Moving about from place} A-yr-a, v. To be hard and smooth on 


to place; going about begging; kanaka 
anee, a beggar ; a fortune teller. 
A-NEE-NEE, Ss. Mats old and worn; he 


the surface. 
A-ni-A, adj. Smooth and even. See 
NIANTIA, ANIANTIA and MANIANTA. 


wahi moena aneenee uuku, a small mat! A ny-,-n1, 5, A glass; a mirror; a look- 


about a fathom long. 

A-nel, v. See Nes. To sweep off; to 
cause to disappear. 

A-nel, adv. The sign of a question, 
used after verbs or nouns; as, mai anei 
oia? is he sick? ua holo anci ia? has he 
sailed? he mai anei ? 

A-net, adv. Here; in this place; like 


ing-glass. Puk. 38:8. He aniani nana hele- 
helena; he kilo kekahi inoa; called by 
Hawaiians kilo. 


| A-NI-A-N1, v. See Ant 4. To cool; to 


refresh one heated; aniani mai la ka ma- 
kani. Oih. 27:13. To blow gently, as a 
wind ; aniani puka alobi na ka haole paha 
la; aniani poaeae na maka o Kuawili. 


maanei; mai anei aku. Kin. 50:25. I ko| A-n1-a-n1, adj. Agreeable; cool; re- 


kakou hoi ana anei a hiki i Kauai, on our 
returning along this way till we reach 
Kauai. Laieik. 87. 

A-nE-HE, v. To be on the alert; ready 
for a start, as a cat for a mouse ; as a bird 
to fly. 


freshing. 


| A-NI-A-NI-A, adj. See Anta. Smooth 


and even, as the surface of a planed board; 
smooth, as the sea in a calm; applied also 
to the skin when burnt hard; he paapaa 
ili mawaho no ka lapalapa o ke ahi. 


2. To be ready to seize upon a person or! A-nI-HA, v. To be provoked at the mis- 


thing when circumstances require. 


A-NE-HE-NE-HE, v. The double root of 
the above; to be prepared; all ready to 
do a thing; to be on the look out to do it. 
Oih. 21:35. 

A-NE-HE-NE-HE, S. Violence; disorder, 
&e., as of a mob. 

A-ne-no, s. He hala. 

A-nE-LA, S. Eng. An angel; a messen- 
ger from heaven. Puk. 14:19. 

A-NE-NE. See ANEENEE. 

A-ne-wa, adj. Indolent ; sleepy. 

A-nE-wa, v. To be inactive, as asleep. 

A-NE-WA-NE-wa, v. To be as dead. 

2. To be in a fainting fit; unconscious, 
as men; as fish poisoned with hola. 

3. In morals, to be unmindful of evils 
around us. See KuNewaNnewa. Ke anewa- 
newa kakou hoolono io ana ke kihi, huna 
pala iki ke akamai. 

A-NE-TE-LO-PE, he Eng. An antelope. 

A-NE-TE-LO-PA, § Mel. Sol. 2:7; 1 Nal. 4:23. 

A-ne-to, s. Eng. An herb; anise. 
Mat. 23:23. 

A-n1, v. To pass over a surface, as the 
hand over a table. 

2. To draw a net over the surface of the 
water. 

3. To beckon one with the hand; to make 
signs secretly to one. 

Ani malu ka ike ilaila 
I ka mauli hoaaloha wale, 
Aloha opa, opa he ake. 

4. To blow softly, as a gentle breeze; ke 
ani nei ka makani, ke ani peahi la ia Lima- 
loa, the wind blows softly, it fans Limaloa 
with a fan. 

) 


chief of one; to be angry at a person on 
account of lying and deception. 
2. To be hardened in crime ; capable of 
committing any offense. 
A-NI-HA-NI-HA, v. To be near obtaining 
an object and fail; anihaniha makou e 
pae, a loaa ka makani. 


A-nI-HA-NI-HA, adj. Easily provoked ; 
captious ; caviling. 

A-NI-HI-NI-HI, s. Kalo tops; he kalo, he 
anihinihi, he oha. See Onrymit. 


A-NI-HI-NI-HI, v. See Nim. Near to 
falling off a pali; to stand in a dangerous 
place. 


A-ni-NI, adj. Small; dwarfish; stinted, 
as men or animals. 


A-no, s. Likeness; resemblance; image 

of a thing. 

2. The meaning of a word or phrase. 

3. The moral quality of an action, as 
good or evil, or the moral state of the heart. 

4. The character of a person, as to his 
life and manners; the explanation of a 
thing obscure. Hin. 41:8. 


A-no, v. To have a form or appearance. 

2. With hou, to change the form or ap- 
pearance of a person or thing; e ano ae, 
to become new. (ih. 13:16. To change 
the state of things, 

3. With hoo, to boast; to glory; to hal- 
low ; to consecrate. Kin. 2:3. 

4. To transform ; to change the external 
appearance. 

5. With e, to set apart to another pur- 
pose ; to consecrate. Hal. 4:3. 

6. With hou, to change; to transform. 
2 Kor. 11:13. 


ANO 


7. With e, to change, as the countenance, 
from mirth to sadness and fear. Dan.5:10. 
A-no, s. Fear; dread; ua kau mai ke 
ano ia’u la, fear fell upon me; ke kau mai 
la ke ano hewa ia oe. ; 
A-no, v. To be in fear; ano wale mai 
la noau. See ANoor Anoano. To be silent; 
solitary, as a deserted village; ua pau i 
ke kana, hauaia na kanaka a pau i ka hana. 
A-no, adv. Now; at the present time; 
ano nei, ano la. 1 Sam. 2:16. Soon. 

2. Often used more as an expression 
of earnestness or certainty of something 
doing, or to be done, than of anything lit- 
erally doing now. Puk. 6:1. 

3. It is used after some other event has 
been spoken of as a consequence. Jos. 1:2. 
Ina no ano, even now. 1 Nal. 14:14. 

A-no-a, adv. Same as ano above. Now; 
at this time; immediately ; anoa no hele ; 
ahea hele? anoa no. 

A-no-al, adv. But; except; lest; per- 
haps; malia paha. , 

A-no-al, adv. A warm salutation; as, 
aloha, welina; a salutation; a bow; a 
courtesy. 

A-no-A-no, Ss. Seeds; the seeds of fruit, 
as apple, onion, melon, &c. Nah. 20:5. 

2. The semen of males. Oihk. 15:16. 

3. Descendants ; children of men. Ezek. 
44:22. Nore.—tThe fruit itself is hua; also, 
the seeds incased in pods or husks are 
called hua; anoano oili, seeds destitute of 
meat. 

A-no-A-no, s. A solemn stillness. 

2. Asacred, hallowed place. See ANo, s., 
fear ; dread. 

A-no-a-no, adj. Solitary; still; retired. 
Hal. 17:12. He wahi anoano, mehameha 
loa no ka makau i ka make ; aohe luao ka 
noho ana i va kula anoano kanaka ole 
nei. 

A-no-E, v. To be different from some- 
thing else; to take a different form or 
character. See Ano and E. 

A-no-1, v. To desire very strongly; to 
covet; € anoi ana na alii wahine. 

A-no-1, s. A thirst; a strong desire for 
a thing ; eia ka pono, o ka noonoo, 0 ka 
anoi. 0 ke ake e loaa. 

A-no-Ho, s. A custom; a practice, as 
strict as a law; ina e ku ke kanakai ka 
anoho ana o ko ke alii ipuwai auau, a me 
ka anoho ana o kona kapa, make no ia. 

A-No-LA-NI, adj. Ano, character, and 
lani, heaven. A modern coined word per- 
haps ; of heavenly character ; good ; pure; 
he manao anolani, he naau anolani, he kino 
anolani. 1 Kor. 15:40. 

A-No-NA-No-wA, 5s. An ant. Sol. 6:6. 
See Nonanona. Name of a periodical for- 


58 








ANU 


merly printed at the islands; aloha oe e 
Anonanona. 

A-no-nI, v. To mix together several 
ingredients, as different kinds of food; to 
make a garment of different textures of 
cloth; to mix together falsehood and truth; 
to corrupt. 2 Kor. 2:17. 

2. To ponder with anxiety, as an act of 
the mind ; to revolve in one’s mind. 

3. To beagitated with anxiety; to be 
troubled in mind, sv as not to sleep. Dan. 
2:1. 

4. To be in doubt or suspense what judg- 
ment to form respecting one’s meaning. 
See ANONONI. 


A-NO-NI-No-NI, v. See Anoni. To doubt; 


to be in suspense as to the result of a thing; 
ua anoninoni ka pakele ana i ka make. 


A-No-NI-No-N1, adj. Doubtful; uncer- 
tain; he pono anoninoni na paani nawali- 
wali. 

2. Angry. 

A-No-No-nI, v. See Anoni. To doubt; 
to hesitate ; to be in suspense, as one in an 
inquiring state of mind. 

A-nu, adj. Cold; hui, huihui. 

A-nu, s. Cold; the absence of warmth ; 
ua make au i ke anu, I am dead with the 
cold; huihui ko’u mau wawae i ke anu. 


A-nu, v. To be cold; to feel cold; ua 
anu au i kahi kapa ole, I am cold, having 
no clothes ; anu aku la o Maunakea i ka 
hoilo, Maunakea feels cold in the winter. 


A-nu-a, s. A pile, as of mats piled one 
upon another. 

A-nu-a-nu, adj. Cold; huihui. See 
ANU. 

A-nu-a-nu, s. Cold; chilliness. Hal. 
147:17. ' 

A-NU-A-NU-A, s. A rainbow. Kin.9:13; 

A-NU-E-NU-E, § Ezek. 1:28, 

A-nuv, v. To sprain, as a muscle; hina 
iho la au maluna o ka papaa lejio a anwu 
kuu kua, eha loa iho la, I fell upon the 
hard ground and sprained my back, with 
great pain. 

A-nuu, s. A sprain by a false step. 

A-nuv, s. A building in a sacred in- 
closure formed by long poles overhung 
near the top, which also were tied and coy- 
ered with white pieces of kapa. 

2. A high place in the heiau before which 
the idols stood, and where the victims were 
laid. Laieik. 164. 

A-nuv, s. A rest or jog in a wall. f 
Nal. 6:6. 

2. Stairs or steps for ascending a height. 
Ezek. 40:6. Anuu wili, winding stairs. | 
Nal. 6:8, 

3. A ledge of rocks. 1 Nal. 7:28.. 


APA 


4, Jogs or steps in ascending a steep 
place. 
5. In music, a tone. 

A-nuv, s. Name of a ship formerly at 
the islands ; no ka naaupo, ua kapaia aku 
e makou ka moku he anuu. Lam. Haw. 
11:4, 3. 

A-nuu-HA-PA, 5. In music, anuu, a tone, 
and hapa, a part. A semitone. 

A-nuvu-nuu, v. To strike; to beat; to 
pound, as kapa. 

2. Hoo. Ehooanuunuu ai ke poo, to raise, 
to elevate the head. 

A-nuvu-nuv, s. See Anuv. Stairs; steps 
for ascending or descending. Neh. 3:15. 

2. A plaid in a plaided garment. 

A-nuv-nuvu, adj. Having steps like 
stairs; provided with or made with steps; 
e ku kakou,a pii aku i ke alanui anwunuu, 
let us arise and go up the road made with 
steps; formed in the manner of stairs ; he 
papale anuwunuu; rough, as a bad road. 

A-NU-HE (e-nu-he), s. A large worm 
that destroys the leaves of vegetables; he 
peelua, he poko. 

A-NU-HE-NU-HE, adj. Rarely done, as 
food not sufficiently cooked. — 

2. Rough with cold, anuhenuhe ka ili i 
ke anu, the skin is pimpled with cold. 

A-NU-HE-NU-HE, s. The eating of bad 
food, fish, or meat, that is spoiled. 

A-NU-HE-NU-HE, s. Name of a species 
of fish ; also of limu. 

A-nu-tu, v. ‘To be covetous; to be 
greedy, &c. See ALunu, by change of syl- 
lables. 

A-NU-NE-NU-NE, v. To mix up, as hash; 
awiliwili. 

A-nu-nu, s. Change of 2 for 72. See 
ALunu. An oppressor; one greedy of gain. 


A-nu-nv, adj. See Atunv. Oppressive ; 
hard ; extortionate ; he makee, he paa. 
A-pa, s. A roll; a bundle, as a piece 

of cloth, or a ream of paper. 

A-pa, adj. Meddling; officious; busy ; 
mischievous, as a child; careless; blun- 
dering ; slow; tardy ; nahili, he lohi. 

A-paa, s. Name of a wind; i kuipeia 
e ka makani apaa, he was knocked down 
flat by the wind apaa. 

2. Name of a region of country below 
the ma’u or waokanaka on the side of the 
mountains. 

A-pa-A-pa, v. To be evilly disposed ; 
to be treacherous ; to deceive ; to be mis- 
chievous. 

A-pa-a-pa, $. Guile; deceit; evil gen- 
erally. 1 Pet. 2:22. That which is untrue; 
false in opposition to truth and stability. 


59 


————————$— een 


APA 


Rom. 1:25. Haalele i ka oiaio no ka mea 
apaapa, forsook the truth for a false thing. 

2. One who frequently changes his situ- 
ation. 

A-pa-a-PpA, adj. Unsettled; unstable; 
irresolute. 

2. Without truth ; deceitful ; lalau wale 
iho no ka olelo, 

3. Careless; without thought; kapulu. 
See Apa. 

A-paa-Pad, Ss. Name of a wind at Ko- 
hala. 

A-paa-PAA, adj. Firm; hard ; compact, 
as a well made road; he alanui apaapaa, 
aole pueho o ka lepo. 

A-paa-pad, s. The name of a species 
of fish; he ula apaapaa. 

A-pAa-PA-NI, v. To oppose one with 
words; to reply quickly; to overwhelm 
with words. 

2. To make one forget the subject of dis- 
pute. 

A-pAa-PA-NI, s. A speech in opposition ; 
arapid reply. See APAnt. 

A-pal, s. A deep, long fish net for catch- 
ing the opae. 

A-pa-nu, v. To cut up; to cut square 
off, as a piece of timber. 

2. To cut in pieces; to chop off; to cut 
in two, as pieces of wood or sugar-cane. 
3. To stuff food into one’s mouth. 

A-pa-Hu, s. Pieces cut off or cut in two, 

as wood, sugar-cane, &. 
2. A kind of pau. 

A-pa-Hu, adj. Marked; distinguished 
by some mark or dress or cut of the hair ; 
nani na kanaka apahu. 


| A-pa-Hu, s. The sound of a trumpet; 


the bursting forth of a sound suddenly ; 
the sqund from a sudden falling of a sub- 
stance. 
A-pa-kau, v. To seize upon; to lay 
hold of; to hold on to, as on falling. 
2. To lay hold of things and displace 
them, as a child. 
3. To give thoughtlessly, as a man gives 
away his food until it is all gone. 
A-pa-1l, v. To go into the presence of 
a chief, and on account of shame, return 
without making a request. 
A-pa-LI-Pa-LI, v. To hurry; to hasten. 
A-pa-na, Ss. A fragment; a patch; a 
piece; a slice; a piece, as of bread; a por- 
tion ; apana poohiwi, a shoulder piece for 
a garment. Puk. 39:4. A piece of any 
substance; of a human body. Lwnk. 19:29. 
A division of people. 1 Nal.16:21. Apana 
V., a sector of a circle. Anahon. Apana 
uuku, a little piece. Joan. 6:7. 


A-PA-NA-PO-Al, 8S. Apana and poai, to 
surround. A segment of acircle. Andah. 23. 


API 


A-pa-nE, s. A species of bird much 
valued on account of its red feathers. 

2. A species of the lehua, the ohia, with 
red blossoms, which are food for birds. 
A-pa-NE, adj. Red on the flesh when 
burned ; hence, applied to anger. 
2. Red; flushed with anger. 

A-pa-nt, v. To go from house to house 
tattling and doing nothing valuable; he 
mea hele kauhale e apani ana ia hale aku 
ia hale aku me ka holoholo kauhale. 

A-pA-NI-PA-NI. See Apani above and 
APAAPANI. 

A-pa-pa, v. To deceive. See APpaapa. 


A-pa-pa, s. Name of a strong wind 
blowing over Kohala Point. 

A-pa-pa-NE, S. The name of a bird on 
Hawaii; ai kani aku ka leo 0 ka apapane. 
Laieik. 29. It has red feathers. Hulu apa- 
pane, the red feathers of the apapane. 

A-PE, s. A plant with broad leaves, 
acrid to the taste, like kalo, but more so; 
it is eaten for food in times of scarcity. 

A-PE-A-PE, adj. Full of knots, as a 
string; full of small round stones, as a road. 

A-PE-A-PE, Ss. The motion of the gills 
of a fish in water; the breathing of a fish. 
See Ari. 

2. The name of aremarkable plant found 
near the top of Waialeale on Kauai; length 
of stalk, twenty feet or over; leaves, six 
feet in diameter, somewhat resembling, in 
shape, the ape; the leaf is round and at- 
tached to the stem in the center. 

A-PE-A-PE-A, S.A species of squid not 
eaten ; he apeapea noloko o ke kai. 

A-PEE-PEE, Ss. A species of limu; he 
limu apeepee. 

A-PE-u, s. A species of poor mats; ua 
lawe aku au i apeu moena; large mats, but 
very poor ones. 

A-pEU-PEU, adj. See the foregoing. 
Apeupeu applies to kapa as well as mats. 


A-PE-RI-LA, Ss. Eng. Name of the month 
April. 

A-p1, v. To gather together, as people 
to one spot; to bring into asmall compass, 
as baggage; e api mai a uuku. 


A-p1, v. To flap, as the gills of a fish 

when breathing out of water. 

2. To shake, as a cocoanut leaf in the 
breeze. 

3. To tremble,as the liver of a hog when 
killed. 

4. To throb ; to beat, as the pulse. 

5. To be greedy ; to covet this and that 
thing. 


60 


APO 


3. The beating of the pulse. 
4. Greediness ; covetousness ; ke api o 
ka ia nui pimoe. 
5. A small net. 
6. The name of a very flat fish. 
A-pi-A-PI, s. The drinking (breathing) 
of a fish in the water. 
2. The flowing of water or of blood in 
the veins. 
A-pu, s. A species of large kalo. 


A-pr-pi, s. Name of a species of shrub 
or bush. 

A-pu-pi, adj. Curling, as the hair; he 
lauoho apiipii. 

A-PI-KA-PI-KA, adj. Spotted. See Opt- 
KOPIKO. 

A-pi-K1, v. To sport at the expense of 
another; to be roguish; to act mischiev- 
ously. 

2. To beg; to live at the expense of 
others. 
A-PI-KI, 5S. 
Eps. 4:14. 
A-pi-k1, adj. Roguish; mischievous ; 

lawless ; addicted to roguish tricks. 

2. Deceitful; he hoopunipuni; he lei 
apiki, he lei ilima. 

A-pi-k1, adj. Of or belonging to the 
ilima, yellow flowers, &c. 

A-pI-kI-PI-kI, v. To fold up, as a piece 
of kapa. 

2. To spread out one upon another for 
the purpose of folding, as sheets of paper, 
kapa, cloth, &c. 

3. To multiply thoughts. 

A-pi-K1-PI-KI, s. A kind of agitation of 
the mind; anxiety ; doubt. 

2. A particular kind of kapa. 

A-pI-PI (ho-a-pi-pi), adj. United; joined 
together, as the two canoes of a double 
canoe ; he mau waa elua i hoapipiia. 


A-po, v. To catch at, as with the hand; 
to hook in. 

2. To span or reach round. 1 Nal. 7:15. 
To put one’s arm around another. Laieik. 
117. 

3. To receive; to embrace, as a long- 
absent friend. Kin. 29:13. 

4. To fall upon one, as an expression of 
affection. Kin. 33:4. 

5. To contain, hold or encircle. 1 Nal. 
8:27. 

6. To receive, as into the mind; to ap- 
prehend intellectually. Oth. 8:27. 

7. To receive and embrace, as a truth. 
Loan. 17:18. 

8. To receive ; to take out of sight, as a 
cloud. Oth. 1:9. 


Sleight; cunning; craft. 


A-pi, s. The gills of a fish; same as|A-po, s. A hoop; a band; apo hao, an 


mahamaha. 
2. The fins with which a fish swims. 


iron hoop ; in grammar, kaha apo, the sign 
of a parenthesis, thus: ( ); a ring or clasp 


APO 
for the fingers or arm; apo gula, a golden 
ring. Puk. 25:12. He apo gula pepeiao, a 
golden ear-ring. Puk. 32:2. In geometry, 
a circle. Fic. Apo o ka make, bands of 
death. Oih. 2:24. A certain kind of belt 
worn by women. 


Apo na poe a ka ua kuahine, 
Noho hoomakue i ka uka o Kahui 
Ka hookohukohu puahi ole a ka ua. 


A-po, s. The union of the cheek bone 
with the iwi maha. Anat. 11. 

A-po, s. A particular variety of sweet 
potatoes. 

A-po-a-po, v. See Apo. To catch at 
frequently ; to snatch or scramble for ; to 
seize upon a person or thing; to seize or 
come upon one, as fear ; apoapo ka naan i 
ka makau; to be troubled with doubt, 
anxiety ; apoapo ka oili; to be troubled 
with jealousy. Mat. 2:3. Apoapo, lelele 
ka oili, to palpitate, as the heart. 

A-po-a-po, s. A catching; a seizing; a 
forcing. 

A-po-a-po, s. A bunch, as of kalo; a 
hill of potatoes ; he apuepue. 

A-poo, v. To go from house to house, 
doing no work ; ua apoo hele i kauhale i 


ka ua. 
A-poo, s. An idle, lazy person who goes 
from house to house ; aia i ka apoo kauhale. 
A-poo-poo, s. A deep or hollow place, 
as the hollow of the hand or foot; the frog 
or hollow place of a horse’s foot. 
A-po-HAO, s. Apo, hoop, and hao, iron. 
1. Aniron hoop. See Apo. 
2. A name formerly of the king’s guard. 
A-po-xau, v. To take hold of and dis- 
place. See APAKAU. 
A-po-KE, v. To cut up into short pieces. 
A-po-kE, s. A short piece cut off. 
A-po-Li-ma, s. See Apoand Lima, hand. 
A signet; a finger-ring. in. 38:18. 
A-po-no, v. To approve; to treat as 
innocent. 2 Oihl. 6:23. The opposite of 
ahewd. 
2. To justify ; to be accepted. Puk. 
28:38. 
3. Hoo. To exculpate from blame. Kin. 
44:16. 
4. To clear,as one charged with a crime. 
Puk. 34:7. The opposite of hoohewa. 
Kanl. 25:1. 
A-po-no-1a, 8. Hoo. Justification; treat- 
ment of one as just. Rom. 9:30. 
A-Po-PE-PEI-AO, Ss. Apo, a ring, and pe- 
peiao,ear. A ring for the ear ; an ear-ring. 
A-po-po, adv. Lir. When the night 
nights, i.e., to-morrow. Lunk.19:9. Apopo 
kela la aku, day after to-morrow. 


A-P0-GU-LA, S. Apo, ring, and gula, gold. 


61 


APU 


A gold ring, but often applied to an ear- 
ring of any material. 
A-pu, v. To run after; to chase with 
a design of overtaking another. 
2. To devour food greedily. 
A-pu, s. A cup made of cocoanut shell 
for drinking awa; he apu ka iwi o ka niu. 
2. A dish: a cup of any material. 
os Mert. Affliction ; suffering ; he kiaha; 
also 
4. Water in which kalo has been soaked, 
a kind of medicine; apy kalo, apwu laau ; 
the cup gives name to the drink. 
A-pu-a, v. To be disloyal; to disregard 
or disobey the orders of bis chief. 
A-pu-a, s. A man who disobeys or dis- 
regards the commands of his chief. 
A-pu-a, s. A shell or cup for scooping 
up the oopu; he apua oopn. 
A-pu-al, s. A variety of kalo. 


A-PU, « A file; a rasp. 1 Sam. 

A-PU-A-PU, 13:20. 

2. The beard of a fish-hook. 

A-PU-AU-HU-HU, s. Apu, cup, and au- 
huhu, the poison plant. A cup for con- 
taining the auhuhu. 

A-PU-A-PA-LE-LEO, v. Apua, to disobey, 
pale, to reject, and leo, voice. To disobey ; 
not to comply with a command. 

A-PU-A-PA-LE-LEO, S. Epithet of a chief 
who obeyed not the word of the priest. 

A-PuU-A-WA, Ss. Apu, cup, and awa, a 
plant. The awa cup; a cup out of which 
awa was drank. 

A-pu-E-PU-E, v. See Pus, to force. To 
solicit one of the other sex. 

2. To strive; to contend, as two persons 
endeavoring to get the same thing ; apue- 
pue na kanaka i ka ai i ka manawa wi. 

A-PU-E-PU-E, s. Strife between two per- 
sons to get the same thing ; attempting to 
get what another wants. 

2. A difficulty ; a contention ; hiki apue- 
pue, to obtain with difficulty. 

3. A bunch of kalo; a hill of potatoes. 
See Apoapo. 

A-pu-E-pu-E, adv. With strife; with 
difficulty. Mat. 19:23. 

A-puu-puv, adj. See Puv. Rough; un- 
even, as land; asaroad. Isa. 45:2. Full 
of hillocks. 

A-puv-puv, s. Hillocks; rough places; 
e hoomania i na apuupuu a palahalaha ae, 
smooth down the rough places till they are 
smooth. 


A-pu-ka, v. To hide; to secrete; to 
steal. 


A-pu-KA, Ss. Deceit; treachery. 
2. A thief; e manaoia oia no he apuka, 


AWA 


62 


AWA 


he shall be considered as having stolen.| A-wa-a-wa, adj. Sour; bitter; sharp ; 


Kan. Haw. 

3. Apuka, in law, is forgery. 

A-PU-KO-HE-0-HE-0, S. Apu, cup, and 
koheoheo, causing death. 

1. The cup in which deadly ingredients 
were mixed, and out of which they were 
drank. such as auhuhu and awa. 

2. Fic. O ka hewa, oia ka apukoheoheo 
e make ai na kanaka a pau i ke ao nei, sin 
is the cup of death causing all people to die. 

A-pu-Lu, v. To wax old; ready to be 
laid aside. Isa. 31:6. 

A-pu-tu, adj. Old; worn out; he waa 
apulu, an old canoe; he upena apulu, a 
worn out mat; apulu is applied to things 
as elemakule is to men. 

A-pu-Ltu, s. A shred, or anything old 
and rotten or decayed, as a garment, a 
house, a canoe, &c.; he wahi apulu hale, 
the ruins of a house; he wahi apulu kapa, 
a remnant of a garment, &e. 

A-pu-ni, s. The name of a day supposed 
to be inauspicious to one’s enemies ; e hee 
ai kou hoapaio ia oe, no ka mea 0 apuni 
keia la, he la hee. 

A-pu-n1, v. ‘I’o come together, as two 
persons, and scold and threaten and curse 
one another, but separate without fighting. 

A-wa, v. To converse earnestly. 

A-wa, s. Name of a plant, of a bitter 
acrid taste, from which an intoxicating 
drink is made. 

2. The name of the liquor itself ex- 
pressed from the root of the plant; the 
drinking of awa causes the skin to crack 
and flake off for a time ; i ka manawae inu 
ai kekabi i ka awa, he maikai kona ili ke 
nana aku; a mahope, mahuna ka ili, na- 
kaka, puehoeho, inoino loa ke nana aku. 

3. Bitterness, from the name of the plant. 

A-wa, s. Fine rain; mist; he ua awa, 
ma ka mauna ia ua. 

2. A species of fish. 

A-wa, s. A harbor; a landing place; 
an entrance between two reefs; he awa o 
Kou ma Oahu, he awa ku moku; he nui 
na awa hookomo waa, there is the harbor 
of Kou on Oahu where ships anchor. 

A-wa-a, v. To dig, asa ditch ora pit; 
kohi, eli, kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa. 


A-waa, s. A ditch, trench or pit dug 
deep ; a hole; a cave. 

2. A famine, or the consequences of a 
famine. 

A-waa-waa, v. To make a groove; 
awaawad waena, to make a hole in the 
cenier. 

A-waa-waa, v. To dig; to throw up 
dirt; to root, as a hog; kohi, eli, awaa, 
kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa. 


pungent, as rum, pepper, orange skin, &c.; 
unpleasant to the taste; salt, as sea-water ; 
brackish ; no ka awaawa o ka wai, hoo- 
koni. 

2. Mer. Hard to deal with. 

3. Harsh in manners, as a person. Luk. , 
19:21, 22. 

A-wa-A-wa, Ss. Bitterness; sourness; 
pungency to the taste. 

A-wa-a-wa, v. To be bitter, &c. Hozk. 
10:10. See Awa. 

A-wa-a-wa, s. A mist; a spray. See 
AWA above. 

A-wal, s. Name of a disease ; a swell- 
ing in the groin; he awai ma ke kumu o 
ka uha. 

2. A bunch; a cluster; he awai kalo, a 
bunch of kalo; he awai huihui waina, a 
bunch of grapes. 

A-wal, v. To bind or tie up. 

A-wal, s. A place to stand on when 
addressing a multitude. Neh. 8:4. 

2. A raised platform ; a scaffold ; a pul- 
pit. 2 Oithl. 6:3. 

A-wal, s. A bundle or something tied 
up; lewa ka awai o ka paipu. 

A-wal-A-HI-kI, s. A swelling in the 
groin; a bubo. See Awat. 

A-wa-HE-wa, v. To miss; to overlook; 
to make a mistake. 

A-wa-HE-wa, s. A mistake; an error, 
when the physician thought that a god had 
the direction uf the disease or sent it. 

A-wa-Hi-A, v. The passive of awa for 
awaia, h inserted. Gram. § 48. To be bit- 
ter to the taste. ] 

2. Fic. Hoo. To make bitter, severe; to 
be hard in treatment of men. ol. 3:19. 
Mer. To cause to be laborious, painful, 
toilsome. Puk. 1:14. 

A-wa-HIA, s. Bitterness; sourness; ka 
awaawa, ka mulea. 

A-wa-ui-a, adj. Bitter, like gall; like 
the apuawa; he mulemule. 

A-wa-Hi-a, s. A mist or spray. See 
AwaAAwa and Awa. 


A-wa-Hu-A, adj. Surly; regardless of 
everybody ; obstinate ; perverse. 

2. Unwilling to attend to one’s duty; 
regardless of the will of the gods and the 
duties of religion ; he aia, lokoino. 

A-wa-kE-A, Ss. The time of day when 
the sun is the highest ; noon; midday. 

2. The name of the god who opened the 
gate of the sun; 0 Awakea ka mea nana i 
wehe ke pani 0 ka la, kahi i noho ai o Ka- 
onohiokala. 

A-Wa-KE-AU, s. Living together a great 
distance off and a long time ago; loihi loa 


AWE 


0 ka hele ana a me ka noho ana ma kahi 
hookahi; kabiko, liuliu. 

A-wa-La, v. To pull steadily and care- 
fully, as a fisherman afraid of losing his 
fish. Lam. Haw. 45:43. Awalai ke aho. 

2. To work steadily and with energy ; 
awala ae la ia me ka huki ae i kana hee 
iluna o ka waa, he pulled steadily and 
drew his squid into the canoe. 

A-wa-Le, adj. A, burning, and wale. 
Burnt very much; burnt of itself. 

A-wa-tu, s. Name of a hard stone out 
of which kois were made. 

A-wa-toa, s. A place where the bones 
of chiefs were hid ; he iwi kau i ka awaloa. 

A-wa-tu, adj. num. Eight; the num- 
ber eight ; also ewalu. See Watv. 

A-wa-pu-H!, s. The ginger root; the, 
bastard ginger, the smell odoriferous, used 
for dyeing. 

A-wa-wa, s. The opposite of mauna. 
Tos. 9:1. A valley; he kahawai; a low, 
level place with high ground on each side. 
Nah. 24:6. 

2. The space between two prominences. 
- 3. The space between the fingers of the 
hand and the toes of the feet. 

4, The space between the branches of a 
river ; he wahi poopoo loihi, a long deep 
place. See Wa. 

A-we, v. To carry; to bring, as it is 
followed with mai or aku; e awe aku, to 
carry off; e awe mai, to bring here ; gen- 
erally written lawe. Pass. To be borne, 
carried. Isa. 46:3. Hookahi mea ana iawe 
aku la mai ko kakou alo aku; alaila, pnolo 
ae la a paa, awe mai la aloko nei, then tie 
up the bundle fast, bring it in here. | 

A-weE, s. A burden; that which is car- 
ried. 

A-we, s. The tails of the squid; na 
awe o ka hee. 

A-we-a-weE, v. Hoo. To make small ; 
to diminish ; to render of small account ; 
e maawe. 

A-we-a-weE, s. The curling of the water 
in the wake of a ship. 

2. The track or wake of a ship. 

3. The tails or arms of a squid; he waiu 
no ka hee malalo o ke aweawe. 

A-WE-A-WE, adj. Beautiful; handsome ; 
applied to men and women. 

A-we-a-wE, adj. White; slimy, as the 
feces in some diseases. See WALEWALE, 
ad). 

A-we-a-we, s. Tied up in a bundle; 
bound tight; he laulau aweawe no ka ha- 
awe. | 

A-we-a-we, adj. Well mixed; applied | 


to poi. 


63 


AWI 


A-we-A-WeE-a, v. Tosee in a slight de- 
gree: to catch a glimpse of an object. 

2. To act the part of a weawea or pro- 
curer; to act the pimp. See WrEAweza. 

A-wE-A-WE-A, Ss, A glimpse; a half 
sight of an object. 

A-WE-A-WE-A, adj. Spotted; variegated 
with spots of different colors ; he aweawea 
ulaula; obscure; not plain; aweawea ka 
lohe. 

A-wE-A-WE-A, S. The seeds of green 
fruit, as squashes, melons, &c. 

A-we-A-weE-A, adv. Dimly to the sight; 
not plainly seen; faintly; ike aweawea 
aku la oia he wahi onohi ma Koolau, o 
Hawaii. Laieik. 26. 

A-we-o-weE-o, s. A shrub or small tree 
resembling pig-weed, sometimes eaten by 
Hawaiians. 

A-weE-0-weE-o, s. Name of a species of 
reddish fish. See ALAaLauwa. 

A-we-0-weE-0, adj. Applied to some 
fish ; a iho aku la i ka paeaea aweoweo. 
Laieik. 206. 

A-WEu-weEv, s. A species of wild or 
mountain kalo; called also the mamauea. 


A-WE-KA, adj. Deceitful ; dis- 

A-WE-KA-WE-KA, honest; parsimonious. 

A-WE-KA, s. Deceit; dishon- 

A-WE-KA-WE-KA, esty ; one who refuses 
to pay a forfeit. 

A-WE-LA, s. A species of fish ; 

A-WE-LA-WE-LA, § he puhi awela; a va- 


riety probably of the kala. 
A-WE-LA-WE-LA, adj. Escaping, as a 
fish from a net; ke kukai awelawela; he 
poniu, he kaihi. 
-WE-LE, s. The running of a man 
sent on an errand; aka, i lilo ka awele ka 
pabu i kekahi nana ke eo. 
A-we-tu, adj. See Wexv. Tom; 
ragged; worn to holes, as a kapa; he wahi 
kapa awelu kona i haawiia’ku. 
A-WE-Lu-weE-Lu, v. To be torn; to be 
ragged, as a kapa; nahaehae, weluwelu. 
A-wi-a-wi, s. A plant, used to stop 


bleeding. 
A-WI-HA, v. To havea glimpse 
A-WI-HA-WI-HA, of a thing. See Awe- 
AWEA. 
A-wI-HA, s. A glimpse; an im- 
A-WI-HA-WI-HA, pertect sight. 


A-wi-H1, v. To wink; to ogle; to look 
obliquely; to eye; to look at one with jeal- 
ousy. 1 Sam. 18:9. 

A-wr-H!, s. Ka poe awihi hoowalewale,. 
enchanters. Jer. 27.9. 

A-wi-x1, 2. Ip. Be quick; hasten. 


E 


- A-wi-ki-wi-k1, s. A vine bearing black 
berries about the size and shape of Amer- 
ican blackberries ; they are used as a med- 
icine, operating both as an emetic and 
cathartic ; ke okole o makiki. 

A-wi-u1, v. To mix together different 
ingredients. 

2. To make a garment of different tex- 
tures of cloth. 

3. To wind; to twist about a thing; to 
entwine. Job. 8:17. 

4. To be agitated with conflicting emo- 
tions. See WI. 

A-wI-Li-wi-L1, v. The intensive of awilz 
above. 

A-wi-wi, v. To quicken; to hasten; to 
expedite; to accelerate. Syn. with wiki- 
wiki. 

A-Ba, s. Heb. Father; he makuakane. 


64 


EA 


A-si-BA s. Heb. Name of a month. 
Puke. V34: 

A-ci-pa, s. Eng. An acid; he mea 
omoika puna. Anat. 2. 

A-pa-ma, s. Eng. Adamant. Zek. 7:12. 

A-po-BI-E, s. Sp. A species of brick 
made of earth and water mixed with grass 
or straw and dried in the sun. 

A-Ga-Ta, s. Eng. An agate; a precious 
stone. Hzek. 27:16. 

A-Ga-t1, s. Eng. Name of a precious 
stone; anagate. Puk. 28:19. See above. 

A-co-za, s. Heb. A nut. Mel. Sol. 6:11. 

A-RE-DE-A, Ss. Heb. Name of an unclean 
bird. Kamnl. 14:18. 

A-rE-zA, s. Heb. Name of a tree; the 
cedar or fir. Dunk. 9:15. 

A-sa-r1-0, 8. Gr. A farthing. Mat.10:29. 


BE. 


iD the second letter of the Hawaiian 
9 alphabet. It represents the sound of 
the long slender @ in English, or its sound 
is like that of e in obey. It is sometimes 
commuted for @, as in the numericals from 
elua, alua, to eiwa, aiwa; also in alelo, the 
tongue, elelo; mahana, warm, mehana. In 
an unaccented syllable at the end of a 
word, its sound is similar to that of the 
English y, as ope, opy; mahope, mahopy, &e. 
E,, adv. Synonymous with and a con- 
traction for ae; yes. yes, is more famil- 
iar, and not so dignified and respectful as 
ae. See Ax. 

E, adv. Other; another; strange; new; 
mea e, a stranger, a strange thing; kanaka 
é, a stranger; often syn. with malihini. 
Noh do 15- 

KE, adv. From; away; e holoe lakou, 
they will flee from; e puhi e, blow away ; 
i kai lilo e, at sea afar off. 

E, prep. By. As a preposition, it is 
mostly used after passive verbs to express 
the agent; as, ua ahewaia oia e ke alii, he 
was condemned by the chief. Many verbs 
have no sign of a passive voice, the con- 
struction of the sentence alone determines 
it, and the e thus situated helps determine 
the point as much as anything ; nui loa hoi 
ka poe daimonio i mahiki aku e ia. Gram. 
§ 105, 11. 

E standing before nouns marks the aui- 
hea or vocative case ; it also often follows 
the same case; as, e ka lani e, O chief. 
Gram. § 105, 8. 

E is used also to call or invite atten- 
tion to what one is about to say; a con- 


traction, perhaps of ea. Notn.—Z is mostly 
used at the beginning of an address, and 
ea in the middle, or if a single sentence, 
only at the end. 


E. following either active, passive or 
neuter verbs signifies before hand, and 
serves to mark a kind of second future 
tense of the verb; as, lohe e au, I heard 
before; hiki e mai oia, he had arrived first. 
Gram. § 190, 2d. 


E is the sign of the imperative mood, 
and generally of the infinitive also, though 
after hiki and pono the e of the infinitive is 
changed into ke. Gram. § 191 and 193. E 
is also the sign of the future tense. Gram. 
§ 190, 1. 

"EK. After a word ending in a, ’e is a 
contraction for ae. 


KE, v. To enter, as into a country or 
city. 
2. To dash upon, as waves upon the deck 
of a ship; aohe o kana mai o ka nui o na 
ale ie maluna o ka moku. See Ex. 


E-a, v. To raise up, as a person bowed 
down. 

2. To lift or throw up. 

3. To raise up, as from the grave. [ob.7:9. 

4. To mount or go up upon, as an an- 
cient bed. Hal. 132:3. 

5. To rise up, as water. Puk. 15:8. 

6. Hoo. To be thrown or raised up, as 
land out of the ocean; ua hoea mai na aina 
mai loko mai o ka moana, the land was 
thrown up out of the ocean. 

7. To rise in sight, as a cloud. 1 Nal. 
18:44. To heave in sight, as a ship; a hoea 


EAE 
mai makai aku o Hilo, she hove in sight off | E-a-r-a, 
Hilo. 
8. To rise up, as out of the water. in. 
41:2, 3. 


9. To stir up, excite, as the affections ; 


65 


EEE 
s. See Ea, adj., above. The 


strong, offensive smell of meat; eaea, paoa, 
hauna, hohono ; eaea ka iloli o ka mano o 
Koolau ; eaea ka hohono o ka palani (ba- 
rani.) 


ia manawa ka hoea ana mai o ka hai, at E-a-E-a, v. To cover the eyebrows as 
- ’ 


that time was the exciting of other’s love. 
E-a, s. A species of turtle much valued 
on account of the shell. 

2. The shell itself ; he ea kuu wakawaka. 
Eset. 1:6. Put for ivory. Nore—The ea 
was forbidden to women to eat, under the 
kapu system. 

E-a, s. A species of fish somewhat sim- 
ilar to the hilu, aawa and poou. 

E-a, s. Takes ke for its article. Spirit; 
vital breath ; the breath of life. 

2. Life itself ; oiai ke ea, while life lasts. 

3. The natural breath of life. 1 Tes. 2:8. 
E kaili aku ke ea, to die. Kin. 25:8. 

4, The breath of man or beast. Kekah. 
3:21. Nani ka lokomaikai o ke Akua i 
kona haawi ana maii ke ea o ke kanaka. 
Hal. 78:39. Syn. with hanu. Jsa. 42:5. 

5. He makani ku malie, oia ka makani e 
hanu ai kakou, the breathable air. 

E-a, s. The thrush or aphthe, a dis- 


ease of children ; art., ka. 


E-a, s. Dirt; dust raised by the wind. 


Ea me he opua hiki kakahiaka la, 
Me he mea Ja 0 Hoku 0 Mahealani 
Ka hukiku o ka waa lai ka lae. 


E-a, adj. Dirty; dusty, as when the 
air is full of dust. 

E-a, int. The expression of a call to 
one’s attention, as aloha oukou, ea, to which 
a reply is expected ; generally ae, aloha. 

E-a is used in answer to a call, more 
familiar and disrespectful than eo. Ea is 
also used by a speaker to call the attention 
of his hearers to some particular point 
which he is about to state; its frequency 
of use is according to the taste of the 
speaker ; it is brought out generally, in the 
middle of a sentence. unk. 7:3. Some- 





a fisherman, to shade the eyes while look- 
ing into deep water for fish; ka lawaia nui 
i eaea na kuemaka i ehuehu na lihilibi. 

E-a-E-a, v. To be covered with dust, 
as one out in the wind where the dust is 
flying ; eaea na kamalii o Lahainaluna i 
ka lepo. 

Ea-ka-kal, s. That which is covered 
with sea drops or the spray of the sea. 

E-a-na, adv. int. See E. BE, sign of 
the future tense, and aha, what. How?” 
what? used with the future, as heaha is 
with the present and past; eaha ia oe? 
how will it be with you? what will become 
of you? Haha ana oukou? what will you 
be about? 

E-z, v. See E, to dash upon. To 
mount; to get upon anything higher, as a 
horse; to leap upon; to get on board a 
ship ; ee aku la maluna o ka moku; to get 
into acarriage. 1 Nal. 12:18. To go aboard 
a vessel. 

2. Hoo. To receive on board a ship; to 
put upon, as a saddle upon a horse. Kin. 
22:3. To set or put one up, as upon a 
horse. Kin. 31:17. 

3. To pass from one carriage to another. 
2 Oihl. 35:24. He maluna o ka waa; ee 
maluna o ka lio. See Ag, 4. 

E-r, adj. Out of sight; at a great dis- 
tance. See E, adv. 

E-£, adv. Opposite to; adversely ; 
against. 1 Tim. 6:20. 

E-£, adj. He hulu ee no ka manu oo, 
that is, the yellow feathers under the wing 
(or the ee) of the oo, oia ka lei hulu manu. 
-E, adj. Hoo. A rising; a sweeping; 
as, kai hoee. Dan. 9:26. 


times itcommences a speech. 1 Sam. 9:5.|E-z, s. The armpit. See Pore and 


E-a, s. In music, the highest part; the 


air. 

E-a, adj. Windy; noisy; without ef- 
fect ; he ea ka wahai ke ao ana i ke keiki 
hookuli, wahapaa ; noisy ; clamorous ; as- 
senting to the commands of a parent, but 
not obeying ; disobedient. 

E-a, s. Ku ka ea o Lahainaluna i ka 
lepo; dust raised by the wind, but not a 
whirlwind. 

E-a, adj. Strong smelling, as meat or 
food kept too long. See Hana. 


E-a-E-a, adj. Dignified; honorable ; 


PoaEAE. Same under the wing of fowls. 
E-r, adj. Maloo, kaee; dry; not wet. 
E-z, adj. Caressing; inviting; kind; 

he makamaka ee, he iike, he lokomaikai, he 

koe ole, aole wawau. 

E-r-£, v. To rise up. See Er, to mount. 
To rise up from one’s seat to steal some- 
thing. Hence, 

2. To be mischievous. 


E-r-a, v. To rise up frequently. See 


Ra. 


E-r-a, adj. See the foregoing. Quick; 


ready ; expert. 


high. Syy. with hanohano, hiehie, eaea kai.| E-E-E-LU, s. The top of a tree when 


Me he wawae, kuhaka la ka eaea. 


cut off. 


EEN 


E-£1, 

E-5I-E-HI-E-HI, 

E-KI-KI-LAU, 

E-5-1-na, v. To creak; to grate, as one 
thing against another; to crepitate. See 
Uuina. 

E-zv, adj. Alert; ready to obey orders. 

E-5-H1, v. To tramp up; to kick up, 
as dust. See Ent and Heut. 

E-E-HI-A, v. Passive, h inserted, for 
eeia. See E, another; strange. To fear 
greatly; to be afraid; to be dreadful. Kin. 
28:17. 

2. To lop the ears, as an animal, through 
fear or shame. 

3. Applied to men whose countenances 
droop with fear; kindred with makau, but 
stronger ; also written ehia. 

E-r-n1-a, s. Art., ke. Fear; dread; 
reverence; awe. 2 Othl. 17:10. 

2. A vision. 

E-5-nI-A, adj. Fearful; dreadful; awful. 
Kin. 28:17. 

2. Trembliag with fright, occasioned by 
a dream or vision. 

E-5-xe, v. To start away, as a person 
from danger; to shrink back. 

2. The motion of one’s hand when he has 
burnt his finger. 

3. To twinge or writhe, as with great 
pain. 

4, To start, as with fear; e puiwa; eeke 
mai la ia i ka wela i ke ahi. 

E-5-kE, adj. Excellent, &c. See Exe. 

E-r-KeE, s. A starting from fear; a 
shrinking from the contact with fire or any 
fearful object. 

2. The shrinking or contracting of arope 
in length. 

E-E-KE, s. A species of crab in the sea. 

E-5-kE, adj. Excellent; nice; applied 
to a canoe, &c. See EKkE, adj. 

E-5-KE-Lo1 (ka-e-ke-loi), s. To drum 
with the fingers on the pahu and sing at 
the same time. 


E-5-Lo-xo-a, s. A storm at Waimea 
from the north-east. 

E--na, adj. O ka pua eena ole 1a o ka 
moku? Wild; untamed, as children in a 


school. 
2. Skillful; applied to birds and fish 
that discover the snare or net. 


E-E-NE, v. To tremble for, as for one 

in danger; eene aku i ka mea aneane haule. 

2. To be astonished at, or ashamed of 
one for lying or committing other evil. 

3. To tremble for one violating the kapu 
of the chiefs, as a child ignorantly climb- 
ing ts the person of a chief, which was 

eath. 


a filthy song sung at a 
great day of the Princess. 


66 
Some of the words of| E-z-pa, s. See Epa. Forgery; deceit ; 


EU 


treachery. 

E-E-wa, v. Ewa, ewaewa; to mock ; 
to make mouths at; to vex. 

E-1, adv. A particle of place; here; 
similar to eia; et ae, here; close by; et 
ae, ke hele mai nei, here, he is coming now. 

E-1a, adv. Here; in this place; used 
in answer to the question aunhea oe? Ans. 
Kia wau la, here am I. Nore.—Aia, here, 
is in contrast with aia, there. 

E1-a, adj. pron. This. Syn. with keia. 

E1-NEI, comp. pron. This one, present;. 
this person ; this thing. 

E-1-wa, num. adj. See Iwa. Nine; the 
number nine; also written aiwa. 

E-o, v. See O. To answer to a eall; 
to say here to one calling. Job. 13:22. No 
ka mea, ua eo kakou i ke Akua; penei ko 
kakou eo ana ia ia. 

E-o, s. The answer to a call. 

E-o, v. To gain or win in a bet or 
wager; ua eo wau ia oe, [ have gained you, 
i. e., the bet. Laieik. 97. Eko. 

2. To give as an equivalent in a bar- 
gain; to have made an honest, bona fide 
bargain ; no ka mea, eo ko kaua kuai ana 
me ka ae like. 

E-o, adj. See Eo, v., to gain. Fin- 

_ ished; made an end of; complete; puni 
eo, a full accomplishment. 

E-o, s. A calabash or other vessel brim- 
ful of food ; he aloha i ka ipu ka eo. 

E-0-E-KA-LA, (adv. phrase) for eole e 
kala; long ago; not lately. 

E-o-La-NI, adj. Stretching or reaching 
up to heaven, i. e., very high; eolant na 
kia o ka moku kiekie. 

E-o-no, num. adj. Six. See Aono. 
Simple form, ono. 

Ev, v. To rise up, as one who has been 


sitting. 
2. To ascend from an humble to an ex- 
alted situation. . 


3. To excite or stir up one to doa thing. 
1 Nal. 21:15. O aku la o Poki ia Kalai- 
wahi, ev, hoi kaua ma Oahu, Poki said to 
Kalaiwahi, come on (up,) let us two return. 
to Oahu. 

4. Hoo. To collect; to call out, as a 
company of soldiers on am emergency ; to 
excite to tears ; ia manawa, e hoew ana ke 
aloha, e hoolale anaina wai maka. The 
root, eu, is often doubled, giving intensity; 
as, hooeueu, to excite, stir up, rouse to ac- 
tion. See Evrv. 

Ev, s. A rising up to do something ; 
aole ana eu ae, he did not get up, i. e., did 
not exert himself. 

2. In the abstract, mischief; theft ; mur- 
der, and the like. Laieik.104. Nore.—Ka 


EHA 


eu also means a peculiar sensation of the 
skin, a creeping numbness, like maeele or 
malanai ; holo ka eu ma ka lae. 

Ev, adj. Disobedient; mischievous; he 
wahapaa. 

E-v, v. To live; -to craw] here and 
there, as worms in a putrid, dead body; 
eu ka ilo, apuupuu ka ili, ew ka nalo, ew 
ka naio, eu mai ka opae; e nee, e kolo 
paha. 

2. To steal ; not quite so strong as aihue. 
3. To trouble by asking favors. 

E-u-a-NE-Li0o, s. Gr. The gospel; the 
life and labors of Jesus Christ as described 
by one of the Evangelists. 

2. The system of salvation as revealed 
in the New Testament. Mat.11:5; Gal. 1:6. 
Ke kauoha hou, ka olelo maikai. 


Ev-ev, v. 13th conj. of ew; see above. 
Hoo., conj. 15th. To stir up; to influence 
one to action. 2 Pet. 1:13. Often syn. with 
hoala. 

2. To stir up one to perform his duty. 2 
Oihl. 24:6. Hueu ka lehelehe o ka wahine 
nuku wale, the lips of a scolding woman 
make trouble. 

Ev-ev, s. A stirring up; an excite- 
ment. 2 Pet. 1:12, 13. 

E-v-Lv, v. To cut or crop off a branch 
with some smaller branches; e oki aku i 
ka eulu me na lala liilii; “‘no ka lau ka 
eulu pipili ka lani, oki ka honua.’”’ See 
U0, to grow. 

E-v-tv, s See Utu, to grow. A branch 
cut off to be planted again ; a layer. 

2. The top and branches of a tree which 
are cut off and left as good for nothing. 
E-u-nu-na, s. Gr. A eunuch; one cas- 

trated. Mat. 19:12. 

E-u-nu-Ha, v. Gr. Hoo. 'To make one 
aeunuch. Mat. 19:12. 

E-v-weE-kE, v. To open; to take off, as 
a man takes off irons from one confined. 

2. To burst open. 

3. To dash upon. as a wave does a double 
canoe by rising between them. 

E-na, v. To be hurt; to be sore; to be 
painful ; to suffer ; eha ka naau, the heart 
is pained. Hoo. To suffer in any way, as 
in sickness or pain, or by punishment ac- 
cording to law, justly or unjustly. 1 Pet. 
4:15, 16. Fie. To cause hurt; to grieve 
one. Epes. 4:30. 

E-na, s. Pain; soreness of any kind; 
sorrow ; suffering of punishment; a hurt ; 
affliction. 1 Sam. 1:11. 

E-na, adj. Sore; painful; hurtful. 

E-na, mum. adj. Four; the number 
four. See Ana and Ha. 


67 


EHU 


tise ; to punish. Kanl.8:5. To grieve,i. e., 
to cause grief to one. Hal. 95:10. To vex. 
Kin. 21:12. - 

E-n4-E-HA, Ss. Suffering; torment; pain; 
grief. 

E-wa-E-HA, adj. Intensely painful. 1 
Nal. 12:4. 

E-n4-E-HA, adv. Painfully; grievously. 

E-na-HA, v. To loll; to pant, as a dog 
or hog after violent exercise, or with heat. 
See AHAHA. 

E-ne, adj. Huluiia mai kuu Jani kuu 
alii ehe. 

E-ne-a, v. To call; to call aloud; per- 
haps the imperative mood of hea, to call. 
See Kanga. 

E-nE-E-HE, v. To cough; to cough 
slightly ; to hack. 

E-HE-E-HE, adj. Pertaining, or belong- 
ing to a cough ; mai eheehe. 

E-neE-v, s. The wing of a fowl; na mea 
eheu, winged animals. Kin. 1:21. Fie. 
Care; protection; eia no au iloko o na 
eheu 0 ko kaua makuahine,; the wing, as of 
an eagle. Puk. 19:4. Oukou, e na hoa 
(scholars of the Sem.) 0 na eheu o ke kaka- 
hiaka nui. Hheu takes both forms of the 
article ka and ke. See EHEHEU. 

E-HeE-v, adv. As wings; as if with 
wings. Isa. 40:31. 

E-ne-HEv, s. A wing. See Exev. 

E-He-na, v. See Henena. 

E-ni, v. To tread upon; to trample 
down; to kick. See Hen and Haut. 

E-n1-a, int. adv. How many ? 

E-ni-a, v. See Erna. 

E-n1-E-H1, v. To slander; to spread 
evil reports of one. See AHTAHT. 

E-ni-ku, num. adj. Seven; also ahikuw 
and hiku. 

E-ni-na, adj. Reddish; sandy; applied 
to the hair. 

E-n1-pa, v. To crook; to bend. 

E-n1-pa, s. A crook. 

E-ni-pa, adj. Crooked. 

E-no, s. A stone idol; he akua o Lono- 
kaeha. 

2. A collection of stone gods. 

3. A monument; a stone pillar set up 
as a memorial. Hin. 28:18; also Kin. 35:14. 
Name of a pile of stones set up to attract 
the attention of fishermen. 

4, A swelling or bunch internal, a kind 
of disease. 

5. Name of a stone put inside of an ani- 
mal in cooking. 


E-na-£-HA, v. Conj. 13 of eka. Hoo. To | E-H0-z-Ho, v. See Eno, 3. | 
give pain; to afflict. Nah.29:7. To chas-| E-nu, s. The spray of the surf. 


EKE 


2. The steam of boiling water. See Manu 
and KEHv. 
3. One of the servants of the king. 

E-nu, v. Hoo. ‘To drive away; to scare 
away, as hogs or hens. 

E-uv, adj. Red or sandy haired; ruddy 
in countenance ; florid. 1 Sam. 16:12. 

E-nu-a-HI-A-uI, s. Lit. The red of the 
evening. 

2. An epithet of old age. 

E-nu-a-wa, s. A species of strong grass 
or rush from which cords are made ; also 
written ahuawa. 

E-nu-e-Hu, s. A strong wind blowing 
severely; aka huhumanu ehuehu ka makani, 
inoino lepolepo ka moana; hakukai ka ale 
o ka moana i ka ehuehu o ka makani. 

2. Darkness arising from dust, fog or 
vapor. 

E-nu-e-Hu, adv. Angrily; furiously; 
in a raging manner, as the wind. See Env. 
Ku ehuehu, huhu, inaina. 

E-Hu-KA-KA-HI-A-KA, s. Lit. The red of 
the morning; an epithet’ of youth. See 
EXUAHIAHI. 

E-xa, s. Costiveness; filth. 

2. Name of a sea breeze at Kona. 

E-xa, s. ‘The upper part of a bunch of 
bananas ; he lila wale no mai ka eka luna 
a hiki i ka pola. 

E-xa, s. Eng. An acre (of land); a 
measured quantity. Isa. 5:10. 

E-xa, adj. Dirty; unclean; foul. Isa. 
57:20 


2. Costive ; filthy. 
3. Curly, as a Negro’s hair. 
E-xa-E-ka, adj. See Exa. Dirty; cov- 
ered with filth; very dirty. 
E-xa-Ha, s. Name ofa parasitica] plant. 
2. Name of a hard kind of bush which 
grows in the sea. 
3. Also the name of a fern-like plant. 
E-xa-wa-KA-HA, s. Name of a species 
of sea-weed. 
2. Name of a plant, large, long leaf. 
E-xa-xu, s. The rolling of a stone down 
a pali; kaa ka pohaku, ula ka pali, he 
ahaia? he ekaku. 
E-xa-te-si-a, s. Gr. A church; a body 
of professing christians. Ozh. 8:1. 
2. He ekalesia, a church member. 
E-xe, s. A pocket; a bag; a small 
sack. Luk. 9:3. Hke kala, a money bag ; 
@ purse. Joan. 12:6. Syn. with hipuu. 
2. Name of a kind of net; properly, the 
bottom or bag part of the net. 
‘E-xe, adj. Excellent; nice; applied to 
canoes ; perhaps to other things. 
E-KE-E-kE, v. To be in pain; to be 
pained, as the bowels on pressure. 


68 


ELA 


2. To be pained, as the mind stung by 
an offense. 
E.-KE-E-KE, s. A piercing, stinging pain. - 
2. Displeasure, arising from an offense. 
3. The feeling one has when that which 
he prizes is spoken against or injured. 
I,-KE-E-KE, adj. Hurt; pained, as the 
striking at something hard. 
E-KE-E-kE, v. To brush off, as a fly or 
insect. 
I,-KE-E-KE, adj. Excellent; nice, &c. 
See Ekg, ad). 
E-kE-E-KEI, v. To be too short. foo. 
To shorten ; to make short. See EKEKEI. 
E-KE-u, s. A wing of a bird. Hal. 17:8. 
Syn. with eheu. See Exexr and EKEKEU. 
E-xe-u, adj. Proud; haughty; applied 


to a person neatly dressed, who despises 


others. Syn. with Haanxo. 
E-KE-KE, .s, A wing; the wing ofa 
E-KE-KE-U, bird. See Exru and EKeEv. 


E-KE-kEI, adj. Short; too short; shorter 
than something else; applied to clothes, 
strings, &c. 

E-KE-KEv, s. A wing, &c. See Exexe 
above. 

E-KE-KE-mu, v. To open or move the 
lips, as in speaking, but without sound. 


I-xe-mu, v. To open, as the mouth. 
2. To utter by the organs of speech. 2 
Kor. 12:4. 
3. To speak audibly or intelligibly. Kin. 
24:21. 
4, To speak out; to reply to a question. 
Kin. 45:3. 
5. To answer in reply. Jos. 22:21. 
6. To come forth in any way. 
7. To operate as a cathartic. 


E-x1, adj. See Eiavext. Pertaining to 
the top of a ki leaf. 

E-x1-k1-Lau. See Ext. A word used in 
a dirty mele. 

s. Dirt; filth, &c. Spoken 
of a person unwashed. 

adj. Dirty; filthy, as in 

E-Ko-E-Ko, former times, when it was 
kapu to bathe. See Exa. 

E-Ko-Lu, adj. num. ‘Three; the number 
three ; also akolu. See Ko. 

E-xu, v. To root,as a pig; (motio foeti 
in utero ;) to dig in the ground, as a plow. 
Laieik. 107. 

E-xu-Le, s. A species of fish. 


B-Laa, adv. Together with; along 

[-LAA-HOI, with; likewise; thus; in 
like manner; as also; the same; alike ; 
the same as; penei,.elaa ka mea ole ana. 
See Laa. 


-KO, 
E-Ko-E-Ko, 
E-xo, 


ELE 69 ELI 
E-1av, s. The straight top of a tree,| E-Lz-xu, s. A species of stone; he po- 


or of a sugar-cane. haku eleku, a brittle stone. 
2. The end of one’s finger ; the point of K-Le-Le, s. A messenger; one sent by 
a bayonet; the bearded part of a spear. authority. Nah. 21:21. An ambassador ; 
3. The commencement of a breeze of} ka mea i hoounaia’ku ; a representative to 
wind. : transact the business of another ; one sent 
4, The pointed end of a substance. See} to carry news. 1 Sum. 4:17. Often syn. 
WELAU and WELELAU. with luna. 
E-Lav-e-x1, s. A bayonet. E-te-Lo, s. Art., ke. The tongue of 


E-tavu-1-x1, E-La-wal-k1, or E-Lau-wal- 
KI, s. The top of the ki leaves. 

E-tz, v. To be dark; black; to be dark 
colored ; not clear. 

E-re. An intensive added to many 
words; very; much; greatly, &c. 

E-Le-ao, s. Name of a worm that de- 
stroys food; he ilo, he mea e make ai ka 
ulu o ka ai. 

E-.z-E£-LE, adj. See Exe. Dark col- 
ored; black; blue; dark red; brown. 
See Uniui1; also Lipoipo. 

E-1£-E-LE, s. Darkness; ua like ka 
eleele me ka uliuli. 

E-1s-E-LE, adv. Darkly; without much 
light ; ke hele eleele nei au, I.walk in dark- 
ness. Job. 30:28. 

E-LE-E-LE-kU, v. To fly to pieces; to 
break easily. See Erexu below. 

E-LE-E-LE-kU, adj. Easily broken; sim- 
ilar to helelei ; pohaku eleku. 

2. Unhandsome ; unsightly ; applied to 
a homely, lean, or insignificant person; a 
good for nothing man. 

E-LE-E-LE-PI, adj. Dashing different 
ways, as waves affected by different winds. 

2. Applied to men of different minds: 
as, eleelepi ka waha o kanaka. 

E-.e1-0, v. To go after anything pri- 
vately, as a mouse after poi. 

E-Le-u, adj. Alert. 

E-ue-u-i1, s. A kind of kapa; kapa 
eleuli no Puna. 

E-LE-HEI, adj. Too short for the pur- 
pose designed; one leg too short; as an 
oopa, wawae pokoli. See EKEKEI. 

E-LE-HEI, s. Shortness; want of length; 


man or beast; the organ of speech; the 

instrument of communicating good or evil. 

Tob. 20:16. See AtELO and Leto. 
E-LE-Lo-Lu-a, adj. Tongue-tied. 
E,-LE-Lo-LU-A, s. A tongue-tied person. 


E-LE-LU, - A cockroach; elelu lii- 

E-LE-LE-LU, lii, the small cockroach ; 
elelu papa, the flat, broad cockroach. 

E-LE-MA-KU-LE, v. To be or become old; 
to have the evidence of decay ; mostly ap- 
plied to men; sometimes, Fric., to other 
things. Heb. 8:13. 

E-LE-MA-KU-LE, s. An old man; an 
aged man; olelo ino aku la ia i kekahi 
mau elemakuwle, he spoke reproachfully to 
certain old men; ukiuki ibo la ua mau 
elenakule la. Mostly applied to persons ; 
sometimes to things—the works of crea- 
tion. Hal. 102:26. 

E-LE-MA-KU-LE, adj. Old; aged; decay- 
ing, as men advanced in life, but often in- 
definite. When one has not seen a child 
for some time, and the child has grown 
considerably, he exclaims, ka, ua elemakule 
no, why, he has become an old man. 
Notre.—The same idea applied to an old 
woman would be luahine. 

E-.e-m1-0, v. To taper off to a point. 

E-Le-mi-0, adj. Tapering to a point. 

E-Le-mi-H1, s. Name of a four-footed 
animal in the sea. 

E-LE-pat-o, s. A species of bird. Lazezk. 
29. Also, 

2. A species of kalo with spotted leaves. 

E-Le-pa-NE, s. The sea elephant; a 
seal ; a walrus. 

E-LE-pa-NE or E-Le-pa-nt, s. Eng. The 


4 ber ‘lephant. 
i ka elehei, i ka mumuku. — 4 A ‘ 
Nal. 10:22. 


E-Le-HEU, adj. Angry; very angry; in 
a raging manner. 

E-Le-Ka, s. Eng. The elk; an animal. 
Lam. Haw. 6:1. 


E-.E-xu, v. To fly to pieces. See ExzE- 
ELEKU. 

E-Le-Ku, adj. Easily broken; similar 
to helelei ; pohaku elelcu. 


E-.e-pi, s. Name of a four-footed ani- 
mal found in the sea. 


E-11, v. To loosen or break up earth; 
to dig in the ground, as a pit, hole or ditch; 
e kohi; e eli oukou i ka lua a poopoo, dig 
the pit until it is deep; alaila, e kanu aku 
i ka laau, then plant the tree; ua eli lakou 
i ka auwaha a hohonu, they dug a ditch 


a 


2. A good for nothing man; a coward;!_‘°'Y — ‘ 
applied to a homely, lean or mean insig-| E-.1-E-u1, v. To dig repeatedly. See 
nificant person. See ELEELEKU. above. 


EMO 


E-u1-E-L1. Elielt kapu, elieli noa. 


E-ui-ma, num. adj. Five; the number 


five ; also alima. See Lima. 

E-1o0, adj. Wet; to soak, as kapa with 
rain; pulu kahi kapa i ka ua, elo wale, a 
kapa was wet with rain, and all soft. 

E-1o-E-Lo, adj. Very wet. See Exo. 
Ua pulu eloelo wale ko lakon aahu i ka wai- 
maka, their robes were soaked soft with 
their tears. 

E-Lo-E-Lo, v. To moisten; to make 
wet; 0 Kaelo keia malama, ke eloelo nei 
na huihui i ke kai, o Kaelo ia ke eloelo nei 
i ka ua. 

E-to-wa-LE, v. To be wet; dirty; de- 
filed. 

E-tu, v. To crumble to pieces. 

E-Lu-a, num. adj. Two; the number 
two. See Atua and Lva. 

E-ma-Nu-E-LA, s. Heb. God with us; 
Emmanuel ; a name of Jesus Christ. Mat. 
1:23. 

E-mE-Ra-LA, s. Eng. Name of a pre- 
cious stone. Puke. 28:18. An emerald. 
E-m1, v. To fall behind, as one of sey- 

eral persons walking together. 

2. To decrease in number. 

3. To retire back ; ebb ; subside, as the 
tide; to diminish in quantity. Kin. 8:1. 

4, To take an humble place after occu- 
pying one higher. 

5. To think one’s self of little conse- 
quence. 

6. To despond ; to flag, as the mind or 
spirits ; to fail, as the courage. 

7. Hoo. To diminish. Puk. 21:10. To 
shorten ; to make few; to sink back with 
fear ; ke hoemi nei lakou i kau hana. 


E-m1, s. In music,a flat; the character b. 

E-mt-E-m1, v. See above. To fall be- 
hind, &c.; e emiemi iho la lakou i ka uala 
nui a hahai ae la i ke anamiu o ka uala. 

E-mi-r-mi, adv. Backwardly; lazily ; 
falling behind; mai hele emiemi i hope, 
mai hopohopo, mai makau, e hele aku i 
mua, do not fall behind, tremble not, fear 
not, go ahead. 

E-mi-xu-a, v. To go backward. 

E-mo, v. To be long; to delay; to put 
off; not much used, except with the nega- 
tive ole; as, emoole, which see below. 

E-mo, s. A waiting; a delay. 

E-mo-o-LE, s. Quickness; dispatch; he 
hikiwawe. Kin. 27:22. Suddenness. Gal. 
1:6. 


E-mo-0-1x, adj. Emo and ole. Quickly; 
soon ; active; punctual; aole emo! O how 
quickly ! 

E-mo-o-Le, adv. Suddenly. Oih. 2:2. 


70 


ENU 


E-mu, v. ‘To cast away; to throw away. 
Hoo. The same ; e hookuke, e kipaku. 

E-na, v. To be in a rage, as in anger. 

2. To burn, as fire; ua ena loa ka ula o 
Ka mai, the sick person is red with heat; 
ke ena loa ae nei, wena. 

E-na, adj. Red hot; raging, as fire ; 
epithet of an oven when red hot; applied 
also to anger. 

2. Angry; wild; untamed, as an ani- 
mal ; full of fury. 

3. Jealous, as a bird of a snare, or fear- 
ful, as a villain of good men; threatening, 
as some kinds of clouds that threaten a 
storm. 

E-na-E-na, v. To burn, as a raging 
fire; to be hot. anl. 32:22. Spoken of 
anger. 

2. To be strongly offensive to the smell, 
as the stench of a dead carcass ; enaena ka 
pilau o ka lio make; ua enaena Kilauea i 
ka pele. 

3. Hoo. To heat, as an oven. Hos. 7:4. 

E-na-E-Na, s. A raging, furious heat. 
Dan. 3:19. 

E-ne, v. To creep, as a child first at- 
tempting ; ua ene ke keiki, the child has 
begun to creep. 

2. To creep along; to get near an ob- 
ject ; ene aku la au e pehi i ka pohaku. 
Hoo. Hooene aku la na kahuna i ka laau 
halalo. 

E-ne, s. The commencement of a child’s 
creeping. 

E-ne1, adv. For nei; here; this place; 
this neighborhood. ol. 4:9. Mahea ko 
enei kamalii? where are the children of 
this place? See Ans, here. 

E-NE-HE, v. See AneHE. To be ready 
to do a thing ; prepared for it; enehe aku 
no ka lima e lalau, the hand was ready to 
catch hold ; enehe aku la laua e holo aku. 


E-ne-m1, s. Eng. An enemy. Puk. 
23:22. He meae kue ai. Nal. 21:20. 


E-NnE-NE, v. 9th conj. of ene. ‘To move 
itself, as a thing of life. 
2. To bore a small hole in order to make 
a larger. 
3. To file or rasp gently. 
4, Hoo. To move itself, as a chicken in 
the shell. Lam. Haw. 12:2, 1. 


E-no, v. To be wild; easily made 
afraid, as an animal partially tamed. See 
Hoo. 

E-no-E-no. See Marnoeno. 


K-nu-HE, s. A species of worm, large 
and striped. See AnunE. On Maui it is 
called peelua. He puko, he peelua. Note.— 
The word is used for worm, generally in a 
moral sense, that is, : 

2. A poor, helpless, despicable creature. 


I 71 I 
Hal. 22:6. Worms. Kaml. 28:39. Fic. Ap-| E-wa-Ewa, adj. Unequal; unjust; ir- 


plied to men. Isa, 41:14. 

3. A caterpillar. Jer. 51:14. 

E-pa, v. To be deceived; to be led into 
error. 

2. To be deceitful. 

3. To steal. 

4. To backbite ; e wahahee, e hoopuni- 
puni, e alapahi. 

5. Hoo. To act basely or treacherously ; 
also, epaepa with hoo; auhea oukou e ka 
poe i kapa ae nei, he pono ka hooepaepa ? 
Hpa wahahee, to get up a lie or false re- 
port. Hal. 119:69. 

E-pa, s. One who is false to his trust. 

2. An act of villainy ; fraud, or artifice. 

3. Falsehood ; forgery, by getting prop- 
erty in the name of another ; haku epa, one 
who speaks falsely to the hurt of another. 

E-pa, adj. False; deceitful. 

E-pa, s. Heb. Name of a Hebrew meas- 
ure; an ephah. Lunk. 6:19; Puk. 16:36. 

E-pa-E-Pa, v. See Epa above. 


E-po-pa, s. Heb. An ephod; a part of 
the official dress of a Jewish high priest. 
1 Sam. 2:18. ; 

E-wa, v. To crook; to twist; to bend 
out of shape. 

2. To act improperly ; to pervert. 

3. To mock; to vex; to trouble. Hoo. 
Hooewa ae mabope kuai ka hale; e hoewa 
ae ma ke kua; e hoewa aku ma ke kala; 
hoewa nuku mua; he sneered at the house 
and afterwards bought it; it was crooked 
on the back side, it was crooked at the end, 
it was crooked in front. Anat. Generally 
in the reduplicated form. 

E-wa-E-wa, v. To mock; to vex; to 
render one uncomfortable. 

2. To act unjustly or unrighteously ; to 
pervert justice. Hzek. 18:25. 

3. Hoo. To cause mockery; vexation, &e. 
See Marwa and MArwaEwa. 


E-wa-E-wa, s. Injustice; a turning 
aside from right. /al. 9:8. 


regular in structure, as an irregular bone. 


2. Grinning or expressing anger; ap- 
plied to the mouth and eyes; as, he maka 
ewaewa, he waha ewaewa. 

E-wa-E-wa, adv. Unjustly, respecting 
persons in judgment. Kol. 3:15. With par- 
tiality. 1 Tim. 5:21. 

E-wa-e-wa-I-k1, s. A lohe oe i ka leo 
o ka ewaewaiki e hoonene ana. Laieik. 
149. The imaginary voice of a female 
spirit who had died, and her unborn infant 
with her. 

2. Name of a bird on Hawaii. + 

E-wat, s. A swelling under the armpit 
or groin; also awai; he auwakoi. 


E-wa-tu, num. adj. Eight; the num- 
ber eight; also awalu and walu. 


E-we, v. To grow again after being 
cut off, as a stalk of sugar-cane ; ke ewe ka 
aa; alaila kukulu na ‘lii a pau i ewe ai, he 
heiau hoouluulu wa ia. 

E-we, s. The navel string. 

2. Ke ewe o ka huamoa, the white of an 
egg. Job. 6:6. 

3. The abdominal aorta ; he ewe, ke ewe. 

4. The place of one’s birth and where 
his ancestors before him were born; kona 
ewe hanau. See Iews, placenta. 


E-we-we, Ss. The love, affection and 
remembrance one has for the place of his 
birth and where he has spent his first years; 
o ke aloha mai ia oukou me ke ewewe o ka 
noho pu ana, malaila mai no ke aloha ana 
ia oukou. 

E-zo-nI, s. Eng. Ebony, a species of 
black wood. Ezek. 27:15. 

E-pE-na, s. Heb. Name‘of the garden 
planted for our first parents. Hin. 2:8. 
E-va-NE-L1-0, s. Gr. The gospel; the 
history of Jesus Christ; the news of salva- 

tion. See Evanenio. Mar. 1:1. 


I. 


the third letter of the Hawalian | 


I 9 alphabet. Its sound is that of ee in Eng- 
lish, or that of the French i. 


I, prep. To; towards; in; at; unto; 
by ; for; in respect of; above; more than; 
on account of, &e. 


J is the medium of communication be-|[, adj. Stingy. 


tween an active transitive verb or a verb , 


of motion and its object. See Gram. § 105, 
p. 49, d and e; also, Gram. Syntax, Rule 
19. Before proper names of persons and 


I, adv. When; while; if. 
I, conj. If; that; a contraction perhaps 


of ina. 


pronouns, thei becomes ia. See note Gram.|I. A sign. Ist. Of the imperfect tense 


ee a , 
I has a variety of significations, and is 
used for a variety of purposes. 


of verbs. 
2. A sign of the subjunctive 


mood; a 
contraction of ina. 


TA 


12 


[AN 





3. As a sign of a tense, it often has the |J-a, s, A fish; the general name of all 


meaning of a potential; that; as, ua hai 
aku au 7 lohe oukou, I have spoken, that 
you might hear. See Gram. § 209, subj. 
mood, 4th form. 

4, The sign of the imperative mood, 
passive in certain cases ; as,i kukui, i wai, 
zi noho, bring a lamp, water, &c. 

‘T with an apostrophe before it, is a con- 
traction after a of the preceding word, for 
ai; as, malaila kahi i waihoia’i ka waiwai, 
for waihoia ai. ‘ 

I, v. To speak; to say, in connection | 
with the thing spoken or said. Kin. 1:3 
and 20. 

2. To address one; to make a speech to 
one; often syy. with olelo. Hin. 3:1. I 
mai la iai ka wahine, he said to the woman 
(after this follows what was said.) 

3. To say within one’s self. Kanl. 18:21. 

4. To pronounce a single word, as a sig- 
nal. Lunk. 12:6. 

5. To give an appellation, and syn. with 
kapa. Isa. 32:5. To designate the name 
of a person. Oth. 9:36. 

I, v. To beget, as a father. 

I, s. Name of the papaia fruit and tree. 
See I. 

Is, v. Hoo. To enter; to be received, 
as into the mouth. 

la, v. To beat or pound, as in making 
kapa. 

la, s. The name of the mallet used in 
beating kapa. 

la, prep.. Used before proper names of 
persons, and before pronouns, as i is be- 
fore common nouns. See I, prep. It signi- 
fies, to; of ; for; by ; with; on account of; 
in respect of, &e. See Gram. § 126, 6. 

Ia, adv. In the beginning of a sentence, 
and before a pronoun, it refers to time; 
when; at that time, &c.; as, ia lakou i 
noho ai ilaila, while they lived there ; ia 
manawa. make iho la ke alii, at that time 
the chief died. 

la, pers. pron., third pers. sing. He; 
she; it; more rarely in the sense of it, for 
which Hawaiians use a periphrasis ; thus: 
ia kanaka, ia wahine, ia mea, kela, keia, 
&e. Gram. § 137, 140, 3d. 


Ta, pron. adj. This; that; according as 
the thing referred to is present or absent. 


Ia annexed to verbs, forms the passive 
voice of all the conjugations ; as, ua alohaia 
mai kakou, we are beloved. This sign of 
the passive voice may be annexed to the 
verb and form one word, or it may. be sepa- 
rated, one or more words intervening ; as, 
ua lawe malu ia ke dala, the money | 
taken secretly. Gram. § 211. Nors.— 
Sometimes letters are inserted before the 
ia; as, awahia, it is bitter, for awaia. 





sea animals, also those in fresh water; ua 
kapaia na mea a pau ma ke kai he ia,o na 
mea holo a me na mea holo ole; aia no 
kekahi mau ia maloko o ka wai mauka o 
ka aina. 

2. Meat of any kind, in distinction from 
ai, vegetable food; o ka ia wale no i koe 
ia la, the fish only remained to him (i. e., 
Dagon.) 1 Sam. 5:4. Nore.—The names 
of the fish formerly kapu for women to eat 
were: kumu, moano, ulua, honu perhaps, 
and the ea. 

Ia, s. Pronounced yah. Eng. A yard 
in length. 

Ta, s. The galaxy or milky way. 

Ia-o, s. Name given to a small fish 
used for bait. 

2. Name of a bird somewhat like the 
moho. 

Ia’-vu, pron. pers., Ist pers. A contrac- 
traction of ia au; the auialo (accusative or 
objective case) of au; me; to me; for me; 
by me, &c. Gram. § 126, 6th auialo. 

Ta-u, s. Name of a species of small fish. 

I-a-ua, adv. int. See Aua. For what? 
to what? iaha la ka makemake? for what 
is the desire? 

I-a-Ho-na, v. To be near to death, but 
desirous of living; to wish to live or re- 
cover from sickness; iahona paha a ike 
aku, o kuu make paha ia. JLieile. 180. 

J-a-xo, s. The number forty; a round 
or whole number, as we say, a dozen ; it 
is applied mostly, if not exclusively, to 
counting kapas; perhaps to a few other 
things; a me ka iako kapa he nui loa, and 
the very many forties of kapas. 

I-a-xo, s. Name of the arched sticks 
which connect a canoe with its outrigger ; 
o ka iako waa, 0 ka hau ka iako paa. 


I-a-xo, s. The name of a class of per- 
sons skilled in clearing, emptying and re- 
fitting a canoe upset in a storm at sea; ka 
poe i aoia i ka holo moana a me ka luu kai 
i na iako, oia ka poe i aoia e kamai ka 
huli pu. 

I-a-Lo-a, v. Toembalm. Kin. 50:2. To 
bury dead bodies with perfumes ; to pre- 
serve dead bodies by salting them. 

I-a-Lo-a, s. A dead body embalmed and 
preserved ; a lawe ae la oia i kona mau 
ialoa apan. Laieik. 123. 

Ja-Lo-Ko, s. Ja, prep., and doko, internal. 
That which is inside ; what belongs inside. 
See Loxo. 

Ja-wa, s. Heb. A word translated ovwl 
in Isa. 13:21. The ostrich perhaps. 

Ja-nEI, adv. Ja, prep., and nez, here. 
Here ; at this place. Jsa. 45:14. 

A-NU-A-RI, s. Eng. The name of the 


IES 


first month in the year; adopted by Hawai- 
ians from the Romans through the English. 
The name of the Hawaiian month nearly 
corresponding is Kaelo. See D. Malo 12:6. 
Ia-wt, s. Name of a small red bird. 


Ia-cu-a, s. Eng. Name of the animal 
jaguar. 

Ia-sE-PI, s. Gr. A jasper; a precious 
stone. Puk. 28:20; Hoik. 21:11. 

Iz, v. To insult; to provoke; to pick 
a quarrel. , 

Iz, s. Canvas; ze nani, fine linen; white 
cotton cloth, lole ie. 

2. A vine used in making baskets, also 
in decorating their persons; he ie o ka 
nahelehele. 

3. A material braided into hats by the 
women ; he ulana ze papale ka na wahine 
hana. 

4, Name of a stick used in beating kapa; 
he iekuku. | 

Iz, adj. Flexible; limber, like cloth 
or a vine ; he lole ie, he kanaka te ke ona 
i ka rama, a man is limber (like cloth) 
when he is drunk; he lapa; he noho ie, he 
papale ie, he ipu ie. 

[-r-1-£, s. The leaves of the ie formerly 
used in decorating the gods of Hawaii, 
generally made into wreaths ; he ieie hue- 
wai, he ieie hula. 

[-z-1-£, adj. He poo zeze no Hilo; a kind 
of lei for the head used by Hilo people. 
J-5-1-E, v. To be decorated with leaves; 

to be dressed in wreaths. 

2. Hoo. To be ennobled ; to be dignified. 

|-z-1-z, adj. Hoo. Proud; pompous; 
light minded. 

[-b-1-E-wa-Ho, s. Name of the sea or 
channel between Oahu and Kauai; hoi 
mai no ma ka moana o ka Jeiewaho, he re- 

_turned by the ocean of the Leiewaho. 


]-z-1-E-wE, s. The envelop of a fetus; 
placenta; secundines feminarum parturi- 
entium. 

2. The uterus; the womb; ka aa, ka 
alualu. 

Ip-Ho-va, s. Heb. The name of the one 
eternal, living and true God, in opposition 
to all other gods. Isa. 45:5, 6. His name 
and attributes have been accepted by Ha- 
waiians. 

|-E-we, s. The navel string connecting 
the new-born infant with the mother. 

2. The infant itself; a young one just 
born. Kanl. 28:57. 
3. The after-birth. 

I-5-L£, s. A chief; a king; he alii, ke 
alii. 

]-E,sE-rU-NA, 8. Heb. A poetical name 
for the Israelitish people, signifying up- 
right, beloved. Kanl. 32:15—33:5. 


73 / 


If 
I-1, adj. Sour; mouldy; musty, as food 


injured by long standing. Syy. with puna- 

helu. 

| 2. Covetous; close; niggardly. 

I-1, v. To be mouldy, &c., as food; ua 
ii loa ka ai. 

2. To be lost; forgotten, as something 
formerly known ; ua ii na olelo kahiko, ua 
nalowale. 

I-1, s. Mould; rust; anything indi- 
cating age or decay. 

I-1, v. To collect; to gather up, as small 
things; to bring together. See Nom. Ua 
ko waa, ke ii nei ka aha. 

I-1, s. A gathering together; a collect- 
ing, as of small things; ka noii; ua hele i 
ka ii hana; he piinoika ii poaaha, they 
go up to collect mulberry bark. 

I-1, s. A rejoicing with an audible voice, 
like a chant; o ka mea lea i ke olioli, aia 
a loaa ka ii iloko o ka puu; a singing in 
the throat, like the gurgling of water run- 
ning from a calabash; e olaola ana me he 
huewai la; oia ka ii. 

I-1, s. A heavy weight, difficult to lift; 
he kaumaha, he koikoi ka pupu. 

I-1, s. A person hard hearted, cruel and 
selfish ; ka hooit puahi ole a ka ua iuka 
wale no e haakeke ai. 


I-1, s. Name of a bird, partly red, bill 
hooked. See ApAneE. He mann liilii plaula; 
he apapane kekahi inoa. 

2. Name of a species of fish around Molo- 
kai; ka pua ii. 

3. A kind of fern. 

4. Name of the papaia; also written 7. 

[-1, } adj. Stinted; unthrifty; choked 

[-1-1, with weeds ; applied to vegetables 
or animals. 

» 2. Mortified or humbled, as a person by 
the overbearing conduct of another; re- 
strained. 

3. Tight, as a rope in a hole. 
4, Close: parsimonious. See It 2. 

[-1-a-ao, s. Hard mouldy poi. 

I-1-1, s. A child of slow growth, many 
years, little stature; aole nae ka iii loa, a 
nonoi no hoi; aia he uuku nuiae. Ua ike 
au i kahi keiki i komo iii, aa no hoi ke 
kino ke nana aku. 

I-1-1, adj. Little; small; dwarfish; he 
puaa iii, a small hog; he laau iii, a small 
tree; also. ka pulu iii, little cotton; ka 
ipulu iii. 

]-1-1, s. Smallness; littleness; inferior-- 
ity; ka iii, ka aa, ke noinoi, ke kupailii. 

2. Name of a plant eaten in time of 
scarcity. 


]-1-1, v. To choke; to restrain; to hedge 
up. 





te) 


I-y-1-ka, s. A scar; a contraction of the 


skin from a wound. 
[-1-1-na, v. To desire strongly. See lini. 


{--ka, adj. Small; little in size; he 


wahi manini iika, a small manini, i. e., a 
kind of fish; ke kalo iika, the little kalo; 
he wiwi, he olala. 

{--xe, adj. See lke, to know. Quick 
to learn; ready; smart; having gained 
knowledge. 

I-1-mo, v. See Imo. To wink repeat- 
edly ; to wink often. 

2. To convey some idea by winking. 
Sol. 6:13. 

[-1-nz, v. To desire; to wish for; to 
long after. Kin. 31:30. 

2. To fear or expect the loss of a thing 
which we very much love. 

3. To desire strongly to have or do a 
thing. 2 Sam. 13:39. Ke iini nei ka naau 
i ka pono, the heart desires that which is 
good. 

[-1-n1, s. A strong desire; ka dint nui, 
the greatly loved one. JZaieik. 114. Ka 
makemake nui me ka ikaika. 

[-1-w1, s. A small red bird; also zawzi. 
[-1-wi-po-LE-NA, s. The name of a bird 
mentioned in Laieikawai 29, 80 and 149. 

I-o, s. A species of bird; a hawk. 

[-o, s. Name of a game. 


I-o, s.. Lean flesh; the animal muscle. 
Anat. 3. A muscle; he io ku e, an antag- 
enistic muscle. Anat. 26. 

2. Flesh in general. Pus. 29:14, 

3. Flesh, i.e., person. Oihk. 16:4. 

4. One’s flesh, i. e., kindred; relation. 
Kin. 29:14. Jo maha, the muscle on the 
side of the head. 

I-o, s. Part; portion; reality; truth ; 
verity. Ezek. 12:23. 

{-o, s. A forerunner; one who announces 
the approach of a chief. 

I-o, adj. True; real; not imaginary ; 
ua paa ka manao o kanaka he akua io no 
© Lono, the minds of the people were firm 
that Lono (Captain Cook) was a real god. 


I-o, adv. Truly; really; verily; cer- 
tainly ; otaio, truth. Jo is a strong inten- 
sive. Pela io no ka hana ana a lakou; 
aohe io o ka hewa, the wickedness is great. 

{-o, adv. I, prep., and 0, there. Yonder; 
aia no ia io, there he is yonder. See O. Lo 
ia nei, adverbial phrase, hither and thither. 

{-o, prep. Nearly syn. with ia; used 
before proper names and pronouns. To; 
towards. Job. 5:1. But implying motion. 

I-o, v. To flee; to hasten away with 
fear. 

I-05. v. To be loaded with bundles ; ua 


alaulau. 


714 


T-o-E-na, adj. Wild; savage; untamed,. 





IU 


as a wild, ferocious animal ; he piena, hihiu. 

I-o-1-0, v. To peep, as a chicken ; also: 
piopio. Isa. 10:14. Misprinted oiot; to 
chatter. Jsa. 38:14. To whisper, as ghosts 
were supposed to do. See HANEHANE. 

J-o-1-0, adj. Peeping, as a chicken; he: 
manu ioio, a swallow. Ter. 8:7. 

I-o-1-0, v. To look this way and that, 
as a thief about to steal; toto na maka o 
ka hohe wale. 

I-o-1-0, v. To appear above water, as a 
shark’s fin when swimming about; ioio 
kuala o ka mano i ka ili kai. 

J-o-1-0, v. To project upwards, as a 
point of a mountain; ioio ae ana o Puuo- 
nioni e oni ae ana e like me Maunakea. 

J-o-1-0-LE-a, adj. Brisk; lively; light 
in traveling ; mama ma ka hele ana; also,. 

2. Angry; quick tempered. 

]-0-1-0-LE-Po, s. A bearer of tidings; a 
messenger to carry news. 

J-o-xu-pu, s. Jo, flesh, and kupu, to grow 
up. A polypus, name of a disease in the 
nose ; a gum-boil; lampers in a horse. 

I-o-La-wa, v. See Lana. To float in the 
air, as a bird. 

I-o-LE, s. A mouse. Othk. 11:29. Tole 
nui, arat or rabbit; amole. Jsa. 2:20. 
I-o-tEa, adj. Wild; untamed, as an 

animal ; he puaa iolea, hihiu. 

J-o-LE-Nu-1, s. A rat, especially the large 
whartf-rat. 

[-0-LE-RA-BA-TI, Ss. Hawaiian name for 
the rabbit, a foreign animal. 

J-o-t1u, s. The lean flesh inside the 
backbone of beef, &c., adjoining the ribs. 
Norse.—The flesh outside is called uhau. 


lo-ma-Ha, s. See lo, muscle, and Mana,,. 
side of the head, temple. The muscle gn 
the temple or temple muscle. Anat. 6. 


[-o-mo, v. To throw a stone into the 
air which falls into the water. 

2. To leap, as a person into the water, 
provided he does not spatter the water. 
Hoo. The same. 

I-o-po-wo, s. Name of a class of persons 
formerly who were entrusted with the care 
of the king, and whose business it was to 
guard his person and effects, lest some one 
should obtain his spittle and garments, and 
thus have power to pray him to death. The 
poe iopono were generally high chiefs. 

2. A friend; a relation of one whose 
faithfulness might be trusted ; be hoahanau 
iopono no kela nou, ua make no oe he do- 
pono. 

l-u, s. Name of a particular kapu, re- 
lating to females. 


I-v, adj. Prohibited; sacred; tabooed ; 


‘% 


THE 


15 


IHO 


applied to everything within the reach of | [-HEE, adj. Still; quiet, as the weather; 


the kapu; iv kabhi o ke alii, ano, makau, 
sacred 1s the place of the chief, it is conse- 
erated, it is to be feared. 

I-v, s. A consecrated place; he kapu 
ke alii, noho i ka iw la, the king is kapu, 
he sits in the sacred place. 

I-u, v. Hoo. To lay a kapu for a par- 
ticular time; e hooiu aku i kekahi manawa. 

J-u-1-u, v. To be afar off; high up; to 
live in some sacred, kapu place. Norn.— 
The ideas of far off or high up seem to be 
connected with sacredness, or separation 
from everything common. See HEMOLELE. 

I-v-1-u, s. A place supposed to be afar 
off or high up above the earth or beneath 
the ocean, sacred to the dwelling place of 
God; ke Akua noho i ka iuiu, the God 
dwells afar off; ika welau o ka makani, 
at the further end of the wind; he onohi 
ku i ka moana, an eye-ball standing in the 
ocean, i. e., the center of the ocean. 

I-v-1-u, adj. What is high up or afar 
off; he poiuiu, be poliulin. 

I-u-ka, adv. I, prep., towards, and uka, 
inland. A direction opposite from the sea ; 
inland; up the mountain. 

Iu-La1, s. Eng. Name of the modern 
seventh month, July, answering to Kaaona 
of the ancient Hawaiian division. 

Iu-n1-pE-RA, s. Eng. Name of a tree 
not found on these islands; juniper; laau 
iunipera. 1 Nal. 19:4. 

Iu-pi-ra, s. Eng. The planet Jupiter ; 
the Hawaiian name is Kaawela. 

lu-si-Le, s. Hed. A year of release from 
service. Oihk. 25:9, 11. 

Iv-Bi-LE, adj. Of or pertaining to jubi- 
lee or the year of release ; makahiki iubile. 
Oihk. 25:28. 

Iu-par-o, s. A Jew; a descendant of 
Abraham. 

J-a, v. To be intent upon; persevering 
at; to desire greedily ; ua iha wale no, he 
gives his whole attention. 

L-na-r-HA, adj. Firmly drawn, asa rope; 
ua ihaiha ke kaula, ua maloeloe, strained. 

I-wa-t-Ha, adj. Ua thaiha ka puukole i 
ka mimi, ua iheihe ; ua hele a ihaiha wale 
ka poe hana hewa, e hana mau ma ka hewa; 
to draw in, restrain, as one desiring to ful- 
fill a call of nature, and is restrained by 
the presence of some one; so also having 
a desire to lasciviousness. 

I-nE, s. A spear. Jos. 8:18. Ihe hulali, 
a glittering spear; a javelin. Nah. 25:7. 
He ihe pakelo ; the pahee a me na the o, the 
hand staves and the spears. 

I-ye-a, adv. int. Tand hea, where? To 
what place? whither? ikea oukou? where 
are you going? . 


he thee no ka la malie. 

I-uEE, v. To run from; to escape; e 
ihee ana i ka ia (kawelo) i ka mua o na- 
waa. 

|-HEE-HEE, v. To pour into; to slip 
easily, as oil into a bottle ; e ihechee anai 
ka aila iloko o ka huewai. 

[-HE-I-HE, s. A species of fish of the 
sword kind, but small ; kaawili iheihe. 

I-11, v. To peel off the bark from a stick. 
Kin. 30:37. 

2. To peel; to flay the skin from an ani- 
mal; e ihi i ka ai, to take the skin from 
food (kalo or potatoes) ; e ihi i ka ili o ka 
manini, to peel the skin from the manini 
(a species of kalo) ; e hoopohole, e maihi ; 
ua iht ka la, ua wela ka pahoehoe, the sun 
is peeled off, i. e., the clouds, the smooth 
rocks are hot; ua ihi ke Kkapu o ke alii, 
the kapu is taken off. Lrr. Peeled off. 

J-u1, s. The name of a plant growing 
on the mountains, the root, used in native 
medicines, slightly cathartic; also, 

2. A plant like the pig-sorrel, which is 
called hi makole. 

I-n1, adj. Sacred; hallowed. Hal.'72:19. 
Generally applied to high chiefs. 

]-n1-1-u1, adj. Sacred; holy. Jos.24:19. 
No mixture of evil. Isa. 6:5. 

2. Majestic; dignified. See Lar, adj. 

I-n1-1-n1, s. See Int above. Name of a 
plant; he ihiihi makole, he ihiihi ai. 

I-u1-1-n1, interj7. An expression of sur- 
prise at seeing anything uncommon or out 
of the ordinary course of things: he hma- 
olelo kahaha, a word expressive of aston- 
ishment. 

I-n1-1-H1, v. Hoo. To put on dignity or 
importance. 

I-u1-u1, adj. Angry; cross; offended ; 
unsociable; he kanaka ihihi; displeased 
with ; disaffected to; parsimonious; he 
kanaka thihi, e aua no, stingy. 

[-n1-u1, v. ‘To neigh, as a horse. 

]-11-ma-nvu, s. Name of a large creature 
of the ocean, one and a half or two feet in 
diameter; perhaps hihimanu is a better 
orthography. lueu. 

I-Ho, v. To go down; to descend, as 
from a higher to a lower place. Wah. 12:5. 
To go down from aneminence. Puk. 19:24. 
E iho ana i ka pali, descending a precipice. 

2. Hoo. To cause to descend ; to bring 
down, as 2 punishment. 1 Nal. 2:9. 

3. To.cause to fall. Ezek. 26:20. 


I-o, s. The pith of a vegetable; he zo 
laau ka mea mawaena 0 ka laau, the pith 
of a tree is what is in the center of the tree. 

2. In geography, the pole of the earth; 
he iho ko ka honua a puka ma na a0a0 


fed 
é 


bo IHU 


elua, the earth has a pith (pole) coming 
outat both sides; kaitho kukui. See Inorno. 

J-Ho, s. Name of the inferior kapas in 
a set, the best being the kilohana. 

I-Ho. A verbal directive, which implies, 

1. Motion or tendency downward. 

2. It implies succession, and is used 
much in narrative tenses; generally fol- 
lowed by la. Gram. § 233, § 234, 3d5 § 
237, § 239. 

I-no is also used after adverbs of time, 
and expresses succession of time; as, ma- 
hope iho, after that. Luwnk. 1:1. Lho nei, 
just now. 

I-Ho, following nouns or pronouns, 1s 
equivalent to self or selves; as,e malama ia 
oukou iho, take care of your selves; ela 
ko’u manao no’u iho, here is my opinion of 
myself. It is equivalent to own after a pos- 
sessive ; as, kona tho, his own. 

J-no-1-Ho, s. The solid, heavy part of 
timber ; the heart ; something solid inside 
of something soft; hele mai ia me ka pu a 
me ka pololu a me ka thoiho kukui. 

]-Ho-1-Ho-ku-kul, s. A string of kukui 
nuts, used for torches. 

I-Ho-LE-NA, s. A species of banana which 
were permitted to be eaten under the kapu 
system ; eia na maia a Papae ai ai, o ka 
popolu, o ka tholena. 

I-Ho-wa, s. Ihoand ana. A descending ; 
going down; a path descending a hill. 

I-Ho-rE, adv. J, prep., and hope, end. 
Back; backward. Heb. 10:38, 39. 

I-nu, s. The nose of a person. Isa.65:5. 
The snout of an animal. Sol. 11:22. The 
bill of a bird; the bowsprit of a ship ; the 
fore part of a canoe, &c.; e homai ka thu, 
give meakiss. Laieik.72. Nore.—Hawai- 
ians kissed by touching noses. Laieik. 119. 
Oia ka manawa e loaa’i kou thu i ke keiki 
Kauai; a proverbial expression, or it may 
be a misprint for ike. Laieik. 126. 

l-nu-a-nu, s. Ihu, nose, and anu, cold. 

1. Name of a wind upland of Kawela; o 
ka ihuanu,he makani ia no Kawela, mauka 
mai. 

2. Name of an odoriferous tree or shrub 
of that place. 

J-nu-o0-LA-o-LA, $. hu, nose, and olada, 
to. snore. 

1. A breathing hard ; a snoring. 

2. A snoring nose. 

|-u-Ha-nu-nu, adj. Ihu, nose, and ha- 
nunu, to breathe hard. <A hard breathing 
nose; hard breathing ; snoring. 

|-nu-1-Hu, adj. A word used in con- 
temning another. 


J-nu-ku, v. Thu, nose, and kw, to stand. 


To turn up the nose in anger or contempt. 
See Inupu. 








6 IKE 

I-nu-xu, s. Anger; contempt. 

]-uu-Ku-KA-N1, adj. Thu, ku and kani, 
to sound. Hard breathing. 

]-nu-maa, adj. Disobedient; mischiev- 
ous; manomano ke keiki ihumaa oe, you 
are a child of frequent disobedience. 

I-nu-na, adj. Mischievous; applied to 
persons ; kolohe. 

I-nu-na-na, adj. Snoring; a snoring 
person. See Inunono below. 

-HU-No-No, v. hu, nose, and nono, to 
snore. To snore in one’ssleep. See Nonoo 
and None. 

I-u-Pa-PA, adj. Ihu, nose, and papa, 

I-nu-PE-PE, § flat, or pepe, mashed. De- 
pressed ; flat or depressed nosed. 

|-nu-pE-PE, s. A flat nosed person. O7hk. 
21:18. Puka ihu, a nostril. Nah. 11:20. 

I-nu-pu, v. thu, nose, and pi, to go up. 
To turn up the nose in contempt. 

]-nu-pu, s. A word of contempt. Lir. 

A turned up nose. 

I-xa, v. To float ashore, as a drowned 
person ; a ao ia po, tka ia aku la ia kanaka ° 
iuka o Ukumehame ; to be driven on shore 
by the surf. 

2. To be turned aside, as a vessel by the 

wind aud current. Qith. 27:41. 

3. To fall off, asa vessel before the wind. 


4, To run before the wind. Hoo. To be 
thrown up on the bank of a kalo patch. 


I-xa, s. Name of the sides of a kalo 
patch, or of a mala where the grass is 
thrown; oia ka mea e malu ai na ika,i lilo 
ole ka mea kanu a kekahi i kekahi. 

I-xa, adj. Drifting; inclined to fall off 
before the wind; making leeway. 


I-xa1, adv. I, prep., towards, and kaz, 
sea. Towards the sea; the opposite of 
iuka, towards inland. 


J-xar-Ka, v. See Ixa 3 and 4. To exer- 
cise muscular strength; to be strong; ua 
ikaika kona lima, his arm was strong. 

2. To be strong mentally or morally; to 
be courageous; persevering; energetic. 
Kanl. 31:6. 

3. Hoo. To make strong, as one weak in 
body. 

4, To be courageous in mind. 

5. To be persevering in business. 

6. To exhort one to be strong, energetic. 
persevering, &c. 

I-kar-ka, s. Strength; power; valor; 
zeal; perseverance. 
I-kai-Ka, adj. Strong 

vering. 

[-Kar-Ka, adv. Strongly; perseveringly. 
1 Oihl. 10:2. 

-KE, v. To see, perceive by the eye. 


? 


hardy ;_ perse- 


ikI 


2. To see, perceive mentally, i. e., to 
know ; understand. 

3. A form of sending love to an absent 
one ; as,e ike aku oe ia mea, do you salute 
such a one. 

4, To receive, as a visitor or a messenger. 

5. To know; to have carnal knowledge 
of. Kin. 4:1 and 19:5. 

6. Hoo. To exhibit; to show; to point 
out; to cause to know ; to give testimony 
in a court concerning one. 

I-xe, s. Knowledge; instruction; ka 
ike, the person having knowledge. Puk. 
4:11. Understanding. Kanl. 4:6. A part- 
ing salutation ; as, e ike. 

I-xr-a, v. Used for zkeia, the passive 
of ike. Gram. § 211. It has also the regu- 
lar passive ikeia. To be seen; to be known; 
to appear. Puk. 16:10. 

2. Hoo. To be exhibited ; manifested. 

J-xe-a-ka, v. Ike, to know, and aka, 
clear. To know clearly ; to perceive dis- 
tinctly. Syvy. with ikepaka, ikelea. 

]-KE-I-KE, v. See lke. To see; to know, 
&e. Hoo. To explain; to exhibit; toshow; 
to bear witness. Sol. 10:32. 

J-xe-1-kE, s. Hoo. A testimonial; a 
superscription. 

I-KE-1-KE, adj. Showing; witnessing. 

I-xe-ma-xa, s. Ike, to see, and maka, 
theeye. Aneye witness; one that sees with 
his own eyes, or knows a thing of his own 
knowledge ; a witness. Jer. 32:10. 

J-ke-ma-KA, v. Ike, to see, and maka, 
the eye. To know positively ; to see with 
the eyes. 

J-x1, adj. Small; diminutive; little ; 
often used in compounds; as, kamaili, 
keiki, the little one, &c.; he wahi mea 
uuku, he Jiilii. 

‘I-x1, adv. Not at all; nearly; ke hoo- 
koe iki nei no ka aie o ke aupuni,there re- 
mains very little of the government debt. 

J-x1, v. Hoo. To spare; to hold back ; 


to make small. Jsa. 54:2. 


]-x1-1-K1, v. To be pressed; to be com- 
pelled to do a thing; to be compelled to 
act or not to act against one’s will. 

2. To be weary of refraining from. Jer. 
20:9. 
3. To pant for breath, as one dying. 


]-x1-1-k1, s. A -confinedness; want of 


room. 

2. A close, tight room. 

3. Severe pain; panting for breath ; 
strangulation ; the pangs of death. 

4. A siege of a city. Jer. 19:9. 


|-x1-1-K1, adj. Close and hot, as the con- 


fined air of a crowded room. 


2. Tight, as a bandage or clothes made 
too small. 





ILI 


I-xr-1-x1, s. Name of the fifth month 


of the Hawaiian year. 


[-x1-x1, s. Disquietness; suffering. Had. 


38:2. Stifling for want of air; hot. 


I-x1-x1, s. See Ixnxi above and O1xixi. 


Name of a month, May. 


[-x1-mA-ku-a, s. Name of a kind of stone 


out of which the maika stones were made. 


I-xo, v. ‘To imitate. Syn. with hoko. 
I-xo-1, s. A buoy; a float. See Lauea. 
I-ku, int. A word of encouragement to 


persons about to exert themselves in any 
exercise, thus: iu, ikuku, oinana, oimo- 
kuo, oia, 0 ka holo no ia. 


I-xu-a, s. Ancient name of one of the 


months ; also written ieuwa ; October. 


I-xu-1-ku, s. An offensive smell. Syn. 


with okaoka. 


I-xu-wa, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 


ian months. See the above. 

I-xu-wa, adj. A lohe oe i ka leo zhuwa 
(bird singing) ana manu. Laieik. 149. 
I-xu-wa, v. Ka leo ona kahuli e ckuwa 

ana; singing like birds. Laieik. 149. 


I-ua, s. A dark spot on the skin; he 

[-LaAA, wahi eleele iki ma ke kino. 

I-Lar-LA, adv. The auialo of daila; there; 
in that place ; to that place. Gram. § 165:2. 

[-Lai-Lau. See LAuLe Le. 

I-La-Lo, adv. The auialo of lalo, down: 
down ; downwards; below. Gram. § 161. 


J-La-mu-xu, s. An officer whose busi- 
ness it was to enforce the orders of a chief, 
or of a judge. 

2. An executioner ; a destroyer. 
16:18. 

3. An executive officer. 1 Oihl. 23:4. 

4, In modern times, a marshal ; a sheriff. 


I-x1, v. To strike, rub or scrape on the 
ground, as a canoe, boat or ship. Kin. 8:4. 
2. To strike or run aground, as a ship; 

to strike a rock. 

3. To be cast away; uaili ka moku ana- 
haha, the ship stranded and was broken up. 

4. To rest on land, as a boat when the 
water subsides ; to stick fast. 

5. To lay upen one, as good or bad, i.e.. 
‘to make responsible. ah. 18:1. 

6. To come upon one, as a good or a 
blessing. Aan. 28:2. Also, 

7. Asa curse or evil. Han. 28:15. 

8. To fall or come to one, as an inherit- 
ance, or to become one’s by inheritance. 
Tos. 24:32. 

9. To inherit, as land. Kin. 15:8. 

10. To pass over, as the moon over the 
surface of the ocean; uai/i ka mahina ma- 
luna o ka ili o ke Kai. 

11. Hoo. To cause one to inherit, as an 
estate, 1. e., to give one an inheritance. 


rand. 


ILI 


12. To bring upon one, as evil, i. e., to 
come upon one, as a judgment; to fasten 
the charge of evil upon one. 

13. To count or consider a thing as be- 
longing to one; to impute, or attribute 
something to one, &e. Kin. 15:6. 

14. To attribute to another a plan which 
was partly his own; hooili aku la na ke 
kahuna wale no ka olelo, a huna i kana 
iho, be attributed the plan to the priest, 
and concealed his own part. 

15. To cause a transfer of property or a 
kingdom to another; i hooili pono aku ai 
o Kaahumanu i ke aupuni no Liholiho, that 





*Kaahumanu might transfer the kingdom to | 


Liholiho as his. 

16. To lade, as a beast of burden ; to take 
in, a8 a passenger on board a ship; ke hoo- 
ii nei i ka ukana o ka moku. 

17. To be stopped, as a stone rolling down 
a bill, i. e., to strike. 

18. Applied also to a person pursued in 
battle until he is angry with the pursuer, 
and turns upon his adversary with such 
fury that he also runs in turn. 


I-11, s. The stranding of a ship on a 
shore or rock. 

2. The descent of property from parents 
to children. 

3. The dashing of one thing against an- 
other. 

[-u1, s. The skin of a person or animal. 
Tob. 16:15. EHia mai na ili o kanaka, he 
keokeo kekahi, he ulaula kahi, he eleele 
kekahi. 

2. The bark of a tree; the outer rind of 
any vegetable ; the husk or shuck of fruit. 

3. The surface of the ground or sea; na 
ka la e hoomalamalama i ka ili o ka honua, 
the sun enlightens the surface of the earth; 
maluna o ka ili kai kona hele, his going 
was upon the surface of the sea. 

4. Mea ili, whatever is made of skin. 
Noh. 31:21. 

5. The surface of any substance; elua 
no ano o na ili, o ka ili laumania, a o ka 
di bualala. Anahon. : 

I-t1, s. The name of a small district of 
land, next smaller than an ahupuaa. There 
are thirty-three ilis in the ahupuaa of Hono- 
julu. 

i-u1, s. A small, smooth stone worn by 
the water; a pebble. 

I-u1, s. In geometry, a side; a surface; 
ii o ke kai, surface of the sea; ili o ka 
aina, surface of the land. 

I-u-au, s. A species of bush in the for- 
est; nana aku he ka moloua ka éliau. 

I-ui-a-u1, s. Sandal-wood; a deeply 
scented, hard wood, formerly a wood of 
traffic. 

I-t1-k, s. A kind of vine; with its roots 
gcars are made in the skin in mourning for 


78 


ILI 


the dead or kumakena. The eperation is 
called uni. 

J-11-1-L1, s. See Inrabove. Small,smooth 
stones worn by the water; pebbles. Sol. 
26:8. Gravel. Jsa. 48:19. 

2. Small stones used in playing at ko- 
nane. Laietk. 38. 

J-u1-1-L1, v. Hoo. To collect; to gather 
in, as the fruits of harvest. Jsa. 17:5, 

2. To gather up; to pick up, as fuel. 
Nah. 15:32. 

3. To gather, as grapes of a vintage. 
Kanl. 24:20, 21. 

4. To collect together, as small pieces of 
anything. 

5. To obtain, as property. in. 12:5. 
Wa hooiliili ai, harvest time. Nots.—Hoo- 
iiili is the opposite of hoolei. oan. 6:12. 

[-u1-1-L1, s. Hoo. A gathering in; a col- 
lection ; a harvest. 

I-tr-o, s. A dog; zlio hihiu, a wolf; 
ilio hahai, a greyhound. Sol. 30:31. 

2. The cross beam of a house. 

3. Fie. A catamite. Hoik, 22:16. 

4, A stingy, close man. 

I-t1-0, adv. I hele aku, ea, mai maka- 
maka ilioika huelo ka ike, a proverbial 
expression: the end of a friendship that 
once existed, false friendship remains. 

I-y1-0-E-HA, s. A species of fish. 

I-ti-o-na, s. A species of lhmu having 
broad leaves; he limu lau palahalaha. 

2. Also a plant with small leaves. 
[-11-0-HAE, s. Epithet of a wolf; 
[-LI-0-HI-HIU-HAE, a fierce, cross dog. 

Lam. Haw. 23:1, 1. 

[-L1-0-LE-Lo, v. Ili and olelo, to talk. Teo 
go about tattling ; retailing scandal; e imi 
olelo, hooholoholo olelo. 

J-t1-o-ma-ka, Ss. Ili, skin, and omaka, 
prepuce. The foreskin. See Omaka. 

[-t1-Hau, s. ‘The bark of the hau tree, 
of which ropes are made; he kaula iikaw. 


J-u1-neE, s. A shrub, the bark of whose 


root is very acrid ; also hiliee. 

I-t1-HE-Lo, s. Name of the class of 
farmers who worked but little; o ka poe 
mahiai liilii, ua kapaia lakou he mahiai 
ilihelo. 

I-ti-n1a, v. To be astonished at an 
event. Oihk. 26:32. 

2. To be offended, as with a servant who 
has done mischief. 

3. To be in great fear; ua ilihia makou 
i ka makau maoli. 

4. Hoo. To cause fear or trepidation ; 
me he mea la e hooilihia ka olelo a na ka- 
huna. 

T-ur-ni-a, adj. Quick tempered. 

I-ui-n1-a, s, Great fear; trepidation; he 
makau, he weliweli. 


iL] 


at; to associate with. 

[-LI-K0-Lo, s. Name of those who worked 
at mahiai only a part of the day. See Int- 
PILO. 

I-LI-HU-NE, adj. Iti, skin, and hune, poor, 
i. e., poor to the skin. 
property ; ; without clothing. 

[-L1-HU-NE, v. To be poor; without prop- 
erty. 2 Sam.12:1. The opposite of waiwai. 
Hoo. To make or, cause one to become 
poor. 1 Sam. 2:7. 

I-tr-xal, s. Ii, surface, and kai, sea. 
Lrr. The surface (skin) of the sea ; the sur- 
face of any substance. 

I-i-kat, adj. Horizontal; kaha @ikai, 
a horizontal line. Ana. Hon. 4, 

L-Li-Ka-La, s. Ili, skin, and kala, rough; 

[-LI-KA-NI, epithet of the shark skin, The 
skin stretched over and fastened to a cocoa- 
nut shell, which formed a kind of drum; 
penei e hana’i i, o ka puniu, o ka ilikala 
(shark skin paha,) ka pili me ka pilali o ke 
kukui, a paa, kakoo me ke kaula a maloo, 
waiho a maloo, alaila, hookani iho me ka 
ubane. | 

{-ti-x1, v. To dash; to strike against, 

1. As a weapon of war. 

2. As rain in a storm. 

3. As water in a torrent; i ka manawa 
e kaua ai, iliki iho la ka pohaku me ka 
laau, nahoahoa ke poo; i ko laua hele ana 
i ka makaikai a Koolau, iliki iho ana ka 
ua; aole o kanamai o ka iliki ana mai a 
ka wai o na kahawai. 

[-u1-x1, s. A dashing; a striking against, 
&e. 

J-Li-k1, s. A varnish made of the kukui 
bark, laui, opuumaia, &c. 

[-t1-Ko-na, s. A wart; a smal], hard 
protuberance on the skin; he puupuu ino 
paakiki, wanawana liilii. 

L-L1-Ko-LE, adj. Ili, skin, and kole, 

[-L1-K0-NE, raw. Very poor; destitute, 
so much that life is undesirable ; e aho ka 
make ia Milu, loaa ke akua o ka po, it is 
better to die by Milu and be received by 
the god of night. 


I-t1-Ko-LE, adj. Not thoroughly ripe, as 
the cocoanut; not colea loa; he niu ilikole. 


[-n1-ur-nt1a, adj. See Itmia. Excited ; 
filled with fear. 
2. Dignified ; full of dread. 
[-ti-tu-a, s. Zdz, skin, and lua, second. 
» 1. The second or new skin; applied to 
old age. 
2. The seventh stage of life—wrinkled 
skin. 
3. An aged person ; he pakaka ka ili. 


I-ui-Lu-na, s. Zz, skin, and luna, upper; | 


[-L1-n1-Lau-na, v. To reach or arrive 


Poor ; destitute of 


ILU 


above. Lit. The wpper skin, i. e., the sur- 


face of a thing ; the top. 

I-ti-ma, s. A shrub with green and yel- 
low flowers; the shrub is used for fuel. 
See Apri. He apiki, he lei apiki. 

2. The name of a region next below the 
apaa on the side of the mountains. 

I-ti-ma-no, s. Idi, skin, and mano, shark. 
Lit. The shark skin; used for making drum 
heads ; oia ka ili i hanaia i ka pahu haeke- 
eke. 

I-ti-na, s. A burying place where many 
are buried (where only one is buried, it is 
called hunakele); a grave. 2 Oihl. 34:4. 
With kupapau, a burying place. Kin. 49:30. 
A sepulechre. Neh. 2:5. A tomb ; same as 
hale kupapau. 

2. Hoo. An inheritance. Kamnl. 18:2. 
possession. Kin. 48:4. 

3. An heir; one to whom an estate or 
inheritance has fallen or is to fall; he mea 
e hooili ai ka waiwai a ka mea i make. 


[-u1-NA-wal, s. Jina and wai, water. 
A place where a brook loses itself in the 
ground. Lir. The grave of the water. 


I-L1-PA-LA-PA-LA, S. Ili, skin, and pala- 
pala, to write. A skin written upon; a 
parchment. 2 Tim. 4:13. 


I-.1-p1-Lo, s. Name of the farmers who 
worked all day till dark ; o ka poe mahiai 
nui a po ka la, ua kapaia lakou he mahiai 
ilipilo ; those who worked little were called 


ilihelo. 

I-t1-war, adj. Ili, surface, and wai, 
water. Horizontal; level. Ana. Hon. 4. 
He kaha iliwai, a horizontal line. See In- 
KAI. 

[-L1-WA-HI-WA-HI, s. lt, skin, and waki, 
covering. A sword scabbard. 

I-to, s. A maggot ; a body worm. Job. 
45. 

2. A worm consuming vegetables. 
16:20. 

3. Worms of various kinds ; aa ilima, 
na ilo baka, na wo liilii e ulu ae ana ma ka 
nahelehele. 

I-to-1-Lo, v. To be wormy; full of 
worms, as meat, or as worms on vegeta- 
bles; ua iloilo ka ia, ua kau ia nae e ka 
iloilo liilii. Hoo. Ua hooiloilo ke kahuna e 
make. 

[-Lo-1-Lo, adj. Wormy; full of worms 
or maggots. 

I-Lo-Ko, prep. I and loko, internal. In; 
inside of; within. Gram. § 161. 

I-to-x1, s. A strong smell; scent; ap- 
plied to the shark; ka iloli o ka mano. 

2. The unpleasant sensations of preg- 
nancy. 

I-tu-na, prep. 1 and luna, above. Up; 
upward; upon; above. Gram. § 161. 


A 


Puk. 


IMU 


I-nu-na, adv. Up; upward. 
I-1, v. To search for a thing as lost; 
to look after with a view to find. 

2. To seek, as for knowledge, for riches, 
for pleasure. 

3. E imi hala, to seek some evil against 
one; to devise devices. Jer. 18:18. To seek 
occasion against. Dan. 6:4.5. 

[-mi-1-m1, v. Freq. of the foregoing. To 
seek earnestly or diligently for a thing; 
uaimiimi wahi dala no ke kino ; uaimiimi 
wahi noho hou aku. 


I-mi-Ha-La, v. To seek occasion against. | 


See Im above. 

I-m1-HA-LE, s. Epithet of one who is a 
seeker of property, in distinction from one 
who is to possess it, who is the noho hale; 
o Kamehameha ka imihale,o Liholiho ka 
noho hale. 

l-mi-Ha-LE, v. To seek an inheritance 
for one’s children,as Kamehameha did and 
left it for his children. 

{-mi-H1a, v. Pass. of imi for imiia. To 
besought; looked for. Ezek. 5:17; also 6:1. 

\-mi-0-LE-Lo, v. lm and olelo, word, 
speech. 

1. To lie; to obtain a thing by false 
statements. 

2. To prattle; to tell tales; to slander. 

I-mo, v. To wink. Aal. 35:19. See 
Amo. Conj. 5th, iimo,to wink ; to triumph, 
as one in mischief. Sol. 6:13. 

2. To snap, as the eyes on drinking some- 
thing very acid. 

3. To twinkle, as a star; imo ou iho na 
maka o ke koa, kuku ka lihilihi, okalakala 
ka hulu o ke koa, pai o kukae me ka naau. 

I-mo, s. E lele i ka amo o ka lani; a 
look; a looking. 

I-mo-1-mo, v. See above. To wink re- 
peatedly; to wink fast. Job. 15:12. Ua 
imoimo na maka i ka ue. 

[-)10-1-mo,* adv. Very high; very far off; 
at a great distance ; poiuiu loa; ua kauia 
na hua vo ka nin iluna loa, a imoimo ke 
nana akn, the fruit of the cocoanut hangs 
very high, it is very high (there is winking) 
to look at it. 

I-uv, s. A place for baking made by 
heating stones under ground ; an oven for 
baking vegetables or meat. Puk. 7:28. 
See also Umu. 

[-mu-a, prep. I and mua, first. Before; 
in front of; in presence of; imua no o 
Keknuokalani a make; aole i hoi ihope, 
imua no ka poe koa a make. 

[-mu-L1, prep. I and muli, remainder. 
Behind ; coming after; in the rear. 

I-mu-Loa, s. Imu and loa, long. A long 
oven; an oven for baking men. 


80 


INA 
I-mu-toa, v. To perform the process of 


baking men, sometimes as offerings to the 
gods and sometimes for medicinal purposes. 


I-na, v. To judge; to set in order; to 
settle a difficulty. 

2. To pry up; to raise by means of a 
lever. 

3. To sound, as from a distance; e ina 
mai ka leo 0 mea e hea mai.. 

4. To modulate or ease off, as the sylla- 
bles at the end of a mele line; ina leo; 
hooina leo, same. 

I-na. Used in an imperative inviting 
sense, come on; go to; let us do (some- 
thing) ; mostly in the plural; ina kakou, 
&e. Kin. 11:4; also 37:20. Adverbially, be 
quick ; used in exhortation, to make speed; 
ina hoi. Luk. 20:14. Come on, let us do 
this or that; ira no, though; albeit. Hzek. 
2:6. 

I-na, s. A species of sea egg; poke 
ina; he ia poepoe kalakala. 

I-na, adv. With vo, for indeed. 

I-na, conj. If; it implies condition, and 
is usually followed by a corresponding 
ina, answering to then, in the last member 
of the sentence ; as, ina i makemake mai 
oe ia mea, ina ua kii mai oe, if you had 
desired that thing, then (if) you would have 
come for it. 


I-na, inter]. O that. Job. 29:2. I wish 
that. Neh. 22:29. Would to God. Puk. 16:3. 
Ina no wauimake nou, O that I had died 
for thee. 2 Sum. 18:33. Jna aole makou e 
hiki mai, O that we had not come. Laieik. 67. 


I-nar, s. The little delicacies which 
give relish to food ; condiments. 


I-nar-na, v. To hate. Kin. 37:4. To 
be angry with ; to grieve. 

2. To have the feelings hurt by another’s 
conduct; to abhor; to dislike. Oihk. 26:15. 

3. Hoo. To excite one’s anger or rage. 
Ter. 32:31. 

I-nar-na, v: ‘To shake; to move; to 
stir ; paonioni. 

I-nar-na, s. Anger; hatred. in. 3:15. 
Malice; wrath. 

2. The reddish evacuation which pre- 
cedes labor ; ua hemo ka inaina o ke keiki, 
kokoke paha ka manawa e hanau ai. 

I-NAI-NA, . adj. Angry; abominable; 

I-NaI-NA-IA, § hateful; causing one to be 
anery. Oihk. 18:29, 30. 

I-na-HE-a, ady. int. When? at what 
time? referring only to past time ; inahew 
oe i hele mai ai? when did you come? ine- 
hinei, yesterday. 

I-na-LE-o, s. Any word which stands 
before nouns to limit and direct the sense; 
in grammar, &® preposition. 


INO 


[-va-tu-a, s. A basket used in catching 
fish ; he huehue, he laau hibi, he mea hopu_ 


ia. 

I-na-mo-nA, s. The meat of the kukui 
nut roasted and pounded up with salt as a 
relish for food. 

I-va-wa, v. To walk about idly, without 
any definite object; to loaf about. 


I-NA-NA, v. Ine. Let me see; let me 

I-NA-NE, hear ; show it to me; exhibit 
it, &c., according to the-subject. Nore.— 
The last form, inane, is better language 
than the other. 

I-ne, conj. If; used less frequently than 
ina. See Ina, conj. 

I-nea, s. Fruitless labor; hard toil with 
little reward ; na hoa o keia inea,o ka poe 
nana e waele. 

I-ne-a, adj. Hard to be obtained, cost- 
ing much time and labor with liability to 
loss ; o kuu hoapili, hoa inea, my compan- 
ion, a friend hard to be obtained; o keia 
wahi inea, this hard living place. Hoo. E 
o’u hoa hooinea, O my long tried friend. 

2. Deceitful ; vain; useless. Sol. 11:18. 
He hana inea ka hewa, sin is labor with- 
out reward; he hana inea ka inu rama, 
rum drinking does not pay. 

I-ner, adv. Here. See [ANE. 


[-NE-HI-NEI, adv. Yesterday. 2 Nal. 

]-NEI-HI-NEI, 9:26. Inehinei kela la aku, 
day before yesterday ; ric. Job. 8:9. See 
NEuI. 

L-NE-Ka, s. Eng. Ink; Hawaiian word 

[-ni-KA, §  waieleele. 3 Ioan. 13. 

I-ni-t-n1-k1, v. To pinch a little; to 

[-ni-Ha, s. An inch. 
pinch often or frequently. See next word. 

I-ni-K1, v. To pimch with thumb and 
finger ; to snatch away ; to carry off; kaili, 
lawe lilo; to pinch off, as the bud of a 
plant. 

I-ni-ki-n1, s. Eng. Indians; applied to 
the aborigines of America; he nui na lahui 
Inikini e noho ana ma Amerika, many are 
the tribes of Indians in America. 


I-no, v. To hurt; to injure; to render 
uncomfortable; oia ka mea e ino ai ke 
kino, that is what injures the body. 

2. To be or become worthless. Jer. 18:4. 

3. Hoo. To disfigure. Oihk. 19:27. To 
trouble with evil. Puk. 7:27. 

4. To punish ; to afflict; to suffer evil. 

5. To reproach; to vex; to tease; to 
harass. 

6. To curse. 


I-no, s. Iniquity. Puk. 37:7. Deprav- 
ity ; anything which is contrary to the gen- 
eral good. 

2. The poor ane of a thing; eia ke- 


8] 








IPO 


kahi, o ke ino 0 ka pepa a me ka inika, the 
poor quality of the paper and ink. 

3. The substance in the intestines ; ho- 
nowa. 

4. Hoo. Violence ; iniquity ; cursing. 

5. A gale; a storm of wind and rain; 
he ino buhu, a horrible tempest. 

I-no, adj. Bad; wicked; vile; sinful; 
mea ino, an abomination; an evil thing. 
Mut. 24:15. 

I-no, adv. Badly; wickedly. 

I-no. A strong intensive, used in both 
a good and bad sense; it expresses very 
great feeling of affection or hatred; aloha 
ino, very great love, or with a peculiar 
tone of voice, very great contempt; he 
mea minamina ino ka waa, a thing of very 
great loss is the canoe. 

I-no-I-No, v. See Ino above. To make 
sad; to be grieved; no ke aha la i inoino 
ai kou maka? why is your countenance 
sad? Neh. 2:2. 

2. To be very tempestuous, as the sea. 
Iona. 1:13. 
3. Hoo. To defile ; to deface; to pollute. 

I-no-1-No, s. Badness ; worthlessness ; 
indecency; ua like ka inoino me ka pu- 
puka, a me ka pelapela, a me ke alauka. 

2. A bad disposition ; a mind for doing 
harm. Laieik. 101. 

I-no-1-no, adj. Very poor; lean; miser- 
able ; despicable. 

I-no-a, s. A name; name of a person, 
place or thing. 

I-no-a. Kainoa, an adverbial expres- 
sion ; just as if; I thought; kainoa ua pau 
loa na kanaka Hawaii i ka ike au, J thought 
all the people of Hawaii knew how to 
swim ; it is connected with some degree of 
surprise, or contrariety of opinion. 

I-nu, v. To drink, as water or any 
liquid. 

2. Hoo. To cause to drink. Nah. 20:8. 

3. To give drink to ; to water, as a flock. 
Notre.—This verb sometimes takes the syl- 
lable ha between the causative hoo and 
the verb; as, hoohainu. Kin. 24:14. 


I-nu, s. Drink; any liquid for drink- 

ing ; he inu awa, awa drinking. 
Inu aku i ka awa o Koukou 
Ka awa lau hinalo aala 
Awa 0 Mamalahoa he hoa—e. 

I-nu-wal, s. Inu, to drink, and waz, 
water. Name ofa sea breeze at Lehua on 
Kauai. 

I-nu-wal, s. Epithet of such Hawaiians 
as have signed the total abstinence pledge; 
ka poe puali inwoai, the army of water 
drinkers. 

I-po, v. To cohabit before marriage or 
without marriage ; to practice lascivious- 
ness; to commit fornication. 


IpU 


82 


Iwi 


aaa aac 
I-po, s. A sweetheart; a paramour.|I-pu-La-au, s. [pw and laau, wood. A 


Ter. 4:30. 


wooden vessel. Oihk. 15:12. 


I-po-1-po, adj. Hoo. Making lascivious |I-pu-te1, s. Applies to a person with 


gestures while eating. 1 Pet. 4:3. Ahaaina 
hooipoipo, a lascivious feast. 

I-pu, s. A general name for all kinds of 

gourds, calabashes, melons, pumpkins, &c. 

2. A general name for small containers, 

as dish, cup, mug, tumbler, &c. Kani. 


a large body and smali legs; a word of 
reproach to the people of Kohala; ipulei 
Kohala na ka moaeku. 

I-pu-LE-po, s. Ipu and lepo, earth; clay. 
An earthern vessel. Oihk. 15:12. A cup; 
a potter’s vessel. Hal. 2:9. 


23:25. Each kind is designated by some|[-pu-Lu, s. Padw iii, zpulu i. See Puiu. 


additional word expressive of its quality or 
use, which see under their own names. 

I-pu-a1, s. A vessel (calabash) for con- 
taining food ; a me kana mau ipuat. 

[-pu-al-ma-Ka, s. Ipu, at and maka, 
green; fresh. A melon; a fruit to be eaten 
raw. Nah. 11:5. 

l-pu-a-H1, s. Ipu, cup, and ahi, fire. A 
censer. Nah. 4:14. 

[-pu-a-La, s. Ipu, cup, and ala, odorif- 
erous. A box for containing odors; also 
a musk-melon. 

l-pu-au-av, s. Ipu and auau, to wash. 
A wash-basin; alaver. Puk. 30:18. 

[-pu-a-wa, s. Ipu and awa, bitter. The 
bitter calabash. 

[-pu-A-waA-A-WA, S. See above. ‘The bit- 
ter or poison calabash. 

I-pu-1a, s. Ipw and ia, meat; fish. A 
meat dish; a flesh pot. Puk. 16:3. 

[-pu-1-nI-KA, s. Ipu and intka, ink. An 
inkstand. 

[-pu-Hao, s. Ipu and hao, iron. An iron 
pot. 2 Nal. 4:38. 

{-pu-Ha-o-LE, s. Ipwand haole, foreigner. 
A foreign ipu, i. e., a water-melon. 

I-pu-Ho-Lo1, s. Ipu and holoi, to wash. 
A laver; a wash-basin. 1 Nal. 7:38. 

\-pu-Ho-LO-Ho-Lo-Na, s. Ipu and holoho- 
lona, crawling things. A calabash for fish- 
ing worms. Lam. Haw. 25:4, 3. 

I-pu-xa, s. See Puxa. A door; a gate; 
a place for entering a house or an inclosure. 
Puk. 32:27. A window; the gate of a city. 

|-pu-Ka-1A, s. A calabash for containing 
fish (ka inserted); 0 ke aloha ka mea i oi 
aku ka maikai mamua o ka umeki poi a 
me ka ipukaia, love is that which excels in 
excellency the poi dish and the jish bowl. 

I-pu-Ka-Lua, s. ‘The name of a vegeta- 
ble. 

[-pu-Ka-pu-aA-HI, 8. Ipu and kapuahi, a 
fire place. A censer. Oth. 16:12. 

{-pu-xu-kul, s. Ipu and kukui, fruit of 
the kukui. A candlestick; alamp. Puk. 
25:31. 

I-pu-ku-NI-a-La, s. Ipu and kuni, to 
ae and ala, incense. A censer. Nah. 

D20. 


The i does not belong to the word. Fine 
pulu, in distinction from pulu haapu. 


I-pu-nut, s. Jpu and nui, large. The 
sea of Solomon’s temple. 2 Nal. 25:16. 


I-pu-pu, s. Ipu and pu, fruit of the 
squash kind. A pumpkin; a squash. 

I-pu-wai-au-au, s. A wash-bowl; ina 
lawe ia mai kona ipuwaiauau ; this epithet 
used to be applied to those who kept the 
genealogies of the chiefs, because they 
managed to wash the characters of the 
chiefs so far as their pedigree was con- 
cerned; ua kapaia ka poe kuauhau he ipu- 
waiauau no na alii e hoomaemae ai. 

I-pu-Ba-ka, s. Ipu and baka (Eng.), to- 
bacco. A tobacco pipe. 

[-pu-r1, s. Ipw and ti (Eng.), tea. A tea- 
pot. 

I-wa, num. adj. Nine; the number 
nine ; also aiwa and eiwa. 

l-wa, s. A thief; the word comes from 
Oiwa, a notorious thief who lived long ago 
and obtained the surname of Oiwahue,i.e., 
Oiwathief. 

I-wa, s. The name of a large bird with 
black feathers. 

I-wat-na, prep. Inthe midst; between ; 
among. 

I-waE-NA-Ko-NU, S. The center of a cir- 
cle; the middle; in the midst of. Zunk. 
20:42. 

I-wa-t-wa, adj. Learned; intelligent ; 
skillful. See Atwatwa. 

2. Also the name of a plant; he meaulu 
e like me ka palaa, ua ulana paia me ka 
papale mauu. 

I-wa-Ho, prep. Land waho, out of. Out; 
out of ; without. 

I-wa-Ka-Lu-a, num. adj. ‘Twenty; the 
number twenty; with the article it be- 
comes a noun. 

I-wi, s. A bone. 

2. The midrib of a vegetable leaf. 

3. The side of an upland field of Kalo. 

4, A cocoanut shell; the rind of sugar- 
cane. 

5. The stones stuck up along the bound- 
aries of ilis, or rather lands ; sometimes a 
low stone wall; e kuhikuhi i kaiwi o ko ka 
poe kahiko wahi i mahiai, to point out the 


O 


boundary stones of the places where the 
ancients cultivated. 

6. Any hard broken material ; the rem- 
nants of other things, as corn cobs, the re- 
mains of lime pits; paiwi. 

7. Used ric. for near kindred. Kin. 
29:14. Alaila pomaikai kaua, ola na iwi 
iloko o ko kauamau laelemakule. Laieil. 
9. Then we two shall be happy, our de- 
scendants shall live in the days of our old 
age. See the names of some of the bones 
of the human frame below. He ivi halua 
oe; he iwi kau i ka awaloa, reproachful 
epithets. 

J-w1, s. The name of a small bird with 
red feathers ; 0 ka iwi, he ulaula ka hulu. 

l-wi, v. To turn aside ; to be crooked, 
as the eyes of cross-eyed persons. 

I-w1, adj. Crooked ; pointed ; 

[-wI-1-w1, curved, as most bones are; 
ina i ehuehu me ke kikala, he hulu iwi ia 
puaa. 

J-wi-a, s. Iwi and a, the jaw. A jaw- 
bone. Dunk. 15:15. 

I-wi-ao-ao, s. Iwi and aoao, side. A 
side bone; the rib. 2 Sam. 2:23. 

I-wi-1-w1, adj. Poor in flesh; thin. Lir. 
Bony. 

I-wi-a-La-Lo, s. Iwi and a, jaw, and 
lalo, under. The under jawbone. 

I-wi-a-Lu-NA, s. Iwi and a, jaw, and 
luna, upper. The upper jawbone. _ 

I-wi-E-LE-Lo, s. Iwi and elelo, the tongue. 

* The tongue bone. Anat. 14. 

J-wi-o-LE, s. Name of certain kinds of 
koi or adz; 0 ka iwiole kekahi koi. 

]-wi-0-PE-A-PE-A, s. Name of a bone in 
a person’s head. Anat. 8. The bat-bone. 

]-wi-u-Lu-Na, s. Iwi and uluna, pillow. 
The bone of the upper arm. Lrr. The pil- 
low bone. 

[-wi-u-MAu-ma, s. Jwi and umauma, 
breast. The breast bone. 

I-wi-H1-Lo, s. Iwi and hilo, thigh. The 
thigh bone. Anat. 21. 

J-wi-HOoE-HOE, s. Iwi and hoehoe, paddle. 
The shoulder bone ; the shoulder blade. 


I-wi-Ho-PE, s. The skull bone of the 
back part of the head. Anat. 7. 


83 


0 


I-wi-Hu-A, s. Anat. 6. 

I-wi-ka, s. Iwiand ka. A bone near the 
seat. 

]-wi-KA-E-LE (i-wi-ka-la), s. The hull of 
a ship; the body of a canoe; kalai ia ka 
iwikaele. 

[-wi-KA-LA-ku-A, S. The bones of a fish 
which run up from the backbone. 

I-wi-kA-LA-Lo, s. The bones of a fish 
which run down from the backbone. 

I-wi-KA-NA-KA, S. Iwi and hanaka, hu- 
man being. A human bone. Nah. 19:16. 

I-wi-KA-NA-NA, S. Name of a bone in 
the front part of the head. Anat. 8. 

I-wi-ka-no, s. Iwi and kano, handle. 
The bone of the fore arm which joins the 
wrist. 

I-wWI-KE-E-LE, s. The keel of a ship or 

]-wWI-KE-LE, boat. See IwIkKaELe. 

I-wi-xu, s. Iwi and ku, to stand. One 
of the bones of the lower leg. Anat. 21. 

J-wi-ku-a-moo, s. Iwi and kuamoo, liz- 
ard. The bones of the back; the back- 
bone. 

[-wi-ku-a-moo, s. One who attended the 
person of a high chief, executed his or- 
ders, &c.; ko ke alii mau twikuamoo ponoi. 
Laieik. 35. See Inamvku and PoELamuxu. 

I-wi-LaE, s. The bone of the forehead. 
Anat. 6. 

I-wi-Le1, s. The shoulder bone; the 
collar bone ; also, 

2. The measure of a yard, i. e., from the 
breast bone to the end of the longest finger. 

I-wi-ma-Ha, s. The cheek bone; he 
wahi iwi ewaewa ia. Anat. 7. 

[-w1-P1-L1, s. The double or united bones 
of the arm or leg. 

2. A stalk of grass. 

I-wt-poo, s. The skull bone. Lunk. 9:53. 

I-wi-Po-na, s. A joint; the bones of a 
person separated from each other and all 
jumbled together ; hai pu ka iwiponaika 
uwe. See Iwi and Pona. 

[-wi-pu-HA-KA, s. The bones of the loins. 

[-wi-pu-nI-u, s. The skull bone. 

I-pe-xa, s. Name of an animal; the 
ibex. Sol. 5:19. 


O. 


. O the fourth letter of the Hawaiian 
Salphabet. It is the easiest sounded, 

next to a, of all the letters. 
mostly that of the long English o in note. 

bone, &c. There is a difference in some 
words among Hawaiians as to the quan- 





Its sound is | 


tity; some say mahope, others say mahoppy. 
The first is the more correct. 


QO. This letter is prefixed to nouns, both 


common and proper, as well as to pro- 
nouns, to render them emphatic or definite. 
This o should be carefully distinguished 


0 


from o the preposition. It may be called 
the o emphatic. It is used in particular- 
izing one or more persons or things from 
others. The o emphatic stands only before 
the auikumu or nominative case. Gram. 


§ 53. 

O, prep. Of; belonging to; ka hale o 
ke alii, the house of the chief; it is synon- 
ymous with ko; as, ko ke alii hale, the 
chief’s house ; but the words require to be 
differently disposed. In a few words it is 
interchangeable with a. See A prep. As, 
ka pane ana o ka waha, and ka pane anaa 
ka waha, the opening of the mouth. f 

O, s. A place, but indefinitely ; mai o 
a o, from there to there ; throughout. Puk. 
27:18. From one side to the other; io a 
io ae, this way or that way ; here or there. 
More generally used adverbially ; as, 

O, adv. Yonder; there; ma o aku, be- 
yond; mai o a o, from here to there, or 
from yonder to yonder, i. e., everywhere. 
It takes the several prepositions no, ko, i, 
ma, mai. Gram. § 165, 2d. 

O is sometimes prefixed to the impera- 
tive mood instead of e; as, o hele oe, go 
thou, instead of e hele oe ; o hoi oukou i na 
la ekolu, return ye for three days. In this 
case, for the sake of euphony, the 0 may 
take a u after it; as, ow hoi olua, return 
ye two. 

O, conj. Lest. This is one form of the 
subjunctive mood; as, mai ai oukou o 
make, eat not lest ye die; also. Nah. 14:42. 


Oe T 


ment; to dot into; to prick; to stab. Syn. 
with hou and ou. See Ov. 

2. To thrust; to thrust through ; to gore, 
as a bullock. -Puk. 21:28. <A. o iho la ke- 
kahi i ka polulu, some one pierced him 
with a long spear. See Oo. Pass. To be 
pierced, stabbed; hence, to be killed; to 
be pierced with a spear; mai ota ke ka- 
naka i ka ihe. Oia, passive of 0, to plunge 
under water, as a canoe or surf-board. 

3. To extend or reach out, as the hand 
or finger ; o ka mea e ae mai,e o mai lakou 
i ko lakou lima, those who assent, let them 
stretch out their hands; to stretch out the 
hand to take a thing. in. 8:9. 

4, To stretch out the hand to trouble or 
afflict. Puk. 8:2. 

5. To dip,as the fingers in afluid. Oihk. 
4:6. Hoo, for hoo-o. To stretch out, as the 
hand. Puk. 14:27. To thrust in the hand 
or finger into an orifice. Anat. 45. 

QO, v. To call for a thing desired. Sol. 
2:3. 

2. To answer to a call. Jer. 7:13. To 
answer to one’s name when called; aohe i 
o mai, he answered not. 

O, $. Art., ke. An instrument to pierce 
with; any sharp pointed instrument; a 


84 


o pierce, as with a sharp instru- | 


OAO 


fork; a sharp stick ; keo bipi, an ox goad. 
Tank. 3:30. Ke o manamana kolu, a three- 
pronged fork. 1 Sam. 2:13. 

2. The effect for the cause ; a sharp pain 
in the body; a stitch in the side, as if 
pierced by a sharp instrument; a keen 
darting pain in the side of the chest. 


O, s. Provision for a journey; travel- 
ing food. Puk. 12:59. E hoomakaukau 
oukou i o no oukou, prepare food for your- 
selves (for your journey) ; provision for a 
voyage; ke kalua iho la no ia o ke 0 holo 
i ka moana, that was the preparing the 
provision to go on the ocean. 

O, s. The sprit of a sail. 

O, s. The sound of a small bell; a tink- 
ling sound. See Ox. 

O-a, v. To burst over, as a swollen 
stream. 

2. To exceed; to go beyond; to pass 
over the point intended. 

3. To shout, as a multitude of voices. 

4, To roll, as a stone over a hill, or toss 
it over. 

5. To change conversation. 

O-a, v. To gag; to heave, as one sick 
at the stomach. 

2. To split, as a board or log. See Ooz, 
Owa and Oaoa. 

O-a, v. To be bereaved of children; to 

have lost one’s children. 
2. To be bereaved of parents; to become 
orphans. 
|O-a, adj. Bereaved; reduced to orphan- 
age, as parents of children, or children of 
parents ; aole pono na keikioa makua ole, 
uncomfortable are children bereaved of pa- 
rents. oy 
O-a, s. A species of wood resembling 
mahogany. 
O-a, s. A rafter of a house. 
2. The timbers in the sides of a ship. 
3. Name of the five parallel lines on 
which music is written. 


O-a-aa, s. The name of large threads 
in cloth. 

2. Similar appearances in bad potatoes 
when cooked. ~ 

O-aE-aE, adj. A little watery; not 
solid ; oaeae ke kalo. 

Q-a-0-A (0-wa-o-wa), adj. Split; shat- 
tered; cracked, as wood; he laau oaoa. 
Bee Oa 2. 

O-a-o-a, s. The sound of water bub- 
bling, as in a spring, or as water running 
out of the neck of a calabash. 

O-a-o-a, v. To gurgle, as water purling 
or running unevenly, as through the neck 
of a calabash; oaoa ka wai o ka huewai ; 
oaca ka nuku o ka huewai pueo. 


OAN 


85 


OEN 


O-a-o-a. Ua oaoa au; ua ozoa ae loko | O-a-po-Ko-LE, s. See Oa, lines in music, 


ou; ua odod ka ilio. 

O-a-o-a, adj. Calm; serene; joyful. 

O-a-o-a-ka, v. To glitter; to glisten ; 
to spangle. 

O-a-o-a-KA, s. Name of a shell fish of 
the sea. , 

O-av, pers. pron., Ist pers. sing. See 
Av. I; the o is emphatic, and sounded 
quickly with the following a, it becomes 
w, as wau; when the o is a little more 
heard, it becomes owau ; hence the several 
forms : 

1. Au, I, simple form. 

2. Oau, I, with o emphatic. 

3. Wau, I, the o and a sounded quickly 
together—w. 

4n Owau, I, the third form again em- 
phatic—owau. See these several forms in 
their places. 

O-au, v. To mew,asacat. See Owau. 

O-au (oa-o-au), s. The name of a spe- 
cies of fish ; he oopu oau, he oaoau, he olu- 
heluhe. ‘ 

QO-a-m1, s. Name of a kind of stone 
used in polishing canoes and wooden cala- 
bashes. 

Q-a-xa, v. To open suddenly; to open, 
as the mouth in the beginning of a speech; 
ua hoaka ae la oia e olelo aku ia lakou. 

2. To open, as the eyes. 

3. To open, as a book, a door, &e. Fig. 
To open the mouth, i. e., to have made a 
promise or vowed a vow. Lunie. 11:55, 36. 


O-a-xa, s. The opening of the mouth 
to speak; ka oaka ana o ka waha, ka 
ekemu ana. Sol. 8:6. 

2. The reflection of the sun on any lumin- 
ous body. 

3. A glimpse, glance or flashing of light; 
he oaka ana ae o ka uila, the flashing of 
lightning. 

O-a-KA-a-KA, 5s. Repeated glancing ; 
flashing, &c. See Oaoaka. 

Q-a-xu-a, s. Name of the 14th day of 
the month. See Axkua 2. 

O-a-La, v. To toss up and whirl over 
and over. 

2. To cast or throw away. 

3. To rear, pitch and kick up, as an un- 
broken horse; oala ka lio, he lio holo ino 
me ka oala mai a hope. 

Q-a-La, s. A tossing or brandishing, as 
a cane in the hand. 

O-a-La, adj. Name of a weapon or club 
thrown in fighting in war; o ka poe ikei 
ka laau oala, pa aku i ka newa. 

Q-a-xa, s. The name of a species of fish. 

O-a-ma, s. Name of a kind of fish. 


QO-a-nEI, adv. Is it there ? is it yonder ? 


and PoKo1g, short. In music,a leger-line. 

O-z, pers. pron., second, pers. sing. 
Thou; you; like au, it often takes 0 em- 
phatic, as ooe ; ooe no kau i manao ai, you 
thought of yourself; e noho oe me ka ma- 
kaukau, do you sit ready. 

O-z, v. See O. To prick; to probe; 
ke oe aku nei ia ia oukou me ka laau oioi, 
he pricks you with a sharp stick; to pick 
up, as with anything sharp. 

-E, v. To grate harshly, as one 

O-5-0-E, thing rubbing against another. 

2. To whiz, as a ball or grape-shot 
through the air. 

3. To make an indistinct continned sound; 
heaha la keia mea e oeoe ae nei? what is 
this thing that whizzes by us so? 

4. To murmur, as a purling brook or 
running water. 

O-r, s. A continued indistinct 
O-r-0-E, sound, as an axe upon a grind- 
stone ; as a pen drawn hard upon paper. 

2. The continued sound of the surf; the 
sound of a ship passing through the water; 
the sound of an army marching at a dis- 


tance. Syn. with nehe, pawewe, kamumu. 
O-z, ! s. An inverted cone. 
O-£-0-E, 2. Epithet of a man who walks 


genteelly ; superiority in some respects ; 
kukulu ka oe, spoken of one riding or run- 
ning swiftly on foot. 

3. Epithet of a beautiful woman. 

4, A lengthening; a stretching out of 
the neck. Jsa. 3:16,5. A monument; a 
pillar or sign of something. 

O-z, adj. Long; applied to the 

Q-E-0-E, neck of a person or thing; oece 
hoi ka a-i, he maikai no nae, long are their 
necks, but still they are handsome ; oeoe 
ka a-i o ka manu nene, long is the neck of 
the goose. 

2. Applied to a sail; he pea oeoe, he kie- 
kie, a long, high sail; applied to a house ; 
hale oeoe; kukulu hou i hale oeoe a kapu. 

O’-E, s. A drumming and singing 

Q-E-0-E, together ; ke oe omua, he wahbi 
pahu kapu e ku ana iloko 0 omua; kauo 
aku la o Wakea ia Papa ma ke o’e omua. 

O-£-0-E, s. A species of fish. 

Q-s-0-E-o, adj. Of different heights, 
some taller, some shorter. 

O-:-0-E-wE, adj. Moving; fluttering, 
as a leaf in the wind; 0 oe ia e ka lau oe- 
oewe, lau Kapalili, thou art it, thou moving 
leaf; leaf fluttering. 


O-z-Ha, adj. See Onaa. Broken or 
bent, as an arm or leg. 


O-z-no, adj. See AnvoEeno. Laieik. 
112. Kauai mats. 


OIA 


86 


O10 





0-1, v. To project out or over; to go 
beyond ; exceed; generally with mamua. 
Joan. 13:16. 

2. To be more in any way; to be more 
excellent ; to be greater naturally or mor- 
ally ; to be better. Puk. 1:9. To be ex- 
cessive in some condition ; as, ua 07 paa 
loa, aole e hemo, it is very array, fixed, it 
will not be moved. 

3. To limp; to walk stiffly. 

4. To approach ; to draw near to, as in 
speaking to one. Kin. 44:18. 

5. Hoo. To go beyond a prescribed 
limit. Lud. 3:13. Opposed to hoemi. Kanl. 
13:1. Ua hoot aku oe1 ka lono, thou ex- 
ceedest the report. 2 Oihl. 9:6. 

6. To be sharp, as a knife, hatchet or 
spade. Hal. 45:5. 

7. To sharpen; to set on edge, as the 
teeth. Hzek. 18:2. To sharpen, as a knife, 
onasteel or whetstone. See Kepa. Oikepa, 
a sharp instrument. 

0-1, s. Excess; superiority; greatness. 
Kanl. 7:7. 

2. An uneven number; difference in 
mumbers, as in substraction. 

3. The sharp edge or point of a weapon; 
hence, 

4, Offensive or defensive weapons; arms. 
Tuk. 11:22. The sharp points of broken 
glass bottles 5; ua maikai ka omole mawaho; 
aka, ina e naha ka omole, wa piha loa oloko 
i ka oi. 

5. The name of a small tree. 

6. In music, a sharp. 

O-1, adj. First; most excellent; greater; 
the best. 

2. Sharp; full of sharp points ; sharp, 

a knife; ka hoana oi, the sharp hone; 
ne _apuapu ‘oi, the sharp file. 
3. Poor; thin in flesh, that is, having 


har p features. 
“I, adv. While; whilst; during 

Q-1-Al, some time when a thing was 
doing ; e hele i ka malamalama, ot kau ke 
ea i ke kino; o¢ huli wale lakou ia ia, while 
they sought for him in vain; while yet. 2 
Sam. 3:35. 

O-14, pers. pron., third pers. sing. He, 
she, or it; the o is emphatic. See Ia. 
Gram. § 53 and 54,3. Oia no wau, I am 
he; o ka laau hua ole, oia kana e oki aku, 
the branch not fruitful, that he cuts off; it 
is not so often used for things as for per- 
sons; o@@ iho no, he by himself. 1 Nal. 
18:6. 

Q-1-a, v. To continue; to endure; to 
remain the same;, oi@ mau no ia, it is 
always the same; he oia ka mea hawawa i 
ka heenalu, hai ka papa, the awkward per- 
son always breaks the board in riding on 
the surf. Hoo. To consent; to affirm 3 to 
assent; to confess; to admit a truth or 


fact; to profess. Kanl. 26:3. To avouch. 
Kani. 26:17, 18. Nore.—The ideas of being, 
existence, continuance, firmness and truth 
are from the same root, and has the same 
form as the third pers. sing. of the pro- 
noun, and supply in some measure the 
place of the substantive verb. See Gram. 
§ 136, Ist. 

O-1-a, s. Yes; verity; truth; also hoo, 
same. 

O-1-4, adv. Yes; it is so; a strong af- 
firmative. 

Q-1-a, s. A species of fish. 

O-1-a1, adv. While; whilst, &c. See O1. 
Oiai e ola ana kakou i keia manawa, while 
we are living at the present time. 

O-14-1-0, s. Ota, truth, and Zo, real. 

1. Truth ; verity ; whatis true ; upright- 
ness. 

2. Hoo. A pledge; a thing given in 
pledge for another; a pawn. Kin. 38:20. 

Or-a-I-0, v. Hoo. To declare to be true; 
to affirm; to verify; to prove. 1 Nal. 8:26. 

2. To confess as an article of belief; to 
acknowledge; to trustin. Kamil. 1: 32.” 

O1-a-1-0, adv. Truly; verily; ofa truth. 
Joan. 3:3. A strong asseveration of truth. 

Or-a-10, adj. True; not false; he ovato 
maoli eee mau hana, aole keekee iki. 


Or-a-na, int. Indeed! truly! Lazetk. 8. 


Or-a-Na, Le. imp. Let it be seen; let 
OL-A-NE, it appear; showit me, &c. Syn. 
with inane. Oiane kau palapala, show 
your book ; sometimes written oiana. Syn. 
also with hoike. E otane oe i kau olele. 
O1-0, s. Name of a species of fish. 
2. Name of a kind of stone used i in pol- 
ishing canoes. 
3. Name of a species of small bird. 


O-10, s. A company or troop of ghosts; 
he huakai uhane ; the same in respect of 
ghosts as huakai is in respect of men. 

O-1-0, s. A long bundle of salt or fish ; 
he oio paakai; he io kekahi inoa; also 
called io. 

2. The name of a fish that burrows in the 
sand ; 0 ka oio ka ia noho ma ke one. 

O-10, s. O, fork, and zo, flesh. A flesh 
hook; a flesh fork. Puk. 38:3 

O1-o1, v. To rest from fatigue, partic- 
ularly the fatigue of walking. Nah. 10:33. 

2. To move “sideways ; to turn the side 
to one. Puk. 20:15. 
3. Hoo. To shoot out the lips, as in scorn. 

O1-01, s. Something sharp; excessive. 
Fig. A trial. 

O1-01, ad). Sharp; full af sharp points; 
mea oioi, pricks ; sharp things. 

2. Forward ; presuming. 


OIL 


O-10-10, v. To pass and repass by num- 
bers in quick succession. 

O1-0-1-na, s. See O1o1, to rest. A rest- 
ing ; a resting place for travelers, where is 
found some accommodations more than 
usual; a pile of stones; a tree; a bush, 
&e. Kin. 42:27. 

Or-or-xu, v. To struggle; to contend 
with some difficulty, as traveling in deep 
mud ; oioiku ka hele ana o ka mea nui. 
See OIKkv. 

Or-Haa, s. A person with crooked limbs, 
but not so much as to hinder from busi- 
ness. See OwAa. 

Or-Ha-Na, s. Ot, principal, and hana, 
work. 

1. A special duty or business ; the work 
peculiar to one; an occupation ; a trade. 
Oih. 18:3. 

_2. Duty; employment. Kin. 47:3. Ser- 
vice. 

3. An observance; custom; ministry ; 
labor ; calling ; office. 

4, One’s tools; instruments or apparatus 
for any business. Puk. 27:3. Na kapu 
kahiko a me na oihana wabahee, the an- 
cient kapus and the false customs, i. e., 
customs founded on false notions; na oi- 
hana lapuwale, foolish customs; ke hoike 
mai nei na kumu a kakou i keia oihana o 
ha aina naauao. 

5. The name of the book of Acts in the 
New Testament. 

O1-HA-NA-A-LII, s. Othana and alii, king. 
A history of the acts of kings ; name of the 
books in the Old Testament called Chron- 
icles. 2 Nal. 13:8. 

OI-HA-NA-KA-HU-NA, Ss. Othana and ka- 
huna, priest. 

1. Priesthood; the exercise of the priest’s 
Office. Nah. 18:1. 

2. Name of the book Leviticus. 

QO-1-Ki-pu-A-Ho-LA, s. The name of a 
pestilence in the time of Waia. 

O-1-K1-1-kI1, s. Name of the fifth month. 

O-1-x1-K1, s. Name of a month; same 
as ikiki. 

Or-xu, v. To struggle, as one walking 
in deep mud. See Ororku. 

O1-Ku-wa, s. Name of the tenth month. 

Q-1-u1, v. Kindred with wilt. To twist; 
to roll up. 

2. To roll up a cloth, kapa or paper. 

3. To untwist ; to spring back, as a bun- 
dle, when it gets loose ; e opeope ia wahi 

* mea a paa, 0 oili aku ia mea, hoka kakou. 
See Wirt. 

; 4. To feel uneasy ; to be agitated with 
ear. 

5. To faint; to be discomposed; to be 
Sea with strong emotions. Mele Sol. 

- 3:6. 


87 


OO 


6. To ascend; to mount up, as an object 
seen at a distance; oili ka hale kula o 
Lahainaluna ke nana mai i ka moana; to 
rise in the mind, as a thought; oili mai la 
keia manao hou iloko o’u, this new idea 
came up into me. 

7. To project; to extend beyond ; sim- 
ilar to kela; e oili ae ana ka holo ana; ka 
oili ae no ia hele ana iwaho; o ka oili ae 
mawahd o ka upena holo ana. 

O-1-11, s. The region of the heart; the 
seat of fear; lele ka oili, a fright; the seat 
of judgment ; conscience ; ka mea maloko 
e hoapono ana, a e hoahewa ana. Kamak. 
Lele ka oili o ka lani; lele i ka lanio ka 
oili ; o ka lani, oia ka mea e lele ana me 
he koki la ia, me he hokulele la. 

Q-1-11, s. Name of a small fish; also 
uviwi. 

O-1-11, adj. Ke keiki oilt wale, an un- 
timely birth. Kekah. 6:3. Ka manu oili 
leo lea o ke kakahiaka, the bird of the 
morning unfolding a lovely voice. 

Q-1-L1-La-PA, s. Name of a species of fish. 

O-1-t1-LE-pa, s. Name of a species of 
small fish in the ocean resembling, but a 
little larger than the uwiwi. Nore.—Per- 
haps this is the same as the foregoing. 

Q-1-L1-Lu-a, v. To go before; to project 
one thing before another. See Hooxe.a. 

Q-1-LI-PU-LE-LO, v. Oilipulelo ke ahi o 
ka maile; to send lighted fire brands down 
a pali in the night, formerly a sport for 
chiefs. 

Q-1-LI-wa-Le, adj. Relating to an un- 
timely birth; prematurely unfolded. Ke- 
kah. 6:3. 

O-1-L0o, s. He nahelehele liilii loa, e 
oilo ae ana ilalo; grass and: other vegeta- 
bles when it first springs up. 

Q-1-Lo, s. Name of a species of fish; he 
oilo puhi. 

2. The springing up or first shooting of 
plants and vegetables. 

Q-1-Lu-a, adj. Oi, edge, point, and Zua, 
double. Double edged; two edged, as a 
sword ; same as makalua. 


O-1-wi, s. See Iwi, s. The substantial 
partof a thing; that which gives character 
or adds ornament; the upper naked per- 
son of a well built man; o hele a hoike 
aku i ko oiwi ike kumu; maikai ka oiwi o 
mea, kihi peahi lua, maikai ka oiwi ke 
nana aku, pakaka. 

Nani ka otw?i o Hilo i ka lehua 
Ke kui lai ke one i Waiolama 
Nani ke kino 0 ia Isau, he laau. 

O-o, v. ‘To ripen; to become ripe, as 
fruit. Jos. 3:15. 

2. Applied to men; he kanaka oo loa, a 
full grown man; he kanaka elemakuie, 
ua 00. 


OO! 


grown up to manhood. 

O-0, v. See O, to pierce, dot into, &c. 
To crowd or cram into, as tobacco into a 
pipe; e oo iho i ka ipubaka i paa ai ka 
ipubaka ke pubi aku ; e nounou. 

2. To crowd herbs, &c., of an inflamma- 
tory nature into the vagina of a female to 
procure abortion. 

3. To pierce with a sharp instrument the 
foetus in the womb; 00 no lakouina keiki, 
ua nui na kamalii i make pela. See Ao- 
mito. He nui wale na wahine i 00 i ka 
lakou mau keiki i ka manawa e hapai ai. 

4. To commit infanticide generally, of 
which the Hawaiians had a variety of 
pene. 

. To stab or pierce, as with a spear ; 
00 he la lana i ko Keeaumoku kua i ka 
pahoa, they two stabbed the back of Kee- 
aumoku with a pahoa. 

O-o, s. Name of the process by which 
a child was killed in the womb. 

O-o, s. The instrument anciently used 
by Hawaiians in cultivating the ground. 
Originally it was made of some hard wood 
flattened and sharpened at one end so as 
to dig with. The kinds of wood were the 
alahee, ulei, kauila, the uhiuhi, &c. Iron 
since its introduction has taken the place 
of these kinds of woods. 

O-o, s. Name of a species of bird liv- 
ing in the mountains in the daytime and 
flies to the sea at night; a small brown 
bird, web-footed. 

Q-o, s. Name of a species of bird found 
in great numbers on Hawaii; the feathers 
were much valued by the chiefs for orna- 
menting their persons. 

O-o, s. Name of a large fly brush. 

O-o, adj. Ripe; mature, as fruit. Ler. 
24:2. 

2. Applied also to full grown young 
people; ai oo mua, first ripe fruit. Puk. 
22:29. 

Q-o-a-u1, s. Oo and ahi, fire. A fire 
shovel. 2 Othl. 4:11. Oka mea ike i ka 
ooahi o Naalono; lele ka papala ooahi o 
ka pali. 

Q-0-E, pers. pron., second pers. sing., 0 
emphatic. See Gram. § 131. Thou; you. 
See Ox. In the following cases it seems to 
be used in the auipili; ooe ke kukulu ana 
o keia hale ; ooe ka humu ana a keia pea. 
Ooe is used often in Laieikawai for ou, of 
thee ; nawai ke kama ooe. Laieik. 176. 

Q-or, v. To split, as a log or a board ; 
ooe aku la ia me ka laan no ka menemene 
i ka lalau aku me ka lima. 

Q-o1, v. To be sharp; pointed; oo7 na 
kakalaioa, the kakalaioa are sharp ; oot na 
puakala, the puakalas are sharp. See O1. 


88 


3. To come to maturity, as children|Q-o1, s. Roughness; 


OOL 


anything with 
sharp protuberances; ua like ka oot me ke 
kalakala. 

Q-o1, adj. Sharp; prickly. Jos. 23:13. 
Mea ooi, sharp things; briers. Dunk. 8:7. 
Nahele 002, thorns. 2 Sam. 23:6. Mea ooi, 
sting of a wasp or asp. Hoik. 9:10. 

O-o-0, v. To crow, as a cock. Mat. 
26:74, 75. Syn. with Kani. 

Q-o-0, s. Any small vessel for contain- 
ing water to drink; he ooo no ka wai, he 
kioo, kiahaaha. 

O-o-0, v. To shrink away. 

2. To be very careful of one’s person or 
property. 
3. To be parsimonious. 

O-ov, v. To call aloud; to cry after 
one to make him hear; ua oow aku la au 
ia ia i lohe mai ai, aole oia alawa mai. 
Kam. 

Q-o-Ha0, s. Oo and hao, iron. The iron 


oo. See Oo. Applied lately to the plow 
for tilling the soil. 
Q-o-Hov, s. Oo and hou, new. The 


name given to the plow as an instrument 
for tilling the soil; the new oo, i. e., the plow. 

O-o-nu, v. To bend over, as the shoul- 
ders of a carpenter or any mechanic from 
the constancy of work; oohu ke kua o ke 
kanaka no ke kulou mau i ka hana; ha- 
nana, kuaoohu; ua oohw ke kua, he is 
stoop-shouldered. 

QO-o-Hu, s. A stoop-shouldered man. 

2. The swell of the sea rollmg down 
from the north part of Hawaii; when it 
comes from the south point, it is called 
kahela. 

O-o-Hu, adj. Crooking; bending out- 
ward. 

O-o-x1, v. The 5th conj. of okt. To cut 
off; to lop, as the branch of a tree. Mar. 
11:8. To cut off, as a rope. 

2. To cut up, as wood for fuel; ke ooki 
nei au i ka wahie; ooki ae la lakou i ke 
kaula o ka waapa, they cut off the rope of 
the boat. ; 

3. To cut off, as the limb of a person. 
Lunk. 1:6. 

4. To divorce, as a married person; ke 
ooki nei au i kuu wahine no ka hewa; 
ooki i ka piko la, e ka hoahanan, a speech 
of one friend to another when they are at 
variance and can not agree. 

O-o-La, s. A blister on the foot; a stone 
bruise on the bottom of the foot. 

QO-o-La-Pu, s. A blister; the msing or 
swelling up of clothes in a tub of water. 

O-o0-LE-a, v. See Oo, the instrument 
formerly made of hard wood, and Lea, an 


intensive, much, very, &c. To be hard ; 
severe ; cruel in treatment ; to strengthen ; 





OOL 


to make firm, as bones do the animal sys- 
tem. Anat. 1. 

2. Physically, hard ; unyielding. 

3. Morally, rough; selfish in manners. 


89 


OU 


water ; he oolopu ai, he poolopu wai. Moo- 
olelo Haw. p. 114. 
Q-o-Lo-Pu, adj. Swelled full; distended, 


as a Sail, a tumor, &c. 


4. Hoo. To harden ; to render obdurate, O-o-ma, s. An open spout; the nose of 


either naturally or morally ; to harden, as 
the neck, i. e., to be obstinate. 2 Nal. 
17:14. Mai hoolea i ka hana ana,e hana no 
me ka oluolu. 

5. To be stout; strong; confident, as in 
using words. Mal. 3:13. To harden; make 
bold; fearless, as the face. Hzek. 3:8. 

O-o-tEA, s. Physically, strength ; con- 
fidence ; hardness; severity. Oihk. 25:46. 

2. Morally, surety ; stern justice. Rom. 
11:22. Opposed to lokomaikai. 

3. Strength; place of confidence. Hal. 
18:2. Ka ikaika, ka nawaliwali ole, ka 
paakiki. ; 

O-0-LEA, adj. Hard; compact; unyield- 


ing. 

2. Stiff ; forward; obstinate. Kanl. 31:27. 
Untractable; disobedient; hoo, same; hoo- 
kahi malama hookupu dala oolea, on the 
first month they collect hard money as 
taxes. 

Q-o-LE-Ku-KA-uHI, s. The name of the 
seventh day of the month. 

O-0-LE-KU-KA-HI, s. Ka hiku o na lao 
ka malama; eha oia mau la i kapaia ia 
mau inoa, 0 ka walu, o ka aiwa,ao ka 
umi. 

QO-o0-LE-ku-ko-LU, s. The ninth day of 
the month. 

O-o0-LE-Ku-LU-A, s. The name of the 
eighth day of the month. 

O-o-Le-pau, s. The tenth day of the 
month. 

Q-o-Lo-Hu-a, s. The fruit of the popolo. 

O-o-Lo-xu, v. Olo, flexible, movable, 
and ku, to rise. 

1. To be in a state like the sea when the 
current and wind are opposite ; to act like 
a chopped sea. 

2. To be stormy or tempestuous, as the 
sea ; kupikipiki io. 

3. Applied to the mind ; to be troubled; 
agitated. 

O-o-Lo-xu, s. The raging of the sea; 

_ _ ka ooloku ana o ke kai i ka ino. 
QO-o-Lo-ku, adj. Boisterous; stormy, as 
the sea. 

Q-o-Lo-La, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Q-o-Lo-11, adj. Contracted or narrow, 
as a place pinched up; as toes within tight 
shoes. 

Q-o0-Lo-Lu, adj. See Oxo and Lu, small. 
Thin ; narrow ; narrow, as a road; ma ke 
ala oololit aole nahelehele. See OLoLt. 
Ololii is the more correct orthography. 

Q-o-Lo-pu, s. A mouthful of food or 

12 


a pitcher ; a pitcher itself. 
2. A gouge; a person with a sharp nose. 
O-o-ma, adj. Open, as the mouth of a 
person ; as the nose*of a pitcher; he kiaha 
ooma wai,a pitcher. Lujc. 22:10. The flare 
of a bonnet, &c. ; epithet given by Hawai- 
ians to the bonnets of the first missionaries’ 
wives ; he papale ooma ka! 


O-o-nu1, s. Name of a species of fish. 


O-o-pa, v. To be lame; to limp for 
lameness. 2 Sam. 4:4. ~ 

O-o-pa, s. A lame person. Mat. 11:15; 
Oihk. 21:18. 

O-o-pa, adj. Lame, as by walking ; 
lame, as an arm with hard labor; lame, 
having lost a foot; lame, asacripple; lame 
naturally ; he wawae oopa, hapakue. 

O-o-pa-LAu, s. Oo, the name of the 
Hawaiian digger, to which is added from 
the English the word palau (plow.) Hence, 
a plow for cultivating the ground ; he oo- 
palau ka oo a ka bipie kano ai. See Oo- 
HAO and OoHov. 

QO-o-pa-Lau, v. To plow; to guide a 
plow. 1 Nal. 19:19. 

QO-o-pu, s. Name of a species of small 
fish living in fresh water rivers and ponds. 

O-o-pu-Ha-Puv, s. Name ofa fish which 
is caught far out at sea. 

Q-o-pu-HU-E, s. A species of fish with 
a rough skin, which is poisonous, if eaten. 

2. A name of the bitter calabash. 

Q-o-pu-Kal, s. A species of oopu living 
in the sea. See Oopv. 

Q-o-pu-Lu-vaA, adj. ‘The liver of an ani- 
mal served up with other things as a sauce; 
he ake puaa, he ake oopuluua. 

Q-o-pu-poo-paa, s. Another species of 
oopu, similar, if not the same as oopukai. 

Ov, pers. pron., second pers. sing., gen, 
of oe. Thine; yours; belonging to you. 
Sometimes it is used for kou, thy; thine ; 
as, me ou poe kanaka, instead of me kou 
poe, &c.; ow mau kamalii, thy children. 
Gram. § 132, 1. 

Ov is sometimes used for o in the im- 
perative ; as, ow hele oukou. Mat. 2:8; 

veh. 8:5. See Gram. § 192, last sentence. 
The o of this imperative is often written ow. 


O’v, pers. pron., first pers. sing., geni- 
tive ofau. My; mine; of me; belonging 
tome. Gram. § 124, 1. 

O-u, v. To lean the breast on a piece: 


of wood in order to float; to ascend upon, 
as a float. 


OUL 


O-v, s. A float. See Movo. 

Ou, v. To steal. 

2. To break off the top of a plant, bud 
or leaf. 

3. To commit a small offense; e ou ka 
muou 0 ka wa iki; e ow ka muou o ka 
baka. 

Ou, v. 'To hide away ; to escape pun- 
ishment for a crime ;*aole wahi e ow ai ka 
poe hewa i keia manawa, ua paa i ke kana- 
wai; he ou nei ka poe hewaikahi papa 
popo. 

Ou, v. See O, verb, and Hov. To 
pierce or puncture, as with a sharp instru- 
ment; e ou, e hooeha i ka puupuu i ke 
poo, to lance or pierce the swelling on the 
head. 

Ov, s. Name of a species of bird on 
the mountains ; 0 ka ow, ua like ia me ka 
moa opivpio ; he omaomao kona hulu. 

O-u-a, v. To stretch out. 

Q-v-a-Ka, v. To be open; to be full of 
holes. See Owaxa and Oaka. 

Q-v-o-u, s. A sharp quick sound, as of 
the kapa mallet; kani ovew ke kani ana a 
ka ie kuku. 

2. The sound of a drum when struck; e 
Kani ovou ana ka leo o ka pahu; ke kani 
o ka ovow kuamuamu, the sound of the 
sharp voice of railing. 

Ou-ou, v. To be full of hard lumps, as 
poi not well pounded ; he ououw ka ai, he 
hakuhaku puupuu. 

Ou-ou, s. The name of a small bird. 

Qu-ou, adj. Thin; feeble; he puka- 


puka, he kunono. 


Ou-o-te, s. Firmness; fearlessness. 
See Ou, to hide away. 

O-vo-vo, adj. Growing thriftily, as 
plants; no stinting; mahakea kupu lau 
ououo ole. 


Ou-Ho-Lo-al, s. A kind of mamaki kapa 
which is dyed or painted different colors 
on each side. 


Ou-kou, pers. pron., second pers. plural. 
Ye\s: you. 

QO-u-11, s. A change in the appearance 
of a thing. 

2. Character; kind; description; applied 
to many things ; he owli okoa; ua maopopo 
ka ouli 0 ka poe hana hewa, ma ka lakou 
hana ana. 

3. A sign; a token of the approach of a 
storm or calamity ; an omen; a sign in the 
heavens. . 

4. Form; change; meaning of a word. 

5. A sign of something expected; an 
earnest or pledge ; e lawe i ka owl ao, me 
ka ouli hana i pono ai oe i ka maka o kau 
poe haumana. 


90 


OHA 


6. A sign or signal of divine authority. 
Puk. 4:28. 

7. A wonder, i. e., a thing wondered at. 
Isa. 8:18. A token of some evil. Isa. 44:25. 
In grammar, mood or mode; as, ouli hai, 
indicative mood. 

O-u-u1, s. Name of the god of those 
who prayed people to death; ka inoa o ke 
akua o ka poe anaana. 

Ovu-mu-a-mu-a, s. See Muamva. The 
name of the foremost soldier or the front 
rank in battle. 

O-u-nau-na, s. The name of a four- 
footed animal in the sea. 


O-u-PE, v. To vex; to trouble; 

Q-U-PE-OU-PE, to put to hazard; to ill 
fate ; e oupe mai kuu akua ia oe. 

2. To be limber or weak, as the point of 
a pen; oupe ka maka o ka hulu. 

3. To make limber or bend, as a stick. 

4. To cause to fall, or to put down. 2 
Oihl. 25:8. See OxupE. 

Ou-wa, s. Auhea kakou a pau loa e o’u 
poe hoa owwa mau la wela nei la, where 
are we all, my fellow young cocks of these 
hot days; also oua. See Moaova. 

Ou-wa, s. A person living with stran- 
gers till he becomes as one of the people, 
but still does not feel at home. 

Ov-ra-na-Ta-Na, 5. Eng. The orang- 
outang. 

O-na, s. The small sprigs of kalo that 
grow on the sides of the older roots; the 
suckers which are transplanted. 

2. A branch from a stock. Isa. 53:2. A 
sucker from the root of a plant or tree. 
Jsa. TE). ie. ers 2325: 

3. A stick for ensnaring birds; he laau 
kapili manu. 

O-na, s. A salutation between the 
sexes; rather a call, as halloo! to attract 
attention, and when the person looks 
round, then beckons. 

O-Ha, v. To salute, as a mana woman, 
or vice versa; to call to one at some dis- 
tance, and when he looks, then beckons to 
him. 

O-va, adj. Sick from grief or care. 

O-naa, s. The name of a fish; also 
oeha; ke opae ohaa. 

O-Aa, adj. He wawae ohaa; a person 
with crooked or distorted limbs. 

O-Ha1, s. A flowering shrub resembling 
a locust. 

Q-wai-xau, s. Name given to a sledge 
obtained from Captain Cook which was 
worshipped. 

O-na-o, s. A swelling of the body from 


sickness ; ka ohao o ka ilio, the swelling of 
the dog. . 


OHA 


O-nAo, v. To weed; to cultivate ; to 
dress land. 

O-Hao, adj. Swelled or dropsical; ka 
opu ohao; puffed up; swelled full, as the 
bowels with wind or water. See OHAOHAO. 

O-nao, s. Name of a rope to tie dogs 
with. } 

O-nao, v. To tie, as a rope or string; 
to bend on; applied mostly to dogs; e 
ohao i ka ilio a paa. 

Q-nA-o-HA, s. The fond recollection of 
a friend ; joy ; great desire ; strong affec- 
tion. 

QO-n4-0-HA, adv. Thriftily, as oha shoots; 
like ohas; ulu ohaoha na laau kann, the 
trees planted grow thriftily. 

Q-HAo-Hao, v. See Ouao. To swell, as 
the belly or body; to be full, as with much 
eating ; ua hookuku, wa nopu. 

2. To rise up, as a thought in the mind. 
See Ono. 

O-HAo-HAo, adj. Puffed up; swelled 
full, as the bowels with wind or water ; he 
ohaohao ka opu, he ekeeke ke lomi iho. 

O-Hao-HAo-La, s. A false speech; a lie; 
a contradiction from what one has said be- 
fore; na olelo au i lohe ai he ohaohala 
wale no ia, aolei like pu me kau i olelo 
ai, ohaohaola, ohalahala. 

QO-Hao-Ha-La, adj. Thrifty; rank, as 
vegetables. See Onana and OHAOHA. 

O-ao-Ha-LA, s. A pleasant delightful 
sound. 

O-na-na, adj. Plump; rank; thrifty; 
flourishing ; referring to vegetables. Kin. 
41:5. Ka ulu maikai ana o ka mea kanu. 

O-na-Ha, s. Name of a plant, arbores- 
cent lobelia; a vine growing on trees; a 
parasitical plant. 

O-na-Ha, adj. Swelled; puffed up; en- 
larged. See Hawa. 

O-Ha-KA, v. Ua ohaka, ua pololi; to be 
disconnected, but near together; to have 
a crack between. 

O-Ha-Kka, adj. Open; not joined; not 
fitted together; he mao ohaka, he mao 
hakaka. 

Q-HaA-Ka-Lal, s. Oha and kalai. A stick 
to rub or polish with, as a file or other in- 
strument. 

Q-na-Ku-LAl, v. Oha, a shoot, and ku- 
lai, to push over. To bend off the young 
kalo from the old to give it room to grow. 

O-na-ku-Lar, s. A hard protuberance 
on the joints of the human body, as the 


knees, hips, ankles, &c.; also called haupuu. 
2. A protuberance in the flesh. 


O-Ha-La, adj. Green; young; not ripe. 
Q-Ha-Lav, s. The soft tops and blossoms 


91 


OHE 


of kalo leaves made into a luau; often 
made where kalo grows plentifully. 

O-na-na, s. A family. 2 Sam. 9:1. A 
brood of birds. Kanl. 22:6. A litter, as 
of puppies or pigs ; an offspring; a tribe. 
Jos. 14:1, 2, 3. All the young of one ani- 
mal; ka ohana moa, ka ohana ilio, &e. ; 
ohana unku, an endearing appellation for 
little children ; ohana hipa, a flock of sheep. 

QO-a-na, adj. Of or relating to a fam- 
ily ; he mohai ohana, a family sacrifice. 1 
Sam. 20:29. 

O-na-na, s. A family of parents, chil- 
dren and servants living together; 0 ke 
kakae no ia o ka lepo o Lahainaluna me 
he ohana moa la. 

O-nE, s. Art., ke. The bamboo; the 
outside was formerly used for knives on 
account of its hardness; a reed generally. 
2 Nal. 18:21. 

2. A measuring reed. Hoik. 21:15. Ohe 
kani, a flute; ohe nana, a spyglass ; puna 
ohe, a spoon made of bamboo. 

3. Name of a forest tree; timber soft, 
ee kukui, white, good for making kuku- 
uaeo. 


O-HE, s. A bundle. See Out. 

O-nE, s. Art., ka. Name of a musical 
instrument of the flute kind; hookahi au 
mea malama, 0 ka ohe a kana; aia malama 
pono oe i ka ohe. Laieik. 122. He ohe 
mana. Ib. 

O-HE-A, adv. inter., the genitive case of 
Sen Of where? of what place? Gram. § 

O-nEA, v. To weed; tohoe. See OnEv. 

Q-neE-A, s. An arrow not well fitted; a 
matter of play for children; he pua lele 
ole, he pua ohea. 

O-ne-a, adj. Lazy after eating; tired 
of work; no inclination to work ; he mo- 
lowa, hoihoi ole, ohea i ka la. 

O-HEA-HEA, adj. Warm; tasteless, as 
warm water; he wai oheahea, he wai 
mama. 

O-HE-A-LA, Ss. Ohe and ala, sweet. Sweet 
cane ; a vegetable offered in sacrifice. Isa. 
43:24. Sweet calamus. Puk. 30:23. 

O-HEE, s. O, to pierce, and hee, squid. 
To take squid by spearing; i ka ohee lakou, 
they are spearing squid. 

O-nE-0-HE, adj. Half erect, not flat or 
horizontal, but as a steep roof of a house ; 
ku oheohe, a kulu ole. 

O-nE-0-HE, s. The bamboo; a reed gen- 
erally *See OnE. 

O-nE-uv, v. To weed or hoe, as pota- 
toes ; to dig over a garden. ‘ 


O-HE-U, ae See Hev. To come 
QO-HE-U-HEU,§ out, as the beard of a 


OHI 


young man; oheuheu, ua oheu ae no hoi 
kou puukole, make kuu makua. 


92 


OHI 


8. To take up and protect, as an orphan. 
Hal. 27:10. 


O-ne-HA, adj. Slow; lazy in work. See | O-m, s. A collecting, as of money or 


Hena, molowa. 

O-HE-KA-PA-LA, $S. Ohe, bamboo, and 
kapala, to print. A piece of bamboo carved 
for the purpose of printing kapa; he ohe 
kakau. 

O-nE-KE, adj. Fearful; bashful; mod- 
est; humble; he oheke wale ko ke kua- 
aina kanaka, the country people are mod- 
est and diffident ; he oheke ole kanaka wahi 
alii, the people about the chief are without 
modesty. 

O-HE-LO,, ie A species of small 
O-HE-LO-HE-LO, § fruit of a reddish color; 
the Hawaiian whortleberry. See Heo. 
O-HE-LO-HE-LO, adj. Having the color 
of the ohelo, i. e., a light red; he hainaka 

ohelohelo, he silika ohelohelo. 

Q-nE-Lo-pa-PA, s. A strawberry. 

Q-nE-mo, adj. Weaned; broken off, as 
from sucking ; as a child from the breast. 
See Hemo. He ukuhi ohemo na keiki. 

QO-nE-mo, v. To discharge freely from 
the bowels, as in a dysentery. 

_ O-nE-Mo-HE-mo, adj. Faint; languid ; 

weak ; omino, alalohe, nawaliwali. 


O-nE-NA-NA, S. Ohe, bamboo, and nana, 


to see, look. A spyglass. See OnE. 

O-HE-wa, v. O, to pierce, and hewa, 
wrong. To make a false stab at a person 
or thing. 

O-HE-wa-HE-wa, adj. Far gone with 
sickness ; dead drunk; dim-sighted ; ohe- 
wahewa mai la na maka, the eyes do not 
see plainly ; not able to see from intense 
light or other cause; liable to mistake 
what is seen. See HooHEwAHEWA. 


O-n1, v. To gather up, as things scat- 


tered; to glean. Kanl. 24:21. To collect 
together. Nah. 11:32. 

2. To collect, as fruit; to gather in a 
harvest. Oihk. 19:9, 10. 


3. To pluck, as fruit, and carry away; 
to collect together, as property ; ua ohiia 
ka waiwai; to collect; to sweep in, as in 
collecting the spoil of a conquered en- 
emy. 

4. To carry away by force; equivalent 
to hao; aohe pu oloko o ka pa, ua pau i 
ka ohiia e na kanaka mawaho, there was 
no gun in the fort, they were all taken away 
by the people without. 

5. To choose out. Sam. 17:40. 

6. To receive ; to be taken into the care 
or friendship.of one ; ohi mai o Liholiho i 
poe punahele nana; pau ae la ke kui i ka 
‘ohtia i makau, all the nails were collected 
for fish-hooks. 

7. To receive, as the interest on money. 


property, implying difficulty ; the collect- 
ing the fruits of a harvest. 2 Oihl. 31:5. 
The collecting, as debts. 

2. A bundle or collection of something ; 
as, he ohi wauke, he ohi kalo, a bundle of 
wauke, a bundle of kalo. 

O-u1, s. For ohe, bamboo. Laieik. 22. 
A misprint perhaps. 

O-n1, adj. False; deceitful; waha ohz, 
a lying mouth; he wahahee ; he puaa ohi, 
a female hog that bears no pigs; he alii 
ohi, oia ke alii nana e ae ke kapa moe. 
Norre.—Another native says that ohi is the 
appellation given to a female animal upon 
the first bearing of young. See Isa. 7:21. 
After two or three productions she is called 
kumulau. } 

O-n1-a, s. A contraction for ohia. A 
forcing ; constraining ; compelling. 2 Kor. 
9:5 


O-n1-a, s. Name of a species of large 
tree, the timber used for various purposes, 
but especially for making gods. See other 
species below. 

2. The name of a class of gods under the . 
general name of akuanoho. 

O-ni-a, s. A deciduous fruit somewhat 
resembling the apple. 

O-n1a-a1, s. Name of the tree that bears 
the ohia fruit; obia apane, the ohia with 
red blossoms. . 

O-nia-HA, s. Another species of the 
ohia tree; hili ohiaha a hooluu. 

O-nIA-LE-HU-A, s. Ohia and lehua, name 
of a blossom of certain trees. Another spe- 
cies of the ohia, bearing beautiful blossoms. 
See Lenua. 

O-uI-E, adj. Wicked; perverse. See 
Hie or Higxte, and Ounreua. 

O-u1-0, s. A hahai i ka ohio, a me ka 
ohio unuunu. 

O-u1-0, s. The thinking; the reflection 
of the mind upon a beloved but absent ob- 
ject. 

; 2. The undulating motion of the air over 
a smooth plain in a hot day. 

O-u1-0, v. Tostirand loosen the ground 
around a vegetable. 

QO-u1-0-u1, s. See Our. Falsehood; de- 
ceitful talk; boasting; bragging ; ohiohi 
pukupuku. 

O-n1-0-H1, s. The small straight branches 
of trees ; ohiohi ke kupu o ka laau ; ohiohi 
ke kupu ana ae. 

O-n1-0-H1, v. To have substances of 
various colors united, or a substance of 
various shades of color, as mahogany tim- 
ber, curl-maple, curly koa, &c. 


OHI 


2. To be very beautiful ; pleasing to look 
at; handsome. 

O-n1-o-n1-0, v. See Hio. To stagger or 
reel, as one intoxicated ; to be slightly in- 
toxicated, so as to produce the desire of 
sleep. 

2. To do a thing but slightly. 
3. To shut the door lest loafers should 
come in. 

O-n1-0-H1-0, s. The dizziness of slight 
intoxication. 

O-n1-v, v. To thatch in a particular 
manner. 

QO-n1-u-n1-v, s. Name of a species of 
fish found at Kawaihae; at other places 
they are called uhu. 

O-n1-Kau, v. To mistake; to make an 
error in speaking ; ohikau wale aku no. 
See Onrpua. 

O-u1-Kau, s. A mistake; a blunder in 
speaking. 

O-n1-K1, s. Name of a particular man- 
ner of thatching ; ua ohiki ka maka i ka 
laau; ua ohikiia kalaau i kaai i ka wawae. 

2. Name of a species of small crab or 
sand spider. 

O-u1-x1, v. To shell, as one shells beans; 
e ohiki a hoihoi aku i ka pulupulu. 

2. To put in; to cram down; e ohiki 
iloko. 

3. To pry up, as a stone. 

4. To lance or open, as an abscess. 

Q-nI-kI-HI-k1, v. ‘To persevere, as when 
one expects a favor by asking. 

2. To pick, as the teeth ; ohikihiki i ka 
niho a pilo. 

O-ni-to, s. Name of the first day of 
the month among Hawaiians; same as hilo. 

O-n1-nA, v. Ohi andana. To have one’s 
property swept away for debt; ohina au- 
papa, same as pau ka waiwai. 

O-u1-nu, v. To roast, as meat. Isa. 
44:16. To hang up and turn round by the 
fire for roasting ; to roast over or before a 
fire ; ua ohinuia i ka uwahi. 


O-ni-nu, s. The piece of meat roasted 
as above, or a piece for roasting. 1 Sam. 
2:15 ; Isa. 44:16. 

Ka ohinu lele uwahi manu e 
O ka manu ai leleu. 
2. The name of the stick which turns 
while the meat is roasting. 


O-nI-Nu-HI-NU, v. See Onmnv. To roast 
much or often. 

2. To be parched and dried, as the skin 
or as roast meat; ua ohinuhinu ka ili, ua 
upepehu. 

3. To be smooth and shining, as a swelled 
skin; hence, 

4, To be sick. 

O-n1-pa, v. To vow; to take a vow. 


93 


OHU 


2. To perform a vow. 
3. To speak that which is false. 
Hoourpa. 

O-n1-pu-A, adj. Wicked; naughty; per- 
verse; he ohipua ka olelo; careless or 
negligent in speaking, whether truth or 
falsehood. 

O-no, v. Tocry out; more often hooho ; 
to exclaim, cry out, as many voices; to 
cry out, exclaim, as a single voice ; hooho 
ae la ia leo nui, a pane mai la ia me ka 
hooho ana, auwe! pau! See Hoono. To 
cry out, as a flock of birds on being fright- 
ened ; oho ae la ka auna manu i ka ilio. 


O-no, s. The hair of the head. Mat. 
5:36. Or human hair; oho hina, gray hair. 
Kin. 42:38. See Lavono. 

2. The leaves of the cocoanut trees from 
their resemblance to hair; wehe ke kaiaulu 
i ke oho o ka niu, the strong wind loosens 
the leaves of the cocoanuts. 

O-no-a-xa, s. The name of the second 
day of the month ; same as hoaka. 

O-no-ku, s. Also the name of the sec- 
ond day of the month. 

O-Ho-ku, s. The name of the fifteenth 
day of the month, that is, the day that suc- 
ceeds the day of the full moon. 

O-no-xul, s. Oho, hair, and kui, to join 
together. A wig, made awkwardly, for- 
merly worn in war. Kum. Haw. 10. 

Q-Ho-11, v. See Hort. To question for 
information. 

O-no-ma, adj. Destitute; without con- 
veniences ; ua ka au-i ka pa ohoma, a ua 
kokoke mai kona la. 

O-nu, s. A fog; a mist; a cloud. Puk. 
24:16. Smoke; vapor. Job. 36:27. Ka ohu 
e uhi ana i ke kuahiwi, the light cloud that 
covers the mountains. Syw. with awa, fine 
rain; also noe, spray. 

2. The breath of a person ina cold morn- 
ing; o ka ohw no ia o ke kanaka. See 
Manu. 

O-nv, v. To roll up, as the sea that 
does not break. Laieik.91. To swell high, 
as water ; ohu iluna ka wai; ua pihaaohu 
iluna ke kai. 


O-nu, s. A roller or swell of water that 
does not break. 
2. Name of a place raised up for any 
purpose. See Onuku and AnuA. %& 


Q-nu-a, s. The family part of a house- 
hold, as children, servants, domestics, so- 
journers, &c.; the master and mistress are 
not generally included. Kin. 12:5. Ka 
ohua ia o Hinahele me Kuula. 

2. Applied to the passengers on a vessel. 


O-nu-a, v. To glide; to slip off, as the 
glancing of the arrow in throwing the 
arrow ; ua ohua kau ka ana i ka pua. 


See 


OHU 


O-nu-a, s. Name of the young of the 
fish called manini. See MaKanionva. 

O-nu-a, s. Name of the thirteenth day 
of the month ; properly hua. 

O-nv-a-L1-Ko, s. A species of fish like 
the manini. ' 

Q-HU-A-LI-MU-KA-LA, Ss. A species of 
small fish. 

Q-Hu-a-LI-Po-a, s. A species of small 
fish. 

O-HU-A-PAA-WE-LA, S. A species of fish. 

Q-Hu-A-PA-LE-mo, s. A species of small 
fish. Laieik. 12. 

QO-xv-1, v. To twist round, as in pull- 
ing out a tooth. 

2. To snatch or rescue, as in pulling a 
child from the flames. 

3. To pick or pull out a sliver from the 
flesh. ; 

O-nvu-1-Hu-1, v. To twist round and 
draw out, as a tooth; ohuihui i ka niho; 
ohuihui i ka naio, to pull up the naio (san- 
dal-wood.) See Ontt. 

Q-Hu-o-Hu, s. A myrtle wreath worn 
around the neck. 

2. A blackish kind of kapa. 

Q-nvu-o-nv, adj. Large; heavy; bur- 
dened ; ohuohu o mea i hele mai la; ohu- 
ohu o mea i ka lei. 

O-Hu-o-HU, v. To dress in uniform. 

2. To decorate, as a room ; to dress out, 
as a ship; to put on wreaths, &c. 

O-nu-xku, s. A small, flat elevation; a 
platform. 

2. A protuberance; a round or blunt 
protuberance of earth, stones or other 
eae Syn. with puu, hua, ahua, wawa, 

e: 

O-xnu-xu, v. To stick out; to be prom- 
inent in some part; ua ohuku ke poo. 

O-nu-LE, v. To be or become bald- 
headed. Isa. 15:2. Lae ohule. Oihk. 13:40, 
41. Hoo. To make the head bald. Ezek. 
29:15. To make one’sself bald. Oihk. 21:5. 
Ka lauoho ole 0 ke poo, oia ka ohule. 

Q-nu-LE, s. A bald-headed person. 2 
Nal. 2:23. 

2. Baldness itself. Mik. 1:16. Ohule pa- 
hukani i ke aluia. 

O-nu-LE, adj. Bald; bald-headed. 

O-nu-Lu, s. Potatoes of the second 
growth ; old sprouted potatoes; ka uala 
kahiko. 

O-nu-Lu, adj. A person that sails or 
goes on the ocean ; he kanaka ohulu no ka 
moana. 

O-nu-mu, v. To complain of or find 
fault with the conduct of some person or 
of something done. Neh.5:1. To complain 
secretly or privately. 


94 


OKA 


2. To confer privately concerning an 
absent person, either with a good or bad 
design. 

3. To confer clandestinely ; to murmur. 

4. To speak against one. Puk. 16:7. To 
complain of persons. Jos. 9:18. To con- 
spire against one; to grumble secretly ; 
to be discontented. 

5. To congratulate one’s self; to think 
in one’s own mind; to lay out or plan any- 
thing secretly within one’s self. 2 Sam. 
13:32 

O-nu-mu, s. A murmuring or complain- 
ing. Puk. 16:12. 

2. A secret conference or council. Kin. 
49:6. He ohumu kipi, a conspiracy. Ezek. 
22:25. Ohumu wale, a grumbling ; a com- 
plaint without cause. 

O-nu-na, s. Name of the eleventh day 
of the month. See Huna. 

QO-nu-na, s. A species of very small 
fish. 

QO-nu-nE, s. A species of very small 
fish. 

O-nu-NE, s. A disease of the skin; the 
itch ; mai puupuu lili. 

Q-xa, v. To set a decoy; to ensnare; 
to place a bird in such a position as to 
catch or tempt another. 

O-xa, v. To move the lips, as in speak- 
ing, but without sound ; e oka wale ana no 
ka waha, the mouth only was moving. 

2. To blow the nose. 

O-xa, v. To be small; few in number 
or quantity ; aohe oka mai o ka bipi, there 
were not a few of cattle. See OKANA. 

QO-xa, s. Dregs; crumbs; small pieces 
of things, as saw-dust, filings, &.; oka pa- 
laoa, chaff. Hal. 83:13. The refuse or 
worthless part of a thing. Jsa. 1:25. 

2. An offensive smell; he pilopilo, he 
wai no loko o ka oka awa; he wai oka no 
ke kukui. 

O-xa, s. A top made of a small gourd. 

O-xa, s. Eng. An oak tree or wood. 
Kin, 12:6. Laau oka, an oak grove or tree, 

O-xa, adj. Small; fine; little; kaula 
oka, a rope made of any fine substance, as 
tow or pulu. Lunk. 16:9. 

O-xaa, v. To spin, as a top. See Kaa. 

O-xaa, s. A top; ka niu okaa. 

O-xal, s. A butterfly. 

2. A large company following one; a 
crowd moving from place to place. Syn. 
with huakai. Okai lua ka hele a kanaka, 
kakai lua ka hele a kanaka. 

3. Kekahi aoao o ka waha o ka upena 
malolo. 

4, Ka okai o ke kulina lalani. 


O-xa1, adv. Of or belonging to the sea 
(the opposite of ouka); towards the sea. 


OKA 


O-xa-o-xa, v. See Oxa, 13th conj. To 
reduce to powder ; to beat small. 2 Sam. 
22:43. To be broken up fine. Jos. 9:5. To 
break into small pieces; to shiver. Dan. 
2:35—7:7. With liilii, to be utterly de- 
stroyed. Dan. 8:25. 

QO-xa-o-xa, s. Dust; small particles, 
&e. See Oxa. Puk. 32:20. Fine dust; 
dregs. Hal. 75:9. An intensive ; he oka- 
ola liilii me he oka la. 

O-xa-o-ka, s. An offensive smell; oka- 
oka pilopilo me he oka la. See Oxa 2. 

QO-xa-o-kal, s. Sickness; a heaving of 
the stomach before vomiting ; sickness of 
the stomach from a bad smell. 

2. Sweet, unfermented poi; he poi mana- 
nalo. 

O-xa-Hal, adj. Insipid; unpalatable. 
See Huxar and Hukanvukatl. 

O-xa-Ka, s. A name given to foreigners 
in former times. 

2. In after times the name was transferred 
to a company of substantial business men 
belonging to Kamehameha I. 

O-xa-xal, s. See Oxar 2. A crowd of 
persons moving about after a chief. 

O-xa-Ka-La, s. A shivering; the sensa- 
tion of cold from the application of a cold 
substance, as water, &c. : 

2. A cold tremor from fear, from sudden 
danger. 

3. A chill; a shivering. 

4, The name of a rough kind of cloth; 
ka lole okalakala wlaula. 

O-xa-Ka-La, v. To stand up stiffly and 
roughly, like the bristles of a hog; as the 
hair of one in great fear. See Kara. 

O-Ka-KA-LA, adj. Cold; chilly. 

O-xa-La, s. Name of a species of fish. 

O-xa-ta, v. To bristle up with anger. 
See Kara, to be rough. 

’ O-xa-~a, s. Numbness or a disease 
(maele) of the head, as if the hair stood on 
end ; akabi no ka okala o ko’u poo. 

O-xKa-LA-KA-LA, v. To be astonished; to 
shudder; to quake. Syy. with kunahihi. 

2. To be boisterous or raging, as the 
wind ; to rage with anger. 

3. To be intent, or strongly desirous of 
doing a thing. Laieik. 39. 

O-xa-LE-KA-LE, s. Name of a red fish. 

O-xa-na, s. A district or division of 
country containing several ahupuaas; 0 
Kona, a o Kohala a me Hamakua, akolu 
okana; he mau okana iwaena o ka moku. 
See Kanana. 

2. A division of food in dividing it out. 

O-xa-na, adv. A contraction of oka and 
ana. Oka, to be small, few, and ana, the 
participial termination. See Gram. § 34. 
Generally preceded by aole; as, aole okana 


95 


OKI 


mai ka nui, not small the quantity or num- 
ber, i.e.,a great deal; not a little or a few; 
aole okana mai na la o kona mau maka- 
hiki. Kekah. 6:3. The days of his years 
are very many; aole okana mai o kona 
waiwai, there is no end of his wealth; aohe 
okana mai o kona hewa, there is no bound 
to his wickedness ; aole okana mai ka oli- 
oli. Oth. 20:12. They were not a little joy- 
ful, i. e., a good deal. Norr.—lIt is a word 
used in strong expressions or in exagger- 
ated descriptions. 

O-ka-To-Ba, s. Eng. Name of a month; 
October. 

O-xr, v. See Ke and Hooxe. To urge 
upon. Jloo. To press upon; to pursue 
hard after. 

2. To crowd together to hear or see a 
thing. 

O-xe, s. Epithet of a person who goes 
from house to house quickly; he kanaka 
mama i ka hele kau hale, oke 1 kela hale i 
keia hale, oke wahahee ; talkative. 

O-xz, adj. Rotten; torn; good for noth- 
ing ; okeoke. 

O-xe-a, s. A kind of gravel or sand; 
the white sand of the sea. Nore.—lIt is the 
name for sand on Oahu. 

O-xeE-a-PI-Li-MAl, s. Name of that class 
of persons who have no houses of their 
own, and thus attach themselves to those 
who have for the sake of a house. They 
were also called unupehiiole. 

O-xe-a, adj. Hot, as stones heated to 
whiteness ; he okea ka imu, ahulu. 

O-xeE, v. To turn round, as the wind; 
to change. 

2. To eddy, as water; okee mai ke kaomi. 

QO-xeE, s. A changing a direction, as 
the wind ; an eddy, as in water. 

O-xE-0-kE, adj. Talkative. See Oxe. 
Paapaaina, popopo. 

O-xe-na, s. Name of a plant used in 
coloring. 

O-xE-NA, adj. Yellow. 

O-x1, v. ‘To cut off; to cut in two, as 
any substance; as, oki laau, oki pohaku. 

2. To end or finish any talk or business. 
Kin. 11:8. 

3. To cut up root and branch; to de- 
stroy in any way. 

4. To stop; put an end to; e oki i ke 
kamailio, to cease talking. Kin. 17:22. 

5. To cut off; to separate from privi- 
leges; to punish. OihJe. 7:20. 

6. To cut grain, as a harvest. Kanl. 
24:19. 

7. To cut off one’s head. 

8. To cut off food, as a famine; oki loa 
iho la ka aina i ka wi, the land is utterly 
destroyed by famine; to take possession 
of; to be subjected to the influence of, as 


OKI 


intoxication ; inu iho la ke Alii me kona 
Kuhina, a oki mai la ka ona a ka awa. 
Laieik. 34. Ina he kaikamahine, e okiia 
ka piko ma ka hale, ina he keikikane, ma 
ka heiau e oki ai ka piko o ua keiki la. 
Note.—This verb takes ua before the im- 
perative mood; as, wa oki, stop; ua oki 
pela, stop there. Hoo. To stop ; to cease ; 
to end; to cut short; to terminate ; to de- 
fer a decision ; the opposite of hoomaka, 
to begin; to cause to stop; cease. Pule. 5:4. 
To cut and gather in, as a harvest. Othk. 
19:9. To cut off; destroy. 2 Nal. 23:5. 
Note.— Oki loa and hooki loa imply a de- 
structive process according to the nature 
of the case; as, oki loa ka hana i ka pau- 
maele; oki loa ka waiwai i ka popopo; 
hence, 

O-x1, v. To be miserable; destitute ; 
hungry ; in want of all comforts. 

O-x1-a, v. Passive of ok for okita. To 
be cut off, &c. Hos. 8:4. 

O-x1-0-x1, v. See Oxi. To cut frequently; 
to cut into small pieces. 

2. To reap and gather in, as a harvest. 
Othk. 23:10. 

3. To divide into small pieces. Oihk. 
1:12. To cut into small pieces. Luni. 19:29. 

4, To divide out land among chiefs or 
people ; okioki na ’lii a me na kanaka i ka 
aina o Hawaii; to cut up; destroy, &c. 

O-x1-0-K1, adj. Cutting; dividing, &c. ; 
oia ka moku i loaa mai ai ka pahi okioki, 
that was the vessel from which was ob- 
tained the cutting knives. 

O-x1-Lo, s. Afar off; at a distance; a 
space between two places. 

Q-xi-Lo, v. See Kino. To look earnestly 
for something ; to watch for; okilo ia, to 
look into the water for squid; to look for 
fish, as a fisherman. 

O-xi-Loa, s. A destruction; a cutting 
up; a breaking down. Jer.44:39. See Ox1, 
note. 

Q-xi-Loa, v. To be dirty; filthy; pol- 
luted ; to be dirty all over. 

2. To be defeated in one’s purpose ; to 
try in vain. Laieik. 64. 
O-xi-na, s. Oki and ana, a finishing. 
1. The cutting off of wood or cloth. 
2. Modernly, the jfinis or ending of a 
book. 

Q-xI-POE-POE, v. Oki, to cut, and poe- 
poe, around ; circularly. To circumcise ; 
to be circumcised. Kin. 17:10. Used also 
with omaka, to circumcise. Puk.4:25. See 
the substantive below. 


O-xI-PoE-PoE, s. See the verb. A cut- 
ting around; circumcision. Nors.—This is 
anew coined word, used in the Hawaiian 
translations of Scripture for circumcision ; 
the Hawaiian word was kahi, to cut, and 


96 


OKO 


omaka, the foreskin. The Hawaiian ex- 
pression for circumcision anciently was 
kahi omaka, slitted. See OmaKa. Okipoe- 
poe, oia ke oki ana i ka omaka; he kahe 
ana o ka ule o na kamalii ma Hawaii i ka 
manawa aku nei. See Kaus, to cut longi- 
tudinally. 

O-xo-a, v. To be another; to be unlike 
in some respects ; ua okoa ke kanaka wai- 
wai, ua okoa ke kanaka ilihune, the rich 
man was one thing, the poor man was an- 
other, i. e., very different. 

2. To be different from another thing ; 
to be a different person or thing. 

3. To be besides ; over and above; not 
reckoned in. 1 Nal. 10:15. 

4, To be unlike in appearance ; ua okoa 
ke ano o na helehelena o na kanaka, ua 
okoa na holoholona, different -from each 
other are the countenances of men, differ- 
ent are those of beasts. 

5. Hoo. To cause a difference ; hookoa 
mai kau hana i ka makou. 

6. To set aside; to put off to another 
time ; to defer. 

QO-xo-a, s. The totality of a thing; the 
whole. Ezek. 15:5. 

O-xo-a, adj. Different ; another ; sep- 
arate ; distinct from ; unlike. 

2. A whole as distinct from a part. 

3. Whole as distinguished from broken ; 
he waa okoa ia, i. e., a canoe not broken ; 
he waa nahaha ole okoa, a canoe not broken 
at all, whole; he malama okoa, a whole 
month. Nah. 11:20. He mea okoa, another 
thing. 

O-xo-a, adv. Wholly; entirely. 1 Nad. 
11:6. Altogether; the all of a thing; e¢ 
kau okoa, to put all. Oihk. 8:27. 

O-xo-o-xo, s. A blaze; anything red 
hot, as the iron from a blacksmith’s forge; 
as stones thrown out of the volcano; a fiery 
redness. Lqaieik. 176. 

2. Any one in a dazzling dress. 

3. The zeal of a soldier pressing boldly 
into battle. 

O-xo-o-xo, v. To burn, as the sensation 
of the itch ; okooko ka maneo ; or the ery- 
sipelas. 

O-xo-o-Ko, adv. Ragingly; heatedly, &c. 

O-xo-HE, v. To begin to heal, as a sore; 
ua okohe kahi eha; to begin to granulate, 
as a wound ; also applied to the bark of 
trees growing again. 

O-ko-HE-KO-HE, v. To begin to heal. 
See OKOHE. 

O-xo-HE-Ko-HE, s. A small kind of mus- 
cle attached to wood that has been taken 
from a ship or from salt water. 

O-xo-Ho-La, adj. O, to pierce, stab, &c., 
and keohola, a whale. Whale piercing ; 0 
ka nui o an moku i ku mai, oia na moku 


OKU 


okohola, the greater number of ships which 
anchor here are whale-stabbing ships, or 
simply whaleships. 

QO-xo-xo, v. To be red like blood; to 
be red with heat. See Koxo. 

Q-xo-xo, s. A heat so intense as to be 
red. Dan. 3:22. <A red heat. 

QO-xo-xo, adj. Boiling, as lava; lam- 
bent, as flame. 

O-ko-LE, s. O and kole, raw. 

1. The anus; kahi malalo e hemo ai ka 
honowa. 

2. The posteriors ; 0 ke oi iho la no ia o 
ka okole, me he okole wahine la, i. e., a 
very shameful thing. See Koxe. 

O-xo-LE-HA0, s. The name given to an 
iron try-pot, brought ashore and made into 
a still. 

2. The vulgar but expressive name given 
to liquor which natives and some foreign- 
ers distill from ki root; so called from 
the name of the pot above mentioned. 

Q-xko-LE-E-MI-E-mI, s. Name of a species 
of fish. See next art. 

Q-Ko-LE-HA-WE-LE, s. Name of a species 
of fish ; same as above. 

O-xo-LE-KE, s. A kind of namu; a spe- 
cies of language got up for vile purposes ; 
eia kahi hewa hou, o na olelo hou, o ke 
kake, o ka nehiwa, o ka okoleke. Lam. 
Han. 13:4, 1. 

O-xo-LE-ma-kI-K1, s. Name of a plant 
with small leaves, which grows thick like 
the koali. 


O-xo-Lo, adj. Slippery, where one is 
liable to fall ; loi ale no i ke alia okolo. 


Q-xo-mo, v. To calk a ship or vessel ; 
ka poe haole e ofcomo ana i ka ropi ma ka 
aoao o ka moku, the foreigners were calk- 
ing (driving in the rope) on the sides of 
the ship. 

O-xu, v. To show a thing to one se- 
cretly, lest another should see it and de- 
mand it. 

2. To set a bird near a snare to catch or 
tempt another; e hooku aku i ke poo, e 
oku aku i ka lima. 

O-xu, s. A giving secretly that no one 
else may know. 

O-xu-o-xu, v. Hoo. See Oxz, v. 

O-xu-o-ku, v. To rise up, as the bow 
of a canoe or ship by the waves in a storm. 

2. To rear and pitch, as an unbroken 
horse ; holo okuoku ka lio pupu. 

O-xuv, v. To sit up because one has no 
place or conveniences for lying down; to 
sit up, as one on the deck of a vessel when 
the water dashes over, because it is better 
than to lie down; the idea is to keep the 
head up. 

13 


97 


OLA 


2. Tosit ina meditating posture with the 
head reclined. 
' 3. To sit with a covering over the shoul- 
ders, and arms across the breast, as if cold. 

O-xuv, s. Name of a great pestilence 
which swept over the islands while Kame- 
hameha I. was living on Oahu about 1807. 
Great multitudes were swept off. The name 
okuuw was given to it because the people 
okuu wale aku no i ka uhane,i.e., dismissed 
freely their souls and died. See Kuu, to 
let go. 

Q-ku-HE-KU-HE, 8. Name of a species 
of fish. 

Q-xu-ku, v. ‘To erect; to turn up, as 
the head when one is swimming ; to raise 
up, as the head of a fish above water. 

2. To think; to reflect, as when one is 
unexpectedly accused of a wrong. 


O-xu-xu, s. Name of a species of fish, 
the ahuluhulu. 


O-xu-Ku-u1, v. ‘To be satisfied; full, as 
with food or drink ; to have enough. 

O-xvu-Li-Ku-LI, v. To be fat; rich; sweet 
tasted, as high seasoned food. See Kuui- 
KUHI. 

O-xu-LI-ku-LI, v. To eat of sweet things 
till one is sick. 

O-xu-Lu, s. Name of the sixteenth day 
of the month. See Kuru. 

O-xu-mu-LAu, s. See Kumutav. A leaf 
or sprout that grows out of the root or 
stump. 

Q-xu-rE, v. To sprain the ankle; to 
stumble. Heb. 12:13; Rom. 11:11. 


O-ku-PU, v. To rise up and 

Q-KU-PU-KU-PU, § cover with dark shades, 
as clouds; especially applied to those out 
at sea. 

Q-1a, s. A recovery from sickness; a 
state of health afier sickness ; an escape 
from any danger or threatened calamity. 

2. A living, that is, the means of life, 
food ; e pii ana au i ke ola, I am going up 
(the hill) for life, i. e., to procure food. 

3. Life ; the period of one’s life ; living ; 
while one lives. 

4, Life; salvation; deliverance from 
spiritual death. Norr.—This last (4) defi- 
nition is amodern one introduced with the 
Christian system, and is often used in the 
Hawaiian bible along with definitions Ist, 
2d and 3d. 

O-xa, v. To be saved from danger; to 
live after being in danger of death ; to re- 
cover from sickness; to get well; i mai la 
o Kamehameha, ina e ola keia mai ana 
o’u; to enjoy an escape from any evil. 

2. To live upon, or by means of a thing 
without which one would die; ola no hoi 
na iwi, proverbial expression: poverty 


OLA 


(bones) shall be supplied, prosperity shall 
flourish. Laieik. 124. See Iwr 7. 

3. Hoo. To cause to live, i. e., to save 
one, or to save alive. Jos. 6:25. To cause | 
to escape, aS one in danger; to deliver 
from. Puk. 14:30. To heal} as a disease. 

4. To save, i. e., cause to escape from 
future misery. See note under the noun 
for the new modern idea of the word. 

O-La, adj. Alive; escaped; living in 
opposition to dead; o kou alii make no, a 
me kou alii ola. 


O-a, v. The sense from the 

O-LaA-o-LA, sound. 

1. To gaggle; to gargle water in the 
throat. 
2. To snore. 

O-LaE-LAE, s. A bitter calabash, having 
bitter meat and seeds. 

O-a1, s. Art. ke. An earthquake. 1 
Nal. 19:11. He haalulu honua. 

2. A piece of pumice-stone, used in pol- 
ishing canoes. 

O-var-LA, adv. The auipili of Zaza, there. 
Gram. § 165, 2.. Of there; of that place. 
O-Lao, v. To hoe up weeds, as in a 
garden; to hoe up weeds and hill up the 
earth around vegetables. Syn. with oheu. 

O-1a-0-LA, s. An ebullition, or bubbling 
up of water. 

QO-La-o-La, v. To gargle, &c. See Ona. 

2. To bubble, as water entering a cala- 
bash and the air coming ‘out. 

3. To snore in sleep ; olaola ka ihu me 
he puaa la. 

QO-xa-o-La, s. An ebullition; a bubbling 
up of water, as from a spring. 

Q-Lao-Lao, v. See Oxrao. To weed; 
dig round, as a plant. Jsa. 5:6. To dig 
with an 00 or.spade. 

Q-La-Ho-nu-A, adv. Thoroughly; en- 
tirely ; altogether; 0 ka hoomaka ana, ua 
like no ia me ke ao ana i olehonua i ka 
palapala; 1 olahonua, i pau ka noho hema- 
hema ana. See Honva, adv. 

O-La-Hu-a, s. ‘The fruit of the popolo ; 
a species of berry; he olelo hoomahua a 
ka olahua ka mai, loaa hua. 

O-LA-LA, v. 'To dry; to wither; to warm 
by the fire until withered, as green leaves; | 
a loaa mai ka lau hala, alaila, olala ma ke 
ahi. 

2. To grow lean, as a fleshy person; to 
pine away. Ezek. 33:10. 

3. To be lean in flesh; the opposite of 
kaha. Isa. 17:4. See Lawa. 

O-1a-La, adj. Lean; poor in flesh ; ap- 
plied to animals. 

2. Small; stinted; applied to vegetables. 


‘Q-La-Lav, adj. Silent; dumb; out of 
one’s mind; ulula, pupule. 





98 


OLE 


O-La-La-LaE, v. See the foregoing. To 
be out of one’s mind ; pupule. 

O-a-LE, s. Name of a species of fish. 

O-1a-u1 (o-la-li-la-li), adj. Bright; shin- 
ing ; glistening. 

Q-ia-Lo, adv. The auipili of lalo. Of 
or pertaining to what is below or under. 
Gram. § 161. 

O-La-ni, v. To dry or roast by the fire; 
e ala’e oe, e olani i wahi baka no kaua, get 
up and dry the tobacco leaves for us two ; 
e olani iho hoi ha. 

O-1a-pa, s. Name of a tree in the moun- 
tains. 

Q-La-pa, v. To be moved, as the stom- 
ach; to rumble, as the bowels; applied te 
the stomach or bowels; e olapa, e nahu, 

2. To flash, as lightning; olapa ka uwila. 
Lateik. 163. 

3. To move, a8 a muscle or bone. Anat. 
19. 

Q-La-pa-LA-PA, s. A ridge between two 
ravines. 

2. The rough protuberances of a preci- 

pice. 

3. A rough place; pii i na olapalapa 
wai, a he anu. 

Q-La-pa-La-PA, adj. Rough; uneven, as 
the surface of the ground ; full of ravines. 

2. Full of corners or projections. 

Q-La-pa-Nal, v. Ola, alive, and panai, 
to redeem. Hoo. To save by a substitute; 
to redeem. Pulk. 13:5. O ka poe i hoola- 
panatia, the redeemed ones. Isa. 35:9. 
Syn. with kuai hoolaia. Jsa. 35:10. 


Q-.La-pu, v. To raise a blister. 

2. To act deceitfully, treacherously, fool- 
ishly ; e hokai, e hoolapu. 

3. To catch fish with the hands as the 
oopu is caught; to stir up water with the 
hands ; olapu i ka wai i ka lepo; properly 
holapu. 


QO-1z, s. The eye tooth. 

2. Name of a kind of fish. 

3. A pau na kui eha, a pau na ole eha, a 
ma ia ao ae o Huna ia la. Ole applies to 
four days in the month, so called because 
it was unsafe to go to sea on account of 
high surf, as the tides would be high. 


O-tx, v. To be not; to cease to exist. 
1 Sam. 2:31. To pass away. Job. 24:24. 
A e ole loa hoi, and to be no more. Hal. 
39:14. Aolee ole. Luk. 21:9. A ua ole ia, 
and itis gone. Hal. 103:16. 

2. To not, or not to do a thing, with an 
infinitive. Rom. 8:32. 

3. Hoo. To deny; refuse; make void ; 
abrogate. 

4. To answer, or plead not guilty to a 
charge. 


5. To refuse ; forbid; rebuke. Norz.— 


OLE 


99 


OLE 


: i. | Serr eres 
Ole often has the form of a verb, when it| O-LE-Lo, v. See Leo, voice, and Leto, 


serves only to express negation. ‘ 

Q-.ix, s. Nothingness; vanity; in vain. 
Oihk. 26:20. Aole ka ole, without fail; the 
not; the negative; ka ole, no existence. 
Ezelc. 12:19. 

2. The want; the lack; the destitution 
of a thing; make ia no ka ole o ka ai, he 
died for the not (want) of food. Job. 4:11. 

3. Hoo. A denial ; a want of truth ; ina- 
bility ; nothingness. 

O-Le, adv. A negative; no; not; nor; 
a particle of deprivation like un and less 
in English. See Aoxe. Aole is used before 
a noun or verb, and ole afier it. 

O-.z, v. To speak through the throat 
or through a trumpet. 

O-LE, s. A speaking-trumpet. 

2. A kind of large sea shell. 

O-is-a, adj. Shining; hot; olea ka la; 
of sound, loud; piercing; olea ke kani; | 
same perhaps as oolea. 

O-txE-0-LE, s. Name of a board set on 
posts with notches on it to hang calabashes | 
on. 





O-.x-0-LE, v. Hoo. To deny; to deny | 9.5 2-10 
a charge repeatedly. | 


QO-tz-0-LeE, v. To talk thickly and in-| 
distinctly, as one very angry and scolding. | 
2. To grin like an idol; oleole mai ka 
waha o na ’kua kii o na heiau; oleole no 
ka waha o ka wahine nuku. 
3. To make notches in anything; to dove- 
tail two pieces together. 

Q-i£-0-LE, adv. Indistinctly, asa sound; | 
inarticulate ; kani oleole ka waha o ka uila. 
Q-LEo-LEO, v. To act as one angry; to! 

rage, as the ocean ; oleoleo la i ka moana | 
kau mai ana. 
; hi To be uneven, as waves; to rise and | 
all. 

3. To be in confusion. See Hoo. 

O-iE-Ha, v. To fix the eyes; 

them in a squinting manner. See LEHA. 
Oleha na maka i ka pololi. 





O-tz-H4, s. Name of a play or game) 9 


in which the eyes are set. 

2..A setting or fixing of the eyes, as in 
death ; o ka oleha make, make ae no ia. 
O-LE-HA-LE-HA, s. The dazzling or blind- 

ing of the eyes by an intense light of the 
sun; ka olehaleha o na maka i Ka la. 
O-LE-HA-LE-HA, adj. Dazzling; blinding 
to the eyes on account of intense light. 
Q-LE-Ku-KA-HI, s. Name of the seventh 
day of the month. 


Q-1LE-Ku-Lu-a, s. Name of the eighth 
day of the month. 


|O-LE-LO-PAI-PAI, S. 


the tongue. To speak; to say; (it implies 
a more formal or longer speech than 7 or 
hai); to converse. 

2. To teach; to call; to invite, as to a 
feast. loan: 2:12. 

3. To give a name. IJsa. 56:7. E olelo 
hooweliweli, to threaten. Oih.4:17. Eolelo 
hooino, to curse. Nal. 22:17. E olelo hoo- 
maikai, to bless; e olelo hoonani, to glorify; 
e olelo pohihi, to speak mystically, darkly. 
Ioan. 16:25. Opposite to olelo akaka. Ioan. 
16:20. 

O-LE-Lo, s. A word; a speech; lan- 
guage. 

2. Counsel; plan; promise ; an address; 
he mau olelo umi, the ten commandments. 
Puk. 34:28. Kana olelo, his word, i. e., that 
which one has spoken; kona olelo, what is 
said about him; kabhi e olelo ai, an oracle ; 
a place to utter an oracle. 1 Nal. 6:19, 20. 

Q-LE-Lo, adv. Pane olelo, to speak a 
word; to answer a word. 2 Sam. 3:11. 

O-LE-LoA, adv. Ole, not, and loa, an in- 
tensive. Not at all; by no means; entirely 
destitute ; without thought. 

-Ao, v. Olelo, to speak, and ao, 
to teach. To give counsel; advice in state 
affairs. 2 Oihl. 22:3. Oleloao mai o Vane- 
kouva ia Kamehameha e hooki i ke kaua, 
Vancouver advised Kamehameha to cease 
going to war. 

O-LE-Lo-Ao, s. Counsel; advice in im- 
portant matters. 2 Sam. 15:31. 

O-LE-LO-HOO-HE-wa, s. An accusation; 
a charge of wrong against one. 

2. The act of speaking against others. 

3. Backbiting. 
O-LE-LO-H00-PO-MAI-KAI, 
a promise of a blessing. 
O-LE-LO-H0O-PO-NO, S. 

Tob. 29:14. 


s. A promise; 
1 Nal. 2:24. 
Righteousness, 


to set| U-LE-Lo-Ku-paa, s. Olelo and ku, to 


stand, and pada, fast. An ordinance; an 

established decision. 1 Sam. 30:20. A legal 

decree ; judgment. Pule. 15:25. 

-LE-LO-MAI-KAI, S. Olelo, word, and 

maikai, good. The gospel; the preaching 

of the gospel. 

QO-LE-LO-NA-NE, s. Olelo, a word, and 
nane,a riddle. A proverb. Kanl. 28:37. 
A riddle; parable; enigma. Mat. 13:3. 

Q-LE-Lo-Paa, s. Olelo and paa, fast. A 
precept; a command. Hal. 119:87. 

Ovelo, word, and 
paipai, to stirup. An exhortation. Mal. 2:1. 

O-LE-mu, v. To banish one from his 


place ; to cast off; olemu hue, kole ka aina 
paipai. 


Q-LE-KU-Ko-LU, s. Name of the ninth| O-Le-mu-Kaa, s. See Lemu and Kaa, to 


day of the month. 


roll. Lir. The rolling thigh ; epithet of a 


OLI 


man who often moves from place to place, 
who gathers no property and never be- 
comes kuonoono, quietly settled; “the roll- 
ing stone gathers no moss.” 

QO-Le-na, s. See Lena, yellow. Name 
of a plant; the turmeric, the root of which 
is used in dyeing yellow; it also forms an 

ingredient in curry ; it resembles the awa- 
puhi; also a yellow color, from the root. 

Q-LE-NA (o-le-na-le-na), adj. Yellow, 
hie the plant. See above. Coloring yel- 

ow. 

QO-LE-pa, v. To cast about; to scatter 
round ; to be turned up or over ; ua olepa 
ke kaupaku o ka hale. See Lupa, a small 
flag floating in the wind. 

O-LE-pa, s. Odor; odoriferous; he mea 
ala. 

2. A clam; a kind of flat cockle. 

O-rz-pau, s. The tenth day of the 
month. 

O-LE-pa-LE-pa, v. See Lepa. To flap, 
flutter or wave in the wind. 

2. To be blown in different directions 
by the wind, as a sail; olepalepa ka pea. 
Q-LE-PE, s. ‘The name of a kind of fish 

resembling the pipi. Anat. 6. 


O-LE-PE, v. ‘To tur, as a door on a 
hinge; to turn one way and another, as 
the helm of a ship. 

Q-LE-PE-LE-PE, v. The opening fre- 
quently of a door or window shutter; ka 
wehe pinepine i ka puka. 

O-LE-PE-LE-PE, adj. Partially closed up, 
a8 a window; puka olepelepe, a lattice win- 
dow. Mel. Sol. 2:9. The term applied to 
window shutters. 


O-LE-P0-LE-Po, adj. See Levo. Out of 
order, as the bowels. 


Q-LE-wa, v. See Lewa. To be unfixed; 
not firm ; to be movable ; changeable. 

2. To be soft; flowing; applied to poi. 

3. To be unstable; liable to be over- 
turned, as a law; ua olewa ke kanawai o 
ka aina haunaele, the law is liable to be 
overturned in a land of disorder ; aneane 
olewa io ke kanawai, the law is nearly nul- 
lified. 

O-re-wa, adj. Fickle; changeable ; 
swinging; applied to one who often changes 
his place of residence. 

2. Not firmly established ; of partial ap- 
plication, as a law ; ineffectual ; ua olewa 
io ke kanawai minamina ino; he hee, mau- 
mau ole, paa ole. 

O-11 (o-li-o-li), v. To sing; to sing with 
a joyful heart; to be glad; to exult; to 
rejoice. Puk. 18:9. E oli i ka oli, to sing 
asong. Lunk. 5:12. Hoo. To cause joy ; 
exultation, &c. 


100 





OLO 


O-u1 (o-li-o-li), s. Joy; exultation; glad- 
ness ; delight; pleasure. 

2. A song. Laieik. 69. A singing. Hal. 
96:1. Ka olioli nui o na mea a pau i ka 
hoihoi ana mai o ke aupuni. 

O-.1-0-11, adv. Joyfully; cheerfully. 
Hal. 96:2. 

O-11-L1, adj. Withered; stinted; not 
fully grown; applied to fruit. 

O-u1-wa, v. To play; e lealea, e walea. 

O-ui-na, adj. Of or pertaining to play; 
aha olina, a meeting for play. 

Q-u1-no, v. To shine brightly; to shine 
with splendor. 

Q-LI-No-LI-No, v. See OLINo. 

Q-11-No-L1-No, s. Brightness; splendor; 
glory. 2 Sam. 22:13. 

2. Such intense brightness as to dazzle 
and bewilder the sight; ka ohewahewa 
ana o ka maka i ka malamalama. 

Q-.i-No-Li1-No, adj. Where the intense 
light of the sun has shined ; hence, 

2. Parched; dry, as land; lepo olinolino. 
Isa. 35:7. 

O-u1-va (o-li-ve), s. Eng. An olive tree. 

O-ui-va (o-li-ve), adj. Olive; belonging 
to an olive ; lau oliva. Kin. 8:11. He laau 
oliva, an olive tree. 

QO-Lo, v. To rub, as on a grater; to 
rub, as kalo or cocoanut on a rough stone 
to grate it fine. 

2. To rub up and down, as the motion 
of a saw, particularly of a whip-saw. 

3. To roll with fat, as the flanks and hips 
of a very fat animal; hence, 

4. To saw. 1 Nal. 7:9. 

O-1o, v. To be loud, as a sound; to 
make « loud sound, as of many voices. 

2. To sound, as a voice of wailing ; to 
make a doleful noise. Jer. 7:29. E olo no 
wau i ka pihe; e olo pihe ana, moaning ; 
bemoaning one’s self. Jer. 31:18. 

Q-Lo, s. See Oxo, to rub up and down. 
A saw, from its motion; also pahi olo, a 
Saw. 

2. A double or fleshy skin; the moving 
flesh of a fat animal. 

3. The swing-gobble of a turkey. 

4. A very thick surf-board made of the 
wiliwili tree. Laieik. 90. 

Q-to, s. A loud wailing; a lamenta- 
tion; makena. See Pme. 

Q-1o-a, s. Mulberry bark soaked until 
soft in water. 

2. The name of small white kapas for- 
merly put over the gods while the prayer 
was said, thus : i puaa, i niu, i maia, i oloa. 

3. A gift made to a child at the time or 
soon after it was born. See Kopi; see 
Lateike. 101. 

Q-o-a-Lu, s. A place where the prop- 


OLO 


erty of a chief was stored up; he oloalu o 
ke alu o kahi e waiho ai ke kapa o na ’lii. 

2. The sound of many voices at once, of 
many horns blowing at once, of many cocks 
crowing together, &c. 

Q-to-a-Lu, v. To seize or grasp, as sev- 
eral persons at the same thing; ke aluka 
ana 0 ke kani ana o ka moa; ke olodlu ana 
o na kanaka e hao e aluka. 

2. To dodge, where many things are fly- 
ing thickly ; oloalu i ka ihe ke nui loa. 

O-1to-1, v. To rub, as the stone rubs 
kalo as well as pounds it. 

2. To run upon or over, as a vessel runs 
over or upon a canoe, or a cart over aman, 
or anything drawn over a man. 

3. To run aground, as a canoe, or on to 
a stone ; oloi ae la ka waa i ka pohaku. 

Q-1o-0-Lo, v. See Oxo. To hang loosely, 
as fat under the chin or on the calf of the 
leg. 

5. To vibrate or swing, as a saw. Isa. 
10:15. 

3. To fall behind ; to loiter. 

4. To lose favor with one. 

5. To be denied that which was before 
freely given. See OLooro below. 

O-Lo-0-Lo, s. The calf of the leg, from 
the flexibility of the muscle. 

2. A bundle done up loosely; a loose 
bundle of poi. 

O ka puhio ke ale la a hu 
Ka oloolo o ka hee o kai uli la, 
Lehu ka hooloolo o ka alaala. 

O-Lo-0-Lo, v. See Oro. To make a 
great sound of wailing, or as many wailing 
together. 

2. To roar or rush, as the sound of water; 
mai hooloolo oukou e ku auanei i ke au; 0 
ka mea e hooloolo ana ia ia e ku oia i ke 
au; oloolo na kahawai ku ka pihea i kai, 
the brooks roar like the roaring of the sea. 
Notr.—lIt is not easy to see the connection 
between olo—oloolo to sound, as the voice 
of wailing, and olo—oloolo to swing, vibrate, 
&c., unless the latter be the radical mean- 
ing, and the voice of wailing be so ex- 
pressed on account of the vibratory motion 
of the voice in mourning and wailing. 

O-Lo-o-Lo, s. A sound like many horns 
blown at once. 

Q-1o-o-Lo-KA, v. See Oxo. To shake, 
as the limbs of a fat person; olooloka na 
wawae nunui maikai. See OLOKA. 

Q-Lo-o-Lo-na, s. See Otona. The cords 
or ligaments that bind together the bones 
and muscles of the animal system. 

2. Duty; office of one ; service. 

3. Baggage, or any kind of property to 
be taken when one removes; € nana ana 
oia i ka oloolona nui e pono ole ai keia 
manomano kanaka. 


O-Lo-u, v. See Atav. To strike, as the 


101 


OLO 


knuckles on anything hard; to make a rap- 
ping noise. 

Q-Lo-Ha-nA, s. Eng. All hands; the 
name given to Mr. John Young. 

Q-Lo-nE, v. To turn pale in the face 
from fear or pain. Jer. 30:6. 

Q-Lo-HE, s. The epithet of a man that 
is a robber and skillful at the lua. 

2. Ke akua o Kamaomao. 

3. Skillful, as one able to direct or over- 
see the work of others; applied morally 
also to universal skill. 

Q-Lo-HE, adj. Rigid; immovable with 
fear; he kanaka olohe uwi paaika makau ia, 

2. Sick, as a woman in child birth; he 
mai olohe keiki ia no na wahine. 

3. Bare; destitute of verdure; ka lua 
olohe o ke alialia, he Ina olohelohe. 

4. Bare; free from hair on the body, 
chin, eyebrows, &e. 

Q-LO-HE-LO-HE, v. See Oxtone. To be 
destitute ; empty. in. 1:2. 

2. To be destitute of; to be naked; with- 
out clothing. loan. 21:7. Olohelohe ke kue- 
maka; ua olohelohe ka aina, destitute of 
verdure. 

O-Lo-HE-LO-HE, s. Nakedness; destitu- 
tion of clothing or covering. Joik. 3:18. 
Q-LO-HE-LO-HE, adj. Destitute; naked; 

bare of vegetation, as a barren field. 
O-Lo-HI-0, v. See Onto, 
O-.o-Hu, s. Name of a stone to roll in 
a kind of play. See Uxv. 

Q-Lo-Hua, s. A berry somewhat like 
the whortleberry, the fruit of the popolo. 
O-Lo-Ka, v. See Oro. To shake, as the 

soft limbs of a fat person when walking ; 
oloka na wawae. See OLooLoKa. 
O-Lo-Kaa, v. Olo and kaa, to roll. 

1. To roll; to roll over and over, as a 
stone. Mat. 28:2. To roll away; to roll 
to a place; to roll off,as a burden; to take 
away, as a reproach. Jos. 5:9. Olokaa 
lakou i ka pohaku mai luna a i lalo. 

2. To roll off upon another ; to transfer, 
as a debt; ua olokaa aku au i ko’u aiea 
pau, I have paid off (rolled) all my debt. 

Q-Lo-KE, adj. Clamorous and incohe- 
rent, as the constant talk of one deranged; 
oloke ka waha. See PIOLOKE. 


O-1o-kEA, v. Olo and kea, cross ways. 
To cross; to vex; to thwart one in his 
plans; e kau olokea, to throw together cris- 
cross, as sticks of wood. 


Q-Lo-KEA, adj. A heap of bones thrown 
together promiscnously. 
2. A cross or gibbet. Eset. 5:14. 
3. A kind of ladder, such as is made by 
tying sticks horizontally on erect poles. 
4. The frame on which the people climbed 
and stood in putting up a house. 


OLO 


O-io-xea, s. In the form of a cross, or 
several crosses ; laau olokea. 

2. Applied to the disposition ; cross; 
fretful ; disobliging. 

Q-Lo-KE-LE, s. The name of a stream 
or valley on Kauai. 

Q-to-x1-K1, v. To loosen, as a board. 

O-to-La, s. A species of the mullet 
when small. 

O-to-11, v. Olo and li for lit, small, lit- 
tle, &e. To be narrow. Jsa. 28:20. To be 
contracted, as a path. Mat. 7:14. 

O-1o-t1, adj. Narrow; contracted; dif- 
ficult. 1 Nal. 6:4. 

Q-.o-L1-Lo-L1, v. To be tough, water 
soaked, like kalo. See Lotimout. 

O-Lo-Lo, v. Olo, to rub, the 9th conj. 
of olo. To rub with the hand; to polish. 
Syn. with anai. 

O-1o-Lo, adj. Uneven, like a bundle 
jutting out at the corners. 

Q-Lo-mE-a, s. A species of tree; same 
as waimea; olomea i paio aina e mai la; 
used in producing fire by friction. 

Q-Lo-mE-a, s. The name of a striped 
hog ; ina i onionio ka hulu o ka puaa ma 
ka loa, he olomea ia puaa. 


Q-Lo-mE-HA-NI, s. A place where dirt 
and filth are thrown. 


O-Lo-m1-0, v. To contract, as the toe of 
a shoe; to pucker up, as the mouth of an 
eel; to corrugate, as the skin of a healing 
wound ; olomio iki ka hele a ke aloha; pa- 
lanehe 1a i hele aku nei. 


Q-Lo-mi-0, adj. Smooth and tapering ; 
verging to a point, but with a smooth sur- 
face ; meomeo, nuku puhi, olomuo, olomua. 


O-Lo-mu-a, s. Olo and mua, the front ; 
fore part. The foreskin. Jer.4:4. Olomua 
kahi omaka o ka ule; ka omaka. 2 Sam. 
3:14. 


Q-Lo-mu-o, s. Olo, to rub, and mzo, to 
open, as a bud. 
1. The bud of a blossom before it blooms; 
ka maka o ka pua aole i pohole. 
2. The prepuce that is cut off in circum- 
cision ; ka olomuo o kahi omaka. 


O-Lo-wa, s. A shrub, the bark of which 


dressed resembles bleached hemp or flax, 
and is made into small cords. 

2. The name of the cord itself; hence, 

3. Flax; hemp; linen. Puk. 9:31. 

4. A cord; tendon of a muscle of ani- 
malsormen. Kol. 2:19. A muscle. Sol. 3:8. 
Olona hao, an iron sinew. Isa. 48:4. The 
hamstring of an animal. Kin. 32:32. In 
surgery, a ligament. Anat. 1:24. 


Q-Lo-na, adj. Flaxen; pertaining to 
linen. Jer. 13:1. Ka lole olona maikai; he 


102 


OLU 


ie nani olona; ua aahuia i ka lole olona 
aiai keokeo. Hoztlc. 15:6. 

Q-Lo-pa, v. To break up or break to 
pieces ; similar to ulupa. 

O-to-re, s. A house fallen down and 
persons in it. 

2. A house broken up without people. 

O-Lo-PE-Lo-PE, s. A species of small 
shrimp found in kalo patches. 

O-.o-rv, v. To hold in the mouth with- 
out swallowing ; olopu ae la kona kapa i 
ka makani. Hoo. Hoolopu ae la oia i ka 
pea i ka makani. 

O-Lo-pu, s. Hooinu iho Ja oia i ke keiki 
i ka olopu wai; a mouthful, as of food or 
drink ; hookahi olopu ai a me ke kiaha wai, 
one mouthful of food and a cup of water. 

O-Lo-pu-a, adj. Ulili nae olopua. Lazetk. 
142. 

O-Lo-wae, s. The fat, the movable flesh 
on the calf of the leg ; wawae he mau olo- 
wae. “ 

O-Lo-wa-Lu, s. See Otoatu. O ke olo- 
walu o ke kapu o ke alii; kahi e kau ai ke 
kapa o ke oloalu. 

O-Lo-wa-Lu-puu, s. Name of a place 
where many billocks stand near each other. 
See also KinIkInipuu. 

O-tu, v. To feel comfortably; to be 
agreeable ; to have the sensation of satis- 
faction. 

2. To please ; to be pleased ; to regard 
with favor. 

3. To be cool, as with a salubrious 
breeze ; olu ka wai ke luu aku; olu ka ma- 
kani ke pa mai koaniani; olu Lahainaluna 
i ka makani maaa. 

O-tu, s. The vibrations or springing 
motion of the rafters of a house made by 
the wind. See Upatpat. 

2. An arch: a bending of timber in a 
house; a bending or yielding without 
breaking. 

3. The squirming contortions of a worm 
on a fish-hook. See Hoxv, Pio, &c. 

O-tu, adj. Cool; refreshing. unk. 
5:28. Comfortable ; easy; pleasant to the 
sight; benign ; contented. 

2. Clear; pleasant, as the voice; o ka 
olu o ka leo ka mea i akaka ai kona ma- 
nao, the clearness of the voice makes clear 
the thought. 

3. Limber, so as to bend in all direc- 
tions without breaking. See OL, s. 

O-xu, s. A cool breeze; he koaniani. 

2. Coolness ; a refreshing sensation. 

O-1u, adj. Epithet of certain kinds of 
fish or shells; as, ka papai olu; ka ulu 
olu; he wahi leho olu. 

O-Lu-a, pers. pron., second pers. dual. 
You two. Gram. § 132, 2d. 


OMA 


‘O-1v-au, s. Name of a ceremony in the 
worship of Kanaloa; ua kapaia keia hana 
he oluau. é 

O-LU-E-KE-LOA-HOO-KAA-MO-E-NA, 8. Epi- 
thet of a person who fanned the chief while 
he slept; o ka mea kahili i ko ke alii wahi 
moe ai, he oluekeloahoolkeaamoena ia. 

O-Lu-o-Lu, v. See Otv. To be comfort- 
able; to be gratified; to be contented ; 
satisfied. Lule. 3:14. 

2. Hoo. To comfort; to please ; to con- 
sole; to please one; to render a thing 
agreeable. 

3. To treat kindly; to be favorable ; to 
comfort one; to cheer. Kanl. 24:5. Ua 
oluolu ka noho i ke kau o na ’lii maikai, it 
is pleasant to live in the reign of good 
chiefs. | 

O-1v-0-Lu, adj. Cool; refreshing ; agree- 
able, &c. See Orv. O ka makani oluolu, 
Oia ka mea e pale aii Ka wela o ka la. 

2. Large and fat, as a fat and weak man; 
kanaka oluolu, an easy, good-natured man. 


O-Lu-HE-LuU-HE, s. A species of fish of | 
the oopu kind ; he oopu oau, he oaoau, he 
oluheluhe. 

Q-LU-LE-LU-LE, adj. See Luts, to shake. 
Large ; fat, so as to have the fat shake in 
walking ; applied to men. 

O-Lu-LE-LU-LEA, adj. For oluleluleia. 
Large ; fat, &c. See the foregoing. 

O-1u-Lo, s. A person cast away. 

2. A statue ; a figure. 

3. Food that has become sour and rotten, 
as melons. 

4. A long water calabash. 

O-Lu-Lo, adj. Cast away; shipwrecked; 
he kanaka olulo i make ka waa i ka moana. 

O-1v-Lo-Lu-Lo, adj. Large; fat; shak- 
ing with fat,as aman. See OLULELULE. | 

Q-Lu-Lu, s. A person of portly habits, | 
but lax in joints. See Oxv. 

O-Lu-na, adv. The auipili of luna. Of | 
or belonging to what is upward or above. | 
See Gram. § 161. See Luna. 

O-1vu-r1, s. The falling down, asa child; 
an upsetting ; he kaekae ka olupi mai ka | 
wai i olu ka pun. 

O-ma, v. To solicit silently a favor; to 
hint a desire for a favor. 

2. To open the mouth, as a child about 
to suck; ke oma ae nei ka pahi i ka mauny; | 
o ke oma aku no ia e lalan ia ia. 

3. To strike with the hands on the surf- | 
board. 

O-ma, s. The space between two armies | 

where the sacrifices were offered. | 
2. The preparations previous to war. 

4 3. Name of the man first killed in a bat- 
e. 


O-ma, s. An oven; a baking place; in: 





103 


OMA 


modern times, a bake pan; ku wale iho no 
ia hale i ke oma; e uhao i ka puaa i ke 
oma i moa maikai. 

O-ma, s. The highest officer of the king ; 
Kalanimoku was Kaahumanu’s oma; Kinau 
was the oma of Kauikeaouli. 

O-ma, s. A small adz or koi. 

O-mat, adj. Soft; flexible ; limber. 

O-ma1, s. See O and Mar. To answer 
to a call; omai ke alii nono ia inoa. 

O-mar-mal, adj. See Mat, sick, weak. 
Weak ; void of strength ; sick. 

O-mao, s. A bunch of food. 

2. The cover or wrapper of the food. 

3. A round bundle, as of food; sharp 
above and round below ; ka omao ai, or ai 
omao. 

O-mao, s. Name of a species of small 
bird ; it resembles the ou only; its feath- 
ers are dark colored. 

O-mao, adj. Green; greenish in color; 
he manu omao ; he leho omao. 

O-mao, s. A child always crying; he 
omao la ka uwe 0 ke keiki, 0 ka omao wale 
no ia e uwe ai. 

O-ma-o-ma, v. To solicit silently a 

favor. See Oma. 
-mA-o-MA, v. To be afraid to speak to 
one for fear of giving offense ; ua omaoma 
aku no ka waha e pane aku ia ia, hilahila 
mai no hoiau. See Oma. 

O-ma-o-ma, s. The bosom; the breast. 
See Umauma. O ka waha o ka puhi la oma- 
oma. 

O-mao-mao, adj. Green, as grass or veg- 

etation. 

2. Blue, as the sky. 

Ua omaomao ka lani, ua kahaea luna, 

Ua pipi ka maka o na hoku. 

O-mao-mao, v. To be or appear green, 
as vegetation ; ua omaomao na nahelehele 
i ka uliuli o na mauu o ke kula, ua puia 
make i ka nani. 

O-mao-mao, s. Name of a precious stone; 
an emerald, from its green color. Hoik. 
21:20. 

O-mav, v. To gird, bind or tie on, as a 
sword ; i ka wai hele ai lakoui ke kaua, 
omau no lakou i ka pahi. Lunk. 3:16. To 
sheath, put up, as a sword. 

2. To tuck in, as the outer edge of a 
pau to fasten it; e omavu iho a paa ka lole. 

3. To sew; to stitch together; to baste 
cloth. ; 

O-mau, s. A tucking in of the edge of 
a pau, which is tucked in under to fasten 
it on the body. 

2. A sheath, as for a sword. 

3. Omau i ke ala paa ole i ka omauia, 
in the path not hard by frequent use (per- 
haps.) 


OMI 


4, A pining sickness. Jsqa. 38:12. English 
translation, a piece cut off; a fragment; a 
thread, &c. Heb. Ka paa maopopo ole, ka 
omau wale iho. The idea seems to be, 
something unfixed; insecure; something 
firm in appearance, but liable to give way; 
temporary. 

5. Name of a species of fish-hook. 

O-ma-ka, s. The fountain head of a 
stream. 

2. The springing up of vegetables. See 
Maka, the eye, the bud, &e. 

3. The nipples of a female. Ezek. 23:8. 
Omaka waiu, the breast. Kanik. 4:3. 

4, The foreskin in males that was cut off 
in circumcision. Kanl. 10:16. Nore.—Cir- 
cumcision was formerly practiced among 
Hawaiians. 

5. Ka omaka wai o ka niu; ka omaka, 
ka omua ke poo; ua halu ka omaka wai i 
kai, ua lepo ka omaka wai i kinohi. See 
OLomva. 

6. The name of a fish. 

O-MA-LE-MA-LE, s. A species of fish; 
the same as the male; the young of the uhu. 

O-ma-11, v. To be weakly in body; 
sickly ; ua omali ke kino, he mai paaoao. 

O-ma-Li, adj. Weak; feeble with sick- 
ness. 

2. Unripe ; wilted, as frnit; he ipu omali 
00 ole, an unripe, soft melon. 

O-ma-11, s. Weakness of body; infirm- 
ity of the system ; ka omali, ka nawaliwali, 
ka paaoao. 

O-ma-t1-0, adj. Broad; extended; flat, 
as flat land. See KanuaomaLio. 

O-ma-Lu-ma-Lu, adj. Cloudy and dark, 
as when the sun does not break out at all. 
See Mav. 

O-meE-o, v. Ua omeo ae ka puka ana. 
See Opuv. 

Q-meE-o-mE-o, adj. Ulaula, meomeo; 
Red ; blushing, as people ; yellow, as ripe 
fruit: orange, musk-melon, &e. 

O-mr-ca, s. Gr. The name of the last 
letter of the Greek alphabet, the great O; 
hence, 

2. The last, ka welau, in opposition to 
kumu; an epithet of Jesus Christ. Hoik. 


O-me-ra, s. Hed. A dry measure; an 
omer. Pulc. 16:16. 


O-mi, v. To wither; to droop, as vege- 
tables ; not to grow or vegetate ; e ulu ole 
o ke kanu ana, he loi homi. 

2. To droop; lose flesh, as a person. See 

Hoot. 

O-m1, adj. Withering, as a tree with 
few roots; he kukui aa ole omi. See Homr 
and Hoomii. 


O-mi-o-m1, v. See Our. To wither; to 


104 


OMO 


lose flesh; to droop; applied to men or 
plants; to stop growing. See Omiomt. 

O-mi-xo, s. Lean and unproductive soil. 

O-m1-Kxo, adj. Unfruitful, as ground that 
yields nothing. 

2. Stinted in growth, as vegetables; he 
loi omiko. 

O-mi-LI-mI-Lu, s. See Paopao, the name 
of a fish. 

O-mi-Lo, v. See Mito. To spin; to 
twist, as a rope; to spin, as thread. See 
Hiro. To twist with the thumb and finger; 
also in drilling a small hole. 

2. To produce abortion. 

O-mi-Lo, s. The name of a medicine 
used in procuring abortion; he laau lapaan; 
applied to the operation or to the medicine 
used in procuring abortion. 

Q-mi-Lo-m1-Lo, v. To destroy or cause 
the death of an unborn infant; ina i ike oe 
he kaikamahine, e omilomilo ae au. Laieik. 


O-mi-mi, v. To droop; to wither, as a 
plant. 

2. To lose flesh, as a person; ua omimi 
ka ulu ana o keia laau. 

O-mi-m1, s. A fading; a decaying; a 
withering of animal or vegetable life. 

2. That which is of small or slow growth. 

O-mi-no, v. To wither; to droop. See 
Ont. 

O-mi-no, s. A stinted person; a sickly, 
crying child. 

O-mi-no, adj. Stinted ; sickly, asa child; 
he keiki omino, wwe wale; withered; with- 
out flesh ; small; uuku, io ole. 

O-mo, v. To suck, as a child. Luk. 
22:29. 

2. To draw up, as a pump. 

3. To cleave together, as if by sucking. 

4. To evaporate, as water, and pass into 
the clouds ; ua omoia ke kai e ka wela, a 
lilo ia i mau ao. 

O-mo, adj. Sucking; keiki omo waiu, 
a sucking child. Nah. 11:12. He mea omo 
waiu, a suckling. 1 Sam. 22:19. He mea 
omo, a thing that sucks, i. e., a child. 

O-mo, s. A cover to a calabash or pot. 

2. The name given to a long, narrow 
kind of adz ; koi omo. 

Q-moo-moo, v. O ka lepo 1 omoomooia, 
a hahauia, oia kekahi hale; an oval adobie; 
any long, oval shaped body, as balls of pia. 

O-moo-noo, s. He lapa, he kualapa, he 
moo. 

O-mo-Ha, s. A figure used in printing 
kapa. 

O-mo-Ha-Ltu, s. Name of the twelfth 
day of the month ; properly mohalu. 


O-mo-xi, v. To stop up with a cork, 


ONA 


105 


ONA 





bung or stopper, &c.; ua paa i ka omoktia 
i ka pani. 

O-mo-x1, s. A cork; a stopper of a bot- 
tle; a bung of a cask; the stopper of a 
calabash, &c. 

O-mo-x1, v. ‘To jump from a high place 
into deep water, a sport for children ; 
omoki lua ka wai o ke keiki akamai i ka 
lelekawa. See UMokt. 

O-mo-xo-xo, s. Omo, to suck, and koko, 
blood. A horse leech ; a blood-sucker. 
Sol. 30:15. 

O-mo-LeE, adj. Round and smooth; he 
huewai omole ; hence 

O-mo-LzE, s. A glass bottle; a bottle; a 
cruse. Nal. 17:14. A phial; a polished 
cane; a large, fat, smooth hog; he puaa 
nui keia, he omole nei ka hulu. 

O-mo-LE-a, s. A species of tree. 


O-Mo0-LE-0-MO-LE, adj. Round and 

O-MO0-LE-MO-LE, smooth. See OMOLE. 

O-mo-i1-u, v. Omo, to suck, and liu, 
bilge water. To absorb or discharge bilge 
water from a canoe or ship; to pump water 
from a ship. 

O-mo-ti-u, s. Omo and liu. A ship 
pump. Nore.—The word pauma has been 
introduced from the English pump. See 
PauMA. 

O-mo-mo, v. See Ono, to suck. To put 
the end of a thing into the mouth to wet 
it; a omomo ko ke kanaka waha i ua pua la. 


O-mu-a, v. To tie up the wound of the 


foreskin when cut off in circumcision. 

2. To tie a string around the fore end of 
the pua or cane top to make a papua for 
playing that game ; e omua ke kumu 0 ka 
pua i ke kaula. 

O-mu-a-mu-a, s. The bulb of a flower 
before it blossoms ; omuamua pua. 


O-mu-E, adj. Sweet scented ; 

Q-MU-E-MU-E, odoriferous. 

O-mu-o, s. See Omva above. Omuo pua. 

O-mu-o-mu-o, s. The upper and young- 
est leaves of the sugar-cane, ki, &c.; as, 
omuomuo ko ; omuomuo ki; the huli of the 
kalo makua. See Mvo, a bud. 

O-mu-o-mu-o-Pu-A, v. Muo and pua, a 
flower. To swell out, as the bud of a 
flower. 

O-muv, v. To begin to grow, as a veg- 
etable. See Omva and Omvo. 

O-mu-xu, v. See Panupranu. Kamak. 
To cut short; to cut off. 

O-na, v. To be drunk; to be intoxi- 
cated. 1 Sam. 25:36. Ua waiwai loa ia 
haole, ua ona, spoken sarcastically ; to be 
under the influence of intoxicating drinks. 

2. To be delighted or ravished ; i ona 
mau mai kona aloha iloko ou. Sol. 5:19. 


| O-NA-HA-NA-HA-IA-UA, UV. 
| Onahanahaiaua ke kihi o ka moku ; pona- 


3. Hoo. To make one drunk. 

O-na, s. A state of intoxication, as pro- 
duced by alcohol, tobacco and awa. 

2. Dizziness of the head. 

3. A kind of nettling or pricking of the 
skin, attended with some pimples. 

O-na, adj. Drunk ; intoxicated. 

O-na, pers. pron., the auipili of za. Of 
him ; of her; of it; his; hers; its; rarely 
in the neuter gender; belonging to him, 
&e. Gram. § 137-139. 

|O-na-o-na, adj. Weary; fatigued; faint, 
as from traveling. 

2. Faint ; dizzy, from weakness or want 
of food ; poniuniu. 

3. Applied to food; unpalatable; ono 
ole ; wai onaona, bad tasted water; hue- 
wai onaona, bad smelling calabash. 

O-nwa-o-na, adj. Beautiful; graceful ; 
pretty faced; he mau maka onaona, he 
maikai, he nani; ka wehiwehi i ka onaona 
i ke ala; beautiful; applied to the eyes 
and face; rosy cheeks. 

O-na-o-na, s. A pleasant, odoriferous 
smell, as of a rose; aka e hai akui ke ala 
ame ke onaona, ame ka pukue o ka na- 
anao; onaona ala, a pleasant smell; me 
ka honi ala onaona, alaila hoi ka makani 
ala onaona, e nu ana ma ke kaena nei; 
maluna o ka onaona ala launa. 

O-nau-na, v. To come around, as fishes 
when a baited hook is let down. 

O-na-u-na, adj. Neat; graceful; pretty. 

O-na-HA, v. To curve or bend round, 
as a semi-circle or a half bounding line ; 
onaha na kihi o ka mahina, the points of 
the moun bend round. 

2. To spread or crook, as the legs; ap- 
plied to one whose legs or knees spread 
wide apart; used in hailiili. 

O-na-HA, adj. Crooked; bending, as 
an aged person; he wahine onaha Kale- 
peamoa; crooked, as one’s legs; wawae 
onaha. 

|O-na-Ha, adv. Crookedly; in a bent 

position ; ke waiho onaha mai la ka lima, 

| the arm.lies half bent. See Nana, broken. 

O-naA-HA-NA-HA, v. This word is used 

in all the senses of onaha above ; as, ona- 

hanaha na kihi o ka mahina, &c.; he ka- 

naka wawae onahanaha ke hele mai, &e. 

|O-na-Ha-NA-HA, Ss. The halo of the 

| moon (doubiful.) 








See above. 


| hanaha ka moku me ka aina. 

(O-na-tu-na-Lu, adj. Having a high 
surf, as the sea; onalunalu ke kai. See 
NALv. 

O-na-na, s. Name of the third month 


of the year; more properly Nana. 


ONI 


O-na-na, adj. Perhaps a contraction of 
ona and anda, partially intoxicated. Weak; 
awkward; unskillful; he kanaka onana, 
ikaika ole, hemahema. 

O-na-wa-ti, adj. See Nawaui. Weak; 
not strong ; awkward ; nawaliwali. 

O-na-wa-1i, s. An unripe, bitter melon 
or squash ; he ipu awaawa oo ole. 

G-ne, s. The sand; ke one o kahakai, 
the sand of the beach; ke one i Mahina- 
hina; ke lele la ke one i Maoholaia. 

O-nE, v. To be sandy; to have sand 
in plenty ; ua one Kaupo, ua ka ka aii ka 
Ina. 

O-nz-a, s. One, sand, and a, burning. 
(So called by Hawaiians when they first 
saw gunpowder.) Lir. Burning sand, that 
is, gunpowder ; ke onea ka pauda, ka mea 
e lele ai ka poka; ua pau na kanakai ke 
onea 0 ka haole. See Paupa (powder,) 
which has since been introduced. 

O-ne-a, adj. Destitute; all gone; vacant. 

Q-NE-A-NE-A, S. An open country; a 
desolate place where nothing grows; ka 
ulu ole na mea kanu. 

Q-NEA-NEA, v. To appear open and 
clear ; to lie in fair sight, as a hill or moun- 
tain. 

2. To be desolate ; waste; unfruitful, as 
a tract of country. 

O-nEs-NEA, adj. Left alone; clear of 
verdure, as land ; desolate; unfruitful ; 
waste, as land; mahakea, nahelehele ole. 
See NEONEO. 

O-neE1, adv., the auipili of vez. Of this; 
of here; of this person; opposite to olaila, 
that there. Nore.—Though often printed 
as one word, o nei are really two words. 


O-nE-o-NE, v. ‘lo be broken; cracked, 
as a melon, so the meat may run out. 

Q-nE-o-NE, v. The flowing out of the 
meat of a melon. 

2. The cracks through which it flows out. 

Q-nE-o-NE, adj. Soft; flowing; fine; 
dwindled to nothing, &c.; pepehi ina ka- 
naka a oneone. 

QO-ne-u-La, adj. Great; extended; vast. 

O-NE-HA-NAU, S. One, sand, and hanau, 
born. The place of one’s birth; native- 
born place ; one’s native country where he 
and his ancestors lived ; e ike auanei i ko 
kakou onehanau, we shall soon see our 
native-born place. 

O-NE-LAU-E-NA, 5. Some imaginary land 
or country where the god Kane lived or 
came from; he aina i ke onelawena a Kane, 
he aina i Kahiki, aia ilaila ke onelauena ; 
he aina momona ke ano. 

Q-n1, v. To move; to stir, but to move 
only through a small space; aole e hiki 


106 


ONI 


ke oni i ka nawaliwali, he was not able to 
move from weakness ; to turn the body in 
a restless mood. 2 Sam. 20:12. 

2. To ascend with a zigzag motion, as a 
kite; lele ka lupe iluna o ka lewa oni ae 
ana. 

3. To stretch out, as land into the sea. 

4. To swim or move about in the sea. 
Oihk. 11:10. 

5. To move on in a steady course of life; 
e oni wale no oukou i kuu pono a, con- 
tinue to move on in my course. Kauoha a 
Kam. 

6. To move, as a sign of life, in opposi- 
tion to moe malie, a sign of death. 

7. To move from one position to another; 
ua oni kela mai kona kala a hiki ma keia 
kala, he moved trom his end of the house 
to this end. 

8. To move about; to be busy; dili- 
gent; to move to and fro; e oni ana no ia 
me ke kulapa ana; e naku, e lapa, &e. 

O-n1, adj. Uneasy; restless, es in pain. 

O-n1, s. Uneasiness; a shifting from 
place to place ; epithet of a living being, 
the moving. Hzek. 47:9. 

O-n1-0, s. Cloth printed, especially in 
spots; the printed figures on calico. 

O-n1-0, adj. Spotted; printed, like cal- 
ico or kapa. 

O-ni-0-n1, v. See Ont. To dodge; to 
move back and forth, as the ears of a horse; 
oniont NO na pepeiao, moe imua a moe 
ihope ; ua onioni ka lupe me he ao la, the 
kite floats like a cloud. 

O-n1-0-nI-0, adj. See Onio. Striped ; 
spotted, as a cloth; as animals. Kin. 30:32. 
Variegated, as with colors; humuhumu 
onionio, broidered work. Puk. 28:39. Hoo. 
Kapa hoonionio, broidered work. Hzek. 
16:10. 

Q-n1-o-nI-0, v. To be spotted ; ua onzo- 
nio kikokiko ka leopadi. 

2. Hoo. To embroider ; to work figures 
on cloth. Puk. 28:39. 

O-nt-u, v. To spin, as a top made of a 
cocoanut; hoka i oniuia kona lae. 

O-ni-u, s. A top for spmning ; a play- 
thing for children, generally made of a 
cocoanut. 

O-nI-HI-NI-HI. See ONINIHI. 

O-n1-Ho-nI-Ho, s. Name of a species of 
fish. 

O-ni-KA, s. Gr. Onyx; name of a pre- 
cious stone. Kin. 2:12. 

2. Also, a spice. Puk. 30:34. 

O-nt-x1, adj. Flat; smooth, asa surface. 

O-n1-k1-nI-k1. I ka pawa haahaa onzke- 
niki. 

O-ni-wa-nI-na, adj. Fat; plump, as the 
cheeks of aman. See UNINANINA. 


ONO 


107 


ONO 


O-n1-n1, v. To blow very softly, as the | O-no, s. Name of a very large species 


beginning of a breeze. 

2. To excite or stir up waves in a calm; 
to cause a ripple on the surface of water. 
Q-n1-n1, s. A very slight breeze of air 

like that which occasions a ripple after a 
calm; he wahi onini iki mai; applied only 
to a gentle wind when it covers the sea 
with ripples; onini loa mai na hua; he 
onini makani; the first beginning of a sea 

breeze ; a puff of wind. IJsa. 57:13. 

2. The word is applied to one of imper- 
fect vision when trying to read; onini ke 
kanaka i ka ili wai. 

O-ni-ni, v. To close or shut the eyes 
on account of too strong light; ua onini 
na maka i ka malamalama, ua kahuli ka 
onohi, ua ano e ka maka. 

O-n1-n1, adj. The state of one almost 
dead ; he lelehu, he kapakahi, he kuhikee, 
he kokoke make loa. 

O-n1-ni, s. A kind of surf-board. 

O-ni-nr-H1, s. Young kalo; the tops of 
kalo. See PavAnin. 

O-n1-no-nr-No, v. To be dazzling like 
the sun; ua oninonino na maka i ka la; 
to blind the eyes by a dazzling light. See 
OLINOLINO. 

O-n1-No-nI-No, adj. Dazzling; din- 
sighted through a strong light. 

O-ni-PAa, v. Oni and paa, fast. 

1. To be fixed; firmly bound together. 
Hal. 111:8. To be steadfast. Hal. 140:11. 
To be immovable. 

2. To be persevering. Sol. 10:24. Ua 
onipaa loa ke aupuni o ka Mesia. Hoo. To 
establish firmly. Jer. 42:10. 

O-n1-paa, adj. Firm; strong; fixed; 
immovable; he nauwe ole, he kulanalana 
ole; he hale onipaa a paa loa. 

O-no, v. To be or become sweet; to 
relish, as food ; to have a like or relish for 
sweet food. Kin. 27:4. To have a sweet 
taste. 

2. To be sweet, that is, good to eat; eat- 
able. Kin. 3:6. 

3. To desire greatly to taste or eat a 
thing; ono iho la kekahi mau kanaka i ka ia. 

4, To be savory ; ua ono, ua mikomiko, 
ua onoono,. 

5. Morally, to have a relish for virtue. 


O-no, v. To disrelish food, as a sick 
child or person without appetite. Hoo. 
Hooioi, hoono, hoonoono. 

O-no, s. Sweetness; that which is 
pleasant to the taste either in eating or 
drinking ; ka ono o ka puu i ka ai ana ai 
ka inu ana. 

O-no, adj. Sweet; palatable; relisha- 
ble; ala ono, a sweet savor. QOihk. 1:9. 
He kanaka hua ono oe. Proverb. 


of fish, the parents of the opelu; o ke ano 
makua o ka opelu; computed at one-sixth 
of the whole. 

O-no, adj. The ordinal of six; the sixth; 
used with the article. Gram. 115:4. Aono, 
€0no, Six. 

O-no-o-Nno, adj. Palatable; hence, pleas- 
ant; comfortable. 

O-novu, v. To entice; to allure; gener- 
erally for a bad purpose. 

2. To give a thing deceitfully ; to give 
away, as one’s daughter in marriage for a 
selfish purpose. 

3. To give the products of a land to an- 
other, not to the owner. 

4. To secrete by craft; to turn aside 
from what is right. 

5. To push against one, as if to push him 
down ;. to do things in a hurry. 

6. To persuade one to leave his proper 
station for an improper one. 

7. To change employment. 


O-nou, s. An enticement; a false giv- 
ing; a seduction; an enticing, alluring, 
&c., of one. Laieik. 198. O ka onow wale 
ana o na makua i ke keiki, the enticing of 
parents their children (to vice.) 

O-nou, s. The name of a small bird; o 
ka onou he manu eleele ia. 

O-nov, adj. Seductive; alluring; de- 
ceitful, &e. 

O-nou-nov, v. See Onovu above. To 
entice ; seduce ; persuade. Note.—This 
form is frequentative of onow, and used in 
all its senses. 

O-no-u1, s. The center of the eye; ka 
onohi o ka maka. Zeke. 2:8. 

2. The eye-ball; the apple of the eye; 
kii onohi, the little image in the eye; so 
haku onohi; hence, 

3. The center of a thing; the excess of 
a thing; applied to darkness. Sol. 20:20. 
I. e., the profundity of darkness ; ke onohi 
o ka pouli, where darkness is concentrated. 

4. It is applied to light or heat; o ka 
onohi o ka umu ahi enaena, the center of a 
raging, fiery oven; ka waenakonu o ka 
lapalapa ahi, the center of a flame of fire ; 
o ke onohi 0 ka la, the center of the sun; 
ke Alii e moe mai ana i ka onohi pono o 
ka la. Laieik. 176. He ao onohi opua kii- 
kau. 

O-no-u1, s. Ike aku la oia e ku ana ka 
onohi iluna pono o Maunalei. Laieik. 25. 

O-no-nI-al-a, s. Onohi and aia, bad, &c. 
A watery or sore eye. 

O-no-HI-u-LA, s. A deep red; a species 
of red color. 

O-no-HI-No-HI, v. Ua onohinohi ka maka 
o ka hoku. 


OPA 


O-nu, v. To swell; to enlarge; to 
spring. See Pru, to rise up, asaswelling. 

O-nu, s. A swelling; a wen on the 
neck or head; anything growing up and 
increasing. 

O-NU-HE-NU-HE-A, adj. Fat; very fat; 
shaking fat; applied to men when bloated 
very much. 

O-pa, v. To press; squeeze, as the head 
of a child. Anat. 6. 

Q-pa, adj. See Oopa. Lame; fatigued ; 
wearied. 

O-pa, adj. Huikau, laiki, kulipee. 

O-pa, s. A limping, walking, as one 
sore or disabled ; ke kulipu, ka huikau, ka 
laiki. 

O-par, s. A very small fish; a shrimp; 
a crab. 

Q-paz-o-Haa, s. A species of small fish, 
but a little larger than the opae. 

O-par-pal, v. To shake; to bend in and 
out, as the rafters of a house; opaipai ka 
mauna, the mountain trembles. Laieik. 163. 


O-pa-o-pa, adj. See Opa. Wearied ; 
fatigued ; lame from walking. See Oopa. 

O-pa-Ha, s. A house, the rafters of 
which have been broken. 

2. A thin, shrunk up face. 

O-pa-na, v. To be bent in; as the roof 
of a (grass) house partly fallen in. 

2. To sink down; to be depressed ; to 
fall in; ua opaha ka hale, ua hina, ua hilala, 
a ua poli aku iloko. — 

O-pa-Ha, adj. Bent in; 
pressed down. 

O-pa-xa, adj. Having regular sides, as 
a square or octagon. 

2. Having hewn or flat sides, as a square 
piece of timber; e kalai a opaka, the tim- 
ber is hewed; ua kalai opakapaka, the 
timber is hewed on all sides. 

O-pa-xa, v. To hew smoothly; to hew 
and leave no knots; e kalai a e hoopau i 
ke ino. 

O-pa-ka, s. A ravine on the side of a 
mountain. 

; 2. The geometrical figure; aprism. Ana- 
on. 

O-pa-Ka-Pa-Ka, adj. Hewed on all sides; 
made flat or square. 

O-pa-Ka-pa-ka, s. Name of a species of 
red fish. 

O-pa-La, s. Refuse litter, such as old 
straw, leaves of trees, dried grass, or any- 
thing worthless which may be burnt or 
blown away by the wind. Hal. 1:4. Light 
rubbish ; different things mixed together. 

2. Fig. The rabble; people without char- 
acter; aole i lilo kanaka i ka hewa me 
Poki, he mau opala wale no ka i lilo me 


indented ; 


108 


OPE 


ia, the people did not turn to wickedness 
with Poki, some of the chaff (unstable 
men) only went with him. 

O-pa-La, adj. Dirty; filthy; bad; un- 
pleasant; ua lemua opala,a long, disagree- 
able rain. 

O-pa-Li-pa-L1, s. A small or low pali; 
a place of low palis. 

Q-pa-pa, s. Proper name of the wife 
of Akea or Wakea; they are represented 
as the ancestors of the Hawaiian race. 
Notre.—The o is no part of the word, it is 
only o emphatic, yet it is sometimes so 
written. See Papa. 

O-rE, v. To tie up in a bundle; to 
bundle up for carrying away. Puk. 12:34. 

O-rz, s. A bundle; a long bundle; a 
bundle made up for carrying ; ope papa, 
ope lole. 

O-rr-a, v. To be turned or to lean to 
one side. 

2. To turn off, as when land is taken 
away, perhaps for a fault, perhaps not; ua 
laweia ka aina, opeaia ke kanaka. 

3. To drive one away; hakaka laua, a 
opeaia 0 mea e mea. 

4, To bind one’s hands behind his back; 
opeaia kona mau lima; to cross; to tie cross- 
wise; to treat ill. 

5. To abuse or treat one evil without 
reason. 

6. To judge unrighteously. Sol. 18:5. 

7. To treat the gods with contempt and 
risk the consequences. See PEA. 

8. To throw over one, as a kapa, or as @ 
child over the shoulder. 

O-pr-a, s. A cross, as sticks crossed. 
See Pra and Kea. The cross stick which 
holds up the outer and upper end of a sail. 


O-rz-a, s. Used probably for opeia, what 
is bound up; a testicle. 

O-pe-a, adj. Villainous; perverse; not 
trusty. 


O-pEs-PEA, S. A bat,an animal between 
fowls and quadrupeds. Aanl. 14:18. So 
called from the shape of the wings being 
similar to the ancient sails (pea) of their 
canoes. 


O-pea-PEA, s. A species of shell fish. 
2. Kalo lately planted, from the shape 
of the young leaves. 


O-rE-o-PE, v. See Ore. To tie up 
tightly or frequently, as a bundle. 

2. To tie and hang up against the side 
of a house for preservation. — 

3. To fold up, as clothes. John. 20:7. 

4, Fig. To bind up, as knowledge. Jsa. 
8:16. Opeope ke akamai a waiho malie 
iloko o ke kanaka noonoo, wisdom is bun- 
dled up and laid away quietly in the man’s 
mind. 


OPI 


Q-PE-LE, v. To rest securely or quietly 
in a place; noa ke akua kapu ka opele. 
O-P&-LE-PE-LE, s. A flat, weak calabash, 

partly broken; also, a frail water calabash. 

Q-pz-Lu, s. Name of a species of fish ; 
mackerel ; opelu ka okoa ia iho ka moku. 

2. The name of one of the two fish which 
accompanied Pili when he came to the 
islands ; akw was the name of the other. 
D. Malo. 4:13. 

Q-PE-LU-NU-I-KAU-HAA-LI-LO, s. The son 
of Pele and Kamapuaa, who became a god. 

QO-r1, v. To fold up, as kapa or cloth. 
See OPE. 

2. To sink in, as the mouth when the 
teeth are gone. 

O-r1, s. The folds in cloth or kapa; 
the depressions made by folding kapa or 
cloth ; akepakepa mai la no ia ma ke opi a 
pau. : 

Q-ri-o, adj. Young; juvenile, as a per- 
son. 2 Sam. 18:29. As an animal; bipi 
kane opio. Nah. 28:19. 

Q-pi-o-Pi, v. See Ort. To fold up, as a 
garment or kapa. 2 Nal. 2:8. 

2. To put in order ; opiopi lua ka auwae 
me he waha kao la. 

Q-pi-0-PI-0, v. See Orio. To be young; 
tender, as a plant or tree; as a child or 
animal. 1 Sam. 1:24. 

Q-r1-o-Pi-0, adj. Young, as a person or 
animal; immature; unripe. Puk. 24:5. Ap- 
plied to persons ; opposed to kahiko. Tos. 
6:21. Applied to fruits ; uala opiopio; re- 
cent ; new; late; as, he mai opiopio,a new 
or recent disease ; junior; a son of a 
father of the same name. 

Q-pr-n1, s. A species of shell fish. 

2. A stamp in native cloth. 

Q-pr-n1-PI-HI, s. A particular kind of 
mat, not the finest kind, though pretty fine. 

Q-p1-KA-NA-LA-NI, s. Used in poetry for 
something laid up far off; hele ana i Opi- 
kananuu i Opikanalani. 

Q-pI-KA-NA-NUU, s. See the above. Hele 
ana i Opikananuu i Opikanalani. 

O-pi-x1, v. To bend over, as in nodding 
on going to sleep; to bend up, as the legs; 
to come together, as a trap. See Uprxr. 

O-pi-Ko, s. A species of grass; a spe- 
cies of tree ; he kopiko. 

Q-ri-Ko-Pi-Ko, s. Name of a disease; 
he mai opikopiko i ano e ka ili e like me 
ka pala, ulaulu a keokeo ; ke opikopiko o 
ka ili, ina e hoopiliia ka hee, ola i ka ili, 
ua opikopilco ka ili. 

QO-PI-Ko-PI-KO, 5. Anxiety; concern; so- 
licitude ; depression of spirits in view of 
danger. 


109 


OPU 


an event; to be concerned about some im- 
pending danger. 

2. To be troubled, as the sea in a storm. 

O-p1-L1, v. To draw up; contract, as 
one with the cramp or with cold weather ; 
opili loa iho no ka nui loa o ka ua. 

2. To be cold; to shiver with the cold. 

3. To draw up or compose one’s self on 
abed. Kin. 49:33. 

4. Fie. Ua opili ka makai ka anui ka 
wai, nolaila loaa ole ka manao, haalulu a 
make no hoi. 

5. To bend or contract, as the knees in 
kneeling; oi noho kukuli a opili ae na 
wawaeikaanuilalookalepo. Kin. 49:33. 

Opili la o poeleele o opu kalakala 
Ua iku, he kua nui kua Joa, 
He kua noho i ka iuiu.—He wahi pule. 

O-pr-i1, s. A cold; a shivering; a con- 
traction of the limbs and muscles through 
cold or with the cramp. 

2. The cramp itself. 

O-pr-L1, adj. Stiff with wet and cold; 
benumbed. 

O-pi-to, v. To break out afresh, as an 
old sore. 

2. To have a relapse in the recovery of 
a disease ; to bring back a sickness; mai 
hele oe i ka auau, 0 opilo ko mai i ka wai. 
See Pino. 

O-pi-Lo, s. A person who is often sick 
and has become thin in flesh, is said to be 
a kanaka opilo. 

O-r1-L0-P1-L0, adj. Dirty; muddy; miry, 
as a soft, slumpy road; ua nui na wahi 
opilopilo ma ke alanui o Makiki, ua poho- 
poho loa ka wawae i kahi ino i ka lepo. 

2. Dirty ; bad smelling, as stagnant 
water ; corrupt; he opilopilo no keia opu 
puaa. 

O-pi-Lo-PI-Lo, v. To be dirty; bad smell- 
ing. &c.; ke opilopilo nei no ka wawae i 
ka honowa. See Pmormo and Pino. 

O-ro. See in Havoro. Opo, in good 
order ; even; plainly done. 

O-po-Ho-ka-No, adj. Stingy; close; not 
willing to part with anything good; o ka 
poe lakou opohokano, he kukuiolelo wale 
no ia, aole e ai ana. 


O-ru, v. To expand, as an opening 
flower. See Opvu. 

2. To grow, as a fetus. Hal. 139:16. 

3. To swell up ; to be full, as the belly 
of a fat person ; opu mai ka opu. 

4. To rise up, as water; opu ka wai. 

5. To live idly ; lazily ; ke opu wale ae 
nei no, ka noho wale; noho wale iho no, 
loaa ole. 

6. To sit with the knees gathered up. 

7. To leap off or over, as a horse ; e opu 
akn mao. 


O-pi-Ko-pI-Ko, v. To be anxions about! O-rv, s. A protuberance with an enclo- 


OPU 


110 


OPU 


sure, as the belly, stomach, bladder, &c. ; | O-pu-I-No-I-No, s. Opw and ino. An evil 


as, opu o ke kal, the heart, belly (midst) 
of the sea; the crop ofa bird. Oihk. 1:16. 
The maw of animals. Kanl. 18:3. The 
womb. Junk. 16:17. A round, liver-like 
substance in the hog and other animals. 

2. The name of a heap upon which a god 
stands ; a bunch or bundle of small wood, 
grass, weeds, &c.; a hill or bunch of kalo 
growing together. See Opuu. 

3. The disposition of a person ; state of 
mind. See the compounds Opuao, Opurno, 
OpukOPEKOPE, &c. Opu is here syn. with 
naau. NorE.—The Hawaiians suppose the 
seat of thought. intelligence, &c., and also 
the seat of moral powers, as the choice and 
practice of good and evil, to be seated in 
the small intestines; hence, naau or opu 
(the small intestines) is used for what we 
should call the heart, i. e., the seat of the 
moral powers. See Naavao, Nadupo, Naav- 
INO, compared with opuao, opuino, &c. See 


NAav. 

O-pu, adj. Skillful at diving into the 
water, so as not to spatter; opu ia wahi 
kanaka; opw.i na kea ka pau ai ole, fisher- 
man’s phrase. 

O-ru-a, s. Narrow pointed clouds hang- 
ing in the horizon; clouds of a singular 
shape arising out of the sea; opua kea, 
opua eleele. 

2. A bunch; a collection, as of bushes, 
leaves, &c.; he opua hao wale keia no ka 
aina; ke opua puakala. See Orv. 

O-pu-a, s. The name of a class of gods 
among the poe akua noho. 

O-pu-a, adj. Existing or hanging in 
bunches or clusters; a0 opua, clouds col- 
lected ; kahi e puka mai ai na ao opua mai 
ka moana. 

O-pu-ao, adj. Opu, belly, and ao, en- 
lightened. Wise hearted; knowing ; intel- 
ligent ; similar to naauao, but less used. 

O-pu-ao, s. Knowledge ; intelligence ; 
one instructed ; he naauao, he noonoo, he 
noiau. 

Q-pu-a-HA-o. No ke komo ana a opua- 
hao ke kanaka a make. 

O-pu-A-HU-A-wa, s. See Opu, a bunch, 
and AHUAWA, a species of strong rush, A 
bunch of grass, small sticks, &c., tied up 
in a bundle with ahuawa string. 


O-pu-a-KEA, S. Clearness; whiteness ; 
that which shines brightly. 


Q-pu-a-KEA, v. To appear, as a white 
cloud. 
Ua opuakea alalai kanukanu 
Huna i ka meheu naawe alanui a ka puukolu 
Ka makole maawe ala a ka Poukua. 
Q-pu-a-ku, s. The clouds in the mom- 
ing or evening when they take imaging 
shapes of things; he ao opuakiikii. 


disposition ; malice. 1 Pet. 2:1. Wicked- 
ness ; depravity ; seeking evil against one. 

Q-pu-I-No-I-No, adj. Evilly disposed ; 
malevolent. : 

Q-pu-o-HAI, s. Opu, a bunch, and ohaz, 
ashrub. <A bundle of grass; a bundle of 
the ohai shrubs. 

O-pu-o-HAo, s. Name of a disease in 
which the abdomen becomes enlarged and 
hard, while the limbs are enervated ; the 
dropsy; ka opu me ka nanaia alikiliki lalo 
o ka lemu. 

Q-pu-o-pu, v. To rise up; to swell. 
See Oru. To be swelled full, as one hav- 
ing eaten heartily. 

2. To fill, as the belly of a hungry man; 
to be full, as a water calabash with water. 

QO-ruv, v. To bud, as a tree or plant; 
to shoot forth buds. Kin. 40:10. 

2. To bud, i. e., to set fruit. Mat. 13:26. 

3. To shoot out, as the branch of a tree. 
Mar. 4:32. 

4, Hoo. To cause to grow. Ezek. 29:21. 


Ua opuu ae kuahiwi i ka ili o ke kai, 
Ua omeo ae ka puka ana. 


O-puv, s. A bud. Nah. 17:23. The 
geerm of a vegetable; a tuft; a cluster; a 
bunch of corn. Ain. 41:5. Anear or bunch 
of wheat or barley. Rut. 2:2. 

2. A protuberance See Ptv. 

3. A whale’s tooth; ka opuw niho oko- 
hola; opuu makamua, first green ears. 
Oihk. 2:14. Ka opwu maia, a bunch of 
bananas. 

4. The spur of a very young cock; ka 
opuu ana’e o ke kalakala o ka moa. 

5. A conical hill; hence, in geometry, a 
cone. Ana. Hon. 29. 

O-puv, s. Swelling highly, as a very 
high surf before it breaks; ohu mai la he 
wahi nalu opuu. Laieik. 91. 

O-puu-puv, adj. See Puv. Rough; not 
smooth, as a rough road ; the opposite of 
lawmania; the same as apuupuu; uneven ; 
hilly ; bulging or swelling out; opposite 
to upoho ; convex. Anat. 6. 

O-puu-puv, s. Ma ke kule, ma ka papa- 
kole, ma ke kuekue, ma ke opwupuu. 

2. Name of a species of fish. 

O-pu-HAo, s. Opu and hao. A swelled 
belly or stomach ; i kona ai ana i ka opu- 
hao; penu no ia i ke kai me ka opuhao; 
dropsy of the belly, ascites. See OpuoHAo. 

O-pu-HEA, adj. Opu and hea. Lazy ; 
inactive; not enterprising or industrious. 

O-pu-HU-E, s. Opu, belly, and hue, a 
calabash. Name of a species of fish, spec- 
kled, said to be poisonous if eaten; the 
fish swells up with air and floats on the sea. 

O-pu-KaE-Mo-a. Kam. voc. keu, keukeu. 
To condemn one’s friend. 


OWA 


O-pu-xEA, s. See Koxea, Kam. 

O-pu-KEE-Mo-A, s. An evil disposition ; 
an inclination to badness; also naaulcee- 
mou. t 

O-pu-Ko-PE-kO-PE, adj. Opu, disposi- 
tion, and kopelkope, morose. LEvilly dis- 
posed ; malevolent. 

O-pu-te, s. A species of fish full of 
spots ; ua paapu i ke kakau. 

O-pu-LE-PU-LE, adj. Spotted; light and 
shade ; he kinobinohi. 


Opulepule ke aka ilalo, kikokiko i na aka, 

Paapu ina aka e like me Lahainaluna i ka po mahina, 
No ka paa i na lala ulu ame na Jau o ka maia 

Ame ka wauke, mahina opulepule o Lele (Lahaina.) 


Spotted, as the feathers of the nene; he 
hulu opulepule ko ka nene. 

O-pu-mA-KA-NI, s. Opu, belly, and ma- 
kani, wind. A bellows ; a balloon. 

O-pu-mi-m1, s. Opu and mimi, urine. 
The bladder ; the container of urine. 

O-PU-NA-HE-LE-HE-LE, s. Opu and nahe- 
lehele, a thicket. Ua pee i ka opunahelehele, 
he hid himself in the belly of the forest, 
i. e., in the thick forest. 

O-pu-ni-NI, v. To compel attendance ; 

. to force compliance. 

O-pu-nu1, adj. Opu and nuz. Epithet 
of a large bellied man; ina aole lio, make 
loa na ‘lii opunui i ka maloeloe, if there 
are no horses, the big-bellied chiefs will 
die with fatigue (of traveling.) 

O-pu-Pa-LA-0A, 8. Opuu, whale’s tooth, 
and palaoa. An ornament made of a 
whale’s tooth. See Opuv. 

O-wa, s. The word given and con- 
stantly used by Kukuaokalalau for seizing 
his prey. 

O-wa, v. To be split,asa board. See Oa. 

O-waa-waa, adj. Hilly; full of knolls; 
land full of knobs. 

O-waa-waa, s. Thick, heavy clouds ; 
clouds portending a storm; ina i poipu ka 
lani me ka owaawaa, he hakuma ia. 

O-wak, v. See Wat. To crack, as a 
thing breaking ; to tremble; to crack, as 
dry ground. 

O-wat, pron. int. Who? what person ? 
It refers mostly to persons. Note.—The o 
is the o emphatic, and not an essential part 
of the word. See Gram. § 53 and 123. 

O-wa-o-wa, v. See Owa. To be full 
of cracks, as rotten wood; to be broken up. 

O-war-xu, s. Name of a pain in the 
chest, or breast of men or women; he mai, 
he nae owaiku. 

O-wa-o-wa-xa, s. A species of shell 
fish of the clam kind. 


O-wav, pron., first pers. sing. I. See 
Av, Oau, and Wav. Gram. § 53 and 123. 


111 


OW! 


O-wavu, v. To answer I, in obedience 
to a call or a question ; owai ka mea pa- 
pale ie 0 oukou? oway aku la no hoi anu, 
owau ? who among you has a straw hat? 
Tied to him J, that is, 1 answered I. 

O-wau, s. A cat; socalled from her 
noise ; wwau is perhaps the right word. 

O-wav, s. Name of a species of fish 
found in the rivers; he okuhekuhe, he 
akupa. 

O-wa-Ho, comp. prep., the auipili of 
waho. Of or belonging to the outside. 
Joan.7:24. Out of; external. Gram. § 161. 

O-wa-ka, adj. Open; spread open, as 
a flower. See Oaka. Open, as the mouth 
for speaking. 

O-wa-ka, v. To open, asa flower; mo- 
hola; ua hamama, ua owaka ka pua o ka 
laau. See Oaka. 

O-wa-ka-wa-ka, s. The breaking or 
opening of daylight; o ka wehe ana o ke 
ag ame ka malamalama o ke kakahi- 
aka. 

O-wa-ka-wa-kA, v. To be somewhat 
light, as the light of the moon. See Waka- 
WAKA. 

O-wa-ta, v. To toss forward with both 
hands. 

2. To throw, as a horse his rider. 
3. To brandish, as a spear. 
4. To throw about one’s hands. 

O-wa-u1, adj. Weak; infirm; flexible. 
See Nawai and WAL. 

O-wa-wa, s. A ditch; a furrow; e hana 
pe te e auwaha. See Awawa, KAaHaAwal, 
WC. 

O-wWE-0-WE-NE, S. Small kalo, &. See 
OWEWENE. 

Q-wE-HE-WE-HE, s. See WEHE, to open. - 
A definite period of time in the morning; 
aika owehewehe anao kaalaula. Laieik. 30. 

O-we-La, s. The time when the sun is 
hot and no rain; vegetation dries up. 

2. Hard work on land by several people 
to get it worked. 

3. Land burnt over; scorched in the sun. 

4. Anything held near the fire so as to 
be scorched. See WeLA. 

O-weE-NE, Ss. Small kalo; lulumi i ka 
lepo, @ popoi i ka mauu, a mahope loaa 
kahi owene. 

O-wE-WE-NE, s. Small kalo, as the fin- 
ishing of a patch of food; perhaps better 
written oweowene. 


O-w1, s. The name of a small shrub, a 
nuisance to farmers. 

O-wr-t1, v. To roll up; to twist; to 
fold up, as the hands. 


2. To roll together, as a roll of paper 
that has been opened. Isa. 34:5. 


UA 


See Om. 


O-wr-u1, s. A roll, as of cloth or of 


paper; a skein of thread ; a roll of a mat; 
he owili palapala, the roll of a book. Jer. 
36:2. Koi owili, a koi made gouge-like for 
working the inside of canoes. 

O-wr-u1, s. Name of a very thick surf- 
board made of wiliwili. 


112 


3. To twist a thing to make it crooked. 





UAU 


O-RE-NA, s. Heb. Name of a tree. Isa. 


44:14. English translation, an ash. 

O-sE-FE-RA-GA, s. Name of a bird in 
Othke. 11:13. 

O-sE-pE-RA, s. The ospray; name of a 
bird in Oihk. 11:13. 

O-sE-TE-RI-KA, 5. Eng. An ostrich. Job. 
30:29. ° 


U. 


Uw the fifth letter of the Hawaiian 
9 alphabet. It represents generally the 
sound of the English 00, as in too, coo, fool, 
&c.; but when preceded by i, it sometimes 
has the sound of the English u or yu; as, 
waiu, waiyu; inka, yulka. 

U, v. To protrude; to rise on the toes; 
to prepare to stand up; to draw out, asa 
pencil from a case. 

2. To weep. Mat. 5:4. To grieve; to 
mourn. Hal. 38:6. Eu hele, to go about 
mourning ; to mourn for, i. e., desire earn- 
estly ; i kekahi manao 0’u e wu nei, e ao 
kakou i ka leo o ka himeni. 

3. To drip or drizzle, as water ; to ooze 
or leak slowly, as water from a kalo patch 
or from the crevices of a rock; e kahe ae. 

U, v. To be tinctured or impregnated 
with anything ; as, ua wu ka pipi i ka paa- 
kai; ua uw ke kapai ka mea hooluu; u ke 
kapa i ka ua. 

U, s. The breast of a female. Ezek. 
23:8. 

U, s. Grief; sorrow; expression of af- 
fection ; like me ke aloha, ame ka u, ame 
ka uwe ana. 

2. The breast. Luk. 23:29. The pap; 
the udder; hence, with wai, milk, i. e., 
waiu. Lit. Breast water. 

3. Unwillingness ; not disposed to do. 

U-a, v. See Gr. wo, Malay wjan, to 
wet; to rain. To rain; ua iho la ka ua, 
he va nui loa. Lrr. The rain rained, it was 
a very great rain. 

2. Hoo. To send or give rain; to cause 
to rain. Kin. 7:4. 

U-a, s, Rain; water falling from the 
clouds. 1 Sam. 12:17,18. Rains were di- 
vided by Hawaiians into ua loa, long rains; 
ua poko, short rains; ua hea. 

U-a, adj. Vain; useless; to no profit. 

U-a, adv. In vain; to no purpose; ma- 
nao no ka poe kahiko ua luhi wa ka lakou 
hana ana. 

-A, pron. dem. adj. Ua before a noun, 
and da or nei after it, forms a strong de- 
monstrative adjective pronoun; this; that; 


as la or nei is used. It refers to some noun 
that has just been mentioned. Ua kanaka 
nei, this man (just spoken of); hiolo ua 
mau hale /a, those houses (just mentioned) 
have fallen down. Gram. § 152. 

U-a prefixed to verbs, marks the fourth 
form of the preter tense. Gram. § 187. 

U-a-a-u-La, adj. Bad smelling ; filthy. 
See Aava. 

U-a1, v. See Uwar. To open or shut, 
as a door. 

2. To extend; hoonee. See Huat. 

U-ai, s. A door for stopping an en- 
trance. See Uwat. 

U-ao, v. See Uwao. To interfere; to 
procure peace between contending parties; 
to intercede ; interpose; reconcile; a na 
kekahi alii manuwa Amerika i wao; to take 
one’s part. 

U-ao, v. To mew, asa cat. See below. 

U-ao, s. A cat, from the noise. See 
also Owau and Uwavu. 

U-au, s. A leather bag. 

2. A species of bird that dives in the 
water. 

U-av, adj. Tough, as kalo. See Uava. 

U-a-u-a, adj. Poor; naked; destitute. 

U-a-v-a, s. Pride; haughtiness; acting 
the spendthrift. 

2. The name of a kapa or pau colored 
yellow ; ina i hooluu ia ka pau i ka olena, 
he uaua ia. 

U-a-va, adj. Proud; haughty; arro- 
gant; vain. | 

U-a-va, adj. Strong; tight; fast; un- 
broken. 

2. Tough, as some kinds of kalo; paa, 
paakiki. 

U-au-a, s. A noise; a confused noise, 
as of an army or multitude; the noise of 
wailing ; he olopihe. } 

U-a-v-a-ta, s. A strong smell of decay- 
ing food; the smell of rotten potatoes ; 
wekoweko. 


U-au-ke-wat, s. The name of a large 


UAN 


113 


UIU 


bird the size of a turkey; breastand wings U-a-nu, adj. Too salt; miko loa. 


white, back black. 

U-a-navu, v. To imbed in; to lay in, 
as brick or stone in mortar. See Unau, 
Anat. 19. 


U-a-n1, s. U, ooze or milk, and ahi, fire, | 


that is, smoke. A cloud; a vaporous ap- 
pearance. See Uwaut. Nore.—Uahi is un- 
doubtedly the better orthography. 


U-z, v. To weep; tocry; to cry inan 

audible manner. 

2. To sigh; to have inward anguish ; to 
be afflicted. 

3. To have pity upon. 

4, To salute; to love. 

5. To ery to one for relief in distress. 

6. To enter a complaint. See Uwe. 


U-a-ni-wal, v. E kulu ana. See Wa-! U-r, v. ‘To hitch or shove along a lit- 


wal. To be desirous of some evil; to lust 
after ; to be greedy for. 


tle; to shake. See Nave. Hoo. To cause 


a movement or shaking. 


U-a-no-a, adj. Hard, as an unfeeling| U-r, s. ‘The wrenching of a stick; the 


person ; unkind ; ungenerous; passionate. | 


U-a-xa-na, s. Stiffness; applied to the 
neck. 

U-a-Ko-ko, s. See Koruna, Kam., Pu- 
nonu, &c. A cloud standing erect and hav- 
ing different colors, somewhat like the rain- 
bow. 

U-a-xa, s. See U and Ata, sweet. The 
sweet potato. 

2. The large muscles of the upper arm. 
And. 18. 

3. A name of a certain kind of leho, a 
sea shell. Sometimes written wala. 

U-a-La-au (u-wa-la-au), v. See Wa- 
Laau. To cry out; to make a great noise ; 
to cry out in a confused manner, asa great 
multitude. Isa. 22:2. 

U-a-La-au (u-wa-la-au), s. An outcry; 
a loud noise in conversation ; a confused 
noise. 

U-a-na-Ka-u-x1, s. Uala, potato, and 
kahiki, foreign. A foreign or Irish potato. 

U-a-ra-pi-Lav, s. Uala, potato, and pi- 
lau, strong scented. A turnip; a radish. 

U-a-tE-wA, adj. Lazy. See Hoopata- 
LEHA. 

U-a-Le-HE, v. To strip one of his prop- 
erty ; to dispossess one; hemo. 

U-a-to, v. To cry; to call out; to com- 
plain; tocall forhelp. Hal.4:1. See Uono. 

U-a-to, s. A complaining; a crying to 
one for help. 

U-a-na, adv. Ua, sign of the perfect 
tense, and na, quiet, enough, &c. See Na, v. 
It is enough ; it is sufficient ; a plenty. 

U-a-na-oa, v. Ua as above, and za, sat- 
isfied, and oa, sick. To have no relish for 
food. 

U-a-na-oa, adj. Wanting an appetite ; 
disrelishing food. 

U-a-ne1, adv. Adverb of time future ; 
it refers to something to be done or some- 
thing to take place hereafter, but at no 
great distance of time ; soon; by and by; 
hereafter. The full form is auanei; it is 
contracted by dropping the initial a, after 
a word ending ina. Dan. 1:10. 


15 


turning of a screw. 

U-z, s. A kind of mat made without . 
trimming the lauhala. 

U-r-ve, v. See Us, to shake. Neko- 
neko, nikuniku, pilupilu. Hoo. To cause 
to shake ; to shake violently ; hooewaewa 
ma ka nuka, me ka hoonaueue ae. 

U-s-vE-xo, s. A bad smell; a stench. 
See WEWEKO. 

U-r-ve-xo, adj. Filthy; unpleasant to 
the smell. 

U-r-pa, s. Eng. A wafer; better written 
wepa; better still wefa. 

U-s-wa-Le, s. Ue, to cry, and wale, 
without cause. A coward. 

U-, v. Toask a question; wz iho la au 
penei, ahea ka nui o na haumana? to in- 
quire of; ua viia mai oe e ke alii e olelo 
aku, thou art asked by the chief to speak. 

2. To milk; to squeeze out milk. See 
Kowl. 

3. To wring out. as washed clothes. 

4. To creak or squeak, as new shoes in 
walking. 

5. To grate, as the teeth. 

U-1, s. A question; a series of ques- 
tions ; a catechism; an interrogation ; he 
ui no na haumana o ke kulanui, a question 
for the scholars of the high school. 

U-1, s. A youth; a young person; 
youth generally ; strength. Hin. 49:3. 

U-1, adj. Young; strong; well propor- 
tioned; applied to young and vigorous 
men. Rut. 2:9. 

Ur-to, v. To question ; to interrogate. 
See U1. 

U-1-u-1, ». To squeak, as new shoes; 
to gnash the teeth. See Ur. 

U-1-u-1, s. Arrow-root. See Pia. 

2. A beer made of the ki root. 
3. The fermented juice of the sugar-cane. 
See Uru. 

U-1-u-wi, s. A tooth; a small, young 
tooth. 

Ut-v-1a, s. A kind of beer made of cane 
juice. 


Ut-ur-xi, v. To shine, as a light through 


UO 


114 


UUK 


a small aperture; to shine through a small | U-o-a, s. Name of a species of fish. 


aperture into a dark room. 
2. To glimmer feebly ; ua wiwiki iki mai 
kahi malamalama iki ma Hawaii nei. 
U1-ur-xi, s. A small hole through which 
light may shine; he puku uuku, he wahi 
hakahaka uuku, i puka mai ka malama- 
ae o na hoku liilii loa, i ike powehiwe- 
iia. 
Ui-ui-xo, s. An unpleasant smell. See 
UEUEKO. 
Ui-ui-wi, s. The name of a species of 
fish ; the oili. | 
Ui-uaa, adj. Weary with a long dis- 
tance. 
2. Idle, i. e., without work; burdened 

with work, but desiring it. 

U-1-n1, s. See Uiuixi. A small aper- 
ture ; he hakahaka. 

Uri, s. Eng. The wick of a lamp or 
candle. Mat. 12:20. Better written wiki. 

Ur-ra, s. Lightning. Zek. 10:1. Ke ahi 
e holo ikaika ana iloko o na ao ua. 

Ur-ta-n1, v. To struggle ineffectually 
to get away from a person ; to struggle in 
vain to get out of difficulty ; wilani ae la 
makou; mehea la e hemo ae ai? we are 
struggling ineffectually ; by what means 
shall we break away? The word is also 
used in a moral sense; aole anei he wilani? 
is he not in difficulty? Laieik. 206. 

Urra-n1, s. Pride; haughtiness; self 
exhortation. 

U-1-11, v. To steer, as a canoe. 


U-r-na, v. Ui and ana. See U1 4. 


1. To crack; to snap, as a whip. 
2. To crack, as a rope or string of a lei. 
Lajieik. 145. 
3. To break, asa piece of wood. Nors.— 
It is the noise made by the breaking, and 
not the breaking that makes the wina. 
U-tna, s. See Uina, v. A report of a 
pistol ; the noise of a gun; the cracking 
of the fingers; a guttural break in pronun- 
ciation between two vowels. 
U-o (u-wo), v. To cry out; to bellow, 
as a bull; to roar, as a lion; e uo no ka 
liona i kona leo me ka ikaika loa. 


U-o, v. Ka wo ana i ka lei, ke kui ana 
me ka manai, a wo aku i ke kaula; to fasten 
by tying or braiding for a certain purpose; 
to splice two ends of rope. 

U-o, s. The jingling of money. 

U-o, s. Ka wo, ka aeae, ka wali, ka 
uouo ; the soft fluidity of poi mixed thin 
with water and clear of lumps. 

U-o, adj. Ka poi uo, ka ai uouo; soft; 
paste like ; fluid, as soft poi. 

U-o, adj. Quality of a species of ohia; 


ka 01a uo, uouolea iuka. 


Uo-u-o, adj. See Uo, soft. Soft; paste 
like, as poi wet with water; clear; fine; 
without lumps. 

Uo-vo, adj. See Uo, to cry out. Roar-. 
ing; crying; having a strong voice; he 
kanaka wouo 0 Kamehameha. 

Uo-vo-LEA, s. A species of ohia; ka 
ohia no, wouolea iuka. 

Uo-x1, v. Contraction of wa oki; used 
in the imperative mood ; stop; cease; be 
done ; leave off. See OKI. 

U-o-Lo, v. To call upon one; to call 
upon; to complain. Hal. 4:1. See Uato. 

U-u, s. Masturbation; onanism; ule- 
hole. 

U-u, v. To practice onanism; e ule- 
hole. 

2. To pull off or pluck, as a flower; e 
hele oukoue wumaii puakilioopu. Laieik.. 
192. To strip with the hand, as leaves. 

3. To hoist, as a sail; e wu ae i ko kakou 
pea; ua wuia kahi pea, a koe no kekahi. 

4, To draw out, as india rubber; to pull 
out, as a pencil from its case, &e. f 
U-u, v. To groan; to be in a suffering, 

state. Puk. 6:5. 

U-u, s. A stammering; an impediment 
in speech. ; 

U-u, adj. Stammering; speaking hesi- 
tatingly and indistinctly. 

U-u, s. A species of fish of a red color. 

U-u-1-na, v. To be brittle; to break, as 
glass. 

2. To crack the joints of the fingers. 

3. To squeak, as shoes. See U1, Utut, 
and PAPAIN. 

4, To crepitate or grate, as the two ends 
of a broken bone; more properly applied 
to the joints of the backbone when pressed; 
kamumumu. 


U-u-u, v. See Uv. To stammer; to 
be impeded in speaking, as one affected 
with the palsy. 

2. To strip frequently, as in stripping off 
leaves. 

U-v-u, adj. Hoarse; stammering; una- 
ble to speak intelligibly. Isa. 32:4. 


U-v-na1, s. The door or door frame of 
a house. See Umat. 


U-u-xu, v. See Uxv, a genus of small 
insects. To be small; little; few. 

2. To diminish in size. 

3. To make or be few in number. Jos. 
7:3. O kela mai ka mea e wuku ai na Ka- 
naka o ia wa, that sickness was what re- 
duced the number of people at that period. 

4. Hoo. To reduce ; to make few. Nah. 
26:54. To make few; applied to words. 
Kekah. 5:2. 


UHA 


U-vu-ku, s. A little man; a dwarf; a 
diminutive person. 

U-v-xv, adj. Little; small; diminutive; 
few. 

U-v-Lu-na-ku, v. To stir up poi as a 
lazy man, hence the poi will be lumpy. 

U-v-tu-xal, adj. Large, fleshy and 
weak, as a fat man. 

2. Full or hanging, as the cheeks of one 
who is somewhat ill or fat; uhekeheke, 
upehupehu. 

U-v-Lv-xal, v. To be large and fleshy, 
but weak. 

U-1u-na-xu, adj. Weary; lame with 
walking or carrying a burden. 

U-v-ma, v. To pinch the skin with the 


hand; uma. 
U-v-m1, v. See Umi. To choke; to 


throttle ; to strangle ; ua wumiia ke keiki 
e ka wahine kolohe ; e kaawe, e kinai. 

2. To make great exertions. 

3. To restrain, suppress, as the passions; 
to mortify. Kol. 3:5. To refrain from 
weeping when deeply affected. Hin. 43:31. 
To restrain, hold in, as compassion. Isa. 
63:15. 

4. To keep to one’s self, as a saying or a 
speech ; uumi i ke aloha, to refuse to love. 
1 Ioan. 3:17. Uumii ka manao, to refrain 
from speaking, i. e., to choke the thought. 
A uumi ia Kiwalao me ka lei o manu ma 
kona lima, he choked Kiwalao with the 
LET of bird’s feathers on his arm. See 

MI. 

U-v-m1, s. A choking; killing, as of in- 
fants; o ke wmi kamalii kekahi hewa ka- 
hiko 0 keia aina. See Um. 


U-v-mu-1-ku. I ka elehei, i ka wamutku. 
See Mumuiku. 


U-v-Pe-Ku-PE-ku, s. I ka uupekupeku a 
ka noheo; that which is unequal in length, 
some long and some short; the practice of 
defilement and pollution of the sexes ; ap- 
plied to persons of known lewdness. 


U-u-wa, adj. Slippery; smooth; pau 
na iwiikekahi mea lahilahi wuwa, oia ka 
wahi o kaiwi. Anat. 4. 


U-v-wat, adj. He wawai, he pipiwai- 
Uu for wukcu, and wai, water. <A very lit- 
tle water. 


U-na, v. To belch up wind. 

2. To hawk up mucus; to hawk, as a 
means of raising phlegm from the throat 
or lungs. See Puna. 

3. To swell; to distend, as the stomach. 

4, To squander ; to misspend ; to waste ; 
to misuse property. See Unauma. 


U-na, s. The thigh; the thigh of a per- 


son. Dunk. 3:16. 
2. The ham of a hog. 


115 


UHA 


3. The lap of a woman. 2 Nal. 4:20. 
Uha hoali, the heave shoulder. QihJe. 7:34. 

4, The enlarged intestine near the anus 
of beasts ; the alimentary canal. 

U-na, adj. Slipping away; not easily 
held, as a cunning rogue. 

2. Greedy : craving ; eating often. 

U-naz, v. To tear; to rend, as a gar- 
ment. Oihk. 10:6. Ua uhaeia ka lole, ua 
uhaeia ka moena. See Hag and Hagar. 

U-nal, v. See Has. To break in two, 
as a stick ; to break, as a bone. Nah. 24:8. 
To break, as the neck. Puk. 13:13. 

2. To break, as a covenant. Kanl. 31:16. 
To break, as a law; ua whai ke kanawai; 
to disregard, as an agreement; to break 
away, as from a yoke or bondage. 

3. To jerk or pull out; to tear out or 
off by force, as a branch from a tree. 

4. To pound up or break to pieces, as 
with a rod; to break off, asa horn. Dan. 
8:8. 

5. To follow; chase; pursue. Laieik.71. 
To overrun ; to treat with contempt. See 
Hanal. 

6. To speak to; to say to one; ke uhai 
mai nei ka naaupo ia makou e hoohalikeia 
ka mea naaupo me ka mea naauao. 

U-nal, s. E hilinai ana no ia maluna 
o ka uhai; the door shutter of a room or 
were e pane mai i whai. 

U-nat, s. The door, or properly the door 
frame of a house; ke kikihi o ka hale. 

U-HAI-A-HO-LO, v. Uhaiand holo, to run. 
Lit. To break away and run; to run, as in 
a race; to fly; to hasten after a thing ; ke 
uhaiaholo nei na kanaka ma ka waiwai, me 
ke kukini nui ma ia aoao me he mau elele 
na ke alii o ka lewa. 

U-nat-a-Ho-Lo, s. A swift running; an 
eager pursuit after a thing. 


U-nao, v. See Hao. To put into; to 
fill; to put into, as into a bag. Ain. 44: Yr. 
Or into a basket or other container : ua 


uhaoia ka ai iloko o ka umeke ; i ka ma- 
nawa e uhao ai i ka poka i ka pu. See 
HaHwao, 

U-nao, s. The line of lean flesh each 
side, but outside of the backbone; the lean 
flesh inside is called ioliz ; na io e moe lua 
ana maloko o ke ka o ka puaa a pili aku i 
ke kuamoo. See Iouiv. 

U-nau, v. To pile together; to build 
up, as the walls of a city. 2 Oihl. 32:5. 

2. To put in, as clothes into a chest; to 
pack. See Unao. 

3. To lay brick or stone into the walls 
of a house or city. Neh. 3:2. 

4. To pile one thing on another. 

5. To whip; to scourge; ke uhauia la 
ke kua o ke kanaka i ke ‘kkaula ; to strike ; 
to smite. Qih. 12:23. 

6. To pinch ; to afflict; to press. 


> 


UHA 


U-nav, s. A whip to strike with. 
Nahum. 3:2. 

U-nau-a, s. The stones; the testicles 
of the male. Job. 40:17. 

U-na-vu-na, v. See Una 4. To live in 
a wasteful manner ; to squander property. 

2. To live in every indulgence of pas- 

sion; a noho whauha ke alii me ka inu 
rama ame ka aie, the king lived in a revel- 
ing manner, drinking rum and going into 
debt. 

U-na-v-na, adj. Riotous ; gluttonous ; 
reveling. 

2. Tough ; applied to kalo. See Uaua. 

U-na-u-na, s. Moral madness ; folly. 
Kekah. 1:17. 

U-nav-nav, v. See Unav. To crowd 
on; to press forward. 

U-nav-nau, s. Weakness; tremulous, 
as of old age. 

U-nav-Hav, adj. Weak; tremulous ; 
tottering with age ; fearful. 

U-wau-HA-LA-LE, adj. Large, fat and 
unwieldy, as a very fat person; also weak. 

U-nav-nu-1, s. Name of a religious cer- 
ne in the pule anaana; same as auhau- 
Ui. 
U-navu-nu-mu, v. Uhau and humu, to 
unite. To lay stones smoothly in a wall. 
U-nav-ta, v. To waste; to be prodigal 
of ; e hoomauna. 

U-na-Kka-Kau, s. The office of one of 
the king’s attendants. 

U-na-x1, v. See Unat, & inserted. ‘To 


break, as a stick or staff. Jsa. 14:35. To 
break, as the bones. Jsa. 38:13. ” 
2. To break, as a covenant. Jer. 11:10. 


U-na-x1, adj. Broken, as some brittle 
substance; hu ulu uhaki; he kuapuu, i. e., 
a broken or humpbacked person. 

U-na-xu, v. To put together; to bun- 
die up ; to roll together. 

U-na-Le-neE, s. A vulgar word used by 
children; similar to wahahee ; he whalehe oe. 

U-na-LE-HE, adj. Broad; wide, as a 
hole ; uhalehe ka waha; uhalehe ka puka. 

U-wa-Le-na, adj. Lazy; full by over 
eating. 

U-na-to-a, s. Name of a small shrub 
erowing in dry places, used in making 
scars on the skin something like blisters. 

U-na-tu, adj. Hungry; weak from 
hunger ; destitute. 

U-Ha-Lu-wa-Lu, adj. Applied to the 
visage ; gazing ; staring. 

2. Water-soaked ; tough, as kalo. 

U-na-Lu-La, adj. Lazy; slow; weak ; 
cowardly. 


116 


UHI 


U-na-Lu-La, s. Weakness; laziness; 
cowardice. 

U-na-mu-a, s. Uha and mua, first, fore. 

| The shoulder of an animal. Ezek. 24:4, 

|U-na-ne, s. See Hane and HangenAane 
in the meles. The soul; the spirit of a per- 
son. Oihk. 5:1. He mea ninau i na uhane 
ino, aconsulter of evil spirits. Kanl. 18:11. 
He kino wailua. 

2. The ghost or spirit of a deceased per- 
son. 

3. The Spirit; applied to the third per- 
son of the Trinity. Joan. 1:32. Uhane He- 
molele, the Holy Spirit. Nore.—Hawaiians 
supposed that men had two souls each; 
that one died with the body, the other lived 
on either visible or invisible as might be, 
but had no more connection with the per- 
son deceased than his shadow. These 
ghosts could talk, cry, complain, whisper, 
&c. There were those who were supposed 
to be skillful in entrapping or catching 
them. 

U-na-ne, adj. Spiritual. 1 Kor. 15:44. 
Partaking of the spirit or soul. 

U-na-ne, adv. Me ka hoi uhane aku 
hoii Kauai. Laieik. 95. Their flesh eaten 
by the birds, they would return as to their 
souls only to Kauai. 

U-na-nut, adj. Weak; feeble ; having 
little physical strength ; not able to bear 
a great weight ; he mea uhanui ke kanaka 
ikaika ole. 

U-nea, s. The cover ofa pot. Note.— 
This may be an erroneous orthography for 
uhia, a contraction of uhiia, covered. 


U-ne-u-HE, adj. Offended. See Une- 
LEHE. 

U-ne-v-LE, s. A word used in vilifying 
and reproaching another. 

U-ne-xe, adj. Languid; weak; imbe- 
cile. 

U-nE-KE-HE-KE, adj. Full; plump; ap- 
plied to the cheeks ; papalina uhekehelke. 

2. Large, fleshy and weak. as a fat man. 

U-ne-tz, v. To bark; to peel bark from 
a tree or banana. 

U-nE-LE-HE, adj. Offended. 

U-neE-mo, v. See Hemo. To break off; 
to separate into parts. 

2. To divorce, as man and wife; alaila, 

kuha aku la o Wakea i ko Papa mau maka 
a uhemo iho la laua, then Wakea spat in 
Papa’s face and they two were divorced. 

U-HE-NE, v. See HENEHENE, to 

U-HE-NE-HE-NE, mock. To use vile and 
lascivious language between the sexes. 

U-n1, v. To cover over a thing so as to 
hide it; to cover or hide, as the water covers 
what is in the bottom of the sea. Puk. 
15:10, 





UHO 


2. To cover. i. e., spread over the coun- 
try, as an army. Nah. 22:5. To cover; to 
hide, as a sin, i. e., to forgive it. Neh. 4:5. 

3. Hoo. To veil; to cover with a veil, 
as the face. Kin. 24:65. 

4. To spread over a cover; to conceal, 
as a cloud. Kin. 9:14. Uhi uha mai ka 
pele o ka lua ahi, whi mai ka leo o ke ahi 
o ka pele. 

5. To be smothered, as the voice of one 
by the voices of many ; ua uhiia kona leo 
eka haukamumu. Laieil. 22. 

U-n1, s. A covering; a veil. Puk. 26:14. 

2. A fence ; a protection. 

U-n1, s. A yam,a vegetable; grows in 
the ground. 

U-ni, s. Name of a small shell fish. 

U-nt-a-pa-wa, v. See Paxuixur, Kam. 

U-nt-u-m1, v. To thatch a house poorly 
with banana leaves ; he ako paa ole. 

U-ni-u-n1, s. Name of a timber tree on 
Kauai; wood a dark red color, very dura- 
ble, very hard. 

U-ur-x1-no, s. Uhi, to cover, and kino, 
the body. A covering for the body; a 
shield. Hal. 35:2. 

U-ni-na, s. A net for taking fish. 

U-nr-ni, s. An insect something like a 
grasshopper ; the word has been used in 
the Bible for grasshopper. Nah. 13:33. 
For locust. Puk. 10:14. Mai ai oe i ka 
uhini ; by a change of letters. See Untat. 
Uhini huluhulu, a canker worm. Nahum. 
3:15. Uhini hulu ole, the palmer worm. 
Joel. 1:4. Uhini opio bulu ole. Joel. 2:25. 

U-ni-nt, adj. Thin; slender; small; 
almost broken ; puahilo. 

U-ni-NI-PAA-WE-LA, s. The parent of 
the uhini; uhinipaawela, oia ka ubini 
makua. 

U-n-nr-Pi-1, s. ‘The leg and arm bones 
bound up together; he akua whinipili; 
they were worshipped in that condition. 
See UNIHIPILI. 

U-ni-ni-pu-a, s. See Unni. The young 
uhini before it has wings ; oia ka uhini lii- 
lii aole eheu. ' 

U-ni-nu, v. To take advantage of a 
man’s ignorance in a bargain; to deceive 
in that way. 

U-nt-paa, v. Uhi, to cover, and paa, 
fast. To cover up entirely so as to be out 
of sight, as a clond or fog. Laieik. 16. 

U-no1, v. See Hoi, to return. To return 
from following one; to turn back. 2 Sam. 
2:26. 

2. To unite together; to live and sleep 
together, as a man and wife once separated. 

U-no-La, v. See Hota. To unfold; to 
spread out, as the wings of a bird. 

2. To spread down, as a mat. 


117 


UHU 


3. To spread out or smooth, as a cloth 

that has been ruffled up. 
4. To wrap up, as to wrap up one in bed 
clothes; to spread out, as a net. Hal. 140:5. 

5. Fic. Applied to the mind; to calm; 
to soothe; to prepare for hearing a message, 
good or bad. ; 

6. To open, as the mind; to enlighten. 

See Honoxia and Honanona. 

U-no-Lz, v. See Hore. To skin; to 
strip off the skin of an animal ; to peel the 
bark from a tree ; to peel off the skin, as a 
banana ; e maihi. 

U-nu, v. To groan from pain; to com- 
plain of suffering. 

2. To complain of an injury done to one. 

3. To think hard of; mai uhv nui wale 

oe i ka hoi i kou wahi iho, do not think too 
hard of going back to your own place. 

4. To bolt, as a horse. 

5. Hoo. Mai hoouhu aku oe i ka holo o 

ka lio; to groan; to cough. See Kanrunu, 

U-nu, s. A cry of grief; grief; hard 
feeling ; no keia olelo a ua haole la, o ka 
uhu koke ae la no ia e holo. 

2. The groaning of persons. 

3. The grunting of hogs; kani uhu, a 

deep groan. 

4, Name of a fish the size of a salmon. 
U-xnv, adj. Wasteful ; improvident. 
U-nu-ao, v. To rush; to struggle. 
U-nu-E-La, s. A species of red fish. 
U-nu-E-LE-E-LE, s. A species of fish. 
U-nu-u-nu, v. See Unv. To neigh, as 

a horse. Jer. 5:8. To bray, as an ass. 

2. To cough frequently. 

3. Hoo. To cause a neighing or groan- 
ing, &e. 

4. To hem; to hawk, as in clearing the 

throat. 

U-nu-v-nu, s. A neighing, as of a horse. 
Ter. 8:16. A frequent coughing ; he kunu- 
kunu. 

U-nu-waA-LA-HaA-LA, s. Name of a fish. 

U-nu-x1, v. To pull up, as grass or 
weeds ; to root up, as weeds or small trees. 
Ter. 11:19. 

2. To root up, destroy. as a people. 

Amos. 9:15. See Hux, to pull; draw. 

3. To rob; to take violently what is an- 

other’s. 

U-nu-xi-wa-Le, s. A seizing and taking 
away what is another’s: a robbery. 

U-nu-pa-Ka-LI, s. Uhu, a fish, and pa- 
kali, to deceive so as to catch. The fish 
used as a decoy in catching other fish ; oia 
ka ubu e hoowalewale ai, e kaana mai ai 
na uhu ea heii ka upena. See Unt, fish. 


U-nu-ri-ko-u-La, s. Name of a fish; a 
kind of fish and a way of catching it. See 
Unt, fish. 


UKA 


U-xa, s. The shore; the country inland; 
opposed to kai. 

U-xa, v. To send; to convey ; mostly 
with hoo; tosend,asaletter. 2 Sam. 11:14. 
To send, convey, as money or goods. 2 
Oihl. 16:3. , 

2. To bring upon one, as evil. Jos. 23:15. 

3. To consume; to destroy ; to devour. 

4. To cast up; tomake aroad. Isa. 57:14. 

5. To add to; to make more of. 1 Nal. 
12:11. 

6. To commence an attack, as in a bat- 
tle; ekolu paha la e kaua ai; alaila, hoo- 
uka nui. 

7. To throw upon, as goods or property 
on board a vessel. i 

U-xa, v. To address in calling a hog; 
i kuu manao, aole manao o ka puaa; ina e 
olelo aku ke kahu, e i aku ia me neia, uka— 
uka—u mai ka puaa. See UHU, s. _ 

U-xar, adj. Dirty; filthy ; hoggish. 

U-xa-u-xa, v. Hoo. 'To throw or pile 
upon, as baggage on a vessel or canoe. 

2. To gormandize; to eat as long as one 
can; ka ai nui ana a ono ka puu. 

U-xav-xal, adj. For ukauka ai. Large, 
fat and feeble. 

U-ka-HE-wa, v. Uka, to make an at- 
tempt, and hewa, wrong. To make an at- 
tempt and miss; to attempt and not per- 
form. 

U-xa-xa, s. The female of the bird oo. 

U-xa-LE-Ka-LE, adj. Deceitful lying. 
See HookaLekaLe. He kanaka ukalekale, 
aole oiaio. 

U-xa-u1, v. To follow after; to follow, 
as people in a train of a chief; hahai, a 
ukali i ke alii. 

f 2. To accompany one; to go with. Sol. 
222. 

3. To be sent after, as a package. 2 
Sam. 11:8. 

U-xa-u1, adj. The younger; the smaller; 
applied to shot sent from the gun at the 

_sSame time with the ball; called poka ukali 
because they follow after the ball; called 
also pokii, the younger brothers (of the 
ball.) 

2. Following, i. e., accompanying; at- 
tending upon; ma na waa ‘ukali o ke alii. 
Laieike. 112. 

U-xa-ui, s. Name of the planet Mer- 
cury; so called from its following close 
after the sun. 

U-xa-11, adv. After; behind, like one 
following after ; hele ukali hou, they went 
following after. Laieik. 72. 

U-xa-na, s. See Uxaand Ana. A send- 
ing ; something sent. 

2. Property or something to be conveyed 
to another place. 


118 


UKI 


3. Baggage on or to be put on a canoe 
or vessel. 

4, Any movable property. Kin. 46:6. A 
bundle ; one’s substance. Jos. 14:4. 

5. The calabashes, remnants of food, &c., 
after a family has eaten. Laieik. 86. 

U-xe, v. To strike, as the cloth mallet; 
to tick, as a watch. See Puke and Kog.e. 

U-xr-Ke, s. Name of an ancient pulsa- 
tile musical instrument among the Hawai- 
ians; aharp. 1 Sam.10:5. Kawukeke hahau. 

U-xe-xe, s. A shuddering; achill. See 
HAUKEKE, anu, lia. 

U-KE-KE, 

U-KE-KE-KE, 

U-xe-LE, v. To be muddy; slippery. 
See KELE. 

U-KE-LE-KE-LE, adj. Muddy; miry; 
slippery from mud, as a road. See KE xs, 
mud ; mire. 

U-x1, s. A plant or shrub, sometimes 
used in thatching houses; there are three 
kinds ; the leaves of these bushes could be 
used only in tenfporary shelters; kamala 
uki, he hana wikiwiki; kamala uki kau 
hana ana was jestingly said when one 
thatched badly, leaving holes, as in a shel- 
ter made quickly ; applied in this sense to 
all thatching. 

2. Name of the grass inside of the house, 
as the pili was outside. 

U-x1, v. To provoke; to do that which 
irritates one; used mostly with hoo, or in 
the frequentative form, as ukiuki. 

U-x1, s. Name of a kind of grass. 

U-x1, adj. Partaking of the quality of 
uki; as, kamala uki,a shanty covered with 
uki leaves ; unsubstantial ; applied also to - 


cloth; as, lole uki, blue cloth. 2 Oth. 
3:14, 


U-x1, v. To have a strong offensive 
smell; to smell unpleasantly. See Uxruxt, 


ad). 

U-x1-u, s. The shell of the kukui 

U-kKI-U-KI-U, nut; ka ili a kukui. 

U-xr-v, ie The name of a north 

U-xI-U-K1-U, J wind; similar to the hoo- 
lua; he makani kiu. 


U-xr-u-x1, v. To be offended; to be 
vexed ; provoked ; to be very angry. 
Neh. 4:1. 

2. To treat with contempt; to be in 
anger atone. Kanl.19:6. To be displeased. 
2 Sam. 6:8. 

3. To scold; to be indignant; to treat 
vindictively ; to hate. Kin. 50:15. Ua like 
ka ukiuki me ka inaina; ukiuit iho la ia 
no kona nele ana i ka aina ole, he was very 
angry for being deprived of land. Hoo— 
na. The same meaning. 


s. A species of bird. 


UKU 


U-x1-u-x1, v. To be gently in motion, 
or to have a little strength, as waves ; wki- 
uki ka aleale ana. Aniani, aheahe, nahe, 
&e., ukiuki and malanai are strong in the 
order in which they are here placed, mala- 
nai being the strongest. 

U-xi-u-x1, s. Contempt; anger; rage; 
envy; disaffection; wrath. Aanl. 29:27. 
Fig. with ninini. Hzek. 20:13, 21. 

U-x1-u-x1, adj. Papa ukiuki ka makani, 
a strong blowing wind. 

2. Strong smelling; offensive; he ukiuki 
ka waha o ka mea puhi baka; pilopilo. 
U-xi-n1, adj. Sores at the corners of 

the mouth. 

2. Well spoken, as a fluent person in 
speaking; he waha ulihi, hoopololei, miko- 
miko ka waha. ; 

U-xi-xe, s. Name of an ancient musical 
instrument ; a kind of jewsharp. See 
UKEKE. 

U-x1-x1, s. Name of a species of fish. 

U-xo, s. An offering which one carried 
with him before Wakea when he died. 
Human sacrifices were offered for this pur- 
pose ; he uko keia oihana a ke kahuna—a 
moa ae la ka puaa uko. 

U-xo-ko-LE, adj. Sore ; inflamed ; ap- 
plied to a partial inflammation of the eye. 
See Kos. ; 

U-xo-LE, s. Name of a species of fish. 

U-xo-LE-Ko-LE, adj. Reddened or in- 
flamed, as the eye; he wkolekole ka maka. 


U-xu, v. To pay; remunerate ; to pay, 
as a fine. Puk. 21:30. To pay a tax or 
debt. , 

2. To compensate either good or bad, 
according to what has been previously 
done. Puk. 34:7. Syn. with hoopai. 

3. To reward; require or demand pun- 
ishment for an offense. 

4. To bring evil upon one, as a punish- 
ishment. 

5. Pass. To be punished ; to be paid, as 
wages; e uku hewa, to punish; e vkwu mai- 
kai, to reward. 

6. Hoo. To reward; to pay for a benefit. 
2 Sam. 19:36. To lay a fine upon one. 
Kanl. 22:19. 


U-xu, s. Wages or reward for work 
done. Nah. 18:31. 

2. Fine for a misdemeanor ; uku hoopai, 
punishment for a crime. Laieik. 212. Tax 
or tribute to a ruler. 

3. A pledge fora debt. Kanl. 24:6. A 
pledge for a thing lent. Kanl. 24:10. 

4, He uku mare, a dowry. Puk. 21:10. 

5. A price for a privilege; a he uu no 
kou kokoke aku, a price for your approach. 
Laieik. 99. 


U-xu, s. Name of a genus of small in- 


119 


ULA 


sects; uku poo, a head louse; uku kapa, a 
body louse; uku pepa, the book insect; 
uku lele, a flea, &c. The root is probably 
uku, to be little or small. See Uvxu. 
U-xv, s. A species of fish. 
U-xu-1, s. A reward. See Uxv. 
U-xu-u-xu, adj. Very small; little. 
U-xu-n1, v. To pour, as water into a 
cask ; to fill a vessel with any fluid. Jos. 
9:13. Ukuhi iho la a piha na pahu, they 
poured into the casks till full. 

2. To get or obtain water ; i holo mai e 
ukuhi wai a loaa ka ai i ola, they come 
here to obtain water (Lit. To pour water 
in) and to get provisions. 

3. To wean, as a child from the breast. 
Kin. 21:8. Equivalent to haalele waiu; 
hookii ka ai waiu ana o ke keiki; keikii 
ukuhiia, a weaned child. Hal. 131:2. 

U-xu-noo-pa-nEkE, s. Uku, pay, and hoo- 
panee, to put off; i. e., interest on money 
lent; usury. Isa. 24:2. 


U-xu-xa-pa, s. Uku, louse, and kapa, 
garment. A kapa louse; a body louse; 
he uku no ke kino o ke kanaka. 

U-xu-xu-n1, v. To put or pour into, as 
liquid into a vessel. See Uxunt. E kiaha- 
aha. 

U-xu-.E-Le, s. Uku and lele, to jump. 
A flea. 1 Sam. 24:15. 

U-xu-pa-nal, s. Uku, pay, and panai, 
to redeem. A pledge for a payment. Puk. 
22:26. Security for a person or thing. Oih. 
1g 

U-xu-pe-pa, s. Uku and pepa (Eng.), 
paper. The insect that eats paper or books. 

U-xu-poo, s. Uku, louse, and poo, the 
head. A head louse. 

U-xa, s. Ula, red. A lobster, from its 
color; he ia iwi mawaho; also, 

2. A species of fish; also written waula. 
U-za, v. To be or appear red, as 
U-La-v-La, the end of a blaze of fire, or 

ofa lamp; to be red. Isa. 63:2. 

U-za, s. Redness; a scarlet color. 

U-La-U-LA, Puk. 25:4. Red, v. 5; ua 
like ka wlaula me ka weo; name of a red 
fish. See Una. 

U-ta, adj. Red, as a blaze seen 

U-LaA-U-LA, in the night; purple; ka- 
naka ula. ; 

U-a-o-ko-Ko, adj. Ula and koko, blood. 
Red, as fire, or anything painted bright 
red; red, as blood, or blood red. Notr.— 
Sometimes the last @ falls out in speaking, 
thus, wa—koko. 

U-1ag, s. A species of fish. 

U-tar-a, v. To live in solitude, as a 
hermit, on account of disappointment. 


ULE 


U-za-u-ta, s. See Una above. Ka weo-| 


weo, ke kolekole ; the redness of the flesh 

when the skin is rubbed off. 
U-za-v-La, adj. See Uta above. He 

helohelo ; slight red ; reddish. 
U-ta-u-ta, s. Name ofa species of fish. 


U-avu-nar-ta, s. Name of a child ille- 
gitimately born of a chief and a common 
woman. 

U-La-u-LA-KE-A-HI, s. Ulaula, red, and 
ke ahi, the fire. 

1. The name given to liquor when first 
distilled, from its color ; ; also, 

2. A name applied to the god who pre- 
sided over the business of distillation ; no 
Ulaulakeahi ke kiaha mua o ka rama, for 
Ulaulakeahi the first cup (distilled) of rum. 

U-za-nio-n10, adj. Ula and zoo. The h 
is probably euphonic. Really red. See 
Unaoxoxo of the same meaning. 

U-na-ni-wa, adj. Ula, red, and hiwa, 
black. Purple; dark red. 

U-ta-La, v. To act insanely ; to be out 
of one’s right mind. 

U-za-ta, s. Insanity; madness. Kekah. 
8:13} 

2. A crazy person. 

U-na-1a, adj. Crazy; demented ; out of 
one’s senses. 

U-a-te-Le, s. A favorite; one highly 
esteemed. 

U-ta-na, v. To weave; to plait; to 
braid ; to intertwine, as vines. Puk. 28:32. 
To wreathe ; to weave. 2 Nal. 25:17. E 
ulana moena, to braid or weave a mat. 

U-ta-na, adj. Lying still or calm, as 
the surface of water unrufiled by wind. 

2. Idle; unemployed ; lulana, heha, mo- 
lowa. 

U-ta-na, adj. Iwi ulana. Kam., B. 2, 

p. 7, 3. The prophecy or expression of the 
Kilokilo when looking upon a person in 
good health, meaning he will soon die. 

U-na-paa, s. Ula, red, and paa, fast; 
concealed. The ossa vagina of females. 

U-tz, v. To hang; to swing; to pro- 
ject. 

U-te, s. The penis; the genital of men 
and male animals; o ka wle no paha ke 
mene ; haha ia i ka ule 0 Kanekii. 

2, A tenon for a mortice. 

3. The pointed part of the post which 
enters the crotch of the rafter. 

U-te1, s. Name of a tree, the timber 
very hard; from this tree instruments were 
made for cultivating the earth, as the 00, &e. 

U-tz1, v. To open; to uncover; to sep- 
arate ; helei, uwehe, wehe. 

U-LEI, rete opening; uncovering; ka 
helei, ka uwehe. 


120 





ULI 


U-ts-u-LE, s. A sty on the edge of the 
eyelid ; bs uleule o ka maka. 

U-te-u-Le, adj. See Ute. Pendulous; 
hanging down; projecting out. 

U-LE-U-LE-LE, v. To ride on horseback ; 
kaukaulelewaihui. See PoLEHELEHE. 

U-Le-HE-LE-HE, adj. Not bound tight ; 
applied to a bundle ; paa ole. 

U-te-n-Lo, s. The gonorrhea; same as 
wail. 

U-te-Ho-Le, v. Ule and hole, to peel. 
To practice onanism or masturbation. 

U-LE-HO-LE, s. Onanism; masturbation, 
&e. 

U-te-xa-n, s. Ule and kahi, to cut. A 
name for circumcision. 

U-te-paa, s. Epithet of a man who has 
not known a woman; the same as puupaa 
applied to a woman. 

U-Le-re, v. Tostand erect, as the comb 
of acock. See Lepr. To stand erect, as 
the hair when one is cold. 

2. To be rough. 

U-te-pu-aa, s. Ule and puaa, a hog. 
The name given by Hawaiians to a screw 
auger, gimlet, or any instrument of that 
class. 

U-u1, adj. Blue; cerulean blue; green, 
as a meadow; whatever is green among 
vegetables. Puk. 9:22. Pertaining to a 
dark or dusty color; wi ka waio ka niu. 

U-u1, s. The blue sky; ka poe nana 
uli o ke alii, the foretellers of the weather. 
Laieik. 36. 

U-u, s. The name of a god to which 
a prayer was addressed in the pule anaana.- 

U-u, s. A canoe steerer for the king’s 
canoes ; one of the king’s special servants. 

U-u1, v. To steer a canoe or ship. See 
HOogvLti. 

U-u, v. To gurgle; to make such a 
noise aS when water is poured out of a 
calabash or a cocoanut; e neneke; wi ka 
wai o ka niu. 

U-u1, s. Name of a species of kalo. 

2. Name of a species of fan leaf cocoa- 
nut; ka uli, ka loulu, ka hawane. 


U-u, s. The personal appearance or 
fitness of a person for any duty; applied 
particularly to runners as they appeared 
to the poe kilokilo; e nana no ka poe nana 
uli, e like me ke kukini. 


U-t1-E-0, s. See Unt. The appearance 
of a person as fit or unfit for a duty or of- 
fice, including his mental fitness ; hele mai 
ka poe akamai e nana i ka ulieo o kekahi 


kukini. 
U-ii-u-1, adj. See Ut. Blue. Put. 
Dark colored. 


25:4. Green. Kanl. 12:2. 


ULU 


Tob. 6:16. Black. Mel. Sol. 5:11. 
ana uliuli; ka lole uliuli. 

U-t1-u-11, s. Green things; verdure; a 
pasture. Joel. 1:19. 

U-u1-u1, s. An advanced state of old 
age; feebleness; loss of hair; want of 
strength. 

U-ur-n1-t1-H1, adj. He mea ulihilihi ; a 
running, as a low vine like the kowali. 
U-ti-xa, adj. Wet; soft to the touch. 
U-ui-Ka-ui-KA, v. Ninanina, linalina; to 
adhere to, like wax or any gluey substance; 
like mud or clay ; like kalo that is loliloli. 

U-ui-ka-ti-ka, adj. Sticky; adhesive, 
as mud ; he lepo ulikalika. 

U-ui-11, s. A species of bird. 

2. A small kind of gourd used for a top 
to play with ; also called uliuliu. 

3. A kind of bamboo flute ; he ohi hoo- 
kanikani. 

4. A religious ceremony in the pule ana- 
ana, the same as auhauhui. 

5. The name of a hula; he wlili kahi hula. 

U-tur-ti1, v. Ke wlidt anapu nei i kuu 
manawa. Laieik.118. To exhibit the trem- 
ulous motion of the hot sunlight upon a 
flat, smooth surface. 

U-ui-u1, s. A ladder. 

2. A whistle made of bamboo, in which 
fire was put and blowed upon. 

U-u1-11, adj. Ladder like; ala wlilz, a 
ladder. See ALAHAKA. 

U-ur-na, adj. See Lina. Soft, as the 
flesh of a fat person; full fleshed; plump. 

2. Soft and tough, as clayey ground. 

U-1i-wa-Li-wa, adj. Fat; plump; soft 
to the touch; tough; adhesive, as cold 
clayey ground. See Lryarina and Uaua. 

U-to-no, v. ‘To cry, as in distress; to 
make a complaint; to cry, as one in prayer 
or in suffering. Hal. 30:2. 

U-to-no, s. A cry of distress; the voice 
of crying. Hal. 9:12. He leo pule. 


U-tu, v. To grow, asa plant. Isa. 53:2. 

2. To increase in any way; to grow, as 
a disease in the skin. Oihk. 13:39. 

3. To become strong or excessive, as in 
anger, with puni. Puk. 32:22. To grow 
or increase, as good or evil in a commu- 
nity. 

4. To grow up, as men. Job, 31:18. 

5. To grow in size and strength, as an 
infant. 1 Pet. 2:2. 

6. To be extensively known, as a report. 

7. To have spiritual possession, either 
good or bad; to be inspired; in this sense, 
mostly in the passive ; as. wluia or uluhia. 
Mat. 8:16. To influence the affections. 

8. To poke the hot stones out of the hole 
in which food is to be baked in order to 
put in food; ie kakou i ka umu, to 


Ka mo- 


121 








ULU 


throw out the stones of the oven when hot. 
See Unuumu. 

9. To stick fast, as meat or bones be- 
tween the teeth of the eater. 

10. Hoo. To cause to spring up, as seed 
sown. Fic. O ko’u makemake nui, e hoo- 
ulu i ka hana ana ma ka pono, my great 
desire is to increase in good works. 


U-tu, s. Name of a tree; the bread- 


fruit; the fruit good for food, the timber 
for building, for canoes, &c. 

2. Name of a stone used ina play. At 
Maui and Oahu this stone was called olohu. 
See OLonv. 

3. Name of the game where the said 
stone was used. 

4, Name of an oven for baking food. See 


Umv. 

U-tu, adj. Of or belonging to what 
grows, as fruit. Fie. Jer. 2:3. 

2. Wet. See Purv. Ulu ka palapala i 
ka ua. 

U-tu-a, s. Name ofa large kind of fish. 

2. A kind of vegetable forbidden to 
women to eat; ina i ai ka wahine i ka niu 
paha, he maia paha, he wlua paha, make ia. 

U-tu-a, v. To assemble together, as 
men; ua wlua mai kakou ma keia wahi. 

U-tu-a, s. For uluia. See Utv. A col- 

lection ; a gathering together ; an assem- 

bly. 

y A forest or garden of breadfruit trees; 
ka haha ulu, ka hopuhopu ana i ke kanaka 
e pepehi a make. 

U-tu-a, s. Name of the sacrifice ob- 
tained by the kapopo. 

U-tu-a-o-a, v. To gather in great num- 
bers, as people ; to come together irregu- 
larly ; to make confusion in an assembly. 

U-tu-a-o-a, s. Confusion; want of reg- 
ularity in an assembly of men. 1 Kor. 
14:33. 

U-tu-a-o-a, adj. Gathered together, as 
people ; confused and noisy. 

U-tu-au-nul, s. The name of a wind 
off Hilo ; ulwaunui, he makani pono ole ke 
ku ma ke awa o Hilo, a bad wind for 
coming to anchor in the harbor of Hiko ; 
the north wind, attended with rain. 

U-LU-A-HE-WA. 

U-tu-a-La-na, v. Ulu and alana, ar of- 
fering. To offer upon an altar; to go up 
upon an altar. See ALANa. 

U-Lu-a-mo-Hal, s. The name of a fish. 

U-tu-£0, s. Name of a tree; timber 
very durable, even more so than uhiuhi. 

U-1v-1a, v. See Utv. Uluia is the pass- 
ive. To be possessed by a spirit; to be 
inspired; more often written with A in- 
serted, uluhia. See ULvuunta below.. 


ULU 


U-tv-o-a, s. He puoa; standing erect; 
standing uprightly. 


U-.u-v-Lu, v. To grow up; to grow) 


thick, &c. See Uxu. 

2. Hoo. To cause to grow up. 

3. To excite ; to stir up; to provoke to 
anger. See Nau.u. 

U-xu-v-Lu, v. To work or turn about 
in the mouth, as a person eating sugar- 
cane ; uluulu no ma ka waha. 

2. Hoo. To gather together. Kin. 29:8. 
To collect, as things scattered; to lay up; 
to assemble, as a people. Nah. 11:16. 

3. To lift up; to carry; to convey to a 
higher place ; e kau ae iluna i ke kapa. 
U-Lu-u-tu, s. A gathering; an assem- 
bly of people for any purpose. Hoo. A 

convocation, &c. Oihk. 23:3. 

U-tu-u-tu, s. Name of a species of fish 
net; upena uluulu. 

U-tu-v-tu, v. To lift up one’s dress on 
passing over water or mud. 

U-Lu-u-Lu, adv. O ka hana me ka 
ikaika, me ka hele ulwulu ame ka hele kipa- 
lale ; laboring strongly ; with energy. 


U-tu-u-mu, s. The stick by which the| U 


stones are thrown out of an oven when 
heated. See Untu end Umu. 

U-Lu-Har-nal, s. See Utuxu. The feel- 
ing of the mind under the influence of fear 
with uncertainty as to the result, mixed 
with strong desire, &c. 

U-tu-H4-0<, adj. Thick, as rough jagged 
rocks among grass and bushes; uluhaoa 
enaena maloko o ka nahele. 

U-tu-na-La, s. A forest or thicket of 
hala trees ; ka uluhala o Polou. 

U-tu-HEE, s. A species of plant or shrub. 

U-tv-H1-a, v. See Utu and Uxuvta above. 
Uluhia, h inserted, to be possessed by a 
spirit; to be influenced or under the direc- 
tion of some spirit without the person. 
Mat. 4:24. 

U-tu-nv-a, v. Ulu, to grow, and hua 
envy. ; 

1. To trouble ; to give concern. 

2. To be tired with one’s company ; to 
be weary of one’s visit. 

3. To be vexed or troubled with any 
matter. Laieik. 78. To be weary with 
doing or repeating a thing. Jer. 15:6. 

4. To be weary with life. Job. 10:1. 

5. Hoo. To cause grief or trouble. Sol. 
10:1. To be much vexed. Hzek. 22:5. 


U-tu-nv-a, s. Discouragement; want 
of confidence; disappointment; self dis- 
pleasure. 1 Nal. 20:43. 

U-tu-nu-a, adj. Displeased; angry ; 


discontented ; disaffected. 
U-Lu-ka-HI-K1, s. Ulu and kahiki, for- 


122 





ULU 


eign. A foreign breadfruit tree, i. e., the 
fig tree, from the resemblance of its leaves. 

U-tu-xu, v. Ulu and ku, to stand. 

1. To have a strong desire to perform 
anything. 
2. To be restless at night or to lie sleep- 
ess. 

3. To be troubled; restless, as the sea; 
kupikio ; same as hiaa. 

U-tu-xu, s. Restless; sleepless; de- 
siring strongly to possess or to obtain a 
thing. e 

Ka uluku uluhaihai 

Komia e uia koia.—Mele. 

U-tvu-ta, s. Name of a bird translated 
owl. Kanl. 14:15. 

U-tu-ta-au, s. Ulu, to grow, and laau, 
tree. 

1. A thicket of trees; a wood. 

2. A habitation of wild beasts. Jos. 17:18. 
He ululaau! ua nei ae la iloko o ke kai, 
it is a forest! it has moved into the sea; 
the exclamation of Hawaiians on first see- 
ing the ships of Captain Cook. 

U-tu-te-Lz, s. A favorite; one highly 

esteemed. 

-LU-LU, v. To rejoice; to be gay; to 

be cheerful; e hoohoihoi, e hooolioli. 

2. Hoo. To pretend to be what one is 
not. 
3. To flatter the gods; to be a favorite. 

U-tu-tu, s. A rejoicing; gladness; self 
satisfaction ; being on good.terms with the - 
gods. 

U-tu-tvu, s. Name of a small fish net 
which was sunk deep in the water and en- 
tangled the fish. 

U-tu-tv, adj. Rough; not smooth; ka 
hbulubulu, ka manumanu. 

U-tu-mat-Ka, s. The name of a game. 
2. Name of the stone used in playing the 
game. See Uxu; also Marka. NotE.—Since 
the introduction of bowling-alleys, ulu- 
maika has been applied to the game of 
bowls. 

U-Lu-MA-HI-E-HI-E, v. See Hoomautr. 
To appear or affect an extra appearance in 
dress or in personal behavior, as we say 
like one possessed. 

U-tu-ma-no, s. Name of a violent wind 
which blows from the south and other quar- 
ters, in the night only, on the west side 
of Hawaii. Kamehameha ma were once 
wrecked by it off Nawawa; a whole village 
was burnt to light them ashore. 

U-tu-mo-ku, s. A collection or fleet of 
ships; a navy; applied to the arrival of 
whaleships. 

U-tu-nwa, v. To support the head; to 
bolster up, as a weak person. 

2. To sleep upon, as a pillow; to make 
a pillow of. Kin. 28:18, 


UMA 


123 


UMI 


3. To tie up a bundle for a pillow; e| U-ma-Le1, s. Name of a disease in the 


pela uluna, to make a pillow. See PELA. 

U-tu-na, s. A pillow. Kin. 28:11. 
Kuhi makou ua kau ke poo i ka uluna, we 
thought we had laid our heads upon the 
pillow. 

2. The upper part of the shoulders where 
they unite with the neck. See Hoxua. 

U-Lu-na-HE-LE, s. Ma na kuamoo ame 
na ulunahele ame na loko; a growing luxu- 
riantly, like fruit in a good soil. 

U-tu-pa, v. To break into pieces. 1 
Sam. 2:10. To dash into atoms. Hal. 2:9. 

2. To beat fine. Jsa. 27:9. E wawahi, e 
hoopau. 

U-tu-pa, s. A breaking to pieces; a 
breaking up fine. 

U-tu-paa, s. The state of virginity. 
See ULEPAA. 

U-.u-re, v. To be wet; to be cold. 
U-.u-pn, v. To be wet and cold from 
rain; to be shivering from cold and wet. 
U-tu-pu, adj. Wet and cold from rain; 

shivering. 

U-Lu-pu-n1, v. To be or to wax hot, as 
one in anger. Puk. 32:19. See ULu 3. To 
swell, as in anger. See Punt. 

U-Lu-wa-Le, v. Ulu, to grow, and wale, 
of itself. To grow wild; to grow without 


cultivation. 
~U-tu-we-ni-we-H1, s. Ulu, a thicket, 


and wehiwehi, thick; tangled, as vegetables. 
1. An overgrowth of verdure ; the thick 
intertwined leaves of a forest. 
2. A general name for thick vines in a 
forest; ka nahelehele nui a maluna i ka 
lau o na laan. 


‘ U-ma, v. To screw; to press, as a vice; 

to grasp or hold. 

2. To pry, as a lever. 

3. To wrestle ; to throw down in wrest- 
ling. 

4. To throw over from an upright posi- 
tion ; e hoohina, e kulai. 

U-ma, s. A vice; a pressure; a push- 
ing over or down; a kind of wrestling to 
aes strength. 

. The name of a game ; 0 kekahi leales 
0 ta uma. 

U-mavu-ma, s. The breast; the bosom. 
Puk. 4:6. The breast, i. e.. the meat of the 
breast. Puk. 29:26. Umawmea hoali, wave 


breast. Nah. 18:18. Umauma luli, wave 
breast. Oithk. 7:34. Kahi mawaena o na 
waiu. 


U-mau-ma, adj. Of or belonging to the 
breast ; he pale wnauma, a breast plate. 
1 Sam. 17:5. 
inter emxi s. A name of a species 
of fish. 


chest. 
2. Name of a species of fish. 

U-ma-Lu, s. The brow of a hill; 
umalu o ka pali. 

U-me, v. To pull; to pull after one; 
to draw out, as a drawer of a bureau. 

2. To lengthen, as a sound. 
3. Fie. To incline one to go after an- 
other. Mel. Sol. 1:4. 

U-me, s. A drawing out; a pulling; a 
lengthening out, as a sound. 

2. A name given to the character ~~ hold 
in music. 

3. A kind of a lascivious play in the 
night ; he lealea o ka ume i ka po. 

4. The grass and thatching on the cor- 
ners and ridges of a house. 

U-me, adj. Mea ume, something draw- 
ing ; attractive. Fic. Mea ume, the mis- 
tress of a lover; hele aku o Hauiliki ai ka 
mea ume. Laieik. 114. See No. 3 of the 
preceding. 

U-mz-u-mE, v. See Umi. To pull; to 
hook ; to draw. 

2. To struggle, as “two persons for the 
same thing. See PAUMEUME. 

U-me-u-me, s. Name of a game. 

2. E kalai iana moo a paali ka umeumeia. 


U-me-kE, s. A poi calabash; full form, 
umelkepoi. See next. 


U-me-Ke-po-1, s. A poi calabash full of 
food, much valued by Hawaiians; o ke 
aloha ka mea i oi aku ka maikai mamua 0 
ka umekepoi ame ka ipukaia. 

U-mi, adj. The number ten; ka ums 
the tenth. 


U-m1, v. To be ten in number. zn. 
18:32. 

U-m1, v. To lengthen out the breath. 
See Ume. To suppress the breath. 

2. To choke; to strangle ; to press upon 
one so as to stifle him. 

3. To crowd in; thrust down. 

4. To seize hold of the neck, as if to 
choke. Mat. 18:28. 

5. To suppress a rising emotion. 

6. To kill, as an infant in the practice of 
infanticide. See Umikerkr and UMIKAMALM. 

7. Hoo. To cause to choke; strangle, &. 

U-m1, adj. Strangled; pressed; killed; 
mea umi wale. Oth. 15:20. 

U-mu, s. A kind of disease or pain in 
the side attending disease. 

U-mt-u-m1, v. The 13th conj. of waz. 
To choke; to strangle; to kill. 2 Sam. 
10:4. 

U-mi-u-mi, s. The beard; hair on the 


chin ; ka huluhulu o ka auwae. 


he 


UNA 


124 


UNE 


2. A kind of moss which fastens the na-| U-na, s. A sending, especially sending 


hawele, a kind of shell fish, to the rocks. 
U-mi-u-m1, adj. Thick; large, as the 
branches of trees; na lala umiumi. Isa. 
16:8. 
U-mi-nau, s. Name of a strong east 
wind which blows all before it. 
2. The name of the last hog sacrificed 
when on the point of going into battle; ua 
kapaia keia puaa he puaa umihau. 


U-MI-KA-MA-LI, s. Umi and kamalii, a 

U-MI-KE-I-KI, child. The practice of 
infanticide. mostly by pressing or choking 
to death. Nore.—The infant was gener- 
ally killed by choking or pressing on its 
first presentation; but if the mother had 
great affection for it, it was buried alive in 
the ground. Umikamalii, oia ke kinai ana 
i ke keiki a make iloko o ka opu o ka ma- 
kuahine. Nui na hewa o ka wa kahiko, o 
ka umikamalii. many were the errors of 
ancient times, infanticide. 

U-mr-x1, v. To pinch with all the fin- 

ers. 
: 2. To scratch ; to bruise; e wawalu, e 
wau, e€ uwau. 

U-mi-x1, s, A pinching; a scratching of 
the skin; e awalu ana me ka hoopohole i 
ka ili; ka waluwalu. 

U-mi-x1, s. A large gourd. 

U-mi-wa-.e, s. Umi, to choke, and wale. 
The seizing of a person by the throat; a 
killing by str angulation. 

U-mo-xi, 5. A stopple of a calabash ; a 
cork of a bottle; a bung of a barrel. See 
OmoKe. He umoki pu, the wad of a gun. 

U-mo-x1, v. To stop up, as with a stop- 
ple or bung. 

U-mu, v. To bake, as in an oven; to 
dig ; to heat; to cover up; to do all that 
belonged to the process of baking food 
under ground. See Inv. 

2. To collect; to place together; to leave 
together, as in making an oven. 

U-mu, s. An oven. Othk. 2:4. A place 
for baking food; a furnace. Neh. 3:11. 
Umu hooheehee, a furnace for melting 
metals. Ezek. 22:20. 

U-mu-a-u1, s. Lit. A fire oven; a fur- 
nace. Kin. 15:17. 
U-mu-a-Ku-a, adj. 
cial; niggardly. 
U-mu-LE-po, s. Umu and lepo, earth. A 

furnace for trying metals. 

‘U-na, v. To send one, as on business. 
Hoe, The same; to commission to go. Nah. 
13:17. 
ge 2. Te send to one with a demand. Tos. 
‘hoe 


3. To exercise authority over one in send- 
ing. 


Unfriendly ; unso- 


one on business; 0 ke kena e holo i kahiki 
e imi waiwai. 

U-na, adj. Sore or stiff from hard work; 
tired ; weak ; fatigued ; exhausted. Dunk. 
4:21. 

2. Dull; stupid; drunk. 
3. Tired or weary, as a man sitting still. 
See UNAUNA same. 

U-na, v. To be weary; fatigued from 
labor. Nore.—This word is probably the 
same as una, to send, as sending on busi- 
ness may cause fatigue. 

U-na, s. Weariness; fatigue, &c. 


U-na, s. The shell of the turtle or tor- 
toise. 


U-na, v. To pry up, as a stone; 


U-na-U-Na, to loosen by prying ; more 
properly une. See UNE. 

U-na-o-a, s. The barnacle on the outer 
plank of a ship. 

U-na-u-na, v. Tosend. See Una. Hoo. 
To send on repeated errands. Soi. 10:26. 
To send new orders frequently. 

2. To exercise authority over. Mat. 20:25. 

U-na-u-na, adj. Tired; weak; ex- 
hausted. See Una, to be weary; dull; 
stupid. 

U-NA-U-NA-HE, 

U-Na-HE, 
unahe. 

2. Thin ; soft, as kapa; he unahenahe ke 
kapa. 

U-NA-U-NA-HI, v. To scale, as a fish; 

U-na-HI, to scratch off the scales; 
e hoopau i ka unahi o ka ia mawaho. 

U-na-ui, s. The scales of a fish. Ozhk. 
11:9. Sealy things; unahi laau; ka ili 
oolea i ka ia mawaho. 

U-na-n1, adj. Scaly; hard. 1 Sam. 
17:5. Thin; flexible, like a scale. 

U-nz, v. To pry, as a stone with a 
lever; to bear down, as with a lever; to 
edge on; to pry up ‘out of the dirt, as a 
stone ; to loosen. 

U-ne, s. A lever for prying with; a 
prying ; a lifting up. 

2. The action or quality of a lever. 
Anat. 1. 


U-ne-a, s. Indolence; indifference; stu- 
pidity. 

U-ne-u-nE, v. See Une. To pry up; 
to loosen, as a stone; to remove or turn 
over, as stones. Kekah. 10:9. 

2. To disturb, harass or vex one; 0 ka 
hookolokolo hewa, e uneune ana ia ame ka 
imihala. 

U-ne-u-nE-a, adj. Sickish at the stom- 
ach ; having no relish for food. 


adj. Soft; melodious, 
as the voice ; he leo 


UNU 


U-nE-LU-NE-LU, adj. Fat; soft; pliable. 
See Notunowvu. Unelunelu kau haehae ana. 

U-ni-n1, s. A species of grasshopper. 
See Unint. He mea eheu liilii me he pinao 
la, a little winged thing like the dragon- 
fly ; he mea lele. 

U-ni-n1, adj. Small; thin; spindle 
legged ; hence, 

2. Weak; without strength. 

U-ni-n-pi-i1, s. The leg and arm bones 
of a person. See Unrinipmi. He kanaka 
mai loa a hiki ole ke hele mawaho; ua 
unihipili leo, aole hiki ke pane mai, having 
a feeble voice, not able to speak; ua uuku 
kaleo. Unihipili was one name of the class 
of gods called akuanoho; aumakua was 
another ; they were the departed spirits of 
deceased persons. 

U-n1-n1-p1-11, adj. The qualities of some 
gods; na akua unihipili, ame na akua mano, 

U-ni-na-ni-na, adj. Plump; fat; ap- 
plied to the cheeks of a person. See OnI- 
NANA and ULINALINA. 

U-no-a, adj. Raw; uncooked. 

U-noo, adj. Not well cooked, as food; 
applied to vegetable food; when applied 
to meat, it is kolekole ; but this last is some- 
times applied to food ; unoo ka ai, unoo ka 
malakeke. 

U-no-u-no, v. To be red; inflamed, as 
the eyes. See also Nounov. 

U-nu, s. A place of worship; a tem- 
ple; he heiau, he luakini. 

U-nu, s. A coward. 

2. Small stones or chips of stones for 
propping up and sustaining large ones. 

3. A prop or wedge. See Maxkta. 

4. The small stones used to fasten the 
posts of a house when erected in the ground. 

5. Any small stones. 

U-nu, v. To drink; same as inu; unu 
awa, to drink awa. 

U-nu, v. To make up into a round 
heap ; to shorten. 

U-nv, adj. Made round; heaped up, &c. 

U-nu, v. To prop up; to help hold up; 
e unu iki ae paha ka pono, to help a little 
perhaps will be well; to shove back or re- 
tract, as the skin in amputation. 

U-nv-a, v. To put or thrust into, asa 
spear into a man. 

2. To breathe into a bamboo. 

3 To put in and tread down, as feathers 
or pulu into a cask in order to putin more; 
e unua iho i ka hulu, alaila hahao hou; ua 
unuaia ka wawae. 


U-nu-u-nu, v. To prop up. See Unv. 
Hoo. E hoounwunuia. 


U-nu-u-nv, s. Something gathered into 
heaps ; applied to soldiers who are cow- 


125 


UPA 


ardly and shrink from fighting ; alaila, o 
aku imua me he unwuna la ke ano. 

U-nu-u-nu, adj. Piled up, as several 
ohias in one hand; ame ka ohia unuunu 
ma ka lima. 

U-nu-n1, v. To draw out in various 
ways. 

2. To take, as a ring from a finger. Kin. 
41:42. 

3. To take out, as the hand from one’s 
bosom. Puk. 4:6. 

4. To draw out; unsheathe, as a sword. 
Puk. 15:9. 

5. To let fall from a bundle. Rut. 2:16. 

6. To draw out, as from a ditch. 

7. To take away a part; to substract, as 
in arithmetic. 

8. To translate from one language to an- 
other; i unuhiia mai ka olelo Hawaii ai ka 
olelo Beritania. + See Nuat. 

U-nu-n1, adj. Perfect; good; skillful; 
wise ; he hemolele, he maikai, he akamai, 
he naauao. 

U-nu-na, s. A pillow; something for 
another to rest on. See ULuna. 

U-nu-nu, s. Young ohia timber used in 
making gods. 

2. A stick erected as a sign of kapu. 

3. Name of a wind or sea breeze at Puu- 
loa. 

U-nu-nu, v. To pull or scrape off the 
hair of a dog or hog preparatory to cook- 
ing. Nore.—It was done by laying the 
animal on a fire. 

U-nu-PE-HI-I-0-LE, s. Name of a class 
of persons who adhered to others for the 
sake of a house. 

U-pa, v. To act, as the jaws in eating; 
to open and shut, as the mouth in eating 
or speaking. 

2. To devour with greediness. 

3. To chew, as food, i. e., the action of 
the jaws in chewing. 

U-ra, s. Any instrument that opens 
and shuts after the manner of shears, scis- 
sors, a compass, bellows, &c.; a carpenter’s 
compass. Jsa. 44:13. The action of the 
material heart in receiving and sending 
out blood. Anat. 44. Nore.—Cutting in- 
struments were formerly made of shark’s 
teeth. See the compounds of the upa class. 

U-pa, adj. Strong, as a man who does 
a great deal of work or rows fast in a canoe. 

U-paa, v. O hele e ke kama e upaa me 
ka pipine. 

U-pa-a-ni, s. Upa and ahi, fire. Tongs. 
Puk. 25:38. 


U-pai, adj. Long; tall; slender; loihi, 
piopio. 

U-par-pat, v. ‘To bend, as the rafters of 
a house in a strong wind. See Oparpal. 


UPE 


U-par-pal, s. The bending or vibration 
of the rafters of a house in a wind. 
U-pa-u-pa, v. See 
act,as the mouth in speaking or in prayer; 
eupaupa ana i ka waha me he mea pule la. 
U-pa-u-pal, v. To hover, as an owl or 
other bird just before darting on its prey ; 
to remain suspended in the air, as an owl; 
e upaupai ina eheu; e peahiahi. 
U-pa-Ko-ui-ku-ku-1, s. Upa and kolt and 


kukui. Snuffers. Pule. 25:38. : 
U-pa-ma-Ka-n1, s. Upa and makani, 
wind. Bellows. Jer. 6:29. 


U-pa-tu, v. To be young; beautiful ; 
comely. 

Ua upalu wale i ke oho o ke kupukupu 
Pepe ka maka o ka ahihi ka makahelei 0 
Malaila—e.—Mele. 

U-pa-tu, adj. Beautiful; splendid ; 
lovely. 

U-pa-pa-Lu, s. Name of a species of 
‘fish. 

U-pr, s. The mucus or secretion of the 
nose; petuita; a ua kaumaha nui au ina 
waimaka ame ka upe o na makaainana a 
pau. Mai makamaka wahine i ka upe ke 
ola. Haw. Prov. 

U-re, s. A living with quietness and 
propriety after having been mischievous 
and wicked; ka upe, opepe, hoolulelule ; 
e upe ana i na malua nui o Hawaii. 

U-rr-nu-pPe-nu, v. To be swollen; en- 
larged. See PEnv. 

U-re-nu-PE-Hu, adj. Large; fleshy, but 
weak, as a fat man. See PEnu. 

U-re-na, s. A net for taking fish; a 
snare for catching birds; e malama i ka 
upena nanana, take heed to the spider’s 
web ; upena papale oho, net work. Isa. 
3:18. Fie. Anything for entrapping one 
in evil; ua makau an i ka upena o ka make, 

- I am afraid of the snares of death. 

2. The cord of which fish nets were made; 
ke aho i hooliloia i upena. 


Ka upena kuu kanaka a Lono, 
Ka upena mahae e make ai ka Juhia 
Ka lalakea, ka mano ka mano ai a ka Iani. 


U-pE-NA-MA-KI-NI, S. Ka upenamakini a 
ka poe kii ai ia ke ahi a ka po, e kinai au 
e pio—e. 

U-pr-na-na-NaA-NA, S. Upena and na- 
nana, spider. The web of the nanana, a 
certain kind of spider. See NANANA. 

U-pe-pz,. v. To be flattened down; 
crushed. 

2. Applied to the mind; to be broken 
spirited; to be humble; to act awkwardly, 
like a backwoodsman. 

U-pE-rE, adj. Weak; feeble, as a per- 


son sick; dry; without sweetness, as sugar- 


126 


Ura. To open or| U-PE-PE-HU, 


UPU 


cane; applied also to kalo; kapae ke kea 

upepe o ka hei—e. 

adj. Swollen, as the flesh 
ofa person. See PEnv. 

U-r1, v. To sound, as water when 
squeezed out of a sponge. 

U-r1, s. The noise made by walking 
when the shoes are full of water. 

U-pt-u-r1, v. The frequentative of upi. 

U-ri-x1, v. To shut suddenly together, 
as the jaws of a steel trap ; to entrap. 

U-pr-xr, s. A trap. Isa. 8:14. A snare; 
anything deceitful; a treachery. Puk. 
34:12. 

U-pi-xi-ti-ma, s. A handcuff. 

U-pr-k1-pPI-k1, adj. Shutting up; folding 
together, as a foreign fan; he mea upiki- 
piki, he peahi maikai no. 

U-ro, v. To desire strongly ; to lust 
after ; to covet. See Iro and Uru. 

U-po1, v. To sink, as in water; to sink 
deep. 

2. To move, as a bird moves its wings ; 
to cover with the wing. Isa. 10:14. 

3. To break over, as the surge forming 
the surf; to spread or cover over, as any 
large covering. Laieik. 104. 

4, To bring one’s legs together, as when 
there is need of concealing ; applied to 
men or women when discovered without a 
pau or malo on. See Por and Popot. 

U-po-Ho, v. To be flattened down or 
fallen in, as the roof of a house; to be con- 
cave, as a surface. Anat. 6. See OPAHA. 

U-po-po, v. To strike together, as the 
hollow palms of the hands, making a hollow 
sound ; e halehale, e poopoo. 

U-ru, v. To desire strongly; to be 
strongly attached to a person. Laieik. 136. 
To lust; to covet. See UPo. 

2. To be long, as one who goes to an- 
other place to make a long visit ; aoe upu 
aku nei au, ke hoi mai nei no. 

3. To swear or vow; hoohiki; to vow, 
as when a man vows not to eat the food of 
his land till he catches a certain fish, or 
vows that the child then born shall eat the 
sugar-cane that is then planting; ua wpu 
ke kanaka i kana ai a loaa Ka ia. 

U-pu-u-pu, s. The desire to see a per- 
son after separation of some time ; ka wpu- 
upu ole aku. See Hoo. 

U-pu-u-pu, v. See Uru. To be not long; 
not to pass a long time; to be not long after 
a certain event. Laieik. 106. 

U-pu-xa, s. A gate; the various forms 
are, puka, aipuka, ipuka, upuka and kani- 
puka. See the first in its place. 

U-pu-pa, s. The name of an unclean 
bird in Kanl. 14:18; the lapwing; also 
Othk. 11:19. 


UWA 


427 


UWI 


U-wa, v. Tocry out; toexclaim aloud; | U-wa-tu, v. To scratch, as a cat. See 


to shout, as the voice of a multitude. Ozh. 


12:22. 


Uwav. To pinch with the fingers; to 
pucker up. 


2. To cry out together ; to make an up-| U-wa-na-ao, v. See Wanaao. To dawn, 


roar; to be in commotion. Laieik. 91. 


as the first light of morning. 


U-wa, s. An outcry; the sound of| U-wa-na-ao, s. The dawning of day- 


many voices in confusion; hakaka iho la 
lakou me ka wwa nui. 
2. A joyful shouting. 2 Oihl. 15:14. 
U-wat, v. To open or shut, as a door. 
See Uat. 
U-wal, s. A door,.&c. See Uat. 


U-wao, v. To intercede in behalf of 
contending parties. Heb. 7:25. To make 
peace. 

2. To intercede in behalf of the guilty. 
Ter. 7:16. To reconcile. See Uao. 

U-wao, s. A peace-maker. Mat. 5:9. 
An intercessor. 

U-wao, adj. Peace-making; mea uwao, 
an intercessor. Gal. 3:20. 

U-wau, s. A species of bird; a kind of 
water fowl. 

U-wav, v. To scratch the skin; to 
pinch with the fingers. See Umix1. 

U-wau, s. A cat, from her noise. See 
Owavu. 

U-wau-wa, v. See Uwa. To cry out 
in a clamorous manner. Mar. 15:14. 

U-wau-wa, s. A frequent shouting, as 
a disordered multitude; a noise of revelry. 
Puke. 32:17. 

U-wavu-wa, v. To be tight; fast; hard; 
e linalina, e moku ole, e paa. 

U-wa-n, s. U and afi, fire. Smoke. 
Puk.19:18. See Uant. Ao wwahi,a vapor- 
ous cloud ; a fog, &c. ; wwahi umuhao, the 
smoke of a furnace. Jos. 8:20. 

U-wa-xa, v. See Oaxa. To open, as a 
door ; to open, as the mouth to speak. 

U-wa-ta, s. Name of a certain kind of 
the leho, a sea-shell. 


U-wa-ta, s. See Uata. Uand ala, sweet 
or odoriferous. 
1. The sweet potato. 
2. The large muscles of the upper arm. 


U-wa-ta-au, v. To make a noise, asa 
multitude. Puke. 33:17. See WaLaav. 


U-wa-ba-au, s. A tumultuous noise; a 
great confused noise; a shout. See Wa- 
LAav. Norr.— Uwalaay is a noise made by 
the mouths of men; it applies also to birds 
sitting together ina frequented place called 
kula manu; other noises are called Koele, 
halulu, &e. 

U-wa-to, v. See Uato. To cry out; to 
call aloud. See Uwanaau and Uato. To 


call upon one ina way of entreaty. Laieik. 
71. 


light. See Wanaao. 

U-wa-ti, s. Eng. See Watt. A watch; 
a time-piece. 

U-we, v. See Uz. To weep; to mourn; 
to ery for help for one’s self or others. 
Nah. 11:18. To mourn. Kin. 32:2. 

2. To cry in behalf of one, i. e., to pray 
for him. Puk. 8:8. 

3. To bewail; tolamentfor. Oihk. 10:16. 

4. To cry out for pain; pepehi iho la na 
kanaka, a uwe ae la ua mau haole la no ka 
eha, the men (natives) struck them, and 
those foreigners cried out for pain. 

5. To salute, as friends. Mat. 5:47. To 
bid good-by at parting. Oih. 18:18. 

6. To bray,as an ass. Job.6:5. To low, 
as an ox. Job. 6:5. 

U-we, adj. That which pertains to 
mourning or lamentation. Puk. 32:18. 

U-we, s. A movement. See Uz, to 
hitch. A jerking movement; he wwe, he 
mea e lele ana ma ka lewa. 

U-we, v. See Uz. To jerk; to shake; 
to move; to hitch along ; mostly found in 
the compounds nawe, naue, &e. 

U-wevu-we, v. Hoo. To move a little 
without moving much; to pretend to move 
or leave one’s place without doing it. 

U-we-HE, v. See Weue. To open; to 
untie ; to uncover. 

U-we-xa, s. Epithet of a very erying 
child ; applied to a crying child ; kani hoi 
kela wahi uvweka; kani papala mai la hoi 
ua uweka nei. 

U-wk-Ka-WE-KA, adj. 
crying ; dirty, as a child. 

U-we-kE, v. To open; to open wide, 
as a door. Hoo. To cause to be opened. 
See WEHE. 


U-we-xo, v. See Wexo. Bad smelling, 
as food; to smell like soured food; as 
rotten potatoes, &e. 

U-we-xo, s. The smell of rotten pota- 
toes or other food. 

U-we-ko-we-ko, s. A strong reeking 
smell of decaying vegetables ; ka uauala, 
ka pilopilo. f i 

U-we-ne, v. To break wind slightly. 

U-we-NE-WE-NE, adj. Hoo. Dirty in 
one’s habits ; stinking. 

U-wi, v. See U1, to wring; to squeeze. 
To wring, as water from clothes. unk. 
6:38. 


Troublesome ; 


HA 


128 


HA 


2. To gnash or grind with the teeth. | U-wi-t1, v. To mix together, as grass 


Hal. 112:10. 

3. To wring, i. e., to squeeze, as in milk- 
ing an animal. Isa. 66:11. 

4, EK uwi i ka poo, to wring off the neck. 
Oihk. 1:15. 

U-wi-a, v. For wwita, the pass. of uw. 
To break ; to injure ; to upset; e nahae, e 
hulipu. 

U-wi-a, s. An injury done by rubbing 
or dashing against. 

O ua make paha keia 
E uwia wale ia nei—a. 

U-wi-u-wI-a (ui-ui-a), v. To rub or dash 
one against another; to assemble thickly 
together. 

2. To make or create a shade. 

U-wt-u-wi-k1, s. Place of small holes ; 
full of small holes, through which anything 
can £0. 

U-wr-x1, v. To be full of small holes, 
preuen which light may pass; e hakahaka 
iilii. 

U-wi-xi-wi-k1, v. To shine, as light 
through small apertures. 

U-wi-ta, s. See Uma. Lightning. Ter. 
10:13. 


and mud in making adobies. 

U-wI-nI-HE-pA, s. A brick; so called 
from Captain Winship, who brought the 
first bricks to the islands. 

U-wi-wi, s. A species of small fish. 
See OIL. 

U-wo, v. See Uo. To cry out; to pro- 
claim as the watch in the night, “all’s 
well.” 

2. To bellow, as cattle. 
3. To roar, aS a ravenous beast; as a 
lion. Dunk. 14:5. 

U-wo, s. A crying out; a bellowing of 
cattle. 1 Sam. 15:14. A roaring of beasts. 

U-wo, s. See Uo. Food well pounded; 
soft and flowing to the touch. 

U-wo, adj. See Uo. Soft; well pounded, 
as pol. 

U-wo, v. See Uo. To drive or expel 
something from a hollow substance; e kui, 
e manai, e uo i ka Jeii ke kaula. 

U-wo-u-wo, s. Name of a species of 
ohia on the hills. 


U-ri-ma, s. Heb. The urim worn by 
the Jewish high priest. Puk. 28:30. 


H. 


H the sixth letter of the Hawaiian 
9 alphabet. It represents, as in English, 
the sound of an aspirate. It is frequently 
euphonic. particularly between the verb 
and its passive termination ia; as, maluhia 
instead of maluia. In this case it is some- 
times changed for]; as, kaulia for kawia. 
See Gram. § 48. 

Ha. A particle expressing strong affirm- 

' ation, stronger than no; as, oia hoi ha, so 
it is indeed; truly; certainly; indeed; i 
mai ia, ua hewa ha oe, he said you are in- 
deed guilty; e hele hoi ha wau, I will surely 
go. Puk. 2:7. 

Ha is often prefixed to the original root 
of a word, or inserted when it takes the 
causative hoo; as,inu, to drink ; hoohainu, 
to give drink ; like, to be like; hoohalike, 
to resemble. It is also often prefixed to 
the roots of words without any apparent 
modification of the sense ; in other words, 
the sense is variously modified; as, hauli, a 
dark color. See ULI, blue, &c. Lalo, down; 
halalo, to turn the eyes and head down, to 
think, reflect. 

Ha is also used in reciting meles in the 
middle of a line as a, 0, e, &e., are at the 
end for the voice to rest upon while can- 
tillating, as he anaha nui keia no ke auhee 


la, where ha has no meaning except as the 
voice protracts the syllable. 

Ha, num. adj. The number four; gen- 
erally prefixed by a or e. See Ana and 
Ena. Ha seems to be the original word 
for the numeral four; as, wawae ha, four 
feet. It becomes an ordinal by prefixing 
the article; as, ka ha, the fourth. Mat. 
14:25. I ka hao ka la, the fourth day; i 
ka ha o ka makahiki. Oihk. 19:25. 

Ha, s. See the foregoing. On fours; by 
fours ; e hele ana ma na ha, going on four 
(feet.) Oihk. 11:20, 21. 

Ha, v. To breathe; to breathe with 
some exertion; to utter a strong breath ; 
different from hanu, to breathe naturally. 
Job. 15:30. It is connected with hanw in 
Kin. 7:15. 

2. Fia. To breathe revenge. Oth. 9:1. 

3. To breathe upon; ha ke Akua i ka 
lewa, God breathed into the open space. 
Mele of Kekupuohi. To breathe out; to 
expire. 

Ha, s. A breathing; a strong breathing. 

2. A strong forced breath, as of anger. 
Lob. 4:9. 

3. The expression of anger. 2 Tes. 2:8. 

4. Fig. Light; transitory, as a breath or 
breathing. Hal. 62:9. 


HAA 


Ha, s. In music, name of the fourth 
note from the key. 

Ha, s. The lower end of kalo tops or 
leaves when cut off from the root; the same 
also of cane tops; the lower part of that 
which is cut off. 

2. The stem of a kalo leaf or of sugar- 
cane. 

3. The outside leaves of the kalo when 
outside leaves are killed with cold or 
drought; ua maloo ka ha, ua pala ke kumu; 
ha ko. ha kalo, ha maia. . 

Ha, s. A trough for water to run through; 
a water pipe; in modern times, a lead or 
iron pipe through which water flows. See 
Hawatl. 


Ha, v. To dance; ha ana, a dancing; 
$5 


more generally written haa, which see. 

Ha, s. A species of wood; ohia ha or 
haa. 

Haa, v. To dance; connected among 
Hawaiians with singing. 1 Sam. 18:6. As 
an act of worship formerly among the Jews. 
2 Sam. 6:14. UY 

Haa, s. A dance; a dancing, as in idol- 
atrous worship. Puk. 32:19. 

Haa, s. Name of a shrub or tree. 

Haa, adj. Short; low; humble; gen- 
erally doubled, haahaa, which see; ohi 
kukui o kanuukea ka haa. 


Haa is often used in some words for the 
causative prefix instead of hoo; oftener 
found in the Tahitian dialect. 


Ha-a-a, v. To acknowledge one as a 
friend ; to treat with hospitality; to ex- 
hibit affection for ; to love. 

Ha-a-a, adj. Friendly; kind; hospita- 
ble. 

Ha-ak, s. Saliva or spittle, especially 
the saliva when worked up in the mouth 
into foam ; hence, 

2. The name of a beer made of the sugar- 
cane when fermented and foaming. The 
beer was intoxicating. 

Ha-az, v. To drizzle; to drip; to slab- 
ber at the mouth. 

Haa-i-Kar-KA, v. To revile ; to grin. 

Ha-ao, s. A multitude following. 

Ha-ao, adj. Driving, as rain with wind; 
epithet of a rain of Auaulele ; ua haao. 


Kuu haku i ka ua haao—e— 

My lord in the driving rain. 

Ka lele la ka ua mauka o Auaulele; 

The rain flies quickly upland of Auaulele. 
Lele ka ua, lele pu no me ka makani. 
The rain flies,—flies with the wind. 


Haa-waa, v. See Haa. To be low; 
humble. 
2. To live quietly ; e noho malie. 
3. Hoo. To cy low; to humble; to 


129 


HAA 


abase. Ezek. 8:21. Applied to those who 

are proud. Isa. 2:17. 

4. To subdue; to put down. Kanl. 8:2. 

Haa-waa, adj. Low; short, as a man. 

2. Fic. Humble; meek; sorry; cast down. 
2 Cor. 7:6. See Haa, adj., above. 

Haa-HEo, v. See Heo. Haz is the caus- 
ative for hoo. Gram. § 212, 3d. See Tahi- 
tian Dict., art. haa. To strut; to exhibit 
pride in dress or movement. 

Haa-neo, s. Pride; haughtiness. See 
Heo. Oihk. 26:19. He haaheo, he mea anei 
ia e pono nona iho? haughtiness, is that a 
thing to benefit himself? 

Haa-HeEo, adj. Proud; lofty; haughty; 

magnificent ; applied mostly to persons. 

AA-KEA, S. A species of fruit; in Isa. 

5:7 it is translated in English by wild grapes; 

a species of weed ; in Job. 31:40 translated 

cockle. 

2. The fruit of a shrub, of which beads 
are made, something like grapes; the name 
of the plant is alia. 

Haa-kel, v. Haa, causative, and kei. 
See Ker. To be proud; high minded; vain- 
glorious ; to be puffed up. 

Haa-xe1, s. Causing pride. 

2. A proud person; a scoffer; a con- 
temptible person; o ka haaheo, he mea 
paha ia e make ai no ka poe haakei, pride, 
that is a thing perhaps to kill the scoffer. 

3. Pride; haughtiness. 

Haa-Ke1, adj. Proud; assuming the’ 
dress and character of another. 

2. Scoffing; scorning. Hal. 1:1. 

Haa-ke-keE, v. Haa, causative; also hoo 
and keke. See KEkE and Ke. To strive; 
to cause strife ; contention; to be angry ; 
to scold. 

Haa-kEI-kEI, v. See Ker and Haaket. 
To vaunt in pride ; to be insolent. 

Haa-ko-aE, Haa, causative, and koae. 

1. Name of a species of bird that is white. 
See Koar. 

2. A high precipice. 

Haa-xo1, v. Haa, causative, and hoz, to 
force ; urge. 

1. To practice onanism ; applied to one 
alone. See Puauu. 

_ 2. Fig. To labor hard and obtain noth- 

ing. 

Haa-xor, s. The practice of onanism. 

Haa-kor-kol, v. Haa, causative, and koz. 
To practice venery, like dogs or hogs. 

Haa-koo-Koo-wa-Le, s. Haa forhoo, and 
kookoo. See Haxkoxo, to wrestle. A wrest- 
ling; astriving in the exercise of wrestling 

Haa-xo-u1, v. Haa, causative, and kohi, 
to hinder ; hold back. 

1. To cause a restraint; to choke. 

2. To have or endure strong labor pains, 


HAA 


as a female ; to be in strong labor. 
35:16. 

3. To travail in child-birth. Gal. 4:19. 
Haa-xo-u1, s. Labor pains. 
Haa-ko-ko-u1, v. The 7th conj. of kohi, 

haa for hoo; intensive. 

1. To have or suffer hard labor pains. 

2. To draw one thing out of another with 
difficulty. 

Haa-xko-ko-HI, s. Strong labor pains of 
afemale. 1 Tes. 5:3. 

Haa-ko-ko-ui, adj. Suffering from strong 
labor pains. Hal. 48:6. 

Haa-xu-a-ii-x1, s. Name of an office 
among the followers of the king. 

Haa-xu-z, s. The name of the person 
who swings the fly brush over the chief 
when he sleeps; 0 ka mea nana e kahili i 
ko ke alii wahi e moe ai, he haakue ia. 

Ha-a-Le, v. Contraction for haa, caus- 
ative, and ale, a wave or swell of water. 

1. To cause to be full; to swell up, as 
water. 

2. To be deep; to overflow; to rise high; 
haale ka wai, the water rises. 

Haa-Le-Le, v. Haa and lele, to fly. 

1. To cause to fly, that is, to forsake ; to 
give up, as a man his wife; as a child its 
parents. 

2. To leave off; forsake, as a job of work 
before it is finished. 

3. To reject; cast off. The following is 
often used in the same sense, though really 
as follows : 

Haa-te-LEA, v. Pass. of the foregoing 
with the i dropped. Gram. § 211. To be 
left; to be thrown away; to be cast off, kc. 

Haa-Le-Lea, s. That which is thrown 
away or forsaken. 

2. Name of a process in making gods. 

3. The name of the man sacrificed on 
cutting down a tree to make a god. 

Ha-a-t1, v. To spread out or spread 
down, as a cloth; generally written 

Ha-a-tu, v. See Haart. To spread out; 


Kin. 


to spread down, as a mat, kapa, paper, &c. | ] 


See Lu. Jsa. 37:14. 
Ha-a-tt-a-t1, s. The lips of a fish, or 
the cheeks of a fish. 
Ha-a-ui-a-L1, v. To catch by the neck, 
as a fish. 
2. Used figuratively, and applied to men. 
Haa-ui-ui. See Hoot. 
Haa-tr-u, v. See Haatn. To spread ; 
to spread out, &e. 
Haa-ii-Lo, adv. Kani haalilo, nu ka 
hinihini. 
Haa-tou, v. Haa and lou, to bend in 
SOrrow. 
1. To cause to bend in sorrow. 
2. To sigh; to weep in affliction or grief. 


130 





HAA 


Haa-Lou-Lou, v. See foregoing. To be 
dejected ; grieved ; sorrowful. 
Haa-Lovu-Lou, adj. Cast down in mind; 
dejected ; sad. 
Haa-Lvu-Lv, v. Haa, causative, and lulu, 
to shake. 
1. To cause a trembling ; to shake ; to 
tremble. 
: 2. To be troubled, or to tremble with - 
ear. 
3. To be out of joints, as bones. 
4. To be in great disorder; to be in a 
state of trepidation. 
Haa-tu-tv, s. A trembling; a trepida- 
tion. Puk. 15:15. 
2. A shaking, as the earth in an earth- 
quake. 2 Sam. 2:8. 
Haa-ma, v. To begin to ripen, as ohias, 
oranges, &¢c., but not get soft. See Hooama. 
Ha-a-no, v. To boast; to exalt; to ex- 
tol. See next word. See Hoano. 
Haa-no1, s. Boasting language ; olelo 
haanou. 
Haa-novu, v. Haa, causative, and zoze, 
a puff of wind. See Nov. 
1. To be pleased or gratified with the 
admiration of another. 
2. To be puffed up with flattery. 
3. To be inflated with pride; akena. 
Haa-novu, adj. Boasting; olelo haanow, 
boasting language. 
Haa-nui, v. Haa and nut, creat. 
1. To praise greatly ; to extol; to boast. 
Sol. 20:4. 
2. To exaggerate; to triumph. 2 Sam. 
1:20. Syn. with akena and haanoi. 
3. Tospeak great words. 2 Pet. 2:18. To 
magnify one’s self. Dan. 18:11. 
Haa-nut, s. ‘The boasting of something 
received or favor obtained. 
2. A boaster; one who brags. 
Haa-pu, v. To desire strongly; to yearn 
for. 
Haa-pu, adj. Na hana naauao haapu, 
the strongly desired labors of learning. 
AA-Pu-KA, v. Haa and puka, to cheat. 
To gather up ; to scrape together the good 
and the bad, anything and “everything for 
property. Sol. 13:11. 
Haa-pu-xu, v. To unite several children 
or other friends in one’s affection ; pilikia 
iho la oloko, haapukcu mai la ka manao ana. 


Ha-a-wa, s. Name of a tree; also written 
hoawa. 

Haa-we, v. Ha for haa, and awe, to 
carry. To carry on the back; to put upon 


the back or shoulders for carr ying. Syy. 
with waha. See Awk and Laws. 
A 


Haa-we, s. A burden. Jsa. 58:6. 
pack carried on the back. Dunk. 11:46. 


HAE 


Haa-weE-a-weE, s. The growth of pota- 
toes from some being left when the crop 
was dug; ka haupuupu, ka okupu. 

Haa-wi, v. Ha for ho or hoo. See Hoawi 
and Awi, a root which has not yet been 
found. 

1. To give; to grant to another. 

2. To help ; to assist. 

3. To offer or propose for a thing. 

4. Tocommend to one’s care; haawi aie, 
usury. Kanl. 23:20. Haawi lilo ole, to lend. 
Kanl. 24:10. To give; with nani, to as- 
cribe praise. Isa. 42:8, 

Haa-wi-na, s. Haawi and ana, a par- 
ticipial termination. 

1. A giving ; a giving out; hence, 

2. A portion ; something given; a gift; 
a part assigned to one. Rom. 11:29. 

3. In school, a lesson appointed to be 
learned. 

4, A present from one. Syn. with makana. 

5. A gift, that is, ability to do a thing. 
1 Kor. 12:4. 

Haz, s. See Harnar. Something tom, 
as a piece of kapa or cloth. The Hawaiian 
signals were formerly made of torn kapa ; 
hence, in modern times, 

2. A flag; ensign; banner; colors. Hal. 
20:5. The flag of a ship, &c.; ke kia, ame 
ka pea, ame ka hae, the masts, the sail, and 
the flag. See Lepa. 

Haz, adv. A word expressive of deep 
affection for another; as, aloha hoi hae, 
from the deep yearning, breaking or tear- 
ing of the heart. See HArHAE below. 

Hag, s. A species of wood. 

Haz, v. To bark, as a dog. Isa. 56:10. 

Hae, adj. Wild; tearing; furious; fero- 
cious ; cross; he ilio hihiu hae, a ferocious 
wild dog; applied to a wolf. 

2. The growling or snarling of a cross 
dog. rig) 

Hag, v. To tear in pieces; to rend, as 
a savage beast. See Nanar. Often used in 
the double form. 

Ha-z1, v. To look; to peep; to look 
slily. See Kier and Hato. 


Haer-nag, v. See Har. To tear or rend, 
as cloth ora garment. in. 44:13. With 
aahu. Ios. 7:6. 

2. To tear in pieces, as a savage beast 
does a person. Ain. 37:33. To tear, as a 
garment, through grief or indignation. 
Nah. 14:6. 

3. To rend, as the mountains in a hurri- 
cane. | Nal. 19:11,4. See Har, adv., above. 

4. To be moved with compassion; to 
sympathize with one. Kanl. 28:32. Haehae 
na maka, haehae ke aloha. 


Har-Hak, s. Strong affection for one. 


2. A strong desire for a thing, asa stary- 
ing man for food. 


131 





HAI 


Hae-nasz, s. Name of two yards per- 
taining to a particular house of Lono. 

Hasr-nae-1a, adj. Torn; injured. Kin. 
31:39. Rent. os. 9:4. 

Ha-g-Hv, v. To grow thriftily and large, 
as a tree or plant. potatoes or kalo. 

Hae-xal-Kal, v. To grin. 

Ha-E-LE, v. To go or come as mai or 
aku is used. Syn. with hele. See Here. 
But requires a dual or plural subject. 
Nah. 4:5; Nah. 9:17. 

Hat, v. Often syn. with hae. See above. 
To break, as a bargain or covenant. 2 

Jal. 18:12. 

2. To break open; separate, as the lips 
that are about to speak. 

3. To speak of; to mention. Puk. 23:13. 

4. To tell; declare; confess; relate. Puk. - 
18:8. Ke hai ole, not to tell; to keep se- 
cret. Jos. 2:14. 

5. To break off; to stop doing a thing ; 
as, aole hai ke hoihoi aku, he does not cease 
(begging) though sent away. Norr.—The 
ha of this word is sometimes doubled, then 
it has the form of hahai, to follow, but its 
signification is to break away or tear away; 
as, hahatia ka lepa a ua poe kahuna la, the 
ensign of those priests was broken away. 

Hai, v. To put or place in, as ina box; 
hai aku i ke alii o lakou iloko, then they 
put their chief inside. 

Hat, s. A broken place; hence, 

2. A joint of a limb ; ka hai a mawe, the 
elbow joint. 

Hat, pron. or adj. Gram. § 15, 14:3. 
Another ; another person ; no hai, for an- 
other ; ia hai, to another. Neh. 5:5. Hoo- 
kahi no makamaka, 0 oe no, aole o hai, one 
only friend, thou art he, there is no other. 

Ha-1, v. To be vain; proud. 

Hai, s. Name of the god of the poe 
kuku Kapa. 

2. A sacrifice at the altar. 

Hat, s. Name of a particular form of 
gathering dead bodies slain in war. 

Har-a, s. An assemblage ; a number, 
especially of persons; it is used as a prefix 
to other words. 

Hat-na, s. Hai, to speak, and ana. A 
speaking ; a declaration. 

Hai-a1, v. To do over again. 

2. To tie up a bundle of food anew; to 
tie up, as fagots. 

3. To cook over again. 

Har-ao, s. Hai, sacrifice, and ao, day. 
A sacrifice offered in the daytime in dis- 
tinction from haipo, a night sacrifice. 

Har-a-o, s. A modern word; haz, to de- 
clare, and ao, to teach. A sermon ; a pub- 
lic declaration of religious truth. 

Hal-amu, v. 


HAI 


Har-a-no, s. Grammatical term ; hai, 
to declare, and ano, the meaning or qual- 
ity. An adjective. 

Hat-s-wa-HI-NE, Ss. See Hata, a com- 
pany, and Wants, woman. The united 
assemblage of a number of wives of one 
man exclusive of the favorite one among 
several. 

2. A wife of secondary quality ; not a 
favorite wife. 2 Sam. 13:3. A concubine. 
Innk. 19:1. A kept mistress. 

Har-a-wa-ni-ne, v. To multiply wives; 
as, nani kona haiawahine ana, wonderful 
his multiplying wives. 

Har-z-a, s. A species of fish. 

Har-t-noa, s. Hai, to declare, and zn0a, 
name. In grammar, the word declaring 
the name ; a noun or substantive. 

Hat-o-u-u1, v. Hai, to declare, and oulz, 
the sky. To prognosticate ; to declare fu- 
ture events from observing the heavens. 

Hat-o-u-t1, s. A prognostication from 
observing the sky. Isa. 47:13. Kindred 
with kilolani and kilokilo hoku. 


Hat-o-ta, s. Hai, to declare, and ola, 
life ; salvation. 
1. One who preaches or declares there 
is salvation for men. 
2. The declaration of such a fact. 


Hat-o-Le, adj. Hai, to break, and ole, 


not. Bold; hard; impudent; unpacitied ; 
stubborn. 


Hat-o-tE-10, s. Hai, to declare, and 
olelo, word. 
1. A preaching; a declaration of the 
word (of God.) 1 Cor. 1:21. 
2. To make a speech or an address. 
Lajieik. 115. 


Har-u-ta, s. The red or yellow appear- 
ance of the dust raised by a whirlwind ; 
the same to some extent in a waterspout. 


Har-nat, v. To follow; to pursue; to 
chase. See Hanat. 
2. To run a race. 


Hat-nal, v. See Hat, to break. To 
break ; to break in pieces; to break, as a 
yoke. Kin. 27:40. To break off, as the 
branch of a tree. Rom. 11:17. To crush, 
as a flower. JLaieik. 142. 

2. To break, as a laworcommand. Nah. 
15:31. 

3. Hoo. To tease; to vex; to make one 
cross ; to provoke. 

4, To go through the process of separat- 
ing the flesh from the bones of a dead per- 
son; to dissect; ua haihai o Kamehameha, 


alaila hoi mai o Liholiho mai Kawaihae 
mai. 


Har-nat, adj. See Harmar, to break. 
Brittle 5; easily broken. 


132 





HAI 


Har-nal, s. A state of brittleness; lia 
bility to break. Anat. 2. 

Har-nal, s. See Hat, to break. A breach, 
or breaking of a law. 

Har-nat, adj. Proud; vaunting; lasciv- 
ious. 

Har-nat, v. ‘l'o show one’s self haughty, 
strutting, lascivious. 

2. To feign one’s self out of his senses in 
order to escape death from one upon whom 
he has practiced sorcery. 

Har-ual, v. See Hat, to speak. To con- 
sult or talk together, as two or more per- 
sons on business. 

Haruat-a, adj. See Ata. Az repeated 
to give intensity and / inserted. Wicked; 
unreasonable; vile. 2 Tes. 3:2. Profane. 
Heb. 12:16. Ungodly. 1 Tim. 1:9. 

Hat-nar-a, s. Ungodliness. 2 Tam. 2:16. 

Haruai-a, v. To court the favor of the 
gods, or rather perhaps to use various arts, 
as by getting herbs and medicines and of- 
ferings to prevent the gods from hearing 
another’s prayers. 

Har-na-na, v. Hai, to declare, and hana, 
to do, i. e,, to declare something done. In 
grammar, a verb; a modern word. 

Harxar-ka, v. ‘To mock by making wry 
faces; to make another word by the trans- 
position of letters. 

Har-xar-Ka, adj. Grinning; expressing 

anger; he haikaika kona maka ame kona 

waha. 

Has-xa-La, s. Name of a fatal disease 
of which waiiki was the medicine. 

Hatr-Ka-La-mu-ku, s. Name of a disease 
equally fatal with the above, in which the 
same medicine was used. 

Ha-r-x1, adj. Ha and iki, small. See Ixt. 

1. Narrow, as a passage; pinched; scanty. 

2. Suffering for want of food. 

Ha-1-x1, v. To be pinched for want; to 

be pinched with hunger. Mar. 2:25. To 

be desolate; bereaved. Laieik. 142. 

Ha-i-x1-a-KA, v. To grin; to make wry 

faces. See HaArKaIKa. 

Hat-La-weE, v. To exchange, as in bar- 

ter; to give one piece of property for an- 

other. 

Har-te-a, adj. See Loza. Ingenuity ; 

skill in doing a thing. 

Hat-te-po, v. Haz, to break forth, and 

lepo, dirt. 

1. To evacuate the bowels. 
2. To be sick with the disease called hat- 
lepo. 

Hat-Le-po, s. A name of a disease or 
sickness in former times. 

2. Name of a large living creature of the 
sea. See Henmanu and Hanauua. It was 


HAI 


forbidden to women to eat under penalty 
of death. 


133 


HAI 


a hailono iki. 2 Oihl. 20:24. I. e., none at 
all (escaped) to tell the news. 


Hat-Le-po, v. Na maka o kekahi poe e | Har-Lu-xu, v. Hai and luku, to slaughter. 


hailepo ana, nolaila no ka hailepo ame ka 
olelo ihaiha. 

Ha-1-u1, s. Ha and ii, skin; surface. 

1. A spirit; a ghost. 

2. The impression of something fondly 
remembered; halialia wale mai no ke aloha, 
hoanoano wale mai no me he haili la e kau 
iho ana maluna, love brought the fond re- 
membrance, it brought solemnity as if a 
spirit rested on him; lele ke aka o ka 
manao, leleiaka i ka lani; lele ae la ka 
haili o ka ia nui iluna. 

Ha-1-11, v. ‘To cry out suddenly; to give 
an alarm. 

2. To gasp; to pant for breath. See Aru. 

Ha-r-u1, s. A temple. 

Har-ui-a, v. To be frightened ; to start 
suddenly from fear. 

Ha-1-u1-a-Ka, s. See Hartt and Aka, 
shadow. A ghost; a spirit. See Ham. 
Ha-t-ti-1-L1, v. Root probably haz, to 
speak, and ili (see Int, hoo 7), to use pro- 

fane language. 

1. To revile the gods; to swear pro- 
fanely ; to curse. 

‘ 2. Tospeak disrespectfully of one. Puk. 
i Es ho 

3. To reproach; to blackguard ; to re- 
vile. Jer. 15:10. 

Ha-1-L1-1-L1, s. Cursing; profane lan- 
guage; he hoino. 

Har-ur-t1, v. To have the feelings of 
sorrow and affection on the death of one 
very dear; ua make hailili e. 

Hat-ui-ma, s. Hai and lima, the break 
of the arm, i. e., the elbow. In measure, 
the distance of the elbow to the end of the 
fingers; half a yard or a cubit. Ezek. 6:3. 

Har-to-aa, s. Haz and loaa, to obtain. 

1. A key or answer to a question; a 
declaration of what one has found out. 

2. The name of a little book called a key 
to an algebra. 

3. A key or clue to intricate propositions. 


Hat-to-na, v. To cast or draw lots. 
Oih. 1:28. To distribute by lot. 

2. To certify by actions that something 
will be done. 

3. To make a signal for some purpose. 

4, In modern times, to play at dice. See 
HoatLona. 

Hat-to-na, s. A mark, sign, character 
representing a thing, as a letter represent- 
ing a sound; an arithmetical sign, &e. 

2. A lot in casting lots. Neh. 6:55, 56. 
Whatever is used in casting lots. QOih. 1:28, 

Hat-Lo-no, v. Haz and dono, the news. 

To tell the news ; tospread a report; aohe 


To stone. Puke. 17:4. To stone to death. 
Oih. 7:59. To pelt with stones; okena ae 
la ke alii e hailuku i ua poe la, the king 
sent word to stone to death those persons; 
e hoonou, e hooulua, e abuku. 

Har-tu-xu, s. A stoning to death; kill- 
ing one by stoning him. 

Hat-ma-Lu-Lu, adj. Soft; effeminate ; 
deliberate at work; weak in body or per- 
son; haimalulu i ka ua a ka naulu, weak- 
ened by the rain of the mist. 

Hatr-ma-na-wa, s. Name of a species of 
white kapa rather thin. 

2. Name of the school book used at La- 
hainaluna in teaching chronology. 

Hai-na, v. A verb formed from the 
contracted hai ana. See Har. To tell; to 
relate ; to declare ; to speak. 

2. To break, as a command; as a law. 
See Har 1. 

3. To break, as a stick; hence, 

4. To reject; to destroy; to take no care 
of, as onesick. Notr.—The ideas of speak- 
ing, declaring, &c., seem to be nearly con- 
nected in Hawaiian with breaking. 

Har-na, s. A speaking; a declaration; 
a conversation. 

2. A breaking, as of a stick or other 
thing ; a breaking of a law. 

Har-na, v. To abuse; to be stingy of 
food ; to withhold food from those who de- 
serve it. 

Har-nwa, adj. Cruel; unmerciful; hard 
hearted. 

Hal-Nno-Le, v. See Kinaunau, Kam. 

Har-na-Ka, s. Eng. A handkerchief; a 
napkin. Puk. 28:4. Also spelled hainika. 

Har-na-ki, s. The name of a prayer on 
gathering in the property tax for the chief. 

Ha-1-nu, v. See Inv. Hoo. To give 
drink to one; to cause to drink. Kin. 29:3. 
Note.—The syllable ha is often inserted 
between the causative hoo and the verb. 
See Ha. 

Har-po, s. Haz, a sacrifice, and po, night. 
Name of a sacrifice offered in the night in 
distinction from haiao. 


Ha-1-pu, s. Ha, the but-end of a leaf, 


and ipu, a gourd. The stem of a gourd 
leaf used in medicine. 

Hat-pu-Le, v. Hai, to speak, and pule, 
to pray. 

1. To speak or say a prayer to the gods. 

2. To worship visibly. 

3. To exhibit the character of a wor- 
shipper ; to practice religious rites. 1 Nal. 
8:28. Ina e makemake oe e haipule, if you 
wish to practice religious duties. 


HAO 


4. To consecrate a temple ; to prescribe 
the forms of religion ; nana (na ke alii) e 
haipule na heiau poo kanaka, oia hoi na 
luakini. 
Hat-pu-Le, s. A devotee; one addicted 
to worship; a pious person; a saint. Hpes. 
det. 
2. Piety; profession of religion; outward 
worship. Jak. 1:26. 
Hat-pu-Lz, adj. Pious; devout; reli- 
gious; religiously disposed; a ike mai o 
Vanekouva he alii haipule o Kamehameha, 
&e., when Vancouver saw that Kameha- 
meha was religiously disposed, &c. 
Hat-wa-Le, adj. Hai, of another. An- 
other’s only. 


Ha-o, v. To rob; todespoil. Mat. 12:29. 
To strip one of property; to plunder. 
Tnunk. 2:14. 

2. To kill and plunder. 1 Sam. 27:10. 
3. To strip one of his garment. Sin. 
37:23. To take by little and little; to col- 
lect together. 
Hao ka Koolau, pau na mea aloha, 
Koolau was robbed of ali endeared things. 
Ahu iho ka pua wahawaha i Wailua, 
The rata blossoms were collected together at Wai- 
ua. 
Notre.—It was formerly the practice of the 
chiefs to punish offenders for all offenses 
less than death, by stripping them entirely 
of their property ; this practice continued 
until the people had a written code of laws. 

Ha-o, v. To put less things into a 
greater ; to put into; to take up and put 
into ; to take up by handfuls. 

2. To shovel dirt. See Haonao below. 

Ha-o, v. To wonder at; to be aston- 
ished ; mostly haohao. 

Ha-o, s. A robber; a plunderer. Lunk. 
2:14. 

Ha-o, s. Name of any hard substance, 
as iron, the horn or hoof of a beast. 

2. The name of a species of wood ; name 
of a tree. 

Ha-o, adj. Strained tightly; hence, 
hard, &c.; in the phrases hao na kepa, the 
spurs are iron, applied to a horse running 
swiftly ; also, hao na polena, the bowlines 
are iron, applied to a swift sailing ship ; 
hao ka lima, applied to one working hard. 

Ha-o, adj. Thin; poor in flesh; wiwi, 
emi iho ke kino a olala. 

Ha-o-a, adj. Hot; burning hot, as the 
sun; wela loa; e na hoa o ka la nui haoa 
o ua kula nei, e imi mua kakou i ka pono 
0 ka naau, O companions of the great burn- 
ing sun of the high school, &e. 

2. Suffering pain; severe affliction from 
the pain of burning. 
3. The fear of being burnt. 

Ha-o-a, s. The fierce burning heat of 

summer. JLaieile. 119. 


134 


HAO 


2. The pungent bitter matter vomited 
from the stomach ; sourness; sourness of 
the stomach ; heart-burn. Anat. 53. 

Ha-o-a, v. Pass. of hao instead of haoiza. 
To be taken, as by an enemy; to be taken 
by violence; to be given up, as to an enemy. 

2. To take, as an ensign in war. 1 Sam. 
4:11. 

Ha-oa-pu-Ht, s. Among fishermen, name 
of the stick used instead of a hook in catch- 
ing eels. 

Ha-og, v. To be uneven, as points of 
a substance; to rise one above another ; 
haoe ka ale o Hopoe i ka ino, the waves of 
Hopoe stand up, are erect in the storm. 
See Ha without the hoo. 

Ha-og£-o£, v. See before. To make a 
rushing noise, as wind upon the trees ; ha- 
oeoe ka ohia, he ua nui ino Kaeleawaawa, 
loli i ka ua e, the ohia trees give a sound, 
Kaeleawaawa is in a great storm, it bends 
to the great rain. 

Ha-oE-0E, adj. Uneven, as points which 
stick up, or as waves of the sea; haoeoe na 
ale o ke kai. 

2. Applied also to men running where 
some are before and some behind ; haoeoe 
na kanaka e holo mai la. 

Hao-nao, v. To doubt; to discredit ; 
to distrust a statement. 

2. To be troubled in accounting for an 
event; to be restless; sleepless at night ; 
haohao hoi keia po 0’u, aole wau i moe iki. 
Laieik. 198. 

3. To marvel; to wonder. Isa. 63:5. To 
be astonished. Isa. 52:14. 

4, To be in doubt respecting one’s char- 
acter. Gal. 4:20. Haohao hewa, to think 
or design evil. 

5. To seek for; to hunt after ; to search. 

Hao-Hao, v. To distribute; to give 
equally to many; e haawi like me ka puu- 
nawe. 

Hao-nao, v. To dip up with the hands; 
to measure by handfuls. 

Hao-nao, s. Disappointment; doubt ; 
uncertainty. Laieik. 105. 

Hao-nao, adj. Soft; immature, as fruit; 
as a soft cocoanut. 

Hao-Hao-a, s. Places so covered with 
broken lava that one cannot walk on them; 
kapu ma ka haoa ka haohaoa lani. 

Hao-HAo-A-LA-NI, Ss. The reverence and 
affection formerly felt by the people for 
their chiefs ; he kuhau lalapa o ke kapu la. 

Hao-wao-na, v. To spring up in the 
mind, as love for a friend. 

2. To have the recollection of a person 
by one who is separated from him. 

Hao-ka-nu, v. Hao and kanu, to bury. 
To plant; to plant or bury a thing with 
earth brought from another place. 


HAU 


Hao-x1-tou, s. Hao, iron, and kilou, 
hook. An iron hook. : 
Ha-o-tz, adj. White; he keokeo; ina 
i keokeo ka hulu o ka puaaa puni, he haole 

ia puaa; he puaa haole. ! 

Ha-o-Lz, s. See the above derivation. 
A person with a white skin ; hence, a for- 
eigner; but Hawaiians say haole eleele for 
a negro. 

2. A person from a foreign country ; an 
alien. Norr.—tThe foreigners who arrived 
first at the islands were white persons. 

Hao-mA-NA-MA-NA, S. Hao, iron, and 
manamana, divided. A gridiron; so called 
by natives from the divided irons. 

Hao-na, s. Name of some calabashes 
for food when first cooked. 

Hao-wa-na, s. Hao, iron, and waha, 
mouth. The iron of the mouth, that is, a 
bridle bit. Hal. 32:9. 

Hao-wa-Le, s. Hao, to rob, and wale, 
without cause. Robbery; a taking an- 
other’s without right. 

Hau, s. Name of the land breeze that 
blows at night; hence, any cool breeze ; 
he hau kekahi makani mauka mai, ua ma- 
nao ia mai loko mai o ke kuahiwi kela ma- 
kani. Nors.—This word has several forms. 
It usually takes ke for its article instead of 
ka; but the ke is sometimes united with 
it, and then it becomes kehau. This how- 
ever requires a new article, which would 
be ke, ke kehau ; but this article also some- 
times adheres to the noun, and thus re- 
quires a new article still; hence the differ- 
ent forms of the word: hau, kehau, and 
kekehau, all of which take corresponding 
articles. 

Hau, s. The general name of snow, ice, 
frost, cold dew, &c.: i hoomanawanui ai 
hoi kaua i ka haw huihui o ke kakahiaka, 
when we two also persevered in the cold 
frost of the morning ; haw paa, hoar frost. 
Puk. 16:14. In the same verse hau is ren- 
dered dew ; snow. Nah. 12:10. 

2. The rough bristles of a hog when 
angry ; huhu ka puaa, ku ka hau; hence, 

3. Anger; applied figuratively to men. 

4. Name of aspecies of soft porous stone. 

Hau, s. Name of a tree or large bush; 
the bark was sometimes beaten into a fine 
species of kapa called kapa hau. Laieik. 
112. 

2. A kind of dance used for lascivious 
purposes, accompanied by singing. 

u, v. To swallow; to gulp down, as 
the smoke of tobacco. 

2. To inhale; to snuff up, as the wind. 
Ter. 2:24. 

3. To snort, as a horse. Jer. 8:16. 


Hav-a, v. To whip; to apply stripes 


to one; to chastise. Sol. 19:18. See Hawav. 


135 


HAU 


Hav-a, s. A whipping; a stripe; a 
chastisement. Sol. 19:29. 

Hav-a-pu, s. A yearning; a strong feel- 
ing for one. See Havurv. 

Hav-s-xa, v. Hau and eka, filthy. To 
be defiled ; to be filthy ; unclean. 

Hav-s-ut, s. Hau, frost, snow, ice, and 
eli, to dig. Name of the native Glauber 
salts which are dug up out of caverns in 
the rocks on the Island of Hawaii. 

Hav-1, s. The title or epithet of a chief, 
as noble, a descendant of kings, &c.; o 
Haui ka \ani, ke alii kiekie, he kumu alii. 

Hav-or-ao, s. A kind of fish net. 

Hav-o-x1, s. Name of a medicine given 
to women in labor, similar to slippery elm. 

Hav-o-x1, s. A kind of palsy or perhaps 
stiffness of the limbs, as when one is chilled 
with cold ; having been long in the water. 

Hav-o-Le, adj. Hau, frost, dew, &c., 
and ole, not. Without dew, ‘as a barren 
place. 

Hav-o-11, v. Hau and oli, to sing. See 
Our. To sing ; to rejoice. 2 Sam. 1:20. To 
express joy by singing; to be joyous. Hoo. 
To cause Joy; to make glad. Hal. 86:4. 

Hav-o-u, s. Joy; rejoicing; gladness. 

Hav-o-u1, adj. Joyous; glad. 

Hau-o-.1-0-L1, v. Intensive form. To 
take delight in; to rejoice in. Hal. 119:77. 

Hav-o-ma-Lo-Lo, s. Name of a species 
of fish net. 

Hav-o-pro, v. To lay in good order, as 
stones in a wall; to stand evenly; he wahi 
i nini, i kumanoia a maikai. 

Hav-o-po, s. What is put together in 
good order; a good, well finished work. 
Hav-vu-pv, s. Deep affection for one; a 
yearning over a beloved object. See Hav- 

Apu and Havpv. 

Hav-nav, v. To lay stones in a wall; 
to build with stones. 

Hav-nav, v. To strike; to smite; to 
beat. See Hanav. 

Hav-nav, adj. See Hav, cold, &c. Cool, 
as where the heat is separated from a thing. 

Hav-Hau-na, adj. Strong smelling; of- 
fensive to the smell. See Hawuwna. 

Hav-ni-u1, v. To bind up; to tie up, as 
a bundle; e hauhili a paa, bind it up tightly. 
See Hr. 

Hav-nr-Li, s. Carelessness in doing a 
thing ; no ka mikioi o ka hana, aole no ka 
hauhili, for the niceness of the work, not 
for the slovenliness. 

Hav-ut-L1, adj. Diverging from the 
straight path; blundering; false; not to 
be depended on for truth. 


HAU 
2. Crooked or blind, as a path in the 
bushes. See Hit. 


Hav-xa, s. In gambling, when one wins 
he says hauka; a foreign word perhaps. 
Hav-xakE, v. See Hooxat. To deface ; 
to blot out; to squander; to behave shame- 

fully. 

2. To doa thing carelessly; ina e hau- 
hili a haukae ka oukou hana, if you do 
your work in a slovenly and careless man- 
ner. 

3. To be filthy ; dirty in appearance. 

Hau-xakE, s. Filthiness; carelessness ; 
also, 

2. A mean fellow; a babbler; a trifling 
talker. Oth. 17:18. 

Hav-kaE, adj. Slovenly done; foul; 
unclean ; impure ; wicked. 

Hav-xar, v. See Hauxagr, v., above. 

To erase, blot out and destroy. 

Havu-xal, adj. See Hauxaz, adj. Care- 
less ; unprepared. 

Hav-xau, s. The state of the sea ina 
chopped sea something like the kai kupi- 
kio, very difficult to urge a canoe through it. 

Ha-u-Ka-u-KA, s. See UKauxa 2, to eat. 
A ringworm. 

Hav-Ka-mu-mu, s. Hau and kamumu, a 
rustling sound. 

1. The confused noise of a multltude; ua 
uhiia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka 
aha, his voice was drowned by the confused 
noises of the multitude. Laieik. 22 

2. The low or indistinct conversation of 
two persons. Laieik. 80. 

Hau-ke, v. To hunt, as for prey; to 
fall upon; to catch; e hauke uku, to hunt 
lice in one’s head. 

Hau-xe, s. The act of hunting lice; ka 
haule ana i ka uku poo. 

Havu-ke, s. The sea-ege. See Hauxe- 
UKE. 

Hav-xea, s. Hau, snow, and kea, white. 
The white snow; the whiteness of snow in 
cold countries ; ka haukea 0 Maunakea. 

Ha-u-kE-u-kE, v. To shiver much and 
intensely with the cold. 

Ha-vu-KE-u-KE, s. The name of a small 
sea animal. 


Ha-u-kE-u-ke, s. Name of a shell fish 
that has many prongs two or three inches 
long. 

Ha-u-ke-u-xe, s. Name of a small in- 
sect that adheres to the skin of persons, 
similar to the ane; hauleuke, he ane, he 
mea e pili ana ma ka ili o ke kanaka, ua 
like me ke kane. 

Hav-ke-ke, v. To shiver with the cold; 
to be contracted with cold, as the muscles; 
haukeke mai ana ka lehelehe, minomino na 


136 


HAU 


lima, eleele ka lihilihi, the lips quivered 
with the cold, the hands were wrinkled, 
dark were the eyebrows; to be in pain 
with the cold. Job. 33:19. 

Hau-xe-xeE, s. A shivering with the cold. 

Hav-kE-keE, adj. Cold; shivering with 
cold. 

Ha-v-ta-u-La, v. See Uta, red. To be 
a little red ; a haulaula ka waha i ka laau. 

Hav-ta-La-pa, 8. The high ascending 
blaze of a large fire. See Lapanapaanr. HE 
ku haulalapa, e lapalapa. 

Hav-ia-n1, v. ‘To root, as a hog; to 
plunge, as a canoe. 

2. To be restless in one’s grasp ; to 
squirm; e oni; to try to free one’s self. 
when held fast. 

Hav-ta-ni, adj. Uneasy; seeking free- 
dom from restraint; restive; he mauli hau- 
lani. 

Ha-u-te, v. To fall; to fall from a per- 
pendicular state; to stumble; to fall down. 

2. To come upon one, as a new set of 
feelings ; to come to or arrive at a place ; 
to encamp ; a haule lakou i Kailua. 

3. To loosen; to let go; to unfold. 

4, To become void; to lack; to fail; to 
be wanting ; to fall dead. ® 

5. To overturn; to destroy; to seek after; 
to fall upon for destruction. 

6. To fail in coming to pass or to be ful- 
filled,as a promise. Jos. 21:45. To fall, as 
one to fail in his moral or religious char- 
acter. Heb. 6:6. 

7. Hoo. To cause to fall; with wa, as 
rain, i. e., to cause to rain. 1 Nal. 18:1. 

8. To throw one’s self down on to a thing. 
1 Sam. 31:4. To cause to fall,i.e., destroy, 
asanarmy. Szek. 32:12. To be rendered 
void, as a law. 


Ha-v-Le, adj. A thing lost; dropped. 
Oihk. 6:3. Kekahi mea haule. 


Hav-Le-na, s. Contracted from hauwle 
ana. <A falling, that is, whatever falls; a 
eleaning. Oihk. 19:9. 


Ha-u-u1, s. See Uri. Anything of a 
dark color; the dark shadow of an object; 
dark clouds; the deep blue sky. 

2. Fic. A stain upon a person’s char- 
acter; ka hauli o ka mea hewa ole, e nalo- 
wale ia, the stain upon a person’s character 
without fault will soon vanish. ' 


Ha-u-u1, adj. Dark; swarthy; tawny; 
shadowing ; darkish ; shady. 
2. Cool, having lost warmth. 


Hav-Lu-Ltu, v. Hau, iron, and Z2222, lit- 
tle. A factitious word got up by Hawaiian 
cooks, and means, to broil on the gridiron; 
they call the gridiron hauiliilii, i. e., little 
irons; with some, SYN. with hoomakaukau, 
to get ready. 


HAU 


Ha-v-.i-u-L1, v. The intensive of haulz. 
To be dark, &c. 
2. To be in a slight state of commotion ; 
applied to the rippling of the sea when the 
wind just begins to blow. 


137 


HAU 


2. Any popular commotion or disturb- 
1 Sam. 4:14. 
Hav-na-ma, s. A strong offensive smell, 
but less so than hauna; he wahi pilau uuku. 
See Hauna. 


Ha-v-u1-u-t1, s. Name of a species of | Ha-u-pa, v. To eat much; to swell up, 


fish. 

Hav-ma-ka-1-0-LE, s. Epithet of an ad- 
vanced state of old age, when the eyes are 
dim, the steps totter, and the breath short. 

Hav-ma-na, v. To be oract,as a scholar. 

2. Hoo. To teach, as one teaches scholars; 
to make scholars or learners of persons. 

3. To teach them some art, or convey to 
them some knowledge they had not before. 

4. To instruct, as a scholar or apprentice 
in any art or handicraft. 

Hav-ma-na, s. A scholar; an appren- 
tice ; a disciple. Mat. 10:1. 

Hav-ma-nu-ma-nv, adj. Full of holes, 
cracks or crevices. See Manu. 

Hav-me-a, s. Name of the mother of Ke- 
kauakahi, the war god. 

Hav-mt-a, v. To defile; to pollute; to 
be either morally, physically or ceremoni- 
ally unclean. Hoo. To defile naturally, 
morally. Kin. 34:2. Or ceremonially, to 
stain ; defile. Jol. 3:5. 


Hav-mi-a, s. Contagion; ceremonial de- 
filement from contact or contiguity to dead 
bodies. 

2. Morally, from various wicked prac- 
tices. 

3. Things forbidden under penalty of 
death, stronger than kapu; uncleanness, 
&e. Oihk. 15:2, 3. Defilement. Gal. 5:19. 


Havu-mi-a, adj. Unclean; impure. 
2. That which defileth. Oihk. 5:2. 


Hav-na, s. The strong offensive smell 
of meat. 

Hav-na, adj. Strong smelling ; offen- 
sive to the smell. 


Hav-na, s. The striking of the hand or 
other substance in playing the kilu; a i 
ka umio ka hauna kilu,a laua. Laieik. 
114. 

Hav-na-E-LE, v. To flee in war; to 
suffer the consequences of such flight; that 
is, to forsake houses, homes, and the gen- 
eral loss of all comforts. 

2. To be in confusion, as in a mob or 
general disobedience to laws. Puk. 32:25. 

3. To be in doubt or perplexity of mind. 

4. Hoo. To stir up the people; to make 
popular disturbance in a government. 
Puk. 32:25. Nore.—The English transla- 
tion nele and hoonele in this verse is prefer- 
able. 

Havu-NaA-E-LE, s. The excitement and 
disturbance of war. 


as the stomach from eating too much. 

2. To be greedy in eating. 
fi 3. To act, as the jaws in eating fast. See 

PA. 

Hau-reeE-PEE, v. To play hide and seek; 
e peepee akua; to play hide and seek, as 
children. 

Hau-ree-PEE, Ss. The play of children, 
hide and seek. 

Hav-pia, v. To mix together (pia) arrow- 
root and cocoanut and bake it; to cook 
arrow-root and cocoanut together. 

Hav-p1a, s. The substances of arrow- 
root and cocoanut mixed together and 
baked for food. 

Hav-pro, s. The lower end of the breast 
bone ; the place where the ribs unite. 

2. The thorax. See Hovro. 

Ha-u-pu, v. To excite; to stir up, as 
the affections or passions. 

2. To suffer with anxiety; to be much 
excited or moved ; ua haupu honua ae la 
ka makaula, the prophet was much excited. 
Laieik. 157. 

3. To rise up suddenly in the mind, as a 
thought. 

4. To stir up one to recollection; alaila, 
e haupu ia lakou me ka homanao. 

Ha-vu-pv, s. The sudden excitement of 
the passions. Note.—This word was used 
in a moral philosophy for conscience, or 
the internal monitor; o ka mea i nanea 
palaka ka haupu, alaila aole e ole kona 
hewa. Afterwards /unamandao was used. 

Hav-pruv, s. Any hard bunch or pro- 
tuberance on the joints or limbs. 

Ha-u-pu-u-Pv. 

Hav-puv-puv, s. A hard protuberance 
on the joints, as on the fingers or wrists. 
See Hauptv. 

Hav-puv-puv, adj. Swollen, as the 
ground by frost ; uneven, as with bunches 
of hail, or with heaps of salt in the salt-pits, 


Hav-wa-ta-au, v. To gabble where all 
talk and none hear. 

2. To get into confusion, as an assembly 
disagreeing in opinion; alaila hauwwalaau 
loa ae la ka lehulehu, then the multitnde 
fell into great confusion. See Waaav. 


Hau-wa-La-wa-La-au, s. See the fore- 
going. Noise, as of many talking or bawl- 
ing at once without cause or meaning. 

2. Mere gabbling without cause; make 
ka alii o Nunu ma Koolau, kahaha kabhi 
poe, i mai kanaka, he hauwalawalaau wale 


HAH 


no, when the chief Nunu died at Koolau, 
some were astonished, but the people said 
there was nothing but a great talk. See 
WALAAU. 

Hav-wa-na-oa, v. To extend; to stretch 
out. See WANAOA. 

Hav-wa-wa, v. To talk in vain, con- 
fusedly or in disorder. See Wawa. 

Hav-wa-wa, s. Confusion; disorder, as 
a multitude talking at once. 


Ha-na, v. See Ha. To breathe hard; 


to pant for breath, as in great haste. 

2. To feel of ; to move the hand over a 
thing. Kin. 27:12, 21. 

3. To feel, as a blind person ; to grope; 
to feel, as if searching for something. Isa. 
59:10. 

4. Hoo. To manipulate; to manufacture; 
hoohaha paakai, to manufacture or make 
salt. 

5. To strut; to act the fop; to walk 
about like a cock turkey. 

Ha-na, s. Hoo. A swelling or puffing up. 

Ha-na, s. The inside of kalo tops used 
for food ; the whole top is called huli. See 
Ha. 

Ha-na, s. A sort of wooden net used 
for catching the oopu, a fresh water fish, 
from brooks. 

2. The board on which fishermen place 
their nets. 

3. Name of a tree. 

Ha-nag, v. See Hat. To rend; to tear, 
as a garment. 

2. To break ; to separate into parts ; to 
split, as lauhala, lengthways. 

Ha-nal, v. To follow; to pursue. Puk. 
14:4. To chase; to follow literally. 

2. To follow one’s example; ua hahai 
nui na kanaka a pau mamuli o na ’lii e 
noho ai, all men generally followed after 
the chiefs for the time being. 

3. To break; to break to pieces; to 
break, as a law. See Har and Hanak. 

Ha-nal, v. See Hat, to speak. To tell; 
to talk about; e hahai ana no lakou i na 
moeuhane, they were telling their dreams. 
Laieik. 143. 

Ha-nat, s. A breaking; a disjoining ; 
a separating. See Han. 

Ha-nat, s. Name of a disease on the 
upper part of the thigh or groin, occasioned 
by impure connections and habits. 

Ha-nao, v. See Hao. To put or thrust 
in. Oihk. 10:1. To cram down. 

2. To put into, as a person into prison. 
Oth. 16:24. 

3. To throw or cast wood into a fire. 

4. To put into a particular place; to put, 
as money into a purse; to put, as into a 
basket. Mat. 13:48. 

5. To put into one’s head ; to suggest to 


138 


HAH 


the mind ; to put words into one’s mouth. 
2 Sam. 14:19. 

Ha-wau, v. See Hava. To whip; to 
strike with a cane, stick, rod, or sword. 

2. To scourge; to chasten. Puk. 5:14. 
Hahauwia kona kuai ke kaula e ka haole, 
his back was whipped with a rope by a for- 
eigner. 

3. To inflict plagues. Puk. 32:35. To 
smite with blindness. 2 Nal. 6:18. 

4, Hahau ai, to thrash, as grain. 

5. To hew stones. 2 Nal. 22:6. 

Ha-nav, s. That which is put or laid 
upon, as a burden, or punishment; stripes. 

Ha-nav-a, v. See Hanav above. To 
scourge ; to whip ; to strike. 

Ha-Havu-Hu-1, s. Name of a religious 
ceremony in the pule hoopiopio ; same as 
uhauhui. 

Ha-ua-u1, v. The frequentative or 5th 
conj. of hahi. To tread upon. Hal. 91:13. 
To trample down. Isa. 63:3. Root hahi. 
See also Heat and Eat. 

Ha-Ha-xu, v. The 5th conj. of haku. 
To tie together in a bunch; to tie up, as 
feathers in a fly-brush. 

2. To fold up; to put in order. 
Haku. 

Ha-na-Le, v. To flatten down; to sink 
in 


See 


2. To be hungry. See HaLenae; also 
OPAHA. 

Ha-na-tv, v. To be internally defective, 
as wood worm-eaten or rotten inside. 

2. Fig. Applied to a hungry man. 
the root Hatu. 

Ha-na-tu, adj. Rotten or defective in- 
wardly ; applied to wood, kalo, potatoes, 
&c., that are decayed inwardly. 

2. Applied also to one hungry; ua ha- 
halu, ua pololi ka opu. 


Ha-na-tu, s. Name of a species of fish. 


Ha-na-tu-a, s. Name of a species of 
fish, forbidden to women to eat under pen- 
alty of death ; also, name of a sea animal 
similar to or the same as ihimanu and hihi- 
manu. 

Ha-Ha-na, v. See the root Hana, to 
work. To be warm; applied to the heat 
of the sun. 

2. To be warm from hard work. 
3. To cook popolo, laulea, akeakea, &c..,. 
with hot stones. 

Ha-Ha-na, s. Warmth; a genial heat. 

Ha-wa-na, adj. Very warm, as the heat 
of the sun, the weather, or the effect of 
labor. 

Ha-na-Ha-Na, v. See the root Hana, 
and Gram. § 225. To cause to work; to 
do; to do frequently ; pela laua i haha- 
hana ai. 


See 


HAK 


Ha-na-no, v. To use the syringe; to 
give an injection. See Hano. 

Ha-wa-paa-Kal, s. See Hana and Paa- 
KAI, salt. A salt bed; a place where salt 
is made by evaporation of the sun. See 
Haua 4, hoo. 

Ha-ne1, v. To follow; to push with the 
shoulder; e pahu pu ma ka hokua; he 
puaa hahei, a pushing or fighting hog. 

Ha-neE!, adj. Fat; plump; full, as the 
flesh on a healthy shoulder ; also hehei. 

Ha-nEo, v. To be proud, especially of 
dress or equipage ; to put on airs of supe- 
riority. See Hxo. 

Ha-neo, adj. Proud; proud of dress or 
anything gaudy. 

2. Haughty in manner. 

Ha-n1, v. To tread upon; to trample 
down ; to tread out, as grain. 1 Tim. 5:18. 
To stamp with the feet. Ezek. 6:11. To 
tread or trample upon. See Exar and Hent. 

Ha-ui, s. A treading upon; a trampling 
down ; an overturning. 

Ha-ni-Ha-n1, v. Freq. of the foregoing. 
To tread or trample upon frequently. 

Ha-ui-11, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ha-Ho, v. To become poor in flesh; to 
fail; to want strength ; e wiwi iho ma ke 
kino. 

Ha-nu, s. Having taken so much drastic 
medicine that nothing is left in the bowels. 

Ha-nu-a-Lo, s. The tail fin of a fish. 
See Hugo. 

Ha-xa, v. Tostareat. Fic. Hal. 22:17. 

2. To look earnestly at a person or thing 
for evil. Hal. 10:8. 

3. To set one’s eyes upon a thing with 
desire. Dan. 10:15. Often connected with 
pono as an intensive. QOih. 1:10. Syn. with 
nana, and sometimes with maka. 

4, A haka mai na moa ma ka lani. 

Ha-xa, s. A hole; a breach, as ina 
side of a house ; hence, 

2. A ladder, i. e., the cross sticks and 
spaces between. 

3. An artificial hen-roost ; hanaia i haka 
no ua moa la e kau ai. 

4, A building not tightly inclosed, hay- 
ing many open places. 

Ha-xa, adj. Full of holes or crevices ; 
many spaces. 

Ha-xa, v. To quarrel; to spar; to dis- 
pute ; to contend. See Hakaka. 

Ha-KakE, v. Probably for haka ae. To be 
unsound; to be weak; frail; applied to a 
person out of health; applied to other 
things deficient in strength. 

A-Ka-0, v. To go naked; to walk 
about destitute of clothing. 


Ha-xka-0-LE-Lo, v. Haka, to quarrel, and 


139 


HAK 


olelo, word. To lay blame upon one; to 
accuse falsely. 

Ha-xa-o-Le-Lo, s. Name of one whom 
a chief employs to report the errors of the 
people ; the epithet of parents in govern- 
ing their children, having the right to sus- 
tain and govern them. 

Ha-xav, v. To look slim and tall, as a 
person whose flesh is wasted from his limbs. 

Ha-kav, adj. Slim; tall; poor in flesh. 

Ha-xau, v. To fight together, as two 
cocks ; to practice cock-fighting. 

Ha-kau, v. See Haka. To fight; to 
contend. 

Ha-xa-Ha, v. To delay; to detain. 

Ha-xa-wa-kA, v. See Haxa. To be full 
of holes; unsound; cellular; to be hollow, 
asabone. Anat. 4. To be empty. 

2. Hoo. Fic. To be open; to be pene- 
trable, as the ear to sound, i. e., to listen. 
Isa. 48:8. E hoohakahaka i ka pepeiao i 
wahi e komo ai ka olelo. 

Ha-xa-Ha-kA, Ss. That which is full of 
holes or open spaces. 

2. Fie. Want; deficiency ; loss. 

3. Empty room; place unoccupied ; me 
or ma ka hakahaka, in the place of. Eset. 
2:4. He hakahaka ka naan for pololi, hun- 
ger. Isa. 29:8. One in the place of an- 
other. 1 Nal. 1:30, 35. 

Ha-ka-HE-LE, v. To walk with meas- 
ured steps, as one weak. See AKAHELE. 
Ha-xa-ka, v. See Haxa. To quarrel ; 
to contend ; to fight. 2 Sam. 14:6. But 
often only in words. in. 26:20. To de- 

bate. 

2. Hoo. To set at variance; to cause 
strife ; e hoohakaka ana i na bipi. 

Ha-xa-xa, s. A fighting; a quarrel; a 
contention ; a controversy. Mik. 6:2. 

Ha-xa-KaE, v. To rend; to tear; to 
separate into parts. See Haka and Kar. 

Ha-xa-kal, v. To be swelled. See Kv- 
HAKAKAI. 

Ha-ka-kau, v. Haka, a ladder, and kaw, 
set up. 

1. To be suspended, as on a haka. 

2. To stand with a slender footing, as on 
the edge of a canoe looking for squid; ke 
hakakau la ke kanaka me he kioea la, the 
man stands like a kioea (a long-legged 
bird.) 

Ha-xa-kau, s. A place to hang things 
upon. 

2. A thin, spare, tall man. 

Ha-ka-KAuU-Lu-Na, s. Name of the stools 
on which double canoes were placed when 
out of water; also ake. 


Ha-Ka-KAu-PI-Li, v. To stand intent 


upon any sound, like a thief. 
2. To be ready to fly from the approach 


HAK 


of any one; e kau me he iwa lai ka lai, e 
lele aheahe malie ana. 
Ke hakakaupili me he iwa Jai ka lai, 
Ke aka lele au a ka la hiki ole, 
Ola ka maka ia Kohala pali uka. 
Ha-Ka-KE, v. To stand on stilts; to 
stand, as a spider on long legs. 

2. To stand huddled or crowded together. 

Ha-xa-ku, s. A frame for drying fish 
for the chiefs which are kapu. 

Ha-ka-La, s. The gable end of a house. 
See Kata. Aia mahea ia? aia maka hakala 
0 ka hale. ; 

Ha-xa-i-a, v. Hakaia, the Z inserted. 
Gram. § 48. To be hard; difficult to ac- 
complish. Kin. 18:14. 

2. To be dilatory; slow in doing a thing; 
ua hakalia ka amo anao ka maka, slow was 
the winking of the eyes. 

i Hoo. 'To defer or put off doing. Kekah. 


eesti) s. A difficulty in doing a 
thing ; meeting with obstacles; a deten- 
tion; he hewa nui, o keia hakalia o lakou, 
the great error was this slowness of them. 
See explanations in the next. 

Ha-xa-ti-a, adj. Long in doing a thing; 
Senne slow; taking too much time ; 
also 

2. ’ Careless; unthinking; holo makou me 
ka hoopiipii mau ana ame ka hakalia. 

HaA-KA-LI-NA. 

Ha-Kka-Lu-nu, s. Extreme old age when 
one is no longer able to walk; hele o mea 
akauka hakalunu. 

Ha-xa-mo-a, s. Haka, to quarrel, and 
mod, a fowl. Cock-fighting ; the name of 
a game practiced in former times; 0 ka 
haleamoa kekahi mea makemake nui e na 

ii 

Ha-KA-NE-NE, v. To be swelled; puffed 
up ; € maimai, e ukeke. 

Ha-KA-NE-LE, adj. Thin; spare in flesh ; 
ua hakanele oe i ko oukou hiki ana mai; 
applied to man and beast. 

Ha-xa-po-no, v. See Haxa: To look 
earnestly at; to look steadfastly; to direct 
the eyes upon. 2 Nal. 8:11. 

2. To stare or gaze at; to be amazed ; 
to see something to be wondered at. Isa. 
13:8. Nore.—These two words are often 
written separately as well as together, and 
then pono is used as an intensive adverb. 


Ha-xe, s. See Hoo. To resist; stand 
against. See Keand Hooker. To displace; 
put aside 5 put away. 

Ha-xe-a, adj. See Kea, white. Pale, 
as one sick. 

Ha-KE-Lo, b adj. Hanging down 

HA-KE- -LO-KE-LO, in swelling or pendu- 
lous bunches, as the mucus from the nose 


140 


HAK 


of a child; applied to swellings of internal 
parts, as the uterus ; hakelo or hakelokelo 
ka hupe. ’ 

Ha-xt, v. See Hat, & inserted. To break, 
as a piece of wood ; to break, as with the 
hands. Hal. 18:34. To break, as a bone. 
Hal. 34:20. Pass. Hakia for hakiia, to be 
broken. Oihk. 26:26. Fie. Applied to the 
punishment of wicked men. Job. 24:20. To 
break, as the teeth. that is, one’s power 
crushed. Nore.—The word applies mostly 
only to such things as are somewhat brittle. 

Ha-x1, adj. That which is easily broken; 
haki wale, brittle. 

Ha-xi-a. Pass. of haki. See above. 

Ha-xi-a, s. A pin; a nail. Syn. with 
makia and kakia. 


Ha-xu, v. To tie fast; to make 

Ha-x1-Kil, fast by tying. See Naxm. 

Ha-xi-u, v. See Kiv. To spy out; to 
look at; to examine ; alaila, hakiu sere iho 
la lakou i ka mea a lakon i i tini ai. 

Ha-xi-Ha-k1, v. 13th conj. of haki. To 
break in pieces, as wood; to break fre- 
quently. Hal. 76:3. 

Ha-xi-Lo, v. To observe narrowly; to 
watch closely and attentively. 

2. To look at what one is about to do. 
Ink. 14:1. To watch one’s actions or con- 
duct, generally to find occasion, or with 
some evil design. Mar. 3:2. 

3. To eaves-drop or listen secretly, ex- 
pecting something bad; ua hakilo aku au 
ia mea ma e ohumnu ana. 

4. To act thespy. Seetheroot Kizo. To 
watch, as a thief does if any one sees him. 

Ha-xi-na, s. Contraction for haki ana, 
a breaking. A piece broken off; a piece 
of a thing ; aremnant; hakina ai, a piece 
of food. Joh. 6:12, A part; a portion, &e. 

Ha-xi-na-o-LE-Lo, s. Used. for syllable 
in the music Gamut. 


Ha-xo, v. To be dignified in one’s bear- 
ing; to appear honorable ; to be noble in 
form; ua hako kona helehelena, ma kona 
mau maka. 

Ha-xo, s. The leaf of the sugar-cane ; 
wakawaka o Mano e moku ae ka hako. 


Ha-xo1, v. To dash, as water against 
water. 
2. To be agitated, as water carried in a 
dish unsteadily ; haleoi ka wai. 
3. To be unsettled, as one’s thoughts 
when in trouble. 


Ha-xol, adj. Heavy; weighty, as lug- 
gage, &c.; kaumaha, koikoi; heavy; bur- 
densome. 

2. Fic. Heavy, as the heart. 

Ha-xo1, s. An action productive in chil- 

dren of paraphimosis. 


HAK 


Ha-xor-xor, v. To rise or swell up, as 
water. 

2. Fia. Ma ka haale o ka manao e pii 
iluna me he wai la e hakoikoi iloko 0 ka 
manawa, through the overflow of thoughts 
rising up like water, the affections flow 
within. 

Ha-xo-nA-ko, adj. See Haxo. Portly; 
dignified in appearance ; noble in person, 


Ha-Ko-ko, v. To wrestle; to con- 

Ha-ko0-koo, tend with another to cause 
him to fall. Kin. 32:24. Fie. Epes. 6:12. 
Nore.—Hawaiians write the word in both 
the forms. The last syllables are equally 
long and accented. 


Ha-ko-ko, s. A wrestling; conten- 

Ha-koo-Koo, tion of strength between 
two persons to cause each other to fall; eia 
kekahi lealea, o ka hakookoo, here is one 
pastime, wrestling. ] 

Ha-xo-na, adj. Scorched or dried black, 
as breadfruit which hangs on the trees long 
after the season is over, when one side be- 
comes parched and black with the sun ; 
he hakona ka hua ulu. 

2. It applies also to the side lying long 
on the dirt; the other side is kua paa. 

Ha-Ko-na-Ko-NA, adj. Rough; dark ; 
clouded ; uneven. ' 

Ha-xv, v. To dispose of things in order; 
to put in order. 

2. To arrange or tie feathers in a kahili; 
to make a wreath or lei; e halcu i ka lei; 
e haku oeilehua. Laieik. 146. 

3. To put words in order, as in poetry ; 
to compose a song. 

4. To rule over people, i. e., to put and 
keep them in order ; to act, as a lord over 
men. 

5. By a change of letters, haku.for kahu, 
to bake fish with hot stones. 

6. Fia. The forming of a new affection 
in the mind; ka manawa i haku ai ke aloha 
ma ka naau. 

7. Hoo. To rule over; to direct others. 


Oihk. 25:43. Haleu mele, a composer of} fy 


songs, i. e., a poet; nana ia i haku, he com- 
posed it. 

Ha-xv, s. A lord; a master; an over- 
seer; aruler. Oihk, 21:4. 

2. A hard lump of anything; the tongue 
of a bell; a padlock ; a hard bunch in the 
flesh ; the ball of the eye; haku onohi; the 
name of several species of hard stones for- 
merly used in working stone adzes; ua 
kapaia kela mau pohaku, he haku ka koi 
ka inoa. 


Ha-xvu-ai-na, s. Haku, lord, and aina, 
dJand. A land-holder, i. e., one who man- 


ages the land and the people on it under 
the chief or owner. 


14] 


HAK 


Lono; a lord of extensive power; papa ka 
hakuakea o Lono. 


Ha-Ku-s-PA, v. Haku and apa and epa, 
Ha-kvu-E-PA, false. Tospeak falsely; to 
speak to the hurt of one ; to detract. 


Ha-Ku-a-PA, s. A false speaker; a de- 
Ha-ku-E-PA, } tractor. 
2. A false report; evil speaking. 1 Pet. 
3:16. 
Ha-xu-E, s. A species of sea-egg with 
many prongs. 
2. The prongs of such fish. See Haku. 
Ha-ku-E-ku-E, s. The prongs of the 
hakue. 
2. The ringworm. See HavHauKa. 
Ha-xu-e-pa, s. See Haxuapa. 


Ha-xu-1, v. See Kul, to sound out. To 
reflect sound, as an echo. 

2. To sound in every direction, as thun- 
der rumbling through the heavens ; e kani 
mahope o kekahi kani ana me he kihili la; 
to reverberate. 

Ha-xvu-1, v. To be sickish ora little sick 
at the stomach; hoopailua. 

2. To make attempts at vomiting, as one 
sick at the stomach ; hakwi wale mai no, 
aole luai mai, he was merely sick at the 
stomach, he did not vomit. 

3. To flutter ; to palpitate, as the heart. 

4. To shoot, as pain in the chest; hakui 
maloko o ka houpo; e apo ka oili. 

Ha-xu-1, v. To roast blood in cooking; 
hakui koko. 

Ha-xu-1, s. The blood of hogs when 
roasted for eating. 

Ha-xu-1, s. The horn of the sea-ege. 
See Haxkvr, which is probably the more 
correct orthography. 

Ha-xu-14, adj. See Haxv. Bound; 
braided ; wreathed together, &c. Laieik. 
112. 

Ha-xku-1-Ku-1, v. To crack, as breaking 

timber ; to sound; to make the noise of 

breaking timber. 

A-ku-o-HI-A, Ss. The lord of the ohia 

trees. 

2. The ohia tree of which an idol was to 
be made; ai ka lai pii aku aii ka haku- 
ohia make kekahi kanaka, i mea e mana ai 
ua kii ohia la, on the day they went up for 
an ohia tree some man would die, to give 
efficacy to the idol. Nore.—The species of 
ohia used was the ohiaapane. Hakuohia 
the same as kiiohia. 

Ha-xu-o-LE-Lo, v. Haku and olelo, to 
put words together. To accuse falsely; to 
detract ; to slander. 

Ha-xu-o-Le-Lo, s. A false accuser; a 
detractor. 

Ha-xu-o-nE, s. Haku, lump, and one, 


Ha-ku-a-kEA, Ss. A phrase in praise of! sand. Name of a small division of land, 


HAL 


similar to or smaller than a koele cultivated 
for the chief. See Kuakua. 

Ha-xu-o-no-HI, s. Haku, a hard lump, 
and onohi, the eye-ball. The apple of the 
eye ; the little image in the eye. See Ku- 
ONOHI. 

Ha-xu-Ha-ku, v. See Haxu, to put to- 
gether. To fold up, as kapa; to put in 
order; to arrange. 

Ha-xu-na-ku, adj. Full of hard lumps; 
lumpy. 

Ha-xu-Ha-te, s. Haku, master, and hale, 
house. The master or owner of a house. 
Pule. 22:8. 

Ha-xu-Ha-na, s. A word applied to the 
appearance or motion of the clouds; he ao 
hakuhana. 

Ha-xu-kal, v. Haku, lumpy, and kai, 
sea. To be in perturbation, as the sea; to 
be stormy. See OoLuku. 

Ha-xu-ko-1, v. See Haxuxal. 

Ha-xu-ko-Le, v. To blackguard; to re- 
proach in filthy language. 

Ha-xu-xo-Le, s. A blackguard; a vile 
person. 

Ha-xu-ma, s. A thick cloud; one threat- 
ening a storm. . 


Ha-xu-ma-ku-ma, v. To lower; to frown; 
to look threatening, as clouds portending 
astorm. Mat. 16:3. 

2. To be rough or pitted, as from the 
scars of the small-pox; hakumakuma ka ili. 

3. To be thick together ; to be thick, as 
a board. See Kumakuma. 

Ha-xu-ma-ku-ma, adj. Lowering, as 
clouds threatening a storm. 

2. Pitted, as the skin with disease. 
3. Thick ; set close together. 

Ha-ku-ME-LE, v. Haku, to compose, and 
mele,a song; poetry. To compose or make 
poetry. 

Ha-ku-mME-LE, s. A poet; one skilled as 
a poet; a composer of songs. Nah. 21:27; 
Oth. 17:28. 

Ha-xu-Pe. See Kurene. 

Ha-ku-PE-HE, v. See Lotoni. To speak 
carefully as to truth and propriety; to roll, 
as a ship with but little wind. 

Ha-ku-wa-HI-nE, s. Haku, a lord, and 
wahine, afemale. A female master, i. e., a 
mistress; the wife of a chief or noble. Gal. 
4:22. 

Ha-ta, v. To miss the object aimed at. 
Lunk. 20:16. Nou mai la ia, a hala ka po- 
haku ; nou hou mai la ia a hala hou no; a 
ike kolu o ka nou ana, paaku la; he threw 
and the stone missed; he threw again and 
Eee again; the third time he threw he 


14 


4 HAL 


2. To be gone; to pass away; to pass 
over. 

3. To proceed ; to pass onward; to go 
beyond. Nah. 22:18. To pass away, as 
time. 

4, Hoo. To miss the object; to cause to 
err; to be guilty or blame-worthy. 

5. To depart from a command, or act in 
opposition. Kanl. 1:43. To err in opinion; 
to disobey ; to object to a request or com- 
mand; to refuse obedience. Eset. 3:3. To 
transgress. Nah. 14:4. 

Ha-ta, s. A trespass; a sin; an offense; 
a transgression. 

2. A matter of offense. Kanl. 9:21. 

3. A law case; e imi hala, to seek occa- 
sion against. Lunk. 14:4. Lawe hala, asin- 
ner ; hala ole, without sin ; without cause. 
Puk. 34:7. 

Ha-ta, adj. Sinful; wicked; kanaka 
hala, a sinner; one often breaking some 
law. 

Ha-ta, adv. Sinfully; ina state of sin; 
hanau hala, born a sinner. 

Ha-ta, adv. (Referring to space past 
over) onward; throughout; even to; up 
to; he pa pohaku a hala i ka Lani, a stone 
wall (reaching) clear up to heaven. Kani. 
1:28. Also a hala, clear up to. Kanl. 9:1. 

Ha-ta, s. The pandanus tree. 

2. The pine-apple. 

3. A species of fish. 

Ha-tat, s. The lulling of a strong wind ; 
a calm. See Lat and Las. 

Ha-ta-1o, adv. The 1 is probably sub- 
stituted for n. Well done! clever! brave! 

Ha-ua-I-w1, s. See Hatawt, to scruti- 
nize. Looking earnestly at a thing with a 
desire to obtain or possess it; haiaiwi me 
ka manao e lawe malu. 

Ha-ta-o, v. To feel pain, as the eye 
with some mote in it; to have pain in the 
eye from a mote ; halao ana i kuu maka. 

Ha-ta-o, s. Pain in the eye from some 
small mote. See Lao. A small particle of 
something moving in the eye. 

Ha-ta-oa, v. To project; to stretch 
out; to extend upwards, as the mast of a 
ship ; to project, as the horns of the sea- 
egg. 

Ha-ta-oa, adj. Projecting; standing up. 

Ha-tao-Lao, v. To be small; thin in 
flesh; poor, as small stunted weeds or 
brush on poor land. 

Ha-tao-Lao, adj. Small; stunted; poor; 
thin. 

Ha-tav, v. To be long; to extend; to 
stretch out. 

Ha-tav, s. A long house with the end 


in front; used mostly for canoes. _ 
2. Name of a hen that has had chickens. 


HAL 


Ha-xa-Ha-La, v. See Hara. To turn 
aside ; to go astray; mostly used in the 
causative hoo. 

2. To object to one; to decline a propo- 
sition ; to find fault with one’s words or 
conduct ; aole hoohalahala kekahi o lakou, 
not one of them found fault. 

Ha-1a-wa-LA, adj. Bitter; sour; brack- 
ish ; ko halahala, sour or fermented cane. 

-LA-HA-LA, Ss. Name of a species of 
fish ; the uhu. See UnuHALAHALA. 

Ha-La-Ha-LA-wal, adv. Slippery ; wet, 
as a road; running; ua kelekele halahala- 
wai i ka ua. 

2. Wet, as a sore eye. 

Ha-ta-n1, v. To miss, as anything 
thrown at another. 

2. To dodge any missile. 

3. To fly near to one, as a stone or other 
missile thrown. 

4. To hum while passing through the air. 

Ha-ta-nt, s. A hissing or whizzing of 
any projectile passing through the air. 

Ha-La-nu-La, s. Name of a particular 
aha used in preparing for war. 

Ha-ta-Kau, v. To place one thing on 
top of another. 

2. To lean over; e haukau. 

Ha-.a-KE-a, s. The name of a kapa 
when dyed with the niu. 

2. The name of upright posts inside of 
houses ; 0 na halakea, oia na kia e ku ana 
maloko o ka hale. 

Ha-La-La, adj. Long and curving, as 
hog’s tushes; halala ka niho o ka puaa 
kahiko. 

2. Applied also to men exposing them- 
selves. 

3. A large bunch of bananas. 


Ha-ta-to, v. Ha and lalo, downward. 

1. To take hold of with the arms under, 
as in taking up a child or anything else. 

2. To drop the head downward, as in 
deep thought. 

3. To begin to think. 2 Oihl. 20:3. To 
think within one’s self; pela kuu halalo 
ana ia’u iho, so I thought within myself. 

4. To think or reflect on the moral ac- 
tions of others. Kekah. 8:9. 

5. To look earnestly at a thing near or 
far off; to think closely. 

6. To look internally; halalo iho la no 
au a loaa no. 

7. To search closely or look for a thing 
with effort. 


Ha-ta-Lo, v. To administer an injec- 
tion. See Hanano. 


Ha-ta toa, s. The name of a species 
of fish. 


Ha-ia-na, v. Ha and lana, to float. 
1. To overflow, as water over the banks 


143 


HAL 


of a river, or over a levee or low land. 
Amos 9:5. 

2. To float on the surface of the water. 

3. To be overflowed, i. e., to be drowned. 

4. Hoo. To flood; to overflow with a 
flood. Isa. 54:9. 

Ha-La-NA-La-nA, v. See Hartana. To 
overflow ; to flow thick and fast, as the 
tears of one weeping ; nolaila i halanalana 
ai lakou me ka haloiloi i ko lakou wai- 
maka ; to shed tears. 

Ha-a-pa, v. In a prayer, to bring to 
pass ; to pray that a thing hoped for may 
be granted; halapa i ke mauli kukala ia 
hale hau. 

Ha-ta-watl, v. To meet, as two persons; 
to meet, as two lines in an angle. 

2. To assemble, as persons for business 
or for public worship. 

3. Hoo. To cause to meet with, i. e., to 
find. Kin. 27:20. 

4. To come to one for assistance. Hal. 
59:4. 

Ha-ta-wal, s. A meeting; a place of 
meeting ; the place of union between the 
heavens and the earth; the space between 
them; same as lewa and hookui. See Hoo- 
Kur. D. Malo 5:5. 

Z. A meeting or assembly of people for 
business or public worship. 

Ha-ta-wal, adj. Of or pertaining to 
meeting ; hale halawai, a house for a pub- 
lic meeting. 

Ha-ta-Pe-PeE, s. A tree; the hala tree, 
a species of the pandanus; he laau ano like 
me ka hala. 

Ha-ta-pi-a, s. The white hala; hala 
keokeo. 

Ha-ta-wI, v. See Haratwi. To scruti- 
nize ; to look critically at. 

Ha-te, s. A house; a habitation; a 
dwelling place ; mostly for men. 

2. A sheltered and inclosed place for 
any purpose. Nore.—In ancient times 
every Man was supposed to have six dif- 
ferent houses of some size. 

1. The heiau, house of worship where the 
idols were kept. 

2. The mua, the eating house for the hus- 
band, and distinct from the eating house 
of the woman. Husband and wife never 
ate together. The mua was kapu to the 
wife. 

3. The noa, the separate house of the 
wife, but was free for her husband to enter. 
The woman ate in the hale noa. 

4. Hale aina, the eating house of the wife. 

5. The kua, the house where the wife 
beat out kapa. 

6. Hale pea, the house of separation for 
the wife during the periods of her infirm- 
ity. They had other houses and for other 
purposes, but these were considered neces- 


HAL 


144 


HAL 


BS gk os ee 
sary fixtures for every person in respecta-| Ha-LE-Ka-ma-LA, S. Hale and kamala, 


ble standing. See the above words in their 
places. 

Ha-te-al-na, s. Hale and aina. See 
Aina. The eating house for the woman ; 
one of the houses anciently used to eat in; 
the mua was the eating house of the man. 
See HALE. 

Ha-.e-a-Ka-La, s. House of the sun; 
name of the high mountain on Hast Maui. 

Ha-te-a-uu, s. Hale and aliz. A chief’s 
house; a palace. 1 Oihl. 29:19. Halealit 
palaoa, an ivory palace. lal. 45:8. 

Ha-.E-o-nE, s. A place made by men 
for a temporary residence; sand or soft 
dirt made into a house; kukulu lakou i 
haleone, ua kapaia he hale puone; more 
properly puu one, a sand pile. 

Ha-LE-0-PE-0-PE, Ss. Hale and opeope, to 
fold up, as clothes. The name of the house 
where the chief’s wardrobe was kept. 

Ha-te-u, v. To comb; to clear out; to 
purify ; to cleanse. 

Ha-te-u-ma, s. See HELEuMA. 

Ha-.e-u-mu, s. Hale and umu, an oven. 
Name of Lono’s house. 

Ha-te-HAv, s. Hale, house, and haw, the 
hau tree. A house built of hau timber for 
the use of the gods. 

Ha-re-na-La-wal, s. Hale and halawaz, 
to meet; assemble. A meeting house; a 
synagogue; a place of meeting. 

Ha-Le-HA-LE, v. To sink down; to fall 
in; to flat down, as the roof of an old 
house. 

Ha-te-Ha-Le, s. A place deep down; a 
pit; halehale poipu, deep under the surf. 
Laieik. 133. 

Ha-te-Ha-Le, adj. Deep down, as a pit 
dug; deep, as a cavern. 

Ha-te-HeEI-Au, s. Hale and heiau. See 
Herav. One of the houses of an establish- 
ment. See HALE. 

Ha-te-noo-Lu-n1, s. Hale and luhi. A 
house of bondage ; hence, 

2. Fie. Slavery. Dunk. 6:8. A place of 
bondage. Puk. 13:3. 

Ha-.e-Hoo-k1-pa, s. Hale and kipa. See 
Kyra, to turn in and lodge with one. A 
lodging house; a house for strangers. See 
HALEKIPA. 

Ha-te-xaa, s. Hale and kaa, to roll. 

1. Any carriage with a top or covering. 
2. A chariot. Puk. 14:7. 

Ha-te-Kau-a, s. Hale and kaua, war. 
A fort; a tower; a fortification. Dunk. 
9:51, 52. 

Ha-LE-KA-HI-Ko-Kau-A, S$. Hale, kahiko, 
armor, and kava, war. An armory; a 
place for storing or keeping arms. 


a temporary shed. 
1. A house quickly and slightly built. 
2. A temporary shed; a booth; a taber- 
nacle. Mar. 9:5. 

Ha-Le-xi-a, 8. Hale and kia, a post; a 
pillar. <A portico to a house; a verandah 
supported by pillars. 1 Nal. 7:6. 

Ha-te-xi-al, s. Hale and kiai, to watch. 
A watch tower; a tower. Lunk. 8:9. 

Ha-te-k1-pa, Ss. Hale and kipa, to lodge 
a traveler. Aninn; a lodging house. Puk. 
4:24, 

Ha-te-xo-xo, s. Name of the house 
where the hoalii slept; ua kapaia ka hale- 
koko o ka hoalii. See Hoaum. 

Ha-te-xu-a, s. Hale and kua. One of 
the houses of a residence. See Kua. 

Ha-te-xu-xu, s. Hale and kuku, to beat 
kapa. Name of the house occupied by the 
woman in beating out kapa. See Kua 
under hale. 

Ha-.e-ku-La, s. Hale and kula (Eng.), 
school. A school house. 

Ha-.e-Ku-pa-pa-u, s. Hale and kupa- 
pau, a dead body; corpse. A tomb; a sep- 
ulchre. 2 Sam. 19:37. A grave. 1 Nal. 
13:22. 

Ha-.e-La-au, s. Hale and laau, wood; 
timber. A wood house, in distinction from 
a grass covered house. 

Ha-tr-La-na, Ss. Hale and lana, to float. 
A floating house ; applied to Noah’s ark. 
Ha-LE-LA-NA-LA-NA, Ss. See HaLELANA 

above. 

Ha-te-La-La-La-au, s. Hale, lala, a 
branch, and laau, tree. A house made of 
branches of trees or other slight materials; 
a booth; ashanty. Oihk. 23:42. 

Ha-.e-Le-Lo, s. Caves supposed to be 
in the ocean. 

Ha-.e-Le-po, s. Hale and lepo, ditt ; 
earth. A mud house; a house built of 
adobies, or sun-dried brick. 

Ha-te-Le-wa, s. Hale and lewa, swing- 
ing. A portable house; a tent. Jos. 22:4. 

Ha-teE-Lo-Le, s. Hale and dole, cloth. A 
cloth house, i. e., a tent. Syn. with hale- 
lewa. 2 Sam. 7:6. Poe humuhumu hale- 
lole. Oth. 18:3. 

Ha-te-tu, s. Heb. A psalm; na halelu, 
the psalms of David. 

Ha-re-tu, v. Heb. To sing praise to 
God. Jer. 31:7. 

Ha-te-Lu, adv. E mele halelu aku ia 
ia, to sing praises. 1 Oihl. 16:9. 

Ha-.e-tvu-a, s. Hale and lua, a pit. A 
tomb ; a sepulchre; a grave. 1 Sam. 2:6. 

Ha-Le-Lu-a-paa-Hao, s. Hale and dua, 


HAL 


pit, and paa and hao,iron. A prison house. 
See HALEPAAHAO. 

Ha-LeE-Lu-1a, v. Heb. imperat. Praise 
the Lord. 

Ha-te-ma-tu, s. Hale and malu, cool; 
shady. A shaded house ; a shed. 

Ha-LE-MA-LU-MA-LU, S. Same as above. 
Kin. 49:14. 

Ha-te-mo-£, s. Hale and moe, to sleep. 
A sleeping house ; one of the houses of a 
Hawaiian house-holder. See Mor. 

Ha-Le-mu-a, s. See Hate. Name of one 
of several houses of a house-holder in 
former times; the house where the husband 
ate his food. 

Ha-Le-Na-Le, s. Clear moonlight. 

Ha-te-pa-a-ni, s. Hale and paani, to 
play. A play-house; a theater. 

Ha-LE-PAA-HAO, s. Hale and paa, fast, 
and hao, iron. A house of confinement; a 
prison house. 


Ha-.e-pa-nu, s. Hale and pahu, a box.| Ha 


Name of a particular house in the war cere- 
mony. 

Ha-te-pa-paa, s. Hale and papaa, se- 
cure. A store-house. Kin. 41:56. 

Ha-te-pa-kul, s. Hale and pakui, to 
splice. A fortified house; a tower. Kin. 
11:4. A pyramid. 

Ha-LE-PE-A, S. Hale and pea, filthy and 
unclean. See under Hater. A house where 
the menstruous women formerly were 
obliged to remain. Laieik. 171. Nore.— 
The people might go to each woman’s 
house, but the priests could not. 

Ha-te-pi-o, s. Hale and pio, an arch. 
A particular kind of a house. 

Ha-.e-po-Ha-ku, s. Hale and pohaku, 
stone. A house built of stone; a stone 
house. 

Ha-te-po-x1, s. The name of the heiau 
where the bones of the king were depos- 
ited. 

Ha-te-pu-kau-a, s. Hale, pu, a gun, 
and kaua, war. <A fort; a tower; a house 
of defense ; a castle. 

Ha-.e-pu-Le, s. Hale and pule, to pray. 
A prayer house; a house of worship; a 
meeting house. 

Ha-Le-pu-Na, s. Hale and puva, lime. 
A house plastered with lime. 

Ha-LE-PU-PU, s. Hale and pupupu, 

Ha-LE-PU-PU-PU, § poor; frail. A tempo- 
rary, frail house. Isa. 1: 8. 

Ha-u, v. To bear; to carry; to con- 
vey ; hali mai, to bring; Aali aku, to take 
or carry away. 

2. To bear, asa burden. Nah. 10:17. 
3. To carry, es a child. Kani. 1:31. 


145 


HAL 


4. To carry, as an armor bearer. 1 Sam. 
Oihk. 


Ha-u, s. Contraction of haliiz. That 
which is spread down, as a mat, a carpet, 
a cloth spread out. 

Ha-ui-a, v. Pass. of halt for halita. 'To 
be carried ; borne, &c. 

Ha-.i-a, v. To have a fond recollection 
of aperson or thing. Laieik.116. See next. 

Ha-ti-a, s. Asymptom; a premonition; 
the first beginning of a feeling; ke kau e 
mai nei ia’u ka Aalia o ka makan, ame ka 
weliweli. Laieike. 180. 

Ha-ti-a-ui-a, v. To have a recollection 
of a friend ; e halialia ana no nae ke aloha 
ia’u ma na wahi a kauai ao ai. 

2. To become intent, as the mind, or 
fixed, as thoughts which keep one wakeful. 

3. To spring up, as thoughts or affections 
in the mind; alialia ke aloha. See Lr. 

-LI-A-LI-A, Ss. The rising of a fond 
recollection of a person or friend in the 
mind ; ke kau mai nei ka halialia aloha ia 
lakou ; malaila no ka halialia aloha ana, 
there was the beloved recollection. Laieik. 
34. * 

Ha-ti-a-t1-a, adj. Beloved; cherished; 
remembered with affection ; ka nfanao ha- 
lialia a’u i ka manao i ke ao,I have a fond 
remembrance of the desire for instruction. 

Ha-.u, v. To spread out and lay down, 
as a sheet or mat. 

2. To spread upon or over, as a garment; 
to spread or cover over, as snow over the 
tops of the mountains. Laieik. 112. 

3. To spread out, as grass or hay. 

4. To expose to view as something that 
had been concealed. Jos. 7:23. 

5. To spread, as grain uponacloth. 2 
Sam. 17:19. To spread over, as a sheet. 
Ha-tu, s. The out or under side of 
leaves of certain plants; the under or dried 

leaves of plants ; laele. 


Ha-tu-xu-ui, v. To be hard; disobedi- 
ent ; stubborn. 
2. To be thick. 
Ha-uu-iu, v. See Haru. To spread out 
or over frequently. 
Ha-tu-pi-t1, v. To spread over a region, 
as a shower, like the spreading of a mat; 


haliipili i ke kula o Lele, the shower ex- 
tends over the plain of Lahaina. 


Ha-u-u, v. To turn towards or from, 
as mai or aku is used. 
2. To turn one’s attention to a thing ; to 
turn round to look. 
3. To turn the ear; to listen. 
4. To turn aside from following one. 2 
Sam. 2:21, 22. 


a, Fic. To bear the sin of others. 


HAL 


146 


HAL 


5. To turn from a direct road. Kanl.| Ha-to-KE, adj. Sprained or broken, as 


1:40. With pepeiao, to listen. 

6. To turn towards one with love and re- 
spect; manao iho laaue haliu aeika Haku, 
I determined to turn to the Lord. 

7. Hoo. To cause to turn, as the atten- 
tion or care. 1 Nai. 8:58. , 
Ha-ur-u, s. What the fundament is 
wiped with; a word which Kamehameha 
applied to Keoua when he threatened to 

join kings against him. : 

Ha-tr-Ha-t1, v. The frequentative of 
halt. To convey frequently ; to bring ; to 
earry. Nah. 11:14. 

Ha-.-xe, v. To liken; to resemble; to 
be like. 

2. To give equally; to equalize in dis- 
posing of things. 

3. Hoo. With me, to compare; to do as 
one does; to resemble some one in con- 
duct. 1 Nal. 14:8. See Like. Note.—Like 
is the root, ha is euphonic. Gram. § 48 and 
211, 2. 

Ha-ir-na, s. Halt and ana. A bearing 
or carrying ; hence, 

2. A bearing, or personal appearance ; 
form; more generally halinalina. See Lina. 

Ha-.i-Na-LI-NA, s. See Hatina. Resem- 
blance or similar appearance ; he helehe- 
lena like. 

Ha-to, v. To tum; to look; to look 
at; a halo aku la au mahope; to sweep 
round. 

2. To spread out, as the hands in the act 
of swimming. Jsa. 25:11. 

3. To look out; to peep; to look slily 
or shy. 

4. To rub, grind or polish. 


Ha-to, s. The motion of the fins of a 
fish in swimming; the motion of the side 
fins of a shark; the motion of rubbing or 
polishing. 

Ha-Lo-a-Lo-a, v. To be rough or uneven, 
as with stones. 

Ha-to-a-Lo-a, s. Roughness. 


Ha-Lo-t, v. ‘lo be about to weep; 

Ha-Lo-1-Lo-1, to have that deep feeling 
that exists just before the tears flow. 

2. To shed or pour out tears. 

3. To wipe the eyes when weeping ; to 
wipe the tears of grief; me ka haloiloi i ko 
lakou waimaka no ke aloha. See HaLoxo- 
LOKO. 

Ha-to-1-Lo-1, s. The state of feeling just 
as one is about to weep; deep internal feel- 
ing. 

Ha-Lo-1-Lo-1, adj. Weeping ; shedding 
tears; ka maka haloilot o ka ohia, the 
weeping eyes of the ohia. 

Ha-.o-xe, v. To rub against each other, 
as the ends of broken bones. Anat. 26. 


a limb. 

Ha-to-xo, s. A puddle of water stand- 
ing after a rain ; a small pool of water. 
Ha-Lo-Ko-Lo-xo, v. To stand in pools, 

as water after a rain; hence, 

2. To be about to weep; to have deep 
affliction. See Hato. 

Ha-.o-Ko-Lo-xo, s. Small pools of water 
after a rain. 

2. Drops of tears as they flow from the 
eyes. 

Ha-to-xo-wal, s. A pool of water; a 
small lake ; 0 na waipuna huihui, 0 na ha- 
lokowai. 

Ha-to-xu, v. To bubble up, as when a 
heavy rain falls into water; haloku ka ia 
0 Kuluhaipo. 

2. To disturb the surface of smooth water, 
as when many small fish come to the sur- 
face. . 

Ha-to-La-nI, s. The flight of a bird that 
sails round and round with but little mo- 
tion of the wings; lele ka pinao o Halo- 
lani, lele i ka lani. 

Ha-to-ui-1-t1, adj. Lazy; idle; useless, 
as a canoe made in the mountains, and 
there lies and rots; o Mano kapu o ke ka- 
ele haloliili. 

2. Applied to lazy, useless persons. 
Ha-tu, v. To be thin; lean, as 
Ha-Lu-HA-LU, a person poor in flesh. 

2. To be hungry for food. 

3. To be greedy after what is another’s ; 
to confiscate property, as chiefs in ancient 
times. 

Ha-tu-a, v. To lie in wait for one. 1 
Sam. 22:13. Hoo. To lie in wait in order 
to kill or injure one. Jer. 9:8. 

Ha-tu-a, s. A ripple on the water; the 
rising up of water by the wind; he nao 
kuku. 

_ 2. Astreak, stripe or seam, as of a stock- 
ing. ‘ 

Ha-Lu-a, adj. Striped; seamed; streak- 
ed; he lole halua; he kilika halua. 

Ha-Lu-a-tu-a, v. See Luatva, soft; 
flexible. 

1. To be soft; flexible. 

2. To be weak. 

Ha-.u-a-Lu-a, s. Softness ; weakness ; 
flexibility. 

Ha-tu-a-po, v. Halua and po, night. 

1. To lie in wait in darkness. 

2. Hoo. To waylay ; to lurk for one; to 
lie in wait for a person with a design to 
kill him. See Harva. 

Ha-tu-a-pou, v. To plant out bananas. 


Ha-tv-1, Uy. See Luu. To turn; to 
Ha-Lu-.i, twist ; to shake. 


HAM 


Ha-1v-xu, v. To wallow in the mire, 
asahog. 2 Pet. 2:22. 
2. To lap water, as a dog ; 
wai me he ilio la. 
3. To use the paddle in rowing. 
Ha-.u-ku-Lu-xu, v. To fall, as a heavy 


shower with a heavy sound; to drip, as} HA-ma-RE, 


water in a shower-bath. 


} 
Ha-tu-ta, v. ‘To become calm, as wind | Ha-me, s. 


after blowing. 


147 


HAN 


Haj. 35:21. Fre. To cause to open the 
mouth. Hal. 81:10. 


e kope i ka| Ha-ma-ma, adj. See Hama. Open; dis- 


closed. : 
Ha-ma-ma, adv. Openly; standing open, 


as a door. Jos. 8:17. 
s. Eng. A hammer. Lunk. 
Ha-ME-RE, 4:21, 


Name of a tree supposed to 


be very superior for the finest cabinet work. 


AOE 
Ha-tu-ta, s. A calm; stillness, as the} py A-ME, S. 


sea without wind. 

Ha-.v-Le-Lu-Le, v. Ha and lule, to be 
shaken. To be weak; yielding; to be flex- 
ible. 

Ha-tvu-tv, v. To roar; to rage; to roar, 
as thunder; as the sound of a heavy wind; 
to roar, as the sea. Isa. 5:30. Halulu aku 
Ja ka pohaku i ke kahakai, the rock thun- 
dered off to the sea shore; halulu ana o 
laua ma ka puka o ka hale, shook violently 
the door of the house. 

Ha-tvu-tvu, s. A noise of a chariot and 
horsemen rushing to battle. 2 Nal. 7:6. 
The noise of rushing water. Hal.42:7. The 
sound of thunder or wind. Joh. 3:8. Ha- 
lulu hekili. Hoik. 6:1. 

Ha-tv-Lv, s. The name of a fabulous 
bird in ancient times killed by the chief 


Waukulenuiaiku ; 0 halulu, o ka mani kani|} H 


halau. 
Ha-tu-na, v. To summon men to work. 
2. To breathe hard, as when the nose is 
filled with mucus. 
3. To snore. 
Ha-ma, v. ‘To open, as the mouth. 
Ha-mav, v. tmper. Silence; hush; be 
still. Zunk. 18:19. Alaila, hea mai la ia 
makou, i mai la, hamau kakou, then he 
called to us and said, let us be still. 


Ha-mav. v. With the imperative form 
e hamau, to keep silence as an act of wor- 
ship. Zep. 1:7. 

Ha-mav, adj. Silent, as a person who 
refrains from speaking. Sol. 10:19. Re- 
straining speech. 

Ha-mav, adv. Silently. Sol. 11:12. 

Ha-mav, s. A species of the ohia tree. 

Ha-ma-xu-a, s. The name of two dis- 
tricts of land; one on the north-eastern 
side of Hawaii, and the other on the north- 
eastern side of Maui. 

Ha-ma-xuv, v. To raise up and stand 
erect, as the hair with the fingers, &c. 


Ha-ma-ma, v. The 9th conjugation of 
the verb hama. To open wide, as a door ; 
to open, as the mouth. See Hama. 

2. To gape, as the earth. Nah. 16:30, 32. 
3. To open, as a door, box or book. 
4. Hoo. To cause to open; to open wide. 


Ha-mr-na, v. To make calm, as the sur- 
face of the sea. 

Ha-mo, v. To stroke over with the hand; 
to wash the face; to rub or brush, as in 
cleaning clothes. 

2. To besmear with blood; to plaster 
with lime; to anoint with oil. Pus. 29:2. 
Or ointment. 2 Sam. 12:20. 

3. To bend or crook the arm, as in doing 
the foregoing things ; to crook round ; to 
bend round, as an oval surface. 

4, To be exactly circular, as a good cal- 
abash ; ua hamo ka ipu. See Ana. Hon. 10. 

Ha-mo, adj. Anointed ; plastered ; be- 

smeared; ina hele ke kanaka me ke poo 

hamo palolo, if a man went with head be- 
smeared with white clay ; mea hamo, oint- 
ment; perfume. 

A-mo-u-LA, s. Hamo, rubbed over, and 

ula,red. A kind of kapa colored or stained 

red ; similar to kuaula. 

Ha-mo-na-mo, v. Freq. of hamo. To 
rub ; to feel frequently ; to touch; to rnb 
the hand over 4 surface. 

Ha-mo-Ha-mo, s. Name of an office ex- 
ecuted by one of the servants of the king. 

Ha-mo-Le, adj. Rounded and smooth, 
as the edge of a board. 

2. Small, as the eyes ; he maka hamole. 

Ha-mvu, v. To eat fragments of food ; 
to eat the skin; to pick bones; to scrape 
up and eat what is left; e ai hamu. 

Ha-mu, s. The refuse of food. 

Ha-mv-1-11, s. ‘The class of persons about 
a chief; a distinct class of persons with 
superior privileges. 

Ha-mu-Ha-mu, v. ‘To crumble up into 
fragments. 

2. To eat fragments. See Hane. 

Ha-mvu-mvu, s. A low indistinct rumbling 
sound; an indistinct sound of conversation. 

Ha-mvu-mvu-mu, v. To talk in a low in- 
distinct manner; to whisper. 2 Sam. 12:19. 
To talk in a low voice just above a whisper. 

Ha-na, v. To do; to work; to cause; 
used in the most extensive sense ; to act; 


to labor. 
2. To make; to do a thing; to affect; 


HAN 


to produce. Rom.3:32. To perform a duty; 
to cause a thing; to build, as an edifice. 

3. To form for a particular purpose. 

4. To observe a ceremony; to keep a 
command. Puk. 12:47. Pass. To cause to 
be done, i. e., to become. Puk. 15:25. 

5. To be or become warm. See this in 
the compounds Hanana, Ma or MEHANA, 
HaAnawana, and Kornana. Nore.—Hana is 
qualified by other words; hana paa, to 
bind; imprison. Luk.3:20. Hana is often 
used ina causative sense. Oih.3:12. Hana 
hou, to proceed to do again, or something 
similar. Qih.5:3. Hana make, to destroy; 
kill. Rom. 14:15. Hana kanawai, to keep 
alaw. Hana is often causative of the fol- 
lowing verb. Isa. 42:2. Hana ino, to do 
badly. Hana kumu ole, to do without 
cause. Hoo. To cause or compete. Hzek. 
14:23. To work; to afflict. Puk. 1:13. To 
refresh ; to renew. 

Ha-na, s. Work; labor; duty; office; 
calling; trade, &c.; hana mana, a miracle; 
hana a ka lani, the doing or the work of 
the chief. _ 

Ha-na, s. Name of the white or wauki 
kapa. 

Ha-na, s. Name of the middle post of 
a house; pou hana. 

Ha-na-a-LE, v. To pester; to hector; 
to rally. 

Ha-na, v. To blunder in doing a thing; 
to labor at trifles. 

Ha-nag, s. Vain labor; trifling effort ; 
a blunder. 

Ha-na-Ea, v. See Hana. To do; to 
work ; to make a thing. 

Ha-nal, v. From hana and at. To feed; 
to nourish, as the young. 

a To support, as those in need. 1 Nal. 

8: ; 


3. To feed, as a flock; to feed; to sus- 
tain, as a people. Kanl. 32:13. 

4. To entertain, as strangers ; e hookipa 
i na malahini; hanai waiu, to give suck ; 
to suckle, as an infant. Mat. 19:24. 

5. To act the part of a parent towards an 
orphan. 

Ha-nat, s. One fed or sustained by an- 
other; a foster child; a ward. 

Ha-nai, adj. Nourished; fed ; applied 
to the receiver; a servant, &c. Luk. 1:54. 
Fig. Keiki hanai, a foster child. 

2. Applied to the giver; as, makua hanai, 
a foster parent; he alii hanai, &c. 

Ha-nat, v. To skim along the ground, 
as a bird. 

Ha-nal, s. Name of the strings that 
surround a calabash. 

2. Kite strings. 

Ha-nal-a-Hu-Hu, v. Hanai, to feed, and 

hu, to swell out. 


148 


HAN 


1. To feed or stuff with food, as a favo- 
rite hog or dog. 

2. To make a pet of a hog so he will fol- 
low everywhere. 

3. To feed, as a child or any young ani- 
mal from birth; he keiki hanaiahuhu na’u. 

4. To be fed or brought up by hand, as 
a cosset or any young animal. Hoo. The 
same ; ua hoohanaiahuhu ka puaa i ka poi. 

Ha-nal-a-Hu-HU, adj. Full fed; plump; 
swelled out; puaa hanaiahuhu, a pet hog 
well fed. 

Ha-na-1-i1, s. Hana and 7i, the skin. 
A tanner; a manufacturer of leather. Ozh. 
9:43. 

Ha-nat-pu, s. The feeding of a god with 
the person who carried him; 0 ke kanaka 
nana e amo ke akua ia ia no e hanai aku 
ai, ua kapaia he hanaipu. 

Ha-na-ol, s. Hana and o2, sharp. A gen- 
eral name for cutlery, as knives, &c.; such 
things as are sharp; a unuhi ae i ka ha- 
naoi, then he drew out his knife. 

Ha-nav, v. To come from or be sepa- 
rated, as a young animal from its mother; 
to be born. 

2. More rarely used in an active sense to 
bear or bring forth,asa mother. Kin. 16:1. 
Nore.—The translators of the Hawaiian 
Bible have used the word in the active 
sense for want of a better term, but Hawai- 
ians seldom do; it mostly expresses the 
act of separation of the child from the 
mother ; hence in a neuter or passive sense 
often, there was born to or for (such a one) 
so and so. Kin. 5:3, and throughout. 

3. Hoo. To cause to be born, i. e., to 
beget, as a father. 

4. To bring forth, as a mother. Nah. 
11:12. Hanau ana, the being born, i. e., 
the birth. Mat. 1:18. 

Ha-nav, s. Child-birth. 

Ha-nav, adv. Hoo. Ka holoi hoohanau 
hou ana, the washing of regeneration. Tit. 
3:5. 

Ha-nau-a-nau-a, v. To whisper. See 
HAWANAWANA. 

Ha-nau-Ho-pe, s. The second child in 
relation to the first, or the third in relation 
to the second, &c., even to the last, accord- 
ing to the connection. 

Ha-navu-KA-HI, s. Hanau, born, and kahi, 
one. The one born, i. e., an only child of 
parents ; the only born. Sol. 4:3. 

Ha-nau-Ka-ma, adj. Hanau and kama, 
a child. Child bearing; fruitful in chil- 
dren; epithet of a mother having borne 
many children. 

Ha-navu-mua, s. Hanau and mua, the 
first; the first born of parents. 

1. The first child. See Hraro and Maka- 
HIAPO. 


HAN 


2. Fic. Ka hanaumua o ka make, the 
first born of death. Job. 18:3. 
Ha-navu-na, s. For hanau ana. Is used 
for relations in general. Kin. 47:1. Equiv- 
alent to hoahanau. See Kin. 47:3. 
1. A circle of relations of the same fam- 
ily. 
2. A succession, as of father, son, grand- 
son, &c. 
3. A generation, i. e., people living at 
the same time. in. 5:1. 
Ha-navu-wa-Lea. See HanawaLea. 


Ha-nau-wa-Ha-paa. See Hanawana- 
PAA. 

Ha-na-wa-na, v. To be severe; to be 
hard; to affect evilly; to afflict, as a fam- 
ine. Kin. 47:13. 

2. To be fatal ; deadly, as sickness. 

3. To be warm, as from viotent exercise; 
to be warm, as by the sun or fire. Norr.— 
This word is often used by foreigners as an 
intensive of hana, to do quickly or fre- 
quently, but Hawaiians never use it in this 
sense unless in imitation of foreigners. See 
HANA. 

Ha-na-Ha-NA, adj. Warm; heated, as 
with exercise or other ways. See Havana, 
Menana, &c. See the root Hana. 

Ha-na-wa-na, adj. Disagreeable to the 
smell; offensive ; stinking ; hanahana ka 
ai awaawa. 

Ha-na-Ha-nal, s. See Partpatt. A place 
near the top of a palion the ascending side. 

Ha-na-HaA-NAvu-Na, Ss. Hana, a redupli- 
cation, and hanauna, a generation. A rela- 
tion ; a kindred; relations by friendship. 

Ha-na-wa-nau-na, adj. Cotemporary 
born; of the same age. 

Ha-NA-HE-mo, v. Hana and hemo, to 
loosen. To loosen; to let go; to untie. 
Ha-na-HE-m0, s. A feeble state of health; 

state of weakness. 

Ha-na-HI-0, v. Hana and hio, to lean 
over. 

1. To cause to lean or push over from an 
upright position. 

2. To stagger in walking; to go here and 
there. 

Ha-na-u1-0, s. A staggering; a walking 
crookedly. 

Ha-Na-HI-HI-U, bs. Hana, a work, and 

Ha-Na-HI-KI-U, §  hihiu, wild. A strange 
work; a miracle. Norre.—The last form, 
hanahikiu, was found in a Hawaiian manu- 
script, but it may be a mistake for hanahi- 
hiu, therefore both are inserted. 

Ha-na-nt-H1, adj. Hana and hihi. Wild; 
uncivil ; untamed. 

2. Branching, as a vine, &e. 

Ha-na-Ho-xal, v. Hana and hokai, to 
waste. To behave foolishly; to behave 


149 


HAN 


carelessly ; to act the spendthrift; to do 
mischief. See Hoxanr. 

Ha-na-Kal, v. Hana and kai; same as 
hokai. To erase; to blot out; better written 
hanahae. 

Ha-na-ma-na, 8. Hanaand mana, super- 
natural power. The words are often sepa- 
rated; as, hana mana. 

1. Something done above or beyond 
human ability; a work of the gods; hence, 

2. Used in the Bible fora miracle. Nore. 
Hawaiians supposed there was a class of 
gods having superhuman power, and next 
to these were the highest chiefs, who were 
reverenced as gods. Kamehameha was one. 

Ha-na-ma-Nu-EA, v. To blunder; to be 
careless ; to be slow in movement. 

Ha-na-na, adj. Crooking inwardly ; 
bending ; flowing away. 

Ha-na-na, v. See Hatana,a change of 
Lforn. To flow, as water; to overflow, as 
a stream its banks; to overflow land. 

Ha-na-nal, v. To be lofty; proud. 

Ha-na-nal, 8. Loftiness ; pride. 

Ha-na-Paa, v. Hana and paa, fast; 
tight. To fasten; to make fast; to tighten. 
The full form is hana a paa. 

Ha-na-PE-PE, v. Hana and pepe, broken 
fine. 

1. To bruise greatly ; to crush; to hurt 
severely. Hal. 44:19. 
2. Fic. To be pained. Ezek. 6:9. 

Ha-na-wal, v. Ala hanawai kou makua- 
hine. Laieik.171. Twice syn. with mai. 1b. 

1. A euphemism for kahe koko. 
2. To void urine. 

Ha-Na-PI-L0, ) adj. Hana and pilo, pu- 

Ha-No-PI-Lo, trid or bad _ smelling. 

Ha-Nv-PI-Lo, Hoarse ; speaking with a 
low hoarse voice, as with a cold or sore 
throat. See these words in their places. 

Ha-na-wa-Le, v. Hana and wale, only. 

1. To do for the sake of doing; to do 
something without reward, i. e., gratuit- 
ously. 

2. To work without design as to the end. 

3. To labor in vain. 

4. To do or say a thing in sport. 

Ha-na-wa-Le, s. A gratuitous work; a 
benefaction. 


Ha-na-wa-Ha-Paa, s. A boisterous, noisy 
person. 


Ha-na-wa-Ha-Paa, adj. Obstreperous ; 
full of noise in talk. 


Ha-NA-wa-LEA, v. Hana and walea, sat- 
isfaction. 
1. To live, act or do as one pleases. 
2. To be satisfied with one’s self or one’s 
condition. 
3. To be contented. 


HAN 


Ha-na-wa-LEA, 5S. Self satisfaction ; 
contentment; quietness. 

Ha-na-wa-na-wa, v. Hawanawana, by 
inversion of letters, which see. To whisper. 

Ha-ne, s. He nui ka hane ma kekahi 
alii; irregularity (perhaps) in living. See 
HANEHANE. 

Ha-neA, v. To have no appetite. 

2. To be indolent ; inefficient ; stupid. 

Ha-nea, s. Having no appetite; loss 
of strength ; indolence. 

Ha-neEg, v. Ha and nee, to slip; slide 
along. 

1. To fall flat, as a decayed house; to 
flat down; to tumble down, as astone wall. 

2. To slip or slide down, as an avalanche; 
ua kapaia o Kaholo mahope o ka hanee ana 
o ka pali, it (the place) was called Kaholo 
(the moved) after the sliding down of the 
pali. See NEE. 

Ha-nreE-NEE, v. Intensive of the above. 
To hitch along; me he oopa la haneenee ae 
la ka nee, as a lame man hitches along his 
pace. 

Ha-nE-HA-NE, v. To cry; to wail, as 
the ghosts of the dead were supposed to do. 

Ha-neE-Ha-NE, 5. The wailing or crying 
of the spirits; hoopihaia i na leo wawalo o 
ka hanehane, me ka leo uwe ; (the air) was 
filled with the voices of lamentation, and 
crying out and the sound of wailing. 

Ha-ne-nE, v. To blackeuard; to use 
vulgar, filthy language. 

Ha-nE-NE, s. Low, vulgar, filthy lan- 
guage ; blackguardism. 

Ha-neE-RE, num. adj. Eng. A hundred. 

Ha-n1, v. To step lightly; to walk 
softly. 

2. To graze or just to touch in passing, 
as a canoe does a rock. 

3. To pass quickly through the air with 
a humming noise. 

Ha-ni-u, s. Ha, but-end or stem of a 
leaf, and niu, cocoanut. The thick large 
heavy end of a cocoanut leaf used in beat- 
ing the sides of kalo patches. 

Ha-ntr-Ha-ni, v. To make first or slight 
advances in tempting to adultery. Hoo. 
The same. 

Ha-nr-te, v. To prepare for company ; 
to receive company. 

Ha-ni-na, s. A pau, an ancient woman’s 
garment colored with olena or turmeric. 


Ha-ni-na, v. See Hoo and Hanrmant. 

No right ; no portion; no part in a thing. 

Ha-ntr-ni, v. See Nini and Ninint. To 

overflow ; to run out, as water from a ves- 
sel full of liquid ; to spill. 

2. To pour out, as water. 2 Sam. 14:14. 

To pour down, asa powerful rain. Isa.'45:8. 


150 


HAN 


3. To be gone; to disappear. Jer. 49:7. 
Ha-no, s. ‘The asthma; a cough; a 
wheezing with the breath ; a cough, a sig- 
nal of one’s presence. Laieik. 146. Ia wa 
no kani aku la ka hano, then he emitted a 
cough. Ib. 
2. A syringe for giving injections; a 
squirt-gun. See Hawano. 
Ha-no, v. To use, as a syringe; to in- 
ject. 
Ha-no, v. To breathe naturally, as a 
Ha-nv, well person. Hoo. The same. 


Ha-no, Lf The breath; the power of 

Ha-nv, breathing. Oth. 17:25. The nat- 
ural breath. 

Ha-no, adj. Desolate; lonely, asa place 
uninhabited ; silent; still. 

Ha-no-a-LE-wa, s. A temple; a place 
for sacrifice. 

2. The oven of the temple ; he heiau, he 
luakini. 

Ha-nov, v. Hano, to breathe, and x, 
pain ; grief. To pant; to breathe with dif- 
ficulty. 

Ha-novu, s. A hard or difficult breath- 
ing; the asthma. 

Ha-No-Ha-No, v. To honor; to exalt; 

Ha-NU-HA-NU, to triumph. 

2. To be rich; to have the honor that 
wealth gives. 

3. Hoo. To raise to honor, glory, &e. 

4, To exercise authority or dominion, 
Hal. 91:15. 

Ha-no-Ha-no, s. Glory; honor; pomp; 
splendor ; excellency ; especially such as 
arises from wealth. 

2. Wealth; the privileges of wealth: 

Ha-no-HA-no, adj. Glorious; honored; 
grave; sober; dignified. 1 Tim. 3:4, 11. 
Also, 

2. Proud; haughty. 

Ha-no-na, v. To drag a long fishing 
line towards shore ; to lie along stretched 
out, as a long line. 

Ha-no-na-no-na, s. An artificial pond 
made, but in letting in the water it will 
not hold. 

2. A.kahawai that overflows with water, 
but the rain stops and the stream is dry ; 
he hanonono, he panonono. 

Ha-no-no-no, adj. Cracked; full of 
holes; hakahaka, pukapuka. 

Ha-no-pr-Lo, v. To be hoarse; to speak 
in a deep-toned voice; to speak, as one 
without a palate. See Hanapio. 

Ha-no-pi-Lo, adj. Hoarse; speaking 
with a deep-toned voice. 

Ha-nu, v. See Hano. To breathe; to 
emit air from the lungs. JLaieik. 104. 

2. To beat; to throb, as the pulse. 


HAN 


3. To act with energy. 

4. To be so exceedingly angry that one 
cannot stand still, that he runs one way 
then another, ranting. scolding and threat- 
ening all that come in his way. 

5. Hoo. To breathe furiously or angrily. 
Puk,15:8. 

Ha-nv, s. The breathing; the natural 
breath. 

2. Breath; spirit. Fie. 2 Oihl.9:4. Hanu 
wale, mere existence without enjoyment ; 
vanity. Job. 7:16. 

3. Breath, i. e., anything evanescent ; 
vanity. Hal. 39:5, 11. 

Ha-nu, adj. Na mea hanu, the breath- 
ing things, i. e., people. Jos. 10:40. 

Ha-nui, s. Ha and nui, great. The but- 
end of the stem of a cocoanut leaf. 

-Ha-nv-1, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ha-nv-na-nu, v. To smell; to smell, 
as a dog following the track of his master ; 
e imimaka hanuhanu ana ka ka ilio e loaa 
ai ka hookapuhi. 

Ha-nu-nv, v. To bend over; to be stoop- 

- shouldered. See Oouv. 

Ha-nvu-nu, adj. Stooping; bending over, 
as a stoop-shouldered person. 

Ha-nvu-Pi-Lo, v. See Hanorito and Ha- 
NAPILO. 

Ha-nv-a, v. To be low; level; plane; 
flat ; to lie flat. See Honua. 

Ha-nu-a, adj. Level; plane; flat. 

Ha-nuv, s. Stairs; steps for ascending ; 
uneven places. See Nuvu. 

Ha-nuv, adj. Rising by steps; ala ha- 
nuu. Puk. 20:23. 

Ha-nuv-nuv, v. See Hanuv. To ascend, 
as upon stairs ; to go up stairs. 

2. To lay one thing on the top of another. 

3. To be uneven, as stairs; as protuber- 
ances on a plane. 

Ha-nuv-nuv, s. Stairs; steps, &c. 

2. Uneven; irregular places on a plane. 
See Hanuvu and Nov. 

3. Irregular flashes of flame ; also, 

4, Vibrations of sound. 

Ha-nuv-nuvu, adv. lrregularly; not 
smooth; unequally; ina i ulaula hanvunnu 
ke ao, if the clouds be unequally red. 

Ha-nu-Ha-nu, s. Name of a pastime 
among the ancient Hawaiians; kekahi lea- 
lea o ka hanuhanu. 

Ha-nu-na-Nu-nA, S. The rising of fumes 
from the stomach to the nose, as in drink- 
ing soda-water, or after eating highly fer- 
mented food, as new risen poi. 

2. The hard breathing from the stoppage 
of the nose. 

Ha-nvu-pa, s. Ha and nupa, deep mud. 
A deep muddy pit ; a dark hole. 


151 


HAP 


Ha-nu-paa, s. Hanu and paa, tight. A 
cold or catarrh. 

Ha-nu-pau, s. Hanu, to breathe, and 
pau, to finish. The gasping of a dying per- 
son; the giving up of the spirit; he hanu- 
paw ka make. 

Ha-nu-pa-Nu-PA, v. Ha and nupa, soft; 
muddy. To be muddy; soft; to find it 
difficult to walk from slipperiness. See 
HANUPA. 

Ha-nu-pa-Nu-PA, adj. Slippery; muddy, 
as a road bad from deep mud; unsteady, 
as by walking in a bad road; allowing the 
feet to sink in, as a sandy or very dirty 
road, 

Ha-nvu-ri-Lo, v. See Hanapito and Ha- 
NOPILO. 

Ha-pa, v. To diminish; to make less; 
to decrease ; to be partly done, as a job of 
work. 

Ha-pa, s. An indefinite part of a thing; 
a few; a small part. 

Ha-pal, v. To lift up; to elevate; to 
take up ; to carry. 

2. To raise the hands, as in taking an 
oath. Kin. 14:22. 

3. To honor; to praise; to exalt for past 
deeds; to recompense. Eset. 6:6. 

4. With pu, to assist one in his business; 
to act together. 

5. To take up, that is, commence, as a 
speech. Nah. 23:7. 

6. To conceive, as a female; to become 
pregnant. Oihk.12:2. Hoo. To conceive. 
Fig. Nah. 11:12. 

Ha-pal, adj. Having conceived; preg- 
nant, as a female ; kou hapaé ana, thy con- 
ception. Kin. 3:16. Hapai ana, the con- 
ception (of females.) ' 

Ha-par-a-NA, Ss. See Hapat above. 


Ha-pau-EA, s. Ha, breath, paw, all, and 
ed, life. 
1. Short breath ; applied to invalids and 
aged persons. 
2. Weakness ; feebleness. 


Ha-pa-v-ml, s. Hapa, part, and ume, 
ten. A tenth part; a tenth. in, 14:20. 
Nore.—This word has been used errone- 
ously by Hawaiians to mean a small coin, 
six and a quarter cents, which is not a 
hapaumi of any known coin; hapaumi is 
ten cents, or one-tenth of a dollar; hapa- 
walu is one-eighth of a dollar, or twelve 
and a half cents; hapaha is one-fourth of 
a dollar, and hapalua is one-half of a doliar. 


Ha-pau-pau, adj. Besmeared; dirty ; 
obscured, as glass, furniture, &c.; ua Aa- 
paupau ke aniani, ua hapaupau ka papa, e 
holoiae. 4 

Ha-pa-Ha, s. Hapa, part, and ha, four. 
A fourth part of a thing. Nah. 23:10. A 


HAP 


152 


HAW 


quarter; specifically, the sum of twenty-five | Ha-pu-EE, s. Name of a species of fish. 


cents, or a quarter of a dollar. 

Ha-pa-HaA-pal, v. See Hapar and Hoo- 
LEILEL To lift or toss up, as a child. 

Ha-pa-Ko-Lu, s. Hapa and kolu, three. 
A third part of a thing. 

Ha-pa-ku-E, v. To be twisted in the 
legs and feet; to be deformed ; to be crip- 
pled. 

2. To stammer or be slow in speech, as 
an aged person; ma ka olelo a na elema- 
kule, ua lohi ke kamailio ana, hapakue ka 
waha i ka olelo. 

Ha-pa-ku-E, adj. Crooked ; deformed ; 
crippled. 

2. Stammering ; hesitating in speech. 

Ha-pa-ku-1, v. To stammer. See Hapa- 
KUE. 

Ha-pa-La, v. See Pata. To defile ex- 
ternally ; to disfigure ; to besmear. 

2. To daub; to paint; to plaster with 
lime. Kanl. 27:2. 

3. Fie. To be satiated, i. e., stained, as 
with blood. Isa. 34:6. 

4. To be soft, as kalo killed with cold or 
drought; ua hapala ke kalo, ua pala ke 
kumu. 

Ha-pa-te, s. A shovel or trowel. 

Ha-pa-ti-ma, s. Hapa, part, and lima, 
five. One-fifth; a fifth part of a thing. 
Kin, 41:34. 

Ha-pa-Lu-a, s. Hapa, part, and lua, two. 
One-half; a half part. Puk. 24:6. This 
word is used specifically for half a dollar 
as hapaha is for twenty-five cents. 

Ha-pa-pa, s. A stratum of rock covered 
with thin earth ; a stony place. 

2. Earth covered with stones. 

Ha-pa-pa, adj. Shallow, as earth above 
the rock ; shallow ; not deeply planted, as 
seed 5 0 kahi hapapa i ulu ole a mae koke. 

Ha-pa-pa-pa, s. and adj. Very shallow, 
&c. See above. 

Ha-pa-wa-LE, s. Hapa and wale, only. 
Only a part; a few; a small portion. 

Ha-pa-wa-Lu, s. Hapa and walu, eight. 
The eighth; the eighth part of a thing; 
specifically, the sum of twelve and a half 
cents. 

Ha-pe, adj. Wromg; incorrect. 

Ha-pou, s. Name of a soft porous kind 
of stones. 

Ha-po-ro, adj. Dim-sighted; almost 
blind ; blear eyed, as one who cannot see 
Clearly ; hapopo ka maka. 

Ha-pou-rov, adj. Blurred; darkened 
or whitened over, as the eye; e like me 
poaeae ; hapoupou ka makax, See Haporpo. 


Ha-pu, s. Name of a vegetable eaten 
1n time of famine. 


Ha-puu, v. To be many; to be multi- 
tudinous ; to abound in plenty; thick to- 
gether. : hie 

Ha-ruv, adj. Many; abounding; plen- 
teous. 

Ha-puu, s. Name of a species of large 
fern ; the root is eatable in time of famine. 
See Kanapuuv. 

2. Name of a species of fish. 

Ha-puv-puu, v. To be undecided as to 
what one has said; to be not plain as to 
the meaning of something said; ua hapuu- 
puu kana olelo, aole akaka; ke hapuupuu 
nei ka manao, mahope paha akaka. 

Ha-ruu-ruv, adj. See Hapuv, many. 
To be numerous ; hapuupuu ke lelo o Hilo 
i ka ua. 

Ha-puu-puu, s. Name of a species of 
fish. See Hapruvv. 

Ha-pu-Ka-0-HI-0-HI1, v. To speak fool- 
ishly ; to talk nonsense ; ma ka hapukaohi- 
ohi ana paha a ka waha me ka poe Kauai la. 

Ha-pu-kA-0-HI-0-HI, s. Foolish, nonsens- 
ical talk. 

Ha-Pu-Ka, v. To gather up everything; 

Ha-pu-ku, § to collect together indiscrim- 
inately good and bad ; to scrape together. 

2. To be crowded together, as thoughts 
in the mind; pilikia iho la oloko, hapuku, 
hapuku mai la ka manao ana. 

Ha-pu-na, s. A dirty puddle of water. 
See Kio, Havoxowat, &c. 

Ha-wa, v. To be daubed with excre- 
ments; to be defiled; to be in a pitiable 
state. 

Ha-wak, s. The white sea-ege. 

Ha-wae-kal-Nul, adj. Awkward, as in 
diving and spattering the water much; 
hawaekainui ke kanaka i ka luu. 

Ha-wae-wag, s. A species of small lob- 
ster. 

Ha-wal, v. To pour water on an oven 
when heated to generate steam. 

Ha-wat, v. To pour or dash water on to 
an oven to increase the steam; i hale pa- 
lima, hale hawai ma ka la hookahi. 

Ha-wat, adj. Pertaining to the place or 
business of steaming food in an oven. 

Ha-wat, s. A pipe for conveying water; 
a lead pipe, hose, &c. 

Ha-war-1, s. Name of the largest island 
of the Hawaiian group, and gives name to 
the group. From time immemorial the 
people have called themselves “ko Ha- 
waii,” and the islands “ka pae aina 0 Ha- 
waii,” “na moku Hawaii,” &c. 

Ha-wat-1-a-kEa, S. Broad or large Ha- 
waii; i kane na ke kaikamahine alii o 
Hawaiiakea. Laieik. 168. 


HAD 


Ha-wa-Ha-wa, adj. Filthy; dirty; espe- 
cially with such dirt as sticks to one. See 
Hawa. 

Ha-wa-te, s. Lying; deceitful; no con- 
fidence in. 


Ha-wa-ul, s. A place where veg- 
Ha-wa-.i-wa-tl, etation grows around 
a salt pond. 


2. A kind of slimy, sticky fish. 
Ha-wa-na, v. To whisper; to speak in 

the ear ; to speak in a low voice. 

Ha-wa-na-wa-na, v. To whisper, &c. 

“See Hawana. A huki iho la ia ia, e hawa- 
nawand i kona pepeiao, he pulled him to- 
wards himself to whisper in his ear; to con- 
sult against one. Hal. 41:7. 

Ha-wa-na-wa-na, s. Whispering; low 
talk in the ear; soft conversation. 

Ha-wa-neE, s, The name of the palm 
cocoanut. 

2. The fruit of the tree otherwise called 
loulu; the fruit is eatable ; its leaf made 
into hats. 

Ha-wa-wa, v. See Hawa. To be awk- 
ward; foolish; ignorant; not to know how 
to do things. 

Ha-wa-wa, s. Awkwardness; igno- 
rance; without skill or energy to obtain it. 

Ha-wa-wa, adj. Awkward; unapt; un- 
skillful; ignorant; rude ; weak in knowl- 
edge. Rom. 1:21. Mea hawawa, a silly 

person. Job. 5:2. 

Ha-we-.e, v. To lengthen; to lengthen 
by tying on a piece ; e loloa ae; hence, 

2. To tie or lash on witha cord or string. 

3. To bind or secure by tying ; to fasten 
by tying. 

4. To bind on, as shoes or sandals. Jos. 
9:5. To tie or fasten on,asasword. 1 Sam. 
25:13. As the cover of a vessel. Nah. 19:15. 
As armor generally. Kanl. 1:45. 

5. To shoe; to put on shoes. Hpes. 6:15. 
Ha-we-.e, s. A tying on; a binding on. 
Ha-we-na, s. A substance similar to 

chalk; chalk. 

2. Hoariness; the whitishness of gray 
hair ; a hoary or gray head ; hapala iaika 
hawena, daubed with whitishness. 

3. Applied to a gray headed man who 
has but little wisdom. 

Ha-we-we, v. To make a monotonous 
rustling sound, as one moving his feet, 
drumming with his fingers, &c.; nehe, ne- 
neke. See Ur and Urvr. 

Ha-we-we, s. A _ rustling indistinct 
sound ; a slight rumbling sound. 


Ha-pa-sa, s. Heb. The myrtle tree. Isa. 
41:19. 

Ha-pa-sa, adj. Lala hadasa, myrtle 
branches. a 


153 


HEA 


Ha-re, s. Eng. Name of an unclean 
animal; a hare. Oihk. 11:6. 

He, art. The indefinite article, answer- 
ing somewhat to English a or an. For its 
various uses, see Gram. § 66,111, Rule 6th, 
Syntax, &c. 

He, s. A grave; a place where one per- 
son is buried. Kin. 35:20. A sepulchre ; 
he lua kupapau. 

2. A dividing line or boundary between 
lands. 

He, s. Name of the little worm that eats 
the leaves of the cocoanut and the palm- 
leaf pandanus. 

He, s. Name of a weapon used in war; 
hawane, he laau hanaia i he kaua. 


He, v. To roar, as a strong wind, such 
as roars down the ravines; he leo o ka 
makani kauaula ka’u ihe iho nei, ke nee 
nei i na kahawai. 

He-a, v. To call; to give an appella- 
tion. Syn. with kapa. loan. 13:13. To call 
to one; to call one. 

2. To choose; to appoint. 

3. To sing or recite a mele; ina ku ke 
kanaka i ka hea mele ana, if any man stand 
up for reciting a mele. See Kanna. 

He-a, s. A call; a calling out; a cry. 

He-a, adv. int. Which? what? when ? 
where? referring to place, where; ka hale 
hea? what or which house? ka manawa 
hea? when? what time? &c.; itis declined 
like anoun. See Gram. § 160 and 165. It 
takes also other prefixes; as, auhea? pe- 
hea? &e. 


He-a, v. To eat up entirely; to leave 
nothing uneaten. Notre.—This was applied 
to the last hog that was sacrificed on the 
eighth day at the dedication of a heiau. 
The hog itself was called puaa hea, as it 
was to be entirely eaten up. Should any 
person refuse to eat of itfon this occasion, 
he would be immediately sacrificed ; or if 
any part of the hog should be left after all 
had eaten, they would all die by some 
dreadful judgment. 


He-a, v. To be red or sore, as inflamed 
eyes; to be stained or colored red. 

He-a, s. Sore eyes ; inflamed eyes. 

He-a, adj. He ua hea. See Ua, s. A 
cold rain. See Konanga, cold rain. See 
Kona. 

He-a. Used asa suffix to various words, 
as paapnhea, meaning perhaps heavy or 
smoky. 

He-avu, s. Name of the place where 
fishermen set the basket in catching fish ; 
the place was.artificially built; alaila ku- 
kulu hou i mau heauv—ma ka hema o ka 
mokupuni, me ke kukulu heau no. 


HEE 


He-a-na, adv. int. Heand aha. Lit. A 
what? what? why? 

He-a-wa, v. To what; to ask what; 
heaha mai la kekahi, heaha ia? a certain 
person whatted (asked what) is it? Gram. 
§ 37. See Ana. 

He-a-HE-a, v. See Hea. To call; to 
call frequently ; to call out; to call for 
help with earnestness. 

Hea-Hea, v. See Hea, v., to be red. To 
imprint with spots; to stain, especially 
with red colors; to be smeared, as with 
red dirt. 

HeEa-HEa-ia, s. A calling; a voice of 
calling; aole nae i loaa ka heaheaia mai. 
Laieik. 91. 

Hra-HEA-HEA, adj. See HEanEA. Warm, 
&e.; bald. 

He-a-ut-0, adj. Lazy; loitering behind. 

Hz-a-na, s. The dead body or corpse 
of one or more slain in battle. Aan. 28:26. 
A carcass of any dead animal. Mat. 24:28. 
See Hk, a grave. 


Herz, v. To melt; to change from a 
solid to a liquid substance; to run, as a 
liquid ; to flow, as blood or water. 

2. To slip or glide along; to melt away; 
to play on the surf-board. Lateik.91. See 
HEENALU. 

3. To flee through fear; ke kaua ana, o 
ka poe i hee, makau lakou; to flee; to be 
dispersed in battle. Ain. 14:10. 

4. To melt; applied ric. to the heart; to 
be fearful ; cowardly. Kanl. 20:8. 

5. To be disappointed. Jsa. 28:16. To 
dip up and pour out water; to skim off the 
scum, as cream, &c. See AUHEER. 

6. Imperatively, hee aku paha, be off; go 
about your business ; contraction perhaps 
for hele. 


Hes, s. A flowing, as of blood or other 


liquid. , 
2. A flight, as of a routed army. 
3. A bloody issue. catamenia; he hee 


koko ka wahine ; heeholua, to slide on the | 


holua, a pastime among the ancients ; hee- 
nalu, a playing on the surf-board. 


Hee, s. The squid, from his slippery 
qualities. 
2. The rope that supports the mast; a 
Stay. 
He-g-HE, v. To bleat, as a goat. 
HeE-HEE, v. The 13th conj. of hee. To 


flow or melt away; to disappear; to be- 
come liquid; to flee in battle; to dip up 
water with a cup. Hoo. To melt away, as 
an army ; hence, to flee ; to run. 

2. A word used in enforcing the highest 
kapus. 


Hex-nee, s. A boil; a sore emitting 
matter. See Henk. Root hee. 


154 


HEIL 


2. An avalanche or pali slidden down ; 
earth or dirt fallen down from a steep side 
hill. 

He-e-u1-a, v. To be filled with awe; 
to tremble with fear. See Emuta. , 

HeEE-Ho-LU-A, v. Hee and holua, a ma- 
chine something like a sled upon which the 
ancients slid down hill; a pastime among 
the ancient Hawaiians. See Hoxwa. 

Hee-kEE, s. Name of a species of fish. 


Here-xo-xo, s. Hee and koko, blood. A 
flowing of blood; any great flow of blood ; 
specifically, the catamenia. Oihk. 15:25. 

Here-ma-xo-ko, s. Name of a species of 
large squid found in the ocean, not eata- 
ble; he hee nui loa ia ma ka moana, he 
mea ai ole ia. 

HeEE-mMa-ko-LE, s. Squid that has been 
cured with salt, and is red. 

Hee-na-tu, v. Hee and nalu, the surf. 
To slide down the surf; to play on the 
surf-board. See below. 

Hee-na-.u, s. Hee and nadlu, the surf. 
A playing on the surf, a pastime among the 
ancients; the name of their play on the surf. 

HeEeE-neE-Hv, s. The name of a species 
of small fish; he uahuki heenehu na ka 
lawaia. 

Hee-pu-toa, s. A fish of the squid genus. 

| HEE-wa-te, v. Hee and wale, only. To 

melt easily ; to flee, as a coward in time of 
| danger. 

| Het, s. A net; a snare for entangling 

and taking an animal; applied to men. 

Sol. 29:5. 

2. A draught of fish. Luke 5:4. 
3. Game caught in hunting. 
4, A cat’s cradle. Bal. 


Hei, v. To entangle, as in a net. 
Habake. 1:15. 

2. Fic. To be insnared or entangled with 
difficulty. 1 Tim. 3:7, 

3. To catch and entangle one by the neck 
or legs; i mea e hei ai ka a-i, ka wawae 
paha. 

4. Hoo. To catch ina net. Fie. Luke 
5:10. To entrap, entangle, &c.; ua makau 
au i ka mea kii mai ia’u e hoohei aku, I am 
afraid of him who shall come to entrap me. 


Her, s. The form of hanging greens 
about the house of the gods to render the 
sacrifices acceptable; i mea e hoohiwahiwa 
aku. : 

2. A wreath of green leaves. Fie. An 
ornament; 0 ke akamai o ka makuakane, 
e lilo no ia i hei na ke keiki, the wisdom of 
the father, it shall become a wreath for the 
child. 


Het, s. The name of the pawpaw tree; 
also called mili. 
2. Also the name of the fruit. : 





HEU 


155 


HEH 


Her-au, s. A small secret room in the | Hz-v-ne-v, v. See Hev above. 


large temple. 

2. A large temple of idolatry among 
Hawaiians; a temple for the worship of 
one or more of the gods; e kukulu oe i 
man heiaw no na akua, no Ku, no Lono, no 
Kane ame Kanaloa, build thou some tem- 
ples for the gods, for Ku, for Lono, for 
Kane and Kanaloa. 

3. The heiaw was one of the six houses of 
every man’s regular establishment—the 
house for the god; eono hale o na kanaka, 
he heiau, oia kekahi, men had six houses, 
the heiau (temple) was one. 

4, In the Bible, a high place of worship. 
2 Nal. 12:14; Isa. 15:2. 

Het-z, s. A servant to a prophet who 
reported his declarations. 

Her-Her, v. To run, as in a race; to 
run arace. Hal. 19:5. 

HEeEI-HEI-Ho-tu-a, s. A racé with the 
hoolua ; a sliding down hill on a hoolua. 
HEI-HEI-NA-LU, s. Hethei and nalu, surf. 
A riding the surf in the way of a race be- 
tween two or more persons; an ancient 

pastime. 

Her-Her-waa, s. A race between two or 
more canoes; practiced much in former 
times. 

Hz-o, adj. Proud; haughty; used 
mostly with the causative haa. See Haanzo 
and HooneEo. 

He-o, s. The semen masculinum; e olu 
ka pun, i olu ka heo ? 


E-0, v. To be in haste, as an assem- 
HeE-00, bly to disperse. 
2. To be in haste to go, as one afraid or 
not welcome. 
3. To be in doubt what way to go. 
Hz-o-HE-o, s. The glans penis; applied 
to men and to some animals; within the 
prepuce ; loaa ka heoheo. 


He-v, s. Down or fine hair. 

2. A youngster ; a young man, from his 
down or first beard; kuu kane o Ka wa 
heu ole, my husband from the time of youth 
(without a beard.) Laieik. 204. 

3. The quicksilver on the back of a look- 
ing-glass ; holoi lakou i ka hew o ka aniani, 
they washed off the quicksilver of the glass» 

4. The work first done, the speech first 
made, the first movement in an affair. 


He-v, v. To begin to grow, as the 


beard ; he kanaka opiopio wale no, akahi| He-HE-Na, 


no a heu. 

He-vu, adj. The first shooting of beards 
in boys; he keiki heu, a child bearded. 
He’v, v. With a sharp break in 
He’v-HE’U, § pronouncing, to sing, as birds; 
to sound, as the voice of birds ; to sound, 

as the voice of spirits with sweet sounds. 


He-v-xakE, v. To split, as a cane. 

2. To treat one badly ; to use harshly. 
3. To act the villain. See Havas. 

He-vu-mi-K1, adj. Good. 

He-wa, adj. Lazy; indolent; slow in 
work; opukeha. Tit. 1:12. Translated slow 
bellies. Syn. with ulana. Molowai ka hana, 
manaka. 

He-ne, v. See Hee. To run or flow 
out, as an ulcer or the contents of a boil. 

2. Hoo. To melt or cause to become 
liquid, as metals by heat. See HEEHEE. 

He-ne, v. To laugh; to mock; to de- 


ride. 

He-ne, s. A swelling ulcerated on the 
skin. 

He-ne, s. The upper calabash of a drum. 


|He-He, adj. Ulcerous ; belonging to a 


boil; mai hehe. Kanl. 28:27. 

2. Molten ; that which has been cast. 
He-HEEe, v. To melt, as metals; to 
liquefy any solid substance. 1 Pet. 3:12. 

2. Fie. To soften, as the heart; to make 
fearful. Puk. 15:15. 
3. Hoo. To melt and cast into any figure. 
Puk. 25:12. To cause to be soft; unstable; 
e lewa. 
4. To flow; to run, as a liquid metal ; 
he pohaku i hoohehee wale ia no. See HEE. 
HE-HEE, s. With mai, a running sore. 
Oihke. 13:18. 
HeE-HEE, adj. Hoo. Liquid; thin; flow- 
ing ; melting. Sol. 17:3. 
He-HE-HEE, v. See Gram. § 225. A 
poetical form of the verb hee, to flow away, 
i. e.. to, fade, as the colors of calico; hehe- 
hee i ka wai. to fade by washing. 
He-neI, v. See Her. To entangle ina 
net, as fish or birds in a snare. 
He-HE-o, v. E peeaniki, e koheo, e 
pueo. Kamak. 
He-neE-Lo, v. To be like the helo or 
ohelo, a reddish brown; hence, 
2. To be good looking ; grand; proud, 
He-HE-na, v. To be mad; crazy; in- 
sane. Jer. 25:16. 
He-ne-na, s. A madness. Aanl. 28:28. 
2. A mad person ; hana iho la e like me 
na hehena ame na holoholona, they acted 
like madmen and brutes. 2 Nal. 9:11. See 
EHENA. 
adj. Insane ; crazy; deliri- 
ous; raving mad. 1 Sam. 21:13, 14. 


He-n1, v. ‘To tread upon. Kani. 1:36. 
To trample down. See Ext. With kapuai. 
Kani. 11:24. 

2. To put the foot upon, a symbol of sub- 
jection. Jos. 10:24. 
3. To trample upon, i. e., disobey or dis- 


HEK 


regard, as a law; hehi na mea a pau ma- 
luna o ke kanawai o ka aina, everybody 
trampled upon the law of the land; hehi 
berita, to trample upon or disregard a 
covenant. Lunk. 2:20. 

4. To loathe, as a full person his food. 
Sol. 27:7. 

He-ui, s. A treading; a place for tread- 
ing; kahi hehi palaoa, a thrashing floor 
where grain was trodden out. Nah. 15:20. 

He-no, s. A cob; a corn cob. 

He-nu, v. To pull up by the roots; to 
root up. 1 Nal. 14:15. 

2. Fic. To root out, as a people; malia 
paha i hehuia makou i poe nanae kuhikuhi 
i na iwi o ka poe kahiko, perhaps we shall 
be rooted up as those who shall point to the 
bones (land-marks) of the ancients. 

3. To pull up for transplanting; to trans- 
plant. 

4. To carry manure for the good of a 
transplanted tree. 

He-uv, v. To summon to work or to 
war; to warn out. 

He-uu, s. A tree pulled up for trans- 
plantation. : 

2. Mist; steam; vapor; spray from the 
sea. See Env and HEHvUKAL. 

3. Name of a medicine. 

He-nu-Kal, s. See Env. Hehu and kai, 
the sea. The spray of the sea. 

He-nu-na-kal, s. He and huna, small 
particle, and kai,sea. The spray of the sea. 

He-xa, adj. Sore; red, as in- 

HE-KA-HE-KA, § flamed eyes; eyelids turned 
out by inflammation. 

He-xav, v. To tie with a rope. 

2. To make fast, as in anchoring a boat 
or cask, by tying to stones or rocks under 
water. Laieik. 124. Aolee lilo, ua hekauia. 

He-xav, s. A large strong rope for fast- 
ening boats, canoes, &c. 

He-xav, adj. Epithet of a large strong 
rope; he kaula hekau; strong ; firm. 

He-xe, s. A nail or pin to hang things on. 

2. One thing up over another; a sail 
drawn up over another sail. 

He-xe, adj. Fallen, as the countenance 
with shame. 

2. Faded; wilted, as a plant. 

3. Angry ; cross; reluctant. 

HE-KE-HE-KE, adj. Weak; faint; des- 
titute of energy. 

He-xe-xe, adj. Hakake, leilei, pokole. 

He-x1-i, s. Art. ke. Puk. 9:33; Puk. 
20:15. Thunder ; a voice from the clouds. 

2. Anything terrible, raging, terrific; uhi 
paapu mai la oia i na hekili o ke kuko ino. 
Laieik. 196. 

He-xi-t1, v. To thunder. Hal. 29:3. 
Hoo. To cause to thunder. 2 Sam. 22:14. 


156 


HEL 


He-xu-n1, s. A steward. 
He-ku-pav, s. He, a grave, and kupa- 
pau, a dead body. <A grave; a place for 
depositing a corpse. Nah. 19:16. * 


HE-a, adj. Redness of the cor- 

HE-LA-HE-LA, ner of the eye; partial 
blindness ; 0 ka paholehole o ka ili, hela- 
hela ino ka poe i hana pela. 

He-tz, v. To move in any way to a 
large or small minute distance; the quality 
of the motion is expressed by other words. 

2. To walk; to go; to move. 

3. To act; to exhibit moral conduct. 1 
Kor. 3:3. 

4, To stretch, as a string or rope. 

5. Hoo. To cause one to go or pass on. 
Ezek. 16:21. To desire or pretend to goon; 
to depart ; aole nae e pono ia laua e hoo- 
hele wale i na pohaku hoohele ; hele kue, to 
go against,as an enemy. Lunk.1:10. Hele 
wale, to be or to walk about naked. See 
HELEWwALE. Hele e, to go before; ke hele 
aku nei ke keiki, the child grows, i. e., in- 
creases in stature; hele liilii, helelei, to 
scatter ; to separate. See the compounds. 

He-te, s. A noose; a snare for catch- 
ing birds. See PanE.e. 

2. A going ; a passing on ; a journey ; a 
course. 

He-te-a, v. To put a noose around the 
head of a shark; i helea ka o kai o ka lani. 

He-ue1, adj. Inflamed; opened, as the 
eye, so as to turn the lid out; he maka 
helei, an inflamed eye. 

He-.E1, v. To open or spread open, as 
the legs; to straddle. See KunELEL A 
specific word, and rather indelicate. 

2. To say no by a signal, that is, by pull- 
ing down one corner of the eye slily. 

He-.e-v, s. A vulgar word for the welu 
used in wiping the fundament. 

He-.e-u-ma, s. Hele, to move, and uma, 
to grasp. 

1. The stone anciently used as an anchor 
to hold a canoe. 

2. In modern times, an anchor of a ves- 
sel; aole i kuu ka heleuma o ka moku, the 
anchor of the ship was not let down. Fig. 
Heb. 6:19. 

He-LE-HE-LE, v. See Here. To go 
through; hence, to cut up; to divide asun- 
der, as with a knife or shears. See MAHELE. 


HE-LE-HE-LE-NA, Ss. The external ap- 
pearance of a person, his form, contour ; 
especially the face of a person. Jak. 1:23. 
With maka, the appearance of the face. 
Dan. 10:6. Helehelena 0 ka poino, face of 
sadness. Laieik. 142. 


HeE-LE-Ho-nu-A, v. Hele and honua, pre- 
ceding ; going before. To precede; to go 
before ; to do previously. 


HEL 


HE-LE-HO-Nu-A, v. Hele,a noose or snare, 
and honua, adv. To tie; to bind; to en- 
tangle ; to catch in a snare or net. 

He-Le-ki-Ka-HA, v. Hele and kikaha. 

1. To act in ignorance of what is doing ; 
to walk in obscurity. 

2. To wander a long way off; a pro- 
verbial expression, mai noho a helekikaha 
aku, act not without object. See Krkana. 

He-.eE-x1-k1, v. Hele and kiki. See Kixt. 
To act hastily ; to do quickly; to go in a 
hurry. 

He-xe-1e1, v. Hele and lei, to throw 
away. 

1. To scatter, as any small articles; to 

spill, as water. 

2. To distill, as dew, i. e., to fall upon 
one, as music or a speech. Kanl. 32:2. 

3. To slaver with one’s spittle. 1 Sam. 
21:13. 

4. To scatter, i. e., to fall, as seed sown. 
Mat. 13:4. Hoo. To cast or throw away, &c. 

.Hz-Le-1e1, adj. Scattered; dropping or 

falling, as tears; halawai oia me kana 
keiki me ka waimaka helelei, she met with 
her son with flowing tears. 

2. Broken or crumbled, so as to separate. 
fos. 9:12. Crumbling, as dirt; he lepo 
helelei. 

HE-LE-PE-LA, v. imperat. Hele and pela, 
thus ; so. 

1. Be gone; be off; get out; go just as 
you are; often more full; thus, e hele loa 
pela, get you gone clear away. 

2. Hoo. To cast out; to throw away; 
to drive off. 

HeE-LE-wa-Le, v. Hele and wale, in the 
condition one is in naturally. See Wag. 

1. To go about destitute of clothing ; to 
be naked. 

2. To be poor; destitute of comforts. 
See Immune. . 

3. To go or be anywhere without any 
fixed purpose ; helewale mai nei an, I hap- 
pened to come along here. Nore.—The 
words are often written separately. 


He-u-v, v. To face about; a military 
term. See Hativ. 

He-to, s. Name of a species of whor- 
tleberry, of a reddish brown color ; gener- 
ally written ohelo ; hence 

HeE-Lo-HE-Lo, adj. Red as the ohelo 
berry ; reddish brown. 

He-to-HE-Lo, v. To be red like the ohelo. 

He-tu, v. ‘To scratch the earth, as a 
hen; to dig potatoes with the fingers; to 
paw the ground, as an angry bull. 

2. To count; to number; to compute; 
to reckon up the sum of numbers. Puk. 
30:12. 

3. To reckon in favor of one or against 
him ; to impute. Oihk. 7:18. 


157 


HEM 


4. To tell; to relate; to recount some 
past transaction. 2 Nal. 8:4. 
He-tv, s. The seeds of the puakala. 
2. Shot used in shooting birds. 

He-tv, adv. Reciting or proclaiming 
the virtues of a deceased person; alaila, 
uwe helu mai la ia, penei, a uwe helu iho la. 
Laieik. 50. 

He-tv-ai, s. The office of a person en- 
gaged in the play of kilu; a lalau mai ka 
heluai i ke kilu. 


He-.u-1, adj. Pass. of helu. That which 


is counted or reckoned in. Nah. 7:2. 
He-tv-1a’na, s. See Hetv. Heluia and 
ana, a number; a numbering. The being 
numbered. 1 Qihl. 27:1. 
He-Lvu-HE-Lv, v. To read; to con over 
_ and over; to read in or from a book. 
2. To recount; to make mention of some 
past transaction. 2 Nal. 23:2. 


He-tu-na, s. Helu and ana. Gram.§ 34. 


1. A numbering, counting, &c.; hence, 

2. A number, i.e., the result of counting. 
Hoik. 13:18. Ua like ka heluna o konamau 
niho me ko ka lio, the number of his teeth 
is like that of a horse. 

He-Lvu-Ho-1-KE, s. Helu and hoike, to 
show. An arithmeticon, a frame with 
strings of counters, used as an aid in soly- 
ing questions in arithmetic; a modern word. 

He-ma, adj. Left; applied to two op- 
posite things; as, lima hema, the left hand, 
in distinction from lima akau, the right 
hand; welau hema (in geography), the south 
pole ; opposed to welau akau, the north 
pole; kanaka lima hema, a left-handed man. 
Iunk. 3:15. Note.—In marking the car- 
dinal points of the compass, a Hawaiian 
will place himself back to the east and his 
face to the west; hence, his right indicates 
the north and his left the south. 

He-ma-HE-ma, adj. See Hema. Left- 
handed ; hence, 

2. Awkward, as a left-handed man; un- 
skillful ; inexpert. 

3. Hoo. Dull of apprehension; ignorant. 
Rom. 1:31. 

4. Wanting ; lacking; destitute. Oihk. 
22:23. 


He-ma-HE-mA, v. See Hema. ‘To be des- 
titute of ; to want. Kanl. 15:8. I makan- 
kau ko oukou hoi ana, aole e hemahema, 
that you may be supplied on your return 
and not be destitute. 

2. Hoo. To make destitute ; to deprive 
of; pehea kakou e hoohemahema nei i ko 
kakou ola? how are we depriving ourselves 
of our living? 

He-ma-HE-mA, s. Want; need; neces- 
sity. 

He-mo, v. To loosen; to untie, as a 
rope ; to cast off. 


HEM 


158 


HEW 


SNORE NIELS Neier tere rr 
2. To come out; move away; depart;/Hg-na, s. The hollow of the thigh. 


to turn off, as a tenant; to dispossess of 
one’s land. 

3. To loosen, i. e., to sail, as a vessel; to 
set sail. 

4. To break loose from restraint or con- 
finement; to break overaboundary. Puk. 
19:21. 

5. To break off a habit; to wean, as a 
child ; i hemo ke keiki i ka waiu, let the 
child be broken off from the milk, i. e., 
weaned. 

6. Hoo. To loosen, &c.; to put away, 
i. e., divorce, as married persons ; he wa- 
hine i hoohemoia. See Oxi and Hooxt. 

He-mo, s. A loosening; a separation of 
things once united; ua like ka hemo me ka 
makili. ‘ 

He-mo, adj. Loose; separating. 

He-mo-r, adj. Hemo and e, strangely, 
i.e., very much. Faint; hungry; gasping; 
near dissolution of soul and body; dying ; 
hemoe ke aho, the breath is very loose. See 
E, ad). 

He-mo-HE-mo, v. Freq. of hemo. To 
loosen often or very much. 

2. To be weak from fear; to be unfast- 
ened. 

3. Hoo. To take away; to separate ; to 
take off. Puk. 14:25. 
He-mo-HE-mo, s. A separating; a going 

off ; a loosening. 

HeE-Mo-LE-A-LE-A, v. Hemo and lea, joy; 
cheerfulness. To consent cheerfully to 
one’s going for, or doing a thing; to bid 
him God speed; ka ae pono ia aku; ka 
hele ana aku me ka pono. 

He-mo-LE-LE, v. Hemo, to loosen, and 
lele, to jump or fly off; to be separate from 
some other thing ; hence, 

1. In a natural sense (the defect of a 
thing is supposed to have been separated), 
to be complete ; perfect ; fully finished. 

2. In a moral sense, to break or separate 
from what is wrong or evil. Kamnl. 26:19. 
In this passage the lele is evidently used as 
the intensive of hemo, i.e., to be entirely 
separated. Oihk. 19:2. 

3. To be perfect; lacking nothing; com- 
pleted, as a work. 1 Joan. 2:5. Also in a 
moral sense. ol. 4:12. 

4. To be perfect in moral rectitude. 1 

Val. 8:61. To be holy; perfect. 1 Pet. 1:15. 

5: Hoo. To perfect; to finish. Ezek. 27:4. 

He-mo-Le-Le, s. The perfection of a 
thing. 

2. Virtue; holiness. Oth. 3:12. A sepa- 
ration from what is evil; goodness; a state 
of glory. 

He-mo-1e-Le, adj. Perfect; faultless ; 
holy ; complete. Hal. 139:22. 

E-MU, v. To scare or drive away, as 
fowls, pigs, &c. 


Kin. 32:25. 
of a person. 
kauha intestine. 
veneris. 

He-Na-HE-NA, v. See HENEHENE. 

He-na-Lu, v. See HEENALUv. 

He-ne, s. A bundle, as of potatoes or 
other things done up for carrying. See 
KIHENE. 

He-ne, v. To laugh at; to mock; to 
deride. See HENEHENE. 

HeE-NE-HE-NE, v. To laugh in derision; 
to mock ; to treat a person or thing with 
contempt. 

2. To cast off and forsake as worthless or 
contemptible. 

3. To be secretly pleased when another 
falls ; applied to wicked men when a good 
man falls into sin. Sol. 25:10. With the 
passive hencheneia, to be the subject of rid- 
icule. 1 Nal. 9:7. 

4, Hoo. To laugh scornfully; to reproach. 
Isa. 37:22. E henehene mai ka make ia 
lakou, death mocks them. 

He-nE-HE-NE-1A, S. Mockery; contempt. 
2 Oihl. 29:8. Superciliousness ; haughti- 
ness. 

HE-NE-HE-NE, adj. Disdainful; foolish; 
insipid ; aka, i ka poe hewa, he mea hene-— 
hene ia e lakou ka nani o ke Akua. 

He-ni-po-a, adj. See Nipoa. Feeble ; 
debilitated ; weak. 

He-nu, v. To anoint, &c. See Hinv. 

He-Nvu-HE-NU, v. See Hinuninu. Tobe 
smooth ; to be polished. 

2. To be shining. 

HE-NU-HE-NU, adj. Shining; glittering; 
polished. 

He-pa, s. A shaking of the limbs; the 
palsy ; a sitting in silence. 

He-pa, adj. Mischievous; false; lazy; 
nani ke kanaka hepa. 


He-pa-HE-PA, adj. A person so diseased 
that he cannot help himself; applied to the 
palsy. 

He-pa-no-a, adj. See Panoa. Dry and 


parched, as land. 


He-pu-E, s. See Pur. A pushing on or 
along; the rapid flow of a current. 


He-wa, v. To be wrong; to be in the 
wrong ; to act or to be in error. 

2. To sin, i. e., to go contrary to right 5 
to transgress. Jsa.43:27. To be viciously 
inclined. 

3. Hoo. To accuse; to find fault with ; 
to complain. See AHEWA. 

4. To condemn ; to reprove. 

5. To be under a curse ; to be accursed. 
Kin. 3:17. 


The buttock; the nakedness 
Isa. 47:3. The place of the 
Anat. 52. The mons 


eo 


HIA 


He-wa, s. Error; wrong; sin; vice ; 
oftén connected with ino and hala. Puk. 
34:7. 

2. The fruit or consequence of sin, i. e., 
punishment; overthrow. Lunk. 20:41. He 
mau hewa lele wale, little vices that spring 
up of themselves and are not punished. 


He-wa, adj. Wrong; improper; sinful; | 


wicked. 

He-wa, adv. Erroneously; wrongfully; 
hele hewa, to go wrong; to miss the right 
way. Fic. To commit sin. 

He-wa-He-wa, v. See Hewa, to be 
wrong. To make a mistake; to commit an 
error ; mostly used in the causative. 

2. Hoo. To forget one’s appearance or 
name. 

3. To mistake one person for another. 

4, To be deranged in mind; to be silent 
and unsociable through alienation of mind. 

He-wa-HeE-wa, s. A mistake of one per- 
son or thing for another. 

2. Derangement of mind from sickness. 
3. Sullen silence. 

He-wa-HE-wa, adj. Crazy; unsound in 
mind; mad. Jer. 29:26. 

HeE-se-po-ma, s. Gr. A term or space 
of seven days; a week; a space of seven 
years. Kin. 29:37. 

He-se-ra, s. Heb. A Hebrew; a man 
of the Hebrew race. Kin. 14:13. One of 
the descendants of Abraham; mostly used 
as an adjective. 

He-zBe-RA, adj. Hebrew ; pertaining to 
the Hebrew people. Puk. 21:2. Also per- 
taining to the Hebrew language. Luk. 
33:38. 

He-RE-E-KE-LA, s. Eng. Herschel; the 
planet of that name. See Astronomia. 

Hi, v. To droop; to be weak. 

2. To flow away, as the contents of the 
bowels in a dysentery ; to purge. 

3. To blow out with force any liquid from 
the mouth. 

H1, s. A flowing away}; a purging, as 
in dysentery. 

2. The name of the disease called dysen- 
tery ; he hi ka mai. 

3. A hissing sound, as the rapid flow of 
a liquid ; hikoko, a bloody fluxs Oih. 28:8. 
See Hixoxo. 

Hr-a, v. To rub two sticks one upon 
another to obtain fire. See Avrima and 
AvunauHI. E hanai ke ahi me ka annahi, a 
maluna iho ka aulima, alaila kuolo me ka 
anai ana i mea e ai ke ahi. 

2. To reflect; to think. 

3. To run about as wild; to strut about. 

4. To entangle; to catch, as in a net; 
eha aii ka upena. 

Hr-a, s. A reflecting; the act of think- 
ing. 


159 


HIA 


2. The person who catches or entangles 
fish in a net. 

Hi-a, adj. Roving; unsteady; also en- 
tangled. 

Hi-a. The passive termination of many 

verbs instead of ia; as, pauhia for pauia. 

Gram. § 48. 

I-a-A, v. To lie awake; to be sleep- 

less ; restless while attempting or wishing 

to sleep ; e hiaa ana no kona aloha, he was 

wakeful on account of his love. Laieik. 205. 

See Unvuxu 2. 

2. To be absent from one, as sleep; to 
be sleepless, as one troubled in mind. 
Dan. 2:1. 

Hi-a-a, adj. Sleepless; desiring to 
sleep, but cannot. 

Hi-a-ar, s. Strong desire; a desire which 
keeps one awake during the time of sleep ; 
applied to the mind; o ka hiaai o ka naan. 

Hi-a-ui-a, v. See Hie and Hiente. To 
be honorable; to be honored; noble; to 
be respected. 

Hi-a-u1-a, v. See H1a, to rub two sticks 
for fire. To obtain fire by rubbing two 
sticks. 

H1-a-u1-a, s. Goodness; honor; nobility. 

Hi-a-ui-a, adj. Fading; transitory ; 
soon done. 

Hi-a-Ka, v. ‘To recite legends or fabu- 
lous stories. See HiraKka. 

Hi-a-xa, s. The recitation of legends. 

2. A particular kind of mele or song. 

3. The company of gods belonging to 
Pele; among the class called akuanoho. 
Hi-a-xu, s. Name ofa place in the sea 
beyond the kaiuli, and inside the kohola. 

2. The name of the fish caught in such a 
place. 

Hi-a-na, v. Hoo. Lam. Haw. 16:4,3. To 
be greedy of food; to eat largely of all 
kinds of food. 

H1-a-mo-£, v. Hi, to droop, a, until, and 
moe, to prostrate. 

1. To lie asleep; to sleep; to fall asleep. 
2. Fic. To rest in sleep; e hiamoe i ka 
make, to sleep in death, i. e., to be dead. 

1 Nal. 15:8. To die. Kanl. 31:16. 

3. To fall prostrate, as if asleep. Dan. 
18 


Hi-a-mo-E, s. Sleep; deep sound sleep; 

rest in sleep. Syy. with moe. Sol. 6:10. 
2. Hiamoe, the sloth, an animal of South 
America. 

Hi-a-po, s. The first born of parents. 
See Makaniapo. Panina, the youngest 
child, or muwlihope ; first of several children. 
Neh. 10:36. In opposition to mulihope; me 
ka leo o na keiki hiapo, aole me ka leo o 
na keiki mulihope. 

2. The first born of animals as well as of 


Hil 


men. Puk. 12:12. Hiapo is also opposed 
to muli or muli loa. Tos. 6:26. 

Hi-z, v. To be good; excellent; grand; 
used mostly in compounds. 

Hi-e-H1-E, v. To be excellent or good 
in appearance ; maikai loa ke nana aku. 

2. Hoo. To show a splendid appearance; 
hence, 

3. To be proud; self dignified; haughty. 

4. To be regardless of others; to act 
shamelessly or unseemly. 1 Kor. 13:5. 

H1-s-n1-E, s. Hoo. Dignity in appear- 
ance ; honor. 

2. Pride; haughtiness ; overbearing con- 
duct. 

H1-8-n1-£, adj. Neat; tidy; good; lively. 

2. Proud ; haughty ; 0 na mea hoohiehie 
ame na mea lealea. 

Hr-e-na, s. Eng. Ahyena. Lam. Haw. 
22:1, 2; Ler. 12:9. Nore.—This last refer- 
ence is not hyena in English. 

Hi-e-na, s. Name of a species of stone, 
soft and porous. 


Hu, v. To lift up; to bear upon the 
hips and support with the arms, as a child; 
to hold, as a child on the knees. Isa. 66:12. 
To carry in the arms and on the bosom; 
ike ae la oia i ke kaikamahine e hiiia mai 
ana. Laieik. 10. To nurse; to tend, asa 
child. Kanik. 2:22. 


Hi-a-Ka, s. A general name of the gods 
of volcanoes. See Hiaka. O Hiiaka ke 
akua i hookale mai i ke koko ma ke pooo 
kona kahu. 

Hu-kau, v. See Hixav. To throw, as 
a stone at a person or thing; hiikau akula 
na kanaka i ka pobaku, the men threw 
stones at them; similar,to now. 

Hu-xa-La, s. Name of a species of fish- 
hook. 

Hn-na-ni, v. Hii, to lift up, and dani, 
on high. 

1. To nurse or take care of, as an infant 
chief. 

2. To exalt; to praise ; to admire. 
Hoowant and Hoonanr. Hal. 117:1. 

3. To admire and obey, as a servant does 
his master. 


Hu-.a-ni, s. Praise; exaltation; defer- 
ence paid to one dignified. 
Hu-pa-xa, v. Aole no ia e hitpaka o ka 
wahine ke kane waiwai. 
Hu-po-1, ». Hii and poi, to protect. 
1. To tend and feed, as a young child. 
2. To feed and defend, as a chief does his 
people. Oih. 13:18. 
3. To take in the arms, as a child. Mar. 


7:36. To carry in the bosom, as a child. 
Nah. 11:12. 


4. To take care of and provide for gen- 


See 


160 


We wi 

HIU 
erally ; spoken of God’s care of men; ke 
hiipoi mai nei ke Akua ia kakou. 

Hu-puv-puv. See Hiruuruv. 

H1-0, v. To lean over; to slant; to in- 
cline from a perpendicular ; hence, 

2. To be one-sided ; to swing to and fro. 

3. To lean upon; to trust in. Jsa. 30:12. 

4. Towander. Hoo. To cause to wander. 
Jer. 48:12. Mea hoohio, a wanderer. 

Hi-o, s. A slanting wind, i. e., a wind 
down a hill. 

2. The inside corner of a (grass) house, 
i. e., slanting two ways. 

3. A howling confused noise. 

4. The comb of a cock. 

5. Eructatio ventris. 

Hi-o, adj. Leaning; oblique; kaha hio; 
any line which is not parallel, nor perpen- 
dicular, nor horizontal, ishio. Ana. Hon. 4. 

Hi-o-o-Le, s. With stability; firmness. 
Lir. Without leaning ; me ka haipule mau 
ike Akua me ka hioole. 

Hi-o-n1-0, v. To draw the breath into 
the mouth, as one eating a hot potato; 
hence, 

2. To eat in a hurry. 

Hi-o-u1-0, s. Name of a species of fish- 
hook. 

Hi-o-u1-0, adj. Bright red; ula hiohio. 

Hi-o-La-nI, v. To.lie stretched out with 
laziness; to sit at ease, as a chief; to be in 
a posture of thought; e pio na wawae, e 
lele pio. 

Hr1-o-u1-0-na, s. Hio and ana, the lean- 
ing. The features of a person; his peculiar 
gait ; the form, external appearance. Isa. 
52:14. Face; presence. Syn. with helehe- 
lena. 

Hi-o-Lo, v. Hé, flowing, and olo, to vi- 
brate. 

1. To tumble down, as a wall. Jos. 6:20. 
To fall over, as a house. 

2. To stumble or fall down, as a horse. 

3. To roll away, i. e., pass away in for- 
getfulness ; i ole e hioloia kona inoa. 

4, To become useless or void. 

5. Hoo. To throw down; to overthrow ; 
to destroy, as a fortification. 2 Nal. 25:10. 

6. To make void ; to set aside, as a law. 
Rom. 3:31. 

Hi-o-Lo, s. A tumbling down; a sliding 
away ; a falling over. 

Hi-o-wa, s. Personal appearance; face, 
countenance, &c. See Hiontona. Anat. 5. 

Hi-v, v. To seize; to grasp hold of, as 
a rope. 

2. To throw a stone with violence. 

3. To be wild; untamed, as an animal. 

4. To cry, as a sailor does in pulling a 
rope; hence, 

5. To haul down a ship for repairs. 

6. To practice sorcery. 


HI 


7. To move the hiu (see the s.) in playing 
konane, a game. 

Hi-v, s. The tail of a fish, but not syn. 
with huelo. 

2. The practice of sorcery. 

3. The name of the counter or iliili used 
in playing konane or konene ; ina he hiu, 
a he aneo paha, a he lalani, a he punikibi 
paha, aia no i ko laua mau lunamanao. 

Hi-v-a, adj. He mea ula hiua; name of 
a game played on a board of four squares. 

Hi-v-ni-v, v. See Hiv. To practice sor- 
cery. 

2. To play the game konane. 

Hi-u-ma-Lo-Lo, s. Hiw and malolo, the 
flying-fish. The tail of the flying-fish. 

Hi-v-wal, s. The name of the ceremony 
of bathing in cold water in the worship of 
some of the gods. 

Hi-n1, v. ‘To branch or spread out, as 
vines, or as the limbs of a tree; to grow 
thick together ; ka pikopiko, ua hihi; hihi 
pea ka lewa. Laieilc. 168. 

2. To be satisfied ; to have enough. 

Hi-u1, s. The running, spreading out, 
the entwining or creeping of vines, or a 
thick growth of vegetation. 

2. A cause of entangling ; an offense; a 
cause of offense. Nots.—This last sense 
mostly in the form hihia. 

Hi-u1, adj. Thick together, as grass; 
as vines; as men. 

Hr-nti-a, v. That is, hihiia, pass. of hihi. 
To be perplexed ; entangled, either phys- 
ically or morally. 

2. To be in a state of difficulty or per- 
plexity. 

3. To be lost by going astray ; to turn 
this way and that for relief. 

4. To be offended. 

5. Hoo. To entangle ; to be the cause of 
trouble. Puk. 10:7. 

6. To be entangled ; to be led asiray ; 
to be the cause of evil to one. 

7. To entrap one in his speech; to be 
offended. 

Hi-ui-a, s. A difficulty; a thing per- 
plexed ; a cause of trouble. 

2. A thicket of forest; ka hihia paa o ka 
nahele. JLaieik. 94. 

Hi-ni-a, adj. Difficult ; perplexing ; 
troublesome. 

Hi-nt-a-Lov, s. Name of a plant with 
small yellow flowers. 

Hi-n1-a-wal, s. The name of a plant 
sometimes eaten for food. 

2. The name of a species of fish. 

Hi-n1-0, v. See Hio. To sleep; to fall 
asleep. 

2. To dream; e paa ka maka a ike ka 
uhane, to shut the eyes and see with the 
soul, that is, to have a vision. Hoik. 1:10. 


161 


HIK 


3. To fall asleep again after waking. 

4. To sleep soundly. 

5. To blow; to rush violently, as a strong 
wind. See Puantounto. 

Hi-ut-o, s. A vision. Kin. 15:1. A 
dream. 

Hi-ni-v, v. See Hiv 3. Tobe wild; un- 
tamed, a8 an animal; to be wild and sav- 
age, as men. 

2. To mistake in speaking, as one un- 
taught. 

Hi-n1-v, adj. Wild; untamed; strange; 
unfriendly; unsocial; often applied to ani- 
mals that have been once tamed, but have 
become wild. Hihiu is the opposite of laka, 
tame. Na holoholona hihiw ame na holo- 
holona laka ; he ilio hihiw hae, a wolf. 

Hi-ni-Ka-e-KA, v. To tangle up, as a 
rope or string ; to tangle, as the hair; ua 
hihia na mea a pau, ua hihikaeka ma ka leo 
mana ; to tangle or perplex one in speak- 
ing. 

Hi-n1-ma-nu, s. Name ofa large, broad, 
soft living creature found in the sea; it 
was forbidden to women to eat under pen- 
alty of death. See Inmmanv. 


Hi-u1-wat, s. The name of a four-footed 
animal living in the sea. 

Hi-xau, v. To throw stones at one. See 
Huxavu. Hikau is perhaps the best orthog- 
raphy. 

Hi-xa-u-H1, adv. To no purpose; of no 
use, &c.; aia ko’u waa hikauvhi ma Molokai; 
hikauhi oe a holo e ka moku; hele a hika- 
uhi. 

Hi-xa-ka, v. To stagger; to reel in 
walking, as a drunken man. Jsa. 19:14. 
To stagger, as @ man carrying a heavy 
burden. 

2. To wander ; to go astray. Isa. 47:15. 

3. Hoo. To cause to stagger, i. e., to walk 
in darkness. Job. 12:25. 

Hi-Ka-ka, adj. Staggering ; walking 
unsteadily. 

Hi-ka-Ka, adj. Bent round; curved; 
crooked. 

Hi-KA-Pa-LA-LE, s. A word used in the 
kaki or namu, unintelligible except to those 
taught. 

H1-x1, v. To come to; to arrive at, as 
connected with mai or aku. 

2. To be able to do a thing; to accom- 
plish a purpose; to prevail. Hiki is often 
used with other verbs as a kind of helping 
verb. Gram. § 171. 

3. Hoo. To cause to come; to bring 
forth ; to produce. Puk. 8:3. 

4. To take an oath; to affirm a thing or 
an event as true. 

5. To call or give a name to. Mat. 
22:43, 45. To name or speak of with ap- 
probation. pes. 5:3. 


HIK 


162 


HIL 


6. To mention in one’s prayers. Pilem.4.| H1-K1-wa-weE, v. Hiki and wawe, quick. 


7. To vow ; to consecrate ; to set apart ; 
to promise a thing especially to a god; to 
set apart as sacred. 1 Sam. 1:11. Hoohiki 
ino, to desecrate ; to treat with contempt ; 
hoohiki wahahee, to swear falsely ; to take 
a false oath. See Hoourki, s. Hiki wale, 
to happen; to come by chance. 

Hi-x1-a-Lo-a-Lo, adj. The rising and 
coming to the zenith, as the full moon; i 
ka mahina hikialoalo. 

Hi-x1-E-£, v. To approach to; to draw 
near. 

2. To bridge over a stream. 

Hi-x1-g-£, s. An approach of one; a 
coming near to. 

2. A bridge over a stream. 

3. A raised platform for sleeping ; a sort 
of bedstead or couch; a place for a bed. 
Puk. 17:28. 

Hi-ku, v. To tie; to fasten by tying; 
to bind, as a person. Kin. 22:9. To bind, 
as a prisoner ; to tie, as a rope or cord to 
anything. Jos.2:18 and 21. See Naku. To 
bind on, as a sandal; to tie up, as a purse. 

Hi-xu, s. A binding; a tying; a fasten- 
ing. 

Hi-xu-xu, v. See Hixu. Totie; to bind 
strongly. Mat. 27:2. 

Hi-xi-xu, s. Hiki and ku, to rise. The 
place of the sun’s rising; poetically, the 
east. See Hikina. 

Hi-x1-Le-Le, v. Hiki and lele, to jump; 
to fly. 

1. To wake suddenly from sleep. 
29:8. To wake with affright. 

2. To jump or start suddenly from sur- 
prise or fear. 

3. To do a thing suddenly and in haste ; 
to be weak with fear from any event. in. 
42:28. 

4. Hoo. To wake up a person from sleep. 
Isa. 29:8. 

5. To come by surprise, as one army 
upon another. Jos. 11:7. 


Isa. 


Hi-x1-Le-Le, s. A sudden coming upon; |: 


arising up quickly ; a sudden fright. 
Hi-x1-Le-Le, adv. Hoo. Quickly ; sud- 
denly. Isa. 47:11. 


Hi-x1-mo-r, s. Hiki and moe, to lie down. 
Poetical name of the west; place of (the 
sun’s) lying down. 

Hi-xi-na, s. Hiki and ana, participial 
termination. The full form is, ka hiki ana 
(a ka la), the coming (of the sun), i. e., the 
east; the place of the sun’s rising. L/al. 
50:1. 

Hi-xi-wa, adj. The eastern; ma ka aoao 
hikina o Hawaii, on the eastern side of 
Hawaii. 


Hi-xi-na, adv. Eastwardly. 1 Nal. 17:3. 


To do quickly ; to be quick or smart in 
doing a thing. Hoo. To cause quickness ; 
to make dispatch. 

Hi-xi-wa-we, adv. Quickly; speedily; 
without delay. 

Hi-x1-wa-Le, adv. Hiki and wale, 
merely. What has happened; come by 
chance ; without design. 

Hi-x1-wi, v. See Kiwi. To crook; to 
bend. 

Hi-xo-xo, s. Hit and koko, blood. A flow- 
ing of blood; specifically applied to a dis- 
ease of the anus called emerods. Kamnl. 
28:27. A dysentery ; a bloody flux. 


Hi-Kxo-n1, s. Name of a servant marked 
in the forehead; 0 ka poe kauwa i hoailo- 
naia ma ka lae, ua kapaia he kauwa hikoni. 

Hi-xu, adj. The seventh in order; i ka 
hiku oka malama. Oihk. 16:29; Gram. § 
115, 2,4. As a cardinal, seven. 

Hi-xu-1-xu, s. A noise; confusion by 
many voices. 

Hi-ta, v. Not yet found in this single 
form. See the double forms and Hoo. 

Hi-tat, adj. A word used in the prayers 
of the ancients, meaning not very clear. 
See LANAHILAI. 

Hi-ta-ni-La, v. To be ashamed; to be 
put in confusion; to be ashamed of. 2 Nal. 
2k. 

2. Hoo. To cause shame; 
ashamed. 

3. To have that quick agitation which 
arises from shame ; confasion, suffusion of 
the face. 

Hr-xa-n1-La, s. Shame; a blushing of 
the face ; confusion attendant on shame. 

Hr-ta-n1-La, adj. Ashamed. 

Hi-La-H1-La, adv. Shamefully. 

Hi-na-ta, v. To bend; to crook; to 
bend from a straight line. See Hrxtwi. 

Hr-Le-a, adj. Lazy; indolent; doing 
nothing. 

H1-u1, v. To braid; to plait, as a wreath; 
to braid, as the hair. 1 Pet. 3:3. To string, 
as kukui nuts; e Aili knkui. 

2. To turn over and over, asin braiding; 
to twist; to spin; to tie on, as Hawaiians 
formerly tied or braided their kois on to 
the handles. 

3. To deviate from the path in traveling; 
to wander here and there. Sol. 15:22. To 
miss one’s way. 

4. To droop; to flag. See Mio and Wi. 

5. To smite, as with a sword or the hand. 


Hi-u1, s. A general name for barks 
used in dyeing ; as, hili kolea, hili koa, &c. 
2. A black dye for coloring kapas made 

of kolea bark. 


to make 


HIL 


3. The principle of tanning in koa and 
other barks. i 
Hi-1i, adj. Turning; wandering aside. 
Hr-ui-au, v. Hili and au, current. To 
wander; to go astray morally; to do wrong; 
he ikaika hiliau, strong to do evil. 
Hi-u1-r-£, s. A shrub having a power- 
ful stimulant corrosive bark. See ILmene. 
Hi-ui-ov, s. A square braid of eight 
straws. 


2. A sickness of the bowels ; sickness of 


the stomach ; fullness of the stomach. 

Hr-ti-v, s. The voice of a shell or trum- 
pet; the sound of one blowing a wind in- 
strument. 

Hi-ur-n1-11, v. See Hi, coloring barks. 
To color or dye red, or any dark color. 
Hi-u1-n1-11, adj. Red or brown in color; 

shaded ; dark. 
Hi-u1-n1-L1-Ho-nu, adj. Rich; wealthy. 
Hi-ur-kau, v. To accuse much, and 
falsely ; to say and unsay. — 
Hi-u1-Kav, adj. Tripping in one’s walk; 
stumbling. 
2. Varying in one’s story ; e lauwili, e 
lalau. 
3. Walking cross-legged. 
Hi-11-wa-E-nv, s. The name of a Hawai- 
jan month; the tenth month of the Hawai- 
ian calendar. 
Hi-ui-wai, v. Hii and zai, to strive for. 
1. To lean upon; to lean against. Dunk. 
16:26. 
‘ 2 To trust in; to have confidence in 
one’s word. 2 Nal. 18:19, 20. 
Hi-1i-na, s. Trust; confidence; a lean- 
ing against or upon. 
2. What is leaned upon, as a table; a 
bed or place for reclining. 
Hi-ti-na-ma, s. Name of the ninth 
month among Hawaiians. 


Hi-u-nr-nv, s. Name of the eleventh 
Hawaiian month. 

Hi-.i-no-nv, s. The name of the eighth 
month. 

Hi-Lo, v. To twist, as a string on the 
thigh; to twist with the thumb and fingers. 

2. To spin; to turn, as in twisting. See 
Hit, Mixo, Win, &e. 

Hi-Lo, s. The name of the first night in 
which the new moon can be seen, as it is 
like a twisted thread ; 0 hilo ka po mua no 
ka puahilo ana o ka mahina. 

2. An issue; a running sore. Oihk. 
15:2, 3. 
Hi-to, adj. Spun; twisted. Puk. 26:1. 
Iwi hilo. Anat. 16. 


Hi-to-HI-Lo, v. See Hino, v. To wan- 
der here and there in telling a story ; to 


163 





HIN 


lengthen a speech by mentioning little cir- 
cumstances. 
2. To make nice oratorical language. 


Hi-Lo-n1-Lo, s. The sweet juice of the 


ki root, especially when there is but little 
and very sweet. 


Hi-tu, s. Name of a species of fish, 


spotted, variegated with colors. 


Hi-tv, adj. Still; quiet; reserved; dig- 


nified ; a word of commendation ; hilu ka 
noho ana o mea. 

2. Neat; elegant; powerful; magnificent. 

Hi-Lu-n1-Lu, s. See Hitv. The excel- 
lent; the glorious; the powerful. 

Hi-.v-n1-Lv, adj. Excellent; nice; beau- 
tiful. 

Hi-me-n1, s. Eng. from Gr. A hymn; 
a song in sacred worship; a mele in praise 
of Iehova. 2 Oihl. 29:28. 

Hi-me-n1, v. Eng. from Gr. To hymn; 
to sing a hymn. 

Hi-na, v. To lean from an upright posi- 
tion. 

2. To fall; to fall down, as a house. 

3. To fall morally, as a person from a 
state of uprightness ; to relapse or decline 
from a state of rectitude. 

4, To offend; to be offended. Joan. 16:1. 

5. Hoo. To slant over; to throw down, 
asa person. wk. 4:35. 

Hi-na, s. A leaning; a falling; a caus- 
ing to fall; a stumbling. 

Hi-na, s. Heb. A hin, a Hebrew meas- 
ure. Puk. 29:40. 

Hi-na, s. Name of a goddess. See Hina- 
HELE below. 

Hi-na, adj. Gray; hoary; applied to 
the head ; oho hina. Kin. 44:29. Gray, as 
the beard ; he umiumi hina. 

Hi-na-a-Le, s. A species of small fish. 


HI-NA-A-LO, s. The blossoms of the 

HI-NA-Lo, hala fruit; the leaves which 
inclose the hala fruit. 

HI-NA-A-Lo, t adj. Aromatic ; fragrant, 

Hi-NaA-Lo, as the fruit and blossoms of 
the hala tree. 

Hi-nar, s. A container braided out of 
the ie and other materials; a basket. Oikk. 
8:2. 

Hi-NAI-A-E-LE-E-LE, 5S. 
seventh Hawaiian month. 

Hi-nal-po-E-po-E, s. A round basket; a 
basket braided around a calabash ; hinai- 
hooluulun. 

Hi-NA-HE-LE, s. Often called simply 
Hina; the goddess of fishes, mother of 
Aiaiakuula; Hinahele laua o Kuula na ’kua 
lawaia, mai Hawaii a Niihau. 


Name of the 


Hi-na-HI-Na, adj. Gray; grayish. 


2. Withered, as fruit ready to fall. 


aie HIP 


Hi-NA-KU-LAI-NA, v. See Hina and Kv- 
LAINA, to push over. To partially fall down. 

Hi-na-Ku-Lu-1-ua, s. Hina, goddess, 
keulu, to drop, as rain, and ua, rain. The 
goddess of rain; has two sisters, viz. : 
Hinakealii and Hookuipaele. 

Hi-na-Le-a, s. A species of fish. 

Hi-na-te-a, adj. Applied to a basket 
for catching fish ; hinai hinalea. 

H1-NaA-LE-a, v. To blow from aft, as 
wind favorable for sailing. 

Hi-na-Lu, adj. Hina, gray, and lit, very 
little. Very little gray, as the hair; whitish. 

Hi-na-Lu, s. The name of a person 
(chief) in whose time there occurred a uni- 
versal deluge or kai a ka Hinalii; hence 
kaiakahinalii is at present used for the 
flood of Noah. Kin. 6:17. See also ke kai 
aka Hulumanu. 

Hi-na-to, s. The leaves inclosing the 
hala fruit. See Hinaano. 

2. The flowers of the hala tree. 

Hi-na-mo-E, s. Hina, to fall, and moe, 
to lie down. A place of death; often ap- 
plied to the volcano. 

Hi-wa-na, s. Name of a very small fish, 
the young of the oopu. 

Hi-nA-wE-Na-weE, adj. Thin; spindling; 
slender. See Unrat. 

Hi-ne, adj. Strutting; proud of one’s 
appearance. 

Hi-n1, v. To be small; thin; feeble. 


Hi-ni-i-n1, s. See Hint. Speaking in 
a small, thin voice; a whispering; hane- 
hane. 

Hi-ni-ni-n1, adj. See Hint and Unint. 
Thin; slender; pointed. 

Hi-ni-po-a, adj. See Hentpoa and N1- 
poa. Heavy, as the eyes when drowsy or 
very sleepy ; he maluhiluhi. 

Hi-nu, v. To anoint; to besmear, as 
with oil or grease. 

2. To be smooth; shining. 
3. To slip ; to slide easily. 
4. To anoint. See Kantnv. 

Hi-nu, s. Ointment ; substance for be- 
smearing ; momona, mea poni, &c. 

Hi-nu, adj. Smooth; greasy; polished ; 

_ dazzling with brightness; anointed. 

Hi-nv-ut-nu, v. See Hinv. To shine as 
if anointed with oil. Hal. 104:15. To 
glisten ; to be bright; to sparkle. 

Hi-nu-Hi-nu, adj. Bright; shining ; 
splendid, as red cloth; glittering, as pol- 
ished stones. 1 Oihl. 29:2. 

Hi-pa, s. A little bundle. 

2. A blunder in speaking; the use of 


words out of their ordinary meaning. 
3. Hoo. A falsehood. 


164 


HIW 


Hi-ra, v. Toblunder in speaking. Hoo. 


To falsify. 

Hi-pa, adj. Hoo. He olelo hoohipa, a 
kind of mele. ; 

Hi-pa, s. Eng. Sheep. Joan. 10:2, 3. 

Hi-pa-ni-pa, v. To be joyful; to express 
gladness. 

Hi-pa-Ka-NE, 5. Hipa, sheep, and kane, 
male. Aram. Kin. 15:9. Ili hipakane,a 
ram skin. Puk. 25:53 Gram. § 95. Fie. 
Hipakane wawahi, a battering ram. Ezek. 
4:2. 

Hi-pa-xe4-x1, s. Hipa, sheep, and keiki, 
the little one. A lamb. Oih. 8:32. See 
Kerkinipa. Notre.—The word lamb is ren- 
dered in Hawaiian by both forms, hipa- 
keiki and keikihipa. ? 

Hi-pa-pa-La-LeE, s. See Paparate. A 
speaking with readiness and correctness, 
without a tone, and not through the nose ; 
o ka hana maiau hipapalale ole, noiau papa- 
lale ole. 

Hi-po-po-ra-mu, s. Gr. The river-horse. 
Lob. 40:15. The hippopotamus. 


Hi-ru, v. To tie in knots, as the string 
Hi-puv, of a bundle or bag. 


Hi-pu, Ae A knot; a fastening; any- 
Hi-povu, § thing tied. Fra. Bwehe oe i ka 
hipu naaupo, o make auanei oe. 
2. Abag for carrying small things in, as 
money; a purse. Sol. 1:14. 
3. Hipuu kala, in the English translation, 
a crisping pin. Jsa. 3:22. 


Hi-puv, adj. Knotty, as a string tied 
up in knots; tied fast; applied to men, 
mischievous. 

Hi-puu-puv, v. See Hirvv. To tie up 
in knots; hence, to tie up in a bundle. 

2. To tie fast; to gird around, as with a 
sash; aole kakou i like me na kanaka kiai 
alii a hipwupuu kahi malo, we are not the 
men who guard the king, belted up with 
sashes. 

Hi-puu-puv, s. What is tied up in knots 
or made fast. 

Hi-ruv-puv, adj. See Hirvv. Tied; 
fastened ; knotty, as tied in knots; he hi- 
puupuu kahi malo o kahi alii, the malos of 
some chiefs were tied up in knots. 


Hi-ru-xa, s. A kind of snare for catch- 
ing birds; ka hipuka no na manu hihiu; 
kau aku la ia i ka hipuka pahele. 


Hi-wa, adj. Black; clear black; ap- 
plied mostly to that which was used in sac- 
rifice to the gods, as a black hog; ina i ele- 
ele a puni ka hulu, he hiwa pa ia puaa; a 
black cocoanut, a black kapa, &e., and 
always considered valuable; hence, 

2. Dear; valued; beloved; precious; he 
puss hiwa, he niu hiwa, he awa hiwa. 


HO 


Hi-wa, v. To be of a black color, such 
as was considered precious or valuable in 
sacrifice ; to be of a clear or pure black. 

Hi-wa, s. Any black article supposed 
to be acceptable to the gods as an offering; 
hence, 

- 2. A precious valuable article. 

3. Applied to persons; keiki hiwa, a dear 
child. 

Hi-waa-waa, adj. See Momona. Large; 
fat, as a large fleshy person; applied only 
to persons. 

Hi-wa-ui-wa, v. See Hiwa, adj. To be 
greatly loved; mostly with hoo. 

2. To be pleased with; to be satisfied 
with, as a god with an offering ; to be ac- 
ceptable to; e hoohiwahiwa kakou i ka 
hana, let us make the work acceptable. 

3. To pet; to treat a child, a servant or 
an animal with delicacy. Sol. 29:21. 

Hi-wa-mi-wa, s. A person or thing 
greatly beloved; applied mostly to ani- 
mals or children ; a pet; a beloved one. 
Kanl. 33:12. The beloved one. nuk. 23:35. 


Hi-wa-ni-wa, adj. See Hiwa. Thick ; 
dense ; black, as a cloud; glossy black. 
2. Acceptable; desired by any one. 

3. Very precious; greatly esteemed. 1 
Tes. 2:8. Greatly beloved. Isa. 5:1. 
4, Meek; docile; he keiki hiwahiwa ia. 


Hi-wi, v. To diminish, as a swelling ; 
to flatten down, as a protuberance; ua hiwi 
mai. See the compounds Poouiwi and Kva- 


L. 
Hi-wi, s. The flat or depressed summit 
of a protuberance. 


Ho, v. To transfer, i. e., to bring here 
or carry away, according as it is followed 
by mai or aku. See Mat and Axv. Gram. 
§ 233 and 234. As, ho mai, bring here; ho 
aku, carry away. 

2. To bring ; to present. 1 Sam. 17:10. 
To give or put away, as money at interest. 
Hal. 15:5. 

3. To carry or cause to be conveyed; to 
transport; to remove. 

4. To produce; to bring forward, as food 
on to the table. Hin. 43:31. 


Ho, v. To cry out ina clamorous man- 
ner 

2. Hoo. To cause the voice to be raised; 
to raise the voice to a high pitch. 

3. To speak together, as in voting viva 
voce; to proclaim ; to shout acclamation 
of approval. Puk. "24:3, 

4. To shout in triumph. Jos. 6:5. Hooho 
olioli, to triumph over one. Hal. 41:11. 

5. To cry out for fear ; to cry out in dis- 
tress. Nah. 14:1. 

6. To wheeze ; to breathe hard, as in the 
asthma; to snort; to blow, a8 a horse. See 
Hoouo in its place. 


165 


HOA 


Ho, s. The asthma; the lowing of cat- 
tle, &c. 
2. Eng. A farming utensil; a hoe; the 
colter of a plow. 1 Sam. 13: 20. 


Ho. This syllable (see the two articles 
above) has a meaning of its own, and as 
such may enter into compound words; but 
very often, as will appear, it is a contrac- 
tion of hoo. (See Hoo.) The contraction 
is made before all the letters, but mostly 
where the word commences with some of 
the vowels, especially with the letter o. 


Ho-a, s. A companion; a fellow; a 
friend ; an assistant. It is found in many 
compounds ; as, hoapio, a fellow prisoner ; 
hoamoe, a bed-fellow ; hoahele, a traveling 
companion, &c. 

Ho-a, v. To strike on the head with a 
stick. 

2. To beat, as kapa with a stick on a 
stone. 

3. To strike, as in fighting. 

4. To drive, as cattle. 

Ho-a, v. To tie; to secure by tying; 
to bind; to wind round, asa rope or string; 
to rig up, as a canoe ; a ma ka wa e hoa ai 
ka waa, he kapu ka hoa ana. See A and 
Honos. Alaila, hoaia ka pou me ka lohe- 


lau. 

Ho-a, v. Ho for hoo, and a, to burn. 

1. To kindle a fire; to burn, i.e., to cause 
to blaze ; to make a light. Laieik. 77. To 
rage, as a flame of love; ua hoaia ke ahi, 
enaena o ke aloha wela, the raging fire of 
hot love blazed forth. Laieik. 204. 

2. To comb or dress the hair or the head. 

3. To cast or throw away; e hookuke; 
hence, 

4. To commit mischief, as a child. 
Ho-a, s. A tying; a binding. 
Ho-a, adj. Unsteady; movable. 

H1a, ad). 

Ho-aa, v. See Ho for hoo, and Aa, to 
blaze. To kindle; to cause to burn. 

2. To stare; to look aboutin doubt. See 
AA, to be bold. 

3. To mistake; to blunder; to go astray. 

4. To challenge ; to dare; to provoke. 
Ho-aa, s. A mistake; a blunder; an 

error. 

2. The kindling, i. e., small pieces of fuel 
used in kindling a fire. 

Ho-a-at, s. Hoa, companion, and ai, to 
eat. An eating companion; a guest. 1 
Nal. 1:41. 

Ho-a-al-NA, S. Hoa and aina, land. 

1. A person to whom the hakuaina or 
konohiki commits the care of his land. 

2. A husbandman; a tiller of the ground. 

Ho-a-a-H1, s. Ho for hoo, a, to burn, and 
ahi, fire. Fire kindlings; the materials for 


See 


HOA 


166 


HOA 


a a 
causing a fire to burn; e imi mua oe ia no| Ho-at-al, s. See the foregoing. A soft 


ka hoaahi ana. 

Ho-a-a-Hu, v. Ho for hoo, and aahu, to 
clothe. To clothe; to put on a garment; 
to give kapa or clothes to one. Mat. 25:36. 

Ho-a-a-Lo-HA, Ss. Hoa, companion, and 
aloha,to love. Afriend. Joan. 3:29. A be- 
loved companion; ia wa, ua lilo ko Hawaii 
nei i poe hoadloha no na misionari, at that 
time the Hawaiians became friends to the 
missionaries. 

Ho-aa-ma-KA, v. Ho for hoo, aa, bold, 
and maka, eye. To beg for a thing by 
looking wishfully at it. 

Ho-a-a-no, v. A factitious word; ho 


clear white light; a pure light; abstract, 
whiteness. 
Ho-ai-a1, adj. White; clear; shining. 
Ho-al-KA-NE, v. Ho for hoo, ai and kane. 
See AIKANE. 

1. To commit the sin against nature ; to 
commit sodomy ; applied to either sex. 

2. To be an intimate friend of the same 
sex, i. e., to give and receive favors from 
one of the same sex. JLaieik. 81. 

3. To act the part of an aikane or inti- 
mate friend. 

4. To make friends, as two persons about 
to fight. Laieik. 47. 


for hoo, aa, to dare, and no, a particle of Ho-ar-Ka-NE, s. A friend on terms of 


affirmation, indeed; truly ; hence, to have 
confidence in one’s self; to brag; to ex- 
press bravery. 

Ho-a-a-No, adj. See the verb. Forward; 
presumptuous ; defying punishment. 

2. Proud; daring ; obstinate ; self con- 
fident. 

Ho-a-a-pu, v. Ho for hoo, and aapu, to 
warp; bend up. To make a cup of the 
hollow of the hand; e hoaapu ae i kou 
poho lima, make the palm of your hand 
into a cup. 

Ho-az, v. See Ho, v., and Ag, verbal 
directive. Gram. § 233, 5th. To move side- 
ways; to turn a little. Nore.—The ae is 
no part of the verb. 

2. To raise up; to cause to ascend ; to 
go up. 

Ho-a-r-a, v. Ho for hoo, and aea, to wan- 
der about. To pretend to wander; to 
make as though one was a wanderer or 
vagabond in order to accomplish a partic- 
ular object. 

Ho-a1, v. Ho for hoo, and az, food. 

1. To stir up; to mix; to make poi thin 
with water that it may be fit for eating. 

2. To unite two things together, as by 
stretching or sewing kapas together. 

3. To be singular in one’s conduct or de- 
portment. 


Ho-a1, s. The union of things sewed 
together ; ka hoopili ana ma na hookuina. 
2. In anatomy, a suture ; a joining ; hoai 
manawa, coronal suture; hoai kaupaku, 
sagittal; hoai kala, lambdoidal; hoai maha, 
temporal suture, &e. 


Ho-ar-al, v. Ho for hoo, and aiaz, to 
be white. 

1. To be clear; white ; shining. 

2. To cause to be white, &., i. e., to 
whiten; to clear off rust or dirt from a 
substance that it may shine. 

3. To be clear, as the unclouded moon ; 
to be shining, as a light. 


4. To be proud; to be lifted up with Ho-at-Lo-NA-Mo-I, 5. 


pride. 


reciprocity. 

2. The house where such friends reside 
or meet. 

Ho-at-Ko-La, v. Ao for hoo. See ArKoua, 
Akos and NATKOoLA. 

1. To express triumph over one with 
contempt for him; to cause contemptuous 
treatment; to triumph over one with ex- 
pressions of vanity and contempt. 

2. To blackguard ; to triumph over an- 
other’s ills; to reproach ; ua hoaikola mai 
o Palu ia oe; to rejoice or triumph over. 
Isa. 14:8. 

3. To perplex; to bring one into diffi- 
culty. 

4. To desire to have one put to death. 

Ho-ar-ko-La, s. A sneer; a sneering ex- 
pression of approval. 

2. A contemptuous cheering, calling one 
good fellow, well done, &c.; in an tronical 
sense, ku no ka akaikio lakou ame ko lakou 
hoaikola ana, their chuckling and their 
false cheering hit us. 

Ho-al-Lo-NA, v. See Haitona. To sound 
the depth of water, i. e., to throw the lead. 

2. To mark; to set a mark upon one. 

3. To cast lots for.a thing. Oihk. 16:8. 
In modern times, to play at dice. 

Ho-at-Lo-na, s. See the verb. A mark; 
a signal; a sign of something different from 
what it appears to be. 

2. A sign or forerunner of something 
coming to pass or expected. Oth. 2:19. 

3. A part representing the whole. Oihk. 
2:2 


4, Something whose real signification is 
different from the appearance. Jos. 4:7. 

5. A sign; a pledge; a distinguishing 
mark. Puk. 3:12. A signet. Puk. 28:11. 

6. A target; a mark to shoot at. 1 Sam. 
0:20 


7. A lot cast, as in casting lots; ma ka 
hoailona, by lot. Lune. 20:9. 

8. A scepter; a badge of authority. 
Heb. 1:9. See next word. 
See Hoartona 


above, and Mol, sovereignty. A scepter; 


HOA 


a badge or emblem of regal authority. Hal. 
45:6 


Ho-a-1-mu, v. Ho for hoo, a, to burn, and| Ho-au-au, s. 


imu. oven. To kindle a fire in the oven; 
to heat the oven. 

Ho-a-I-po-o-LA, v. See Arpoora and 
Puvpooia. To gulp up wind from the stom- 
ach after eating heartily. 

Ho-ai-Pu-KA-HA-LE, S. 

Ho-a-KAI-PU-KA-HA-LE, 

Ho-a-Ka-Ku, 

Ho-a-Ka-KA-KAl, 
the only remedy used. 


Ho-at-puv-puv, v. Ho for hoo, and aipuu- 
puu, which see. To act the aipuupuu ; to 
serve out provisions ; to distribute food. 

Ho-ao, v. Ho for hoo, and ao, to try. 

1. To try the qualities of a thing; to taste; 
to tempt; to make trial; assay ; to begin. 
Laieik. 184. 

2. To cohabit after marriage; to make 
public a marriage contract after the ancient 
manner. 

3. To prove; to put to the test. 2 Oihi. 
9:1, 

4. To undertake ; to attempt. Eset. 9:23. 

5. To hang up; e kaulai. 

Ho-ao, s. See the verb, Marriage after 
the ancient custom of the islands. 

2. The taste of any eatable. Nah. 11:8. 

3. A temptation: a trial. Kanl. 4:32. 

Ho-ao, adj. ‘The night of the day called 
Huna; mamua o ka po hoao o na alii, i ka 
po o Huna. 

Ho-a-0-LE-Lo, s. Hoa, companion, and 
olelo, word. A companion in conversation; 
one consulted on business; a counsellor ; 
o lakou no ko Kamehameha mau hoaolelo 
no kela mea keia mea nui o ke aupuni, 
those were Kamehameha’s counsellors con- 
cerning every important matter of the king- 
dom. 7 

Ho-a-o-Pu-I-No-1-No, s. Hoa and opuino, 
evilly disposed. A companion in crime; 
one alike evilly disposed with another. 

Ho-av, v. Ho for hoo, and au, to swim. 

1. To move gently a little; to dodge. 

2. To bring forward and present on the 
altar of the gods. 

3. To offer a sacrifice; to courtesy. 

Ho-au, v. To strike; to beat with a 
stick. 

2. To wash clothes.as Hawaiians wash 
clothes by beating them. See Hoavav,. 
Ho-av-au, v. Ho for hoo, and au, to 
swim, or auau, to wash. To wash the body; 
to bathe; to cleanse away filth by bathing. 

Ho-av-au, s. See the verb. A washing; 
a cleansing by the use of water. 


Ho-au-au, v. Ho for hoo, and auwau. See 


In Hawai- 
ian pathology, the 
names of a class 
of diseases, all 
fatal; the waiiki 


167 


HOA 


Avau 4. To excite ; to stir up; to hurry; 
to quicken one to do a thing. 
Quickness in doing a 
thing ; haste. 
2. Name of a snare used in catching 
birds, like kipuka, pahele, ahele, &e. 
Ho-au-au-wa-HA, v. Ho for hoo, auau 
for au,and waha. See AuwaHa. To make 
a ditch; to plow a furrow. 


Ho-av-AE-PUU, se Ho for hoo, and 

Ho-au-WAE-PUU, auae, to be lazy. To 
be lazy; indolent; inactive; to spend time 
to no profit. 

Ho-au-aE-puv, s. See Avak. Indolence; 
loitering ; inactive ; disposed to treat with 
contempt. 

Ho-au-HEE, v. Ho for hoo, and auhee. 
See Hes, to flee. To cause to flee, as an 
army ; to rout; to put to flight. 

Ho-au-HEE-HEE, v. Seeabove. Tocon- 
verse of things generally. 

Ho-au-Ltu, adj. Nice; well dressed ; 
straight as a stick; skillful; mikioi, pala- 
waiki, hoakamai. 

Ho-au-mo-E, v. Ho for hoo, and aumoee, 
to sleep. 

1. To sleep with ; to lie in one’s bosom. 
2. To fondle; to cherish in the bosom, as 
a child or a pet. 

Ho-au-mo-g, s. A cherishing ; a fond- 
ling, as a child or a pet animal ; fondness; 
attachment. 

Ho-au-na, v. Ho for hoo, and auna, a 
flock. To collect together, as a flock of 
birds. 

Ho-a-u-na, s. Hoa, companion, and una, 
to send. A companion of a messenger; one 
who accompanies a messenger. 

Ho-au-uu-Lu, v. To converse. See Ho- 
AUHEEHEE. 

Ho-a-HA, v. Ho for hoo, and aha, a cord. 
To make or braid together the strings for 
a calabash ; to tie up a calabash; e hoaha 
i ka ipu. 

Ho-a-Ha-a-HA, v. To sit cross-legged, 
a la Turk, in eating. 

2. To be proud; high-minded; he ka- 
naka hoahaaha. 

3. To be bent up; stunted ; crooked out 
of shape. 

Ho-a-HAa-NA, Ss. Hoa, companion, and 
hana, to work. A fellow laborer in any 
kind of business. 1 Kor. 3:9. 

Ho-a-Ha-NAv, Ss. Hoa, companion, and 
hanau, to be born. A companion by birth; 
a kindred; some blood relation; a rela- 
tive ; a brother in an extensive sense. 1 
Oihl. 9:25. In a modern sense, a fellow 
professor of religion. 

Ho-a-Ha-NaU-NA, S. Hoa, companion, 
and hanauna, relations. Relatives of one’s 


HOA 


own clan, tribe or nation. Gal. 1:14. See 
HANAUNA. 

Ho-a-wa-al-Na, v. Ho for hoo, aha, col- 
lection, and aina, to eat. To cause a col- 
lection for eating ; to make a feast. 

Ho-a-Ha-al-NA, S. Ho for hoa (one a 
dropped), and ahaaina, a feast. A fellow 
feaster ; one at the same feast. 

Ho-a-HE-LE, s. Hoa and hele, to go. A 
fellow traveler. Jos. 14:8. 


Ho-a-HE-WA, v. See AnEwaA and 

Hoo-a-HE-wA, § Hewa. A finding or pro- 
nouncing guilty of a crime or wrong; to 
condemn. 

Ho-a-n1-a-u1, v. Ho for hoo, and ahiahi, 
evening. To darken; to obscure; to cause 
a thing to be obscure in vision; to be 
neither clear nor dark. 

Ho-a-nHo, v. Ho for hoo, and aho, breath. 

1. To give breath, i.e., deliverance from 
immediate danger; to put one in safety 
from danger. 

2. To be quick; to hasten; to do quickly. 

3. To kindle a fire. 

Ho-a-Ho, v. Ho and aho, a string. 

i. To make or twist strings for a house. 

2. To tie aho on to a building. See Ano. 

Ho-a-Ho, s. Quickness; rapidity. 

2. One who has escaped a place of pro- 
tection. 

Ho-a-Ho-a, v. See Hoa, to strike. The 
freq. conj. of hoa. To strike or smite fre- 
quently. 

2. To break fuel, as Hawaiians did be- 
fore they had axes. 

3. To cause the hair to stand erect; e 
hookuku ae i ka lauoho iluna. 

Ho-a-no-a, s. A striking, smiting, &c. 

2. The name of the mallet with which 
kapa (the wauki) was beaten. 

Ho-a-Ho-a-a-KA, v. To cause a fire to 
burn; to make a blaze; to make a shining 
light. 

Ho-a-Ho-a-a-ka, s. A burning fire; a 
blaze ; a bright light. 

Ho-a-H00-LAU-KA-NA-KA, S. Hoa, friend, 
hoo, causative, lau, the number 400, ka- 
naka, men. 

1. A friend of the increase of men; one 
friendly to the multitude. 

2. The multitude itself; aloha oe e kuu 
hoahoolaukeanaka o kahi kanaka ole, good 
morning my friend of the people-where there 
are none. 

Ho-a-Hoo-I-LI-NA, s. Toa, companion, 
hoo, causative, and ilina, an inheritance. 
A fellow heir to an inheritance. 


Ho-a-nu, v. Ho for hoo, and ahu, a col- 
lection of things. 


1. To cause a collection or gathering to- 
gether. 








168 


HOA 


2. To lay up, as goods for future use. 
Mat. 6:26. 


3. To collect articles; to lay up in heaps. 
4. To lay up against one, as anger; e 
hoahu ana i ka buhu maluna o kela poe. 

Ho-a-uv, v. To esteem lightly; to des- 
pise; to contemn; to dislike; to be dissat- 
isfied with. 

Ho-a-nu, s. An assemblage of things; 
a collection. 

2. A collecting, as of property; a gath- 
ering together. 
3. Dislike ; contempt for a thing. 

Ho-a-uu, adj. Disagreeable; unsatis- 
factory. 

Ho-a-xa, v. To lift up; to lift up,asa 
spear in fighting. 2 Sam. 23:18. 

2. To drive away ; to frighten. 

3. To open; to open the mouth in speak- 
ing. See OaKa. Hoik. 13:6. 

4. To glitter ; to shine; to be splendid. 
Nahum, 2:5. 

Ho-a-xa, v. Ho for hoo, and aka, to 
laugh. To cause one to laugh; to laugh; 
to be pleased. 

Ho-a-xa, s. A name of one of the kapu 
days ; the second day of the moon. 

2. The crescent of the new moon; the 
hollow of the new moon. 

3. The arch or lintel over a door. 
12:7: 

4. In speaking, a defense ; an apology. 

Ho-a-xa, s. Brightness; shining; a 
glittering ; a flaming torch. Nahum. 2:3. 
Glory, as of a people, i. e., their liberty ; 
freedom. 

Ho-a-KAA, 5 To covet; to desire 

Ho-a-KA-A-KA, earnestly. 


Ho-a-xa-a-KA, v. Ho for hoo, and aka, 


Puk. 


to laugh. 
1. To cause laughter; to cause one to 
laugh. . 


2. To laugh at; to mock; to reproach. 

Ho-a-Kau-a, s. Hoa, companion, and 
kaua, war. : 

1. A fellow soldier. 
2. One against whom a soldier is fight- 
ing; an antagonist ; hoapaio. 

Ho-a-Kau-wa, s. Hoa, companion, and 
kauwa,a servant. A fellow servant. Hoi. 
19:10. 

Ho-a-Ka-ka, v. Ho for hoo, and akaka, 
clear; explicit. To make plain; clear; 
to render explicit; to explain; to interpret. 

Ho-a-xa-KA, s. An explanation; an 
opening of what is intricate. 

Ho-a-Ka-Ka-1a, adj. Expressed; stated; 
proved; rendered explicit; approved. Oih. 
2:22, 

Ho-a-xa-Ka-kal, s. Name of a disease, 
generally fatal. 


HOA 


Ho-a-xa-keE-A, 8. Hoakaand kea,a cross. 
The arch over a door ; a lintel. 

Ho-a-xa-xu, v. Ho for hoo, and akaku, 
a vision. To have a vision with the eyes 
open. See Akaku. 

Ho-a-xa-ku, s. A vision. 

Ho-a-xa-xu, s. Name of a fatal disease; 
an internal disease. 

Ho-a-Ka-La-KA-LA, s. A bracelet made 
of hog’s teeth. 

. Ho-a-xe-a, v. Ho for hoo, and akea, 
broad. To make broad or wide; to cause 
enlargement; hence, to deliver from diffi- 
culty. 

Ho-a-KE-A-1A, s. Enlargement; escape; 
deliverance. set. 4:14. 

Ho-a-x1, v. To withhold from the land- 
lord his due ; hoaki i ka hakuaina. 

Ho-a-xo-a, s, Hoa, companion, and koa, 
soldier. A fellow soldier; one under the 
same leader. Pilip. 2:25. See Hoakaua. 

Ho-a-Ko-a-ko-a, v. Ho for hoo, and 
akoakoa, to assemble. 

1. To assemble; to come together, as 


men. 
2. To collect, as things generally. See 
AKOAKOA. 

Ho-a-KU-KA, s. Hoa,companion, 

Ho-A-KU-KA-KU-KA, and kuka, to con- 
sult. A fellow counsellor; an adviser. 
Rom. 11:34. 

Ho-a-La, v. Ho for hoo, and ala, to rise 
up. 

a To raise up from a prostrafe position. 

2. To awake from sleep; to cause one to 
awake. 

3. To raise up; to excite; to stir up; 
applied to the mind. 

4. To rouse one to action. 

Ho-a-La-a-LA, v. The intensive of the 
foregoing. 

Ho-a-Lau-na, s. Hoa, companion, and 
launa, friendly. A companion on intimate 
terms ; an intimate friend always near. 2 
Sam. 15:37. One in the habit of rendering 
kind offices ; a neighbor. Puke. 12:4. 

Ho-a-ta-KAa, v. Ho for hoo, ala, road, 
and kaa, to roll. To cause to roll; to roll 
along a road. 

Ho-a-ta-ta, v. Ho for hoo, and alala, 
to cryout. See Autata. To make one cry 
out, as the alala. 

Ho-a-La-La-Hi-a, v. To stir one asleep 
so as to wake him; to punch; to touch; to 
shake so as to waken one; hoalalahia aku 
ua kane hele loa nei au la. 

Ho-a-La-wa-1A, s. Hoa, companion, and 
lawaia, a fisherman. A fellow fisherman ; 
a fishing companion. 


Ho-a-La-WE-HA-NA, Ss. Hoa, companion, 
22 


169 


HOA 


lawe, to bear, and hana, work. A fellow 
laborer ; a fellow workman ; a helper; an 
assistant. Hzer. 5:3. See LAWEHANA. 

Ho-a-La-weE-Pu, s. Hoa and lawe, to 
carry, and pu, together. One who works 
with another; apartner in labor. Pilem. 17. 

Ho-a-te-a-Le, v. Ho for hoo, and ale, a 
wave. To make or cause waves in water 5 
to stir up, as water. See ALEALE. 

Ho-a-t1, v. To shake ; to wave an of- 
fering made to the gods; to swing; to move 
to and fro. Puk. 29:24. To wave, as an 
offering. Nah. 5:26. 

2. To offer, as a sacrifice. Nah. 8:21. 
3. To stir up, as ashes. 

Ho-a-u1, adj. That which may be waved. 
Puk. 29:24. Mohai hoali, a wave-offering. 

Ho-a-ui-a-Ll, v. See Hoaui 2. To offer 
frequently to the gods. 

Ho-a-ui-a-L1, v. Ho for hoo, and alialz, 
to whiten. To make white, as snow or 
paper. 

Ho-a-tu, adj. Ho for hoo, and alii, chief; 
king. Causing a royal appearance ; imi- 
tating royalty; royal; kingly; kapa hoalii, 
clothing of tapestry. Sol. 31:22. 

Ho-a-tu, s. Hoa, companion, and alzz, 
chief. A contraction for hoaalii or hoa’lii. 
The companion of the king or high chief; 
kukuluia i hale kamala no ka hoalii, a moe 
no ka hoalii ma ua hale la. 


Ho-a-to, v. Ho for hoo, and alo, to dodge. 

1. To shun or avoid; to escape from. 1 

Pet. 3:11. To pass over or by. Jsa. 46:27. 

2. To skip over, as in counting; ka hana 

i kekahi la, ka noho wale i kekahi la, to 

work one day, to do nothing one day. See 
ALO. 

Ho-a-to, s. A man that works, then 
ceases, then works by spells. 

Ho-a-Lo-a-Lo, v. See Hoaro. To dodge 
or pass by frequently. 

Ho-a-Lo-aa, s. Hoa, companion, and 
loaa, to obtain. 

1. A fellow receiver; a partaker with 
one. 1 Pet. 5:1. 

2. One who receives as much as another; 
ka loaa like. 

Ho-a-to-Ha, s. A contraction for hoa- 
aloha. A friend; a beloved companion; 
one on friendly terms. See Hoaanona. 

Ho-a-Lo-HA,, v. Ho for hoo, and 

Ho-a-Lo-HA-LO-HA, aloha, to love. 

1. To love; to fondle; to cherish. 

2. To give thanks for something received. 
1 Kor. 11:24. 

3. To make suit to; to pay respects to. 
Tob. 11:19. To apply to for a favor. Laieik. 
72. 

Ho-a-H0-A-LO-HA-LO-HA, S. Poetic: hoa, 
companion, and aloha, love. Those who 


HOA 


converse often together, who are chief 
friends and love each other. 

Ho-a-tu, v. Ho for hoo, and alu, flexible. 

1. To be flexible; to loosen; to hang 
down. 

2. To bow down; to make low; to be 
humble; to courtesy. See Aww. 

Ho-a-tu, s. Flexibility; pliableness ; 
humility ; a bending down. 

Ho-a-1v, adj. Yielding; bending; loose; 
hanging down. 

Ho-a-Lu-a-Lu, v. See Hoatu and Atv. 
To be soft; flexible ; yielding. 

2. To bow down; to be humble. 
Ho-a-Lu-a-Lu, s. Softness; a yielding 

to any pressure ; humility. 

Ho-a-tu-a-Lu, adj. Hanging loosely ; 
bending down; yielding. 

Ho-a-Lu-H1, s. Hoa, companion, and 
luhi, fatigue from labor. A companion or 
fellow laborer in any work or business, 
whether there be much or little fatigue; 
eia keia, e 0’u hoaluhi. 

Ho-a-ma, v. To begin to ripen, as ohias 
and other fruit, but not yet soft. 

Ho-a-wa, s. A hone; a whetstone; a 
grindstone. 

2. He hoana e paa ai ka waa, a polishing 
stone for finishing a canoe. 

Ho-a-na, v. To rub, as with a stone; 
to grind, as with a grindstone. See ANAI. 
But hookala is more often used for grind- 
ing, i. e., for sharpening tools. 

2. To make believe; to make pretense. 
Ho-a-wa, s. The name of a species of 

fish, large and singularly abrupt behind, 
as if cut off in the middle ; the diodon. 

Ho-a-NA-A-NA-PUU, v. See Hoana, to 

Ho-a-NA-PUU, grind. To twist; to 
bend; to undulate, as the air. 

2. To throw up in heaps. 
Ho-A-NA-A-NA-PUU, s. A crooking; a 
Ho-a-Na-PUU, bending ; an undu- 

lating motion; protuberances. See Anapwu. 

Ho-a-na-z, v. To lay up; to stow away 
for future use. 1 Pet. 1:4. 

2. To set aside; to reserve. Jud. 6. To 
lay aside, i.e.,to conceal. Nore.—In Oihk. 
8:12 hoana is printed for hoano, to sanctify, 
to consecrate, and in some senses hoana is 
similar in meaning to hoano. 

Ho-a-na-Hu-a, v. Ho for hoo, and ana- 
hua, stooping; bending. To stoop; to bend 
over, as a tall, slim man who walks stoop- 
shouldered. See ANanua and Kananva. 

Ho-a-na-nu-a, s. A tall, slim, stoop- 
shouldered man. 

2. Anything like a humpbacked person. 
See Kananua. 

Ho-a-na-Kaa, v. Hoana, grindstone, and 


170 


HOA 


kaa, to turn. To turna grindstone; to grind 
or sharpen, as an edged tool. 

Ho-a-na-KAA, s. A grindstone. See Ho- 
ANA. 

Ho-a-na-pa, v. Ho for hoo, and anapa, 
to flash ; to shine. 

1. To exhibit a flashing light; to cause 
sudden reflected light, as from a mirror. 

2. To flash, as lightning ; to glitter. See 
ANAPA. 

Ho-a-na-pa, s. Light from reflection ; 
a bright flashing light, like lightning ; any 
reflected or sudden light. 

Ho-a-na-pav, v. To turn, as on hinges. 

2. To bend, as a flexible piece of timber; 
to form a curve. See ANAPAU. 

Ho-a-Na-Pau, Ss. See Anapav. A turn- 
ing ; a place of turning ; a hinge joint; a 
bending ; a crook. 

Ho-a-Na-puu, v. See Hoanaanapuy 
above. To crook, as a piece of timber; to 
be uneven, as a rope of unequal size; to 
project; to make an angle. See ANAPUU. 

Ho-a-wa-puu, s. A crook; a bending ; 
a protuberance. 

Ho-a-no, v. Ho for hoo, and ano, form. 

1. To reverence in the highest degree. 
Mat. 6:9. To hallow. Oithk. 10:3." To be 
holy. Oihk. 11:45. 

2. To set apart; to consecrate; to lay 
up,as a sacred deposit; to put by; to keep 
back. See Hoanag. 

3. Hoano e, to set apart for a particular 
purpose, either good or bad; to keep back; 
to conceal ; to embezzle property. 

4. To dare ; to venture. 

5. To be proud ; to be full of self confi- 
dence. Kom. 2:17. 

6. To change one’s appearance ; to ap- 
pear what one is not; to disguise. 2 Sam. 
28:8. 

Ho-a-no, s. See the verb. Pride; self 
confidence; a high, daring spirit. See Hoa- 
Ano and AANo. Boasting of one’s bravery. 
See Haano. 

Ho-a-no, adj. Sacred. Puk. 3:5. De- 
voted to sacred uses. Qihk. 5:15, 16. Con- 
secrated. 

Ho-a-no-Ho, s. Hoa, companion, and 
noho, to dwell. A neighbor; one who re- 
sides with or near by another. Jos. 20:5. 

Ho-a-pal-o, s. Hoa, companion, and 
paio, to contend. An antagonist; a fellow 
wrestler or fellow fighter. 2 Sam. 2:16. 

Ho-a-pa-o-NI-0-NI, s. Hoa, companion, 
and paonioni, to struggle. <A fellow con- 
tender. See PAoniont. 

Ho-a-pa-pu-a, s. Hoa, companion, and 
papua, to throw arrows. One who plays 
with or bets with another in the game of 
papua. 


HOA 


171 


HOE 





Ho-a-p1, v. See Hoakxt. 

Ho-a-ri-0, s. Hoa, fellow, and pio, pris- 
oner. A fellow prisoner. Pilem. 23. 

Ho-a-pi-11, s. Hoa, companion, and pilz, 
to adhere. One who attaches himself to a 
chief and goes with him constantly; a 
friend. Hal. 15:3. An attaché. Nore.— 
This was the name given to the late Gov- 
ernor of Maui, from his attachment to Ka- 
mehameha I. His original name was Ulu- 
maheihei. 

Ho-a-pr-p1, v. To be united together, as 
two canoes, but not like a double-canoe ; 
he waa aole i hoapipiia, he waa hookahi. 

Ho-a-po-no, v. Ho for hoo, and apono, 
to approve. To pronounce blameless ; to 
approve ; to find not guilty on trial. 

Ho-a-ro-no,. adj. Approved as not in 
error ; right. 

Ho-a-wa, v. Ho for hoo, and awa, bitter. 

1. To cause bitterness; to make bitter to 
the taste. 

2. Fic. To be hard ; to be cruel; to op- 
press ; more often hoawaawa. 


Ho-a-wa, s. Name of a tree or shrub. 

Ho-a-waa, s. The tackling or rigging 
up of a canoe, tying on the ako, &.; 0 ka 
aha, he mea hoawaa ia, a e holo ai. 


Ho-a-wa-a-wa, v. Ho for hoo, and awa- 
awa. See Awa. 

1. To be bitter to the taste; to make 
bitter ; to cause bitterness. 

2. To be hard; to be cruel; to embitter 
one’s life; to curse. 

Ho-a-wa-A-wa, s. Bitterness to the 
taste. Fie. Hardship. 

Ho-a-wa-a-wa, adj. Bitter to the taste; 
severe ; cruel; hard. 

Ho-a-wa-a-wa, s. Bitterness; sourness ; 
badness. 

2. A rising in the stomach from sourness 
or other causes. 

Ho-a-wa-ui-a, v. For hoawaia, passive. 
To be bitter; to cause bitterness; to cause 
sadness, sorrow, suffering. See Awa and 
AWAHIA. 

Ho-a-wa-wa, v. Ho for hoo, and awawa, 
a ditch. To make a ditch or furrow. See 
AWAWA. 

Ho-a-we, v. Ho for hoo, and awe, to 
carry on the back. To carry on the back, 
asa child or a person. See AwE and Lawe. 

Ho-a-we, s. Ho and awe, a burden. A 
burden; a weight carried on the back. 

Ho-a-weE-a-wE, s. Anything made small 
or diminished. 

Ho-a-wE-A-wE-A, v. To discolor; to be 
colored a reddish brown, like red that is 
faded. 


Ho-a-we-a-we-a, s. A reddish color; 
an indistinct color, like the sea at times. 
Ho-a-wE-A-weE-A, adj. Faded; discol- 

ored. 
I kikohukohu hoaweawea a ke kai.—Mele. 

Ho-r, s. A paddle for a canoe; an oar 
for a boat. 

Ho-k-u-u1, s. A rudder. 

Ho-r-Ha, v. Ho for hoo, and eha, pain. 
To cause pain; to give pain. 

Ho-r-HA-E-HA, v. Ho for hoo, and eha- 
eha, the reduplication of eha. To give pain, 
bodily or mentally ; to vex; to harass; to 
get one into perplexity ; to oppress. 

Ho-r-HA-E-HA, S. Pain; distress, either 
of body or mind ; vexation ; perplexity. 

Ho-r-HA-E-HA, adj. Painful; distress- 
ing ; difficult ; troublesome. 

Ho-r-Ho-E£, s. See Hor. The shoulder- 
blade, from its resemblance to a canoe pad- 
dle ; ka iwi ma ke kumu o ka iwi uluna. 

Ho-E-Ho-E, v. See Hoe, a paddle. To 
row a canoe or boat here and there. 

Ho-£-Ho-£, s. A wind instrument among 
Hawaiians somewhat resembling the flute. 

Ho-E-Ho-E-NA, v. See Hornor above 
and Ana. To play softly on the hoehoe ; 
hence, 

2. To be joyful. See Horne. 
3. To bore; to pierce through in boring; 
e hoehoena iloko o ka pepeiao. 

Ho-E-Ho-E-NE, v. To be poor; destitute; 

sick. 


‘Ho-r-uv, v. Ho for hoo, and ehu, to 


scare away. 
1. To drive or frighten away ; e hoehu i 
ka puaa e ku mai nei, drive away the pig 
standing here. 
2. To do a thing quickly. 
Ho-£-LE-E-LE, v. Ho for hoo, and eleele, 
dark. To make black; to darken. 
Ho-k-LE-I-K1, s. Robbery; a lying in 
wait to rob one; deceit; treachery. 
Ho-r-Lo, v. To urge on; to push along; 
to cram down; e ohiki iloko. 
2. To kindle up, as a flame; o ke ahi 
nana e hoelo wela. 
Ho-s-Lo, adj. Urging; throwing in. 
Ho--.o-E-Lo, v. ‘To press on; to urge 
forward. 
Ho-r-m1, v. Ho for hoo,and emt, to lessen. 
1. To cause a diminution ; to lessen. 
2. To shrink; to become blunt, as an 
edged tool. 
3. To return backwards; to fall behind. 
4, To drive back ; to put down. 


Ho-r-m1-E-mi, vu. See Horm. To shrink 
back, as the mind; to doubt; to hesitate. 


Ho-r-mu, v. Ho for hoo, and emu, to 


HOI 


throwaway. To cast away; to banish; to 
send away; to drive off; to drive off as 
one drives off hogs. 

Ho-£-na, v. Ho for hoo, and ena, to 
rage, as fire. 

1. To cause to burn ; to glow with heat. 
2. To be in anger; to exhibit a high de- 
gree of anger. See Ena. 

Ho-r-NnA-E-NA, v. To glow, as stones 
red hot in a fire. See Ha. 

Ho-s-ne, v. To sing; to be joyful; to 
play well on an instrument. 

Ho-E-NE, s. Pleasure; enjoyment; o ka 
hoene ku o ka uwe a ka lani. 

Ho-E-NE, v. To give an injection; e 
halalo ; to administer medicine. 

Ho-g-nE, s. A syringe. 

Ho-r-no, v. Ho for hoo, and eno, to be 
wild. Torun as wild; to be scary, as an 
animal once tame, but has become wild. 
See AHIU. 

Ho--pa, v. Ho for hoo, and epa, to de- 
ceive. To deceive; to cheat; to act basely 
in everything. See Epa. 

Ho-E-pa-E-Pa, v. Freq. of the foregoing. 
To act out a general bad character; to 
steal; to cheat; to slander, &c. See Epa. 


Ho-r-wa, v. Ho for hoo, and ewa, to 
turn aside. To be one-sided; to lean over; 
to sway to and fro like an old grass house 
in the wind. 

Ho-£-waa, v. Hoe, paddle, and waa, 
canoe. To row or paddle a canoe. 


Ho-r-waa, s. An oarsman; one who 
rows a boator paddlesacanoe. Laieik. 35. 

Ho-1, v. To return; to go back; with 
hou, to return again ; imperatively, e hoi, 
and 0 hoi, go back ; return. 


Ho-1, adv. Also; besides; moreover ; 
indeed ; an intensive word; no hoi, also ; 
besides. 

Ho1, s. The name of a vine bearing a 
bulbous root, eaten in time of scarcity, 
acrid to the taste. 

Hoi, s. The name of a state of marriage 
among chiefs. 

Ho-1-1, v. Ho for hoo, and 2, parsimo- 
nious. 

1. To save; to gather together little 
things. 

2. To be close; parsimonious ; pinching 
in a bargain. 

3. To squeeze or work out of another 
some little favor. 

4. To be hard upon; to oppress; applied 
to begging for charitable purposes ;-o ka 
hookohukohu ame ka hoii a kanaka no ke 
Akua. See Ir and Kan 3. 


Ho-1-1, s, Stinginess; closeness in deal- 


172 


HO! 


ing; hard and cruel oppression upon the 
weak and poor. 

Ho-1-1-ma-ka, v. Ho for hoo, ti, to be 
hard, and maka, face. 

1. To forbid or discountenance iniquity 
openly, but favor it secretly in practice. 

2. To play the hypocrite. See Hort. 

Ho-1-0, s. A species of plant, the tender 
leaves of which are used for herbs. 

Ho-1-0-LzE, v. Ho for hoo, and tole, a 
mouse. To cause to rush upon; to seize, 
as a cat does a mouse ; to hold fast. 

2. To force ; to compel. 

Ho-1-o-mo, v. Ho for hoo, and iomo, to 
fall into the water without spattering. To 
bung up; to stop, as with a cork or bung. 

Ho-1-v, v. Ho for hoo, and zu, to lay a 
kapu. 

1. To lay a kapu upon a‘person, place or 
thing ; to consecrate such person, place or 
thing to a particular purpose. 

2. To create fear, as fear was connected 
with this kapu. 

3. To be afraid. See Iv. 

Ho-1-u, s. Fear; trembling; anxiety. 

Ho-1-n1, adj. Afar off; at a very great 
distance. See Lorat. 

Ho-1-Ho-1, v. See Hor. Used actively, to 
return a thing to its former place; to re- 
store; to bring back. 2 Sam. 19:10, 11. 

2. To send back; to dismiss. 

3. To change one thing for another. 

4, To return; to restore, as.a rebellious 
people to their allegiance. 1 Nal. 12:21. 

5. To return an answer; e hoihoi i ka 
olelo. Job. 35:4. 

Ho-1-Ho-1, v. In a neuter sense, to re- 
turn; to go back ; used for hot. 

Ho-1-Ho-1, v. ‘To be pleased; to rejoice ; 
to be joyful. 

2. Hoo. To refresh; to assist; to give 
pleasure. 2 Tim.1:16. To be greatly con- 
soled. Heb. 6:18. 

3. To reprove. 2 Tim. 4:2. 

Ho-1-Ho-1, s. Joy; gladness; good feel- 
ing; rejoicing ; cheerfulness. Rom. 12:8. 
Gratification in a thing. Neh. 4:6. Me ka 
hoihoi, me ka hauoli ame ka manao lana, 
with good feeling, with joy and with hope. 

Ho-1-no-1, adj. Glad; joyful; gratified ; 
well pleased. 

Ho-1-Hov, v. Hot, to return, and how, 
again. To return again. 

Ho-1-nov, s. In music, name of the char- 
acter signifying a repeat. 

Ho-1-Ho-rE v. Hoz, to return, and hepe, 
backwards. To go back after an advance; 
to return to former practices after a reform- 
ation ; to revolt, as one taken captive ; to 
turn back. Jer. 6:28. 

Ho-1-Kz, v. Ho for hoo, and tke, to know. 


HOI 


173 


HOO 


1. To cause to know ; to make known. | Ho-1-nar-nA, v. Ho for hoo, and inaina, 


2. To show; to make a display; e unihi, 
e puka iwaho; to put outside for appear- 
ance; to exhibit; to explain, as a language. 

Ho-1-Ke, s. That which shows or is 
‘shown; an exhibition, as of a school; a 
witness of an event; a witness in a court 
of justice. Syn. with ikemaka, also hoike- 
maka, an eye-witness. Pilip. 1:8. | 

Ho-1-Ke, adj. Exhibiting; showing ; 
making plain. ff 

Ho-1-ke, adv. Openly; visibly; clearly. 

Ho-1-KE-A-na, s. A showing; exhibiting. 

2. The name of the last book in the 
Bible, Revelations. i 

Ho-1-xe-1-Ke, v. Ho for hoo, and zke, to 
know. To know, more particularly than 
hoike; to make known clearly; to commu- 
nicate knowledge; to point out truths or 
facts. = 

Ho-1-u1, v. Ho for hoo, and 22, to strike; 
to hit. 

1. To cause to bring or to come upon 
one. 

2. To place upon, i. e., to put on board 
a ship. 

3. Tostrike upon, asaship upon a rock; 
to go ashore; to strand. 

4. To fall to one, as property from a 
parent; to inherit. See Itt. 

Ho-1-u1-1-L1, v. Ho for hoo, and zlizlz, to 
collect. 

1. To collect together, as things of any 
kind in one place. 

2. To lay up ; to heap together. 

Ho-1-L0, s. The season of the year 
answering to winter in more northern lati- 
tudes. 

2. Winter, the stormy season, from the 
interruption of regular trade winds. Loilo 
is used in opposition to kau, the hot or 
summer season. The word is also written 


hooilo. ; ; ip 
Ho-1-L0, adj. Wintry; pertaining to 
winter. Jer, 36:22. 


Ho-1-Lo-1-Lo, v. To guess before hand; 
to predict something future; especially, to 
predict evil; to tell one when he was sick 
that he would die; ihoiloilo mai o mea ia’u 
e make,a ua ola; to give up a sick person 
to die as incurable. 

Ho-1-u1-Hu-nE, v. Ho for hoo, and ii- 
hune, poor ; destitute. 

1. To make one poor; to deprive one of 
his property. 
2. To be humble; lowly. See Inmune. 

Ho-1-L1-Ko-LE, v. Ho for hoo, and dikole, 
raw skin. Like the foregoing, only more 
strong. To make very poor; to deprive 
of all comforts. See ILIKore. 

Ho-1-m1, v. Ho for hoo, and imi, to seek. 
To search diligently. 


anger. To cause hatred ; to stir up anger ; 
to provoke one to anger. 

Ho-1-na-I-Na, v. See Ina. To ease off; 
to hang down; to crook. 

Ho-1-no, v. Ho for hoo, and ino, bad. 

1. To curse one. 1 Sam.17:43. To vex; 
to harass; to harm; to injure; to cause 
reproach. 

2. To make filthy ; to defile. See Ino. 

Ho-1-no, s. Reproach; contempt. 1 
Sam. 17:26. 

Ho-1-no, adj. Berena hoino, bread of 
affliction. Kanl. 16:3. 

Ho-1-No, adv. Mai olelo hoino, do not 
revile. Puk. 22:28. 


Ho-1-no-14, s. That which is contempt- 
ible; a reproach; contempt. Kin. 30:23. 

Ho-1-No-1-No, v. Ho for hoo, and inoino 
(see Ino), to deface. To disfigure ; to sad- 
den; to disguise, as the face by austerity. 
Mat. 6:16. 

Ho-1-nu, v. Ho for hoo, and inu, to 
drink. To give drink; to cause one to 
drink ; generally written hohainu. 

Ho-1-Po, ~ Ho for hoo, and ipo, 

Ho-1-Po-1-Po, a paramour. To commit 
fornication or adultery secretly. 


Ho-1-w1, v. Ho for hoo, and iwi, crooked. 
See Iwi, adj. To turn the eye-ball from its 
natural position; to turn the eyes aside; 
to squint ; to be cross-eyed. 


Hoo. ‘This word is the causative prefix 
to verbs; as, malu, to shade, hoomalu, to 
cause a shade, to overshadow; pono, good, 
right, hoopono, to correct, to make right; 
akea, to be broad, hooakea or hoakea, to 
cause to be broad, i. e., to extend, enlarge, 
&e. See Gram. § 33 and § 212, and the 
conjugations 7, 8, 11, 12, 15 and 16. 

This prefix, though originally adapted to 
the verb, continues its influence though the 
verb with its causative prefix becomes a 
noun, adjective or adverb. Ua hele oia i 
ka hoike, he has gone to the exhibition; he 
kanaka hoopunipuni, a man causing decep- 
tion, i. e., a deceitful man ; olelo hooino iho 
la, he spoke causing reproach, i. e., he spoke 
reproachfully. Before words whose first 
letter is a vowel, the last o of the hoo fre- 
quently coalesces with the vowel of the 
word following, particularly before a, e and 
0; as, hoano for hooano; hoole for hooole, 
&c. (See the preceding pages, from the 
word hoaa to hoo.) Some words have haa 
for their causative prefix instead of hoo; 
as, haaheo for hooheo (from heo, pride), to 
be haughty. This form seems to come from 
the Tahitian dialect. A few words take 
both forms for their causative, as hoonui 
and haanui, from nui, to be large. Hoavwi, 


HOO 


174 


HOO 


to give, is used for hooawi, but haawi is| Hoo-au-au, v. See Avau, to wash. To 


used oftener than either. 

Strictly speaking, hoo in a Dictionary 
should not begin a verb, but verbs having 
this prefix should be set in their places, 
and their meanings be modified by the hoo 
as it occurs ; as, ike, to know, &c., hoo. or 
ho., to cause to know, to show, to exhibit ; 
ikeia, to be known, hoo., to be made known, 
to be shown ; ikeike, to know clearly, hoo., 
to make known clearly or frequently, &c.; 
but a large class of words have been found 
beginning with the causative prefix hoo, 
whose roots are not known or have not 
come to light, or are out of use. It is true, 
such a root might be assumed as being in 
existence or having once existed, as Greek 
Lexicographers often assume an obsolete 
theme; but there would be much danger 
in Hawaiian of getting the wrong word: 
hence, we know not where to put such roots 
unless we retain the hoo for the beginning 
of the word. This occasions some repeti- 
tion, but it is hoped it will not be a serious 
inconvenience. The following words be- 
ginning with hoo are such as were first 
found in that form and whose root was not 
known. They are now retained in that form 
because many are other parts of speech 
than verbs. Where the words beginning 
with hoo have been defined wnder their 
roots, the definitions here will be very short 
and the reader referred to the root. 


Ho-o, v. Ho for hoo, and 09, to pierce. 
See the verb O. To pierce; to stab; to 
cause to enter; to thrust or put in. 

2. To furnish; to supply. Job. 38:36. 
3. To stretch out; to extend, as the hand 
to do a thing. 

Ho-o, v. To cause to enter; to put 
one’s hand in his pocket; hoo iho lai ka 
poi, kukulu iwaho. 

Hoo-a, v. To break; to break up, as 
fuel; to break to pieces. 

2. To vomit; to be sick at the stomach. 
See Hoowa. 
Hoo-a, s. A breaking up; a separating. 


Hoo-aa, Se The o and a coalescing 
Hoo-waa, give the sound of w. See Gram. 
§ 13:7, note. 


1. To dig up, as a trench; to dig, as with 
an oo or spade. 

2. To wander about without friends; to 
be destitute. 

Hoo-ar, v. See At, to break kapu. To 
break, as a law or kapu; to transgress. 
Hoo-ar-Ka-NnE, v. See Arkane. To make 

friends. 

Hoo-ar-puv-puv, v. See Arpuuruc. ‘To 
make or constitute one an aipuupuu or 
waiting servant; to act as a servant, par- 
ticularly at waiting on the table. 


wash the body; to bathe. 


Hoo-au-a-Na, v. See AUANA, to wan- 

Hoo-au-wa-NA, der. To cause to wan- 
der ; to scatter ; to disperse, as a conquer- 
ing army disperses the enemy. Pass. To 
be dispersed. 

Hoo-au-HEE, v. See Her and AvHEE, 
to run, as from an enemy. To disperse in 
battle ; to put to flight. 

2. To pillage a conquered people. 

3. Fic. To be destitute; to be stripped 
of everything as those formerly conquered 
were; hence, 

4. To be poor; to be destitute of every 
comfort and resource. 

Hoo-au-wa-Ha, v. See AuwaHa and 
AvauwaHa. To plow; to make a long ditch; 
to dig a furrow. 

Hoo-au-wa-HA-wa-HA, v. Freq. of hoo- 
auwaha above. 

Hoo-au-wa-na, v. See Auwana. To 
disperse, as a dog disperses a flock of goats, 
or as a conqueror disperses his enemies. 

Hoo-a-HA, v. So written for hoowaha. 
To make or dig a trench, ditch or furrow. 
See Wana. 

2. To covet; to seize upon without per- 
mission. 

Hoo-a-Ha-a-Ha, v. To sit cross-legged. 

Hoo-a-HE-wa, v. See Hoanewa. To 
pronounce one guilty; to condemn. 


Hoo-a-H1, v. See Aunt, fire. To set fire 
to ; to set on fire. 

2. Fic. To fire up; to be angry for a 
supposed offense; to be troubled with jeal- 
ous feelings. 

e To peck or dig into, as a bird with its 
bill. 

Hoo-a-Ho, v. See Ano, sticks for thatch- 
ing on. See also Hoano. To put the aho 
on a house; to tie on small sticks to hold 
the thatching of a house. 


Hoo-a-Hu, v. See Antu, to collect. To 
gather together ; to collect; to heap up. 
2. To put down; to leave. 
Hoo-a-nu, adj. Gathered; collected ; 
laid up. 
2. Dissatisfied, as with work imperfectly 
done. 
Hoo-a-KA, 
Hoo-a-KA-A-KA, 
to make one laugh. 
Hoo-a-Ka, v. See Axaka, clear. To 
Hoo-a-KA-KA, explain; to make clear 
what is intricate; to make perspicuous ; 
to expound. 
Hoo-a-Ka-MaAl, v. See Axamat, skillful. 
To make wise; to be skillful at any art or 
business ; to be intelligent. 


v. See Axa and Axa- 
AKA. To cause to laugh; 


HOO 


2. To make a pretense of wisdom; to be 
proud of one’s attainments. 

Hoo-a-kE-a, v. See Axea, broad. To 
enlarge; to spread out; to widen; to make 
broad. 

Hoo-a-ta-La, v. See Anata and Hoa- 
LaLa. To cry out, as the alala; to make 
one cry. 

Hoo-a-LE-A-LE, v. See ALE, a wave, and 
ALEALE. To stir round soft poi with the 
fingers, as in eating poi; hence, 

2. To eat poi. Syn. with miki. 

3. To make the sea into waves. 

Hoo-a-ti-a, v. See Ausra. To hinder; 
mai hooalia mai oe; to stand in the way of 
another. 

2. To cause one to stop doing a thing. 

3. To wait; to procrastinate. 

Hoo-a-tur, v. See Aru, chief. To make 
a chief; to establish one in office. 

Hoo-a-Lo-Ha, v. See Aton, to love. 
To cause to love; to make one’s self friends. 

Hoo-a-Lo-HA-Lo-HA, v. See ALOHA, to 
love. To take pleasure in; to give thanks ; 
to bless. 

Hoo-a-tu-a-Lu, v. See ALUALU, loose. 
To cause to loosen or slacken, as a rope ; 
to make one’s clothes loose. 

Hoo-a-mo, v. See Amo, to carry. To 
cause one to carry or bear a burden. 

Hoo-a-nA-E, v. See Hoanoz. To set 
aside ; to set_apart for a particular use. 

Hoo-a-nt, s. A rumbling; a movement 
of wind in the bowels. 

Hoo-a-no-a-no, v. See Hoano. To be 
solemn, as with the idea that an invisible 
spirit was present. 

2. Tosolemnize the mind, as for worship, 
or as in the presence of a spirit ; hooano- 
ano wale mai no me he haili la e kau iho 
ana maluna. 

Hoo-a-po-no, v. See Pono and Hoa- 
pono. To pronounce not guilty, i. e., to 
justify. 

Hoo-r-a, v. See Ea, to rise up. To lift 
up ; to elevate. 

Hoo-E-4-E, v. To read with a tone. 


Hoo-gv, v. See Eu and Evev. To 
Hoo-Ev-Ev, § animate ; to encourage ; to 
excite. 


Hoo-£-LE-E-LE, v. See Exe and Ete- 
ELE. To make black; to blacken, like the 
gathering of clouds before a storm. 

Hoo-r-m1, v. See Emi. To draw back; 
to diminish in size or number; to lessen ; 
to humble. 

Hoo-1-a, v. For hooota. See O1a,v. To 
prove; to confirm; to make evident; to 
confirm the truth of a thing. 

Ho-o1-o1, adj. See O1o1. Assuming; for- 


175 


HOO 


ward; desirous of appearing conspicuous ; 
vain; conceited. 

Hoo-14-1-0, v. Hooia and io, really. To 
prove, &c.; to substantiate as a fact. 

Hoo-1a-1-0, s. A pledge for something 
promised. in. 38:20. 

Hoo-1-E-1-E, v. See lem, adj. To be 
a vainglorious ; light minded ; fop- 

ish. 

3 2. To be quarrelsome. 

Hoo-1-E-1-E, adj. Proud; vain; light 
minded. See above. 

Hoo-1-1-kA, v. Freq. of tka. See Hoorxa. 


Hoo-1-0, v. See Hoota above. To prove; 
to confirm. 

2. To think much of one’s self; mai ao i 
na mea hewa—i ka hooio., i ka hookiekie. 
Hoo-1-HA-I-HA, v. See Ina. To draw 

tightly, as a rope; to be infent. 

Hoo-1-Ho, v. See Ino, to descend. ‘To 
cause to descend; to go down; e hooiho 
ana ka waa i Oahu. 

Hoo-1-Ho-1-Ho, v. Freq. of tho, v. To go 
down. 

Hoo-1-Ho-wa, s. See Hooro and Ana. 
A road leading down hill; a descending. 
Hoo-1-Ka, v. See Ika, to float ashore. 
To go ashore from a boat or canoe; to put 
ashore, as from a canoe; to throw on a 

bank from any water. 

Hoo-1-Kar-ka, v. See Ikaria, strong. To 
make strong ; in areciprocal sense, to make 
one’s self strong. 

2. To strengthen ; to encourage ; to ani- 
mate. 

Hoo-1-KeE, v. See Ike and Hore. To 
show ; to make known ; to exhibit; to en- 
lighten. 

Hoo-1-x1, v. See 1x1, little. To make 
small; to diminish ; to hold back. 

Hoo-1-t1, v. See Ix, to strike. To hit 
upon; to put upon, as to put on board a 
ship ; to place upon, as upon the shoulders. 

Hoo-1-t1, adj. Articles of supply, as for 
family use; he nui no ka maona ma ke 
kuaaina, he maona hooili; something to eat 
and lay aside. 

Hoo-1-ui-I-L1, v. See Int and Izu, to 
collect. To collect in store ; to gather to- 
gether ; to gather in heaps. 

Hoo-1-L1-NA, s. See Innva, burying place. 
An inheritance; property falling to one 
from the death of a person. 

2. An heir; an inheritor of the property 
of a deceased person. Hin. 15:3, 4. 
3. A burying place. 

Hoo-1-Lo, s. The name of the rainy or 
wintry months, in distinction from kau, the 
summer season ; also hoilo. 

To 


Hoo-1-Lo-I-Lo, vy. See Hozrzorzo. 


HOO 1 


guess correctly ; to predict; to tell before 
hand; especially to predict evil. 
2. To rejoice. 
Hoo-r-nu, v. See Inv. 
to; to cause to drink ; generally written 
hoohainu. For the ha, see Gram. § 48. 
Hoo-r-nar-na, v. See Ina, v., and Hot- 
NAINA. 
Hoo-1-r0, v. See Ivo, a mistress. To 


woo; to court; to solicit the affections of 


one; applied either to men or women. 

2, To cohabit secretly ; to keep a mis- 
tress. ; 
Hoo-1-ro-1-Po, v. Freq. of the foregoing. 
Hoo-o1-01, adj. See Hooro1. Assuming; 
desirous of appearing at the head; con- 

ceited ; vain. Isa, 3:16. 

Hoo-o-Lu-o-LU, v. See Otvotv and Ho- 
oLvotw. To comfort; to console one in 
affliction and pain; to give to body or 
mind; to please. 

Hoo-v-a, v. See Ua, rain. To cause it 
to rain; to give or cause rain. 

Hoo-v-aa, or Hoo-u-waa, adj. Open ; 


free to enter, as a harbor; ¢ komo no na 
moku manuwa iloko o na awa a pau i hoo- 


Uania. 
Hoo-v-a-u-a, v. To be tight; strong ; 
to draw along. 


Hoo-v-a-H1, v. See Uaut, smoke. To 


cause smoke, steam or vapor; to burst 


forth, like steam. 

Hoo-v-e, v. See UE and Uwe. To 

Hoo-u-weE, 
for pain or grief. 

Hoo-v-r-u-E, v. Intensive of hooue above. 
To cry out; to sob; to sigh; to grieve; to 
mourn ; to cry long; to wail. 

Hoo-vz-vE, v. See UzvE, to shake. To 
cause a shaking; to bend; to crook; to 
move along a little. 

Hoo-v-na, v. To draw tightly. 

Hoo-v-Ha-u-na, v. To fatigue; to tire. 

Hoo-v-H4-Lu, v. To bring out; to unfold. 

Hoo-v-HE-NE-HE-NE, v. See HENEHENE. 
a laugh secretly at one ; to mock ironic- 
ally. 

Hoo-v-u1, v. See Uni, to cover up. To 
overspread ; to cover up ; to wrap up ; to 
put out of sight by covering up. 

Hoo-v-n1-u-H1, v. See Uni as above. 
To cover up; to conceal in various ways ; 
to cover over; to hide from view. 

Hoo-v-nvu-u1, v. ‘To trouble; to vex. 

Hoo-u-xa, v. See Uxa, to send; convey. 
To put or lay upon, as to lade a horse or 
other animal ; to put on board a canoe or 
vessel; to freight; to send property by ship. 

2. To attack, as an enemy; to make an 
attack ; to rush upon, as in battle. 


To give drink 






cause one to cry; to cry out 





6 HOO 


Hoo-v-xa, adj. La hoouka, day of bat- 
tle ; day of attack. Job. 38:23. 

Hoo-u-Ka-u-KA, v. Frequent. of hoouka. 

Hoo-u-Ka-u1, v. See Uxatt, to follow. 
To cause to follow ; to follow after; to ac- 
company by following. 

Hoo-u-Ka-Na, v. See Uxana, goods to 
be carried along. To bundle up or pack 
movable goods. 

Hoo-u-x1, v. See Ux1, Uxtuxi and Na- 
uki. To provoke; to do that which will 
offend. 


Hoo-v-x1-u-KI, v. See Uxi. To cause 


one to be offended ; to insult. 

Hoo-u-xu, v. See Uxu, reward. To pay 
or discharge a debt; to pay a fine; to pun- 
ish or reward; hoopai. 

Hoo-v-xu, s. See Uxu. A recompense; 
payment; doing justice. Isa. 35:4. 

Hoo-v-LAu-LAU-A-KA, v. To enjoy, as 
the union of the sexes. 

Hoo-u-Lz, v. See Uns, to hang down. 
To cause to hang; to swing. 

Hoo-v-LE-v-LE, v. See Ute. To swing; 
to hang pendulous; to ease off; to crook 
or turn down. 

Hoo-v-t1, v. See Uut, to be dark col- 
ored. To make black; to darken; to be 
green, as the sea; as a forest. 

Hoo-v-t1-u-1, v. Intensive of the above. 

Hoo-u-tu, v. See Uzv, to grow, as a 
vegetable. To cause to grow, as seeds 
planted ; to sprout; to increase in size, as 
fruit. 

2. To lift up; to release, as something 
fast; ma kahi e paa ai ka waa, e hooulu no 
kekahi kanaka i ka waa. 

Hoo-v-Lu-a, v. See Uva, to assemble. 
To collect ; to assemble together, as men ; 
to collect together, as things. 

Hoo-u-tu-a, v. To sing in order to en- 
courage men to work. 


Hoo-v-tu-v-Lu, v. See Utu and Utv- 
uLu, to collect together. To collect to- 
gether, as men or things; to assemble in 
one place. 

Hoo-U-LU-U-LU-WA, a Ulu, to collect, 

Hoo-U-LU-U-LU-WAA, and waa, canoe. 
To collect many canoes together in one 
place. 

Hoo-u-tu-nu-a, v. See Utunva. To 
give trouble; to weary; to vex; to op- 
press; to wear out the patience of one ; 
mai hoouluhua i ke keiki. 

Hoo-v-Lu-Lu, v. E hooululu akua, to 
make pretensions of being a god, or hav- 
ing a god in one. 

Hoo-v-LU-MA-HI-E-HI-E, v. See ULuma- 
HIE. 


HOO 177 HOO 


Hoo-v-m1-x1, v. See Umm, a gourd. To.| Hoo-waa-waa, v. See Haa, short, and 

awell out round and full,as a large gourd.| Haanaa. To make low; to humble; to 
Hoo-v-mi-k1-m1-k1, v. Intensive of the|__abase; to make bumble. 

above. Hoo-Haa-HAA, adv. Humbly; modestly. 
Hoo-u-na, v. See Una, to send. To! Rom. 12:3. 

cause one to go on business; tosend on an Hoo-naa-nu-l, v. See Haanut. Haa, 








errand. causative. and nui, to be great. To boast; 
Hoo-u-na-u-nA, v. Intensive of una. To} to swell in glorying; to multiply words ; 
send frequently. to speak unintelligibly. 


Hoo-HAA-LU-LU, v. See Haaxvty, i. e., 
Ha, prefix, and Lvu.v, to shake. To shake; 
to tremble, as one in great fear. Nore— 
It appears from this and other words that 
the causative prefix haa is more ancient 
than hoo, for we have here lulu, to shake, 
and haalulu as a causative form, and this 
seems to have been incorporated with the 
word: since, however, the more modern 
causative hoo has been prefixed, thus the 
word has two causatives. 

Hoo-Hak, v. See Haz, wild. To be wild; 
savage; to provoke to anger. 

Hoo-HAE-HAE, v. See Harnarz. To 
make one angry; to provoke; to tease; to 
vex ; to trouble. 

Hoo-wa1, v. See Hai, proud. To be 
proud ; to strut about; to look down upon 
others. 

Hoo-Hat-Hal, v. Intensive of the fore- 


_2. To perform some part in the hoopio- 
pio or anaana. 

3. To ask or urge one to do a thing; 
aole o’u manao e hoounauna aku ia olua, 
Laieik. 21. 

Hoo-u-nE, v. See Uns, to pry up. To 
pry up. as with a lever ; to lift by prying. 

Hoo-v-NE-u-NE, v. Frequentative of hoo- 
une. To pry up. 

2. To deceive. 

Hoo-u-noo, v. See Unoo, not well 
cooked. To be not sufficiently cooked ; 
hence, 

2. To be raw; to be red, as raw meat. 
Hoo-v-no-u-noo, v. Freq. of the above. 
Hoo-u-pu-u-pu, v. See Uru, to desire. 

To desire strongly ; to covet; to lust after. 

Hoo-u-wa, v. See Uwa, to shout. To 

cause to cry out; to shout; to be clam- 


fee ee Teas f th going. See Hamar. To be proud; vain. 
~U-WA-U- . Intensi 
ac. bie ve of "| Hoo-Ha-r-L, v. See Haru. To be of a 


dark color; to be dark ; dim to the sight. 
2. To take the appearance of a spirit. 
3. To be transformed, as one taking a 
new form. 

Hoo-na-i-nu, v. See Inv and Hainv. 
To give drink to; to cause one to drink; 
to quench one’s thirst by drinking. 

Hoo-nao-HAo, v. See Haonao, to search. 
To seek ; to cause a search after a thing ; 
to hunt after. 

Hoo-nav-o-11, v. See Havout, joy. To 
cause joy ; to rejoice. 

Hoo-HAv-HI-LI, v. See Hix, to wander, 
and Havniur. To cause a blundering in 
speaking ; to talk foolishly without regard 
to truth. 

Hoo-HAvu-KaE, v. See Hauxag,asloven. 
To be a sloven, or to act ina slovenly man- 
ner ; to be base in one’s conduct. 

Hoo-nav-mi-a, v. See Havumua, filthy. 
To defile; to pollute; to cause to be un- 
clean ; to contaminate ; to deface; to dis- 
figure. 

Hoo-Hau-na, v. To deceive; to entice; 
to insnare. 

2. To clasp around. 
3. To seize with the hands, as something 
difficult to hold. 

Hoo-Hau-na, v. To stuff the vagina in 


order to produce abortion. 


Hoo-v-wa-ul, v. See Uwant. Lit. Uahi. 
To rise up, as a column of smoke. 

Hoo-v-we, v. See Uwe, to cry. To 
cause to cry; to make one cry. 

Hoo-u-wE-kE, v. To open. See WenE. 

Hoo-u-wE-we, v. See Hooveur. Tobe 
fickle ; to move about; to shake. 

Hoo-u-wE-u-wE, v. To sound, as a bell; 
to sound, as a musical instrument. 

Hoo-v-wE-NE, v. Tospeak ina 

Hoo-U-wE-NE-WE-NE, small shrill voice, 
like a weak dying person. 

Hoo-v-wi-u-wi, v. See Uwi, to wring; 
to twist. To wring ; to squeeze ; to twist. 

Hoo-u-wi-u-wi, s. The name of a shade 
tree ; he laau malumalu. 

Hoo-u-wi-k1, v. See Uwi. To squeak, 
as new shoes; to grind the teeth. 

2. To cause to shine through small holes. 
See Uwikt. 

Hoo-u-wi-u-w1-k1, s. See foregoing 2. 
Very small holes. 

Hoo-Haa, v. See Haa, low; short. To 
cause to be low; to humble; to be unlike 
another ; e hoohaa, e ano e. 

Hoo-naa, v. To be deceitful; to get 
one’s living by cheating. 

2. To be lazy; to live in a careless manner. 


a 
EEE EEE 
ee 


HOO 


Hoo-Hau-Na-E-LE, v. See Haunak.e. 
To cause a disturbance ; to get up a riot; 
to do mischief in a mass. 

Hoo-HaA-U-wa-U-wa, v. See Uwa and 
Uwatwa, to gabble. To talk all together; 
to make confusion by a multitude talking 
all at once. 

Hoo-Ha-Ha, v. See Hana, to strut. To 
be obstinate ; opinionated. 

z. To be proud; high minded ; to strut; 
to act the dandy; to strut, as a cock tur- 
key; he kanaka hoohaha, hookano, haaheo, 
noho wale, aole hana; he hoohaha kana 
hele ana; to strut, as a person of conse- 
quence. Jer. 48:29. 

3. To beat down; to pound; to make 
hard, as the bottom of a salt pond. 

Hoo-na-Ha, adj. Covered up; shaded; 
overshadowed, as by clouds; ina i poipu 
ka lani, a aneane makani ole, he hoohaha ia. 

Hoo-Ha-Hal, v. See Hana, to follow. 
To pursue ; to chase: to follow after. 

Hoo-Ha-HAv, v. To make believe; to 
pretend to be what one is not; to put on 
the dress and appearance of another; e 
hoano, e hoohaili. 

Hoo-Ha-Hu, v. To make even; smooth; 
level. 

Hoo-HA-HU-HA-HU, v. 

Hoo-Ha-Ka, v. See Haka, full of holes. 
To be open ; to be full of openings, cracks 
or spaces. 

Hoo-Ha-KaA-HA-KA, v. See Haxa. To 
open ; to be full of holes or cracks. 

2. Fic. To open, as the ear; to give at- 
tention to what is said. 

Hoo-Ha-xa-Li-a, v. See Haxauia. To 
detain; to delay; to lengthen out the time. 

Hoo-Ha-Ka-nu, v. See Haxanu. To be 
speechless ; silent; unsocial. 

Hoo-na-ke, v. See Hake. To break, as 
a boil; to thrust; to push; to cram in. 
Hoo-Ha-k1, v. See Haxt, to break. To 
cause to break; to break, as a stick or a 

bone. See the foregoing. 

Hoo-Ha-xo-1, v. See Haxor. To cause 
water to dash wave against wave, or against 
the sides of a vessel. 

2. To be agitated, as water in a dish un- 
steadily carried. 

3. To swell and rise up, as water. 

4. To be agitated, as the mind. 

Hoo-Ha-La, v. See Hara, to miss; to 
pass on. To cause to miss the mark; to 
dodge ; to turn aside. 

‘rein transgress ; to go beyond. Nah. 

3. To pass by the house of a friend; mai 
hoohala oe ia ia, do not miss him, i. e., in 
throwing a spear at a man. 

Hoo-Ha-La-wa-La, v. See Hara and 





178 


HOO 


Havawana. To refuse assent to the terms 
of a bargain; to break off a bargain; to be 
displeased with the proposed conditions of 
another ; to break a promise. 

2. To turn aside; not to listen to what 
one says. 

3. To find fault with a proposal or offer. 

Hoo-HA-La-HA-LA-WA-LE, 5. A complaint 
without cause ; an unreasonable objection 
to a proposal. 

Hoo-Ha-La-La, v. See Hoowara above 
and La, day. Lit. To cause the day to 
pass away. 

1. To pass off the time; to spend the day. 

2. To endure for the present day ; ap- 
plied to sick persons; ua pono kou mai? 
Ans. Aole, he hoohalala wale no, no ka 
make. Applied to the hungry ; he ai anei 
ka oukou? Aole, he hoohalala wale no— 
he kamau ea. Applied also when one has 
but a little food, just enough for the day. 

Hoo-Hs-Le, v. See Hare, house. To 
rest in a house; to stay in a house ; to re- 
ceive one into a house; to lodge; to solicit 
one to be a host or friend. See Hoarkans. 

Hoo-Ha-LE-HA-LE, v. Intensive of the 
foregoing. To sink down, as the stomach 
when hungry, or like a house roof fallen in. 

2. To be hungry ; to suffer with hunger. 

Hoo-Ha-LE-kKI-PA, v. See Hatexipa. To 
entertain, as a guest; to receive into one’s 
house, as a friend. 

Hoo-wa-LE-PA-PAA, v. See HaLepapaa. 
To shut up one ina tight house; to inclose; 
to secure by putting in a tight house; to 
store ; to put in a store-house. 

Hoo-Ha-ul, v. See Haus, to carry. To 
cause to bear ; to carry. 

2. To transfer to another person or to 
another piace. 

3. To carry the words of one to another; 
to put words together. 

Hoo-wa-L1a, v. To stir up, as anger ; 
hoohalia mai i ka inaina. 

Hoo-Ha-Li-HA-LI, v. Intensive of halz. 
To carry or bear, as a burden; to carry 
frequently. 

Hoo-HA-LI-KE, v. See Like and Haixe. 
To cause to be like; to resemble; to make 
similar. 

Hoo-HaA-LI-KE-LI-KE, v. Freq. of the fore- 
going. See Hauike. To make alike; to 
divide equally ; to equalize. 


Hoo-HaA-LI-KE-LI-KE, s. A resemblance; 
likeness ; a similarity. 

Hoo-wa-tu, v. See Haru. To be or be- 
come poor or thin in flesh. 

Hoo-Ha-Lu-a, v. To watch an opportu- 
nity for mischief; to lie in wait. Jos. 8:4. 
Wither to kill or rob. 

2. To act as a spy; to go secretly to do 





HOO 


a thing; to rob; to watch for an opportu- 
nity to see or speak toa person. Lateile.77. 


179 


HOO 


2. To resuscitate; to revive from fainting. 
3. To snuff up, as the wind. 


Hoo-na-Lu-a, s. An ambush; an am-|Hoo-wa-par, v. See Hapat, to lift or 


buscade. Jos. 8:2. Poe hoohalua, liers in 
wait. Lunk. 9:25. 

Hoo-na-Lu-HA-Lu, v. Freq. of hoohalu. 
See Hatu and Haunatu. ‘fo be poor in 
flesh ; to be thin; to be hungry. 

Hoo-wa-Lu-Lu, v. See Harutv. To 
cause a roaring like thunder, or a heavy 
wind; to rage; to make a rumbling sound. 


Hoo-na-mo, v. See Hamo, to rub. To 
cause a rubbing, as with the hand; to be- 
smear, as with oil. 

Hoo-nA-mo-HA-mo, v. See the above. To 
feel with the hand frequently; to rub over; 
to anoint. 

Hoo-wa-na, v. See Hana, to work. To 
cause to work; to do service for another ; 
to compel to work, as aslave; to encourage 
to work. 

Hoo-Ha-nau, v. See Hanav, to bring 
forth young. To cause to bring forth, as 
a female. Nore.—The word was mostly 
used in connection with the application of 
medicines designed to effect premature par- 
turition. 

2. In modern times hoohanau has been 
used in the sense to beget or cause to be 
born; not used by Hawaiians themselves 
in this sense. 

Hoo-wa-nt, v. See Hani, to approach. 
To come near to so as just to touch; to 
pass softly by. 

Hoo-Ha-ni-na, v. See Hoowanimant. 
Also, to turn a little so as to allow one to 
pass in a narrow road. 

Hoo-Ha-ni-Ha-ni, v. Freq. of hoohkani. 
To tempt slightly to adultery; to make 
gentle advances. 

Hoo-Ha-ni-NI, v. See Hantni and Nini, 
to spill. To pour or run out, as water from 
a vessel; to cause to flow, as water; also, 
as tears; ua hoohaniniia na mapuna wai- 
maka, the fountains of tears overflowed. 
Laieik. 203. 

Hoo-na-no, v. See Hano, to be still; 
undisturbed. To honor; to exalt; to be 
vain; to be haughty ; to be self-glorious. 

Hoo-na-No-Ha-No, v. See Hano. To 
exalt one’s self above others; to conduct 
haughtily ; to raise one to honor. 


Hoo-na-nu-a, v. See Hanua, plane; 
level. To live independently; to have 
enough ; to be supplied. 

2. To be level; plane, as low level 
ground. See Honua. 


Hoo-wa-nu-HA-Nu, v. See Hanv, to 


breathe. To cause to breathe frequently ; 
to draw the breath in and out. 


raise up. To conceive, as a female; par- 
allel with hoohanau. Nah. 11:12. Nort.— 
Hoohanau and hoohapai are both factitious 
words and of modern date, and are not 
after Hawaiian idiom, as the Hawaiian has 
no words properly signifying to conceive as 
a mother, or to beget as a father; at least 
no such words have yet been discovered. 

Hoo-HEE, v. See HEE, to melt; to flow. 
To cause to melt; to flow, as a liquid. 

2. To cause to flee; to put to flight; to 
rout, as an army. See AUHEE. 

Hoo-HEE-HEE, v. Freq. of hoohee. Also, 
to make angry ; to vex; to be wild. 

Hoo-HEE-wa-LE, v. ‘To melt easily; to 
run into liquid. 

2. To flee or run away; to act the cow- 
ard. See Houe. 

Hoo-HE-HEE, v. See HEE, to melt. To 
melt away ; to run, as a liquid; to liquify, 
as any hard substance. 

Hoo-HE1, v. See Het, a snare or net. 
To set a net or snare; to be entangled in 
@ snare. 

2. To beset with difficulties. 

Hoo-HEI-HEI, v. To sound or strike on 
the drum. 

Hoo-HeI-HEI, s. A drum; a playing on 
the drum. 

Hoo-nE-o, v. See Heo, pride. To be 
proud ; vaunting ; lofty. 

Hoo-HE-HE-0, v. See Heo. To swell 
out; to be large, as a woman with a large 
pau. 

Hoo-HE-u, v. See Hev, a beginning. 
To open a speech: to commence a talk. 
Hoo-HE-HE-Lo, v. See Heneto. To be 
proud; to be proud of one’s appearance or 

dress ; to be deceitful. 

Hoo-HE-KI-LI, v. See Hexizi, thunder. 
To cause it to thunder. 

Hoo-wE-LE, adj. See Hetz, to move. 
Movable ; moving. 

Hoo-HE-LE-HE-LE, See HeLe and 
MAHELE. to divide. To go between; to 
divide ; to separate by cutting, as cutting 
cloth with shears. 

Hoo-HE-LE-LEI, v. See HELELEI, to scat- 
ter. To scatter, as in sowing grain; to 
throw away. 

Hoo-HE-MA-HE-MA, v. See Hema, left 
(hand.) ‘To be unfurnished ; unprepared ; 
not ready. 

2. To be wanting in some important qual- 
ity or thing. 

3. To cause a destitution ;.to deprive of. 

4. To dislike and take no care of; ap- 
plied to all things not desired. 


VU. 


HOO 


i ka waiwai, waiho wale a lilo ia hai. 

Hoo-HE-mo, v. See Hemo, to loosen. 
To make loose; to loosen; to set at liberty. 

Hoo-HE-Mo-HE-Mo, v. Freq. of the above. 
To make loose. 

Hoo-HE-mu, v. See Hemv, to drive away. 
To scare away; to frighten; to drive off, 
as hens, pigs or other animals. 

Hoo-HE-NA, v. See Hena, thigh. To see, 
feel or handle the thigh; to take off one’s 
clothes. 

Hoo-HE-NA-HE-NA, v. Intensive of the 
foregoing. Toact lasciviously; to uncover 
one’s nakedness; to dress so as to show 
the hena. 

Hoo-HE-NnE, v. See HENE, mockery. To 
cause mockery ; to show contempt. 

Hoo-HE-NE-HE-NE, v. See the foregoing. 
To cause laughter at another’s expense or 
feelings ; to mock ; to vilify. 

Hoo-HeE-pa, v. See Hepa, to be silent. 


To be mischievous ; to be careless ; to imi- 


tate another. 

Hoo-HE-pa-HE-PA, v. See Hoonera. To 
talk improperly, as imitating the talk of 
foreigners. 

2. To mispronounce words or miscon- 
struct language ; e hookahuli i ka olelo. 
Hoo-He-wa, v. See Hewa, wrong; 
error. To condemn; to convict of crime 
or misdemeanor ; to accuse one of crime; 

to punish. See AnEWwA. 

Hoo-HE-wa-HE-wa, v. See Hoonewa, 
to cause to do or be in error. To forget; 
to mistake; to forget the name of a person. 

2. To mistake one person for another ; 
to be doubtful with regard to a thing. 

3. To be slightly deranged ; to be delir- 
ious; but notso strong as hehena or pupule. 


Hoo-HE-wa-wa-LE, v. See Hoonewa 
and WALE, gratuitously. To condemn with- 
out cause; to oppress; to injure. Nors.— 
This word is often divided into two words 
in writing, and perhaps should always be. 


Hoo-u1, v. To open; to dissolve; to 
act as a cathartic ; e hoomama. 
Hoo-ni-a-HI-a, v. To be good; honora- 
ble ; noble in aspect and deportment. 
2. To have the outward appearance of a 
gentleman without the substance. 
3. To be proud and vain. See Hoomant. 


Hoo-n1-a-La, v. To eat with greediness; 
to cram down food ; to swallow, as one in- 
satiate. 

2. In a moral sense, to swallow down in- 
iquity; no ka mea, ke hoohiala ae nei oukou 
i ka hewa iloko o oukou iho. 


Hoo-H1-a-La-at, v. Hoohiala and ai, food. 
1. To stuff with food. 


180 


5. To set no value upon; hoohemahema 


HOO 


2. Fie. To be intent on evil; ehana mau 
ma ka hewa. 


-Hoo-n1-a-mog, v. See Hiamos, to sleep. 


To cause one to sleep. 

2. To be lazy ; to be weary ; to be dull. 

Hoo-uI-a-po, v. See Hiaro. To be con- 
stituted a first born; to have the privileges 
of a first born. 

Hoo-ni-E, v. See Hix, excellent. To 
make or cause to be excellent; to be grand 
to look at. 

2. To be proud; to be haughty; to carry 

a high head. 

Hoo-u1-E-HI-E, v. See Hirumm, pride, &c. 
To show a proud behavior; to act proudly. 

Hoo-nn, v. See Hu, to carry a child. 
To lift up, as a child in the arms to carry. 

Hoo-n1-0, v. See Hio, to lean. To cause 
to lean or slant from a perpendicular ; to 
bend over. 

2. To stagger in walking. 

Hoo-Ht-o-Lo, v. See Hioxo, to fall down. 
To overthrow ; to cause to roll down or 
away ; to throw down; to demolish. 

Hoo-n1-v, v. See Hiv, strong; fierce. 
To be wild; to be fierce; to be untamed. 

2. To be unfriendly ; to be unsociable. 

3. To fear; to be afraid. 

Hoo-1-H1, v. See Hint, to entangle. To 
cause entanglement; to get entangled in 
any way. 

2. To desire to get what is another’s. 
Hoo-u1-n1, adj. Offensive ; imjurious. 
Hoo-ni-n1-a, v. See Hrnta,: entangle- 

ment. To get one into difficulty ; to en- 
trap ; to hold fast. 

Hoo-nI-HI-u, v. See Hoonmtu above. To 
cause fear ; to be fearful; to make afraid ; 
hence, to make or be wild; to be untamed. 


Hoo-n1-Ka-ka, v. See Hixaka, to stag- 
ger. To lean this way and that, as a rick- 
ety grass house; to lean over. 

2. Tostagger in walking, like a drunken 
man. 

Hoo-ni-k1, v. See Hix1, to come to. To 
arrive at a place, especially at a place 
designated. 

2. To vow; to swear to a fact; toadjure 
on oath. 

3. To swear at; to reproach; to revile ; 
mostly with ino. 

Hoo-n1-K1, s. A vow; a promise; a 
prayer; a swearing. Oihk. 5:1. Hoohiki 
wahahee, a false swearing. Othk. 6:3. 


Hoo-n1-K1-nI-K1, v. To bear or carry fre- 
quently ; to carry a little at a time. 

Hoo-HI-KI-LE-LE, v. See HIKkiLeLE, to 
startle. To startle one; to cause one to 


jump; to startle with affright; to wake one 
suddenly, as from sleep. 


HOO 181 HOO 


Hoo-u1-ta, v. See Hina. To cause | Hoo-no-no, v. To force out; to emit 
shame ; to be ashamed. wind. 

Hoo-n1-La-HI-LA, v. See Hitania. ‘To | Hoo-no-Ho-no, v. See Hoxono, strong 
be timid; modest; fearful, as a bashful| smelling. To give or cause a strong offen- 
person ; hence, to be affected with shame ;| sive smell, like tar, sulphur and decaying 
to make ashamed ; to act with modesty;| fish. 
to put one to shame, by his own superior- | Hoo-Ho-Ka, v. See Hoxa, disappointed. 
ity. Laieik. 138. E hoohilahila aku ai ia} To cause a mistake or error; to disappoint 
Laieikawai. one. 


Hoo-ni-La-ni-La, adj. Bashful; modest, | Hoo-1o-xa-no-Ka, v. To make frequent 
as a backwoodsman; he hoolua nui ke kua-| mistakes or blunders ; to be disappointed. 


aina, he hoohilahila. Hoo-Ho-LE-PAA-HAA, v. To preserve for 
Hoo-n1-La-LA, v. See Hivara, to bend; | 


another. 
to crook. To bend, as the slim branches | Hoo-H0-11, v. See Hout, to do first. To 
of a tree with the wind; to curve; to bend ‘ a. ‘ . 
round, as a hook. come out, as the first beard of a young man. 


y AB ke gs fir ing. 
Hoo-n1-i1, v. See Hix, to wander. ,To Omak one's Ate fa itt 


2 See Hoonsv. 
wander from the right path; to wandel to Hoo-Ho-Lo, v. See Hoxo. to run. To 
go here and there without object. * : . : 


cause to run; to run along a road. 
Dagar BEL, v. See Hi. To cause 2. To move in various ways; to sail; to 
wander often. 


: : set sail, as a vessel ; to ride on horseback. 
2. To besmear with blood; to defile with 3. To thrust the hand into, as into the 


blood. bosom ; to stretch out the hand, as in ges- 
Hoo-HI-LI-v. turing. 
Hoo-ni-Lo, v. See Hizo, to twist. To 4. To agree, as a deliberate assembly ; 


cause to twist ; to spin or twist, as a cord. | __to pass, as a vote ; to confirm an assertion. 

Hoo-nt-tu, v. See Hixu, to be glorious, | Hoo-Ho-t0, s. A rider on a horse; a 
To exalt; to praise; to dignify. horseman; more generally united with lio; 

Hoo-u1-Lu-n1-Lu, v. See the foregoing. Hoa Adi 
To exalt; to praise ; to honor ; to dignify. | 41O00-HO-LO-LI-0, S. orseman; Cavalry. 

Hoo-nt-pa, v. See Hira. To vow; to Hoo-Ho-Lo-Mo-ku, v. Holo and moku, 
perform a vow. ship. To sail or to direct the sailing of a 

2. To speak falsely. ship ; applied either to the master or men. 

Hoo-n1-pa, s. Affection; attachment. | H0o-Ho-Lo-mo-xu, s. Holo and moku, a 

Hoo-n1-pa-ui-PA, v. To blunder in speak- ack One who sails or causes a ship to 
. sail. 
ing ; to speak falsely. ‘ 

Hoo-n1-puu, v. See Hiruv, a little bag Hoo BO 70, M- See Howv, to bend. To 
or bundle for carrying provisions. To | Wen: to arch; to crook ; to be flexible. 
make up into a bundle; to bundle up for | **00-HO-LU-HO-LD, v. See Hot, to bend. 
carrying. To bend, as a flexible piece of timber; to 

Hoo-n1-wa-uI-wa, v. See Hiwa, black; | Ho = ms 7 so. T 
acceptable to the gods. To be acceptable | 00-HU, v. See Hu, to rise. Lo cause 
to the gods; to be dear; to be greatly be-| to rise ; to swell, as leaven. 








loved ; to honor; to treat as beloved or < LS op a ps sb 
precious. . st uddenty. 
Hoo-no, v. See Ho, to cry out. To shout = Ne peraewigs! platen! a kalo patch. 
or cry out, as a single person; to call after , tog % ma 
ings ; a Hoo-nu-a, v. See Hua, fruit. To cause 


2. To exclaim with many voices; holo| 0 Swell, as a bud; to produce fruit, as a 
. ka moku makai, hele na kanaka maukae|_ ttee; to bring forth, as a female. 


hooho hele ai, the ship went on the sea, the 2. To tease or vex by begging; to resort 
men went on shore with vociferation. often to one for favors. i A 
3. To make the low noise of a horse. 3. To persevere in, as in any habit; ke 


. hoohua nei ke noi a na kanaka i kela mea 
Hoo-no, s. A shout; an exclamation of i keia mea; hoohua kanaka i ka inu rama, 


_ joy; to triumph. 1 Tes. 4:16. j men persevere in drinking rum. 
Hoo-no-a, v. See Hoa, to drive cattle.| Hoo-u-a, v. Perhaps hoohuwa, to 
To challenge; to dare one to fight; to pro-| lengthen out the time. To persevere long; 


voke to anger. ; to continue in a practice; to retain a habit, 
Hoo-Ho-a-Ho-a, v. Frequentative of the | _good or bad, especially the latter. 


above. Hoo-Hu-aEz, v. See Hu. To cause to 


HOO 


182 


HOO 


overflow ; to have more than enough; to| Hoo-Hu-o1, adj. Causing jealousy; dis- 


allow to escape. 

Hoo-nu-a-Hu-A, v. See Hua, to swell. 
To cause to enlarge; to increase; to grow 
in size. See Manuanua. i ‘ 

Hoo-Hu-a-Hu-a-LAU, v. To question m 
sport or derision, the person questioned 
being ignorant of the design. 

2. To puzzle with captious questions; to 
throw difficulties in the way of explana- 
tion ; to talk strangely. 

3. To make one’s self strange; to pre- 
tend not to be acquainted. 

Hoo-Hu-A-HU-A-LAU, adj. Puzzling; cap- 
tious ; olelo hoohuahualau, insidious ques- 
tioning. 

Hoo-nu-a-HU-A-LAU, v. To question with 
belief or with unbelief; o ka poe hooma- 
loka, hoohuahualau mai i ke akua noho, the 
unbelieving question the existence of the 
resident gods. 

Hoo-HU-A-HU-A-A-NA-LAU, v. To ques- 
tion captiously, &c. See above. 

Hoo-nu-a-KA, v. To smoke tobacco con- 
stantly. 

Hoo-nu-a-KE-E0, v. See Hua, jealousy, 
and Kato or Krro. To be evilly disposed; 
to cherish a bad disposition. 

2. To reject a proffered gift; to turn 
away with disdain ; to be displeased. 

3. To consent against one’s will; to con- 
sent in anger. 

Hoo-nvu-a-KE-E0, S. Pride; disdain; con- 
tempt for one. 

Hoo-nv-a-tt, v. See Huatt, to glitter. 
To shine with brightness ; to glitter with a 
pure white. 

2. To make pure; to cleanse ; hence, to 
be shining. 

Hoo-Hu-E-Lo, v. See Hue o, the tail of 
an animal. To lengthen out; to make small 
by drawing out in length. 

Hoo-nvu-1, v. See Hut, to unite. To 
cause a union between two or more things; 
to add to ; to add on; to annex. 

Hoo-nu-or, v. To wonder. 

Hoo-nvu-1-po, v. To go in the night 
without a light. 

Hoo-nvu-o1, v. See Huot, jealousy. To 
be jealous; to feel jealous towards another 
for some real or supposed advantage; ina 
i noho lakou me kekahi alii, hoohuot kekahi 
alii, if they had lived with a particular 
chief, another chief would have been jeal- 
ous. 

2. To allow to touch; to permit to blow 
upon, as the wind. Laieik. 17. 


Hoo-nv-o1, s. Jealousy; 0 ka hoohuoi o 
na kanaka ame na’lii i na misionari, the 
jealousy of the people and chiefs respecting 
the missionaries. 


trusting one’s faithfulness; he mea hoohuot 
ia Halaaniani ka nalo ana o Laieikawai. 
See Laieik. 128. 

Hoo-Hu-nu, v. See Hu and Hunv, anger. 
To make angry; to provoke; to be very 
angry. 

Hoo-nv-Hv-k1, v. To act as a man and 
his wife when they quarrel and she sets out. 
to leave her husband and he catches her 
and they have a tussle, that is, to hoohu- 
huki; e hoonanai, e hookano. 

Hoo-nu-1a, v. To destroy; to finish up; 
to punish; to tremble for fear. 

Hoo-nvu-Le1, v. Eng. To cry out hurra 
(hu-re)! to ride rapidly on a horse and ery 

ut hurra! 

0-HU-LI, v. See Hurt, to turn. To 
turn; to change; to cause an overturn ; 
to express in another manner the same 
thing. 

Hoo-Hv-.i-HU-LI, v. See Hutiabove. To 
change; to turn; to put in order; to over- 
turn ; to mix up. 

Hoo-nu-na, v. See Huwna, to conceal. 
To hide; to secrete; to conceal. 

Hoo-Hu-NA-HU-NA, v. See above. To 
hide frequently or thoroughly. 

Hoo-nu-NE, v. See Hung, to tease. To 
tease; to beg often; to ask something from 
another ; to entreat a favor ; to persist in, 
as in a bad habit. 

Hoo-xa, v. See Ka, to dash; to strike. 
To dash ; to strike; to cause to kill. 


Hoo-xaa, v. See Kaa, to roll. To pay 
out money ; to pay a debt. 
2. To roll; to cause to roll, as a wheel. 
3. To turn over often in bed; to toss in 
distress or sickness. 
4. To throw over or down a precipice, 
i. e., to roll down it. 
Hoo-kaa, s. See above. The payment 
of a debt. 
2. The rolling of a wheel. 
3. A throwing anything down a preci- 
Kaa and okoa, 


pice. 

Hoo-KAA-0-KO-A, v. 

Hoo-KaA-Ko-A, other; different. The 
first orthography is preferable. To make 
a difference ; to place one side; to sepa- 
rate; to abstain from; to let alone. See 
HOoKAOKAO. 

Hoo-Kas-KaA, v. See Kaaxaa, to open. 
To open, as the eyes; to cause to open; to 
cause one to see by opening the eyes. 

2. To cause to roll, i.e., to ride in a car- 
riage. See Kaa, a wheel. 


Hoo-Ka-a-Na, v. To make tame or gen- 
tle; to follow after one. 


Hoo-kaa-wa-LE, v. See Kaaand Waxg, 


HOO 


183 


HOO 





only. To roll off; to separate ; to make a| Hoo-Kau-KAu-Lu-a, v. See the forego- 


space between. 
2. To divide off ; to cause a division. 

Hoo-kaa-wi-t1, v. See Kaa and Wit, 
to twist. To cause to turn or writhe, as in 
pain ; hence, to be in severe pain. 

Hoo-xakE, v. See Kaz, to rub out. To 
hate ; to dislike ; to treat contemptuously; 
to reject. 

2. To blot out; to kill; to destroy ; to 
take away life ; ina i hookae mai ke Akua 
i ke ola o ke kino, if God should take away 
the life of the body. 

Hoo-kakE-kaE, v. To daub over; to 
paint badly ; to defile ; to pollute, as food, 
books, mats, &c.; mai hookaekae i ka mo- 
ena, don’t dirty the mats. 

Hoo-ka-E-0, v. See Karo and Keo, to 
be quick tempered. To stir up anger in 
one; to provoke ; to show an evil disposi- 
tion. 

Hoo-ka-E-0-E-0, v. Intensive of the fore- 
going. 

Hoo-xa1, v. See Kat, to displace. To 
waste ; to destroy ; to put away. 

Hoo-xar-1, v. To harden. 

2. Tobe hard in a bargain; to be close; 
to be stingy. 

Hoo-ka-o-Ka-0, v. See Kaoxao. To put 
one’s self forward; to be prominent among 
many others; makemake no oia e hookao- 
kao iaia. Laieik. 91. 


Hoo-xav, v. See Kau, to hang or put 
up. To put up upon; to go up; to place 
one thing upon another ; e hookau hiamoe, 
to fall asleep. Laieik. 143. 


Hoo-xau-a-HE, v. Kau and ahe, light, 
gentle, as a light breeze. To fly softly or 


gently, like a kite. 
Hoo-Kkau-nu-a, s. See Kaunua. The 


forming or growing state of the young in 
the womb. Anat. 2. 

Hoo-xau-Kau, v. See Kav, to put upon. 
To put up; to ascend upon; to cause to 
arise ; to lift up a thing, as a child in put- 
ting him on a horse. 

2. To gather, as clouds before a rain. 


Hoo-xau-Kau, s. See above. The gath- 
ering of clouds before a rain regarded as 
a sign of foul weather. 


Hoo-Kau-La-na, v. See Kavrana, to be 
renowned. To make a person or event 
known as famous; to send abroad a report 
concerning a person or thing; to make 
famous. 

Hoo-Kavu-Lu-a, v. See Kavtva, to be 
slack. To procrastinate; to delay ; to de- 
tain; to be slow in obeying a command. 

2. To be in doubt; to hesitate about 
doing a thing ; to postpone a work. 


ing. To wait; to procrastinate. 

Hoo-xau-ma-HA, v. See Kaumana. To 
lay a burden upon one; to be hard upon; 
to trouble ; to oppress. 

Hoo-xau-wa, v. See Kauwa,a servant. 
To make a servant of; to cause one to 
serve or to be a servant; to act in the 
capacity of a servant. 

Hoo-KAU-WA-KU-A-PAA, 0. See Kauwa 
and Kuapaa, to make one’s back rough. 
To serve with rigor ; to act under, and live 
in hard bondage. 

Hoo-kau-wa-ku-A-PAA, S. Hard service; 
cruel bondage. 

Hoo-Kkau-wo-wo, v. See Kavowo and 
Kauwowo, to branch out and spread, as 
vines. To cause to grow and increase, as 
vines or vegetables of rapid growth; to 
grow thriftily, as vines or plants. 

2. To cause to multiply, as a people. 
Hoo-xa-Ha, v. See Kana, to seize. To 
extort property from another ; to cheat. 

2. To seize upon what is another’s. 

3. To take property with the owner’s 
knowledge, but without his consent. 

Hoo-xa-wA, s. An extortioner ; one who 
strips people of their property. Luk. 18:11. 
Hookaha is the result of keuko, lia, iini, &c. 

Hoo-xa-HA-ka-HA, v. ‘To put on many 
clothes, as children; to make a great show. 

2. To make a great heap of kapas on 
which to sit or be carried, as in former 
times. 

3. To make a display ; to exhibit finery. 

Hoo-ka-HA-KA-HA, s. A display; an ex- 
hibition ; a celebration ; hana iho la ia i 
hookahakaha no kana poe wahine, he made 
an exhibition of his wives. 

Hoo-ka-Ha-Ka-HA, adj. Superb; fine ; 
nice : making a display as a dandy. 

Hoo-ka-wE, v. See Kane, to spill water. 
To water; to cause water to flow over land; 
to cause to flow, as a liquid ; to irrigate. 

Hoo-ka-HE, s. A flowing, as of blood. 

Hoo-xa-HE-a, v. See Hea and Kanga, 
to call out. To cause to cry out; to call; 
to raise the voice in calling. 

Hoo-ka-HEE, v. See Hee and Kanes, 
to slip or slide off. To cause to slip away; 
to slip off; to flow off. 

Hoo-ka-HE-KA-HE, v. Freq. of hookahe. 
To water, as land; to cause to flow, as 
water ; to wet; to drain, as land. 

Hoo-ka-HE-LA, v. See KAHELA, to bend 
round; to curve. To come along, as the 
swell of the sea when it comes along the 
western coast of Hawaii from the south; to 
flow along, as a high swell of the sea. 


Hoo-KA-HE-LA-HE-LA, v. See KawsLa 


HOO 


and KuneLta. To bend round: to curve, 

as passing round a cape. 

Hoo-Ka-HI, v. See Kant, one. To be or 
cause to be one; to divide by individuals. | 
2. To make one, i. e., to resemble; to be 

similar or like something else. 

18:12. E imi kakou ma ka mea e hookahi | 

ai ka manao ana, let us seek to unite our) 

thoughis into one. 

3. To attend to one thing ; to make one 
out of many. 
Hoo-xa-Hi, s. A oneness; a unity; a! 
being only one. eal ¢ 
Hoo-xa-u1, adj. One; only one, in dis- 
tinction from many. 





184 


HOO 
like two cocks in fighting; to strike with 
spurs, as a cock. 
3. To scratch; to make marks. 


Hoo-KA-KA-HE-LE, v. E hoopopololei, e 


hooinainau, e hookawowo. 


2 Vill.| Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, v. ‘To wipe or wash 


imperfectly or slovenly, as a table or dishes; 
in washing clothes when one daubs on soap 
and hardly washes it off, it is said, he hoo- 
kakekake kau hana ana, aole pau ka lepo. 

2. To mix medicine with food in order 
to take it. 

3. To daub or paint over carelessly, as 
in coloring a map. 

4. To blot over. 


Hoo-xa-u1, art. One of the semi-definite _Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, adj. Muddy; dirty; 


articles; a; an; one; only one. Gram. § 
63, 65, 3. 


pehea ia wahi, maikai anei? Aole, he hoo- 
kakekake wale no. 


Hoo-Ka-HI-KA-HI, v. See Kant, to rub; Hoo-xa-xa-1a, v. See Kara, rough. To 


to comb. To anoint: to daub over. 
2. To rub ; to polish. 
3. To comb. 
Hoo-K4-HI-0-HI-0, v. See Hio, to lean 
over. To cause to lean over a little. 
2. To be a little intoxicated so as to 
stagger some. 


Hoo-xa-HI-Ko, v. See Kauixo, to be old. | 


|Hoo-KA-KA-LE, 0. 


make rough; to have many protuberances; 
to be rough with sharp points. 

2. To sharpen; to grind onastone. | 
To make soft or 
spongy ; to be soft; to be flexible, like the 
comb of a cock. 


Hoo-ka-Ka-NI, v. To have the itch; to 


be sore. See Mrav. 


To return to conversation and manners of |Hoo-Ka-La, v. See Kata, rough. To 


ancient times ; to talk of former times ; to | 
imitate ancient manners. 


sharpen; to grind, i.e., to rub on a stone 
for sharpening ; to grind, as a tool. 


Hoo-Ka-HI-KA-HI-Ko, v. Frequentative Hoo-Ka-La-Ha-La, v. See Katanata, to 


of the above. 
Hoo-Ka-Ho-KAl, v. To mix together two | 
ingredients, as flour and water, spittle and | 
earth. 
Hoo-xa-Hv-u1, v. See Hutiand Kanctt, | 
to turn; to change. To change the out- 
ward form of a thing; to turn over; to turn | 
upside down; to overthrow. 
Hoo-KA-HU-LI-HU-LI, v. Frequentative of 
the above. 
Hoo-xa-Hu-Na, v. See Kanuna, a pro-. 
fessional man. To act in any profession ;_ 
to act the artisan, the priest. the doctor, &c. | 
Hoo-Ka-HU-NA-HU-NA, v. See Howna, a| 
small particle. To be little, small or fine. | 
See Hunanuna. 
Hoo-ka-KA, v. See Ka, to dash; strike. | 
To break up, as wood for fuel (anciently | 
Hawaiians had no axes for cutting fuel.) 
2. To strike against; to dash; to break | 
up fine. 
Hoo-ka-Kaa, v. See Kaa, wheel. To 
turn, as a wheel: to turn round. 
Hoo-xa-xaa, s. The dark involving of. 
clouds before a storm; the rolling together | 
of clouds; a thick atmosphere before a_ 
storm. 
Hoo-xa-Ka-na, v. See Kana, to write; 
to scratch. To strike; to dash against. 
2. To pierce, as on coming in contact | 


Hoo-Ka-La-Ll, v. 


pardon sin. To cause to pardon sin; to 
make an atonement. Nah. 16. 


Hoo-xa-La-ku-pu-a, v. To lie in wait; 


to ambuscade for the purpose of robbery; 
to act the part of spies. 

2. To entrap one in his words. 

3. To observe or watch slily as one plots 
mischief. 


Hoo-xa-Lakz, v. See Karas, clear sky. 


To clear off, as clouds after a rain; to open, 
as the clouds that the sky may appear ; to 
be clear, as the sky. 


Hoo-Ka-Lal, v. See Karat, to hew. To 


cause to hew; to cut, as wood or stones 
into some shape. 


Hoo-Ka-La-KA-Lal, v. See the above. 


To cut off; to smooth, as the inside of a 
canoe. 

See Karat. To go 
quickly and straightforward. 
00-KA-LE-KA-LE, adj. Lying; deceit- 
ful ; treacherons. ‘ 


Hoo-xa-u1, v. See Kaur, to delay. To 


cause to wait; to wait; to delay; to wait 
for something. 


Hoo-xa-.i-Lo-Li-Lo, v. See Kaito. To 


draw near to death; to have the last symp- 
toms of death ; to die. , 
00-KA-LU-HI, v. To bend; to vibrate, 
as a leaf in the wind. 


HOO “ 


185 


HOO 


2. To ogle ; to bend and twist, as a fop | Hoo-ka-NA-KA-MA-KuU-A, S. See KANAKA- 


or a vain woman; e hookaluhi waiokila. 

Hoo-xa-ma, v. See Kama, a child. To 
adopt, as a child; to make the child of an- 
other one’s own. 

Hoo-ka-ma, s. An adopted child. 

Hoo-xa-mA-HAO, v. See Kamanao. To 
be or do something wonderful; to be trans- 
formed: to take a new form, especially a 
more splendid one. 

Hoo-ka-ma-KA, adj. Asa prostitute, liv- | 
ing in a state of prostitution ; he hooka- 
maka kekabi mea nui ma kahi alii. Nore.— | 
This may be an erroneous orthography for | 
hookamakama. | 

Hoo-kKA-MA-KA-MA, v. See Kamakama. | 
To prostitute one’s wife or daughter for 
pay; to prostitute one’s self for money ; 
to make one a prostitute; to behave lasciy- 
iously. 

Hoo-ka-mMa-KA-MA-KA, v. See Hoomaka, | 
to begin. To prepare the way for doing a) 
thing ; to begin to do a thing. 

Hoo-ka-MA-La-NI, v. See Kamarani. To! 
make one a favorite, especially one that | 
appears unworthy to every one else except 
the chief; to treat, as a doting parent a | 
disobedient or mischievous child; to lavish | 
favors on a bad child. | 








Hoo-xa-ma-nI, v. To have a very good 
external appearance, as any substance, but 
internally worthless. 

2. Applied to persons, to be deceitful ; 
to act the hypocrite ; to make hypocritical 
pretensions; to be a worthless person under 
a pleasant exterior. 

Hoo-xa-ma-ni, s. A hypocrite. 

2. Hypocrisy; guile. Hal. 32:2. 

Hoo-xa-Ma-NnI-HA, v. See Kamanina, to 
be rude. To be rude; to be rough; to be 
wild ; to be unsocial. 

Hoo-ka-Na-HAl, v. See Kanauatl, to de- 
crease. To be small; to be stinted; to 
make small; to make less; to reduce in 
size; to humble somewhat. See next word. 

Hoo-Ka-na-HAvU, v. To be small; to be 
depressed ; to make less. 

Hoo-ka-nA-oE, v. To push forward; to 
urge on; to quicken; to hasten in doing a 
thing. See KAaNanr. 

Hoo-Ka-NA-HE, v. To drive or urge for- 
ward ; to accelerate movement; to hurry; 
to quicken. 

Hoo-ka-NA-HU-A, v. See Kananu,, 
crooked: stoop-shouldered. To bend up- 
wards, as a crooked rafter. 

2. To rise above water, as a whale’s back. 

3. To bend; to crook; to be humpbacked. 

Hoo-xa-Na-KA, v. See Kanaka, a man. 
To be or act like a man; to be brave; to 
be manly ; to OA the part of a brave man. 


MAKUA. The state of being mature, as a 
young person of either sex; being grown 
up. Laieik. 28. 


Hoo-ka-NA-KA-NA-IE, v. To quicken; to 


hasten ; to urge on. See HOoKANAHE. 


Hoo-ka-NA-LE-0, v. To try hard to walk 


straightly, as one who wishes to disguise 
his drunkenness. 

Hoo-Ka-NA-LU-A, v. See KANALUA, to be 
in doubt. To be in doubt; to hesitate; 
to be fearful. 

2. To stalk about in a proud swinging 
manner. 

Hoo-ka-na-wal, v. See Kanawat, law, 
&e. To be enraged at; to set off from one 
in anger; to dislike one who has been a 
friend ; hookanawai aku Ja ia i kona wahi 
i hele ai, aole e hele hou; hookanawai aku 
la i na makamaka. 

Hoo-xa-NE, v. To make a special friend 
of a man; applied only to a woman. 

2. To keep a lodging house. 

Hoo-xa-n1, v. See Kani, to make a 
musical sound. To sing; to sing for joy; 
to make a musical sound. 

2. To ring a bell; to play on an inatru- 
ment of music. 

Hoo-ka-NI-KA-NI, v. See the foregoing. 
To play the ukeke ; to strike on anything 
to make a sound. 

2. To sing often. 

3. To make a noise, as a multitude of 
voices and instruments preparatory to a 
mokomoko or boxing match: a noho malie 
na kanaka, alaila, hookanikani pihe mai, 
penei. 

Hoo-Ka-NI-PI-HE, v. ‘To make a great 
noise, as in an assembly for the hula and 
other assemblies; alaila, hookanipihe mai 
kela aoao o ka aha, 

Hoo-xa-no, v. See Kano, to be proud. 
To be proud; to be lofty in demeanor; to 
be haughty. 

2. To abstain from; to let alone; to 
spare ; to treat with affection. 

Hoo-Kka-no, s. See Kano. Haughtiness; 
pride; self sufficiency. 

Hoo-ka-PAE, uv. See Karas, to pervert. 
To turn off; to push aside; to parry off; 
to render ineffectual, as an argument. 

2. To conceal under one’s Kapa. 

Hoo-ka-PE-KE, v. See Karexe, to be out 
of joint. To unloose; to uncover; to send 
forth. 

2. To lay aside, as property; to conceal. 

3. To take off; to remove, as the cover 
of a calabash ; hookapeke i ka waiwai, to 
lay aside property ; hookapelce i ka poi, to 
take off the cover ; hookapeke i ka waa, to 
conceal the canoe. 

Hoo-xa-PE-KE, s. Putting on a dress 


HOO 


and yet being exposed, an incentive to 
lewdness ; eia kekahi mea e moekolohe ai, 
o ka hoohiehie a 0 ka hookapeke. 

Hoo-KA-PE-KE-PE-KE, v. See above and 
KAPEKEPEKE. 

Hoo-xa-pu, v. See Karu, prohibition. 
To prohibit; to forbid; to put under an 
interdict. 

2. To consecrate; to make sacred; to 
set aside for a particular use. 

Hoo-Ka-pu-Ka-Pu, v. See Kapv. Inten- 
sive and frequentative of the foregoing. 

Hoo-xa-pu-H1, v. To take care, as the 
kahu or nurse of a chief’s child; applied 
only to chiefs. Nore.—tThis is said to be 
a word peculiar to Oahu. 

Hoo-xa-pu-u1, s. A nurse of a king’s or 
a chief’s child; e na haumana, ame na 
kumu, ame na hookapuhi, ame na kahu. 

2. The kahu of an animal, as the master 
or owner of a dog; e imi ma ka hanuhanu 
ana ka ka ilio e loaa’i ka hookapuhi, to 
seek like the dog’s smelling to find the 
master. 

Hoo-xa-wi-u1, v. See Kaawiti and Ka- 
WIL, to twist. To twist; to turn. 
00-KA-wo-wo, v. See Kawowo 9, to 
roar. To make a slight rumbling noise, as 
by moving the feet, drumming with the 
fingers, &c.; to rustle, as leaves in the 
wind ; to roar, as a waterfall. 

Hoo-xz, v. See Kez, to force; to com- 
pel. To crowd together, as at the door of a 
house (as formerly); to elbow; to edge on 
by degrees. 

2. To get possession in a foreign country 
without permission ; applied to many for- 
eigners who have crowded themselves in ; 
to push aside any person or thing that is 
in the way. 

3. To get one into difficulty; to struggle 
against opposition. 

4, To abstain from; to let alone; to leave 
untouched. 

___ 5. To blow the nose. 

Hoo-xe, s. A struggling against diffi- 
culty ; an urging on. 

Hoo-xe-al, v. Hooke and ai, food. To 
abstain from food ; to fast. 


Hoo-kE-E-0, v. See KEEo, to be angry. 
To be quickly angry ; to be wrathful; to 
be quick tempered. 

Hoo-kEE-KEE, v. See Kexer, crooked. 
To make crooked ; to crook ; to bend. 

2. To do wrong ; to pervert right. 

Hoo-xz1, v. To set one’s self above 
others literally; to take a higher seat; 
morally, to be proud ; to be self exalted ; 
alaila, hookei iho la ke kahuna nui nana i 
kai ka aha. 

Hoo-KEI-KEI, v. See Ket, to glory; to 


186 


\ 
HOO 


boast. To honor one’s self; to be proud 
of one’s skill at any business; to be vain- 
glorious; to think much of one’s self. 

Hoo-xE-o, v. See Keo, white. To make 
white ; to whiten. 

Hoo-xe-o, s. A long calabash. 

Hoo-kE-0-KE-0, v. See Kzo, white. To 
cause whiteness ; to be white. 

Hoo-KE-u, v. See Kev, a remainder. 
To have over and above; to have or make 
a remainder. 

Hoo-kE-Ha, v. See Kena 3, to be puffed 
up. To be puffed up; to be proud; to be 
self glorious. 

Hoo-KE-HA-KE-HA, v. See above and 
Kena. To be proud; to be high minded ; 
to imitate a chief in manners and dignity. 

Hoo-KE-KEE, v. See KEEKEE, crooked. 
To crook; to bend; to pervert; to spurn ; 
to make crooked. 

Hoo-kE-KEF, adj. Crooked; warped ; 
bent, naturally or morally. 

2. Displeased ; offended at any neglect. 

Hoo-kt-La, v. See KEtxA, to extend be- 
yond. To exceed; to go beyond; to be 
higher ; to be more. 

Hoo-xe-La, s. The name of a month. 

Hoo-kE-LE, v. See Kets, to slip; to 
slide along. To sail, as the master of a 
ship or canoe. 

2. To direct or steer a ship or canoe; to 
hold the helm. 
3. To praise ; to extol. 

Hoo-xE-LtE, s. A steerer of a canoe. 
Laieik. 45. See HookELEWwAA. 

Hoo-KE-LE-KE-LE, v. See KeEzg, to slip, 
&c. To slip or slide easily. 

2. To sail about for pleasure in a canoe 
or boat. 

3. To bathe a child near dead with famine. 

4. To scatter water ; to wet mats; e hoo- 
kelekele i ka moena. 

Hoo-KE-LE-waa, s. The helmsman of a 
canoe. 

Hoo-ke-pa, v. See Kepa, to snatch at. 
To snap or snatch at with the teeth; to 
prick like a spur. 

Hoo-x1, v. See Ki, to shoot, and Hoo- 
KIKI. To spill; to drop. 

2. To shoot a gun. 

Hoo-x1-£, v. See Kite, high. To lift up; 
to be high. See Krexrr. 

Hoo-x1-£1, v. See K1et, to look sharply. 


To cause to peep ; to look slily at. 


Hoo-xk1-E-KI-E, v. See Kise and Kiexie, 
to be high. To elevate; to lift up. 

2. To be proud ; to be high minded ; to 
lord it over another. 
Hoo-k1-E-kI-E, s. Pride; haughtiness ; 

overbearing conduct. Nah. 15:30. 


HOO > 


Hoo-xu, v. See Ku, to go after. To 
cause to go for a thing ; to cause to fetch ; 
to go after ; to take hold of; to seize. 

Hoo-xu, v. To grow thin in flesh; to 
dissolve ; to disappear. Jer. 34:4. 

Hoo-xu, s. Thinness of flesh; consump- 
tion. Kanl. 28:22. Leanness. Hal. 106:15. 

Hoo-xu, adj. Thin; lean in flesh. 

2. Close ; parsimonious. 

Hoo-xu-ku, v. To swell out, as the 
breast ; as the stomach ; to rise up. 

Hoo-x1-0, v. See Kio, a pool; a puddle. 
To spread out; to enlarge. 

2. To assemble together, as water in a 
lake or pond. 

Hoo-x1o-k10, v. See Kioxto, to play on 
a pipe. To pipe; to play on, as a fife; to 
play on any wind instrument. 

Hoo-ki-HEe, v. See Kine, to sneeze. To 
cause to sneeze. 2 Nal. 4:35. 


Hoo-xi-m1, v. To defend off; to reproach; 
to persecute ; to put one under a law. 

Hoo-x1-Ku, v. See Hooxuxn above. 

Hoo-kI-HI-KI-HI, v. See Kimi, corner; 
edge, &c. To branch out; to make many 
"eave to make the sides of a figure irreg- 
ular. 

Hoo-x1-x1, v. See Hooxt, to spill. To 
spill; to drop, as water; to squirt or throw 
water, as a fire-engine. 

Hoo-ki-Ki-Na, v. See Kina and Kixtna, 
to send one on an errand. To send on an 
errand with dispatch; to command; to 
order ; to hurry. 

2. To scold; to be angry. 
3. To leave suddenly, as ina great hurry. 

Hoo-x1-k1-No, v. See Kino, body, and 
Hooxwwo. To make or cause a body; to 
embody. 

Hoo-x1-Lo, v. See Kito and Haxino, to 
look earnestly. To spy; to evesdrop or 
overhear ; to act as a spy upon those who 
do wrong; e hookilo i ka hewa. 

2. To watch, as one who is doing wrong ; 
to watch slily. 

Hoo-x1-Lo, v. To grow thin and spare; 
to waste away, as one in the consumption; 
hookilo kino ole, wiwi. 

Hoo-x1-mo, v. See Kimo, to strike. ‘To 
seize ; to catch up; to grasp, as the hand 
does a stone. 

Hoo-x1-mo-ki-mo, v. To be oppressed ; 
to be weighed down; to be weary; to be 
near fainting. 

Hoo-kr-na, v. See Kina, to urge on. 
To make one heavy or sad; to oppress ; 
to make weary; to put one burden on after 
another; to add one command after an- 
other. 

2. To urge one to do a thing; to compel 


187 





HOO 


to do it; malia i hookina ai kuu kane ia’u 
i ka inu awa, perhaps my husband will 
compel me to drink awa. Laieik. 208. 

3. To pour down fast, as rain. 

Hoo-xi-Na-KI-NA, v. Frequentative of 
kina. 

Hoo-x1-no, v. See Kino; body. To em- 
body ; to give body, form or solidity toa 
thing; to take a shape; hookino ai ka 
honua, he gave the earth a body or shape. 
See HookikINo. 

Hoo-ki-pa, v. See Kira, to turn aside. 
To turn in to lodge. 

2. To entertain with hospitality ; to in- 
vite to enter one’s house. 

Hoo-x1-pa, adj. Disposed to entertain 
strangers ; kanaka hookipa, a man liberal 
in entertaining strangers ; wahine hookipa. 
Tos. 2:1. 

Hoo-k1-r1, adv. See Kirt, rebel. Rebel- 
liously ; treacherously. Kani. 13:6. 

Hoo-ki-wi, v. See Krw1, to crook. ‘To 
crook or bend, as a horn. 

2. To pull along ; to fall down. 
Hoo-k1-wi-kI-wI, v. See K1wiabove. To 
pull along ; to seize hold of; to fatigue. 

2. To hook on to; to crook. 

Hoo-ko, v. See Ko, to fulfill. To fulfill; 
to carry out, as a contract; to fulfill, as an 
agreement or promise. 

Hoo-ko-a, v. See Koa, a soldier. To 
act the soldier; to be brave; to be strong; 
to be fearless. 

Hoo-xo-a, v. For hoookoa. See Oxoa, 
another. To make another. 

2. To divide; to distinguish; to separate. 
3. To whirl ; to turn round. 
4. To put off; to postpone. 

Hoo-xo-£, v. See Kor, remainder. To 
cause some to remain; to be over and 
above ; to be left after some are taken ; to 
reserve ; to set aside. 

Hoo-ko-E-ko-E, uv. See Korxog, cold. 
To cause to be cold ; to be cold and wet; 
to be chilly. 

Hoo-Ko-E-NE, v. See Korn, shelter; 
rest. To cause rest; to cause quietness ; 
to be free from trouble. 

Hoo-ko-1, v. See Koi, to urge on; to 
compel. To speak in a rough harsh voice; 
to make rough or harsh; to urge; to drive 
on. 

Hoo-ko-1-ko-1, v. See Korxoi, heaviness; 
weight. To make heavy literally or mor- 
ally ; to oppress ; to treat with rigor. 

Hoo-ko-1-Ko-1, s. A bearing of a burden; 
the act of making one sad ; putting one in 
circumstances very disagreeable and griey- 
ous to be borne. 

Hoo-ko-I-Ko-I-PU-A-HI-0-LE, v. To make 
great pretensions of forbidding iniquity, 


. HOO 


188 


HOO 





and at tiesame time to practice it secretly. 
Nore.—This is a new coined word adapted 
to modern times. 

Hoo-ko-I-NE, v. See Kone, to hasten. 
To be calm, as the mind; to be at rest; to 
be quiet. 

Hoo-Ko-Ho-ko-La, v. To rejoice at the 
overthrow of one’s enemy; to be glad at 
his discomfiture. See Hoonarkota and 
ATKOLA. 

Hoo-xo-Hu, v. See Kouv, to agree ; to 
be alike. To resemble ; hookohu ke keiki 
a Daniela i kona makua; to cause a re- 
semblance; to make a likeness; to set 
apart for one’s self. 

Hoo-xo-nu, s. A favorite or chosen 
one; one appointed first to a post of duty. 
LTxvieile. 104. 

Hoo-ko-HU-Ko-HU, v. See the foregoing. 
To ask with forwardness. 


2. To affect resemblance; to be assum- | 


ing. 
5 To make advances to a woman with 
@ view to have her for a wife. 
4. To agree together. 
Hoo-xo-ko, v. See Koxo, blood. To 
spill, as a liquid ; to flow, as blood. 


Hoo-xo-xo-u1, v. ‘l'o be black and threat- 
ening, as clouds ; to lower. 
00-K0-Ko-HI, adj. Running low; black; 
thick ; threatening, as clouds; he ao hoo- 
kokohi, a thick black cloud. 

Hoo-ko-ko-kE, v. See Kokoxke, near 
either in time or place; to cause to draw 
near; to approach. 

Hoo-ko-Ko-LeE, v. See Ko Le, raw; un- 
cooked. To remain uncooked ; unfinished. 

Hoo-Ko-Ko-Lo, v. See Koto, to crawl. 
To cause one to crawl or creep. 

2. To stoop or bend down. 

Hoo-Ko-ko-No-IE, v. To be at rest; to 
be quiet. 

2. To stir up; to provoke. 

Hoo-ko-La, v. See Akoua and Arko.a, 
to triumph. To rejoice at the ills of an- 
other ; to express such joy. 

Hoo-ko-La-Ko-La, v. To rouse up the 
sexual passions. 

Hoo-ko-LeE, v. See Ko sz, raw, as flesh. 
To make red, as raw meat; to look red ; 
to make raw flesh. 

Hoo-ko-LE-kKo-LE, v. See above. To 
make raw or red, as raw or fresh meat. 

Hoo-xo-1i-L1, v. See Kouiut. ‘To flutter 
in the wind. 

Hoo-xo-Lo, v. See Koo, to creep; to 
crawl. ‘To cause to creep or crawl along ; 
to walk bent over; to crouch. 

2. To approach one with the intention of 
eutering into conversation with him. 


3. To draw near to a chief to inform 
against one. 

4. To approach humbly to ask a favor.. 
Nore.—In ancient times all persons sent 
for by a chief as suspected or accused of 
an offense, and all who came to a chief to 
ask a favor, approached him on their hands 
and knees, crawling from a distance. 

Hoo-ko-Lo-ko-Lo, v. Intensive of the 
above. To call to account. 

2. To question with the design of elicit- 
ing some fact; to investigate by question- 
ing. 

3. To try an accused person ; to hold a 
court. 

Hoo-ko-Lo-nu-HA, v. Hookolo and nuha, 
to sit doubled up in silence. To sit bent 
over in sullen silence ; not to reply when 
spoken to; aole ou kapaka hookolonuha e 
like, you have no man sullen like him. 

Hoo-Ko-Lo-nu-HA, adj. See Koto and 
Nuuwa, silent. Sullen; silent; refusing to 
speak. See example above. 

Hoo-Ko-mo, v. See Komo, to enter; to 
sink down. To cause to enter in various 
ways; to enter an aperture; to enter the 
door of a house; to sink down into, as into 
water. 

Hoo-ko-Mo-Ko-Mo,  v. 
Komokomo, to enter. 
frequently. 

2. To be supplied, as with food ; to be 
satiated with eating. 

3. To play at a game called komokomo. 
Hoo-Kxo-na, v. See Kona, to be strong.. 
To be brave ; to dare ; to be bard upon. 
Hoo-ko-n1, v. See Koni, to taste; to 

try. Totry; to experience; to make plain. 

2. To ask or try a little by way of beg- 
ging or making a bargain; to tempt. 

Hoo-ko-nI-NI, v. See Kontni, to revive 
from fainting. To cause to shoot up or grow 
like a plant. 

2. To swell, as a bud. 

3. To convalesce, as a sick person. 

Hoo-Ko-no, v. See Kono, to invite. To 
invite ; to lead along. 

Hoo-ko-No-ko-No, v. See Kono, to in- 
vite; to urge. To set on; to urge, as dogs 
to fight. ; 

2. To entice so as to force one to do 
wickedly. 

3. To stir up or excite feeling in one. 

4. To send frequently to hurry one on; 
to be induced to do a thing. Laieik. 128. 


Hoo-Ko-no-Ko-no, s. A setting on, as 
dogs to fight; a getting up a difticulty be- 
tween persons that they may fight and kill 
each other. 

Hoo-xu, v. See Ku, to stand. To cause 
to stand ; to stand erect; to stick up in a 
perpendicular position. 


See Komo and 
To cause to enter 


HOO 


2. To decline; to withhold; to refuse ; 
to be unwilling. 

3. To hold water with the paddles when 
the canoe is sailing. 

Hoo-xu-a, v. To fail in one’s strength, 
as after much and long effort one’s spirits 
and strength begin to fail. 

Hoo-xku-a-mi-a-m1, v. See Kuamiam1, the 
motion of a hinge. To make motions, per- 
haps indelicate ones, like a hinge. 

Hoo-ku-a-Nu-1, v. See Kua, back, and 
Nur, large. To cause the back to swell; 
to make one work hard ; to be severe ; to 
increase ; to enlarge, as a swelling. 

Hoo-ku-a-KE-E-0, v. See HoonvaKeEo. 
To act contrary to; to go to an extreme in 
anything because of anger, as when a little 
is asked and a great deal is thrown to him 
in anger. 

Hoo-ku-E, v. See Kus, to resist. To 
cause to resist ; to oppose ; to make oppo- 
sition. 

Hoo-ku-E-kKu-E, v. See the above. To 
excite anger; to stir up opposition; to grin 
with a frown. 

Hoo-kU-E-KU-E-MA-KA-NU-I, v. See above 
with Maxkanul, great face. To grin most 
horridly with rage or anger. 


Hoo-ku-E-nE, v. See Kuene, to meas- 
ure. To take the measure for laying out a 
building ; to measure ; to lay out. 


Hoo-ku-k£-ku-E-NE, v. See Kuene. To 

make way. 

2. To wait on one. 

3. To move back and forth, as a fan in 
fanning. 

4. To cool one with a fan. 

Hoo-ku-E-wa, v. See Kurewa, to wan- 
der. To wander about, as a vagabond; to 
go here and there without object; to be 
friendless. 

Hoo-xu-1, v. See Kut, to join. To stitch 
together, as with a needie; to stitch to- 
gether, as the five kapas for a pau or sleep- 
ing kapas. 

2. To pierce, as in sewing cloth or kapa. 

3. To join together, as letters in making 
a word, i. e., to spell. 

4. To meet together. 

Hoo-kv-1, s. A joining or connecting ; 
o kahi-mawaena o ka lani ame ka honua, 
ua kapaia he lewa, he hookui ame ka hala- 
wai. 

Hoo-xu-1-Ka-u1, v. See Kuikant, to 
unite in one. To unite in one; to agree 
together. 

* To make a treaty of peace and friend- 
ship. 

Hoo-xvu-i-ku-1, v. See Kut, to unite. To 
unite: to join together ; to put words to- 
gether, as in a dictionary. 


189 


HOO , 


2. To collect in one mass. 

3. To unite by sewing, as cloth; e hoo- 
kuikui i ka manai, a uo i ke kaula a lawa. 

4. To resemble ; to be like. 

Hoo-xvu-1-Ku-1, s. Something united or 
put together ; a sentence; a collection of 
words. 

Hoo-xu-1-na, s. A uniting; a joining; 
aseam ina garment; he hookuina ami, a 
hinge joint. Anat. 18. 

Hoo-xou-o-£, v. To cause to be or act 
the vagabond; to wander about without 
business or care; to live in poverty; to be 
worthless. 

Hoo-ku-o1, v. See O1 3. To limp; to 
walk with unequal steps. 

Hoo-ku-00, v. See Kuoo, to stand ready. 
To stand ready; to be prepared for any 
business or event; to be in readiness for a 
call. 

2. To assume great gravity for the sake 
of deception. 

Hoo-ku-o-Ha, s. A disease from the 
illicit intercourse of the sexes. See Kuowa. 

Hoo-ku-o-Ko-a, v. See Kuoxoa, to stand 
aside. To cause to stand aside; to put 
one by himself; to make another. 

Hoo-ku-o-Lo, v. See Kuo to, to shake ; 
to tremble. To shake; to be unsteady, as 
with the palsy ; to have the palsy. 

Hoo-ku-o-n1, v. See Kuoni, to move 
gently. To move a little; to move slightly 
or easily ; to walk slowly ; to lag behind. 

Hoo-ku-o-no, v. See Kuono, a bay or 
gulf. To sink in, as the eye in sickness; 
to sink down; to indent, as the land on the 
sea shore and cause a bay. 

Hoo-ku-o-Nno-0-no, v. See Kuonoono, a 
sufficiency. To be supplied; to have suf- 
ficiency. > 

2. To be quiet; to remain quiet a long 
time ; to be well established. 
3. To put in order; to keep in order. 

Hoo-ku-0-No-o-Nno, s. Persons living at 
ease having a competency of the means of 
living; aole hune nui o ka poe hookuono- 
ono, he lako lakou. 

Hoo-xuu, v. See Ku, to loosen. ‘To let 
go; to dismiss ; to send away; to release ; 
to let down. 

Hoo-xuu, adj. Let down; loosened ; 
dismissed. 

Hoo-kuu-Kuv, v. Freq. of above. ‘To let 
down, as a rope; to subside, or cause to 
retire. 

Hoo-ku-u1, v. See Kuni, to think. To 
cause to guess; to suppose; to think. 

Hoo-xu-nI-HI, v. To entangle; to cause 
to entangle. See Kanrut. 

Hoo-ku-HI-Ku-HI, v. Freq. of hookuhi. 
To guess ; to think ; to be uncertain. 


HOO 


190 


HOO 


oe eee 
Hoo-xu-Ho, v. See Kuno, the sound of} Hoo-ku-Na-Na, v. See HooxuLana, 2 


a stone falling perpendicularly in the water. 
To sound short and quick, as a stone fall- 
ing perpendicularly in the water. 

2. To cough; to cough up from the 
throat. 

Hoo-xu-KE, v. See Kuxe, to drive off. 
To throw away; to banish; to drive off. 
Hoo-xu-ku, v. See Kuxu, stuffed with 
food. To eat to uncomfortable fullness ; 

to stuff with food. 

2. To have a sufficiency ; to eat enough. 

8. To eat food voraciously ; applied to 
many eating together ; applied to one per- 
son it is hoonuu. 

4, To try or fit on, as a garment. 

Hoo-xu-ku, s. Fullness of food; over 
eating. 

Hoo-xu-xu, adj. Full, as with food ; 
satiated. 

2. Fitted ; having a resemblance. 
3. See Ku, to stand. A standing up, as 
in the practice of boxing. Laieik. 46. 

Hoo-xu-ku-ul, v. See Kutt, the knee. 
To cause to kneel; to kneel down. 

Hoo-Ku-LA-NA-LA-NA, Uv. See KuLana- 
LANA, to walk weakly. To walk or stand 
unsteadily. 

2. To stumble ; to recede back. 

Hoo-xv-u1, v. See Kuti, to be deaf. To 
turn away from hearing; to refuse to hear. 

2. To disregard one’s advice or instruc- 
tion. 

3. To bribe to disobedience. 

4. To give one’s property for an evil 
purpose. 

Hoo-xu-11, adv. Silently ; made to say 
nothing by a bribe, in the phrase moe hoo- 
kuli. 
00-KU-Lov, v. See Kutou, tobow. To 
bow down; to cower ; to sit cowering. 

2. To cast the eyes downward. 

Hoo-xu-tovu-xu-Lou, v. To bend over, 
as in sorrow or in pain. 

Hoo-xu-Lou-Lov, v. To bend over, &c. 
See above. 

Hoo-ku-Lu-ku-LU, v. See Kut, to drop. 
To leak; to fall in drops; to drip; to 
sprinkle with water. 

Hoo-xu-ma-Kal-a, v. To cause an am- 
buscade; to betray; to accuse an innocent 
person. 

Hoo-xu-Ma-k1-NA, v. To cause to wail, 
as persons for the dead. 

Hoo-xu-mu, v. See Kumu, foundation. 
To settle; to root; to establish; to appoint 
to a particular business or office ; to lay a 
foundation. 

Hoo-ku-natr-na, v. To make a conquest; 
to conquer; to show an extirminating 
spirit. 


substituted for J. To step sideways; to 
stumble in walking. 

2. To hesitate in speaking ; to be unde- 
cided. 

Hoo-ku-nou, v. See Kunou and Kutov. 
Lit. To stand bent. To bow, as the head ; 
to nod, as the head; to wag the head, or 
shake it in derision; to bow; to bend over. 

Hoo-ku-nu, v. See Kunu, tocough. To 
cause to cough; to make one cough; to 
hack and cough. See HookuHo. 

Hoo-xu-pa, v. See Kura. To dig out; 
to cut; to hew, as in digging out a canoe. 

Hoo-xu-pa, v. Eng. To be or work like 
a cooper ; to act the cooper. 

Hoo-xu-paa, v. See Kupaa, to stand 
fast. To cause to stand fast; to confirm, 
as an agreement; to make perpetual, as a 
promise or covenant, 

Hoo-xu-pa-ku-pa, v. See Hooxura. To 
cut; to carve; to pare; to dig. 

Hoo-xu-PE, v. To tur, as one’s ankle 
or foot in walking; hence, causing a stum- 
bling. 

Hoo-xu-ru, v. See Kuru, to spring up. 
To cause to grow up, as a vegetable ; to 
spring up, as a seed. 

2. To pay or gather a 
or tribute. 

3. To accomplish; to perform. 

4. To give freely ; to make a present to 
one. 

Hoo-xu-ru, s. A tax; a taxation; a 
tribute to one in higher standing ; a pres- 
ent; a gift; a gratification. 

Hoo-xu-pu, adj. Liable to taxation ; 
mea hookupu, a tributary. Kanl. 20:11. 
Taxed ; laid under tribute. Lumie. 1:30. 

Hoo-KU-WE-KU-WE, v. See Kuexve, 

Hoo-kv-E-KU-E, the knuckle or elbow 
joint. To elbow; to jog with the elbow ; 
to push. 

Hoo-ta, v. To withhold openly; to be 
parsimonious. 

Hoo-ta, s. A kapa or Hawaiian cloth ; 
applied mostly to single kapas; but on 
Kauai, used instead of the word kapa gen- 
erally. 

2. A remnant; a piece. 

Hoo-ta, v. For hooola. See Oxa, to re- 
cover from sickness. To have ease after 
pain; to recover from sickness. 

2. To save from danger; to cure a dis- 
ease. 
3. To deliver or free from death. 

Hoo-ta, s. Used for hooola. Safety after 
danger ; deliverance from peril ; salvation 
as of a people. Pule. 14:13. 

Hoo-taa, v. See Laa, to consecrate. 


tax; to pay a tax 


HOO 


‘191 


HOO 





To consecrate ; to hallow; to set apart for 
a particular purpose, especially for reli- 
gious purposes. 

Hoo-taa-Laa, v. For hoolala. See Lata, 
a branch; a limb. To branch out, as the 
limbs of trees. 

Hoo-ta-au, v. To ask, as a child for 
food. 

2. To swell np, as the stomach. 

Hoo-LaE-HO-Nu-A, v. See LAg, the fore- 
head, and Hownva, entirely. To bow or 
carry the face low, as one affecting great 
solemnity. 

Hoo-Lak-LAE, v. See LAE ag, clear. To 
be clear ; to shine ; to be bright, as an un- 
clouded sky. 

Hoo-tar, v. See Lat, to be still. To ap- 
pease ; to quiet,as a mob ; to be quiet; to 
be still. 

Ho-o-1a-0-La, v. For hooolaola. See 
OLAOLA, the sound of the throat in drink- 
ing. To gurgle, as water when drinking. 

Hoo-na-0-a, )v. To tie up, as small 

Hoo-La-o-wa, sticks for fuel. 

Hoo-ra-o-a, s. A hook for catching eels. 

Hoo-tao-Lao0, v. See Laotao, a bundle. 
‘To do up in bundles; to tie up, as a bun- 
dle for carrying ; to tie a string around. 


Hoo-Lav, v. See Lav, many; the num- 
ber 400. To make numerous; to make 
company for one. 

2. To take away the solitude of a place. 

Hoo-Lav-a-KA-NE-A, v. To hide; tocon- 
ceal; to go or put away out of sight; to 
deceive. 

Hoo-Lav-Lau, v. See Hoonaotao and 
Laviav. To tie up a bundle. 

Hoo-Lau-LE-A, v. See LAuLgA, to be on 
friendly terms with. To appease; to calm 
one angry ; to satisfy an injured party ; to 
reconcile. 

Hoo-tau-na, v. See Lavuwa, friendly. 
To be on good terms with one; to act the 
part of a friend. 

Hoo-Lav-wi-u, v. See Lauwit, to turn; 
to be fickle. To cause to twist; to take 
many positions or shapes. 

2. To go round and round in speaking ; 
to use many words in saying little. 

3. To be inconstant or fickle in doing a 
thing. 

Hoo-na-Ha, v. See Lana, to spread out. 
To spread out; to widen; to spread abroad, 
i. e., to publish extensively, as news; to 
cause to become of general interest. 


Hoo-La-Ha-La-HA, v. To bear; to carry, 
as on a double-canoe or peleleu. 


Hoo-La-HaA-La-HAI, v. See Lanar and 
“Lavanat, to hover over. To hover over, as 


a bird; to flap the wings without making 
any advance, as an owl. 
2. To float in the air, as a kite. 

Hoo-La-Ho-La-Ho, v. See Lano, the 
testicles. To rub the testicles ; to practice 
onanism. 

Hoo-1a-Hu-1, v. See Lanui, to prohibit. 
To cause to be consecrated; to be made 
kapu ; to forbid the doing of a thing. 

Hoo-La-KA, v. See Laka, tame, as an 
animal. To tame; to domesticate, as an 
animal; to take away wildness by quiet 
friendly treatment. 

To 


Hoo-LA-KA-LA-KA, WU. 
make tame, &c. 

Hoo-ta-ko, v. See Lako, a sufficiency. 
To supply ; to cause a supply; to be fur- 
nished ; to supply for an emergency ; to 
prepare ; to get ready. 

Hoo-1a-ko-La-ko, v. Freq. of the above. 

Hoo-La-La, v. See Lava and Hootsa- 
LAA, to branch out. To branch out, as the 
branches of a tree; to divide off different 
ways. 

2. To lay the foundation of a work; to 
commence a job. 

Hoo-ta-La, s. Astick once crooked that 
has been made straight; he hau hana ka 
inoa 0 ia wahi i ka hoolalaia. 

Hoo-na-La, v. To begin or commence 
a work or business. 

Hoo-ta-La, v. To move aside out of the 
course, as one sailing in the surf turns off 
and goes some where else. 

Hoo-La-LA-HAI, v. See Lanatand Hoo- 
LAHALAHAL 

Hoo-La-LE, v. See Late, to urge on. 
To stir up ; to hasten the doing of a thing; 
to excite to action; to get ready quickly 
for an event. 

Hoo-La-La-au, v. To stop up a path; 
to plant or cause bushes to grow. 

Hoo-La-LE-LA-LE, v. See Hoorate. To 
get ready quickly; to put in order in a 
hurry, as a house when a visitor comes un-- 
expectedly ; to hasten generally. 

Hoo-La-na, v. See Lana, to float; to 
hope. To cause to float; to be light; to 
float upon, as upon water. 

2. To offer, as a sacrifice. 
3. To listen with attention; e hoolana i 
ka pepeiao. 

Hoo-xa-na, s. Indifference in regard to 
morals and moral principles ; aole e pili 
nui kekahi mau hewa iloko o ka pono, oka 
hookaulana, 0 ka hoolana, &e. 

Hoo-La-NA-LA-NA, v. See Lana and 
LaNnaLaNna. To cause to be light; to float, &. 


Hoo-La-NA-kI-LA, v. See LAnaxita, to 
overcome. To cause to triumph. 


See above. 


HOO 


Hoo-La-NI-LA-NI, v. To exalt; to praise. 
2. To enjoy the privileges of a chief. 


192 


HOO 


Hoo-LeEI-LEI, v. See the above. To cast 
or throw away often. 


3. To take deceitfully (as Puniai did from | Hoo-LEI-Loa, v. See Hooter and Loa, 


Kauwa.) 
Hoo-La-PA-LA-PA, v. See Lapa,a ridge, 
and Lapanapa. To spin round, as a top. 
2. To roll, as the wheel of a plow. 
3. To boil; to bubble up, as boiling 
water: to fry. 
4, To blaze, as a blazing fire. 

Hoo-La-pa-nal, v. For hooolapanai. See 
Hoo.a, to save, and Pana, to redeem. To 
save one by redeeming ; to buy one’s lib- 
erty who is in bondage ; to redeem. 

Hoo-La-pa-Nal, s. A redeemer. 
41:14; Hal. 78:35. 

Hoo-La-PEE, v. See Lapeer, to bend 
over. To bend up; to double over; to 
swell up. 

Hoo-a-puu, v. See Laruu, to bend up. 
See also Large. To bend over; to arch; 
to crook; to recede from a straight line. 


Hoo-La-wa, v. See Lawa, sufficiency; 
enough. To finish; to make means suit the 
intended purpose; to accomplish a purpose. 

2. To have enough; to be supplied. 

Hoo-La-wa-La-wa, v. To finish alike. 
See above. 

Hoo-La-weE, v. See Lawe, tocarry. To 
draw out; to carry from one place to an- 
other ; to cause to bear or carry; to take 
away. 

Hoo-La-wE-La-wE, v. See the foregoing. 
To carry frequently; to get things together; 
to make ready ; to wait on, as a servant; 
to do this and that. 

Hoo-La-weE-HA-LA, v. To seek occasion 
against one; to find something for ground 
of accusation. 

Hoo-La-wE-Ha-LA, s. Treachery; seek- 
ing evil of one; a desire to detract from 
one’s reputation. 

Hoo-Le, v. For hooole. See OLE, no; 
not. To deny; to be unwilling. 

. 2. To contradict; to refuse assent; to 
withhold. 

Hoo-Le-a, v. See Lea, to be pleased 
with. To praise; to extol; to sing praise to. 

Hoo-te-a, s. Praise; the object of praise. 
Kanl. 10:21. 

Hoo-Le-a-Le-a, v. See Lea, to please. 
To amuse ; to sport with; to sing in order 
to attract attention. 

2. To soothe; to assuage; to alleviate 
sorrow or pain. 

Hoo-iz-a-tE-a, adj. Anything pleas- 
ing ; soothing, as music. Laieilc. 79. 

Hoo-Le1, v. See Lei, to cast; to throw. 


To cast or throw away; to reject; to drop 
carelessly. 


Tsa. 


long; also HooLoa. To extend or straighten 
the body; to straighten out; to make 
straight. 
2. To stretch out the arm or extend it 
straight. 
3. To stretch out the lower limbs. 
Hoo-ter-na, s. For hooletana. That 
which is cast or thrown away; refuse mat- 
ter. Dan. 3:29. See HooLtena and Hoo- 
LINA. 
Hoo-LeI-wa-Le, v. Hoolet and wale. To 
throw away as useless or worthless. 


Hoo-LE-o0-LE-o, v. To rise and fall, as 
the waves of the ocean. 

2. To go about in confusion, as men run- 
ning hither and thither. 

3. To be uneven; up and down, as a 
wrinkled mat or floor. 

Hoo-LE-HE-LE-HEI, v. See LeEnHeEl, to 
jump from a high position. To fly in an 
imperfect manner, as an unfledged bird. 

2. To jump from a high position. 

3. To dive into the water from a height. 
See Lrnal. 

Hoo-LE-HE-LE-HE-KII, v. To be disap- 
pointed ; to be baffled. 

Hoo-LE-LE, v. See Lets, to fly. To let 
fly, as a bird from its cage. 

2. To fix up in the air; to flutter in the 
wind. 

3. To flutter, as a bird from fear; ua hoo- 
leleia ka oili, she was afraid, her heart flut- 
tered. Laieik. 205. 

Hoo-LE-LE-HU, v. See LELEHU 3, to be 
sleepy. To be sleepy; to writhe, as in the 
pangs of death. 

2. To turn sideways. 

Hoo-LE-ma-NA, v. Hoole, to deny, and 
mana, power; authority. To deny one’s 
power or authority, as the people in Liho- 
liho’s time denied the authority of the 
priests and the ancient gods; as the Jews 
also denied the authority of Jesus Christ. 


Hoo-te-na, s. See Hooreina. That 
which is thrown away, «ec. 


Hoo-LE-PE, v. See Lepr, the comb of a 
cock. To be scalloped out, as the comb of 
a cock; to be cut out. 


Hoo-LE-pu-LE, v. See Hoorz, to deny, 
and PuLg, prayer; religion. To deny one’s 
authority to act as priest, as the people did 
after Liholiho had broken the kapu. See 
HOoLEMANA above. 

Hoo-Le-wa, v. See Lewa, toswing. To 
cause to swing ; to vibrate ; to float in the 
air. 

2. To lift up and carry, as between two 
persons; to carry ina manele or palanquin. 


HOO 


193 


HOO 





_ 3. To bear or carry acorpse at a funeral 
procession. 

4. To hang pendulous; to hang down, 
as a flag without a breeze. ; 

Hoo-LE-wa, s. A bearing; a carrying ; 
a floating in the air. 

2. The act of bearing a corpse at a fune- 
ral; hence, 

3. A funeral procession. 

Hoo-LE-ws-Le-wa, v. See Lewa. To 
suspend ; to swing back and forth. 

Hoo-LE-wa-Le-wa, adj. Moving; flying, 
as clouds that fly low; ina e kokoke mai 
ke ao, he ao hoolewalewa. 

Hoo-ti-0-11, v. For hooolioli. To cause 
to rejoice; to make glad; to be cheerful ; 
to be joyous. 

2. To be dazzling with brightness. See 
On. 

Hoo-t1-0-L1-0, v. To dazzle with bright- 
ness. 

Hoo-i1-v-L1-u, v. See Livniv, a long 
time. To cause time to be long; to lengthen 
out time. 

2. To stay or delay a long time in a place. 

Ate To get ready; to prepare to do a 
thing. 

Hoo-ti-HA-Li-HA, v. To cause fear; to 
be afraid ; to be fearful. 

Hoo-u-KE, v. See Lixg, to be like. To 
make alike ; to make equal; to liken one 
thing to another; to make a resemblance. 

2. To divide equally. 

Hoo-.i-KE-LI-KE, v. Intensive of the 
above. 

Hoo-u-u1, v. See Lint, jealously. To 
partially close the eyes on account of a 
bright light. 

2. To contract the sight of the eye; to 
make a wry face. 

3. To make one jealous; to cause jeal- 
ousy. 

4, To question with pertness ; to appear 
consequential ; to be dignified. 

5. To set up for or assume what does not 
belong to one ; hoolili ko Oahu e hookolo- 
kolo i ko Lahaina. 

Hoo-1i-u1, v. To undulate, as the air 
under a hot sun; to undulate, as the sur- 
face of water by the skipping of fishes. 

Hoo-u1-11, s. The name of the place 
where the opelu are found. 

2. The putting on of airs; a feeling of 
one’s importance ; the act of creating jeal- 
ousy in another. 

Hoo-.i-11, adj. Firm; hard; bold; dig- 
nified ;, important. 

Hoo-11-Lo, v. See Lito, to pass from 
one to another. To cause a transfer; to 
change from one to another; to be lost; to 
deliver from one to another. 


Hoo-ii-mA-Li-ma, v. See Lima, hand. 
To make a bargain; to hire; to buy or sell. 

Hoo-.i-ma-1i-ma, s. A person hired to 
work. Job. 7:2. 

Hoo-ui-na, v. See Hooteina.and Hoo- 
LENA. 

Hoo-.i-NA-LI-NA, v. See Lina and Lava- 
LINA, to be tough. To be tough and hard, 
like wax or gum. 

2. To be smoothed or polished. 

Hoo-to-a, v. See Loa, long. To stretch 
out or extend the arms or legs after being 
bent. Lir. To make long. Nore.—AHooloa 
is said to be a Kanai word for hooleiloa. 

Hoo-to-1-u1, v. See Lom, long. To 
lengthen out; to prolong. 

Hoo-tov, v. See Lov,a hook. To hook; 
to pull with a hook; to draw tight; to bind 
on; to insert, as one thing into another. 

Hoo-Lov-Lov, v. To bend over; to stoop 
in grief or sorrow; to cry; to weep; to be 
afflicted. 

Hoo-to-va, v. See Lov and Lowa, a 
hook. To hook; to pull with a hook; to 
pull; to bind on. 

Hoo-Lo-HA4-Lo-Ha, v. See Lowa and 
Atoua, to love. To be sick; to be weak ; 
to fade ; to fail through weakness. 

2. To hang down, as a withering leaf. 
3. To cherish ; to fondle; to caress. 

Hoo-Lo-HE, v. See Lowe, to hear. To 
cause to hear; to turn the attention; to 
listen ; to regard; to obey. 

Hoo-Lo-HE-LO-HE, v. To give ear; to 
pay attention. 

Hoo-1Lo-n1, v. See Lout, to be slow. To 
make slow ; to delay: to detain. 

Hoo-to-u1-Lo-H1, v. To procrastinate ; 
to postpone. 

Hoo-to-Ko, v. To insinuate; to suggest 
as a sport. 

2. To send ; to order away. 
3. To dance; to play; to rejoice. 

Hoo-to-La, v. To be dull; to be stupid; 
to be indolent; to be unable to accomplish 
anything ; to neglect. 

Hoo-Lo-La-Lo-La, v. Freq. of hoolola. 

Hoo-to-LeE, v. See Lots, skin of an ani- 
mal. To turn; to change; to turn out- 
side in. 

2. To skin,as an animal. See also Lory. 

Hoo-to-11, v. See Loui, to change. To 
change; to alter; to renew; to take a new 
form. 

2. To change one thing for another. 

Hoo-1o-11-Lo-L1, v. See Lou. To rec- 
tify ; to change ; to reform. 


Hoo-to-Lo-HE, v. See Longe. To be 
sour and to act roughly. 


HOO 


194 


HOO 


2. To be harsh in one’s speech and be-| Hoo-Luv-i-u1, s. A tanner of skins or 


havior. 

3. To refuse compliance with one’s invi- 
tation; to refuse all approaches; to be dis- 
obedient. Laieik. 65. 

Hoo-Lo-No, v. See Lono, kindred with 
lohe. To regard ; to listen to; to obey; to 
keep. 

Hoo-tvu-a, v. See Lua, two; twice. To 
do twice ; to repeat ; to do over again. 

2. Specifically, to bake over; to cook 
twice. 

3. To stop up a pathway that had been 
common. 

Hoo-tu-a, s. The name of the strong 
north wind; he ua kahi hoolua, a he ua ole 
kahi hoolua, some strong winds have rain, 
others not. 

2. The name of the rain accompanying 
the north wind; he ua hoolua, he ua nui 
no ia. 

Hoo-tu-a, adj. Strong; rough; mus- 
cular; he hoolua nui ke kuaaina, he hoo- 
pepehu. 

Hoo-Lu-al, v. See Luat, to vomit. To 
vomit; to cast out of the stomach. 

2. Fic. To cast out, asa people; to drive 
off. 

Hoo-Lu-al-E-LE, v. To be deceitful; e 
hoopunipuni; to go here and there; to 
move about often. 

Hoo-Lu-a-Lu-al, v. See Lua, vomit. To 
raise the cud, as ruminating animals; to 
raise again. Kumi. 14:6. 

2. To use means to provoke vomiting; 
a hooiualuai aku la, a pau loa ka awa i ka 
luaiia. Laieik. 208. 

fHoo-Lu-z, v. See Lust, to overthrow. 
To overthrow ; to cast down; to cause to 
slide away; to hang down. 

2. To bring forth many young, as a 
woman that has borne many children ; as 
a hen that hatches many chickens. 

Hoo-Lu-E-LU-E, v. To cast down; to 
loosen ; to throw away; to be loose, as a 
garment. 

Hoo-iu-£-Lu-E, s. A gown; a loose 
dress ; a flowing robe, so called from its 
looseness. 

Hoo-tu-E-Lu-E, adj. Hanging low and 
loosely. 

Hoo-uu-1, v. To overturn the decision 
of a council. 

Hoo-Lv-o-Lu, v. For hoooluolu. See Orv 
and OxvoLu, to please; to comfort. To 
make easy; to quiet; to comfort; to be cool. 

Hoo-Luu, v. See Luv, to dive in the 
water. To plunge in a liquid; hence, to 
dye; to color. 

Hoo-tuv-1-L1, v. See Hootvv and Iu, 
askin or hide. To tan hides. 





hides. Oih. 9:43. Nore —A later edition 
has hanaili instead of hoolwe'li. 

Hoo-Luv-Luu, v. See Luu, to dive. To 
fish for the fish called hinalea; to dive and 
take fish in a basket. 

Hoo-Luv-tuv, s. The act of taking or 
catching fish in a basket. 

Hoo-Luv-Luu, adj. Applied to a fish 
basket; hinai hooluuluu. 

Hoo-Luu-paa-Kal, s. lke i ka ulana mo- 
ena ame ka hooluupaakai. 

Hoo-tu-HE, v. To be proud; to act 
haughtily. 

2. To wither, as a leaf; to be weak; to 
hang down. 

Hoo-Lu-HE-LU-HE, v. To hang loosely; 
to be flexible with weakness. 

Hoo-iu-H1, v. See Lunt, fatigue. To 
make weary; to oppiess; to make one 
work hard; to overbear. 

Hoo-Lu-HI-HE-wa, v. Hooluhiand hewa, 
wrongiully. To oppress; to harass; to 
burden wrongfully. Hal. 9:9. 

Hoo-Lu-Ht-Lu-HI, v. Freq. of luhi. To 
force one to do many kinds of much hard 
work. 

Hoo-tu-LeE, v. See Lure, often syn. 
with luli, to turn; to shake. To turn; to 
turn round ; to change. 

2. To shake, as fiesh with fatness; to be 
loose. 

Hoo-Lv-LE-LU-LE, v. To cause a trem- 
bling or shaking. 

Hoo-Lu-LE-LU-LE, s. A trembling; the 
state of old age. 

Hoo-Lu-u1, v. See Lut, to vibrate; to 
shake. See LuLE above. To rock; to vi- 
brate ; to cause a motion back and forth. 


Hoo-Lv-ti-Lu-11, v. See Lut, to rock, 
roll, &c. To stir up; to awake one out of 
sleep; to disturb one’s quiet; to rock, as @ 
child in a cradle; to agitate. 

Hoo-Lu-Lu, v. See Luv, quiet; calm, 
To lie quietly and still in the water, as a 
ship in a harbor; to be calm. 

Hoo-Lu-Lu-H1, v. See Luni, weary with 
labor. To cause the eyes to be heavy with 
sleep ; to be drowsy ; to be sleepy. 

Hoo-tu-Lu-n1, s. The heavy and dark 
clouds gathering before a storm; thicken- 
ing atmosphere before a storm. 

Hoo-tu-na, v. See Luna, an officer; an 
overseer. To be or act as an officer ; to be 
in authority over others. 

2. To stir up or order men to their duties; 
to act the Inna. 

Hoo-tu-n1, adj. See Hootvui. Weak ; 
shaky ; applies to persons or things where 
there is weakness. 


HOO 


195 


HOO 





Hoo-ma, v. See Ma, to fade; to wilt. 
To cause to fade; to wilt, as a flower ; to 
perish. 

2. To strike with the hands or paddle, as 
a man on a surf-board. 

Hoo-maa, v. See Maa, toaccustom. To 
accustum; to practice; to exercise by prac- 
tice. 

2. To be ready for any business by hav- 
ing experience in it. 

Hoo-ma-au, v. See Maav, to trouble. 
To defend off; to take an oath; to make a 
law. 

2. To persecute ; to injure maliciously ; 
to offend ; to hate; to dislike. 

3. To follow from affection. 

4. To go from place to place. 

5. To be indifferent ; to neglect. 

Hoo-ma-au, s. A tempting; a trial as 
to one’s constancy. Laieik. 102. 

Hoo-ma-au-r-A, v. See Maau and Ea. 
To work lazily; to leave one’s work unfin- 
ished. 

Hoo-mA-A-KA-A-KA, v. See AKAAKA, to 
laugh. To cause langhter; to make sport; 
to play a trick; to say that which is not 
true. 

Hoo-ma-A-LE-A, v. See MaAAtea, cun- 
ning. To act wisely; to act craftily ; to 
act deceitfully ; to be lazy. 

Hoo-ma-a-Li, v. See At, a scar. To 
make the trace of a thing, as the wake of a 

_ ship; to make a faint track of a person 
walking; to make a slight road; to appear, 
as the scar of a wound. 

Hoo-ma-a-Li-LI, v. See Mariniand Ma- 
ALILI, to assuage; to cool. To assuage 
heat ; to cool ; to pacify, as anger. 

Hoo-maa-maa, v. See Maa, to accus- 
tom. To accustom one to work; to teach 
one to work; to be furnisbed; to be ready 
for business. 

Hoo-m4-a-we, v. See Maawe, a small 
indefinite part. To divide out in small 
quantities. 

Hoo-MA-A-WE-A-WE, 2%. 
of the foregoing. 

Hoo-maz, v. See Hooma and Maz, to 
wilt; to fade. To cause to wilt,as a leaf; 
to wither; to dry,as a vegetable; to blast; 
to fade, as colored cloth; to hang down, 
as a wilting vegetable. 

Hoo-ma-E-a-E-A, v. To disregard; to 
turn a deaf ear to; to refuse to listen. See 
HOooNa ui. 

Hoo-MAE-E-LE, v. To 


F requentative 


See Marete. 


pity ; to have one’s sympathy excited; ua Hoo-ma-ot, 


hoomaeeleia ka naau o ko lakou kaikunane 
ike aloha. Laieil. 74. 


Hoo-mMAE-MAE, v. See Maz, to fade. To 
wilt, as a leaf; to fade, as the colors of 
cloth; to dry up. 

2. To cleanse ; to purify ; to clear away 
filth or stench. 

Hoo-ma-E-wa, v. See Marwa, to mock. 
To mock ; to mimic ; to reproach; to pro- 
voke. 

Hoo-mMA-E-wA-E-wa, v. See the above. 
To reproach ; to sneer at; to ridicule. 

Hoo-ma1, v. See Mat, sickness, and 
Mak. To cause sickness; to be weak; to 
be out of health. 

Hoo-ma-10, v. See Ma, to fade, and Io, 
flesh. To grow thin in flesh ; to have little 
flesh on the bones. 

Hoo-ma-io-10, v. To peep like a chicken. 
See loro. 

2. To mar; to spoil. 
3. To cut up; to make marks. 

Hoo-MA-I-HA-I-HA, v. See Marna, to be’ 
energetic. To draw firmly, as a rope; to 
be intent upon, as the mind; to pursue 
eagerly. 

Hoo-mai-ka, v. 'To be strong; to be in- 
tent upon. 

Hoo-mar-Kat, v. See Marxat, handsome; 
good. To make good; to correct; to make 
handsome. 

2. To bless; to ascribe goodness to one; 
to make prosperous. 

Hoo-mar-Kal, s. See above. Thanksgiv- 
ing. Oihk. 7:15. Honor. Kanl. 26:19. A 
blessing. Kanl. 33:1. Favor; respect; ad- 
miration. Hset. 2:15. 

Hoo-matr-Katr-1A, s. Honor; outward re- 
spect paid to a superior. Mat. 1:6. 

Hoo-mal-Kal-KA, v. See Hoomarxa. To 
be strong ; to draw firmly. 

Hoo-mat-La-NI, v. To tend, as a child; 
to take care of; to honor. 

2. To treat mildly when one is discour- 
aged. 

Hoo-mal-mMAl, v. See Mat, sickness. To 
pretend to be sick; ua hoomaimai ae la 
oia, a nolaila, ua hala ia po. Laieile. 209. 

Hoo-ma-1-nNo, v. See Ino, badness. To 
make sad ; to treat with severity. 

Hoo-ma-I-No-I-No, v. See Marnorno, to 
suffer affliction. To afflict; to treat with 
severity ; to slander: to deride. 

Hoo-ma-o-a, v. See Maoa, pain; lame- 
ness. To have lameness in the hip joint; 
to be weak in the muscles of the thigh. 


Hoo-MA-oF, v. See Maor and Maai, 

forward ; bold. To be im- 
pertinent; to speak or ask for a thing; to 
give a hint of one’s desire. 


Hoo-ma-E-Ha, v. To dare; to provoke ;} Hoo-mao-mao, v. To darken; to make 


to be boisterous. R 


a black or blue color. See Omaomao. 


HOO 


Hoo-ma-o-na, v. See Maona, satisfied 
with food. To feed to satiety ; to fill with 
food ; to be satisfied with eating. 

Hoo-ma-v, v. See Mau and Mauvu, wet; 
moist. To moisten; to wet, as with dew ; 
to soak. 

2. To be cool; to be agreeable ; to be 
refreshing. 

Hoo-mau, v. See Mav, to repeat. To 
be constant ; to be immovable ; to perpet- 
uate; to make fast, as an anchor in sand or 
rocks ; to keep perpetually in action; to 
persevere ; to go forward; hoomaw aku la 
lanaika hele. Zaieik. 101. 

Hoo-mau, adj. Irreconcilable ; opposite 
in natures, as fire and water; as virtue and 
vice. 

Hoo-mav-a-Ka-La, v. To be lazy; to 
spend the day; to be indolent; to go about 
doing nothing. 

2. To accuse falsely; to laugh with 
scorn. Luk. 8:53. 
Hoo-mav-az, v. To be lazy; to be idle. 
2. To lay or place one thing on top of 
another. See Mavag. 

Hoo-mav-ia, adj. Continual; perpet- 
ual. Nah. 4:7. See Hoomav. 

Hoo-mav-iu-1u, v. To become sore 
again ; to oppress more. 

Hoo-mau-Ha-La, v. See Hoomat, to per- 
petuate, and Hata, offense. To keep long 
enmity against one; to retain long the 
memory of an offense; to seek revenge 
long after an offense. 

Hoo-mav-Ha-La, s. An old grudge; cher- 
ished revenge. Laieik. 69. 

Hoo-mau-Le-Ho, v. See Hoomav and 
Leuo, a callous bunch. To cause one to 

_work hard ; to oppress; to make one work 
all day and every day without wages. 

Hoo-mau-NAu-NA, v. See Mavunauna 
and Mauna. To waste, as property: to 
spend uselessly ; to consume ; to destroy 
without regard to expense. 

Hoo-mavu-nau-na, s. Waste; useless de- 
struction of property. Mat. 26:28. 

Hoo-ma-na, v. See Mana, rest. To 
cause to restfrom fatigue or pain; to cease 
from exertion. 

Hoo-ma-Ha-HA, v. See Hana, the inside 
of kalo tops. To throw the small refuse 
kalo roots on the side of the kalo patch. 

Hoo-ma-Ha-ta, v. To loosen; to un- 
ravel; to clear up or vindicate one’s char- 
acter. 

Hoo-ma-Ha-na, v. See Manana, warm, 
also MeHana. To cause to be warm; to 
warm by the fire or by the sun. 

Hoo-ma-Ha-Na-HA-NA, v. Freq. of above. 

Hoo-ma-HA-NA-Ha-na, s. Name of one of 


196 


HOO 


the last kapus; kakali ibo la oia i pau ka 
hoomahanahana, a neenee aku. 

Hoo-ma-HI-E, v. See Hix, pride, and 
Hooutk. To be excellent; to be grand ; 
to be noble in appearance. 

2. To be proud; to have a high look. 

Hoo-ma-Ho-LA, v. See Maxoxa, to open, 
as a flower. To spread out smoothly, as 
clothes or kapa. See Homa. 

2. To open; to spread open; to expand, 
as a flower. 

Hoo-MA-Ho-LA-Ho-LA, v. Freq. of the 
foregoing. Nove.—The different forms ma- 
hola and mohala have the same meaning. 

Hoo-ma-Hu, v. See Manu, steam; 
vapor. Tosteam; to burst forth like steam. 

Hoo-ma-Hu-A, v. To watch; to lie in 
wait ; to act as a spy secretly ; to mock ; 
to deride. 

2. To hide one’s self; to conceal from 
view ; to dodge behind something. 

Hoo-ma-Hu-a, v. To increase; to grow 
in size; to swell out; more often used in 
the double form, as 

Hoo-mA-HU-A-HU-A, v. See Manva and 
Hua, to grow. To increase; to enlarge; 
to grow big. 

Hoo-ma-Hu-a-Ka-LA, v. To jeer at; to 
treat with contempt. 

Hoo-ma-Hu-1, v. See Manut, to follow 
after. To follow after; to imitate; to lis- 
ten to one’s counsel or advice ; to imitate 
one’s example. 

Hoo-ma-Hu-KA, v. See Manuxa, to run 
away. To counsel or advise one to run 
away; to assist one to leave a place or 
business secretly; to hide one’s self to 
avoid work. 

Hoo-ma-Hu-wa, v. To be blind, especi- 
ally with one eye. 

Hoo-ma-xa, v. To begin; to commence 
a work ; to set forth a new thing; to com- 
mence, as a course of evil. Laieik. 191. 

2. To be wild; to be untamed; to be 
evilly disposed. 

Hoo-ma-ka, s. The fresh blade of a 
plant; the first leaf of a tree. Mar. 4:28. 


Hoo-ma-Ka-A-KI-uU, v. See Maxaxiv, 
watchful eye. To spy out; to act the part 
of a spy; to watch with jealousy. Notr.— 
This is rather a phrase than a word, to com- 
mence to watch. Halelu 10:8. 

Hoo-ma-ka-E, v. To look at with dis- 
dain; to stand aloof from; to be at enmity 
with ; to look askance or be angry at. 


Hoo-ma-ka-1, v. See Maxai, a police- 
man. To be bold; to be fearless; to be 
assuming. 

2. To act the sheriff; to be a policeman. 
3. To be stingy; to be close; to be hard 
to deal with. 


HOO 


197 


HOO 





Hoo-ma-Ka-u, v. See Makau, fear. To 
cause one to fear; to make afraid; to 
frighten. 

Hoo-ma-kau-au-A, v. To hang or fasten 
up, as clothes to dry. 

Hoo-ma-Ka-u-KA-U, v. Freq. of makau. 
To make afraid; to try to scare; e lilo ana 
oe i mea e hoomakaukau ia ai ma na ala- 
nui, thou shalt become an example causing 
fear by the road sides. Laieik. 212. 

Hoo-ma-kau-Kau, v. See Maxavxan, 
ready; prepared. To make ready; to pre- 
pare; to get in readiness for business or 
for a coming event. 

Hoo-ma-Kau-Lu, s. One who feigns 
friendship and eats with one while he 
watches his opportunity to injure him; one 
acting with cunning and duplicity. 

2. Strong desire for and corresponding 
effort to obtain a thing. 

Hoo-ma-Kau-Li, v. To be thorough 
going ; to persevere’; to hold out; to have 
a strong desire for a thing; e hoomanawa- 
nui a loaa mai; he kanaka hoomakaulii 
haku, a nolaila e malama pono i ka wai- 
wai; he hoomakaulii ma ka manao i ke 
Akua. 

Hoo-ma-Ka-k1, v. To beg; to ask. 

2. To design revenge ; to meditate mis- 
chief. 

Hoo-ma-Ka-kI-v, v. See Hoomaxa and 
Kivu, to spy. To watch with a jealous eye; 
to lie in wait to do evil. 

Hoo-ma-Ka-ki-u, adj. Jealous; suspi- 
cious; watchful through jealousy. 

Hoo-ma-KA-MA-KA, v. See Makamaka,a 
friend. To be on terms of intimacy; to 
make friends for the sake of profit or con- 
venience. 

Hoo-ma-KA-LA, v. See Makara, to 
loosen. To cause to open a little, as a door; 
to loosen; to untie. See Kata. To loosen, 
as in taking off one’s garment. 

Hoo-MA-KA-NA-HE-LE-HE-LE, ¥. See Hoo- 
MAKA and NAHELS, land grown up to bushes. 
To go astray in the bush; to get out of the 
road. 

Hoo-ma-xE, v. See Maxe, death. To 
cause death ; to kill. 

‘2. To wish to die; to fast. 

3. To put in a state of privation; to 
cause thinness of flesh. 

4. To put one’s self where he would ap- 
pear to be lost; mai hoopae oe (i Ka aina), 
e hoomake oe i kou nalu, go not ashore, 
plunge under your surf. 

Hoo-ma-KE-a-KA, v. See Axa, to laugh. 
To excite langhter; to exercise wit. 

Hoo-ma-KE-A-KA, adj. Exciting laugh- 
ter ; witty ; he olelo hoomakeaka. 


Hoo-ma-KEE, v. To be greedy after 


property; to scrape together ; to lust after 
property. 

Hoo-ma-kE-HE-waA, v. To accuse falsely; 
to do a thing in vain. 

Hoo-MA-KE-MA-KE, v. See MaxkrMakeE. 
To desire ; to wish for. 

Hoo-ma-kE-NA, v. See Maxena. To 
cause mourning; to cause sorrow; to cause 
grief. 

Hoo-ma-xi-u, v. See Kiv, to spy. To 
watch with a design to surprise ; to watch 
for an opportunity to do mischief. 

Hoo-ma-ko-a, v. To walk, talk or act 
bravely ; to act as an officer among sol- 
diers ; e hookoa, e hookalali. 

Hoo-ma-kol, v. To be hard; to be stingy; 
to be close ; to be regardless of others. 

Hoo-ma-xou, v. See Maxou, to be red, 
as the eyes. To make red; to be blood 
shot, as the eyes from being long in salt 
water. 

Hoo-ms-ko-LE, v. See Kote and Ma- 
KOLE, red, as raw flesh. To be raw, as flesh; 
to be red, as inflamed eyes. 

Hoo-ma-ko-ul, v. See Kou, to trim; to 
cut short. To cut short; to make small; 
to render fine. 

Hoo-ma-Ko-ma-Ko, adj. The epithet of 
a cloud; he ao hoomakomako, a large 
cloud, perhaps. 

Hoo-ma-xku, v. To increase; to grow 
large ; to grow thickly. 

Hoo-ma-ku-a, v. To grow; to enlarge; 
to become thick or many. 

Hoo-ma-ku-E, v. To burden one; to 
vex; to trouble; to be angry at; to frown 
at. 

Hoo-ma-ku-E, s. An angry look; a 
frowning at; a stirring up of displeasure. 

Hoo-MA-kKu-E-KuU-E, tv. To frown; to 
frown at one. 

Hoo-ma-Ku-mMA-KU, v. See Hoomaxv. To 
increase: to enlarge; to grow fat; to be 
heavy. as a fat person or animal. 

Hoo-ma-LakE, v. See Maas, to be calm. 
To put on a pleasant countenance ; to as- 
sume the appearance of friendship when 
the heart is disaffected: to hide an evil de- 
sign by assuming pleasantry. 

Hoo-ma-La-E-a, v. To be calm; to be 
quiet; to settle down in quietness; ap 
plied to the presence of one who was re 
proached when absent. 


Hoo-MA-LAE-LAE, v. See LAEtag, clear, 
as the sky. To enlighten; to make clear 
and pleasant ; to calm. 

Hoo-MA-LAI-LE-NA, v. See Maramena, 
bitterness. To make bitter; to embitter. 


Hoo-ma-La-o, v. To act the idler; to be 


HOO 


198 


HOO 


SU EIUyISTT SISTy- En PRENTEIC nmEr en soeereer eee ee 
a vagabond; to go about from place to! Hoo-ma-LU-MA-LU, adj. Overshadowing; 


place doing nothing. 


Hoo-ma-Lau, v. See Maran, to reject! 


shading, as clouds that run low; he ao hoo- 
malumalu. 


good advice. To be unbelieving; to be} Hoo-ma-na, v. See Mana, superhuman 


ungodly ; to be irreverent towards sacred 
things. ; 


power. To ascribe divine honors; to wor- 
ship; to cause one to have regal authority. 


Hoo-ma-Lav-E-a, v. To be lazy; to be) Hoo-ma-nao, v. See Manao, to think. 


indolent. See Manao. 
Hoo-ma-La-HI-A, v. Pass. for malaia, to 
be bitter. To make bitter: to be bitter. 

Hoo-MA-LA-MA-LA-MA, UV. 


torch. To enlighten; to shine upon. 
} 


Hoo-ma-La-na, v. To throw away, as 
refuse matter. 


3. To take care of. 


To turn the mind upon; to call to mind; 
to cause to consider; to remember that 
which is past. 


See Lama, a Hoo-ma-nao-nao, v. See Manaonao, to 


lament. To call up the past with sorrow ; 
to think or reflect on the past. 


| Hoo-ma-NAo-NAO, s. A reflection on the 
2. To be disrespected. 
|Hoo-ma-NA-ku, v. See Hoomana above 
4. To be large; to swell, asa dead body. | 


Hoo-Ma-LA-NA-LA-NA, v. Freq. of above. | 


past ; sorrow for the past. 


and Kir, an idol. To worship idols; to 
worship any god except Jehovah. 


Hoo-ma-Le-a, v. See Marea and Maa- Hoo-ma-Na-k1I, s. The practice of wor- 


LEA, Wise ; crafty. 
crafty : to act wisely or prudently. 


Hoo-ma-ui-E, v. See Matiz, calm; quiet. | 


To bush, as a tumult; to clear off, as the | 
sky after a storm. 

Hoo-ma-LI-E-LI-E, v. To appease, as a 
ruffled mind: to soothe; to calm, as anger; 
to treat kindly. 

Hoo-ma-Li-HI-NI, v. See Matra, a 
stranger. To make one’s self a stranger ; | 
to become a stranger; to be foreign to one. | 
Hoo-ma-ui-ko, v. To discredit. 





| 
Hoo-ma-Li-mMa-L1, v. See Marmatt, to 


flatter. To flatter; to secure one’s favor | 
by flattery. 
0O0-MA-LOO, 
dry. To cause to dry up, as water; to 

wither, as a tree or flower; to make any- | 
thing dry. | 
Hoo-MA-Lo-HI-Lo-HI, v. See Lout, to be 

slow. To be fatigued, as by traveling ; to | 
be lame. See MALvUHILvnt. 


Hoo-ma-Lo-Ka, v. See Matoxa, to be | Hoo-ma-was-na, v. 


sluggish ; to be stupid. To be dull; to be | 
stupid in mind; to disregard any important | 
truth ; to be unbelieving ; to disobey the 
command of a chief. 

Hoo-ma-Lo-Lo, s. The name of the day 
before the la Kapu ; hence under the chris- 
tian system, the la hoomalolo is Saturday, | 
i. e., the day before the Sabbath. 
Hoo-ma-tu, v. See Mato, a shade, 

peace, &c. To rule over, especially in a 

peaceful way ; to govern quietly; to make 

peace. 

Hoo-ma-tu, adj. Making or causing 

peace between differing parties; mobai 

hoomalu, a peace-offering. Puk. 20:21. 





To deal wisely ; to be | 





v. See Matoo, parched ; H 


shipping idols; idolatry; called figuratively 
in Scripture, whoredom. 2 Nal. 9:22. Also 
vanity ; a vain service; idolatry. 2 Nal. 
17:15. 


Hoo-ma-NaA-Lo, v. See Manato, sweet; 


free from taint. To purify; to sweeten 
anything from salt or any unpleasant taste 
or smell. 


,, Hoo-Ma-NA-WA-LE-a, v. See Manawa- 


LEA, alms. To appease by a gift; to give 
alms to the poor; to relieve the distressed. 


| Hoo-ma-NE-a, v. See Manea. To ren- 


der callous; to harden; he mea ia na ke 
kalaimoku e hoomanea i kanaka i haalele 
ole i ke alii. 

00-MA-NE-0-NE-0, v. See Mango, to 
itch. To scratch where it itches; to tickle. 


Hoo-ma-No, v. See Mano,a shark. To 


act the shark ; to be greedy. 

2. To be continually at; to persevere in, 
as one in begging. 

3. To tease with importunity. 
To come into the 
midst of a company of people or things; a 
i ka au houana o ka mea i komo i ka pua, 
hoomawaena mai oia. 
00-ME-A, v. See Mea, to trouble; to 
effect. To canse something ; to do some 
thing ; to make pretense; to deceive; to 
disappoint; to make trouble. : 
00-ME-HA, v. See Mena, to live alone. 
To stay at home from work; to cease from 
work. Nore.—lormerly hoomeha was ap- 
plied to a la Kkapu, but is now used as syn- 
onymous with la hoomalolo, the day before 
the Sabbath, i. e., Saturday. 


Hoo-me-ua, adj. Preparing for the Sab- 


bath. See Hoomanono. 


Hoo-ma-Lu-Le, v. To change from one} Hoo-ms-Le, v. See Metz, a song. To 


form io another; to metamorphose, as a 
caterpillar into a butterfly. 


cause or make a song; to sing a mele; to 
be joyous; to rejoice. 


HOO 199 HOO 


Hoo-mE-NE-ME-NE, v. See Menez, to| at ease. To entertain in one’s house; to 


have pity. To be dear to one; to have invite to one’s house. 


compassion upon; to pity; to treat ten- 2. To lie at ease ; to rest securely. 
ele, as a shat asd v 3. To break ; to crack. See next word, 


Hoo-mi-uo, v. To build by laying one | Hoo-mo-wa-tu-na-Lv, v. To crack; to 
thing on top of another. break, as the auamo or stick on which 


Deiies. », See Moa, cooked. To things are carried on the shoulders of men. 
Lr her 9 ; . » | . 
cause to be cooked; to be thoroughly | Hoo-mo-Ho-LA, v. See Mouota and Ho- 
baked. . HOLA. To spread out widely ; to unfold, 
Hoo-mo-ak, v. To tear or snatch away; | ,,*5 the growing of a plant. 
ray Hoo-mo-Ho-Le, v. See Hors, to peel. To 
Hoo-mo-A-KA-KA, v. See AKakA, clear peel; to strip the skin from an animal; to 
’ « ’ 7 % a sank a & 
to the mind. To cause to be very plain to | peel the bark from a tree. See Unore. 
the mind; to make one understand what | Hoo-mo-ko, v. This is probably for hoo- 
may be intricate; to explain. See Hoa-| komo,or it may mean, to cut short. A hoo- 
KAKA. moko ka wai ma na pae. 
Hoo-mo-a-LA-A-LA, v. See Moaraata, to} Hoo-mo-xu, v. To cause a division; to 
rise up to go. To be busy about; to go | cut and divide, as a land. 
from house to house; to be forward; to be | Hoo-mo-xu, s. A cutting ora dividing, 





impertinent. ( &e. 
Hoo-mo-a-na, v. As if hoomoena. To! Hoo-mo-tz, v. See Mote, smooth. To 
spread down mats for staying over night ; be shorn close; to be cut smooth. 
Lence, 2. To cause to linger ; to be slow; to be 
2. To encamp. as travelers; to encamp, behind. 
as soldiers. See also Moana. 3. To refuse ; to be unwilling. 


Hoo-mo-a-NA, adj. Encamped; kahi Hoo-mo-Le-mo-LE, v. Intensive of the 
hoomoana, a camping place; acamp. Oihk.| above. 
16:28. ' Hoo-mo-Lo-wa, v. See Motowa, inac- 
Hoo-mo-E, v. See Moz, to lie down.| tive. To be indifferent about a thing ; to 
To cause to lie down; to prostrate in ado-| be indisposed to do a thing, especially to 
ration. work ; hence, 
2. To speak of one’s sleeping with an- 2. To be lazy; to be idle. 
other, thatis, of marrying together. Laieik.; Hoo-mo-mo-Le, v. See Hoomoie above. 
66. ; : | To be smooth. 
4 * 78 gu to rest ; to rest one’s self) Hoo-mu, v. See Mu, to shut the lips. 
y tying ; ; To sit silent; to be speechless; to make 
Hoo-mo-E-mo-£, v. To cause toliedown.} no reply; to refuse to answer. See Mu- 
2. To hush or put to sleep. MULE, like the English to be mum. 
Hoo-moo, v. ‘To continue or persevere | Hoo-muv, v. To cause a collection; to 
in laying taxes upon the people; to follow heap together. 
up a pursuit; ame ka hoomoo o na puu 2. To gormandize. 
waiwai, to urge or force people to give | Hoo-mu-g, v. To be bad tasted to the 
their property for such purposes as the} palate; to be offensive to the taste; to be 
rulers need ; e kaukolo, e hookoikoi. bitter ; to be brackish. 
Hoo-mo-v-x1-v-x1, v. See Uxiuxt, hot Hoo-mu-g-mu-E, v. Freq. of the above. 
and bad smelling. To cause an offensive | Hoo-mu-nu, v. To collect together. See 
smell; to reek with offensive smells, like| Mumuuv. 








an old and dirty ship. or like the breath of | 2. To make a low humming sound. 

a tobacco smoker; to be warm or stifled | Hoo-mu-Ka, v. See Muka, tasteless; in- 

for want of pure air. sipid. To be tasteless; to be insipid ; ono 

Hoo-mo-Ha-La, v. To open; to unfold! __ole. 

or blossom, as a flower. Hoo-mu-Ka-mu-KA, v. To be insipid; to 
2. To spread, as a kapa or sheet. See| be tasteless. 

Hoomanota by a change of syllables. Hoo-mu-mu, v. See Mu. To hold in the 
3. To have a little hope, as one disap-| youth without swallowing. . 

pointed ; ua hoomohalaia kona naau kana- 2. To hold the mouth silent from speak- 

lua. Laieik. 93. ing 


4. To unfold, as one’s inward desire; to | Hoo-y1u-mu-nu, v. See Muuu, to hum 
4 ; 


rage, as lust. Laieik. 196. To collect ; to assemble together, as men ; 
Hoo-mo-Ha-Lu, v. See Monatv, to be! to gather together, as other things. 


HOO 


2. To make a low indistinct noise; to 
sound like an indistinet low hum. 

Hoo-mu-mu-ku, v. See Muxv, to cut 
short. To cut short; to cut too short; to 
break off. See Mumuxv. 

Hoo-mu-Mu-LE, v. See Mumute, to be 
dumb. To be silent; to be dumb. 

2. To be out of one’s mind; to be crazy; 
to be insane. 

Hoo-mu-mu-Lu, v. To collect together 
in great numbers; to be thick together, as 
swarms of flies. 

Hoo-na, v. See Na, to be quiet. To 
cause ease; to give quiet from pain. 

2. To obtain a refuge from danger. 
3. To search or look for a place. 
NANA. | 

Hoo-naE, v. See Naz, to breathe hard. 
To breathe hard; to puff like one traveling 
fast up hill; to be fatigued. 

Hoo-NAE-NAE, v. Freq. of the above. 

Hoo-ns-E-LE, v. See NaExe. To cause 
to be thick, as mud; to be muddy. 

2. To break open; to crack, as dried 
mud. 

Hoo-na-t-K1, v. To persecute. 

Hoo-nat-Ko-La, v. See Arxota and Ho- 
AIKOLA. To cause to triumph over an en- 
emy ; to rejoice at a victory. 

2. To treat with contempt, as a conquered 
one. 

Hoo-nat-nal, v. See Hoonag, to pant. 
To sob; to breathe hard. 

Hoo-na-vE, v. See Nave, to vibrate. 
To cause to rock; to reel to and fro; to 
shake, as the earth in an earthquake. 

2. To move a little; to shove along. See 
NawE and Nauwe. 

Hoo-na-uE-vE, v. Freq. of above. To 
rock ; to shake to and fro. 

Hoo-na-vu-x1, v. See Uxiand Navxt. To 
fret ; to provoke; to make one angry. 

Hoo-Na-v-KI-u-kI, v. See above. To pro- 
voke ; to make angry. 

Hoo-na-u-Lu, v. See Navtu, to vex. 
To vex; to provoke. Kanl. 9:22. To vex. 
1 Sam. 1:6. 

Hoo-na-na, v. See Nana, to crack or 
break, as glass. To break or crack, as 
glass. 

2. To cause to operate, as a cathartic. 

Hoo-NA-HE-NA-HE, v. See Nang, thin; 
soft. To be low; to be flat; to be thin; 
to be humble. 

Hoo-na-ui-t1, v. See Nauti, to be awk- 
ward; to be slow. To lengthen out; to 
make long, as a road by going a circuitous 
route, or by losing one’s way. 

2. To hesitate ; to linger. 

Hoo-na-Ho-a, v. See Nanoa, strong; 


See 


200 


HOO 


bold. To be hard; to be strong; to be 
bold, as a soldier. 

2. To turn a deaf'ear; to refuse to listen. 

See Hoonenoa. 

Hoo-NA-Ho-NA-HO, v. See Nanonano, to 
be deep. To be set deep in the head, as 
the eyes ; to be deep, as a pit. 

Hoo-na-uu, v. See Nanu, to bite; to 
gripe. Tosnap, as corn parching; to crack, 
as a pistol; to make a report, as fire-arms. 

Hoo-Na-HU-NA-HU, v. See the above. 
To snap at, as a dog. 

2. To be in labor pains. 

3. To be seized by sudden pain. 
Hoo-NA-KE-LE, v. See NAkELs, soft; 

slippery. To make boggy, as land; to be 
soft and shaky, as a miry place. 

Hoo-na-Koa, v. See Koa, a soldier. To 
be bold; to be brave; to act the soldier; 
to be fearless ; to be daring. 

Hoo-na-ku-1, v. See Kut, to sound 
abroad. To make a rumbling noise; to 
tremble. 

2. To spread out, asasound from a place. 
Hoo-na-ko-Lo, v. See Koro, to crawl, 

and Nakoto. To run along; to spread, as 
ink on paper. 

Hoo-na-ku-Lu, v. ‘To cause to fall in 
drops, aS rain; as perspiration. Laieik. 
118. 

Hoo-NA-KU-LU-kU-LU, v. See Kuru, to 
drop. To drop down, as rain; to drip from 
the clouds, ag rain. Jsa. 45:8. 

Hoo-na-Lo, v. See Nato, to disappear. 
To be lost; to vanish ; to be out of sight ; 
with wale, to be forgotten. 

Hoo-na-Lo-Na-Lo, v. Freq. of the above. 

Hoo-na-Lu, v. See Nav, the surf. To 
cause a swell of the sea on shore ; to rise, 
as the surf; to act, as the sea when the 
wind and tide are contrary. 

Hoo-na-Lu-Lu, v. To turn a deaf ear; 
to refuse to listen; to disregard. See Hoo- 
MAEABA. 

Hoo-Na-Mu-NA-MU, v. See Namu, to 
speak rapidly. To speak in an unintelli- 
gible manner. 

2. To find fault behind one. 
Hoo-na-NaAd, v. To enrage. 
Hoo-na-na-au, v. See Nana and Lana, 

to float, and Au, tide; current. To cause to 
float on the surface of water; to swim 
standing or erect; to float here and there 
as the current goes. 

Hoo-na-na, v. See Na and Nana, to 
hush; to quiet, as a child. To calm; to 
quiet, as a child; to hush up a difficulty ; 
to ease a pain; to comfort; to console. 


Hoo-na-na, adj. See Nana, to bark; to 
growl. Angry; cross; reluctant. 


HOO 


201 


HOO 





Hoo-na-Nna-u-HA, v. To be strong; tobe 
hard ; to be tight; to drag: to draw. 
Hoo-NA-NA-HI-LI, v. See Naniu, slow; 
lagging. To go ina crooked manner; to 
wander about; to mistake the road. 
Hoo-na-na-Ho, v. See Nanauo, deep 
down. To be deep. 
2. To be strong; to be tight. 
Hoo-na-nA-Hu, v. See Nanv, to bite, 
and Nananv and Lananu, a coal of fire. To 
char,as wood; to make coal; to burn wood 
to charcoal. 
2. To bite ; to sting like a burn. 
Hoo-na-na-Ka, v. See Naka and Na- 


2. To totter when one walks; to be thin; _ 


to be flexible. 

Hoo-NA-wa-Li-wa-Ll, v. Intensive of the 
above. 

Hoo-NA-wE-LE, v. See Nawe e, fine; 
small; thin. To make very little; to be 
fine, like the threads of a spider’s web; to 
spin, as a spider its web. 

Hoo-ngE, v. To tease; to fret; to ask 
for food, as a child. 

Hoo-ng, s. Name of a soft porous stone. 

Hoo-ngE-s, v. See Nea, to desolate. ‘l'o 
make desolate; to sweep off all; to destroy 
wholly. See Neo and NEoNEo. 


NAKA, a crack; a crevice. To be full of | Hoo-nE-a-NE-a, v. To take all away ; 


cracks, openings or chinks. 
2. To be unstable; not firm, as a bog. 

Hoo-na-Na-kKI, v. See Nanaxi and Na- 
ku, to tie; to fasten. To bind; to tie up. 

Hoo-na-NE, v. See Nang, ariddle. To 
put forth a riddle; to propose something 
mysterious for explication. 

Hoo-na-nE-a, v. See Nanea, easy; 
quiet. To be easy; to be contented; to be 
satisfied with one’s self; to be indifferent 
to the future. 

Hoo-na-nI, v. See Nani, also Lani, 
beautiful; glorious. To glorify; to praise; 
to exalt ; to honor. 
00-NA-NI-NA-NI, v. Intensive of the 
above. To be proud; to be vainglorious; 
to be haughty ; to be arrogant. 

2. To act the spendthrift; to waste prop- 
erty. 

Hoo-na-Nu-E, v. See Nanug, to swell 
up. To tremble; to shake. See Nave. 
Hoo-n4-par, v. See Napat, to bend in. 

To crook ; to bend; to arch. 

Hoo-na-PE, v. See Nars, bending; flex- 











to dispossess one of everything; to take 
all the fruits of one’s land. 

Hoo-nEE, v. See Nee, to move. To 
move ; to shove along ; to rub against. 

Hoo-NEE-NEE, v. See NEE, to move 
along. To push along; to move frequently; 
to shake. 

Hoo-neEI, v. See NEI, to move. To move, 
as people in a tumult; to move, as trees 
by the wind. 

Hoo-NnEI-NEI, v. See Ner and Hooner 
To crowd one upon another; to move 
along, urged by others. 

Hoo-nE-0, v. See Neo, to be silent. To 
make silence ; to hush: to be still. 

2. To be silent from loneliness or deso- 
lation. 
3. To be in a wild, lonely place. 

Hoo-NE-0-NE-0, v. See the above. To 
hush to stillness ; to be still. 

2. To bestill or quiet for want of people. 

Hoo-neE-Ho-a, v. See Hoonanoa. To be 
severe ; to be bold; to act the soldier; to 
be brave. 


ible. To bend; to crook; to bend, as an| Hoo-nE-LE, v. See NELE, destitute. To 


elastic stick. 

Hoo-na-PE-LE, v. See Nare ge, to hurt; | 
to wound. To make a wound on the head; 
to swell, as the effect of a wound; to swell 
out, as the belly. 

2. To be soft and yielding, as a boggy, 
miry place ; to shake, as a bog ; to soften, 
as the food in the stomach; o ka opu, oia | 
kahi e hoonapele aii ka ai, the stomach is 
the place to soften the food. Anat. 51. 


Hoo-NA-PE-LE-PE-LE, v. Intensive of the 
above. 





Hoo-na-Po-Lo, v. To straighten ; to 
make straight. 

Hoo-NA-wWa-LE, v. See Na and Hoona 
with Wate. To comfort; to attempt to 
quiet without effort. 

Hoo-na-wa-Li, v. See Nawatt, weak; 
feeble. To be weakly; to be sickly; to 
have little strength. 

26 


deprive one of something ; to make desti- 
tute ; to deprive of. 
00-NE-Mo, v. See Nemo, to smooth 
over. To be polished; to be made smooth; 
to be nice and good. 

Hoo-NE-Mo-NE-MO, v. ‘To make smooth;. 
to polish. 

Hoo-nE-NE, v. To chirp, as a cricket; 
to sing, as a cricket. 

Hoo-NE-NE, v. Ka leo o ka ewaewa iki 
e hoonene ana. Laieik. 149. 

Hoo-ngE-ngE, s. The voice of a cricket. 


|Hoo-ni-au, v. To go away and leave 


one’s company secretly, generally for some 
evil purpose ; a no keia mea (ka ikea ana 
o ke kahoaka o Laieikawai), hooniau aku 
la ka Makaulai ka pule ana. Laieik. 26. 
Hoo-ni-au, v. See Niav, to sail gen- 
teelly. To copy or follow those whose 
conduct is upright ; to do rightly. 


HOO 


Hoo-ni-a-nI-A, v. See Nia, baldheaded. 
To make smooth or fair the outside ; to be 
smooth, as a baldhead. 

2. Fic. To make fair pretenses. 

3. To blame or accuse falsely. See NrA- 
NIA. 

Hoo-ni-a-nI-ao, v. To ask questions 
often and frequently ; to question ; hooni- 
ele. 

Hoo-nt-0-nI-0-Lo, v. See Nrion1010, cor- 
rect; straight. To be morally straight; to 
be upright ; to be correct in practice. 

2. To be correct in principle; to have 
right views. 

3. To go without carrying anything, 
while others perhaps are heavily loaded ; 
kaumaha lakou.a he hoonioniolo kana hele 
ana. He kanaka haaheo ka! 

Hoo-nt-o-nI-0-Lo, s. Straightness; that 
which is correct; upright; me ka hoonio- 
niolo o ka manao kekahi, some with cor- 
rectness of opinion. 

Hoo-ni-Ho, v. See Nino, to indent; to 
set in. To lay stones in a wall; to lay 
stones in the wall of an embankment, as 

,the lower side of a road, that is, to insert 
stones into a bank like teeth in the gums. 
See Nino, tooth. 

Hoo-nt-Ho, s. Stones inserted in a bank; 
a stone wall or hedge. 

Hoo-nI-HI-NI-HI, v. See Niaininr. To 
be full of ridges ; to diminish upward. 

2. To take slender hold of a thing, as 
from fear of filth. 

3. To eat sparingly ; e ai hoonihinihi. 

Hoo-ni-na, v. See Nina and Lina, soft 
to the touch. To be soft to the touch. 

2. To be wet and tough, as cold land. 

3. To be weak and feeble, as one recov- 

_ering from sickness; pilii ka mea ua ola, 
aole ola loa. 

4. Not to have full cheeks, as one sickly. 
See PaPaLina. 

Hoo-ni-Na-ni-nA, v. Freq. of the above. 
See Ninanina and Liana. 

Hoo-no, v. For hoohono. See Hono, to 
mend, as a garment or a fish net. To join 
together, as in mending a net; to unite, as 
in tying sticks together. 

Hoo-no, v. To think; to look at atten- 
tively ; to be sharp upon. 

Hoo-no-a, v. See Noa, the cessation of 
akapu. To cause to cease, as the force of 
a kapu; to put an end to a kapu. 

Hoo-no-a, v. To keep continually burn- 
ing, as a fire ; e hoomau i ke ahi; to burn 
continually, as a volcano. 


Hoo-no-z, v. See Nos, mist; fine rain. 
To make thin or small, like a head with 
few hairs ; to be small, like fine rain. 


Hoo-no-E-no-£, v. See Nornor, mist. 


202 


HOO 


To make small or fine, as small dots on 
paper. 
2. To attend, as the mind to little things. 

Hoo-no1, v. See Not, to beg. To beg; 
to ask something of another. 

Hoo-noo-noo, v. See Noonoo, to think. 
To cause to think upon; to remember; to 
consider ; to reflect upon. 

Ho-o-no-o-No, v. For hooonoono. See 
Ono, ready. To be ready ; to be prompt; 
to be mature ; to act the man. 

Ho-o-no-o-no, s. Promptness; readi- 
ness ; having a supply. See Kuonoono. 


Hoo-nou, v. See Nov, to throw a stone. 
To throw a stone; to pelt with stones; to 
throw, as missiles. 

2. To loosen ; to send forth. 
Hoo-no-u1, v. To cause to be red; to 
be of a reddish color. 
Hoo-No-HI-No-HI,  v. 
brightness ; to be red. 

2. To have a different form. 

Hoo-no-Ho, v. See Nouo, to put down; 
to place. To set in order; to place rightly; 
to regulate. 

Hoo-no-no, s. The name of a species 
of fish-hook. 

Hoo-Nno-Ho-No-Ho, v. To settle; to es- 
tablish ; to collect together ; to arrange. 


Hoo-No-Ho-no-Ho, s. In the phrase hoo- 
nohonoho akua, the act of setting up or 
worshipping the poe akua noho ; hana ino 
nwi ia kekahi poe hoonohonoho akua, a ma- 
huka lakou ma kahi e aku. 

Hoo0-No-HO-No-Lo. 

Hoo-no-Hu, v. To let down, as the sails 
of a ship. 

Hoo-no-KE, v. See Noxe, to be ener- 
getic. To work energetically and perse- 
veringly ; to be acute in searching for the 
means to secure an end; to act with en- 
ergy and intelligence. 

Hoo-no-LE, v. Used perhaps for none, 
to snore. 

Hoo-no-ni, v. To joggle; to rustle; to 
disturb. 

Hoo-no-no-Lo, v. To chirp like a bird; 
to warble ; to sing. 

2. To coo like a dove. 

3. To growl, as a dog. 
4, To grunt like a hog. 
5. To snort, as a horse. 

Hoo-nu-a, v. To tread upon continu- 
ally ; to do over and over again; to act 
with energy and perseverance. 

Hoo-nu-a, s. A treading; vigorous ex- 
ercise. 

Hoo-nu-a-nu-A, v. To be ennobled ; to 
be honored ; to be rich. 


To shine with 


HOO 


203 


HOO 


Hoo-nu-1, v. See Nui, to be great. To 
cause to enlarge; to grow big; to increase. 
2. Fic. To boast; to brag. See HAAnut. 
Hoo-nv-1-nu-1, v. Intensive of the above. 


Hoo-nuv, v. See Nuvu and Anuu, a 
raised place. To be greedy in eating ; to 
eat to great fullness ; to gormandize ; ap- 
plied to a single person. See Hooxuxu. 
Hence, 

2. To swell; to rise up, as one’s stomach 
from great eating. 
3. To begrudge the food another eats. 

Hoo-nuv, s. Greediness after food; a 
voracious appetite ; a seizing food with 
eagerness. 

Hoo-nuv, adj. Greedy after food. 

Hoo-nu-Ha, v. See Nuwa, silent; tac- 
iturn. To be idle; to be lazy; to be in- 
disposed to do anything. 

2. To sit still, as a person unable to walk. 
3. To be disabled. 

Hoo-nu-HA-Nu-HA, v. Intensive of the 
above. 

Hoo-nu-HA-Nu-HA, s. A palsied person; 
one disabled from palsy. 

Hoo-pa, v. See Pa, to touch. To cause 
to touch; to take hold of; to hit; to strike. 

Hoo-paa, v. See Paa, fast; tight. To 
make fast; to bind; to keep tight; to de- 
tain. 

2. To tie or fasten a thing ; 
tight. 

3. To stop one’s speech; to be silent ; 
you have said enough. JLaieik. 65. 

Hoo-paa-KI-KI, v. See Paaxixi, hard 
morally and physically. To hold fast to 
one’s opinion ; to be obstinate ; to be un- 
yielding. 

2. To have no respect to other’s feelings, 
person or property. 

3. To be hard in the treatment of others; 
to be hard hearted. 

Hoo-paa-kKI-KI, s. Stubbornness; diso- 
bedience. 1 Sam. 15:23. 

Hoo-paa-pAd, v. See Paapaa, to dis- 
pute. To be hard upon others ; hence, 

2. To dispute pertinaciously; to contend; 
to quarrel ; to have a mental contest. 


Hoo-pagz, v. See Par, to goashore. To 
cause to arrive at land; to go ashore from 
a canoe, boat or vessel. 

2. To float ashore, as anything at sea. 
3. To throw up on a bank of a kalo 
patch. 

Hoo-par-E, v. See Par, to misunder- 
stand. To hear indistinctly through some 
noise ; to misunderstand what is said; to 
be partially deat. 

Hoo-pa-Egz, s. A desire and an effort to 
_— another’s property; aspecies of rob- 

ery. 


to make 


Hoo-pa-E-LE, v. See Parte, to be dirty. 
To besmear ; to defile; to make dirty ; to 
blacken. Figuratively, to disturb with other 
thoughts and reflections. Laieik. 142. 

Hoo-pPaE-PAk, v. See Hoopat above. To 
be driven or dashed on shore by the surf; 
to ride ashore through the surf. 

Hoo-PaE-PAE, v. See Par, to sound. 
To make a loud boisterous noise in con- 
versation; to talk with a loud voice so that 
everybody can hear. 

Hoo-pa-E-wa, s. See Parwa. Crooked- 
ness in dealing ; so dealing as to get the 
advantage; also, in conversation, a perver- 
sion of truth or an erroneous statement. 
It is often connected with robbery and 
murder. 

Hoo-pal, v. See Pat, to strike. To strike 
back: to revenge; to treat one as he treats 
us. 

2. To pay back; to punish; to punish 
according to law. 

3. To stir up; to excite; to reward either 
good or evil. 

Hoo-pat, s. Anavenger; ka hoopai koko, 
an avenger of blood. Kanl. 19:6. 

Hoo-pat-Ho, v. To make a significant 
gesture by putting the thumb between the 
fingers. 

2. To give a warning with the hand. 

3. To tempt, or to knamuamu ; eia na 
olelo hou e hewa ai, o ke kake, o ka olelo 
Kauai, 0 ka hoopaiho lima. 

4. To rub the skin from the arm; to 
skin. 

5. To make crooked. Notre.—This word 
is said to be peculiar to Kauai. 

Hoo-pa-i-K1, v. See Pa, to touch, and 
Ik1, little. To touch lightly or softly ; to 
move gently ; to move a very little. 

Hoo-pal-Lu-a, v. See Paitua, nausea. 
To be sick at the stomach ; to nauseate. 

2. To dislike greatly ; to be displeased 
with. 

Hoo-par-Lu-a, s. Sickness at the stom- 
ach; disgust; loathing. 

2. A disgusting sight; an abomination. 

Hoo-pau, v. See Pac, all. To make an 
end of a thing; to finish; to complete a 
work ; to cease to work. : 

2. To devour; to consume all. 

Hoo-pa-u, v. See Pa-v,a woman’s gar- 
ment. To put or gird on the pa-u; to bind 
on one, as a loose garment; to tie around. 

Hoo-pau-a-KA, v. See Pavaxka, to be 
weary. To work without wages or reward; 
to be compelled to work gratis: to oppress 
with hard labor ; to work here and there. 

Hoo-Pau-Li-NA-LI-NA, v. See Lina, soft; 

yielding. To work lazily or carelessly be- 

cause of little or no pay. 


HOO 


Hoo-Pau-MA-E-LE, v. See PAUMAELE, to 
defile. To cause defilement or pollution ; 
to daub over; to foul; to dirty. 

Hoo-pau-MA-Ko, v. See Paumaxo, heavi- 
ness of eyes. To have great affection for ; 
to weep over one for grief; to be sad at 
the loss of a friend or anything valuable. 

Hoo-pau-MA-NA-wa, v. To waste time; 
to play the child after one has grown up; 
to act foolishly ; to live idly. 

Hoo-pau-pau, v. See HoopaumaE.e. To 
defile; to make filthy; to render vile; pol- 
luted. 

Hoo-pau-pau-A-Ho, v. See Hoopau and 
AHO, breath. To be nearly out of breath; 
to pant; to breathe hard. 

, 2, Fic. To be weary in doing a thing; 
to be discouraged. 

Hoo-pa-HEE, v. See Panes, toslip. To 
slip; to slide; to fall prostrate; to fall 
down ; to slide, as the feet in a slippery 
place. 

Hoo-Pa-HEE-HEE, v. Intensive of above. 

Hoo-Pa-HE-LE, v. See Pane ce, to in- 
snare. To insnare; to take or catch with 
a snare. 

Hoo-pa-HE-mo, v. See Hemo and Pa- 
HEMO, to loosen. To loosen; to slip off, as 
an axe from the helve. 

Hoo-pa-Ho-LE, v. See PaHotsg, to peel 
off.. To peel; to pull off, as the skin of a 
banana. 

2. To rub; to polish. 
3. To do a thing with indifference. 


Hoo-pa-Hu, v. See Panu, to mock; to 
push away. To mock; to deride; to treat 
with contempt. 

2. To defend off; to push away. 

3. To snap, as parching corn. 

4. To beat the pahu or drum. 

5. To frighten, as one who carries the 
report of death or calamities. 


Hoo-pa-nu-a, v. To strengthen; to con- 
firm. 
2. To sail in a zigzag manner; to beat 
against the wind. 
3. To dance. 
Hoo-pa-Hu-PA-HU, v. See Panu. To 
snap, as corn in the fire; to crack or make 
a report, as a pistol. 
2. To beat the drum. 
3. To do a thing very quickly or rapidly. 
Hoo-pa-nu-pa-Hu, s. A drumming or 
thrumming on a pahu or drum; a thump- 
ing; aole wau i moe iki, i ka hoopahupahu 
wale ia no a ao wale. Laieilc. 198. 
Moo-pa+Ka-ua-a-KA, v. See AKA, to 
laugh. To cause one to laugh; to create 
laughter ; to make sport. 


‘Hoo-pa-ka-KA, v. See Paxaxa, to be 


204 


HOO 


smooth. To make smooth; to swell up, as 
a swelling of the skin; hence, ; 

2. To be smooth and shining ; to swell, 
as the belly so as to be smooth. 

3. To glide smoothly, as over a surface. 

Hoo-Pa-KA-KE, v. See Kake and Pa- 
KAKE. To practice the kake. 

2. To talk unintelligibly except to those 
instructed in a kind of mystical language, 

3. To talk like a foreigner without learn- 
ing his language. 

Hoo-pa-KkE, v. See Pak, to push away. 
To partition off; to guard; to defend; to 
push away; to allow to escape. 

Hoo-Pa-KE-LE, v. See PAKELE, to escape. 
To cause to escape from; to deliver; to 
save one from danger. 

Hoo-pa-KE-Lo, v. See Paxexo, to slip 
out of. See PaxeLe. To slip out of the 
grasp of a person or thing, as a fish from 
the hands. 

2. To inject; to give an enema. 


Hoo-pa-k1, v. See Paxi and Paxg, to 
resist; to push away. To be hard against; 
to resist; to push; to crowd out, as an egg 
about to hatch; to swell out; to urge 
through any opposing substance. 


Hoo-pa-ki-0, v. See Paxto, to drop con- 
tinually, as rain. To cause to rain fre+ 
quently ; to drop down rain continually. 


Hoo-pa-kKI-k1, v. See Paxrki and Paa- 
KIKI, very hard. To resist; to set against ; 
to stir up ; to excite. ‘ 

2. To harden; to be or act obstinately. 
3. To skim stones on the surface of the 
water. 

Hoo-pa-Ko-LE, v. See Pakote and Po- 
KOLE, to be short. To curb in; to restrain; 
to shorten; to make short. 

Hoo-pa-Ku-pa-KkU, v. To be brisk at 
work; to work quickly, without laziness. 


Hoo-pa-La, v. See Para, mellow; soft. 
To make soft; to ripen soft, as dead-ripe 
fruit. 

2. To stain; to daub; to smutch; to 
plaster. 

Hoo-pa-Lav, v. To engage to marry, as 
aman and woman; to make an agreement 
of marriage. 

2. To betroth, as parents a daughter; to 
make a matrimonial alliance. 


Hoo-pa-Lav, adj. Betrothed; engaged 


in marriage, as a woman to a man. 


Hoo-pa-Lau, v. See Patav, to lie; to 
deceive. To lie; to deceive; to act treach- 
erously. 

Hoo-PA-LA-HA-LA-HA, v. See Lana, to 
extend. To spread out; to make broad ; 
to widen. 

Hoo-pa-La-HE-A, v. See Parana, dirty. 


HOO 


205 


HOO 





To defile; to daub over; to stain; to make 
dirty. 

Hoo-Pa-La-HEE, v. See PaLanEE, to 
shrink from duty. To be lazy; to be un- 
occupied. 

Hoo-pa-La-Hu-L1, v. To turn upside 
down ; to turn over and over. 

2. To be lazy; to be unoccupied. 

Hoo-pa-La-LE, v. See Parare, to be 
slovenly. To speak with another voice ; 
to disguise the voice ; to stammer ; to vo- 
ciferate. 

Hoo-pa-La-LE-HA, v. See ParaLena, 
slothful. To be slothful; to be idle; to be 
careless. 

Hoo-pa-La-LE-HE, v. To be idle; to 
waste time ; to be inactive. 

Hoo-pa-La-ni, v. To cause a strong of- 
fensive smell, as that of tar, sulphur, &c. 

Hoo-pa-te, v. See Pate, to ward off. 
To drive off from ; to defend off when at- 
tacked ; to separate from. 

2. To be or act the defendant in court. 

Hoo-pa-Le-La, v. See Patera, idle; 
lazy. To be indisposed to work; to be idle; 
to be lazy. 

Hoo-Pa-LE-Mo, v. See Patemo, to sink 
in water. To plunge; to cause to sink in 
water. 

Hoo-pa-LE-PA-LE, v. See Pate and Hoo- 
PALE. Toseparate; to ward off; to loosen. 


Hoo-pa-to, v. See Pato, to live idly. 
To sit speechless, as one watching others ; 


to sit silent and quiet, but with sly and | fy 


wicked thoughts or intentions. 

Hoo-pa-tu, v. See Patu, to lick or lap 
water. To lick or lap water with the tongue, 
as a dog. 

2. To run out the tongue to taste. . 
3. To paint or daub over; to blot; to 
paint, as in painting a map. 

Hoo-pa-tua, v. To put two things to- 
gether, as two letters in reading. 

Hoo-Pa-LU-HEE, v. See Pa vues, to 
soften. To make soft; to cook soft; to 
cause to flow. 

Hoo-pa-Lu-Pa-Lu, v. See Patu, soft; 
gentle. To soften ; to be soft or tender, as 
a sick person; to be young and tender; to 
be weak and flexible. 

Hoo-pa-NE, v. See Pane, to speak in 
reply. To reply back and forth in conver- 
sation; to make a reply to what has been 
said. 

Hoo-pa-NEE, v. See Panes, to post- 
pone. To put off; to push out of place; 
to postpone doing a thing ; to delay. 

Hoo-pa-NEE, adj. Put off; postponed ; 
delayed; uku hoopanee, interest on a debt. 


Hoo-pa-NE-PA-NE, v. See PANE and Hoo- 


PANE above. To speak and reply; to an- 
swer each other, as people in conversation. 

Hoo-Pa-nI-0-NI-0, v. See Panto, to spot; 
to paint. To spot; to print, as in printing 
kapa ; to variegate. 

Hoo-pa-nI-NI-0, v. See above. To vari- 
egate with colors; to put different colors 
on a thing ; e wai kilikiloia, e panionio. 

Hoo-pa-No-a, v. See Panoa, wild dry 
land. To be dry, hard and rocky, as a 
barren dry place. 

Hoo-pa-No-PA-No, v. See Panopano and 
Papano, thick; black; glossy. To make 
thick and black, as a cloud; to be thick, 
glossy black. 

2. To regulate. 

Hoo-pa-pa, v. Pa doubled. See Pa, to 
touch. To touch; to feel; to take hold of; 
to examine. 

2. To communicate with each other, as 
husband and wife. 

3. To be intimate with another person’s 
wife or husband. 

Hoo-pa-pa, v. See Papa,a row; arank. 
To place in rows or ranks, as soldiers; to 
lay in rank one above another; to pack in 
order, as clothes in a trunk. 

Hoo-pa-pa, s. A shelf made by placing 
sticks across the corner of a room. 

2. The condition of a female with a board 
tied on to her abdomen to secure her con- 
ception; ae hoomaemae i kona hanau keiki. 


Hoo-pa-pa, v. For hoopaapaa. ‘To quar- 
rel; to contend ; to dispute ; to scold. 
00-PA-PAA, v. To burn; to scorch in 
the fire, as food burnt black. 

Hoo-pa-Pal, v. See Papal, to strike 
with the open hand. To move softly or 
gently ; to move lightly. 

2. To touch or strike softly. 

Hoo-pa-Pau, v. See Papat, to be intent. 
To be all engaged in a thing; to be wholly 
taken up with it. 

2. To be in earnest in a work or in an 
affair; to have great anxiety about a thing. 
3. To persevere. 

Hoo-pa-pau, s. Engagedness; devoted- 
ness; earnestness and perseverance in a 
pursuit. 

Hoo-pau-HAa, v. To exert one’s self 
greatly, as in carrying a very heavy load; 
to be strong; to be energetic. 

Hoo-pa-pa-Li-mA, v. See Papaand Lima, 
to touch hands. To touch, join or shake 
hands as confirmatory of a previous agree- 
ment. Notre.—This was an ancient prac- 
tice among Hawaiians. 

Hoo-psz, v. See Pe, toanoint. To anoint 
with what is perfumed; hence, to perfume. 


Hoo-rse, adj. Perfumed; anointed with 
perfumed substances. 


H00 


206 


HOO 


Hoo-rE, v. See PEpE, mashed; bruised. | Hoo-pt-o-ri-o, v. To practice sorcery, a 


To break up; to break fine; to scatter 
abroad ; to roll over anything ; to mash it. 

Hoo-Pe-a, v. See Pea, to make a cross; 
to oppose. To accuse or punish an inno- 
cent person ; to bring one into difficulty ; 
to deal falsely or unjustly. 

Hoo-PEE-PEE, v. To conceal one’s self; 
to go off out of sight through shame or diffi- 
dence. 

2. To deceive one; to get him into diffi- 
culty. See Hoopra above. 

Hoo-pe-nu-PE-HU, adj. Full; large; 
spreading, as clouds; he ao hoopehupehu. 


Hoo-rE-PE, v. See Pere, soft; pliable. 
To be downcast or ashamed; to be not 
bold; not confident. 

Hoo-rE-PE-HU, adj. Strong; muscular; 
energetic ; he hoolua nui ke kuaaina, he 
hoopepehu. 

Hoo-rE-PE-LU, v. See Petv, to bend 
over. To cause to bend or double over. 

2. To be in doubt; to be doubtful which 
way to go. 

3. To talk double, here and there; e lau- 
-wili, e oJelo pelupelu. 

Hoo-r1, v. See Pi, to be stingy. To be 
hard ; to be close; to be stingy. 

2. To be sour; to be unsociable. 


Hoo-p1, s. The name of such persons 
as were economical in regard to food and 
took care of it in distinction from the waste- 
ful; o ka poe mahiai malama i ka ai. ua 
kapaia ua poe la, he hoopi aole o lakou wi. 

Hoo-r1, v. To follow; to attend. 

Hoo-pu, v. See Pu, to ascend. To cause 
to ascend; to go up; to appear; to pro- 
trude above; ua hoopiiia ka huelo o ua 
moo nui nei. Laieik. 103. 

2. To inform the chief of the fault of a 
person. 

3. To complain to one in authority of one 
in error or fault. 

4. To accuse before a court of justice. 

5. To ask a favor. 

Hoo-pu-na, s. See Puna. The ascent 
of a hill; a path or road leading up a hill. 


Hoo-pi-pu, v. See Pu, to go up. To 

ascend ; to go up. 

2. To beat against the wind; to sail in a 
zigzag manner. 

3. To raise the cud, as ruminating ani- 
mals. 

4, To cause to flow upward, as water out 
of a spring. 


Hoo-pi-o, v. See Pio, toextinguish. To 


put out; to extinguish, as a fire or light. 
2. To bend, as a stick; to make an arch; 
to bend over. 
3. To humble ; to reduce to servitude ; 
to make a prisoner of ; to conquer. 


part of which was the auhauhui and hiu. 
See ANAANA. 

2. To pray in the practice of sorcery. 

3. To perform other ceremonies with 
medicines, &c., in order to kill. Nora.— 
The god to whom the prayer was made was 
called Pua. 

Hoo-ri-0-Lo-o-Lo, v. To be in trouble, as 
the mind. 

2. To feed a sick person with the fruit of 
the noni. which makes one sick. 

Hoo-ri-Ha, v. See Pina, full, as a con- 
tainer. To cause to fill; to fill full, as a 
container; to put into a vessel until it runs 
over. 

2. To overflow its banks, as a stream. 

Hoo-pi-HA-PI-HA, v. See Prua. To cause 
to be full; to overflow ; to abound. 

2. To swell up, as the stomach from dis- 
ease. 

3. To be full, as cloth gathered and 
plaited into a ruffle ; hence, 

4. To be full and flowing, as a ruffle. 

Hoo-pri-k1-k1, v. To be too short; to 
shorten. 

Hoo-pi-L1, v. See Pixi, to adhere to. 
To adhere to; to stick tu; to cling to. 

2. To put together the parts of a thing. 

3. To attach one’s self to another; to ad- 
here to a person, as a servant or retainer ; 
no ka hoopili mea ai i loaa mai ka ai ia 
lakou. 

Hoo-pi-Li-Ki-a, v. See Pitikia, crowded 
close. To get one into difficulty; to lead 
one into straits; to cause one to be in want. 

Hoo-Pi-Li-MEA-Al, v. To attach one’s self 
to a chief or rich person for the sake of a 
living ; to be a retainer, especially where 
not much service is required; to serve 
merely for a living. 

Hoo-pi-LI-MEA-al, s. A person serving 
another merely for his living. 

Hoo-pi-Li-PI-L1, v. See Pint and Piprmi, 
to adhere to. To put together two or more 
things into one; to cause them to adhere 
closely. 

2. To live together in close friendship, as 
two intimate friends. 

3. To put in opposition; to bring into 
difficulty. 

Hoo-pi-na-na, v. To swim standing up- 
right ; to float, as a log perpendicularly. 

2. To rise and pitch, as a vessel in a 
storm. 

Hoo-p1-P1-Ka, v. To go here and there; 
to stagger. 

2. To wander ; to go into an inclosure. 

3. To go wrong in advance. 

Hoo-po, v. See Po, night; dark. To act 
in the dark. Kra. To do ignorantly. 

2. To give without discretion; to act 


HOO 


foolishly without intelligence; e hoona- 
aupo, e hoonalowale. 

3. To absent one’s self slily, as if in the 
dark ; i kekahi manawa, ike ia mai lakou i 
ka pule, a i kekahi manawa, hoopo loa aku, 
sometimes they appear at worship, at other 
times they make themselves dark. 

4. To keep out of one’s sight. 

5. To be willingly blind or ignorant. 

Hoo-ro-E, v. See Porpor, round. To 


cut off short; to cut off square, as pieces of 


sugar-cane or pieces of wood. 
2. To cut the hair alike all over the head. 
3. To make globular. 

Hoo-po-E-ro-E, v. See Hooror above. 

To make round ; to collect into a ball. 

2. To shorten endways. 

3. To cut off, as a section of a log for a 
cart wheel. 

Hoo-ro-1, v. See Pot, to examine by tor- 
ture. To cause to be awake; to excite; to 
stir up. 

2. To examine by torture or threats. 

Hoo-po-1-po-1, v. Freq. of foregoing. To 
smother, as a fire ; to extinguish. 

Hoo-po-i-na, v. See Poina, to forget. 
To cause to forget; to be unmindful; to 
be indifferent as to business or knowledge; 
tu be thoughtless. 

Hoo-po-i-No, v. See Poino, to be in dis- 
tress. To be illfated; to be unlucky ; to 
be in distress. 

2. To be filthy ; to be unclean. 

Hoo-roo, v. See Poo, the head. To go 
ahead ; to go forward ; not to retrograde. 

2. To be brave ; to hold fast. 

Hoo-Poo-poo, v. See Pooroo, deep. To 
be deep ; to dig deep ; to sink down. 

Hoo-po-u-t1, v. See Pov, darkness. 
To darken ; to make dark. 

2. To blind. 

Hoo-pou-rov, v. See Povrov, short, par- 
ticularly of stature. To shorten; to make 
or be short. 

2. Morally, to be low ; to be humble. 

Hoo-po-Ha, v. See Poa, to burst; to 
break. To cause to break or burst forth, 
as a sound. 

2. To burst, as the contents of a boil; to 
overflow. 
3. To flow away. 

Hoo-po-HAE, v. See Ponar. To cause 
to tear; to tear open. 

Hoo-po-Ha-Ku, v. See Ponaxv,a stone; 
a rock. To become a stone or rock; to 
harden ; to become as a rock or stone ; to 
be very hard. 

Hoo-po-HA-LA, v. See Ponara, to re- 
cover from sickness. To rest; to be quiet; 
to recover from sickness. 


207 


HOO 


2. To prevent or dissuade one from giv- 
ing his consent to a bargain or proposition. 
3. To object to ; to speak against. 

Hoo-po-Ha-La, 5. A pretense; a specious 
course of conduct. 

Hoo-po-Ha-Lu, v. To make a hole or 
crevice; to split; to crack; to burst forth; 
to swell up, as a wound: to be large. 

Hoo-po-HE-0-HE-0, v. To make a head 
on the end of a stick or other substance, as 
in making the neck on the top of a rafter 
on a native house; e kalai ia luna o na oa, 
a uuku, a hoopoheoheo ia ko luna o na oa, 


Hoo-po-Ka-KAA, v. See Poxakaa, the 
wheel of a pulley. To turn, as the wheel 
of a pulley ; to cause to roll, as a wheel. 

2. Fie. To go over and over again with 
the same story, as a verbose speaker. 

Hoo-po-Ko-LE, v. See Poxorte and Pa- 
KOLE, short. To shorten ; to cut short; to 
curtail the length of a thing. 

Hoo-po-ko-po-ko, v. See Poxo, short. 
To make short; to curb in; to cut short. 

Hoo-po-La-po-La, v. See Potaprora, to 
sprout. To push or urge on. 

2. To revive or come to, as one sick. 
3. To sprout; to push out, as a bud; to 
quicken ; to hasten on. 

Hoo-po-Lo-LEI, v. See PoLo£t, straight. 
To make straight; to straighten; to cor- 
rect; to make corrections; to put to rights. 

Hoo-po-to-L1, v. See Potou, hunger. 
To cause hunger ; to fast; to eat no food. 


Hoo-po-Lu-Lu-HI, v. See Potu.uut, dark; 
foggy. To cover the sky with dark storm 
clouds ; to thicken and darken, as clouds 
before a storm. 

Hoo-po-Lu-Lu-H1, s. The dark gathering 
of clouds before a storm. 

Hoo-po-mal-Kal, v. See Pomarxat, for- 
tunate. To make one fortunate; to be for- 
tunate in obtaining what one wishes; to be 
blessed. 

Hoo-ro-NA-Lo-NA-LO, v. See Nato and 
PONALONALO, to obscure. To appear dimly 
as scarcely discernible ; to be obscure to 
the sight; to be vanishing. 

Hoo-po-ni-u-ni-u, v. See Pontu, vertigo. 
To have a dizziness of the head. 

Hoo-po-nI-NI-U, v. See above and Poni, 
dizziness. To be dizzy; to have the sensa- 
tion of a turning of the head; to turn or 
whirl like a top. 

Hoo-ro-ni-po-n1, v. See Poni, purple 
color. Tobe of a black or deep blue color. 

2. To have a mixture of colors; to be 
purple. 

Hoo-ro-no, v. See Pono, good; right. 
To rectify ; to put in order; to make cor- 
rect; to do rightly. 


HOO 


Hoo-po-No-Po-No, v. See Hoopono. To 
rule over ; to be a superintendent. 

2. To put in order; to regulate ; to cor- 
rect what is erroneous. 

Hoo-Po-Po-Lo-LU, v. See HookaKAHELE. 
To be weak in body; to be unstrung, as 
the nerves and muscles. 

Hoo-pu, v. See Pu or Puu, to contract 
into a bunch. To sit shrugged up in one’s 
kapa or blanket; to shiver with the cold ; 
to sit crumped up in a bunch. 

Hoo-pu, s. For hanapu. A mediator for 
peace or war. 

Hoo-pu-a-H1, v. See Hookonuxonu and 
Puantant. To dress one’s self up finely. 
Hoo-pu-a1, v. See Puat, to flow, as 
blood. To vomit; to cast out; to boil up, 

as a spring. 

Hoo-pu-a-KE-a, v. To appear at a dis- 
tance as beautiful, desirable. 

Hoo-pu-a-KE-A, s. A white cloud, or any 
beautiful distant object. 

Hoo-pu-a-pu-al, v. See Pua, to flow. 
To gurgle, as one drinking from a calabash; 
to boil up, as a spring. 

Hoo-pu-1-Pu-1, v. See Puiput, fat. To 
become large, fat and fleshy, as the body. 


Hoo-pu-I-wa, v. See Purwa, to start 
suddenly. To be suddenly scared; to 
frighten one; to be overtaken; to be seized 
by ; ua hoopuiwaia ke alii kane e ke kuko 
ino. Laieik. 37. 

Hoo-pu-o-pu-o, v. To be deep. 

2. To spread abroad, as the ocean. 

3. To spread out, as all the sails of a ship. 

Hoo-ruv, v. See Puu, a heap. To col- 
lect together ; to collect in heaps; to lay 
up in store. 

2. To fill up, as the belly with wind ; to 
fill, as the heart with resentment ; hoopuu 
ae la ka’u ia ia i kana hoahewa ana ia’u. 

3. To make ridiculous gestures or faces 
in ridicule of others. See Hooruvkanua 
and HoomMaLoKa. 

Hoo-puv, s. A fullness of resentment 
of one against another; e kuu aku i kou 
hoopuu i pau, let loose all your resentment. 

Hoo-pu-u-a, v. See Puva, to be choked. 
To push away ; to treat with dislike. 


2. To be choked ; to have hard labor, as 
a female. 

Hoo-puu-Ka-nu-a, v. See Hooruu above. 
To make ridiculous faces and gestures to 
the disparagement of others. 

Hoo-puu-puv, v. See Hooruv. To lay 
in heaps ; to collect. 

Hoo-pu-Ha-La-Lu, v. See Paratu, the 
snorting of a horse. To imitate the neigh- 
Ing of a horse ; to snort like a horse. 


Hoo-pu-Ha-Lu, v. To spend time lazily. 


208 


HOO 


2. To explain language so as to mean 
nothing. 

3. To object to ; to refuse consent to. 

4, To magnify an offense. 

Hoo-pu-HaA-Lvu, s. One that acts under- 
handed ; a hypocrite. 

Hoo-pu-Ha-LU-HA-LU, v. To be tough 
and watery inside; to be inwardly fnsound; 
to be of poor quality. 

Hoo-pPu-HA-NU, v. See Punanv. To rest 
a little; to breathe soft and easy. 

Hoo-pu-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, v. To warm by the 
fire ; to cook. 

Hoo-pu-Ka, v. See Puxa, an opening. 
To cause to pass through an orifice, as 
through a doorway or through a hole ina 
fence, &c. 

2. To make a substance full of holes or 
chinks. 

3. To appear in sight, as a ship at a dis- 
tance. . 

4. To emerge to light, as from darkness. 

5. To publish, as a newspaper. 

Hoo-pu-ka-ku, v. To adhere to another 
and not to one’s proper lord; ka! kupaia- 
naha, no’u aku kuu aina, a hoopukaku oe i 
kou waiwai mamuli o ke alii. 

Hoo-pu-Ka-PU-KA, v. See Puxa. To push 
forward ; to make prominent. 

2. To charge interest or per cent. on 
goods. 

3. To answer or reply back and forth; 
to show one’s skill in answering again ; to 
contradict, as two whg are obstinate in 
conversation. 

Ho-o-pu-Ku-Mo-a, v. See Oru and Ku- 
MOA, to be sour. To be evilly disposed ; 
to be envious. 

2. To be greedy after property. 

3. To be sour and selfish in disposition. 

Ho-o-pu-ku-mo-a, adj. Hard-hearted ; 
close-fisted ; selfish. 

Hoo-pu-La-Pu-LA, v. See Pura and Pu- 
LAPULA, the tops of sugar-cane. To plant 
in order to increase vegetables ; to propa- 
gate by planting ; to begin to plant a new » 
kind of vegetable. 

Hoo-Pu-LA-LE-LA-LE, v. See Lae and 
Pua, to hurry; to scare fish. To hurry; 
to hasten; to make a stir in doing a thing. 

2. To encourage strongly. 

Hoo-Pu-LE-LE-HU-A, v. See PULELEHUA, 
a butterfly. To blow away, as small bits 
of paper. 

2. To act the butterfly ; to flutter about, 
as vain dressy persons. . 

3. To talk much with little sense. 

Hoo-pu-Lovu, v. See Puxou, to veil the 
head. To cover the head with a kapa. 

2. To sit bending the head down so as to 
keep warm. ; 

Hoo-pv-tv, v. To deceive; to act treach- 


HOO 


erously ; to get the advantage of one by 
deceit. 

Hoo-pu-tu, v. To manure; hoopulu Joi. 

Hoo-pu-Lu-pu-Lu, v. Tocausea stench; 
to make an offensive smell. 

2. To deceive. 

3. To protest against. 
Hoo-pu-1u-Pu-Lu, adj. Strong smelling; 

stinking. 

2. Deceitful ; hypocritical. 
Hoo-pu-ma-HA-Na, v. See Pumenana. 
Hoo-Pu-ME-HA-NA, To warm, as by fire; 

to warm by covering with clothes; to warm 
up, as food. 

Hoo-pu-NA-HE-LE, v. See PuUNAHELE, a 
favorite. To make a favorite of one; to 
treat one as a favorite ; applied mostly to 

* chiefs who were inclined to treat one or 
more of their people as favorites. 

Hoo-Pu-NA-HE-LU, v. See PunaneE wu, 
mould, spiders’ webs, &c. To grow mouldy 
or musty ; to grow old. 

Hoo-pu-NA-Lu-a, v. See Punatva. To 
have, as a man, another woman equally be- 
loved as his wife; to have, as a woman, 
another man equally beloved as her hus- 
band. 

Hoo-pu-wa-na, v. See Punana, to sit 
on, asanest. To sit like a fowl on eggs 
to hatch them. 

2. To hatch eggs by warming them. 

3. To brood or cherish, as a fowl her 

young. 

4. To warm, as a person by the fire. 
Hoo-pu-n1, v. See Punt, to surround. 

To come around ; to surround. 

2. To get the advantage of; to deceive ; 

to beguile. 

3. To be charmed with; to desire much, 

as the desire of the sexes. Laieik. 38. 

Hoo-pu-nI-Pu-NI, v. See Hoorunt above. 
To get around one, i.e., to deceive; hence, 
to lie; to speak falsely. 

Hoo-pu-ni-Pu-nI, s. Deceit; treachery; 
falsehood. 

Hoo-pu-ni-Pu-n1, adj. Deceitful; caus- 
ing deceit ; treacherous. 

Hoo-pu-no-No-Hv, v. See Punonv, to 
ascend, as smoke. To enlarge; to spread 
out, as a sail on a mast; to rise up, asa 
thick smoke when there is no wind. 

Hoo-pu-No-n1, v. See Nont,a plant. To 
be or to make of a reddish color; to be 
brown. 

Hoo-ru-no-no, v. See Punono, to dress 
gorgeously. To be noble; to dress gor- 
geously. 

2. To have red eyes. 

Hoo-pu-pu, v. See Puru, a bunch, as 
of grass or leaves. To collect together; to 
heap up. See Hooruv: 

27 


209 


HOO 


2. To be uncomfortably filled with food. 
See Hooxukv. 

3. To hinder; to be unwilling; to refuse; 
to hold fast. 

4, To cleave to one’s home when driven 
or invited away. 

5. To breathe quick and short, as an aged 
person ; hence, 

6. To be feeble and tottering ; to walk 
like an aged person. 

7. To dispute ; to converse roughly. 

Hoo-pu-pu, s. For hoopuupuu. See Puu- 
puu. Acollection of things; a gathering up. 

2. An old person, from his walking in a 
stumbling, irregular manner. 

Hoo-pu-pu-Ka, v. See Puxa and Pv- 
pukA, worthless ; full of holes. To speak 
contemptibly. 

2. To act disgracefully. 
3. To be ugly to look at. 

Hoo-pu-pu-LE, v. See Pupuxs, crazy. 
To make one crazy; to be out of one’s wits; 
to be insane. 

Hoo-pu-wa-Pu-wa, v. See Puwa, to as- 
cend, as smoke. To hang suspended, as a 
flag, or as smoke or clouds in the air. 

2. To act proudly, as above others. 

__ 3. To glitter with brightness. 

Hoo-wa, v. To cause to vomit; to make 
sick at the stomach ; to flow off. 

Hoo-waa, v. To dig a trench; to set 
out, as plants where many are planted to- 
gether. 

Hoo-wal, v. To move so as to make 
room. 

Hoo-wat-Ho, v. See W arxo, to lay down. 
To leave exposed, as a woman her shame ; 
eia kekahi mea e moekolohe ai, o ka hoo- 
waiho. 

Hoo-wal-Ho-wa-LE, v. To sit in a state 
of nudity; to expose one’s shame. See 
HoowatHo. 

Hoo-war-wal, v. See Warwat, property. 
To make rich; to have a supply; to be 
abundantly provided for ; hence, 

2. To be honorable. 

Hoo-wa-Ha, v. To covet; to seize; to 
take with the knowledge, but without the 
consent of the owner. See Hookawa. 

Hoo-wa-Ha, adj. Having a disposition 
to take another’s property; greedy; he 
hoowaha, he alunu, he hao wale now ~ 

Hoo-wa-HA-wa-Ha, v. See Wana. To 
make mouths at; to treat with contempt; 
to ridicule ; to hate; to dislike. 

Hoo-wa-H1, v. See W aut, to.break, and 
Wawaul, to break up. To grind or break 
to pieces. 

Hoo-wa-HI-NE, v. See WAHINE, Woman. 
To make special friendship with a woman; 
applied only to men. 


HOU 


2. To imitate, as a man, the manners of 
a woman. 

Hoo-wa-Hu, v. See Hoowana above. To 
rob; to take by force. 

Hoo-wa-Hu-a, v. See WanHuA, a snare; 
a trap. To insnare; to entrap. 

Hoo-wa-LE-Hav, v. See Watenav. To 
distill; to flow from the nose. as mucous. 

Hoo-wa-LE-wa-Lk, v. See WALEWALE, 
to deceive. To deceive; to insnare; to 
plot mischief. 

Hoo-wa-LE-wa-te, s. The deceiver; the 
tempter. 

Hoo-wWA-LE-WA-LE-NA-HE-SA, Vv. To ex- 
ercise enchantment. Kanl. 18:11. 

Hoo-weE-HI-WE-HI, v. See WEHI, a 
wreath. To gather a bunch of flowers for 
ornament. 

2. To fix up ornaments for a person. 

Hoo-we-La, v. See Weta, heat. To 
burn; to cause to be burned or scorched. 

2. To cook in the fire. 

Hoo-wE-LA-WE-LA, v. See WExa, to 
burn. To burn up; to consume. 

2. To be lost out of sight. 

Hoo-wE-Li-wE-Li, s. Causing fear; a 
threatening of one or keeping him in fear 
in order to secure obedience or to extort 
property. 

Hoo-weE-Li-wE-Li, adj. See WELIWwELI. 
Fearful; threatening ; having the quality 
of exciting fear; he ao hooweliweli, a threat- 
ening cloud. 

2. Exciting fear for the sake of obtaining 
property. 

Hoo-wi-u-wi-v, v. To cause to be en- 
tangled ; to entangle, as a kite. 

2. To daub or besmear one with any 
filthy substance. 

Hoo-wr-x1, v. To opena little; tomake 
a small aperture; not so much as hoohaka- 
haka. 

Hoo-w1-k1-wI-k1, v. See Wit, quick. To 
hasten; to hurry ; to do a thing quickly. 
Hoo-wi-L1, v. See Witt, to twist. To 
bind or tie up, as a bundle; to fasten 

tightly by tying; to tie around. 

Hoo-w1-Li-moo, s. The name of a cer- 
tain aha; also hulahula. 

Hoo-wt-Li-wI-L1, v. See Wi, to bind. 
To bind or tie up tightly; to tie up in bun- 
dles. 

2. To make afraid. See WELIWELI. 


Hoo-wi-ui-wi-u1, v. ‘To move here and 
there irregularly. 
2. To move, as clouds with contrary 
winds. 
3. To cause darkness or obscurity by the 
commingling of dark clouds. 


Hou, v. To stab; to pierce. 1 Sam. 


210 


HOU 


31:4. To run through the body, as with a 
spear. Puk. 19:13. 
2. To exert one’s self in casting a spear 
or javelin. 1 Sam. 18:11. 
3. To dip, as a pen into an inkstand; hou 
aku lai ka hulu i ka inika; to dip into a 
liquid. Rué. 2:14. To moisten or soak in 
water. 
4, To thrust, as the hand into a hole. 
5. To stretch out, as the hand; to draw 
out; to extend. 
6. To search for something, as the mind; 
how wale aku la ka manao i 0,10, e ake e 
loaa; i. e., to reach after. 
Hov, v. See Hou, new. To be new; to 
be fresh; to be recent. Job. 29:20. 
2. To repeat ; to do overagain. Kanik. 
Ter. 3:23. To do again as before. unk. 
20:31. 
3. To breathe short; to pant. 
Hov, adj. New; recent; lately done. 
Hov, adv. Again; recently; anew; 
afresh. 
Hou, s. 
22:44, 
2. The asthma; shortness of breath. 
Hou, s. Name ofa species of fish. 
Hov-nou, v. To be blunt; to be obtuse; 
to be dull, as an instrument. 
2. To be persevering ; to continue doing 


Sweat; perspiration. Lak. 


a thing. 
3. To thrust through; to drill; to bore ; 
to pierce. 1 Tim. 6:10. 


Ho-v-Lu-u-Lu, v. For hoouluulu. See 
Uno, to grow. To collect together ; to as- 
semble, as people. 

2. To bring together things scattered. 


Ho-u-tu-u-Lu, s. An assembly; a con- 
vocation. Oihk. 23:24. 
Ho-v-Lvu-U-LU-a-Ku-A, v. See Utu 6 and 
Axua, god. To set up one’s self for a god; 
to make pretensions of being a god. 
2. To make or appoint gods. 


Ho-u-me-KeE, v. For hooumeke. See 
Umexke, a poi calabash. To swell in grow- 
ing like the calabash gourd; to swell, as 
fruit in growing. 

2. To have enough; to be supplied with 
comforts. 

Ho-u-re-pe, v. See Pere, crushed; 
bruised. To be modest; to be bashful; to 
act asa backwoodsman; to be diffident; to 
be crushed, as the mind. 


Ho-v-po, s. The thorax ; the region of 
the material heart. Laieil. 45. 
2. A palpitation or fluttering of the heart. 
3. The action of the region of the mind ; 
lelele ka houpo i ka olioli, the mind (or 
heart) leaped for joy. 
4. The heart. Jsa. 60:5. See Haurv. 


Ho-v-po-LE-wa-LE-wa, v. See Hovro 


HOH 


211 


HOK 


above and LewaLewa, movable. To flat} Ho-Ho-La, v. See Hoxa, to spread out. 


down, as the stomach of a hungry person. 
2. To be hungry; to be dizzy for want 
of food. 
3. To be light or empty, as the stomach. 

Ho-v-po-LE-wa-LE-wa, s. A hungry, 
empty stomach. 

2. Faintness for want of food. 

Ho-v-pu-u-pu, v. For hooupuupu. See 
Upv, to desire strongly. To tell lies, as in 

iving a false alarm, or in accusing another 
n order to clear himself of suspicion. 

Ho-u-we-ke, v. For hoouweke. See 
UwEkg, to open wide. To open; to open, 
as a door; to open, as the mouth; to open 
wide. See Werner. 

Ho-na-na, v. To grasp; to seize hold 
of with the hand; to hold fast ; e puili. 
Ho-wa-na, s. A measure, both hands 
full, used in giving out food, small fish, 

&c.; a small measure box or calabash. 

Ho-HeE, v. Probably for hoohee. To be 
afraid; to flee. Neh. 6:11. To flee from 
fear. Sol. 28:1. To be overcome or routed; 
aole e hohe ka ilo ma ka lua ahi, e ai mai no. 

Ho-ne, s. Fear; terror. 

2. A coward. 

Ho-ne, adj. Fearful; timorous. 

Ho-nE-HE, adj. Faint-hearted; weak. 

Ho-HE-wa-Le, s. A fleeing without 
cause ; cowardice. 

Ho-no, v. See Ho, to breathe. To snore; 
to breathe hard ; to gurgle. as one breath- 
ing through water in the throat. 

2. To snort, as a horse; alaila, hoho mai 
ka lio. 
3. Toery out; tosboutafter. See Hoono. 

Ho-no, s. Snow; the spray of water 
from a cataract. 

2. The distant sound of asmall cataract, 

Ho-no, v. To sink down, as a canoe in 
the water. 

2. To leap or slide down, as one from a 
pali. 

3. To jet. as water into a canoe where 
there is a hole; ke hoho mai la ka liu. 

Ho-Ho-a, v. See Hoa, to strike. To 
strike repeatedly on the head with a stick. 

2. To beat kapa after coloring that it 
may be soft; hohoa kapa, to beat kapa with 
a stick on a stone. 

3. To strike, as in fighting. 

4. To smooth kapa out by beating ; ap- 
plied to the first process in beating. 

Ho-no-a, s. A cane; a staff; a war 
club, an instrument for knocking down an 
adversary. See Panoa. 

Ho-Ho-Ho1, v. See Hor, to return. To 
return again. Gram. § 209. 


Ho-nHo-Ka, v. See Hoxa. To be ashamed. 


To unfold and spread down, as a mat; to 
spread out, as a kapa or garment; hohola 
ike kapa. Kanl. 22:17. 

2. To spread out, i. e., to smooth a cloth 
that has been ruffled. 

3. To spread out, as a net. Sol. 29:5. 

4. To spread up, i.e., to make up, as a 
bed. Sol. 7:16. 

5. To spread or stretch out, as the visi- 
ble heavens. Job. 9:8. To spread out, as 
the clouds. Job. 36:29. 

6. To stretch out, as the hand. Kin. 
48:14. To spread out, as the wings of a 
bird. Kanl. 32:11. 

7. To spread over, as darkness or dark 
clouds. Nore.—Hohola applied to the mind 
signifies 

8. To calm; to soothe; to prepare to 
hear or receive information. 

9. To open; to enlighten the mind. 

10. To set forth ; to manifest. 
11. To make a gesture or stretch out one’s 
hand in speaking. See Unoia and Manoa. 

Ho-Ho-La, adj. Open; opened; un- 
sealed ; me ka palapala i hoholaia, with an 
open letter. Neh. 6:5. 

Ho-no-LE, v. See Hote, to skin; to peel. 
To peel off the skin, as a banana; to skin, 
as an animal. 

2. To peel ; to rub ; to file off. 5 

Ho-no-Lo, v. See Hoxo, to run; to sail. 
To run; to sail ; to glide swiftly. 

2. Pass. To be driven swiftly by the 
wind. Jak. 3:4. 

3. To put out one’s hand to take a thing. 
TIunk. 15:15. See Honora 6. 

Ho-Ho-ma, v. See Homa, lean. To be 
poor in flesh ; to be lean. 

Ho-no-ma, adj. Reduced in flesh; poor; 
lean. 

Ho-xo-no, v. To smell strongly, as tar 
or burning sulphur; to cause a strong of- 
fensive smell. 

Ho-Ho-no, s. A strong offensive smell ; 
a stench; the smell of anything. Dan. 3:27. 


Ho-Ho-nv, v. To be deep, as water; 
deep down, as a pit. 

2. To be full, i. e., deep, as the sea at 
full tide. 

Ho-Ho-nu, s. The deep, i. e., the sea; 
the depth. Puk. 15:5. 

Ho-Ho-nu, adj. Deep, as a pit; asa 
well. Joan. 4:11. 

Ho-no-pa, adj. Long, thin, slender or 
spare, as a man; he kanaka hohopa, a thin 
slender man. 

Ho-nv-Le, adj. See Onvte, bald. Bald, 
as the head ; baldheaded. 


Ho-xa, v. Tosqueeze; to press; to take 
hold of; to gather up. 


HOK 


_ 2. To search or look after; to examine 
into. 
3. To strike ; to attack. 
4. To be destitute ; to perish; to be de- 
stroyed. Hal. 9:18. 
5. To fail; to be disappointed. Hal. 
22:5. To fail; to forsake. 1 Oihl. 28:20. 
6. To be ashamed through a failure. 
Rom. 9:33. Mai hoka au imua ona, e ole 
ka ekemu ana o ka waha. 
7. Hoo. To puttoshame. Hal. 44:7. To 
be disappointed; to be mocked. Mat. 2:16. 
Ho-xa, s. A mistake in understanding 
one’s words. 
2. A blunder; carelessness in doing a 
thing. 
Ho-xa, adj. Destitute; poor. 
2. Blundering ; careless. 
Ho-xaa, v. For hookaa. See Kaa. To 
cause to roll. 
Ho-xa-a-wa. Mai hele i ahuawa, hoka- 
awa; aka, pakele ae nei paha au i keia la. 


Ho-kaz, v. For hookae. See Kar, to 
rub or blot out. To seize hold of awk- 
wardly ; to blunder in doing a thing. 

2. To erase; to blot out. 

3. To smite ; to kill. 2 Sam. 6:7. 

Ho-xat, v. For hookai. See Kat, hoo. 
To drive; to drive away; to banish; to 
dash, as a melon on the ground and break it. 

2. To disregard ; to squander; to mis- 
spend. 

3. To turn upside down ; to destroy; to 
blot out. Kanl. 7:24. To destroy utterly. 
Kanl. 25:19. 

4. To put away; to do mischief gener- 
ally ; mea hokai, a destroyer. Mat. 3:11. 

Ho-xa1, adj. Unprepared. * 

Ho-xat, adv. Disorderly; mischiev- 
ously ; wickedly. 2 Tes. 3:6. 

Ho-ka-Ho-Ka, v. See Hoxa before. To 
feel demeaned ; to be ashamed ; hokahoka 
wale iho no ka mea haku ole, he is ashamed 
of himself who has no master. 

Ho-xa-Ho-Ka1, v. See Hoxar 3. To stir 
up ; to mix, as two ingredients. Joan. 9:6. 

Ho-xa-La-tu. Hokalalu na holoholona 
ia mau malama. 

Ho-xa-Le, s. A hard concretion in the 
flesh ; a kernel; he mau wahi anoano ma 
ke kumu pepeiao, a malalo o ke a lalo. 

Ho-xa-u1, s. The loss of appetite. 

Ho-xa-i1, adj. Thin in flesh ; meager. 

Ho-xe-o, s. The lower of two gourds 
which compose the drum. 

2. He hulilau, a calabash to put clothes 
in when traveling on a canoe. 

‘Ho-x1, s. Eng. An ass; a mule. Nad. 
16:15. Hoki keiki, a young ass. Notr.— 
Hoki is the Hawaiian pronunciation of the 
English word horse, which was first used, 


212 


HOK 


but afterward lio was applied to a horse, 
and hoki was applied to the ass and the 
mule. 

Ho-xu, v. See Kn, also Hooxn. To dis- 
solve; to pine away, as a diseased person. 
Isa. 34:4. To pine away, as with the con- 
sumption. 

Ho-xu, s. The phthisic. Jsa. 10:18. A 
consumption; a pining sickness. Oihk. 
26:16. 

Ho-xn, adj. Lean, low or thin in flesh. 

Ho-x1-0, v. For hooktio. To play the 
pipe ; to whistle. 

Ho-x1-0, s. A pipe; a whistle; some 
musical wind instrument played with the 
mouth. 1 Sam. 10:5. 

Ho-x1-0-k1-0, v. For hookiokio. To pipe; 
to play on the pipe. 

Ho-k1-o-k1-0, s. An ancient wind in- 
strument among Hawaiians, the pipe; 
among the Hebrews. JIJsa. 5:12. 

Ho-x1-Lo, v. To be sick and famished 
away. 

Ho-xo, v. To imitate. 

Ho-xo, s. The fleshy movable part of 
a fat person or animal. 

2. The buttock ; applied to men and fat 
animals. 

3. The inside of the thighs; ua pili na 
hoko, or ua hui na hoko on account of fat- 
ness. 

4, The under part of the thigh. 

Ho-xo, adj. Large; fat; rolling; 

Ho-Kko-Ho-Ko, § applied to the thighs of 
men, women and fat animals. 

Ho-xu, s. The asthma. See Hox. 

Ho-xvu, adj. Thin in flesh; meager. 
See Hoku. 

Ho-xu, s. The name of the fifteenth 
day of the month. 

Ho-xu, s. A star; hoku lele, a comet; 
ka poe hoku o ke kaei, the planets. 2 Nal. 
33:5. The twinkling orbs of heaven. 


Ho-xu, s. A word; a thought; some- 
thing rising in the mind; he wahi hoku iki 
ko’u no keia mea. 

Ho-xvu-a, s. The lower and back part 
of the neck where it joins the shoulders. 
Kin. 49:15. 

2. The back between the shoulders. Puk. 
12:34. 

3. A division of men at work ; a party ; 
a company where a number of men are 
divided into several companies, one of 
them is called a hokua. 

Ho-xu-a-EA, $s. Hoku, star, and aea, 
wandering. A moving or wandering star, 
i. e., a planet. 

Ho-xu-ao, s. Hoku and ao, light. The 


morning star; the bright star; the planet 


HOL 


Venus when it is the morning star. See 
also HoxuLoa. 

Ho-xu-a-mo-a-mo, s. Hoku and amoamo, 
to wink. The twinkling or winking of the 
stars. 

2. The motion of the winking of the eyes. 
See next word. rn 

Ho-xv-1-mo-1-mo, s. Hoku and imoimo, 
to wink. Same as above. 

Ho-xu-HE-LE, s. Hoku and hele, to move. 
A planet. See Hoxuana. 

Ho-ku-noo-KE-Le-waa, s. Hoku, star, 
hookele, to steer, and waa, canoe. Name 
of a star, the appearance of which was the 
signal for sailing on a voyage; ai ka wa- 
naao, i ka puka ana o ka hokuhookelewaa, 
at the dawn of the morning, at the appear- 
ance of the star. Laieik. 36. 

2. The name of a star that appeared just 
before the birth of a high chief. 

Ho-xu-no-xu, v. To breathe hard; to 
wheeze as one stuffed with food. 

Ho-ku-Ho-xu, adj. See Hoxu, asthma. 
Having the colic. ‘ 

2. Filled with anger or unpleasant sensa- 
tions ; hokuhoku au iloko—e ake e hele a 
hookolokolo. 

Ho-xu-ts-Le, s. Hoku and lele, to fly. 
A meteor. 

Ho-ku-to-a, s. Hoku and loa, great. The 
morning star. See Hoxuao, also MANANALO. 

Ho-xu-pu-Hi-Ba-KA, s. Hoku and puhi- 
baka, tobacco smoking. A comet. See the 
next word. 

Ho-ku-weE-Lo-we-to, s. Hoku and welo- 
welo, a tail. A comet from its tail of light. 
A comet is also called by Hawaiians hoku- 
puhibalca, tobacco-smoking star; also hoku- 
huelo-loihi, long-tailed star. 

Ho-xa, s. The name of the root and 
stalk of the auhubu, a poisonous and in- 
toxicating plant, the bark of which was 
used in poisoning or intoxicating fish so 
they could be caught. See AvHoLA and 
AUHUHU. 

2. The name of the system of fishing when 
they were to be caught by poisoning. 


Ho-xa, v. To poison or intoxicate fish | }] 


with the hola or aubnhu. 

Ho-ta, v. To open; a hola ia ka waha 
a palahalaha ; to spread out. See Honona 
and Unona. 

Ho-ta-o, v. To pass by; to run on. 

Ho-av, s. A collection or multitude of 
people assembled. 

2. One person together with a collection 
of fowls, or other animals. 

Ho-.a-Ho-La, v. See Hora above. To 
poison or intoxicate fish. 

Ho-1a-Ho-La, v. See Hoxa, to spread 
out. Tospread out; to smooth; to smooth, 


213 


HOL 


as a kapa or cloth; to make up, as a bed. 
Oih. 9:34. 

2. Applied to the mind, to calm; to 
soothe ; to open; to enlighten. See Ho- 
HOLA and Uso.a. 

Ho-ta-pa, s. For hoolapa. See Lapa, a 
ridge. The act of rising or boiling up; the 
swelling or rising of a blister. 

Ho-xa-pu, v. To stir up; to mix water 
and dirt; to make water dark colored by 
putting in dirt. 

Ho-te, v. To curse. 

2. To peel off; to skin; to flay. 

3. To rasp; to file; to rub off. 

4. To scratch or break the bark of a tree 
or skin of the flesh. 

5. To notch the end of a spear; to make 
grooves, as in a kapa beater ; hole ie. 

Ho-.ez, s. A bruise; a scratch or break 
in the skin. See Ponore. 

Ho-1e1, v. To open; to gape open, as 
the eyelids, or as the labia feminarum. 

Ho-xe1, s. Name of a tree used (bark 
and root) to color yellow. 

Ho-.E-1-E, v. Hole, to peel, and ie, a 
vine. To peel the bark from the ie used 
in basket making. 

Ho-.eE-1-E, s. See above. The name of 
those who prepared the ie for braiding or 
weaving. 

2. Those who in connection with prepar- 
ing the ie, also pounded kapa; a me ka poe 
holeie kuku Kapa. 

Ho-LE-Ho-LE, v. See Hotz, to peel. To 
peel; to strip off, as the skin from the flesh; 
as the flesh from the bones ; holehole iho la 
lakou i na iwi o Lono, they skinned the 
bones of Lono (Captain Cook), that is, sep- 
arated the bones from the flesh. 

2. To separate one thing from another. 


Ho-u1, v. To commence or start first; 

to go forward. 

2. To beg earnestly, in such a manner as 

that one cannot be denied. 
Ho-1, s. The first appearance of a thing, 
as the first coming out of the beard of a 
young man. 
o-Lo, v. To go fast; to move gener- 
ally, like hele. 

1. To travel in any way, i. e., to run or 
ride or sail. 

2. To put or thrust in, as the hand into 
the bosom. 

3. To flee away ; to go swiftly. 

4. To run, as the thought, i.e., to decree; 
to decide. Joan. 9:22. 

5. Hoo. To ride on horseback, or on a 
camel. 1 Sam. 30:17. 

6. To cause to ride, i. e., to carry in any 
vehicle, as a carriage. 1 Qihl. 13:7. 

7. To slip; to cause to slide down, as an 
avalanche. 


HOL 


8. To stretch out, as the hand for taking 
anything; to reach forth, as the hand. 
Lnunk. 3:21. 

9. Hooholo manao, to take council; to 
consult. Isa. 30:1. See No. 4. 

10. To promise ; to agree with ; to pass, 
as the sentence of a judge. 

11. To decide by vote of a deliberate 
body; ua hooholo, it was voted ; it passed ; 
it was decreed. Norr.—The common form- 
ula is, ua holo ka manao, the thought goes, 
or a shorter form is. ua holo, it runs, i. e., 
the vote is carried. ] ; 

Ho-to, s. A running; a racing; a going; 
@ moving. 

2. A bundle; holo ai, a bundle of food. 
Ho-to, adj. Running; moving; sail- 
ing; racing ; he lio holo, he moku holo. 
Ho-to-aa, v. Holo and aa, the small 
roots of trees. Hence, to make a mistake; 
to run here and there; to go wrong; to 

blunder. See Hoaa. 

Ho-to-aa, adj. Destitute of property or 
of friends. 

Ho-to-al, s. See Horo, bundle, and At, 
food. A bundle of baked kalo. 

2. A wrapper to carry food in. 

Ho-Lo1, v. To wash with water, as 
clothes ; to separate the dirt from a thing. 

2. To scrape or clean the dirt from the 
feet. 

3. To brush clothes; to wipe; to cleanse. 

4. To blot out, asawriting. 2 Nal. 21:13. 

5. To clean in any way; holoi a maloo, 
to wipe clean. Joan. 13:5. 

Ho-Lo1, adj. Washed; cleansed by 
washing or wiping. 

Ho-to-u-Ka, v. Makani uka, wind from 
behind ; he kio, pali wauaka ma ke kua, 
makani holouka. 

Ho-to-Ho-Lo, v. See Horo. To walk; 
to walk about. Kin. 3:8. 

2. To sail or run toand fro. Jer.5:1. To 
go about from place to place. Luk. 13:33. 

3. Hoo. To cause to ride, &e. Kanl. 32:13. 
Nore.—This double form, holoholo, has 
most of the senses that are attached to holo. 


Ho-to-Ho-Lo, s. ‘The name of a game 
among the ancient Hawaiians. 


Ho-1Lo-H0-L0-0-LE-Lo, v. See Horo and 
OLELO, talk. To slander; to tell tales to 
the disadvantage of another; to propagate 
false reports. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-0-LE-Lo, s. A tale bearer. 
Oihk. 19:16. A tattler. 1 Tim.5:13. Nore. 
This is often written in two words. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo1, v. See Horor. To rub 
with pressure and quick motion; to rub off 
dirt; to rnb down smooth. 

Ho-Lo-no-Lo-Ka-KE, adj. Ke ai holoholo- 


kakeia \a e ka makani. 


214 








HOL 


Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-KE, v. See Hotoxs, to rub 
against. To strike upon; to light upon 
easily; to touch; to rest upon, as the ends 
of arainbow. Laieik. 16. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-ti-0, s. See Hoto and Lio, 
a horse, A rider on a horse; a horseman ; 
cavalry. 2 Oihl. 1:14. 

Ho-.Lo-Ho-Lo-mo-ku, s. See Hoxo, to sail, 
and Moku, ship. A sailor; one who rides 
in a ship. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-NA, s. See Hotonoio and 
ANA, arunning about. A fonr-footed beast; 
generally applied to domestic animals, but 
often to wild ones. 

Ho-1o-Ho-Lo-Pi-NA-AU, Ss. The Hawaiian 
name of the planet Mars. 

Ho-Lo-Hu-a, v. Ua holohua ka manao. 

Ho-to-kaa, v. Holo and kaa, a chariot. 
To ride majestically. Hal. 45:4. 

Ho-to-kal, s. Holo and katz, sea. One 
who rides on the sea; a seaman ; na holo- 
kai, seafaring men. Hzek. 26:17. 

Ho-to-Ka-H1-KI, s. Holo and kahiki, a 
foreign country. Epithet of a Hawaiian 
sailor who has visited foreign countries ; 
ua tausani paha na holokahiki no Hawaii 
aku, there were thousands perhaps of sail- 
ors from Hawaii: o Lehua ka inoa o ka 
holokahiki nana i hoolike iwaena o Vane- 
kouva ame Kamehameha, Lehua was the 
name of the sailor to foreign countries who 
interpreted between Vancouver and Kame- 
hameha. 

Ho-to-xe, v. Holo and ke, to strike 
against. To run or rub against some op- 
posing object. 

2. To be stopped short, as the mind in a 
course of thought or investigation; aholoke 
ka noonoo, a kukapikiio ka manao ke loaa 
ole. 

Ho-Lo-KE-Lo-KE, v. To creak; to crep- 
itate or grate, as the two ends of a broken 
bone against each other. 

Ho-to-x1-k1, v. Holo, to run, and kiki, 
intensive. To run or sail swiftly; to run 
headlong. 

Ho-Lo-xo-Ha-NaA, v. Holo, to go, and ko- 
hana, destitute of clothes. To go about 
naked ; to be destitute of clothes, not even 
a malo. 

Ho-.o-xu, s. Some kind of a garment; 
along flowing garment. Hal. 109:29. A 
cloak. Jsa. 59:17. 

Ho-1o-xu-ku, v. Holo and kuku, to stop 
short. To trot, as a horse. 

2. To ride roughly or uneasily. 

Ho-to-La, v. The da is a particle. Ke 
holo la oe e manao ua hoka makou, you, 
O thought, have supposed that we are 
ashamed. 

Ho-to-ui-0, s. Holo, to ride, and Lia, 


HOL 


horse. A rider of a horse. Isa. 36:8. Hoo. 
A horseman; a rider on a horse. Puk. 
14:9. 

Ho-1o-tvu-4, v. Holo and lua, double. 
To go or move two ways; to go both ways, 
like the crab; as the muhee, the papai, &c. 

Ho-to-tu-a, adj. Creeping or running 
both ways, like the crab; aole e like me 
kou manao ka muhee. ka hololua. 

Ho-to-mo-ku, v. Holo and moku, ship. 
To sail on a ship. 

2. To rush along, as a torrent. 

Ho-to-mo-xu, s. A sailor; a seaman; 
ka halepule no ka poe holomoku ma Hono- 
lulu; he mau mea holomoku, seamen. 1 
Nal. 9:27. 

2. Arushing, as of water; an overwhelm- 
ing ; applied to the wicked. 2 Sam. 22:5. 
0-LO-NA, S. In music, a close; the end 
of a tune. 

Ho-to-pa-a-NI, v. Holo, to run,and pa- 
ani, to play. Torun and play like children. 

2. To sail about for pleasure. 

Ho-to-pa-pa, v. To rule; to control; to 
overcome ; to prevail over; used where 
one man conquers several others. 

Ho-to-pa-pa, s. Holo and papa, a board. 
‘A shelf made of sticks in the corner of a 
ey where kapas and other articles were 

aid. 

2. Araft for floating logs, boards, stones, 
&e. 1 Oihl. 2:16. 

3. A bridge over a small stream. 

4, An arch over a space. 

Ho-to-wa, s. Holowa ‘kaa, certain en- 
gines for throwing missiles inwar. 2 Oihl. 
26:15. 

Ho-Lo-waa, s. Holo and waa, canoe. A 
box; a chest; a trunk; a coffin; a cradle. 

2. A species of fishing net. 

3. A trough ; a watering trough. Puk. 
2:16. 

Ho-Lo-wa-Le, v. Holo, to run, and wale, 
freely. To flee without cause or danger ; 
to act the coward. 

2. To go about destitute of clothing, i.e., 
in a state of nature. 

Ho-to-wa-te, s. A coward; one fleeing 
without cause. 

Ho-tv, v. To bend, as an elastic stick; 
to arch over. 

Ho-tv, s. A broad axe ; a hoe; an adze; 
koiholu, an adze. 

2. The depth of the sea; the deep ocean; 
the flood tide. 

Ho-tvu-a, v. To glide down on asledge; 
to play the holua. 

Ho-tv-a, s. A smooth path ona side hill 
for sliding down. 

2. The name of the sled or sledge for 
sliding down hill. Notse.—To play with 


215 


HON 


the holua was an ancient pastime among 
Hawaiians. 

3. The name of the strong north wind, 
generally in the winter. ' 

Ho-tu-Ho-Lu, v. See Hotv, v. To bend; 
to be flexible. 

Ho-tu-Ho-Ltu, adj. Ductile; elastic ; 
springy, as a sword blade. 

Ho-tu-Lu, v. To oppress. 

Ho-ma, v. To be poor; to be thin in 
flesh ; to make one’s self poor. 

2. To be disappointed ; to be baffled in 
one’s efforts to do a thing. 

Ho-ma, adj. Thin in flesh; poor; hol- 
low ; applied to the cheeks. 

2. Disappointed: baffled. 

Ho-ms-Ho-ma, v. See Homa. To be des- 
titute ; to be bereaved. 

2. To be thin; to be poor. 

Ho-mat, v. See Ho for hoo, and Mat, a 
verbal directive, used mostly in the imper- 
ative. Lit. Cause to be this way ; hand 
this way; give this way; bring here. Rut. 
3:15. Homai i wahi wai inu na’u, give me 
here some water to drink. 

Ho-mz, s. Eng. Home; place of one’s 
family and residence. 

Ho-me-ra, s. Heb. A homer, a Jewish 
liquid or dry measure. 

Ho-me-ta, s. Heb. A snail. Oihk. 11:30. 
Ho-mt, adj. See Om1. Withered ; sick; 
unfruitful, as a plant; sick, as a person. 
Ho-mt-Ho-m1, v. See Omtomi. To spring 
up, as a seed planted, but with feeble 

strength and produce nothing. 

Ho-nz, v. See Ne. To be saucy; to be 
playful ; to be trickish ; to tease one; to 
run upon. 

2. To prick; to enter, as a sharp thing ; 
me he wahi kuikele la ia e hone nei iloko o 
ka manao, like a needle it pierces into the 
thought. 

Ho-ne, s. Mischief; a trick; teasing ; 
he mea hookanikani 0 ka moku. 

Ho-ne-a, s. Dirt; the matter in the in- 
testines not voided. Junie. 3:22. See Ho- 
NOWA. 

Ho-nE-Ho-NE, v. See Hone. To be 
trickish ; to be mischievous. 

Ho-nE-Ho-NE, adj. Playing tricks; teas- 
ing ; fretting ; not letting one alone. 

Ho-ne-Ko-a, v. See Hone and Koa, to 
be bold. To rail; to be saucy. 

Ho-ne-ko-a, adj. Impudent ; undaunted; 
not afraid. 

Ho-n1, v. To beg earnestly. See Hox. 
Ho-n1, v. To touch; to apply a com- 
bustible article to the fire. Lunk. 16:9. 

2. To smell, as an odor. Kin. 8:21. To 
smell any perfume ; to snuff, as a candle. 


HON 


3. To feel the influence of, as the roots of 
trees do the water. Job. 14:9. 

4, To salute by touching noses (the ordi- 
nary way of saluting among Hawaiians); 
honi iho laikaihu. Laieik. 203. 

5. To kiss; to salute by kissing. in. 
27:26, 27. To embrace on parting; ap- 
plied to various forms of salutation, as 
good-by, shaking hands, &c. 

Ho-n1, s. A salutation; a kiss. Mele 
Sol. 1:2. 

2. A touch as of a match to a combusti- 
ble. 

3. A shaking of hands at parting, &c. 

4, Commanding a complimentary salu- 
tation to one; e haawi i ko’uhoni alaaloha 
ia lakou, give them my sweet loving kiss, 
i. e., affectionate salutation. 

Ho-ni-na-nI-NA, adj. See ONINANINA 
and Uninanina. Fat; plump ; round, as a 
fleshy person. 

Ho-no, v. To stitch; to sew up; to 
mend, as a garment or a net. Mat. 4:21. 

2. To join; to unite together by sewing 
or stitching. 

Ho-no, s. A stitching; a sewing; a 
joining together; ka hono ona ainao Maui, 
the uniting of the lands of Maui. 

2. The back of the neck. 

3. The name of a kapu when every man 
must hold his hands in a particular posture. 

4. The name of a place where the wind 
meets some obstruction and is reflected 
back ; oia kahi hono e hoi mai ai ka nui o 
ka makani. 

Ho-no-a, s. See Honowa. 

Ho-no-al, s. See Hono and At, the neck. 
The back of the neck. 

Ho-no-a1, s. See Honowai below. A 
uniting ; a bringing together and causing 
a new relationship ; mostly brought about 
by marriage ; as, makua honodi, a parent 
by marriage, or a parent-in-law; makua 
honoai kane, a father-in-law; makua honoai 
wahine, a mother-in-law. Nore.—tThe or- 
thography honoai is better than honowdi. 
See also the word Hunoat. 

Ho-no-Ho-no, s. Name of a weed, very 
thrifty in growth and very hard to kill. 

Ho-no-Ho-no, adj. Bad smelling. See 
Howono. 

Ho-no-xaa, s. A water course. 

Ho-no-KE-a-nA, s. Name ofa species of 
soft porous stone. 

Ho-no-LE, v. See Hone. To be mis- 
chievous ; to be trickish ; to be saucy. 

Ho-no-pu, s. A hai e ka lua i honopu. 
See Lummum1, burnt; scorched, as the 
ground by the great heat of the sun. 

Ho-no-wa, s. See Honea and Honoa. 
The matter contained in the intestines. 


216 


HOP 


2. Excrements; human feces; used mostly 
in reference to chiefs. Notre.—This is the 
proper and polite name of excrements. 

Ho-no-wal, s. A uniting; a bringing to- 
gether and causing a new relationship ; 
mostly brought about by marriage; as, 
makua honoai, a parent by marriage, or a 
parent-in-law; makua honoai kane, a father- 
in-law; makua honoai wahine, a mother-in- 


law. Notrr.—The orthography honoai is 
better than honowai. See also the word 
Hunoal. 


Ho-nu, s. ‘The turtle ; a terrapin; more 
generally applied to the sea turtle; a tor- 
toise. Oihk. 11:29. Notr.—The honu was 
formerly forbidden to women to eat in the 
times of the kapu under penalty of death. 


Ho-nvu-a, s. Flat land; land of an even 
or level surface, in distinction from hills 
and mountains. 

2. In geography, the earth generally, in- 
cluding sea and mountains. 
3. A foundation ; a resting place. 

4, The bottom of a deep place, as of the 
sea or a pit; wahi honua ole, bottomless. 
Ho-nu-a, adj. Preceding ; going before 
hand; olelo honua, the foregoing descrip- 
tion; pule honua, the former religion; i 
kau kauoha honua ana, your charge just 
given. Laieik.20. Ke makau honua e mai 

neino. Laieik. 180. 


Ho-nv-a, adv. Gratuitously ; without 
cause ; naturally ; ua aloha honua anei na 
kanaka kekahi i kekahi? do men naturally 
love each other? No ka pono a ke Akuai 
waiho honua mai ai, for the righteousness 
which God had freely manifested; 0 ka 
hoomaka ana, ua like no ia me ke ao ana, 
i ola honua i ka palapala; thoroughly; en- 
tirely. Zunk. 20:25. Altogether. 1 Nal. 
11:13. 

Ho-nv-Ho-nu, v. See Honu, terrapin. 
To play the terrapin; a play where people 
crawled on all fours like terrapins. 

Ho-pa-La, v. Ho for hoo, and pala, soft. 
To paint ; to daub ; to besmear. 

2. To blame one who is innocent. 


Ho-pa-La-PA-LA, v. Ho for hoo, and pa- 
lapala, to write; to paint. To cause to 
write badly; to scrawl in making letters 
with a pen; to daub with a pen. 


Ho-pa-pav, s. Sorrow; grief of a hus- 
band or wife for the death of a companion. 


Ho-rz, s. The end or beginning of a 
thing; the termination of an extremity; the 
finishing result or termination of a course 
of conduct. 

2. A place; stead ; office ; successor in 
a place. 

3. The finishing; the close of a period of 
time. 


HOP 


4, A particular age or time. 
in this age of the world. 

5. The time of one’s death; the end of 
life. 

4. The end. i. e., the consequence or re- 
sult of an action ; ma neia hope aku, from 
this time on; ma ia hope iho, after that time; 
hope ole, endless. Job. 22:5. 

Ho-pr, adj. Ending; last; na olelo 
hope, the last words; mea hope ole, without 
result, i. e., without profit. 

Ho-pr, adv. Ady. declinable. Gram. § 
165, 2 class. Behind; after, &c. See the 
different cases. 

Ho-re-na, s. Hopeand na forana. The 
ending ; the bringing to a close. 

2. The end; the hindmost, as the rear of 
an army. Jos. 10:19. 

3. The end of a series of events. Ezek. 
7:2, 3. 

Ho-ps-pe, v. Ho for hoo, and pepe, to 
mash fine. To cause to crush, as any sub- 
stance. ; 

2. Fig. To overbear, as the mind; to 
humble. See Houpere. 

Ho-re-pz, adj. Humble; depressed ; 
downtrodden, as the people of a hard, 
cruel chief; o ko ke kuaaina noho ana, he 
hopepe, he hopohopo, he wiwo wale me ka 
makau ; he hopepe ke ano o na kuaaina. 

Ho-pE-poo, s. See Hore and Poo, the 
head. The back part of the head. 

Ho-prr-Lo, v. See Opizo. To relapse after 
a partial recovery from sickness. 

2. To be often sick. 

Ho-pi-Lo-LE, adv. To eat slowly and 
carefully, as a sick person. See NIoLe. 


Ho-po, v. To fear; to be afraid; to 
shrink back through fear. 

Ho-po-Ho-po, v. See Horo. To fear 
much; to be agitated by fear; to dread; 
to be troubled by fear. Aanl. 1:2. 

Ho-po-Ho-po, s. Fear; dread; the feel- 
ing of fear. 

Ho-po-no-po, adj. Fearful; afraid; hav- 
ing the sense of fear. 

Ho-pu, v. To seize upon, as something 
escaping ; to grasp ; to catch. 

2. To take, as a prisoner; to apprehend, 
as acriminal. Zunk. 21:21. To hold fast, 
as something caught. 

Ho-pu, s. A taking; a seizing; a catch- 
ing of one. 

Ho-pu-E, s. The name of a tree, the 
bark of which is used like the olona, and 
made into strings, cords, &e. 

Ho-pu-Ho-pu, v. See Horv. To seize; 
to grasp frequently ; to hold fast firmly. 

Ho-pu-Ho-PU-AU-KE-LA. 

Ho-Pu-Ho-Pu-A-LU-LU, v. See Hopvuoru 

28 


Heb. 9:26, 


217 


HUA 


and Luxv, to tremble. To do something in 
a state of trepidation. 

2. To prepare in haste, as a room or a 
house when company unexpectedly arrives. 

3. To catch quickly and shake; to do 
quickly ; to make haste. 

Ho-pu-Ho-PU-A-LU-LU, s. Quickness; dis- 
patch ; a sudden effort to do a thing. 

Ho-pu-pu, v. For hoopuupuu. See Puu 
and Puupuv. To be filled or puffed up with 
wind, as the bowels, or as a bladder; ho- 
pupu ka opu ; hopupyu ka naau i ka inaina, 
Juled with anger ; kai! ka hopupu loko i ke 
aloha, wonderful! he is internally full of 
love. 
Ho-ra, s. Lat. An hour; a particular 
time ; a measure of time. ; 
Ho-sa-na, interj. Heb. Anexclamation 
of praise to God. Mat. 21:19. 

Ho-sa-na, s. Exultation ; praise. 

Hu, v. To rise or swell up, as leaven 
or new poi; to effervesce. 

2. To swell and rise up, as water in a pot. 

3. To rise up, as a thought; hu mai keia 
manao iloko 0’u, this thought swelled up in 
me. 

4. To overflow ; to run over the banks, 
as ariver. Isa. 8:7. 

5. To burst out,spoken of affection. 1 
Nal. 3:26. Or a flow of passion (hence 
huhu.) 

6. To shed or pour out, as tears. Job. 
16:20. Hu ka uhane, to have compassion. 
Isa. 58:10. 

7. To ooze out silently. 

8. To circulate, as the story of a murder. 

9. To miss one’s way; to deviate from a 
direct path. 

10. To come, i. e., to heave in sight; to 
make its appearance, as a ship ata distance. 

11. To be unstable; to be inconstant. 
Kin. 49:4, 

12. To whistle, as the wind through the 
rigging of a ship. 

13. Hoo. To meditate; to indite, asa song. 
Hal. 45:1. 

Hv, s. That which causes rising, leaven. 

2. A class of the common people, nearly 
SYN. with makaainana; e ka hu, e na ma- 
kaainana, &c. Laieik.21. O ka poe hema- 
hema a naaupo, ua kapaia lakou he hu ka 
inoa, he makaainana kahi inoa. 

3. Anoise; arustling, as the wind among 
trees. Laieik. 104. 

4. A top; hu Kani, a humming-top. 


Hv, adj. Fermenting, as beer or new 


wine. 

2. Leavened, as bread; mea hu, anything 
leavened. Puk. 34:25. Berena hu ole, un- 
leavened bread. Jos. 5:11. 

Hu-a, v. See Huwa. To be envious of 
another; to feel jealous of another; to 
envy ; to hate. 


HUA 


2. To quarrel with; to be angry with; 
to be much addicted to evil. 


218 


HUA 


2. To be small; to be stinted in grow- 
ing, as fruit. 


Hv-a, s. Envy; jealousy; an envious Hu-a-a-E-to, s, Hua, egg, and aelo, 


disposition; making unfounded complaints 
against another. 


Hu-a, adj. See Huwa. Envious; jeal- 
ous of success in another; quick to find 
fault. 

Hu-a, v. To sprout; to bud; to bear 
fruit, as a tree or vegetable. 

2. To grow or increase in size, as fruit ; 
to increase, as a people. Oihk. 26:9. 

3. To swell up, as the foam of water. 
See Huanva. 

4, Hua with huaoleio, to speak; to utter; 
to produce words. Kin. 49:21. 

5. Hoo. To produce fruit. 

6. To increase, as a people. Kin. 1:28. 
To be fruitful, as a race. Kin. 9:1. 


Hu-a, s. The swelling, growing and 
maturity of vegetables ; name of the moon 
when perfectly full; the name of that night 
is akua. 

2. Fruit; offspring ; production of ani- 
mals or vegetables. Kin. 46:7. 

3. A fruit produced ; an egg; a kidney, 
&c. Hua oo, ripe fruit; hua maka, fresh 
fruit. Oihk. 23:14. 

4, The effect, product or consequence of 
an action; ka naaupo, he hua ia na ka ino, 
ignorance is the result (fruit) of evil prac- 
tices. 

5. A summary of one’s wishes; a short 
sentence ; e waiho mai oe i hua na makou, 
leave for us some short expression ; a word, 
an idea (said to Kamehameha I. when 
dying. 

6. A letter of the alphabet; ma ka hua o 
ke kanawai, i. e., literally; hua kena, an 
order; a word of command; no keia hua 
kena a kana wahine. Laieik. 198. 

7. Fruit in several senses; as, hua o ke 
kino, children ; hua o ka aina, increase of 
the fruits of the land, i. e., means of living; 
hua o na holoholona, flocks, herds, &c.; 
hua ala, spices. 

8. A flowing ; a going out from; froth ; 
foam, as of one in a fit. 


9. A flowing robe; a train. Jsa. 6:1. 


Hua \ole, the skirts of a garment. Ter. 
13:22, 26. 
10. Seed, as of grain for sowing. in. 


47:23. 
11. The human testicles. Oihk. 21:20. 

Hv-a, adj. Iwi hua. Anat. 6. 

Hu-a, s. A flowing. See No. 8 above. 
The trail of a pa-u; the trail of a garment; 
the tucks at the bottom of a gown. 

2. The snapper of a whip. 

Hu-aa, v. To pry up. 

Hu-aa, v. To be displeased at impor- 
tunity or intercession. 


rotten. A rotten egg. 

Hu-a-a-E-Lo, adj. Empty; deficient ; 
rotten. 

Hu-a-al, s. Hua, ego, and ai, toeat. An 
egg that may or can be eaten, or an egg 
for eating. 

2. Grain; fruit for food. Mat. 3:12. . 
3. A kind of wind; huaai malili. Kan. 
28:22. 

Hu-a-al, v. To dig up something cov- 

Hv-al, ered in the ground; to open, 
i. e., dig up, as opening a native oven and 
take out what is baked ; huai oia i kana 
umu iho, he uncovered his own oven. 

2. To open, asa grave; todisinter. Hzek. 
37:12. 

3. To open, as a reservoir of winds; to 
cause the wind to blow; huat mai la Kahiki 
i ko ipu makani, Kahiki thou didst open thy 
wind-box. 

4, To open upwards, as the lid of a chest. 

5. To suck or draw up water in drink- 
ing, as a beast. ob. 40:23. 

6. Hoo. To bring a wind ; to cause it to 
blow. Kin. 8:1. 

7. To turn or dig up the ground. Job. 
28:5. 

Hu-a-a-Le, s. A pill; a medicine in the 
form of a little ball, to be swallowed whole. 

Hu-az, v. To rise up against; to re- 
sist; to defend off. Hoo. To cause to re- 
sist, &c. 

Hu-a-E-Lo, v. See Hua, egg, and Exo, 
wet, as a kapa; hence, rotten ; worthless. 
See also HuaaeLo. To be or become use- 
less, worthless or in vain; e malama hoi, 
o huaelo ka luhi o ka hoikaika ana, beware, 
lest the weariness in perseverance be in 
vain. 

Hv-a-o-teE, adj. Lir. Without fruit. 
Epithet of a person without character, no 
reputation. 

Hv-a-o-Le-Lo, s. See Hua, a letter, and 
OLELO, speech. A word in distinction from 
a speech ; in grammar, a word in distine- 
tion from a syllable ; the words of a song. 
Kanl. 31:30. 

Hu-a-Ha-u-LE, adj. Hua, seed, and ha- 
ule, to drop; to fall. Lir. Seed fallen; pre- 
maturely born; hence, friendless ; without 
support; no means of living; set loose 
from any chief or parent. 

Hu-a-a-u-LE, s. See the foregoing. 
One prematurely born; an orphan. Hal. 
109:12. 

Hv-s-HA-U-LE-LA-NI, 8. The name of a 
species of sweet potato. 

Hu-a-HA-U-LE-wa-LE, s. Name of cer- 
tain leaves of the potato. 


HUA 


2. The name of the potato itself. * 

Hv-a-HeE-x1-u1, s. Hua, egg, and hekili, 
thunder. Lir. A thunder egg. 

1. A hail stone; hail. Puk. 9:18, 22. 
Nore.—It generally thunders during the 
hail storms on the mountains of Hawaii, 
hence the supposition that hail was pro- 
duced by thunder. 

2. The name of a plant used in medicine. 

Hv-a-nu-a, v. See Hua and Huanuwa 
below. To foam; to froth at the mouth, 
as one in a fit. ZLauwk.9:39. To froth, as the 
sea in dashing ashore. Juda 13. 

2. To turn away in disgust; to hate; to 
envy. Kin. 26:14. Huahua mai lana puna- 
hele mua. Laieik. 31. 

Hv-a-nv-a, s. See Hvuanva above. Foam 
or froth, as of the sea or anything causing 
froth. 

2. A bunch or kernel in the flesh, as in 
hogs or other animals; especially applied 
where many huahuas are growing together. 

3. Small swellings about the eye, the 
forehead and neck. 

4. See Hua, to be envious. An evil eye; 
looking with disdain upon another ; envy. 

Hu-a-nu-az, v. To open and shut with 
violence. 

Hu-a-Hu-A-A-NA-LAU, v. See Huanva- 
LAU, also HOOHUAHUALAU. 

Hv-a-nu-a1, v. See Hvar. To boil up, 
as water in a spring. 6 

2. To break up; to break forth, as water. 
Nah. 21:17. 

‘ 3. To open frequently that liquid may 
Ow. 

4. To tear or break the skin. 

Hu-a-nu-ar, s. See Hvat. 
boiling ; a frequent opening. 

Hu-a-HU-A-HU-a-LAU, v. To question 
with a design to entangle; to put one to 
the torture. 

Hu-a-Hu-a-kal, s. Asponge. Mar. 15:36. 

Hv-a-Hu-a-Lav, v. To tempt; to try to 
deceive; to puzzle or try one with ques- 
tions; to question captiously. oo. To 
make one’s self strange to another; to pre- 
tend not to know one. Kin. 42:7. To talk 
temptingly or deceitfully. 3 Joane 10. 

Hou-a-nu-a-tau, s. Hoo. A deceiving ; 
an endeavor to insnare one ; a temptation 
for one to say something he would not. 

Hu-a-Hu-a-Na-La, s. The same as hua- 
hualau. 

Hu-a-Hu-a-Na-NA, S. Huahua, froth, and 
nana for lana, to float. Lrr. Floating froth. 
A reproaching ; making use of reproachful 
epithets; calling one an ignorant nothing. 

Hou-a-nu-wa, s. See Huanva. Envy. 
Gal. 5:26; Pilip. 1:15. But huahua is the 
common orthography. 


A violent 


219 


HUA 


Hv-a-Ka, adj. Clearas crystal; clearas 
pure water, &c.; bright; white; shining. 
Hu-a-xal, v. Hua, foam, and kai, sea. 

To foam and froth, as the sea; hence, 

2. To boil or be agitated violently. 

3. To travel in large companies, as in 
caravans. See KAInvUAKAl. 

Hv-a-xal, s. See Hua and Kar. The 
foam of the sea. 

2. A sponge. See Huanvakal. 
3. A large company traveling together. 
Kin. 32:21. 

Hu-A-KAI-HE-LE, s. See Huaxar above 
and HELE, to go. A great number of per- 
sons traveling together ; a caravansera; @ 
troop. ob. 6:18. 

Hu-a-xka-pv, s. Hua, foam, froth, and 
kapu. The rich property about the chiefs 
and kapu to the people, was called hua- 
kapu, forbidden froth. 

Hu-a-KeE, adj. Full; plump,asa healthy 
man; well proportioned, as a good mod- 
eled canoe. 

Hu-a-keE-E-o, s. Hua and keeo, displeas- 
ure; anger. Hardness of heart; stubborn- 
ness. 

Hvu-a-KE-E-0, adj. See the foregoing. 
Hoo. Hard-hearted; stubborn; stubbornly 
bent on wickedness; i mai la me ka olelo 
hoohuakeeo, he said to me in stubbornness ; 
he hoohuakeeo mamuli o ka hewa, hard- 
hearted in wickedness. 

Hu-s-KE-U, adj. (In a good sense) fear- 

Hov-a-ku, less; bold; he kanaka huaku, 
wiwo ole; he olelo huaku ma ka pono, a 
speech fearless for the right. (In a bad 
sense) bold; impudent. 

Hv-a-kE-o, v. See Huaxeeo above. 

Hv-a-k1-NE-T0, s. Gr. A hyacinth, name 
of a precious stone. Hoi. 21:20. 

Hu-a-ku-ku-1, s. Name of schools of 
fish that show their heads above water, as 
the anai. 

Hu-a-ku-ku-1, s. Hug and kukui, the 
name of the candle-nut tree. A kukui nut; 
the fruit of the kukui tree. 

Hu-a-La-kE, v. To tie; to bind up. Syn, 
with nakiki. 

Hu-a-La-ke, v. To swell out; to be 
large; to be round; to be full. 

Hvu-a-La-La, adj. Applied to surfaces, 
circular; oval; ili hualala, an oval surface; 
spherical ; curved ; equally arched, as the 
rainbow. Ana. Hon. 10. 

Hu-a-La-xal, s. Name of a mountain on 
the western side of Hawaii. 

Hv-a-Ls-Le, s. Hua, seed, and lele, to 
fly. The seeds of the plant laulele. 

2. A term expressive of hernia. 


Hu-s-t1, v. To be bright, as polished 


HUE 


metal; to be clean; to glitter with white- 
ness or purity, as a garment. Mat. 28:3. 
Hoo. Yo furbish or burnish. Hzek. 21:10. 

2. To strike. 

3. To commence a kapu of a particular 

kind. 

Hvu-a-u1, adj. Bright; clean, as a sub- 
stance polished ; bright; polished. 2 Oihl. 
4:16. Pure whiteness; lole huali, very 
white cloth ; shining. 

2. In a moral sense, pure; undefiled ; 
morally good; applied to the heart. 2 Pet. 
dil. 
3. Glittering, asa sword. Kanl. 32:41. 

4. Hoo. Keleawe i hoohualiia, polished 

brass. Hzek. 8:2. 

Hu-a-tu, adj. Hua, seed, and 122, little. 
Small; diminutive. 

Hu-a-u1-11, s. The second crop of fruits, 
trees or vegetables, or degenerated fruit ; 
ka hualili, huamaili o Kohala. 

Hou-a-Lo-Le, s. See Hua and Lote, cloth. 
The skirts of a garment. Kanik. Ter. 1:9. 

Hou-a-tu, adj. Small; diminutive. See 
HUALIL. 

Hv-a-me-Le, s. Hua, letter, and mele, 
to sing. The notes in music; a modern 
term. 

Hu-a-mo-a, s. Hua, egg, and moa, a 
fowl. A hen’s egg. 

2. The name of the round bone that en- 

ters the socket of the hip. Kin. 32:25; 
Anat. 16. 

Hv-a-no-n1, s. Hua, fruit, and noni, a 
shrub. The fruit or the applesof the noni; 
he kaua huanoni kekahi, some fought with 
noni apples. 

Hu-a-pa-La-o-a, s. Hua, seed, and pa- 
laoa, Eng. (flour), bread. The seed of 
bread, i. e., wheat. Puk. 22:6. 

Hv-A-PA-LA-0-A-E-LE-E-LE, s. See Hua- 
PALAOA above and ELEELE, dark colored. 
Hence, rye. as distinct from wheat. 

Hu-a-poo, s. The side of the head. 

Hu-a-war-na, s. Hua, fruit, and waina, 
grape. A grape; collectively, grapes; the 
fruit of the vine. © Oihk. 19:10. =Huawaina 
pala mua, the first ripe grapes. Nah. 13:20. 

Hv-a-sa-Le, s. Hua, fruit, and bale 
(Eng.), barley. The grain of barley, or 
simply barley. Rut. 2:17, 23. 

Hv-a-ri-ku, s. Hua and jiku (Eng.), 
fig. A fig; a bunch of figs. 2 Sam. 16:1. 


3) 
Hu-z, v. To look slily at a thing; to 
glance with the eye. 

2. To steal; to take secretly what is an- 
other’s ; hue ae la kekahi kanaka i ka apa 
dole kukaenalo, a certain man stole a piece 
of unbleached cotton cloth. See ATHUE. 

Hv-e, v. See Hu and E. To cause to 


flow out; to unload, as a ship. 


220 


HUE 


Hu-s? s. A thief; one who steals. 

Ho-s, v. To dig; to throw out dirt, as 
in digging a pit. 

Hv-s, adj. Thievish ; disposed to steal. 
Kanl. 24:7. Kanaka hue. 

Hu-e, s. A gourd; a water calabash ; 
hue ili, a skin bottle. 

Hv-e-1£, s. Hue and ze, a vine used in 
basket making. A demijohn, from its case 
or covering. 

Hv-s-v, s. A bold fearless man; one 
who excites to action, good or bad; soldier 
like; he kanaka koa; hueu oe i ke kolohe, 
you are bold in mischief; a bold energetic 
man in action; hooeu. 

Hu-s-v-al-na, adj. Hueu and aina, eat- 
ing. Bold and rapid in eating. 

Hv-e-1-L1, s. Hue, calabash, and 22, 
skin. A skin bottle, such as the Asiatics 
used for containing liquids. Tos. 9:4. 

Hu-r-nv, v. To shiver, as with cold. 


Hv-z-nu, s. The strong (cold) blowing 


wind. 

Hvu-r-nu, adj. Chilled; cold. 

Hv-r-nv-z, s. The name of the water 
on Hualalai where the last volcano broke 
out. 

Hu-s-nv-E, v. See Hus, v. To throw 
up; to raise up ; to loosen; to open. 

Hu-r-Hv-E,,adj. Spreading over; grow- 
ing thickly like thrifty vines, as the koali 
(convolvulus.) 

2. Spreading over like rain; he ua hue- 
hueia no Uli. 

Hv-r-nvu-E-Lo, s. See Husexo. The tail 
end of a thing; the last of it; nolaila, ke 
hai aku nei au i keia wahi huehuelo manao, 
wherefore, I declare this tail end of a 
thought (last idea); loaa mai o ka huehuelo 
wale no, aole o ke kino pu kekahi, I ob- 
tained the fail only, not the body with it. 

Hu-5-Ka-H1, adj. One alone; a single 
child of a family. 

Hv-s-Lo, s. The tail of a beast or rep- 
tile; ke kahili o na holoholona ma ka hope, 
the fly-brush at the extremity of animals ; 
huelo awa, a sting. 1 Hor.15:55. Mai noho 
a makamaka ilio, i ka huelo ka ike, be not 
friends with the dog, for the tail will show 
it; the tail. Puk. 4:4. The rump. Puk. 
29:22. 

2. Fria. An inferior in opposition to poo, 
a superior. Kanl. 28:13. 

Hu-8-1o-£-L0, adj. Tail like; having 
appendages like tails. 

Hu-r-ne, s. Name of a sickness caus- 
ing panting ; want of breath. 

Hu-e-wat, s. Hue, calabash, and waz, 
water. A water calabash, in distinction 
from calabashes used for other purposes ; 


HU1 


a large gourd ; any kind of bottle used to 

contain water. 

Hv-s-wai-na, s. See Hue and Warna 
(Eng.), wine. <A bottle for wine; a bottle 
filled with wine. 2 Sam. 16:1. 

Hu-1, v. To mix; to unite together, as 
different things ; to unite, as an aha with 
the spectators; hence, hui ka aha, to break 
up the assembly. Laieik. 47. 

2. To add one thing to another. in. 

28:9. 
3. To assemble together, as people for 
business. 

4. To agree in opinion; to have a union 
of thought; ua hui pu ka manao. 

5, To bend; to turn one way then an- 
other, as the voice in rising and falling in 
reading music. 

6. To ache ; to-be in pain. 

7. Hoo. Toadd one thing to another; to 
connect. Luk. 3:20. 

8. To unite, as in a treaty ; to make af- 
finity. 1 Nal. 3:1. 

9. To collect together, as men. 

10. To meet; to mingle; to come together, 
as waters. 
11. To meet, as persons long separated. 


Hv-1, s. A uniting; an assembling. 

2. A cluster or collection of things; as, 
hui maia, a bunch of bananas; hui kalo, a 
kalo hill; hui waina, a cluster of grapes ; 
hui niu, a cluster of cocoanuts. 

3. The flippers of the sea-turtle. 

4. The small uniting sticks in a thatched 
house, parallel with the posts and rafters 
and between them. 

5. Bodily pain; rheumatic pain; niho 
hui, the toothache. 

6. The name of the prayer on the morn- 
ing after the anaana. See Hurmcr. 

Hv-1, adj. Cool; cold; chilly, as 

Ho-1-Hv-1, the morning air from the 
mountain ; i hoomanawanui ai hoi kaua i 
ka hau huihui o ke kakahiaka; cold, as 
cold water. Mat. 10:42. 


Hv-1-0-pa-pa, s. The name of a prayer 
used in or near the luakini; a ma ia ahiahi 
no haule ka huiopapa. 

Hou-1-u-na, s. Perhaps for huzana,. A 
seam ; a uniting by sewing together. 

Hv-1-nu-1, s. A bunch; a cluster of 
things, as stars. 

2. A constellation. Jsa. 13:10. 

3. A bunch; applied to kalo. See Hur 2. 

4. The name of the seven stars. See 
HUuUvrt. 

Hv-1-nv-1, adj. Cold; chilly. See Hui 
above. 

2. Mixed; manifold; much; many con- 
taining the idea of union; aloha huihui, 
much love. 

U-I-Kal, v. To mix or jumble together 


221 


HUI 


things dissimilar; to make discordant com- 
pounds ; to put several stories into one. 

Hv-1-xav, v. See Huixatabove. Toturn 
topsy-turvy ; to mix up irregularly; to 
throw things together without order. 

2. To accuse much and falsely ; to vary 
in narration; to cross one’s own track in 
a story. : 

Hv-1-xav, s. Confusion; without order; 
irregularity. 

Ho-1-kav, adj. Stumbling in walking ; 
without order; varying in one’s story; put 
together irregularly. See Opa. 

Ho-1-ka-n1, adj. Lir. United in one. 
Bound up; girded, as a man with a malo, 
or a woman with a pa-u. 

Ho-1-xa-u1, s. Name of a short malo. 

Hou-1-Ka-La, v. Hui and kala, to loosen; 
to forgive. To cleanse, as a disease; to 
purify. 

2. To be purified. Puk. 29:23. 

3. To sanctify one’s self. Oihk. 20:7. 

4. To cleanse morally. Kin. 35:2. 

5. To cleanse ceremonially. Neh. 12:30. 
Huikala ole, unholy. 2 Tim. 3:2. 

6. Hoo. To cleanse ; to purify ; to sane- 
tify. Heb. 9:13. 

Ho-1-Ka-La, adj. Cleansing; purifying; 
wai huikala, water of purification. Nah. 
19-3, 

Hu-1-ta, v. See Una. To flash, as burn- 
ing powder ; to give a sudden light; haule 
i ka papu, e huila na pue. 

Hv-1-ta, s. Eng. A wheel. Puk. 14:25. 
Syn. with pokakaa. Ezek. 1:16. 

Hv-1-na, s. Hui and ana,a uniting. A 
number; the sum of several numbers. 2 
Sam. 24:9. E hookui i ka huina, to add up 
the sum. Nah. 1:49. 

2. The point where two lines meet, an 
angle; the place where two roads meet; a 
corner, as of a house, fence, &c. 

3. In music, a close of a tune. 

4. In geometry, huina is the general name 
for angle, qualified by such terms as desig- 
nate the various kinds of angles. 

Hu-1-na-o1, s. Huina and ot, sharp 
pointed. An acute angle. Ana. Hon. 8. 

Hu-1-na-Ha, s. Huina and ha, four. A 
quadrilateral or four-sided figure. Ana. 
Hon. 14. Note.—Under the name huinaha 
are the following: huinahalike, a square ; 
huinahaloa, a rectangular parallelogram ; 
huinahahio, four equal sides but oblique 
angles ; huinahahioloihi, an oblique paral- 
lelogram; huinahakaulike, a square or par- 
allelogram ; huinahalualike, a four-sided 
figure which has two parallel sides only; 
huinahalikeole, a four-sided figure where 
all the sides are unequal. 


Hu-1-Na-HE-LU, s. Huina and helu, to 
count; to number. A number; the sum 


HUH 


of several numbers; huinahelu okoa, the 
whole number. Nah. 14:29. See Hetuna. 
Hv-1-NA-ko-1v, s. Huinaand kolu, three. 
The general name for triangle; thus, hui- 
nakolulike, an equilateral triangle ; huina- 
kolu elua aoao like, an isosceles triangle ; 
huinakolu aoao like ole, an irregular tri- 
angle; huinakolu kupono, a right angled 


triangle ; huinakolu peleleu, an obtuse an-| F{ 


gled triangle ; huinakolu oi, an acute an- 
gled triangle. , 

Hv-1-Na-Ku-Po-no, s. A right angle. 

Hu-1-NA-LA-AU-LA-NA, S. Huina, a unit- 
ing, laau, timber, and lana, to float. A 
union of floating timbers; a raft. 1 Nal. 
5:9. 

Hu-i-na-ti-ma, s. Huina, angle, and 
lima, five. In geometry, a five-sided figure; 
huina ono, a six-sided figure; huina hiku, a 
seven-sided figure ; huina walu, an eight- 
sided figure, &c. 

Hv-1-NA-PE-LE-LEU, s. An obtuse angle. 

Hu-1-na-wal, s. Huina, a meeting or 
union, and wai, water. A meeting or col- 
lection of waters; a pool. Puk. 7:19. 

Hu-1-na-wal-na, s. Hui, bunch, and 
waina, grapes. A cluster of grapes. 

Hv-1-n1, v. To end ina sharp point, as 
the top of a high mast. See WINIwInt. 

Hv-1-n1, adj. Having sharp points like 
needles. 
u-1-pa, s. Name of a species of stone 
out of which the maika stones were made. 

Hu-1-pa, s. Eng. A whip. 

Hv-1-pu, v. Hu2, to unite, and pu, to- 
gether. To mix together; to come together; 
to unite ; to assemble, as persons. 

Hv-t-ra, s. Eng. Wheat. 1 Kor. 15:37; 
Puk. 29:2. 

Hv-o1, v. Hu, to swell up, and oi, to 
exceed. To have an overflow of passion. 
Hoo. To feel or express jealousy; to have 
ill feelings towards one. 

Hu-o1, s. Hoo. Evil surmising respect- 
ing another. 1 Tim. 6:4. 

Hu-o-t, adj. Hu, leaven, and ole, none. 
Without leaven; unleavened ; berena hu- 
ole, unleavened bread. Puk. 34:18. 

Hu-o-no-0-No-0-LE, adj. Hu, rising up, 
onoono, comfortable, satisfied, and ole, not. 
Unsteady ; not fixed ; unsatisfied. See Ku- 
ONOONO. 

Hu-na, adj. Something said; a report, 
but no certainty as to the truth; he wahi 
olelo i maopopo ole, he lohe laulahea. 


Hu-na, s. A large fleshy person, but! fy 


weak, indolent and lazy, either manywoman 
or child. 


Hv-no-nv-a, v. Hu, to rise, and honua, 
land. To pray that the land or country 


222 


HUH 


might be overturned ; huhonua i mana kai 
ka wai e. 

Hu-nu, s. The name of a worm, a moth- 
like animal that eats cloth. Jsa. 51:8. 

2. A worm or bug that bores into wood, 
rendering it full of holes. 

Hu-uu, adj. Rotten, as a calabash ; 

worm-eaten, as wood. 

u-HU, v. See Hu, to rise up; to swell. 

To be angry; to express angry feelings by 

scolding, storming, cursing, &c. Hoo. To 

provoke to anger; to offend. Puk. 23:21. 

To be crabbed; to be churlish. 1 Sam. 

25:3. 

Hu-nu, s. Anger; wrath; displeasure. 

Hu-nu, adj. Angry; offended ; * pro- 
voked. 

Hu-nv-1, s. See Hur. Hu doubled. A 
bunch; a collection of things, generally 
qualified by a following word; as, huhut 
palaoa, a head of wheat. Mat.12:1. Huhui 
mau, a bundle of grass; huhui maia, a 
bunch of bananas; huhui (hoku under- 
stood), the pleiades or seven stars. ob. 
38:31. The constellations of stars. Isa. 
13:10. See Hurasut. 

Hv-nv-1-HE-Lv, s. Huhuiand helu, arith- 
metic. Logarithms; the tables of loga- 
rithms ; ina e imi au maloko o ka huhui- 
heiu, if I should compute by logarithms. 

Hu-nv-1-Ka-Lo, s. Huhui, bunch, and 
kalo. A bunch of kalo. 

Huv-nvu-1-wal-na, s. Huhui, cluster, and 
waina, grapes. A cluster of grapes. Kanl. 
32:32. 

Hu-nu-Hv, adj. See Hun, adj., above. 
Rotten ; worm-eaten, &c. 

Hv-nvu-Hu-£, v. See Hus, to steal. A 
frequentative. To steal frequently; to 
carry off at many times secretly. 

Hv-nu-nu-La, v. See Hua, to dance. 
A frequentative. To dance and sing; to 
dance much and often. 

Hu-nvu-nu-La, v. See Huta. To dance 
and sing and play, as ata hula; e pae, e 
hula, e like pu. 

Hu-nu-Hu-Le1, v. To ride rapidly with 
a dress fluttering in the wind; to dance 
with kapas fluttering. 

Hv-nv-nv-11, v. See Hunt, to turn. To 
turn often ; to turn, as many persons. 

Hvu-nu-Hu-na, v. See Huna, to conceal. 
To hide often or much; to conceal. 

Hu-nu-Hu-nE, v. See Huns, poor; des- 

titute of property. To be poor; to be 

stripped of all property. 

U-HU-kI, v. See. Hux, to pull. To 

draw frequently ; to pull out, as in draw- 

ing cuts. Laieik. 72. To pull along. 
2. To dry up, as water ; hoomaloo. 
3. To cut down, as a tree; e kua aku. 


, HUK 
Hvu-nu-xv, adj. Full of holes; puka- 


puka, popopo. See Hvunu and Hunvnc. 
Hv-nu-1a, v. See Hutanvura. To sing, 
dance and practice the forms of the hula. 
Hv-nv-u1, v. See Hut, to turn. To 
turn ; to turn up; to search; to look here 
and there. . % 
Hv-nv-tv-1-1, v. Hulu, hair, and 1%, 
mould like. To stand up, as the comb of 
a cock; to stand up, as bristles; to stand 
erect, as the hair on the flesh when one is 


wet and cold. 
2. To be wet and cold; to shiver with 


cold. 

Hu-nv-tv-1-1, adj. Made rough and 
ugly, as the hair or feathers of an animal 
in water. ‘ 

Hu-nv-tv-to-to-a, v. Hulu, hair, an 
loa, long. To let the hair grow long. 

Hv-nu-ne, v. See Huns, to tease. To 
set a trap for one; to entice; to lay a bait. 

Hv-uv-nt, s. ‘The sickness of hogs. 

Hu-nu-pav-ua-au, s. A slanderer; a 
backbiter. 

Hv-xa, v. To call hogs; to call to one, 
as in calling hogs. 

Au-xa, s. A term used in calling hogs. 

2. Advice ; information. 

3. Name of an herb similar to balm. 

4. A vulgar word of contempt; hele a 
piha, huka pala, &ec. 

Hu-xaa, s. A general name for pitch, 
resin or gum from a tree; any substance 
of a resinous nature. 

2. A species of tree; an oak perhaps. 
Isa. 1:29. The turpentine tree perhaps. 
Hv-kar, s. Water slightly brackish ; 

drinkable. 

Hu-xal-Lo-Lo-a, s. Epithet of a person 
who always lives with one particular chief; 
a no ma hukailoloa,o ke kanaka i noho me 
ke alii hookahi, aole i noho me ke alii e. 

Hu-xa-nu-Kal, adj. Insipid ; tasteless ; 
unpalatable ; not relishable. 

Hu-xe-x1, adj. Cold; shivering with 
the cold. 

Hov-x1, v. ‘l'o draw; to pull; to draw, 
as with arope. Joan. 4:7. 

2. To raise; to lift up, as a person by 
the hand. 

3. To put up upon, as one substance on 
another. 

4. To brace or prop up. 

5. To cook soft; to soften,as vegetables 
cooked, or meat undergoing decomposition. 
See KanvkI. 

Hv-xi-HEE, s. Huki, to pull, and hee, to 
slip. A gliding along; a passing over, as 
over a bridge. 


223 


HUL 


2. A bridge for passing smoothly over a 

stream. See PuNEE. 

Hu-x1-HE-Le1, s. The skin about the eye 
drawn aside and the eye diseased. 

Hv-xi-nu-x1, v. Freq. of huki. To draw 
or pull frequently. Pulc. 2:16. To draw 
out; to pull upwards ; to brace against. « 

Hv-x1-x1, v. To be wet; to be cold on 
account of wet; to shiver with the cold. 
See HuKeki and Opm. 

Ho-x1-K1, adj. Small; pointed; dwarf- 
ish. 

Hou-x1-x1, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Hu-xi-wal, v. To draw water, as from 
a well. 

Hu-xi-wal, s. One whose business it is 
to draw and fetch water. Kanl. 29:10. 


Hov-xu, s. A heap of dirt or rubbish; a 
protuberance in any way. See Ouvkv. 

Hu-ku, adj. Prominent; projecting, as 
the forehead; he huku ka lae, he has a pro- 
jecting forehead. See Ounvxv. 

Hu-xu-n1, v. See Huxi. To pull by 
force. 

Hou-ku-tu, v. Huku, bunch, and 722, lit- 
tle. To be very small ; to be little; to be 
dwarfish. 

Hvu-xvu-Lu, adj. Small; little; dwarfish. 

Hv-xa, v. To pry up with a lever. 

2. To transplant, as a tree; to plant out, 
as a young tree. 

3. To cut off the tops of plants. 

4. To begd over, as a tree; to push over 
any upright thing; to fall over upon. 

5. To shake or tremble for fear of injury 
from another. 

6. To trample and make a beaten path; 
to tread down ; to trample upon. 

7. To shake; to dance; to play an in- 
strument and dance; to sing and dance. 
2 Sam. 6:21. The same as haa and lele in 
verses 14:16. Alaila, hula iho la kahi poe 
alii ame kanaka, then danced certain of the 
chiefs and people. 

8. To play on an instrument. 

9. To sing ; to sing and dance together. 

10. To make sport. Dunk. 16:25. 

11. To palpitate, as the heart; to throb, 
as an artery. 

12. To move from place to place. 

13. To bore a hole; e Awa a puka, to bore 
and pierce through. 

Hu-ta, s. Music; dancing; sing- 

Hu-La-HU-LA, ing, &c. 

2. A play in which numbers dance and 
a few sing and drum. 

3. A dance; a carousal; the action of 
dancing. Puk. 15:20. 

4, A dance; a dancing, an expression of 
joy. Kanik. Ter. 5:15. Note.—The name 
of the hula god was Lakakane, 


HUL 
Hu-.a, i A swelling; a pro- 


Hu-La-HU-LA, tuberance under the arm 
or on the thigh; he o ka mai mamua, a 
mahope hula mao a mao, a ma kela wahi 
ma keia wahi o ke kino, pela i hulahula ai. 

2. A twitching, as of the eye; an invol- 
untary muscular motion. 

Hv-ta, 

Hv-a-a-NaA, that projects into the sea 
and interrupts the passage along the beach. 

Hu-ta-a-na, s. A place where one must 
swim to pass a precipice that projects into 
the sea. Laieik. 73. 

Hu-ta-Hu-LA, s. The name ofa good or 
favorable aha. 
prayer formerly very sacred. 

2. Ka mea e hoopuka aii ka leipoo. 

Hv-ta-nu-La, v. To twitch often, as the 
eye; to twitch, as involuntary spasmodic 
motion. ‘ 

Hu-La-Le, adj. Wet; muddy, &c. See 
HULALt. 

Hu-La-, v. To be muddy; to be 

Hu-LA-LI-LA-LI, slippery, as the ground 
onaccount of rain; hulalilali ke ala, pakika 
i ka ua. 

2. To have a gloss; to glitter; to shine. 

3. To shine, i. e., to reflect light, as a 
glass window at a distance; ka hulalilali a 
na puka aniani. 

Hu-ta-u1, s. A shining surface; a re- 
flector of light, as a white shining kapa; he 
mea e ka hulali, ia manawa. Laieik. 121. 


Hu-ua-ni, v. Hu, to rise,*and dani, 
heaven. To praise; to exalt. See LELz- 
PAILANI. 

Hv-te1, v. To place on high; to put up 
on a precipice; to be lifted up, as a fe- 
male’s dress by the wind. 

Hu-ter-a, s. Name of a species of soft 
stone. 

Hv-.e-Hvu-LEI, v. See Hununutei. To 
go up and down, as children on a see-saw. 


Hv-u1, v. To turn generally in any way; 
to turn over and about. 

2. To change; to turn over, as the leaves 
of a book; to search here and there for a 
thing. Kin. 31:37. 

3. E huliika naau, to give attention to 
a thing. 

4. To turn to or towards one. 

5. To roll over and over; to roll over.or 
away,asastone. Joan. 20:1. 

6. E huli i ka manao, to change the mind 
or opinion ; hence, to repent and change 
the life. 

7. To seek, i. e., to hunt after, as a wild 
beast. Oihk. 17:13. 

8. To turn; to change one’s course in 
traveling. Kanl. 2:8. 

9. Hoo. E hoohuli e i kanaka, to pervert 


(224 


v. To swim past a cliff 


See Ana, the name of a} 


HUL 


the people ; to overturn ; to upset, as any 
system of government or society. 

10. To turn, i. e., to persuade one to 
change his course. 2 Aor. 5:11. See Ka- 
HULI. ~ 

Hu-u1, s. A searching; a seeking; a 
turning over. 
2. The name of kalo tops for planting. 
See HuLtkato. 
Hu-ii-a-ma-u1, v. To overflow, as a 
river ; to be full of water. Hal. 78:2. Hu- 
liamahi na moku, to overflow the islands. 
Laieik. 175. 
2. In a figurative sense quite often; as, 
kaua huliamahi. 
U-LI-HU-LI, v. See Hutt. To turn over 
frequently ; to search after. Job. 13:9. 
Hu-u1-Ka-Lo, s. See Huu, s. The tops 
of kalo for planting by which the kalo is 
propagated. 
Ho-ui-Lav, s. A calabash for carrying 


clothes in a canoe. See HoxKso. 
E noho no oe e Kaohana 
Me na hulilau a kaua.—Me/e. 


Hu-ur-11, v. To be cold; to shiver with 
the cold; to be contracted with the cold. 
See Husuum. 

Hv-11-11, adj. Shivering, as with wet 
and cold. 

Huv-u-11, v. See Uniti. To burn, as the 
fire; to be warm. 

2. To undulate, as the air under a hot 
sun; to undulate, as the surface of water 
by the skipping of fishes. 

3. To lay sticks across, as in covering a 
pit; e Awili aku i ka laau, alaila kanu i ka 
laau. 

Hu-ui-u1, s. A fluttermg blaze; the 
vibrations of the air under a hot sun. 

2. The rolling up, as the swell of the surf 
before it breaks. 

3. A garrison; a fort. 2 Othl. 27:4. A 
strong place. 

4. A ladder; a bridge. See ALAHAKA. 

Hv-ui-mo-xu, adv. Hult, to search, and 
moku, island. To search the island; that 
is, everywhere, all about, every place. 

Hu-ur-na, v. To be soft to the touch; 
to be weak. See Lina and ULINA. 

Hu-ur-na, s. Hultand ana. A turning; 
a turning place. : 

Hu-.i-Na-a-Lo, s. Hulina, turning, and 
alo,front. A place over against; one place 
opposite to another. Mar. 13:3. 

Hu-ii-Lu-a, adj. Hulz, to turn, and lua, 
two; double. Turning two ways; blow- 
ing two ways, as the wind. 

2. Changing from one thing to another, 
as the thoughts. 


Me he makani hulilua la, 

Huli ka manao—hele ka noonoo.—Me/e. 
Like a shifting wind, 

The mind changes—thought moves. 


HUM 


Hou-1-pv, v. To turn together; to wring, 
as wet clothes; to press together. 

Hv-to, v. and int. Eng. To shout; to 
cry aloud ; to cry out huzza! hurra! 

Hu-tu, v. To be disobedient; to disre- 
gard one’s commands; not to pay atten- 
tion. See Enuna. 

Hu-tu, s. A feather of a bird. Ozhk. 
1:16. A quill. 

2. A bristle of a hog; the hair of the 

body; hulu kuemaka, the eyebrows. Oihk. 
14:9 


3. Wool; a fleece from a sheep. Kani. 

18:4. 

4, Name of a kind of fish-hook. 

Hov-tv, adj. Sluggish, as the mind; dis- 
obedient. 

Hu-tu-a-nal, s. See Hutv, bristles, and 
Anal, to rub. A brush for painting ; es- 
pecially for whitewashing. 

Hu-tv-1, v. To draw together, as a fish 
net when full of fish. 

Huluiia mai kuu lani knu alii—e—he.—Mele. 

Hou-tv-1-1-wi, s. Hulu, feather, and iiwi, 
a small red bird. A feathered cloak made 
or adorned with the feathers of the iiwi. 

Kia ka lani ka hahai huludiwi.—Meie. 


Hu-tv-o-0, s. Hulu, feather, and oo, the 
name ofa bird. The feathers of the 00; 0 
ka hulu mamo, ua oi aku ia mamua o ka 
huluoo. 

Hu-tv-ut-pa, s. Hulu, wool, and hipa 
(Eng.), sheep. Wool (Liv. Hair of sheep); 
a fleece of wool. 1 Sam. 25:7. 

Hu-Lu-Hu-Lu, s. See Huxv. Cotton; a 
fleece blanket; a fleece of wool. Zunk. 
6:37. The hair of an animal; feathers, &c. 


Hu-Lu-nvu-Lv, adj. Hairy; covered with 
hair, feathers, wool, &e. 

Hu-tu-ma-mo, s. Hulu and mamo,a yel- 
low bird. The feathers of the mamo with 
which war cloaks and royal robes were 
adorned. 

Hu-tu-ma-nv, s. Hulu and manu, a bird. 
A hbird-feather. Norre.—Bird’s feathers 
were highly valued in former times; 0 ka 
hulumanu ka meaimanao nui ia, he wai- 
wai ia. 

Hu-tu-ma-nv, s. Lit. A bird’s feather. 
Name of a class of men around a chief, very 
great favorites; a favorite of the chief. 
See the foregoing. 

Hu-ma, s. Name of the star Aquila. 


Hu-ma-ma, s. Name of the cluster of 
three stars in a row in the constellation of 
Aquila. 

Ho-me, v. To bind around the loins, as 
a malo; to gird on,asasash. Jer. 13:12. 
Ina hume ke kanaka i ko ke alii malo, e 
make no ia, if a aan should bind on a 


225 


HUN 


chief’s malo, the penalty would be death. 
Haw. Hist. 

Hvu-ME-MA-Lo-MaI-KAl, s. Wearing an 
ornamental malo, i. e., imitating a chief; 
acting the fop or dandy. 

Hvu-mv, v. To sew cloth; to fasten to- 
gether by sewing. 

Hu-mu-v-ta, s. Name of very hard stones 
out of which the ancient kois were made. 
Hu-mvu-nu-mvu, v. Freq. of humu. To 
sew ; to stitch; to fasten by sewing. Puk. 

18:6. 

Hu-mu-nv-mv, adj. Mea humuhumu rope 
ano e, needle-work ; embroidery. Puk. 
35:37. 

Hu-mu-nu-mu, s. A sewing; a stitch- 
ing ; a fastening together. 

2. A species of fish. 

3. A dark spot or mole on the cheek. 
Hu-mMvu-HU-MU-HI-U-KO-LE, 
Hvu-Mu-HU-MU-MEE-MEE, Ss. 
Hu-mMvu-HU-MU-NU-KU -NU-KU-A-PU-AA, 

See Humunvumt 2, afish. Different species of 
the humuhumu kind. 

Hu-mu-na, s. Humu and ana. A sew- 
ing; aseam. See Kuruna. 

Hu-na, v. Tohide; to conceal; to keep 
from the sight or knowledge of another. 
Kin, 26:15. 

2. To keep back truth in speaking. 1 
Sam. 3:17. 

3. To hide, as a trap or snare. 

4. To hide; to conceal; with maka, to 
hide the face, i. e., to turn from. azl. 
32:20. 

5. To conceal, i.e., tu disguise one’s self. 
2 Oihl. 18:29. 

6. To protect; to defend. Hal. 64:2. 

7. Hoo. To conceal, as knowledge or 
wisdom. Job. 17:4. 

Hu-na, v. To be small; to be little; to 
be reduced fine, as powder. 

Hu-na, s. That which is concealed; 
kahi huna, the private members of the body. 
Oihke. 18:6, 7. Wahi huna, same. Puk. 
20:23. 

Hu-na, s. A small part of anything. 
Luk. 16:17. A particle of dust; a crumb 
of food or other substance. 2 Oihl.1:9. See 
Huna, to be little. See other words below 
with their qualities. 

Hu-na, s. A name of a day of the 
month; ika poio Huna. Laieik. 112. 


Hu-na-a-u1, s. Huna and ahi, fire. A 
spark of fire. Jsqa. 1:31. 

Hu-na-o-Lo-na, s. Huna and olona, a 
shrub, the bark of which resembles flax. 
Tow, the refuse of flax. Jsa. 1:31. 

Hu-na-nu-na, s. See Huwna above. 
Crumbs, as of food. 


a 


2. Fine rain; spray ; fine dust; maluna 
o na hunahuna lepo a pau ma ka honua. 

3. Little particles of knowledge; o na 
hunahuna o ka naauao, oia ka i loaa mai 
ia’u, the little paris of knowledge, that is 
what I have received; eia ke ano o ka 
hunahuna, he wahi mea uuku loa ia. 

Hu-na-Hu-na, v. See Huna, to conceal. 
ee away and hide; to conceal one’s 
self. 

Hu-na-Kal, s. Huna and kai, sea. The 
fine spray of the sea. 

Hu-na-Kau-a, s. Huna and kaua, war. 
The individuals of a war-host. Jos. 10:5. 
Hu-na-ke-LE, v. To bury a corpse se- 
cretly, as in former times, so that no one 
might know where it was and thus steal it; 
to bury one without any mark by which 

the place might be known. 

Hu-na-kE-LE, s. A place where only one 
body is buried secretly ; a burying place 
for only one. See the above. 

Hu-na-LeE-po, s. Huna and lepo, dust. 
Dust; very small particles of matter. Nah. 
23:10. 

Hu-na-Le-wa, s. The van of an army; 
the front ranks; the opposite of hunapaa; 
o ka poe mamua, he poe uuku ia, ua kapaia 
lakou he hunalewa. 

Hu-na-paa, s. The rear of an army, in 
distinction from hunalewa, the front. os. 
6:9: 

Hu-na-wal, s. Huna and wat, water. A 
particle of water. 

Hu-ne, v. To tease; to persevere in 
entreaty. 

2. To be trickish. Hoo. The same. 

Hu-ne, v. To be poor; to be destitute; 
to be impoverished. Lunk. 6:6. To be in 
want. Hoo. To impoverish; to strip oie 
of property. Zunk. 14:15. 

Hu-ne, adj. Destitute of property; 
naked ; poor; applied to persons. 

Hu-ng, s. A poor man; e ola auanei 
ka hune, the poor man will soon recover. 

Hu-NE-HU-NE, v. See Hung, to be trick- 


KA 


ish. To entrap one; to deceive; to play a 


trick on. 

Hu-no-a1, s. A parent-in-law, either 
father or mother, according to the desig- 
nating terms kane or wahine. See Honoat. 

Hu-no-al-KA-NE, s. A father-in-law. 

Hv-no-al-wA-HI-NE, s. A mother-in-law. 

Hv-no-na, s. A child-in-law. 

Hu-no-NA-KA-NE, s. A son-in-law. 

Hu-No-Na-wa-HI-NE, s. A daughter-in- 
law. 

Hu-re, s. The mucus from the nose, 
snot. See KaKkELo. 

Hu-pe-Ko-Ho-La, s. See Hure above and 
Kono, whale. A kind of slimy substance 
found in the ocean (probably a living crea- 
ture); so called because supposed to be 
from the nose of the whale. 

Hu-r1, v. To pull or draw. See Huxt. 
Hu-po, v. To be ignorant; to be wild ; 
to be savage ;-to be in mental darkness. 
Hu-po, adj. Savage; ignorant; bar- 
barous; dark; idiot like. Hal. 119:130. 

He nui ka poe hupo loa ma kuaaina. 

Hu-po-ka-r1-To, s. Gr. A hypocrite. 
Notr.—This word was formerly used by 
the translators of the New Testament for 
hypocrite, but lately hookamani has taken 
its place. 

Hou-rvu, adj. Angry. See Hunv. 

Hu-pu-na, s. A collection, as of water 
in a hollow place. 

Hu-pu-Na-wal, s. Hupuna and wai, 
water. Standing water; a collection of 
water. 

Hu-pu-pu, s. Name of the worm that 
eats hard bread. 

Hu-wa, s. See Hua. Envy. 1 Tim. 6:4. 

Hu-weE-Lo, s. See Hurezo. The tail of 
a Least. 

Hu-so-pa, s. Gr. Eng. Hyssop, an herb. 
Oihk. 14:4. 

Hou-so-pa, adj. Pupu husopa,a bunch of 


hyssop ; lala husopa, same. 


Kk. 


K the seventh letter of the Hawaiian 
S alphabet. Its sound varies somewhat 
from the English k sound to that of the f, 
according as the enunciation is made at the 
end of the tongue or near the root. It is 
difficult to make Hawaiians perceive the 
difference between the English sounds of 
keandt. The natives on the Island of Ha- 
waii generally pronounce the letter with 
the palate, that is, give it the k sound, 
while the natives of the Island of Kauai 





pronounce it with the end of the tongue 
that is, pronounce it as ¢. 

Ka in the beginning of a speech is used 
to call attention. ' 
Ka, imt. An exclamation of surprise, 

wonder, disappointment or disgust; also, 
similar to hark, hush; often repeated. See 
KAHAHA. 
Ka! xa! tnt. Enough; sufficient; stop. 
Ka in different parts of a sentence, con- 


KA 


tains something like an assertion with dis- 
approbation; used also on the discovery of 
a mistake. 1 Sam. 28:12. It is used on 
expressing opposition of sentiment. Pule. 
32:17. After a verb it implies oblique ab- 
surdity, something unaccountable. Luce 
23:35. When the contrary takes place from 
what was expected or attempted. Jsa. 
14:14,15. He kau malie ka la, o ka honua 
ka ke kaa nei! it is the sun is it that stands 
still, the earth forsooth, that rolls! Ka 
contains the idea of some supposed error, 
or something wrongly done or thought. 
Oih. 11:3. 


Ka, art. The definite article, the. Be- 
fore nouns beginning with the letter k, it 
is changed into ke instead of ka. See Kr. 
See Gram. § 59, 60, 61. Ka as an article 
often represents not only the article but 
the noun supposed to belong to it, or it 
may have mea or some other word under- 
stood (like, in another sense, the English 
what, as an antecedent and a relative); as, 
o ka aila ka (mea) iloko o kona lima, the 
oil the (thing) which, that which was in his 
hand. Oihk. 17:11. O ke koko ka (mea) i 
hana i kalahala, the blood the (thing) it 
makes atonement; that is, the thing which 
makes ; 0 ka pono wale no ka i oi mamua 
o ka hewa, righteousness only is the thing 
(that which) excels wickedness. Ka also 
as an article stands for ka mea,and ka mea 
nana, the person who, or the thing which. 
See the following passages: John 12:2, 49; 
Mat. 18:23; Mar. 9:7. See also Grammar, 
Syntax, Rule 6, Note 3. 


Ka, prep. Having the general sense, of; 
belonging to; it marks the relation of pos- 
session and is used before nouns and pro- 
nouns; it is similar in meaning to the prep- 
osition a, but used in a different part of the 
sentence. See Grammar § 105, 4. Ka (also 
ko) before nouns is similar in meaning to 
the apostrophic s in English, and signifies 
the thing or the things belonging to those 
nouns; as, ka ke alii, belonging to the chief ; 
ka laua, that of them two. See Grammar 
§ 105, 4. 

Ka, v. To bail water, as from a canoe; 
e ka oe i ka liu. 

2. To strike; to dash; to overthrow. 
Puk. 15:4. 

3. To strike, as to strike fire with flint 
and steel; ka ahi. See Kaka. To block or 
split off a piece of hard stone for the pur- 
pose of making a stone adze in ancient 
times; 0 ka poe ka koi ka poe i manao nui 
ia; hele no ka poe ka koi e imi i na pohaku 
paa e pono ai ke hana i koi; ka makau, to 
fabricate a bone into a fish-hook. 

4. To finish or end a thing; to rest; to 
escape from pursuit; to flee away; ua ka 
ilaila kuu po auhee. 

5. To radiate; to go out from the center, 












227 


KAA 


as light from the sun; as cinders from a 
red hot iron; to braid or knit, as a fish net 
(o ka poe ka upena) from a center point. 

6. To go out every way, as from a cen- 
ter. Kin. 3:24. See Kaa. 

7. To curse; to express anger at one by 
wishing evil from God; a low kind of 
swearing. 

8. To doom; to pass sentence; ka ola, 
ka make, to doom to life, to doom to death 
(according to the pleasure of the gods.) 

9. To catch birds in a snare. 

10. Hoo. To destroy; cause to perish. 

11. To be disappointed; put to confusion; 
to be made ashamed. 

12. A nolaila e aho hoi ke ka i ka nele 
lua. Laieile. 197. 

Ka, s. A dish to bail water with. 

2. A striking against; a collision. 

3. A vine, the branches of which spread 
and run. 

Kaa, v. To radiate. See Ka 5. To go 
out, as rays of light from the sun; as cin- 
ders from a red hot iron; to turn every 
way, as bones in a socket joint. Anat. 18. 


Kaa, v. To roll, as a wheel; e olo kaa; 
to travel about from place to place; often 
with puni. 

2. To operate; to take effect, as an emetic 
or cathartic. 

3. To pass off or out from; to go out 
from the presence of one. 

4, To fall away; to leave one party to 
join another. 1 Oth. 12:19. See Kaana. 

5. To remove; to change one’s place; 
to be transferred to another. Nah. 36:9. 
To cause to be done; to be gone; ua kaa 
na peelua, the worms (peeluas) are done, 
i. e., the time for them is past. Jsa. 10:25. 

6. To be sick; to suffer pain in sickness; 
to lie or be confined with long sickness. 
Isa. 51:20. 

7. To mourn, as in the loss of relatives ; 
kaa kumakena na wahine i na kane i kela 
la i keia la, wives were sick with weeping 
for their husbands every day. 

8. To pay a debt; e emo kaa koke ae no 
ka aie a ke alii, very soon will be paid the 
debt of the chief; to postpone ; to put off; 
to put aside. Oth. 5:34. 

9. Hoo. To roll off; to remove. 


Kaa, s. A tradition; a legend. See 

Kao. 

2. A cross; same as kea. 

3. Anything that rolls or turns, as a top, 
a wheel of a carriage, a carriage itself, 2 
cart, wagon or chariot. Kin. 46:5. Kaai 
uhiia, a covered wagon. Nah.7:3. A grind- 
stone. 

4, The branch of a vine. 

5. A name given to all kinds of foreign 
timber, except oak. 

6. A strand of a cord; a rope; the string 
that fastens a fish-hook to the line. 


KAA 


7. A path to walk in. Hal. 6:11. 
& A shrub. 


Kaa, adv. Gone; absent; no more. 


Ka-aa, num. adj. ‘The number forty. 
This perhaps is a mistake for kaau. 

Kaa-a-La-a-LA, adj. Hard, as the healthy 
body of a growing infant; a kaaalaala ke 
keiki e hanai i ka ai. } 

Ka-al, v. To bind or tie round; to gird 
on, as an oriental dress; to tie on, as a fillet 
on the head, or a girdle around the waist. 
See Karr. Paai o haho aku i ke kadai. 

Ka-a1, s. The girdle around the loins 
of the gods, put round by the chief, made 
of vines; e lawe ia mai no ko ke alii kane 
akua kadai. 

Ka-ao, s. A legend; a tale of ancient 
times. See Kaa above. A _ traditionary 
story; a fable. 1 Tim. 4:7. <A history in 
the manner of a story. 2 Oihl. 13:22. Aole 
i oleloia ma nakaao kahiko o ko o nei poe 
kanaka, it is not spoken of in the ancient 
legends of this people. 

Ka-ao, v. To be calm in some places 
while the wind blows on one side or in 
some parts ; kaao ae la ka makani; to be 
smooth, as the sea in a calm, but nota dead 
calm ; i ua po nei e kaao ana no 0 ianei ia 
makou. Laieik. 30. 


Ka-ao, s. A multitude (doubtful.) 
2. The name or the quality ascribed to 
the fruit of the hala tree when nearly ripe. 


Ka-ao-E, s. A poor man; one destitute 
of property; a wanderer; avagabond. See 
KKAAOWE. 

Ka-ao-E, adj. Wandering; vagabond 


like ; he hele wale, he kuewa. 


Kaa-o-x1, v. To end; to cut short; to 
put an end to; to beautify ; to finish off, 
as a canoe. 

Kaa-o-Ko-a, v. Kaa and okoa. To spare; 
to let alone; not to employ. Hoo. Same. 
Sol. 13:24. See Kaoxoa. To abstain from 
a person or thing. Oih. 15:20. To with- 
draw from. 

Kaa-o-xo-a, adj. Separate from ; left 
by itself. 

Ka-a-o-na, s. The name of the second 
month of the year. 

2. A bundle of anything hung up to 
smoke or dry ; applied to fish, sugar-cane, 
&c.; that which is smoked red or brown. 

Ka-a-o-na, adj. Red or reddish brown; 
me he pua kaaona la, like a blossom dried 
reddish. 

Ka-a-o-we, s. See Kaaoz. A person 


that owns no land; 0 ka poe aina ole, he 
kaaowe ia. 


228 


KAA 


Ka-au-au-puv, s. Name of a species of 
soft porous stone. 

Ka-a-na, s. A stick or rod having at 
one end a bunch of leaves with kapa fas- 
tened, and held by the priest while offering 
sacrifice on the heian. 

Ka-a-na, s. The name of a long fish. 

Ka-a-HA-A-HA, v. To grow; to increase 
in size and solidity. 

Ka-a-HE, v. To be feeble; to be near 
dying ; pehea o Auhea? Aole akaka ka 
pono—ke kaahe ae la. See Aug, a slight 
breathing. 

Kaa-Ha-LE, s. A wheel carriage with a 
covered top. Lrr. A house-cart. 

Kaa-HE-LE, v. Kaa and hele, to go. To 
travel about; to visit different parts of the 
country; to go here and there. Nah. 13:32. 
To pass over or through a country. Lunk. 
11:29. To travel from place to place. Mat. 
10:23. 

Kaa-xaa, v. Kaa, to roll. To open, as 
the eyes; to look upon; to have respect 
to; to watch over. 2 Oihl. 6:20. Hoo. To 
cause to open, as the eyes. Kin. 21:19. 

Kaa-Kaa-HI-KI, v. To go to a place of 
safety ; to feel secure in a place. 

Kaa-KAA-LI-NA, adj. See Lena. Tough; 
stringy; not soft or pulpy; applied to 
bananas. 

KaAa-KAA-wI-LI, v. See Kaa. Hoo. To 
turn frequently ; to writhe in agony ; hoo- 
kaakaawili iho la oia no kona ehaeha, he 
writhed much, being in great pain. 

Kaa-Kau-a, s. A chariot; a war car- 
riage. Dunk. 4:15. 

Kaa-xau-a, v. Kaa, to keep off, and 
kaua. To prevent or keep off war. 

Kaa-Kavu-a, s. and adj. Name ofa class 
of chiefs consulted by the king in times of 
difficulty ; he alii kaakaua, he alii akamai 
ike kaakaua; koho oia i kekahi poe ka- 
naka akamaii ke kakaolelo, ame ke kaa- 
kcaua, 1 mau hoaolelo nona; one skillful in 
managing war operations; 0 ka mea aka- 
mai i ke kaua, he kaakaua ia. Kaakaua 
also refers to the maneuvers of the armies 
in time of battle. 

Kaa-ka-Lo-Lo, v. A kaakalolo o ko laua 
noho ana. 

Kaa-xo-Lu, adj. Three-fold; three- 
stranded, asa rope. Kelkah. 4:12. 

Kaa-xu-a, s. A headache with dizziness 
and weakness. 

Kaa-ku-a, adv. Kukini, alaila, pili nui 
lakou, pili hihia, pili kaalcua. 

Kaa-ku-mu, adj. Dull; blunt, asa tool; 
not sharp; koi kaakumu, a dull koi or adze. 


Ka-au, num. adj. The number forty;|Ka-a-ta, s. The name of a mountain 


applied in counting fish ; kaau ia. 


on the Island of Oahu. 


KAA 


2. The name of a porous species of stone; 
he pukapuka e like me kaala. 

Ka-a-ta, s. A widow or a widower. 

2. The name of some art anciently taught 
among the chiefs; he nui ka poe ao i ke 
kaka laau me ke kaala. 

3. The name of an instrument used in 
war. 

Kaa-ta-Lo, v. To talk crookedly by way 
of flattery ; to flatter ; to crouch in order 
to gain some point; to act meanly to secure 
some object. 

Kaa-Le-Le, v. To make a reeling mo- 
tion, as a feeble person attempting to lean 
on a staff; to reel. 

KaAa-LE-LE-wa, s. Kaa, to roll, and lewa, 
to swing. Clouds which are driven or float 
swiftly through the air. See Kaa and Lewa. 

Kaa-LE-Le-wa, adj. Flying; driven 
with the wind. 

Kaa-Lu-na, v. E moe me ke kaa o ke 
poo ikaaluna me ka lolii anaike kapaa 
paa. See Kena. 

Kaa-mavu-ko1, s. A fishing pole; an 
angling rod. 

Kaa-ma-Loo, v. Kaa and maloo, dry. To 
wipe dry ; to wring dry, as a cloth. 

Kaa-ma-tu-na, v. Kaa and maluna, 
above. To take the oversight of business; 
to exercise an office over others. 

Kaa-me-nal, v. To backbite; to slander. 

Kaa-ME-HAI, s. Detraction; slander. 

Kaa-me-Hov, s. The tying on of a fish- 
hook to the string. 

Kaa-mo-La, v. Kaa and mola, to turn. 
i turn round ; to be not firm ; not stead- 

ast. 

Kaa-mo-A, adj. ‘Turning round; chang- 
ing ; not steadfast. 

Ka-a-na, v. To make alike; to resem- 
ble. 

2. To bring over to one’s party or pur- 
pose ; to proselyte. Mat. 23:15. 

3. To fall away from one party to an- 
other. 1 Oihl. 12:19. See Kaa. 

4. To make; to gain. 

5. To deceive ; to entrap ; to outwit. 

6. To compare, i.e., to resemble; to make 
like ; to be mingled in with others; ua ka- 
ana ka iho (kapa) me ka hewa; ua kaana 
mai ka bipi hihiu maloko o ka bipi laka a 
laua, the wild cattle were mixed with the 
tame. 

Ka-a-ni-au, adj. Broken; past away, 
as a kapu; noa ke kapu; he kapu ka laua, 
noa ke kapu, the kapus of the long gods 
and the short gods are no more—noa. 

Kaa-ni-nt, v. To be agitated; to be in 
a flutter. 

2. Torun in agitation, as a child wishing 
to go with its parent who has started be- 


229 


KAA 


fore, or to be agitated as a child afraid to 
be washed in cold water; kaanini ke keiki 
i ka wai. 

Kaa-no-1, s. Desire; kuko. 

Kaa-pa-Hu, v. To cut off; to cut in 
pieces. See APAuHu. 

Kaa-pa-La-oa, s. Amodern word. Kaa, 
wheel, and palaoa, flour. <A flour mill; a 
grinding of flour. 

2. A thrashing instrument. Isa. 41:15. 

Kaa-pa-La-oa, v. To grind; to make 
flour. Job. 31:10. 

Kaa-PE, adj. Disobedient to orders. 

Kaa-re-Ha, s. A name given to the oil 
plant on Hawaii. 

2. The name of a large sized person— 
also of great influence. 

Kaa-pE-kA, s. A person ofa large size; 
a large bodied person, like a chief. 

Kaa-pu-ni, v. Kaa and puni, around. 
To go or roll around; to go round from 
place to place; to circumambulate; in law, 
he lunakanawai kaapuni, a circuit judge. 


Kaa-pu-ni, adj. Going or traveling 
about, or from place to place. 

Ka-a-wa, s. A large dish or hollow 
place worn by water in a rock. 

Kaa-wa-.e, v. Kaaand wale, only. To 
separate, as persons or things; to separate, 
as friends. 

2. To separate, as two things that adhere; 
to open. 

3. Hoo. To separate one thing from an- 
other ; to divide between ; to create a va- 
cancy. - 

4. To start in surprise; to be frightened. 


Kaa-wa-LE, s. A separation; a space 
between two or more things; an empty 
space. 

Kaa-wa-LE, adj. Separate from; free ; 
empty, as space; empty, as a house; state 
of being unchanged ; convenient; fit; wa 
kaawale, spare time. 

Ka-a-weE, v. ‘To tie any flexible thing 
tightly around the throat; to choke by 
tying the throat. 

2. To suspend; to hang up; generally 
by the neck; to strangle with a cord. Jos. 
10:26. Kaawe ia ia iho a make, to commit 
suicide. Mat. 27:5. Nore.—Kaawe rather 
applies to suicide; li, to a public execution 
by hanging. 

Ka-a-weE, s. A suspension; a strangling, 
i. e., death. Job. 7:15. 

2. A neckhandkerchief; a cravat; o ke 
kaawe kekahi mea e nani ai ka a-i kanaka, 
the cravat is what adorns the neck of a 
man. 

Ka-a-WE-A-WE, s. Oppression of the 
chest ; sickness of the stomach; a disease 
of the neck and chest. 


> 


KAE 


230 


KAE 


Kaa-we-La, s. The name of one of the | Ka-EE-pa-o-o, s. Name of a species of 


planets, Venus, the evening star. 


fish net. 


Kaa-wi-tt, v. Kaa and wili, to twist.| Ka-£1, v. To gird on; to bind on, as a 


To writhe ; to writhe in pain. 

2. To mix together, as different ingredi- 
ents; mea kaawili laau, an apothecary. 
Puke. 37:29. 

3. To knead, as bread. Jer. 7:18. 

4. Hoo. To torture; to cause to writhe 
in pain; to give pain to. Jer, 4:19. 

5. To tear; torage,asafoul spirit. Mar. 
1:26. 

Kaa-wi-t1, s. A pain; a torture; a 
writhing pain. 

2. A mixture of things. 

3. A school of fish ; kaawili iheihe, kaa- 
wilt auau, kaawili pukiki. 

Ka-g, v. To rub out, asa mark; to blot 
out; to erase. 

2. To kill; to take away. Hoo. To blot 
out; to destroy; to kill instantly; to smite. 
1 Oihl. 13:10. 

3. To make desolate. Oihk. 26:31. 

Kar, s. The brink, border or edge of a 
thing ; the exterior of the anus; the side. 
as of a precipice, wood, lake, &c. Puk. 
25:25. The brim of a vessel or container. 
1 Nal. 7:23. The inner bark, as of wauke; 
kae wauke. 

Kast, v. To havea border or brim. Hoo. 
To hold on the brink or border; to pro- 
tect. 

Kae, v. To spurn; to turn a deaf ear; 
to refuse to listen ; to answer foolishly. 

2. To try a kalo patch, to know if it is 
ripe enough to eat; e kaei ka loi. 

AE, s. Contempt; a refusal to hear 
advice. 

2. A name of an office in the king’s train. 


Ka-Ea, v. To have no appetite ; to lose 
the appetite for food. See Kanna and Kua- 
NEA. To be indolent; to be lazy. 

Ka-ea, s. The loss of appetite ; no rel- 
ish for food; o ke kaea pu wale no ia. 
Laieik. 142. 

Ka-ra, adj. Having no appetite. See 
MANAWAHUA. 

Ka-r-£, s. The name of a fruit which 
resembles a bean, used as a cathartic, 

2. Joy; gladness, as at the arrival of a 
friend. 

Ka-rer, adj. Hard or stiff, as new kapa. 

Ka-g-E, v. To dry up, as water in the 
sun or by heat. See Kagr, to rub out. He 
wahi wal, aole i kaee i ka la. 

Ka-r--E, adj. Stiff; ragged. See Kare 
above. Kaeee kela,i ka onohi o kuu maka. 

Ka-E-E-LE, s. The body of a canoe. 

Ka-E-E-Lo, s. The name of a kind of 
food, perhaps of Borabora origin. 


belt around the body ; e apo ma ka opu. 

2. To put on, as armor; to gird on, as 
an official or extra garment. 1 Sam. 2:18. 

3. To put on, as a mourning dress or a 
loose garment. Kin. 37:34. 

Ka-E1, s. Abelt; agirdle; asash. Puk. 
28:4. Ke apo ma ka opu. 

2. In geography and astronomy, a zone of 
the earth or heavens; na hoku o ke kaei, 
the planets. 2 Nal. 23:5. 

Ka-e1-poo, s. Aturban; adiadem. Jod. 
29:13. 

Ka-E-o, s. Anger or excitement against 
what is wrong; anger at sin. See Kuxo. 
Ka-s-0, adj. Full, as a calabash with 

food; he aloha i ka ipu kaeo. 

Ka-Ev-Eu, v. To be the largest, as of 
two ropes or pieces of wood joined together; 
to be big ; to excel. 

Ka-ev-Ev, s. Joy; delight; gratifica- 
tion; excitement. See Evev. 

Ka-e-KA, v. To be entangled, as a rope 
or string ; e hihia, e lauwili. 

Ka-E-ka, adv. Rolled and twisted up; 


entangled; e wili kaeka. 


Kas-xaz, v. To be smooth and plump; 
without protuberances. 


Kar-Kak, adj. Young, fresh and smooth, 
as an unmarried woman who is much de- 
sired ; hence, applied to a small woman. 

2. Applied to a canoe, new; smooth; 
without knots, &c.; he waa kaekae; also, 
i mai no ia, he kihei pili nau, he kaekae ka 
olupi. 

KarE-KakE, adj. Soft; mellow; soft, asa 
cooked potato. 

2. Light in traveling. 

Kaz-xak, s. See Kaz. The narrow edge 
of a rule. 

Kar-KakE, adv. See Kaz, border. Hav- 
ing many edges ; by borders; on the bor- 
ders. 

Ka-r-xe, v. To beat the drum. See Hoo- 
EKEEKE. 

Ka-E-kE, s. Drum beating; the skill of 
drumming; he poe akamai i ke kaeke. 
Laieik. 112. 

Ka-5-KE-E-kE, v. ‘To beat or play the 
drum, as in ancient times; e pai pahu, e 
hookanikani. 

Ka-E-KE-E-KE, s. A kind of drum made 
of the cocoanut tree. 

2. The art of drumming; oia ka wa i 
laha mai ai ke kaekeeke. 

Ka-E-La, s. A beam, brace or cross- 
piece. See Kaona. 


KAI 
Ka-e-1a, adj. Half full; partly filled ; 


unfinished. See KaELEWAA. 

Ka-s-LE, v. To increase in number; to 
be a great number ; kaele ua make, /caele 
ua ia, kaele ua kanaka. 

Ka-E-tE, v. To be partially filled, as a 
calabash with fish or food, leaving some 
empty space at the top. 

Ka-k-LE-Lol, s. The sound of the drum 
in ancient times; the roll of the drum; 
kaekeeke. 

Ka-g-Lte-waa, s. An unfinished boat or 
canoe. See Karta. He waa i kapili ole 
ia i ka laau. 

2. The bottom of a canoe. 

Ka-E-Lo, s. The name of that month 
of the year nearly corresponding with our 
January. , 

Ka-g-na, s. A room in a house. Mar. 
14:15. A cabin in a ship; a drawer of a 
bureau; a closet of aroom. See Keena. 

Ka-s-na, v. To boast; to glory; to brag. 
1 Oihl. 16:10. To make pretenses; to boast 
of what one has done. 2 Oihl. 28:19. To 
be self-conceited ; auhea la ka mea nui i 
keaena ai oukou ia oukou iho? where is the 
great thing for which you boast yourselves? 
See Karena. 

Ka-r-na, s. High mindedness; pride; 
self-exaltation. ; . 

Ka-E-na, adj. Excelling ; going before; 
self-opinionated. 

Ka-E-nA, adv. With certainty; surely; 
without error, &c.; no ko’u ike i ka maikai, 
ko’u mea no ia i olelo kaena ai, from my 
knowledge of beauty, I can speak with con- 
fidence. 

Ka-E-nA-kol, s. A low blackguard word ; 
e hele oe a i kaenakoi. 

Kar, v. To lift up on the hands and 
carry; to lift up the foot and walk, as an 
infant in beginning to walk, or as one re- 
covering from sickness; to step amiss, as 
a child; generally connected with hina; 
as, kai aku la ke keiki a hina iho la. 

2. To lead; to guide; to direct; kai aku 
i ke kaa, to drive a cart. 2 Sam. 6:3. To 
direct the ceremonies of the luakini; ke 
kai ana o ka aha. Syvy. with oihana. 

3. To lead, direct or bring to a place. 
Kin. 2:19. 

4. To lead into or entice, as fish into a 
net, or any animal into a trap or snare. 

5. To bring; to take in hand; to do 
with; to pull up, as kalo. 

6. To shove along; to move; to go a 
journey ; to travel slowly. 

7. To bring, i. e., to lead; to transfer, as 
a people from one place to another. Kan. 
7:1 


"8. Hoo. To separate or part asunder, as 
a cracked part of a canoe; ua kai ka pili 


231 


KAI 


o ka waa; or as a door so swelled as not 
to shut; ua kai na pili o ka pani; to dis- 
place ; to put away. Heb. 10:9. 

9. To take away by robbery; to mis- 
spend; to squander. Luk. 15:30. To re- 
ject; to disregard. See Hoxar. 

Kat, s. The sea; sea water; a flood; 
kai hooee, an overflowing flood. Dan. 9:26. 
Hence, 

2. Brine; gravy of roast meat; broth. 
Iunk. 6:20. 

3. The surf of the sea; kai ula, the red 
sea; kai piha, the full sea or flood tide; 
kai make, the dead sea or ebb tide; kai 
koo, a very high surf, &c. See these com- 
pounds, 

4, A current in the sea; he kai i Hawaii, 
a current towards Hawaii. 

5. A traveling guard. 


Kat, s. See verb, No. 4. A net for fish; 
a snare for birds; a lasso for cattle, &c. 
Kai, s. The toothache; a pain in the 
teeth. 

Kat, adj. Insipid, as food; having no 
appetite; the state of a person so suffering 
affliction as to have no desire for food. 


Kai, adv. A long time; kai ka hana 
loa ia oe, very long the time you were doing 
it; e hana loa kai ka loihi, it is long to do, 
how very long. See Kat, int. 

Kar, zmt. How; how much; how great. 
2 Sam. 1:19. Kai ka nani! O how glori- 
ous! 2 Sam. 6:20. Kai ka hemolele! how 
excellent! Hal. 8:1. Renowned ; wonder- 
ay j kai ka luhi, what a weariness. Mat. 

Kar-au, s. A place a little ways out in 
sh sea, beyond the kuaau; also called ho- 
vonu. 

Kat-a-u-Lu, s. The kilohana ; the out- 
side ; the best ; the figured one of a set of 
kapas, i. e., figuratively, something rather 
remarkable in appearance. 

2. An overhanging cloud. 
3. The space on top of a pali. 
4. A high elevated post. 

Kar-a-u-Lu, s. Name of a strong wind 
off Waianae on Oahu. 

Kat-a-Hu-a-KAl, v. Kaiand huakai. To 
lead a large traveling company. See Hua- 
KAI. 

Kat-a-Hu-A-Kal, s. A large company 
traveling together. See Huaxkar. 

Kat-a-Hu-Lu, v. Kai, sea, and hulu, 
hairy. To be in a foam, as the sea agitated 
greatly by the winds; to act, as the sea 
when current and wind are contrary. 

Kat-a-Hu-LU, s. The sea in great agita- 
tion, so as to be white. 

Kal-a-KA-HI-NA-LU, s. Kai,sea, and Hi- 
nalit, name of a chief of Hawaii. See Hr- 


KAI 


NALU. The name of a great flood in ancient 
times which by tradition covered the whole 
earth, i. e., the Hawaiian Islands. See the 
story in D. Malo’s work. Hence this is the 
word used for Noah’s flood. Kin. 6:17. 

Kal-A-KA-HU-LU-MA-NU, s. Kai, sea, and 
hulumanu, a favorite of the king. The 
name of the flood yet to come, as the fore- 
going is the name of the flood that is past. 

Kat-a-tu, s. Name of a species of hard 
rock out of which hatchets were made. 

Kat-a-LI-LE, v. To be indolent, lazy or 
indifferent ; to treat with contempt any ef- 
fort to be otherwise. 

Kat-a-tI-LE, adj. Indolent; lazy; con- 
temptuous. 

Kat-a-u1-Le, adj. Unskillful; awkward ; 
inexpert ; aole e loaa keia mea o ka ma- 
nao, i ka mea kaialile lomalomaaihalale. 

Kat-a-no-a, s. The name of a kind of 
fish-hook. 

Kat-a-po, s. A rising or high tide; i ka 
pii ana o ke kai, ua kapaia he kaipii, he 
kainui, he kaiapo kahi inoa. 

Kat-E-a, s. Kai, sea, and ea, to rise. A 
rising tide; aswelling of the sea; a spread- 
ing over the land. 

Kat-cE, s. Kaz, sea, and ee, to come up. 
See Karma above. 

Kar-e-E£, s. The name of the purgative 
bean. 

Kar-e-Lo, s. Water of the cocoanut 
mixed with other ingredients. 


Kat-r-m1, s. Kai and emi, to lessen. A 
decreasing or falling tide. See Karak. 


Kar-e-na, v. To be self-opinionated ; to 
boast ; to glory; to make pretenses. See 
KAENA. 

Kat-e-wa, v. Kai and ewa, crooked. ‘To 
be led astray ; to be tossed about. 

2. To live as it happens, sometimes well 
off, sometimes in poverty, exalted or de- 
pressed. 

Kat-E-we, s. Kai, to lead, and ewe, the 
navel string. A company following a chief ; 
ka huakai, ke kaiewe o ka lani. 

Kar-1, v. To walk buttoned up tightly; 
to strut; to be vain. 

2. To turn away ; to refuse to listen to 
one’s request. 

3. To be stingy; to be close-fisted. See 
Hon. 

4. To tie up the throat; to choke. 

Ka-u1, s. A kind of net for taking fish. 


Kar-n, s. Name of a vegetable growing 


on the mountains, eaten as food in time of 
famine. 


Ka-t-o, s. The name of a bird like the 
pueo or owl. 


Kat-oz, s. The name ofa plant or tree; 


232 


KAI 


he pua laau no ke kaioe, the tree blossom 
of the kaioe. 

Ka-1o-10, adv. Ulu kaioio ka nahelehele. 

Ka-10-0-LE-LE-PA, adj. O Kalani kaioo- 
lelepa ka alapa pii moo o Ku. 

Kat-o-nu-a, s. Name ofa place a little 
way out in the sea; same as poana. 

Katl-o-KI-Lo-HEE, Ss. Name of a place in 
the sea; same as kaiau. 

Ka-tlo-LE-Kaa, Ss. The name of a famine 
in former times. 

Kat-o-Le-NA, s. Kaz, liquid, and olena, 
yellow. Yellow coloring matter. 

Kat-o-LE-wa, v. To cleanse; to purify; 
e huikala, e hoomaemae. 

Kat-o-Lo-a, s. ‘The name of a ceremony 
of tying the malo on to the god; it was 
done by the women of the chief. , 

Kat-o-PE-Lv, s. A place inthe sea. Syn. 
with kaiuli. 

Kat-o-po-KE-o, s. Name of a long prayer 
at the dedication of a heian. 

Kar-u-a, v. To repeat over and over, as 
one does when drunk; kaiua ka olelo ; he 
olelo kuawili; e /eaiua i ka hookahe i ka 
wai, continue to water the ground. 

Kat-u-La, s. Kaiand ula, red. The Red 
Sea. Puk. 13:18. The sea that separates 
Africa from Asia. 

Kat-u-La-LA, s. Far out at sea; out of 
sight of land. 

Katr-u-1, s. Kaz, sea, and wii, blue. 
The dark blue sea; hence, the deep sea ; 
the name of the sea beyond the kohola; 
also called kailuhee. 

Kat-u-Lu, s. The name of the sea at 
full tide. See Karyur and Karpma. 

Kat-u-wE, v. Ka poe i kaiwwe pinepine. 

Kal-HEE-NA-LU, s. Name of a place on 
or near a reef, like kohola. 

Kal-HE-HEE, s. Name of an ancient 
kapu of the chiefs, connected with death ; 
also called lumalumaia. 

Kal-HE-HE-NA, 5S. Kaz and hehena, mad. 
The raging sea. The following epithets of 
the sea are found in a prayer of Keanini: 
kaikane, kaiwahine, kaipupule, kaihehena, 
kaiulaula, kaipiliaikee—e. 

Kat-HE-LE, s. The laying of stones, as 
in a pavement, one beside another ; ai ke 
kaihele ana o na pohaku, oia no ka meai 
kau i ka pohaku. 

Kal-HE-LE-kU, s. The name of the sea 

‘ beyond the poana, i. e., the second space 
beyond where the surf breaks; also called 
kaipapau. 

Ka-1-H1, v. To spin round like a top ; 
to be dizzy. 

2. To withhold what is another’s; to 
keep back what is forfeited in a game. 


KAI 233 KAI 


ON me a he i ee 
Ka-1-u1, s. Dizziness; a sense of turn- | Kai-Koa-xoa, s. The watery fluid of the 
ing in the head. bowels. 

2. The name of a species of fish net; he | Kat-Ko-E-KE, s. A brother-in-law; a sis- 
upena /eaihi. ter-in-law ; generally designated by kane 
Kat-no1, s. Kai and hoi, to return. A! or wahine. 
falling or low tide. Kal-Ko-E-LE, s. A very shallow sea in 
Kat-Ho-Ho-nu, s. Kaiand hohonu,deep.| a calm, too shallow for a canoe; he kai kui 
High tide ; full sea; deep water. opihi, he malia paha. 
Kar-nu-a, s. High tide; high water. /Kat-Ko-1, s. A species of kalo; he kalo. 
See Kart. 'Kar-xoo, s. A high surf of the sea; a 
Kat-xa, s. The border of a cultivated) raging swell of the sea. 
plat; the border of a kalo patch. Kar-Koo, v. To roll in; to rage, as a 
Katr-xat, v. See Kar. To liftup,asthe high surf; kaikoo ke kai. Laieik. 165. 
hand. Nah. 20:11. To lift or raise up, as, Kat-Ko-wa, v. See Karkaowa above. 
the eyes to heaven. Syy. with leha. To| Kar-xv, s. A middle tide, not high nor 
ooh) ae a en veg in complaint; | low. See Kamav. " 
aikaiikaleo. Nah. 14:1. : 
2. To take up; to bear; to carry upon. Kar-Ku-a, s. A countryman; a back- 
Kin. 7:17. To carry off; kaikai no laua i| ,, Woodsman. 


ka pahu a hiki ma ka hakae. Kar-Kua-a-Na, S. The elder of two broth- 
3. To take off, as a burden; to carry| ers or sisters; used by a brother when 
away ; to lift, as a weight. Isa. 40:15. speaking of a brother, or by a sister when 


4. To carry tenderly, as a child. Puk. speaking of a sister; but when a brother 

4, speaks of an elder sister, it is kaikuwahine. 

5. To promote ; to exalt; to favor, asa When a sister speaks of an elder brother it 
king a subject. Eset. 3:1. | is kaikunane. 

6. To be led or urged on, as by strong | Kal-Ku-o-No, s. Kai, sea, and kuono, a 
desire or lust; a na keia kuko, kaikai kino| bay. A gulf; a creek; an inlet of water 
houia maila. Laieik. 196. into the land. Jsa. 11:15. 

Kar-xat, adj. That which is lifted up Kat-Ku-na-ne, s. The brother of a sis- 
or heaved. Puk. 29:27. Uba mua o ka) ter. Kin. 20:5. 
mohai kaikai, heave shoulder. Nah. 6:20. | KAI-KU-WA-HI-NE, 8. The sister of a 
Kai-Kal-A-po-La, s. The tail of a kite;} brother. Kin. 12:13. 
e ka mea e pono ai ka lupe, o na laau liilii, KAI-LA-NA-HU-A-HI, Ss. Kai and lanahu- 
ame ke kaula, ame ka welu, ame ke kai-| ahi (same as nanahuahi), a coal of fire. 
kaiapola, ame ke aho. Very dark or black water of the ocean. 
Kar-Kar-na, s. The younger of two Ka-1-u1, v. To snatch; to take away ; 


brothers or sisters; used by a brother| to take by force; to take away, as one’s 
when speaking of a brother, or a sister of} pleasure and joy. Joan. 16:22. To take 





a sister. But if a brother speak of a sister,| away one’s right. Kin. 31:31. To spoil or 
or a sister of a brother, it is kaikunane. rob one’s glory. ol. 2:15. 
Kal-Ka-0-wa, v. imper. Seize; take ; 2. To give up; to depart, as the spirit of 
Kat-xo-wa, follow; the word given by| ® dying person; kaili ke aho, to catch for 


Kekuaokalani for seizing boys, fish, &c., eg? See AI. To breathe the last. 
that were not his own. aren . 
Kar-xa-nt, adj. Few; scarce; unfre- Ka-l-u, tie of a fish net from its 
Beet Hieron there: one: See Ket | eT adj. Waiwai kala, opel em 

AHI. b bd ‘ . . 
Kar-xa-ma-ni-ne, s. A daughter; a fe- ae Manu kaili wale, a ravenous bird. 
male descendant. Ain. 20:12. Nore.—aAc- ieee ta wee! ce ae 
cording to analogy this word for daughter -I-LI, s. He mea fail2, extortion; a 
should be keikiwahine, like keikikane, but| _ taking by force. ' 
Hawaiians do not use it so. Ka-1-L1, s. The act of taking fish with 
Kar-ke-a, s. The fat of hogs or other| a hook. See Aru. 
animals. Puk. 29:13. Fie. Isa. 34:6. | Ka-t-u1, s. The name of the great feather 
2. The sap of a tree, the outside white,| _ god of Kamehameha. 
wood resembling in color the fat of ani-| K4-1-11-1-11, v. To take and carry here 
mals. F : ; and there. 
Kar-xi, s. High water; high tide. Ka-r-ur-1-L1, s. A narrow valley near 
Kar-xo, s. A constable; a policeman.| the top of Waialeale on Kauai, a resting 
See Makat. place for kings and queens in ancient times. 


30 





KAI 


234 





Kar-ui-ke, v. Kai and like, alike. To 


divide equally between a number of per- | 


sons. Luk. 22:17. 

Katr-Li-Ko-Li-Ko, s. Kai, gravy, and diko, 
oily. Fat gravy; the oily part of fat. 

2. The appearance of oil poured upon 
water. See Lixo. 

Kar-Li-ko-LI-ko, adj. Fat or greasy; ap- 
plied to gravy. 

Kat-LI-Po-Li-Po, s. Aad and lzpolipo, blue 
or black. Epithet of the deep sea, as dark 
blue or black. 

Ka-I-LI-Po-n1, s. A disease in which one 
falls down dead; something like apoplexy; 
he kailiponi ka make. 

Ka-I-Li-wa-Le, v. Kaili and wale. See 
Wate. To take without regard to right or 
to consequences; to take by force. 1 Sam. 


2:16. 

2. To rob; to plunder. QOihk. 19:18. 

Ka-I-LI-wa-LE, s. Seizing the property 
of another ; a plunder ; a robbery. 

Kat-Lu-HEE, s. Name ofa place in the 
sea; same as kaiuli, blue water. 

Kar-mav, s. Middle tide, neither high 
nor low. See Karkvu. 

Kai-Ma-Ha-Mo-E, s. Kai, gravy, and 
mahamoe, a fish. The gravy made for the 
fish mahamoe. — 

2. The fat or grease of that fish. 

Kat-ma-keE, s. Kai and make, dead. Low 
water ; ebb tide. 

2. A calm sea; no wind; still water; in 
geography, name of the Dead Sea. 


Kat-ma-Loo, s. Kai and maloo, dry. Low 
tide ; ebb tide, when many places on the 
sea shore are dry, or the coral and reef are 
bare. 

Kat-mA-Lo-Lo, s. Kai and malolo, rest- 
ing; quiet. A shallow place of the sea 
near the shore where the sea is at rest. 

2. A place where the sea is green and 
shallow; place of soundings. 


Kat-mo-ku, s. Middle tide, i. e., when 
the tide begins to recede. See Kamau. 


Ka-r-na, v. See Kat, to take, and Ana. 
To take; to seize, as a fit; as the influence 
of a wicked spirit. Mar. 9:18. 

2. To seize, as a prisoner ; to lead away 
to trial; ua uku i ke dala, ua hana, ua paa 
i ka hao, ua kaina aku imua o na lunaka- 
nawai. 

Kai-na, v. To move slowly and softly, 
as a weak person trying to walk. 

Kai-na, s. A younger of two brothers 
or two sisters ; hence, a thing that is after 
or second to another; pokii kaina, the very 
younger. 

Kat-na, s. Asitting to practice sorcery; 
the practice of sorcery. 





KAO 
Kal-Nno, v. (Impersonal.) I thought; 
Kat-no-A, | just as if; kaino he oiaio, aole 


ka! I thought it was true, but it is not; 
alaila, e i aku au ia oukou, ka! /eainoia, 
alia e hoole. 

Kai-nu-1, s. High sea; high tide. 
Kat-nu-nu-k1, adj. Kai and nunuki. 
Irregular ebbing and flowing, as the sea. 
Kal-pa-EA-EA, 5. A calm, smooth sea; 

same as pohu. 

Kar-pa-pau, s. A shallow place in the 
sea, the same as the poana, or kaiohua. 

Kar-pu, s. A rising or full tide. See 
Karpraa and Karnutr. 

Kar-pr-Ha, s. Kat and piha, full. A high 
sea; high tide. 

Kar-pu, s. Same as kainut and katpiha 
above. 

Kar-puu, v. To divide out into parts or 
portions. See Puv. 

Kar-puu, s. A division or portion; more 
commonly written puu. 

Ka-1-wi-poo, s. Ka, article, zw, bone, 
and poo, the head. The skull bone; the 
name of the place where Jesus Christ was 
crucified. Joan. 19:17. 

Kar-u-Lu, s. Wehe ke katulu i ke oho o 
ka niu. 

Ka-o, znterj. The article ka and o. Sim- 
ilar to kahaha; kao mai, make kela kanaka; 
it expresses surprise. 

Ka-o, v. To cry out as above; kao mai 
la o mea, somebody cries out with aston- 
ishment. 

Ka-o, v. To intercede; to mediate; to 
separate contending parties; to prevent 
one from accusing or slandering another. 
See Uwao. Ua kao mai oe ia’u. 

Ka-o, s. A peace-maker; an intercessor. 

Ka-o, s. A goat; kao hele, a scape-goat. 
Oihk. 16:15. 

Ka-o, s. A legend; a tradition. See 
KAAO. 

Ka-o, s. A dart; a javelin; a rocket. 

Ka-o, v. ‘l'o throw or cast, as a dart or 
javelin. 

Ka-oo, v. To bind; to tighten; to be in 
a press of people; to be in straits. 

2. To punch, as a man does his own 
breast in the colic, with a stick or bis hand. 

Ka-oo, s. Being in straits; suffering 
pain. 

2. A multitude; applied to animals. 
3. Also, a traveling company; same as 
huakaihele. 

Ka-o-n1, v. To fix; to establish. 

2. To abide; to continue to adhere firmly 
to a thing or course of conduct; to be 
steadfast. 


KAO 


3. To, keep; to retain; to keep back. 
Laieik. 176. To restrain. 

4. To invite to stay when one is about to 
go away or further on. Luk. 24:29. 

5. To keep, i. e., to pay regard to a law | 
or command. | 

6. To restrain one from doing a thing by 
friendly advice. 

7. To compel or urge. 2 Qihl. 21:11. | 
Kaohi na ’lii ia ia e noho, aole oia i ae mai, 
the chiefs urged him to stay, but he did not | 
consent ; e kaohi i kou wawae, to refrain 
the foot from wandering. Jer. 14:10. To 
restrain ; to hold back. Hal. 19:13. 

8. To keep, as a promise. 1 Nal. 8:24. 

9. To choose. Isa. 7:15. 

10. To save; to screen, as a guilty person 
from punishment. Ezek. 13:19. 

Ka-o-nr-H1-u, s. Kao, goat, and hihiu, 
wild. The gazelle or wild goat. 

Ka-o-xaa, s. Name of a play and a 
former pastime. 

Ka-o-KA-NA-KA, S. Kao, goat, and ka- 
naica, man. Name of an animal to be found 
in the desolations of Babylon; a satyr. 
Isa. 13:21. 

Kao-xao, v. To be prominent; to pro- 
ject. 

2. To be red. 

3. To be hard to the touch. 

Kao-xao, s. The first dropping of a 
shower ; the fore part of a cloud ; ke kao- 
kao ae, e ua iuka o Kaumana. 

2. Hardness ; redness; prominence. 

3. The venereal disease. 

Ka-o-ko-a, v. Ka and okoa, different. 
To be whole ; to be undivided. 

2. Hoo. To separate from. 1 Sam. 21:4. 
To abstain from a thing ; to separate one’s 
self from moral evil; e hookaawale ia ou- 
kou iho i na mea haumia. 

3. To stand aloof from ; to Jet alone. 

4. To make one’s self conspicuous ; to 
be eminent. 

Ka-o-Ko-a, adj. Whole ; unmutilated ; 
he ia kaokoa, okioki ole, mai ke poo a ka 
hiu, a fish whole, uncut from head to tail. 

Ka-o-Ko-a, s. The being separate; aloof 
(from wrong-doing); 0 ke kaokoa, he hewa 
ole, he hibia ole, he oluolu, he maikai. 

2. A man who leaves his proper haku 
and serves another, or pays his food and 
presents to another. 

Ka-o-La, s. A stick or beam laid across 
a house from rafter to rafter to strengthen 
it; a beam; the beam ofa house. Kekah. 
10:18. 

2. A bar for a door; a bar across the 
gate ofa city. 1 Sam. 20:7. 

3. Fic. Na kaola o ka po, the bars of 
night. Job. 17:16. 

Ka-o-La-uau, s. Kaola and hau, iron. 
An iron bar. Sol. 18:19. 


235 


KAU 


Ka-o-LE-LE, s. Kao, dart, and dele, to 
fly. A dart; a javelin; a sky-rocket. See 
Kao. 

Ka-o-Lo, s. The descent of a hill or 
pali; the going down a hill. See Kaxkar- 
PALI, also OLO. ; 

Ka-o-m1, v. To press down, as with a 
lever ; to bear down upon a thing. 

2. To press; to squeeze out, as wine. 
Lunk. 6:11. 

3. Fie. To press, as the breasts; a eu- 
phemism for moekolohe. Ezek. 23:3. 

4. To crush; to humble one; e hoohaa- 
haa. 

Ka-o-m1, s. Name of a wind; the north- 
east trade wind on the east side of Lanai, 
and about Maui. Syn. with moae. Loaa 
makou i kekahi makani ikaika, he kaomi 
ka inoa. 

K4-o-mi-wal-Na, s. A wine press. Mat. 
21:33. 

Ka-o-na, s. The name of a Hawaiian 
month. 

Ka-o-pa, s. A painful stiffness or rheu- 
matic affection of the limbs, which makes 
it difficult for one to stand or walk. See 
Opa, adj., and Oopa. 

Ka-o-pa, adj. Lame; stiff; rheumatic; 
kanaka kaopa. 

Kav, v. In an active sense, to hang; to 
hang up; to suspend, as an article to be 
out of the way; to crucify or hang, as a 
criminal. Ain. 40:22. 

2. To hang, tie or gird on, as a sword; 
kau i ka pahi kaua. Puk. 32:27. 

3. To put upon or place a thing in some 
designated place; to put in an elevated 
situation; to mount a horse; to go on board 
a ship or canoe. 

4. To overhang, as the heavens over the 
earth. 

5. To fall upon; to embrace affection- 
ately, with ai. Kin. 46:29. 

6. To put upon one, as a heavy burden. 
Nah. 11:11. 

7. To set or fix the boundaries of a land 
or country. 

8. To put down, as words on paper. See 
Kakavu. To write; to dot; hence, 

9. To give publicity to a thing; to pro- 
mulgate, as a law; i kaw aku oukou i ka- 
eile maikai, that you may establish good 

aws. 

10. To set before one, as food. 

11. To tempt, as in taking birds with a 
snare. 

12. In a neuter sense, to light down upon, 
as a bird; as the spirit or divine influence 
upon one. Nah. 11:26. 

13. To come down upon one unexpect- 
edly. 

14. Kau pono kona maka, to set or di- 
rect one’s face or desire. 


KAU 


236 


KAU 


15. To rest upon; to stretch out or over. 


16. To come upon one, as a suffering or 
calamity. 

17. To rehearse in the hearing of another 
that he may learn. 

18. A kau ka hamere ma kekahi lima, he 
took the hammer in one hand. Junk. 4:21. 
To lay or place the hand upon one for evil. 

19. Hoo. To setagainst; to resist. Lunk. 
7:22, 

20. To appoint against; to come upon. 
Ter. 15:3. 

21. To bring upon; to cause to fall upon. 

22. To rest; to place. Kamnl. 7:23. 

23. Kau aku i kau hale, to go about from 
house to house; to go about idly. See defi- 
nition 11. 

Kau, s. Season. Kin. 1:14. 

2. The summer or warm season, in dis- 
tinction from hooilo, the winter months. 
Norre.—The Hawaiians had but two seasons 
in a year, viz.: the kau summer, and hooilo 
winter ; hence, 

3. A period of time when one lives. Eset. 
1:1. Aspecified time. ZLunk.10:8. A ike 
kau i ke alii, ia Kamehameha, in the life 
time of Kamehameha. 

4, A time for a particular purpose. 

5. Time of indefinite length; kau ai, a 
fruitful season; kau wi, a time of famine. 

6. Midnight; so called from the game 
called puhenehene, in which were five puu 
or places to conceal the noa: the first called 
kihi, second pili, third kau, fourth pilipuka 
(i. e., applied to night, 3 o’clock, A. M.), 
fifth kihipuka. Dr. Baldwin. 

Kav, s. A place; kaw kanaka Jaha ole, 
place where men go not; kaw kanaka, a 
place where men live; kau kanaka ole ai, 
where there are no people. 

Kav, s. A canoe; kaukahi, a single 
canoe; kaulua, a double-canoe. 

Kav, adj. A setting of the sun; a rest- 
ing; mai ka la hikia ka la kau, from the 
rising to the setting sun. D. Malo 5:11. 

2. A sitting place, as a roost for fowls; 
kau ka moa i ke kau, the fow] sits upon its 
roost. 

Kav, s. Name of puukapu in the game 
of noa. 

Kav, pers. pro. An oblique case of oe, 
second person. Of thee; of thine. Gram. 
§ 132, 133. Also a prefix pronoun, thy ; 
thine. Gram. § 149, 150. 

Ka’u, pers. pro. An oblique case of aw. 
Of me; mine; belonging to me. Gram. § 
124, 1. Also a prefix pronoun, my; mine; 
ofme. Gram. § 150. 

Kav-a, v. To war; to fight, as two 
armies. 


Lae To make war upon or against. Kin. 


3. To fight for. Pulc. 14:14. 


4, Hoo. To cause to fight. 

5. To serve as the conquered serve the 
conqueror ; hence, with astronger pronun- 
ciation, kauwa, a servant. 

Kav-a, s. A war; a battle; an army 
drawn up for battle. 2 Nal. 28:5. Poe 
kaua, a host; anarmy. Puk. 14:24. 

Ka-u-a, v. To hesitate about doing a 
thing after an engagement; to be in doubt 
about fulfilling a promise ; to beg off; hoo- 
hala. 

2. To invite to stay. See Kaont. Aoleo 
maua mea nana e kaua mai, a liuliu ko 
maua noho kuewa ana, there is no reason 
why we two should stay and lengthen out 
the time of our sojourning. 

Ka-va, pro. dual. We two; you and I. 
Gram. § 124, 3. 

Kav-a1, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
ian group of islands ; ma ka hapukaohiohi 
ana paha a ka waha me he hoe Kauai la. 

Kau-al-Ka-Na-na, v. To sleep in the 
day time for pleasure or comfort; to take 
a siesta. 

Kav-au-La, s. A kind of soft porous 
stone. 

Kav-a-u-La, s. A strong wind from the 
mountains, occasioned by the breaking 
over of the trade winds ; often destructive 
at Lahaina. 

Kav-a-u-La, adj. Strong; raging; furi- 
ous; applied to the trade winds when they 
break over the hills back of Lahaina; he 
leo o ka makani kauaula ka’u i lohe iho nei. 

Kavu-a-Hav-a, s. Ua pauike kauahauaia 
na kanaka a pau i ka hana. 

Kau-a-Ho-a, s. Coarse grained ; a sour 
disposition ; not easily pleased. 

Kav-a-ka, s. A person crazy, noisy with 
constant muscular motion. 

Kava-LAE-PAA-KAU-ANA, S. The most 
offensive of language; when used, instant 
fighting is the consequence. 

Kav-a-tav, s. The plantain, a vegeta- 
ble like the banana. 

Kav-a-tu, s. A low chief, not a high 
one. See KAUKAUALI. 

Kav-a-tr-o, s. Kaua, war, and lio, a 
horse. A warrior on horseback ; cavalry, 
in distinction from infantry. 1 Sam. 13:5. 

Kau-a-Lu-PE, v. To carry, as a man 
wounded in battle, without much care. 

Kav-a-mal, v. To invite, &c. See Kava 
2. The mai is simply a verbal directive. 

Kavu-a-pal-o, s. A combat where there 
is striking back and forth. 

Ka-u-E, v. To be in fear. 

Kav-Ea, adj. Having no appetite. 

Kau-E-KE-KE, adj. Short, as a coat or 
gown ; lean, as a man. 


KAU 


237 


KAU 


Kav-i-ta, v. To offer sacrifice at the 


close of a kapu. 
Kav-1-La, s. Name of a species of hard 
reddish wood resembling mahogany. 
2. He oa no Puukapele. 
3. Puhi kauila. 
4, He kapu kauila. 
_ §. I kahialakou i pee ai anoake keauila. 
Kav-I-LA-HU-LU-HU-LU, s. The name of 
a prayer at the heiau. 


Kav-o, ey To draw or drag along ; 

Kav-wo, § to haul, asa load. Kanl. 21:3. 
To draw morally, i. e., to endure; to in- 
cline to do a thing. 

2. To conduct, as a prisoner. 

3. To pray for a special blessing or favor; 
applied to the worship at the time of ma- 
kahiki. 

Kav-o, iM Seed; offspring; increase; 

Kav-wo, fruit of marriage. If Nahiena- 
ena had had a son, the old chiefs would 
say “ua loaa ke kauo.”’ D. Malo. Hence, 
a supporter ; a sustainer. 

Kav-o, s. The yellow part or yolk of 
an egg ; kauo moa; kauo ke akua hulu. 
Kav-o, adj. Drawing; pulling; drag- 
ging along; bipiiauo, a laboring ox. Oihk. 

:23. 


Kavu-o-E, s. Name of an office in the 
king’s train. 


Kav-o-vo, v. To increase or grow 
Kav-wo-wo, rapidly, as vines; to spread 
Ka-wo-wo, over, as vines or other run- 


ning vegetation that grows thriftily and 
‘covers the ground. 

2. To increase rapidly, as a people or 
race; applied to the peopling of Hawaii 
from the first man. 

O kauouo i lani a paakani lea, 
Puapua, huahua mai Ja ka la manuia. 
Kav-o-na, v. ‘l’o give a dying charge; 
to make a bequest or a parting charge. 
Isa. 38:1. Hence, to make a will. Nore.— 
Ancient wills, of course, were verbal; now, 
by law, they must be written. 

2. To give a charge on any subject; to 
command ; to put in charge or trust, as one 
dying or going away ; /cauoha ae la oia (0 
Kamehameha) ia Kauikeaouli e noho i alii 
no Hawaii nei, he (Kamehameha) gave in 
charge to Kanikeaouli to reign as king over 
the Hawaiian Islands. 

3. To commit into the hands of another. 
1 Pet. 4:19. 

4. To give orders concerning a person 
or thing. Kin. 12:20. 

5. To commit to paper, i. e., to write 
down; nolaila, ke kauoha aku nei au i ko’u 
manao ma keia palapala, i ike oe i ko’u 
manao. 

Kav-o-Ha, s. A will, verbal or written; 
a command ; a charge; a dying request. 


2. A covenant; a commission; a judicial 
decision. 

3. A determination ; a decree. 

4. Beggary. 

Kav-o-ka-HI-k1, s. Name of a species 
of ohia; o ka ohia nui ke kawokahiki i kai, 
oia ka laau o ka lananuu; out of this same 
timber the god was made for the heiau. 
Au-o-kuvu, s. The name of a sickness 
or pestilence which formerly spread over 
the Islands; ua kapaia ka inoa o kela mai 
(ahulan) he kauokuu, the name of that sick- 
ness was kauokuu. 

Kau-o-La-n1, v. To express admiration 
of a chief or his deeds. 

2. To express admiration generally. 

Kavu-o-tu-PeE, v. Kauo and lupe, kite. 
To draw; to pull this way and that, asa 
kite pulls the string of him who holds it. 


Kavu-o-waa, s. Kauo, to drag, and waa, 
canoe. The work or business of drawing 
down canoes from the mountain when fin- 
ished or partly so. 

Kav-Ha, s. The rectum, the third of 
the large intestines. Anat. 52. 

Kav-nav, v. To strike with a whip or 
stick ; to throw a stone at, &c. 

Kavu-HA-KA-KE, adj. Short, &c. See 
KAUHEKEKE and KAUErKEKE. 

Kavu-Ha-LE, s. Kau, place, and hale, 
house. A small cluster of houses; a vil- 
lage. Puk. 8:5. 

2. A house or residence of a person. 
3. A place where a house has been, or 
where one is designed to be. 


Kav-HE-KE-KE, adj. Short, as a coat 

KAU-HE-KE-KEI, § or gown. See KAvEKEKE. 

Ka-u-HI-u-H1, s. Name of a forest tree, 
timber used for the boards of the holua 
and for oos for tilling the ground. 

Kav-u1-Lo, v. To fasten with a rope the 
sticks of a building while in the course of 
erection ; he aho mai waho mai o ka hale 
i ka manawa e kauhilo ai; alaila, kauhilo 
ia ka hale a pan. 

Kav-Ho-La, s. Some disease of the neck 
and chest. 

Kavu-Ho-La, v. To open; to expand; to 
unfold, as a kapa folded up; as a flower in 
blooming. 

Kav-Ho-Lo, v. To wish and try to con- 
demn one. 

2. To try to bring one to terms or obey 
orders. 

3. Tosend after, and try to get one back 
who has gone. 

Kav-Ho-Lo-pa-pa, s. Name of a person 
who knows himself to be a chief by birth 
but others know it not, and he refuses to 
hang his clothes among those of other peo- 
ple; ua kapaia aku ia he alii kKauholopapa, 


KAU 


no ka mea, ma ka holopapa i ikeia ai kona 
alii ana. 

Kav-nua, v. To conceive; to become 
pregnant. 

2. To swell out, as one with child. 

3. Hoo. To conceive; to be full of. Hal. 
7:14. To be full morally of evil. 

4. To put down in letters; to reduce to 
writing; na ko oukou kaikaina hanane 
mahoe i hookauhua ia (i keia manao) i ka 
malama o Augate: hookauhua paha auanei 
kakou iloko o ka hewa. 

Kav-nua, s. The swelling out of preg- 
nant females. 

2. The longing of pregnant women, espe- 
cially the sickness of stomach. 

3. The state of pregnancy; ua kauhua, 
ua ko, ua hapai. 

4. The act of writing down words or 
thoughts. 

Kav-Hu-nu, s. A ridge or edge of a 
precipice. 

2. The pole running lengthways of the 
house to which the tops of the rafters are 
fastened ; a ridge pole. 

3. The shark that was formerly wor- 
shiped. 

Kau-kal, v. To wait for an event to 
happen, or for any change in affairs; kau- 
kai aku nei ka pono, it is better to wait 
awhile. Laieilc. 67. 

Kav-xau, v. To set or fix, as a snare or 
net for birds. See Kau. Hal. 141:9. 

2. To take counsel ; to revolve in one’s 
mind. Hal. 13:2. 

3. To speak to one, especially to chide; 
to speak reproachfully; e nuku; to address 
one, as a petitioner, and in a way of com- 
plaint. Laieik. 71. 

4, To explain; to make clear, i pohihi 
ole. 

Kav-xav, s. An appeal to one’s sense 
of justice or compassion. Laieik. 76. 

Kau-xau, v. Kaukau is said to be a 
corruption of a Chinese word. and signifies 
to eat, to drink. It is used by foreigners 
in conversing with natives, and by natives 
conversing with foreigners. 

Kav-xau, s. A heap of stones made into 
a rude altar. 

2. A snare so placed or fixed as to catch 
birds. 

3. The name of a disease, the piles (mostly 
used on Oahu.) 

bi The snaring or taking of fish; kaukau 
ulua. 

5. What is clear, explicit in expression, 
without doubt. 

Kav-xau-a-tu, s. The name of a class 
of chiefs below the king; a prince. Dan. 
1:3. Ona’lii malaloo ke alii nui. Norr.— 
The poe kaukaualii were generally the de- 
scendants of chiefs where the father was a 


238 


KAU 


high chief and the mother a low chief, or 
no chief at all. 

KAvu-KAU-LE-LE, adj. Nimble; active ; 
jumping. 

Kau-Ka-ul, s. Kaw, canoe, and kahi, one. 
A single canoe. See Kau. Ma ke kaulna 
o Keopuolani, a ma ke kaukahi o Hoapili, 
he waa aole i hoapipi ia, he waa hookahi. 

2. Figuratively, a oneness; a perseve- 

rance ; steadiness in doing a thing; ma ka 
kaukahi kana hana ana, aole ma ka lanwili. 

Kavu-ka-Lt, v. To wait for. See Katt. 
Aole hoi kakou i haalele aku o ke kuku ame 
ka wahahee kaukali. 

Kav-ka-L1, adj. See example above. 


Kavu-ka-ma, s. Eng. A cucumber. Nah. 
11:5. Na kaukama ulu wale, wild gourds. 
2 Nal. 4:39. 

Kav-xa-ma, adj. See Kama. He kane 
kama. Kamak. 

Kavu-ka-NA-wal, v. Kau, to appoint, and 
kanawai, law. To establish or appoint, as 
a law; as a king or legislature. 

Kau-Ka-NA-wal, s. One that makes 
laws; a lawgiver. Kin. 49:10. 

Kau-ka-nt, or Tau-sa-nt, s. A thousand. 

Kav-ko-ko, v. An ancient word not 
much used. To string or hand on strings, 
as a load to be carried on the mamake. 

Kav-ko-Lo, v. To chase, as a fowl; to 
follow ; to pursue. 

2. To persevere in asking a favor until 
obtained ; e hoomoo, e hookoikoi. 

3. To run and spread out, as the roots of 
a tree just under the surface of the ground. 

Kav-xko-Lo, s. The small roots of a tree 
spreading and running every way. 

Kav-xu-kul, adj. Of or belonging to a 
candlestick or lamp. uk. 8:16. 

Kav-na, s. A rope; a strong cord; a 
cord or tendon in the animal system. Anat. 
25. 

2. Kaula uila, a chain of lightning. 

3. A bow string. Hal. 11:2. 

4, A line in a book or written document. 
Isa. 28:10. 

5. A stick laid across the rafters of a 
house or the top of the posts, after the man- 
ner of a beam; more properly written 
kaola. See Kaona. 

6. In geometry, the chord of an arc of a 
circle. Anahonua 28. 

7. A lash, i. e., the wound of a lash in 
whipping ; astripe. 2 Kor. 11:24. 

Kau-.a, s. A prophet; one who preaches 
or announces future events. Oih. 3:24. 

Kav-LaE-LakE, v. To put up something 
plainly to be seen ; to exhibit clearly ; to 
make plain. See LAELAE. 

Kav-tal, v. To put up in the sun to 
dry ; kapili ma ka poi, a pili ka welu ma 


KAU 

es 2 

ka laau, kaulai aku i ka la a maloo; to 
hang up, as clothes to dry. 

2. To lay aside for use. Nah. 11:32. 

3. To hang up. Puk. 26:13. 

4, To spread out in the sun. Jer. 8:2. 

Kav-uat, s. The act of drying what is 
wet ; things so put up to dry. 

Kavu-La-Hao, s. Kaula, rope, and hao, 
iron. A chain; a cable; a chain of any 
size. 

Kav-ta-1e1, s. A bunch; thick together, 
as a bunch of grapes. 

Kavu-La-Lu-A-HI-NE, s. The name of a 
rope for binding a mat on to acanoe; o ke 
kaulaluahine e moe ana ma ka aoao o ka 
waa, oia ka mea e paa ai kaahu. See Anu, 

_ & mat. 

Kav-ta-na, v. To be or become famous 
or renowned ; to be celebrated for some 
quality ; ua kaulana aku keia wahi no ka 
naauao, this place is famous for intelli- 
gence ; a kaulana aku i na aina e, to be 
renowned even to foreign lands. 

2. Hoo. To publish; to spread abroad, 
as news; toa publish evil reports. ani. 
22:14. 

3. To make famous or renowned either 
for good or evil. 

Kav-La-na, s. Fame; report; renown. 
tos. 9:9. 

2. Government of an island; he kauwlana 
o ka aina. 

Kau-La-na, adj. Universally known, 
noted or remarkable for some quality; cel- 
ebrated ; notable. 

Kau-La-Na-Aa, s. A resting place on 
the road. See Orora. 

Kav-LA-NA-0-LE-LO, s. Formerly used 
synonymous with hooilinaolelo. He kau- 
oha, i. e., the will of a deceased person. 

Kav-La-wa-Ha, v. Kaula, rope, and 
waha, mouth. To bridle; to rein in; to 
restrain, as a horse. Fic. Applied to the 
tongue. lak. 1:26. 

Kav-La-wa-Ha, s. A mouth rope, i. e., 
a bridle. Jak. 3:2. , 

Kau-La-wa-HI-NE, s. Kaula, prophet, 
and wahine. A prophetess. Puk. 15:20. 

Kav-Le1, v. To be insecure; e kauwale 
iho iluna, aole mapopo o ka paa; to trust 
to what will not benefit. 

2. To be deceived in our opinion of a 
thing. 

3. To be too short for the purpose de- 
signed; kaulei ka naau, to be deceitful 
(perhaps.) Kum. Havw., B. 2, p. 26. 

Kau-Le1, adj. Not firmly established ; 
deceptive; without secure foundation; ap- 
plied to men seeking happiness in life and 
failing. 

Kav-.e-o, v. To exhort; to urge or re- 


239 


KAU 


quest one to do a thing; to enjoin, as a 
duty. Pil. 8. 
2. To charge; to command one to say or 
do something to or for another. 1 Nal. 5:8. 
Kavu-LEI-LeI, v. See Kavtei. 


Kav-Le-LE, v. Kaw and lele, to be sep- 
arated. See Lere. To add something on; 
to enlarge ; to be or do something besides 
what was proposed, as in making a bar- 
gain; to add more so as to satisfy. 

2. To spread over ; to make abundant; 
to increase; manao iho la au, e kaulele aku 
i ko’u aloha maluna on. 

Kavu-LE-LE, s. An addition made to 
something ; an enlargement; that which is 
added to complete the bargain. 

Kau-LE-LE, adj. Overand above; added 
on; enlarged ; very great; he aloha kau- 
lele ia oe e ka hoaluhi. 

Kavu-Le-LE, adv. With addition; exces- 
sively ; ke aloha /caulele aku nei au ia oe. 

Kavu-Le-Le, s. A rocket. 

Kav-LE-LE, adj. Flying. See Let. 
That which is set a flying ; hoike oia i ke 
ahi kaulele, he exhibited sky-rockets. 

Kau-ui-a, v. Pass. of kaw for kauia. 
Gram. § 48. Sometimes written kauhia. 

1. To be hung up; to be suspended. 
Kanl. 21:23. Hence, 

2. To kill; to slay. Jos. 10:26. 

Kav-.i-ke, v. Kau and like, alike. To 
balance or hang even. 

2. To make alike; to make no distinc- 
tion ; to be just; to be equal; to be right. 
Ezek. 18:28. Syn. with ewaewa ole. 

3. To be just as good; to be as well as; 
ua pololei, ua kaulike keia mea me ka na- 
auao. 

4. In law, to deal in equity or righte- 
ously ; to decree, decide or do that which 
is just, equitable and right without regard- 
ing the letter of the statute law. 

Kav-.i-Ke, s. Justic® uprightness ; no 
partiality. 

Kav-.i-KE, adj. Just; equitable. 

2. In geometry, parallel, as lines; kaha 
kaulike, parallel lines. Anahon. 4. 

Kavu-Lu-tu, v. Kau and liilii, little. To 
divide out in small quantities; to make 
distributions on a small scale. 

Kav-to-to-a, v. To ask frequently for 
a thing; to tease in order to obtain a thing 
requested ; a loaa i kekahi kanaka ke koi 
hao, a lohe ke alii, alaila kawloloaia aku la, 
a lilo mai Ja. 

2. To speak to one (a chief) often as to 
an offense. 

Kav-tua, s. To be slack; to be remiss in 
fulfilling a promise; to delay the time of 
doing a thing. Hoo. To wait; to delay ; 
to procrastinate; also hookaukaulua; to 
put off; to postpone. 2 Pet. 3:9. To lin- 





KAU 


ger in doing a thing. Kin. 19:16. To stay 
a long time ina place. 2 Nal. 15:20. 


Kau-tua, v. Kaw and lua, two. To put | 


two together; to yoke or harness together, 
as two animals. Kamnl. 22:10. 

Kav-tua, s. The name of several things 
where two are put or used together ; kau- 
lua, a double-canoe ; bipi kaulua, a yoke 
of oxen. 1 Sam. 11:7. Kaulua lio, a span 
of horses. 2 Nal. 7:14. 

Kav-tua, s. The name of the second 
month; the fourth month of the summer 
season. 

Kav-tu-a-Li-0, s. See Kautva above. 


Ka-u-Lu-ma-too, s. The dry growth, the 
name of a famine. 
Kau-ma-HA, v. To be heavy, as any 
substance. 
2. To be weary with carrying a heavy 
burden. 


3. To suffer oppression from rigorous Ka 


service. 
4. To be weary for want of sleep. 


5. Applied to the mind, to be downcast | Ka-u-nv, v. 


in mind; to be heavy-hearted ; to be sad; 
to be sorry; to be grieved. Kin. 40:6. 

6. Hoo. To make heavy; to oppress; to 
treat one with rigor. 

7. To afflict; to make one suffer unneces- 
sarily ; to be afflicted. Oihke. 23:27. 


Kau-ma-ua, v. To offer in sacrifice ; to 
kill a victim for sacrifice; to offer a gift 
upon an altar. Puk. 3:18. 


Kavu-ma-Ha, s. Weight, as of a burden; 
weariness ; heaviness ; depression of spir- 
its; nui ke kaumaha o kona naau no ko 
lakou luku wale ana, he was very sorrow- 
ful at such a slaughter of men. 


Kavu-ma-Ha, s. A sacrifice; a service 
rendered to God. 


Kavu-ma-Ha, adj, Heavy loaded, as a 
person or a beast of burden; burdensome; 
applied to the mind, painful. Hoo. Hard 
bearing. Puk. 23:1. 

Kav-MA-KAI-0-LE, s. An epithet of old 
age. See NIHOKAHI, one tooth. 


Kavu-MA-KAI-o-LE, v. Kau and makai, to 
look, and ole, not. Not able to see or to 
see clearly; applied to old age. Generally 
haumakaiole. 


Kavu-mi-Hav, v. ‘To appoint a kapu by 
the priest ; men were separated from their 
wives, and a hog was baked, hence the 
name to bake a hog; a kawmihau ana ma 
ka la kaua. 

Kavu-moo, v. To be inactive because of 
ignorance or uncertainty how to act; to be 
in doubt what to do, and hence, to do noth- 
ing; aole makou i mahii ka aina, kauwmoo 
wale no, i ke akaka ole. 


240 


KAU 
|Kau-mo-xu, ) v. To cut short; to cut 
Kavu-MU-KU, off; to shorten; to be unfit 


for the purpose desired. 

Kavu-na, s. Four; the composite num- 
ber four. Oih. 12:4. See Grammar § 116, 5. 

Kav-na-ko-ma, s. Kauna, four, and 
koma (Hng.), a comma. The four commas 

| “ 7? ysed in quoting another’s words. 

Kav-neE, v. To be slow; to be dilatory; 

to walk or move leisurely; to cause delay. 

Kau-ne, s. Delay; slowness in doing 
a thing ; lagging behind. 

Kav-NEI-NEI, v. To cut off; to shorten; 
not to be sufficient ; to be unsteady; to be 
unfinished. See KavLet. 

Kau-no-a, s. A slender worm which 
when it comes upon a tree or herb, there 
is a universal withering ; ua kau mai ke 
kaunoa. 

2. The dodder, a parasitic plant. 
U-No-o-A, s. See Kaunoa 2. A spe- 
cies of vine which grows without a root. 
To make angry; to pro- 

voke ; to express the feeling of jealousy. 

Ka-u-Nu-A-Na-LAu, S. Name of a large 
bird on Hawaii. 


Kav-PAo-NA, v. To weigh, as with 
Kav-PAU-NA, scales or steelyards; to 
weigh out, as goods or money, i. e., to pay 
out. Isa. 55:2. To weigh morally, as the 
deeds of men. 1 Sam. 2:3. As one’s life 
' and character. Dan. 5:27. 


Kav-PAao-na, bs. Scales for weighing; 
Kavu-PAu-Na, steelyards or other instru- 
ments for weighing. Hoik. 6:5. 
2. The weight of a thing. Oihk. 26:26. 


Kau-pa-xu, s. Kau and paku, a parti- 
tion. The upper ridge pole of a house, di- 
viding the house properly so called and the 
bonnet or cap of the house. Jsa. 22:1. 


Kav-pa-ku, v. To put on the bonnet or 
thatch the ridge of a house; alaila, kau- 
paku a paa, pau ia hana. 


Kau-pa-Le, v. Kau and pale, to defend 
off. To separate, i. e., to put a mark or 
sign of partition; to cause a division. Jsa. 
59:2. To stand between ; to set or put, as 
an obstruction or division. Hal. 104:9. To 
raise a slight partition between, so as to 
stop a child. Hoo. To fence or partition 
off. Fria. To fence off. i. e., resist tempta- 
tion to evil ; hookaupale aku ia hewa. 

Kau-pa-LE, s. Something coming be- 
tween two things to separate them, either 
sensibly or imaginary; a boundary line 
between two lands; a‘partition in a house; 
adam, &c. 

Kav-re, v. To put down; to put low; 
to humble ; to crush. See Pr. 








KAU 


241 


KAH 





Kav-ri-u1, v. Used ina meleas follows: 


_ Kaupili alo ula 0 Maheha, 
.O ke kanaka no kuhe i ka wai. 


that the year has past and that a new year 
is begun; ma ka malama o Ikuwa e kau- 
welu ai ka makahiki. 


Kav-pr-11, s. To unite, as man and wife; | Kau-we-we, s. A covering, or what is 


to love one another, as two persons. 

Kau-poo-ui-w1, v. Kaw and poohiwi, the 
shoulder. To putor place on the shoulder; 
to shoulder, as something heavy; as fire- 
arms. 

Kav-poo-ni-wi, adj. What is placed on 
the shoulder; applied to a musket; ua 
mahuahua iki ae na pu kaupoohiwi, the 
number of muskets (shoulder-guns) was a 
little increased. 

Kav-po-u-na, s. Another orthography 
for kaupaona, but seldom used. See Kav- 
PAONA. Steelyards and scales for weighing. 

Ka-u-pu, s. Name of a large black bird 
the size of a turkey, found mostly on Nihoa 
and Kaula. 

Kav-pu-a, s. An elevated cloud of sin- 
gular appearance. 

2. Name of an ancient pastime. 

Kau-wa, v. See Kava, v., 5. A ser- 
vant; in the most general sense, one who 
serves or does the business or labors for 
another. 

1. Any subject of a king or chief. 

2. A household or domestic servant. 

3. A slave; a menial servant; kauwa 
lepo, an order of men who sacrificed them- 
selves on the death of a chief. 

Kav-wa, v. To serve; to do the will of 
another. Hoo. To serve another, as a peo- 
ple serve a king; to serve, as a master; to 
be in a state of bondage. Puk. 14:12. 

Kav-wat, v. To pour out, as water; to 
lead along, as a small stream; to pour 
into ; to fill with water. 

Kavu-wav, s. The sickness of dogs; 
sickness of all kinds. 

Kav-wa-Hl, art. Some; something; 
some place; any one place or thing. See 
Kav, place. 

Kavu-wa-u, s. Some; some part; a 
part of a thing. Jsa. 44:16. <A parcel in- 
definitely large. Kin. 33:19. Kauwahi o 
ke koko, some of the blood. Nore.—Kau- 
waht as a substantive rarely takes the arti- 
cle, except when it refers to place. Mat. 
25:8. It has always the idea of a partitive. 

Kau-wa-Ka-NE, s. Kauwa and kane, 
male. Aman or male servant. Aan. 5:18. 

Kavu-wa-tu-PE, v. Kauwa and lupe, kite. 
To carry ; applied to persons who have a 
friend in danger from others, some taking 
him by the arms, some by the legs and 
other parts to carry him off. 

KaAv-wA-Wa-HI-NE, s. Kauwa and wa- 
hine, female. A maid servant. Puk. 20:14. 


Kav-we-Lu, v. To put up some signal 
31 


put on top of an imu or oven in baking 
food. 

2. Aruffle for the neck, not for the bosom, 
that is pihapiha. 

Kav-wi-La, v. To appoint as a day of 
consecrating a heiau; o kekahi akua o Kaui- 
kauila; e hoomakaukau no ka la e kauwila 
aika heiau. Laieik. 164. 

Kavu-wi-La, s. Another orthography for 
kauila. See Kauma. A species of hard 
reddish wood found on Kauai, used for war 
spears, kapa mallets, &c. 

Kau-wi-La, adj. A day or time under a 
kapu; a kokoke i ka la kauwila. Laieik. 
164. 

Kav-wt-L1, v. To mingle in with other 
things. 

2. To gather on to a moving thing, as 
people join on to a traveling party. 

Kav-wo, v. To pull; to draw, &c. See 
Kavo. 

Kav-wo-na, v. To give a charge, &c. 
See Kavona. 

Kav-wo-wo, v. To increase; to grow 
thriftily. See Kavovo. 

Ka-Ha, v. To scratch; to make marks; 
to write ; to make marks indefinitely. 

2. To cut; to hew, as timber. 

3. To cut open, as a fish or animal; to rip 
open, as the belly of a person. Amos 1:13. 

4. To turn aboutand go away; to go off; 
to set out to go. Laieik. 67. 

5. Hoo. To seize; to take with one’s 
knowledge, but without his consent; to 
rob; to take what is another’s. See Hoo- 
KAHA, an extortion. See MAKAHA. 


Ka-na, v. To stand sideways; to stand 
up on the edge like the comb of a cock; to ° 
tread water; to swim standing up. Laieik. 
92. 

2. To land or be thrown on the shore 
from the surf without a surf-board. 

3. Fig. To press the land on the back, 
as when one lands on shore in the surf; e 
kaha i ka nalu; hence the proverbial ex- 
pression, ua kaha aku la ka nalu o kuu 
aina, means (Lit. The surf has pressed 
upon my land) to have a famine for land, 
i.e., to press, to squeeze the people for food. 


Ka-na, s. A scratch; a mark; a letter. 

2. In mathematics, a line. 

3. A strip of barren land on the sea 
shore ; hence, 

4. Barren land anywhere where upland 
kalo will not grow, but the people depend 
on another place. 

5. The channel of a small stream. See 
Kauawal and Kanakal. 


KAH 


Ka-ua, s. A kind of paper or cloth. 

2. The crack of a whip; the report of a 
pistol. 

3. Robbery; plunder; rapine ; oppres- 
sion. 

Ka-na, v. To be fat; to be plump; to 
be full, as a well-fed animal. Ain. 41:2. 
Ka-na, s. Largeness; fatness; plump- 

ness; aohe io o ke kaha. 

Ka-HA-A-Ku-A, s. Kaha, marks, and 
akua, god. A track of a god in a desert 
place. 

Ka-HaA-a-po, s. Kaha, marks, and apo, 
hoop. Lrir. An embracing mark. 

1. The circumference; he umi kapuai ke 
kahaapo o kekahi, ten feet is the circum- 
ference of some. 

2. In grammar, brackets [ ]. 

Ka-HA-E-A, v. See Omaomao. To ex- 
tend over the heavens as a cloud, varie- 
gated, black, white, blue, &c.; ua kahaea 
luna, ua hoopono i ka maka o ka opua. 

Ua omaomao ka Jani, ua Xahaea luna, 
Ua pipi ka maka o na hoku. 

Ka-Ha-E-A, s. The name of a disease, 
the thrush; the scald head; then goes over 
the body and is called kahaea. 

2. The name of a god. 

Ka-wa-E-A, s. A singular appearance of 
the sky in the morning; a sign of rain; he 
kahaea ia, he aouli ua ia. 

Ka-nal, v. To gird; to bind ona girdle. 

2. To decrease, as a noise; to cease; to 
come to and to be quiet. See Kananat. 

Ka-nal, s. A girdle; a belt; a fillet. 

2. Quietness; stillness after a clamor. 

Ka-Hau, v. To abate, as the wind; pe- 
hea ka makani? Ua kahaw iki mai, aole 
ikaika: e holo kakou. 

2. To be diminished, as sickness; ua ka- 
hav iki mai kou mai, ua pale ka nui. 

3. To abate, as a stream of water; kahau 
ka wai, kokoke pau. 

Ka-nau, s. The name of a play or pas- 
time ; he kahau kahi hana. 

Ka-wa-u-LA, adj. See AIKAHAULA and 
MOEKAHAULA. 

Ka-HA-u-LE, v. Kaha, to cut, and wle, 
penis. To circumcise. See KAHEULE. 

Ka-Ha-HA’, int. An expression of won- 
der, surprise or displeasure. Norxm—Ha- 
waiians in the use of this word express a 
great variety of shades of meaning, accord- 
ing to the pronunciation, tone of voice, &c. 

Ka-Ha-Ha’, v. To wonder or be sur- 
prised at a thing; to be astonished at the 
sight of a thing or at an idea expressed by 
one; to marvel; to hiss at; to treat with 
contempt; to be in doubt or perplexity of 
what one sees or hears and knows not how 
to account for; to think a thing strange. 1 


242 


KAH 


Pei. 4:4. Notz.—This word is used with 
mando or naau to express wonder. 

Ka-na-Ha-1A, s. A wonder; an object 
of wonder or astonishment to the beholder, 
as something unaccountable. Kanl. 28:3. 

Ka-Ha-HA-NAI, 8. Kaha and hanai, the 
name of the strings that surround a cala- 
bash; hence, in geometry, the radius of a 
circle. Anahon. 23. 

Ka-Ha-Hul, s. Kaha, a mark, and hui, 
to unite. In music, a brace. 

Ka-HaA-Kal, S. Kaha, mark, and kai, sea. 
The sea shore. Kin. 49:13. 

2. The sand of the sea beach. 
3. The name of the region of country 
bordering on the sea. 

Ka-HA-KA-HA, v. The 13th conj. of kaha, 
to mark, &c. To mark or scratch frequently. 
1 Sam. 21:13. To write upon paper or a 
slate. Puk.31:18. To engrave on stone or 
copper ; to write in the sand or upon the 
ground; aole anei e kahakaha ko kakou 
naau i kekahi hena o kelakanaka? To cut 
off; to divide frequently. 

Ka-HA-Ka-HA, 8. Hoo. A display; a 
show of dress ; a parade, &c. See Hooxka- 
HAKAHA. 

Ka-Ha-Ka-HA, Ss. An engraving; a wri- 
ting. Puk. 28:21. 

Ka-wa-KA-HA-NA, S. The clothes in 
which a corpse is dressed; grave clothes. 
Toan. 11:44. 

KA-HA-KE-LE-A-WE, S. Kaha, to cut, and 
keleawe, copper. A cutting of copper; an 
engraving ; ka mea a ka poe kahakeleawe i 
hana’i. 

Ka-Ha-Ku-HI, s. Kaha, mark, and kuhi, 
to point out. In grammar, any letter, mark 
or character directing the reader to the 
margin or bottom of the page. 

Ka-Ha-k1-k1, v. To pour down violently, 
as rain. 

Ka-na-La, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ka-wa-LA-HA-LA, Ss. He kahalahala, ua 
palai. 

Ka-Ha-La-wal, s. The mixing of two 
unlike substances so as to make a third un- 
like, as paints of different colors. 

KaA-HA-LE-LE-LE-PO, s. The name of a 
famine in former times. 

Ka-na-u-tt, v. To struggle. 

Ka-na-Lo-a, s. The name of a stone 
brought before a priest in a certain pule 
anaana. 

Ka-na-na, s. The name of a valley on 
Kanai. 

Ka-na-ni-a, v. IV inserted for 2. To be 
shaven; to be cut close; to be made smooth, 


as a shaven head; kahania ke poo o ka 
ohule. 


KAH 


243 


KAH 





Ka-na-pi-Li, s. Kaha, a mark, and pili, 
to touch. In geometry, a tangent of a cir- 
cle. Anahon. 23. 

Ka-nA-po-al, s. Kaha,a mark, and poaz, 
to surround. In geometry, the line of a cir- 
cle; the circumference of a circle. 

Ka-Ha-poo-ni-wi, s. Kaha, fat, and poo- 
hiwi, shoulder. The fat or muscle on the 
shoulder-blade or over it. 

Ka-na-puv, s. Name of a plant of the 
fern species growing on the mountains, 
eaten in time of famine for food. See Ha- 
PUU. 

Ka-na-wal, s. Kaha, a small stream, 
and wai, water. A brook; a rivulet; a 
water course; a cascade; a stream with 
frequent rapids ; any small stream. Kani. 
8:7 


Ka-ne, v. To spill; to pour out, as 
water or blood. 

2. To run, as water; to flow, as a stream 
or river. 

3. To flow, i. e., to abound in any sub- 
stance. Nah. 14:8. 

4. To drop; to trickle, as tears. Ezek. 
24:16. 

5. To flow, as froth from the mouth of a 
person in a fit. 

6. To flow, as blood from a wound. 

7. Hoo. To cause to flow or run, as a 
liquid, i. e., to water, as a land; to shed or 
cause to flow, as blood in murder. in. 
37:22. 

8. To cause to flow back, as the sea. 
Puk. 14:21. 


“oo * *° © keaka, 

O na pue o Kaikua ku i ka maka ili, 
Hanini, ninilani e luai e ao 

EB kahe e kakahi mai auanei 

Ka omaka wai kapu 0 Lono. 


Ka-ne, v. To cut or slit longitudinally; 
to cut off; with omaka, to circumcise after 
the Hawaiian manner; to castrate; to 
shave. See Kant. 

2. To bind round the waist; to gird. 
3. To begin to wither, as leaves eaten by 
a worm. 

Ka-ne, s. Hoo. A flowing; a flowing 
of blood ; he poko ma kauwahi, he la ma 
kauwahi, he hauoki ma kauwahi, he kahe 

"ma kauwahi. 

Ka-HeE-a, v. See Hea, to call. To call 
any one for any purpose. Oihk. 1:1. 

2. To cry to.one for help; to call upon 
one, asin prayer. Puk. 14:15. 

3. To speak ; to call aloud. 

4. To cry out, as in pain. 

Ka-ne-a, v. To be dirty; to be foul; to 
be corrupt. See PALAHEA. 

Ka-ne-a, adj. Foul; filthy. 

Ka-HE-A-wal, v. To flow; to be soft; 


to run like water. 
2. To be multitudinous. 


Ka-nEE, v. See HEE, to slip; to slide. 
To slip flowers along from the needle or 
manai to the string in making wreaths. 

Ka-neEI, v. To tie round, as a girdle or 
belt; to gird on. See Kagrr. 

Ka-nel, s. A belt; a band around the 
belly of a person. 

2. A sack passing over the shoulders, as 
a soldier's belt. 
3. A cloth for preserving goods. 

Ka-ne-v, v. To clean weeds, as in a 
garden ; to put a garden in order; to stir 
up the dirt, pull up the weeds, grass, &e. 
See Hev. 

Ka-HE-u-LE, v. Kahe, to cut, and wie, 
the penis. To circumcise. See Kang. 

KA-HE-u-MI-U-MI, s. Kahe, to cut, and 
umiumi, beard. A beard cutter, i. e., a 
razor. 

Ka-ne-n1, v. To slip; to mistake; to 
slip off. 

Ka-ne-ka, s. Na io paakai liu o na ka- 
heka. 

Ka-HE-Ko-Ko, s. Kahe, to flow, and koko, 
blood. Literally, the shedding of blood; 
ua kahekoko i ka nahua e ke anu. 

Ka-HE-LA, s. The name of the swell of 
the sea when it comes along the western 
shore of Hawaii from the south. 

Ka-HE-LA, v. To move along, as the 
kahela above mentioned. 

Kahela ka nalu o ka pae lauhala, 
Hoo aiai ke kaiko o Maliu—e. 

Ka-HE-LA-HE-LA, v. To lie spread out, 
as a person asleep, his limbs extended and 
spread apart. See Kanena. 

Kuhela, kahelahela ka lae o Lele. 


Ka-nE-LE, s. Lit. The going. A braid- 
ing; a wreathing, as of vines; a platting 
of leaves. 

2. The name of the common adze. 

Ka-HE-Na-wal, s. Liv. Kahe-na-wai, 
flowing of water. A water brook; running 
water. 

Ka-ne-wa, v. To miss; to make an at- 
tempt but not succeed ; to try and to be 
foiled. . 

Ka-n, v. To rub gently with the thumb 
and finger. 

2. To comb, as the hair. Nore—The 
idea is from the motion of rubbing, polish- 
ing, sawing, &e. 

3. To cut; to shave, as the beard. 2 
Sam. 10:4. 

4. To cut, that is, to tear; to lacerate. 
Inunk. 8:7. See Kane, to cut, &. Mea 
kahi umiumi, a barber. 

5. To cut, as the hair. Dunk. 16:17. From 
the old manner of sawing off the hair with 
bamboo knives. 

6. To slit open, i. e., cut longitudinally; 


KAH 


244 


KAH 





kahi i ka opu, kahe i ka omaka. See Kane. 
Note.—tThe feeble sound of e and 7 so much 
resemble each other that both orthogra- 
phies are used, i. e., kahe and kahi, to cut, 
though the latter is preferable. _ 

Ka-u, s. A place; some definite place 
spoken of or understood; it does not admit 
of the definite article; often syn. with wahi. 
Kahi kuai, a market place, or simply a 
market; ma kahi e aku, at another place; 
kahit kakakaka o ko’u kina, the beaten place 
of my offense; kahi hoano, a holy place; a 
sanctuary. Nah. 3:28. 

Ka-n1, art. Gram. § 65. One; some 
one; some; it takes the article ke—kekahi, 
which see. Some; a part; a portion; o 
ka ia kahi na ke akua, some fish for the 
god. See Hooxkant. 

Ka-ni-au, v. To give away lavishly and 
inconsiderately. 

Ka-ni-au, adj. Lavish of gifts; wasting 
of property by indiscriminate giving ; he 
kanaka kahiau. See KrurKau. 

Ka-ni-o, adj. Proud. 

Ka-n1-0-Lo-Na, adj. Of cutting or peel- 
ing olona; ma ka hale kahiolona, at the 
house for cutting olona. Laieik. 206. 

Ka-nt-u-mi-u-m1, v. Kahi and umiumi, 
beard. To shave off the beard. 

Ka-ni-u-mi-u-m1, s. A beard cutter, i. e., 
a barber. See Kanevmiumt. 

Ka-n-H1, v. See Hint. To entangle; to 
choke, as weeds do plants. Mat. 13:7. 

2. To sue one at law; to cause one to be 
entangled with a law or kapu. Mat. 5:40. 

3. To entangle one by accusing him ; to 
tell false stories ; to slander. 

4. To block up an entrance ; ua kahihi 
ka puka o ka hale e ka upena nanana, the 
door of the house was stopped with a spi- 
der’s web. 

Ka-ni-m, s. Entanglement; perplexity. 

Ka-ni-Ka-H1, v. To scratch out, as wri- 
ting with a knife. 

Ka-HI-KA-KA-KA-KA, s. A nau no e hoo- 
komo iho ma kahikakakaka o ko’u kina. 
Kahi here is probably the noun, and kaka- 
kaka the adjective. 

Ka-HI-KA-LE-NA, v. To finish; to dis- 
pose of before another is aware, asif a part 
of a family should eat up the food while 
part were absent; ae anai mai kahikalena 
ku i kapa—hai ka mea haku ole; pau loa, 
aohe mea koe. 

Ka-ui-x1, s. It takes no article. The 
general name of any foreign country ; hai 
mai la oia i na ’liii kona holo i kahiki, he 
told the chiefs of his sailing to a foreign 
country; hence, holokahiki means any Ha- 
walian who has been to a foreign land. 


Ka-n-Ko, s. The name of the first man 


upon the Hawaiian Islands according to 
some genealogies; ua hou ia mai, ma ka 
mookuauhau i kapaia Ololo, he kane ia ka- 
naka mua loa, 0 Kahiko kona inoa, it is 
said again, in the genealogy called Ololo, 
that the very first inhabitant was a male, 
whose name was Kahiko. The question 
here discussed is whether the first person 
on the Islands was a man or woman. 
Malo, chap. 3, 4. 

Ka-u1-Ko, v. To be or become old; to 
fade, as a flower or leaf; ua kahiko e, to 
become old prematurely ; to be ancient. 

Ka-nt-xo, adj. Old; ancient; that which 
is long past; poe kahiko. the ancients; the 
old people; wa kahiko, old time. 

Ka-ui-Ko, s. An elderly person; an old 
man; elua mau mea kahiko, e kipakuia’na, 
e hele pela, two old men, they were being 
driven away. Syn. with poohina. Job. 
15:10. 

Ka-ni-ko, v. To put on or dress in 
superb clothing; to put on splendid ap- 
parel for appearance sake; to be clothed 
splendidly. Mat. 6:29. 

2. To deck or put on ornaments, as an 
Eastern bride. Isa. 61:10. 

3. To adorn with royal robes, as ancient 
kings in their armor. Jaieik. 112. To go 
in full armor, as a soldier equipped. Kanl. 
3:18. 

4, To be armed for battle. 

5. To show honor; to dignify by honor- 
able treatment. 1 Kor. 12:23. 

Ka-nt-xo, s. A splendid dress; the dress 
and ornaments, as of an Eastern bride- 
groom. Jsa. 61:10. 

2. The priestly robes of Aaron. Puk. 
29:21. Na kahiko laa, the consecrated gar- 
ments. 

3. Armor; defensive weapons; military 
dress. Epes. 6:13. 

4. The furniture of a house, especialiy 
handsome costly furniture; e hookupu paha 
i ko lakou waiwai, ko lakou kahiko o ka 

ale. 

Ka-ni-ko-Kau-A, adj. Hale kahikokaua, 
house for armory. Jsa. 22:8. 

Ka-ni-Ko-HI-Ko, v. To be very aged; to 
be well versed in ancient affairs; to speak 
in the language of ancient times; to follow 
ancient customs. 

Ka-ut-Ko-Lu, s. Three in one; the Trin- 
ity; used only in the Scriptural sense; the 
Godhead, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. 

Ka-ni-Ko-Lu, adj. Three-fold ; three in 
one. 

Ka-ni-L1, s. See Ht, to plat; to twist. 
A brush generally, but especially a fly- 
brush. made of feathers bound on to a stick. 

2. Emphaticaily, the large brushes used 
by the chiefs; they were used as badges of 
royalty on all public occasions. 


KAH 


245 


KAH 


Ka-nt-t1, v. To brush; to sweep, as|Ka-nu, s. An honored or upper servant; 


with a broom; to sweep, as a house. Mat. 
12:44. To wipe. 

2. To sweep away, as the wind blows 
away light substances ; hence, 

3. To destroy. 

4. To change ; to be changeable. 

Ka-n-Li-n1-L1, v. To scatter away; to 
brush off, as small dust or light substances. 

Ka-ni-mo-g£, s. Kahi, place, and moe, to 
sleep. A sleeping place; a bedstead. 

Ka-ui-na, v. See Hina, to fall. To fall 
before one; to be the victim of one’s in- 
trigue or displeasure. 

2. To supplant; to take the advantage 
of one. Kin. 27:36. 

Ka-ni-NA-Lu, s. Proper name of a cele- 
brated chief in whose days was the flood ; 
hence, kaiakahinalii, the flood. See also 
Hratn with the article dropped. 

Ka-ui-nu, v. See Hinv. To rub over 
with oil; to anoint. Kanl. 28:40. 

2. To rub over or anoint, as a sacrifice, 
with a brush large in the middle. 

3. To rub or grease the runners of asled 
or holua which was formerly used. See 
Howva. 

4. To roast, as meat. Kamnl. 16:7. 

Ka-no-a, v. To appease one who may 
be angry with us; to exhort an evil per- 
son to be good, to do right, &e. 

Ka-no-a-Ho-a, v. To be still; to behave 
quietly ; to do no evil. 

Ka-Ho-a-KA, s. The spirit or soul of a 
person still living, supposed to be seen by 
priests ; nona ia kahoaka e hihia nei, he 
uhane, he haili, he uhane kakaola. 

Ka-nor, v. To hinder; to keep back. 

Ka-Hoo-Ku-1, s. A union; a joining; a 
uniting. See Kur and Hooxvtr. 

Ka-no-Ho, v. To cry out or after one. 
See Hoouo. 

Ka-no-Ho, s. A crying out; a shouting; 
a calling. 

Ka-no-xal, v. To mix up. 

2. Hoo. To mix two ingredients, as earth 
and water; to mix up, as in making bread. 

Ka-Ho-Lo, v. ‘To work rapidly at any 
business. 

2. To row quickly. 

3. To jostle ; to be moved or put out of 
place ; e omau, e holo luna. 

Ka-no-to, adj. Movable; unfixed; un- 
steady. 

Ka-nu, v. To bake in the ground as 
Hawaiians do; to cook food. 

2. To kindle or make a fire ; to burn, as 
lime in a pit; to burn,as brick. Kin. 11:3. 
To burn; to consume. Ezek. 39:9. Syn. 
with puhi. Kahu umu, to bake in an oven; 
a contracted form is kahumu. See below. 


‘*. 


a guardian or nurse for children. Rut. 
4:16. Hence, a feeder; a keeper; a pro- 
vider ; kahu hipa, a shepherd. 

Ka-uu, v. To be or act as a servant. 
Hoo. To act the part of a servant; to have 
or take the care of persons or property; 
spoken of a king, to take care of his peo- 
ple. 1 Nal. 12:7. 

Ka-nu-a, s. The prepared foundation 
of a house, i. e., the ground cleared off and 
leveled down on which to set up a build- 
ing; ua maikai ke kahva o kekahi hale, 
the place (for the foundation) of the house 
is good. 

2. Aplace of encampment for a company 
of travelers or an army; an open space 
proper for an encampment; a camp ground; 
kahua kaua,acamp. 2 Sam. 1:2. Kahua 
hehi palaoa, a thrashing floor. Nah, 18:27. 
Kahua mokomoko, a place where people 
assembled to wrestle. JLaieik. 42. 

Ka-nu-a, s. Wrath; anger. See Hua, 
envy ; jealousy. 

Ka-nu-a, v. To designate; to point out; 
to direct. 

Ka-Hu-al, v. Kahu, to bake, and ai, 
food. To bake kalo in the ground. 

Ka-nu-al, s. A baker; one who prepares 
the food. Kin. 40:2. 

Ka-nu-al, v. Pass. part. of kahu. ‘That 
which is or has been burnt. 

Ka-nu-al-NA, 5s. Kahu and aina, land. 
The head man of a land. 

Ka-Hu-a-0-LE, s. Kahua, foundation, 
and ole, not. A good for nothing person ; 
one useless. 

Ka-Hu-A-0-MA-LI0, s. Kahua, founda- 
tion, and malio, the first dawn of morning 
light. Literally, the source of light and 
comfort. 

2. Figuratively, the source of life’s enjoy- 
ments, such as food, fish, mats and all the 
fruits of the land. 

Ka-Hu-A-HA-LE, s. Kahua and hale, a 
house. The foundation of a house. See 
Kanua. A town; a village; a cluster of 
houses. 

KaA-HU-A-HA-NE-NE, S. Kahua and ha- 
nene, low; vulgar. A place used for pleas- 
ure and vile purposes. 

Ka-nu-a-HI, s. Kahu, servant, and ahi, 
fire. One who has the care of the fire; a 
fire builder. 

Ka-nu-a-HI, v. To build a fire. 

Ka-Hu-A-Hoo-u-KA, s. Kahua and hoo- 
uka, to attack. <A battle ground; a place 
selected for the contest of two armies. 


Ka-nu-a-Hu-a, s. One engaged about 


the altar; one who has charge of the gods; 
@ priest. 


KAH 


Ka-nu-a-KAu-A, Ss. Kahua and kaua, 
war. A field of battle. 

Ka-Hu-a-Ko-1, s. A species of pastime 
formerly on the kahua with the koi; he 
kahu e kukele mai ai. 

Ka-Hu-a-LE-A, s. Name of the place 
where people assembled for play or gaming 
or other pastime. 

Ka-nu-a-mal-KA, s. The path made for 
playing at maika. See Marka. 

Ka-Hu-I-LA-0-KA-LA-NI, 5S. The lightning 
flash of heaven; one of the names of Kalai- 
pahoa, supposed to be a god from a foreign 
country, who entered the nioi, a tree on 
Lanai and Molokai, hence the tree was 
called by his name ; it is very poisonous. 

Ka-nu-u-mu, v. To bake food in an 
oven; to cook food generally. See Kanu 
and Umu, oven. 

Ka-Hu-u-mu, s. One who cooks or bakes 
food. 

Ka-nu-H1-pa, s. Kahu and hipa, sheep. 
A shepherd. Joan. 10:11. 

Ka-nu-Kka-Hu, v. To offer a sacrifice to 
the gods ; to sacrifice ; to worship the god 
of fishermen, to the aumakua. 

Ka-Hu-KA-Hu, s. The sacrifice offered to 
the gods. 

Ka-nu-x1, v. To corrupt; to rot; to 
putrefy,as a dead body. See PALAKAHUKI. 

Ka-nu-k1, s. Corruption ; putrefaction, 
especially of animal bodies. 

Ka-nu-ku-La, s. Kahu and kula, school. 
A school committee; one having charge of 
schools. 

Ka-nou-11, v. See Hutt. To change ; to 
turn over; to upset. 

2. To overturn ; to confound, as a lan- 
guage. 

3. Hoo. To overturn ; to overthrow ; to 
pervert. Tit. 1:14. Hookahuli i ka pono, 
to pervert judgment. 1 Sam. 8:3. 

4. To overthrow, as a city. Kin. 19:25. 

5. To change ; to confound ; to confuse, 
as a language. Kin. 11:7. 

Ka-nu-1t, s. A change; an overthrow; 
an overturning. 

2. Uprightness ; correctness. 

_ 3. The singing or sounds of what Hawai- 
lans suppose to be snails. Laieik. 149. 
4. The snails themselves. 


Ka-nu-1i-o, s. Kahu and lio, a horse. 
One who tends or feeds a horse. 

Ka-nu-Li-Hu-L1, v. See Kanuct and 
Hunt. To be overturned ; to be changed ; 
to be tossed about frequently, as a ship in 
a storm; to rock; to wave; to stand ina 
tottering manner. See Lut. 

Ka-nv-tu-1, adj. Broad and well planned 
and built, as the foundation of a house; ina 


246 


KAH 


he kahua akea, a malaelae, he kahului ke 
kana kupono ma ia kahua. 

Ka-nu-mo-ku, s. Aahu and moku, a ship. 
A mate of a ship; specifically, the second 
mate. 

Ka-Hu-mu, s. Something relative to 
mahiai or farming. 

Ka-Hu-mu, v. A contraction of kahu and 
umu. To bake in an oven; to bake, as 
kalo. Oihk. 26:26. t 

Ka-Hu-na, s. Kahu and ana,a cooking. 
Hence, a general name applied to such per- 
sons as have a trade, an art, or who prac- 
tice some profession; some qualifying term 
is generally added ; as, kahuna lapaanu, a 
physician ; kahuna pule, a priest 5; kahuna 
Kalai laau,a carpenter; kahuna kala, a sil- 
versmith; kahuna kalai,an engraver. Puk. 
38:23. Nore.—Generally in Hawaiian an- 
tiquities, the word kahuna without any 
qualifying term, refers to the priest or the 
person who offered sacrifices. Puk. 18:1. 
O ka mea pule i ka ke alii heiau, he kahuna 
pule ia. See the above and others in their 
own places. ‘ 

Ka-Hu-na, v. To exercise a profession ; 
to work at one’s appropriate business. 

2. Specifically, to be or act the priest. 
Lunk. 18:19. 

3. To sprinkle salt on a sacrifice; e kapi 
i ka paakai i awaawa ole. See Kanuna- 
HUNA. 

4. Hoo. To sanctify or set apart to the 
priests’ office. Puk. 28:41. 

Ka-Hu-NaA-ao, s. Kahuna, and ao, to 
teach. A preacher; a pulpit teacher; one 
whose business it is to impart knowledge 
to men. 

Ka-Hu-NA-A-NA-NA, S. Kahuna and ana- 
ana, sorcery. One who uses divination or 
sorcery. Kani. 18:10. 

Ka-nu-na-HAI, s. Kahuna and hai, to 
speak. One who speaks or declares pub- 
licly ; a preacher. 2 Tim. 1:11. “The full 
form is kahunahai olelo. 

Ka-Hu-NA-Hoo-Pi0-P10, s. Kahuna and 
hoopiopio, to practice sorcery. A priest or 
one who practices sorcery in connection 
with his priest’s office. 

Ka-Hu-Na-Hu-NA, v. To sprinkle; to 
sprinkle a little salt upon meat; to sprinkle 
salt or water in small quantities; e kapi 
awaawa ole i ka paakai. See Kanuna 2. 

Ka-Hu-NA-HU-NA, s. See Huna and Hv- 
NAHUNA, small particles, &c. Small parti- 
cles of any substance, as small bits of food, 
fine dust. 

2. A fog; a mist, &e. ; 

Ka-HU-NA-KA-LAI, s. Kahuna and kalaz, 
to hew. One who hews out canoes; a Car- 
penter generally. 

Ka-nu-Nna-kul, s. There are several forms 


3 


KAK 


247 


KAK 


of this term ; as, kahuna o na kit, kahuna-| Ka-KaE, adj. Spry; lively, as a child 


pule kit aoao. The director and guide of 
the high chief or king in things relating to 
war; ma ka wae kaua ai, 0 ke kahunakii 
ka mea alakai mua i ke alii nui ma kana 
oihana. 

Ka-Hvu-NA-LA-PA-au, 8. Kahuna and la- 
paau, to heal. A physician; a doctor of 
medicine. 

Ka-nu-na-PE-LE, s. Kahuna and pele. 
The priest or priestess of Pele. 

2. The worshipers of Pele. 

Ka-nu-na-pu-Le, s. Kahuna and pule, 
prayer. A priest; one who publicly offi- 
ciates in the exercises of religion. 

Ka-nu-pu-aa, s. Kahu and puaa, swine. 
One who tends or feeds swine; a swine 
herd. Mat. 8:33. 

Ka-nu-wal, s. Kahu and wai, water. 
One who has the charge or oversight of the 
division of water. 

Ka-nu-wal, s. A brook or stream of 
water. See KanHawatl. 

Ka-nu-pa-ka, s. Kahu and baka (Eng.), 
tobacco. A servant of the chiefs who has 
charge of their tobacco, lights their pipes, 
smokes a little himself, and presents it to 
his master. 

Ka-nu-si-P1, s. Kahu and bipt, an ox or 
cow. A keeper of cattle; a herdsman. 
Kin. 13:7, 8. 

Ka-xa, v. Ka, to strike; to dash. To 
beat; to whip. 

_ 2. To cut and split or break wood (this 
was anciently done, not with an axe, but 
by striking sticks against stones or rocks.) 

3. To wash, as dirty clothes (this is done 
by Hawaiians by beating them.) 

4. To strike, as fire with flint and steel ; 
ka or kala ahi. 

5. To thrash, as grain. Rut. 2:17. 

6. To rip open. 2 Nal. 18:12. 

7. To dip or bail out water. See Ka. 


Ka-xa, v. To be odorous or sweet- 
scented ; to smell agreeably. 
Ka-ka, s. Fruits that grow in clusters, 
as grapes ; much fruit in one place. 
Ka-xa, s. A bird; a species of duck; 
he manu nene. 
Ka-xaa, v. See Kaa, to roll. To roll; 
to turn this way and that. 
2. To stare or gaze with wonder; to 
strain the eyes with looking. 
3. To turn aside from; to deviate from 
a right line; to sail in a zigzag manner. 
4. To squint. 
Ka-xaa, adj. Rolling. 
2. Watery; sore eyed. 
Ka-xaa, s. A watery or sore eye. 
Ka-Kak, v. To run; to be spry; to be 
quick. 


in walking. 

Ka-kal, v. See Kar, to lead. To go 
along in company; kakai ka aha i muli 
honua, the company followed all together; 
to travel together, as a huakai or caravan; 
kakai lua ka hele a kanaka. 

2. To follow, as chickens do a hen. 

3. To follow one after another, as in In- 
dian file. 

4. To look carefully around, as with an 
evil design. 

5. To gird on to the loins, as a sword. 

6. To pray, as in ancient times ata great 
kapu occasion; kakai ka aha a loaa hoi. 

7. To copulate, as the different sexes. 

8. Hoo. To look after; to see to; aka, 
aole e pau i ka hookakai aku. 

Ka-xal, s. A company traveling to- 
gether. 

2. A family, including servants, depen- 
dents, &c. 

3. A litter, as of animals. 

4. A cloud that hangs low near the 
ground; he makani auanei, ke kau mai la 
ke kakai 0 Waimea. 

5. Name of some of the strings used in 
tying up a calabash. 

Ka-xat-A-po-La, s. The tail of a kite; 
alaila, nakinaki na kaula hanai ame ke ka- 
kaiapola ame ke aho. See Karkarapona. 


Ka4-KAI-E-LE, ie. To be slow; to be 

Ka-KAI-HI-LI, sluggish; to lag behind. 

Ka-Ka-o-Ko, adj. Dull; slow; crooked, 

Ka-xal-Ka-HI, v. To be few; to be 
scarce; to be seldom occurring ; hence, to 
be precious. 1 Sam. 3:1. 

Ka-KAl-KA-HI, adj. Few; scarce; here 
and there one; a small number. 


Ka-Kar-pau-pa, s. Eng. A cartridge 
box; also kapepauda. 

Ka-xa-o-La, s. The spirit or soul of a 
living person as seen or pretended to be 
seen by the kahuna kilokilo or juggling 
priest. If many spirits were seen in com- 
pany they were called oio. The ghost ofa 
single deceased person was called kinowai- 
lua, which see. 

Ka-xar-pa-i, s. See Kaxat,a going. A 
going down a pali. 

2. The descent of a pali. 


Ka-KaA-o-LE-Lo, 8s. Kaka and olelo, word. 
A counsellor; an adviser; a lawgiver; a 
scribe; one skilled in language; kekahi 
poe kanaka akamai i ke kakaolelo, certain 
men skillful in judgment. 


Ka-xau, v. See Kav. To write; to 
mark with apen or pencil; to make letters. 
2. To write upon; to print or paint on 
kapa, as in former times; to put down for 
remembrance. Nah. 33:2. 


KAK 


248 


KAK 


3. To describe; to mark out; to desig-| Ka-Ka-HI-a-KA, v; To be or become 


nate; to divide out into parcels, as land. 
Tos. 18:6, 8. 

Ka-xau, s. A writing, i. e., anything 
written. 

2. The act of writing ; hence, 

3. A taking, i. e., writing down the names 
of persons who are to pay tribute. Luk. 2:1. 

Ka-KAU-A-LII. 

Ka-xau-o-LE-Lo, s. Kakau and olelo, 
word. A person whose business it is to 
keep or write a record. 

2. A scribe; a clerk; a secretary. 2 
Sam. 8:17. 

Ka-xau-na, v. To stretch out, as the 
arm with muscular energy ; to exert great 
strength ; hence, 

2. To oppress; to be hard or cruel to 
those who are subject. 

3. To bring under bondage; to cause 
one to groan through hard service. 

4. Hoo. To oppress; to harass; to im- 
pose burdens upon. 

5. To stretch out the hand to punish. 
Puk. 7:5. Hookaumaha iho la me ka hoo- 
kakauha maluna o kanaka, he oppressed 
and imposed upon the people. 

Ka-Kau-Ha, adj. Stretched out, 1. e., 
strong; powerful; stiff; kakauha kuu pun, 
my neck is stiff; strained, as a large rope; 
as the muscles of the arm in exerting 
strength; kakauha ka lima; energetic. 
Puk. 6:6. Hard; severe; exacting. 

Ka-xau-xa-Ha, v. To print, paint or 
mark, as on the skin. Oihk. 19:28. 

Ka-KAU-M00-0-LE-LO, s. Kakau and moo- 
olelo,a connected story. A record. 2 Sam. 
20:24. 

Ka-xa-Ha, s. Name of a shallow place 
out in the sea. 

Ka-ka-HE, v. See Kaus, to flow. To 
flow ; to overflow ; to run, as a liquid; to 
melt; to flow, as a melted substance. 2 
Pet. 3:12. 

Ka-xa-HE, s. A flowing brook; a flow- 
ing or dripping of water. 

Ka-Ka-HE-A-wal, s. A brook; a flowing 
stream. See KAHAwat. 

Ka-KA-HE-LE, v. Kaka and hele, to go. 
a go quickly; to move quick; to be ina 

urry. 

Ka-Ka-HE, v. An error perhaps in wri- 
ting for kakahi. To break; to dispel; ua 
kakahe ae ika manawa pono e hana’i, he 
broke in upon the proper time to work. 

Ka-xa-n1, s. An iron hoop. See Ka- 
KAKI. 

Ka-Ka-Hi-a-KA, s. Kakahi and aka, 
shade. Lir. Breaking the shade (of night), 
1. ¢€., morning; kakahiaka nui, early in the 
morning. Puk. 8:16. 


morning. 

Ka-Ka-HI-K1, adj. Conversing a long 
time to no purpose; waste of time in-vain 
talk. See MAILEKAHIKI. 

Ka-Ka-HI-LI, s. Long conversation about 
many things without much profit. 

Ka-xa-Hou, adj. Just planted. 

Ka-Kxa-Hov, v. E kakaola, q. vy. 


Ka-xa-ka, s. A bow for shooting arrows; 
a cross-bow. 1 Oihl. 12:2. 

Ka-xa-Ka, v. To crook; to arch; to 
bend, as a bow. 

Ka-Ka-kau, v. To write, as a law. 2 
Oihl. 31:3. 

Ka-Ka-Ka-KA, adj. Small cracks or open 
spaces in any substance; a nau no e hoo- 
komo iho ma kahi kakakaka o ko’u kino. 

Ka-Ka-KE, s. A species of potato. See 
KAKE. 

Ka-xa-k1, s. See Kaxant. An iron hoop; 
iron from a hoop, i. e., hoop iron; hookahi 
puaa, hookahi pauku kakaki, one hog for 
one piece of iron hoop. Mooolelo Hawaii. 

Ka-xa-xul, v. To blunder in speaking ; 
to speak without regard to truth; to be 
careless of what one says. 

Ka-Ka-kil, 5. Carelessness in speaking; 
falsehood. 

Ka-xa-xi-u1, v. To step lightly; to step 
softly ; to go quickly ; to run lightly. 

Ka-Ka-La, v. To be rough with sharp 
points; to be craggy; to be sharp, as a 
needle, pin, &c. 

Ka-xa-La, s. The breaking of the surf. 

2. Anything sharp pointed; small and 
sharp, like a needle. 

3. The spur of a cock. See Kata, to 
sharpen. 

4, A species of worm that destroys pota- 
toes and other vegetables ; same as pelua 
and pelue. 

Ka-Ka-La, adj. Sharp; sharp pointed ; 
rough with sharp points. 

Ka-xa-La-au, s. Name of some art 
taught among the chiefs in ancient times ; 
he nui ka poe ao i ke kupololu ame ke ka- 
kalaau, me ke kaala. 

Ka-xa-La-10, v. To stand erect, as the 
hair of one frightened. 

2. To shudder with fear. 

3. To have the sensation of cold; to be 
rough, as the skin affected with cold. See 
OKALA. 

Ka-Ka-Lal-o-a, s. A thorny vine with 
pods very prickly, seeds globular, very 
hard, shining; a thorn. in. 3:18. Guil- 
landina Bondue. 

Ka-ka-Lat-o-a, adj. Thorny; composed 
of thorns. 


KAK 


Ka-xa-Lat-o-a, v. To stand erect, as the 
hair ; to be stiff; to be sharp pointed. 

2. To be angry. See Kakata. 

Ka-xa-La-na, v. To cry out; to call 
aloud. 

Ka-Ka-La-wE-La, v. Kakala and wela, 
to burn. To make a scar by burning; to 
sear. 

2. To have the color and appearance of 
a seared or scarred skin. 

Ka-Ka-La-wE-LA, s. A scar from burn- 
ing; the smooth, brown, hard surface of the 
skin after being seared. 

Ka-Ka-LE, v. To be thin; to be watery; 
to be nearly liquid, as thin poi; to be 
mixed with water. 

2. To be movable; to be flexible; to be 
shaky. See Kaur. 

Ka-Ka-Le, adj. Thin; greatly diluted 
with water, as thin poi; he ai kakale. 

Ka-Ka-LI, v. See Kaui. To wait for 
some person or thing to come or be done ; 
to expect. Jsa.64:4. To continue waiting 
for something. 

2. To be detained. 

Ka-ka-Li, adv. Waitingly; in a wait- 
ing posture ; in wait. Jer. 3:2. 

Ka-Ka-LU-LE, s. Wandering; repetitious 
in conversation ; kalcalule ma ke kamailio 
ana. 

Ka-xa-na, v. To speak sneeringly or 
contemptuously; to hurt one’s feelings by 
sneering language. 

Ka-ka-na, s. Contemptuous language; 
reproach ; vilification. 

Ka-Ka-Na-KA-Na, 8. A species of grass. 

2. A species of sea-weed ; limu kakana- 
kana; a slippery or smooth limu. 

Ka-xka-n1, s. A blast or blight on vege- 
tables. 

2. Asmall insect which lives on the out- 
side of fruit, leaves, &c. 

3. The itch ; little round pimples on the 
flesh. 

Ka-xa-pa, s. A small strip of land ad- 
joining another’s large land; ina he ka- 
hi 0 ka loi,i hookahi lalani o ua kakapa 
ai la. 

Ka-ka-Pa-HI, v. Kaka, to strike, and 
pahi, knife; sword. To fence; to use the 
sword in fencing. 

Ka-Ka-pA-HI, s. A fencing; the sword 
exercise. 

Ka-Ka-Wa-HI-E, s. The name of a bird; 
he kakawahie kahi manu. 

KA-KA-WE-LE-WE-LE, s. Something un- 
known at present, but looked for in future; 
a i loaa hoi kakawelewele pono iki no ia 
manawa. 


Ka-xe, s. A md of artificial language; 
2 t 


249 


KAK 


it is used both in speaking and writing ; it 
is designed as a secret kind of communi- 
cating thoughts, and understood only by 
the initiated. In writing it is made by 
transposing the letters of words and by 
giving words new meanings; it is used 
mostly, if not always, for vile lascivious 
purposes. 

Ka-xe, s. Aspecies of potato. See Ka- 
KAKE. 

Ka-kE-KA-KE, v. To change; to inter- 
mix. 

2. Hoo. To mix up. 

3. To be heavy ; to be water soaked, as 

kalo. 

Ka-xe-ko, adj. Powerful; strong. 

Ka-xe-Le, v. See Kerz. To slip; to 
slide, as on a muddy road. 

2. To glide on the surface of the water; 

to sail about for pleasure. 

3. To besmear, as the skin with oil. 

4. To do that which will please one. 
Ka-ke-Le, s. A rubbing over the sur- 

face of the body; an anointing the skin of 
a person. 

Ka-KE-PAv-pA, s. Eng. A cartridge box. 
See KakarpauDA. 

Ka-x1, adj. Cross; petulant; angry. 

Ka-xr-a, s. A nail; a pin; a wedge. 
See Magra, 

Ka-xi-a, v. To wedge or fasten up 
tightly ; to fasten in a particular place or 
situation with a nail, pin or wedge. 

Ka-xr-o, s. The itch; the itching pus- 
tules of the skin. Kan. 28:27. The same 
as maiau. 

Ka-x-n1, s. A garment made to cover 
the foot and leg; a stocking. 

Ka-x1-n1, adj. Eng. ‘Twelve in number; 
a dozen. 

Ka-xi-wi, v. See Kiwi, to crook. To 
bend ; to crook, as a horn. 

2. To bend the body, as in bowing ; to 

nod, as one going to sleep. 

3. To press down upon ; to crush flat. 

4. To slap ; to strike suddenly. 
Ka-x1-w1, adj. Crooked; bent; pahi ka- 

kiwi, a crooked sword; a crooked knife; a 
sickle. Hoik. 14:4. 

Ka-Ko’, ; v. To bind up; to gird on, as 

Ka-Koo, § one’s loose garment with a sash; 
to bind round. 1 Sam. 2:4. 

2. Fic. To give strength. Hal. 18:39. 
Ka-xoo, s. A sash; a girdle. Isa. 11:5. 
Ka-Kou, pers. pron., first person plural. 

We; spoken of more than two, including 
the speaker and the persons addressed. 
Gram. § 124, 125 and 130. 

Ka-xo-tu, adj. Three-stranded; three- 

fold; kakolu ke kaula. 


KAL 


Ka-xo-na, v. See Atat. To stop; to 
hinder anything in its progress; kakona 
ke ahi haule wale iho no. 

Ka-xo-na-ko-na, s. Name of a species 
of grass. 

Ka-xu, s. The name ofa long fish. See 
KupPaLa. 

Ka-xu-a, v. To bind or fasten on, as a 

a-U. 

s 2. To tie on, as a kihei. 2 Sam. 20:8. 
To put round, as a cincture or girdle. See 
KAkoo. 

Ka-xu-a, v. ‘l'o ascribe power to the 
gods; to magnify ; to offer sacrifice to the 
gods. 

Ka-xu-a, s. The worship of the gods, 
ascribing to them power ; worship. 

Ka-xu-al, v. To worship the gods; to 
pray in a particular manner. 

Ka-xu-at, s. The constant daily sacri- 
fice offered at every meal. Notre.—tThe of- 
ferings were mostly of bananas. 


Ka-ta, v. To loosen; to untie, as a 
string or rope; to let loose, as an animal. 
Mar. 11:2. 

2. To unloose; to put off, as clothes from 
a person; to undress; to put off, as armor. 
1 Sam. 17:39. 

3. To open half way, as a door or book. 

4. To absolve from a contract. 

5. To put away; to take away, i. e., to 
ae sin or acrime; to pardon. Puk. 
34:7. 

6. To forgive, as a debt; to release one 
from payment. Mat. 18:27. 

7. To spare; to save from punishment. 
2 Sam. 21:7. 

8. Hoo. To whet; to grind or sharpen 
on a grindstone or hone. Kanl. 32:41. 

9. To run out the tongue, as a serpent ; 
to sharpen the tongue, i. e., to speak against 
or injure one. os. 10:21. 

10. To sharpen, as a sword. Hal. 7:12. 


Ka-1a, v. To proclaim, as a public per- 
son the will of his sovereign; to cry, as a 
public crier. 

2. To proclaim; to send for; to invite. 
Oihk. 23:2. 
3. To publish; to make known. 2 Sam. 
1:20. 
; 4, Hoo. To cause to be proclaimed. Puk. 
6:6. 

Ka-ta, s. A person whose business it 
was to summon people and chiefs together 
in time of war, in a great assembly, with 
lights and torches, &c.; a public crier, 

2. A substitute ; one in the place of an- 
other. Kin. 22:13. 

3. The ends of a house, in distinction 
from the sides. 

4. The name of a species of fish; also 
species of bird. 


250 


KAL 


5. Kala (English) the Hawaiian pronun- 
ciation of dollar; hence, silver; silver coin 
generally. 

Ka-ta, adv. Spoken of time; used only 
in the negative aole; as, aole e kala, long 
ago; long since; not very lately; not just 
now; a good while ago; aole e kala ka 
noho ana o na haole maanei, it is a good 
while that foreigners have lived here, i. e., 
their coming here is not lately. 

Ka-ta-au, v. Kala, to call, and aw. See 
Waxaau. To call; to call aloud. 

Ka-ta-au, s. The striking of one stick 
upon another, as a part of the music ina 
hula; he kalaau ka hula nui a na ‘lil e 
hana ai. 

Ka-uag, s. Clearness; whiteness. Puk. 
24:10. 

2. A clear pure atmosphere; a calm. 
See Lak and Larnar. Laieik. 25. 

Ka-Lak, adj. Clear; pure; white; calm; 
pleasant. 

Ka-La-E-A, s. Roughness; rudeness in 
speaking ; harshness. 

Ka-ta-E-a, adv. Roughly; harshly; an- 
grily; applied to speaking. Oihl. 10:13. 
He olelo kalaea wale no ka Hakau ia Umi, 
Hakau spake only rough words to Umi. 

Ka-tat, v. Tohew; tocut. Kani. 10:1. 
Kalai laau, to hew wood; kalai pohaku, to 
hew stones. 

2..To pare; to cut; to grave; to carve 
out, i. e., to divide out, as one’s portion ; 
kalai laau, a hewer of wood. os. 9:20. 
Kalai pohaku, a stone cutter. Isa. 22:16. 

Ka-tal, adj. Hewed; cut; carved. 

Ka-nar-at-na, v. Kalai, to divide, and 
aina, land. To manage or direct the affairs 
of the land, i. e., the resources. 

Ka-nat-at-na, s. The name of the office 
of the Minister of the Interior. 

2. Political economy. 

Ka-uat-ta, part. of fala. Engraved ; 
cut. Puk. 20:4. 

Ka-Lal-I-No, v. Kalaz, to carve out, and 
ino, wickedness. To concoct mischief; to 
devise a plan of evil against another. See 
ATAHULU. 

Ka-ta-1-n1, adj. Proud; exalted on ac- 
count of one’s office or nearness to a chief; 
ame ka leo kalaihi 0 na kumu. 

Ka-Lar-mo-ku, s. One who is concerned 
in managing the affairs of the moku, i. e., 
island. 

2. One whose advice is valued in man- 
aging a people; o ka mea akamai i ke ka- 
kaolelo no ke aupuni, he kalaimoku ia. 

Ka-tar-ro-Ha-ku, s. Kalai and pohaku, 
a stone. A stone cutter. 2 Sam. 5:11. 


Ka-tav, v. To thatch with leaves or 
potato vines; to work inefficiently. 
‘ - 


KAL 2651 KAL 


Ka-Lavu-az, v. To be indifferent to} Ka-na-Le-a, s. Height; what is high up. 
work; to be lazy; to be indisposed to ' 


2. Pride ; haughtiness, as in men. 
work ; to work without satisfaction. 3. The name of a fish of the ee] kind on 
Ka-LAu-ak, adj. Indisposed to work;| the mountain Kalalea; oia ka ia ino ma ke 
lazy ; loitering. 


Kalalea. 
Ka-Lav-nu-1-o-nu-a, s. Name of anan-| K4-La-Le-a, s. Name of a mountain on 
cient king of Hawaii who lived in a time 


Kauai. JLaieik. 13. 
of universal famine which came on account 2. Prominent and long, as the nose of a 
of drought. 


person; a long prominent nose; kalalea 
Ka-ta-Ha-La, v. Kala, to pardon, and 


ka ihu 0 kekahi haole. 
hala, guilt. To loose or absolve one from Ka-La-LE-a, adj. Distorted, as the face 
guilt or sin; to pardon sin. 


of an angry man; maka kalalea. 
2. To take away the ground of an of- Ka-ta-u1, v. To walk stiffly or proudly; 
fense, or to answer for it. 


to walk like a soldier marching. 
pane. To make an atonement. Puk.| Ka-na-u1, adj. Quick and straightfor- 
736. 


: ward; applied to motion; kalali ka holo 0 

Ka-La-HA-LA, s. The taking away of! kamoku; kalali ka hele o ke kanaka mama. 

guilt; an atonement. Othk. 4:20. Ka-La-ma-u-LA, s. Name of a species of 

2. That which takes away sin; thatwhich| stone out of which maika stones were made. 
absolves sin; a redeemer. 


Ka-LA-MA-Lo, s. A sort of gra 
Ka-.a-n4-Le, adv. Kala and hale, the 9 eae PO grass with a 


. furzed top. 
end of a house. Like the end of a house,} Ky _;,-ma-ni-a. s. Kala and mania 
i. e., perpendicular, or nearly so; ona wahi 1 ? 


kiekie kalahale ana ma kahi aoao, he paliia. smooth. The smooth end of a house; a 


steep smooth hill; a pali. 
Ka-La-HE-wa-HE-wa, v. To settle or|Ka-ra-mo, s. Eng. Calamus. Mel. Sol. 
bestow one’s property, as a crazy man; 


P 4:14, 
eia ka’u, eia kau until itis all gone. Ka-La-mo-z, s. A species of fish like 
Ka-ta-nu-a, s. The ceremony of chief 


‘ } the kala, but bluish. 
women being allowed to eat fish after a] {(,-,,-mo-xvu, s. A kind of fish of the 
kapu; ai no hoi na wahine a paui ka ia : n 


hou mai, ua kapaia keia hana ana he kala- awa kind, but large; awa kalamoku. 
hua. Ka-La-na, s. The name early given by 


Ka-ta-ka-KA, v. To be craggy; to be| Hawaiians to white writing paper; he pono 
~ rough; to be harsh. anei keia manao 0 na kumu aoa pau o keia 


rey . J : kalana ? 
ans he adj. Rough; scraggy; 2. The name of a division of an island 

orny ; ar next less than moku, and syn. with okana 
Ka-1a-Ka-La, adj. Rough; sharp, as a| jn some places. 

rasp ; as saw teeth. Ka-La-na, v. To sift; to strain, as 
. 3 4 

op ara adv. Roughly ; harshly ‘| through a cloth, &c. See Kanana. 
ol. 18:23. 


Ka-La-na, s. See the above. A sieve; 
Ka-La-Ka-Lal, v. See Kazar. To hew;] a strainer. : 
to cut; to carve, as in wood. 1 Nal. 6:18. 


Ka-La-NAE, v. To persevere; to hold 
Ka-La-ki-n1, s. Kala, money, and kini| on to a job; to persevere against difficul- 
for tini, tin, i. e., silver or new money, as 


ties; he hana ikaika, aole e hoonawaliwali, 
we say silver dollars; kau kuai ana i ka 


aole he hoomolowa, aole he kalanae. 
wahine o Maui i ke kalakini, your buying | Ka-La-NAk, s. Perseverance ; acting in 
a woman of Maui with silver dollars. 


the face of difficulties. 
Ka-ta-xu-a, s. Kala, roughness, and | Ka-ta-ne-o, v. To hide; to conceal; to 
kua, back. The fin on the back of a fish;|__ go secretly. Hoo. The same. 
the same as kuala, 


Ka-La-Ni-A, adj. Smooth, as the sea 
Ka-La-Ku-pu-a, v. To lie in wait for} without a wave. See ALAnia. 
one; to entrap one in his words. Ka-La-NI-u-LI, s. The blue sky ; the 
2. To act the spy; to pounce upon se- 


upper visible heavens. See KapapaLant. 
cretly, as a cat does upon a mouse. Hoo.| Ka-La-ni-paa, s. The broad blue sky . 
The same. F 


the fixed, strong firmament. See Kapapa- 
Ka-ra-Lav, s. The name of a place on! rant. 5 
Kauai. Ka-La-wa, v. To move off one side and 
Ka-na-Lav, v. To call, as one person to 


partly round; ua kalawa ae la ma ke kua 
another; napelepele kalalau owaliikama-| oka hale; to move a little sideways and 
ani. 


in a circular motion. 


















KAL 


the road comes again to a straight line. 
2. Shooting pains in the side, neck, &c. 
Ka-Lta-wal, v. To go round; to go 
about; to surround ; like poai. 
Ka-ta-wa-ia, s. The occupation of a 


fisherman ; the act of taking fish. Nore.— 


The ka of this word is the article, or else 
the word takes no article. The word is 
written and pronounced by Hawaiians as 
though ka was an integral part of the word. 
See Lawaia and Lowata. 

Ka-La-wa-ku-a, v. See Katawa above 
and Kua, the back. To move sideways and 
round the back side. 

Ka-La-wa-La-wa, adv. He maona kala- 
walawa kahialii. This is probably an error 
for kawalawala, seldom; here and there one. 

Ka-te, v. To be thin and watery, like 
very thin poi. See KakaLe and KALEKALE. 

Ka-Le, adj. Thin and watery; very 
nearly liquid poi so mixed with water ; he 
ai kale. 

Ka-te-a, v. To go into the windpipe, 
as water or other liquid when it goes the 
wrong way; to choke; to cough; to stran- 
gle, as in swallowing a liquid. 

Ka-Le-a, s. Some kind of disease ; ina 
i haalele i ka baka, a puhi aku, 0 ke kalea 
no ia, a nui ke kunu; a choking; a cough- 
ing. 

Ka-te-o-Ku-muv, s. Name of a place 
near the summit of Waialeale on Kauai. 

Ka-Le-Ka-LE, adj. See Kare above. 
Thin: watery, &c.; soft; nearly fluid. 

Ka-LE-KE-po-NA, s. Gr. A chalcedony, 
the name of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:19. 


Ka-te-Le, v. To lean upon, as upon a 
cane or staff. 2 Sam. 1:6. 
2. To press upon gently. 
3. To be propped up; to lean, as the 
head on the hand. 
Ka-tr-Le, s. A stay; a railing; any- 
thing like the arm of a chair. 2 Qihl. 9:18. 
Ka-Le-LeI, v. To appear beautiful, as a 
beautiiul woman. 
2. To yield obedience, as ascholar to the 
precepts of his teacher; a papapu mai ma- 
muli o ke kumu, o kalelet mai no ia i ka 
maka. 
Ka-Le-Le-ku, v. See Katere. To press 
gently ; to bear on softly. 
Ka-LE-LE-MU-KU, v. T'o Jean on the stern 
of a vessel with haughtiness; to lean upon 
the side of a canoe. 
Ka-Le-Le-wa, adj. See KaaLeLewa. 
Flying ; floating, as clouds; ao kalelewa. 
1 Tes. 4:17. 
Ka-Le-Le-wa, v. To float, as a vessel 
not at anchor; to stand off and on, as a 


252 


Ka-ta-wa, s. A place where a bend in 








KAL 


vessel; aole nae i ku ka moku, kalelewa 
wale no, the vessel, however, did not an- 
chor, it only lay off and on. See Lewa and 
KAALELEWA. 

Ka-Le-na, v. See Lena. To stretch out 
for drying, as a hide; to spread out, as a 
cloth. 

Ka-te-pa, v. To peddle; to hawk about 
goods; to sell from place to place. 

2. To vend merchandise, as a shop-keeper 
(this isa modern use.) Nore.—Kalepa was 
formerly used on Hawaii, maauvauwa on 
Oahu, and piele on Kauai for peddling. 
See Maavauwa and PIELE. 

Ka-te-pa, s. One who brings things to 
market; in modern times, a merchant. 1 
Nal. 10:15. 

Ka-te-pa, adj. Trading; peddling; he 
mau moku kalepa kekahi, some were trad- 
ing ships. Notr.—It is the custom of Ha- 
waiians when they have poi or other arti- 
cles to sell, to hoist a small flag (lepa); 
hence kalepa, to sell; to make market. See 
Lepa and LEPALEPA. I 

Ka-LE-pa-LE-PA, v. To flap, as the sails 
of a ship; to flap in the wind, as a flag or 
ensign. See Kriepa and LEPALEPA. 


Ka-Le-wa, v. See Lewa. To float; to 
be floating, as any substance in the air. 

2. To sail here and there on the water; 
to lie off and on, as a vessel. 

3. To carry a weight suspended on a pole 
between two persons. 

4. To be unsettled ; to move often from 
place to place. ' 

Ka-te-wa, s. A swing; a pendulous 
machine for moving back and forward, like 
kowali. 

2. A place near or in the luakini where 
the king and a few people were separated 
from the multitude. 

Ka-te-wa, adj. Hanging; swinging, as 
a weight ona pole; flying, as clouds; lying 
off and on, as a ship. 

Ka-u1, v. To wait; to tarry; to stay. 
Puk. 12:39. 

. To sojourn with one. 

. To wait for something; to lie in wait. 

. To hesitate in speaking. 

. To expect; to look for. 

. To gird; to tie; to fasten on. 

. Hoo. To waste away with disease. 


Ka-ut, s. The edge, as of a board, leaf, 
&e. 
2. Disease ; sickness, i. e., a waiting for 
death. 
3. A word of contempt; 0 oe kali. See 
KALIPILAU. 
4. Slowness ; hesitancy of speech. Puk. 
4:10. 
Ka-ui-a-11, s. A tree or plant used as a 
medicine. 


“ISH Ot OO 


KAL 


253 


KAL 


Ka-i-a-we, s. Brass; copper, &c. See | Ka-to-n1, s. See Loni, to be slow. A 


KELEAWE.. 

Ka-tu, s. Name of the ceremony when 
the high chief lands from a voyage with his 
people and his god. 

Ka-u-Ka-Li, v. See Kaui, to wait. To 
be a little behind ; not quite up even with 
something else. 

2. To be not quite full; to lack some- 
thing. 

Ka-ii-ke-a, s. Kali, edge, and kea, 
white. A white border or fringe ; white 
on the edge or border. See KuaKALIkka. 

Ka-ui-Ku-ku-1, s. The union of several 
strings of the meat of the kukui nut made 
into a flambeau ; he kalikukui i aulamaia. 

Ka-ui-Lo, s. A fatal disease or sickness, 
like mai make; a sickness so great that 
death only remains ; he mai lilo wale aku 
no koe. 

Ka-ui-Lo-L1-Lo, v. To be about to pass 
away, that is, to die; to be so in the last 
stages of life as to be impossible to live. 
See Karito and Lixo. 

Ka-ui-na, s. Kali and ana,a remaining. 
Old potato vines that have done bearing. 

2. Potatoes of the second growth. 
3. A garden of potatoes where the old 
refuse potatoes and vines only remain. 


Ka-ti-pi-Lavu, s. See Kati, disease, and 
Pixav, offensive to the smell. A word of 
contempt or blackguardism, used to pro- 
voke ; kalipilau oe; one that intercedes 
would say to the speaker, e, oe kali. 


Ka-to, s. The well known vegetable of 
the Hawaiian Islands; a species of the 
arum esculentum ; it is cultivated in artifi- 
cial water beds, and also on high mellow 
upland soil; it is made into food by baking 
and pounding into hard paste; after fer- 
menting and slightly souring, it is diluted 
with water, then called poi, and eaten with 
the fingers. Nore.—The origin of the kalo 
plant is thus described in Hawaiian Mythol- 
ogy (see Mooolelo Hawaii by Dibble, p. 37): 
ulu mai la ua alualu la, a lilo i kalo, the 
fetus grew (when it was buried) and be- 
came a kalo. 

Ka-to, s. One of the class of gods called 
akua noho; Opua ame Kalo kekahi akua 
makau ia. 

Ka-Lo-A-ku-Ka-HI, s. A name of a day 
of the month; also kanaloakukahi. 

Ka-o-a-ku-Lu-a, s. Name of a day of 
the month. 

Ka-1o-a-pau, s. Name of a day of the 
month. 

Ka-to-wa, s. The name of a species of 
rush. See Karuna. 

Ka-to-HE, s. See Konone. Violence; 
mischief; evil. Laieik. 104. 


| Ka-Lu-Ha-LU-HA, 


hindrance ; a delay; e pono paha e kapa 
hou ia kona inoa o kalohi mahope o ka lobi 
ana o na moku malaila, viz.: the south- 
west side of Lanai. 

Ka-Lo-ka-Lo, v. To pray to the gods; 
to supplicate favors. 

2. (In a modern christian sense) to call 
upon God ; to ask for assistance; aka, e 
kalokalo aku kakou i ke Akua, a nana e 
lileuli lelewae, but let us call upon God, 
and he will blot out and wash away (our 
sins); e hoi a kalokalo aku i ka mea nani , 
hiwahiwa o ka lanikolu. 

Ka-to-Le, s. Straight smooth hair, like 
the Chinese ; e like me ko na Pake. 

2. Name of an office in the king’s train. 


Ka-to-LeE, adj. Slick; smooth, as some 
kinds of cloth. 

2. Straight and smooth, as hair; he hu- 
luhulu kalole ko ka lio, he piipii inoino ko 
ke kamelo. 

Ka-Lo-Le, v. To turn the tone of the 
voice ; to change one’s voice so as not to 
be known. 

Ka-to-Lo, s. A name given to the first 
liquor that runs off in distillation; the last 
running is called kawae. See OKOLEHAO. 


Ka-tu, s. The falling of ripe fruit; also, 

2. The falling of dried leaves. ® 

3. A yielding; a bending before the 
wind. ° 

Ka-tu-a, v. Ka and lua,a pit. To bury; 
to hide under ground. 

2. To bake, as animal or vegetable food. 
Notre.—This was always done in an oven 
under ground, i. e., it was buried. 

3. To kill, dress and cook an animal for 
food, embracing the whole process. 

4. To burn brick or lime; the latter was 
always burnt in a covered pit. 


Ka-tu-a, s. The name of a month an- 
swering to February ; ka malama o Febe- 
ruari, 0 Kalua ka inoai ka olelo Hawaii, 
the month of February is called Kalua in 
the Hawaiian language. 

Ka-tu-a, s. See Lua, a pit. A deep 
place ; a pit; a deep ravine. 

2. A descending or down-hill road. See 
Kaovo and Iona. 

Ka-nu-a, adj. Double; two-stranded, as 
a rope ; kalua ke kaula. 

Ka-Lu-A-Lu-a, adj. Rough, as a road; 
rough ; uneven, as land. 

KA-LU-A-NUU-NO-HO-NI-0-NI-0, s. Name 
of one of the gods in the luakini. 

Ka-Lvu-HA, s. Akind of sea grass 

or rush of which strings 

are made; Kaula kaluha. Job. 41:2. 

2. A general name for all kinds of grass 
and rushes which grow in water. 


KAM 


Ka-Lu-HI, v. See Hooxatuut. To yield; 
to bend ; to fall, as ripe fruit or withered 
leaves. 

Ka-Lu-Ka-Lu, s. A vegetable growing 
like the kaluha., chiefly at Kapaa on Kanai. 

2. A very thin gauze like kapa; pale 
kaiukalu. Isa.3:19. Translated in English 
muffler ; kalukalu nui, a mantle. : 

Ka-ma, s. The first husband of a wife; 
he kane mua o ka wahine, he kaukama. 

2. Children generally, i. e., male and fe- 
male children ; the second generation in a 
family. 

3. Specifically, children adopted into the 
family of another ; kama ole, childless. 

4, Hoo. Adoption ; the act of receiving 
or being received, as a child into the fam- 
ily of another; ka hookamaia, adoption. 
Rom. 9:4. 

Ka-ma, v. To lead or direct. 

2. To bind or tie up, as a bundle. 
KAMAKAMA. 

3. Hoo. To adopt, as a child; to take 
another’s child as one’s own. This has 
been a very commun practice among Ha- 
waiians of all grades from time immemo- 
rial. 

Ka-ma, adj. Hoo. The state of being a 
child by adoption; keiki hookama, an 
adopted child. 

Ka-ma, s. A cavern; a fissure in a rock. 

Ka-maa, s. Sandals; shoes, i. e., shoes 
for the bottom of the feet. 

2. Kapa or other material bound round 
the feet and legs when traveling on places 
of scoria or other rough places. Puk. 12:11. 

Ka-maa, v. Hoo. To shoe; to furnish 
with shoes or sandals. Hzek. 16:10. 

Ka-ma-a-HA. See the compound Moto- 
KAMAAHA. 

Ka-ma-al-na, s. Kama, child, and azna, 
land. Lir. A child of the land. <A native 
born in any place and continuing to live 
in that place. Oihk. 18:25. 

2. One belonging to a land and trans- 
ferred with the land, from one landholder 
to another. 

3. The present residents in a place; a 
citizen. Oth. 21:39. 

4, Fig. The indwelling of evil in the 
heart ; he kamaaina kahiko loa ka hewa 
ma ka naau. mai ka hoomaka o Satana ka 
hakuaina o ka po. See Kura. 

Ka-maa-to-a, s. See Maatoa. 

Ka-maAa-Lo-I-HI, s. Kamaa and loihi, 
long. Lrr. Long shoes. Shoes with legs, 
i. e., boots. 

Ka-ma-Eu, s. Kama, child, and ew, mis 
chievous. A mischievous, vicious child. 

2. A vicious, lying, deceitful person. 

Ka-ma-n-nu, s. Strength; energy; 
kamaehu, to stand firmly. 


See 


254 


ku | 


KAM 


Ka-mal, v. To play the whoremonger 
for hire. 

Ka-mat-o-a, s. He kapipine i huiia me 
ke kamaioa. 

KaA-MAI-KA-HU-LI-WAA-PU, 

KA-MAI-KA-HU-LI-PU, names of the 

KA-MAI-HU-LI-WAA, god who aided 
in floating upset canoes ; their jurisdiction 
extended over all the islands. 

Ka-ma-I-k1, s. Kama and 7ki, little. The 
oldest or first born ; the most endeared or 
best beloved; an expression of endear- 
ment, as my precious child. Mar. 2:5. 

Ka-ma-I-LI-0, v1. To converse; to ex- 
change ideas colloquially ; to confer to- 
gether; to consult; to talk with. Jos. 22:15. 

Ka-ma-I-LI-0, s. Conversation; consulta- 
tion. 

Ka-mav, v. To remain a long time; to 
persevere in any state or business in which 
one is. 

2. To hold on or continue in a business 
with no certainty as to the result. 

3. To hang by a trifle, as a heavy body 
by a small string ; to be long sick and eat 
but little. ' 

4. To be unfixed; to be insecure; paa 
pono ole. 

5. To strain; to persevere; to take a long 
breath. 

6. To trump, as with a trump ecard ; ka- 
mau i kela ai, trump that trick. 

Ka-mau, s. Endurance; perseverance, 
especially in uncertainty. 

2. Name of a kind of kalo. 

Ka-mau, s. A friend of one on account 
of relationship, i. e., a friend as well as a 
relation. 

Ka-mav, adj. Fast adhering; constant, 
as a friend or beloved relative. 3 

Ka-mau-k-A, v. See Kamau and Ea, 
breath. To hold on for the present; just 
to live; to eat but little; to live on till the 
breath leaves. 

Ka-ma-HAo, adj. See Kama and Hao, 
to wonder. Wonderful; astonishing ; sur- 
prising ; unheard of; incomprehensible ; 
ke ku ana mai o keia mea kamahao, the 
standing of this wonderful thing ; kKamahao 
aina, a wonderful thing in the land. 


Ka-MA-Ho-E-Ho-PE, s. The name of a 
month, September ; also Hilina. 

Ka-MA-HO-E-Mu-A, s. The name of a 
month, August; also Hilinehu. 

Ka-ma-Ho-1, adj. Glorious; all over 
splendid; he puni nani; beautiful; he alii 
kamahoi, a glorious cbief. 

Ka-ma-kau, s. Ka, to block out, and 


makau, fish-hook. The art of manufactur- 
ing the bones of men or animals into fish- 


s. Different 


KAM 


255 


KAM 


hooks; o ke kanaka akamai i ke kamakav,| other kapa dyed with the root of the olena 


he kanaka waiwai ia. 


or turmeric. 


Ka-ma-xa-u1, s. Kama and kahi, one.| Ka-ma-tu, s. Kama, child, and Zz, little. 


An only child. Mel. Sol. 6:9. 

Ka-ma-Ka-LeEI-o-Ku, s. Name of a god 
made of the tree called koalaukane, a spe- 
cies of koa; he was Keawe’s god. 


O ka haku maka o Kalananuu 

O Kamakaleioku kalai aku Hooneenuu 

Ke ana a Kalaukani 

Kani kuhele ka ua i kaupaku o ka hale o moe—a. 


Ka-ma-Ka-mA, v. See Kama. To bind; 

- to tie; to make fast; to bind up, as a bun- 
dle ; to bind on. 

Ka-ma-Ka-ma, v. To practice prostitu- 
tion; to live a life of lasciviousness. oo. 
The same. 

Ka-ma-ka-mA, s. Hoo. A prostitute. 

Ka-ma-Ka-MA-KA, 5. A speech; a prayer; 
the asking of a favor, 

2. The covering materials of an oven; a 
cover for an oven. 

Ka-MA-KA-MA-I-LI-0, v. To converse; to 
talk together familiarly ; otherwise syn. 
with kamailio. Hal. 119:46. 

Ka-ma-KA-NE, $. Kama, child, and kane, 
male. A male child. 

Ka-ma-Ke-na, s. Sorrow; the eyes 
heavy with sorrow; great sorrow. See 
MAKENA. 

Ka-ma-xt, v. To be idle; to be wan- 
dering about doing nothing. 

Ka-ma-xu, adj. Going about idle; lazy. 

Ka-MA-kU-LO-HI-Lo-HI, s. A kapu wor- 
ship for the chief. 

Ka-ma-xki-n1, s. A kapu worship for the 
chief. See above. 

KA-MA-KO-NA-KA-HI-KU-LA-NI, s. With- 

out love; without affection for one. See 
Makona, want of reciprocity between per- 
sons, parents and children, people and 
chiefs. 

Ka-ma-kuu, s. A setting up of the hair 
of the head; setting the jib of a vessel ; 
“eH assembling of persons and horses to 
ride. 

Ka-ma-xa, v. To thatch with the leaves 
of the uhi for a temporary house. 

Ka-ma-La, s. A booth; a temporary 
house; a stall for cattle. Hin. 33:17. Hale 
kamala. 2 Oihl. 8:13. 

Ka-ma-ta, adj. Temporary, as the cov- 
ering of a house or shelter. 

Ka-ma-La-nI, s. Kama, child, and Zanz, 
chief. The child of a chief, i. e., a favorite 
or petted child. Syn. with punahele. 

Ka-ma-La-nI, v. To treat one as a favo- 
rite. Hoo. The same; also, to favor; to 
gratify ; e hoopunahele, e hoohiwahiwa. 


Ka-ma-Le-Na, s. The name of a pa-u or 


Children, either male or female. 

2. Dear friends; the young people of a 
family. 

3. A word of endearment, used both in 
the singular and plural. 

Ka-ma-to-Le, v. To reject; to forsake 
one thing and seek another, as food, kapa, 
women, &e. 

Ka-ma-Lu, v. See Matv, secretly. To 
do secretly; to steal; ua kamaluia kuu 
puaa e mea, my hog has been stolen by 
somebody. 

2. To prohibit; to forbid; ua kamalu 
mai o mea ia makou, aole make hana. 

Ka-ma-ma-k1, s. See Mamaxt. 


Ka-ma-na, s. Eng. See Kamena below. 
A carpenter. Mar. 6:3. 

Ka-ma-ni, s. The name of a tree, pro- 
ducing beautiful wood and leaves ; hence, 
what is fair and beautiful outside; hence, 
hoo. A hypocrite; hypocrisy. Mat. 15:7. 


Ka-ma-n1, v. To appear to be what one 
is not; to dissemble. 

2. Hoo. To feign; to dissemble ; to pre- 

tend ; to profess to be what one is not. 

3. To deal falsely. Oihk. 19:11. 

4. To disguise one’s self. 1 Nal. 14:2. 
Ka-ma-ni, adj. Feigned ; hypocritical. 
Ka-ma-n1, adv. Beautiful outside; pleas- 

ingly in exhibition without corresponding 
substance; ano nani kino kamani iho lako 
Hawaii nei ia manawa. 

Ka-ma-nt-u-La, s. Name of a timber like 
the koa growing in various places. 

Ka-ma-nI-HA, v. To be rude; to be 
wild ; to be unsocial. Hoo. Same. 

Ka-ma-no, s. Eng. The name of a fish, 
a salmon. 

Ka-ma-No-ma-No, s. A bitter gourd with 
a bitter shell outside. 

Ka-ma-pu-aa, s. Kama, child, and puaa, 
hog. Lrr. The son of a hog. The name 
of a fabled kupua or wizard, half man, half 
hog. He was the son of Hina and Kahiki- 
ula, and grandson of Kaunuaniho. Kama- 
puaa was the husband of Pele, and their 
child’s name was Opeluhoolili. He was 
worshiped as a god. 

Ka-ma-pu-ka, v. Tobeg; toask favors; 
to get from another. 

2. To glory; to boast; to praise; to 

extol. Hoo. The same. 

Ka-ma-pu-Ka, s. A beggar. 

Ka-MA-WA-HI-NE, s. Kama and wahine, 
female. A female child. 

Ka-me-nHal, adj. Baiting; giving some- 
thing to a priest to obtain his favor. 


KAN 


256 


KAN 


2. Lasciviously mischievous, as a young | Ka-NAgE, s. Ka and nae, hard breathing. 


boy ; he mau keiki kamehai. Hae. Haw. 

Ka-ME-LE-0-NA, Ss. Eng. The chame- 
leon. 

2. The mole. Oihk. 11:3. 

Ka-mME-Lo, s. Eng. A camel, an unclean 
animal among the Jews. Othk. 11:4. 

Ka-ME-Lo-Pa-pI, s. Eng. A camelopard. 

Ka-me-na, s. Eng. A carpenter. Zek. 
1:20. See Kamana. 

Ka-mo-ku-mo-ku, v. To move, as the 
bowels in a diarrhea, at intervals. 

Ka-mo-ta, v. To be slackly twisted, as 
a string ; to be tied. 

Ka-mo-Lz, s. Name of a plant growing 
around kalo patches having a yellow blos- 
som ; jussiza. 

Ka-Mu-Mv, 

Ka-Mu-MU-MU, 
doing. 

2. The noise and action of a person eat- 
ing meat baked to a crisp, or cartilaginous 
m 


s. A rumbling indis- 
tinct noise of something 


eat. 

3. The rumbling of wagons or chariots ; 
ke kamumu o na kaa. 

4, The sound of many footsteps; ke ka- 
mumu ona wawae. 1 Nal. 18:41. 

5. The roar of a great rain at a distance. 
1 Nal. 18:41. 

6. The rustling of wings. Ezek. 3:12. 
The sound of wheels; the sound of going. 
Ezek. 3:13. The sound of horsemen. Hzek. 
26:10. 

Ka-na, pron. An oblique case of the 
personal pronoun, third person singular of 
ia. His; hers; its (seldom used in the 
neuter.) Ka is a preposition, of. More 
often it signifies possession, where in Eng- 
lish the apostrophic s would be used. See 
Grammar § 137, 138 and 139. 


Ka-na, pron. A possessive adjective 
pronoun ; it has the same meaning of pos- 
session as the above, but is used in connec- 
tion with some noun expressed or under- 
stood. Gram. § 149, 150. 

Ka-na, s. Name of a man who formerly 
resided at Hilo, said to have been four 
hundred fathoms high; he stepped over the 
hill of Haupu on Molokai and slipped down; 
he also fought with Keolaewanuiakamau. 
See the story. . 

Ka-na, v. To dislike; to despise; to 
treat in an angry manner. See Konaxona. 

Ka-na, v. To see; to appear; to get a 
sight of; to obtain what one wished; i 
nana aku i ka hana i ka hale o ke alii, aole 
i kana mai, o ko’u hilahila no ia mea, I 
went to see the house of the chief, I did not 
see it (get sight of), I was ashamed. 


Hence, fear; a holding the breath from 
fear. 

Ka-NAE-NAE, v. To observe; to watch. 

2. To pray to the gods; to offer sacrifice 
to the gods ; e kanaenae'l ke akua. 
3. To appear angry. 

KaA-NAE-NAE, S. A sacrifice; an offer- 
ing to the gods; a propitiatory sacrifice. 
Laieik. 27. 

Ka-NAE-NAE, adj. Propitiating; appeas- 
ing; eia ka mohai kanaenae ia oe e ke 
akua, here is a peace-offering to thee O 
god; he hale kanaenae no ka lanie ola, a 
house offered to the god in sacrifice for the 
chief that he may live. 

Ka-nal, s. Name of a place in the sea 
where the water lies smooth and calm like 
a road; 0 kahio ke kai e moe ana me he 
alanui la, he kanai ia. 

Ka-na-Ha, v. To be forty. Kin. 18:29; 
Oih. 4:22. See Ha, No. 4. 

Ka-na-HA, num. adj. Forty in number; 
used for forty in counting ropes, cord, bun- 
dles of food and property generally, but in 
counting kapas iako is used. See Lako. 


Ka-Na-HAE, v. To decrease; to dimin- 

Ka-NA-HAI, ish; to cease; to leave off; 
ua kanahae ka wela o ke kuni, the heat of 
the burning has ceased; kanahai ka ue, the 
wailing has ceased ; kanahai anei ka inu 
rama? Aole. See KAnaKAt. 

Ka-na-Ho, v. To be moved; to pant 
from hard exercise; to cause one to shake; 
to tremble. 

2. To take refuge from fear; to be safe 
under the protection of another. 

Ka-na-no, s. A refuge; a place of pro- 
tection. 

2. One who has escaped from danger. 

3. A coming with eager expectations. 

Ka-na-Hu-a, v. To walk bending for- 
ward; to walk in a proud swinging man- 
ner; to walk as astoop-shouldered person; 
to be crooked in one’s person. 

Ka-na-ka, s. Aman; one of the human 
species ; one of the genus homo; the gen- 
eral name of men, women and children of 
all classes, in distinction from other ani- 
mals. 

2. A common man, in distinction from 
alii or chief. 

3. People generally; persons; mankind. 

4. In a vulgar, low sense as sometimes 
used by foreigners, a Hawaiian, a native, 
in distinction from a foreigner. 

5. Own; self; person; aka, i makan ia 
kakou kanaka iho, but they feared us our 
own persons; kanaka e, another man, i. €., 
a stranger. Puk. 12:19. 


Ka-na, s. The outside of the neck;|Ka-na-xa, s. The end of the outrigger 


similar to kaniai. 


of a canoe. 


KAN 


Ka-na-xa, v. To be or dwell as men; 
ae kanaka ole auanei. Zek. 9:5. Hooko- 
hukohu, a kanaka iho la kekahi poe no ke 


Akua. 
2. Hoo. To act the man, i.e., to act cour- 


ageously or firmly. 1 Sam. 4:9. 
3. To observe rectitude of conduct. 1 
Kor. 16:13. To show one’s self aman, i.e., 
*common sense; not a fool; not silly. 
Isa. 46:8. 
4, To act faithfully, firmly, courageously, 
and not faint-heartedly. 2 Oihl. 15:7. 

Ka-na-xa, adj. Manly; firmly; stable; 
ame ko lakou ano kanaka no ke Akua. 

Ka-na-kal, v. To cease; to decrease ; 
to leave off. See KanaHat. 

Ka-na-ka-ma-ku-a, 8. Kanaka and ma- 
kua, parent. The state of mature age, 
whether one has children or not, i. e., one 
mature of person, full grown’ oan. 9:21. 

2. A man of bodily strength; a man by 
way of eminence. 1 Nal. 2:2. 

3. One who acts the part of a master of 
a household; a provider. 

Ka-na-ka-no, int. Kanaka and no, em- 
phatic, indeed! really! A phrase express- 

ing applause or approbation, well done! 
noblé! fine! manly! 

Ka-na-ko-Lu, num. adj. Three tens; 

mber thirty. 

Ka-na-Le-0, v. Hoo. To make efforts 
to be regular and self-possessed when in- 
toxicated ; to try to walk straightly when 
partially drunk. 

Ka-na-Lo-a. See KuKaNna.oa. 

Ka-na-to-a, s. The name of a small 
fish. ° 

Ka-NA-Lo-A-Ku-KA-HI, s. Name of a day 
of the month. See also KaLOAKUKAaI. 


Ka-na-Lu, s. The name of the priests 
of Ku who served at the luakini; ua ka- 
paia na kahuna o ia aoao na kahuna o Ka- 
nalu, no ka mea o Kanalu ke kabuna mua. 


Ka-na-Lu-a, v. To be in doubt; to hes- 
itate between two things; to be in doubt 
how to act in a certain case; to be in 
doubt how to account for an event; to have 
in suspense; tohangindoubt. Kanl. 28:66. 
Hoo. To put, make or cause one to be in 
doubt. Joan. 10:24. See Kumer. 

Ka-na-Lu-a, s. Doubt; uncertainty 
what to think or how to act. 

Ka-naA-Lu-a, adj. Wavering; fickle- 
minded ; fearful of a result. 

Ka-na-Lu-a, num. adj. Two tens; 
twenty ; elua umi, umi lua. Kamk. 

Ka-na-na, v. See A. To sift, as 
flour; to winnow, as grain. Rut. 3:2. 

2. To strain; to pour through a strainer, 
&ec., with a view to separate the good from 
the poor. 


a 


257 


KAN : 
3. To sift, i. e., to try one’s moral char- 
acter. Luk. 22:31. 
Ka-na-na, Ss. Asieve; astrainer. Amos 
9:9. 


2. White paper for writing ; ua makau- 
kau ia ka hulu, ka inika ame ke kanana. 
Ka-na-na-NA, v. See Kanana. To sep- 

arate what is evil from the good. 

Ka-na-nu-na, v. To be dull in listening 
to a story; to sit in sullen silence, giving 
no reply ; to be dull in learning ; to have 
a want of apprehension; to be stubborn or 
surly. Hoo. The same. 

Ka-na-nu-Ha, adj. Hoo. Dull; stupid; 
slow. Heb. 5:11. Slow or dull at answer- 
ing. 

Ka-na-pt, v. To snap, as a gun; kani 
kanapi ka pu. 

Ka-na-pl, s. The Hawaiian orthography 
for centipede, a creeping animal. 

Ka-na-pu, v. To bend upwards; as, ua 
kanapu ke oa. 

Ka-na-wal, s. Ka, preposition, of, be- 
longing, relating to, &c., na, sign of the 
plural, and wai, water. Lit. What belongs 
to the waters, i.e., rights of water. N.B— 
The ancient system of regulations for water 
courses contained almost everything the 
ancient Hawaiians formerly had in common 
in the shape of laws; hence the name Ka- 
nawai bas in more modern times been 
given to laws in general. 

1. A law; an edict; a command of a 
chief. 

2. Still more modern, a legislative en- 
actment. 

Ka-na-wal, v. To put under law; to 
forbid a thing to be done; aole nae makou 
i kanawai i ka puhi baka no kailihune, we 
did not. however, forbid (put under law) 
the smoking tobacco. 

Ka-NA-wal-Lu-a, Ss. Kanawai and lua, 
double. Deuteronomy, the name of the 
fourth book of the Scriptures, i. e., a repeti- 
tion of the laws by Moses. 


Ka-na-wa-o, s. A hard, heavy stone 
from some water brook, used in war with 
a sling ; a sling stone. 

2. Name of the small fresh water fish 
found back in the mountains. 

3. Name of a fruitfound on a tree in the 
mountains. 

Ka-na-wi, v. To be poor; to be thin in 
flesh. 

Ka-ne, s. The male of the animal spe- 
cies ; opposite to wahine. 

2. A husband; he kane mea wahine, a 
husband having a wife; kane hou, a man 
lately married ; a bridegroom; also, kane 
mare, a bridegroom. 

3. The name of a stone god. 

4, White spots.on the flesh. 


KAN 


5. The god of living water; he akua 
nana ka wai ola. 

6. The name of certain gods, Kane and 
Kanaloa. 

7. The name of a small insect. See ANE. 

8. Name of a day of the month; ma ia 
ao ae, o Kane ia la. 

Ka-ne, v. To be or act the part of a 
husband. 1 Tim. 3:2. 

Ka-nE-a, v. To have no appetite for 
food; to be sickish ; to loathe food. 

2. To be slow and dumpish about work. 

Ka-neE-A, s. The loss of appetite; sick- 
ishness ; without strength ; without incli- 
nation to do anything. 

Ka-ne-a, adj. Stiff; lazy; inactive. 

Ka-neE-a-pu-a, s. A younger brother of 
Kane and Kanaloa; they were all left on 
Lanai. 

Ka-NE-I-A-Hu-E-A, S$. One that blunders 
in managing a canoe by night, or traveling 
by day. 

Ka-NE-I-KA-PU-A-LE-NA, S. The god of 
Kawelo, son of Mahunalii and Malei. 

Ka-nE-k1, v. To be near to trouble; to 
be near to overflowing, as a river; ua hele 
ka wai a kaneki wale o ka pua. 

Ka-neE-ku-pu-a, s. The name of a mock 
fight on the arrival of a high chief; ua ka- 
paia keia kaua ihe ana he kanekupua. 


Ka-NE-MA-KE, adj. Kane, husband, and 
make, dead. Epithet of a woman whose 
husband is dead; a widowed woman. 1 
Nal. 17:9. 

Ka-NE-MA-Ku-A, Ss. The god of the fish- 
ermen who caught the malolo in a net. 

Ka-NE-MA-RE, Ss. See Kane. A married 
man; abridegroom. Jsa. 62:5. 

KaA-NE-NU-I-A-KE-A, S. A general name 
of a class of gods; the individuals in the 
class are as follows: Kanekii, Kanehakia, 
Kanelele, Kaneikamakaukau, Kanekohala, 
Kaneikaalei, Kaneikokea, Kanepaina, Ka- 
nepohakaa, Kanemakua, Kaneholopali, Ka- 
neikapualena, Kaneikapuahakea. 

Ka-ne-pal-NA, S. A living thing like a 
fish, worshiped as a god. 

Ka-neE-po-Lu, s. Name ofa chief on the 
Island of Oahu, killed by falling from a 
pali one or two feet high; make o Kane- 
polu i ka pali uuku. 

Ka-neE-pu-aa, s. Name of the god of 
husbandry; ke nuhu nei, alia i oki ka aina 
aka hewahewaaheu. See Kowaa. 

Ka-NE-GA-RU, ‘e Name of an animal 

Ka-NE-GA-Roo, § found in New Holland; 
a kangaroo. 

Ka-ni, v. To make a sound more or 
less musical ; to hum, as a tune. 

2. To strike, as a clock; kani wale ka 


258 


KAN 


wati me ka hookani ole ia aku e ka lims 
kanaka. 

3. To sound, as a trumpet. Puk. 19:13. 

4. To explode, as a pistol. 

5. To crack, as a whip. 

6. To rumble, as thunder. 

7. To squeak, as shoes. 

8. To crow, as a cock; ke kani mai nei 
ka moa. 

9. Hoo. To sing ; to praise; to play on 
an instrument of music. 1 Sam. 16:18, 23. 

10. To cry out, as a multitude; to ex- 
claim ; hookani aku Ja na kanaka penei, 
the people exclaimed thus. 

11. To be unpleasantly affected, as the 
ears at hearing bad news. 1 Sam. 3:11. 
Na mea kani, musical instruments. 

Ka-ni, s. A singing; a ringing sound; 
a report, as of a gun; the sound of a trum- 
pet, or of musical instruments. 

Ka-ni, adj. Sounding; singing; squeak- 
ing ; making a noise. 

Ka-ni-a-au, v. To mourn; to grieve for 
the loss of a husband or wife. 

2. To wander about in sorrow; to go 
from place to place in despondency. 

3. To be greatly afflicted, so that the 
sight of objects bringing the deceased to 
mind would be distressing. 


Ka-nt-a-Av, s. A mourning for the loss 
of a wife or husband; deep seated grief; 
solemn mourning. 

Ka-nt-a-1, s. Kant and a-i, neck. The 
throat. Hal. 5:9. 

2. The protuberance at the end of the 
windpipe ; also, 
3. The windpipe itself. 

Ka-nt-au-K4-n1,; ’s. The name of Kame- 
hameha’s return from Oahu to Hawaii; ua 
kapa kela hoi ana o kaniaulkani. 


Ka-nt-a-uI-A, v. ‘To weep immoderately 
and lament for one absent, as a man for a 
beloved wife. 

Ka-nr-1-E, adj. Hard in distinction from 
soft; oolea, nahoa. 


Ka-nI-v, v. To be full of hard lumps. 

Ka-nI-U-U, 2. To have a sharp, quick 
sound. 

Ka-ni-u, 

Ka-nI-U-U, 
See KAnIuHu. 

Ka-nt-u-Hu, v. Kani and uhu, to com- 
plain. To complain of pain of body; to 
groan with pain or grief. 

2. To coo or mourn like a dove. 
59:11. 
3. To mourn, as in affliction. Neh. 1:4. 
4. To sigh on account of oppression. 
Pule.-2:23: 
5. To be sad; to be sorrowful. 
Ka-ni-u-HU, s. Sorrow; sighing ; com- 


s. A groaning; an expres- 
sion of grief, trouble or pain. 


Isa. 


Si 


KAN 


plaint. Hal. 142:2. Groaning; trouble; 
sorrow. IJsa.30:6. Groaning from oppres- 
sion. Lunk.2:18. Noho no lakou me ke 
kaniuhu ole iloko o lakou iho, they live 
without complaint within themselves. 

Ka-ni-u-Hu, adj. Sighing; sorrowing 
on account of oppression or wrong. 

Ka-ni-u-u1, v. To put out the lip. 

Ka-ni-ni-a, adv. Suffering from love or 
affection for another; e noho kanihia aloha 
ae ana au ia oe. 

Ka-ni-xau, v. To mourn for the loss of 
friends: to lament; to bewail, as for the 
dead. Kin. 23:3. 

2. To compose a dirge, or to sing one ex- 
temporaneously. 2 Sam. 3:33. 'To compose 
an elegy for one. 2 Sam. 1:17. See Kuma- 
KENA. 

Ka-ni-xau, s. A dirge; a mourning song; 
mourning; lamentation. Hzelc. 19:1. 

Ka-ni-kau, adj. Mourning; hale kanz- 
kau. Kelcah. 7:2. 4. 

Ka-ni-Ka-ni, v. Freq. of kani, to make 
asound. To tinkle, as asmall bell. Isa. 
3:16. To sound, as any sharp noise; to 
ery out with a shout, kanikani pihe aku la 
ka aha, ‘ka wahine maikai, e!’’ the woman 
is beautiful! Laieik. 165. 

2. To play ona musical instrument. Hoo. 
The same. 

Ka-ni-Ka-nt, s. The sound of any tink- 
ling instrument. 

2. A jack-knife, from the sound of open- 
ing and shutting ; a unubi ae i ka hanaoi 
ame ke kanikeani; also, a case knife. 

3. The name of a famine. 

Ka-ni-Ka-ni, adj. Hoo. Sounding; giv- 
ing or causing a sound. 

Ka-NI-Koo, s. Epithet of an old 

KA-NI-K00-Ko, man; an old man, so old 

Ka-n1-Koo-koo, ) that he cannot walk with- 
out a staff. See Koo, a cane. 

2. The state of old age. 

Ka-ni-Ko-HA, v. Kani, to sing, and koha, 
to crack. To ecackle like the ao, a bird of 
the mountains. 

Ka-ni-ti-nu-a, s. A mist like rain; 
small misty rain with wind. 


Ka-ni-moo-pu-na, Ss. Kani and moopuna, 
a grand child. That state of old age when 
one has many grand children. 

Ka-ni-n1, s. A state of convalescence ; 
state of recovering from sickness. 

‘2. A covering; a screen; a shade to keep 
off the sun. 

Ka-ni-pu-ka, s. A gate; a door. See 
PUKA. 

Ka-ni-wa-nt-g, adj. Hard; difficult; in- 
tractable: anything paakiki. 


Ka-ni-wa-wak, adj. Of or belonging to 


259 


KAN 


a foot soldier ; na kanaka kaniwawae, foot 
soldiers. 1 Othl. 19:18. 

Ka-ni-wa-wak, s. A foot soldier; in- 
fantry. 2 Sam. 10:6. 

Ka-no, v. To be proud; to be haughty. 

2. Hoo. To exhibit pride; to show a lofty 
independence; to act proudly. 1 Tim. 6:4. 

3. To be always eating. 

4. To spare ; to treat with affection. 

Ka-no, s. Hoo. Pride; arrogance. Hal. 
10:2. Haughtiness; impudence; disobedi- 
ence. Ezek. 3:7. 

Ka-no, s. The name of the two bones 
of the lower arm ; hence, 

2. A cubit in measure. 

3. The body of a tree in distinction from 
its branches. 

4. The handle of an axe, 00, hoe, shovel, 
&c.; kano oo. See Kuav. 

5. The running vines of a grape vine, 
gourd, melon, &c. 

6. A notch made in a tree, &c., where 
birds may light in order to catch them. 

Ka-no, v. See Kano, s., the bones of 
the arms. To grasp in one’s arms, as in 
wrestling; e kanoia 1 kekahi me kona ikaika 
iho. 

Ka-no-a, s. A round spot of land lower 
than the surrounding land. See Panoa. 
Ka-no-a, adv. Externally; outside; ap- 
plied to the dish containing awa; e poepoe 

kanoa, e hae kanoa. 

Ka-Nno-E-No-E, v. See Nok and NoEnog, 
the north-east trade winds. To blow 
strongly ; applied to the trade winds; ke 
kanoenoe mai nei no ka makani. 

Ka-No-KA-no, v. See Kano. To be high; 
to be lofty ; to be majestic. 

Ka-no-Ka-No, adj. High; independent 
in feeling ; proud; great. 

Ka-no-no, v. To ring, as a bell; to 
sound; to make a noise by striking against 
a sonorous body, as a clock hammer. 

2. To snore. See Nono. 

Ka-no-no, s. A ringing sound; a snor- 
ing. See Nono. 

2. A red fowl ; he moa ula hiua. 

Ka-no-wa, s. See Kanoa. 

Ka-nu, v. Tobury,asacorpse. 1 Sam, 
25:1. To cover up in the earth. 

2. To plant. as seed; to plant out a veg- 
etable. Hal. 80:15. To transplant. 
3. To hide in the earth. 

Ka-nu’, v. Tobe silent; to be stubborn. 

Ka-nu, s. A burial; a planting; a put- 
ting out of sight in the earth. 

Ka-nu, adj. Mea kanu, seed or a vege- 
table fur planting ; laau kanu, a tree for 
planting. 

Ka-Nnu-E-E-I-NA, v. See Exina. To fix 


KAP 


and smooth down, as the wet ruffled feath- 
ers of a fowl. 


Ka-nu-LU, } adj. Change of Z for x. 


Ka-NU-NU, Heavy, as a sound; oppress- 
ively heavy, as a deep heavy voice or sound. 


Ka-Nnv-LU, Ss See above. An excell- 

Ka-NU-NU, ing; an increasing ; a grow- 
ing larger. 

Ka-nu-nu, v. To have a heavy deep 
sound, as the voice of a person with a cold. 
Anat. 6. 

Ka-NU-PA-PA-HU-WI-LI. 

Ka-pa, v. To call; to name; to give a 
name to. Kin. 3:2. To give an appella- 
tion. 

2. To designate ; to stigmatize. 
3. To gather up in the hands and squeeze, 
as awa dregs; e kapa mai oe i kuu wahi 


awa. 
Ka-pa, s. A bank; a shore; the side of 


a river, pond or lake; the side of a kalo 
patch; the side of a wood or land; the side 
of aroad. Syn. with aoao. 

2. A name given to the labium of a fe- 

male; both labia together are called kapa- 
kapa. 
Ka-pa, s. A kind of eel that makes 
havoc among all kinds of fish. See Punt- 
KAPA. Hence Kamehameha was called Pu- 
hikapa, because victorious over all. 


Ka-pa, s. The cloth beaten from the 
bark of the wauki or paper mulberry, also 
from the mamaki and other trees ; hence, 

2. Cloth of any kind; clothes generally; 
kapa komo, a coat; a dress. 


Ka-pa, adj. A rustling; a rattling, as 
large drops of rain; he ua kapa nui. See 
PAKAPAKA. 

Ka-paa-t-Lu-na, s. The arch of heaven 
above supposed to be firm and strong. 

2. Any place in the air or above the 
earth; o kahi e pili ana i ka laniua kapaia 
0 kapaailuna. D. Malo. 

Ka-paa-I-La-Lo, s. Ka paaolalo was sup- 
posed to be the opposite of paaoluna, but 
was under the earth ; but it applies to any 
place on the earth in distinction from 
heaven; o kahie pili ana i ka honua, ua 
kapaia 0 kapaailalo. D. Malo. 

Ka-pa-av, s. Name of the place of the 
god in the heiau, and where offerings were 
laid. See Nouv. 

Ka-pakz, v. To pervert; to turn aside; 
to make crooked morally, i. e., to turn aside 
from moral rectitude. 1 Nal. 9:6. 

2. To turn aside from the direct road in 
traveling. Kanl. 2:27. 


3. To turn aside from following one. 2 
Sam. 2:19. 


4. To turn aside from obedience to law. 
Kanl. 9:12. 


260 


KAP 


5. To turn a thing from its designed use 
or object. Norre.—It was often applied 
when a commander in battle ordered a sol- 
dier to throw a spear at one of the opposite 
party who was the soldier’s friend; the sol- 
dier would throw his spear under his arm 
or some place where it would do no hurt, 
and yet would pretend to obey; he would 
thus be said to kapae the spear. The word 
was much used formerly as applied to the 
management of a chief’s property, a species 
of embezzling. 

6. To change the meaning of a word from 
its common acceptation. 

7. To pretend not to understand what is 
said. 

8. To set aside, as an officer or ruler; to 
dethrone. Oih.13:2. To suspend from the 
church. 

9. Hoo. To cause to turn aside, &e. 

Ka-pag, s. The act of turning aside 
anything from its proper use, or from moral 
rectitude. i 

Ka-pa, v. To pound gently with the 
fist, as on one’s flesh to promote circula- 
tion. See Pal. 

2. To anoint the body with ointment. 
See KAKELE. 

3. To break up wood for fuel. See Kaka. 

Ka-pat, adj. He popo kapaz, a ball for 
lomiing or rubbing the sick. 

Ka-pa-o-s, s. ‘The name of a plant, the 
root of which was used to dye kapa and 
scent it. 

Ka-pa-o-KA, s. The Polynesian pronun- 
ciation of Sabaota—Sabaoth; Heb., armies. 
Supposed to be introduced from the Society 
Islands. ; 

Ka-pau-u, v. To catch fish in a net by 
turning it this way and that; to cause fish 
to enter a net. t 

Ka-rau-v, s. A moving of a net in tak- 
ing fish. 

Ka-pau-u, v. To flutter, as an ensign or 
flag in the wind ; kKapawu ka lani, ua hehe- 
hili ka lani. i 

Ka-pa-Hal, s. The sea shore; ku i ka- 
pahai ka mea haku ole. ‘ 

Ka-pa-xal, v. To look quietly at an- 
other taking property without the order of 
a chief. 

Ka-pa-xa-n1, adj. Kapa, side, and kahi, 
one. QOne-sided; uneven; crooked ; par- 
tial to one party to the injury of another ; 
lawe kapakahi, to act with partiality. 

Ka-pa-Ka-HI, v. ‘Toact partially; to put 
out of square; to turn aside. : 

Ka-pa-Ka-pa, v. To be lame in the hip 


joint. bf 
2. To call by an assumed or fictitious 
name. See Kapa, v. 


Ka-pa-ka-PA, adj. Fictitious; assumed, 


KAP 


as one’s name ; he inoa kapakapa; an as- 
sumed name for purposes of concealment. 

Ka-pa-Ka-pa, s. See Kapa. The labia 
of females ; kahi huluhulu. 

2. The crotch of men; he mai kapakapa 
uha i ka manawa e hele loihi ai. 

Ka-pa-KE-v, v. To deny; to refuse; to 
reject ; to quarrel; to dispute; to be an- 
gry; to distort the countenance. 

Ka-pa-ka-KEv, v. See Kapakev. 

Ka-pa-ko-mo, s. Kapa and komo, to enter 
in, i. e., to put on. A garment for putting 
off and on. Kin. 37:3. 

Ka-pa-ku-1-na, s. Kapa and kui, to 
stitch. The five kapas sewed together for 
a set of sleeping kapas. 

Ka-pa-La, v. See Para, to daub. To 
blot; to daub ; to strike or blot out. 

2. To stain; to spot; to paint or print 
kapa or cloth. See PaLapana. j 

Ka-pa-na, s. A writing; a printing; a 
stamping. 

Ka-pa-ta, s. The name of a plant, the 
leaves eaten for food in scarcity. 


Ka-pa-La-au, s. The place of sunset- 
ting ; kokoke ka la e hiki i kapalaau, the 
sun will soon reach the setting place. 

Ka-pa-Lav, s. The leaves with which 
the dead body of a chief was bound up 
previous to burial. 

Ka-pa-ra-tu, adv. Badly; awkwardly; 
without skill ; kapalalu ka pu. 

Ka-pa-ui-L1, v. To shake rapidly; to 
vibrate, as a reed or leaf in the wind; to 
vibrate, as the tongue in pronouncing the 
letter r. 


2. To trepidate, as the heart either by. 


fear or joy ; kapalili ka houpo. Hoo. To 
be in fear; to tremble. 

Ka-pa-u1-L1, s. A trembling or palpita- 
tion, as of the heart; the vibration of the 
tongue in pronouncing the French r. 

Ka-pa-Lu-Lu, v. To move; to tremble; 
to shake ; to make a tremulous or buzzing 
sound. 

Ka-pa-tu-Lu, s. A tremulous sound, as 
a fly buzzing in the ear. 

Ka-pa-na-HA, adj. Crazy. 

Ka-pa-pa, v. To sprawl about, as one 
having fallen down in the dark feels about; 
hina wale i ke ala kapapa. 

Ka-pa-PAu-Lu-a, s. A hina sacrifice ; 
ama kekahi kanaka i ke kapapaulua ana. 

Ka-pa-pa-xu, s. Some unknown place 
in the center of the earth. 

Ka-pa-pa-La-nt, s. The broad sky; the 
firmament. See KALanrpaa. 

Ka-pa-pg-a, s. Kapa and pea, filthy. A 
kapa or dress which a menstruous woman 


261 








KAP 


wore, and left when she returned to the 
family. See also Isa. 64:6. 


Ka-pa-wa, s. A border or edge of a gar- 


ment. See Lixt and Pawa. 


Ka-pE-a, v. To lay hold of; to seize, 


as a criminal. 

2. To accuse falsely. See Hoopga and 

Pea. 

3. To collect charges of evil without 
cause against a good man. 

Ka-pE-A-PE-A, v. See the foregoing. To 
watch closely; to seek occasion; to entan- 
gle one. 

Ka-pe-HE, v. See KupeHe. 

Ka-PE-HE, s. A companion; an assist- 

ant; a fellow ; an associate. 

A-PE-KE, v. To be out of joint, asa 

limb; to limp, as a lame person. Kin. 

32:35, 31. To misstep. Hal. 37:31. 

2. To miss in attempting to do a thing ; 
to mistake ; to disjoint. 

3. To be colored, as a malo of one color 
on one side, and another color on the op- 
posite side; he malo kapeke; hence, the 
name for that species of malo. 

4. Hoo. I hookapekeia me ka holei, that 
it (kapa) may be colored on one side with 
the holei; e pake, e hamama, e waiho wale. 
Ka-pE-KEI, v. To drive, as fish into a 

net. 

Ka-PE-KEU, v. To quarrel; to scold; to 
disagree ; to be on unfriendly terms. 

Ka-PE-KE-PE-KE, v. See Karexe. Tobe 
unsettled in mind or opinion; to be in 
doubt. 1 Nal. 18:21. To be inconstant; 
to be fickle. 

_2. To go in a crooked manner. 

3. To stand unsteadily; to tottle; to roll; 
to be about to fall. 

4. To fasten or put up a thing superfici- 
ally; ua paa kapekepeke no, aole i paa pono. 

Ka-PE-KE-PE-KE, S. Inconstancy; doubt; 
fickleness ; hesitancy. 

Ka-PE-KE-PE-KE, adj. Unsteady; hesi- 
tating; doubtful; unlike at different times. 

Ka-PE-KE-PE-KE, adv. Doubtfully; irres- 
olutely ; unsteadily. 2 Pet. 3:16. 

Ka-PE-KU, v. To splash or spat- 

KA-PE-KU-PE-KU, § ter in the water, as peo- 
ple do to drive fish into a net; to spatter, 
as a fish does when suddenly frightened. 

Ka-PE-LE-LE-U, s. See PeLetev. The 
name of Kamehameha’s voyage when he 
went to take possession of his kingdom; so 
called from the kind of canoes he went in; 
ua Kapaia kela hele ana o kapeleleu, the 
voyage was called kapelelew. | . 

Ka-pE-NA, s. Eng. A captain or master 
of a ship; i kapaia’ku ai Kapena Kuke o 
Lono. 

2. A captain; a military officer. 


KAP 


262 


KAP 





3. A carpenter; but Hawaiians lately 
write kamena for carpenter. 

Ka-pt, is To sprinkle with salt; to 
Ka-pit, § preserve with salt; to season with 
salt. Mar. 9:49. 

2. To sprinkle with water. 
To pour out water. 

3. To sprinkle, as with ashes. Jer. 25:34. 

4. To apply to; to put to, as one thing 
to another. unk. 7:6. See Prt. 

Ka-pu, s. Name of an oflice among the 
king’s retinue. 

Ka-prt-o, v. Tobe arched ; he pio kolea. 
See Pro. i 

Ka-pi-H1, adj. One-sided. 

Ka-pr-x1, s. A kind of poi. 

2. Eng. The Hawaiian pronunciation fo 
the word cabbage ; hence, a cabbage or 
head of cabbage. 

Ka-pi-L1, v. See Pizi. To join or unite 
together in various ways. 

2. To fit different substances together. 

3. To put or fit together, as the different 
parts of a house or ship or other work of 
the kind. 2 Oihl. 3:1. Kapili laau, to work 
at carpenter’s business; kapili moku, to 
build a ship ; ua popopo ke kia mokn, hoi 
hou oia e kapili, the mast of the ship was 
rotten, he returned to repair it. 

4. To repair or mend what is broken. 
Neh. 2:8. 

5. To plaster ; to besmear. 

Ka-pi-Li-a-Lo, s. Some unknown land, 
where the people were unknown of what 
kind ; he pilikua, he kanaka ano e. 

Ka-pi-Li-Ku-A, s. See above. An imag- 
inary country not known where nor -the 
character of the people; he kanaka pili 
makua, ma ke kaao ana e loaa mai al. 


Ka-pr-Li-ma-Nu, s. See Kapiti and 
Manu, a bird. The art of catching birds 
with bird lime (pilali, &c.) ; i ko’u pii ana 
iuka i ke kapilimanu. 

Ka-pt-Li-mMo-ku, v. See Kari. To build, 
but especially to calk ships. 

Ka-pi-L1-mo-ku, s. The art of ship build- 
ing. 

a’ A ship builder or aship calker. Ezek. 
Hh 

Ka-p1-11-P1-L1, vu. See Karius. To fit one 
thing to another ; to join two things so as 
to make one ; to unite. 

2. Toset,as precious stones. Pule. 35:33. 

3. To fix blame on another; to complain 
of another. 

4. To excuse one’s self. 

Ka-ri-p1, v. See Kari and Pier. To 
sprinkle, as salt; to sprinkle, as blood or 
water. Puk. 24:6. 

Ka-ri-pi-ne, s. A word of uncertain 
meaning brought from some of the western 


Tsa. 52:15. 





islands ; i aku ke kama kapipine, he kapi- 
pine ohuiia me ke kamaioa. 

Ka-po, s. A sister of Kalaipahoa, a fa- 
bled goddess from abroad who entered 
some kind of a tree and rendered it poison- 
ous. See KALAIPAHOA. 

Ka-poo, v. ‘To enter into, as a spirit; 
kapoo ka uhane o ke Akua iloko. 

2. To sink, as in water ; kapoo i ke kai. 

3. To set, as the sun; i ke kapoo ana o 
ka la, hele au; kamailio iho la makou a 
kapoo ka la. 

4. To sink into, as the foot in soft mud. 
See Napoo. 

Ka-poo, s. Sunken in; the armpit; the 
same applied to a fowl. 

Ka-poo-poo, v. See Karoo. To descend; 
to go down. 

Ka-po-La, v. To bind up ina wrapper ; 
to fold up in a kapa; e wahi, e kupola. 


Ka-po-La-Pi-Lau, s. Any limb sore, bad 
smelling and swathed with kapa or rags is 
called a kapolapilau. See Kapona. 

Ka-pu, s. A general name of the sys- 
tem of religion that existed formerly on the 
Hawaiian Islands, and which was grounded 
upon numerous restrictions or prohibitions, 
keeping the common people in obedience 
to the chiefs and priests; but many of the 
kapus extended to the chiefs themselves. 
The word signifies, 

1. Prohibited ; forbidden. 

2. Sacred; devoted to certain purposes. 
Nah. 6:7. 

3. A consecration; a separation. (See 
Hawaiian History and D. Malo on kapus.) 
Eha na po kapu ma ka malama hookahi, 
there were four ¢fabu nights (days) in a 
month: Ist, kapuku, 2d, kapuhua, 3d, ka- 
pukaloa, 4th, kapukane. 

Ka-pu, v. To set apart; to prohibit from 
use ; to make sacred or holy. 

2. Hoo. To devote to a special purpose. 
Puk. 23:3. To consecrate; to set apart as 
sacred. Jos. 20:7, 8. Hookapu ae la o 
Wakea i kekahi ia, Wakea tabued certain 
fish. 

3. To put on airs of distance or separa-— 
tion from others, airs of self-importance. 
See Hoomnut. The 

Ka-pu, adj. Prohibited; forbidden ; 
hence, 

2. Sacred ; consecrated ; holy; devoted. 

Ka-pu, s. A place of fire; a stove; a 
gun lock. See Kapuant. 


Ka-pu-al, ta The sole or bottom of 
Ka-pu-wal, the foot. Jos. 1:3. 
2. The track of one’s foot ; a foot-print ; 
a foot-step. 
3. A foot in measure (modern use) ; ka- 
puwai manamana, the paw of an animal. 
Oihk. 11:27. Nore.—The Hawaiians have 


KAP 


no word for foot in distinction from wawae, 
leg ; but wawae includes often both foot 
and leg; so lima signifies arm including 
the hand, but no specific word for hand. 

Ka-pu-a-n1, s. See Karu, place, and 
Aut, fire. A fire place. 

2. The pan of a musket or gun. 

3. A censer for sacrifice. 

4. One who attends upon an oven or 
bakes. 

5. The place itself of baking ; an oven. 

Ka-pu-a-HI-HAo, s. Kapuahi and hao, 
iron. An iron stove; an iron furnace. 

2. Fia. The place or circumstances of 
affliction. Kanl. 4:20. 

Ka-pu-a-mo-E, s. The name of a kapu 
when everybody was required to prostrate 
themselves when the chief passed ; he alii 
niaupio no, he apuamoe no kona. 

Ka-pu-a-No-no, s. A kapu requiring the 
people all to sit when the king’s calabash 
or other utensil was carried by; he alii nui, 
he niaupio no, he kapuanoho nae kona. 
See above. 

Ka-pu-a-pu-a, s. A kind of plantain or 
banana. 

Ka-pu-o, s. A kapu in honor of the god 
Kaili. 

Ka-pu-nt, s. A master of an animal; a 
nurse of a child; a provider. See Hooxa- 
PUHI. 

Ka-pu-ni-t1, s. Name of a species of 
fish. 

Ka-pu-xa-pu, s. See Karu. Honor; 
praise ; dignity ; separation from what is 
common. 

Ka-pu-Ka-pu, v. Hoo. To put onairs of 
self-consequence ; to ape dignity : a kapu- 
kapu no hoime ou mau kaikuahine. Laieik. 
99. 

Ka-pu-KA-Pu-LA-NI, v. To frown or repel 
one by sour looks; to be distant and ill- 
natured ; kapukapulani ka maka. 

Ka-pu-xa-wal, v. To be handsome; to 
be noble. 

Ka-pu-Le, v. Tobe hung up, asa bunch 
of bananas until the skin turns black in 
spots ; ua kapule ala mea wale i ka ua. 

Ka-pvu-tvu, v. To be unfaithful in busi- 
ness ; to be careless; to be slovenly. 

Ka-pu-tu, adj. Work slovenly done ; 
dirty ; filthy ; foolish; sottish. Jer. 4:22. 

Ka-pu-Lu-pu-Lu, v. See Kaputv. To 
work lazily ; to act in a shiftless manner. 

Ka-pu-n1, s. See Punt. The circumfer- 
ence of a thing ; a surrounding; a circuit. 

2. The name of a chief who was born, 


grew up, became old and died in the same 
place. 


Ka-pu-ni, adj. Overspreading; widely 


263 


KAW 


diffused ; he ua kapuni, a rain over all the 
islands. 

Ka-pu-wal, s. See Karu, place, and 
Wal, water. A bathing tub. 

2. A foot-step. See Kapuat. 

Ka-pu-wo-H1, s. A kapu less than a 
kapu niaupio, i. e.,a relaxation of the kapu 
niaupio ; o ke alii kupuwohi, aole oia ame 
kona lawe kahili; o Kamehameha [. he 
kapuwohi kona. 

Ka-wa, s. A precipice down which a 
suicide plunges; a lele aku i ka make me 
he kio kawa la. See LELEKAWA. 

2. A manner of playing. 

3. A person who goes behind or follows 
after another. 

Ka-wa, s. A deep pool of water witha 
precipice overhanging it, from which to 
dive. 

Ka-wa, v. To strike secretly; to pierce 
one in the dark; to assassinate. 

2. To overtake and shoot ahead of one. 

3. E pulepe. 

4. Toshoot or falldown. See LELEKAWA. 

5. To rain heavily; to flow freely, as 
perspiration upon the skin. 

Ka-waa, s. The voice of a bird on 
Molokai which seems to say, “i kawaa, e 
holo, ua nui ke kai o ke aumoe.” 

Ka-waa, s. The name of a species of 
fish net: he unena kawaa. 

Ka-wae, v. To bring up the foot, as in 
sitting cross-legged on a mat. 

2. To draw one to you with the foot. 

3. To trip one with the foot. 

4. To put the arm over one’s shoulder, 
or the foot over another; to bring the legs 
across. 

5. To bind on, as a girdle. 

Ka-waE-wakE, Ss. Name of a kind of 
stone used in polishing canoes. 

Ka-wal, s. The name of the coloring 
matter or residuum when water is poured 
on the second time. 

2. The name of the partially colored 
water itself. 

3. The liquor obtained from cane, &c., 
after most of the intoxicating matter is ex- 
tracted; aohe ikaika o keia rama, he kawai 
wale no, there is no strength in this rum, 
it is nearly all water. 

Ka-wat-ka-ma-ma, v. See Lopio and 
Nio. To soften down, as the rigor of work; 
to make easier to do; to modify one’s char- 
acter for the better. 

Ka-wau, v. To be wet and cold; to be 
damp. 

2. To keep back; to detain. 

Ka-wau, s. Dampness. 

2. Distemper among dogs resembling the 
itch. 

3. A seed used in deceiving fish. 


KAW 


4, The block on which kapa is pounded. 
See Kua. 

5. A species of tree, used somewhat for 
canoes and other things. 

Ka-wau-kE, s. See WAUKE. 

Ka-wa-Ha, v. To be hollow, as a log 
or pillar. Puk. 38:7; Jer. 52:21. 

Ka-wa-Ha, adj. Vacant, as a space; 
hollow. -Puk. 27:8. Hollow, as an arch. 
Pride: 28:11. 

Ka-wa-KaA-wa, s. The name of a spe- 
cies of fish. 

Ka-wa-Ka-wa, v. See Kawa. To be wet 
with water or rain. 
Ka-wa-ka-wa, adj. Wet; damp with 

fine rain. 

Ka-wa-xa-wav, v. To be wet and cold. 

2. To be wet with perspiration, as the 
body or bed where one sleeps. 

Ka-wa-ka-wav, adj. Damp, as mats or 
grass. See Kawav. 

Ka-wa-La-wa-La, v. Tospeak in an un- 
intelligible manner. 

Ka-wa-La-wa-La, adj. Few; scatter- 
ing ; here and there one, as persons ; few 
and scattering, as houses in the country ; 
hence, kauhale kawalawala, the country in 
distinction from a village. 

Ka-wa-La-wa-.A, s. Fewness; scarcity. 

Ka-we-a, s. A species of fish. 

Ka-we-Lau, s. See Wetav. The ex- 
tremity of a thing ; the top of a bank; the 
top of a precipice. 

Ka-we-.e, v. To work slowly or mod- 
erately, as at rowing a canoe, or at culti- 
vating the soil; kawele wale aku no. 

Ka-weE-Le, adj. Slow; lingering, as a 
disease ; 0 ka hookuli ka mea e kawele nei 
ia poe. 

Ka-weE-Le, s. Eng. A towel; a napkin; 
a wiping cloth. 

Ka-weE-LE-a, s. See WexEA. A species 
of fish. 

Ka-wWE-LE-wWE-LE, v. See KaweEte, v. 
To work slowly or moderately. 


KA-wE-LE-wE-LE, s. The name of cer- 
tain short ropes about a canoe; he mau 
wahi kaula ma ka pu o ka waa. 

2. The beard. 
Ka-we-to, s. Name of a species of fish. 


Ka-we-we, v. To cover kalo with mats 
in the oven when about to bake. 

2. To clatter, as in the movement of 
plates or slates ; to make a rustling noise. 
Ezek. 37:7. 

2. To be dry; to be unfruitful, as pota- 
toes without water. 

Ka-ws-we-te, s. The personat the end 
of a long rope where many persons are 


264 


KE 


drawing a heavy substance; 0 Kama ke 
akua i kawewele. 

Ka-wt, v. See Urand Kow1. To press; 
to squeeze, as grapes or any substance in 
order to extract the juice. 

Ka-wr-11, v. See Witt. To mix together 
different ingredients, as flour and water in 
making bread; to stir up together. 

2. To be changeable or variable. See 
LAvwILt. 

3. Hoo. To mix together; to knead bread. 
Nah. 15:4. 

4, To tear; to rend; to vex; to harass. 
See Kaawit. 

Ka-wi-L1, s. The art of catching birds 
with bird lime, &c.; pela no oia i papaaku 
ai i ka poe kawili manu oo, so also he for- 
bid those who caught full grown birds. 

Ka-WI-Li-KA-E-KA, v. Kawili and kaeka, 
to entangle. To entangle; to go this way 
and that; to involve; to go over and over 
again. ; : 

Ka-wi-Li-mA-Nu, s. See Kawi and 
Manu, a bird. A method of catching birds 
with bird lime ; he lawaia manu. 

Ka-wI-ui-wi-L1, s. Name of a tree, the 
timber of which was very much used for 
surf-boards and the amas or outriggers of 
canoes; erythrina corallodendron. See 
WILIWILt. 

Ka-wo-wo, v. To grow thriftily, as vines 
which branch out and run luxuriantly every 
way. 

2. To grow ; to increase; to spread out. 
Ter. 23:3, 

3. To increase, aS a prosperous people. 
Ter. 29:6. 

4. To make a rustling noise; to rattle. 
See KAwEWE above. 

5. To roar; to rage; to sound heavily. 

Ka-wo-wo, s. A plant growing thriftily. 
Mel. Sol. 4:13. 

2. Plants; running vines, &c.; a sucker; 
a scion. 

3. A continued rustling or rushing noise; 
the noise of a waterfall. 


Ka-Ba, s. Heb. A cab, a Hebrew dry 


measure, nearly three pints. 2 Nal. 6:25. 


Ka-si-a, s. Eng. Cassia, an odoriferous 
herb. Hal. 45:8. 

Ka-TA-RA-KE-TE, S. Heb. A cormorant, 
name of an unclean bird. Aanl. 14:17. 


Kz, def. art. The. See Ka, art. This 


form of the article (ke) is used before all 
nouns beginning with the letter k. A few 
nouns beginning with the letter p have ke 
also for their article, and a still smaller 
number beginning with the letter m. Nouns 
whose first letter is a have both ka and ke 
for their article ; that is, some nouns take 
one and some the other, but no one noun, 
without a radical change of meaning, takes 


KEA 


both forms of the article. Nouns beginning 
with o, like a, take both forms of the arti- 
cle. Before all other letters, whether vowels 
or consonants, ka is the form of the article. 
See Grammar § 59, 60. 

Ke, particle, before a verb and nei after 
it, marks the present tense of the indicative 
mood; but ke with the subjunctive mood 
marks the future tense. After the verbs 
hiki, always, and pono generally (both used 
as auxiliary verbs), ke is used before the 
infinitive instead of e. Gram. § 203. 

Ke, énterj. Anexclamation of surprise, 
indeed! 1 Kor. 15:36. See Ka. Ke is often 
used in beginning a reply to what one has 
said, and expresses astonishment at what 
had been advanced; sometimes disgust and 
the greatest contempt; e manao ino me ka 
henehene. 


Ke, v. Mostly with hoo. To force ; to 


compel ; to urge on. Lwnk. 1:34. 

2. To be intent upon; to press forward; 
to go ahead in any affair; hooke loa mai la 
© Keoua me ka manao e lawe i ko Kame- 
hameha mau okana nona, Keoua was intent 
upon the idea of taking Kamehameha’s dis- 
tricts for his own. 

3. To thrust ; to push or drive at. Hal. 
118:13. 

4. To obstruct one as he goes along ; to 
get a person or persons into difficulty ; io 
struggle against ; to be troubled. 2 Kor. 
4:8. 


5. To crowd together at a door or about 
a person ; to assault one’s house ; to press 


pon. 

6. With ai, food, to push away, as food 
without eating; to abstain from food; hence, 

7. To fast. 2 Sam. 12:16. Nore.—Vol- 
untary fasting among Hawaiians requires 
the exercise of some force. 

Ke-a, s. A cross; the form of a cross, 
viz.: one post upright, the other transverse. 
See AMANA. 

Ke-a, s. A tightness of the chest at- 
tended with difficulty of breathing; nearly 
synonymous with pani. 

Ke-a, adj. White. See Kro. Pel- 

KE-A-KE-A, lucid; clear. 

Ke-a, v. To shoot or throw arrows of 
sugar-cane. See Keapva. 

Ke-a, s. Two different places in the 
thorax: the kea paa was above, the kea 
hakahaka below; elua kea, 0 ke kea paa 
ame ke kea hakahaka. 

Ke-a, s. The name ofa play of children 
with arrows of cane. 

2. The name of a mountain on Hawaii— 
Maunakea, white mountain. 

3. The name of the rain or mist at Hana 
and at Koolau on Mani. 

4. The name of the semen of males, from 
the color. See oT below and Kxa, adj. 


265 


KEA 


5. The name of the male unmasculated 
hog ; ina i kahe ole ia, he kea ia puaa. 

6. The name of an office in the king’s 
train. 

Ke-a, v. To hinder; to object to. See 
Kg, v., and Keaxra below. 

Kr-aa-wa-I-LE-1A, s. Name of a species 
of fish-hook. 

Ke-al, v. See Ke above and At, food. 
Hoo. To thrust away food; to fast. 

Ke-ao, s. A legend; a tale of ancient 
adventures. See Kaao. 

Ker-a-HA-KA-HA-KA, S. Kea and hakahaka, 
empty. The part of the body in men and 
beasts which embraces the abdomen, as 
keapaa does the chest. 

Ke-a-KE-A, v. See Kea, to hinder. To 
hinder. 1 Sam. 14:6. To stand in the way 
of. 

2. To object to that which would be to 
the advantage of another. 

3. To keep back; to restrain one from 
doing a thing. Nah. 24:11. To prohibit; 
to resist. Oih. 13:10. 

KeE-s-KE-A, adj. See Kea, cross, above. 
In the form of several crosses, as sticks 
under a piece of timber to carry it; a kea- 
kea a amo aku. 

Ker-a-KE-A, s. See Kea 4 above. The 
semen masculinum; the semen of all males, 
See KEKE. 

KE-A-KE-A-LA-NI, §. The name of an 
ancient chief woman, supreme over all the 
islands, a woman of good character (hai- 
pule loa), from whom was descended Ke- 
awe. 

Ke-a-xu, s. Name of a cave on the 
eastern side of the- valley of Kailiili, which 
see. 

Ke-A-kU-A-LA-PU, the ghost god, and Ks- 
KUPUOHI, the bamboo plant, s. The names 
of two red coats which Vancouver gave to 
Kamehameha I. 

Ker-a-Li-a, s. A place where the salt 
water is brought or caused to flow inland, 
the sea then shut out and the water evapo- 
rated, leaving the salt, which may be gath- 
ered up. See ALIAPAAKAT. 

Kr-a-mau-mav, s. See AMAUMAU. 

Ker-a-paa, s. The chest of the human 
body, that is, the whole body included 
within the ribs, in opposition to keahaka- 
haka, the abdomen. 

2. The same also in relation to beasts. 


Ke-a-pua, v. See Kea, to shoot, and 
Pua, the blossom of the sugar-cane ; hence, 
an arrow. To throw or shoot arrows of the 
sugar-cane. Note.—This was and is now 
a favorite play of children; formerly it was 
a game among men. 


Ke-a-wa-koo, s. The name of a stone 


KEE 


266 


KEI 


idol near the top of Mauna Waialeale on | K-£-KE-E-NU-KU, v. Keekee and nuku, 


Kauai. 

Ker-a-we, s. A name frequently heard 
among Hawaiians either by itself or com- 
pounded with other words ; it signifies the 
bearer. 

KE-A-WE-NUI-KAU-0-HI-LO, s. One of the 
class of gods called akua noho. 

Ke-r, v. To bend; to crook; to bulge 
out; to oppose. See Kur. Ka puu a Kana 
i kee ai a hiolo iho. See KEEkEE. 


Ke-g, s. Crookedness; want of upright- 
ness in conduct; wrong doing; mai hai 
aku i ke kee o ko kakou aina; aka, e hai 
aku i ke ala ame ke onaona ame ka peekue 
o ka naauao. 

Kr-E, adj. Crooked. See the verb. 

Ke-r-o, v. To be angry; to be indig- 
nant at what is wrong. 

2. To perform the office of executioner. 
3. To be suddenly excited; to rage. See 
KAEO. 

Ke-g-0, s. Dissatisfaction; displeasure ; 
anger. 

Ke-E-HA-NA, Ss. Kee and ana, h inserted. 
See Ker. The bottom or sole of the foot; 
kapuai. 

2. A place for the bottom of the foot, or 
a place to rest a thing on. 

3. Ground stamped upon or trodden by 
the foot. 

4. A footstool; a place to put the feet 
upon. 

5. Aprop; a supporter; keehanawawae. 
Isa. 66:1. See Kenana. 

6. A place for the feet, i.e.,a floor. 1 
Nal. 6:16. A pavement. Exzele. 4: i 


Ker-E-HA-NA-wA-wag, S. A footstool, &c. 
See the foregoing. 
Ke-r-H1, v. To kick; to stamp with the 
foot. 
2. To lift up the foot against one, i. e,, to 
resist. 
3. To kick at; to despise. 
4. To rebel. Kanl. 32:15. 
5. To strike or hit upon, as a beam of 
light ; i ka manawa e keehi iho ai na ku- 
kuna o ka lai ka piko o na mauna, when 
the rays of the sun shall hit the top ‘of the 
mountains. 
Ke-£-n1, s. The stirrup of a saddle. 
KE-E-HI-LAE, adj. Proud; haughty; dis- 
dainful. 
K&E-E-HI-NA, 
K&E-E-HI-NA-WA-WAE, 
hana and ieee aneumanbae! 


1 Sam. 2:29. 


s. A different or- 
thography for kee- 
A footstool, &c. 


See above. 

Ker-5-kE-E, v. See Ker and Kexer. To 
crook ; to bend. 
ecii te pervert. Hoo. The same. Kanl. 


to scold. To rise up, as two persons in 
order to fight, and after scolding at each 
other awhile, separate without fighting. 


KE-E-LA, adj. Great, asa noise; great, 

KE-E-LE, as a land; large ; excelling ; 
very great; keele kou aloha. 

Ke-s-Le, v. To be very great, as a 
trouble or perplexity; Keele ka pioo ana o 
ka mai a ola. 

Ker-E-LE-A-waA, adj. Having frequent 
ditches or gullies ; Keeleawaa ke ala. 

Ke-r-mo-a, v. To be sour; to be crabbed; 
to be ill-natured. 

2. Hoo. To be greedy ; to be covetous. 

Ker-s-mo-a, adj. Having lost one’s aflec- 
tion or attachment for another and looks at 
him with indifference. See NaavkEEMoa. 

Ke-E-Nna, s. A room; an apartment in 
a house. 1 Nal. 6:6. 

2. A seater of a bureau; keena kapu, a 
sanctuary. Puk. 25:8. 
3. A partition of a room. 

Ker, zmt. An expression of wonder; 
wonderful! glorious! excellent! stupend- 
ous! 

Ke-1, v. To praise; to extol; to boast; 
to glory. 

2. Haa. To be lifted up with honor or 
pride. 

Ke-1, s. A boasting ; glorying; pride; 
high-mindedness. 

2. The name of a species of hard rock 
out of which kois were made. 

KeE-1-a, adj. pron. Ke, article, and za, 
he, she or it. This, referring to something 
present or just said; this person; this thing. 
Gram. § 152. 

Ke-1-KE-1, v. Intensive of kez. ‘To glory; 
to boast 5 to be proud. 

Ke-1-k1, s. Ke, article, and 22, little, 
small, i. e., the little one. The ke has now 
become assimilated to the word iki and 
takes another article. 

1. A child, male or female. 

2. The offspring of one, whether a child 
or grown person. 

3. A descendant of any number of de- 
grees. 

4. The young of animals or veges ey 
keiki maia. 

Ke-1-k1, v. To have or obtain a child. 
Kin. 30:3. 

2. To be or become a child. Rom. 8:16. 
Properly hookeiki. 

Ke-I-k1-A-LA-ME-A, S. Name of a fatal 
disease; kawaiiki was used as the remedy. 

Ke-I-KI-HI-A- -po, s. Keiki and hiapo, first 
born. The first bom of a family. 

Ke-i-K1-Hi-pa, s. Keiki and hipa (Eng.), 
sheep. Alamb. Qihk. 4:35. 


KEU 


Ke-1-x1-Ho-x1, s. Ketki and hoki, an ass. 
The young of an ass. Kin. 49:11. 

Ke-1-k1-Ka-o, s. Aetki and kao, goat. A 
kid. Oihk. 4:23. 

KE-I-KI-KA-NE, S$. Keiki and kane, male. 
A son; a male child. 

KeE-1-K1-pa-pa, s. Keiki and papa, anan- 
cestor. Aresident; a descendant; one who 
among many others, is a descendant of 
some great man, who lived perhaps several 
generations back ; but it is on the condi- 
tion that said descendants continue to re- 
side on the ground where their ancestor did. 

2. A native born in distinction from ka- 
naka e, or malihini. Jos. 8:33. 

Ke-1-k1-wal-v, s. Ketki and waiu, milk. 
Any young suckling ; a sucking child ; an 
infant. Kanl. 32:25. 

Ke-1-x1-Bi-P1, s. Keikt and dipi,an ox or 
cow. Acalf. 1 Nal. 12:28. 

KE-I-KI-BI-PI-KA-NE, S$. 
kane, male. A young bullock; a grown 
male calf. Nah. 7:15. 

Ke-1-na, s. The number four; more 
generally written kauna. See Kauna. 

Ker-o, s. A comb. 

Ke-o, adj. White; clear; glistening 
white. See Kea. 

E-0, adj. Proud; haughty; car- 

Ke-0-KE-0, rying one’s self haughtily. 
2. White, as paper or cloth; white, as 

fruit that is ripe. Hoo. Whitened ; made 

See Keo, white. 


white. 
KE-0-KE-0, ¥. To 
whiten ; to become white. 

2. Hoo. To whiten ; to cause to glisten 
with whiteness. Mark.9:3. Keokeo olino- 
lino, glistening white. 

Ker-o-Lo-E-wa, s. Name of one of the 
class of gods called akua noho. 


E-U, vu. To be more; to have a 
Ke-u-KE-U, remainder. 

2. To excel; to run over; to hang out; 
to project like a hog’s tush. 

3. Hoo. To do over and above; to do 
more than is required; to exceed. Puk. 
30:15. Opposite to hooemi. Notre.—This 
word is used in counting or in specifying 
a general amount, with something over, 
thus: pa kauna a keu, four each and some- 
thing over, or four and some besides; pa 
umi a keu, ten and upwards; pa kanaha a 
keu, forty and more; pa lau a keu, four 
hundred and over; the fraction over the 
definite sum is not specified. 


Ke-u, s. What is over and above; in 
arithmetic, a remainder. 

Ke-u, adj. Remaining; overand above; 
besides. Lunk. 2:8. 

Ke-u, adv. A keu, and over. 


267 


Ketkibipi and. 


KEH 
Ke-vE-vE, ) v. Ke, to push, and we, to 
KE-UE-WE, move. To push against; to 
oppose one ; to treat harshly. 
Ke-v, v. Tocontradict; to scold; 
KE-U-KE-U, to find fault; to show a bad 


disposition ; to be morose. 


Ke-v, s. Surliness; pettishness; 
KE-U-KE-U, anger. 
Ke-v, 


KE-U-KE-U adj. Very angry; cross. 
KeE-v, s. The voice of a bird, the 


KE-U-KE-U, alae; the singing voice of 
the alae ; ina e lohe oe i ke keu a ka alae. 
Laieike. 149. 

Ke-na, v. To snap with the teeth, as 
when a dog seizes an animal and tears out 
a mouthful. 

2. To extend; to lengthen out, as time. 
3. To be puffed up with pride. 
4. To sing or repeat a song. 

Ke-na, v. To lean the head on one’s 
hand and lean over sideways; e moe me 
ke kaa o ke poo i ka a luna me ka loliiana 
i ke kapa a paa. 

Ke-nav, s. See Hav. The gentle land 
breeze at night on the west side of Hawaii. 

2. The mountain breeze in the morning 
anywhere ; e o’u poe hoa o ka la wela o 
Lahainaluna ame ke kehav anu o ke kaka- 
hiakanui. 

3. A mist; a cold, fine rain floating in 
the air, mostly in the mountainous regions. 

Ke-nav, adj. Frosty; rainy, &c.; hoa- 
hele, hoa o ke anu kehau o ke kakahiaka. 

Ke-HA-KE-HA, v. See Kena 3. To be 
proud ; to be haughty; to be arrogant; to 
be wasteful. 

Ke-HA-KE-HA, s. Wastefulness; pride; 
arrogance. 

Ke-HA-KE-HA, adj. Swaggering; lofty; 
proud. Isa. 2:12. 

Ke-wa-Lu-HA, v. See Kena 4. To sing 
or repeat a song. 

KeE-HA-NA-WA-WAE, S. See KEEHANA 
and Wawag, leg. A footstool. 


Ke-na-pa, v. To be less or fewer than 
was expected ; to be not enough. 


Ke-HE-NE, Ss. The name of a place where 
offals or filth is thrown; a kind of Tophet 
like the Gehenna of the Scriptures. 

2. A basket. 
3. A fire ; a volcano. 

Ke-ni-na, s. See Keenana and Kes- 
HINA. A place for putting the feet; a foot- 
stool. 

Ke-nu, s. A contraction perhaps of ka 
ehu, the steam. 

2. An unnatural puffing or distention of 
the abdomen, as from over-eating. 


KEK 


268 


KEL 


Ke-kau-HA, adj. Stretched out; straight | Ke-x1, s. The name of a bush or small 


and stiff. Syn. with kakauha. 
KeE-ka-HI, adj. pron., art. See Kaui. 


One; some; some one; certain. Gram. § 
63, § 65, 2. 


Ke-xa-nu-na, s. Ke, article, the, and} 


kahuna, priest. The preacher; the name 
of a book in the Scriptures, Hcclesiastes. 

Ke-KA-LO-A-KA-MA-KA-MA-KA, S. Name 
of a prayer in ancient worship. 

Ke-Ka-na-Lu, s. Food that grows very 
slowly ; vegetables that are a long time 
small. 

Ke-xe, v. The intensive of ke. To strive 
together ; to contend. 

2. To scold; to be angry at; to provoke. 

3. To skin; to pull off the skin; to show 
the teeth, as a cross dog. 

4. Hoo. To press hard upon, i. e., to be 
intent upon; to carry a point. Kin. 19:9. 
Mai hookeke i ko kakou hele ana. 

Ke-xE, v. amp. A word used to children 
in charging them to cover up their private 
parts. 

Ke-xe, s. Name of a species of bird. 
See AKEKE. 

2. Name of a fish. 

_ 3. Displeasure; scolding; angry expres- 
sions. 

Ke-xe-a, s. The semen of all males; 
semen virile. See KEAKBA. 

Ke-keE, v. See Kexe and Ke. To be 
crooked; to be twisted; to be out of shape. 

2. To pervert; to turn to another pur- 
pose. Puk. 23:8. 

3. Hoo. To do contrary to the rule of 
right. Kanl. 27:19. 

Ke-kee, s. Name of a kind of fish which 


swims near the surface of the water. 


KE-KEE, adj. Crooked ; twisted ; incor- 
rect; contrary to the rule of right; twisted 
out of shape ; cross; petulant. 


Ker-xrz, adv. Crookedly; erroneously; 
hana kekee, to do unrighteously. Oihk. 
19:35. 

Ke-kE-kA-HA, v. ‘To make a show; to 
be wondered at. 

2. To contend, as two cocks when one is 
beaten and shrinks away ; kekekaha ae la 
i ke kula o Puopelu. 

Ke-kE-ko, v. See Krexo. To be small; 
of small and low stature, whether men or 
women ; e keko, e ihukoki, e kokikoki. 

Ke-xe-neE, v. To be jealous of; to envy. 

Kx-KE-NE, adj. Envious; jealous; iaku 
la au,no ke aha? no ka opu kekene 0 Moo, 


I said what for? for the envious disposition 
of Moo. 


Ke-xe-we, adj. Swelled; full, as the 
belly ; kekewe ka, opu. 


tree whose fruit is eaten in time of scarcity. 

Ke-x1, s. O keki no ame ka uhane. 

Ker-xo, s. A little short man; hence, a 
monkey. 2 Qihl.9:21. He kanaka poupou 
inoino, kokikoki ka ihu me ka maka. 

Kz-Ko-KE-ko, adj. Pertaining toa small 
man or woman; short; little; keko, ihu 

ee kokikoki. 

E-KU-I-E-LU-A, 5. Name of an instru- 
ment used in war. 

Ke-ku-pu-o-H1, s. Name of a red coat 
which Vancouver gave to Kamehameha I. 
See KEAKUALAPU. 

Ker-a, adj. pron. From ke, the, and da, 
there. That; that person; that thing; that 
fellow (more emphatic and definite than 
ia); he; she; it. It is used in opposition 
to keia, this ; it is used when the noun to 
which it refers has just before been used. 
Gram. § 152. 

Ker-ta, v. To exceed; to go beyond. 1 
Nal. 1057. 

2. To project out beyond another thing. 

3. To be more. Jer. 7:26. 

4. To cause to exceed; to bemore. Hal. 
119:98. E hookela i ke aloha, to love more. 
Mat. 10:37. 

Ke-xa, adj. Excelling; going beyond ; 
preceding ; great above another. 


KeE-LA-KE-LA, v. The intensive of kela. 
Hoo. To boast; to brag. Hal. 10:3. To 
enlarge one’s desires ; to prefer one to an- 
other; to act with partiality. 1 Tim. 5:21. 


Ke-Le, v. To slip; to slide; to glide 
easily. 

2. To sink in the sea or in the mud. 

3. To be entangled at the bottom of the 
sea when diving. 

4. To sail far out to sea, as a canoe; e 
kele wale ana ka waa mawaho. 

5. Hoo. To steer a ship or canoe; hiki 
ia ia ma kona ike ke hookele moku; eia ka 
pule: 

A kele akiu, kelekele akiu. 

Ke-te, s. Mud; mire; the fat of ani- 
mals, grease or whatever induces slipperi- 
ness. 

2. Hoo. The steersman of a canoe or ship; 
the director of a boat or ship. 

Kez-.Le, adj. Reached or arrived at by 
sailing ; he moku kele i ka waa, an island 
reached by a canoe. Moolelo Hawaii 7:3. 

Ke-Le-A-wE, s. Brass; copper; tin; 
polished steel. Puk. 25:3. Keleawe mele- 
mele, yellow copper, i. e., brass. 


Ke-LE-A-wE, adj. Pertaining to copper, 
brass, tin, &c. Jos. 6:24. 


KE-LE-KE-LE, v. See Kexe. To sail 
aboutin a boat for pleasure; to glide easily 


KEN 


269 


KEW 


IR ciaineena EO ON OT as Ree Te 
here and there. Hoo. The same ; also, to| Ke-n1, v. To walk very softly, so as to 


ride the surf in a canoe. 

Ke-.e-KE-LE, s. Fat; grease. Puk. 
29:22. Fatness. Hal. 109:24. 

2. Fat meat in opposition to io, the lean 
meat of an animal. 

3. The fat part of a hog; fat meat gener- 
ally. 

4 Mud ; mire ; kelekele ke ala, the road 
is slippery. 
Ke-te-KE-LE, adj. Fat; plump; slip- 

pery, as a muddy road. 

Ke-te-wal, s. Name of a species of 
kapa, from its color; ina i kalua pu ole me 
ka palaa, oia ke kapa kelewai. 

Ke-.e-ro, s. Gr. A lot in casting lots. 

Ke-io, int. With a prolonged sound. 
Eng. The Hawaiian English cry of sail ho! 

Ke-tov, s. A fishing hook; a hook of 
any kind. See Lov. 

Ke-mau, s. Name of a plant on the 
mountains, eaten in time of scarcity by the 
people. 

Ke-ma-xe-mA, s. A wish; a desire; a 
rejoicing. Note.—This is merely the word 
makemake with the syllables transposed, 
and probably belongs to the kake. 

Ke-mo-a, v. To be angry. 

Ke-na, v. To command; to order to be 
done; to give orders; to compel. Neh. 
5:12; Laieik. 176. 

2. To send to, as an officer on business ; 
kena aku la o Kamehameha i kona poe ka- 
naka e imi i ka laau ala, Kamehameha sent 
his men to look for sandal-wood. 

3. To give orders in case of emergency. 

Ke-na, v. To drink; to slake thirst. 
Hoo. To give or furnish drink. Hal. 107:9. 


Ke-na, v. To be weary; to suffer under 
hard labor: to grieve. 

Kz-na, adj. pron., for kela, x for 1. He; 
she ; that person; aohe kekahi la kula e 
like me kena olelo, there was not a single 
day’s school as he said. 

Ke-na, s. Hard labor; wearisome ser- 
vice. 

2. Depression of mind under unmitigated 
toil. 

3. The feelings of a parent towards a 
child that refuses his instructions ; weari- 
ness, anger and love all combined. 

Ke-na, adj. Weary; heavy; sad; sor- 
rowful. 

Ke-Na-KE-NA, v. See Kena above. ‘To 
mourn. 2 Kor. 5:2. To weep; to groan; 
to suffer inconvenience ; to be bitter. 

Ke-na-KE-NA, v. Freq. of kena, to send. 
To send frequently. 

Ke-ne-ta, s. Eng. A cent, the hun- 
dreth part of a dollar. 


make no noise with the teet. 

Ke-ni-Ke-n1, v. To furnish a supply; 
to have enough. 

Ke-pa, v. ‘To snap, as with the teeth; 
to chank the teeth, as a boar. 

2. To turn; toturnbackupon. Mat.7:6. 

3. To scrape, as dirt from a stone or 
board. 

Ke-pa, s. Corruption of English spur. 
A spur; so named from its use or motion 
on the heel; he kui e hooeha ai i ka lio ma 
na aoao. 

2. The fruit of a tree used in seasoning 
food. 

Ke-pa, adj. Of or belonging to the fruit 
kepa; hua kepa. Kekah. 12:5. 

Ke-pav, s. A general name of sub- 
stances fusible by heat, as tar, pitch, rosin, 
lead, pewter, &c. 

2. The name given by Hawaiians to prin- 
ter’s types; o ke kepau i paiia’i ka manaoo 
ke kanaka, the types by which the thoughts 
of men are printed. 

Ke-pau-po-KA, s. Kepau and poka, a ball 
or bullet. Lead; a mass of lead. Ezek. 
22:18. 

Kr-pa-KE-PA, v. To crack or snap, as 
with a whip ; kepakepa iho la kekahi pu i 
ke mele me ka hoolealea mai. 

Ke-pri-a, s. The matter about one’s face 
who has sore running eyes; applied also 
to oil that stands and gets partially dry. 


Ke-po-pa, s. Name of an unclean bird 
in Isa. 34:11. 

Ke-pu-E, s. The name of a species of 
hard stone out of which kois were made. 


Ke-pu-Ka, v. See Puxa. To play curi- 
ous tricks. 

Ke-pu-ka, s. A curious or wizard art; 
a sleight of hand trick ; a trick of legerde- 
main. 

Kr-wa, s. Something far absent, but 
with which one hopes to meet or be united 
with in future ; a future point of time; ua 
ai i ke awa i ke kewa. 

Ke-wal, s. Wind from a place of rain; 
a mist connected with rain some distance 
off; pili ke kewai, kuhaluka ka mauna. 

2. The moisture which settles on mats 
and walls inside of a house from the damp- 
ness; applied sometimes to a wind with a 
little rain. 

Kr-wat, adj. Spoiled; rotten, as an egg. 

Ke-wa-kE-wal, v. To be addled, as an 
egg; to be spoiled. 

Ke-weE, adj. Contorted; twisted out of 
meaning, as words ; incorrect. 

KeE-wI-KE-w1, s. The horns, as of the 
new moon. See Kiwi. 


KIA 2 


70 


4 


KIA 


Ker-pe-ra, s. Eng. A cedar tree; cedar| Ki-a, s. One who entraps or catches 


wood. 

Ke-pe-rA, adj. Eng. Pertaining to 
cedar; laau kedera, cedar timber. 2 Sam. 
6:11. 

Ke-ra-ti-0, adj. Gr. Hua keratio,a veg- 
etable mentioned in Luke 15:16; a shuck 
or shell of a vegetable. 

Ke-ro-xo, s. Gr. Saffron. Mel. Sol. 4:14. 

Ker-r0-ko-DI-LE, s. Gr.and Eng. A croc- 
odile. Job. 41:1. 

Ke-ru-sa, s. feb. A cherub. 

Ke-rvu-si-ma, s. Heb. The plural of ke- 
ruba. 

Ke-ru-so-Lu-to, s. Gr. A chrysolite, 
the name of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:20. 


KE-RU-SO-PE-RA, s. Gr. A chryso- 

KE-RU-SO-PE-RA-SO, prasus, a precious 
stone. Hoik. 21:20. 

Ki, s. Eng. The key of a lock. Lumnk. 
3:25. 

2. The lock itself. Neh. 3:3. 
3. The trigger of a gun. 

Ki, v. Modern. To pull the trigger (42) 
of a gun; hence. to shoot a gun; alaila ki 
mai la na haole i koe i ka pu; to discharge 
fire-arms; ina e ae oe i kun lio, e ki koke 
aku au ia oe i ka pu, a make oe. 

2. To squirt water, as with a syringe. 

3. To sitt; to strain. 

4. To make fine by separating the coarse. 

5. To blow from the mouth into the sea, 
as fishermen blow from the mouth a kind 
of oily nut chewed up in order to quiet the 
surface of the sea, so that they can look 
deep down into the water. 

Ki, s. The name of a plant having a 
saccharine root, the leaves of which are 
used for wrapping up bundles of food; the 
leaves are used also as food for cattle and 
for thatching ; dracsena terminalis. 


Ki, s. Name of a small bird; he ki 


kahi manu, he manu uuku. 

Ki, adj. Close; parsimonious; kanaka 
jou. Seev PT, 

Ki-a, s. A pillar or inner post of a house 
which supports the ridge. 

2. A pillar or post set up for any pur- 
pose. Pui. 26:32. 

3. The mast of a ship or any vessel. 

4. A standing idol; he kia hoailona, a 
standing image of worship ; kia ao, a pil- 
lar of cloud ; kia ahi, pillar of fire. Puk. 
13:21. 

Ki-a, v. To drive by knocking, as with 
a hammer. 

2. To drive, as a nail or spike ; to nail ; 
to spike. 

3. To run against or push another. 

4. To catch birds or fish; kia manu, a 
bird catcher. See the substantive. 


birds or fish; cia manu, a bird catcher. 
Laieik. 106. 

2. The name of the material used like 
kepau or pilali in catching birds. 

Ki-a, s. A spike or nail for fastening 
boards or timbers. 

Ki-a-ar-na, s. Kza, pillar, and azna, land. 
Lit. The pillar or support of the land. A 
governor; a governor of an island; aruler, 

Ki-a-ao, s. Aza, pillar, and ao, cloud. 
A pillar of cloud or cloud pillar. Puk. 
13:21. 

Ki-a-a-H1, s. Kia, pillar, and ahi, fire. 
A pillar of fire ; a fire pillar. Puk. 13:21. 

Ki-a1, v. To watch over; to guard; to 
take charge of; to look out for; to act the 
part of, or to do the duty of a guard. 

2. To wait for; to expect; to think; poe 
kiai, guards. 

Ki-a1, s. A guard; a watchman. 1 Sam. 
14:16. 

2. The time of a watch. Hal. 90:4. 

Ki-al-po, s. Ktaz, watch, and po, night. 
A night watch. Neh. 4:22. 

Ki-al-Poo, s. Aéai, watch, and poo, the 
head. <A head guard; a title of the person 
who guarded the king for the time being ; 
ua kapaia ua kanaka la, kiaipoo, that per- 
son (who guarded the king) was called 
kiaipoo. 

Ki-ar-pu-Ka, $s. Kiai, guard, and puka, 
a door or gate. A porter; a guard at a 
gate. Joan. 10:3. 

Ki-au-au, v. To smooth; to smooth 
down; to take wrinkles out of kapa or 
clothes. 

2. To walk lightly ; e mama i ka hele 
ana; e mele pale waa. 

Ki-a-Ha, s. A drinking dish; a cup; a 
mug; atumbler; kiaha ooma, a pitcher ; 
also, a basin. Puk. 12:22. 

Ki-a-Ha-a-Ha, v. See Kiana. To pour 
water, as out of a container. 

2. To drink out of a cup. 

Ki-a-Ha-ma-nu, s. Name of a small kind 
of fish found in fresh water, in streams, 
ponds, &c.; called also nawao. 

Ki-a-Ka-HI, s. Kia, mast, and kahi, one. 
A one-masted vessel ; a sloop. 

2. Firmness of purpose ; adherance to a 
fixed plan ; constancy. 

Ki-a-Ka-H1, adj. With one accord; agree- 
ing ; noho kiakahi ma ka pono; alike; in 
unison ; applied to opinion or action. See 
KUIKAHT. 

Ki-a-ko-Lu, s. Kia, mast, and kolu, 
three. The name given to a ship for hav- 
ing three masts; he kiakolu, a three-masted 
thing, i. e., a ship. 

I-A-LO, v. To dig out, as the eye. See 


KIE 


271 


Kil 





Poato. To twist out, as a tooth; to reach 
after, as in drawing something to one. 

Ki-a-Lo, s. A digging out; a wrenching 
or twisting off. 

Ki-a-to-a, s. A small, long, beautiful 
canoe. 

2. A fisherman belonging to such a canoe. 
3. A long fishing line. 

Ki-a-Lu-a, s. Kia, mast, and lua, two. 
A brig or schooner from having only two 
masts; he moku kialua, a vessel of two 
masts. 

Ki-a-pa, s. A bark, in distinction from 
a ship. 

Ki-a-we, s. The name of a tree; also, 
the name of the fruit. 

Ki-a-we-u-La, s. A species of red; ap- 
plied to the clouds; ina he ulaula ke ao, 
ua ula ia. he kiaweula. 

Kr-z, v. To be high; to be lifted up; 


more often doubled, kielie. 


KI-E-E, v. To look into; to scrutinize ; 

K1-£1, to peep at; oi imi aku i ka ma- 
nao, oi huli aku, oi balalo aku, a kiei aku, 
a nana iho; a kiei malalo o ka papale o na 
haole, they peeped under the bonnets of the 
foreigners (women.) 

2. To look at one by stretching the head 
around or over something; to look over in 
order to see anything. 

3. To look slily ; e nana malu. 

4. To watch the conduct of one; ke kiei 
mai nei no ia i ka poe uhai kanawai. 

5. To look at a particular object; kiei 
aku la au makai a mauka,a holo aku la au. 

6. To look through a door or crevice to 
see something. Laieik. 174. 

7. To be moved with joy or fear. Hal. 
68:16. 

Ki-£-Ke, s. See Exe. A bag; a pocket; 
a satchel; a bag for carrying provisions. 
Tuk. 10:4. Kieke kahubipa, a shepherd’s 
bag. 1 Sam. 17:40. 


Ki-r-k1-£, v. See Kir. To be lofty; to 
be high. 

2. To be lifted up ; to be raised high, as 
a material object. 

3. To be high, as the mind; to be proud; 
to be self-exalted; to think one’s self above 
or better than others. 

4. Hoo. To be exalted ; to be lifted up, 
as with pride. Nah. 16:3. 


5. To exalt one’s self; to think much of 


one’s self, 


3:1. 
7. To promote ; to signalize one’s self. 
8. To raise or lift up the voice in a ery. 
Ki-g-k1-E, s. A height; a high place; 
ke kiekie, the high one, i. e., God; ua like 


ke kiekie me ka loa, the height is like the 
length. 


6. To raise one toahigher station. Eset. | K 


Ki-E-KI-E, adj. High; lofty; exalted ; 
separated ; holy. 

Ki-E-kI-E-NA, s. Kiekieand ana. Being 

| high; rising high. See Pa.rpant. 

Ki-g-Le, s. The name of an odoriferous 
shrub or tree; he laau aala. Some say it 
was brought from a foreign country, but 
a word is found in two ancient meles at 
east. 


He kiele ka alau niu 
No Hana lau aala ai na ’lii— Mele. 





O ka lau o ke Kiele i aala; 
E ka lati ai mai ai mae 
Aala no mai ka lau a ke kumu.—Mele. 

Ki-E-LE, v. To emit a fragrant odor; o 
ka lau o ke kaa i kiele i aala, the leaf of the 
kaa sent forth odor. 

'Ki-r-Le1, v. To squat; to sit on the 
hams. 

Ki-E-.Lel, s. The name of a kind of hula; 
he kielei kekahi hula. 

Ku, v. To go after a thing ; to go for 
the purpose of bringing something; to 
fetch. 1 Nal. 12:3. 

2. Tocome toone; to approach; to meet. 
3. To send for a person or thing; to send 
away. 

4, To take from another; to procure for 
one. Kin. 34:4. 

5. To require of one. Ezek. 3:18, 20. 
6. Hoo. To pine away, as in the con- 
sumption ; to cause to grow thin in flesh. 
7. To starve ; to suffer starvation. 
8. To mourn; to suffer. Hal. 88:9. 
9. To make thin, i. e., to deprive of; i 
| hoonele a i hookiiia oukou i ka ike. 

Ku, s. An image; a picture; i ko la- 
kou ike ana i ke kit o ko lakou mau hale; 
an idol; a statue; fii kalaiia, a graven 
image. Puk. 20:4. Kii palapalaia, a pic- 
ture. Nah.33:52. Kii hooheeheeia, a mol- 
ten or cast image. Nah. 33:52. Kii akua, 
images of gods for worship. 1 Nal. 14:23. 
He laau ke fii no na Kanaka ame na ’lii, 
the common people and the chiefs have 
idols of wood; kit ku, a standing image, 
Oihk. 26:1. Kit pohaku, an image of stone; 
kii onohi, pupil of the eye. 

|Kir-a-ku-a, s. See the foregoing. An 
image representing a god. 

Ku-HE-LeI, v. See Herter. To stand 

with the legs wide apart; to straddle; ua 

ku kiihelet oia ma kela aoao a ma keia aoao 

o ke awa, 

Il-HE-LEI, adv. Branching apart; strad- 

dling. See the verb. 

Kul-Hoo-HEE-HEE-IA, Ss. See Ku above. 

- A molten or cast image. 

Ku-xau, adj. Pertaining to clouds di- 
vided into strips black or white; he ao 
onohi opua kiikau. 

Ku-ka-Lal-1A, s. See Ku, s., and Kaas, 





KIO 


to hew. A carved idol; a graven image. 
Kanl. 5:8. 

Ku-xe-a, s. A medicine used to relieve 
pain ; it is a kind of bark. 

Ku-xu, v. To swell; to enlarge, as the 
abdomen of pregnant women; to be full 
from over-eating. 

2. To paint the hair over the forehead 
white. 

Ku-xu, s. K2zi and ku, tostand. A stand- 
ing image or idol. 

Ku-ma-na-na, v. To enlarge; to swell, 
as the belly god. 

Kur-pa-LA-pa-La, s. Az and palapala, 
writing. A picture; a portrait; a picture 
for worship. Nah. 33:52. 

Ku-po-na-xu, s. Kit and pohaku, stone. 
A stone idol. See Exo. 

Ku-na, v. Kai and ana, a sending. To 
send after or call for persons; to go fora 
person or thing ; to fetch; to bring some- 
thing. Hset.3:12. Norr.—Itis used often in 
a passive sense. Kiina mai la enakahu ma 
ke kaulua, he was sent for by his guardians 
on a double-canoe. 

Ku-pu-a, adj. Going about, as a person 
without business, more or less mischievous; 
nahili, lalau, lohiau, hanamanuea. 

K1-o, v. ‘To break wind; ua hanai oia 
i kana mau keiki, a pau ke aho, no ke kio 
ana o na keiki. 

2. To blow on a pipe. 
3. To blow on a leaf across the lips, the 
vibration of which produces a sound. 

Kr-o, s. An excrement. 

2. A pond or puddle of water, especially 
if filthy. See Krowar and Hatoxowal. 

3. A cistern; a pool; a water sluice. 

4. The dregs, lees or settlings of liquor. 

5. A part of a potato which branches off 
from the main root. 

6. A process ; a projection; a bunch on 
a large body. 

7. A bubo, a disease connected with 
lewdness. 

Ki-o, adj. Practicing in a military 
school, as the chiefs in former times had 
mock fights for practice; he kaua paani, he 
kaua lealea, he kaua kio, &.; he kaua 

__pahukala kahi inoa. 

Kr-o-a-u1, s. Kzo and ahi, fire. A fiery 
pit; a place of torment; hell; a poino mau 
ka poe hewa i ke kioaht a ka po mau loa. 


Kr-o-r, v. To skim off the scum of a 
liquid, or to skim the cream from milk ; to 
dip up water, as with a ladle. 

Kt-o-£, s. The name of a small surf- 
board ; he papa heenalu liilii. 

Kr-o-E-a, s. The name of a bird having 


long legs, found on Molokai and in other 
places. 


272 


KIO 


2. The voice of a bird on Molokai (the 
kioea probably) ; kani mai la ua mann la, 
penei: ‘‘kioea, kioea, lawekeo, lawelawe- 
keo.” 

3. Name of a cape where the bird lives ; 
ua kapaia kela lae mahope o kekahi manu 
Olaila, he kioea. 

Ki-o-E-a, v. To be long ; to extend ; to 
stretch out. 

2. To be lifted up; to stand high, as on 
long legs (see the noun); ua like ke kiekie 
me ke kioea. 

3. To be set confusedly together, as many 
things of different kinds. 

Ki-0-E-0-E, adj. A contract of kiaoeoe. 
Long ; tall, as the mast of a ship. See 
OEOE. 

2. Flat; extended. 

Ki-o-x1, adj. Fat; plump; muscular ; 
rolling, as the flesh of fat animals. 

Ki-o-x1-0, v. See Kio. To play ona 
pipe or other wind instrument. Hoo. The 
same, to play on the pipe or flute. 1 Nal. 
1:40. 


Kt-o-x1-0, s. See Kio. A pond of water; 
a puddle where hogs may wallow. 

K1-o-x1-0, s. Name of a musical instru- 
ment; also, with hoo, the names of instru- 
ment players; poe hookiokio, players on 
instruments. Hal. 87:7. 

2. A file (from the noise), or any mate- 
rial to polish with. 

Ki-o-x1-0, s. Anything variegated, as 
cloth; as spots in the sea, some places calm 
and some ruffled; variegated ; unequal in 
appearance. 

Ki-o-x1-0, adj. Hoo. Of or belonging to 
a pipe. 

Ki-0-xK1-0-k1, adj. See Kioxt. Plump, 
fat with rolling muscle; muscular; applied 
to young strong men’s shoulders. 

Kt-o-ta, v. To lay down a substance 
for inspection. Laieik. 193. 

2. To overthrow ; to cast down. -Puk. 
15:1. To reject, as a people for their moral 
worthlessness. Oihk. 20:23. 

3. To throw away as worthless or im- 
proper to be kept. Neh. 13:8. 

Ki-0-LA-o-La, v. See Kiota. To throw 
Be cast frequently, as stones or other mis- 
siles. 

Ki-o-LE-a, v. Ai and olea, hard; severe. 
To sit on a high seat; to sit unsafely; to 
sit uncomfortably. 

Ki-o-tE-a, s. A high seat; an exalted 
station. 

2. A rickety seat on an elevated place ; 
hence, 

3. Fie. An unsafe state or condition for 
one. 

K1-o-LE1, v. To squat on the hams; to 
sit on a seat with the feet drawn up. 


KIU 


273 


KTH 


Ki-o-te-na, v. Kio and lena, to iron| Kr-wa, v. To sneeze. 


clothes. To spread out to dry, as kapa; 
to whiten in the sun. 

Kt-o-LE-NA, s. A place for coloring kapa. 

Kt-o-LE-po, s. Kio, a pool, and lepo, dirt. 
A puddle; a place of filth ; a collection of 
mud, water and filth. 2 Pet. 2:22. 

Ki-o-Lo-a, s. A very small canoe in 
which only one man can sail; holo aku la 
ia ma kona waa kioloa i ka lawaia luhee. 

2. A long fishing line for taking fish in 
deep water. 

Ki-o-na, s. Kio and ana. A place for 
throwing excrements ; he wahi hoolei ho- 
nowa; adung hill. Hal. 113:7. A privy 
or back-house. 

2. The fundament. 

Ki-o-na, adj. Of or belonging to excre- 
ments. 2 Nal. 10:27. 

Kr-o-na-HAa, v. See Onana, to crook; to 
bend. To bend or curve outward; to fall 
over a defense ; to bend up and over. 

Ki-o-PE, v. See Oora, lame. To be lame 
in the legs; to limp. See Kaopa. 

Ki-o-po-1, s. Kio and poi, food. A poi 
calabash. 

Ki-o-weE-a, s. See KiogEa. 

Ki-o-wal, s. Kzo, collection, and wai, 
water. A collection of water; a puddle ; 
standing water. 

2. A place of pouring out water; a water 
sluice. Kin. 7:11. 

3. Afountain. Mel. Sol. 4:12. Syn. with 
punawai. 

K1-o-wa-o, s. The name of the mist or 
cloud almost always settled on the hills of 
Oahu. 

Kr-u, v. To spy; to act the part of a 
spy by watching another’s conduct or move- 
ments ; e kiu malu, to spy secretly. 

2. To spy out, as a country. Dunk. 18:2. 

3. To look at with mischievous intent. 

Ki-u, s. A spy. Kin. 42:9. I kou hoi 
ana, ea, mai hoolike ia oe me na kiu; hoo- 
una mai la oia i poe fiu, he sent forward a 
company of spies; ki mai ua poe kanaka 
kiu Jai ka lakou pu, that company of spy- 
men fired their guns. 

2. A hook ; a fish-hook. 

3. The name of a strong wind at Honua- 
ula, Maui, occasioned by the trades break- 
ing over the mountains. 

4. The north-west wind at Hana, Kaupo, 

_&e., and very similar to a hoolua. 

Ki-u-Hoo-Pu-Lu, v. Kiu, to spy, and 
hoopulu, to flatter ; to deceive by flattery. 
To act with cunning in order to entrap one; 
e hana maalea e punihei ai. 

Ki-u-Hoo-pu-Lu, s. The business or ac- 
tion of a person sent as a spy; cunning 
practice. 


Ki-Ha, s. See the foregoing. The move- 
ments or convulsions in the act of sneezing. 
Tob. 41:18. 

Kr-HaE, v. To fade; to decay; to cor- 
rupt, as dead vegetables or animals; kihae 
oho o ka lau ki o Luakaka. 

2. To be inspired or possessed of some 

od. 
° 3. To become a god and go above. 

Ki-HaE-HAE, v. To tear to pieces; to 
rend into small parts. See Harwar. 

Kr-Havu, v. To eat a meal when there 
is but little to eat; to eat sparingly. 

Ki-na-mu, v. Az and hamu, to eat frag- 
ments. To eat proudly or daintily; to taste 
this and that, as though tasteless. 

Kr-Ha-pa, v. To be half clothed; to 
have only a kihei over one shoulder; to 
have only one-half the head shaved. 

Kr-Ha-par, s. A small division of land 
next less than a pauku. 

2. A cultivated patch of ground, a gar- 
den, a potato patch, a field, a small farm, 
&c., belonging to the people in distinction 
from the chief’s, which was called koele. 

3. A particular department in business 
or office. Nore.—Formerly the ceremonies 
of religion were divided into several de- 
partments ; it was the business of one to 
keep the altar in order, of another to offer 
the sacrifice, &c.; these different depart- 
ments or offices were called kihapais. 


KI-HA-WA-HI-NE, s. The name of the 
lizard god ; it was classed among the poe 
akuanoho. It is said to have been applied 
also to certain fish, the hilu and others. 


Ki-He, v. See Kraa. Tosneeze. 2 Nai. 
4:35. To snore; to breathe hard. 
2. To have the nose filled with mucus. 
3. To dive down, as the bow of a vessel 
in a heavy sea. 
4. To dive, as one dives under the surf ; 
to roll or dive, as a porpoise. 
Ki-He, v. See Kiag, to wilt. To fade; 
to wilt, as a plant. 
2. To be weak ; to faint, as a person. 
3. To become a demi-god. 
Ki-HEE, v. To blow; to blow or strike 
upon, as the wind. 
2. To wheeze; to cough up phlegm; e 
kunu me ka hookahe ana i ka hupe. 
Ki-nE1, s. Name of the garment for- 
merly worn by Hawaiian men; a loose 
garment of kapa thrown over one shoulder 
and tied in a knot; it was thrown off at 
work. 
Ki-HE-HE, v. To be or become deified ; 
to pass or live invisibly in the air. 
Ki-HE-KI-HE, v. See Kine. To pant or 
struggle for breath ; to cough severely. 


KIK 


K1-HeE-LE, v. To scratch or tear, as briers 
or anything crooked. 

K1-He-LE1, v. See Hetet. To stand with 
the legs spread apart; to straddle. See 
KUKTHELEL 

Ki-HE-NE, s. A bundle, as of potatoes 
done up for carrying. , 

Kr-u1, s. The outside corner or projec- 
tion of a thing. in. 47:21. The apex of 
an angle. 

2. The edge of a garment. 

3. The border or outstde of a land or 
country. Oihk. 19:9. 

4. The extremity of a thing; ke kihi o 
ka pepeiao, the tip of the ear. Oihk. 8:23. 
Ke kihi 0 ka aahu, the border of a garment. 
Nah. 15:38. The corner, as of a board; 
the sharp point of a leaf. 

5. The commencement of evening, when 
darkness begins ; as, ke kihi o ka po. See 
Kav 6. 

Ki-u1, s. The name of a variety of sweet 
potatoes, the ancient potato of Hawaii; 
uala paa. 

Ki-u1-Kau, v. ‘To give lavishly and until 
all is gone; i ke kihikau au,a ua pau. See 
KAHIAU. 

Kr-u1-xi-u1, v. To bend, as a curved 
surface; to hollow out, as sails in the wind. 

2. To branch off from the main body. 


Ki-H1-K1-H1, s. The curving of the horns 
of the moon; that is, the extremities are 
the kihikihi. 

2. The curve of the wings of a bird. 

3. The broad part of an ancient cocked 
up hat, as the brim was turned up and 
made sharp corners; ua kihikihi ke poo, 
curved are their heads, viz.: the officers of 
Captain Cook’s ships with their cocked hats 
on. 

K1-n1-x1-1, s. The name of a species 
of fish. 

Ki-u1-Loa, adj. Crooked; blundering ; 
wandering, &c. 

Ki-H1-mo-E, s. Name of a puu kapu in 
playing the game of noa. 

Kt-HI-Po-HI-wi, s. Avh2, corner, and po- 
hiwi, shoulder. Generally used as synon- 
ymous with pohiwi, the shoulder, but really 
the corners, points or sides of the shoul- 
ders. 

Ki-n1-pu-Ka, s. Name of one of the five 
puu kapus in playing the game of noa. 

Kr-Ho-£, v. To shift from place to place. 

Ki-no-to, s. The name of a large kind 
of hook formerly made of wood, used to 
catch the shark and other large fish. 


Ki-Ho-nu-a, s. The side or bank of a 
water-course. 
Kr-Ka, adj. Strong; energetic, as a 


274 


KIK 


magistrate in applying the law to trans- 
gressors. 

Ki-Ka-o-La, s. Ki (Eng.), key, and ka- 
ola, a bar or cross-beam. The bar of a city 
gate. Jer. 51:30. : 

Ki-xav, v. To give freely; to bestow 
favors upon others with good will. 

Ki-xa-Ha, adv. Passing by a former 
friend ; not recognizing one with whom he 
was formerly acquainted; e wawau, e hele 
loa ma ke alanui, e aloha ole. 

Ki-Ka-KA-HA, v. See Kaxa,v. To pitch 
into ; to dash against; to rush together, as 
two cocks when fighting. 

Ki-ka-ka-La, v. To spur; to strike with 
the spurs, as fighting-cocks. 

2. In fishing for squid, to draw up with 
a hook. 

Ki-xa-La, s. The hollow of the back be- 
tween the hips. 

2. The name of the bone called coccyx. 
ize The hip; ke kikala ame kauha. Lunk. 

4, The buttocks; the posteriors. 2 Sam. 
10:4, 

Ki-Ka-La-pal, s. The hips of a person 
sunk, not well formed ; papai, pananai. 
Ki-xa-ma, s. The white kapa made from 

the wauke. 

Ki-xa-mu, v. Persons for a time socia- 
ble, then to sit silent for some cause. 

2. The gathering of small fish around a 
baited hook, but do not bite. 

Ki-xa-Ka-pu, s. Name of a species of 
fish, white and round, with black spots. 


KI-KA-NA-LEI, v. To squat on one’s feet. 
2. To stop or stay for a short time. 


Ki-xe, v. To break or strike, as with a 
hammer ; to break, as a stone; to crack, 
as a nut upon a stone. 

2. To speak by turns, as in a dialogue. 

5. To divide into two or more equal parts. 

4. To reason; to confer together. Isa. 
cE, 

Ki-ke, v. To sneeze. See Kine. 

KI-KEE-KEE, v. See Kez and KEEKEE. 
To crook; to bend; to move crookedly. 


KI-KEE-KEE, adj. Crooked ; zigzag, as 

a path; he kikeekee ke ala; not straight. 

2. In a moral sense, wrong ; perverted ; 
erroneous; mai hele oe ma ke ala kikeekee 
o ka aina o kaua, o kuia auanei oe a hina; 
aka, e hele oe ma ke ala pololei, go not in 
the crooked path of our land, lest ere long 
you stumble and fall, but go in the straight 
path. 

3. Kikeelkee is the opposite of pololei. 


Ki-KEE-KEE, s. A winding or crooked 
path. 
K1-KE-KE’, v. See Kixe, to break. To 


KIK 


275 


KIK 


eT 
knock, as at a door for entrance. Iunk.| Ki-x1-a-Lo, v. To move quickly ; wb 


19:22. 

2. To strike frequently upon, as in crack- 
ing a nut. 

Ki-KE-NE-NEI, v. See Neiner. To draw 
in; to contract. 

2. To draw or lift up; to throw or cast 
up ; to put upon something. 

K1-kE-NE-NEI, adj. Too short; changing 
one’s place. 

Ki-xe-pa, v. To fix or place a thing in 
a one-sided manner; to lean over on one 
side ; to cover one side of the head. 

Ki-xE-pA, s. The hair of the head turned 
over one side as though the head was one- 
sided ; a sash over one shoulder. 

Ki-KE-PA-KE-PA, v. See the above. To 
put on a dress irregularly; to dress fantas- 
tically. 

2. To cut the hair of the head fantastic- 
ally. 

3. To adorn the person differently from 
the fashion. 

4. To disfigure one’s self, as in ancient 
times when a chief died, the people knocked 

_ out their teeth, lacerated their bodies, &c. 

Ki-x1, v. A frequentative and intensive 
of ki, to shoot or squirt. To spurt, as water 
pressed through a small orifice. 

2. To eject black matter, as the squid. 

3. To practice masturbation. 

4. To flow swiftly, as water from the bot- 
tom of a full barrel. 

5. To do a thing with vehemence; to run 
very swiftly ; to fly furiously at, as one 
cock at another, or as a hen in defense of 
her young. Nore.— Kiki is used as an in- 
Lara adverb in various senses. See be- 

ow. 

Ki-x1, v. To paint the face or hair white 
with lime or with clay (palolo.) 

Ki-x1, s. Bundles done up for carrying 
on a stick, of which a man carries two. 

2. A rough kind of basket. 

3. The rushing or striking of a cock with 
his spurs ; also, the action of a hen in de- 
fense of her chickens. 

4. Theswinging or slamming of the door 
of a house. 

5. The leaves used in tying up bundles 
of potatoes or other things. 

6. The name of a bird, usually caught 
with a net. 

Ki-x1, adv. Quickly; suddenly; vio- 
lently; ina hurry. Jos.7:22. Nore.— Kiki 

_is often used as adverb of intensity after 
verbs of action or condition, and signifies 
very, exceedingly, &c.; as, holo kiki, he 
ran swiftly; paa kiki, very tight; hele kiki 
aku la,i ike ole o Papa ia ia, he went hastily 
that Papa might not see him. 

Kr-xr-ao, s. A sudden gust of wind; a 
squall ; a strong wind. 


hasten ; to be in a hurry. 
3. To catch fish in a net. 


Ki-xu, v. See Ku. To slumber. 


2. To touch or strike softly. 
3. To move quickly, gently or softly. 

K1-x1-0, v. See Kio. To void stool; to 
discharge feces. 

K1-x1-n1, adj. See Krnt. Having corners 
like a cocked up hat; ua kapaia’ku e ma- 
kou, 0 ka papale he poo kikihi; anything 
having many corners; aole like me ke poo 
kikihi a Kane; he poo kikihi, a half-mooned, 
cocked up or military hat. 

K1-xr-n1, s. A sailing about in a canoe 
with a sail, or walking about quickly. 

2. The brim of a broad-brimmed hat 
turned up. 

Ki-x1-u1, s. A door frame. 

zs The side posts of a door; the door it- 
self. 

Ki-x1-x1, adj. Very hot; oppressively 
hot, as a tight room filled with people ; ki- 
kiki ka wela a ka la. 

K1-xr-Ko, v. See Kixo, to make a point, 
dot, &c. To print; to tattoo the skin; to 
make marks or letters on the skin. 


Ki-x1-xo, adj. Dotted; spotted, as on 
paper, kapa or the skin. 

Ki-x1-Lo, s. Some place or thing afar 
off. See Oxo. 

Ki-x1-Lo, adv. Afar off; at a great dis- 
tance. 

K1-xi-mo, v. See Kimo. To bow or bend 
over the head in front; to fall, as the head 
in front when one is going to sleep in a sit- 
ting posture ; to nod with drowsiness. 


Ki-x1-na, v. Intensive of kina, to urge, 
drive, &c. To send with speed. 

2. To hurry one in doing a thing. 

3. To act as if in anger. 

4. Hoo. To command with earnestness ; 
to compel or drive one to do a thing; to 
hasten; to urge on that a thing may be 
done quickly. Pule. 11:1. Hookikina aku 
no lakou i na kanaka, they hurried on the 
men (to work.) 

Ki-x1-na, s. A hurrying time or season ; 
kokoke pau ke kicina nui ma Honolulu 
nei, kawalawala loa na moku i koe iloko o 
ke awa. Hoo. Hard driving or urging peo- 
ple to do anything; 0 ka hookikina ana 
paha ka mea 1 make ai, the severe driving, 
perhaps, was the cause of his death. 


Ki-xr-pa, v. See Kirra, to turn aside. 
To turn in, i. e., to call upon one. 
2. To go frequently or often to a neigh- 
bor’s. 
3. To make a circuit to avoid one. 
4. To turn aside from a straight road, or 
from one’s regular business. 


KIK 


Kr-x1-w1, v. See Krw1, to bend. To bend 
or bow the head ; to nod from drowsiness. 
2. To bend over; to bow down. 
3. To be very faint and weary from hard 
fatigue. 
K1-x1-wi, adj. Bent and rounded at the 
point like a duck’s bill. 
Kr-xo, v. To reach after; to stretch out 
the hand to take a thing. 
2. To pluck; to pull off, as fruit from a 
tree. 
3. To pick up, as a fowl does its food. 
4. To peck or break the shell, as a chicken 
in hatching. 
5. To mark on a roll opposite one’s name 
for absence. 
K1-Ko, s. A small spot, dot or point. 
2. A spot on the skin. 
3. The figure marked on the skin in tat- 
tooing. 
4. The general name given by Hawaiians 
to the marks used in punctuation. 
5. The dot or mark made as a sign of 
absence in a school roll. 
6. The cock of a pistol. 
Ki-Ko, adj. Striped; spotted; speckled. 
Kr-xo-a, v. Pass. for kikota. Gram. § 
211. To be picked up; to be marked, &c. 
Mat.13:4. Kikoa na lae o na kane ame na 
wahine, the foreheads of men and women 
were marked or dotted. 
Ki-xo-1, v. To doa little here and there; 
to hip-skip ; to do things irregularly. 
_ 2. To be bold; to reprove indiscrimi- 
nately. 
3. To interrupt the attention of a hearer. 
4, To supersede ; to forestall. 


Ki-koo, v. See Kixo. To stretch out the 
hand to take something, or to do something. 
Puk. 17:11. } 

2. To stretch or spread out the wings, as 
a bird about to fly. 

3. To extend the hand in making a ges- 
ture. 

4. Kikoo for kakoo, to gird; to tie on; to 
strengthen. Hal. 18:32. 

K1-Koo, s. An arm or weapon of some 
kind; a bow. 1 Sam. 2:4. He kaka, he 
mea e pana’i ka pua; a bow, a thing to 
shoot arrows. 

2. A span; ameasure made by the thumb 
and fore finger. Oihl. 41:5. Aha kikoo i 
koe o ko ia la maikai ia ia nei, that person 
is four points less handsome than this. 

3. A line across the are of a circle; the 
chord of an arc. Anahon. 23. 

4. The bent bow was called kikoo in 
shooting; kikoo kakaka,a bow. Hos. 2:20. 


Ki-Koo-Koo, v. To reach as far as one 
can for a thing; to stand on tip-toe and 
reach as high as one can. 


Ki-xo-o-La, v. To huddle together; to 


276 


KIK 


put together confusedly; to fill a container 
without any order. . 

Ki-Ko-o-La, adj. Carelessly performed ; 
entangled ; topsy-turvy ; mixed together 
confusedly. 

Ki-Ko-Hoo-MA-HA, s. Kiko, point, and 
hoomaha, causing rest. The name of the 
points or characters used in writing which 
indicate pauses or rests for the voice in 
reading, as comma, semicolon, period, &e. 

Ki-xo-Hu, v. See Kouv. To spot; to 
make a spot with coloring matter. 

Ki-Ko-Hu-Ko-HU, v. See above and Kouv. 
To daub; to dirty; to defile, as a clean 
garment; to spot; to make unclean; to 
spatter, as ink in writing. 

Ki-ko-Hu-ko-Hu, s. A dirty place on a 
garment; defilement; spots of impurity. 
Fig. 2 Pet. 2:13. A blemish; an imperfec- 
tion. Syn. with palahee. 

Ki-xo-Ka-HI, s. Kiko and kahi, one; one 
point. A period; a pause in reading. 

Ki-ko-Ka-LA, s. Kiko, point, and ka da, 
the sun. The spot or place of the sun; 
near the time of the sun’s rising. 

K1-Ko-x1-ko, v. To nibble, as fish at the 
bait. 

K1-Ko-xi-Ko, adj. Spotted; speckled; of 
different colors. Kin. 30:39. Striped; hav- 
ing spots of different colors. 

Ki-Ko-k1-Ko-1, v. See Kixor. To skip 
about, as in working in one place and then 
in another; applied to reading or teaching 
the alphabet, to read skipping about; ku- 
hikuhi lelele, to point here and there. 


K1-Ko-xk1-Ko-1, adj. Here and there ; ir- 
regular ; hip-skip, &e. 

Ki-xo-xo-ma, s. Kiko, point, and koma 
(Eng.), comma. A semicolon, a sign of a 
pause in reading. See KrkonoomaHa. 


Ki-xo-La, v. Contraction of kikoola. To 
place together in confusion ; to huddle to- 
gether without order. 

Ki-xo-La, adj. Mixed up; entangled; 
without order. 

Ki-xo-Lu-Ko, adj. Kiko, a dot, and luko. 
Spotted ; speckled ; dotted. 

Ki-Ko-mog, s. K2koand moe, to lie down. 
A hyphen (-), the name of one of the points 
in written or printed language. 

Ki-xo-n1, v. To smooth off and finish 
a canoe after it is dug out. 

2. To prepare and make soft the wauki 
for making kapa; ka wauki i kikoniia a 
palupalu maikai. 

3. To pierce or lance a swelling on the 
head. 

4. To rap one gently on the forehead, as 
with the knuckles of the hand. 


Ki-xo-n1, s. The art or trade of finish- 


KIL 


277 


KIL 


ing off canoes after they are dug out and| Kr-ri1-nav, v. To fall gently, as a soft 


shaped. 

Ki-xo-n1-a, s. The stork. Kanl. 14:18. 
The name of an unclean bird. 

Ki-Ko-n1-ko-nI, adj. Having hard lumps 
on the head ; ke kikonikoni ana i ke poo. 

Ki-xo-ni-nav, s. K2ko, point, and nznau, 
question. The name of the interrogation 
point (?.) 

Ki-ko-pu-I-wa, s. Kiko, point, and pu- 
iwa, surprise. The name of the point ex- 
pressing surprise or wonder (!.) 

Ki-Ko-wakE-NnA, s. Kiko, point, and wa- 
ena, the middle. The center of a circle. 
Anahon. 22. 

Ki-La, adj. Strong; stout; able. 

Kr-ta, s. Eng. Steel; a flint-steel for 
striking fire. 

2. A general name for chisels; ka hao 
ma ka maka o ke koi, the iron at the edge 
of the adze; ka hoaka o na kila o na hale 
koa, the flashing of steel of the chariots. 
Nah. 2:3. : 

Ki-La-Ha, s. See Lana, to spread out. 
An enlarging ; a swelling up; ke kilaha o 
ka opu. 

Ki-La-kr-La, v. Kilakila ia e ku mai la, 
long may she (Laieikawai) stand there, as 
we say, long live the king. To express ad- 
miration of one’s person. Laieik. 165. 

Ki-La-kr-La, adj. Great; long; strong; 
stout; brave; applied to a person. 

Kr-1a-ki-La, s. Height; grandeur; mag- 
nificence ; applied to a mountain. 

Ki-LE-a, s. The name of a small but 
prominent hill; ahillock; mai pii au i puu 
kilea, i ka hoolehelehe. 

Kr-tE-0, s. The pistil of the flowers of 
plants. 

2. The palate of the human mouth. Job. 
34:3. He ike akuika pu i kani no i ke 
kileo. 

3. The roof of the mouth. Job. 29:10. 

4, The stopper of the lungs. 

5. The trigger of a gun. 

Ki-Le-pa, v. See Lepa, a small flag. 
To float in the wind, as a kapa or a piece 
of cloth fastened to a stick. 

KI-LE-PA-LE-PA, v. See Kirepa, KAre- 
PALEPA and Lepa. To flap or flutter in the 
wind, as an ensign or flag; to flap in the 
wind, as a sail. 

Ki-LE-pA-LE-pa, s. The fluttering or 
floating of a flag or colors. Laieik. 26. 

Kr-u1, v. To rain fine rain; to rain but 
little ; to wet. 

Ki-u1, s. A kind of shrub or grass. 

Kt-u1-0-0-pu, s. Name of a species of 

_ grass. Laieik. 192. 

2. Name of a wind at Waihee, Maui. 


shower ; to diminish, as the termination of 
a shower. 

2. To be meek; to be mild; to act gently. 

3. To eat modestly and but little. See 
Kika. 

KI-LI-HE-HE, v. To sneeze; to snore; to 
breathe hard. See Kine. 

Ki-ti-Hu-na, v. To be scattered into 
small pieces like fine rain. See LeLenuna. 

Kr-ui-xa, v. ‘To fall in few drops, as 
rain ; to decrease, as rain; to grow small. 

2. To eat sparingly. See Kiumav 3. 

Ki-1i-Ka, s. Eng. Silk. Sol. 31:22. 

Kr-ui-Ka, adj. Silken; lole kéilika, silk 
cloth. 

Ki-ui-Kaa, v. See Kizixa above. To 
diminish or to be near ceasing, as rain. 

Ki-LI-KI-LI-HAu, v. See Kitinav. To 
fall, as mist or fine rain; to sprinkle slightly, 
as rain. 

2. To sprinkle, as a little salt; aole ua, 
ke kilikilihau wale mai la no. 

3. To blow gently, as the wind ; kilikili- 
hau ka makani. : 

K1-L1-KI-LI-Hav, adj. Diminishing ; soft- 
ening ; ceasing. 

KI-LI-KI-LI-HU-NA, s. See Huna, smal] 
particles of dust, rain, &c. Syn. with the 
foregoing. A small particle of dust, fine 
rain, &c. 

Ki-11-pol-pol, v. To strike the hollow 
hands together, causing a sound. 

Kr-Lo, v. To look earnestly at a thing. 

2. To look at and watch the stars. 

3. To prognosticate events by looking at 
a stars; to foretell what the weather will 

e. 

4. To act as a sorcerer. 

5. To be or act as a judge between man 
and man. 

Ki-Lo, s. A star-gazer; o ka mea nana 
lani, he kilo lani no ia. 

2. A predictor of future events from the 
observation of the stars, from the barking 
of dogs, the crowing of cocks, &e. 

3. Anastrologer; a magician. Kin. 41:8. 
A soothsayer ; an enchanter. Kanl. 18:10. 

4. A judge; a prophet; o Kahiko ke alii 
pono, a akamai ia, he kahuna ame ke kilo, 
Kahiko was a good king, he was wise, he 
was a priest and a prophet. 

Ki-Lo, s. A kind of looking-glass. 

Ki-to-14, v. Ado, to look at, and za, 
fish. To look as a fisherman looks into the 
water for fish; heaha kana e hana la? e 
kiloia ana. 

Kr-Lo, adv. Used sometimes improperly 
for lilo; inka kilo for iuka lilo. 

Ki-Lov, s. See Lou, to bend, A hook. 
2 Oihl. 4:16. 


KIL 


with a hook; to catch with a hook; to take 
fish with a hook. Hzek. 29:4. 


278 


Ki-Lou, v. To hook; to fasten on to, as| K1-Lo-MA-KA-NI, 8. 


KIM 


Kilo and makani, 
wind. One who prognosticates the future 
by observing the winds. 


Ki-tov, s. A still, quiet place; a place | Ki-Lo-wa-ni-ne, s. Azlo and wahine, a 


of no noise ; a place favorable for sleep. 

Ki-Lo-Ha-na, s. The outside kapa of a 
pa-u, which was of the best material and 
the most beautifully printed. 

2, The very best as contrasted with that 
which was poorer; ka mea maikai loa i 
buipuia me na mea ino. 

3. A hillock or heap of stones used as a 
resting place ; he puu hoomaha. — 

Ki-to-Ha-NA, adj. Fine; beautiful; ex- 
cellent ; best. ; 

Ki-Lo-HEE, s. Squid looking ; name of 
a place in the sea beyond the kuaau and 
synonymous with hohonu, a place where 
fishermen look for squid. 

K1-Lo-H1, v. To look at one’s self, his 
person, his features, his dress, &c., with ad- 
miration; to be proud of one’s dress or 
person. 

2. To act with self-complacency. 

3. To be vain; to exhibit vanity in any 
way. 

4. To scrutinize, as one’s character ; to 
examine ; to observe. 

Ki-Lo-n1, s. Pride; vanity; a high opin- 
ion of one’s self. 

Ki-Lo-n1, adj. Proud; self-opinionated. 

K1-Lo-kI-Lo, v. See Kino. To act the 
kilo, i. e., to tell fortunes by magic; to act 
the sorcerer. 

2. To examine carefully. 

3. To guess concerning future events; to 
predict; to tell before hand what the 
weather will be. Mat.16:3. E koho honua 
wale no me ka manao wahahee. 

Ki-Lo-x1-Lo, s. A guessing at the future; 
a predicting ; a watching the singular ap- 
pearance of clouds. 

2. An enchantment. Nah. 23:23. <A di- 
viner. 1 Sam. 6:2. 

Ki-to-k1-Lo, adj. Practicing enchant- 
ment; divining; fortune telling. 

K1-Lo-KI-Lo-U-HA-NE, S. Kilo and uhane, 
the spirit. To foretell the condition of 
one’s soul as being safe or near death, as 
living or as about to suffer; a species of 
necromancy based upon falsehood, much 
practiced in former times. 

Ki-Lo-KI-LO-HO-KU, s. See KinoxiLo and 
Hoxu,a star. An astrologer; a star-gazer. 


KI-Lo-KI-Lo-LA-NI, s. See Kinovani. An 
astrologer. Dan. 2:27. 

Ki-Lo-La-nt, s. Kelo and lanz, heaven. 
One who looks at the stars; a star-gazer ; 
an astrologer. Jsa. 47:13. One who pre- 


woman. <A prophetess ; a sorceress. 
57:3. 

Ki-tu, s. The name of a small gourd 
or calabash for putting in small, choice 
things. 

2. A kind of small gourd used at play ; 
o ke kilu, he ipu no ia i kalai kapakahi ia 
ma kahi o ke au; a game attended with 
gambling and licentiousness. 

3. The name of the play itself; he paani 
ino o ke kilu ika po. Laieik. 114. Oke 
kilu ka mea e olioli ai na mea akamai i ke 
mele. Nore.—Kilu was a play for grown 
people, puheoheo for children. See PunKo- 
HEO. 

Ki-tv, v. To play at the pastime called 
kilu; ama ka wa e kilw ai. 

Ki-Lu-a, s. See Lua, double; deceitful. 
A liar ; a deceiver; a falsifier. 

2. In the abstract, a lie; a deceit; a false- 
hood. 

Ki-mE-BA-LA, s. Gr. A cymbal. 2 Sam. 
6:5. 

Ki-mo, v. To strike, as with a stone, a 
stick or a sword ; to thrust with a stick. 

_ 2. To pound, bruise or mash, as in pound- 
ing poi. 

3. To seize something while in motion. 

4. To go headlong or headfirst, as down 
a pali; kimo e mai ke poo a make loa. 

5. To strike, as with a stick in choosing 
the puu in playing at puhenehene where 
the noa is. 

6. To bend over or forward, as in mak- 
ing a bow. 

7. To nod, as with drowsiness. 

Ki-mo, s. ‘he name of a former game 
or play, described as follows: ka pai ana 
i kekahi pohaku me ka hoolei ana i ka po- 
haku liilii iluna me ka apo anae me ka po- 
haku nui me ka lima i kekahi pohaku uuku. 

2. Name of a play for children. 

Ki-mo-k1-mo, v. To hew, shave or smooth 
off the inside of a canoe. Notr.—This was 
done with a koi or small adze, with many 
repeated strokes. 

2. To pound up fish for bait in taking 
other fish. 

Ki-mo-mo, v. See Kimo, to strike. To 
strike ; to pound; to bruise; to break, &ec, 

Ki-mo-po, v. Kimo, to strike, and po, 
night. To kill in the dark; to assassinate; 
to rob in the night; to lie in wait to kill; 
to do a thing in the dark and in secret; a 
po iho, kimopo iho la na kanaka, during 
that night men committed assassinations. 


Isa. 


tends to predict the future by watching the | K1-mo-po, s. Secret rebellions; assassin- 


stars. 


ations. 


. 


KIN 


279 


KIN 


cI i I | 
2. He poe kimo, assassins; persons of re-| K1-NE-MO-NA, S. Eng. Cinnamon, the 


bellious disposition. 

3. Night robbers and plunderers; maka 
papu (ma Kanai) ke kimopo ana. 

Ki-mo-poo, v. See Kimo 6 and Poo, the 
head. To bow down; to bend the head 
forward ; e kulou ilalo mamua ke poo. 

Ki-na, v. To drive on; to urge; to op- 
press. 

2. Hoo. To command; to order; to urge 
strongly. See Kixra. 

Ki-wa, s. A blemish, as in a person or 
body of an animal. Kanl. 15:21. 

2. Sin; error; wickedness; Jefna ole, 
without fault; sinless. 

3. Any troublesome untoward event or 
circumstance that prevents the realization 
of one’s hopes; ma na aina kula he hoo- 
manawa nui ka hana no na kina, he poko, 
he la, he hauoki, he pulua ame kahi mau 
kina e ae. 

Ki-wa, adj. Sinful; wicked ; bad; er- 
roneous ; defiled. 

2. Having a blemish, as an animal; hipa 
kane kina ole. a ram unblemished. 

Ki-na, adv. Hoo. An intensive. Bad; 
much; very. Isa. 23:5. 

Ki-nar, v. To quench; to extinguish, 
as fire. Oihk. 6:12. 

2. To put out a light; ua kinai loa ia ka 
malamalama. 

3. To extinguish, as life; to kill by stran- 
gling, striking or piercing, as 00 keiki. 

4. To make bitter with bitter ingredients. 

5. To kill by poisonous medicines. 

Ki-nar-na, s. Kinai and ana. The put- 
ting out of life ; the end of life. 

2. The end of a road, or where it van- 
ishes. 

3. A mourning for the life, or loss of one 
dead. 

Ki-nau, s. Name of a species of fish. 

2. The name of a god. 

3. The name of a species of a small white 
eel living in the sand. 

Ki-nau-nau, v. To grumble secretly ; 

‘to complain to one’s self on account of not 
having one’s expectations realized. 

2. To scold; to threaten; to breathe ven- 
geance. 

3. To be full of evil; to be internally vile. 

4. To complain of another; to find fault. 

Ki-Na-kKI-NA, v. See Kina 2. To call to 
one in anger; to call loudly after one ; to 
hurry one. 

Ki-na-na, s. A hen, especially one that 
has hatched chickens. 

KI-NA-NA-HA-LE, s. A house; a resi- 
dence for people; especially a crooked- 
sided house. __ 

Ki-na-Na-PE, adj. Crammed full; filled; 
stuffed, as with food. 


odoriferous bark of a tree. Mel. Sol. 4:14. 
Kr-n1, s. The number 40,000. 


2. Any number indefinitely great. 

3. A retinue of persons; a train follow- 
ing a chief, as in former times. 1 Nal. 10:2. 

4. Kinsfolks; relations, &c. 

5. Eng. Tin; as, pa kini, a tin plate; so 
written instead of pa tini. 

K1-n1, s. Hawaiian orthography for ginz, 
gin, a distilled foreign intoxicating liquor. 

Ki-ni-Ho-Lo, s. Kini and holo, to run. 
The name of a particular game of ball, 
similar to base ball. 

Ki-n1-x1-n1, s. A multitude ; a number 
indefinitely large. Hal. 139:18. 

K1-n1-K1-N1, adj. Numerous; multitudi- 
nous; very many; me he hale puka kini- 
kini la, like a house with many windows. 

Ki-n1-k1-NI-puu, s. The name of many 
puus or hillocks standing near each other. 
See OLOWALUPUU. 

Ki-n1-Lau, s. Name of a multitude or 
school of fish in the sea. 

Ki-n1-po-po, v. Kini and popo, a glob- 
ular substance. To play at ball in the 
various different games. 

Ki-nr-po-po, s. Playing at ball; a gen- 
eral term for all the games of ball-playing. 

Ki-no, s.. The body of a person or other 
substance as distinguished from the limbs 
or other appendages. 

2. The body of a person in distinction 
from uhane, the soul; okoa ke kino, okoa 
ka uhane. 

3. A person; an individual ; one’s self; 
kuhi oia me kona kino iho, he thought with 
himself. 

4. The body ; the substance ; the prin- 
cipal part of a thing; he keokeo ke kino o 
ko’u Kapa. 

5. A stalk of grass; the body of a tree ; 
that which is the substantial part of mat- 
ter. See Orwt. 

6. In grammar, person; as, kino kahi, 
first person ; kino lua, &e. 

Ki-no, v. Hoo. To take a body; to take 
shape; to embody, as a shapeless mass; 
hookino ka honua, the earth took shape 
(from chaos.) Mel. of Creation. 


Ki-No-A-KA-LAU, s. Kino and akalau, a 
spirit or ghost. The spirit or ghost of a 
person not yet dead. See Warva, AKALAU 
and Krnowaitua. Notre.—There were per- 
sons formerly, mostly priests, who pre- 
tended to see the ghosts or souls or spirits 
of others while still living, and would in- 
form the living persons that they had seen 
their spirits, and that it was a sign of some 
great calamity about to befall them; this 
the priests did to extort something valua- 
ble from them. I aku la kela (ke kahuna), 


KIP 


ua ike au, he hele ino ana kou kinoakalau, 
he (the priest) said, I have seen your spirit 
going about in sadness; i aku la au, heaha 
ka pono? I said, what is proper to be done? 
{ aku la kela, he ilio keokeo paha, he kapa 
keokeo, he hee, he kala, he weke, he (the 
priest) said, a white dog perhaps, or a white 
kapa, or a squid, or a kala (a fish), or a 
weke (also a fish.) One or more of these 
was required by the priest that he might 
appease the ghost, and escape death. 


K1-no-HI, s. The beginning; the first 
Ki-no-Hov, § of a series. 
2. Primitive ; the first in time. 
3. The beginning of the world. 
4, The name of the first book of the Bible, 
Genesis, from the first word. Nors.—Ki- 
nohi never takes the article. 


Ki-no-novu, adv. At first; before. 1 Nad. 
20:9. 

KI-No-HI-No-HI, adj. Printed, as calico; 
spotted ; kikokiko, onio. 

Ki-No-MA-KE, 5. Kino and make, dead. 


A dead body. Oihk. 5:2. A corpse of a 
man or animal. See Kupapau. 


Ki-no-pu, s. The effluvia or smell or 
strong scent of tobacco; o ka poe a pau i 
lawe i ke kinopu, ua okiia ka lakou mau 
ipu. 

Ki-no-wal-Lu-a, s. (ino and wailua, a 
ghost. A poetical name for a spirit or 
ghost of one seen while living, distinct from 
and in a different place from his body. See 
KinoaKALAu and Kakaona. 


Ki-no-rA, s. Heb. Name of a musical 
instrument. Hal. 57:8. 


Ki-pa, v. To turn from the direct path. 

2. To turn in and lodge; to put up or 
stay with one. Kin. 38:1. 

3. With ae, to turn from. Kanl. 28:14. 
To turn aside. Puk. 3:3. 

4. To stay ; to abide; to live; to dwell. 
2 Sam. 14:24. To dwell in a certain place; 
to go and come with familiarity at one’s 
house; e hookanaka ia kaua o kipa hewa 
ke aloha i ka ilio,i ka huelo ka ike; akipa 
ina hale o Keopuolani, they staid in the 
houses of Keopuolani. 

5. To water land artificially, directing 
the streams here and there. 

6. Hoo. To receive into one’s house; to 
lodge; to entertain, as a guest; to receive 
morally. oan. 1:5. 

7. To be a lodger or guest at another’s 
house. 

Ki-pa, s. Kindness; hospitality; access 
to one. 

2. Hoo. An entrance upon any business. 

3. The name of a medicine given to mad- 
men; same as pipa. 


Kr-pa, adj. Friendly; kind; hospitable. 


280 


KIP 


K1-PAE-PAE, S$. Stone steps for entering 
a house. ’ 

2. A pavement. 2 Oihl.7:3. See PAEPAE 
and Kiparpat. 

Kr-pal, v. To drive off or expel, as dogs 
or chickens belonging to others; ke kipai 
anaika mea e hoomalu ana i kana mau 
keiki. 

Ki-pat, s. The driving away or expul- 
sion of animals that do not belong to one. 

Ki-par-pal, s. See Kiparpar. A pave- 
ment, i. e., a road paved with stones, fern 
trunks or the like. See Krpapa. 

Ki-par-pal, v. To pave a road, as with 
stones or other materials. 

Ki-pao-pao, v. See Paopao. To strike; 
to pound, as with a hammer; to beat; to 
bruise. 

2. To pelt with stones. See Krpopo. 

Ki-pa-ku, v. To drive away forcibly; to 
expel or turn out of a house or place of 
residence. Kin. 3:23. 

2. To put away, as a wife. Mat. 1:19. 
To cast out; to turn off. Joan. 6:37. 

3. To put away, as property unlawfully 
obtained. os. 7:31. 

Ki-pa-ku, s. A banishment; an expul- 
sion. 

Ki-pa-La-LE, s. A rushing; a hurry; a 
rapid flow, as a swollen stream of water ; 
ina kipalale a na waiahulu, by the rushing 
of muddy water. 

Ki-pa-La-LE, adj. See Lats, to hurry. 
What is done quickly and expeditiously ; 
ka hana me ka ikaika, me ka hele alualu 
ame ka hele kipalale ; what is swollen and 
enlarged, as a rushing stream. 

Ki-pa-pa, v. To pave; to lay a pave- 
ment of stones. Mel. Sol. 3:10. See Kipar- 
PAE and KIpArpat. 

2. To balance on the top of the surf; to 
turn sideways, as on a surf-board in the 
surf. 

3. To be thick together. 

4, To lay with flat stones or boards, as 
a road or bridge. 

5. To protect and support when another 
condemns. 

Ki-pa-pa, s. The topping off of a wall; 
the filling up of a hole with stones. 

2. Kipapa pohaku, a pavement. 

3. A back-load of anything ; a burden; 
same as haawe. 

Ki-pa-pau, v. To descend from a high 
place to a place below. 

KI-PA-PA-LA-LE, s. See KapaLaLte. A 
balancing of two heavy burdens on a stick 
that they may be easy to carry. 

Ki-pa-pa-Po-HA-ku, s. Kipapa and po- 
be astone. A stone pavement. Joan. 

9:13. 


KIP 


Ki-pa-wa-LE, v. Kipa and wale, gratu- 
itously. To go and sit unbidden in an- 
other’s house. 

2. To enter another’s premises with dis- 
honest intentions. 

3. To seize and take another’s property. 
Ki-pa-wa-Le, s. The coming upon and 
taking another’s property without right. 

2. The name of a species of sweet potato. 

Ki-pz, v. To bribe; to offer secretly a 
reward for some wrong doing; to give 
something secretly to screen one from jus- 
tice ; e haawi malu i ka waiwai i mea e 
pakele ai. 

Ki-re, v. Tostone; to pelt with stones; 
to pelt or strike, as hail or rain in a storm. 


Ki-pz, s. A reward; an inducement to 
do what otherwise one would not do be- 
cause evil ; a bribe; a gift. Kanl. 10:17. 

2. Property given to screen from punish- 
ment; he waiwai e haawi malu ia e pakele 
ai ka hihia ma ke kanawai, 0 lilo i ka hoo- 
hewaia. 

3. One who practices bribery. Job. 15:34. 


Kr-pe, adj. Tending to bribery; in- 
ducing one to commit bribery. Puk. 23:8. 

Ki-PEa, v. See Pea. Tocross one 

KI-PEA-PEA, § stick with another; to build 
a shanty or temporary shed for a shelter, 
as from the rays of the sun; to erect a se- 
cret place where one may hide. 


Ki-pg-ni, v. See Pent, to pelt with 
stones. To throw clubs or stones ; kipehi 


aku la ia i ua wahi manu la, a pa aku la 
kona wawae a hai. See Kipr. 


Ki-pe-pa, v. To bite or snatch, as with 
the teeth. 

Kr-p1, v. To resist lawful authority; to 
rebel ; to revolt. 

2. To withhold allegiance ; kipi hou iho 
la o Kanekoa a kaua me Keoua. 

3. To act contrary to one in authority. 
Kanl. 9:7. 

4. Hoo. To stir up rebellion. 

5. To kill or murder one’s chief. 

Kr-p1, s. A rebel. 

2. Rebellion, opposition and resistance 
to lawful authority. Kanl. 31:27. 

3. A breaking up or overturning a gov- 
ernment; he ku e, he pepebi a he mokua- 
hana. 

Kr-p1, adj. Seditious; rebellious. Hoo. 
Rebellious ; exciting to rebellion. 


Kr-p1, adv. Hoo. Rebelliously ; sedi- 
tiously. Kanl. 13:6. 
K1-P1-Ki-PI, v. Frequentative and inten- 
sive of kipi. To stir up sedition ; to fight. 
2. To excite to rebellion. 


3. To fight, as in a mele; e hakaka ma- 


luna, malalo, e — me ka inoino. 


281 







Kip 


4. To dig and hill up, as in hoeing pota- 
toes ; to dig a hole. 

5. Hoo. To gather together for rebellion. 
Isa. 54:15. 

K1-p1-K1-P1, s. Commotion; tumult, as. 
people in a state of revolt; he poe kipikipi, 
rebels. 

2. A striker; a boxer; one given to 
striking. 1 Tim. 3:3. 

Ki-pi-xi-p1, adj. Rebellious; acting in 
frequent rebellions. 

K1-pi-Ku-a, s. The Hawaiian name for 
pickaxe. 

Ki-po, v. To break; to break open, as 
a box or chest; e hoonaha, e wawahi; 
alaila, kipo iho lai ka pabu i ka pohaku. 

K1-po-1-po-1, adj. Concealing one’s own 
errors; hiding one’s own faults; kanaka 
wahine i ka awa kipoipoi. 

Ki-pou, v. See Pou, post of a house set 
in the ground. To drive down, as a stake 
in the ground. 

2. To stand leaning, as the post of a 
thatched house ; to bend over. 

Ki-po-La, v. See Porta. To warm, asa 
sick person in order to favor the operation 
of medicine. 

2. To wrap up a hen or turkey or fish in 
order to carry to market. 

Ki-po-ta, s. The wrapper fastened 
around any substance for carrying to mar- 
ket, as fowls, fish, &c. 

Ki-po-La-Po-La, v. To warm a sick per- 
son; to apply whatever will tend to warm 
a sick person. 

K1-po-Lo, s. A prayer desiring the death 
of an enemy ; he hua pule. 

Ki-po-na, s. Variable places in the sea, 
some calm, some ruffled ; hiki i na kipona 
ino 0 Kohala. 

Ki-po-na, v. To be variable, as spots in 
the sea ina calm. See Kiponapona. 

Ki-po-na-Po-nA, v. To be variegated, as 
the sea, sometimes calm, sometimes rough; 
e kiokioki e like me ke kai i kekahi ma- 
nawa malie, e kipona. 

Ki-po-po, v. See Kiro. To strike; to 
hit ; to break. 

Ki-po-pa, s. Heb. Name of an animal 
mentioned in Jsa. 14:23; the bittern or 
porcupine. 

Ki-pu, v. To turn the paddle, as in set- 
ting a canoe back; kipu iho la lakoui na 
hoe, they turned back the paddles, that is, 
rowed backwards ; to turn away; ka hua- 
huai ke kipu. Hoo. The same. 

2. To fold tightly around one, as a large 
Kapa. 

3. To keep back, as a shower appearing 

to approach, but does not come. 


Ki-puv-puv, s. The thought that arises 


KIW- 282 KOA 


in one’s mind when he hears that another} hipa, a ram’s horn. Jos. 6:5. Any hooked 
has slandered or spoken evil of him; an| thing; a crooked horn; a sickle. 


internal pain ; a disturbance of mind. 2. A pulling here and there, as a fish 
Kr-pu-xa, s. A snare for taking birds.|_ caught with the hook in his mouth. 
Kelkeah. 9:12. A sliding noose. Ki-wi, adj. Sideways; lateral. 
2. Something variable; a change ; vari-| Ki-w-x1-w1, v. See Kiwt. To turn; to 
ety. bend; to nod, &c. See Kaxrwi and Kixiwi. 
3. An opening ; a calm place in a high| Hoo. To pull frequently at a hook with a 
sea. ; fish on it; hopu mai la ke kanaka iwaho, 
Ki-pu-ka-pu-KA, adj. Full of openings! _hookiwikiwi iho la, a hemo ae la. 
or kipukas. Ki-pa, s. Heb. Cassia. Puk. 30:24. 


Ki-pu-tu, v. To apply manure to the/ Ko, adj. pron. Contraction of kow. Thy; 
soil to enrich it; to do to the ground what-| thine; of thee. Gram. § 132. 


ever will cause vegetables to grow. Ko, prep. Of; the sign of possession or 
2. Hoo. To cause to enrich, as the ground; property, answering often to the apos- 

to manure. trephic s in English, thus: ko na, of him, 
K1-pu-tu, s. Manure; dung, &c. 1 Nal.| of her, of it, that is, his, hers or its (seldom 
14:10. however in the neuter); ko kakou, of us, 


Ki-pu-tu, adj. Hoo. Enriching; mak-| that is, our, ours; ko lakou, of them, theirs, 
ing fruitful; ka ua noe anu hookipulu lehua| &c. It has the same meaning as 0, but is 
0 na pali. placed in another part of the sentence. Ko 
K1-pu-nl1, Vv. To gird on; to wrap around, is used also before nouns proper and com- 
as a coat or cloak around the body; e ki-; oni the om tif Sometimes ko and 0 
puni i ka aahu. are both used ; as, ko o nei poe kanaka, of, 


2. Fic. Ekipuniia makou i kapono,ike| what belongs to the people here, or the 


aloha, &c., we are encircled with righteous- 8 ae ne ae as a noun of place. Gram. 
rae | Nan 


ness, with love, &c. ; 
Ki-pu-pu, v. See Kiev. To set an oar| Ko, v. To accomplish ; to fulfill; to 
bring to pass, as a promise or a prophecy. 


back little by little. 
ae ae Ivnk. 13:17. To fulfill, as an agreement; 
ae Peeeeee packike car litle by opposite to haule, to fail. Jos. 23:14. To 


litile. : Se 
3. To be hindered or impeded in some fulfill, sail threat ; to: be svenz Ter. 
way. 5:29. To obtain; to conquer; to overpower. 


2. To win in a bet; olioli iho la ka poe 
invited or ordered, or pulled by the arm i ko, so those who winned in a race rejoiced; 
: "| to prevail, as one party over another. Luk. 


as a wife by her husband. See Hoopupu 3. z : 
. 23:23. To obtain what one has sought after; 
Kr-waa, s. The name of a very. large to succeed in a search. Laieik. 63. 


4, To draw back or refuse to go when 


bird, : 3. To proceed from, as a child from a 
Ki-waa-waa, s. A rough kind of kapa parent; to beget, as a father. Jer. 16:3. 
used for various purposes, but of a rough 4. To conceive, as a female; to become 
texture ; a coarse kapa; he huna hoopulu| pregnant; e hapai, e piha. Kin. 16:4. 
kuku na ka wahine ; he pa-u manoanoa. 5. To draw or drag, as with a rope; e 


Ki-waa-waa, adj. Broad-shouldered;} kauo, e huki. 2 Sam. 17:18. 
stout, as a strong man. 6. Hoo. To fulfill an engagement. Laicik. 


Ki-wa-wa, s. Wauki partly beaten into| 109. To perform what has been spoken. 


kapa; the thick kapa matter when partly Nah, 23:19. 


; as 7. To put a law in force; e hooko i ke 
heaven’ put, or ready tor’ beating. See Kr-) ) nawal 2 Sam. 6:15 Eee is, cause to 


as ei ickal P©| Ko, adj. Drawn; dragged, &c. 


or position. 
: Hottall or tumble down. Ko, s. Sugar-cane; hence, sugar; mo- 
3. To pull along, as a fish that is fast to} asses. : : 
a hook, i. e., to bend the line out of its 2. In music, the second ascending note. 
natural place. Ko-a, v. Tobe dry; to be without mois- 
4. To bend or to be crooked. ture ; maloo, mauu ole. 
5. To bend forward or sideways, as a 2. To be unfruitful ; to bear no fruit, as 
sleepy person; to nod. a plant or tree; e hua ole mai i ka hua. 
6. To turn a little one side or edgeways. 3. To speak unwittingly; to speak in 
7. To walk crookedly ; he kiwi ka hele jest; not meaning exactly what one says. 
aoe 4, To miss; to make a mistake in speak- 


Ki-wi, s. The horn of an ox or cow,| ing; ¢ olelo kikoola; to throw words care- 
from their crookednees. Kanl. 33:17. Kiwi! lessly together without thought. 


KOA 


283 


KOA 





5. To be bold; to be courageous; to act 
the soldier ; e ikaika oe, e koa hoi, mai 
makau. 

6. Hoo. To be valiant; to act valiantly. 
Ter. 9:3. 

Ko-a, s. A barren, fruitless plant or tree. 

2. A soldier ; plural, soldiers ; an army; 
a multitude. 

3. The horned coral; the same as akoa- 
koa; the coral rock; koa ahi and koa opelu, 
places among the coral rocks where the 
fishes ahi and opelu are found; 0 ke koa a 
lakou e lawaia ai, the coral is where they 
fished; he puu koa, a clump of coral rocks. 

4, A mean beggar. 

5. The name of a large tree growing on 
the mountains, good for furniture, of which 
canoes are made and instruments of war. 

6. A mistake in speaking or acting; doing 
what was not designed. 

7. In geography, a sound; a strait; a 
channel ; waba soa, a strait. See Kowa. 

8. A broad, prominent forehead. 

Ko-a, adj. Brave ; bold, as a soldier. 

2. Dry ; without moisture. 

3. Unfruitful, as a plant or tree. 

4. Unsteady ; irregular in habit. 

Ko-s, adv. Boldly; without fear; e 
olelo koa, speak boldly. 

Ko-a-a, v. See Koa. To be dry; to lack 
moisture ; hence, 

2. To be unfruitful, as plants in dry 
ground. 

Ko-a-a, s. The name of an unfruitful 
plant; aole hua, he koaa; he uala hua ole 
ke koaa. 

Ko-az, adj. White; of a whitish color; 
bright. 

Ko-ar, s. The name of a species of 
white bird which is found about precipices. 

2. The name of a species of red fish. 

Ko-a-g-a, adj. Dry; unfruitful; bear- 
ing no fruit. See Koaa. 

Ko-a1, v. ‘To wind round; to tie about; 
to creep round like a circling vine; to gird 
round, as a pa-u, or girdle upon the body; 
e koaiika pa-u. See Karr and Koatt. 

Ko-as-al, v. See Koar. To move round 
the hand ; to stir, as one does tea. 

Ko-a-1-E, s. Name of a species of tim- 
ber growing inland ; wood hard; used for 
house posts and for making shark hooks. 


Ko-a-xa, v. ‘To be continually changing 
one’s residence ; to go here and there. 

2. To marry wives and go and leave 
them. 
3. To act the debauchee. 

Ko-a-xa, s. A debauchee; one who mar- 
ries wives and puts them away again; he 
moekolohe pinepine. 

2. Eng. The Hawaiian pronunciation for 
quarter, i. e., a quarter (of a dollar.) 


3. Name of the place where a retreating 
wave meets one coming in, in shallow 
water. See Puao. 

Ko-a-Ka, adj. See Koaa. Valiant; 
brave; applied to men. 1 Sam. 14:52. He 
keiki koaka nae (Halaaniani.) Laieik. 128. 

Ko-a-xE-A, s. Koa, coral, and kea, white. 
The white coral of the ocean. 

Ko-a-Kxo-a, v. To live in one place; not 
to move or rove about from one place to 
another ; not to visit here and there. See 
Kuprene. Hoo. Same. 

Ko-a-ko-a, adj. Furnished; supplied ; 
having what is necessary for comfort. See 
Kuonoono. Kuonoono koakoa ka nobo ana. 

2. Brave; bold; daring; impudent; he 
olelo koakoa ko kekahi alii kanaka; the 
opposite of hopepe and oheke. See Koa, 
brave ; soldier-like. 

Ko-a-Ko-a, s. Generally written akoa- 
koa. See Koa and Axoaxoa. The coral of 
the ocean ; the coral rock. 

Ko-a-ko-a-NA, adj. Applied to a person 
once lazy and indolent, but changed in his 
habits, and now has a house and comforts 
and is collecting valuables; i ka waha wi- 
kiwiki koakoana ole. 

Ko-a-KU-Mu-o-LE, s. A tree of that name 
mauka of Kahihikolo; the tree was devoted 
to Kamapuaa. 

Ko-a-La, v. To roast over coals of fire; 
to broil on the coals. Lule. 24:42. To cook 
on the fire ; properly, to lay on the coals. 

2. To leave or have a remainder; to 
grow less and less ; to be over and above. 

Ko-a-La, adj. Cooked ; broiled on the 
coals. 

Ko-a-La, s. ‘The uterus; the placenta 
of females; he puu koko i paa malokoo ka 
wahine hanau. 

Ko-a-La-a-LA, S. Breakfast. Rich. Ko- 
alaala ma ka hewa. 

Ko-a-Lau-KA-NE, s. A particular kind of 
koa; the name of the wood or tree of which 
gods were made. 

Ko-a-u1, s. The plant convolvulus; he 
mea hihi kolo. 

Ko-a-11, v. See Koa. To creep around; 
to twine about, as a vine; to run and grow 
thickly together. as the convolvulus. 

Ko-a-na, adj. Clear, as water when the 
dirt has settled to the bottom. 

Ko-a-nA, v. To remain; to be over and 
above. See Koara 2. 

Ko-a-na, s. A small part or piece of 
anything ; a fragment; a particle; ka ma- 
awe 0 ka papale a o ka moena. 

2. A bladder; the container of urine. 
Anat. 15. Koana mimi; he wahi e waiho 
ai ka mimi. 

Ko-a-na-a-wa, v. See Miata and Ma- 


KOE 


284 


KOE 


Se OEE 
Haot. To treat one hardly to whom he has| Ko-E-Ha-NA, s. Warmth; heat, as of 


given property to take care of; to be hard 
upon one. 

Ko-a-ni-a-nI, v. ‘To blow; to breeze, as 
a fresh breeze; ke koaniani mai nei ka 
makani. See ANIANI. 

2. To blow softly or gently, creating 
coolness. 

3. To make or cause a breeze, as with a 
fan ; e koaniani me ka peahi. 

Ko-a-nt-a-nt, s. A soft cooling wind. 

2. A place cooled by a gentle breeze. 

3. The blowing of a cool breeze ; he pe- 
ahi koaniani. : 

Ko-a-pa-Ka, adj. Valiant; brave; suc- 
cessful, as a combatant. 

Ko-a-pa-k1, s. A soldier well cared for; 
an active soldier. 

2. A tree thoroughly manured. 

Ko-a-we-o-wE-o, s. Name of a species 
of cane, joints striped white and red. 

Ko-r, v. To remain; to be over and 
above ; not quite all. 

2. Hoo. To cause to remain; to save 
from destruction; to leave; to let remain. 
Puk. 16:19. To spare; to save; to reserve. 
2 Sam. 8:4. 

3. To fulfill ; to accomplish, as a prom- 
ise. 1 Nal. 8:24. 

4, To allow or permit to remain. Oithk. 
7:15. Aole i koe ke aho, no courage re- 
mained, i. e., it was despair. Jos. 2:11. 

Ko-z, v. Tospit; to discharge phlegm; 
e kuha iho. 

2. To divide off; to separate ; e mahele. 


Ko-£, s. The remainder; what is left; 
an excess ; an overplus; more; a surplus. 
See Korna. 

2. The angle worm. 

Ko-r, adj. Remaining; enduring. 

Ko-s-a, v. ‘To be dry; to be hard, as 
earth dried in the sun. 

2. To refuse a favor; to be unkind; i 
ole makou e aaka a koea iho, that we may 
not be stubborn and refuse. 

3. To divide off; to cut off; to separate. 

Ko-r-a, s. A person inclined to indo- 
lence ; indisposed to yield to the wish of 
another. 

Ko-g-a, adj. Disobedient to orders; self- 
willed; taciturn; lazy; indolent; indis- 
posed to go when ordered. 

Ko-E-HA-E-HA, S. For koeaea. See Kora. 
One who is hard, unobliging or morose. 

Ko-n-na-E-HA, adj. Hot; uncomfortable 
by reason of heat; sultry; koehaeha ia 
wahi i ka la. 

Ko-r-Ha-na, s. A footstool. See Ku- 
HANA. 

Ko-r-na-wa, adj. Warm; applied to 
weather ; mehana, welawela. 


the sun ; ka wela o ka la. 

Ko-E-Ho-nv-a, S. Koe and honua,adverb. 
A remainder ; a remnant; as when a piece 
of work is almost done, the unfinished part 
is the koehonua. 

2. A mele composed on the name of a 
chief; he mele lahi. 

Ko-r-xo-£, v. To be wet and cold; to 
be cold from being wet. 

2. To scratch out, as writing with a knife. 

Ko-g-Kko-E, s. Dampness; cold; chilli- 
ness; i ke anuanu ame ke koekoe 0 ua wahi 
nei la. 

Ko-£-ko-E, adj. Chilly from being wet; 
chilled ; cold. 

Ko-r-Le, s. A small division of land 
less than a kihapai; hence, a field planted 
by the tenants for the hakuaina or landlord; 
a garden belonging to the chief, but culti- 
vated by his people. 

2. A slight knocking or pounding; the 
sound of the kapa mallet at a distance. 

3. The ticking of a watch. 

4. A tall man. 

5. Equality in numbers or strength. 

6. A union of two things. 

Ko-g-LE, v. To strike; to beat; to tick, 
as a clock. 

Ko-E-LE, adj. Dry, as the ground; ma- 
loo; dry, as bones; Koele na iwi o Hua ma 
i ka la, dry are the bones of Hua and his 
company in the sun. Nore—Hua was a 
chief whose peop!e and himself died tray- 
eling in the sun. 

Ko-E-LE-E-LE, v. To make a sound fre- 
quently by striking ; to sound often ; kani- 
Kani. 

2. To be dry, as a place without rain and 
under the heat of the sun ; Kkoeleele aku o 
Tkua. 

Ko-£-LE-E-LE, adj. Contentious; quar- 
relsome, as a man and his wife; strong for 
fighting ; much disposed to fight. 

Ko-E-LE-LU-A, v. See Korte 5. To be 
equal in numbers or strength. 

Ko-E-LE-pa-Lau, s. A pudding made of 
potatoes and cocoanut. 

Ko-k-11, s. Ko and eli, to dig. The 
sugar-cane planted or put under ground; 
he ko malalo o ka lepo no Halalii. 

Ko-E-Lo, s. See Koweto and WELo. 
That which hangs fastened at the top, as a 
signal, colors, a streamer, &c. 

Ko-s-Lo-E-a, adj. Some character of the 
wind; pa mai la ka makani 0 koeloea. 

Ko-r-1L0-E-Lo, v. See Koeto. To stream 
off, as the tail of a comet; to float, as an 
ensign ; to flap in the wind. 

Ko-g-na, s. Contracted from koe and 
ana. The remainder; an overplus; a rem- 


KOI 


nant of something larger or more numer- 
ous ; hence, 
2. The ruins of anything. Jos. 10:20. 


Ko-r-nze, v. To take shelter in some 
safe place or under some one’s protection; 
to feel safe or secure from barm. , 

Ko-1, v. To use force with one, either 
physical or moral. 

2. To urge; to entreat one to do or not 
to do a thing ; to compel by entreaty. 

3. To tempt; to be led to do a thing. 
Kanl. 4:19. Koi ae la lakou ia ia (ia Liho- 
liho) e aie, they wrged him (Liholiho) to go 
in debt. 

4. To drive; to urge with violence; to 
compel by force; to insist on a thing ; to 
practice any athletic exercise ; e koi mau 
a mama i ka holo. 

5. To ask or invite one to go in company 
with him. 

6. To take aside to ask a favor. 


7. To carry a bundle on the shoulders of 


two men on a stick between them. 

8. To drive or force in, as a nail or spike 
into wood; to force one thing into another. 

9. To flow or rush like rushing water 
over a dam or any obstruction. 

10. To put in the stick or vine on which 
kukui nuts are strung ; e koi i ke kukui. 


Ko-1, s. A compulsion; an urging, &c. 

2. A small adze; koi lipi, a hatchet. 

3. A projecting forehead, i. e., a sharp 
face ; he lae koi kou, an insulting expres- 
sion, 

4, The name of a species of kalo. 

5. The name of a play ; a sort of race in 
sliding ; ina i aoi ka pahee. ame ka hoo- 
holo moa, ame ke koi; he mau ikaika pili 
waiwai. 

6. The name of a splinter of bamboo on 
which kukui nuts are strung. 

7. An indolent person wanting energy 
or decision in action. 

Ko-1, adj. Shrill; sharp; fine, as a voice 
on a high key. v9 

Ko-1a, pron. pers. Ko, preposition, and 
ia, third pers. sing. pron. The ancient but 
regular form of the auiiki of ia. Of him; 
his ; ka welau wale no o koia la lima, the 
end only of his finger. 

Ko-1-E1-E1, s. See Kot, v., 8. A rapid 
current sucking in and carrying off every- 
thing. 

2. The things thus swept away. 

3. The name of a play. 

Ko-1-E1-E1, v. To rest; to be quiet; to 
be still. 

Ko-1-k-LE, v. See Kor, to force. To 
drive ; to force ; to push on; to urge. 

2. To overflow ; to rush here and there, 
as overflowing water; to drive on, but in 
the wrong road. . 


285 


KOO 


Ko-u, v. To diminish ; to grow less, as 
water flowing a long distance; koii ka wai. 

Ko-n, adj. Fresh; vigorous; green; 
flourishing, as young healthy plants. 

Ko-n, s. A reproachful epithet; sneer- 
ing language. 

Ko-1u-1u, v. See Iurv. To be afar off; 
to be bigh up; to be at a great distance. 
See Poruru. 

Ko-1w-1u, adj, What is far off; very dis- 
tant; at a great height. 

Ko-1-u-La, v. To rise or aseend, as 
smoke ; to float in the air; to ascend, asa 
cloud. : 

Ko-1-u-La, s. A rising smoke; a floating 
cloud. 

Ko-1-Ho-Lu, s. See Kor and Hotv, to 
bend. An adze, i. e., a bent axe. 

Ko-1-KA-HI, s. Kot and kahi, to cut. A 
plane for planing boards or timber. Isa. 
44:13. 

Ko-1-Ko-1, v. See Koi. To urge; to be 
hard upon; to be heavy. 

2. To carry a heavy burden on a stickin 
two bundles. 

3. To ask; to entreat with perseverance. 

4, Hoo. To compel; to exercise author- 
ity over. 

5. To bear down upon; to treat with 
rigor or violence. 

Ko-1-Ko-1, s. Substance; strength; spirit. 

2. Honor; substance. Job. 21:7. 

3. Weight ; heaviness ; solidity ; riches. 

4. Hoo. Rigor; severity. Pus. 1:13. 

Ko-1-Ko-1, adj. Heavy; weighty. Sol. 
27:3. 

2. Substantial; honorable; valiant, as 
persons of integrity. 2 Sam. 23:19. 

3. Applied to words or speech, full of 
meaning ; emphatic; also, rough; incon- 
siderate; olelo koikoi,a rough speech. Kin. 
4:2,7. Poe koikoi, honorable persons. Jos. 
14:1. 

) 7 Hoo. Oppressive; hard; cruel. Zek. 
0: 


Ko-1-t1, v. To set; to go down, as the 
moon ; to set (apparently), as the moonon 
the surface of the sea when going down; 
ke kau ana o ka mabina maluna o ka ili o 
ke kai i ka manawa e napoo aku ai. 

Ko-1-L1-P1, s. Kot and lip?, sharp; taper- 
ing. An axe; an instrument for hewing 
stones. Pulc. 20:22. Ahatchet. Kanl. 19:5. 
Any tool. Kanl. 27:5. 

Ko-1-na, s. See Kot, to force. A press- 
ure ; a compulsion; a forcing. 

Ko-1-NE, v. ‘To hasten; to be quick; to 
hurry on. 

Ko-o, v. To support; to prop up; to 
establish; to sustain in any position or pur- 
pose. Hal. 112:8. To brace one’s self. 


KOO 


286 


KOH 


' 2. To push off, as with an oar or setting | Koo-Lu-a, s. See Koo 2 and Lva, two. 


pole. 

3. To help; to assist. Isa. 63:5. 

4. To prop or brace up anything liable 
to fall; to uphold. Syn. with kokua. 

5. To uncoil, as a rope or string when 
wound up; to slacken, as a rope that is 
drawn too tight. 

6. To struggle hard, as in rowing a canoe 
against the wind. 

7. To be loose ; to be separate ; to fall 
off. 
8. Hoo. To loosen; to unbind; to make 

or cause to be vacant; aole no oe e hookoo 

iki aku i kau wahi. 

Ko-o, s. A prop; a brace for holding 
anything up. 

2. Some part of a canoe; e lalau ae kou 
lima i ka hoe, ame ke ka liu, ame ke koo. 
3. A vacant place; eia no kahi koo iki. 

Aohe wahi koo iki o ka la, spoken of one 

who has no leisure. 

Koo, adv. Equivalent to fold, as how 
many fold? oolua, two-fold ; kokookolu, 
three-fold ; koo or kowalu, eight-fold, &c. 

Ko-ou, adj. Wet with sea water ; cold; 
damp; chilly from moisture of clothes; 
moist, also, as mats, house, &c. See Kou. 

Koo-xa-ru, v. To forbid strictly on pain 
of death ; kookapuia ae la ka puaa ame ka 
neulelo. See Hooxapu. 

Koo-xoo, s. A staff; a cane for support- 
ing a weak person; kookoo hao, an iron 
rod; a rod; a shepherd’s crook. Oihk. 
27:32. Fie. A stay; a staff; a supporter ; 
that is, means of livelihood. TJsa. 3:1. 

Koo-ko-ov, adj. See Koov. Damp; wet; 
kookoou me he kapa pulu la. 

Koo-Koo-Hao, s. [Kookoo, staff, and hao, 
iron. An ironstaff; a rod of iron. Hal. 2:9. 

Koo-Koo-Lav, s. A very small tree or 
bush ; a little tree for planting. 

Koo-xoo-Lu-a, s. See Koxoo.va. 

Koo-xu, v. To swell; to enlarge; to 
puff up, as a ruffle. 

Koo-xu, s. A swelling of land on the 
side of a mountain; ma ke kooku o ke kua- 
hiwi. 

2. Name of a road or path leading up 
hill. See Pima. 

Ko-o-La, v. See Kota. | 

Ko-o-La, s. The tail of a cock; me ke 
koola no ka moa kane. 

Koo-Lav, s. The name of districts on 
the north sides of two or three islands. 

Ko-o-u1-11, s. The quivering motion of 
an arrow as it flies through the air. 

2. The twinkling of the eyelids. 
3. The undulating motion of the atmos- 


phere near the earth under the direct rays 
of the sun. 


A canoe with only two persons; elua wale 
no ma ka waa. 

Koo-mo-a, s. Koo and moa,a fowl. The 
long feathers in a cock’s tail. 

Koo-mo-a, adj. Long tailed; waiving 
like the tail feathers of a cock; long and 
bent like a cutlass. 

Ko-o-nEI, pron. Oblique case of vez. 
Gram. § 105, 3. Of this here. Ozh. 26:23. 
Koonei kanaka, the people of here; this 
people; the people of this region. 

Ko-o-na, s. See Kozna. A remnant; 
the remainder of water in a calabash ; the 
little water that remains in a calabash. 

Ko-u, v. To look; to look about; to 
look here and there; e nana, e imiioio. 

2. Hoo. To have a sufficiency; to be sup- 
plied with the necessaries of life. 

Ko-v, adj. Moist; wet; damp; chilly 
from moisture; moist, as dry bread brought 
to a moist place. See Koou. 

Kou, s. The name of a large shade tree 
growing mostly near the sea beach; tim- 
ber good for many purposes, especially for 
cups, bowls, dishes, &c.; takes a polish. 

Kou, adj. pron. Thy; thine; of thee; 
of you; of yours; an oblique case of oe. 
Gram. § 132 and 133, 3d. See Kav. Nors. 
It has the diphthongal sound. 

Ko’v, adj. pron., first person. My; mine; 
of me; an oblique case of au or wau, and 
formed like the foregoing. See Grammar 
§ 124, Ist, and § 126, 3d. Ko’u is distin- 
guished from kou by a slight break in the 
pronunciation between the preposition ko 
and the u and indicated in writing by an 
apostrophe. It is doubtless a contraction 
of ko ou. 

Ko’u, 

Ko’u-Ko, 

Ko-u-ko-u, s. The noise of a mouse. 

Kovu-xou, adj. Moist, asa healthy skin 
when somewhat cold; koukou ka ili; moist; 
damp ; chilly, as a kapa or house. 

Kou-xou, adj. Heavy, as a canoe or 
anything which sinks in the water instead 
of floating lightly. See Korot. 

Ko-u-La, s. Ko, sugar-cane, and ula, 
red. A variety of sugar-cane, which is of 
a reddish color. 

Ko-u-ca, s. Eng. The name of an ani- 
mal, the cougar. 

Ko-na, s. The cracking of a whip; a 
report of a pistol; a sudden squeak, and @ 
smaller sound than poha. See Powa. 

Ko-na, adj. Cracking; sounding with 
a sudden noise. \ 

Ko-na-nA, adj. Large; increased in 
size; swelled up; plump, as a fat animal ; 


v. To cluck, as a hen. 


KOH 


287 


KOH 





swelled; puffed up, asaswelled limb. See 
Hana. “yi oe 
Ko-wa-xa, s. A vicious pronunciation 


2. A kind of shell fish that grows to the 
sides or plank of a ship at sea, but different 
from the okohekohe. 


for koaka or kuaka for kuata (Eng.), quar- Ko-nE-Ko-HE-A, v. See Kona. To be 


ter. A quarter (of a dollar) ; Hawaiian, 
hapaha. 

Ko-na-ta, s. The name of the northern 
district of Hawaii. 

Ko-na-na, v. Hoo. To make bare; to 
strip naked. Jer. 49:10. To be destitute of 
covering. 

Ko-na-na, s. Nakedness; an utter des- 
titution of clothing ; hele wale, aole kapa. 

Ko-na-na, adj. Naked; destitute of clo- 
thing ; not even a malo. 

Ko-na-na, adv. Nakedly; holo kohana, 
fled in nakedness. Oth.19:16. Ku kohana, 
to stand nakedly, i. e., to be in nakedness. 
Isa. 58:7. 

Ko-Ha-nA-HA-NA, v. Ko and hanahana, 
to be warm. To be hot; to be warm; to 
burn. See HAaNAHANA. 

Ko-ur, s. A sickness; the name of a 
disease. 

2. Vagina feminarum. 

Ko-ne, v. To detain. See Kout. 

Ko-nE-a, s. A warm day; pleasant, 
agreeable weather. 

2. A loose flowing garment. 

Ko-He-a-ka, s. A disease of females, at- 
tended with pain or difficulty in passing 
urine. 

Ko-HE-o, v. To walk about, as a hen 
with her wings loose or partially spread 
open ; me ka upaupa ana o na eheu, 

2. To fly up on something; e lele a kau 
maluna. : 

Ko-nE-o-HE-o, s. A mixture containing 
a deadly poison; he mea awaawae make ai. 

2. A medicine of the sorcerer to kill with. 

Ko-HE-0-HE-0, adj. Deadly; causing 
death, as a deadly poisonous drug; apu 
koheoheo, the poisonous cup, the contents 
of which were made up of several poison- 
ous ingredients, designed for self-murder 
or for the execution of criminals by the 
order of a chief, the person presenting the 
cup saying, he wahi mea ola ia. 

Ko-nE-o-HE-o, s. A kind of play among 
children, as swinging a rope to be jumped 
over. 

2. Name of a certain stick or buoy to 
float a fish-hook. 

3. An instrument to assist in mourning 
or wailing along with other sounds; he 
mea Kanikani pihe me ka uwalaau. 

Ko-HE-0-HE-0, adj. The epithet of a 
frock coat, not a jacket, not a dress coat; 
he lole koheoheo. 

Ko-ne-xo-HE, s. Name of a small rush 
or grass growing in Kalo patches. 


clear, as the sky; to be serene; without 
clouds; to be calm; to be warm; to be 
agreeable. 

Ko-HE-KO-HE-PA-PA, S. A sore and ulcer- 
ated throat ; an eating sore. 

Ko-HE-LE-mu, v. See Kone and Lemu, 
the under part of the thigh. To stand or 
sit still ; to be inactive. 

2. Not to do what is bidden. 

Ko-nE-LE-mu, adj. Dull; inattentive ; 
disobedient ; inactive. 

Ko-neE-Lu-a, s. The name of a species 
of fish-hook. 

Ko-HE-Lu-A-paa, s. Name of a kind of 
fish-hook. 

Ko-nE-na-Lo, s. Name of a species of 
stone. 

Ko-n1, v. To dig; to make a hole or 
cavity in the ground; to dig, as a well. 
Puk.7:24. Todig in the ground. Isa. 5:2. 
Syn. with eli. 

2. To take up; to separate, as the kalo 
from the huli. 

3. To prevent; to.hinder ; to hold back. 

4, Haa. To travail in birth; to endure 
the pains of child-birth. Gal. 4:19. 


Ko-u1, s. Hoo. The first or commencing 
pains of child-birth. See Haakoxont. The 
throes of child-birth pains. 

2. A fat piece of pork ; a piece of fat. 
3. A swinging off or outside. 

Ko-ui-a, v. To rub gently with the 
thumb and fingers. 

2. To be stingy; to be close; to be hard; 
to crowd on to one. 

Ko-n1-al, v. Kohi, to dig, and ai, food. 
To dig food from the ground, as potatoes. 

2. To watch ; to guard; to keep. 

Ko-n1-Ko-n1, v. See Koni 2. To sepa- 
rate food, the worthless from the good. 

3. To separate the good from the bad 
fish after a great haul. 

Ko-n1-Ko-n1, s. The act of separating or 
sorting out the good from the bad fish after 
a large haul. 

Ko-HI-K0-HI-KA-PA-LA-LA, s. A heaping 
up of sand in ridges and heaps which has 
been dug up. 

2. A pastime only to make one dirty; he 
hana lealea e hawahawa ai. 

Ko-n1-xu, v. To waste and destroy food 
in time of war. 

Ko-no, v. To choose generally; to se- 
lect without regard to number. 

2. To choose one of two persons; to make 
choice among two or more objects. Jos. 
24:15, 22. 


KOH 


288 


KOK 





3. To choose one of two or more uncer- 
tain things. 
4. To choose, i. e., to determine; to de- 
cree ; to name out. 
5. To interpret a riddle or parable. 
: 6. To guess; to guess,asariddle. Dunk. 
4:12. 
7. To ask for a chosen or specified object. 
Ko-Ho-Ho-nu-a, v. See Kono 7 above 
and Honva, entirely; only. To ask for; 
to beg, as for land, fish or any definite ob- 
ject desired; kohohonua i ka aina, he 
begged for land; kohohonua i ke akua i 
waiwai, he asked the god for property. 
Ko-no-xo, s. A disease in utero. 
Ko-Ho-xo-Ho, v. A frequentative of koho. 
To choose frequently. 

2. To cast lots for a thing. 

3. To guess in uncertainty. 

4, To acquiesce concerning a thing which 
is in great obscurity. 

5. To unriddle, i. e., to solve a riddle. 

6. To choose some one; to draw near ; 
to attach one’s self to another. 

Ko-no-La, s. A reef; a dry place in the 
sea a little way from the main land. 

2. A place of very shallow water some 
distance from the shore like Kalia on Oahu; 
also some places still more shallow or dry, 
as at Kona on Molokai. 

3. A whale from his spouting water, rais- 
ing up water like a reef. Note.—The flesh 
of the whale was forbidden to women under 
the kapu system. Something like the surf 
as it breaks on the outer reef. 

4, The name of the first law which a chief 
promulgates ; a very strict law. 


Ko-Ho-Lu-a, s. A hard polished bone 
used in piercing unborn infants. Fia. He 
papa koholua oi ke alii. 

Ko-no-mu-a, s. Koho, to choose, and 
mua, first. A first choice, and one greatly 
desired. 

Ko-nu, v. To agree together; to dwell 
in harmony. 

2. To take or receive color from one, 
i. e., to resemble physically or morally ; 
ua kohu i ka makuahine, he takes his color 
from his mother, i. e., physically, the color 
of the skin, or, figuratively, her character. 

3. To be ennobled; to be honored ; to 
be beautiful; to appear noble, like a chief. 

4. Hoo. To follow after; to take the type 
of one, i. e., to be like him; e hookohu io 
kakou i na oihana i hoomakaia’i. 


Ko-nu, s. The sap or milk of plants or 
vegetables, particularly if colored, and 
such as may be drawn or expressed from 
the juice of vegetables. Nah. 6:3. Hence, 

2. Ink or any fixed coloring matter for 
aa or coloring kapas or cloth; pale 
ink. 

3. The fixing or permanency of the color. 


4. Hoo. A screen; a covering; a pre- 
tense. 1 Tes. 2:5. 

5. Resemblance ; likeness. 

Ko-nu, adj. Agreeable ; suitable; fit; 
convenient; becoming. 2 Tim.2:9. Alike; 
similar ; he maka kohu haole keia. 

Ko-nu-Ko-Hu, v. See Konu, to agree. 
Hoo. To be harmonious in opinion; to 
agree together; hookohukohu, a kanaka iho 
la kekahi poe no ke Akua, a certain com- 
pany agreed together and acted like men 
towards God. 

2. To exhibit; to make a show or dis- 
play. Kol. 2:23. To have the form of some- 
thing, but not the reality. 2 Tim. 3:5. 

Ko-nu-Ko-Hu, adj. Noble; honorable ; 
dignified. See Kouv 3. 

2. Rushing, as water, or as a multitude. 

3. Jealous. 

Ko-xa, v. To stuff anything, as paper 
into the mouth. 

Ko-xa, adj. Dry,as land; dry; barren; 
hard, as a dry soil. 

Ko-xaa, s. Lean meat; meat on which 
there is no fat. 
Ko-xa-HeE, s. A false assertion; a lie; 

an untruth. 

Ko-xa-ko-xa, v. Intensive of Koxa. To 
put paper into the mouth; to stuff the 
mouth full. 

Ko-xa-La, s. Ko and kala, a fish. The 
sharp thorns on the back of the fish kala. 

2. A white thorny fish. 

Ko-xe, v. ‘To be near; not far off; to 
be nigh, either in time or place. 

2. To be near, as in friendship; e launa 
mai, e pilikana. 

3. To come near or strike together, as 
two or more things. See Ukr and Pouxe. 

4. To guess; e koho i kana puu noa ma 
kahi e, a e haawi aku ka puu ana i koke ai 
na ka mea nana i huna. 

5. To draw near; to be friendly to one. 

Ko-xE, adj. Quick; soon (in time) ; 
near ; not far off (in space.) 

Ko-xe, adv. Quickly ; straitway; im- 
mediately ; quickly, as in moving from 
place to place. 

Ko-kE-a, s. Ko, sugar-cane, and kea, 
white. The white cane; he opukea, he 
ainakea. 

Ko-kE-a-Nno, adj. Silent; deserted; un- 
inhabited. 

Ko-xE-ko-KA, v. To punish or strike 
one for an offense real or imaginary. 

Ko-x1, adj. Short-nosed ; snub-nosed, 
like a monkey; kekokeko, keko, ihu ku- 
mene, kokikoki. 

Ko-x1, s. The extremity; the end of a 
tree ; a very high place. 

Ko-x1-0, s. A shrub; a tree. 


KOK 


Ko-x1-0, v. imp. Stop; don’t go with ; 
spoken in contempt. 

Ko-xi-x1, s. A bending branch of a tree; 
the highest top of a tree, especially a bend- 
ing twig or branch; a place where a branch 
divides off. 

Ko-x1-ko-k1, s. See Koxt. 

Ko-xo, v. To feel; to squeeze; to press, 
as in lomilomi. 

2. To set a broken bone; to replace a 
bone. 

3. To go about from place to place with- 
out object. 

4. To pull this way and that; to pull or 
drag along ; to tie up the koko or strings 
of a calabash. See Koko, s., 3. To push ; 
to jostle, as in a crowd. 

5. To be inconstant ; to be fickle. 

6. To fill; to fulfill; to fill up a specified 
time. Job. 39:2. See Ko, v. 


Ko-xo, s. Blood; the red flow in the’ 


arteries and veins of animals; koko hala 

ole, innocent blood. 2 Nal. 24:4. 

as A species of shrub or bush used for 
el. 

3. The netting or net work of strings 
around a calabash. 

4, A rising up; an extension ; ke kilaha 
0 ka opu. 

5. A noise or cry of a cock when a hen 
announces that she has laid her egg; to 
cackle, as a hen. 

6. Koko is sometimes used by Hawaiians 
in modern times for cocoa or chocolate ; 
also written eokoa, which is better. 


Ko-xo, s. The strings braided for car- 
tying a calabash; alaila, hanaia kekahi 
koko hakahaka ; a pau na kanaka eha ma 
na kihi eha 0 ua koko la. 

Ko-xo, adj. Falling rain where the light 
shines through it and it appears reddish ; 
e ku ana ka punohu i ka moana, ame ka ua 
koko. Laieik. 25. 

Ko-xko-a, s. A modern word. Chocolate. 
See the above, 6. 

Ko-xo-£, v. To divide; to separate into 
parts ; to divide out. 

2. To cut with a sharp instrument. 1 
Nal. 18:28. 

3. To be in advance or ahead of another; 
to hasten forward ; to set or fix one’s eyes 
upon; kokoe aku la na maka, i ka ike i 
kona enemi. Laieik. 120. 

4. To strike, injure or disfigure the eyes 
of one when angry. 

5. Hoo. To scratch or dig at one’s eyes 
in order to injure them ; mai hookokoe i na 
maka a ka mea i alohaia, o ku ia oe ia ala 
hookahi. 

Ko-ko-1, v. See Kor. To spurt; to eject, 
as water; to cast out suddenly. 


Ko-xoo, adv. Connected with any nu- 


289 


KOK 


meral, it expresses as many fold or as 
many persons as the numeral expresses ; 
as, kokoo lua, two together, or two-fold ; 
kokoo kolu, three in company; kokoo ono, 
six together, or six-fold, and so on to ten. 

Ko-xo-o-u, adj. Cold; damp in the 
house, as in a valley where much rain falls; 
muddy and damp. 

Ko-xoo-n1-4, adv. int. How many ? how 
many fold? Asked in reference to the 
number of persons or things together. See 
Koxoo above. 

Ko-Koo-ko-Lu, adv. See Koxoo above. 
It answers the question kokoohia? how 
many times? how many? Three-fold; three 
times; a firm of three; three together. 
Tuk. 12:52. 

Ko-Koo-Ls-a, adv. See Koxoo. Answer- 
ing the question kokoohia ? two-fold ; two 
times ; two persons. 

Ko-koo-Lu-a, s. Astaff; a cane; hence, 
a second ; an assistant; a helper; a com- 
panion; a union of two; two-fold; two 
together. Duk. 12:52. 

Ko-xo-n1, v. See Kount, to dig. To dig 
up ; to separate the kalo from the huli. 

2. To give thoughtlessly until all is gone, 
and perhaps has promised another. 


Ko-xo-u1, s. Haa. The strong pains of 
a woman in child-birth. 

2. The sadness of fear felt in time of a 
storm. 

3. The storm cloud itself. See Haaxonr 
and HaaKkoKOHI. 

Ko-xo-n1-ku, v. To do evil to a land; 
to pull up the food and throw it away; 
hele mai la ia, a kokohiku i na kalo o Wai- 
pio. 

Ko-xo-uu, v. See Konv. To spot; to 
mark ; to daub. 

2. To have a form; to take the garb or 
assume the manners of another. 

Ko-ko-Hu-a-wal-NA, 8. Koko, blood, and 
huawaina, grape. The blood or juice of 
the grape, i. e., pure wine. Kanl. 32:14. 

Ko-ko-kKE, v. See Koxe. To be near to; 
to favor; to approach. Hal. 34:18. Hoo. 
To be on friendly terms with; to be at- 
tached to one; to meet with. 

Ko-Ko-kE, adv. Near to; close by; e 
hele kokoke mai, draw near. Kanl. 4:11. 
Note.—The adverb is mostly koke, which 
see. 

Ko-xo-x1, adj. See Koxt. High; ex- 
tended, as the end or top of a thing. 

Ko-xo-xo, adj. See Koxo, blood. Like 
a person with his blood up; raging with 
anger ; ready for murder or any deed. 

Ko-xo-xo, s. The act of eating fish or 
other meat with the blood. 


KOL 


Ko-xo-koo-na, s. Very small potatoes 
with red veins. 

2. Water-soaked potatoes. 

Ko-Ko-ko-HE, adv. Kindly; friendly ; 
pleasantly, as peaceable neighbors; he 
noho pono, he oluolu. 

Ko-ko-LE, s. Small kalo stinted with 
weeds. 

Ko-xo-Lo, v. See Koro. To go on the 
hands and knees ; to crawl. 

2. To walk with the back bent, as a hump- 
backed person. 
an To creep in growing, as a vine. Hal. 

Ko-xo-mo, s. See Komo. A sinking 
‘canoe ; a going down, or entering in. 

Ko-xo-mo, adj. Sinking; entering in. 

Ko-ko-n1, v. See Koni. To throb; to 
beat, as the pulse. 

2. To be in pain; to suffer in distress ; 
e kokoni ka aha ia ia hea o Lono. 

Ko-ko-No-I-E, v. See Kono and Iz, to 
insult. Hoo. To stir up; to excite; to pro- 
voke. 

Ko-ko-pe, v. See Kore. To defend off; 
to push away ; to shovel, as dirt. 

Ko-xo-pu-na, s. Menstrual blood from 
one who is purely a virgo intacta. 

Ko-ko-wE, v. To run swiftly; to be 
light. 

Ko-xu-a, v. Ko, a brace, and kua, the 
back. To back or brace up, as a falling 
house. 

_ 2. To assist in business or an undertak- 
ing. 

3. To help; to help forward; to help one 
who is poor or in distress. 

4. To bind or tie on, as @ pa-u or a gar- 
ment. See Kakva. 

5. To cut; to hew; to grave. 

6. In deliberative bodies, to second a mo- 
tion. 

Ko-xu-a, s. Help; assistance; what is 
eiven in charity; entertainment: hospital- 
ity; epithet of the Holy Spirit. Loan. 14:26. 
The Comforter. 

Ko-xu-u1, s. That which is soft and 
yellow in the ear; ear wax. 

Ko-1a, s. See Koona. The tail feathers 
of a cock, 

2. Kola is written for kohola, the whale; 
nui na lawaia i kiii na ia a pau, koe nae 
ke kola. 

Ko-ra, v. To spread out; to grow; to 
enlarge ; to be thick together; to extend 
beyond, as the tail of a cock. 

2. To be excited, as the animal passions. 

Ko-1a, adj. Unripe; used in reference 
to bananas put into the ground which do 
not ripen. 


Ko-Lal-La, adv. The auiiki of laila. 


290 
Gram. § 65, 2. There; that which belongs 


KOL 

to that place, person or thing. Sol. 28:2. 

Ko-.a-Hl, s. Ko, sugar-cane, and ahi, 
a species of white cane. White sugar-cane. 

Ko-1a-Ko-La, v. See Koa, to spread 
out. To cause a spreading out; to spring 
up; to raise up. 

Ko-La-nz, v. To be clear, as the moon; 
to be explicit. as a statement. 

Ko-ia-ni, s. Name ofa species of hula; 
he kolani kekahi hula. 

Ko-te, v. To be red, like raw meat; to 
be inflamed, as the eyes; as a wound; to 
be raw, as flesh with the skin off. 

2. To shave the hair of the head closely. 
3. To cause one to be naked ; e hooolo- 
helohe. 

Ko-1z, s. Redness; inflamed eyes, &c. 

2. Name of a fish. 
Ko-LE, adj. Raw, as meat not fully 
cooked. 
2. Inflamed; red, as an inflamed wound. 
3. Used adverbially, you are denied; you 
are nothing, as in the sentence kolekole kou 
maka, i. e., the corner of your eye is red or 

pulu; down! you see that you are up a 

stump. See also KOLEKOLEMAKA. 


Ko-Le-a, v. To make a friend of one; 
to form a friendship quickly and without 
object ; e hoomakamaka wale aku no; to 
be on very friendly terms with one for the 
present. 

Ko-.e-a, s. A parent-in-law, that is, a 
father-in-law, makuakane kolea, or a mother- 
in-law, makuawahine kolea; he kane hou 
na ka makuahine, he wahine hou na ka ma- 
kuakane. 

2. The name of a small fish. 

3. The name of a fowl of the duck genus. 

4, The name of a tree having a very as- 
tringent bark. which is red and used in col- 
oring black; the wood reddish and used 
for boards. 

Ko-Le-a-LE-A, 5. See Lea and LEarea, 
to please. The action of hushing or stilling 
children when they cry. 

Ko-LE-ko-LE, v. See Kore. ‘To be raw; 
not cooked, as meat. 

Ko-LE-Ko-LE, s. Red earth; the red 
clay found in different places; he alaea, he 
lepo ulaula. 

Ko-LE-Ko-LE, adj. Reddish; raw, as 
meat half cooked ; red ; flushed with red ; 
uncooked in the oven. 

Ko-LE-Ko-LE-A, 5. See Korea 2. Name 
of a species of fish. 

Ko-LE-Ko-LE-MA-KA, adv. See Kote, adj. 

Ko-11, v. To pare; to shave off little 
by little ; to whittle. 

2. E koli i ke oho, to shave or cut the 
hair. Jer. 16:6. 


KOL 


3. E koli i ke kukui, to trim the lamp. 
Puk. 30:7. 

4. E koli i ke kila, to chamfer or work 
with a chisel. Puk. 32:4. 

5. To sharpen, as a pen with a knife; to 
trim off the outside, as the fringe of a cloth. 

Ko-ti, s. Something moving through 
the air; a meteor; ahi koli, a jack o lan- 
tern; he mea e lele ana ma ka lewa, me he 
akua lele la; he oili. 

2. The name of a tree; also called aila. 

Ko-tu, v. See Kou, v. To diminish; to 
taper off; to grow less. 

2. To be greasy. 

Ko-tu, s. A name given to the castor-oil 
plant, from kolii, to be greasy. See above. 

2. The dazzling of the eyes by looking 
at the sun. 

3. The partial blindness of the eyes by 
looking at any dazzling substance. 

4. The dancing undulating appearance 
of any large smooth surface shone upon by 
the sun in a hot day. 

5. The name of a particular prayer used 
in ancient times. 

Ko-z1-u-L1-u, s. See Liviiv. An imag- 
inary sound heard or supposed to be heard 
from afar; a whisper from some other 
world ; something from afar; inu wai ko- 
liuliu o Hilo ; something seen afar off, as a 
person, but so far as not to distinguish any- 
thing particularly. 


Ko-.i-ko-L1, v. See Kou. To cut off 


frequently; to cut off; to cutshort; to trim. 
Ko-.i-ko-LI-Ko, v. See Lixo. To swell 
out; to enlarge. 

2. To be fat; to have the appearance of 
grease floating on the surface of water. 

Ko-u1-11, v. To drop or leak out, as from 
a cork. 

2. To flutter, as a flag in the wind. Hoo. 
To wave, as a flag in one’s hand ; e hooko- 
lili ana i ka welau o ka maile. Laieile. 120. 

3. To rush out, as pent up water; to flow 
swiftly, as water from a deep cistern. 

Ko-.i-i-u, adj. Dimly seen, as fine 
print by a person of defective vision; ka 
ia ano koliliu, ka hele anae ka lani. See 
Kowroniv. 

Ko-to, v. To creep on all fours, as an 
infant. 

2. To. crawl, as a worm; to grope, as a 
blind man. 

3. To crouch ; to stoop, as an inferior to 
2 superior. 

4. To grow or run, as a lateral branch of 
avine. Kin. 49:52. 

5. To creep, run or penetrate, as the fine 
roots of a tree or plant into the earth; kolo 
lea ke aa malalo, to take root downward. 
2 Nal. 19:30. 

6. To urge, as in asking a favor; to per- 
severe till one obtains the thing asked for. 


291 





KOL 


7. To drive ; to row swiftly, as a boat of 
@ war ship. 

8. Hoo. Hookolo i ka nui manu o kakou. 
Norse.—In former times no common person 
was allowed to approach a high chief to 
ask a favor or deprecate his displeasure 
except on his hands and knees. See Koo. 
Also, when one was called to account for 
some delinquency, he was expected to come 
into the presence of the chief on all fours, 
and lie prostrate until ordered to look up; 
hence, in modern times, hookolokolo, to call 
to account; to have a trial; to try judi- 
cially. See HooxoLo and HooKoLoKo.o. 

Ko-to-a, v. To pull; todrag along. See 
Koko and Kavo. 

Ko-no-a, s. A duck; specifically, a mus- 
covy duck. 

2. Literally,long cane. This fact of long 
cane is said to have given a name to a dis- 
trict on Kauai. 

Ko-Lo-avu, v. To stretch out the neck; 
to be weak ; to be fatigued; e loa ka a-i, 
e maloeloe, e auau, e hookaluhi waiokila. 

Ko-Lo-a-Ha, s. A species of potato with 
fine roots and watery inside. 

Ko-Lo-a-puu-puu, s. The name of a 
wind ; he wa kipuupun. 

Ko-Lo-HE, v. To be mischievous; toact 
dishonestly; to render one’s self obnoxious 
to the feelings of others. 

2. To defile ; to pollute. 

3. Hoo. To trick; to defraud ; to cheat. 

Ko-Lo-nE, s. Mischief; evil; that which 
is bad in conduct. 

2. Pollution ; defilement. 

Ko-Lo-HE, adj. Roguish; troublesome ; 
mischievous ; polluting ; vile; moe kolohe, 
adultery ; fornication. 

Ko-1o-HE, adv. Mischievously ; badly; 
vilely. 

Ko-to-k1-0, s. Name of a person who 
catches by a long rod and bird-lime; kolo- 
kio manu o Kaile ka uka nahele o Laa 


Ko-1o-ko-Li-o, s. A calling or catching 
of birds; a taking of birds mauka of Laa 
and Pakahi. 

Ko-Lo-Ko, prep. Ko and loko. An ob- 
lique case of loko. That which belongs 
within; the inside or inner parts of a thing. 

Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo, v. See Koto. To crawl to- 
wards one to give an account of himself. 

2. To call chickens, turkeys, dogs, &e. 

3. To be vexed, as a woman with her 
husband. 

4. Hoo. To call to account; to examine, 
as an accused person. 

5. To decide respecting an accused per- 
son; to judge. 

6. In modern times, to reckon with one; 
to look over his account; to keep an ac- 
count with one. 2 Nal. 12:16. 


KOL 


7. To make inquiry into a matter. Eset. 
2:23. Nore.—Since the promulgation of 
written laws and the establishment of courts 
of justice, hookolokolo is used in connection 
with legal investigations; to try, &c., as in 
a court of justice. 

Ko-to-Ko-Lo, s. The loud rumbling at 
the close of a peal of thunder. 

2. Hoo. A trial; a legal investigation ; 
@ judgment ; a legal decision. 

Ko-1o-ko-Lo, adj. Relating to a judg- 
ment, trial or decision. 

Ko-1o-Ko-Lo-Hal, s. A chief or a com- 
mon person whose character is respected 
for probity and virtuous conduct; a term 
of respect ; nona ka lala kau kolokolohai. 

Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo-Nna-HI, s. See Naut. A light 
soft breeze ; a very gentle wind. 

Ko-1o-t1-0, s. A very strong wind at 
sea, such as would swamp canoes. 

2. A strong rushing of water, as of a 
powerful torrent. 

3. A breeze on one side or between two 
other winds. 

Ko-Lo-L1-0-1-K1, s. A gentle current; a 
light flow of water in a stream. 

Ko-to-Lv, adj. Deformed ; irregular in 
structure, as a deformed child; the word 
applies to the body and mind. 

Ko-to-na, s. Eng. The name of a pause 
in reading ; a colon, thus (:). 

Ko-Lo-na-HE, s. A gentle, pleasant 
breeze ; he makani e aniani mai ana. 

Ko-to-na-HE, adj. Gentle; mild; peace- 
ful; blowing softly ; fanning, as a gentle 
breeze. 

Ko-1o-pu, adj. Full; well fed; well pro- 
portioned throughout ; full fleshed. 

Ko-1o-pu-a, adj. Smooth, easy breath- 
ing; breathing without constraint; i ka 
nae kolopua. Laieik. 142. 

Ko-1o-pu-Pu, adj. Kolo, to crawl, and 
pupu, roughly. Old; lean; withered, as a 
very aged person. 

Ko-Lo-pu-pu, s. Anaged infirm person; 
an advanced stage of old and infirm age. 
2 Oihl. 36:17. 

Ko-tu, s. Eng. The Hawaiian orthog- 
raphy for glue; e like me he kolu la ka li- 
nalina, like glue is the adhesiveness. 

Ko-1u, num. adj. The simple form for 
the number three; with the article, ke kolu, 
the third. The common forms are akolu 
and ekolu. 

Ko-tu-a, v. Koand lua,a pit. To bury, 
i.e., to bake; tocook. See Katua. Note.— 


The Hawaiians made their ovens under 
ground. 


2. To put into a pit; to hide. 
Ko-tu-a, s. The act of burying, i. e., of 


292 


KOM 


putting into an oven under ground. See 
KALvA. 

Ko-tv-1-Lu-1, v. To strike upon the ear 
indistinctly, as a sound. 

Ko-tu-tu, v. To be or to act as a guard 
or defense ; to parry off; to defend from 
evil; e paku. e alai. 

Ko-Lu-na, comp. prep. The auiiki of 
luna,above. Gram. § 161. Of or belong- 
ing to that which is above. Hzek. 40:13. 

Ko-ma, s. Eng. A comma, the shortest 
pause in reading (,). 

Ko-ma-ko, s. The Hawaiian orthogra- 
phy for tomato, an edible fruit; the Hawai- 
ians generally call the fruit of the tomato 
ohia. 

Ko-ma-ta, adj. Pleasant. 

Ko-ma-u, adj. Bright, as moonlight. 

Ko-ma-Lu-na, 8. Koma and luna, above. 
The sign called apostrophe, as ka’u, no’u, 
ke ’lii, &c., and signifies that a letter has 
been dropped. 

Ko-me, adj. Heb.,rushes. The Egyptian 
papyrus; bulrushes. Puk. 2:33; Isa. 18:2. 
He waa kome, a bulrush canoe. 


Ko-me, v. To push away; to make 
room for something ; e hookaawale. 


Ko-mE-xo-meE, v. To hold back; to 
grudge in giving, as a wife when her hus- 
band is disposed to give, or as a husband 
when the wife is disposed to give. 

Ko-m1, »v. See Kaomt and Kow1. To 
press together; to bear down; to press 
down into a small space. 

2. To rub down smooth, as ruffled kapa; 
to rub or press, as a folded paper; i ka 
hau komi o ke kakahiaka. 

Ko-mi-Ko-m1, v. To press; to urge on; 
to urge on one to labor. 

2. To be little or to attend to trifles in 
dealing. 

3. To be stingy; to be close; to urge for 
the last mite. 

Ko-mi-ko-m1, adj. Put away; secreted; 
stolen. ; : 

Ko-mo, v. To enter; to go in, as into a 
house. 

2. To put in, as the hand into a calabash 
in eating poi; to dip; to rinse, but not so 
strong as holoi. 

3. To sink or to go under water, as a 
canoe. 

4. To put on clothes. Nore.—To put on 
clothes in Hawaiian idiom is to enter into 
them. 

5. Hoo. To insert, as a ring on the fin- 
ger, i. e., the finger enters the ring. Kin. 
41:42. 

6. To put on, as a hat or crown; that is, 
the head enters the hat. 

7. To enter, a3 into another’s country. 


KOM 


8. To cause to enter, as joy into one’s 
heart. 

9. To put on, as a dress, i. e., to go into 
Oihk. 8:7. 

10. To fill full, as a canoe or ship; hence, 

11. To sink, as a canoe or ship heavy 
loaded. 

Ko-mo, s. The name of anything that 
enters; a tenon. Puk. 26:17. The handle 
of a hoe, &c. 

2. Anything that is entered; a finger- 
ring ; a thimble, &c. 

3. The filling up of any empty space; ka 
piha o ka mea hakahaka. 

Ko-mo, adj. That which relates to put- 
ting in, filling or inserting. 
Ko-mo-a, s. See Koomoa. The tail 

feathers of a cock. 

Ko-mo-ar-na, v. Komo and aina, land. 
To enter upon an inheritance; to take pos- 
session of a land. 

Ko-mo-HaA-Le, v. Komo and hale, house. 
To dedicate a house (after which it was 
proper to use it); to enter a new house as 
a habitation. 

Ko-mo-Ha-nA, 8. Komo and hana, h in- 
serted for ana. An entering in, as the sun 
in setting appeared to Hawaiians to enter 
into the sea; the sinking or going down of 
the sun. 

2. The west, the place where the sun 
enters the sea. See Komo, to sink. 


Ko-mo-Ha-nA, adj. Western; pertain- 
ing to the west. Puk. 10:19. 
Ko-mo-ko-mo, v. See Komo. To insert 
on; to gird on; to try; to fit on, as a gar- 
ment upon a person. 
2. Hoo. To hold one spell bound; to be- 
witch ; to possess, as an evil spirit. 
Ko-mo-ko-mo, s. ‘The act of fitting a gar- 
ment to a person until it fits well. 
2. A disease, epilepsy; a demoniacal 
possession perhaps. 
3. The name of a play or game, 


Ko-mo-ti-ma, s. Komo and lima, the 
hand. A finger-ring ; a thimble. 
2. The hoop of a barrel; he mea e hoo- 
puni ana mawaho o ka pabu. 
3. A stocking; he kakini; a thing which 
the foot enters. 
Ko-mo-Lo-LE, v. Komo and dole, cloth; 
clothes. To dress; to put on clothes. 
2. To fit a dress to a person. 


Ko-mo-Lo-Lz, s. Apparel; a change of 
clothes or raiment. . 

Ko-mo-na, s. Eng. A common person 
in distinction from a lord; he poe i kohoia 
e na makaainana e komo ma ka ahaolelo 
alii. 

Ko-mo-wa-Le, s. Komo and wale, gratu- 


it. 


293 


KON 


itously. To enter and reside in a house 
unbidden. 

2. To wander out of the way. 

Ko-mo-wa-Le, s. Epithet of a person 
going here and there where he pleases; a 
privileged character. 

Ko-na, s. A name of the south-west 
wind ; also, the south wind. 

2. Pleasant or good weather ; also, the 
name of the rain accompanying a south 
wind ; he ua kona, he ua nui loa ia. See 
names of various species of konas below, 
as konahea, konalani, &c. 

3. Name of a division of an island be- 
longing to several islands, as Hawaii, Oahu, 
Kauai and Molokai, mostly on the west or 
south-west sides of the islands. 

Ko-na, adj. pron. The auiiki or an ob- 
lique case of ia, the third person singular 
of the pronouns. His; hers; its, &c. Gram. 
§ 139 and 150. 

Ko-na, v. To be strong; to be rigid; to 
be obdurate ; to be unyielding. 

2. To pass or rush through, as the air 
from the lungs; he ea e kona ana a e puke 
mai iwaho. 

Ko-na, adj. Strong; fierce; angry; 
blustering, from the fact that Kona winds 
are so. \ 

Ko-na, v. To despise; to dislike; to 
disregard: to contemn. 

Ko-na-Hav, v. To abate heat; to cool, 
as the atmosphere; as a hot room. — 

Ko-na-Hau, v. To be fat, as an animal; 
to be greasy ; to be sick of grease or fat- 
ness. 

2. To bend forward in walking, as a tall 
man. See Kananua. 

Ko-na-HE-A, s. A species of the rains 
called kona; a cold rain. 

Ko-na-HI-LI-Mal-A, s. Name of a species 
of rain on the mountains. 

Ko-na-Hu-a, s. The inside fat of ani- 
mals. Anat. 53. The fat of hogs, &€.; a 
kidney. Puk. 29:13. 

Ko-na-Hu-a, adj. Fat; fleshy, as an 
animal; asaman. Junk. 3:17. 

Ko-na-Ko-na, v. To be rough; to be 
uneven ; to be dark colored. 

2. To be undesired; not to like. 

3. To despise; to be displeased with; to 
treat with contempt. 

Ko-na-xo-na, s, Dislike ; disregard. 

Ko-na-Ko-nA, adj. Undesirable; con- 
temptible. 

2. Strong; not easily tired or exhausted. 


Ko-NA-Ko-NE-A, v. To be restored to 


health after sickness; to receive strength 
after weakness. 


Ko-na-xu, s. A class of the kona rains; 
a heavy rain. See Kona, rain. 


KON 


Ko-na-La-NI, s. A species of the rains 
called kona ; a fine rain. 

Ko-na-LeE, adj. Bright; clear; unob- 
scured ; white. 

2. Quiet; still, like moonshine in a calm 
still night. Mel. Sol. 6:10. Aiai e like me 
ka mahina i ka po malie loa; he mahina 
konane—konale. 

Ko-NA-LE-LE-wa, s. Name of a species 
of fish. 

Ko-na-mo-£, s. A class of the kona 
rains; a cold rain. 

Ko-na-ne, s. Name of a game like 
checkers ; a species of punipeke ; he mea 
hana lealea e like me ka punipeke; the 
stones are placed in squares black and 
white, then one removes one and the other 
jumps, as in checkers ; ua lilo oe ia’u i ke 
konaneia, you are mine by the game ko- 
mane. Laieik. 59. 

Ko-na-neE, adj. See KonatE above. Na 
po mahina konane, bright moonlight nights. 
Laieik. 181. 

Ko-ne, s. Eng. A cony; a species of 
hare. Kanl. 14:7. 

Ko-nE-Ko-NE-A, v. To be shaved smooth, 
as the head ; to be made bald or smooth, 
as the forehead. 

2. To be hard and dry. 

3. To be strong, as a person without dis- 
ease. 

4. To be restored from sickness; to be 
recovered from disease. See KoNAKONEA. 


Ko-nE-Ko-NE-A, adj. Restored ; recov- 


ered again from sickness. 
2. Shaven, as the head; made bald. 


Ko-nE-NE, v. To move or jump, as one 
moves his iliili, or jumps in the play ko- 
nane ; to take up quickly. 

2. To be very dry. 

Ko-NE-NE-LE, ee To be quick; to go 

Ko-NE-NE-NE, quickly ; to hasten. 

2. Applied sometimes to one who has 
been sick and is recovering; to be strong; 
to be well, &c. 

3. To be hard and stiff, as a garment 
(kapa) wet and dried again. See Konrko- 
NEA. 

Ko-nE-ri-sa, s. Name of a foreign bird. 

Ko-n1, v. To try; to taste; to make 
proof of by tasting. 

2. To try, as one’s constancy or affection. 

3. To throb, as the pulse ; to be in pain 
of body or mind; to be jealous; to suffer 
from apprehension or fear. 

4. Hoo. To try the quality of a thing by 
experiment ; hookoni hele aku la lakou i 
kahi e ono ai ka wai, they went along tast- 
ing till they found sweet water. 


Ko-ni, s. The beating or throbbing of 


the pulse or heart. See Api. 


294 


KON 


2. The thumping, as on a melon to try 
its ripeness. 

3. A trial of strength or ability ; make- 
make na kamalii i ka hele no ke koni o ka 
wawae. 

Ko-n1, adj. Beating; throbbing; pain- 
ful. 

Ko-n1-a, adj. Disobedient. 

Ko-n1-Ko-nI, v. To throb fast or fre- 
quently, as the pulse. 

2. To nibble, as a fish at a hook. 

3. To snatch away a little at a time. 

Ko-ni-Ko-n1, adj. Ardent; active; busy; 
feeling deeply ; he aloha huihui konikoni 
ana iloko o’n. 

Ko-ni-nI, v. See Kont. To revive after 
fainting. 

2. To be convalescent. 

3. To grow up, as a plant; to spring up, 
as a shoot. 

Ko-ni-n1, adj. Convalescent; getting 
well from sickness. 

Ko-nr-ni-u, s. See Niv and Niniv. 
Dizziness; vertigo. See Ponrnivu. 

Ko-no, v. ‘lo lead one along to any 
place. Nah. 22:41. 

2. To take along, asaservant. Kin. 22:3. 

3. To invite, as a guest; to take in com- 
pany. 2 Sam. 13:23. 

4. Toimitate; to go along slowly, as foot 
travelers; ekono mau ana i ka lae kahakai. 
Laieike. 157. 

5. To take, as one’s wife in company. 1 
Kor. 9:5. 

6. Hoo. To hasten; to hurry; to send 
away. 

7. To set on, as dogs; to set one against 
another. See KoNoKONO. 

Ko-no-u1-K1, s. The head man of an 
abupuaa. 

2. A person who has charge of a land 
with others under him; o ka mea ai aina, 
he konohikzi ia. 

Ko-no-ko-na, v. To despise; to be dis- 
pleased with. See Konakona. 


Ko-no-Ko-no, v. See Kono. To urge on; 
to excite, d&c. . 
2. Hoo. To set on each other, as dogs. 
3. To make one angry with another by 
persuasion ; to stir up discord. Sol. 6:14. 
4. To excite to commotion; to stir up 
popular feeling ; hookonokono mai ia (0 
Satana) i keia mau mea ia kakou e hana, 
Satan stirs us up that we should do these 
things. 
5. To persuade to go, as on business ; 
hookonokono aku o Lilihaia Kalama: o kil 
a hoi mai, Liliha persuaded Kalama (say- 
ing) go for him and return. 
Ko-nu, s. The center; the central point; 
the middle, especially with waena. See 
Warnaxonu. Nore—Aonu is used to ren- 


KOP- 


295 


KU 





der waena more emphatic and definite, as | Ko-pu-KE-A. 


the middle point ; the very center of a place 
or thing. 


Ko-nu-t, a To strike upon, as the 
Ko-mv-, rays of the sun; to be very 
hot. See Nov. 


Ko-nu-waeE-na, adv. See Konu above. 
In the midst. 

Ko-pa, s. A shrub, the fruit of which 
is made into beads. 

Ko-pa, s.«Eng. The Hawaiian pronun- 
ciation for soap; kula copa lole, the fuller’s 
field. Jsa. 7:3. See also Sopa. 

Ko-Pa-LA-NI. 

Ko-pz, v. To shovel, as dirt; to paw; 
to scratch. 

2. To defend off; to parry, as a blow; 
to turn aside from. 

Ko-pz, s. A shovel; a spade; a scoop 
for lading flour; any instrument of the 
kind. Nah. 4:14. 

Ko-pr-a-u1, s. Kope and ahi, fire. A fire 
shovel. 2 Nal. 25:14. 

Ko-rE-Ko-rEe, adj. Morose; silent; taci- 
turn ; ill-natured. 

Ko-pe-xLa, s. Name of a shrub or tree. 

Ko-pE-LE-HU, s. Kope and lehu, ashes. 
A fire shovel. See Kopraut above. 

Ko-pE-na, s. He moonihoawa. 

Ko-ps-ra, s. Heb. Camphire. Mel. Sol. 
1:14. 


Ko-p1, v. To salt, as fish or meat; to 

Koa sprinkle on salt; to preserve in 
salt. 

Ko-pi-xo, s. A kind of grass. 

2. The name of a shrub. See Oprko. 

Ko-pi-xo, s. The name of a tree, the 
timber used for kuas in making kapa; it is 
also used for fuel. 

Ko-pi-u1, s. A gift presented to a child 
at its birth. 

2. The name of a small white kapa put 
on the idols. See O1oa. 

3. A species of wauki. 

4. The wauki bark pounded thin; ikoiko 
ia a lahilahi. 

Ko-pi-ti-nui, s. The name of a day 
when the altars and sacrifices were dressed 
out with white kapa; ua kapaia ua la la 
he la kopilinui no ke kopili ana o ka lana- 
nuumamao. 

Ko-pi-wa, s. Eng. perhaps. A coping 
on the top of a building. 1 Nal. 7:9. 

Ko-pi-r1, v. See Kort. To sprinkle, as 
water or salt. Heb. 9:19. Also, to sprin- 
kle, as a perfume. Sol. 7:17. See Pirr. 


Ko-po-Le, s. A method of cooking fish 


Ko-wa, v. To separate; to divide be- 
tween two things. 

Ko-wa, s. See Koa and Wa, a space. 
A vacant space between two things. as 

1. The spaces between the fingers or toes. 

2. Astrip or space of water between two 
lands ; hence, the channel of a harbor. 

3. A strait or sound. 

Ko-waa, s. A rope or string for draw- 
ing or dragging a canoe or other things; 
he iM hau, he mea kowaa ia; he akua ko- 
waa 0 Kanepuaa, a furrow-making god was 
Kanepuaa. See KANnepuaa. 

Ko-waa, v. To drag; to draw; to move 
a thing by drawing. 

Ko-wau, s. The testicles. See Hua. 

Ko-wa-na, s. A species of wauki. See 
Korum. Eia kona laau, o ka popolo ame 
ke kowaha. 

Ko-wa-ko-wavu. See Koxoov. 

Ko-wa-u1, v. To swing to and fro, as a 
rope for children to jump over. ’ 

Ko-wa-u, s. A kind of play for chil- 
dren ; swinging a rope. There were two 
kinds of kowali. 

2. Name of a certain stick or buoy on 
which to float a fish-hook. 

3. The name of a running vine; a con- 
volvulus; also written koali. 

Ko-wa-Li-PE-HU, s. A species of con- 
volvulus with a white flower. 

Ko-we-Lo, v. Ko and welo, to float in 
the wind. To drag or trail behind, as the 
trail of a garment. 

2. To stream or float in the wind, as 
colors or an ensign. See KorEno. 

Ko-w1, v. To press; to squeeze together. 
Kin. 40:11. 

2. To wring out, as water. 
See Kawi and U1. 

Ko-ra, s. Hed. A cor, a dry measure. 
2 Oihl. 2:10. 

Ko-ra-Ka, s. Gr. A raven. Kin. 8:7. 
An unclean bird. Oihk. 11:15. 

Ko-rE-Ba-NA, s. Gr. Corban; a gift; 
consecrated property. Mar. 7:11. 

Ko-re-NE-TA, s. Eng. A cornet, a mu- 
sical instrument. 1 Oihl. 15:28. i 

Ko-re-ni-sa, s. Name of a bird in Kam. 
14:13; the glede; a kite. 

Ko-ri-a-Na, s. Eng. Coriander; the 
seed of the coriander. Puk. 16:31. 

Ko-ri-NE-TA, s. See Koreneta above. 

Ko-ro-na, s. Eng. A crown; the offi- 


cial head dress of a king or queen. Ezek. 
21:26. Syy. with leialii. 


Hal. 73:10. 


by wrapping them in leaves and roasting | Ku, v. Note.—This word has two dis- 
th 


em. 


tinct meanings and yet they run into each 


KU 


296 


KUA 


other ; as, first, ku to rise up; second, ku| Ku-a, v. To strike in a horizontal di- 


to stand. 

1. To arise ; to rise up, as from a sitting 
posture. Joan. 11:29. To stand erect. 

2. To rise, as war. 1 Oihl. 20:4. To rise 
up to do a thing or for a specified purpose. 
Joan. 1:2. 

3. To stand against; to resist; to act 
contrary to. 

4, Hoo. To excite ; to stir up, as an in- 
surrection. 

5. To raise up, as an eminent person. 
Kanl. 18:15, 18. 

6. To raise up; to propagate. Kani. 
25:7. 


Ku, v. To stand, i. e., to stop still; to 
let down, as an anchor (generally written 
kuu); ku iho la makou ia nei, we anchored 
(stood, stopped) at this place; to stand 
against or opposite to. 

2. To hit; to strike against; to pierce, 
as a spear; a ku oiai ka poe panapua. 

3. To hit, as the foot in walking; to 
stumble. Rom. 9:32. 

4. To stand, as a ship, i. e., to come to 
anchor. 

5. Hoo. To cause to stand, i. e., to hold 
up; to stretch out,as the hand. 1 Nal. 8:22. 

6. To be placed or set in a state or con- 
dition. Job. 20:4. 

7. To fit; to be like; to resemble; to 
agree with; ua ku ke keiki i ka makua, 
the child resembles the parent; aole e ku i 
ke kanawai, it is not according to law. 

8. To fit, as a garment. The following 
are miscellaneous uses : 

9. With pono, to be opposite to; holo 
mai la lakou a ku pono i Honaunau, they 
sailed till opposite to Honaunau. 

10. Ku e, to resist ; to oppose. 

11. Ka hookw ole i ka hala, not con- 
demned. 

12. Ku ika wa, to stand in a space (be- 
tween two parties) ; hence, to be free; to 
be uncommitted. 1 Kor. 9:1. 

13. Ku o ka hao, to be fitted of iron, i.e., 
to be bound withiron. Mat. 8:28. 

14. To be suitable; to be proper; to be 
fit. Luk. 3:8. 

15. To extend ; to reach from one place 
to another ; ua ku ko’u pilau mai Hawaii 
a Kauai, my evil influence (ill savor) has 
reached from Hawaii to Kauai. 

16. To come to one, as a report or in- 
formation ; ku mai ia Poliahu ka ike no 
Aiwohikupua mau hana. 
Ku, s. A portion of land which does 
not pass with all the land from one to an- 
other, but is fixed; lilo ka ainaiku. Lrr. 
The land has become fixed. 

2. The name of a month. 

















rection ; hence, 

1. To cut or hew down, as a tree with an 
axe; alaila kua laau ala o Kalanimoku, 
then Kalanimoku cut down sandal-wood. 

2. To hew, as wood or stones. Kanl.7:5. 
To cut out, as stone from a quarry; ke kua 
pohaku oe; to cut, as coral; hele aku la 
makou e kua puna. 

3. To overthrow; to destroy (cut down), 
as anidol. Oithk. 26:30. 

4. To throw or cast away; to put away; 
e kipaku. 


Ku-a, s. The back of a person or ani- 


mal in distinction from the face. Puk. 
33:23. He kahi mahope o ke poo o ke ka- 
naka, a o ka holoholona. 

2. The top of a ridge or high land. 

3. The hewed stick, block or wood on 
which kapa is beaten. 

4. The anvil of a blacksmith, from its 
similarity to the kapa block (a modern ap- 
plication.) Jsa. 41:7. 

5. The name of one of the six houses of 
an ancient Hawaiian residence; he hale 
kua, oia kekahi. See Hae. 

6. The name of a species of fish. 

7. The front side of a place; ma ke alo 
o keia aina, he kua o ka moku ia. D. Malo 
3:23. 


Ku-a-al-na, Ss. Kua and aina, land. The 


back country; up the mountain where there 
are no chiefs; the country in distinction 
from a village or city. Mar. 6:56. 

2. The inhabitants or people of the back 
country ; 0 ka poe i noho ma ke kuao ka 
mokupuni, ua kapaia he kuaaina, he inoa 
hooino nae ia. 

3. Ignorant, uninstructed people; the 
ignoble; the back-woods people. 1 Kor. 
1:28. The inhabitants of a back country. 
Oih. 4:13. Ka poe makaainana, na wahi 
kokoke ole mai i kahi alii. 


Ku-a-ar-na, adj. Of or pertaining to the 


upland country ; rude; away from refined 
society. 


Ku-a-au, s. Kua, back, and au, current; 


surf. A bare reef; ke kohola; a dry place 
within the sea; he wahi maloo; a very 
shallow place in the sea; papau o ke kai. 


Ku-a-a-Ha, s. Name of a place where 


the gods were worshiped ; he wahi e hoo- 
mana aii ke akua. 

2. Name of a cup used in worshiping the 
gods, i. e., the poe aumakua; he ipu auma- 
kua, he ipu i hana ia i ka aaha a paa. 


Ku-a-a-na, s. Epithet of a relationship 


signifying the older of two children of the 
same sex; as, kai-kuaana, the older of two 
brothers or of two sisters, each to each ; 
ka hoahanau mua ma ka hanau ana. 


Ku, adj. Right; fit; proper; put in 
order ; berena ku lalani, the show bread.| Ku-a1, v. To rub one thing against an- 
Puk. 35:13. other; to grind by rubbing one surface 


KUA 


297 


KUA 





against another; to rub or stir round, as 
flour in sifting it. 

2. To barter one thing for another. Nore. 
This was the ancient idea of selling and 
buying. as Hawaiians formerly had no com- 
mon circulating medium. 

3. To traffic or exchange one commodity 
for another ; after coin began to circulate, 
kuai ilo mai signified to buy, and /euai lilo 
aku, to sell. Puk. 21:16. At present, the 
phrase is contracted into /cuai mai, to buy, 
and kuai aku, to sell; ina i make kahi ka- 
naka, a keuai ia oia i ke akua kii. 

Ku-a1, adj. Of or belonging to trade ; 
he hale keuai, a house for sale, or a house 
where sales are made, i.e.,a store; waiwai 
kuai, goods or property for sale. 

Ku-at-a-Ko, s. The place where the 
akos are bound on to the canoe, both be- 
fore and behind; mai kuaiako mua, a kuai- 
ako hope o ka waa. Laieik. 17. 

Kav-al-o-Le, s. The upper ridge pole 

Ku-al-I-0-LE, of a house; ka laau ma- 
Juna iho o kanhuhu ma Kaupaku. 

Ku-a-1-0, s. The side or border of a kalo 
patch; the border of a cultivated plot; the 
separating line between two fields. See 
KUAAUNA. 

Ku-al-Hoo-o-La, v. Kuai, to buy, and 
hooola, to save alive. See Ova. To redeem; 
to save from death. Hoik. 14:3, 4. 

Ku-at-Hu, adv. Over and over. 

Ku-a-i-Lo, v. To declare or explain some 
enigma or mysterious expression; e hai 
mai i ka nane nalowale loa, loaa ole i ka 
imiia. 

Ku-a-i-no, v. To turn back to an evil 
course after having forsaken it. 


Ku-ao, adj. Cloud-standing; a cloud 
standing in an upright position. 
Ku-au, s. The stick or mallet with 
which the Kapa is beaten out. 
2. The handle of an 00; kuau oo; the 
handle of a hoe. See Kano. 
3. The handle of a knife, file, auger, &e. 
Ku-a-u-a, s. Contraction for ka ua ua, 
frequent rains. The season of rains; ame 
ka hekili iloko 0 ke kuaua. Laieik. 181. 
2. A fertilizing rain; kuauva mua, the 
former rain; kuaua hope, the latter rain. 
Hos. 6:3. 
Ku-a-u-a-Ho-pz, s. The latter rain. See 
Kuava above, 


Ku-a-u-a-mu-a, s. The first or former 


rain. See Kuava above. 
Ku-au-Ha, v. To council ; to advise. 


Ku-au-Hau, v. Ku and auhau, to tax. 
To be recorded in genealogy, in history or 
tradition ; o na kupuna mua o ko Hawaii 
nei i kuauhauia. the first ancestors of Ha- 





wail which are noted in genealogy. Lr 
Genealogized. Also Heb. 7:6. 

2. To have the knowledge of genealogies; 
to know the path of the descent of chiefs ; 
e ike i ke kuamoo kupuna alii mai kahiko: 
mai. 

Ku-au-nau, s. A genealogy; a pedi- 
gree. 1 Tim. 1:4. Mai manao kakou he 
pololei loa keia kuauhau, let us not think 
that this genealogy is strictly correct. Neh- 
7:5. 

2. A person skilled in genealogy or tra- 
dition; a historian. Kin. 5:1. He mea ike- 
ike kuamoo alii. 

Ku-au-nau, adj. Relating to what is 
registered or retained as historical; pala- 
pala kuavhau, a genealogical register. 

2. Honorable; distinguished. 
Ku-a-u-La, s. Red thick kapa; red bark. 
Ku-au-Ka-u1, s. Kuau and kahi, one. 

The principal or single rain during the 
summer months; ka ua hookahi o ka ma- 
kalii. 

Ku-a-u-kA, s. Kua, a god, and wka, in- 
land. The name of the gods of the moun- 
tains in opposition to kualai, gods on the 
sea shore. 

Ku-a-u-na, s. The bank of a stream; 
the side or border of a kalo patch. See 
Kvaio. Ke hele nei makou ma na kuauna 
poho, we are traveling at present on the 
borders of kalo patches liable to sink in. 


Ku-au-paa, s. Name of a bundle of po- 
lolu carried by the chief on going into bat- 
tle. 

Ku-a-Ha-u-a, v. To call out all the peo- 
ple, as a chief; to call together on busi- 
ness ; to assemble all the people. 

Ku-a-HA-u-a, adj. Proclaiming; calling 
together, as the people of a chief; mamuli 
0 ka olelo kuahaua, according to procla- 
mation. JLaieik. 162. 

Ku-a-a-NA, s. The name of a god who 
killed men. 

Ku-a-HE-a, s. A region on the side of a 
mountain below the kuamauna and where 
small trees grow. 

Ku-a-nt-Lo, v. See Hiromito. To ram- 
ble in telling a story; to make along story. 

Ku-a-HI-Lo-HI-Lo, v. To talk without 
coming to the point. 

Ku-a-HI-NE, s. A sister of a brother; e 


kuu lani, eia ko kuahine, o Kahalaomapa- 
ana, ka mea au e aloha nui nei. JLaieik. 


Ku-a-nI-wl, s. Kua, back, and Aiwi, 
summit. The top or summit of a mountain. 
Noh. 3:1. Hence, 

2. A mountain of the highest clags. 
3. Mountains or a mountainous -ountry. 
4. Asngle mountain. 2 Oth. 2:2. 


an KUA 


Ku-a-Ha, s. Analtar for sacrifice. Kin. 
8:20. Kuaha okoa, a whole altar. 1 Wal. 
6:22. He wahi e hoomoa ai na mohai. 

Ku-a-Hu-a, v. Kua, back, and ahua, a 
raised place. To bend upward, as the back; 
to rise above water, as a whale’s back. 

Ku-a-Hu-1, s. Sticks tied temporarily on 
to the frame of a house while building ; he 
aho mawaho o ka hale i ka manawa e kau- 
hilo ai. 

Ku-a-Hu-Lu, s. Name of a vegetable 
eaten in time of famine. 

Ku-a-ka-u1, s. The third generation of 
a series, that is, the third from the parent. 
Puk. 20:5. Thus, first, the parent, makua; 
second, the child, keiki; third, the grand- 
child, kuakahi; moopuna kuakahi, a grand- 
child; he keiki na kana keiki aku. 

Ku-a-ka-H1, adj. Name of a place in- 
definitely known, or rather not known, but 
considered to be far off ; oi noho kou uhane 
ma puu Kuakahi. 

Ku-a-ka-HI-KI, s. Kua, back, and kahiki, 
a foreign country. Something afar off in 
another land, or done long ago so as to be 
forgotten; i kuakahiki ka pule; kahi nalo- 
wale loihi loa paha. 

Ku-a-Ka-LA, S$. See Lu. A medicine 
mixed up with some liquid and taken as a 
purgative ; the name of the plant is navle. 

Ku-a-Ka-Li-KE-a, S. Kua, back, and ka- 
likea, border; fringe. White on the back, 
border or edge. 

Ku-a-xe-a, v. To be white as chalk; 
as salt on or about salt ponds; ua hele a 
kuakea i ka paakai. 

Ku-a-KE-A-HU, s. An unseen imaginary 
place at a great distance off. 

2. The poe kuaaina that live far off from 
the metropolis ; a hala loa kon uhane ma 
keuakeahu. 

Ku-a-kE-ao, s. See the foregoing. 

Ku-a-x1, v. To feel sad at the loss of a 
bet in gambling; kuaki paha, pili oia i 
kona waiwai a pau loa, a ilihune,a pupule 
maoli kahi poe i ka minamina nui. 

Ku-a-ko-xo, s. Pain; distress, as of a 
woman in child-birth. Fic. /sa. 13:8. He 
kuakoko nei ka wahine, 0 ka mea ikaika 
loa no ia, a hiki mai ke kuakoko hanau. 

Ku-a-ko-ko, v. To travail; to have the 
pains of child-birth. Jsa. 23:4. 

Ku-a-ko-xo, adj. Of or belonging to 
child-birth. Isa. 21:3. 

Ku-a-Ko-Lo. 

Ku-a-ko-Lu, s. The fifth in a series of 
generations ; a great grandchild; he ku- 
_puna kuakolu. See Kuakant. 

Ku-a-ku, adj. Ironically spoken. 

Ku-a-ku-a, v. See Kua, to cut down, as 


298 


KUA 


a tree; to cut; to hew out, asa canoe ; 0 
ke koi keia e kKuakua ana i ka waa. 

Ku-a-ku-a, s. A section or piece of a 
fish net ; kuakua upena. 

2. A small section of land like a koele or 
hakuone. 

| Ku-a-ku-a-ku, s. A kalo patch. 

Ku-a-ku-al, v. See Kuai, to rub. To 
rub with pressure ; to polish ; to grind. 

Ku-a-ku-P1, s. A sore on the back. 

Ku-a-ta, s. The fore fin on the back of 
a fish. 

2. A sharp and cutting bone on the side 
of a certain fish near the tail. 

3. Hard kalo; heavy food. 

4. Increase; interest; usury. Hzek. 18:8. 
Interest on money; a word derived from 
kuwala,asomerset; turning over and over. 
See Kuwata. 

Ku-a-ta, v. To set a cask on its head. 

2. To take or exact usury ; to pay over 
and above. 

Ku-a-La, adj. Pertaining to usury. 
Oihk. 25:36. Uku kuala, usury. Neh. 5:7. 

Kou-a-xa, adv. Usuriously; giving upon 
usury. Hzek. 18:8. 

Ku-a-Lau, s. A strong wind; a gale of 
wind ; wind and rain upon the ocean; he 
ua me ka makani ma ka moana. 

Ku-a-La-au, s. Kua, to hew, and daau, 
wood. <A hewer of wood. Kanl. 29:10. 

Ku-a-LAu-wI-Ll, v. See Lauwitt. To be 
circuitous in conversation; to wander here 
and there in one’s talk. 

Ku-a-La-kal, s. The name of a species 
of fish. 

Ku-a-La-Kal, s. The eating of fresh fish 
pounded up finely and mixed with other 
things. Nore.—The malolo was the fish 
frequently served up in this way. 

Ku-a-La-kal, s. A swelling up of the 
cheeks, perhaps the abdomen, from rich 
eating, perhaps from disease. : 

Ku-a-La-na, v. To be idle; to be in- 
different to all business ; to wander about 
without object; to sit uninterested with 
nothing to engage attention, as one who 
does not understand the conversation; lilo 
oukou i ka olelo haole a kualana makou ; 
to sit idle, as one lazy (molowa) on a canoe 
instead of paddling. 

Ku-a-ta-nA, s. Indolence; laziness; fa- 
tigue ; nui ka poe kualana e noho aina ole 
ana; 0 ke kanaka hoopili wale he kualana 
ia, he who joins himself to another witb- 
out work is a lazy fellow. 

2. A man who roves about without a 
chief or haku or any support or any one to 
depend on. 

Ku-a-La-na, adj. Lazy; not disposed to 
work; 0 ka noho a ka ohua kualana. 








KUA 


299 


KUA 


2. Fatigued, as a man by paddling a|Ku-a-moo, s. Kua, back, and #0, a liz- 


canoe and lays down his paddle. 
3. Not sinking; floating; komo ole, lana. 

Ku-a-La-na-pu-n1, s. The office of the 
person who kept the flies off from the king 
when he slept; o ka mea kahili i ko ke 
alii wahi e moe ai, he kualanapuhi ka inoa. 

Ku-a-La-pa, v. To stretch out, as a 
head-land; to project, as a cape. See 
Lapa. 

Ku-a-La-pa, s. A ridge of land between 
two ravines. See Lapa, s. 

Ku-a-La-Pe-Hu, s. Name of an office 
among the king’s train. 

Ku-A-LE-HE-LE-HE, v. To converse with 
many words ; to talk fluently ; aka, o keia 
pae aina i /cualehelehe a Binamu. 

Ku-a-Le-na, v. See Lena. To stretch 
or spread out in order to free from wrin- 
kles. 

Ku-a-.i-a-Li, adj. White, as lime; as 
white paper and other things. 

Ku-a-u1, v. ‘To whiten; to make white. 

Ku-a-Lu-Li, v. Kua and lili, small; 
little. To abate; to slacken; to decrease 
in heat. 

Ku-a-Lo-no, s. Kua and dono, to hear. 
The space on the top of a mountain; a place 
of silence, i. e., of hearing. 

2. A knoll, ‘small hill or protuberance 
on the top of @ mountain. 


Ku-a-Lu-a, s. The fourth in descent; a 
great grandchild; he moopuna, be keiki na 
kana keiki; the fourth generation. Puk. 
34:7. 

Ku-a-tu-a, adj. Repeating; doing a 
thing twice. Mar. 14:30, 72. 

Ku-a-Lu-a, adv. Twice ; the second 

_ time. 

Ku-a-mau-na, s. Kua, back, and mauna, 
a mountain. <A protuberance or hillock on 
the side of a mountain. 

Ku-a-ma-HA, s. The side of the head ; 
the bones back of the ear. 

Ku-a-ma-ka, s. To cut down, as a tree 
with the edge of an axe. 

Ku-a-ma-Ka-ni, adj. Not sinking; float- 
ing; without constraint; free, as the wind; 
inconstant; komo ole. lana, kuamakani. 
See Kuaana. 

Ku-a-mi-a-mi, v. See Amt, a hinge. To 
make a motion like the working of hinges. 

2. To express the intercourse of the sexes. 


3. To laugh at; to mock; to express 
contempt. 

Ku-a-Mi-a-M1, s. The motion of a tum- 
ing hinge. 


2. Any motion imitating that of a hinge. 
3. The motion of sexual intercourse. 
4, A term of reproach. See Amit. 


ard. The backbone of a man or animal. 

2. A road or frequented path. Nore.— 
This was the word used formerly on the 
Island of Hawaii for path or road; the 
word alanui is now general; a road or 
highway. unk. 21:19. 

3. Fie. A way; custom. Syn. with aoao. 
Mat. 10:15. Obedience to law. Mar. 1:3. 

Ku-a-moo, s. The name of some place 
on the bottom of a canoe; alaila kalai ia 
na aoao ame ke kuamoo malalo. 


_Ku-a-moo, adj. Of or pertaining to the 


backbone ; iwi kwamoo. Oihk. 3:9. 

Ku-a-mo-a-mo, v. To curse the gods; 
to curse generally. Oihk. 19:14. 

2. To blaspheme; to reproach; to swear; 
to quarrel. Oihk. 20:9. 

Ku-A-M00-0-LE-Lo, s. See Kuamoo 3 and 
“sori speech. A style of speaking; a dia- 
ect. 

Ku-a-mu-A-Mu, v. See Amu and Amv- 
amu. To blaspheme, curse, &c. Syn. with 
kuamoamo above. 

Ku-a-mu-a-mu, s. Blasphemy; a revil- 
ing of sacred things by word; reproachful 
language. Kanl. 28:37. 

2. The name of a play or dance. 

Ku-a-na, s. A shower. 

2. Ku and ana. <A standing; being in 
an erect posture; make kuana a ke kanaka. 


Ku-a-na-KA, s. Kua and naka, not solid. 
An extensive disease up and down the 
back resembling kuapuhi, but longer. 

2. Name of a kind of coral formation ; 
the coral used in polishing. 
3. Name of a species of fish. 

Ku-a-na-Lu, s. The outside of the surf 
towards the sea just before it breaks ; ike- 
ia’ku ekolu oukou e ku mai ana ma kua- 
nalu. Laieik. 130. 

Ku-a-nE-A, s. See Kane, laziness, &c. 
Dry barren land ; unprofitable land. 

2. An awkward ignorant person. 
3. A reproach ; a laughing stock. 
4. Loss of appetite ; loss of strength. 

Ku-a-noo, v. Kua and noo, to think. A 
place on the top of a mountain; a place for 
thinking or meditation. 

Ku-a-nu-l, adj. Kua, back, and nui, 
great. Big-backed, i.e., awkward, in doing 
something more or besides what was re- 
quired, and thus spoiling what he tried to 
do; or doing a thing in his own way in 
opposition to the will of him for whom he 
works. 

2. Obstinate; self-willed; he alii kuanui, 
a chief that will have his own way; aole 
kuanui 0 Parao, he hewa maoli no. 


Ku-a-pa, s. A crab of the species paiea, 
but with a hard shell. 


KUA 


To harden the back, i. e., to be hard upon 
one ; to oppress. 

2. To press or urge one to evil; e ala, e 
hele mai i kahi e kuapaa ole ai na uhane i 
ka hewa. 

3. Hoo. To make one’s back tough or 
eallous with hard labor, as by carrying 
burdens and other hard work. 

4. To have or exercise great patience 
under hard labor or cruel treatment. 

Ku-a-paa, s. A name given to bread- 
fruit which remains on the trees long after 
the season is over and is parched on the 
side next the sun. 

2. The name of a worm that eats vegeta- 
bles. 

3. Name of a species of fish. 

4. A coral reef or rock showing itself 
above waiter, though sometimes water may 
be over it. 

Ku-a-paa, adj. Hard; severe; slavish. 

2. Laborious; hurried with work; kauwa 
kuapaa, a slave. 

3. Parched on one side; he ulu kuapaa. 

Ku-a-pa-pa, v. Kua, to cut down, and 
papa,aboard. To hew out boards or plank. 
Nore.—This was the former way of making 
boards, one log made but one board. 


Ku-a-pa-pa, v. To unite or be united, 
as people under one chief. 

2. To be at peace ; to live quietly; hele 
mai ia nei, kuapapa o ko kakou noho pu 
ana, we came here (Lahainaluna), peaceful 
has been our living together. 


Ku-a-pa-pa, s. Peace; quietness; rest 
from turbulance or anarchy. 

Ku-a-pa-pa, adj. Peaceful; quiet; rest- 
ing in confidence. 
U-A-PA-PA-NU-1, v. See Kuapapa and 
Nut, great. To enjoy quietness and satis 
faction under the same ruler; to be free 
from the turmoils of war. ZLunk. 3:11, 30. 

2. To be at ease; to live quietly, as with- 
out much care, and out of the bustle of 
business. 

3. To be quiet, as the effect of a virtuous 
Ife.) Ia. 32:17. 

Ku-a-pa-pa-nvu-1, s. Real substantial 
peace and quiet in a government. 

2. Peace following a treaty of mutual 
benefits. 

Ku-a-po-i, s. The name of the board on 
the front part of a canoe. 

2. The knee pan; moe pono ka iwi ihu 
maluna o ka ibu e like me ke kuapoi ma- 
luna o ka waa. 

3. Name of a bone in the arm or hand. 
Anat. 21. 

Ku-a-po-1, +. Hua, back, and pot, to 
cover. ‘To be full fledged, as birds or any 
kind of fowis; applied to young birds when 


300 


Ku-a-paa, v. Awa, back, and paa, hard. ; 


KUE 


almost fully grown ; kvapoi na manu, the 

birds are fully fledged. 

Ku-a-po-La-0, s. Name of a small pile 
of waiwai collected for the king. 

Ku-a-pu-I-wi, adj. Long residence ina 
place. See Kunarwi. 

Ku-a-puv, s. Kua, back, and puu, a pro- 
tuberance. A hump or crooked-backed 
person. Oihk. 21:20. 

Ku-a-pPu-H1, s. Kua, back, and puhi, to 
burst. A sore back; 4 boil on the back. 
Ku-a-weE-ut, s. A kind of disease in the 
back, or a sign of disease on the back. 
2. A worm that has a black back. 

Ku-a-wi-Ll, v. Kea and wilt, to twist. 
To repeat over and over again without 
meaning; to wander from the point in 
speaking ; to use foolish repetitions in 
speaking. Mat. 6:7. 

Ku-a-wi-ti, s. The name of a prayer 
used at the dedication of the highest order 
of heiaus and continued all day. 

2. Indirectness, repetitious and irregular 
in work. 

Ku-£, v. Ku, to stand, and e, opposite. 
To be opposed; to be contrary; to be 
strange. 

2. To act contrary to authority ; to op- 
pose the civil government. 

3. Hoo. To set against; to oppose. Ter. 
21:10. To cause to oppose. Kanl. 2:30. 

4. To oppose, as the bow of a canoe to 
the wind. Nore.—Kue has been written as 
one word and as two, in which case the e 
is an adverb ; thus, Aw e, to stand against, 
i. e., be opposite to. 

Ku-g, s. Opposition ; strife ; commotion. 

2. The crooked side timbers in a ship; 
he laau wae kekee. 

3. Any object with an angle. 

4. Name of a species of fish-hook. 

Ku-g-a, v. Acontraction of kuewa. To 
wander about; to have no home. See Ku- 
EWA. 

Ku-z-a, s. A wanderer; a friendless 
man. 

Ku-E-E, v. Ku, to stand, and ee, with a 
meaning stronger thane. See Kur above. 
To disagree ; to contend in words. 

2. To do contrary to; to oppose. 

3. To rise up against; to attack. 

4, To bicker; to quarrel, as a man and 
his wife. See Kuxus. 

Ku-r-E, s. Disagreement; dissension ; 
opposition of sentiment. 

Ku-EE-0-Hu-a, s. A species of fish net. 

Ku-r-o, adj. Unsteady; going here and 
there; a vagabond. See Kurwa. 

Ko-r-nu, v. Ku and ehu, to drive away. 
To stir up; to make turbid, as water; to 
shut off, as water running over land. 





KUE 


2. To shake the dust from a mat. 

3. To let go; to cast away, as a thing 
not desired. 

4. To hold up; to present, as a signal 
for something ; a /cuehu ae la oiai ka lepa 
o kona aahu. Laieik. 22. 

Ku-r-nu-E-nu, v. Freq. of kuehu. To 
cast or throw dust or dirt. 

2. To toss up and down. 

Ku-r-xaa, v. See Panoanoa. To re- 
turn, as the current or tide and sweep 
everything away; to cast or turn one out 
of house and home and all he has. 

Ku-r-ku-E, s. See Kuz, s., 3. A joint; 
a protuberance; the knuckles; the wrist 
bones; ka puupuuo ka hailima; the elbow, 
&ce.; qualified by some other word. 

Ku-r-xu-E-nu, v. To rub hard. See 
Kvuerno. 

Ku-r-Ku-k-0, v. To stir or move slightly, 
as one supposed to be dead. 

Ku-r-ku-E-Li-ma, s. The elbow. 

Ku--xu-£-wa-wak, s. The heel. Ain. 
3:15. The ankle joints. 

Ku-E-KU-E-NE, v. See Kuene, to lay 
out a building. To act the part of a stew- 
ard; to serve out food. 

Ku-s-xu-E-n1, v. Toshake; to tremble; 
to move ; to struggle. 

Ku-s-tvu, v. ‘To loosen; to cast down. 


Ku-r-ma-xa, Ss. Kue and maka, face. 
The eyebrows. 
2. The brow of a hill. 
Ku-E-MA-KA-PA-LI, s. See Kuemaxka and 
Paul, a precipice. The brow of a hill. 


Ku-r-m1, v. Au and emi, to shrink back. 
To stand or retreat, as from something 
feared. 

Ku-s-ne, v. To measure for the pur- 
pose of laying out the foundation of a house. 

2. To frame ; to lay out, as the frame of 
a building. 

3. To set up; to put in order, as seats 
for a multitude ; to set up the posts of a 
house. 

4. To care for and divide out, as a stew- 
ard does to a cook: to act the steward; ke 
hooko nei oia, ke keuene nei; e lana’e ka 
pepeiao ke kueneia nei. 


Ku-E-nE, s. A steward; a treasurer. 
Isa. 22:15. 

2. A small quantity of anything: a frac- 
tion, as haif a glass of rum or water, &c. ; 
he wahi kuene ai uuku, a little food. 

3. Detraction; slander; false speaking 
against another. 

Ku-E-NE-HA-LE, s. Auene and hale, a 
house. The knowledge of putting up a 
house and in the practice of several trades. 

2. One skilled in framing and finishing 
a house; o ka ike i ka mabiai, 0 ka ike i 


301 


KUI 


ka lawaia, o ka ike i ke kuenehale, ame ke 
kaupaku. 

Ku-e-wa, v. To wander about; to be 
unstable. 

2. To be friendless; to wander about 
without a home. Kin. 21:14. 

Ku-g-wa, s. One who has no place to 
live, no friends ; a fugitive ; a vagabond ; 
connected with aea. Kin. 4:12. 

Ku-1, v. To stick together; to join. 

2. To stitch or sew together. Ain. 3:7. 
E kui lehua, to braid lehua blossoms into 
a wreath. JLaieik. 145. 

3. Hoo. To splice; to join on; to add or 
attach one thing to another. Job. 34:37. 

4. To add or sum up, as numbers. Nah. 
1:49. 

5. To employ ; to use, as the tongue, es- 
pecially in slander. Hal. 50:19. 

Ku-1, v. To pound with the end of a 
thing; to pound with a hammer or mallet; 
to knock out. as the teeth; mai /eui wale i 
na niho a hemo, 

2. To pound, as poi; a/cui i kana ai, and 
he pounded his food. 

3. To beat out, as metals. Puk. 39:3. 

4. To pound up; to break fine. Kani. 
9:21. 

5. To smite; to injure; to smite with the 
hand. 2 Oihl. 18:23. 

6. To smite, as the conscience. 
24:6. 

7. To buffet or smite as a punishment. 
1 Pet. 2:20. Kui a wali, to beat to pieces. 
Isa. 3:15. 

8. To smite, as hail. Puk. 9:28. 

Ku-1, »v. To sound, as thunder; kui iho 
la ka hekili maluna. 

2. To sound abroad; to sound or spread 
abroad, as fame or report; kui aku la ka 
lono. 1 Oihl. 14:17. To be beard, as a re- 
port. 

3. Hoo. To roar, as the wind; ke hookui 
ja ka makani i kela aoao i keia aoao, a 
puka mai auanei. 

4. To resist; to oppose; to put in dis- 
order, 

Ku-1, s. A general name for small 
pointed instruments; he mea oioi ma ka 
maka; a nail; a pin: an awl: a spike; a 
goad. Puk. 21:6. The double teeth; na 
niho nui ma ka nao, maloko o ke a. Nors. 
Kui mostly has some qualifying term added 
to designate what particular thing it is; 
as, kuihao, a nail; kuikele, a needle ; kui- 
keleawe, a brass or copper nail, &c. 

Ku-1a, v. The passive participle of Az. 
Hit: fitted ; stumbled; not sharp: blunt ; 
doing over and over again; meeting. 

Kvu-1-a, s. Name of an instrument used 
in war. 

Ku-1-al, s. Kui, to pound, and ai, food. 
The act of pounding poi or food. 


1 Sam. 


KUI 


Ku-1-au-mo-E, s. The name given by 
those about the chief to those below them 
in privilege, though better persons; o ka 
poe i komo ma ke kuiawmoe, o ka poe la- 
kou 0 pohokano, he kukuiolelo wale no ia. 

Ku-1-a-Lu-a, s. The name of some art 
taught in former times; he nui ka poe i ao 
i ke kaala me ke kuialua. 

Ku-1-E£, v. Kui and ee, the armpit. To 
secure or carry under the arm; to fold up 
and put under the arm. 

Ku-1-E-Lu-a, s. The name of an ancient 
game ; same perhaps as kuialua. 

Ku-1-Hao, v. Kuz, to pound, and hao, 
iron. To forge; to work iron, as a black- 
smith. 

Ku-1-HAo, s. See above. An iron spike; 
a nail. 

2. A blacksmith ; an armorer. 

Ku-1-Ha0, adj. Pertaining to a black- 
smith. 


Ku--HE, v. Ku, to stand, and hee, to 
Ku-1-HEE, slide. To go forward, then 
retreat ; applied to the mind ; hence, 

2. To doubt; to hesitate; to be unbe- 
lieving ; to hesitate to obey or believe a 
statement; alaila, kuihe iho la kela no ke 
aloha i na makua, then she hesitated on ac- 
count of love to her parents. See Kanatua. 


Ku-1-HEE, adj. Doubting ; hesitating ; 
advancing and retreating. 

Ku-1-He-wa, v. Kui, to strike, and hewa, 
wrong. To strike or hit by mistake. 


Ku-1-Ka-n1, v. Kui, to unite, and kahi, 
one. To have things and interests united 
in one. 

2. To make peace or to be at peace ; ua 
kuikahi ke aupuni, the kingdom is in a 
state of peace. 

3. To make or to be conducive to peace; 
he mea anei ia e keuikahi ai? is that a thing 
to make peace? Kuikahi like, peace; quiet- 
ness. Hoik. 6:4. I kuikahi ai ka ainoa o 
ke aupuni, that the breaking kapu might 
be peaceably done throughout the king- 
dom. 

4, Hoo. To make peace, as contending 
parties. 2 Sam. 3:12. To enter into a 
treaty of peace after a war. 2 Sam. 10:19. 
To make peace ; to unite on terms of am- 
ity. pes. 2:15. : 

Ku-1-xa-u1, s. A union of sentiment or 
feeling. 

2. A state of peace; satisfaction. 

3. A covenant; a treaty. 1 Sam. 18:3. 

4, A treaty of peace and amity. 

Ku-1-xa-HI, adj. Peaceful; quiet; olelo 
kuikahi, a league; a covenant; a treaty. 
Ios. 9:6, 7. 

Ku-1-x4-u1, adv. Together; in common; 
peacefully. 


302 


Ku-1-Ka-wa, adj. Ku, to stand, 2, prep- 


KUI 


osition, in, ka, the, and wa, space. Lir. To 
stand in the space. A phrase signifying 
independence ; noi attached to either side. 
It is applied to persons concerning whom 
it is doubtful to what chief they belong, or 
to whose authority they are amenable ; or 
as in English, he is on the fence, that is, on 
neither side ; hence, 

1. Free ; not bound to any chief. 

2. Not subject to any one’s control ; not 
in bondage. Nore.—This phrase is some- 
times written in one word as above, and 
sometimes in four, as kuika wa. 1 Kor. 
BY 

Ku-1-Ke, v. For ku i ka ike. To know 
or think alike ; to agree. 

2. To be understood; e haawi e paa i ka 
lima ke kuike e mamua o ka olelo, to give 
the hand in confirmation, provided the 
agreement be previously understood. 

Ku-1-Ke, v. Kuz and ke, to push away. 
To smooth off a place; to leave nothing 
rough. 

2. To destroy men, as in war until not 
one is left; ua kuikeia a pau loa, it is all 
smoothed over; kuike i ka auhau nui, i na 
kamalii ame na mea a pau, they were heay- 
ily taxed, children and everything else. 

Ku-1-KE-LE, s. Kuz, pin, and kele, slip- 
pery. A needle; a sewing needle. 

Ku-1-xe-pa, s. The name of the work 
of making the god named Lonomakua. 

Ku-1-Ku-1, v. Intensive of kuz, to strike. 
To strike often; to beat; to smite or buffet, 
asa person. Isa. 58:4. To box; to exer- 
cise for a boxing match. 

2. To take up arms against any one, i.e., 
to unite against ; e hele kuiee. 

3. To pelt; to throw at; to beat against. 

4. To fasten together, as the parts of a 
building. 

5. Hoo. To put together; to form; hence, 
to feign; to pretend. Neh. 6:8. 

Ku-1-xu-1, s. Name of a medicine, com- 
pounded or made into a drink from the sap 
or gum of the koko tree. 

Ku-r-ku-1, adj. Striking or blowing 
strongly, as the wind; he makani kuileui; 
more frequently pakuikui. See AKUIKUI. 

2. Pounded ; bruised ; wauki kuikui, 
pounded wauki. 

3. United; fastened. See the verb. 

4. He upena kuikui, a net well woven, 
i. e., fastened. 

Kv-I-Ku-I-wa-LE, s. A pounding or bruis- 
ing to death; an ancient method of ki!ling. 


Ku-1-ta, s. The name of a kind of for- 
eign cloth; he lole hinuhinu paa loa. 
Ku-1-11, s. The name of a prayer which 


lasted all night. 
Ku-i-Lu-a, v. Aui, to add, and dua, two; 


KUO 


303 


KUO 


double. To add on: to double by adding | Ku-ov, v. Ku, to stand, and ow, to rest 


to a thing; e kuilua,e kuilua mai i ka pono 
ia Jakou, add on, increase the goodness to 
them, i. e., increase continually in good- 
ness. i} 
Ku-1-na, s. Kui and ana,a uniting. A 
sewing, that is, a set of sleeping kapas, 
generally five, sewed together, 
the purpose of sheets. 
2. A seam; a place where pieces of kapa 
or cloth are united. 
3. In modern times, a sheet. 
Ku-1-nE-Hr, adj. Kui, to strike, and 
nehe, a rustling sound. O ka lani /evinehe 


Ku-1-pa-Lu, v. Kui, to break, and palu, 
soft or fine. To bruise or pound fine, i. e., 
soft. 

2, To break up; to break fine. 2 Oth. 
31:1. To break down; to demolish, as idol 
gods. 2 Oihl.4:3. Kuipaluia na akua kii. 

3. To beat or bruise. as a cruel man does 
his wife. 

Ku-1-pa-tvu, adj. Broken fine; bruised; 
pounded. 

Ku-1-rz, v. Kui, to beat, and pe, crushed 
flat. The full form is kui a pe. To beat 
down; to bend over flat; i kuipeia e ka 
makani a paa. 

Ku-1-pe-H1, v. To be in doubt; to hesi- 
tate in acting; to go with hesitancy ; to 
distrust one’s friendship or offer. 

Kvu-1-re-u1, s. Hesitancy; distrust ; 
making objections. Oih. 10:29. 


Ku-o, ». Hoo. To desire to doa thing, 
but from some cause he does not do it. 
Ku-o, v. To cry with a loud voice ; to| 
lift up the voice in weeping for joy; e, 
aloha nui mai me ka uwe. 
Ku-o1, v. Ku and o?, to limp. To move 
slowly, as a vessel with little wind. 
2. To rock or reel to and fro, as a vessel 
in a calm. 
3. To reel or stagger, as a fowl drenched 
in water. 
4, To stagger, as a person unable to walk 
through weakness. 
Ku-o-1-L1, v. Au and oil, toascend. To 
walk a steep road up hill. 
Ku-o-1-11, adj. Steep, asa road up hill. 
Ku-00, v. Ku, to stand, and oo, ready; 
prepared. To stand ready; to be prepared 
for any event; especially, to be prepared 
against evil. 1 Peg. 1:13. 
2. To be fearless; to be intent on carry- 
ing a point. 
3. To be sober, i. e., unexcited ; to be 
calm ; to be fully awake to circumstances. 
L Pet. 4:7: 
Ku-oo, adj. Fearless ; ready ; prompt 
in action ; vigilant. 


| 


: : 
uwe, the heaven wtering sorrowful sounds. | 


the head on anything. To incline the head; 
to bend the head forward, as in bowing. 
See Kunov. 

Ku-ov-E-LE-NA, adj. Standing firmly 
and constantly by the chief at all times; o 
ke paupau akoa o ke paupau /euoulena. 


answering | Ky-o-Ha, s. Name of a prayer used for 


causing a man to love his wife and a wife 
to love her husband. 

Ku-o-nHo, s. Name of a shell fish. 
Ku-o-xo-a, v. Au, to stand, and okoa, 
another. To stand aside by one’s self. 

2. To stand aloof from assisting or in- 
juring another. 

3. To cast off the authority of a king or 
ruler; to rebel. 

4. Hoo. To set free ; to deliver from the 
power of another. 

Ku-o-ko-a, adj. Standing aloof or sep- 
arate from; existing in independence of 
anything else. 

Ku-o-ta, v. Awand ola. Tostandalive 
and safe ; to escape some great danger. 
Kou-o-xu-o-Lo, v. The intensive of kuolo. 
To make a vibrating motion, as in rubbing 
or polishing; to rub; to polish, as in scour- 

ing a utensil. 

Kv-o-Lo, v. To make a vibrating mo- 
tion; tornb; to polish; to scour; toscratch, 

2. To shake, as a fluid in a bottle or cask. 
3. To tremble, as the voice. 

Ku-o-Lo, s. A small sort of drum; a 
timbrel. Hal. 92:3. The hula drum; he 
ipu hula; he hula paipu. 

Ku-o-Lo-H1-A, s. Name of a species of 
grass. 

Ku-o-Lo-ka-NI, s. See Kuoto above and 
Kant, to sound. An ancient musical in- 
strument among Hawaiians, used at hulas 
and on other occasions of amusement and 
dissipation; atimbrel. Puk. 15:20. Trans- 
lated psalteries in 2 Oihl. 9:11. 

Ku-o-Lo-Ku, v. See Kuoro. To sing like 
a bird. 

Ku-o-Lo-ku, s. The voice or song of a 
singing bird; kuoloku ka leo o ka manu 
Kani leo. 

Ku-o-Lo-No, s. ‘lhe general name of 
hillocks or protuberances on the tops of 
the mountains ; a 0 na pun maluna pono 
iho o ke kuahiwi.e ku lalani ana, a ku hoo- 
kahi paha, ua kapaia’ku ia he kuolono. 

Ku-o-n1, v. Au and oni, to move. To 
walk gently or softly ; to move lightly; to 
fall back or behind another on account of 
a slow movement. 

Ku-o-no, s. A corner, as of a room; ap- 
plied only to the inside. See Hio. But 
kihi is the corner outside of the house. 

2. In geogruphy, a bay; a gulf; a recess 


KUU 


304 


KUU 


of the sea into the land. See Karkvono.| Kuu-a-bta, v. See Kuata. 
He wahi kai e poopoo ana iloko o ka aina. Kuu-g, v. The e gives intensity to the 


3. The part of a house (inside) opposite 
to the door. 
Ku-o-no-o-no, v. Tobe comfortably set- 


verb. To release, as one from his suffer- 
ings; to have one’s difficulties pass away ; 
kuue ka luhi, pau ka pilikia. 


tled ; to be well furnished with things for Kuu-xa-nag, s. Kuu, release, and ka- 


comfort and convenience; to be above 
want. 
Ku-o-No-o-no, s. An inheritance; a set- 
tlement. 

2. A settled place, i. e., a place of rest. 
1, Wal; 8:13. 
Ku-o-no-o-no, adj. Well furnished ; 
supplied ; Auonoono ole, unsteady ; unset- 
tled. Kuonoono is applied to a woman 
skillful in pounding kapa and in braiding 
mats, &c. See Lona. 
Kuu, adj. pron. It is used for ko, ko’u 
and ka’u, my, mine, what belongs to me. 
Norr.— uu is often synonymous with ko’u 
and ka’u, but as these apply to different 
things, and the speaker was at a loss which 
to use. it was proper, i. e.. grammatical to 
use kuu; thus, Hawaiians say ka’u keiki, 
ko’u hale, but not o’w keiki or ka’u hale; 
but it is correct enough to say kuu keiki 
and kuu hale. Gram. § 150, 4. 


Kuu, v. To let go; to loosen; to re- 
lease; to slacken, as a rope that is too 
tight; to let down, as by a rope: to let 
down from the shoulder. Hin. 24:18. 

2. To dismiss or send away, as on an 
errand ; to send away, as a messenger; to 
allow tocome. Dunk. 13:8. 

3. To put down, as one in authority ; to 
dethrone. 

4, To pay out, as a rope or cable in cast- 
ing anchor. 

5. To loose, i.e., to cast, as a net into the 
water for fish; to take fish in a net, i. e., to 
let down the net for them; to become calm, 
as the mind after intense anxiety; to be 
assuaged. Laieik. 77. 

6. To give liberty; to suffer or permit to 
be done. 

7. To cause to do; to suifer to be done. 
Kanl. 18:10. 

8. Ekuu i ka uhane, to give up the ghost; 
to die. Kin. 35:29. 

9. To fail; to give up; to cease to®elp. 
Kanl. 31:6, 8. 

10, Hoo. To excuse; to let go; to send 
away, asa multitude. Pule. 3:18. 

11. To lead out of an inclosure; to de- 
liver from difficulty ; to set free from; e 
hoomaha, pau ka nae make. 

Kuu, s. A releasing; a letting go. 

2. The act of taking fish in a net. Nore. 
This idea is more from letting down the 
net than from insnaring the fish. See the 
verb 5. 

Kuu, s. The name of a species of fish 
net: he upena kuu. 


nae, the breathing. A free breathing, i.e., 
free from fear: safe; palekana. 


Kuu-xuu, v. The frequentative of kuw. 


To let down; to let go; also, hoo., to let 
down. Oth. 9:25. Alaila, kuukuu lakou i 
kii malolo. 


Kuvu-kuu, s. Thenameofagame. Hoo. 


The same. 

2. A species of spider, commonly called 
Grandfather Longlegs. 

3. Name of another species of short- 
legoed spider. 


Kuv-xu-u, v. To sit on the heels with 


the knees on the ground. 


Kuv-ta, s. ‘The name of the god of fish- 


ermen from Hawaii to Kanai. Hina was 
his wife and the goddess of fishermen. 
When the people prayed to Kuula and he 
would not give them fish, they then prayed 
to Hina to intercede with her husband. 


Kuvu-La-La, v. To be beside one’s self; 


to be out of one’s right mind ; e pupule, e 
hehena ; to go here and there; to be law- 
less. 


Kuu-La-La, s. Great ignorance; stu- 


pidity; a want of common sense views; no 
ke kuulala loa o ko onei poe kahiko i na 
olelo lalau. 

2. Wantonness; effeminacy ; lascivious- 
ness. 


Kuu-La-La, adj. Wanton; lascivious. 


Tak. 5:5. 

2. Insane; out of reason; lilo loa ma 
kona makemake iho; unrestrained from 
following one’s own inclinations: ua nana 
na kanaka, aole he kuulala loa e like me 
mamua, men looked at him, he was not 80 
much out of his senses as before. 


Kuvu-tu-tu, v. To be cold; to be con- 


tracted with cold; to shiver with the cold, 


Kuu-.u-tu, adj. Cold; shivering with 


cold; chilled ; hence, 
2. Fearful or abashed ; Kuululu na kahu 
ia oe i ke kahuna. 


Kuu-wa, s. Kuz and ana. A descend- 


ing; passing down. See Kuvu. A heredi- 
tary disease ; he mai na na kupuna, a dis- 
ease from their grand-parents. 


Kuvu-na, adj. Hereditary; descending 


or derived from parents to children, as 
some diseases ; he mai kuuna ia no lakou, 
theirs is a hereditary disease. Fic. Ma ka 
manao kuuna o oukoun, according to your 
traditionary opinions ; na uhane i ka hewa 
kuuna, traditionary vices. 


ee KUH 

Ku-na, v. To spit; to spit upon. Nah. 
12:14. To eject saliva from the mouth. 

Ku-na, s. Saliva; spittle; water from 
the mouth. 1 Sam. 21:13. 

Ku-wa, adj. Pertaining to saliva. 

Ku-na-1-K1, adj. Au and haiki, narrow. 
Narrow; contracted; too small or narrow. 

2. Straightened in mind; concerned 
greatly in mind. 

Ku-nao, v. Ku, to stand, and hao, iron. 
To stand as iron; to stand alone; to be 
singular in a good sense; to acknowledge 
God before wicked men; to obey God 
rather than follow our own opinions or 
those of others; to stand alone morally; to 
stand alone; applied to a letter of a book 
standing by itself; it applies also to men. 

Ku-nao, adj. Standing firmly and act- 
ing alone; he ua kuhao, rain from a single 
cloud or without a cloud. 

Ku-nav-nau, v. Ku and uhauhau, weak. 
To be weak; to totter with age. See Unav- 
HAU. 

Ku-wa-Ka-Kal, v. Ku and hakakai, to be 
swelled. To be swelled out, as one fat or 
full fleshed. 

2. To be swelled with disease ; hence, 
3. To be weak ; to be sickly. 

Ku-wa-xu-na, v. Freq. of kuha. To spit 
upon frequently. 

Ku-HA-LA-HA-LA, v. See HoonaLaHALa. 
To break off from a bargain; to grumble 
at another’s prosperity ; to find fault with. 

2. To envy one his prosperity or wealth 
and procure his death by the pule anaana; 
i opuinoino ia mai no ka hanohano. 

Ku-wa-tu-xa, adj. Many; numerous; 
huddled together ; going in great compa- 
nies ; pili i ke kewai kuhaluka ka mauna. 

Ku-Ha-NA-0-LE, v. Ku and hana, work, 
and ole, not. To be lazy; to be idle; to 
do nothing. 

Ku-Ha-NA-0-LE, adj. Lazy; idle. 

Ku-wa-pa, v. Ku, to fit,and hapa, partly. 
To be incorrect, or correct only in part in 
speaking. 

Ku-a-pa-Ha-Pa, v. See Kunara. To be 
frequently incorrect in speaking. 

2. To make blunders often. 
3. To be not trusty. 
4. To be various at different times. 


Ku-ne, s. A change of color in the skin 
in consequence of being long in the water, 
as purple, blue, brown, &c. 

2. The name of a species of fish. 

Ku-He-a, v. Aw and hea, to call. To 
call; to cry aloud; to call for one; tomake 
a noise ; to call out. See Kanna. 

Ku-ue-a, s. A hunter, as of birds; ku- 
hea manu; one who imitates the whistling 

















305 


KUH 


call of birds, and then calls them into his: 
snare; afowler. Sol. 6:5. 

Ku-ne-a, adj. Calling ; insnaring, as of 
birds; makaala ke kanaka kuhea manu, 
watchful the man who insnares birds; 
noisy ; boisterous. 


Ku-neE-ku-HE, s. Freq. of kuhe. Change-- 


able as to colors, as black, green, blue,. 
thick dark. 


Ku-nE-LA, v. To rise and move along,, 


as the swell of the sea; to pass along stand-- 
ing or rising high, as a high swell of the: 
sea; to rise, as a high surf. See Kanena 
and KAHELAHELA. 

Ku-ne-La, s. The high unbroken swell 
of the sea as it moves along. 

Ku-HE-LE-LO-a, v. Ku, to rise, hele, to 
go, and loa, any distance. To be sent off 
from one’s house and land and neighbor- 
hood. 

2. To wander about from place to place. 
See WamANA. 

Ku-HE-LE-Lo-a, s. A person banished 
and sent off to live where he can, stripped 
of everything. 

2. A banishment. 

Ku-HE-LE-Lo-a, adj. Of or belonging to 

a state of banishment. 


Ku-HE-LE-MAI, s. Ku, to rise, hele, to 
move, and mai, this way. The name given 
to a kind of play used in gambling; he koi, 
he hooleilei. 

Ku-He-pa, v. Ku and hepa, false. To 
be untrustworthy; to be uncertain what 
one will do, as a servant or neighbor. 

7 To break a bargain without paying 
well. 

Ku-HE-pA-HE-PA, adj. Doubtful; differ- 
ent from what was expected; aole ike mao- 
— having an imperfect knowledge of a 
thing. 

Ku-ne-wa, adj. Ku, to hit, and hewa, 
wrong. Coming suddenly; seizing upon, 
as a disease; striking unexpectedly, as the 
wind ; he mai kuhewa, he makani kuhewa. 


Ku-m1, v. To think; to suppose; to 
imagine. Sol.17:28. Kuhi lakou he loko- 
ino ko na kanaka o Hawaii, they thought 
the people of Hawaii of bad disposition. 

2. To point out; to point at with the fin- 
er. 
: 3. To give an appellation. 
4. To cast up to one. 

5. To judge ; mai kuhi hewa oukou, do 
not mistake ; do not judge erroneously. 
Ku-n, s. A gesturing with the hand to, 
regulate singing, time, &c.; the use of the 
baton or hand in directing music; a na la- 
kou (ka poe hula) e ao i ke kuhi a paa ke 

kuhi 0 ua mau mele la. 


Ku-nl-a-La-E-A, adj. Epithet of a cer- 


KUH 


306 


KUK 


tain priest of Lono; he kahuna kuhialaea | Ku-ui-ni-a, adj. Fat; rich; sweet; 


kona inoa. 

Ku-n1-a-no, s. Kuhi, to point out, and 
ano, the meaning. In Hawaiian grammar, 
a pronoun: kuhiano pili kanaka, a personal 
pronoun ; kuhiano pili inoa, a pronoun re- 
lating to things. 

Ku-HI-HE-wa, v. See Kuni and Hewa, 
wrong. To mistake; to judge erroneously; 
to err; to have a wrong opinion. 

Ku-nI-HE-wa, s. An error in judgment 
or opinion. 

Ku-ui-xu-H1, v. Freq. of kuht. To show; 
to point out. Kanl. 1:33. 

2. To designate ; to point out; to direct 
one to a particular place. 

3. To teach; to make signs with the 
hand; to point the finger; to direct by the 
hand ; kuhikuhi heiau, to direct the cere- 
monies of the temple service. 

4. To ask by signs. 

Ku-ni-ku-u1, v. To be fat; to be rich 
with fatness, as food. 

2. To be sweet or pleasant to the taste, 
as high-seasoned food. 

Ku-nI-Ku-HI, adj. Sweet, as sugar; fat, 
as the fat of a well fed animal; sickish 
with fatness ; momona, liliha. 

Ku-HI-KU-HI-NI-A, adj. Pleasant to the 
taste; delicious; applied to food. See Ku- 
HINIA. 

Ku-HI-KU-HI-PuU-o-NE, s. Name of a 
class of priests in ancient times who were 
consulted and gave advice concerning the 
building of luakinis, especially the location. 

Kvu-ni-La-ni, adj. Proud; haughty; high 
minded ; looking up. 

Ku-u1-u1, v. To blunder; to mistake. 
See Hin, to wander. 

Ku-u1-11, adj. Mixed with coloring mat- 
ter, as wauki before it is pounded and thus 
colored in the bark; ka onohi ula me he 
wauki kuhili la. 

Ku-n1-na, v. To bear the commands or 
execute the orders of the chief. 


Ku-u1-na, s. One that carries the orders 
and executes the command of the king or 
highest chief; the highest officer next the 
king ; Kalanimoku was the kuhina of Ka- 
mehameha. 

2. An officer of the king’s guard. 2 Sam. 
23:23. 

Ku-ni-n1-a, v. To eat to the full; tobe 
satiated with food; hence, to be fat; to be 
round; to be plump ; to be sickishly fat ; 
to be greasy. 

Ku-ni-ni-a, s. The fat of hogs. 

2. Sweetness or richness in connection 
with food. 

3. The unpleasant sensation after eating 
too much or too rich food. 


spoken of food. 

Ku-ni-pa, v. Not to know or understand 
clearly; to mistake one person for another. 

Kv-n1-Pa-HI-PA, v. To be not understood, 
as one’s speech or plans; to surmise; to 
guess; to think in distinction from know- 
ing certainly. See Kunepa. 

Ku-ui-wa, v. To be under a kapu; to 
be subject to a chief and under his control, 
in distinction from the freedom of the peo- 
ple; ua omea ia (ka aina) he kuhiwa. 

Ku-no, s. The falling of a stone into 
the water. 

2. The sound of such stone as it strikes 
perpendicularly into the water. 

Ku-Hovu-a-na, s. Ku, to rise, how, again, 
and ana, participial termination. A rising 
anew ; arising again ; a resurrection. 

Ku-Hou-poo, v. See Kuno and Poo, the 
head. To dive head-first, as a man into the 
water. : 

Ku-Ho-Ho, s. A deep ravine; a high 
precipice. 

Ku-Ho-ku-Ho, v. To fall or plunge into 
a wave. See Kuno. 

Ku-Ho-nv, s. A species of crab-fish. 

Ku-nu-a, adj. Hard; thick, as a liquid; 
as paste or bad ink; scarcely flowing ; 
firm; constant. 

Ku-nu-xu-Hu-a,. adj. Hard; thick, as 
liquid. See Kunua. 

Ku-nu-ku-ku, adj. Epithet of a dove, 
from its noise; manu kuhukuku, a dove. 
Kin. 15:9. 

Ku-nu-ku-ku, s. A dove. Med. Sal. 2:12. 

Ku-xa, v. To think with one’s self; te 
revolve in one’s own mind. Neh. 5:7. 

2. To consult together, as persons, i. é., 
to consider how a thing is to be done. 

3. To consider deliberately: to think; to 
decide a question. 2 Sam. 24:13. 

4. To choose out; to appoint to a certain 
business. 

5. To reckon; to compute. Oihk. 25:50. 

6. To consult together, as a council of 
state ; kuka iho la lakou no ke kaua ana, 
they consulted together respecting the war; 
kuka hewa, to think or devise mischief. 


Ku-xa, s. A council for transacting 
business; a caucus meeting preparatory to 
business. 

2. Areasoning on a subject; an inquiry; 
kuka olelo, a consultation. 
3. (Corrupt from English.) A surtout. 


Ku-xaa, s. See Kaa, to roll. A roll; a 
bundle of cloth or kapa; a large bundle ; 


hookahi punahele, hookahi kukaa, each in- 
timate friend, one bundle (piece) of cloth. 


Ku-xaa, v. Kuand kaa, to roll. ‘To roll 


KUK 


‘up, as a bundle of kapa or cloth; to make 
a heap ; to swell up; e pebu. 

Ku-xa-ao-ao, v. To be opposed to one; 
to injure, as by slander; kukaaoao mai nei 
Oo mea ia’u. 

Ku-Kaa-wa-LE, v. Ku, to stand, and 
kaawale, alone ; apart. To stand by one’s 
self ; to stand alone. 

Ku-kaA-wa-Le, adj. Standing off; sep- 
arate; alone. 

Ku-Ka-a-wE, adj. Safe. 

Ku-xag, s. Excrements; dirt; filth; he 
honoa. 

Ku-xa-g-A, s. A great discharge of faces; 
hence, strength. 

Ku-xag-v-u1, s. Kukae and ulz, blue. 
The black or blue liquor in the hee or 
ee the soft matter of the squid used for 

ai 

Ku-KAg-u-wav, s. A groaning or moan- 
ing animal found on the mountains. 

Ku-xar-ko-Lo-a, s. Name of a species 
of grass fonnd atKoloa. 

Ku-xaE-Lo-L1, v. See Kuxae and Lou, 
to dirty. To spot; to stain. 

Ku-xage-na, s. Ku and kaena, wrath. 
Anger ; rage ; unappeasable wrath. 

Ku-xar-Nna-Lo, s. Kukae and nalo,a fly. 
A name given by Hawaiians to unbleached 
or brown cotton cloth. 

2. Beeswax ; he kepau e hoohele ai ina 
lopi humubumu. 

Ku-KAE-PE-LE, s. Kukae and pele, sul- 
phur. Lir. The excrements of Pele, i. e., 
sulphur; brimstone ; also, matches. 

Ku-kKaE-Po-po-Lo, s. Name of a person 
whose father was a chief and his mother 
not. See Kuuu. 

Ku-KaE-pu-E-0, s. Name ofa species of 
grass. 

2. A species of sea-weed. 

Ku-xal, v. To cheat in various ways. 

2. To go back at the beginning and say 
the same thing over again. 

3. To do the’same in reading ; ua kukai 
i na hua. 

4. To plant or set up wauki by the sea ; 
e kukulu i ka wauki i ke kai. 

5. To replace ; to redeem. See Panag. 

Ku-xa1, s. The name of a rope fasten- 
ing together two fish nets. See Awa. 

Ku-Kal-o-LE-Lo, s. A thing put in the 
place of another; a substitute; particles or 
connecting words. See Kuxar above. 

2. Words often repeated. See Karua. 

Ku-xal-o-LE-Lo, v. To repeat over and 
over. 

 Kou-xa-1-nv, int. Ku, to set up, ka, the, 

and thu, nose. To turn up the nose; a 

phrase signifying contempt. 


307 


KUK 


Ku-xar-xa-ul, v. Ku and kaikahi, one 
alone. To stand by one’s self; to stand 
alone. 

Ku-kal-Ka-HI, adj. Standing alone ; be- 
ing by one’s self. 

Ku-kar-KeE-A, adj. Kukai and kea, white. 
Faded, as cloth ; pale, as a sickly person. 

2. Ceasing to interest, as the same words, 
thoughts or story often repeated ; kukai- 
kea ka olelo i ka lohe pinepine. 

Ku-xa-I-Li-mo-ku, s. Name of a feather 
god. 

Ku-xa-oo, s. Name of the god of hus- 
bandmen. 

Ku-xa-u-La, s. Name of a species of 
fish caught with a hook. 

Ku-xa-Ha, v. Ku, to stand, and kaha, 
to turn away. To stand bent sideways ; e 
ku ewa ae ma ke kua. 

Ku-xa-HE-u, v. To stand up, as the 
bristles of a hog when angry; applied to 
men when the face is flushed with anger ; 
kukaheu, okala ka heu o ka moe. 

Ku-Ka-HE-KA-HE, v. To relate falsely. 

2. To become a great talker with jests 
and laughter. 

3. To tell a great many stories or anec- 
dotes; e lilo loa ma ke kamailio ana me 
ka lealea; e hai waha aku i na olelo he 
nui wale. 

Ku-ka-HE-KA-HE, s. An incredible story; 
a lie; an untrue story. 

Ku-xa-H1, s. Name of a day of the 
month or of the moon. 

Ku-xa-nu-a, adj. Thick; fat; soft, as 
a fat animal. 

Ku-Ka-KAI-KA-HI, v. See KuKAIKAHI. 

Ku-Ka-Ka-Lal-o-a, s. Ku, like, and ka- 
kalaioa, a rough prickly shrub. Wildness; 
rudeness ; resembling the kakalaioa. 

Ku-ka-Lal-o-a, adj. Wild; rough; rude; 
untamed ; bristling up. 

2. The sensation on the application of 
cold water. See AALatoa. 


Ku-Ka-ku-ka, v. See Kuxka, to think. 
To think ; to reflect. 
2. To hold a consultation. 1 Nal. 12:6. 
To consult together how to manage a dif- 
ficult matter. Duk. 19:30. 
3. With naau or iho, to consult or think 
within one’s self; to muse; to think. Luk. 


3:15. 
4. To devise good or evil. Hzek. 11:2. 


Ku-xa-ku-kal, v. To go over and over 
again. See KuKat. 

Ku-xKa-La, v. Ku, to stand, and kala, to 
callout. To proclaim publicly. Ezra. 8:21. 
To publish extensively; ina e kukalaia 
keia kanawai ma kekahi kulanakauhale, a 
ma kahi aina paha. o ka la i kukalaia’i, oia 


KUK 


308 


KUK 


a 
ka la; to proclaim, as a public crier. 2|Ku-KE-LE, s. A trembling; a slipping ; 


Ohl. 20:3. 


a sliding of the feet in walking. 


2. To cry or sell goods, as an auctioneer. | Ky-x1-a, v. Ku and kia, a pillar. To 


Ku-xka-La, adj. Of or pertaining to a 
public proclamation. 
2. Belonging to a crier or auctioneer. 
Ku-KA-Lu-n1, v. To rest after labor, toil 
and care. After Kamehameha conquered 


set up a pillar or post; to raise wp a mast. 
2. To be trusty ; to be confidential; to 
be attentive. 
3. To be unable to sleep, as one in trouble 
or distressed in mind. 


the Islands, he exclaimed, ua kukaluhi; so| Ku-x1-a, adj. Attentive; confidential ; 


a man weary with carrying a burden, when 
freed from it, exclaims, kukaluhi. Note.— 
The ku is probably for kuu, to let down, 
ka, article, and luhi, pain from fatigue. 
Ku-xa-moo, v. Kuka, to consult, and 


trustworthy. 
2. Not able to sleep through trouble or 
anxiety of mind. 
Ku-k1-HE-LEI, v. To stand with the legs 
spread open or apart; to straddle open. 


moo, lizard. To use enchantment. Oihk.| Ky-x1-n1, v. To run, as in a race; to 


19:26. 

Ku-ka-na-Lo-a, adj. Some property or 
kind of banana; he mai kukanaloa. 

Ku-xa-no-no, v. See Kanono. To rise 
up and spread, as a great smoke; to make 
a great smoke. 

Ku-xka-pa-KA-HI, v. Au, to stand, and 
kapakahi, sideways. To stand bent over ; 
to stand leaning sideways. 

Ku-Ka-pa-LA-nI, s. The name of a fish, 
to which a chief was likened. 

Ku-ka-Pu, adj. A person never sick in 
youth, but taken sick when grown up. 

2. Applied to a young female obedient 
and kind to her parents; he wahine kukapu. 

Ku-Ka-wo-wo, v. See Kawowo. To pro- 
ceed with speed. 

2. To pray with great earnestness and 
strength. 
3. To speak correctly and very earnestly. 

Kvu-xa-wo-wo, s. Th 
when poured into the bung hole of a cask; 


run swiftly. Jer. 12:5. 

2. To run round from place to place on 
an express. 

3. To hasten; to hurry on; to go any- 
where. 

4, To run on an errand for mischief. 

5. Hoo. To cause to run a race ; a ikeia 
na mea mama, e hookukini ia laua. 

Ku-xi-n1, s. A runner in a race; a post; 
a messenger. 2 Oihl. 30:6. Syn. with elele, 
messenger. Sol. 13:17. He mea mama i ka 
holo. 

2. A runner in a race; one who contends 
with another in a race course. 1 Kor. 9:24. 
Nore.—The kukini was formerly an officer 
of government, whose duty it was to carry 
orders to different parts of the island, and 
such were held in estimation according to 
their fleetness ; wae mai oia (0 Kameha- 
meha) i mau kukini nana, he chose some 
runners for himself. 


e gurgling of water Ku-x1-n1, adv. In the manner of a race; 


e holo kukini, to run, as in a race. 


ke kani ana o ka wai iloko o ka pahuika| Ky-xo, v. To desire strongly; to lust 


manawa e ukuhi ai. 
Ku-xe, v. Au and ke, to drive off. To 

drive or force away. 

2. To hunch or push 6ff, i. e., to give a 
hint with the elbow to go. 

3. Hoo. To cast out; to expel; to drive 
away. Nah. 32:21. 

4. To be angry at. 


after; to set the mind and desire upon; to 
covet. Puk. 20:14. To expect; to cherish 
evil in the heart; e lia, e manao ino ma- 
loko; kuko noike kaua ame ka make 0 
Kaahumanu, he greatly desired war and the 
death of Kaahumanu. uko in reference 
to idolatry, to go after; to yield to other 
gods. Dunk. 8:27. 


Ku-xe, s. A thin kind of adze, chisel, Ku-xo, s. Strong desire; lust. Puk. 


shaped. 
Ku-xe, s. Eng. A cook. 


15:9. Kuko hewa, lust; kuko umi ole, un- 
restrained desire; incontinent. 2 Tim. 3:3. 


Ku-ke-ku-Ke, v. The intensive of kuke.| Ku-xo, adj. Lusting; kanaka kuko. 


To drive away; to expel with energy. 
Ku-xe-xu, v. To bluster; to rage. 
Ku-xe-xu, s. ‘The scattering of dust be- 

fore the wind; the violent blustering of 

the waves of the sea. 
Ku-ke-Le, v. Ku and hele, to slip; to 

slide. To slip easily; to glide about, as a 


boat in smooth water for pleasure. 
2. To tremble. 


3. To be muddy; to be slippery, as a 
bad road. 6 fi 





Ku-xo-aE-a-HA-wal, s. ‘The full flowing 
of water in a water course with mud and 
dirt; a pau ia, kulcoaeahawai ma ia la hoo- 
kahi no. 

Ku-xo-g-az, s. Name of a heiau; hoo- 

laleia ka laau o ka heiau hou, he kukoeae 
ua heiau la. 
U-kKo-HA-NA, v. Ku and kohana, naked. 
To strip off one’s clothes; to be naked. Isa. 
32:11. To go about without clothing; e 
hele aole kapa e uhi ana ia ia iho. 


KUK 


Kou-xo-noo-nu1, s. Kuko and hoonui, to 
increase. The desire of hoarding up; cov- 
etousness ; ka uluku me ka hiaa; sleepless 
with desire. 

Ku-xo-tu, s. The name of a day of the 
month. oll 

Ku-ko-na, s. Sourness of disposition ; 
easily put out and made angry. arate’ | 

Ku-xo-na, adj. A ike aku la ia Hinai 
ka malama e hele ana me ka maka kukona. 
Laieik. 203. 

Ku-ko-nu-ko-nv, s. A great increase of 
rain; being wet or soaked with rain; great 
moisture. 

Ku-xu, v. See Ku, tostrike; tohit. To 
strike ; to beat, as in pounding kapa; ua 
kulcuia ke kua me ka pulu kapa i ka hale. 

2. See Ku, to stand. To be or to stand 
perpendicularly, as a precipice; to stand 
before one; ua hele mai nei e kukui mua ou. 

, 3. To rise up, as a thought in the mind ; 
nolaila, euseu mai Ja kahi manao iloko 0’u. 

4. To sweep ; to brush away, as dirt. 

5. To be high ; to excel; to be eminent. 

6. Hoo. To be filled, as with food; to 


surfeit. Sol. 25:16. : 
Ku-xu, s. The operation of beating out 
Kapa, 


2. A rising or standing up; nana aku la 
oia i ke kuku o na opua, he saw the long 
clouds standing erect. Laieik. 48. 

3. The name of an unclean bird. Oihk. 
11:16. Eng. The cuckoo. 

4. The thorn bush. 

5. A small pricker that fastens readily 
upon clothes. , 

Ku-xu, adj. Standing thickly together, 
as trees; laau kulcu,a thicket. 1 Sam. 13:6. 

2. Having many sharp points; laaukuku, 
thorns ; prickly bushes. Nah. 1:10. 

3. Standing erect; rising up. 

Ku-ku-a, s. A crab-fish. 

Ku-xu-au, s. The name of a four-footed 
animal in the sea. 

Ku-ku-a-u1, adj. High, as a house. 

Ku-ku-£, s. A lame person; one de- 
formed or somewhat twisted. See Hapakur. 

Ku-ku-re, v. See Kuxe. ‘To contend 
with ; to oppose; to bicker; to quarrel, as 
two persons. 

Ku-xu-1, v. See Kut, to publish. To 
publish ; to spread, as a report; to make 
famous. 

2. See Pakur. To splice or piece out so 
as to lengthen, as a stick or rope. 


Ku-kvu-1, s. The name of a tree and nut; 
the nut was formerly used to burn for lights; 
the tree produces also the gum pilali; the 
body of the tree was sometimes made into 
canoes; the bark of the root was used in 
coloring canoes black. 


309 


KUK 


2. A lamp. 1 Sam. 3:3. A candle; a 
light or torch; a lighter. Kin. 1:15. 

Ku-xu-1-4-H1, s. Lamps of fire. Dan. 
10:6. 

Ku-kvu-I-0-LE-Lo, s. A company of peo- 
ple full of talk and noise at night when 
they should be asleep; 0 ka poe o lakou 
opohokano, he kukuiolelo wale no ia, aole 
e ai ana. 

Ku-ku-1-wa-na-ao, s. Name of the peo- 
ple about the chief who talk and sing and 
tell stories all night; o ka poe noho me ke 
alii ma ke kulcuiwanao, he poe lakou no 
makou. 

Ku-ku-HE, v. To be dark colored; to be 
black or blue. See AKkUHE. 

Ku-xu-u1, v. See Uxunt. To pour water 
into a calabash or barrel; to fill with water. 

Ku-ku-KAA-A-LaI-o-a, v. To bristle up; 
to be wild; to act as an untamed apimal ; 
as a wild boar. 

Ku-xu-xu, s. The rising of anger. 

2. Whatever is full of holes, i. e., of little 
value. 

3. Sickness ; weakness. 

4, The disease called the piles. 

5. Strong steam. 

6. A name given to the soap plant of the 
Hawaiian Islands. 

Ku-xu-xu, v. A reduplication of ku, to 
stand. To stand uprightly; to stand to- 
gether; to sit together ; to sleep together. 


Ku-xu-ku-ku, s. The name of a bird; a 
turtle. Jer. 8:7. 
Ku-xu-ta, v. From the English; kwla, 


school. To have school, that is, to attend 
school; to go through the exercises of 
school; alaila, ku/cula iho la kakou i kaka- 
hiaka nui, then we attended school early in 
the morning. 

Ku-ku-Le, s. A beautiful blossom; the 
beautiful opening of the petals of a flower; 
the opening of a flower. 

2. A kind of disease; an indisposition to 
move ; applied to persons, to animals and 
to fowls. 

Ku-xu-Le, v. To be dumpish; to be 


loth to move, as in some kinds of disease. 


Ku-ku-u, v. See Kuti, the knee. To 
kneel ; to bow the knee. Kin. 41:43. To 
kneel in reverence. Jsa. 45:23. Kukuli 
hoomaikai, to kneel in prayer; to worship. 

2. To crouch; to lie down, as a beast. 
Nah. 24:9. 

3. Hoo. To cause to kneel down, as a 
camel. Kin. 24:11. To stand on the knees. 


Ku-xu-u1, s. The joint of the knee. See 
KUL. ' 


2. An unpleasant sensation of the stom- 
ach produced by food. 


Ku-xu-Lu, ». To set up on-end; to 


KUK 


310 


KUL 


an ST Stee ene 
erect, asatent. Puk.40:2. To make fast |Ku-La, s. The country in rear of the 


in a perpendicular position. 

2. To set up, as the frame of a native 
house. Puk. 26:30. To build, as a house. 

3. To stand up together, as a multitude. 
Oihk. 9:5. To stand up for one, i. e., to 
speak words in his favor. ob. 4:4. 

4. To set up, as anidol. 2 Oihl. 25:14. 

5. To stick up, as a stake. 

6. With hale, figuratively, to perpetuate 
a family. Kanl. 25:9. Kukulu 1 ka olelo, 
to reason. 

7. See Kuru. To cause to flow, as water; 
to scatter ; to be unstable. 

8. Hoo. Fic. To be established in the 
christian faith. Kol. 2:7. 

Ku-xu-tu, s. The place where the sky 
apparently meets the horizon; kukulu eha, 
the four cardinal points of the compass, 
i. e., everywhere ; na kukulu o ka honua, 
the, points or ends of the earth. Isa. 45:22. 
The border or edge of a country ; ka pea 
kapu o kukulu o Tahiti. Laieik. 167. 

2. A pillar; a post. 2 Sam. 18:18. 


Ku-xu-.u-a-E-0, s. ‘The name of a bird |, 


with long legs. 

2. A person walking on stilts. 

3. The name of the stilts; he ohe kahi 
laau hana ia i mea kulculuaeo. 

Kv-xu-tu-a-kau, s. Kukulu, point, and 
akau, north. The north, that is, the north 
point. Kanl. 2:3. 

Ku-xu-Lu-He-ma, Ss. Kukulu, point, and 
hema, left; the south. Thesouth; the south 
point. Jos. 13:4. 

Ku-xu-tu-pa-pa, v. Kukulu, to build, 
and papa, a board. To erect a temporary 
shed or house. 

Ku-xu-ma, s. A whitish crab of the spe- 
cies paied. 

Ku-xu-na, s. The rays of the sun or 
any luminous body. 

2. The radii of a circle; the spokes of a 
wheel. 

3. The end posts of a native house which 
verge towards the center. 

4. The side posts of a door, i.e., of an 
ancient Hawaiian house. 

5. A gate post; eha kulcuna i kukuluia 
no ka pa; well posts; a elua kukuna i ku- 
kuluia no ka punawai. 

Ku-xu-ni, v. See Kuni, to kindle; to 
burn. To kindle, asa fire. Hal. 18:8. To 
burn, as a sacrifice. 2 Oihl.13:11. To kin- 
dle a fire generally. 

Kou-xu-n1, adj. Burning; very hot; fe- 
verish; kukuni keia la, this day has a fever, 
i.e.,it is very warm. See Kuni and WELA. 

Ku-xu-Ni, s. The prayer of a sorcerer ; 
he pule anaana. 

Ku-xu-nu, s. A door post; a side post 
of a door; the end of ahouse. See Kuxuna. 


sea shore; the open country back from the 
sea. Lir. The name of the region of a 
mountain near its base, next below the pa- 
hee; it is a region where houses may be 
built and people live. It extends to the 
region called kahakai, or sea shore. 

2. Any open uncultivated land. Kin. 3:1. 

3. A field for cultivation. Nah. 16:14. 

4. Uncultivated land in the neighborhood 
of a city, i.e., suburbs. Nah. 35:3, 4. 

5. A field ; a pasture. 

6. A place in a tree or trees where for 
the sake of flowers, perhaps, birds assem- 
ble and sit; he ula manu paha keia e wa- 
laau nei. 

7. The name of the ancient god who 
could overleap fences and mountains, perch 
on straws, converse with all the other gods, 
&e., &e. 

8. The name of a species of fish caught 
in a basket ; hinai kula. 

Ku-ia, v. See above. To be in, or to 
have perpetual solitude, as to live in un- 
cultivated and uninhabited places; e paa 
mai ka meha o ka la, e uhi mai ka malu. 


Ku-ta, s. Eng. A school; a place of 
instruction ; ua kukulu ia keia kula i wahi 
e imi ai i ka naauao. 

2. Kula is often written incorrectly for 
gula, gold. 

Ku-ta, adj. Eng. for gula. Golden; 
made of gold. 

Kv-tal, v. To push over from an up- 
right position. 

2. To knock down; to overthrow. 

3. To move, as the tail of an animal. 
Tob. 40:17. 

4, To dash in pieces; to kill. Jsa. 13:18. 

5. Hoo. To thrust at. Nah. 35:20. 

6. To cause to fall, i. e., to bring upon. 
Tsa. 37:7. 

Ku-nat, s. A knocking down of a per- 
son with a view to kill him; a running 
over one; a thrusting at one to kill him. 

Ku-tar-a, s. A feast day; a day in com- 
memoration of some event. 

Ku-nar-na, v. See Kurat above. To 
overthrow; to cast down. 2 Kor. 4:9. To 
be overthrown ; to cast down, as a trans- 
gressor in judgment. Jer. 6:15. To start 
and spring from his hiding place, as a man 
when he is discovered. Hoo. To overthrow. 
Job. 18:7. To break down, asaforest. Zek. 
11:2. 

Ku-LAI-NA-KA-WA. 

Ku-.a-1-w1, s. Long residence in a place. 
See Kuapurwi. 

Ku-ta-xu-La, s. Name of a play like 
nine-pins. 

Ku-.a-ku-Lal, v. To wrestle; to scuffle. 
See Kunar. 


KUL 


2. The name of a game; kulakulai ma 


ke kai. 


311 


KUL 


often synonymous with kulanaheenalu, as 
the terms were interchangeable. 


Ku-.a-ku-Lal, s. A wrestling; a scuf-| Ku-La-wa-La-nA, v. Ku and lanalana. 


fling ; a throwing another down. 


Ku-ia-ia, s. See Ku and Lata, branch. 
A vine. 

Ku-.a-La-ni, v. Ku, to stand, and la- 
lani,arow. To be or to stand in a row; 
to be equal each to each; he kulalani wale 
no ka onionio, the spots stand in straight 
lines. 

Ku-ta-La-ni, adj. Standing in rows; 
standing for presentation. Mar. 2:26. 


Ku-ta-na, s. Ku and dana, to float. A 
place where many things are collected to- 
gether, as a village, a garden ; # meeting 
or collection of persons; e hele ana oukou 
ihea? KE hele ana i o0.i ke kulana pule, 
i. e., to a meeting which is held only once 
at a place or occasionally. 

2. The sea in a calm immediately after 
a high wind, or the state of the sea when 
wind and current are opposite. See OLoku. 
Kulana nalu, a place in the sea where the 
surf rises high and thick, i. e., where the 
high surfs follow each other in quick suc- 
cession. 

3. A market place. 

4. Name of new food from foreign coun- 
tries ; he mea ai hou no na aina e mai. 


Ku-La-na, v. Au and lana, to float. To 
pitch backwards or sideways, as one sitting 
in a chair and nodding. 

2. To nod, as a person partially asleep ; 
to bend the neck in nodding. See Kaxrwt. 
To reel,as a drunken man. See Nave and 
Konov. 


Ku-ra-na, s. A place ina hulili or fortifi- 
cation where the men stand to throw their 
spears. 

2. The sides of a house ; na kulana o ka 
hale. 

Ku-za-na, adj. Nodding ; bending the 
neck ; he poo kulana ka kela wabine. See 
KUNEWA. 

Ku-La-Na-HA-LE, s. See KuLana, s., and 
Hats, house. A village. 1 Oihl.9:25. A 
cluster of houses; a town; a city; ma ko 
kakou noho ana ma keia eulanahale, ma La- 
hainaluna nei, by our living at this village, 
at Lahainaluna; more generally written 
kulanakauhale. 


Ku-LA-NA-HEE-NA-LU, Ss. Kulana and 
heenalu, to swim on the surf-board. The 
place or village where a good surf came in 
that the people might have the pleasure of 
riding on the surf. Norr.—aA good surf 
from the sea was considered an important 
appendage to a village. 


Ku-LA-NA-KAU-HA-LE, Ss. See KuLana- 
HALE. A large town, village or city; also, 


See Lana, to float. To be moved; to be 
agitated with fear. Liv. To stand trem- 
bling ; to be disturbed in mind. 

2. To act upon uncertainties; to be trou- 
bled. Hal. 15:5. 

3. To be removed from its place. 

4. To stumble. Jsa. 63:13. To walk in 
a stumbling manner. Jsa. 59:10. 

5. To reel, as one drunk. 

Ku-ta-Na-La-NA, 5. A false step; a 
stumbling. Hal. 121:3. 

Ku-La-nI-HA-Kol, s. Ku, to stand, lani, 
high up, and hakoi, heavy. What is above 
or on high; a supposed place in the heavens 
from which the waters of rain came; the 
windows of heaven. Jsa.24:18. Inai nui 
ke ao eleele ma ua poipu la, ua manao ia 
aia maloko olaila 0 Kulanihakoi, nolaila 
mai ka hekili, ka uila, ka makani, ka ua, 
ka ino nui. 

Ku-La-pa, s. See Lapa, a ridge. A 
stretching out; a rubbing against some- 
thing ; a rising or swelling up. 

2. A hill or small mound on which kalo 
is planted. 

Ku-.e, v. To seize or take another’s; 
to give one trouble in dispossessing another 
of his own. See KuLEKULE. 

Ku-te, s. The name of a fish which 
burrows in the sand ; he kule ka inoa o ka 
ia noho ma ke one. 

Ku-.e-a, adj. Successful ; competent ; 
able. 

Ku-.e-a-Nna, s. A part, portion or right 
ina thing. Oihk. 7:33. 

2. A right of property which pertains to 
an individual. 

3. A friend; a portion belonging to a 
friend. 

4, One’s appropriate business ; hookahi 
o kaua makamaka, o ka imi naauao, oia hoi 
ko kaua kculeana e noho ai ma keia kulana- 
kauhale. Nore.—In modern times, kuleana 
often refers to a small land claim inside 
another’s land, that is, a reserved right in 
favor of some claimant; the original term 
was synonymous with lihi, an attached piece 
of land which another was allowed to cul- 
tivate and had some claim to. 

Ku-Le-a-na, v. To stir up; to excite, 
as the ripples or waves of water. ZLaieik. 15. 

Ku-LeEI-u-La, s. An expression of admi- 
ration for one’s chief, as clothed with rain- 
bow-colored kapas; 0 ke kuleiula au o ke 
alii. 

Ku-Le-Hvu, v. See Putenv. To roast in 
the fire or hot ashes ; to roast partially. 
Ku-Le-ku-LE, v. To ousted from 

house to house, or from place to place. 


KUL 


312 


KUL 


ee ee 22) Aa nn iy SN ONNNErNT Nr 
2. To trample often where one ought not, | Ku-Li-Ku-L1, v. See Kuz. To stun with 


as ahorse; kulekule ko’u kapa ia lakou, my 
kapa is trampled on by them. 

Ku-LE-ku-LE, adj. Unsettled; unfur- 
nished ; lacking in conveniences ; the op- 
posite of kuonoono and koakoa ; noho wale 
aku no lakou aole kulekule. 

Ku-te-Le, v. Ku and lele, to fly. To 
drive or scatter away, as some light or small 
thing; to drive away, as a puff of wind; 
kulele ka makani. 

Ku-te-Le-I-wi, adj. Making false steps; 
stumbling, as an aged person ; hence, 

2. To do awkwardly or badly. 

Ku-LE-LE-u-LA, adj. Kulele and ula. 
Bending ; arching, as the rainbow. 

Ku-te-rE, v. To hew out roughly, as 
timber. 

2. To make a hole in the ground; kulepe 
ekuia a awaawaa. 

3. To split open, as a fish. 

4. To blow, as the wind in the middle of 
a channel; kulepe lele ka hauli. 

Ku-.e-re, s. The wind blowing in the 
middle of a channel. 

Ku-u1, v. To be stunned with noise ; to 
be deafened ; not able to hear. 

2. Hoo. To turn a deaf ear; to refuse to 
hear. 

3. To be disobedient; to be stubborn in 
disobedience. 

4, To be silent. 

Ku-u, v. To give or pay something as 
a reward for adultery or fornication. 

Ku-u1, s. A reward given to a female 
for adultery or fornication. 

Ku-u1, s. Deafness; inattention to duty. 

2. A deaf person. Puk. 4:11. One una- 
ble from deafness to join in conversation. 

Ku-u1, adj. Deaf. Isa. 35:5. Ka pono 
kuli. Hal. 58:1. 

Ku-u1, s. The knee. Isa. 35:3. See Ku- 
KULI. 

Ku-ui-a, s. A young handsome person 
desired and sought after ; a beauty. 

Ku-ur-a, v. For kuia, 1 inserted. Used 
imperatively, standup; be present; present 
yourself; kulia kou ikaika, let your strength 
come out. Laieik. 104. 

Ku-ri-a-na, s. The desire of a gift or 
present to be made to one. 

Ku-1i-u, s. A person quick to be very 
angry ; one quick and violent tempered ; 
one given to seek quick revenge. 

Ku-u1-H1-a-mor, v. Kuli and hiamee, to 
sleep. To doze; not to hear through drow- 
siness. 

Ku-ti-nt-ti-m1, v. Ku and lihilihi, side; 
edge. See Lint. To be caught or hooked 
on the side or slightly, as a fish; to seize 
on some feeble part. 


noise ; to be confused with noise so that 
one cannot think. 

2. Used imperatively, hush; be still; keep 
silence ; referring to what another says. 
Ku-ui-na, v. Kulz and ana, being deaf. 
To hear partially or indistinctly; less than 

lohe. Syn. with mahui. 

Ku-ur-na, s. See Kurina. 

Ku-.-PpEE, v. Kulz, knee, and pee, to 
run and hide. To be lame; to be fatigued; 
to be topsy-turvy ; to be confused; to be 
sick ; to be weak ; to be feeble. 

Ku-.i-Po-Li-Po, adj. Deep water, as in 
pools on the mountains; dark, as deep 
water. ,See NIPONIPO. 

Ku-to, v. ‘To continue doing a thing; 
to persevere ; to wait long. 

Ku-to-a, v. Ku, to stand, and Joa, long. 
To wait some time; to wait till food is ripe; 
to procrastinate; e hooloihi ai i ka manawa 
e waiho ai; to continue doing a thing; ke 
kula mau ana i ke ao ai ka po. 

Ku-to-a, v. For hokuloa. The morning 
star. 

Ku-to-1-H1, v. Ku and loth2, long. To 
protract the time; to be long about a thing. 

Ku-tov, v. Ku and lou, to bend, as a 
hook. To bow the head; to bend forward. 

2. To stoop in order to look down. 

3. To bow with respect to another. 

4. To reverence ; to bow in worshiping. 
Puk. 12:27. Kulou lakou ilalo me ka hoo- 
mana, they bent forward as in worship. 

5. To bow down with grief. See Louou. 
With maka, to be cast down ; to be disap- 
pointed. Neh. 6:16. 

6. Hoo. To lament; to grieve. Kan. 2:8. 
To subdue, as an enemy, i. e., to cause to 
submit. 2 Sam. 22:40. 

Ku-Lou-poo, v. Kulou and poo, the head. 
To dive into the water with the head down, 
i. e., head foremost. 

' 2. To turn, as a somerset. 

3. To leap down a precipice. 

Ku-to-Ko, adj. Fighting, as one chief 
against another in civil war; a mahope iho 
o ko lakou kaua kuloko ana. 

Ku-to-Ku-Lo-ku, v. ‘To stand in pools 
or puddles of water. See HALOKOLOKO. 

Ku-Lo-La-Lo-LA, v. Ku and lola, para- 
lyzed. To be stiffened ; to be paralyzed. 

2. To act as an idiot in drooling or slab- 
bering. 

3. To be weak or imbecile ; to be slow 
and awkward. See KuLoMALOMA. 

Ku-1o-LA-Lo-LA, adj. Stiff, as the limbs; 
not obeying the desire. 

2. To be feeble in body and mind. ; 

Ku-to-u1, s. Name of a species of wauki 
on Hawaii at Palilua. 


KUL 


2. A person who has no wife nor children 
is called kuloli. 

Ku-to-u1-a, v. AKulo and lia for ia. 'To 
dash against ; to shake; to tremble. 

Ku-to-ti-a, adj. Wandering; going 
from place to place without object; lazy. 

Ku-to-Lo, s. A pudding made of kalo 
and cocoanut, or of breadfruit and cocoa- 
nut; imi oia i kulolo, he mea ono loa ia ai. 

Ku-Lo-to-n1-L1, v. To be long in doing 
a thing ; to be very slow; to converse or 
tell a story with many episodes and much 
unnecessary matter ; to lengthen out, as a 
story. 

Ku-Lo-mA-Lo-ma, v. Au and loma, slow; 
awkward. To do a thing very slowly and 
awkwardly ; to act as one partially para- 
lyzed. 

Ku-to-ma-Lo-ma, s. Dullness; awkward- 
ness ; stupidity ; inexpertness. 

Ku-Lo-no, adv. Ascending to a great 
height ; a e pii kulono i ke alo o ka lani. 

Ku-.o-no, s. Small holes in the bottom 
of a calabash or other vessel where the 
water may drop through. See Kunono. 


Ku-tvu, v. To drop, as water; kulu ka 
lani, the heavens dropped water, that is, it 
rained. Lunk. 5:4. To drop, as tears; na 
waimaka o kela mea keia meae kulu i lalo; 
to distill from. Mel. Sol. 5:5. Hence, 

' 2. To leak, as the roof of a house. 

3. To flow, as water. 

4. To fall down ; to tumble over. 

5. To be asleep; to dream; to be in a 
trance. 

6. To be in a pleasant frame of mind. 

7. To be near or quite midnight; uakulu 
ka po; ua kulu ke aumoe. 

8. To be near night ; kokoke po ka la. 


Ku-tu, s. A drop of water or other 
liquid. 

2. The dropping of water. 

3. The name of a disease. 

4. The name of a tree. 

5. The name of a day of the month; the 
first night in which the moon is dark or 
cannot be seen. 

Ku-tu-a, s, The name of a day of the 
month or of the moon. 

2. The union of two things; a pair of 
twins. 

Ku-tvu-a, v. To flow down; to run, as 
water. See Kun. 

2. To water, as land; to give drink, as 
to an animal. 

3. To flow along, asin singing or reciting 
poetry. 

4. To sing, as a song. 

5. The name of a person whose father is 
a chief and his mother not; ina he alii ka 
makuakane, a he alii ole ka makuahine, ua 
kapaia ka apa he kulua, a he waiki 


313 


KUM 


kahi inoa, he kukaepopolo kahi inoa; o ke 
ano o ia mau olelo, he alii akaka ole. 
Ku-tu-1, s. The name of a tree. 
Ku-Lv-I-HI-A-Mo-E, v. Kulu, 7 inserted,. 
and hiamoe, to sleep. To doze; to fall into 
sleep. See KuLUHIAMOE. 
Ku-tv-1-k1, v. Kulu, to sleep, and iki,. 
little. To be partially asleep ; to doze. 
2. To endure ; to persevere; to be con-- 
stant. 
3. To enter in; to soak in, as water. 
4. To eat daintily or sparingly. 
Ku-Lu-HI-A-Mo-E, v. See Kutu and Hia- 
MOE, to sleep. To sleep; to be in a trance; 
to dream. See KuLurmramMoe and Kuwourxt. 
Ku-Lu-Ka-HI-0-HI-0, adj. Kulu and hio, 
to lean over. To be partially drunk; to 
reel to and fro. 
Ku-Lu-xu-Lu, v. See Kutu, to sleep. 
To sleep; to dream ; to be in a trance. 
2. To be sociable and interesting in con- 
versation. 
3. Hoo. See Kuru, to drop. To distill; 
to drop silently, as a mist from the clouds. 
Ku-Lu-ma, v. To see often; to be well 
acquainted with, as with a person often 
seen ; to know well. 
2. To do frequently ; to know certainly 
by frequent intelligence; aole paha kakou 
i kuluma ia ia, akahi no a ike, we are not 
well acquainted with him, we have seen him 
but once; aole kakou i kuluma i ka ike 
ana, we are not perfect in knowledge. Nore. 
Kuluma is opposite to kulina, partially deaf. 


Ku-ma, adj. Pitted; rough, as the skin 
from scars of sores; set thick together; 
dark colored, as clouds. See Kumakuma. 

Ku-ma, s. Kuma is a word used for 
standing in company with. See Ku, to stand, 
and Ma, implying some persons not men- 
tioned. SeeMa. Hence, it implies an ad- 
dition to, an enlarging. It is found in the 
compounds of numerals above ten; thus, 
umi, ten; kuma, increased or standing with 
kahi, one, that is eleven; the second ma 
may be used for euphony’s sake for me, 
with. Gram. § 115, 4. 

Ku-ma-xa, v. Ku, to set, and maka, the 


eye. To know certainly; to apprehend 
fully ; e ike maopopo, e ike lea. See Ku- 
LUMA. 


Ku-ma-xa, adj. Thoroughly understood; 
fully known. 
Ku-ma-xa-1a, v. To betray; to ambus- 
cade. 
2. To accuse an innocent person. 
3. To allure; to entice to sin; to offend 
against one. Hal. 73:15. 
4. To revile; to reproach. 
Ku-ma-Ka-1A, s. A traitor; one who is 
apparently friendly, but is in reality an 
eneny. 


KUM 


Ku-MA-KA-LE-HU-A, v. Ku, to put, place, 
ma, at, on, ka, article, the, and lehua, the 
lehua tree. To hang, asa bunch of bananas, 
a hog, or a man (a transgressor) as sacri- 
fices upon the tree which was to be used in 
building a heiau, Norr.—Such tree was 
generally a lehua; hence the term. 

Ku-MA-KA-LE-Hu-A, s. The action of put- 
ting or hanging bananas, or a hog, or a 
man, as sacrifices upon the tree which was 
to be used in building a heiau. 

Ku-ma-Ka-pa, v. To live in another 
place. 

Ku-ma-KE-na, v. To mourn; to wail; 
to lament for the dead. 1 Tes. 4:13. To 
grieve; to be in distress for the loss of a 
relative or friend ; e uwe aloha me ke ka- 
nikau. Fie. er. 4:28. 

Ku-ma-kE-nA, s. Amourning; a lament- 
ation for the dead when great multitudes 
raised their voices in lamentation. 

2. The general mourning that followed 
the death of the king or high chief, when 
the people wailed, knocked out their teeth, 
lacerated their bodies, and at last fell into 
universal prostitution ; nui na hewa o ka 
wa kahiko, 0 ke kumakena kekahi, many 
were the vices of ancient times, kumakena 
was one. 

3. A mourning or sorrow for the loss of 
property, house, goods, &c., and the dis- 
tress that followed; no ka pilikiao ka noho 
ana. See Kanikavu. 


Ku-ma-kE-nA, adj. Mourning; hale ku- 
makena, house of mourning. 


Ku-ma-xu-ma, adj. See Kuma, rough, 
as the surface of akoakoa or coral. Rough 
or pitted, as the skin of a person after hay- 
ing the small-pox. 

Ku-ma-no, v. To set in good order, as 
in laying stones. 

Ku-ma-no, s. The head of a water course; 
a fountain ; a brook or stream of water ; 
he poowai, he pu, he manowai. 

Ku-meE-NE, adj. Dull; blunt. See Meng. 
He keko ihu kumene, a monkey witha blunt 
short nose. 

Ku-me-Ba-La, s. Gr. A cymbal; a mu- 
sical instrument. 1 Kor. 13:1. Kumebala 
walaau. 

Ku-mi-m1, s. The small sprouts that 
shoot from the root of the sugar-cane, after 
the stalk is broken off. 

2. The name of a species of shell fish, 
poisonous to eat; it resembles the papai ; 
kumimi, he papai, he mea make ke ai, he 
awaawa. 

Ku-mi-no, s. Gr. Cumin, an herb. Isa. 
28:25. 

Ku-moo-a-Lu, s. A race or line of kings; 
a dynasty ; o ke alii, nana no e mau ai ka 


ol4 


KUM 


noho alii ana o na ’lii, ae mau ai hoi ke 
kcumooalii, aole e pau i ka hokai ia. 

Ku-mo-mo-LE, v. Ku and momole,smooth. 
See Motz. To be straight up and down, 
as a smooth pali; to be smooth and steep, 
as a pali that cannot be climbed. ' 

Ku-mu, s. ‘The bottom or foundation of 
a thing, as the bottom of a tree or plant, 
but not the roots; as, kumw laau, the bot- 
tom of a tree ; kumu maia, banana stumps 
for planting; the stump of a tree; the stalk 
or stem of plants; the but end of a log, 
&c.; hence, 

2. The beginning of a thing, as work or 
business. 

3. The foundation, that is, the producing 
cause. 

4. Anexample; apattern; acopy; kumu 
hoohalike, a pattern; a model. Puk. 25:9. 
A socket. Puk. 26:19. 

5. A fountain of water. 

6. The price of a thing, or the property 
to be given for a valuable. 

7. The property to be paid for hire. 
Nore.—Formerly all trade among Hawai- 
ians consisted of barter, and the price of a 
thing was not a cash price, but one article 
became the kumu of another if it could be 
exchanged for it. 

8. A shoal of fish; a flock; a herd; kumu 
puaa, a herd of swine ; kumu hipa, a flock 
of sheep. 

9. Civil power; legal authority. Norr. 
The word mana, out of its ancient and legit- 
imate meaning, has lately been used for 
power or legal authority. 

10. A teacher; an instructor from the 
highest to the lowest class, including the 
ministers of religion. 

(11. Acough; ahard breathing; a pesti- 
lence; he mai ahulau, he mai kumu, he 
aheahe; this is a vicious pronunciation for 
kunu. See Kunu.) Kumu ole, without cause. 
Joan. 15:25, Kumu mua, elements of things. 
2 Pet. 3:10. 

12. A species of fish of a red color, for- 
bidden to women to eat by the ancient 
kapus. 

Ku-mu, v. To begin or commence a 
work ; to make an experiment. 

2. Hoo. To found; to lay a foundation. 


Ku-mu-ao, s. Kumu and ao, to teach. 
An intensive and giving definitiveness to 
kumu. <A teacher ; an instructor. 

Ku-mu-a-La-Kal, 8. Kumu and alakat, 
to lead; to guide. A leading teacher; a 
school teacher directing to higher pursuits. 

Ku-mu-e-a, s. Kumu and ea, tortoise 
shell. The ea or tortoise shell on the han- 
dle of a fly-brush. 

Ku-mu-1-pu-ku-ku-I, s. Kumu and 2pu, 
cup, and kukui, torch. A candlestick; a 
lamp. Puk, 25:34. 


KUM 


Ku-mv-o-nal, s. See Kumu and Ona1, 
a large flowering shrub or tree. The bush 
or body of the ohai tree. 

Ku-mvu-o-ne, s. Name of a stone out of 
which maika stones were made. 

Ku-muv, s. The name of a kind of fish. 

Ku-mvu-na, s. The bottom of the intes- 
tines ; the rectum. 

Ku-mu-HE-LE, s. Something connected 
with the intestines. See NImtnrt. 

Ku-mu-Hi-pa, s. Kumu and hipa, sheep. 
A flock of sheep. Mik. 5:7. 

Kvu-Mv-Hoo-HA-LI-KE-1A, s. A pattern of 
athing. Heb. 8:5. 

Ku-mv-Hoo-La, s. Kumu and hoola, to 
save from danger. A ransom; a price paid 
for deliverance from death. Mat. 20:28. 

Ku-mu-Hoo-La-HA, s. Kumu and hoolaha, 
to spread abroad. Seed; applied to ani- 
mals; means of propagation. Kin. 7:3. 

Ku-mvu-Hoo-LI-kE, s. A pattern; a copy. 

Kvu-mu-Hou, s. Kumu, teacher, and hou, 
new. Lir. A new teacher. An epithet of 
the Holy Spirit. Joan. 14:16, 17. 

Ku-mvu-ko-al, s. Kumu and kuai, to buy. 
The thing paid for an article in barter. 

2. In modern times, the price of an arti- 
cle in cash or barter. Kanl. 33:19. See 
Note under kumu, 7. 


Kv-mu-kul, s. A teacher of boxing; a| K 


fencing master. Laieik. 44. 
Kvu-mvu-ku-mu, v. To be short, as the 
remnant of what is cut off. 

2. To be cut short or shaved close, leav- 
ing the stumps or kumus, i. e., the roots or 
stumps of hair or beard when shaved. 

3. To make blunt, dull or short. 


Ku-mvu-ku-mvu, s. The stumps or roots 
of what is cut off; the short hairs with the 
roots left after dressing a hog; the roots 
or stumps of the beard after shaving ; the 
short stumps left after breaking off weeds 
instead of pulling them up. 

Ku-mu-tavu, s. Aumu and lau, a leaf. 
That which propagates or brings forth often; 
a producer; a breeder. 

1. A vegetable that produces much, as 
the stump of a tree that throws out many 
sprouts; so of other vegetables producing 
their own kind. 

2. A female, man or beast that produces 
many offspring. Lir. The bringers forth, 
as a hen that has hatched more that once, 
a sow that produces pigs often, &e. 

3. Fic. Applied to chiefs, because they 
nourished or fed men. 

4, Also, figuratively, a fruitful source of 
evil or good, generally the former; ua lilo 
kekahi o ua mau hewa lai kumulau hoo- 
laha no ka hewa, some of those vices be- 


315 


KUN 


5. The leaf or sprout that grows out of 
the root or stump. 

Kwu-mu-LE-0-ME-LE, s. Kumu and leo, 
voice, and mele, a song. The rules of music. 

Ku-mu-ma-o-mA-o, s. The name of an 
easterly wind at Oahu. 

2. The name of a kind of stone from 
which maika stones were made. 

Ku-mu-mu, v. To be blunt; to be ob- 
tuse. See KumukoUmu. 

2. To have the qualities of something 
broken or cut off. 

3. To be dull, as a tool. 

Kv-mcu-mv, adj. Dull; blunt; obtuse ; 
dull, as an edged tool. See Mumu. 

Ku-mvu-mu-mu, s. Cartilage; something 
between bone and meat. See PULALI. 

Ku-mu-paa, v. Kumuand paa, fast. To 
have a fast foundation. Hoo. To establish; 
to confirm. Hal. 99:4. 

Ku-mu-paa, s. Kumu and paa, complete. 
The sum in distinction from its parts; the 
principal in distinction from the interest. 

Kvu-mu-PaA-Ko-Ll, s. Kumu and pa-ko-li, 
three of the syllables used in solmization 
in practicing vocal music. The staff or five 
lines on which music is written. See Pa- 
KOLI. 

Ku-mu-PE-PEI-Ao, s. The name ofa pro- 

cess just behind the ear. 

U-Mu-PuU-AA, s. Kumu and puaa,a pig. 

A flock or herd of swine. Mat. 8:30. 

Ku-mu-wal, s. Kumu and wai, water. 
A water spring; a fountain; the head of a 
water course or stream. 

Ku-mu-wal-na, s. Kwnu and waina 
(Eng.), wine. A grape vine. Joan. 15:1. 
Ku-mou-sr-pP1, s. Kumu and bipi (Eng.), 
beef; cattle. A herd of neat cattle. oel. 

1:18. 

Ku-na, s. A dangerous sore; a species 
of itch difficult to cure. 

2. A species of fish; something living in 
fresh water; he funa ka mea noho o ka 
wai; he pubi no ka aina; a land eel. 

Ku-nak, v. Ku and nae, to pant. To 
stand firmly against opposition, that is, to 
stand and breathe, but to stand. 

Ku-NAE-NAE, v. See Kunak. To stand 
alone ; to stand unmoved. 

Ku-nai-na, v. To push over; to push 
from an upright position; to overthrow. 
Hoo. To conquer; to overcome. 

Kv-nar-na, adj. Pushed over; thrown 
down ; laid prostrate. 

Ku-Na-HE-Lu, v. To be strong smelling; 
to have an unpleasant odor. 

2. To be mouldy; to smell of mould and 
age. See PUNAHELU. 


came the principal source of spreading evil. | Ku-NA-HI-HI, v. Ku, to stand, and Azhi, 


KUN 


thick together. To have the hair standing 
erect, as a wild man; to stand shivering 
with the cold; to stand erect, as the hair ; 
to be rough, rnde or wild; to shudder ; to 
have the sensation of cold water applied. 
See OxaLa. 

Ku-na-uI-H1, s. Ferocity ; wildness in 
appearance ; a standing up of the hair. 

Ku-NA-HI-HI, adj. Shivering; ferocious; 
wild; fierce; bristling up; applied to 
words, ka olelo ikaika ame ke kunahihi, 
strong language with fierceness. 

2. Growing; standing up; hence, mouldy. 

Ku-na-nu-a, v. To bend forward in 
walking, as a tall man. See Kananva. 

Ku-na-ku-na, s. Ku and za forana. A 
standing ; the things standing up, i. e., the 
side posts of a door; lapauila. 

Ku-na-ku-wa, s. Asore; a kind of itch; 
a species of disease. 

Ku-na-na, v. Ku and nana for lana, to 
float. To step awry; to stumble sideways; 
to stand tottering. See Kunana. To be 
moved; to be agitated ; to stumble. 

Kvu-na-na, s. A garden; a place cleared 
away for building a house; a house lot; a 
cultivated plat of ground. See KuLana. 

Ku-na-na, s. A goat. 

Ku-NA-NA-HA-LE, s. See KuLANAHALE. 
A number of houses near together. 

2. A place where a house may be built. 
3. A place where a house once stood. 


Ku-na-neE, s. A game played ona board 
with black and white stones. 
2. The relationship of a brother to a sis- 
ter. generally with the prefix kai; as, kai- 
kunane. the brother of a sister. 


Ku-ne-x1, v. To be full; to overflow; 
to be over and above; to be crowded thick 
together, as people. 

Ky-ne-k1, s. A crowd of people together; 
the condition, the inconvenience of a crowd; 
@ fullness ; an overflowing. 

Ku-ne-wa, v. To be in a deep sleep; 
to sleep soundly. 

2. To close the eyes in sleep. 
3. To be weary; to be fatigued. See 
NEWA. 

Ku-ne-wa, s. Sleep; heaviness for want 
of sleep ; fatigue. 

Ku-NE-wa-NE-wa, v. See Kunewa and 
Newa. To be sound asleep. 

2. To be weary; to be overcome with 
sleep. 

3. To fall asleep. 

4. To stagger like a drunken man; to 
reel. Hal. 10:27. Syn. with hikaka. 

5. To go or to wander out of the way 
through intoxication. Jsa. 28:7. Hence, 

6. To be drunk. 

Ku-NE-wa-NE-wa, s. Sound sleep. 


316 


KUN 


2. A heavy weariness. 

3. A staggering through weakness for 
want of food; e hoomanawanui i alo ai 
kaua i ka pololi ame ka hune, i ke anuanu 
koekoe ame ke kunewanewa. 

Ku-n1, v. To kindle, as a fire. Ozhk. 
10:6. To light, as a lamp. 

2. To blaze up and burn, as a fire; to 
consume. Oihk. 1:9. 

3. To burn, as a sacrifice. Othk. 4:19. 

4, To burn, as a fever. 

5. To touch off, as a cannon. 

6. To scorch or burn, as with a blaze of 
fire. 

Ku-ni, s. A fever; the ague and fever. 

2. The heat of the sun. 

3. The burning of lime; kunt hao, the 
branding of cattle. 

4, The name of a prayer connected with 
sorcery and with praying people to death. 

5. The practice of sorcery; the same as 
anaand. 

Ku-ni-a, v. To be disobedient ; not to 
yield to one’s wishes; to be close. See 
Komi. 

Ku-ni-4-HI, v. Kuni, to kindle, and ahi, 
fire. To touch fire to a gun or cannon. 
Ku-ni-a-H1, adj. Firing; noise by firing 
a gun; kani ka pu kuniahi, the cannon 

sounded. 

Ku-ni-u1, v. Ku, to stand, and xzhi, to 
turn edgeways. To turna thing edgeways; 
to set up on edge; to lay on one side; to 
stand up prominently, as a ridge of hair on 
the head left uncut. 

Ku-nI-HI-NI-HI, v. See Ku and Nat. 
To stand up, as a pali that cannot be 
climbed. 

Ku-nI-HI-nI-HI, s. A paliso smooth and 
steep as not to be climbed; a steep ridge. 

2. A tuft of hair left on the head after 
cutting. 

3. The ridge of a war cap or helmet. 

Ku-nr-ni-n1, v. Ku and ninihi or nihi. 
To stand up edgeways. See Kunm. To 
stand, as a ridge of hair on the head, or as 
a military hat. 

Ku-nr-ni-n1, s. A tuft or ridge of hair 
left on the top of the head from the front 
backwards after cutting. 

2. A military hat. 

3. A helmet. See KunrHrnint. : 

Ku-ni-po-n1-po, adj. Weak; languid, 
&c. See KuLipo.iro. 

Ku-no, v. Ku, to stand, and xo, affirm- 
ative particle. To stand firmly or securely. 


Ku-nov, v. See Kutov. To make signs 
for one to do a thing. Oth. 24:10. 
2. To bow gently or slightly with respect 
to one. 
3. To recognize one as an acquaintance 
or friend by a bow or nodding of the head. 


KUP 


317 


KUP 


4. To nod or beckon with the head in| Ku-pa, s. One native-born in a place; 


order to commiutnicate something secretly. 
Laieik. 17. To hint to one by a motion of 
the head. 

5. E aea kahi ai me he manu kolea la e 
ae ana. 

Ku-nou-ku-nou, v. Freq. of kunou. To 
bow often; to nod the head in derision. 
Jer. 18:16. Hoo. To bow or wag the head 
in scorn. Mar. 15:29. 

Ku-nou-nou, s. The name of a species 
of fish. 

Kvu-no-xu-no-ku, v. Tostand, as stand- 
ing water in puddles. See KuLoKULOKu, 

2. To stir up; to trouble, as water ; to 
make into waves. 
3. To be about to weep. 

Ku-no-n1, v. To shake gently, as a 
gentle shake of the head. 

Ku-no-no, adj. Red; bright red, as 
blood ; like wluhiwa, dark red; purple. 
Kvu-no-no, adj. Full of small holes, as 

a calabash that lets out the water. 
2. Weak; feeble; without strength. 


Ku-no-no, s. Small or fine holes in any 
container, as a calabash. 
2. A small idea; a little thought; he 
wahi kunono manao iki no nae. 


Ku-no-no-pa, v. See Kunono, weak. 
To be helpless, as a person with the palsy; 
to be weak. 

2. To lean over, as a tall man. 

Ku-nv, v. To blow gently or softly, as 

the wind. 

2. To have a cough; to cough. 

3. To lay meat on the embers to roast; 
hence, 

4. To roast meat on the coals. 

Ku-nu, s. See Kumu. A soft gentle 
wind; a cough; a pestilence ; he mai ahu- 
lau. 

Ku-nu-ku-nu, v. To doa thing with an 
evil intent ; to cherish secret anger. 

2. To groan; to complain, as an oppressed 
people. Job. 24:12. 

Ku-nv-ku-nu, s. Anger at the haku for 
his requiring too much labor; anger laid 
up and cherished in the mind (“nursing 
one’s wrath to keep it warm.” Burns.) 
E noi aku ia ia me ka hoowahawaha ole 
ame ke kunulcunu ole; ua noho ia i keia 
wahi me ka hoomanawanui ame ke kunu- 
kunu ole. 

Ku-nu-Nna, adj. 

Ku-pa, v. To dig out; to dig a trench. 

2. To clean off or dig out the inside of a 
canoe ; a kupa ia oloko o ka waa. 
3. Eng. To act as a cooper. 

Ku-pa, v. To beat home; to enjoy one’s 
place of residence ; ua kKupa lakou ma ko 
lakou aina iho. 


a long resident or native of a place; he ka- 
maaina kahiko; kupa ai au, a native-born 
who eats (enjoys) the land ; au, poetic for 
aina. 

2. Name of a species of worm or cater- 
pillar. See Pre.va. 

3. The name of a sea-shell: he leho. 

4. Eng. Hawaiian pronunciation for soup. 

Ku-paa, v. Ku, to stand, and paa, fast. 
To stand fast or firmly, as a material object. 

2. To stand fast morally; to continue 
constant, as a person intent upon his pur- 
pose; e hoomanawanui. 

3. Fic. To confirm; to prove true, as a 
promise or covenant. Rom.9:1l. To con- 
firm, as an agreement. 2 Nal. 23:3. Hoo. 
To confirm ; to establish. 2 Oihl. 7:18. 

Ku-raa, adj. Unmovable ; constant, as 
a memorial pillar. 

2. Unshaken in mind or purpose. 

3. Firm; strong, as an arm; fixed, as a 
plan ; olelo kupaa, an ordinance; a cove- 
nant; a statute. Puk. 21:1. 

Ku-pa, adv. Fully; thoroughly; firmly. 
Kan. 1:36. 

Ku-par, v. To send away by water; 
imperatively, get away ; be off. 

Ku-pai-a-Na-HA, adj. Wonderful; un- 
accountable; strange, as a story or the re- 
lation of an event good or bad; it is used 
as an intensive. See KupanaHa. 

Kvu-pa-o-a, s. An odorous plant used to 
scent kapa. 

2. Fic. What gives character to the life; 
o ke kupaoa ia e hoope ai i na uhane, that 
is the plant which gives scent to souls, i.e., 
their peculiar character. 

3. Name of a species of porous stone. 

Ku-pau, s. A name of several of the 
days of the month. 

Ku-pav, adj. Going back; fearful ; 
shrinking. 

Ku-pa-KA, v. To writhe; to twist; to 
bend this way and that; to move one way 
then another. 

2. To be borne down or overwhelmed 
with sadness. Jsa. 21:3. : 

3. To be in great perplexity and sleep- 
less anxiety; to be fearful ; to shrink from 
doing a thing ; kupaka ae la aole e hiki. 

4. To throw the limbs about, as in great 
pain. 

Ku-pa-Ka, s. A writhing; a bending 
this way and that; a tearing; a treating 
with violence. 

Ku-pa-Ka-k1, adv. Awkwardly, as any- 
thing done in a hurry or in consternation. 

Ku-pa-xu-pa, v. See Kupa. To work 
digging a trench. 

2. To work hewing outa canoe; to work 
off, as with an adze. 


KUP 


318 


KUP 


a eee LLL LLL LS 
Ku-ra-La, s. The name of a vegetable, | Ku-pz, s. The name of a rim of a canoe 


the root eaten in time of scarcity. 
2. The name of a species of long fish; he 
kaku. 

Ku-pa-La-Ha, s. The name of a class of 
Kamebameha’s heiaus. 

Ku-pa-Lu, v. To be little; to be dwarf- 
ish; to be diminutive. 

Ku-pa-Lu, s. The name of a plant. 

2. A small man or woman ; a dwarf. 

Ku-pa-tn, adj. Small; dwarfish; di- 
minutive, as a dwarfish person. 

Ku-pa-tu-al-au, s. A person who has 
lived many years, or to old age. 

Ku-pa-to-Lo1, v. To drum with the fin- 
gers on the drum or pahu at a hula or other 
gathering ; kupaloloi ka leo o ka pahu e 
kani i Mauoni. 

Ku-pa-iv, v. To stuff with food ; to give 
a.person or animal as much as he can eat. 

2. To fatten; to nourish; to feed highly. 
Dan. 1:5. Hence, 

3. To make a favorite of one. 

4. To pound and beat out, as kapa. 

Ku-pa-tu-14, s. A fatlmg; a well-fed 
animal. Mat. 22:4. 

2. A taming, as of fish by feeding; ka 
hoohauna ana i laka mai ka ia. 

Ku-pa-tu-1-a, adj. Fatted; well fed. 

Ku-pa-na-HA, v. To be wonderful. Hoo. 
To exhibit some extraordinary trait of char- 
acter. Hal. 31:21. 

Ku-pa-na-HA, s. A wonder; a strange 
event. See KupalANaHA. 

Ku-pa-na-HA, adj. Wonderful; strange; 
illiberal ; close. 

Ku-pa-na-HA, adv. Wondrously; unac- 
countably. Kanl. 28:55. 

Ku-pa-pau, s. A dead body; a corpse; 
a deceased person; lawe aku la lakou i ke 
kupapau o Lono, the people carried away 
the dead body of Captain Cook; eia ke kau- 
oha a ke kupapau ia’u, here is the last 
charge of the deceased to me. 

Ku-pa-pau, adj. Of or belonging to a 
dead body ; hale kupapau, a tomb. 


Ku-pa-pau-La, v. To stand with the 
side to the wind, as a house; to blow di- 
rectly on, as the wind; to have the wind in 
front or ahead. 

Ku-pa-pa-ku, s. A place deep down in 
the ground ; olalo 0 kupapaku. 

Ku-pa-pa-La-ni, Ss. A chief. Fic. Lik- 
ened to a fish. 

Ku-re, v. To manage or direct a canoe, 
as the man with the steering paddle; to 
direct the bow of a boat or canoe ; e hoo- 
pololei ae i ka ihu. 

2. To shovel dirt; to use a shovel or 
spade. See Kopxr. 


before and behind. 
2. A fetter. See Kuper. 

Ku-rEE, v. To bind with fetters; to 
fasten with fetters. 

2. To bind ; to tie fast. 

3. To ornament the wrist or arm with 
bracelets ; to put ornaments on the arm. 
Ku-peE, s. An ornament, generally of 
a string of shells (pupuhoaka.) Kin. 24:22. 

Kupee gula. 
2. A bracelet. Puk. 35:22. Kupee lima. 
3. A fetter. See Kurs. 2 Nal. 25:7. Ku- 
pee keleawe, a fetter of brass. Lunk. 16:21. 
Laau kupee, stocks. Jer. 20:2. 

Ku-pe-u-Lu, s. An old broken worn out 

canoe, without sail or other conveniences. 
2. A canoe with a large ihu; ina nui ka 
ihu, he kupeulu kahi inoa. : 

Ku-peE-u-Lu, adj. Old; worn out, as a 
canoe; pehea ko oukou waa? he wahi waa 
kupeulu no hoi, how is your canoe? it is 
even a canoe worn out. 

Ku-pe-HE, s. A going softly, as a per- 
son; a moving, as a weak person; hakupe, 
he kupehe. 

Ku-re-u1, v. See Pent. To throw at; 
to pelt; to cast stones at; e hoolei i ka 
pohaku. 

Ku-pr-xi-A, s. The fear of evil. 

Ku-peE-Le, v. To bruise, as fruit to soften 
it; to soften; to pound up, as kalo. 

2. To feed full or till surfeited, as a parent 
does achild or a pet dog; e kupele i ka ilio. 


Ku-PE-LE, v. To mix up or work over 
poi the day after it is made. See Hoowatt. 
Huli ka waha (ka waa) iluna, alaila kupele 
maloko. 

2. To dig out the inside of a canoe. 


Ku-pe-Le, s. The name of a medicine 
given to soften the pou two or three days 
before the waiki or poepoe. 


Ku-PE-LE-LEU, v. Ku and peleleu, a short 
wide canoe. Tostand in a broad orspread- 
ing posture, as one who blocks up the door 
or a narrow passage. 

2. To be broad, as one with spreading or 
bulky baggage on his back; heaha kau e 
kupeleleu nei? what are you doing stand- 
ing so big here? 

Ku-rE-NE, v. To live steadily im one 
place, instead of roving about, visiting, &c. 
Hoo. The same. 

Ku-re-nu, v. To dip into coloring mat- 
ter. Kin. 37:31. To stain by immersion ; 
to dip, as into blood or any liquid. Kanl. 
33:37. To plunge into a ditch. Job. 9:31. 

2. To smooth, as a ruffled kapa; to press 
down. ; 

Ku-reE-nu-PE-nu, v. The frequentative 
of the foregoing. 


KUP 


Ku-ri-xi-o, v. Ku and pikio, to stand 
up, as water. See Pexi. To rage; to be 
in commotion, as water agitated by the 
wind. 

2. To rage or be in commotion, as an 
angry multitude. | 

3. To be troubled, as the mind. Job. 
30:27. 

Ku-pi-k1-Pi-kI-0, v. See the foregoing. 
To be in commotion generally. 

2. To rage, as the sea when wind and 
current are opposite. 

3. To be furious; to be agitated, as a 
people in a popular tumult. Hal. 2:1. 

4. To be agitated, as the mind. 

5. Hoo. To cause a storm; to make bois- 
terous; torage,astheelements. Jsa.51:15. 

Ku-pi-ki-Pi-ki-o, s. ‘The agitation of 
water when the surface is thrown out of its 
level ; tle commotion of the waves of the 
sea in a storm. 

2. The raging of a multitude. 

3. The agitation of the mind. Jak. 1:6. 

Ku-pi-x1-P1-K1-0, adj. Troubled; raging, 
as kai kupikipikio. Isa. 57:20. 

Ku-pi-Li-ku, v. See Pina. To stand 
close together so as to crowd. 

Ku-pi-nal, v. Ku and pinai, thick to- 
gether. To mourn; to wail; to make a 
great and confused noise, as of wailing. 

2. To go from house to house or from 
place to place. 

3. To be thronged with the numbers of 
people ; to stand thickly together, as peo- 
ple in a crowd. 

4. To reverberate, as a sound; to echo 
back a sound. , 

Ku-pi-nal, s. A great crying; a general 
or universal lamentation where multitudes 
are wailing together. 

2. The echo of a mourning or lamenta- 
tion. 

3. An echo; a reverberation of sound, 
as from a pali. 

4. A great and confused noise of people. 

Ku-pi-nal, adj. Noisy ; confused with 
noise; aloha na hoa kupinai, wawa hane- 
hane o ua hale nei (hale kula.) 

Ku-pi-Na-PI-Nal, v. To come and stand 
thick together, as people day after day. 

- Ku-pi-pi, v. Ku, to stand, and pipi, thick 
together. To stand thick together, as a 
multitude ; to be confused. 

Ku-ri-r1, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ku-pr-P1, adj. Close together; thick, as 
people standing together. 

Ku-po, s. Name of a species of fish net; 
he upena keupo. 

Ku-poE-por, v. Ku, to fit, and poepoe, 
round. To be fitted round, i. e., well fur- 
nished, as one wearing much kapa. 


319 


KUP 


2. To have much property; to be fully 
furnished. 

Ku-rou, v. To bend or bow forward, as 
in drowsing, or if one hits his foot and 
stumbles forward; a kupow iho la kona poo 
ma ka wahao kaipu. JLaieik. 211. 

Ku-po-u-L1, v. To be darkened ; to be 
benumbed ; kupouli ka naaui ka onaika 
baka, ; 

Ku-pou-pou, s. A species of fish; a long 
fish. 

Ku-po-nu, s. Au and pohu, calm. A 
calm; the state of the sea when there is no 
wind. 

Ku-po-La, v. See Kapora. To roll up, 
as a bundle; to tie up together. 

2. To wither and roll up, as the under or 
dead leaves of bananas. 

Ku-po-Lo-Lu, s. The striking or stab- 
bing one with a pololu; he nui ka poe ao 
i ka lono maka ihe, me ke kupololu. 

Ku-po-no, v. Ku and pono, right. To 
be or to act uprightly ; to be just; to be 
true. Hoo. To stand upright, i.e., to stand 
firmly ; to establish; to hold up; to be 
just; to be upright. 

Ku-po-no, adj. In geometry, upright ; 
perpendicular; kaha kupono, a perpendic- 
ular line. Anahon. 4. 

2. Morally upright. 2 Nal. 20:3. Hon- 
est; conscientious. Oihk. 13:37. 

Ku-pu, v. To sprout; to spring up; to 
grow, as vegetation; to shoot out buds; to 
open out, as leaves or blossoms. 

2. To grow large: to increase. 

3. Fie. To grow up or increase, as evil. 
Kanl. 29:17. 

4. Hoo. To pay, asa tax; to collect taxes; 
hookaumahaia na makaainana e hookupu i 
kela mea waiwai i keia mea waiwai, the 
common people were burdened by being 
taxed on all sorts of property. 


Ku-pu, s. A vegetable ; a thing sprouted 
up. 
2. A tax. Hoo. A tax; a tribute to a 
ruler. zr. 6:8. 
3. One whose ancestors were born where 
he himself was and vice versa. 
4. One who is mischievous or lawless. 
Laieik. 104. He kupu oe, hookahi no mea 
i kolohe i ka’u. See Ev. 
Ku-pu, adj. Thick, as paste. 
2. Hoo. Hookupy. hapaumi, a little tax. 
Kanl. 26:12. 
Ku-pu-a, s. A sorcerer. Isa. 8:19. A 
witch. Kanl.18:11. A wizard. Puk. 22:18. 
2. A person of extraordinary powers of 
body or mind; one able to do what others 
cannot; o Aiwohikupua keia, ke kupua 
kaulana a puni na moku. JLaieik. 100. 
Notre.—Sorcerers, wizards and witches are 
frequently spoken of in Hawaiian antiqui- 


LA 


ties—in their kaaos and meles—as things 
that existed and were fully believed in. 

Ku-pu-a, adj. See Kuru above. ‘Thick, 
as paste. | 

Ku-pu-E-u, s. A person who excels in 
doing good or in doing mischief; ma ke 
ahiahi o ua la hoouka kaua nei o na ku- 
pueu. Laieik. 109. 

Ku-pu-o-H1, v. Kupu, to shoot up, and 
ohi, bamboo. To grow up quickly, as a 
vegetable of quick growth. 

2. To grow quickly, as a child that has 
grown to maturity early. 

Ku-pu-o-H1, adj. Quick growing; early 
mature, as men or plants. 

Ku-puu, s. See Kuru and Arxuruv. 

Ku-pu-xu-pu, s. A vegetable; what 
springs up from the ground. 

2. A species of ground pine. 
3. An odoriferous plant. 


Ku-pu-ku-pu-u-La, s. A plant used to 
scarify the skin. 

Kou-pu-tu, s. Kupu and liz, little. A 
small man, but not properly aa, a dwarf; 
it applies to slowness of growth in men, 
animals and vegetables. 

2. A monkey. : 

Ku-pu-na, s. A grand parent, either 
father or mother. 

2. A father of two or more generations 
back. 

3. A forefather or ancestor indefinitely. 

4, A patriarch. Kin. 17:5. No na ku- 
puna mua o ko Hawaii nei, concerning the 
first fathers (ancestors) of the Hawaiian 
race. 

Ku-pu-NA-KA-NE, S. Kupuna and kane, 
male. Agrandfather. Kin.32:9. An an- 
cestor of several generations back; o Ku- 
kanaloa ke kupunakane o kekahi poe o Ha- 
wali nei. 


320 


LA 


Ku-PU-NA-WA-HI-NE, s. Kupunaand wa- 
hine, female. A grandmother, &c. See the 
foregoing. 

Ku-pu-ni, v. Ku, to stand, and puni, 
around. To stand around; to surround, 
asanenemy. Jer. 1:17. 

Ku-wa, s. The name of a prayer made 
when a person finished a new house by 
trimming the grass from over the door; 
kuwa ka inoa oia pule; also a prayer when 
a canoe was finished. : 

Ku-wat, v. To rub in a circular man- 
ner. 

Ku-wa-La, v. See Kuara. To turn over, 
as a man or other substance. 

2. To add to a price agreed on, as for 
delay in payment. 

3. To take something else in pay in lieu 
if the thing agreed on is not sufficient; ku- 
wala i ka waiwai e,i ka puaa paha ke lawa 
ole ka wahie. 

Ku-wa-ua, s. A somerset; a turning 
over and over, from which is derived the 
word for interest. See Kuan. 

Ku-wa-La, adj. Usurious; taking usury. 
Puk. 22:25. Syn. with uku hoopane. 

Ku-wa-La-Poo, v. See Kutoupoo. 

Ku-wa-La-wa-La, v. To bend; to yield, 
as grass or any flexible thing to a flowing 
stream of water, but which being elastic, 
bends back again, causing the motion called 
kuwalawala; kuwalawala ka hala ame ka 
ohia ; kuwalawala ka pono. 

Ku-zi-Ta, s. Eng. A cubit in measure; 
eighteen inches. Kin. 6:15. Iwi kubita, he 
iwi hailima e pili pu ana me ka ili kano, 
one of the bones of the forearm joined to 
the wrist. Anat. 19. 

Ku-ri-na, s. Eng. Corn; corn meal. 

Kris-tI-a-No, s. Gr. A christian; a fol- 
lower of Jesus Christ. Qih. 11:26. 


L. 


LA: name of the eighth letter of the 
Hawaiian alphabet. It represents the 
sound of a liquid as in other languages ; 
hence it is easily assimilated to such of the 
other liquids as are similarly pronounced, 
viz.: n and the smooth American r in for- 
eign words. Thus, nanai for lanai; on the 
contrary lanahu is used for nanahu, &e. L 
is inserted sometimes, for the sake of eu- 


that every syllable must end with a vowel 
sound. ; 

La, a particle following verbs, mostly in 
some preterit tense, and generally con- 
nected with either mai, aku, iho or ae. 
Gram. § 239 and 240. It is also used with 
nouns and adverbs and seems to have a 
slight reference to place; similar, but not 
so marked or strong as the French la. 


phony, between a verb and its passive ter-| La, s. Thesun; he meae malamalama 


mination ia; as, kaulia for kauia; manao- 
lia for manaoia. The letter h is used in a 
Similar manner. See H and Grammar § 48. 


The name of the letter Ja instead of el is 
required by a law of the language, viz. : 


ai i ke ao, ke alii o ka malamalama, that 
which gives light to day, the king of light. 
2. Day or light, in distinction from po, 
darkness. 
3. A particular or appointed day; la ka- 


LAA 


lahala, day of atonement. Oihk. 23:27. A 
particular day of the month or year. 
4. The effects of the heat of the sun, i.e., 
a drought; ka la nui, a great drought; 
heat; warmth. Stifling heat is ikiiki. 
La, s. The name of an ancient sail for 
canoes; 0 ka pea o ko lakou waa i ka wa 
kahiko, he la ka inoa 0 ia pea. 
La, adj. Like the sun; sunny, that is, 
warm; haalele o Poleahu i kona kapa han, 
lalau like lakou i ke kapa la. Laieik. 113. 


Laa, v. To be holy; to be set apart for 
holy purposes ; e hookaawale i na waiwai 
ihoanoia. Puk. 30:29. 

2. To be devoted to any person; to be 
consecrated to a particular use or purpose, 
generally religious; to be under or bound 
by an oath. Laieik.38. By a kiss. Laieik. 
126 


3. To be devoted to destruction or death. 
fos. 6:17, A ike mai la na ilamukuo Liloa 
ua laa keia keiki no ka ae ana ma kahi 
kapu, and the sheriffs of Liloa saw that the 
child was devoted (had forfeited his life) on 
account of his climbing over a kapu place 
(fence.) 

4. To be defiled ; to become impure by 
mixing one plant with another of a differ- 

‘ent kind. Kanl. 22:9. 

5. Hoo. To sanctify; to be sanctified; to 
be devoted ; to be set apart as sacred, or 
for sacred purposes. Puk. 13:2. To make 
sacred or holy ; to revere; to dedicate, as 
a temple or image. Dan.3:2. To devote. 
Oihl. 18:11. 

Laa, adj. Sacred; devoted, i. e., given 
up or set apart to sacred purposes; hence, 
holy ; mea laa, a consecrated or holy one. 
Puk. 16:23. He lahui kanaka laa, a con- 
secrated nation. Puk. 19:6. 

2. Accursed; devoted to destruction. 
Tos. 6:18. (See the verb in the same verse.) 


Laa, adv. Also; together with others; 
80; like pela; besides all this; oia mea a 
pau e laa me keia, all that thing together 
with this; o ka launa nui aku i ka wahine 
e, e laa me ka wahine i ke kane e. See 


AA. 
Laa, s. Width; breadth. Syn. with 


laula. 

La-au, s. A general name for what grew 
out of the ground; o na mea e ulu ana ma 
ka honua ua kapaia he laau. 

1. Wood; trees; timber; but not often 
fire-wood, which is wahie. 

2. A forest ;\a thicket of trees; ka mea 
ulu ma na kuahiwi. 

3. Fig. Strength ; firmness ; hardness. 

4. Laaw palupalu, herbs ; tender vege- 
tables. Mat. 13:32. 

5. Medicine; that which is taken in case 
of sickness. Nore.—The ancient Hawaiian 
medicines wy oie and consisted 


321 


LAA 


mostly of mixtures of leaves of trees, barks, 
roots, &c., and some were exceedingly nau- 
seous, and others very acrid; but the phy- 
sicians depended more on their enchant- 
ments, their invocations to the gods, the 
sacrifices offered, or the prices paid, than 
on the virtue of their medicines. 

La-au-a, adj.. See Laa, devoted. De- 
voted to destruction, as for having broken 
kapu. 

La-au-a-La, s. Laau, wood, and ala, 
odoriferous. Sandal-wood, an odoriferous 
wood formerly in great abundance in the 
mountainous regions. 

La-au-a-NA, s. Laau, wood, and ana, 
participial termination. Aruling; making 
a mark by a rule or piece of wood. Nors. 
This is a modern word. 

La-av-1-K1-a1, s. Laau, wood, iki, little, 
and ai, to eat. A general name for herbs. 
Rom. 14:2. 

La-av-0-o1, s. Laau, bush, and oioi, 

La-avu-o1-ol, sharp; full of sharp points. 
A bramble bush. Isa. 34:13. 

La-av-o-ui-va, s. Laau and oliva (Gr.), 
olive. An olive tree. Kanl. 6:11. 

La-au-o-weE, v. To make a noise with 
the feet; to drum with the fingers; to make 
a shuffling noise. See Lavowax. 

La-au-Hoo-pil, s. Laau, medicine, and 
hoopii, to cause to ascend. An emetic. 

La-au-Kaa, s. Laau, tree, and kaz, pine. 
A fa tree. Zek.11:2. An oak tree. Kin. 
35:4. 

La-au-KE-A, s. Laau and kea, a cross. 
A cross of wood. 

La-av-x1, s. Laau, timber, and ki (Eng.), 
key. A bar for a gate. 

La-au-ki-a, s. Laau and kia, a sticky 
mixture. A mixture used as bird-lime in 
catching birds; he laau a hoopili aiika 
manu me he kepau la. 

La-au-ku, s. Laau and ku, to stand. A 
side post of a door, from its erect position. 
1 Nal. 6:31, A post of a house; an upright 
post. Ezek. 45:19. 

La-AU-KU-KA-HI, ) 5, The names of par- 

La-aU-KU-LU-a, ticular days in the an- 

LA-AU-KU-PAU, cient month. 

La-au-ku-PEE, s. Laau and kupee, a fet- 
ter. Stocks, fetters, &c., for criminals; any 
instrument of confining a person. 

La-au-La, s. A division of the year. 


La-au-La-Lo, s. Laau and lalo, down. 
The boom of a vessel, from its horizontal 
position, in distinction from kia or laauku. 

La-au-La-pa-av, s. Laau, medicine, and 
lapaau, to heal, cure, &c. Medicine, i. e., 
herbs, roots or other compounds for the re- 
lief of diseases. Jer. 46:11. 


LAE 


god who made laws that were not to be 
broken ; ka inoa o ka mea nana i kau na 
kanawal paa, 0 Kanelaauli. 

La-a-u-Lvu, s. La, day, au, season, and 
ulu, to grow. A time when vegetables 
spring or grow fast in distinction from laa- 
make. 

La-Au-Lu-al, s. Laau, medicine, and 
luai, to vomit. An emetic. See Laaupu 
and LAAUHOOPH. 

La-au-ma-kal, s. Laau, wood, and ma- 
kai, a constable. The signal or badge of 
a constable under the first code of laws; it 
was a square piece of wood five or six inches 
in length, each side an inch, one-third of 
the length was turned for a handle; this 
the constable carried with him as a desig- 
nation of his office. 

La-au-mo-£E, s. Laau, medicine, and 
moe, to sleep. Medicine causing sleep; an 
opiate. 

La-au-Nna-HA, Ss. Laau, medicine, and 
naha, to operate, as a cathartic. A cathartic 
medicine. 

La-au-pa, s. Laau, medicine, and pa, 
barren. An ancient drug given to produce 
abortion, or rather perhaps to prevent 
fecundation ; nolaila, inu nui na wahine i 
ka laaupa i hapai ole lakou. He laau ha- 
nau keiki ole. 

La-au-pau, s. Name of a day of the 
month. See LAAuKupPav. 

La-au-pa-Lau, s. The name of an in- 
strument of offense used in war, along club; 
ihe, pololu, laaupalau, &e. 

La-au-pu, s. Laau and pit, to ascend. 
An emetic. See Laavunval. 

La-a-H1-A, v. Laa and 2a, passive, h in- 
serted. See Laa, adj., 2. To be involved 
in what others do, especially of evil. 

2. To be reproached for others’ faults on 
account of living or associating together ; 
inu rama oe, a laahia ma ka hewa makou i 
ka hohonu ia oe. 

La-a-La-au, s. Anherb; a bush; herbs; 
green things. Puk.3:2. That class of veg- 
etables between trees and grass. 

La-a-ms-KE, s. La, day, time, and make, 
dead. The time when vegetables generally 
die or dwindle or grow slowly, like autumn 
in cooler climates ; opposite to laaulu. 

La-a-na, adj. See Laa, devoted. De- 
voted to destruction, as for having broken 
kapu; e hu laana. 

La-a-Lo, s. The name of kalo tops when 


dry. 

La-z, v. To be light; to be clear, as 
day; to be shining. as a light. See Laman 
and kindred with dai. 


La-£, s. Any projecting substance, as 


a22 


La-au-u1, s. The name of an ancient | 


LAI 


a prominent forehead. 1 Sam. 17:49. A 
brow of a hill; a cape or headland. In 
geography, a cape or promontory. 

2. A calm; a calm place in the sea, as 
under a bluff, cape or headland. 

Lak-HAo-KE-LA, S. Lae, forehead, hao, 
horn, and kela, projecting. Name given to 
the unicorn ; the unicorn. 

LAE-HAO-KE-LA, adj. Having one horn 
in the forehead ; he holoholona kiwi hoo- 
kahimakaihu. Liolaehaokela. Nah. 23:22. 

Laz-kol, s. Lae, forehead, and koi, sharp; 
projecting. Asharp or projecting forehead. 

Lax-ko-Lo-a, s. A species of soft porous 
stone. 

LAE-LAE, v. See Laz, v. To enlighten, 
i.e., to make visibly clear or plain by means 
of a light. 

2. To make clear or explicit by words, 
as a statement or assertion. 

3. To be free to move; to be unfettered; 
to be loose ; to be separate from another. 
Lae-LaE, adj. Bright; bright shining, 
as the sun; e like me Ka la laelae i ke awa- 
kea; pure; clear; serene, as a clear sky. 

Fic. Pure in sentiment. Hal. 19:8. 

2. Clear ; unobscured to the sight. 

3. Clear; distinct, as the meaning of a 
word or speech. 

Lar-Lak, s. See Laz. A light; a bright 
light. 

2. Calm, pleasant weather. 

La-E-LE, s. The name of kalo tops when 
partially dry or thrown by as refuse. See 
Laato. The litter, as of kalo tops or old 
kalo leaves ; any litter or refuse material. 

2. The name of the outside leaves of the 
loulu, tobacco, &c.; the same as halii. 


Las-tu-a, adj. Lae and lua, double. 
Projecting ; sharp ; prominent, as a ridge. 
See Muxot. 

Lar-ni-Ht, s. Name of a species of fish. 

2. A steep, perpendicular forehead. 


Lae-paa, s. Name of a servant marked 
in the forehead. See LAEPUNT. 


Lar-pu-n1, s. Name of a servant marked 
in the forehead ; 0 ka poe kauwa i hoailo- 
naia ma ka lae, ua kapaia he kauwa laepunt. 

Lat, s. Used for danz, the heavens, es- 
pecially when the sky is clear and the 
weather calm; e ke alii wahine o Ka lai. 
Laieile. 154. 

2. A calm still place in the sea where 
there is no ripple and the sea is like a look- 
ing-glass. 

3. Any calm still place; e noho mai ai 
ka lai o Lele. 

4. Still, as water; pohu, malie o ka lai. 
See MaLino. : 

5. Any still, silent place; he wahi meha- 
meha, hakanu. 


LAO 
La-t, s. The leaf of the ki plant. See 


Lavi and Lavkxi. 
2. Name of a species of fish. 

Lat, v. To be calm; to make no noise; 
to be silent; ua lai loa ia po, it was very 
still that night. 

2. Hoo. To quiet; to appease, as a mob. 
Oth. 19:35. 
3. To be quiet, as the elements. 

Lai, adj. Calm; still; quiet; shining, 
as the surface of the sea in a calm. 

Lat-x1, v. To cram; to stuff; to throw 
together confusedly ; to eat too much; to 
be full, as an over-loaded stomach. 

Lat-x1, s. Fullness, as of the stomach 
from over-eating ; ua laiki ka opu. 

Lat-x1, adj. Full, as the stomach from 
eating too.much. 

Lar-x1, s. Hawaiian orthography for 
raisi. Eng. Rice; a vegetable ; a species 
of grain. 

Lat-xu, s. A calm, either with reference 
to the atmosphere, without wind. or to the 
stillness of the ocean, without wave or rip- 
ple; he pohu, he malie hinu no ka moana. 

Lat-La, adv. Referring to time, then; 
at that time ; referring to place, there ; at 


that place. It almost always takes one of 


the simple prepositions, a, i, 0, no, ko, ka, 
ma or mai. See each of the compounds in 
their places ; also, Gram. § 68 and § 165, 
2d class. 

Lar-ai, v. See Lai. To be very calm 
and clear, as the sun ; i ka wa e lailai ana 
ka la maluna o ka aina. Jaieik. 158. 


Latina, s. A kind of eruption on the 
body like shingles. 

La-o, v. To spring up, as grass or weeds 
after a rain. 

La-o, s. The leaf of the sugar-cane, es- 
pecially in its use as formerly in thatching 
houses. The other names are lauo, lauko 
and hako. 

2. The name of a species of fish. 

3. A mote moving in the eye and causing 
pain; he pula oni ana iloko o ka maka 
laolao. 

La-o-a, v. To tie up the bones of a per- 
son in a bundle ; to bundle up. 

2. To put a girdle around the body 
tightly. 

3. To choke or strangle, as with a cord 
around the neck ; also written laowa. See 
LavLavu. 

La-o-La-o, s. A bundle of small sticks 
tied up for fuel. 

2. Abundle of anything tied up for car- 


rying. 

3. Little sticks put down to help sustain 
the kuauna or bank of a kalo patch; ka 
laolao nahele kuakua loi. 


323 





LAU 


4. The booming or bass sound of a bell. 

5. The pain of the eye suffering from a 
mote. See Lao 3. 

6. An uneasy state of the bowels tending 
towards colic. 


La-o-wa, v. See Laoa above. 
Lav, v. To feel after a thing. 


2. To spread out; to be broad, as a leaf. 

3. To be numerous or many. See the 
noun. Makeia kula panoa kanaka ole, law 
kanaka ai, in this dry uninhabited place 
there are now many people. 


Lav, s. The number 400. 


2. The leaf of a tree or plant green or 
dry. Qihke. 26:36. An herb; Jaw mulemule, 
bitter herbs. 

3. The face of a person, like helehelena ; 
lau kanaka, persons ; where persons live ; 
law kanaka ole, solitary. See LAvUKANAKA. 
Lau makani, a stray puff of wind. 

4. The end of a pointed substance. Syn. 
with elau or welau. Lay alelo, the tip of 
the tongue. 

Lav-a, pron. dual. They two. Gram. § 
1%. Ma laua o, prep., together with; along 
with. 

Lau-aE, s. An aromatic herb. 

Lav-au-a, s. A playing at games of 
chance ; gambling. See Pmiwarwat. 

2. Name of the maneuvers in or during 
a battle; also kaakaua. 

Lav-a-va, s. The name of a wind at 

Lav-a-wa,§ Hana, Maui; makani lau- 
awaawa. 

Lav-a-x1, s. A body of men working to- 
gether at the same business. 


Lav-a-La, s. Lau, leaf, and ala, stand- 
ing up. The name given to kalo leaves be- 
fore the kalo is pulled or gathered. Nore. 
After they are gathered for food they are 
called luau. See Luau. 

Lau-a-Lo, s. The kalo leaf; the same 
as laukalo. 

Lau-a-wa, s. The leaf of the kalo when 
it first shoots out after the buli is planted. 
: : The first two leaves or shoots of the 

uli. 

Lav-E-KA, adj. Awkward; unskillful in 


work. See LoPALAUEKA. 


Lav-1, s. See Lav. The leaf of the ki 


plant. See Lar and Lavkt. 


Lav-1, adj. Of or belonging to the ki 
plant; he pale /aui kou akua ke hiki i Kai- 
lua, a ti fence is your god if you come to 
Kailua, i. e., a frail defense. 

Lav-14, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Lav-r-u, v. To be fickle; to be incon- 
stant; to be changeable. The better or- 
thography is laweili. See Wi. 

Lav-i-Pa-La, s. A species of fish, 


LAU 
Lavu-o, s. See Lav. The leaf of the 


sugar-cane. See Lao. 

Lau-o-E, s. The sound of scratching, or 
walking on anything making a rustling 
noise. 

Lav-or, v. To ascend straightly up- 
wards. 

Lau-o-Ha, s. Any vegetable that grows 
large and thrifty. 

Lav-o-Ha, s. The sail of a vessel above 
the spanker. 

Lav-o-nal, s. Name of a large bush 
bearing beautiful flowers ; ka lau o luhea 
o ka ohai i mana. 

Lavu-o-HA-o-HA, s. See Lavona above. 
A thrifty growing vegetable. 

Lav-o-HE, s. Some material used in 
polishing wooden calabashes. 

Lav-o-Ho, s. Lau and oho, the hair of 
the human head. The hair of the head. 
Nah. 6:5. Ka hulu o ke poo. Nore.—The 
hair of animals is hulu, and so is hair on 
the other parts of the body. 

Lav-o-nE, s. Any place where the soil 
is light, mellow and without stones and 
easy to cultivate. 

Lav-o-wae, v. To make a rustling noise 
with the feet or fingers. See LAavowE. 


Lav-u-Ku-Ka-HI, s. Name of a day of 
the month, otherwise called Laau; a ma 
ka la o Lauukukahi. 

Lav-u-tu, s. Lau, leaf, and ulu, the 
breadfruit tree. The leaf of the breadfruit 
tree. 

2. A word heard indistinctly, or an idea 
80 obtained from a speaker as to give an 
uncertain meaning. 

Lau-nav, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Lav-wa-La, s. Lau, leaf, and hala, the 
pandanus. A pandanus leaf. 

2. Applied to people as wanderers who 
come as strangers and stop in a place, and 
after a time move again. See AIHUAWAA. 


Lavu-HE-LE, s. Name of a vegetable, a 
small bush; also called*laulele. 


Lavu-Ho-E, v. To paddle together, as 
several persons paddling a canoe with great 
strength and resolution ; i kahi a kakou e 
lauhoe aku nei. 

Lav-nu-a, s. Name of a species of fish, 
small, broad and yellow. 

Lav-nu-xr, s. The god of those who 
pounded or manufactured kapa; he akua 
no ka poe kuku kapa. 

2. The office of the person who moistened 
the kapa during the process of pounding it. 

Lau-nu-Lu, s. The banana leaf. 

Lav-xar-a, s. ‘The name of a god. 


Lavu-xa-u1, s. Name of a plant, the seeds 


324 


LAU 


of which are to infants as a mawai or ca- 
thartic to carry off the meconium. 

Lau-xa-HI-u, s. Lau, ka, article, and 
hiu, the tail of a fish. A long shark, or 
long-tailed shark (the tail leaf-shaped.) 

2. The son of Kuhaimoana. 

Lau-Ka-na, adj. Applied to one who 
seldom prays in secret ; laukana kahi me- 
hameha. 

Lau-KA-NaA-KA, 5. See Lau and Kanaxa, 
people. A place of people ; where people 
live; laukanaka ole, a solitary place. 

Lav-KA-PA-LA-LA, S. The kalo leaf that 
grows up from the midst of other kalo leaves 
sustaining the life of the kalo; he mau 
maka no Luaipo. 

Lavu-Ka-Pa-Li-Lt, s. Lau and kapalili, to 
tremble or vibrate quickly. The name of 
the kalo leaf that first grew on the Hawai- 
ian Islands. 

Lau-xeE-A, s. Name of a hard stone made 
into kois for its hardness. 

Lav-x1, s. Lau and ki. See Ki. The 
leaf of the ki plant. 

2. The name of a species of fish. 

Lav-xi-pa-La, s. ‘The name of a yellow 
colored fish. 

2. The leaf of the wiliwili tree. 

Lav-xo, s. Lawand ko, sugar-cane. The 
leaf of the sugar-cane. See Lao. 

Lau-xo-a, s. Law and koa, name of a 
tree. The leaf of the koa tree. 

2. The name given to a table knife. 

Lavu-xo-a, v. To be hatched out, as the 
egos of any kind of fowls; pehea ka oukou 
mau hua? Ua laukoa, e lele auanei. 

Lav-ko-s-1-E, s. Law and koaie. a spe- 
cies of timber. Literally, a koaie leaf. 

2. Figuratively, anything which is found 
only in inland places. 

Lav-ko-na, adj. Lauand koha. Fledged; 
feathered, as young birds; he lau laha ole. 

Lav-Ko-NA-Ko-NA, v. Lau and konakona, 
to despise. See Kona. To despise; to con- 
temn ; to treat contemptuously. 

Lavu-ku-a, v. To gather together and 
lay up the good and the bad, or to use 
what is one’s own by right along with what 
is another’s, as by theft or extortion; he 
laukua wale no ko makou. 

Lau-xu-a, adj. Things put together 
irregularly or in confusion; applied also to 
wordsin a speech; he olelo laudcua, he olelo 
hoohibia. 

Lau-ku-a, s. Things scraped or gath- 
ered irregularly together: aia ke aloha 0 
ka laukcua e Jaukua wale ai; also, the name 
of a fish-pond where are many sorts of fish. 

Lau-ku-a, s. Applied to a person whe 
works industriously at many kinds of work 
and prospers. 


LAU 


Lav-ta, v. To be broad; to be wide; 
to be extended. 

Lav-ta, s. Extension; breadth; width, 
&e. 1 Nal. 6:3. 

Lav-1a, adj. Broad; wide; he keena 
laula, a wide room. 

Lav-tau, s. A bundle; a bag, as of 
money. Ain. 42:35. 

2. A wrapper of a bundle; that which 
surrounds anything. Kin. 42:35. 

3. A bundle, as of food done up the sec- 
ond time. 

4, A bundle of small wood, or fagots. 

5. The netting in which food is carried. 

6. A container generally. 

Lav-La-nA, v. Lau and laha, to spread 
abroad. To be spread abroad, as a noise 
or report; to be heard extensively ; to 
learn something by report. , 

Lav-La-HE-A, adj. Something said in- 
distinctly or without clearness; indistinctly 
heard ; he olelo laulahea. 

Lav-La-HA-0-LE, adj. See Lavitawa and 
OLE, negative. Kept in; not reported; 
not spread abroad. 

Lav-La-ni-La-H1, adj. Lau and lahilahi, 
thin. Lir. Thin leaf. Thin, as the leaves 
of ki leaf or banana. See Lavaunt. 

Lav-ta-ma, s. The lamas or many 
torches at night. 

Lav-La-wi-Ll, s. See Lauwitt. 

Lav-.e-A, s. Lau and lea, pleasure; joy. 
Peace; friendship ; satisfaction with a per- 
ce or thing after having experienced dis- 
ike. 

Lav-te-a, v. To be on terms of friend- 
ship. See Launa, i. e., lau ana. 

2. Hoo. To satisfy, as one offended ; to 
reconcile; to become reconciled. Kin. 
32:20. 

3. To obtain favor with one; to make 
reconciliation. 

4. To please ; to flatter; to seek favor. 
Gal. 1:10. See Hoo.earra. 

Lav-.z-a, adj. Peaceful; friendly; paci- 
fied. 

Lavu-Le-Le, s. Lau and dele. The leaf 
of a species of turnip. 

2. Also the name of the plant. 

3. A species of sea-weed into which fish 
get entangled. 

Lav-Le-Le, s. Name ofa plant self prop- 
agated, but eaten for food in time of sear- 
city ; he ilailau, he ananu, he pilapilau. 

Lav-u-ma, s. The name of a company 
of men who worked together on each other’s 
land, or at each other’s work. 


Lau-Lo-a, s. Law and loa. Lit. Long 
leaf. Name of a species of kalo. 


Lav-Lo-Le, adj. Lau and lole, cloth; 


325 


LAU 


cloth-leafed. An epithetof the mulberry ; 
laau laulole, a mulberry tree. 

Lau-ma-E-wa, s. Law and maewa, to in- 
jure; to mock. He palala laumaewa kapu 
no Lono. 

Lav-ma-kE, s. Law and make, death. A 
poisonous herb. 

2. The barb of a spear ; the point of an 
instrument causing death. 

3. The abating or subsiding of water, 
i. e., a drought. 

LAvu-MA-NA-MA-NA, s. Lau and mana- 
mana, divided. Applied to that species of 
potato whose leaves are slim and much di- 
vided. ' 

Lavu-ma-ni-A, s. Lau and mania, smooth; 
plane. A smooth thin leaf. 

2. A straight, smooth even surface of a 
body. 

Lau-ma-nI-A, adj. Smooth, straight and 
even; applied to the surface of bodies, 
Isa. 40:4. Smooth or polished, as glass ; 
ili lawmunia, a plane surface. 

Lavu-ma-ni-A, v. To spread out smoothly 
and even; to smooth off what is rough. 
Hoo. To level down; to make smooth, as 
uneven ground. JTJsa. 45:2. 

Lav-ma-n1-E, v. Another orthography, 
but the same meaning as laumania. 

Lau-me-k!, v. To flow slowly, as a 
stream with very little water. 

2. To move very slowly, as a very slow 
trotting horse. 

Lav-mi-Lo, v. To writhe; to squirm; to 
turn and twist awry. See Lauwi. Ua 
laumiloia na uhane, ua make. 

Lav-mi-Lo, adj. Squirming; contorting; 
mixing up. See Lauwiut. O ka lena o ka 
puhi laumilo i ka pa. 

Lau-na, v. For lau ana, probably a 
spreading. Tu associate with; to be on 
friendly terms with one; to treat with kind- 
ness or attention. 

2. To receive in a friendly manner. 

3. To be intimate with one; to have an 
agreement with. 

4. Hoo. To have fellowship with one. 
Gal. 2:9. 

Lav-na, adj. Friendly; social; inti- 
mate ; with ole, unlike; different from; ex- 
cellent, &c.; i ka banobano launa ole o ke 
alii kane. Laieik. 113. 


Lavu-NA-HE-LE, s. Lawand nahele,a thick 
growth of brush. The leaves or thick 
growth of a forest; hence, 

2. Herbs generally. Kin. 1:11. Zauna- 
hele hou, tender herbs. anl. 32:2. 


Lau-Pas-Pa-A-NI, s. A word used by 
chiefs in flattering and caressing each other; 


also a term of exciting pleasure; he laupaa- 
paani no me he wahi alii la. 


LAH 


Lau-pak, s. A single branch of a kalo 


top. 

Lav-pal, s. The first two leaves of kalo 
or huli after planting. See Lavawa. 

Lav-pau, s. A species of fish. 

Lavu-pa-La, s. A leaf fading and turn- 
ing brown or red. 

2. A person failing in health and consid- 
ered not to live long. _ 

Lav-pa-Lal, adj. Shining ; glittering ; 
greasy ; hinuhinu, lile. 

Lav-pa-pa, s. Law and papa, a board. 
A broad smooth plane. 

Lau-wa-H1, v. Lau and waht, to gather 
up leaves. To be greedy of gain; to 
gather property avariciously. 

2. To be eager after food. 
3. To be active in indulging lust, as the 
adulterer. 

Lau-wi, s. Name of a species of bird, 
small and yellow ; same as the alauwahio. 

Lavu-wi-u1, v. Lau and wili, to turn; to 
twist, as leaves affected by the wind. To 
whirl or whiffle about, as the wind. 

2. To be unstable, as a fickle-minded 
person. ‘ 

3. To be double tongued; to be double 
minded ; to be changeable. 

4. To be fickle; to be inconstant; to 
change one’s opinions often. 

5. To lay a wager when one has no prop- 
erty. 

6. To mix. as different ingredients. 

7. To be in great trouble or perplexity. 

8. To talk or speak in a round about 
manner, as one never coming to the point. 

Lav-wi-il, s. Fickleness in conduct. 

2. Carelessness in speaking or pronounc- 
ing, with frequent repetitions. 

3. The whiffling or sudden changes of 
the wind. 

4, A whirlwind. 

5. Fia. Affliction; trouble. See Kuawitt. 
Ua like ka lauwili me ke kuawili. 

6. Hoo. Aole ka hoolauwili ma na mea 
lapuwale. 

Lau-wi-t1, adj. Changeable, like the 
wind; turning this way and that, like 
leaves in the wind ; hence, 

2. Fickle; inconstant. Kanl. 32:5. De- 
ceitful. Hal. 78:57. 

Lav-wI-Li-14, v. Passive of lauwilt. To 
be in, or suffering affliction. See Lauwittr7. 

Lav-wi-u1-14, s. Affliction; persecution ; 
distress. 

Lav-wi-Li-wi-L1, v. Freq. of lawwili. To 
change often; to be very fickle, é&ec. 

La-na, v. To spread out; to extend 
laterally ; to make broad ; to enlarge. 


2. To extend; to spread abroad, as a re- 
port; aole hoi ilaha nui ka ai noa ia la, 


326 


LAH 


the free eating (i. e., the report of it) did 
not extend greatly on that day. 

3. To be distributed far and wide. 

4. To be circulated, as a proclamation. 

5. To increase; to spread out; to become 
numerous, as a people. Kin. 48:16. 

6. Hoo. To spread intelligence exten- 
sively. 

7. To promulgate, as a law or decree 
among the people. Luk. 2:1. 

8. To increase greatly; applied to beasts, 
birds, fish and men. 

La-na, s. Name of acalabash broad and 
flat, but not high; he ipn nou. See Nouv. 

La-wa, adj. Broad; extended; spread 
out. 

La-nal, v. To start up suddenly; to 
jump ; to fly. 

2. To hover over; to remain suspended 
in the air, as a bird. See LEaat. 

La-wa-La-HA, v. The 13th conj. of laha. 
To spread out much or often. 

2. Hoo. The same ; also, to open, as the 
wings of a bird in order to fly. 

3. To brood over or upon, as a bird upon 
a nest. 

La-HA-LA-HAI, v. See Lauat. The in- 
tensive of lahai. To hover over; to fly ; 
to light upon, as from a flight. Hoo. To 
flutter over her young, as an eagle. Kani. 
32:11. See LauaHal. 

LA-Ha-LA-HA-wal, s. A broad puddle or 
pond of water. 

La-Ha-LA-wal, adv. Slippery; unpleas- 
ant to travel; ua helehele lahalawaii ka ua. 

La-Ha-na, s. La, day, and hana, to 
work. <A day’s work; the work of a day. 

La-HE-A, v. To be soft or rotten, as fruit 
or flesh. Hoo. To smell strong or rancid. 

La-u1, adj. Thin; flat; opposite to ma- 
noanoa. 

2. He mele lahi. 

La-u1, s. A species of white cane. 

La-n1a, v. To be involved and unjustly 
condemned with the guilty. 

La-ui-La-H1, adj. See Laut. Thin, as 
paper; gauze like; thin, as beaten gold. 

La-Ho, s. The testes of men or animals. 
See Kowau and Hua. 

La-Ho-00, adj. Laho and oo, ripe; ma- 
ture. Hard; stingy; close; applied to per- 
sons. 

La-Hoo-Ka-Ha-KA-HA, 5. La, day, and 
hookahakaha, display. A day of exhibi- 
tion, of display, of fine appearance ; he la 
e hoike aii ka hanohano ; a public day. 

La-Ho-u-La, s. Laho and ula, red. A 
term of reproach ; a railing. 

La-Ho-Li-o0, s. Laho and lio, horse. A 
name given by Hawaiians to gum elastic 
or India rubber. 


LAK 


327 


LAL 


La-Ho-ko-LeE, s. Laho and kole, raw. A La-ke-ke, s. The Hawaiian pronuncia- 


blackguard word; an epithet of reproach. 

La-Ho-pa-ka, s. A reproachful epithet ; 
a blackguard word signifying cracked tes- 
ticles. 

2. A stingy man. 

La-nu, adj. Forbidden ; prohibited ; 
usually applied to food; as, ka ai i lahuia, 
the forbidden food ; in this, it is equivalent 
to kapu. ing 

La-uu-1, v. See Lanv. To prohibit; to 
forbid ; to lay a kapu; to proclaim a law 
or ordinance. 

La-nu-1, s. La, day, and hui, to unite. 
A time of coming together; hence, an as- 
semblage ; a company; a union of many. 
See the | followiag words and Lanu above. 

La-nu-t-al-na, s. Lahui and aina, land. 
The nations of many lands; spoken of col- 
lectively, the people of many countries. 

La-nu-1-Kau-a, s. Lahui, assemblage, 
and kaua, war. People assembled for war; 
warriors ; a company of soldiers. 

La-nu-1-Ka-La, s. La, day, and huzkala, 
to purify. A day for purification, in an- 
cient religious ceremonies. 

La-Hu-I-Ka-NA-KA, S. Lahui, collection, 
and kanaka, people. A body of people 
collectively. Oihic. 18:24. 

2. The people under one chief or king in 
distinction from those of another. Kin. 
10:5. Collective bodies united in one peo- 
ple; a union of men, but under different 
chiefs ; i mea e pono ai no na lahuikanaka 
o ko kakou pae aina; hence, 

3. As in modern times, a nation ; a peo- 
ple. 1 Nal. 18:10. 

4. A people without a king ; any multi- 
tude ; he poe, he pae, he puu. 

La-xa, v. To tame, as a wild animal; 
to feed to the full. Hoo. To bring under, 
as a ferocious beast; to render docile and 
obedient; to tame; to domesticate. Jak. 


3:7. 
en adj. Well fed; tame; domesti- 
cated; familiar; gentle; not ferocious; the 
opposite of hihiu. 
La-xa, s. Domesticated or tamed ani- 
mals. 
2. The name of a species of bird, per- 
haps ; kani ka laka. 
La-Ka-KA-NE, Ss. The name of a god; 
the god of dances; he akua no ka poe hula. 


La-Ka-LA-KA, v. See Laxa. Hoo. To 
tame ; to domesticate ; e hoopau i ka noho 
hihiu ana. 

La-xe-E, v. To coil up, as a snake or 
centipede; to double over; to bend, asa 
flexible substance. 


La-ke-E, adj. Bent; crooked; doubled 


Over. 


tion of the English jacket. A roundabout. 

LaA-KE-WE, See Laxer. Anything 
flexible ; easily bending. 

2. A person leaning or bending from 
weakness or disease. 

La-xo, v. ‘To possess what is necessary 
for any purpose; to be supplied with 
requisite means of doing a thing; to be 
supplied with; to have a sufficiency ; eia 
na kanaka i lako i kela mau mea; to be 
fitted out or furnished with what is requisite 
for use or ornament, as the works of nature; 
ua lakoia ka honua nei i ka mauna, i ka 
awaawa, i ka pohaku, &c. 

2. Hoo. To provide a supply for the 
needy. ial. 146:9. To supply a compe- 
tency for a living. 1 Tim. 5:8. Aole ke 
alii i ike i na mea i hoolakoia nei, the king 
did not know what things were provided 
here. 

3. To be endowed; to be furnished; to 
be supplied. anil. 28:11. 

4, To supply what is wanting. 


La-xo, s. A supply; a fullness; a suf- 
ficiency. 

La-xo, adj. Rich; prosperous; com- 
pletely furnished with every necessary con- 
venience. 


La-xo, s. For lauko. The leaf of the 


sugar-cane. 

La-xou, pers. pron. The third person 
plural of the personal pronouns. They ; 
used mostly of persons. Gram. § 122 and 
§*139, 3. 

La-ko-La-Ko, v. See Laxo. To enrich, 
&c. Hoo. To furnish; to provide for, as 
for family use, or for any occasion. Mat. 
12:54. 

La-ku-a, v. See Lauxva. To put to- 
gether words incongruously; to talk fool- 
ishly and wisely, properly and improperly 
at once; ua lauwili, wa hoi hope, ua lakua, 
ua hopu hewa. 

La-ta, v. To begin a piece of work or 
a job. 

2. To draw the outline of a piece of land 
desired ; to mark out the plan or lines of 
what is to be done. 

3. To set a copy for writing, as a teacher. 

4. To make straight; to straighten, as a 
stick of timber that is sprung. 

5. See La,sun. To bask in the sunshine. 

6. To be hot, as the sun. 


La-ta, s. The limb or branch of a tree; 

lala laau, branches of trees. 

2. A limb of the human or animal frame. 

3. The shining or glazing of varnish on 
leather. 

4. The four corners of a house. 

5. A species of potato bearing its fruit 
on the leaves. See Anana. 


LAL 


La-La, adj. For laa, | inserted. See 
Laa. Consecrated; set apart for a partic- 
ular purpose; kala dala, money given for 
pious uses; aole oia i hookoe i kekahi mea 
me ka lala ole, he did not keep back from 
consecration. 

La-ta-au, s. A grove of bushes. See 
LAALAAU. 

jua-La-au, adj. Bad; spoiled; rotten ; 
applied to eggs. 

LA-LAU, v. To extend out, as the hand; 
to lay one’s hand on a thing ; e lalau wale 
iho no. 

2. To seize; to catch hold of. Puk. 4:4. 
To take out of or from. Oihk. 5:12. 

3. To undertake on one’s own account. 

4. To wander ; to err; to go out of the 
right way ; hele hewa. 

5. Toerr. Nah. 15:22. Syn. with hana 
hewa naaupo. To mistake; to make a 
blunder. Mat. 22:29. To act carelessly ; 
to be inattentive. 

6. To wander about as a gossip. 1 Tim. 
5:13. 

7. To take without liberty; e lalau wale. 

8. To turn aside from right. 
To err in heart. Heb. 3:10. Lalau no na 
lima i ka hewa me ka makau ole, the hands 
indeed seized upon wickedness without fear. 


La-Lav, s. A mistake; anerror; a blun- |], 


der. Job. 19:4. Hoo. A leading astray; a 
causing to err (morally.) Isa. 3:12. 

La-tav, adj. Seizing; catching up 
things, as a child; mischievous ; wicked ; 
violating good morals ; dispersed ; soat- 
tered. 

La-Lau-HE-wa, s. Lalau and hewa, 
wrong. The practice or indulgence in sin 
generally. 

La-Lau-wa-LeE, s. Lalaw and wale, only. 
The doing that which is contrary to reason 
or has no reason ; foolishness. 

La-La-HAl, v. See Lanar and Lanara- 
HAI. To hover over, &c. 

(iA-LA-HA-LA-HA, v. ‘T'o rise and swell 
and move along, as the surf before it breaks, 
See HooKAHELa. 

La-La-HE-LA, s. Idleness; living long 
in the practice of vice. 

La-La-H1, v. To be thin, &c. See Laut. 

La-La-uu, adj. Lala and hu, to rise up. 
Conwex; swelling out, as a bone set crook- 
edly. 

La-La-kE-a, s. A species of fish; a kind 
of shark. 

La-La-La-au, s. Lala, branch, limb, and 
laau, tree. A branch or limb of a tree. 

2. Herbs; herbage; green bushes, &c. 
Isa. 42:15. See LAanaav. 

La-La-ma, v. To meddle with one’s 

work, or business, or tools. 


323 


LiNGl99.') 1; 


LAL 


2. To feel about the sides of a thatched 
house, or under the edges of a mat to find 
some little thing to steal; to pilfer some 
article of small value. 

La-ta-ma, s. A looking here and there 
for something ; a pilfering ; a taking se- 
cretly. 

La-La-ma, adj. Meddlesome ; looking 
into other people’s business. 

La-ta-na, v. To warm, as by a fire. 
Mar. 14:54. 

La-La-na, s. Name of some small ani- 
mal or insect, perhaps a species of spider. 

La-na-nr, v. To lead or go along in In- ~ 
dian file ; to be put in rows; to stand in 
rows or ranks. 

La-La-ni, s. A row, as of trees; a rank, 
as of soldiers ; a line or column of words ; 
arow of corn. Oihk. 24:6. 

La-La-n1, adv. In rows; by columns; 
in ranks. 

La-La-ni-puu, s. Name of hillocks or 

small hills when they stand in a row; also 

called paepuu. 

A-LA-PA, v. To blaze, as a fire. Hoo. 

To burn, as fire in a blaze. See LAPALAPA. 

La-La-wa-ul, adj. Dark colored ; black; 

the deepest, most intense blackness; pouli. 

A-LA-WE, v. See Lawes, to take. To 

take something from another; to take out of. 
2. To pinch; to get hold of to remove. 
3. To scrateh where it itches; to feel the 

sensation of itching. 

La-tr, v. To urge on; to hurry; to 
stir up; to constrain one to do a thing 
quickly. 

2. Hoo. To hasten another forward ; to 
hasten to meet one; to hurry; hoolale mai 
la ka poalima hai manao ia’u. Fie. E hoo- 
lale ana i na waimaka o kela mea keia mea. 

La-te, s. Name of a species of bird. 

La-tE-a, s. A buoy; a floating guide 
to one entering a harbor; a beacon to steer 
by. See Movo. 

La-ueE1, s. A bunch or cluster of things, 
as grapes. See KAULALEI. 

LaA-LE-LA-LE, v. See Late. To hasten. 
Job. 31:5. To hurry ; to be quick in doing 
a thing. 1 Sam. 25:18. Hoo. To hasten 
another. Kin. 19:15. To be forward; to 
hasten to meet one; to hurry. set. 3:15. 

La-LE-La-LE, s. Haste; hurry in doing 
a thing. Kanl. 16:3. 

La-u1, adj. Greasy, as the face or hands 
in eating pork ; fat; shining with grease. 
La-tu, v. To prepare; to make ready. 
La-tu, adj. A word distinguishing sev- 
eral kinds of the opule, a species of fish ; 
as, opule lalii, opule makole, opule lauli, 

opule eleele, &c. 


LAN 


La-u-La-Li, adj. Wet; moist with 
water ; wet and cold; koekoe. 

La-to, adv. Down; downwards ; usu- 
ally with the prefixes i, 0, no, ko, ma and 
mai. Gram. § 165, 2d class. Lalo is also 
found among the compound prepositions. 
See Grammar § 161. As an adverb, mai 
lalo mai, out from under. 2 Nal. 13:5. 

La-to, adj. That which is down; low; 
base ; very low in character ; ka poe lalo 
loa. 1 Kor. 4:9. Na kanaka lalo loa, the 
basest of men. Dan. 4:17. See Luna, adv. 

La-to-a, adj. Lengthy. See Lotoa. He 
laloa no kamalii. 

La-to-La-Lo, adj. See Lato, adj. Low 
down ; short; very low. 

La-Lo-La-Lo, adj. Epithet of a rich in- 
fluential person, but not a chief; 0 ke ka- 
naka waiwai a ai aina paha, he alii Jalolalo 
ia; a chief by influence and character, but 
not by birth; aole loaa na ’lii Jalolalo. 

La-Lo-wal-a, s. Ancient history in dis- 
tinction from modern; an account of events 
in very ancient times, before Umi. 

La-ma, s. ‘The name of a species of 
forest tree of very hard wood, used in build- 
ing houses for the gods. 

2. A torch; a light by night made of any 
materials, but mostly from the nuts of the 
kukui tree; a light. Lunk. 7:20. A lamp. 
2 Oihl. 4:20. Connected with ipu kukui. A 
torch. Lunk.15:5. He pulama, he aulama, 
he kalikukui i aulamaia. 

La-ma-xu, s. Lamaand ku,tostand. A 
large torch for giving light in darkness; a 
torch of kukui nuts; alamp. unk. 7:16. 
Sparks of fire. Jsa. 50:11. A fire-brand ; 
momoku ahi. Nore.—The lamakus were 
made by stringing the meats of roasted 
kukui nuts on a wiry stalk of grass and 
putting six, eight or ten of these strings to- 
gether parallel, and binding the whole to- 
gether with dry banana leaves, the whole 
forming a cylinder from three to six inches 
in diameter and from two to four feet in 
length, and on lighting one end, it produced 
a large and brilliant light, and also much 
smoke. 

La-ma-La-ma, s. Many lights; much 
light. See Lama. He lamalama ke kino o 
ka mea ai uala. 

La-mu-mMaA-o-ma-o, s. A word used in the 
ancient prayers praying that a heiau might 
be built and sacrifices offered; koia ka ohia 
i kai i laau no ka lamumaomao ai laau kii 
kekahi. 

La-na, v. To float; to swim on the sur- 
face of water. 2 Nal. 6:6. 

2. Hoo. To cause to swim; to bear up, 
as water does a vessel, that is, to cause to 
float. Kin. 7:17. 

3. To float or swim in the air; e hoolana 


329 


LAN 


kou uhane i ke ao, to cause your soul fo- 
Jloat into the skies. 

4, Fic. With manao, to have hope; to be 
confident ; with manao dropped, e hoolana 
oukou, be cheerful; be of good courage. 
Mat. 14:27. 

La-na, s. The carriage or bearing of a 
person; the countenance. Jsa.2:11. Hence 
lanahaakei. See Haasker 

La-na, adj. Buoyant; floating; mama.. 

La-na-au, v. Lana, to float, and aw, 
current. To float carelessly in the current.. 
See NANAAU. 4 

La-nar, s. A bower; a shed; a piazza; 
aporch. Ezek. 40:7. A booth. Jona 4:5. 

2. Name of one of the Hawaiian Islands 
west of Maui. 

3. A pain or swelling on the back; a 
humpbacked person. See Nanart. Nore.— 
The hump gives name to the island. 

La-nal-A, v. See Nana, tosee. Tosee; 
to behold; to look. 

2. To walk in a wriggling manner with 
self approbation. 

La-nal-E-A, s. The appearance of a per- 
son when dying, sight gone, chin fallen, 
&c.; pinanai, pinanaiea. ‘ 

La-nav, v. To be bitter against; to rail 
at; to have no friendship for; to act the 
misanthrope. See NAnav. 

La-NA-HAA-KEI, s. Lana, the bearing of 
a person, and haakei, pride. Pride; haught- 
iness in conduct and treatment of others. 
Isa. 3:16. Lrr. Proud bearing. 

La-na-Hu, s. A coal; charcoal. Ozhk. 
16:12. Collectively, coals of fire ; lanahu 
ahi. 2 Sam.14:7. Figuratively for the rem- 
nant of life. The word is more properly 
written nanahu. 

La-na-Hu-a, s. Some part of a heiau. 

La-na-Hu-A, adj. Bent in; crooked; 
pressed down. 

La-Na-KE-A, s. A general weakness of 
the system ; sick; hence, 

2. Paleness ; whiteness from long sick- 
ness; also written nanakea. 


La-Na-kI-LA, v. Lana and kila, strong; 

able. To be too strong for another party. 

2. To come off victorious in a contest; 

to conquer. Puk. 15:21. To prevail over 
an opposing party. 1 Nal. 16:22. 

3. To hold dominion over. 

4. Hoo. Fie. To be victorious, &e. Hat. 
98:1. Nore.—This word applies only to 
war and not to single combat. 

La-Na-kI-La, s. Lana and Kila, a very 
strongman. One who is powerful in phys- 
~~ strength ; a conqueror; a brave sol- 

ier. 

La-na-kI-La, adj. Conquering; prevail- 
ing ; overcoming. 


LAN 


330 


LAP 


La-Nna-La-NnA, Ss. See Lana. A rope with | La-ni-pi-1, s. Lanz, sky, and pili, to 


which the ama and the iako of a canoe are 
tied ; ka luikia i ka iako, ame ka lanalana 
i ka ama; also the name of the string with 
which the ancient kois were tied on to the 
handles. 
2. The name of a large brown spider 
which stands high on its legs. Jsa. 59:5. 
3. An image; an idol. , 
La-na-La-nA, v. See Lana. To make 
light ; the opposite of heavy; e hoomama ; 
to cause to float; to be buoyant. 
La-na-na, v. To strain, as a liquid. 


La-na-nuv, s. Lana and nuu, a step; 
arise. A high stage in the frame where 
the idols of the heiau stood. 

2. One of the gods out of the heiau. 

LaA-NA-NUU-MA-MAO, 5. See Lananuu 2. 
Name of one of the gods which stood out- 
side of the heiau; ma ka hikina ka lana- 
nuumamnao. 

La-ni, s. The upper air; the sky. Kin. 
1:15. The visible heavens ; kahi i kau nei 
na hoku; na ao o ka lani, the clouds of 
heaven; na manu o ka lani, the fowls of 
heaven ; equivalent to na manu 0 ka lewa. 

2. Heaven; a holy place. Kamnl. 26:15. 
Anything high up literally or by dignity of 
character ; haui ka lani, ke alii kiekie. 

3. The title of a high chief when ad- 
dressed by a subject; equivalent to your 
highness ; also when spoken of by a sub- 
ject; as, e ka lani, ke hai aku nei au ia oe 
ina mea a kou makuakane, your highness, 
I declare to you the decisions of your father. 
See also meles and e ka lani o na lani, ke 
ae aku nei wau ma kau noi e kuu lani. 
Laieik. 197. This is like Chinese adulation. 

La-ni, adj. Heavenly; pertaining to 
the sky. 

2. Heavenly ; ano lani, having a heay- 
enly or holy character ; 0 ka imi anei ia i 
ka pono ano lani? is that seeking righte- 
ousness of a heavenly character ? 

La-ni-a, v. ‘To warm, as a person warms 
himself by a fire. 

La-nI-HI-NI-HI, adj. See Nintand Nint- 
Nii. Narrow in opposition to broad; nar- 
row, as a wheel ; thin. 

La-n1-KaE, s. Name of the people who 
ate with the chief at sundown; ma ka na- 
poo ana 0 ka la, o ka poe i komo maie ai 
ana me ke alii. ua kapaia he lanikae. 

La-nI-KAE, Ss. The name of the kalai- 
moku when there is only one chief. 

La-ni-ku-a-kaa, 5. The highest heaven; 
nothing beyond. Laieik. 194. 

La-ni-La-ni, v. See Lant. To be high- 
minded ; to act chiefishly. 

2. To be proud ; to show haughtiness. 

3. Hoo. To exercise authority. Mark 
10:42. Same as hooalii and hookiekie. 


adhere to. The place where the sky ap- 
pears to touch the earth. Lit. The touch- 
ing of sky and earth. 

2. The clouds as they appear to touch 
the horizon. ‘ 

La-ni-P1-L1, adj. Touching the heavens; 
he ua lanipili, ashower reaching to heaven, 
i. e., a very heavy shower. 

La-ni-po, s. An expression of admira- 
tion at a garden or field where vegetables 
are thrifty and produce a shade over the 
ground; o kahihi la lanipo o Waiku ka 
pawa. 

La-nuv, s. See Lananuv. Name of one 
of the gods outside of the heiau; o ka haku- 
maka 0 ka lanwu. 

La-pa, s. A ridge between two depres- 
sions; a ridge of land between two ravines. 
See OLapa. 

2. The steep side of a ravine. 

3. A swelling. Syn. with pehu. 

4, The name of some parts of the organs 
of generation in females. 

5. The name of an instrument made of 
bamboo used in infanticide, before or at 
the birth of a child; he mea hou; a pierc- 
ing thing ; he ohe hapaii ke keiki. 

6. A species of red potato. 

7. The bamboo on which were cut vari- 
ous figures, used by women in printing 
kapa. 

8. Ardens femina coitus. See the verb. 


La-pa, adj. Having a flat or square side; 
e kalai a lapa, hew one side. 

2. Squared, as a hewed stick of timber ; 
kalai alapalapa, hew all sides flat or square. 
Norr.—Hewing three or four sides of a 
stick of timber brings out the ridges or cor- 
ners. 

3. Troublesome, as a child in the way; 
uneasy; disobedient ; mischievous. 

La-pa, v. To desire sexual intercourse 
(applied to the female) ; ia ia e lapa kane 
ai. Jer, 2:24. 

2. To jump and spring about as a wild 
colt or a calf that is tied. 

La-pa-avu, v. To administer medicine. 

2. To heal; to cure. Hzek. 34:4. Syn. 
with hooikaika i ka nawaliwali. 

La-pa-av, s. That which is used in 
curing diseases, medicine. 

La-pav-E-a, s. The state or condition 
of old age; the trembling or feebleness of 
old age. 

La-pav-I-La, s. The side posts of a door 
frame. Jsa. 57:8. He mau kunakuna o ka 
puka hale. Lir. The spread of a door 
frame. Puilc. 12:17. ‘ 

La-Pa-La-PA, v. See Lapa. To rise or 
stand up, as water bubbles up in boiling ; 
to protrude upwards; hence, 


LAP 


2. To boil in water ; to seethe. 
3. To blaze, as a fire in materials highly 


331 


LAW 


3. To hump up; to swell out like a hump- 
backed person. See Hooxoxo, also Puv. 


combustible, i. e., to project or protrude | La-puu, adj. Bunched or swelled out ; 


upwards, as a flame; hence, to blaze up, 
as a fire. 
4. Hoo. To boil; to cook by boiling. 
La-pa-La-pA, s. A ridge of earth; a 


sharp ridge between two valleys. Hal. 
65:10. Generally written olapalapa. 
2. The blaze of a fire; the flame. Puk. 


3:2. The straight blaze of fire from an 
altar. Dunk. 13:20. 

3. The flashing of a flame of fire. 

4, The boiling or bubbling of a liquid in 
a vessel. 

5. A square yard for cattle. 

6. Timber hewed square or triangular. 

7. A square glass bottle. 

8. Several hillocks or mounds near each 
other. 

9. The name of a large elegant tree with 
wide spreading branches; peculiar serrate 
leaves and light glossy green; found on 
the sides of Waialeale on Kauai. 

La-pa-La-PA, adj. Flat or square, i. e., 
where the corners are prominent, either 
square or triangular. 

La-pa-wal, s. Lapa and wai, water. 
The surf or rolling up of water where a 
cascade pours down. 

2. The agitation where two forces of 
water meet; the meeting of the sea with 
the waters of a river. 


La-PEE, v. ‘To bend over; to double up; 
to crook. See Laker and Lapouv. 


La-pr-ka, s. A Hawaiian but vicious 
orthography for rabita. Eng. A rabbit. 


La-pu, v. To appear, as a ghost or 
spirit, especially at night. Hoo. To cause 
a spirit to appear to one. 

La-pu, s. An apparition; a ghost; the 
appearance of the supposed spirit of a de- 
ceased person. Hal. 88:10. Na mea lapu, 
the ghosts; the dead. Jsa.34:14. Ao kou 
inoa, he Lapu, a o kau mea e ai ai, o na 
pulelehua, thy name shall be Ghost (Lapu), 
thy food the butterflies (the judgment 
against Kaonohiokala for his crimes.) 

2. A night monster. 

La-pu, adj. Spectral; ghostly; akua 
lapu, a specter ; an apparition of a god. 
La-rv-ta, v. The passive of lapu. To 
be visited bya ghost; to have seen a ghost. 

2. To search for something in the mud 
or in places of filth. 
3. To be possessed of a spirit. 

La-ruv, v. See Puv, a heap. To coil 
up in a circle. 

2. To bend or double over; to crook; 


o ke aalele lapuu. 

La-pu-La-Pv, v. To collect together in 
little heaps; to pick up, as small sticks for 
fuel. Oih. 28:3. To bind or tie up small 
substances into bundles or fagots for fuel. 
See Laoao. 

2. To feel of; to handle over; to tie up. 

La-pu-wa-Le, v. Lapu, ghost, and wale, 
only. To be only a ghost; to be not real; 
to be something not according to appear- 
ance ; hence, 

2. To be disappointed; kii aku o Maewa 
i ka wai, aole i loaa, hoi mai, a olelo iho 
la, ka! lapuwale i ka wai ole. 

3. Hoo. To disappoint, as one’s expecta- 
tions. Hal. 17:13. To stultify one’s wis- 
dom. JIJsa. 44:25. Hence, 

_ 4. To act foolishly ; e hana ma ka mea 
ino. 

La-pu-wa-.e, $. Lit. A ghost of a thing; 
nothing substantial. 

2. Vanity. Kekah. 1:1. That which in 
appearance or imagination is something, 
but in reality is nothing; mea lapuwale, 
folly ; foolishness ; wickedness. Jos. 7:15. 

La-pu-wa-LE, adj. Foolish; worthless; 
contemptible. Job. 13:4. Void of truth and 
reality in action ; he mea oiaio ole ma ka 
hana. 

La-wa, v. To work out even to the edge 
or boundary of a land, i. e., to leave none 
uncultivated. 

2. To fill a container up to the brim; 
hence, 

3. To suffice ; to be enough. Puk. 36:7. 
To satisfy. 

4. Passively, to be satisfied; to have 
enough. Joh. 6:7. 

5. Hoo. To supply what is wanting. 1 
Tes. 3:10. 

6. To fulfill, as a task; to complete, as a 
job. Puke. 5:13. 

La-wa, s. The full finishing of a work. 

2. The filling up of a vessel or container 
to the brim. 

3. An enough ; a sufficiency ; a supply. 

4. The name of a disease concerning 
which it is said, paapu ka opui naiwiaoao. 

5. A white fowl; he moa keokeo: such 
as was offered in sacrifice. Laieik. 49. 

6. Name of a hook for catching sharks ; 
he lawa ka makau mano. 

7. The name of an office in the king’s 
train. 

La-wa, adj. Sufficient; enough. 

2. Full to the brim. 

3. White; shining; he moa lawa, a white 
fowl. Laieile. 14. 


nanaia iho la, ua lapuu ka welau o ke alelo | LA-wA-ak-Ak, s. Name of a white fowl, 


iloko. 


especially a cock; ka lawaaeae ka nono paa, 


LAW 


La-wa-ta, v. Lawa for lawe, to take, 
and id, fish. To catch fish, i.e., to exercise 
the calling of a fisherman, by understand- 
ing the places and times of the appearance 
of different kinds of fish and the art of tak- 
ing them; in more modern time the word 
was applied also to the taking of birds. 
See LAWAIAMANU. 

La-wa-1a, s. A fisherman; one skilled 
in catching fish, and whose occupation it 
is. Mat. 4:18. 

2. A fishing; the business of taking fish. 
Jer.16:16. Nors.—The art of catching fish 
was anciently cultivated among Hawaiians 
to a great extent, and those who followed 
it as a business became very expert; but 
the introduction of cattle, goats, &c., has 
rendered fishing less necessary at present. 

3. The cormorant, a bird that feeds on 
fish ; an unclean bird. Oihk. 11:17. 


La-wa-la-ma-Nu, s. See Lawat,, v., and 
Manu, a bird. A hunter and catcher of 
birds; afowler. Hal.124:7. Nore.—Catch- 
ing birds was formerly practiced to a great 
extent on the mountainous parts of the isl- 
ands. 

La-wa-kE-a, s. A white cock. See La- 
WAAEAE. 

2. People who dress in large white flow- 
ing kapas; me I ka uwe hoouwe a ka lawa- 
kea. 

La-wa-ku-A, v. Lawa and kua, back. 
To bind or tie fast on the back; to bind 
tightly ; to make fast; e lawalawa, e hoa 
paa loa. See Lawatawa below. 

La-wa-ku-a-1A, v. Passive of lawakua. 
See LawaLawa 3. 

La-wa-La-wa, v. See Lawa, to hold 
fast ; to bind tightly. To bind, as a grass 
house or anything in danger of floating or 
being blown away by the wind; e lawa- 
lawa i ka hale a paa. 

2. To stretch cords from one place to an- 
other to fasten something. 

3. To bind round and make fast; e lawa- 
lawa ika ukana maka waa. Norre.—The 
force of this word and lawakua consists in 
the completeness with which the fastening 
is done, as we say, do it up all snug. 


La-wa-tv, v. ‘To cook meat on the coals 
inclosed in ki leaves; e koala, e hoomoa 
me ka laui. 

La-wa-Lu, s. Meat roasted on the coals 
bound up in ki leaves, 

La-wa-.v, adj. Cooked, as meat or fish. 
See above. Hoomanao ae la lakou i na 
wahine a lakou,i na ialawalu, i ka poi, &e., 
they remembered their wives, their cooked 
fish, their poi, &c. 

La-we, v. The passive is often written 
lawea instead of laweia. To take; partic- 
ularly, to take and carry in the hand. 


doe 


LAW 


2. To transfer from one place to another. 

3. To take away from, or out of. 

4. To carry in any way. 

5. To take, as a wife, 1. e., to marry; e 
laweika wahine. Nah. 12:1. 

6. Hoo. To take out of, a smaller num- 
ber from a larger, as in subtraction. Syn. 
with unuhi. 

La-we-a, v. To do well; to do cor- 
rectly ; to be upright in dealing; e hana 
maikai, e hana pono. 

La-weEa, v. Passive of dawe for daweia. 
See Law. 

La-wE-o-La, v. Lawe and ola, living. 
To take alive ; to carry alive. 

La-wE-0-LE-Lo, s. A tale bearer; re- 
porting stories to the injury of others. 

La-wE-HA-LA, v. Lawe and hala, an of- 
fense. To carry or bear guilt, i.e., to com- 
mit an offense. 

2. Tosin; tosin against one. Puk. 20:17. 
To transgress, by taking a forbidden object. 
fos. 7:11. To trespass. 

3. Hoo. To find occasion against one. 
Kin. 43:18. To cause one to appear guilty. 

4, To be overtaken in a fault; e loohia 
ma na mea ino. 

La-wE-Ha-LA, s. One bearing sin; an 
open transgressor of the law. 

2. The indulgence of sin; the practice of 
evil. 

3. One that breaks an obligation or coy- 
enant; one overtaken in the commission 
of evil. 

4, Abstractly, sin; evil; a sinner; an ad- 
versary; an enemy. 

5. The person against whom one has 
sinned. 

La-WE-HA-LA, adj. Sin-carrying; sin- 
ful; doing that which is forbidden. 

La-wE-HA-NA, v. Laweand hana, work. 
To engage in business; to commence and 
carry on work; to be ready for any busi- 
ness; to be industriously engaged. 

La-wE-HA-NA, Ss. One that engages in 
work; a workman; alaborer; one engaged 
in any set of duties. 1 Oihl. 25:1. Hoa lawe- 
hana, a helper in any business. 

La-WE-KA-HI-LI, s. Lawe and kahili, the 
great brush. The badge of royalty. 

2. The person who attended the high 
chief, carried the kahili, and executed his 
orders. See ILamuxku, Iwrkvamoo and Por- 
LAMUKU. 

La-wE-KE-0, a The song of a 

LA-WE-LA-WE-KE-0, § species of bird found 
on Molokai; kani mai la ua manu la, penei: 
kioea, kioea, lawekeo, lawelaweleo. 

La-weE-LA-weE, v. Freq. of dawe. To take 
or carry frequently. : 

2. To wait upon at table, as a servant in 
attendance. 


LEA 


333 


LEI 


3. To serve; to perform the duties of a| Le-a, adv. Pleasantly ; agreeably. 


station. Puk. 28:1. 

4. To minister to one; to serve. Puk. 
28:3. To be busy; to employ one’s self. 
Ezek. 27:16. 


2. Lea is used as an intensive; thus, 
perfectly ; clearly ; thoroughly; very; as, 
maa lea, much accustomed ; moa lea, thor- 
oughly cooked ; ike lew, well known. 


5. To handle; to feel of. DLvuk. 24:39. To LeE-A-LE-A, Vv. The intensive of lea. To 


handle, as in turning the leaves of a book; 
to handle, as in using musical instruments. 

La-weE-La-WE, adj. Pertaining to work, 
service or office; ka poe lawelawe, servants, 
waiters, &c. 

LA-wE-LA-wE-I-wi, adj. Lawelawe and 
iwi, a bone. Skillful in putting things in 
order ; skillful or apt at different kinds of 
work ; /awelaweiwi o kana hana ana. 

La-we-Lu-a, v. Lawe and dua, double. 
To bind or tie up the second time; hence, 
to bind tightly ; e hawelelua a paa. 

2. To act in reference to both sides of 
the question ; to act impartially. 

La-weE-Pi-0, v. Lawe and pio, prisoner. 
To take captive by a conqueror; to carry 
off,as a prisoner. Jer.29:14. To carry into 
captivity. 

La-weE-Pi-o-14, s. Part. pass. of Zawepio. 
The state of being a prisoner; captivity. 
Ter. 29:14. 

La-wE-wa-LE, v. Lawe and wale, with- 
out reason. To take without leave or right; 
to extort property from one. 

La-weE-wa-L£, s. The taking the prop- 
erty of another, as a chief or head man in 
former times; not strictly aihue, as the 
taking might be with the knowledge of the 
owner; a distraining of property; extor- 
tion. 

La-we-weE, v. The 9th conj. of lawe. 
To carry frequently. Gram. § 209. 

La-rvu, s. The cuckoo, mentioned in 
Kanl. 14:15; an unclean bird. 

La-ti-xe, s. Nets; lattice work. 1 Nal. 
(rive 

2. A chapiter in architecture perhaps. 
2 Oihl. 4:12. 

Le-a, v. To be pleased; to feel com- 
fortable. 

2. To delight in; to be pleased with; to 
take pleasure in a thing; to enjoy; e lea 
auanei au i ka hiamoe, I shall soon enjoy 
sleep. 

3. Hoo. To praise, especially in song and 
with musical instruments. 1 Qihl. 23:5. 

4. To make music; to praise; to rejoice in. 

5. Impersonal, i lea ia oe, if you please ; 
if it pleases you. 


Le-a, s. Joy; gladness; pleasure; mer- 
riment ; satisfaction. 

Le’a, s. Pronounced with a break. 
Name of sexual gratification. 

Le-a, adj. Pleasing; delightful; agree- 
able. 


delight in; to be pleased with. set. 2:4. 
Fic. To play, as in a game of boxing. 
Laieik. 46. 

2. To be merry; to be exhilarated; 
spoken of the heart. unk. 16:25. 

3. To be satisfied; to be contented. 2 
Nal. 5:22. 

4. Hoo. To praise; to rejoice; to sympa- 
thize with; to comfort; to make friends 
with one. 

5. To negotiate terms of peace. Jos. 


6. To flatter ; to please. Epes. 6:6. 

Le-a-LE-a, s. Gladness ; pleasure; joy. 
See Lea. 

Le-a-LE-a, adj. Pleasing; agreeable, 
&c. See LEa. 

LeE-nI-HI, s. A species of fish, reddish 
and striped. 

Lei, v. To put around the neck, as a 
wreath; to tie on, as one’s beads. See the 
substantive. To put on an ensign or badge, 
as an Officer in battle; ma ka la kaua, lei 
no ke alii i ka niho palava. 

2. To rise up, as a cloud; to lift up. 
Pass. To be lifted or raised up, as a cloud. 
Nah. 10:11. 

3. Hoo. To cast out; to cast off; to fling 
away from; to reject as useless; to throw 
or cast down upon the ground. Puk. 4:3. 

4, To put on one, as a crown; to crown. 
Pass. To wear, as a crown. 

5. To put onshore, as freight from a ship; 
aole lakou i Aoolei muaika lakou ukana, 
they did not at first put their goods on 
shore. 

6. To cast out, as out of the mouth; to 
belch, i. e., to talk profanely. Hal. 59:7. 

7. To defile ; to profane. 

8. To lie down; to fall at full length ; 
to stretch out; to cast down. 

Lei, s. Any ornamental dress for the 
head or neck. 

1. A string of beads; a necklace; a 
wreath of green leaves or flowers. 

2. A crown for the head. See Lerann. 
Lei bipi, the bow of an ox yoke; the gar- 
land for crowning a god. 

3. Any external ornamental work. Puk. 
25:11. Notr.—The leis of Hawaiians were 
made of a great many materials, but the 
lauhala nut was the most valued on ae- 
count of its odoriferous qualities. See Ler 
HALA. 

Let-a-1, s. Lez and a-i, the neck. A 
wreath for the neck. 


Let-a-Lu, s. Lez and alii, a chief. A 


LEO 304 LEH 


crown, i.e. aking’s lei. Fie. Pilip.4:1. A|LE-o-u-wo, s. Leo, sound, and uwo, to 

diadem. Isa. 62:3. See PAPALEALI. bellow. The lowest notes in music; the 
LEI-A-PI-KI, s. Lei with the qualify- name of the base notes. 
LEI-a-LI-MA, > ing words. Differentsorts | LE-o-Ha, s. The voice or speech of a 
LEI-PA-PA-HI, of leis, or leis made from| person intoxicated. ; 

different materials. Le-o-La-ni, adj. High; lofty; tall, asa 
Lezt-o, v. To open the eyes with wild-} man; high, as the mast of a ship; he kia 

ness. leolani, he kuahiwi leolani, he laau leolani. 
Leto, s. The opening of the mouth to| LE-o-LE-0, v. To wail, as for the dead. 

speak. See Leo. See Uwe. ; y 1 
Let-o-a, v. The passive of eto for leioia. | LE-o-LE-0, adj. Tall; high ; shooting 

To be opened, as the eyes with wildness. upwards, as a tree; as a mountain ; he ka- 
Let-o-na-no, s. Leio for leo, and hano, naka leoleo, he laau leoleo, he hale leoleo. 


hoarse. A voice, as one hoarse or having es Lrouani. f , 
a cold. E-O-LE-O-A, v. To wish evil; to 


Let-o-Le, s. Name of a kind of soft stone. | LE-0-LE-o-wa, curse; to wish one dead; 

Let-o-wi, s. A kind of disease in the| 1% make a great noise ; to bawl in a vocif- 
chest erous manner. } W; hi : 

Ler-Ha-La, s. Lei, wreath, and hala, the Lz-o-LE-o-wa, adj. Wishing evil; curs- 


. ; ing ; he olelo leoleowa, an expression con- 
pandanus. A lei made of the hala fruit =a 
which is odoriferous ; he leihala oe ma ka | S8iing one to death Seo 


E : leoleowa ia i ko’u manao. 
ote ence 2a he ot athe heeereadh LEo-ME-LE, s. Leo and mele, a song. 
Ler-nu-a, s. A plant; the globe ama- Musical sounds ; music generally. 
ranth ; so named from the flowers, which L&-0-PAA, 5. Leo and paa, tight ; fast. 
are made into wreaths for the head. One whose voice is stopped with a cold. 
Lernu-tvu, s. A lei or wreath for the 2. A mute; a deaf person. Isa. 35:6. 
neck made of the feathers of the bird mamo; Lr-o-pa-pi, s. Eng. A leopard. Jer. 5:6. 
ka lei mamo no Laa. LeE-0-waE-Na, Ss. Leo and waena, mid- 
2. Children beloved of their parents. dle. The middle voice in music; a second 
Let-Hvu-Lu-ma-nv, s. A wreath of bird’s|_ treble. 
feathers tied to the necks of the gods. LE-0-wa-HI-NE, s. Leo and wahine, a 


Ler-tel, v. Freq. of lei. Hoo. Toscatter;| Woman. In music, the highest voice; the 


F ‘ ir of a tune. 
to disperse frequently, as dirt. Isa. 57:20.| ~ “1 ° : 
To disperse, as a people. Oihk. 26:30. To Lz-v-w1, s. A word of canoe makers; 


seatter; to throw away. Mat. 12:30. Op-| the fore point of a canoe where the ends of 
posite to hooiliili. the two boards come together ; ina i pala- 


LeI-LE-Ho, s. Lei and leho, a shell. A halaha maluna o ka manuihu, he leuawi ia 


string of the leholeho. Yl a . 
Levu-ma, s. A species of lei; he lei- Le-wa, v. To turn the eyes different 


apiki. See Lerarima ways without turning the head. 


. 2. To turn the eyes upward or askance. 
Ler-na, 2 For ler ana. Hoo. A throw- 3. To turn or lift up the eyes. Kanl. 4:19. 
ing or casting away. 


BAM 4. To direct the eyes toward any object; 
pe Pa which is thrown or cast away.| to turn the eyes to look; hence, to look 
an. 3:29. 


: s with expectation. 2 Sam. 22:42. To lift 
Let-pa-pa-HI, s. A kind of lei. See Let- up the eyes, as in prayer. John 17:1. To 
APIKI. 


h lift up the eyes in admiration. Dan. 4:34. 
Le-o, s. A voice; a sound, mostly of aj Le-Ha1, v. To jump; to leap; to jump 
person or an animated being; hookahi 


over a thing, asa wall. 2 Sam. 22:30. To 
pane ana a ka waha, he leo ia. 


start up suddenly, as a bird. : 
2. In grammar, a syllable. Le-na-LE-HAl, v. See Lexar. To jump 
3. In music, a tone. 


, on both feet ; to jump often ; e lelele. 
4. Fig. The good or bad influence of} T.5-yp s. Name of a shell fish 
conduct; o ka leo o kapono ka’ue malama ts fs . 


nei; o ka leo o ka hewa ka'u e kipaku nei, | LE-HEI, v. See Lenar. To jump from 
5. The meaning or intention of an act.| un elevation, as a dog or goat from a wall. 
Puke. 4:18, 2. To start up suddenly. 
Le-o-uv, s. Leo and uu, to eroan; to Lz-HE-LE-HE, adj. Fat; plump; in good 
stammer. An impediment in speech; a flesh. See NELUNELU. 
stammering, LE-HE-LE-HE, s. The root lehe not found. 











LEH 


The lips. Kanl. 23:24. I. e., synonymous 
with waha; put for the organs of speech 
generally. 

2. The lip, i. e., language; manner of 
speaking. Kin. 11:1. Syn. with olelo. 
3. Hoo. Puukilea i ka hoolehelehe. 

KILRA. 

Le-HE-LE-HEI, v. Freq. of lehei. To hop 
or jump from twig to twig, as a little bird; 
to take short but frequent flights. 

Le-Ho, s. Name of a species of shell 
fish. 

2. The shell itself. 

3. A bunch or knotty swelling on the 
shoulder or back of a person like the leho 
(the shell of the fish /eho), cansed by long 
carrying heavy burdens ; oia ke alii hila- 
hila no ka leho no kona kokua i ke amo 
ana, he was the chief who was ashamed of 
the bunch (on his shoulder) from carrying 
burdens. Nore.—This leho was frequently 
seen on the shoulders of laboring men as 
late as 1840. 


See 


Le-Ho, v. To have knots or bunches on | [, 


one’s shoulders from carrying heavy bur- 
dens ; a eho kana hokua i ke amo i ka wai 
ame kela mea keia mea. 

Lez-Ho, adj. Swollen hard, as a small 
callous place on the skin; he kua leho, he 
a-i eho. 

_ Le-no-o-ma-o, s. Leho and omao, green. 
A species of leho of a green color. 

Ler-Ho-u-La, s. Leho and ula, red. A 
ape of leho of a red color; a red shell 

sh. 

Le-Ho-v-LA, adj. See the above. Beau- 
tiful ; precious ; beautiful red ; very pre- 
cious, as the red-shelled leho. 

Le-Ho-Le1, s. A small white shell of the 
leho species, used for beads. 


Le-Ho-LE-Ho, s. See Lemteno. A small 
delicate shell fish of the leho kind, whitish, 
mixed with yellow and gray, used for leis 
for the wrist or neck; a string of small 
lehos. ; : 

Le-Ho-LE-HO, v. To string lehos for leis. 

Ler-Ho-LE-Ho, adj. Knotted; swelled 
from carrying burdens. See Leno 3. 

Le-Ho-paa, s. A species of leho. See 
LEHO. ; 

Le-Ho-po-v-LI, s. A variety of the leho. 

Le-nu, s. Ashes. Puk. 9:8. Ka lepo o 
ke ahi; ke oka keokeo o ka lanahu. 

2. The number 400,000, the highest in 
the Hawaiian series of numbers. 

Le-nvu, v. To be or become ashes; e 
puhi aku a lehu, to bmrn to ashes, i. e., to 
burn up. 2 Pet. 2:6. 

Le-nu-a, s. The name of a large rock 
or small island on the north-east of Niihau, 


330 


LEL 


which has a good spring of water and a 
fine cavern. 

2. The name of a species of ohia, other- 
wise called the ohia hamau; metrosideros. 

3. The blossom of the ohia and the lehua 
and the abihi. 

4, Flowers done up in bundles, as among 
foreign families; he pua lei mai kahiki mai. 

5. Name of a species of kalo; also called 
lehuakuikawao. 

6. The name of the first man slain in sac- 
rifice on a particular occasion. 

7. Lehua is used often figuratively for a 
person highly esteemed ; as, kuu lehua ala 
o Koolau, my sweet-scented lehua (very 
dear friend) of Koolau. 

Lr-Hu-A-A-PA-NE, S. A species of the 
ohia ai. 

Le-nu-a-HA-MAU, s. A species of the 
ohia ha, on the blossoms of which the birds 
feed. 

Le-Hu-a-uHI, s. Lehu and ahi, fire. The 

remnants of fire; ashes. Job. 2:8. 

E-HU-A-KU-I-KA-wao, s. A species of 

kalo. 

Le-Hu-u-LA, s. Dust and dirt when car- 
ried by the wind and appears reddish. 

Lr-HU-LE-HU, v. See Lenu. To grow 
exceedingly numerous; to become multi- 
tudinous. Hoo. To increase greatly in num- 
ber and also in size ; to magnify, as a con- 
vex glass; he aniani hoolehulehu maka ame 
na kino, a glass magnifying the face and 
the body. 

LeE-HU-LE-HU, s. A multitude; an in- 
definitely large number. Kin. 30:30. With 
the article ka, the multitude; the many. 
Mat. 24:12. A host; a great number; Iehova 
o nalehulehu, Jehovah of hosts. 1 Sam. 1:3. 

LeE-HU-LE-HU, adj. Many; numerous; 
ma kona mau ipuka lehulehu i komo aku ai 
ka hewa, through its many doors does evil 
enter in. 

Le-nu-u1-u, adj. Lehu and liu, raging ; 
wild. Hot, as stones in an oven heated to 
a white heat; lehuliu kaimu. See AnuLIv. 


Le-xa, s. Eng. A leek, an herb. Nak. 


1:5 
Le-Lz, v. To fly; to jump; to leap; to 
fly, as a bird; a ike aku la au i Ka /ele ana 
o ka manu. 

2. To burst forth, as fire in a conflagra- 
tion. 

3. To move, as a meteor through the air. 

4. To depart from one, as the spirit of a 
dying person ; lele ke aho. 

5. To come upon, as an officer upon a 
criminal; to fly or rush upon one, as an 
enemy. Lunk. 20:37. 

6. To land or go ashore from a canoe or 
ship; a lele iuka lakou e makaikai, they 
came ashore to look about. 


LEL 


7. To brandish, as a sword. 

8. Haa. for hoo. To leave; to forsake ; 
to leave one place of residence or business 
for another. 

9. To reject as not fit for use ; lele liilii, 
to scatter ; to disperse; to scatter entirely. 

LE-LE, 5S. "An altar for sacrifice ; ; he 
wahi e kau aii ka mohai kunii ke kuahu. 

Le-Le-a, s. The kapu which the priest 
imposed upon awa while the chief was 
drinking it. 

Le-LE-a-a-Ka, v. To hang; to suspend ; 
to carry on the back as one carries a child 
or a load. 

LeE-LE-A-I-0-I-0, s. Name of the god who 
inflicted bodily pain, such as nukee, oopa, 


e. 

Le-Le-a-o-a, s. The act of sailing rap- 

idly away in a canoe or ship to another 
land. 

Le-Le-a-Ka, s. The name of the white 
belt of stars in the heavens; the milky 
way; he ala waiu. See LELEIONA. 

Le-.e-I0, v. Lele and io, really. To die 
quickly ; to die suddenly. 

Le-Lz-1-0-mo, v. Lele and tomo, to plump 
into the water from a height. E poni, e 
omoki. 

Le-Ler-o-nA, Ss. A fish; a shark. 

2. The milky way. See LELEAKA. 

Le-LE-I-No, v. Lele and ino, bad. To be 
in an unquiet state, as the stomach from 
eating some kinds of food; e leleino auanei 
ka ai ma ka opu o ke kanaka. 

Le-.E-o1, v. To be quick and ready to 
speak of one’s faults ; to say more than is 
true about one, especially of evil. 

L&-LE-0-PE-A-PE-A, S. Lele and opeapea, 
a bat. To flutter, as birds in a fright. 

Le-Le-v, s. Name of a fruit tree ; also, 
name of the fruit. 

2. Name of the bird which eats the leleu ; 
o ka manu ai leleu. 

L£-LE-U-LI, 

LE-LE-U-U-LI, 2. To pardon; a nana 
no e leleuli lelewai mai i ko kakou hewa, 
tis his to wash away our sins. 


Le-te-Ha, v. To be sleepy; to be drowsy; 
to be lazy; to be stupid. Hoo. The same. 
See LELEHU. 

LeE-LE-HA-pa-HA, adj. Lele, to skip over, 
and hapaha, by fours. Counting by fours; 
skipping four in counting ; in music, leap- 
ing over four places; leaping to the minor 
fourth. 

L&E-LE-Hoo-HAA-HAA, Ss. The female god- 
dess of Leleaioio. See above. 

LE-LE-Hoo- “LA-HA-LA-HA, S, To fly o 


float over one’s head, as a large bird wa 
out-spread wings; e lele i ka imo oka lani. 


336 


v. Tocleanse; to purify. 


LEL 


Le-LE-nv, v. To see with difficulty; to 
be partially blind. 
2. To be almost dead; to be weak; to 
be faint. 
3. To be sleepy or drowsy. See Hoorn- 
LEHU. 
Le-LE-nu-A, adj. Skillful; able to apply 
the mental powers. See MIKOLELEHUA. 
Le-Le-Hu-nA, v. Leleand huna,asmall . 
particle. To fly into small pieces; to scat- 
ter, as fine particles ; to become fine, as 
dust or fine rain; mukiki ka ia lele a ka 
manu. : 

LE-LE-HU-NA, S. Small, fine rain; he 
kilihuna ; small particles of food. 

LE-LE-KA-HA-U- -Ll, s. Lele and hauli, a 
black spot. Surprise; admiration ; fear ; 
a trembling through fear. 


Le-Le-ka-wa, v. Lele and kawa, a prec- 
ipice. To jump or leap down a precipice 
(a method of committing suicide.) 

2. To jump into the sea from an eleva- 
tion, a pastime among Hawaiians; e lehai- 
kawa,e hana lealea me ka lele ana mai ka 
pali mai ilalo o ka wai. 

Le-Le-xa-wa, s. The act of jumping 
from a precipice on purpose to destroy 
life, or of jumping a precipice into the sea 
as a pastime. 

2. The place or precipice where such 
jumping takes place; hele aku la lakou a 
hiki ma kahakai, he wahi lelekawa ia. 

Le-LE-ko-a-ti, s. The name of a play. 

LE-LE-KO-KE; ad). Lele and koke, quick. 
Flying quickly in a passion; quick angry; 
excitable. 

Le-Le-Ko-Lv, s. In music, a skip of a 
third ; a third. 

LE-LE-Ko- LU-HA-PA, 8. In music, a minor 
third. 

LE-LE-LE, v. Freq. of dele. To leap; to 
jump ; to fly frequently. Jsa. 35:6. See 
LELE. 

2. To light on something above. 

3. Hoo. To cause to skip or jump. Hal. 

9:6 


4. To be agitated, as the mind with joy 
or fear. Isa. 60:5. 


LE-LE-LE-LE, v. See LELE, root doubled. 
To run off; to run off in haste ; to run off 
frequently or for a tr ifling offense, as a ser- 
vant. 

2. To forsake frequently, as a man his 
wife, or a wife her husband ; lelelele maua 
i ke kula 0 Pele, we two hastened away to 
the plain of Pele. 


LE-LE-LE-LE-KO-KE, @. See LEE and 
Koke, quick. To forsake quickly for a tri- 
fling offense. See LELEKOKE. 


LeE-LE-LE-Po-nI, s. Lele and poni, cold ; 


_LEL 


~~ 
poartierw' 





struck suddenly dead. 

2. Anything done suddenly; no time 
lost ; no postponement. 
Le-te-ui-ma-Ha-ra, s. Lele and lima, 

five, and hapa, part. In music, a minor fifth. 

Le-tE-Lu-a, s. Lele and lua, two. In 
music, a second, 

Le-te-mA-LAl-o-A, v. Lele and malaioa, 
small; fine. To scatter or blow away, as 
small fragments of things ; to dust. 

Le-Le-Lu-rz, v. Lele and lupe, a kite. 
To fly the kite. 

Le-Le-mu, s. Weight; heaviness; a 
burden carried on the hips. 

Le-e-mv, v. Tobe slow; to be sluggish 
in movement; to be slow in obeying a 
command. 

Le-LE-PAI-LA-NI, v. Lele and pai, to 
touch, and lani, heaven. To praise; to 
bless ; to extol. 

Le-te-pau, v. To trust in; to trust to 
something. Jal. 4:5. To lean upon. 

2. To apply the mind; to give heed; to 
attend to. Heb. 2:1. Lelepau i ka manao. 

3. To think much of another; e manao 
nui ia hai. 

Lr-LE-pa-Li, v. Lele and palt, a preci- 
pice. To leap down a precipice, a common 
way formerly (not entirely forsaken yet) of 
committing suicide ; pehea la ka uhane o 
ka poe lelepali ? how is it with the souls of 
those who leap the precipice? See Lete- 
KAWA. 

Le-LE-PI-NAvU, s. The name of a game. 

Le-Le-Pi-0, v. Lele and pio, an arch. 
To fly, as a meteor through the sky; to 
move along, as a comet showing its tail ; 
to appear, as a supernatural sign in the 
heavens. 

Le-Le-ro, s. A small flying-fish. 

Le-LE-po-ni, v. ‘To be struck suddenly 
dead; to die suddenly; to die without 
warning. See LELELEPONI. 

Le-LE-po-No, v. Lele and pono, right. 
To live prosperously; to be blessed in one’s 
business ; to transact business rightly; to 
die happily. 

Le-te-Pu-ni, s. A kind of play with 
black and white stones on a board; in 
music, the octave. . 

Le-Lte-wa, s. See Lewa, pendulous. 
The private parts; applied to men; the 
stem of a vessel; a company following a 
chief. 

Le-tE-wa, v. See Lewa, to swing. To 
float in the air or on water; ke lelewa nei 
ka moku. 

2. To follow one about, as a company of 
persons ; to follow after; to hang on, as 
those who To he a chief. 


337 


shivering with cold. Asudden dying; one | Le-te-wal, v. To purge; tocleanse; to: 


LEN 


purify. 

LeE-LE-wa-Le, v. Lele and wale, without 
cause. To be or be done spontaneously ; 
to move of one’s own accord. 

Le-Le-wa-LzE, s. A falling; a breaking 
off; a yielding. ¥ 

2. A term formerly used to express a 
good omen; hush; silence, &c. 

LE-LE-WA-L0, v. Lele and wwalo,. 

LE-LE-WA-WA-LO, § or walo, to call. To 
call; to call aloud; to call after. 

LeE-LE-wE-Lu-weE-Lvu, v. Lele and welu, 
to rend. To tear in pieces; to rend. 

Le-Lo, s. See AteLo and Exexo. The 
tongue ; ka hoeuli o ka olelo ma ka waha, 
the rudder of speech in the mouth. 

2. Persons speaking different languages. 
3. The name of a fish. 

Le-to, adj. Hung up in the smoke; 
smoked red. 

Le-to-LE-L0, adj. See Leto. Reddish; 
reddened. 

Le-mu, v. To be slow; to lag behind ; 
to walk as one weak. 

Le-mu, s. The under part of the thigh; 
the buttock. 

2. The bottom part of a thing; kahi ma- 
lalo o na mea a pau; e eu ka lemu, stir 
your stumps; get up from sitting. 


Le-mu-xu, v. To break off short; to cut 
short. See Mukv. 

Le-mu-LE-mu, v. Togo hesitatingly; to 
walk slowly ; to step like an aged person. 
Hoo. To be slow; to be slow to come when 
called. 

Le-mu-LE-mu, s. Walking slowly and 
with care and hesitancy. See HoLopurct. 


Le-na, v. Tobend; tostrain, as a bow; 
to make ready to shoot, as with a bow. 
Nal. 22:34, 8. 

2. To take sight or aim, as in shooting 
with a bow ; he poe lena i na kakaka. 

3. To bend or use the tongue for false- 
hood. Jer. 9:3. 

4. To pull out straight and iron, as! 
clothes; e hoomohala a e hoopalahalaha 
ae; to stretch out, as cloth or Kapa to dry. 

5. To squint; to strain the eyes. 


Le-na, s. The name of a plant, the root 

of which is used in coloring yellow. 

2. A yellow coloring matter from the 
lena. 

3. Lena is also used as an ingredient in 
curry. 

4, The name of a sickness; a complaint 
of the bowels while the skin becomes yel- 
low. 


Le-na, adj. Yellow; yellowish. 
LE-NA-LE-NA, 2. Lazy; doing nothing. 


LEP 


Le-na-ti-La, s. Eng. Lentiles, a kind 
of food. Hzele. 4:9. 

Le-pa, v. To roll up the eyes. 

2. To stand up, as the comb of a cock. 
3. To cut a piece of cloth obliquely; e 
oki kapakahi. 

Le-pa, s. A border, hem or fringe of a 
garment. Puk. 28:33. A skirt or flowing 
of a garment; he kihi o ke kapa, he mea e 
lewalewa ana malalo. 1 Sam. 24:5. 

2. An ensign; a flag used ina war canoe; 
the flag used at the door of a sacred house. 

3. Anything standing up edgeways and 
making a show, as the comb of a cock. 
NotE.—The lepa was a piece of kapa tied 
at the end of a stick as a sign or flag and 
used for various purposes; i ke kukulu 
ana a ua poe kahuna la i ko lakou lepa, on 
the putting up of those priests their flag ; 
a hahaiia ka lepa a ua poe kahuna la, the 
jiag of the priests was torn away. 

Le-pa-LE-pa, s. A torn rag or kapa, 
viz.: as an ensign fluttering in the wind 
becomes torn; the torn end or border of a 
piece of cloth or kapa. 


Le-re, s. The comb of a cock; he ki- 


paku o ka moa kane. 

Le-pe, adj. Diagonally; from corner to 
corner ; e opiopi lepe, fold from corner to 
corner. 

Le-ree, s. A gash in the flesh; an open 
wound. 

LE&E-PE-LE-PE-o-HI-NA, s. A red animal 
of the sea, with a shell on one side; he mea 
ano ia maloko o ke kai. 

2. A species of miller or butterfly hatched 
from a worm; he wahi mea lele ma ka 
lewa, he peelua i hoomaluleia. 

Le-pe-Lu-a, adj. Cute; skillful; eun- 
ning ; maalea. 

Le-rE-rA, adj. Gr. Leprous; belonging 
to leprosy ; mailepera. Oihk. 13:2. 

Le-pe-ra, v. Gr. To be or become lep- 
rous; ua lepera. Nah. 12:10. 

Le-pe-ro, s. Gr. A person diseased 
with the leprosy ; aleper. OQihk. 14:2. 


Le-pe-Ta, s. Gr. A mite; a very small 
piece of money. Luk. 21:2. 
Le-ro, s. The general name for dirt, 
dust or defilement of any kind. 
1. The dirt; ground; dust; earth; ka 
honua malalo o na wawae. 
2. Dung; excrements. Puk. 29:14. 
3. Clay; lepo manoanoa. 1 Nal. 7:46. 
4. Dust; anything pulverized to dust. 
. ae 23:6. Lepo poho, mud; mire. ob. 
al El 
5. Name of that part of the ocean where 
it is deep. Syn. with moana. He moana 
kahi inoa, he lepo kahi inoa. 


338 


LEW 


foo. To dirty; to defile; to pollute; to 
make turbid, as water. Ezek. 32:2. 

Le-po, adj. Dirty; unclean ; earthy ; 
made of earth; he ipu lepo, an earthern 
cup; he wai lepo, dirty water; he kapa lepo, 
a soled garment. 

Le-po-Ha-nal, s. Lepo and hanai, to feed. 
Dirt or rubbish which is carried to fill a pit 
or hole; aole paa ka lepo, he lepohanai 
wale no. 

Le-po-xi-a-Ha, s. Clay prepared for pot- 
tery. Isa. 45:9. 

Le-po-Le-ro, adj. Intensive of Jepo. 
Very dirty ; turbid, as water. Sol. 25:26. 


Le-ru, s. Hed. A hare, an unclean ani- 
mal mentioned in Kanl. 14:7. 

Le-wa, v. ‘To swing; to float in the air, 
as clouds; to hang in a swinging manner ;- 
to float in mid heaven; e lewa wale ana no 
(ka honua) i ka Jani, (the earth) was float- 
ing freely in mid heaven. 

2. To move back and forth like a hinge; 
e ami. 

3. To float on the water. 

4. To put a thing up in an unsafe place 
or in a tottering position where it may 
easily fall. 

5. Hoo. To carry on the surface, as to 
float on water ; e hoolewa me ka wai. 

6. To be carried, as a coffin at a funeral, 
on the shoulders of men; 1 ka hoolewa ana 
i ke kupapau. 

Le-wa, s. ‘The upper regions of the air; 
the region of the clouds ; na ao o ka lewa, 
the clouds of the air. 

2. Whatever is suspended or movable. 

3. The space where anything may be sus- 
pended. 

4. The air; the atmosphere ; the visible 
heavens ; kahi o ke ea, ka lani; a partic- 
ular place in the air or atmosphere; ma 
keia lewa o ka Jani, in this part of the heay- 
ens. 

5. Persons without home or local attach- 
ment. 1 Pet. 2:11. Auhea oukou e na ka- 
malii o ka lewa mai, ame na kanaka makua 
o ka lewa mai no hoi. 

6. A foreign country ; mai ka lea mai, 
mai ke kua mai o ka moku; o ke ano 0 ia 
mau olelo, ua hele mai lakou mai ka aina 
e mai, he lewa ia; a ma ke alo o keia aina, 
he kua o ka moku ia. D. Malo 3:22. 

7. Name of that part of the ocean where 
it is deep. Syn. with moana. 

Le-wa, adj. Swinging; pendulous; 
floating ; unstable ; homeless. 

Le-wa-La-nI, s. Lewa and lani, heaven. 
An indefinite space in the air; a part of the 
sky ; a place belonging to anything above 
or in the heavens ; the opposite or in some 
way connected with lewanwu. 


Lz-po, v. To be dirty; to be defiled. | Lz-wa-te-wa, v. See Lewa. To float 


LIE 


339 


LIU 


to dangle; to swing frequently ; to move} Lu, s. The primary form for ali. A 


or go often from place to place ; hence, to 
be deceitful. 

Le-wa-Le-wa, adj. See Lewa. Swing- 
ing ; unstable ; floating. 

Le-wa-nuv, s. Lewa and nuu, a high 
even place. Some indefinite place on earth, 


chief; a king; a ruler. See Aru. Nore.— 
The a is often dropped and an apostrophe 
substituted; as, ke Vii, na Vii. Gram. § 47. 

Lu, v. Haa. To spread out; to spread 
down, as a mat or kapa; to open and spread 
out, as a letter. Isa. 37:14. 


generally connected with or opposed to} Lu, s. The falling off or turning of the 


lewalani. 
LeE-wa-wa-Lo, v. Lewa and ualo, or 


hair white in children; he lauoho keokeo i 
ka manawa kamailii. 


~ uwalo, to cry out. To call; to call out; to| Lu, adj. Aguish; sick of a fever and 


run calling after another. 

Lx-GE-0-NA, rf Gr. A legion, 10,000; 

LeE-Gl-0-NA, an indefinitely large num- 
ber. Hal. 91:7. 

Le-sE-mA, s. Heb. A ligure, a precious 
stone. Puk. 36:12. 

Le-ta, s. Eng. A letter; an epistle. 
Haw. He palapala. 

Le-vi-a-Ta-Na, s. Heb. A leviathan, a 
poetical name of a sea animal; the whale 
perhaps; the crocodile perhaps. Hal. 74:14. 


Li, v. To hang by the neck. Eset. 2:23. 


To strangle by hanging ; to hang ; to furl, 
as a sail; eia ko kakou pea e li. 

2. To see; to observe. Hal. 48:5. 

3. To fear; to be afraid; to shrink back 
with dread. 

Li, s. The chill or shake of an ague fit; 
the ague. Kanl. 28:22. Any sickness con- 
nected with the chills; /i nui, inflammation. 
Kanl. 28:22. In music, the third note of 
the seale ; pa, ko, li. 

Li, adj. Trembling, as from cold; shak- 
ing, as with an ague fit. 

Li-a, v. To ponder; to think; to con- 
template. 

2. To fear; to be afraid; to start sud- 
denly, as a dog in catching a fly. 

3. To desire greedily ; to lust after; to 
ponder or run, as the mind on something 
foolish. 

4. To be cold; to shiver with fear or 
cold ; to have the sensation of cold. 


Lr-a, s. A shaking or trembling through | [, 


fear. 
. 2. Fear or dread, as when one supposes 
he sees a spirit. 

3. A strong desire; a desire to obtain or 
possess something, like kuko and iini; rest- 
lessness from something on the mind. 

4. Thinking intensely upon some subject; 
the application of the mind upon some- 
thing ; ke kau nui o ka manao ma Ka mea 
é noonoo ana. . 

5. Cogitations; serious thoughts; a vis- 
ion. Dan. 2:28 and 4:5. 

Li-a, adj. Fearful; affrighted. 

Li-e, s. A goddess of the mountain 
whose business it was to braid leis; ke ano 
o (Lia) Lei wabine. 


ague. See Lt. 

2. Little; small, &c.; generally doubled, 
liilii, but found single in compounds ; as, 
kamalii, makalii, moilii, &e. 

Lu-u1, s. Name of the place where the 
sacrifices were laid before the altar; a ma 
ke alo iho o ka lele ka Jiili, malaila e hoo- 
abu ai ka mohai. 

Lu-tu, s. See Lu, adj., 2. Small; lit- 
tle ; diminutive ; young. 

Lu-tu, adv. Slightly; in a small man- 
ner; piecemeal ; little by little. 2 Oihl. 
21:15. E hana liilii, to work by little and 
little ; e hele litlii, kau Hilii; e oki liilii, to 
cut up finely, &e. 

Li-o, s. A name given to foreign ani- 
mals generally when first introduced into 
the islands. See the verb. The word is 
now mostly applied to the horse; the horse. 

2. A species of bird. 

3. The collar or tie beam of a house or 
other building; ka welau o ka lohio kalio. 

Li-o, v. See Lrio. To open the eyes 
wide, as a wild affrighted animal. 

2. To act wildly or ferociously, as an un- 
tamed animal; to bristle up, as a wild hog. 
See KUKAKALAIOA. 

3. To have great affection for; e paea- 
uma ka manawa. 

4. To utter a sound as the bird ao screams 
as it flies. 

Li-o, adj. Tight; strained, as a rope. 

Li-o-a, adj. See Lio above. Wild; un- 

tamable ; he ano laka ole. 

1-0-L1-0, v. To draw tight, as a rope, 

but not extremely tight; to bind or tie on, 

as a rope or malo. 
2. To make tight; to make hard; to make 
solid. 

Li-o-L1-0, s.. The sound or scream which 
the bird ao makes when disturbed, when 
she bristles like a hen with chickens. 

Li-o-LI-0, s. ‘The name of a-small bird. 

Li-o-u1-0, adj. Bright; shining; daz- 
zling. 

2. Strained tight, as a rope. 

Li-o-na, s. Eng. A lion. Kin, 49:9. 

Li-v, v. To leak, as a canoe in the 
water ; to fill with water, as a ship. 

2. To season, as with salt; to render pal- 


> 


ag 


LIH 


340 


LIH 





atable, as food; to restore food that has|Lr-4a, adj. Sick; nauseous; loathing 


been corrupted. 


f 


ood. 
3. To get ready to do a thing; to be a) T,y-ya-t1-wa, v. To be sickish, i.e., sick 


long time doing a piece of work. 
4. To draw out or protract the sound in 
blowing a conch shell. 


Liv, s. Saltness; the savory taste of L 


food. 

2. The peculiar property of a thing or 
that quality by which it is known. 

3. The water in the bottom of a canoe or 
ship; bilge water; aole i pau ka liu i ke 
ka ia, the bilge water is not all dipped out. 

Lr-v, adj. Insipid ; not seasoned ; taste- 
less, as unripe fruit or unsalted meat. 
Li-v, adv. Slowly; tardily. 
Ala liu ka la o Waianae 


Wehe ke kaiulu i ke oho o ka niu 
Komo okoa iloko o ka hale. 


Li-v-a, v. ‘To see indistinctly; to know 
uncertainly ; to be in doubt. 

2. To be transformed; to be different 
from what was supposed after being seen 
clearly. See Niva. 

Li-u-a, s. A vertigo; a turning of the 
eyes so as not to see things distinctly. 

Li-v-a, adj. Dizzy; indistinctness in 
vision. See Niva. Jiua na maka i na wa- 
hine moekolohe. 

Li-u-ua, s. See Uta. Dark; twilight, 


i. e., time of indistinct vision. See Liva. 


Li-v-11-u, v. To get ready for doing a 
thing. See Liv 3. To prepare, as for a 
journey ; liuliu iho la na kanaka o Oahu e 
holo i ke kaua i Kauai, the people of Oahu 
made ready to go to the war on Kauai; to 
get ready, i. e., to prepare materials for a 
a building. : 

2. To be awake; to watch for something; 
to wait long for an event, but be ready or 
prepared for it; a.mio, a liuliu ei ola ho- 
nua. 

3. To procrastinate; to be for a long 
time future. 2 Sam.7:19. To stay a long 
time in a place; to delay areturn; to tarry 
long; liuliw iki, soon after. 

4. To continue long, as a particular sea- 
son or time; he liuliu no na la e pa mai ai, 
rhany are the days (the wind) blows. 


Lr-v-ui-u, s. A living oy staying a long 
time at another place. 
Li-u-ti-u, adj. Prepared; ready. 
2. Saltish ; brackish, as water; unfit to 
drink; insipid; tasteless, &c. See Liv, adj. 
Li-u-i-u, adv. For a long time; dur- 
ing along time. Nah.9:19. Hoo. Oth. 18:2. 
Lina, v. To be sick at the stomach; 
to nauseate. See LinaLina and Lina. 
Li-na, s. Nausea; sickness at the stom- 
ach. 
2, A nit; the egg of a head louse. 


s y 


at the stomach. See Lisa and Linma. 
2. To be fat; to be greasy; to be slip- 
pery with grease. 
I-HA-LI-HA, s. See Lina. Sickness at 
the stomach. 
2. Sorrow; sighing; mourning, as for 
the dead. 
Li-Ha-ui-Ha, adj. Fatty; greasy; slip- 
pery with grease. 

2. Sick at the stomach; loathing food. 
See Linina. ' 

Li-HE, s. See Lina 2. A nit; the egg 
of a louse. 
Li-n1, v. To arrive at; to approach to. 

2. To come together; to be united, as 
two pieces of cloth in a garment. 

3. To be united in close friendship, as 
two friends. 
Li-n1, s. A border or edge of a thing 
where it unites or is near to another when 
in contact, as edges of bones. Anat. 6. A 
border, edge or boundary of a land; the 

seam or place of uniting in a garment. 

2. A lot or portion of land marked off. 
Isa. 57:6. Lihi wai, a border or edge of 
water. Jos.3:8. A part or portion. Syn. 
with kuleana. Hoik. 22:19. He liht mai- 
kai ka liki o ka hana, a good fitting is the 
tightness of the work. 

3. The union or nearness of relationship, 
i. e., the friendship of relationship; he mea 
e maopopo ai ke ano hoahanan ana. 

4, The bending of an arch upward, as a 
rainbow. 

5. The rainbow itself. 

6. With iki, a very small portion of a 
thing ; lihi iki, a very small piece. Syn. 
with huna, a small fragment. Mat. 5:18, 
also Oih. 8:21. Aole ona wahi lihi ike iki 
i ka ka Haku olelo, he has no knowledge 
at all of the Lord’s word. 


Li-u1, adv. By the edge; by the end; 
kau lihi, laid with the edge or end only 
resting on, i. e., slightly resting on; he 
wahi helehelena wale no kana ike lihi ana, 
he partly saw the outlines of her counte- 
nance. Laieik. 33. 

Li-n1-Lau-Na, v. Lihtand launa, friendly. 
To go to; to reach or arrive at, . 

2. To be frequently at, as at a place near; 
aole ia i lihilauna aku ilaila. 


Li-n1-L1, v. See Punt. To think of an 
object, then to desire it strongly, then to 
make vigorous efforts for it, then to give it 
up and fail; in a race, to run well with a 
prospect of success, and then turn aside 
and lose the race. j 

Li-n1-Li-a1, s. The eyelids; the eye- 
Jashes. Job. 16:16. 


LIK 


341 


LIL 


2. The eyebrows; he lauoho ma ke kue-| L1-Ko-L1-Ko, v. See Lixo. To swell; to 


kue maka. 

Lr-ni-wat, s. Lihi and wai, water. The 
border or edge of a stream of water, See 
Lint, s., above. 

Lr-Ho-L1-Ho, adj. Very hot. 

Li-xe, v. To be like; to resemble as 
one thing resembles another; to be similar 
or to have many qualities in éommon with 
something else. 

2. Hoo. To make one thing, in qualities 
or appearance, resemble another. Ia is 
often inserted for the sake of euphony. 
Gram. § 211, 2d. 

3. To do the same with; to make a thing 
according to instructions ; with me follow- 
ing, to do as some one else does, i. e., to 
resemble in conduct; to imitate. 

4. To vanish. 

Li-KE-LI-kE, v. The intensive of dike; 
also with hoo. 

Lr-ke-Li-KE, adj. Alike; resembling. 
Hi00. Same. He olelo hoolikelikeia, a par- 
able. 

Li-x1, v. To gird; to tie up tightly; to 
bind about, as a loose garment. Oih. 12:8. 

2. To throng; to be troubled to move 
along on account of amultitude. Mar. 5:31. 

3. To be stiff, as a limb with a spasmodic 
affection. 

4, Hoo. To gird on, as a loose garment. 

Lr-x1, s. A boast, or boasting; kanaka 
liki, a braggart. 

-Lrxt-ni-x1, v. Intensive of liki. To tie 
up or tie on tightly. See ALIKILIKI, 

Li-xi-pa-nu, s. Leki and pahu, barrel. 
A tight hoop for a barrel ; an iron hoop. 


Li-xo, v. To swell out round; to be 
plump ; to be full. 

2. To be fat, as a fleshy person. 

3. To swell; to enlarge, as the growing 
bud of a vegetable before the leaves spread 
open, or as the bud of a flower before the 
petals open. 

4. To expand, as an opening flower. 
Hal. 129:6. 

5. To shine ; to glisten like drops of oil 
poured on to water. 

Li-xo, s. The swelling, budding, pro- 
truding, &c., of a growing plant. 

2. The swollen bud just before leaves or 
flowers appear. 

3. The top or growing end of a plant. 
Fic. A young child, especially of a chief. 

4. The appearance of drops of oil on 
water. 

5. The light or shining points in a per- 
son’s eye; ka liko, oia ka muo, Ka ao, ka 
omaka, ka mea e ulu ai ma ka maka, 


Li-ko, adj. Swelling; growing; open- 
ing, as a bud of a tree or a flower ; thrifty, 
as a growing plant, 


grow, &e. 
2. To shine, as the white point in one’s 


eye. 

Li-ta, adj. Blasted, thin or shriveled 
up, as a banana; he maia lila, aohe io; he 
lila wale no mai ka eka luna a hikiika 
pola. 

Li-ta-Li-La, adj. Shrunk up; turned 
white or gray ; blasted, as fruit. 

Li-te, v. To be thin; to be weak; to 
be flexible; to be thin and long, as the 
lines of words across the page of a book, 
or as a long stave of music. 


Lite, adj. Hoo. Weak; thin. 
Li-Le-L1-LE, v. To shine very brightly, 


asalamp. Job. 29:3. To be dazzling, as 
the rays of the sun. Hoik. 1:16. 
Li-Le-LI-LE, adj. Bright; shining; kahi 
lilelile, a bright spot. Oihk. 13:2. Smooth 
and shining, as the skin of a bald or shaved 
ead. 


Li-u1, v. To be jealous; to be jealous 


of a husband or wife. Nah. 5:14. 
2. To hate; to abhor; to be indignant 
at where jealousy is the cause. 


3. Fie. To be jealous for the honor of 


God. Nah. 25:13. 

4. To dare; to be bold; to magnify one’s 
self; e aa, e koa, e hoaano. 

5. To be stiff, as limbs with lameness ; 
ikaika liki o ka wawae,e oopa,e maloeloe. 

6. To join together, as letters to make 
words ; same as hookui. 


7. Hoo. To make jealous or to provoke 


to jealousy. Kanl. 32:16. Syn. with hoo- 
naukiuki. Jili ae la ino moa, a haka mai 
na moa ma ka lani. 


Li-u1, s. Jealousy; wrath; displeasure r 


at one. 
2. Fia. Zeal for the honor of God. Nah. 
25:11. 


* 


3. Pride; haughtiness; a disregard of 
other’s rights; ka manao ole i ko hai pono. | 


4, Pain; distress ; internal anguish, 


able to be lifted up. 

Li-u1, adj. Jealous, as husband and 
wife of each other; jealous of the honor 
and esteem of another. 


2. Spoken of Jehovah in*his foclies to- 
1 aly 


wards other gods. Puk. 20:5 and 
3. Proud; haughty ; overbearing. 
4, Heavy ; not easily lifted. 


Lr-u-a, s, Gr, and Eng. A lily. Mel. 


Sol. 2:1. 


2. Carved work in Solomon’s temple in ~ 


imitation of lilies. 1 Nal. 7:22. 


L1-L1-0, v. See Lio and Liotio. To draw 
tight, as a rope; to stretch so as to make 
straight ; e malo, e moe pololei. 

2. To be tight, as the skin of a glutton’s 


a 


5. Weight ; heaviness; that which is not _ 6 


. 


LIL 
stomach after he has eaten; to be drawn 
tightly or tensely, as the skin of the face ; 
lilio i ka pauma ana; to be drawn tightly 
by stretching. 

3. To be filled, as a glutton with food. 

4. To have the pain or sensation of eat- 
ing too much; e maona pono ole, e hoku- 
hoku. 

5. To go forward quickly without look- 
ing to the right or left. 

Li-tro, s. A drawing or turning of the 
eyes so as not to see clearly. 

2. A dragging; a lancinating pain. 

Li-u1-0, adj. ‘Tightly drawn, as a rope; 

full; plump, as one full fed. 
Lr- -LI-HA, v. See Lina. To be satisfied, 
as the appetite with food or drink; to be 
stuffed full. 

2. To be supplied with a sufficiency of a 
thing. Jsa. 1:11. 
3. To be sick at the stomach ; to nause- 
ate, as after eating much rich food; to 
vomit. 

4. Fic. To be disgusted at immoral con- 
duct; liliha no hoi ke noonoo i ka ino oko 


lakou noho ana, it is sickening to think of 


the evil of their living ; to feel disgust at 
any disgusting object. 
Li-ti-na, s. The fat of hogs. 
2: Anything causing sickness at the stom- 
ach. 
3. The feeling of nausea at the stomach. 
4, Anything offensive to good morals. 


Li-u1-Hu-a, v. To go prepared; to be 
furnished for the purpose: to be supplied 
with what is necessary ; lilihua na kanaka 
i ka hele, aole kanaka aa ole. 


Lr-u1-L1, v. See Lu. To be small; to be 
little ; applied to fruit, withered ; stinted. 
Lr-t-na, s. Eng. Linen cloth, i. e., fine 

- white cloth. Fie. O Kahele oe, e ka lilina 
ume naau. 

Li-Li-No-E, adj. Lilt (see Lu) and zxoe, 
fine rain. Sprinkling ; fine, as rain; he ua 
lilinoe, a fine rain; a mist. 

Li-.1-P1, adj. See Livi. Running to an 
edge or point; pointed; sharp; tapering 
like the edge of an axe; ua koe lilipi akahi 
puu. 

Li-Lo,.v. ‘Toetransfer or be transferred 
in various ways. 

1. To become another’s; to pass into the 
possession of another ; lilo mai, to obtain ; 
to possess ; lilo aku, to be lost ; to perish. 

zy. ‘To turn: to change: to be lost; to be 

gone indefinitely. 

3. Hoo. To cause a transfer or change in 
different ways; to raise one to office; to 
place one over ‘others as an officer. 

4. To give a thing in trust to another ; 
to give absolutely ; to consecrate ; to ded- 
icate ; to devote. Ean. 20:5. 


342 


LIM 


5. To bring under one’s dominion or 
authority. 

6. To change from one thing to another. 

7. To change from one form or appear- 
ance to another, or from one quality to that 
of another. Nore.—When lilo is followed 
by an article before the substantive follow- 
ing, it means to become another’s; as, ua 
lilo ia ke alii, he has become the chief’s, i. e., 
from being in other circumstances before, 
he, she, it or the property has now become 
the person or property of the chief, or is 
transferred to him. But when the article 
is dropped from before the noun following 
lilo, it means to become another character 
or thing ; as, ua lilo ia i alii, he has become 
a chief, i. e., from being a common man, he 
is transferred to the honors and office of a 
chief. When no noun follows lilo, it means 
the subject or thing spoken of is lost or 
gone absolutely or indefinitely. 

Li-to, adv. Out of sight; a great ways 
off ; “Tost +7 gone; distant; iuka lilo, far in- 
land; kai lilo, out of sight at sea; hala 
iluna lilo, gone very high up. 

Li-Lo-a, v. To lie idly and lazily in the 
house; e lolo a maiele. 

Lr-to-£, v. To sit reclining on one’s 
back and his feet raised, as one lounging 
and idle; e pio na wawae,e lele pio, e kio- 
lani. 

Li-Lo-LI-Lo, v. See Lito. To be loos- 
ened; to be liberated; to spread out freely; 
to expand; from a bud to become a full 
opened blossom; to be liberal and free in - 
giving. See MoHALAHALA. 

Li-to-11-L0, adj. Loosened; unbound ; 
broken loose, as a fish once caught by a 
hook; open-handed; liberal, as one in giv- 
ing to others. 

Li-ma, s» The arm; the hand. Fie. 
‘Power; a stay; a support. 1 Nal. 10:19. 
Lima nui, the thumb. Puk. 29:20. Lima 
iki, the little finger. 1 Nal. 12:10. Norr.— 
The Hawaiians make no distinction between 
armand -hand, lima applies to or includes 
both ; so wawae is both leg and foot. See 
WAWAE. 

Li-ma, adj. With the article, an ordi- 
nal; the fifth. Gram. § 110 and § 115, 4th. 
I ka lima o ka makahiki. Oihjc. 19:25. See 
AuimMA and ELIMa. 

Li-ma-a-Kau, s. Lima, hand, and akau, 
right. The right arm or hand. 

Li-Ma-I-KAI-KA, s. Lima and tkaika, 
strong. A strong hand or arm. Figura- 
tively, force; power ; strength. Hzer. 4:23. 

Li-ma-1-kal-ka, v. To handle roughly; 
to assault; to throw one down; to force 
one against his will. 

Li-MA-I-k1, v. ‘To assassinate; to kill in 
a secret place ; to fall upon, as a robber, 


LIM 


The left hand. 

Li-ma-ku-n1, s. Lima and kuhi, to point 
out. In reading books, the index; the form 
of a hand 4. 

Li-ma-Lav, v. To carry on the hips. 

Li-ma-Li-ma, v. See Lima, hand. To 
handle; to employ the hands. Hoo. To 
hire ; to bargain for work to be done; to 
agree with one concerning wages. 

Li-ma-ti-ma, adj. Appellation of a 
prayer when the priest made many gestures 
with his hands; the ceremony was called 
hoopii na aha limalima. 

Lr-ma-ti-ma, adj. See Lima. Full of 
hands; one hired to work. Hoo. That 
which is bargained for or hired. oan. 
10:12. 

Li-ma-ui-ma, 8. Hoo. A hired person. 
Joan. 10:13. 

LiI-MA-LI-MA-PI-LAU, s. See LIMALIMA, v., 
and Pinav, dirty. Dirty hands. 

Li-ma-nu-, s. Lima and nut, great. ‘The 
thumb. 

Li-m1, v. To be entangled or be in dif- 
ficulty in the surf; to be upset in the surf 
and turned over and over. See Lumata. 

Lr-mi-ui-m1, v. Freq. of limi. To be 
turned over and over in the surf; e limili- 
miia e ka nalu. 

Li-mu, s. Sea-moss or sea-gtass; a gen- 
eral name of every kind of eatable herb 
that grows in the sea; the Hawaiians also 
class the Jimu among fish; the varieties are 
limuaalaula, limuekaha, limuiliohaa, limu- 

-opai, limunlaula, limuhinaula, limuhulu- 
lio, limuhuna, limukahakala, limukala, li- 
mukele, limukiki. limukoko, limulipaha- 
pala, limulipalao, limulipalawai, limulipoa, 
limulipupu, limulipuula, limulipuupuy, li- 
muloloa, limunanue, limupaakaiea, limu- 
palahalaha, limupalawai, limupipilani. 

Li-mu, v. To turn; to change ; to have 
various appearances. Syn. with ouli. 

Li-mu-a, s. A long or constant rain; a 
constancy of water or wet weather; a con- 
stant flowing of water. 

Li-mu-a, adj. The quality or action of 
wet weather, of a long rain. 

Li-mu-Ka-KA-NA-KA, 8. Limu and kaka- 
naka, a species of grass. A smooth or slip- 
pery kind of grass. 

Li-mu-ui-mu, adj. Twisting; turning ; 
dissembling ; trifling ; trickish; the oppo- 
site of honest and open in conduct. 

Li-mvu-ti-mu, s. A twirling; a curling; 
the whiffling of the wind; the curling of a 
negro’s hair; instability of conduct. 

Li-mu-.i-pu-pu, s. A species of limu; 
he pipilani. See Linu above. 


343 
Li-ma-HE-mA, s. Lima and hema, left.| Li-na, s. Anything soft and yielding to 


LIP 


the touch; papalina, the cheek. 
2. Hoo. Anything soft, tenacious or 
tough. 
Li-na, adj. Tightly drawn, as a rope. 
See Liorto. 
Li-na-ui-na, s. See Lina. Tough food, * 


i. e., kalo. 


2. Wet, clayey land. z : 
3. Any soft adhesive substance. . 
4. A drawing together of the skin of a # 


wound; a scar. 

Li-na-Li-nA, v. To stick to; to adhere » 
to, like pilali or shoemaker’s wax; to be . 
tough and adhesive, like water-soaked veg- “ 
etables. m. 

Li-na-Li-NA, adj. Soft; mucous ; adhe- 
sive; tough; tightly drawn,as a rupe. See 
Lixa. Tough or elastic, as India rubber. . 

Li-ne-xa, s. Gr. The lynx, a four-footed 
animal. . 

Li-no, v. To twist, as a string or rope; . 
to wear ; e lili eha aoao. x 

Li-no, s. A rope. | 

Li-no-wav, v. To be proud or haughty. 

Li-no-t1-No, s. Brightness ; splendor ; 
so bright as to dazzle the sight and make 
one blind. 

Li-no-1i-No, adj. Calm; unruffled, as 
the sea where there is no wind; hence, re- 
flecting the light of the sun. See Mauro. 

Li-nu, adj. Close; hard; ungenerous. 

Li-pa-HA, Ss. He wahi limu. See Linu, 
sea-gTass. 

Li-p1, s. An axe for cutting wood, from 
its tapering down to an edge. 

2. Gluttony ; he ai nui ana i ka ai, he 
pakela ai. 

Lr-r1, adj. Sharp; tapering down like | 
the edge of an axe. “4 

LI-PI-0-MA, s. The names of sev- 

Li-PI-HO-E-HO-E, eral species of cutting 

HE Re heh alee 5 instruments introduced 

» | among Hawaiians in 

LiI-PI-KU-KE, modern times. 

Li-ri-ti-P1, s. See Lirt. Anything thin 
and standing up edgeways, like a sharp 
ridge of land. ' 

Li-pr-1-P1, adj. ‘Thin; sharp ; tapering; 
axe shaped. See Limirt. 

Li-ro, s. A deep shady forest. 

2. Deep water in the sea; moana lipo 
loa; hence 2 

Li-ro, adj. Blue, black or dark from t 
depth of a cavern, or from the depth of the 
sea; deep; bottomless, as the ocean. 


Li-po-ti-ro, s. See Livro. Great depth 


of the ocean so as to appear blue or black; 
ka hohonu, ka moana. 


‘ae 
Li-po-L1-ro, adj. Deep blue or black. 


2. Deep down; ocean like; deep ; bot- 
tomless. 

L1-Po0-LO-LO-HU-A-ME-A, s. The appear- 
ance on looking into very deep water or a 
deep pit where no bottom is visible; black; 
dark. 

Li-P0-WAO-NA-HE-LE, s. Lipo and wao- 
nahele, thick forest. The darkness and 

; gloom of a thick forest. 

Li-ru-pu, s. A species of the limu. See 
LIMULIPUPU. 

Li-wa-u1, adj. Soft; thin; worked up 
like thin poi. 

Li-Ba-no, s. Gr. Lit. Lebanon. OzAl. 


~ 9:29. I. e., frankincense, a gum from Leb- 


anon. HHoik. 18:13. 
Li-cu-ra, s. Gr. A ligure, a precious 
stone. Puk. 28:29. 


Li-ra, s. Gr. A lyre, a musical instru- 
ment; aharp. Kin. 4:21. 
Lo, s. The fore part of the head. 
* 2. A species of bug, long and with sharp 
claws. 
3. The name of some chiefs who lived on 
the mountain Helemano and ate men; he 
mau alii ai kanaka no uka o Helemano. 


Lo. A syllable prefixed to many words, 
the precise definition of which does not ap- 
pear, as lokahi, lomilo, lokea, &c. 

Lio-a, v. To extend; to be long; to be 
indefinitely long as to time, measure or dis- 
tance. 


Lo-a, s. Length. 1 Nal. 6:2. The whole 


of any district of land; long space from 
one place to another ; a length of time. 

2. A bank; a raised place; he ahua a. 

3. A receptacle of filth; he nenelu ino- 
ino. 

4, An officer who has universal charge 
of the taxes. 

5. The name of the general tax itself. 

Lio-a, adj. Long; spoken of time, of 
space or measure. 

Lo-a, adv. An intensive word of gen- 
eral application; much; very; exceed- 
ingly ; it is connected with nouns, adjec- 
tives and verbs. 

Lo-a-a, v. Anomalous. Gram. § 232. 
To obtain; to find; to receive; to have, 
i. @., to have obtained ; to meet with; to 
happen; to befall; to be overtaken; to be 
caught; to be seized; to be possessed of. 
Nore.—Loaa is mostly confined in its mean- 

te ing to a passive or neuter sense; makau 
wau i ke kapaia mai he holoholona i ka 
loaa ole e kahi manao, I was afraid of being 
called a beast for not being seized (possessed 
of) by a thought; that is, for not having a 
thought. 


Lo-a-a, s. The name of a rough scragey 


344 





ae 
se as a coral rock or a rough slab of 
ava. 

2. Applied figuratively to hard, severe, 
cruel kapus ; e ku i ka loaa i ke kapu. 
Lo-a-a, s. A receiving; an obtaining ; 

a getting ; a possessing. 

2. Luck; fortune; success or otherwise; 

e hoao aku hoii Kan loaa. Laieile. 64. 
Lo-a-La, v. In poetry, to praise ; to ex- 

tol; to bless as the people spoke of a 

chief. 

Lo-z, s. The end of a fish-hook oppo- 
site the point. 

Lo-z-a, s. Skill; ingenuity in doing a 
thing ; cleverness in planning and execut- 
ing a project. See Hamza. 

Lo-r-a, adj. Skillful; cunning; ingeni- 
ous at any business. See Lora. 

Lo-E-Lo-E, adj. Flexible; feeble. See 
Loge and MALogtor. 

Lo-1, s. A water kalo patch; an artifi- 
cial pond where kalo is cultivated. 

Lo-1, v. To sneer at or ridicule another’s 
opinion. 

Lo-1, s. Disapprobation or contempt 
shown for another’s opinion ; he hoowaha- 
waha iko hai manao. See Lomor. Loi is 
used as a word of contempt, similar to pu- 
puka. 

Lo-1a, s. See Loza. An ingenious skill- 
ful person ; one who is handy and expert 
at any business; applied only to women as 
maiau is to men. See Marav. 

2. Skill; ingenuity; experience in busi- 





ness. 

Lo-1a, adj. Skillful; ingenious; dex- 
trous; applied only to women. See Nowau 
and MikoLoLonua. 

Lo-1-E, s. See Lomva. A rule of con- 
duct; a command ; a way of doing things. 


Lo-1-E-LE, v. To be slow in doing a 
thing ; to linger ; Joiele kana hana; heaha 
keia hana au e loiele nei? what are you 
doing that you should be so slow ? 

Lo-1-E-LE, s. Slowness in doing a thing; 
ka! manomano ka loiele ia oe, astonishing 
the slowness of you. 

Lo-1-E-LE, adj. Sluggish; dull; slow; 
awkward. 

Lo-1-o, adj. Thin; poor; reduced in 
flesh ; spare. 

Lo-1-o, s. Straightness ; a substance, as 
a stick without crook. 

2. A person reduced in size; thin in flesh. 
3. Eng. A lawyer. 


Lo-to-10, s. The prancing of an un- 
tamed horse on attempting to ride him ; 
loioio expresses his wild appearance. 

2. The appearance of a person half 
frightened. 


LOU 


345 


LOH 





Lo-1-u1, v. To be long ; to be lengthened | Lo-v-a, adv. Quickly; no delay, as the 


out, as space or time ; to live Jong. 
2. To be far off ; to be ata great distance. 


lapse of time, as quick work, &c.; loua ole 
aku nei; ua /owa ole aku ka hana. 


_ 8. Hoo. To make long; to lengthen out, | Lou-Hao, s. Low and hao, iron. Aniron 


as time; to procrastinate; to put far off. 
Amos 6:3. To add to the length of time 
or distance. 2 Nal. 20:6. 

Lo-1-m1, s. Length; distance; length of 
time. 

Lo-1-m1, adj. Long; applied to time or 
distance; also, the measure of anything, as 
timber, cloth, &e.; kahi loihi, a great dis- 
tance off. Norr.—This word is sometimes 
vulgarly pronounced as if written lokihi. 

Lo-1-Lo-1, v. See Lor. To ridicule; to 
contemn or sheer at one’s thought or opin- 
ion. 

Lo-1-na, s. A statute; an ordinance; a 
rule; a command; an act: a device, &e. 
2. The meaning of a word or thing. 

3. A pithy or wise saying. 
4. A sign of some coming event. 

Lo-1-na, adj. Rulable; according to 
order after established custom. 

Loo, v. To overtake; to come upon, as 
a disease; to come upon, as evil or a judg- 
ment; found only in the passive loohia. 

Loo-n1-a, v. For looia, passive of loo. 
To be overtaken by anything, as a disease. 
1 Sam. 5:12. By suffering or misfortune. 
Kin. 44:29. By sadness or grief. Puk. 
15:14. To come upon,as oppression. Jamk. 
6:13. To fall upon one, as fear. Luk. 8:37. 
To befall one. set. 4:7. See Loura. 


Loo-Ka-HI, v. Looand kahi, one. Tobe 
of one mind or accord ; to agree together ; 
to think alike. See Loxaat. 

Loo-xa-ut, adj. Same; similar; mu- 
tual; alike. 

Loo-Ka-H1, adv. With one accord; with 
unanimity. Oth. 4:24. 

Lov, v. ‘l'o bend, as a hook; to bend 
around (hence kulou, to stand bent, i. e., 
bowing down.) 

2. To hook; to pull with a hook; to 
come up with a hook, as a fish. 

3. To insert; to fit on, as a ring on the 
finger. Hin. 24:47. 

4, Hoo. To hook; to pull with a hook. 
2 Oihl. 33:11. I hoolouia i ka makau ke- 
kahi poe i holo ilalo, some who had sunk 
down were hooked up with fish-hooks. 


hook. See Lov above. 

Lo-v-nu, v. To leap off; to fly away; e 
Jehai aku. 

Lov-1a, adj. Fast; firm, as a nail that 
takes firm hold of the wood. 

Lou-tovu, v. See Lov. To bend over; 
to bend down. 

2. To hold fast, as with a hook; to hook 
round the fingers and pull, a trial of 
strength. See LovLouLmta. 

2. Hua. To be bowed or bent over with 
grief; to be deeply affected. 2 Sam. 13:33. 

3. To weep on account of deep repent- 
ance. 

Lov-tou, adj. Bending over or around. 

2. Bent with pain or grief. 

3. Hooked or held fast. 

Lov-tov, s. The name of an exercise or 
play ; eia kekahi lealea, o ka loulou, here 
is one exercise. the lowlou. 

Lov-Lovu-Li-ma, v. See Loutov, v., and 
Lima, the hand. To hook in one’s fingers 
with the fingers of another person and pull. 


Lo-u-Lu, s. A tree with wide leaves; 
the fan-leafed palm tree. 
2. The fruit of the loulu. 
3. An umbrella, especially a Chinese 
umbrella. 
4, A screen from the sun or rain, as the 
leaf was used for a covering. 
5. The name of a species of fish. 
Lo-u-tv, adj. Lala lowu, the palm 
branching tree. 2 Oihl. 3:5. 
2. Pointed; sharp, like the points at the 
ends of palm leaves. 
Lo’u-pa-Li, s. A kind of residence for 
people, like puha. 
Lo-wa, s. Love; affection, &c.; the 
root of the word aloha. 
‘2. A plant or branch of a tree growing 
thriftily. 
3. The trimming to the corners and ridge 
of a thatched house. 
4, The art of thatching well. 
5. An under head man. 
6. A kind of sport of former times, the 
same as kilu; e haele kakou i ka hale loha 
oO Mea. 


¢ 


Lov, s. A hook. Isa. 37:29. Lou io, a | Lo-Ha, v. To fade; to wilt; to wither, 


flesh hook. Puk. 27:3. ou hao, an iron 
hook; a joining. 1 QOihl. 22:3. 
2. A pain in the side; a stitch. 
3. A perpendicular descent. 
Lo-u-a, v. For louta. To crook, as a 
hook; to be crooked. 


Lo-Ha-Lo-HA, adj. Speechless through 


as vegetables ; e mae. 


Lo-wa, adj. Sullen; dumpish; indis-. 


posed to speak or act. 


fear; unable to utter on account of fear or 
astonishment. See the above. 


2. To pull off with a stick or hook, as|Lo-Ha-1, s. A lever for raising heavy 


oranges or other fruit from a tree. 


articles. 


LOK 


2. The name of a disease ; a swelling of 
the face, breast, ec. 
3. The lameness of the legs from walking. 

Lo-H4-1, adj. Belonging to a lever for 
prying up heavy masses; he laau lohai 
moku e upe ana i na malua nui. 

Lo-ue, v. To hear, as the ear a voice 
or sound. 

2. To obey; to follow instructions ; to 
regard. 

3. Hoo. To give such attention as to un- 
derstand and practice or obey. unk. 2:2. 

Lo-HE-a, v. Passive of lohe for loheia. 
To be heard, &e. 

Lo-He-Lav, s. ‘The plate of a house 
frame on which the rafters are fastened ; 
kauia ka lohelau ma ka waha o ka pou. 

Lo-HE-Lav, adj. Old; worn out; rotten, 
as timber, houses, &c. 

2. Exhausted ; spent, as a man by fast- 
ing or hunger or fatigue. 

Lo-HE-LAv, adj. Excellent; good ; fit- 

@ ting. 
-Lo-neE-to-nE, v. To hear indistinctly or 
incorrectly ; scarcely to hear. 

Lo-u1, v. To linger; to be tardy ; a loki 
aku la maua mahope me ka hele malie, we 
two lingered behind by walking slowly. 

2. To wait; to stay; to be slack to doa 
thing. Kanl. 7:10. 

3. Hoo. To be slow; to be dilatory ; to 
be cautious. Jak. 1:19. 

Lo-u1, s. The name of the sexual organ 
of a horse; also, the sexual organ of men. 
See Ute. Ka welau o ka lohi o ka lio. 

Lo-n1, adj. Tardy; lingering; slow; 
feeble. 

Lo-n1, adv. Tardily; slowly. 

Lo-ni-a, v. See Loonta. To happen to 
one ; to fall upon; to befall, as a calamity 
or disease. Mat. 4:24. 

2. To unite; to come together, as two 
things. 
3. To overtake. 

Lo-u1-a, adj. Overtaken; seized ; pos- 
sessed of, as by a spirit ; overcome, as by 
sleep ; overtaken by a fault. 

Lo-n1-au, v. To be slow in doing a 
thing; to make blunders; lohiaw Puna i ke 
akua wahine. 

Lo-nt-Lo-H1, v. See Loni. To be very 
slow, &c. Hoo. To be tardy; to delay 
doing a thing ; to bear long with one’s of- 
fenses; to be slow in executing justice; to 
procrastinate. 

Lo-ka, s. A state of mind full of doubt 
about any fact or information ; anbelief ; 
disbelief, especially of religious truth. 

Lo-xa-n1, v. To be alike; to be agreed; 
i lokahi ka ike, a i kuikahi ka manao, that 
they may know the same thing, and agree 





346 


a a 
in opinion; to be of one mind; to be in 


LOK 


union or unison. 2 Oihl. 5:13. Hoo. To 
cause a union; to make a united effort of 
the moral powers. Hal. 86:11. 

Lo-xa-n1, s. See Looxaui. Agreement 
in mind; unanimity of sentiment; union of 
feeling ; oneness ; similarity. 

Lo-xa-n1, adj. See Looxant. Of the 
same mind; agreed; of the same opinion. 
1 Sam. 11:7. 

Lo-xa-u1, adv. Similar; with one ac- 
cord; with unanimity of sentiment. Jos. 
9:2. 

Lo-ke, s. A vicious orthography for 
rose. Hng. A rose. 

Lo-xE-a, s. A long pointed knife with | 
a white handle; pahi loihi, kumu keokeo. 


Lo-xE-a, adj. White. See Keaand Keo. 


Lo-xo, s. The inner part; that which 
is within ; applied to persons or things. 

1. To persons, the internal organs. 

2. The moral state or disposition of a 
person, either good or bad, according to its 
compounds ; as, loko maikai, loko ino, &e. 

3. Applied to things, the within ; the in- 
terior ; that which belongs within ; the in- 
wards; ia po no. ai no i ka loko o ka ilio 
noa, on that night indeed, they ate the in- 
wards of a dog not forbidden; he mau mea 
e pili ana maloko o ka naau; ia loko, the 
within. Mat. 23:26. Nore—The Hawai- 
ians believed that the moral powers or dis- 
positions had their seat in the small intes- 
tines. See Naav. 

Lo-xo, adj. Inner; what is within; pa- 
hale loko, the inner court. 1 Nal. 6:36. 
Lo-xo, prep. In; within; inner, &c. ; 
compounded with the simple prepositions 
0, ko, no, 74, ma and mai. Gram. § 161. 
See each in its place. Ja loko is used in 

Mat. 23:26. 

Lo-xo, s. A pond; a lake; a small col- 
lection of water ; he wai lana malie i puni 
i ka aina. 

Lo-xo-1-No, v. Loko, disposition, and 
ino, bad. To act vilely; to deal maleyo- 
lently ; to exhibit a bad disposition. 

Lo-xo-1-no, s. An evil disposition; des- 
titute of kindness. 

Lo-Ko-1-No, adj. Careless ; slothful ; un- 
merciful ; unkind; ungenerous. 

Lo-xo-1-No-14, s. Cruelty; malevolence. 
Tnnk. 9:24. 

Lo-Ko-1a-I-K1, adj. Loko and hatki, close. 
Standing thick together; little space be- 
tween. 

2. Parsimonious ; close-fisted ; hard. 


Lo-xo-Lo-Ko, v. See Loxo, pond. To 


stand in puddles or pools of water; e ha- 
lokoloko. ees, 
Lo-xo-.i-v, v. Loko and liu, insipid. To 


LOL 


be insipid ; to be without strength; to be 
bitter. 

Lo-xo-Li-v, adj. Cross; angry; indif- 
ferent. 

Lo-xo-11-nu, adj. Loko and linu, close. 
Parsimonious. See LOKOHMAIKI. 

Lo-ko-mal-Kal, v. Loko, disposition, and 
maikai, good. To feel and act benevo- 
lently; to be kindly disposed towards one; 
to be favorable to one. 

Lo-Ko-MaI-KAl, s. Grace; favor; spe- 

Lo-Ko-MAI-KAT-IA, cial favor: good will. 
Kin, 39:4. 

Lo-xo-mai-Kal, adj. Merciful. Puk. 34:6. 
Disposed to do good; generous; obliging; 
kind. 

Lo-xo-wal, s. Loko and wai, water. A 
fountain. Sol. 5:16. 

Lo-xu, v. To prostitute for pay on a 
large scale. 

Lo-xu, s. A sort of pain, ache, distress. 

Lo-xu, adj. Distressing ; painful ; fear- 
ful; ka leo o ka ua loko me ka hekili, the 
sound of the severe rain with the thun- 
der. 

Lo-xu-Lo-ku, v. To suffer pain ; e loku- 
loku nei iloko o ka hanaia, to suffer pain in 
what was done. 


Lo-ku-Lo-ku, s. See Loxv. Pain; dis- 


tress ; numbness of limbs. 

Lo-xvu-Lo-ku, v. See Loxotoxo. 

Lo-1a, adj. Paralyzed; stiff; lame. 

2. Idle; neglected; barren, as a fruit 
tree ; emasculated. 

Lo-xa, s. A palsied person; one help- 
less. 

Lo-LA-Lo-LA, v. See Lona. Ua lolalola 
lolohili. 

Lo-LA-Mo-E-HA-LAU, v. Lola and moe, to 
lie down, and halau, along house. To be 
idle; to be useless, as a person. See Lo.o- 
MOEHALAU. 

Lo-te, v. To turn inside out; e huli- 
huli; to unfold to view. 

2. To change one’s mind. Hal. 15:14. 
To rectify ; to arrange; to alter from one 
thing to another. set. 9:1. 

3. To beat down one’s price. 

4. To flay; to skin, as an animal. 
4:6. Lole i ka ili. 
~ §. To work with one’s own hands. 

6. To thatch a house smoothly. 

7. To be weary, as with traveling; to be 


Oihk. 


lame. 
8. To be weak in the knees. Hoo. To 
flay ; to take off the skin. Mik. 3:3. 


Lo-tz, s. Cloth, particularly foreign 
cloth ; he aa haole. 

2. A garment. unk. 8:25. Lole komo, 

@ garment; wearing apparel; lole hana, 


347 


LOL 


garments for particular work. Puk. 39:1. 
Lole lauoho, sack cloth. Hoik. 6:12. 

3. Straight smooth hair, like the Chinese. 

Lo-te-a, adj. Found in the phrase lo- 
lea keia kala, bad money perhaps; perhaps 
it is for loleia, to be changed. 

Lo-te-Hav, v. To limp; to be weary 
from walking; to be lame. 

Lo-LE-HA-NA, S. Lole and hana, work. 
A working garment. See Lous, s. 

Lo-te-tav, s. Lole and lau, leaf. The 
art of thatching and trimming off a house. 
See Loxe 6. 

Lo-1e-Lo, v. To jump; to skip. Jer. 
48:27. Ua lolelo no oe i ka olioli. 

Lo-Le-Lu-A, v. Lole and lua, twice. To 
be changeable; to be unstable; to be 
double minded; lolelua ka naau. Jak. 1:8. 
See Naavutua. To act with indecision ; to 
change; to pervert; to cause a change. 
Kekah. 7:7. 

2. To be in doubt; to hesitate; to turn 
back. 

Lo-.z-Lv-a, s. Doubt; hesitancy; a 
changing often of one’s opinions or plans; 
e hana paha, aole paha, aole anei ia he lole- 
lua? to work perhaps, not perhaps, is not 
that indecision ? 

Lo-.E-Lu-a, adj. Changeable; fickle ; 
double minded. Sol. 24:21. 

Lo-LtE-na, v. Lole and ana, i. e., lole 
ana. To be limber; to be flexible, as cloth. 

2. To be inefficient ; to be impotent; to 
be incapacitated. 

3. To have lost one’s beauty and energy 
of person. 

4. To produce no fruit, as a vegetable. 

Lo-LE-NA, s. A person, animal or vege- 
table slighted for want of beauty and other 
desirable qualifications ; he maia aao; he 
maia kukanaloa, he mea ku wale iho no; 
he lolena, no ka mea aohe ona kulia; a per- 
son despised or not desired by women. 

Lo-LE-na, adj. Weak; faded; withered, 
as a plant or fruit or a person. 

Lo-ut, v. The definitions of this word 
run into those of lole. To turn over; to 
change ; to alter. 

2. Hoo. The same. To turn into. Weh. 
13:2. Also, to change one thing, purpose 
or plan for another. in. 50:2. To alter 
one’s design; e hoololii ka manao. 2 Sam. 
24:16. 

3. To make a spot with coloring matter; 
to daub; to color; e kikohu, e onionio; to 
color in spots, as was often done with kapa. 

Lo-u1, s. ‘The biche de mer, the name of 
a species of fish; he ia maka ole; a fish 
without eyes; a soft limpsy fish without 
bones. Anat. 1. 

Lo-ti-a, v. See Lotma. To turn on one 
side, then on the other, as a sleepy person. 


2. Applied to a new canoe when drawn 
from the mountains, it turns on one side 


348 


LOL 


a tree; connected with kiekie. Isa. 2:13. 
Afar off. 


then the other when drawing; lolia ke akua| Lo-to-a, adv. Afar off; a long time; 


i kaula. 

Lo-tu, v. To make ready ; to prepare 
before hand; to prepare for an event; no- 
laila, e lolii e oukou iho, therefore prepare 
yourselves before hand. 

Lo-tu, s. What is thought of before 
hand; that which is prepared previous to 
use, e 

Lo-tu, adj. Prepared; ready; furnished. 

2. Having very many sides, as a stick of 
house timber; where there are less sides 
it is opaka. 

Lo-ui-1a, v. To be turned or changed. 

Lo-i-Lo-1, v. See Lou. To be water 
soaked or tough, as kalo sometimes is; to 
be damaged or changed, as food; to be 
unsound. See OLOLILOLI. 

Lo-ti-Lo-t1, adj. A term applied to 
water-soaked vegetables, especially to kalo; 
tough; changed for the worse; applied 
also to vegetable food. 

Lo-ti-Lu-a, adj. See Lotetva. Change- 
able ; fickle ; given to change. 


Lo-to, v. To punish; to fine for delin- 
quency. 
2. To ordain ; to appoint. 


Lo-to; s. The brain of a person or ani- 
mal; lolo poo. Anat. 49. 

2. The marrow of the bones ; lolo iwi. 

3. The seat of thought; ke kumu o ka 
manao ma ke poo. Notre.—This is a mod- 
ern idea: the ancient Hawaiians supposed 
the seat of thought to be in the naau. 

4. The palsy; feebleness or disuse of 
one’s limbs. Mat. 4:24. 

5. A person afflicted with the palsy. 

6. A person very awkward at doing any- 
thing as though he had not the use of his 
limbs. 

7. The sheath that surrounds a young 
cocoanut. 

Lo-to, s. The name of the hog sacri- 
ficed on the finishing of a canoe; alaila, 
lolo ka waa, hoomana hou no i ke akua; e 
hoolohe mai oe i ka maikai o ka lolo ana o 
ka waa. ; 

Lo-xo, adj. Palsied; lying helpless. 

2. Indolent; lazy. 

3. Crazy ; insane. 

4. Tall ; slender, as a man. 

Lo-Lo, éntesj7. An expression of triumph 
over the ills of another; same as akola. 
See OLoxo. 

Lo-to-a, v. See Loa. To be long; to 
grow or to become long. Dan. 4:33. To 
go afar off; to be at a great distance. 

Lo-Lo-a, s. Length. 

Lo-to-a, adj. See Loa. Long; tall, as 


uhai loloa, following a long distance. 

Lo-to-av, s. A species of fish. ~* 

Lo-Lo-HE, v. See Louse. The intensive 
conj. of lohe, to hear. To hear quickly; to 
listen attentively, &c.; but the same word 
also signifies nearly the opposite ; as, 

2. Not to hear quickly; to make excuses; 
to procrastinate obedience; to be sluggish 
in obeying one’s orders ; to be heavy ; to 
be dull; to be inattentive. Hoo. The same. 
Norr.—The second definitions are proba- 
bly from lohi, to be slow. 

Lo-to-HE, adj. The same in the adjec- 
tive asin the verb. See above. Hearing 
quickly ; giving ready attention; yielding 
quick obedience. &c. 

2. Slow in hearing; dull; disobedient. 
Hoo. The same. 

Lo-to-u1, v. The intensive of lohi. To 
be very tardy or slow; to be very linger- 
ing; to lag far behind. 

Lo-Lo-u1, s. One slow from disease, as 
the palsy or other disease. . 

Lo-to-u1, adj. Very slow; tardy; lin- 
gering behind; dilatory. 

Lo-Lo-H1-L1, v. See Lotoa and H111, to 
wander. To be far off; to be at a great 
distance ; to stretch out a long way; ua 
lolalola lolohili. 

Lo-to-x1, adj. See Lotont. Slow; lin- 
gering ; weak in walking. 

Lo-to-x1-a, s. The stem of a cocoanut 
fruit; the branch that connects the fruit 
with the tree. 

Lo-Lo-Hu-A, s. One skilled in the use of 
language, especially the ancient language; 
0 ka lolohua alii o Kama i ka moku. 

Lo-to-nu-a, adj. Indulging or cherish- 
ing an evil disposition. 

Lo-Lo-Hu-a-ME-A, s. The appearance of 
the verge of the ocean to one in a canoe on 
the ocean, as it appears green or dark col- 
ored. 

Lo-to-nu-a-mE-A, s. The epithet of a 
child who speaks correctly and uses lan- 
guage with propriety. 

Lo-to-xaa, s. Lolo, brain, and kaa, to 
turn. A disease of the head; dizziness af- 
fecting the eyes ; a dropsy in the head. 

Lo-to-ku, adv. Spatteringly, as a heavy 
rain; as rain drops falling into water, caus- 
ing a sound and a bubbling up; ue, ue lo- 
loku mai ana, 

Lo-Lo-xu-11, adj. Sick and deaf, that is, 
deaf from disease; want of hearing; ko 
makou pepeiao i mau aa lolokuli. 

Lo-to-Lo, v. To think; to reflect; to 
reason ; to turn over in one’s mind, 


| LOM 
Lo-to-L0-a, s. Lolo, palsy, and doa, very. 


The feeling of an arm or leg when the blood 
ceases to circulate. 

Lo-to-10-a, adj. Intensive of loa. Very 

long, as to time or measure; na lima lolo- 
loa, very long arms. 

Lo-.o-Lo-nE, adj. See Lotoxuri. Deaf; 
unable to hear from disease or ofher ways; 
i loheia e na aa lololohe; aka, inai lilo ke 
aa lololohe i ko makou pepeiao i mau aa 
lolokuli. 

Lo-Lo-Lo-Hu-A, adv. See Lotonvuaabove. 
To pronounce clearly, distinctly and cor- 
recily ; ke pane lololohua mai nei ia. 

Lo-Lo-t0-Lo-Hu-a, adj. Thinking; wise; 
skillful ; reflecting. 

Lo-Lo-mo-b-HA-LAU, adj. See LoLamoE- 
HALAU. Idle; useless, &c. 

Lo-Lo-Mo-E-HA-LAU, s. A man, woman 
or child who is lazy, indisposed to work ; 
o ke kane palaualelo, molowa, hana ole, 
oia hoi ka lolomoehalau. 

Lo-to-ni-u, s. Lolo and niu, cocoanut. 
A canoe made of a cocoanut tree ; he waa 
loloniu. 

Lo-to-pat-o, v. To be tall and slim, as 
aman; ua lolopaio i ka la. 

Lo-no-pai-o-Ea, s. A tall slim person 
with a thin hatchet face. 

Lo-to-pat-o-EA, v. To walk unsteadily, 
as a thin person. 

Lo-to-ri-0, v. Lolo for dele, and pio, an 
arch. ‘To fly in a curved line; to fly as a 
meteor ; e lele me he akua lele la; me ka 
welowelo, as a comet; to bend up the legs, 
as one jumping into the water. 

Lo-to-roo, s. Lolo, palsy, and poo, head. 
The marrow of the head; the brain. 

2. A disorder of the head. 
3. The seat of thoughtin men. See Loxo. 


Lo-to-pu-a, s. The zenith; the point 
directly over head; eia la i kalolopua o ka 
lani. 

Lo-ma, v. To be lazy; to be slow; to 
be awkward ; to be indolent. 

Lo-ma, s. Slowness; want of skill; 
awkwardness. 

Lo-ma, adj. Lazy; awkward; unskillful. 

Lo-ma-to-ma, v. The intensive of loma 
in all its definitions. 

Lo-ma-to-ma, s. Idleness ; 
awkwardness. 

Lo-MA-LO-MA-AI-HA-LA-LE, adj. Loma, 
lazy, and aihalale, to live on others. Lazy 
and eating the food of others through idle- 
ness: aole e loaa keia mea, o ka naauao, i 
ka mea manaka, aole hoi i ka mea kaialile 
lomalomaaihalale, this thing, knowledge, 
cannot be obtained by the easily discour- 
aged nor by the indolently awkward. 


indolence ; 


349 


LON 


Lo-m1, v. To rub; to press; to squeeze 
with the hand any one that is in pain or 
fatigued; to shampoo; hence, 

2. Kia. To comfort; to quiet; elomi ana 
au i ka eha o ko’u naau, | am comforting 
myself for my bad feelings. 

3. To czush; to mash fine; e hoowali; e 
hooaeae. 

Lo-mi, s. A rubbing, pressing or squeez- 
ing of one in pain or sick. 

Lo-mi-a, v. For lomiia. To feel of ; to 
pinch ; to squeeze; to press. 

Lo-m1-Lo, v. See Mito, Omino and Hiro. 
To spin with the fingers; to twist, as thread; 
to make ropes, cords, &c. 

Lo-m1-Lo-m1, v. See Lomi. To rub; to 
squeeze and chafe the limbs of one who is 
weary or in pain; to shampoo except the 
bathing. 

2. To mitigate or ease pain by so doing. 

3. To mend letters in writing, that is, to 
draw: the pen two or three times over the 
same line to improve its appearance. 

4, To feel of a thing to ascertain its qual- 
ities; Jomilomi iho la kuu lima i ua pohaku 
la, he paakikila! my hand felt of that stone, 
it was hard. ; 

5. To act upon, as the Spirit of God acts 
upon the heart; i na manawa a pau loa 
kona (ko ke Akua) lomilomi ana mai ia’u, 
at all times has he (God) acted upon me. 


Lo-mi-Lo-m1, s. A rubbing, pressing, &c. 
See Lot. 

2. The servant whose business it was to 
take care of the spittle and excrements of 
the chief. 

Lo-na, s. The blocks of wood on which 


double canoes rest when out of water. 
2. The name of the wood out of which 
such blocks were made. 
Lo-na, adj. Useless; in vain ; without 
advantage ; awkward. 
2. Straight; direct. 
Lo-no, v. To hear, as a sound; to hear, 
as the voice of one calling. 
2. To regard, as a command; to keep; 
to observe ; to obey. 
3. To hear a report. Dan. 11:44. 
4. Hoo. To cause to hear, &c.; to listen; 
to regard. Dan. 9:10. 


Lo-no, s. A report; news; a hearing of 
something new ; fame. 

2. Areport of what one has heard another 
say. in. 37:2. News; nui ka maua ka- 
mailio ana ia po na na Jono ame na hanai 
hanaia, we two had much conversation that 
night respecting the news and what had 
been done. 

3. A rumor; a report. 

4. Fame. 1 Oihl. 14:17. 

5. Tidings. Ezek. 21:7. 

6. A remembrance. Sanl. 32:26. 


2 Nal. 19:7. 


LU 


300 


LUA 





7. The name of a day of the month; o 
kakahiaka ae, 0 Lono ia la. 

Lo-no, s. He nui ka poe ao i ka lono 
maka ihe. 

Lo-no, s. Name of one of the four great 
gods of the Hawaiian Islands; the four 
were Lono, Ku, Kane and Kanaloa. 

Lo-no-a-k1-H1, s. Name of the eel god. 

Lo-no-uu, s. Lono and hii, to tend a 
child. A child that is much tended and 
dandled. 

Lo-no-to-no-a, s. A hearsay; a gossip; 
tattling; a story without foundation; lono- 
lonoa i ka hiki o ka aina. 

Lo-nu, v. To swell; to be large. 

2. To be in pain; to groan with pain. 
3. To cheat in play; to be trickish. 

Lo-nu, s. A swell; a cheat; a liar; a 
rogue. 

Lo-pa, s. A man who cultivates land 
under a common farmer, but owns no lands 
himself; a tenant; he mahi kihapai malalo 
aku o ka hoa aina. 

Lo-pA-Hoo-PI-LI-wa-LE, s. A low grade 
of farmers who obtained their living by ad- 
hering to the lopas or under farmers. 

Lo-pa-Ku-A-KE-A, Ss. Lopa and kuakea. 
A man who cultivates a garden under a 
lopa; a farmer of a lower grade than even 
alopa. Laieik. 21. 

Lo-pa-LAu-E-KA, s. Lopa and daueka, 
awkward. A man slovenly, awkward and 
unskillful in his work. 

Lo-ps, iF Eng. from the Eng. rope, 

Lo-Pt, but used by Hawaiians for thread, 
sewing thread; it should be written rope 
or ropi. Lunk. 16:12. He mea e humu- 
humu aii ka lole. See Ropr. 

Lo-rt-o, v. See Pio. To bend over, as 
in nodding or going to sleep. 

Lo-ru, s. The name of the koi (hatchet) 
offered in sacrifice. 

Lo-wal-a, s. See Lawata. A fisherman. 


Lo-walr-A, v. See Lawata. To catch 
fish. 

Lo-ca, s. Heb. A Hebrew liquid meas- 
ure; alog. Oihk. 14:10. 

Lo-cou, s. Gr. The name of the second 
person in the Trinity; an appellation of 
Jesus Christ. John 1:1. 

Lu, v. Toscatter; to throw away small 
things, as ashes or sand. Puk. 9:8. To 
drip, as water. Laieik. 80. 

2. To sow, as grain 
3. To shake; to kick or remove dust from 
one’s feet. 


2. That which is shot froma gun; hence, 
gun shot. from their scattering. 

3. The small seeds of the puakala. 

4, A kind of medicine; the same as keua- 
kala; small seeds beaten wp and mixed 
with some liquid for a purgative; the real 
name of the plant is naule. 

Lu-a, v. To kill by breaking the bones. 
Nort.—The lua was much practiced in an- 
cient times and is understood now by some 
old people. 

2. To dig a pit; to make a deep hole in 
the ground. 

Lu-a, s. The art of breaking the bones 
of a person. 

2. The art of noosing men in order to 
murder them, as was practiced on Kauai. 

3. The place where the art of the /wa was 


taught. 
4. A pit. Puk. 21:33. A hole; a grave; 
aden. unk. 6:2. 


Lu-a, s. See Lua, adj. A second; an 
equal; an assistant; a copy of a writing. 
Kanl. 17:18. 

2. Likeness in quality; aole lua e like 
me ia, there is no second like it, i. e., there 
is nothing like it. See Luaonr. 

3. Lua expresses admiration and applies 
to what is good; lua poli, the endeared 
bosom of a warm-hearted friend. Nore.— 
Lua was the watch-word given by Hoapili 
previous to the last battle on Kauai. 

Lu-a, adj. The number two. See ALua 
and ELua. Two; double; hence, 

2. Deceitful; naau dua, a deceitful heart; 
double minded. Hal. 12:2. 

3. Weak; flexible ; feeble ; -nawaliwali, 
palupalu. ; 

Lu-a, adv.. Secondly; a second time. 

Jah. 1:9. ; 

Lu-a-a-H1, s. Lua, pit, and ahi, fire. 
Literally, the volcano of Kilauea on Hawaii. 

2. Figuratively, the place of punishment 
hereafter ; hell; o ka hewa ka waa pae i 
ka luaahi, sin is the canoe that lands in 
hell; 0 ka luaahi ke awa o ka make mau 
loa, hell is the harbor of eternal death. 

Lu-a-a-pa-NA, v. To live idly or in 
pleasure ; to live wantonly ; e noho lealea 
me ka akaaka ame ke kamailio lapuwale. 
Heaha ka oukou e hana nei? Aole, e lua- 
apana wale ana no makou. See Luana. 

Lu-a1, v. To vomit; to cast out of the 
stomach; to cast forth from the mouth. 
Hoik. 12:15. O ka mea i luaiia, aole ia e 
ai hou iho, that which has been vomited up 
is not to be eaten again. Fie. Applied to 
a country, to cast out as a country casts 
out its peoplefor their crimes. Oihk. 18:25. 


4. To dive or plunge in the water. 2} Lu-a1, s. Sickness of the stomach. 


Nal. 5:14. To dive, as in taking a squid. 
Lu, s. That which is thrown away or 
scattered. 


2. A discharge from the stomach. 
3. The matter or that which is vomited 
up. 2 Pet, 2:22. 


LUA 


301 


LUA 





Lu-ai-a-Ko-ko, s. Luat and koko, blood. | Lu-a-n1-NE, s. Luaand wahine, woman. 


A vomiting of blood. 

Lu-al-E-LE, v. To go about from house 
to house or from place to place without 
apparent object; to live without purpose. 
Hoo. To live by deceit. 

Lv-al-E-LE-1A, s. Laziness; indolence ; 
bad habits; destitution; minamina ino 
ko’u manao i ka luaiele i keia la, 0 luaie- 
leia e kanaka. 

Lu-ai-xu, s. A word made use of by 
Kamehameha I. to express his contempt of 
cowards, meaning Kamehameha will vomit. 

Lu-al-PE-LE, s. Luatand Pele, the god- 
dess of volcanoes. Brimstone; sulphur. 
Kanl. 29:22. 

Lu-ai-po, s. ‘The name of an ancient 
progenitor, before Wakea ; his cotempora- 
ries were called he poe ike ole, he poe na- 
aupo. 

Lu-a-o-HA-NE, s. Lua, pit, and ohane 
for whane,soul. The inner canthus or angle 
of the eye ; the lachrymal duct perhaps. 

Lu-s-o-LE, s. Lua, second, and ole, no; 
none. A darling; a nonesuch; an only 
and dear one. Hal. 35:17. 

2. Used in a bad sense, luaole 0 ka waha- 
hee, no other such liar; luaole o ka ike 
maka ole, none his like in blindness or want 
of observation. 

Lu-a-o-n1, s. The name of the second 
man that fell in battle; o ka lua o ke ka- 
naka i make mua mai, he /waoni ia. 

Lvu-avu, s. The petal of a plant; the leaf 
of the kalo ; boiled herbs. i. e., the young 
kalo leaves gathered and cooked for food. 

2. Fia. A parent; one to whom a child 
can resort for food; probably so called be- 
cause a parent is one to whom a child can 
resort for bis food; o kona luau (ka makua) 
no ia. 

3. The name of a species of soft porous 
stone. 

Lv-av, adj. Full; stuffed; crammed ; 
filled full. 

Lu-avu-1, s. A parent; those whom chil- 
dren call parents or makuas; he makua, 
he mau makua. Note.—Luaui united with 
makua, means the natural parent as distinct 
from an adopted parent or uncle or aunt. 

Lv-a-U-HA-NE, s. See Luaonane above. 
The inner corner of the eye. Anat. 11. 

Lu-A-HE-LE, v. Lua, pit, and hele, to go. 
To lead astray from the path of virtue ; to 
seduce. 

Lvu-a-HE-LE, s. A leading astray; a de- 
ceiving ; a speaking evil against a person. 

Lv-a-u1, s. Name of a person or per- 
sons captured in battle; name of one 
whipped in a single fight; i upu aku ai 
oukou o ka oukou luahi ka ike. 





Lu-a-LU-Al,_ 5. 





A contraction of lwwahine. An old woman. 

Lu-a-Ho-HO-NU, s. Lua, pit, and hohonu, 
deep. A deep pit or ditch; the bottomless 
pit, hell. Hoik. 9:1. 

Lu-a-nu-na, s. Lua and huna, to hide. 
A cave or pit in which property was con- 
cealed, as in time of war; a concealed or 
hidden pit. 

Lu-a-Ho-A-NA, S. The halo or rainbow 
appearance around the sun or moon. 

Lu-a-ka-Ha, v. To have dwelt long in 
a place; to have become an inhabitant; to 
be at home; to be familiar with a location; 
heaha ka oukou e noho ai maanei? Ans. 
Ka inoa he luakaha ko makou noho ana. 

Lvu-a-Ka-LAl, s. See Luanoana. A halo 
around the sun or moon in cloudy or hazy 
weather. 

Lvu-A-KA-LAI-LA-NI,_ Ss. See LUAHOANA 
and Luaxanar. <A halo, &e. 

Lu-a-kE-LE, s. A sepulchre; a place for 
depositing the dead. 

Lu-a-ki-n1, s. Lua, pit, and kini, mul- 
titude. A heiau of the largest class; 0 ka 
luakini, oia ka heiau a ke alii nui e noiaku 
ai ina ’kua ona. 

2. The highest species of house in a heiau 
where human sacrifices were offered. 

3. The worshipers in a temple. Jer. 7:4. 
Note.—Since the introduction of the chris- 
tian religion, the name luakini has been 
given to places of worship dedicated to 
Jehovah; e hai i ka olelo a ke Akua iloko 
0 ka luakini o Iehova. 

Lu-a-Ku-PA-PAU, Ss. Luaand kupapau,a 
corpse. A grave; a receptacle of dead 
bodies; a tomb; asepulchre. 1 Nal. 13:30. 

Lu-a-to-a, s. A species of fish-hook. 

Lu-a-Lu-a, v. To be flexible; to be pli- 
able; to be soft; hence, 

2. To be old, as garments; to be much 
worn or used. Heb. 1:11. 

Lu-a-Lu-a, s. A second-hand garment; 
soft; pliable; flimsy cloth. 

2. A rough road; many small ravines 
crossing it. 

3. Rough uneven land. 

4. A round net for taking fish; he upena 
poepoe. 

Lu-a-Lu-a, adj. Limber; flexible; flimsy. 

Lu-a-Lu-al, v. Lua, twice, and Zuai, to 
raise from the stomach. To raise the food 
again from the stomach to the mouth, as 
ruminating animals. 

2. To chew the cud. Kanl. 14:6. Hoo. 
The same; to raise and chew the cud. 


Hoo. The cud; that 
which is raised from the stomach of an an- 
imal to be chewed over again; he mea hoo- 
lualuaiia. Oihk. 11:3. 


LUE 


Doe 


LUU 


Lu-a-Lu-A-NA, v. The intensive of Juana. | Lu-E-au, adj. Soft; yielding, &c. 


To be satisfied; to live comfortably ; to 
seek pleasure ; to be merry. 

Lu-a-ME-KI, s. Lua and meki, so deep 
as not to see the bottom. A very deep pit; 
a concealed hole in the ground. Zek.9:11. 

Lu-a-na, v. To live in idleness or pleas- 
ure; to be satisfied with one’s self. Hoo. 
The same. Heaha ka oukou e hana nei? 
Aole, e Juana wale ana no makou. 

Lu-a-na, adj. Satisfied; easy; living 
in pleasure or idleness. See LuaLuana. 

Lu-a-nuv, v. To be dressed out with a 
large kuina of kapa, as the gods were on 
important occasions. 

2. To stand around, as the gods around 
the temple. 

Lu-a-Nuv, s. The name of two gods in 
the house of Lono. 

Lu-a-pas-na-0, s. Lua, pit, and paahao, 
iron fast. A dungeon.” Jer. 37:16. A place 
of the lowest prisons. Puke. 12:29. 

Lv-a-paa-Ha-0, adj. Appertaining to the 
lowest prisons or dungeons; hale luapaa- 
hao. See reference above. 

Lu-a-pau, s. The bottomless pit in the 
luakini; hence synonymous with luakini. 

2. A yawning or devouring pit. 

3. Fic. That which causes ruin or de- 
struction; o ka mai pala, oia ka luapaw o 
keia pae aina. 

Lu-a-PE-LE, s. Lua, a pit, and Pele, the 
goddess of volcanoes. Hence, 

1. A volcano itself. 

2. A volcano either now in action or ex- 
tinct. 

3. A puu or hillock on the top of a moun- 
tain, especially if it have a cavity on the 
top. 

Lu-a-po, s. Lua and po, night. The 
grave. Hal. 88:3. 

Lu-a-wal, s. Lua and wai, water. A 
well of water. Kin. 21:19. 

2. A cistern; a pit for water. Isa. 36:16. 
He punawai hohonu. 

Lu-a-WE-HE-0-LE, s. Lua and weheole, 
unopened. The unopened or bottomless 
pit. See Luapav. 

Lv-z, v. To loosen that which has been 
fast ; hence, 

2. To break up, as any structure. 

3. Hoo. To overthrow, asasystem, Oth. 
5:39. To destroy, as a house or city. 

4. To scatter here and there. 

5. To bury up; to overwhelm. 

Lu-r-a, s. See Potvea. Sleepy; fa- 
tigued; the unpleasant sensations on board 
a ship; luea i ka ua. 

Lu-n-nu, s. Name of a species of soft 
or porous stones; there are many varieties; 
the term is opposed to paa or pohaku pada. 


Lu-E-Lu-E, v. Freq. of due. To loosen; 
to destroy ; to break up, &e. 

Lu-E-Lu-£, adj. Loose; flowing; long, 
as a large loose kapa; lole hooluelue, along 
loose robe. set. 8:15. He lole e uhi ana 
mai luna a hala loa ilalo. 

Lu-s-tu-£, s. A long flexible fish net ; 
he upena luelue. 

Lv-1, 

Lv-1-LU-1, 

Lu-1-xr-a, s. A tying or binding up the 
outrigger of a canoe with taste and firm- 
ness; ka poe iaoia i ka hoonanawa, ame 
ka holo moana, ame ka luikia 1 ka iako. 

Lu-1-na, s. A resident in a ship; a 
sailor. Hfoik. 18:17. Ka poe kanaka hoo- 
ikaika no ka moku. 

Lu-o-n1, s. The person or chief who de- 
livers one condemned to death and in con- 
finement. 

2. The work of salvation as effected by 
Jesus Christ; this personage was called by 
Hawaiians Haku malama. 

Luv, v. See Lu. To dive; to plunge 
into the water out of sight. 

2. To spill out; to flow rapidly; to rush, 
as water confined in narrow places. 

3. To sow, as seed; to scatter; hence, 
to overturn; to overthrow. See Lu. 

4, Hoo. To dip into coloring matter ; to 
dye. Puk. 25:5. To dye, as a garment in 
aliquid. Hoil. 19:13. 

5. To plunge headlong down into the 
deep. . 

Luv, s. That which may be thrown or 
scattered, i. e., shot ; Jw manu, duck shot. 
See Lv. 

Luv-1-u1, s. Luwand iz, skin. A tanner 
of skins or hides. Oih. 9:43. Nore.—This 
word in the reference has been changed to 
hanaili. 

Luv-r-na, s. See Luina. A diving; 
from this, perhaps, common poor foreigners 
were called luina. 


Luv-Ha-Lo, v. Luu and halo, to spread 


out the hands to swim. To make with the 
hands the motions of swimming. 


Luv-x1-a, s. Also written Zukia. Heaha 
waa, he hoana e paa ai ka waa, e lukia 
(luukia) i ka ama me ka iako. 


Luvu-ki-mo, v. To dive; to dive head- 
foremost for some purpose; lwukimo-iho la 
ia me ka manao e alualu akui ua hee la. 


Luu-tuv, v. To be in a tremor from 
hard exercise or from fear. 
2. To shake, as a tree to get the fruit. 
3. To droop; to be oppressed with sor- 
row. Mat. 26:37. To be sad; to be de- 
jected; to be troubledin mind. Joan. 13:21. 


v. See Konvinvt. 


. LUH 353 LUL 


4. Hoo. To be sorrowful; to be cast| cause one to be oppressed; to vex. Oihk. 
down. 19:33. Tobe ill treated; to maltreat. Hal. 
Luv-tuv, s. Grief; trouble. Job. 6:2.|_ 9:9. 
Depressing fear; pau ka pali, hala ka lwu- Lu-1-Lv-u1, v. Freq. of luht. To trouble 
luu kaumaha, past the pali, past the heavy} or burden one often. Hoo. To weary one 
fear. with importunity ; to weary one with bad 
Luv-tut, ad). Toilsome ; painful. lob.| conduct. Isa. 43:24. To burden with ex- 
7:3. Heavy ; sorrowful. penses or taxes. Isa. 43:23. 
Luv-v-La, v. Luwand ula, red. Tocolor| Lu-Ka, 8. An assembly of women for 
red. Hoo. To dye red. Isa. 68:1. Lees he aha pule na ka wahine. 


Lu-ne, adj. Proud; exhibiting Lu-ka-tu-ka, s. The appearance of 





haughtiness ; making a show; fat; Rd TOWING: flourishing, thrifty vegetables ; 
the chief; lula, luhe, i ke kaha o Kauna-| 4/80 applied to animals; as, puaa /ukaluka. 
lewa See NUKANUKA. 


Lu-ne, v. To fade; to wither; to hang Lu-ka-ma-E-A, 5.. A prayer used by fe- 
down, ‘as a withering plant a from the time of Papa; ma ia ao ana 
s Ae Fal .s . , 


Lu-ne-a, s. Name ofa species of plant; », lukeamaea, 0 olekukahi ia la. 
ka lau 0 luhea o ka ohai o mana. Lv- -KI-a, v. See Luvxta. 
Lu-He-a-nA, v. To feel comfortable, as Lu-Ko, adj. 
a hungry person after eating ; e luheana e Lu-xu, v. To make a slaughter, i. e., is 
ka malie. kill a multitude, as in a severe battle; 
Lu-HEE, v. To pull up and down the overthrow ; to destroy; to slay, as in ne 
line, as in catching the squid. Oihk. 26:17. 


2. Fia. To smite; to destroy, as with a 
ree carer’: of a species of fish pestilence. Nah. 14:12. To root out or 


; utterly lay waste a people. Nore.—Luku 
_2. Name of a quality of stone or rock;} anplies mostly to the destruction of a great 
eia na pohaku luhee, he mau ano e loa ko 


P at once; to make havoc; to root out. 
lakou, here are the luhee rocks unlike all The adic aia mostly Catinail to the eerk 
others. 2 


conjugation ; it is applied also to an ex- 
Lu-HE-LE-LEI, v. Lv forluw,and helelet,| tensive cutting up and destroying of vines 
to scatter. To be scattered about here and 


U . and fig trees. Hos. 2:14. 
there, in this place and that, as books,| Ly-xu, s. Slaughter; a destruction of 
papers or small furniture. 


: people on a large scale. Isa. 34:6. The 
Lu-HE-LU-HE, adj. See Lune. Fat; full; rooting out or utter destruction of a people. 
plump ; momona, kaha. 


Lvu-u1, v. To be faticued with labor ; to Lu-xv, adj. Mea luku, a destroyer. 


labor severely so as to be oppressed. Puk, 12:23. 
2 c =) aAgse 
2. To labor or suffer with grief; to be Lu-xu-a, v. Passive for Zukuia. To be 


weighed down with grief slaughtered ; to be scattered ; e hoopauia. 
> ) . 


3. Hoo. To oppress ; to be hard on one;| Lu-Ku-na, s. Laku, slaughter, and ana. 
to urge one to labor equal to,ormorethan}| <A slaughtering ; a destruction of persons ; 
his physical powers can bear; to weary} a papauku wale ka lueuna. 
one with intercession. Luk. 18:5. Lvu-La, v. To be calm, as when Be is 

Lu-HI, Ss. Weariness ; fatigue. Fic. A ng; atari to be smooth, as the sea 
cause of anxiety ; one especially beloved ; . To be lazy ; to be indolent. 
i aku la, e kuu luhi, eia ke kane, my dear Liv- ae s. A calm state of the atmos- 
one, here is ahusband. Laieilc. 197. phere when there is no wind. 

2. A heavy,burden; ka meae hooluhi ai. 2, A diminishing or calming of a stérm. 


3. Oppression ; hard labor. Jsa. 56:11. Lv-La, adj. Smooth, as the surface of 
Lu-u1, adj. ‘Tiresome; causing weari-} ~ 4,6 soa unrufiled by the wind. 


ness; requiring a long time to finigh. Nore. 2. Lazy; careless; indolent; hanging 
Luhi is mostly occasioned by carrying a; ike a flag without wind ; la, ‘luhe, i ke 
burden. Hoo. Causing hard service or! aha o Kaunalewa 


bondage ; luna hooluhi, an officer who has Lu-La-na, v. To be calm, as people that 
power to oppress. have been w ailing for a deceased 
: person, 
Lv-nia, s. A species of large fish of they cease wailing and are still; Juana aku 
the shark kind. — i ka ae wai lin la. 
Lvu-ut-E-Hu, adj. Soft; cooked soft;} Ly- -LE, v. To shake, as the flesh of a 


pala, moa. 4 fat person. 
Lu-n1-HE-wa, v. Luht and hewa, wrong; 2. To be fat; to have soft flesh. See 


wicked. To a wrongfully. Hoo. To! OLULELULE. 


LUL 


3. Hoo. To make one fat or fleshy, i. e., 
to have one’s flesh shake and roll with fat- 
ness. Nore.—In some cases Jule and its 
compounds have definitions like Juli, they 
are kindred to each other. 

Lu-LE-Lu-Le, v. See Lute. To be very 
fat, as a person ; to have the flesh soft and 
rolling. 

Lu-Le-Lu-LE, adj. Fat; rolling; shaky, 
as the flesh of a fat person. 

Lvu-u1, v. To vibrate; to shake; to shake, 
as a bush in the wind. Mat. 11:7. 

2. To vary from one position ; to rock ; 
to roll, as a ship with the wind astern ; to 
overturn ; to lay down sideways. 

3. To be moved from place to place. 

4, To be unsteady. 

5. Hoo. To change, as a law. Dan. 6:8 
and 12. To shake, as the head in defiance. 
2 Nal. 19:21. To shake together. 

6. To wave as a wave-offering. Othk. 
7:30. 

Lu-u1, adj. Unsteady; changeable ; 
shaking ; moving to and fro. 

Lu-L1-Lu-u1, v. See Luu. To shake 
often ; to vibrate ; to shake, as in shaking 
hands. 

2. To overturn; to overthrow, as the 
shaking of an earthquake. 

3. To shake,together; to shake down, as 
corn in a barrel. 

4. To shake, as the head in scorn. 
37:22. 

5. Hoo. Torock,as in a cradle; to shake 
the head in mockery. Job. 16:4. 

6. Tostir up,i.e., to awaken out of sleep. 


Lu-i-Lu-1, adj. Tottering; standing 
unsteadily ; easily shaken; rocking; not 
firm. 

Lv-to, s. Thick leaves of a tree wreathed 
or twisted into an ornament for the neck ; 


a wreath for the neck. 

Lu-Lo, s. A vicious orthography for 
rula, a rule. 

Lu-to-n1, v. To be in a deep sleep; to 
sleep soundly. See Luunt. 


Lu-tu, v. To shake, as the dust from 
anything; to shake, as the dust from one’s 
feet. Mat. 10:14. To fan; to winnow. 

2. To shake, asa cloth. Neh. 5:13. To 
shake, as the fists in defiance. Laieik. 46. 

3. To sow or scatter, as grain. Kin. 26:12. 

4. To scatter ; to disperse, as a people. 
Ezek. 30:26. Toshake; to overthrow. Puk. 
14:27. 

5. To lie quietly or still, as a ship in a 
harbor. 

6. Haa. for hoo. To tremble: to shake 
through fear. Kanl. 2:25. 

7. To be awe struck ; to be afraid. 





Isa. 


JOA 


LUM 


9. To be calm, as the sea. 
above. Hence, 

10. To flap or flutter, as a sail turned 
into the wind; lulu ka pea. 

Lu-tu, s. A calm spot at the leeward of 
an island or precipice. 

2. A level spot of ground, as the kahua 
of a house. 

3. The play of dice used in backgammon. 

4, Haa. A trembling. 

Lu-tu, adj. Sowing; hua lulu, seed for 
sowing. Oithk. 11:37. 

2. Calm; wahi lulu, a place where the 
wind does not reach. 

Lu-Lu-al-E-LE, v. To be inconstant; to 
go here and there ; to change one’s place ; 
e kealia. See Luare.e. 

Lu-LU-Al-NA-0-LE, s. A young person 
that has been well cared for from a child 
and has grown up handsome and agreea- 
ble. 

Lu-tu-a-tu, s. Lulu, a shaking or flut- 
tering, as a loose garment, and alii, chief ; 
royal. A garment of bird’s feathers; a 
robe of royalty. 

Lu-.uv, adj. Heavy with grief; sleepy; 
bowed down, as the head. See Luvuxuv. 
Lvu-tu-H1, v. See Lunt. To be very 
much fatigued and heavy with sleep. Mat. 

25:5. 

2. To be sleepy; to be in a deep sleep ; 
to sleep soundly. See Lunont. 

3. To hang black and heavy, as clouds. 

4. Hoo. To be harshly treated; to be 
frequently fatigued with hard labor; to 
labor as a servant constantly. Oth. 7:6. 


Lu-Lu-Hu-a, s. Lulu and hua, seed. A 
sower of seed. Mat. 13:3. Zulu anoano, 
a sower of seed. Luk. 12:24. 

Lvu-tu-Lu, v. See Lutv. To flap, as a 
sail when the wind is irregular or but lit- 
tle ; to be calm, or a want of steady wind; 
lululu ka pea. 

Lu-tu-m1, v. See Lum. To gather into 
small compass; to come together, as a rush 
of people; to press upon one, as in a crowd; 
to come together in multitudes. Luk. 20:33. 
To rush along irregularly; e uhauha ma ke 
alanui; to fold up; to préss hard, as dirt 
around kalo; hukiike kalo nui, lulumi i 
ka lepo, a popoi i ka mauu. 

2. To hide ; to conceal. 
Lulumi malua i ke alo o ka umuloa, 
Kuikui hilo i ke kai a halehua 
I na ’ku no la i Peekoa. 

Lu-tu-mi, s. A thick crowd of people ; 
a great multitude, particularly if they have 
come together without order. 

Lu-ma, v. To kill one by putting his 
head under water. 





See No. 5 


8. To be borne down; to be pressed} Lu-mai, v. See Lu. To put to death by 


down, as with a weight. See Luuv. 


putting the head under water. 


LUN 


a publican. Luk. 7:34. A master of the 
tribute. 1 Nal. 12:18. 
Lvu-NA-A-HA-AI-NA, S. Luna and ahaaina, 
a feast. The master or director of a feast. 
Loan. 2:8. 
Lu-na-o-HA-NA, S. Lunaand hana, work. 
Lu-maA-Na-wa-Hu-a, s. An internal pain;! An overseer or officer of work. 1 Oihl. 9:34. 
a pain of the bowels. _Lu-na-o-LE-Lo, s. Luna and olelo, speech. 
2. Internal pain for the loss of one’s An officer of communication; one sent to 
property, like minamina. make proclamation; an apostle. Oih. 1:2. 
Lu-m1, v. See Lutums. To come to-! Lu-NA-HA-LE-KI-AI, s. Luna and hale, 
gether; to come together, as a rush of peo-| house, and kiai, to watch. The governor 
ple; to rush along, &c. See Luiumr for! ofa fortress. Isa. 33:18. 
the various meanings. Lu-NA-HA-NE-RI, S. Luna and haneri 
Lu-mi-a, s. A species of sorcery; he! (E£ng.), a bundred. An officer over a hun- 
pule anaana. | dred soldiers; a centurion. Luk. 7:2, 3. 
Lu-mi-tu-m1, v. Intensive of dumz. See Lu-na-Hoo-Lu-n1, s. Luna and hooluhi, 
the definitions of lulumi. | tovex; to burden. Atask master. Puk.5:6. 
2. To practice sorcery; to repeat the Lu-NA-KAU-A, S. Luna and kaua, war. 


LUN 359 


Lu-mai-a, v. To be entangled or turned 
over and over by the surf; e lauwiliia, e 
limilimi e ka nalu. 

Lu-mar-a, s. The being overwhelmed, 
as in a heavy storm, rain pouring down all | 
over one; ua kilu wale i ka /umaia e kana. 


‘ 


ee eee 


Lu-na, s. The upper side of anything. 


pule anaana. 


wickedly ; to do slovenly ; e hana ino, Ka- 
pulu, opiopi inoino; to be in a state of 
drunkenness and debauchery ; ua lwmilu- 
miia laua e ka onaa ka awa. Laieik. 203. 


Lumilumi a ka poli o aaialoha 
A hai e ka lua i honopn. 


2. The upper ; the above. 

3. A high place or seat ; kahi kiekie. 

4. A person who is over others in office 
or command; hence, an overseer; an of- 
ficer ; a director. 

5. A head man of a land who gives or- 
ders. 

6. A herald; a messenger; one sent on 
business by a chief; an ambassador. 

7. An executive officer of any kind, qual- | 


A captain in war. Lunk. 11:6. 


Lu-mi-Lu-mi1, v. ‘To act foolishly; to act | Lu-NA-KA-HI-Ko, s. Lunaand kahiko, old. 


An elderly man of influence from age, dig- 
nity of character, knowledge, &c. Puk. 
3:16. 


Lu-NA-KA-NA-LI-MA, s. Luna and kana- 


lima, fifty. A leader of fifty men. 2 Nal. 


oe: 


| Lu-Na-KA-NA-Wal, Ss. Luna and kanawai, 


law. <A judge; a magistrate; one who ap- 
plies the law to delinquents or transgress- 
ors. 

2. Name of a book of the Old Testament, 
Judges. 


Lu-na-ki-A, Ss. Luna, over, above, and 


kia, a pillar or post. That which is above 
or over the kia or pillar; a chapiter; the 
upper part of a column. 1 Nal. 7:16. 


ified by the added word. See the examples | Lu-na-kI-aAl, s. Luna and kiai, to watch. 


below. | 
8. The chief piece in the game konane ; 

paa mua ia’u na luna o ka papa konane a | 

mana. Laieik. 115. | 


Lu-na, adj. Upper; higher; above ; | 


keena luna, an upper room. Norr.—Luna 
as opposed to lalo, down, takes its base at 
the height of a man’s head; all above the 
height of a man’s head is said to be luna, 
above, upward, high, according to the thing 


‘LU-NA-KI-E-KI-E, S. 


A person who oversees or watches over 
others ; a bishop; an overseer. Pilip. 1:1. 
Tuna and kiekie, 
high. A dignified person; a person high 
in responsible office ; dignity. Juda 8. 


Lu-na-ko-a, s. Luna and koa, soldier. A 


military officer; a captain; a sergeant, &c. 


Lu-na-La-we, s. Lunaand lawe, to take; 


to carry. An upper servant. 


spoken of; and all below the height of a} Lu-Na-La-we-Ha-Nna, s. Lunaand lawe, 


man’s head is said to be lalo, down, below, 
under. See D. Malo 6:1. Hence the terms 
in ascending are, oluna ae, oluna aku, oluna 
loa aku, oluna lila aku, oluna lilo loa, oluna 
oke ao, above the clouds; still higher, ke 
aouli, ka laniuli, ka lanipaa. 


Lu-Nna, comp. prep. On; above; higher; 


over, &c.; found only in the compounds a, 
i, o, ko, no, ma and mai. See each in its 
place, also Grammar § 161. 


Lu-na-au-HAv, s. Luna, officer, and au- 


hau, a tax. One who collects taxes and 
has charge of tax money ; a tax-gatherer ; 


Lu-NA-MA-NAO, 5S. 


to take, and hana, work. A minister; a 
chief servant. ol, 1:23. 

[Tuna and manao, 
thought. The director of one’s thoughts ; 
the internal monitor, i. e., conscience ; the 
sense which feels in view of right and 
wrong ; pioloke ka noonoo ana a ka luna- 
manao, the thinking of the conscience was 
troublesome. Notr.—This is a late coined 
word introduced into the work on Moral. 
Philosophy and used to some extent in 
other late books; used with hoopuiwa. See 
Laieik. 79. 


MA 


396 


MAA 





Lu-Nna-TAU-SsA-NI, S. Luna and tausanz| Lu-pE, s. A kite. 


(Eng.), a thousand. The captain or officer 
over a thousand men. Mar. 6:21. 

Lu-nu, v. ‘To covet, as the property of 
others. 

2. To extort; to have that feeling that 
would extort from others. See ALunu and 
also (incorrectly pronounced) Nunv. 

3. To swathe; tofold or bind up; to roll 
up, asa bundle of kapa or cloth; to bind 
up, as an article in kapa, 

Lu-nu, adj. Covetous ; stingy ; parsi- 
monious; exercising a kind of violence; 
oppressive; lawless. See ALUNU. 

2. Swollen; puffed up. 

Lu-pa-Lu-pa, s. The name of a prayer 
at a luakini; a pule no ke kahuna, he lupa- 
lupa ka inoa o ia pule. 


2. The end of the outrigger of a canoe. 
See Kanaka. 
3. A species of fish. 
4, A large creature of the sea. See Hm- 
MANU. 
Lu-PE-A-KE-KE, Ss. ‘The name of a bird; 
the sea eagle. 


Lu-wa-HI-nE, v. ‘To be an ‘ad woman. 
Rut. 1:12. See Luanne. 


Lu-wa-HI-NE, s. An old woman. 

2. A particular class of men under Ka- 
mehameha I.: some were chiefs, some were 
common people. 

Lu-wa-ui-NE, adj. Of or pertaining to 
an old woman; wa luwahine, time of being 
an old woman. 


M. 


M is the ninth letter of the Hawaiian 

alphabet. It is a liquid, and yet it is 

interchangeable with k,a mute; as, makia, 
kakia, &e. 

Ma. The syllable ma is used for several 
purposes. 

1. Ma is formative of many nouns, in 
which case it seems to imply fullness, solid- 
ity, addition, &c., to the original word. 

2. It often carries the idea of accompany- 
ing, together, &c. See MALANA, MAMAMAKE, 
to die together, &c. 

3. Ma is used in swearing or taking an 
oath (1 Sam. 17:48, 55), and signifies by. 
See the preposition ma. 

4. Ma is also used sometimes like the 
emphatic o in such phrases as this: ma kela 
mau mea elua, ua loaa paka no i na kana- 
wai. 

Ma, prep. At; by; in; through; unto; 
by means of; according to, &c. Gram. § 
67 and § 68,1. Ma laua o, together with ; 
haalele oia i ka aina o Wailuku ma laua o 
Waihee, he forsook the region of Wailuku 
together with that of Waihee ; in this case it 
is synonymous with lawa me and a me. 

Ma, adj. or a particle, which mostly fol- 
lows proper names of persons, and signifies 
an attendant upon, or persons belonging to, 
or accompanying ; as, ke alii ma, the chief 
and his train; an officer and his posse; the 
master of a family with his children and 
domestics ; Hoapili ma, Hoapili and those 
known to be about him. It includes persons 
in all capacities from an equal with the 
one named to all connected with him, even 
to his servants. Nah. 16:8. Norr.—It is 
possible that the double ma or mama which 
enters most of the numeral adjectives both 


cardinal and ordinal above umi or ten, 
should be referred to this particle. 

Ma, v. To fade, as a leaf or flower; to 
wilt. 

2. To blush, as one ashamed. 

3. To wear out, as a person engaged in 
too much business. Puk. 18:18. 

4. Hoo. To fail; to perish, as a person 
or thing. 

Maa, v. To accustom; to be accus- 
tomed to do a thing, as awork; to be easy 
in one’s manners; to be polite; to be 
friendly; e walea, e launa; to be used; to 
be accustomed; to have practice. Jer. 2:24. 

2. To accustom one’s self ; applied to the 
knowledge of a road often traveled. 

3. To gain knowledge by practice. 

4. To sling, as a stone; to cast a stone 
from a sling. Lunk. 20:16. To throw or 
cast away, as a sling does a stone. Jer, 
10:18. 

5. To be small or little, as a substance. 


Maa, s. Asling. 2 Ozhl. 26:14. An of- 


fensive weapon of war formerly in use 
among the Hawaiians. 1°Sam. 17:40. He 
kaula hoolele i ka pohaku. 

2. A string of a musical instrument; he 
kaula hookani. 

3. Ease of manners; politeness gained 
by practice. « 

4, Experience ; long use; frequent trial. 

5. A going about here and ther e; ka hele 
wale io ia nei. 

6. The name of a sea breeze at Lahaina; 
the same as aa. ; 

Maa, adj. Accustomed to do a thing. 

Jer. 31:18. Practiced in any business ; 
used to. 

2. Offensive in smell ; stinking. 


MAA 


Ma-a-a, s. Name of a sea breeze at La- 
haina. See Maa 6 above. Makani man. 
Maa-e-LE-LE, v. To be cold; to shiver; 


to shake with the cold; e anuanu, e hau- 
keke. 
Ma-a-o, s. The name of a fish. 


\ - s 
Ma-av, v. To entangle; to get one into! yy, 


difficulty ; to make a law or lay a kapu in 
order to entrap people, as in former times; 
mostly used with 
2. Hoo. To give one trouble; to afflict 
without cause ; to persecute. Kanl. 30:7. 
3. To avenge or to take vengeance. Oihk. 
19:18. Syn. with hoomauhala. 


357 


| Ma-a-1l, 8. 


MAA 


adv., very. Cunning; craft; subtlety, such 
as is obtained by practice ; skill in doing 
a thing. especially mischief, such as getting 
the advantage of another. Luk. 20:23. 
Ma-a-Le-A, adj. Prudent; having fore- 
thought ; wise. 
2. Cunning; crafty. Job. 15:5. 
-A-LE-A, v. To be wise; to be artful; 
to be cunning ; to use policy. 
2. Hoo. To act wisely ; to act skillfully, 
&e 


‘Ma-a-te-a, adv. Deceitfully. Puk. 


21:14. Cunningly ; craftily. Jos. 9:4. 


Some small slender sub- 


Ma-au, s. Hoo. Indifference F neglect | stance ; a piece broken off. See Moant. 


of that which is good. 
2. Persecution ; tribulation; affliction. 
3. Willful or needless opposition to one; 
a going about from house to house, being 
forward, impertinent, troublesome. 

Ma-av, s. The name of a weed. 

Ma-au-a, v. Hoo. To increase; to come 
upon, as fear: to be afraid. 

Ma-au-a, s. Anything old or ancient ; 
what is of long standing ; epithet of a per- 
son who has lived long ; old age. 

2. A garden; a patch of ground. 

Ma-av-a, adj. Old; ancient; old, as a 
person ; long ago, as an event. 

Ma-avu-au, s. A poi calabash. 


Ma-au-au-a, v. To have articles for 

Ma-au-au-wa, sale ; to sell goods; to 
peddle ; to trade; to make market. Norn. 
This word was formerly confined to the 
Island of Oahu; at the other islands it was 
piele and kalepa. 

Ma-avu-avu-a, tt A market man; a 

Ma-au-Au-wa, peddler; one who trades 
and gets money without work. 

Ma-au-au-a, adj. See Maava. Old; 
applied to men; a very indefinite term. 

Ma-avu-r-a, adj. Lazy; manifesting a 
lazy disposition. 

Ma-a-u-La-u-La, s. Maa and ula, red. 
A kind of red earth used in coloring, ob- 
tained in some deep ravines. 

Ma-avu-po-po, adj. Thick. 

Ma-a-neE, v. See Aung, a light breeze. 
To make small; to diminish ; to reduce to 
less size. 

Ma-a-La-n1, v. To escape from any evil 
real or imaginary. 

2. To be possessed of privileges, as an 
intelligent person over an ignorant one; 
nolaila, maalahi wale ka poe i imi aku ia 
oe (ka naauao), aohe nui Ka hana. 

Ma-a-ta-n1, s. Nobleness ; exultation ; 
ka hanohano. 

Ma-a-te-a, s. Maa, accustomed, and Zea, 


Ta-a-t1, adj. Small; thin; he maawe. 


Maa-u-u1, v. To abate heat in any hot 
substance. Anat. 43. 

2. To cool or appease, as anger. Eset. 2:1. 

3. Hoo. To cool; to reduce the temper- 
ature ; to appease the anger of any one. 
Sol. 16:14. 

Maa-ur-t1, adj. Cooled; spoken of what 
has been hot; lukewarm. 

2. Blasted; stunted; spoken of fruit. 
Amos 4:9. 

Ma-a-Lo, v. Ma and alo, to pass from 
one place to another. To pass along by a 
place or thing. Kamnl. 2:8. 

2. To pass by one. Job. 9:11. 

3. To pass through, as a land; to make 
way through a crowd. 

4. To pass away, as one’s glory or prop- 
erty. Dan. 4:31. 

5. To pass by, as a shadow. Job. 4:15. 

Maa-to-a, s. The name of a bush or 
small tree, from the bark of which kapa 
was made. 

Ma-a-to-a-Lo, v. See Maatoabove. To 
go frequently or quickly from place to 
place. 

Ma-a-Lo-a-Lo, s. The act of reading by 
hitching along without being able to read 
fluently. 

Maa-Lo-E-Lo-£, v. See Matoreror. To 
be weary ; to be tired; to be heavy with 
sleep. 

Maa-maa-Le-a, adj. The intensive of 
maalea. Very cunning; very crafty; more 
than ordinarily politic. 

Ma-a-MA-A-MA, v. For malamalama, the 
1 dropped as in the Marquesan dialect. 
Light ; the opposite of darkness; ka pau 
ana o ka manawa po. Laieik. 26. 

Ma-a-ma-a-mA, adj. Light as opposed 


to dark. See MaLamManama. 
Ma-a-NEI, ) gdp, Ma, preposition, and 
Ma-5-NEI, ¢ anei or enei or nei. here. Here; 
Ma-neI, _ ) at this place, in distinction from 


some other place. Lrr. At here. See Net. 


MAE 


Ma-a-we, v. To go along a narrow 

‘road: to wind along, as in a crooked path. 

2. To be small; to be thin; to be poor | 
in flesh ; hence, 

3. To be weak or sickly. See Awe, the 
strings or tails of a squid. 

Ma-a-we, s. Ma and awe. See Awe- 
AWE, to be small. A small indefinite part 
of something ; a small substance ; a bit of 
a string or small piece of a rope; a shoe 
string, &c. Kin. 14:23. 

2. A print of a footstep; a track; the 
wake of a ship; he aweawe, me he holo 
ana na ka moku. 

Ma-a-we, adj. Small; narrow; thin. 

2. Moving in a narrow path ; applied to 
aroad or path; hele aku la oia i ke ala 
maawe iki a ke aloha, he has gone in the 
path little traveled by the loved ones. 

Ma-a-wE-A-WE, S. Spots; variegated 
colors on a thing ; marks making different 
shades of colors. See Maawe and Awe. 

Ma-A-wE-A-wE, adj. Spotted; marked; 
variegated with small changes of color or 
form. 

Ma-a-we-u-La, s. Maawe and ula, red; 
brown. A path or road so much trodden 
as to cause the red or brown earth to ap- 
pear. 

Ma-a-weE-1Lo-Lo-a, s. Maawe and loloa, 
long. The warp of cloth. Oihk. 13:48. 
Ma-a-weE-po-ko-po-Ko, s. Maawe and 
pokopoko, short. The filling or woof of 

cloth. Oihk. 13:48. 

Mags, v. To blast; to wither; to fade. 

1. To wither, as the petals of flowers or 
leaves of vegetables ; e loha ka lau o ka 
laau, e maloo. 

2. To roll up, as the leaves of vegetables 
in drought (kindred with mai, sick.) See 
Ma. 

3. To pine away, as persons with disease, 
i. e., to perish. Hal. 18:45. 

4. To pass away, as a people; to disap- 
pear, as a judgment from heaven. Oihk. 
26:39. 

Mag, s. See Mar. A species of sick- 
ness; a pain in the bowels. 

Maes, adj. Blasted, as fruit; withered, 
as a flower or a leaf. 

2. Faded, as a color. 

3. Sad; sober, as a person disappointed 
in his expectations. 

Ma-sE-a, adj. Ma and ea, strong smell- 
ing. Bad smelling; strong; unpleasant to 

_ the smell ; hauna. 

Ma-s-a-E-A, adj. Ma and eaea, strong 
smelling. See Ea. Turbulent; refractory. 

2. Strong in disobedience, as a child that 
refuses obedience to his parents and runs 
away; not under restraint. 

3. Strong physically ; he keiki maeaea, 





308 


MAE 


a strong child; maeaea i ka holo, swift to 
run ; maeaea i ka hana, strong for work. 
AE-E-LE, v. Mae and ede, an intensive. 
To be void of proper feeling, as a leg or an 
arm from the want of proper circulation of 
blood. Anat.49. Ua maeele kona puuwai 
i ke aloha. 

2. To be benumbed; to be insensible to 
the touch ; maeele oia no kona kaikuahine 
opiopio. Laieik. 176. 

3. Hoo. To be touched with sympathy ; 
to have feeling for one. Laieik. 74. 

Mas-s-LeE, s. Numbness of any part 
when the circulation of blood is retarded ; 
ka pilikia loa o na aalolo no ka noho mau 
ana ma ka aoao hookahi. Norm.—Hawai- 
ians express a strong internal glow of love 
for a person by the term maee/e, equivalent 
to the external feeling of a limb when the 
flow of blood has for a time been stopped 
or retarded and the limb, in common lan- 
guage, is said to be asleep; he mea e ka 
maeele o ke alii wahine i ke aloha. Laieik. 
205. 

2. Hardness and numbness of any part. 

3. The sensation of a female during the 
time of gestation. 

Maez-s-LE, adj. Benumbed; he maeele 
no ka lima; void of feeling, as a leg or an 
arm which has its circulation stopped. 

2. Filthy ; polluted. See PakE.e. 

Ma-E-HA-E-HA, s. Ma and ehaeha, pain. 
Twilight ; dusk of the evening when it is 
painful for the eyes to see. 

Maer-maz, v. To be pure; to be clean; 
to be without defilement physically or mor- 
ally ; to be free from any wrong done to 
another. Oth. 20:26. 

2. Hoo. To cleanse ; to make clean; to 
purify naturally, morally or ceremonially; 
e hoopau i ka pelapela. Oihk. 8:15. 

3. To sanctify; to cleanse what has been 
impure. “Jos. 7:13. 

4. To dry ; to put up to dry. 


Maer-mak, s. Cleanness; purity, either 
physical or moral; a separation from what 
is wrong ; a separating between good and 
evil. 

Maer-mak, adj. Clean; pure; free from 
defilement morally. Oihk. 11:44. 

2. Glorious ; good. 
3. Dried ; put in a situation to dry. 

Ma-e-nEI, adv. See Maaner. Ma and 
enei or nei. See Net. Here; in this place. 
Nal. 22:7. Here, i. e., in this life, in dis- 
tinction from another. Heb. 7:8. Mao ka 
puka, a maenei o ka puka, that side of the 
door, and this side of the door. 

Ma-e-No-E-No, v. Ma and eno, to be 
wild. To be jealous; to entertain jealous 
thoughts. 

Ma-e-wa, v. Ma and ewa, to bend out 


MAI 


359 


MAI 





of shape. To be tremulous; to be unsta-| Mar-ao, s. A toe or finger nail; the 


ble, as any substance unfixed. 

. 2. To he led crookedly ; e kaiewa. 

3. To be blown here and there, as the 
spray of the surf by the wind; e hoopu- 
ehuia e ka wai. 

4. To mock; to revile; to treat with 
scorn; to make ashamed ; to reproach one 
with some base act of which he is not guilty. 
Hoo. The same. 

Ma-r-wa-E-wa, v. Intensive of maewa. 
To abuse; to mock, &c. Hoo. To trouble; 
to vex; to ridicule. 1 Nal. 18:27. To 
abuse ; to treat vilely or contemptuously. 
1 Sam. 31:4. Tosuffer affliction. Jal. 5:10. 

Ma-E-wa-e-wa, s. A reproach; a scorn- 
ing. See Marwa. 

2. The cutting of the hair irregularly on 
account of the death of a chief or relative. 

Ma-r-wa-E-wA, adj. Reproaching. Sol. 
17:5. Scerning. 

Mat, v. See Marz, to fade, &c. To be 
or to fall sick. 2 Sam. 12:15. To be dis- 
eased; to be unwell. Joan. 11:1, 3. 


Mar, # Oia kekahi mea e hooheehee | 


ai ka ai, alaila mai iho la. Anat. 52. 
Mat, s. Sickness generally; illness ; 
disease ; mai ahulaun, mai luku, a pesti- 
lence; mai eha nui, a painful disease; mui 
pehu, the dropsy. 
2. The private parts of men or women ; 
o ka malo, oia ka wawae e paa ai ka mai; 
mai wili, the venereal disease or gonorrhea. 


Mat, adj. Sick; diseased ; weak. 


Mat, prep. From, as from a person, 
place or thing spoken of. 

2. Towards a person, place or thing 
speaking, and repeated after the noun when 
the motion is towards the person speaking; 
otherwise aku or ae is used; as, mai Kanai 
mai, from Kauai (here) this way; mai 
Honolulu aku ai Kailua, from Honolulu 
onward to Kailua. Gram. § 75. 

Mai, adv. An adverb of prohibition ; 
before a verb it is used imperatively for 
prohibiting; mai hele oe, don’t you go; mai 
hana hou aku, do it not again. It is often 
used with noho a in a prohibitory sense ; 
as, mai noho oukou a hana kolohe, do not 
do mischief. See Nouno. 

Mar, adv. Almost; nearly; near to; 
exposed to; about to be; mai ike ole oe 
ia’u, you were near never seeing me; mai 
make au, I was almost dead; mostly used 
in the beginning of a sentence. 

Mar-a, s. The plantain, the banana and 
its different varieties; a fruit kapu for 
women to eat in ancient times. 

Mar-a, v. To chew in the mouth; to 
masticate; to soften for swallowing. 

Mar-a, adj. Chewed ; ground up in the 
‘mouth ; masticated ; hoowaliia. 


hoof of a beast; the claws of a bird or an- 
imal. See Matvv. 

Mar-av, s. Natural skill; ingenuity ; 
wisdom. Job. 11:6. Syn. with noiau. 

2. The itch; same as kalkio; more cor- 
rectly written meau. 

|Mat-av, adj. Neat; cleanly. 

2. Industrious ; constantly employed. 

3. Skillful ; ingenious ; expert at doing 
various kinds of business. 

4. Ready and correct in speaking ; 0 ka 
hana maiau, he hipapalale ole, he noiau, 
he papalale ole. Nore.—This epithet ap- 
plies to mer chiefly ; the same quality ap- 
plied to women is loia. 

Mat-a-Ku-KA-NA-Lo-A, $. Maia and ku- 
kanaloa, a species of banana. A thin, shriv- 
eled or blasted banana. Fic. Any fruit 
blasted or shriveled up. 

Mat-a-Hu-Lau, s. Mai, sickness, and 
ahulau, pestilence. A general sickness 
among the people; a pestilence. Ezek. 
12:16. See AHULAU. 

Mat-a-ri-Lo, s. The name of a shrub or 
tree. 

Mar-e-Le, s. A knowledge of the use of 
words in a language. 

2. Skill in using words. See Nor. 

3. Asking questions with skill, so as to 
puzzle one. 
Mat-e-u1, s. The name of thick brush 
growing on the tops of the mountains. See 

PUPUKEAWE. 

Mart, v. Tosprout or grow, asa plant; 
to open or spread out; to unfold, as a 
flower. 

Mar-11, s. Maz, sickness, and 22, heavy. 
A pain in the back. 

2. Fatigue from lying long on one side. 

3. The name of a species of fish; same 
as the maiko. 

Mar-o, s. A sickness reducing the pa- 
tient’s flesh, like consumption ; consump- 
tion; the phthisic; he mai e wiwi ai ke 
kino a olala. 

Mat-o, s. A toe or finger nail, &c. See 
Marao above. 

Matr-o, v. To scratch or mark with the 
nail or pointed instrument. 

Mar-o-14, v. To scratch or mark with 
a knife or one’s nail. 

Ma-io-10, adj. Uneven; some short 
some long, as hair cut unevenly. 

Mar-uv, s. See Matao. A nail of a fin- 
ger or toe; a hoof of a beast. Isa. 5:28. 
Maiuu mahele, a cloven foot. Kanl. 14:6. 
E oki i ka maiuu, to pare the nails. Kan. 
21:12. 

Mar-ua, v. Ma and zha, to be intent 
upon. To be energetic; to be intent on 





MAI 


doing a thing; to act perseveringly in a 
cause ; to fix the mind upon. 

Ma-1-nE, v. Ma and the, to peel off. To 
strip off,as the bark from a tree; to scrape 
off. See Marat. 


Mat-HE, s. Mai, sickness, and 

Mal-HE-HE, hee, to run or flow. A 

Mal-HEE-HEE, boil; a running sore; a 
blisters ture. 9:9. 


Ma-r-u1, v. Ma and zhi, to peel. To 
strip off; to peel, as the outside of fruit ; 
to skin, as an animal; to strip off, as the 
bark of a tree. 

Ma-t-H1, adj. Stripped; pegled ; every- 
thing outside taken off. 

Ma-r-ut-1-t1, v. Mazhi and zi, the skin. 
Lrr. To strip off the skin. 

2. To strip one of property; to leave one 
destitute. 

3. To lay a tax so as to take all the peo- 
ple have except their persons. 

Ma-1-H1-1-L1, s. One who strips another 
of all he has; a skinflint. 

Mar-ur-to, s. Maz, sickness, and hilo, a 
running sore. The venereal disease ; the 
gonorrhea. See MAtwiLt. 

Mat-Ho-Le, s. Name ofa species of fish. 

Mar-nu-u, s. Presents made at the birth 
of a child. See Panana. 

Marka, v. To play at the game called 
maika; it consisted in rolling a round 
smooth stone called ulu or olohu; it was 
connected with betting. 

2. Hoo. To exercise at maika ; ehoomau 
lewalewa. 

3. To exercise violently, as at maika. 

4. To be fatigued with hard exercise. 

Mar-xa, s. The name of an ancient play. 

2. The name of the stone used in the 
game of maika. 

3. Fatigue, pain or weariness from play- 
ing maika. 

4, Fatigue, lameness, &c., from any cause. 
Mata, adj. Weary; fatigued; lame. 
Mat-Kal, adj. Externally good; hand- 

some; beautiful; he wahine maka maiiai, 
a handsome woman. 

2. Morally good; upright; correct; ex- 
cellent. 

3. The sum of external excellence in con- 
duct. 

Mar-xal, s. Beauty ; external excellence 
of persons or things. 

2. Beauty of personal appearance; hele- 
helena maikai. set. 1:11. 

3. Goodness; that which is excellent in 
moral conduct ; uprightness. 

4. The sum of various external excellen- 
cies ; ua like ka maikai me ka nani, ame 
ka hemolele, ame ka mimo, ame ka pono, 
ame ka panakai ole, ame ka auliiholo manu. 


360 


MAI 


Mar-xat, v. To be handsome; to be ex- 
ternally good; to be pleasing to the sight. 
2. To be of use; to be useful; to benefit; 

to be good. 

3. Hoo. To make good; to repair what 
has been wasted, lost or destroyed. 2 Oihl. 
24:4. To supply a deficiency; to set things 
in order; to regulate. 

4, To treat kindly ; to speak favorably 
of.. Kin. W215; 

5. To bless; to praise, as in worship. 

. 6. Passively, to cause to be blessed ; to 
pronounce @ blessing upon. 

7. To konor; to reverence, as a worthy 
character. Puk. 20:12. 

8. To exalt; to extol; to glorify. 

Mar-xal-Ka, v. Hoo. The imtensive of 
maika. To play hard and long at the game 
of maika. 

2. To be wearied ; to be fatigued. 


Mar-xar-Ka, adj. Tired; wearied, as a 
person from labor or exercise. 

Mat-Ka-Hu-LI-pu, s. One of the names 
of the god who assisted in restoring and 
righting canoes when upset in the ocean. 
See KAMAIKAHULIPU. 

Mat-KA-KAl, ad). 

Mat-xe-1-x1, .s. Mai, sickness, and kezkz, 
child. Pregnancy; the sickness of preg- 
nancy. 

Ma-1-KE-1-KE, v. Maand tketke, to know 
clearly. To declare; to set forth. Hoo. 
The same. 

ae s. A species of fish. 
A-I-KO-I-KO, 

Mat-Ko-ta, adj. Worthless; trifling ; 
used in provoking or irritating language. 
See NarkoLa, AKoLA and AIKOLA. 

Ma-r-Le, s. Name of a vine with green 
odoriferous leaves, of which wreaths are 
made; alyxia oliveformis. 

2. The name of a certain chief woman 
who lived in former times. 

3. The name of the rod used in playing 
at puhenehene and other games. Laieik. 
114. See MarePpunENEHENE. 

Ma-I-LE-KA-KA-HI-kI, s. A shrub whose 
branches and leaves are odoriferous ; he 
laalaau liilii hohono. 

Ma-I-LE-PU-HE-NE-HE-NE, Ss. The rod 
used in playing at the puhenehene which 
was struck on a bunch of kapa. 

Ma-1-11, s. Name of a soft porous stone. 

Mar-to, v. Probably contraction of maz 
loa. To be thin or spare, as one wasted 
away with long sickness; ua hele kona mai 
a mailo. 

Matr-to, adj. Thin; spare; wasted away; 
applied to sick persons ; mailo ke kanaka. 

Matr-to-1-H1, s. Maz, sickness, and lozhz, 


MAI 


361 


MAO 


oS IR atacand 
long. He nonopapa, he piliaiku, he mai) Ma-o, v. Tocarry; to bear off; to carry 


_ papaakai. 

AI-LU-NA, comp. prep. and adv. Mai, 
from, and luna, above. From above. Isa. 

_ 32:15. The auihele of luna. Gram. § 161. 

Mar-mai, v. Intensive of mai, sick. To 
be sick; to be weak; to be feeble. 

2. Hoo. To feign sickness; to pretend to 
be sick. 2 Sam. 13:5, 6. 

Mar-mat, s. Languor; feebleness ; some- 
what sick ; unwell. 

Mar-mat, adj. Feeble; languid; weak. 

Mat-mat, v. Formed from maz express- 
ing motion towards one. See Mat, prep. 
To call one to come; to invite towards one; 
to call, as in calling chickens; e hea, e ko- 
lokolo aku i ka moa; to call fowls. See 
KoLoKoLo. 

Mat-mu-u, comp. prep. Mai, from, and 
muli, after. From after, i. e., from follow- 
ing after one; maimuli ona aku. Nah. 
32:15. See Grammar § 161. 

Ma-1-no, v. Ma and ino, to hurt; to in- 
jure. To be the cause of evil or injury to 
one. 

2. Hoo. To hurt; to afflict; to make mis- 
erable by evil treatment. 

Ma-1-Nno-1-No, v. The intensive of maino. 
To afflict ; to abuse ; to bring evil upon. 

2. Hoo. To suffer from perverse treat- 
ment. 

3. To torment ; to afflict ; to trouble; to 
curse; to be under a curse. (Gal. 1:8. 

4. To strip one of property; to make one 
ashamed. 

5. To betray ; to deceive ; to persecute. 

Ma-1-no-I-No, s. A defacing or marring 
the beauty of a thing, as the countenance. 
Isa. 52:14. 

2. Hoo. Affliction ; persecution. 

Ma-t-No-1-No, adj. Reproachful; mock- 
ing; causing shame. Hoo. Despiteful ; 
sneering ; contemptuous. 

Ma-t-No-1-No,- adv. Miserably; with 
much suffering. Jer.16:4. Hoo. With great 
suffering ; with severity ; severely painful. 
2 Pet. 2:6. 

Mat-no-no, adv. prohib. See Mat, for- 
bidding. Do not (followed by a before a 
verb); mainoho a hana pela, do not so. 
Mainoho is sometimes printed in one word, 
sometimes in two. Neh. 8:10, 11. 

Mar-pu-na, s. Mai, disease, and puha, 
to burst or break, as a boil. An ulcer; a 
running sore. 

Mat-waE-Na, comp. prep. From out of; 
from the midst of. Gram. § 161. 

Mar-wr-u1, s. Mai, sickness, and wil, 
to writhe in pain. An incessant pain or 
sore; a sore constantly running. See Mar- 


HILO. 
46 


away. 
2. To separate; to take to another place; 
to pass off or away, as a cloud or fog. 
Laieik. 90. 
3. To hush up; to quiet; to make an end. 
4, To fade, as a decaying plant. 
5. To corrupt, as a dead body. 


Ma-o, s. A kind of shrub used in dye- 


ing kapa. 

2. A blossom of that shrub. 

3. The name of a species of fish. 

4. The name of a great heiau. 

5. A moving along; a change of posi-- 
tion, as a body of persons. Laieik. 49. 

Ma-o, adj. Separated; quiet, as in a 
retreat from danger; kuu po mao ole ma- 
kole ka la. 

2. Meek; mild; gentle; applied to per- 
sons. 

3. Applied to colors, green; greenish ; 
also blue. See Maomao. 

Ma-o, comp. prep. Ma, preposition, and 
o, there. Liv. At there. Yonder; there; 
some place not far off ; mao aku, beyond; 
mao mai, from over there this way. Gram. 
§ 161. 

Ma-o-a, v. ‘To be dry; to be hard; to 
be cracked, as the skin. 

2. To be painful, as a sore made by fric- 
tion of the skin. See Maouwa. 

Ma-o-a, s. A sore caused by the fric- 
tion of the malo between the legs during a 
long journey; he mai ma kapakapa, he eha 
ika manawae hele loihi ai; asore, also, on 
the legs or feet; maloeloe na wawae, maoa 
na wha mamae. 

Ma-o-E-a, adj. Tired; weary; lazy. 

Ma-o1, v. Ma and oi, to exceed. To be 
bold; to be forward with strangers. 

2. To assert one’s rights with confidence. 
2 Kor. 11:21. To act the soldier. 

3. To be intrusive ; to be inquisitive re- 
specting forbidden things. Kol. 2:18. 

Ma-o1, s. Boldness; arrdgance ; for- 
wardness. 

Ma-o1, adj. Bold; forward; fearless ; 
shameless. 

Ma-o1-o1, v. See Ma and Otol, project- 
ing. To be rough; to be uneven; to be 
irregular. 

Ma-ot-o1, adj. Uneven; notched ; pro- 
jecting, as a rough board or one that is 
split crookedly ; zigzag, as a line; aliali, 
nihomole. 

Ma-o-Ha, v. To rub; to chafe, as the 
skin; to make a sore. 

Ma-o-Ha, adv. Appearing gray or whit-- 
ish, as tops of mountains at a distance ; 
kupu maoha ke kilakila o na kuabiwi; ap- 
plied also to a person when he begins to. 
grow gray. 


MAO 
Ma-o-Ha, adj. Grayish, as the whitish 


feathers of a black bird ; ka iwa, he manu 
nu ia, he eleele kona hulu, he maoha kahi 
ulu. 

2. An affectionate salutation between 
persons for some time absent. 

Ma-o-x1, s. Ma and oki, to cut. Any- 
thing cut up in pieces ; pieces cut short. 

2. A vulgar and incorrect pronunciation 
for the word maoli. 

Ma-o-x1-0-K1, adj. Spotted ; variegated ; 
having different colors. 

Ma-o-u1, s. A species of banana; the 
long dark colored plantain ; he maia ele- 
ele loloa. 

Ma-o-11, adj. Indigenous in distinction 
from foreign; native; real in distinction 
from fictitious ; true; genuine. 

Ma-o-u1, adv. Really; truly; without 
doubt. 

2. An intensive added to other epithets 
to strengthen them; he lio kolohe hana ino 
maoli. 

Ma-o-1-a, adj. Drawn out and dimin- 
ished, as an elastic substance, a rope or 
other thing. 

Ma-o-to-Ha, s. The ancient name of 
the strings or net for a calabash, equiva- 
lent to the modern word koko; ua kapaia 
0 koko a maoloha ia koko. See Koko. 


Ma-o-tu, adj. Muddy; sinking down, 
as in a quagmire; pohopoho, moolu, noolu, 
nenelu. 

Ma-o-ma-o, adj. See Mao. Green, as 
vegetation ; dark blue. See OmMAomao. 


Ma-o-ma-o, s. Green verdure; thick 
grass and bushes ; a forest. 
2. A species of fish living near banks 
and shallow places. 
3. Applied to clouds, bluish green ; he 
ao Maomao. 
Ma-o-m4-0-Po-Ho-LE, s. The name of a 
species of fish, See above. 


Ma-o-na, v. Maand ona, drunk. To be 
stuffed, as in eating ; to be filled, as with 
food. Kanl. 31:20. To eat to satiety ; to 
be satisfied with food. 

2. To have one’s desire upon an enemy. 
Puk. 15:9. 

3. Hoo. To fill with food; to satisfy one’s 
self by eating. Hal. 103:5. 

Ma-o-na, s. Fullness; satiety. 

Ma-o-na, adj. Filled; satisfied; dis- 
tended, as the stomach with food. 

Ma-o-pa-o-pa, adj. Ma and opaopa. See 
Opa, lame. Weary from walking; lame ; 
fatigued. 

Ma-o-po-po, v. Maand opo, clear; plain; 
even. To be plain; to be clear to the sight 
or senses. 


362 


MAU 


2. To be clear and explicit to the under- 
standing ; to be not doubtful. 

3. Hoo. To understand clearly ; to com- 
prehend the meaning of a word or expres- 
sion; to have a clear understanding of a 
thing. 

4. To credit; to trust. 

5. To appoint, as an evil, i.e., to bring 
evil or a curse upon one. Othk. 26:16. 

6. To appoint or set, as a time; to ap- 
point a concerted signal. unk. 20:38. 

7. To set apart; to designate, as a place 
for doing a thing. 

Ma-o-po-po, s. Clearness; that which 
is explicit, as a natural or moral truth; not 
liable to mistake. 

2. Hoo. A clearing up of what is doubt- 
ful. 

3. An interpretation or an explanation 
of a foreign language. 


Ma-o-po-po, adj. Plain; clear to the 
senses or to the understanding; not doubt- 
ful; ready; in a state of preparedness to 
act. 

2. Generous: friendly; obliging ; maha- 
maha, launa. 


Ma-o-po-po, adv. Clearly; evidently ; 
plainly. 
au, v. To repeat often or frequently, 
as in counting ; to do over and over the 
same thing ; va mau ka ua o Hilo. 

2. To continue; to endure; to persevere; 
e hiki ia oe ka mau ana (a gerundive form), 
you will arrive at endurance, i. e., you will 
be able to continue. 

3. To continue; to remain perpetually ; 
to be evermore. Oihk. 13:28. To have con- 
tinually. Joan. 12:8. KE mau i ka hele, to 
be constantly going. 

4, To persevere; to preserve constancy; 
to flow on ever, as a living stream of water; 
e kahe mau, e pio ole ka wai. 

5. Hoo. To persevere; to continue in the 
same state in which one is; ke hoomau nei 
no ia mau mea pono ole, they still continue 
to practice those evil things. 

6. To continne in the same place or same 
business. Oih. 1:14. 

7. To remain in force, as a law or statute, 


Mav, v. (A word of this orthography 
is used in several senses, some of which 
are nearly opposite, but the pronunciation 
is slightly changed.) See Mauuv. 

1. To be dry; to stop flowing, as a liquid. 
2 Nal. 4:6. 

2. To terminate. as the catamenial period. 

3. Hoo. To fit or tie on, as sandals or 
shoes. See HAWELE. 

4. To fill with water; to wet; to soak 
up, as a sponge. 

5. To water; to irrigate land. Isa. 27:3. 

6. To stock or plant ground with ver- 
dure. 


MAU 


7. Mau for mauu. To moisten; to be 
moistened or wet; to soak. 

Ma-v, s. Dampness; moisture ; cool- 
ness, as the air around a shady moist place. 
Hal. 32:4.. See Mauu. Also written ma/’u. 

2. The name of the region on the sides 
of mountains next below the waoakua ; 
also called waokanaka, i. e., where men 
may live. 

3. A species of small bulrush growing 
in damp places; green grass. See Mauu. 

4. Dryness, from No. 1 of the preceding 
word; the period in each month of the 
sickness of females, especially the termina- 
tion of that period; ke hiki i ko lakou wa 
e mau ai. 

Mau, adj. Statedly occurring; con- 
stant; continuous; evermore ; never ceas- 
ing. 

2. From mauu. Moist; wet; cool. 

3. Obscured by the sun, as the stars in 
the morning. 

4. Ceasing to flow, as the catamenia. 
Laieik. 173. 

Mau, adv. Frequently; continually ; 
perpetually. 

Ma’v, s. Name of a plant on the moun- 
tains, eaten for food in time of scarcity. 


Mav. A sign of the dual or plural num- 
ber. See Mat, v. 

1. Two or a couple for the dual. 

2. Some, several, a number, as a sign of 
the plural. Nore— Maw did not formerly 
apply to a great number; in modern times 
the application extends to a larger num- 
ber. Gram. § 85, 86, 90. 

Mav-a, pers. pron. dual. We two, viz.: 
those who are speaking, but not including 
any who are addressed. 

Mav-a, adj. Large; many. 

2. Close; stingy; illiberal; obstinate. 
See Makona. He kanaka maua. 

3. Lame; sore ; stiff, as with walking. 

Mav-a, s. The name of a tree, timber 
good for boards. 

Mav-a, adv. See Mav. Often or con- 
stantly repeated; loaa mau mai, mau maua, 
hiki pinepine mai. 


Mav-aa-ui-na, v. To be heavy or hard | Mau-v-.a-r-u, s. 


upon, as two men contending ; to seize ; 


363 





MAU 


a crack; a cleft; perhaps a wrong orthog- 
raphy for mauae. 

Mav-a-ka-La, v. To laugh. Hoo. To 
laugh with scorn or contempt; to deride ; 
to insult. 

2. E hoomabuakala. e hoopohala. 

Mav-e-te, v. To be lazy; to be idle. 

2. To waste or spend time in doing noth- 
ing. 

5. To be indifferent as to future good or 
evil. See MAUWELE. 

Mav-£-Le, adj. Lazy; indolent; going 
about doing nothing; acting the vagabond. 

Mav-1, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
ian Islands. 

Mav-1, s. Pain from a broken or frac- 
tured limb; ka eha, ka haki. 

Mav-1, adj. Broken; fractured ; pain- 
ful, as a broken limb. 

Mav-1, v. See Mauv. To moisten; to 
make wet. 

2. To wring the stem of a bunch of ba- 
nanas to cause it to ripen. Hoo. E hoopa- 
lapalani, e hoomakaukanea. 

Ma-uu, v. See Mav. To moisten; to 
wet. Sol. 30:16. 

2. To make a noise in swallowing water. 

3. To work up the saliva of the mouth 
into froth. 

4. Hoo. To make wet; to moisten. 

Ma-uv, s. ‘The noise made by swallow- 
ing a liquid. 

2. A general name for green herbs, grass, 
seeds, rushes, shrubbery, straw, &c. Kin. 
1:11,12. Mauu uliuli, green herbs. Hoik. 
8:7. Mauu maloo, hay. Kin. 24:25. Grass; 
straw, &c. Nore.—Connected with mauu 
is the idea of moisture, greenness and cool- 
ness. 

3. Coolness as connected with green ver- 
dure. 

Ma-uv, adj. Green; moist ; refreshing, 
as a cool breeze ; cool. 

Mav-vv-tu-Ltu, s. Earth that is little 
wet ; vegetation that partially grows and 
covers the ground. 


Mav-uu-.i-po, s. Mauu and lipo, dark. 


Dark green verdure, as in a dark forest. 
A poisonous plant 
used to burn and scarify the skin. 


to force one to do a thing; to use force! Mau-na, adj. Weary ; fatigued ; slow; 


upon. 

Mav-aa-ti-na, adj. Powerful; conquer- 
ing; overcoming ; strong. 

Mav-az, v. To exchange a thing dif- 
ferently from what was first agreed upon. 

2. To vary in statement; to say and un- 

say. 

Mau-aer, s. A crack or cleft in a rock. 
Puk. 33:22. 

Mav-al, s. A space between two boards; 


Mav-HAA-LE-LE-A, 5S. 


lazy ; indolent. 


Mav-AA-LE-LE, s. The shadow of death; 


See MALUKoI. 

Epithet of the 
man sacrificed on cutting down the ohia 
tree to make a god; the man thus sacri- 
ficed was a kKanaka muhaalelea. 


death shade. 


Mav-waa-Li-na, v. To bore or pierce a 


hole in a hard rock. 
2. To carry a heavy burden on the back 


MAU 


364 


MAU 


until fatigued; expressions for hard slavish | Ma-u-LE-U-LE, v. Intensive of maule. 


work; ke mauhaalina ae la mauka o Make- 
ahi. 

Mau-na-La, v. Mau, to continue, and 
hala, offense. To keep up a grudge against 
one; to remember his offense. Hoo. Tobe 
offended with one; to have a supposed 
cause of enmity ; to lay up or remember 
the offense of one. 2 Sam. 19:19. To bear 
a grudge. Oihk. 19:18. To reserve anger. 
ASO. Soe 

Mau-na-ta, s. Hoo. Envy; revenge ; 
malice. 1 Kor. 5:8. Ka manao ino; a bad 
feeling towards one. 

Mav-xa, s. The name of a play; aoi 
ka hana ana i ka mauka; e kalaii ka po- 
haku pono i ka mauka. 

Ma-u-xa, adv. Ma, preposition, and wka, 
inland. Inland, in a direction opposite to 
the sea; opposite to makai, towards. the 
sea. 

Mav-xot, s. Mau and kot, perhaps for 
koe, an angle worm. An angling rod. 


Mav-xo-u1, v. Mau and koli, to trim or 
pare off. To divide out food sparingly 
each day for one’s self or family in a time 
of famine; also, to divide out water in time 
of drought. 

2. To make an offering stingily or on a 
small scale to the gods. 

3. To live along from day to day when 
one is expected to die. 

4. To be constant; to be persevering ; 
ke maukoli nei i ka hana, i ka hele, aohe 
molowa. 

5. To make or to be small or little ; to 
draw out into fineness. 

‘Mav-xo-u1, s. ‘The worship or sacrifice 
rendered to the gods. 

2. One who worships or sacrifices to the 
gods. 

3. Any small diminutive thing; he ma- 
awe. 

Ma-vu-xu-ku, s. Mau, grass, and kuku, 
to stand erect. A species of low grass 
growing on the sand in certain places. 


Ma-v-tz, v. Ma and ule, to swing. To 
be weak or faint through great fear or suf- 
fering. 

2. With naau, to faint from hearing 
strange or exciting news. Kin. 45:26. 

3. To be dispirited; to lose courage. 

4. To be dizzy or weak through dizziness. 

5. To be faint through fasting. Mat. 
15:32. 

6. Hoo. To consume; to cause to fail. 
Isa. 64:7, 

Ma-u-uz, s. A dispirited state of mind; 
weakness ; faintness. Oihk. 26:36. Dizzi- 
ness. 

Ma-u-te, adj. Faint; weak; fearful ; 
fainthearted ; dizzy ; poniuniu. 


To be faint for want of food. Mar. 8:3. 

Mav-te-Ho, v. Mau and leho, a bunch 
on the shoulder from carrying burdens. To 
make or continue a‘hard bunch on the 
body from hard labor. 

2. Hoo. To cause one to work hard and 
continuously. 

3. To oppress with hard labor unrequited. 

Ma-v-u1, s. The name of the first day 
of the new moon. 

2. An obscure cloud seen at a distance; 
he mauli ua paha. 

3. A shoot, as from the root of a tree or 
vegetable, as from kalo or banana; poet- 
ically, from persons, as chiefs; mauli au 
honua, a descendant (of chiefs) from an- 
cient times. 

Ma-v-ti-a-wa, v. Ma and wiz, to gurgle, 
and awa, bitter. To hiccough; to gasp for 
breath ; to be faint; to be dizzy. 

Ma-v-i1-4-wa, s. The hiccough; a gasp- 
ing for breath ; a hard breathing. 

Mav-ti-HI-LI-H1, v. Mau and lhi, edge. 
To hang by the edge, i. e., to be fastened 
slightly ; to adhere, but without tenacity ; 
e pili iki. 

Mav-t-nI-1i-H1, adj. Slightly fastened; 
not strongly put together. 

Ma-v-ui-na, s. Ma and wlina, tough. 
Hard laborious work without pay. 

2. Disappointment in not obtaining what 
one expects. 

Mav-to-E-Lo-E, adj. Tired; fatigued. 
See MALOELOE. 

Mav-tv-a, adj. Hard; difficult; paa- 
kiki. 

Ma-u-Lu-u-Lu, adj. Lame from travel- 
ing. See MALorLor. Stiff and swelled, as 
the feet and ankles from traveling. See 
POANAANA. 

Mau-maz, s. The name of a heiau. 


Mav-mau, v. See Mav, to be constant. 
To be firm; to be fixed; to be constant; 
to be enduring ; e maumau ole, to be in- 
constant; ua maumau ka hana, the work 
endures ; ua maumau ka ai, aole he hehee, 
the food is hard, not flowing. 

Mavu-mav-a, v. To obtain often without 
reward and without labor, as the chiefs 
formerly obtained their property. 

Mav-mav-a, s. The obtaining of prop- 
erty without work ; ka loaa 0 ka waiwai a 
na ’lii. 

Mav-mav-a, adj. Got or obtained often; 
arrived at; come to; he elemakule loa, ua 
maumaud. 

Mav-mau-ak, adj. See Mavaz. Differ- 
ent from what was expected; doubtful ; 
uncertain. 


MAH 


Mav-ma-na-wa, s. The heart-burn (per- 
haps.) ; 
Mav-na, s. A mountain; the inland 
regions of an island. Nore.—On all the 
islands with which Hawaiians were ac- 
quainted, the land rises on all sides from 
the sea to the central parts of the island ; 
this is called the mauna. A high hill, as 
Maunaloa, Maunakea: names of the two 
highest mountains on Hawaii. 
2. Amountainous region. Mauna is the 
opposite of awawa. Ios. 9:1. 


365 


MAH 


2. To enjoy ease and quietafter pain; to 
be better ; to begin to recover from sick- 
ness. 

3. To be assuaged; to be softened down, 
as anger. Luni. 8:3. 

4. To rest, as a land, i. e., to cease from 
being the theater of evil. Oihk. 26:34. 

5. Hoo. To give or take rest from labor 
or fatigue. 

6. To relieve from suffering; to comfort; 
to be satisfied. 

7. To ease one’s self; to attend to a call 
of nature. Kamnl. 23:14. 


Mav-na, s. The name of a species of Wana, y, To exercise affection towards 


hard stone out of which kois or adzes of the 
ancients were made. 

Mav-na, adj. Large; swelling; exten- 
sive; nui, mahuahua; prominent for ex- 
cellence ; mauna ili ke keiki, he punahele 
ia; mauna kaili i ka wauwauia; scratched; 
marked. 

Ma-v-na, v. To waste; to dispose of 
uselessly; i mauna aku ai i ka pono kahiko. 
See MAunauna. 

Mav-navu-na, v. To spend property; to 
waste ; to live without regard to expense. 
Hoo. To waste property; to spend use- 
lessly; mai hiamoe i ke ao, oia ke hoomau- 
nauna ina la ame na hora i loaa mai i ke 
Akua. 

Mau-nau-na, s. A wasting. Hoo. No 
ka hoomaunauna i ka waiwai, on account 
of wasting property. 


Mav-nau-na, adj. Wasteful. 


Ma-vu-nu, s. A species of crab used for 
bait in catching fish. 

2. Any bait for taking fish. 

3. The writhing motions of a fish worm 
on a hook. 

4. Anything belonging to a person, as 
his kapa, hair, spittle, &c., which another 
could get, and by means of it, could pray 
him to death. See mele na Niau. 

5. The shedding of bird’s feathers ; ka 
manawa maunu, the time birds shed their 
feathers. 

Ma-v-nv, v. Hoo. To moult or shed, as 
the feathers of birds. 

2. To cast off, as some reptiles do the 
skin. 

3. To change from the chrysalis state to 
that of a new animal; e hoomaheleia ke 
kino mamua, a lilo ia i kino hou. 


Mav-nu-nu, s. The name of a sea breeze 
at Puuloa on Oahu. 


Mavu-wa-te, adj. Constant; never end- 


ing ; kuu pilikia mauwale ana a kun haku. 
Laieik. 165. 


Mav-we-teE, adj. Lazy; idle, &c. See 
MAUELE. 

Ma-na, v. To rest; to rest, as from 
labor or toil; to give or cause to rest. 


one; to acknowledge or treat one as a 
friend; to be complaisant towards one; to 
love ; to cherish. 

2. To make a rent or hole in, as in a 
kapa; to tear in two. 

3. To hide a thing away ; to steal. 

Ma-na, s. Rest; repose; respite or re- 
lief from pain or sickness ; convalescence ; 
relief from any calamity. Puk. 8:11. Rest; 
peace. 

2. The wing of an army ; the fore fins of 
a fish. 

3. The side of the head; the temple. 
Lunk. 4:21. See Manamana. 

Ma-na, adj. Easy; quiet; resting, as 
from labor ; free from pain; ceasing from 
anger. 

Ma-na, adv. Hoo. Silently; quietly; at 
rest. Isa. 62:1. 

Ma-nak, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ma-na-o, s. The pith of a tree or veg- 
etable; a soft or decayed place in the cen- 
ter or body of a tree; a hole in a tree. 
See Puno and Puna. 

Ma-na-o, adj. Defective in the center, 
as a tree; soft; rotten; hollow; bent in 
or down, as a decayed grass house. 

Ma-na-or£, adj. Not ashamed. 

Ma-na-o1, v. See Maot, the ha dropped. 
Maoi is probably the original form of the 
word. To be bold; to be impertinent. 

2. To treat a superior as an equal or 
with great familiarity. 

3. To be forward in asking questions; to 
be asking or begging of a chief frequently. 

Ma-na-o1, s. Forwardness; immodesty 
in asking favors ; impertinence in address- 
ing a superior ; boldness in address ; nani 
ka nui o kuu hilahila, a he mea e hoi ka 
mahaoi loa o kekahi poe .o kakou. Ua Ka- 
paia aku ia o Maoi, no ka mahaoi o ka olelo 
ana. 

Ma-Ha-o1, adj. Always asking favors 
(of chiefs), thus: na’u kela lole; na’u kela 
palaoa, &c.; and so of all which one de- 
sires. 


Ma-na-Ha, v. See Hana. To be soft; 


to be tender; to be weak, as a person. 


MAH 


2. To be tender or flexible, as a vegeta- 
ble. 
3. To be soft and tough, as water-soaked 
vegetables. 
Ma-ua-na, s. The name of a species of 
fish, the kala. 
2. A species of kalo. 
Ma-na-Ha, adj. Soft and tough. 
2. Tender, as a weak person. 
3. Soft and mealy, as a baked potato. 
Ma-ya-ke-a, s. An uncultivated piece 
of land overgrown with weeds and grass ; 
a jungle; a wild place. 
Ma-na-ke-a, adj. Wild; overgrown 
with weeds, grass and bushes; nahelehele, 
weuweu. 


Ma-na-a, v. Ma and halo, to look 
Ma-HA-Lo, out; to turn the eyes upon. 
To admire ; to wonder at; to magnify the 
goodness or virtues of a person or thing. 
2. To be glorious; magnificent to behold. 
3. To approve; to praise ; to honor; to 
glorify. 

Ma-na-to, s. Wonder; surprise; admi- 
ration. 

2. Approbation; blessing ; honor given 
to one. 

3. The act of blessing or praising God ; 
ua like ka mahalo me ka hoonani. 

Ma-na-Lo, adj. Beautiful; glorious ; 
admirable. 

Ma-Ha-ma-HA, v. To glow, as with 
friendly feelings towards one; to expect a 
meeting with a friend. JLaieik.58. To be 
glad to see an old friend or relative. 


Ma-na-ma-Ha, s. See Mana. A fond- 
ling; the exercise of affection, friendship 
or hospitality. 

2. The temples of the head; the sides of 
a substance. 

3. The gills or fins of a fish. Kanl. 14:9. 
Also the fore fins of a fish. 

4. The wings (eheu) of the malolo or fly- 
ing-fish. 

5. The things or appendages which be- 
long to the wings; na mea maha, na mea 
eheu. 

6. The preputium (paha.) 

Ma-nA-MA-HA-00, s. A piece cut or 
broken off; he apahu, he pauku. 

Ma-na-me-A, s. A species of fish. 

Ma-na-mo-k, s. Maha and moe, to rest 
quietly. To appear fat, oily or shining. 

2. To be plump or round, as a fruit; to 
be fat, as an animal. See KonrKoriko. 

Ma-Ha-mo-k, s. A species of fish. 

Ma-na-mo-E, adj. Clear; plain; blue or 
black. 

Ma-na-na, v. Ma and hana, work ; ex- 
ercise. To be or become warm, as the 
rising sun. Puk. 16:21. 


366 


MAH 
2. To warm, as one person in contact 
with another. 1 Nal. 1:1, 2. 


3. Hoo. To warm, i.e., to make warm by 
the fire or by exercise. See Mrnana. 

Ma-na-na, s. A small degree of heat; 
warmth. e 

Ma-na-na, adj. Warm, as by the influ- 
ence of the sun. Neh.7:3. Warm; not yet 
cooled, as newly baked bread. 1 Sam. 21:6. 

Ma-na-na, s. For mana, a branching 
out, ha inserted. Any substance branch 
ing out; anything double; having two 
branches ; hence, 

2. A pair of twins; mau mahoe; two 
things connected ; na mea elua, a pair of 
things. 

Ma-na-nA, adj. Double; mates; branch- 
ing out. 

Ma-na-NA-HA-NA, v. See Manana. To 
warm very much or frequently. Zoo. To 
warm one’s self by a fire. Jsa. 44:15. 

Ma-na-ni, v. Ma and hant, to pass si- 
lently. To pass easily and silently; to be 
evanescent ; to disappear; to vanish, as a 
thought; ua mahani ka manao. 

2. To heal up; to granulate, as a wound 
so as to disappear. 

3. To vanish, as an ulcer when it heals; 
mahani keia wahi, a e poha hou ma kahi e. 


Ma-na-we-La, s. A blue kind of fish. 


Ma-ne-a, int. adv. Ma and hea, where. 
Where? at what place? Gram. 165, 2. 
Ma-uE-A-LA-NI, Ss. The name of the six- 
teenth day of the month; the day when the 
full moon began to lose itsroundness. See 

also MALANT. 

Ma-neE-u, v. See Mrenev. 

Ma-ne-u, s. Name of a porous kind of 
stone. 

Ma-ne-Ha, adv. Ma and heha, slow. 
Slowly; lazily. Hoo. Working slowly and 
lazily but perseveringly ; aka, hana hoo- 
maheha ana ame kohu molowa, hoomau no 
nae i ka hana. 

Ma-HE-LE, v. Ma and hele, to go; to 
move. To divide; to cut in pieces ; to di- 
vide a portion to one, as land. 

2. To divide or separate from one an- 
other, as people. Kin. 10:32. To divide 
into two parts, as an army. 1 Nal 16:21. 

3. To divide, as streams of water; as the 
sea. Puk. 14:21. 

4. Hoo. To cause a division; to separate 
one thing from another. 


Ma-HE-LE-HE-LE, v. Freq. of mahele. 
To divide into small pieces ; to divide fre- 
quently. Kin. 49:7. Hoo. Same. 

Ma-neE-LE-LU-A, v. Mahele and lua, two. 
To divide into two parts. 


Ma-ne-Lu, v. Ma and helu, to scratch 


MAH 


the earth. To spread dust over as an arti- 
ficial soil. 

2. To spread loose soft dirt over a kalo 
patch after the bottom has been pounded 
hard. See Pa.uxu. 

Ma-n1, v. ‘To dig the ground for the 
purpose of planting food; to cultivate land 
by digging; to dress land; to till, as a field 
or garden; e mahi aku i ke kihapai o ka 
aina. Nore.—Clearing off the weeds, grass, 
&e., is waele. 

Ma-n, s. Cultivation; planting, &c. 1 
Sam. 8:12. 

Ma-u1, adj. Strong; energetic, as a 

laboring man; as a fighting-cock; moa 
mahi, a fighting-cock. 


Ma-ui-at, v. Mahiand ai, food. Tocul-| 


tivate land; to produce food from the 
ground ; to till the ground. 

Ma-ni-a1, s. A cultivator of the soil; a 
tiller of the ground ; a husbandman. 

2. Culture; tillage of the ground. 

Ma-nt-a1, adj. Of or belonging to till- 
age; kanaka mahiai, a farmer. 

Ma-ui-s, v. Ma and hie, shameful. To 
be proud ; to be lofty; to act without re- 
spect to good manners or morals. 

2. Hoo. To break over every rule of de- 
cency ; to act shamefully ; he mea maikai 
no nae ka naauao, hoomahie ole. 


Ma-nt-n-n1-E, v. To dye fast colors; to 
color kapas with clear distinct spots or 
colors; hence, 

2. To dress finely; to be clothed in hon- 
orable robes. 

Ma-nr-r-u1, v. Mahi and ii, the skin. 
To take or seize property for the king. 
Norre.—This was often done by the unscru- 
pulous officers, who left nothing to the peo- 
ple but their skin. 

Ma-nt-o-Le, s. A war cap; a helmet; 
an officer’s cap. 1 Sam. 17:5. 

Ma-nr-n1, v. See Int. To peel off bark 
from a tree. . 

Ma-nt-Ka-ka, v. Ma and hikaka, to stag- 
ger. To crook; to bend; to put out of a 
straight line. 

Ma-nt-u1-k1, v. To spatter; to flap in 
the water, as a duck ai play. 


Ma-ui-x1, v. To vibrate ; to play up and 

down, as the beam of a scale; hence, 

2. To weigh, as in scales. 

3. To play up and down, as a lever upon 
its prop in the center; to pry, as with a 
lever. Anat. 3. 

4. To cast out, as an evil spirit; to ex- 
orcise. 

5. To hop; to jump ; to leap. 


367 


MAH 
Ma-ut-x1, s. Thick, tall grass ina damp 


place ; thick, low shrubs or underbrush. 

2. The place where tall grass or thick 
bushes grow. 

3. A prop on which a lever rests in pry- 
ing up a weight. 

4, A calabash for water. 

Ma-unt-k1-H1-k1, v. Freq. of mahiki. To 
jump or fly frequently. 

2. To vibrate rapidly, as the tongue; e 
kapalili. 

3. To shake, as in an earthquake; to 
move frequently. 

4. To overturn ; to upset. 

5. To spatter; to flap; to spatter, as ink 
in writing. 

Ma-uI-ki-HI-KI, s. A sort of thick high 
grass; the place where such grass grows. 

Ma-nt-Lo-a, adj. Distant; afar off. 

Ma-ni-mA-wI, s. A species of fish; the 
dolphin. 

Ma-ui-na, s. Mahi and ana, participial 
termination, a cultivating. A cultivated 
patch ; a garden. 

2. The moon; ka mea e malamalama ai 
i ka po; hence, 

3. A lunar month; mahina o hoku, the 
name of the day of the full moon. 

4. The eye of a snail in the end of his 
horn ; he maka pupu. 

Ma-ni-na-al, s. Mahina and ai, food, as 
if a contraction of mahi ana i ka ai. A 
field, either in a state of cultivation or pre- 
pared for it. Nah. 24:6. 

2. A field, generally of larger size than 
kihapai where food is raised. Oihk. 23:22. 

3. A cultivated patch ; hence, 

4. Husbandry itself. 

Ma-ui-nu, v. Ma and hinu, to anoint. 
To rub over ; to anoint. 

Ma-ni-wai-na, s. Mahi and waina, a 
grape vine. A vine dresser; a cultivator 

| of grapes. Joan. 15:1. 

-Ma-no-z, s. Two of men or animals 
born at the same time of one makua; twins, 

Mel. Sol. 7:3; Kin. 25:24. See Manana 2. 

| Ma-Ho-E-Ho-E, adj. Straight and free 

from branches, as a tree; pololei, lala 
ole. 

Ma-no-E-Ho-PE, s. The name of a Ha- 
| waiian month. 
Ma-Ho-r-mu-a, s. Name of a Hawaiian 

}__month. 

|Ma-no-La, v. Ma and hola, to spread 
over. To spread out; to open wide, asa 
flower in full bloom. 

2. To spread out; to unfold. as a kapa 
to dry. See Unonia, Honoia and Karena. 





6. To scatter; to blow away, as witha | Ma-no-1a, s. The spreading out and 


puff of wind. 
7. To lift up; to carry in the arms. 


exté&hsion of the stomach ; me ka mahana, 
ame ka mahola anao ka opu. Anat. 52. 


MAH 


368 


MAH 


Ma-no-ta, adj. Spread open; spread | Ma-nu-z, v. To be numerous; to go or 


out; extended. 


move in crowds. 


Ma-no-1a, adj. In the ancient practice | Ma-nu-1, v. Ma and hui, to join; to 


of the kahunas: hee mahola, ahi mahola ; 
o ka hee mahola oia no ka mea e heehee ai 
ka mai. 

Ma-no-La-Ho-LA, v. Intensive of mahola. 
To spread out extensively. 

Ma-no-te, v. Ma and hole, to peel off; 
to skin. To bruise, as the flesh; to hurt; 
to break up. 

Uli aa’i na moku, mahole eha ka nahele. 

Ma-no-LE-Ho-LE, v. Intensive of mahole, 
to bruise. To break up; to break or crush 
into pieces; e inikiniki, e waluwalu. 

Ma-Ho-LE-Ho-LE, s. A bruise; a hurt; 
an injury ; aole maholehole o ke kino a’ui 
ike ai. 

Ma-Ho-Le-Ho-LE, adj. See Mano te. 
Bruised and broken to pieces; crushed to- 
gether. 

Ma-no-PE, adv. and comp. prep. Ma and 
hope, the end. Behind; after; afterward. 
It expresses future time in respect of the 
time in which an action was performed, 
though past in respect of the person speak- 
ing. Gram. § 161. 

Ma-nu, v. To blow out steam or smoke; 
to smoke, as a smothered fire; to throw out 
hot vapor, as from a volcano. 

Ma-nu, s. Steam; hot vapor; smoke. 

Ma-nu, s. A man who assimilates his 
manners and dresses his person like a 
woman. 

2. A hermaphrodite ; a eunuch. 

Ma-nu, adj. Silent; indisposed to con- 
versation ; silent, as a deserted place. 

Ma-nu-a, v. Ma and hua, envy ; jeal- 
ousy. To be envious. Hoo. To mock; to 
deride; to have in derision. Hal. 2:4. 


Ma-Hv-a, v. Ma and hua, to grow 
Ma-nu-a-Hu-A, § orincrease. To increase 
in size or numbers ; to grow large. 
2. To boast; to brag; to glory over. 
3. To grow strong, as a ruler over a peo- 
ple: (Ord. VES. 
4. To increase, as money. Kanl. 8:13. 
5. Hoo. To increase in number, as ani- 
mals, vegetables or men. 
6. To increase; to make more of. Ezek. 
36:29. 
7. To set or employ, as a spy; to act the 
part of a spy ; e hoomakakiu. 


Ma-nu-a, bs Increase ; growth ; 

Ma-HU-A-HU-A, a growing. Puk. 1:12. 

Ma-nv-a, arg Increasing; large 

Ma-Hu-a-HU-A, in quantity. 

Ma-nu-a-Ka-La, adj. Contemptuous of 
good things; disobedient to the gods; 
wicked. 


unite. To follow the example of one; to 
imitate him. 

2. To imitate, i.e., to be led to do as an- 
other does. Gal. 2:13. To pattern after. 
3 IJoan.11. To be an example for another. 
E Pet. 3:5. 

3. To adhere firmly, as to a purpose or 
habit ; e mahui i ka hana ino; e hoomahui 
i ka hana ino, to determine on doing eyil. 

4. To hear a little, as when one hears 
only partially, or in parts; similar to ku- 
lina. 

5. To go about here and there, as an in- 
sane person; to act foolishly and without 
good sense. Nore.—The following exam- 
ples will illustrate definitions 1 and 2: Ma 
ka like kakou e hoomahui ai, let us follow 
by doing likewise; he pono no ia kakou 
ke hoomahui ma ia hana, it is proper for us 
to imitate that transaction ; hoomahui na 
makaainana ma o Kekuokalani la, the com- 
mon people followed the ewample of Kekuo- 
kalani; o ko lakou pono, oia ka kakou e 
hoomahui ai, their good deeds that is what 
we should imitate. 

Ma-Hv-1, s. A kind of sly conduct in a 
female by which she means to express to 
one of the other sex her desire. 

Ma-nu-1-Hu-1, v. To learn or understand 
obscurely ; to strike upon the ear indis- 
tinctly, as a sound at a distance. 


Ma-nu-Ka, v. To flee away; to escape 
from. 1 Sam. 22:7. To flee away secretly. 
Kin. 16:6. To run away, asa servant from 
his master. 1 Sam. 25:10. To flee from 
fear of punishment. 2 Sam. 13:34. 


Ma-nu-xa, s. A runaway; one who has 
escaped. 

Ma-nu-ka, adj. Escaping; running 
away secretly ; he luina mahuka, a run- 
away sailor. 

Ma-nu-Lu, s. The name common to 
three gods in the house of Lono. 

Ma-uvu-ma-Hu, v. To be silent,as.a weak 
dying man. 

Ma-nu-ma-Hu, adj. See Mant, silent. 
Desolate ; without inhabitant; silent, as a - 
place deserted. 

2. Brittle; not stringy, as kapa that falls 
easily to pieces. 
3. Brittle ; not sticky ; applied to poi. 


Ma-nu-na, s. Ma and huna, a particle; 
small; fine. The scaly appearance of the 
skin after drinking awa; the chapping, 
cracking or breaking up of the skin; i kona 
wa iinu ai i ke awa, maikai ka ili, a ma- 
hope, mahuna ka ili, nakaka, puehuehu, 
inoino loa kona kino. 

2. A species of kapa like the paipaikukut. 


MAK 


Ma-nu-neE, adj. Ma and hune, poor; 
destitute. Poor; stripped of property; be- 
reft of comforts. 

Ma-nu-ne-Hu-nE, adj. Ma and hune. 
See above. Poor; with nothing but one’s 
person. 

Ma-nu-neE-Hu-nzE, adv. Scarcely; noth- 
ing left; with difficulty ; ola mahunehune 
ae la o Aikake (Isaac Davis) mai ko lakou 
lima ae, scarcely did Isaac Davis escape 
their hands ; i. e., he escaped with nothing 
but his person. 


Ma-xa, s. The eye; the organ of sight; | M 


aole e ike ka maka i kona pula iho, the eye 
does not see its own mote. Proverb. The 
face; the countenance; he maka no he 
maka, face to face. Hzek. 20:35. 

2. The point or edge of an instrument, 
as a knife or sword; maka o ka pabi kaua; 
the blade of a knife or sword in distinction 
from the handle. unk. 3:22. 

3. The bud of a plant. 

4, The teat or nipple of a female. 

5. The presence of one, i. e., his favor or 
blessing. Puk. 33:14, 15. Manaoika maka, 
to regard a person. Kanl. 10:17. 

6. Fie. A guide; a director. Nah. 10:31. 

7. Hoo. A destruction; a slaughter. 1 
Sam. 5:9. 

8. The budding or first shooting of a 
plant ; hence, 

9. The beginning or commencement of a 
work or an action. See Hoomaka. 

10. Name of a very hard stone, out of 
which maika stones were made. 


Ma-ka, v. Hoo. See above, 8 and 9. 
To begin; to commence, as a work or job; 
to commence doing a thing; komo wau i 
ke kula i hoomakaia’i ka naauao, I entered 
the school that knowledge might be com- 
menced. Note.—Hoomaka is used as op- 
posed to hooki. 


Ma-xa, adj. Raw in opposition to 
cooked, as raw, uncooked flesh. 
2. Fresh, as fresh provisions in distinc- 
tion from salted. 
3. White, as a potato well cooked and 
dry ; moa a maka. 


Ma-xa, adv. See Maxa, edge of an in- 
strument. By the edge; with the edge; 
alaila, ooki maka koi hookahi iho ana, then 
he cut with the edge of the adze (koi) one 
stroke (one bringing down.) 

Ma-xaa, s. A species of fish. 

Ma-xKa-ar-na, s. Ma,at, on, ka, the, and 
aina, land. A resident; one belonging to 
the land and was transferred with it, as in 
ancient times. 

Ma-xka-al-na-NA, s. See Maxaatna and 
Ana, being of the land. The laboring class 
of people in distinction from chiefs; a coun- 
tryman; a aa collectively, the common 


369 


MAK 


people in distinction from chiefs ; o na ‘lil 
ame na makaainana, the chiefs and the- 
common people. 

Ma-xaa-o-a, s. A species of fish. 

Ma-xa-a-wA, Ss. A swinging bed; a cot;: 
he wahi moe lole lewa. 

2. The outlet of a fish-pond into the sea. 

Ma-xa-a-HA, s. Small pimples; sores ;: 
the itch ; kakani, meeau. 

Ma-xa-a-HA, adj. Covered with sores ;. 
full of pimples, as with the itch ; leprous ;. 
hookuku, hana, hoao. 

A-KA-A-KAU, S. Maka, eye, and akau,. 
right. The right eye. 

Ma-Ka-a-Kau, adj. Open; clear. 

Ma-xa-a-ki-u, v, Maka and kiu, a spy. 
To spy out secretly; to observe, as a spy. 
Hoo. To lie in wait for one to kill bim. 

Ma-xa-a-ki-u, adj. Spying secretly ; 
watching for evil; lurking after something; 
going secretly. Hal. 10:38. See Makakiv. 

Ma-xa-a-La, v. Maka, eye, and ala, 
awake. To wake; to be awake, i. e., to be 
watchful; to be aware or on the guard; to 
look out; to take heed; beware. Kanl. 
24:8. 

2. To look at but not to see by reasun of 
blindness. 

Ma-ka-a-La, s. Watchfulness; a being 
on guard. 

2. A small faint track made by a person 
going once; a path scarcely visible; he 
maawe alanui; a faint path. 

Ma-ka-a-La, adj. Awake; watchful; 
vigilant. 

Ma-xa-a-tu-a, s. Maka and lua, a hole; 
apit. A hole (lua) to plant or set a tree in. 

Ma-xa-E, v. Maka, eye, and e, against. 
To set against; to be opposed to. Nah. 3:5. 

2. Hoo. To turn away from. 1 Pet. 3:12. 
To slight; to turn off; to treat contemptu- 
ously. Habale. 3:8. 

Ma-xal, t Maka, eye, and 2, in- 

Ma-kal-KAl, tensive, real; particularly. 
To look at closely ; to inspect; to search 
out. Puk. 39:43. 

2. To SPY or look out; to act the part 
ofaspy. Jos. 6:22. 

3. To look at from motives of curiosity ; 
to take a view of a place; to examine. 
Syn. with kiu. Jos. 2:1. 

4. To look on as a spectator. Puk. 3:4. 

5. To examine secretly for evil purposes; 
hookalakupua. 

6. To follow; to entrap one; e ukali, e- 
hakilo. 

Ma-kal, s. A guard; a constable; an: 
officer always found in the king’s train; a 
name given to policemen from the nature- 
of their office. See the verb. 

2, Any instrument with a sharp edge; a, 


MAK 


370 


MAK 


hatchet ; a koi; a needle or an instrument | Ma-xau, s. Fear; dread of evil. Oihk. 


used as a needle in stringing flowers for 
wreaths ; manai. 

3. Sourness of mind ; stinginess ; he pi, 
he aua. 

4. Ka hoomakai kohi ole a ka ua. 

Ma-xat, adj. Guarding; going or act- 
ing as a guard; huakai masai, a train or 
people accompanying as a guard. See 
Laieik. 190. ‘ 

Ma-xat, adv. Ma, at, and kai, sea. At 
or towards the sea, in opposition to mauka, 
inland. The full form is makahakai, at the 
sea beach. 

Ma-xa’t, s. A person that owns no land; 
o ka mea aina ole he maka’i ka inoa. 

Ma-xa-1a, s. Name of a person puna- 
hele of a chief, but turned off and become 
a punahele of another chief; the two go to 
war and through the efforts of the makaia 
the second chief conquers the first ; ia ma- 
nawa e ku ai ka makaia o Laieikawai. 
Laieile. 150. 

Ma-xat-o, v. To be frightened and run 
off, as a wild animal. 

Ma-xa-1-Hu, s. The sharp point at the 
bow of a canoe; e kapiliia na makaihu. 


Ma-xar-Kal, v. See Maxat, v., above. 
To look; to examine, &c. 

Ma-xar-kal, s. Trouble; grief; evil 
treatment or treachery from a supposed 
friend. 

Ma-xa-1-no, v. JMaka, eye, and ino, bad. 
To have an evil eye towards one; to lose 
one’s affection for a child or person. Kanl. 
28:54. 

Ma-xa-I-wa, s. The name of Lono’s 
gods. 

Ma-xa-I-wi, s. The twinkling of the 
eye, i.e., suddenness; suddenly, as we say, 
in the twinkling of an eye. 

Ma-xa-o-Ka-0, s. Ma and kaokao, hard- 
ness. Hardness; obduracy. 

2. A hard substance. 
3. That which is much broken up; na- 
kakaka. 

Ma-ka-o-LeE, s. Maka, eye, and ole, the 
eye teeth; the edge of the eye teeth. Epi- 
thet of the 00; an oo. 

Ma-xau, s. A fish-hook; also a shark 
hook. Syn. with kiholo. 

Ma-xau, v. To fear; to be afraid; to 
dread ; to fear in time of danger. Puk. 
14:31. 

2. To have in reverence, as one feared 
and greatly respected. 
d 3. To tremble; to be agitated through 
ear. 

4. Hoo. To cause to fear; to put one in 
fear. Neh. 6:4. 

5. To drive or fray away. Kanl. 28:26. 


26:16. Makau nui, terror; dread ; disqui- 

etude of mind. 

Ma-xav, adj. Fearful; afraid; causing 
fear or dread. 

Ma-xav, v. To be ready; to be pre- 
pared for an event. Hoo. To make ready; 
to prepare. 2 Nal. §:21. See Hoomaxav- 


KAU. 

Ma-xau, adj. Ready; in a state of 
preparation ; prepared; furnished. 

Ma-xav-a, v. To increase; to grow 
large. 

2. Hoo. To vex; to harass; to trouble. 

3. To make afraid. See Makau, hoo. 

Ma-xavu-au-a, adj. Hung up to dry. 

Ma-xau-1a, s. Perf. part. of makau. 
Fear; respect. Pus. 20:17. 

Ma-xkau-HA-no-nA, Ss. The hook that be- 
longs to the hanona or long fishing line. 

Ma-Ka-v-H1, adj. Maka, eye, and uhz, 
to shade; to cover. Hidden or covered, 
as the eyes. 

Ma-xau-xau, v. Intensive of makau, to 
be ready. Seeabove. To be ready. Hoo. 
To be put in readiness; to make ready; to 
be prepared for any event. 

Ma-xKau-kau, s. Readiness; preparation. 

Ma-xav-kau, adj. Ready; prepared for 
an event. 

Ma-kau-xul, adj. Makau, fear, and kiz, 
idol. Great fear; dread of the gods. 

Ma-xKav-ta, s. Ma and kaula, a prophet. 
A foreteller of future events; a star-gazer; 
a person supposed to be possessed of some 
supernatural gifts. Zaieik. 13. Nore.— 
Kaulas and makaulas were connected gen- 
erally with high chiefs, forming a part of 
their council. See their office, Mooolelo 
flawaii, chap. 31. 

Ma-xa-u-uI, adj. Maka, eye, and uli, 
dark green. Dark, black or blue-eyed. 
Ma-xav-.i-a, s. For makauia, l inserted. 
See Makau, fear. Fear; qualities inducing 

fear. Job. 25:2. 

Ma-xavu-Lu, v. Makau, fear, and ‘lz, a 
chief. Hoo. To take special care of the 
property of a chief; to be careful that no 
little thing be lost. 

2. To fear, i. e., to serve a chief in order 
to obtain favors from him; to follow; to 
adhere to from motives of advantage; i 
lako o ua kanaka la, o kana hoomakaulii 
ana, that man’s obedience to the chief is from 
the favors (lako) he expects; ua hooma- 
kaulii anei kakou e malama ia ai? have we 
been obedient in order to be taken care of? 
ia ka manao iloko o ua kanaka la, o kana 
hoomakauwlii ana, o ka loaa mai ka aina. 
He kanaka huhu wale, he poe hoomakaulit 
aina. 


MAK 


371 


MAK 


~ Ma-xav-un, s. A very careful person; |Ma-xa-u1, s. Name of a species of fish. 
one saving the property of a chief. Hoo.|Ma-xa-H1, adj. Contraction for maka 


The same. 

2. An accuser; a defamer ; a slanderer. 
Ma-xav-iu, adj. Very careful; saving. 
Ma-xav-ui-mo, adj. Makau, fear, and 

limo for limu, sea grass. Ea makaulimo, 
the sea turtle fearing the sea grass. Norre.— 


and akahi, one. 
eye. 

Ma-Ka-HI-A-MoE, v. Maka, eye, and hia- 
moe, to sleep. To fall asleep; to allow 
one’s self to doze. oo. To give one’s self 
to sleep. 


One-eyed; having one 


The turtle is said to be afraid of the sea| Ma-KA-HI-A-MOE, ad). Sleepy ; dull; 


grass, as his flippers are easily entangled 

in it. 

Ma-xa-u-pe-na, s. The midriff; that 
which covers the bowels. Anat. 51. Ka 
makaupena e uhi anaikanaau. See Ni«r- 
NIKI. Oihk. 3:3. 

Ma-xa-Ha, s. Maka, eye, and ha, water | 
sluice. An outlet or inlet of a pond where | 
the sea flows in and out. 

2. Aninflamed, swelled and running eye; | 
he maka pebnu. 

3. The sickness of hogs. 

4, He humu, he paehumu. 

Ma-xa-Ha, v. Ma and kaha, to extort | 
property. To seize what is another’s; to 
rob; to plunder; to extort property. See 
Hookana. 

Ma-xa-na, s. A robbing; a seizing what | 
is another’s ; robbery ; extortion. 

Ma-xa-wA, adj. Robbing; plundering; 


seizing the property of another. 


Ma-KA-HA-HI, v. To be filled with won- 
Ma-kA-HE-HI, der and delight; to ad- 
mire; to be astonished and yet pleased ; 
makahahi aku la na kanaka i keia mea nui 
kupanaha, the people were seized with won- 
der at this huge strange thing ; ike lakou 











etupid. 


| Ma-xa-ut-a-po, s. Maka and hiapo, the 


first born. The first born child. See Hrapo. 


We asian: adj. Maka and hio, to lean. 


A leaning this way and that; a motion to 
and fro. 
Ma-xa-HI-k1, s. The name of the first 

day of the year. 

2. The commencement of the year. 

3. The space of a year; a year; ka puni 
o na malama he umikumamalua, a finish- 
ing of the twelve-month. 


Ma-ka-ni-Nu, s. The unpleasant feel- 


ings of a chief when a person goes to him 
frequently for favors: the natives describe 
such a person as greasing his forehead with 
oil; e hamohamo i kona lae me ka aila 
kukui; he alamakahinu i ke alii. 


| Ma-xa-xu, s. Maka and kit, an image. 


A mask. 
2. A lustful eye ; a proud look; gener- 
ally connected with moekolohe. 


Ma-xa-xi-v, v. Maka and kiu, to spy. 


To spy; to spy out, as an enemy. Hoo. 
To act the part of a spy on an enemy. 
2. To spy out,as a country. 1 Oihl.19:3. 
3. To lie in wait to kill. See Makaakiv. 


ua nui ka hao, makahahi iho la, they saw Ma-ka-xo-a, adj.. Maka and koa, a sol- 


there was much iron, they were astonished. 
2. To go triumphing or rejoicing. | 


dier. Lir. A soldier’s face. Fierce in coun- 
tenance. AKanl. 28:50. 


Ma-xa-Ha-nt, s. Wonder; amazement; | Ma-xa-xo-Lz, s. Maka and kole, raw ; 


astonishment. Hal. 22:17. 


Ma-xa-na-xal, adv. Ma, at, kaha and | 


sore. Inflammation of the eyes; sore eyes. 
See MAKOLE. 


kai, sea beach. At the sea side; on the | Ma-KA-KO-LE, ad). Sore or watery-eyed. 


sea shore. 
Ma-ka-HA-KA-HA, S. The ceasing of rain; | 
the slow dropping of rain. | 
Ma-xa-Ha-KA-HA-KA, S. Maka and haka- 
hala, full of holes; open. <A deep pit or 
hole ; ka poopoo. 
Ma-xka-Ha-La, v. See Maxana. To take 
another’s property unjustly. 
A-KA-HA-NI, v. See Hani, to step 
lightly. To go lightly or softly ; to touch 
lightly ; just to graze. 
Ma-xa-HE-HI, v. See Maxanani above. 
Ma-KA-HE-KI-LI, s. Maka, eye, and he- 
kili, thunder. Lrr. The eye of the thunder. 
A hailstone. See Huavekiit. 








| Ma-Ka-Ko-ko-E, adj. Maka and kokoe, to 


strike at the eyes. 


Angry; evil eyed; de- 
signing to hurt. 


Ma-Ka-Ku-I-Ku-I, v. Maka and kui, to 


strike ; to buffet. 
other ; to provoke. 
2. To grin at; to scowl at one. 


To stir up anger in an- 


Ma-xka-La, v. Ma and kala, to loosen. 


To open what is closed; to separate a little. 
2. To draw out; to extract. 
3. To open a little, as a door; to open, 
as a book that has clasps on it. 
4. To untie; to loosen; to set at liberty. 
5. To remit, as a debt; to forgive, as an 
offense ; e makala mai i kuu hala, forgive 
my offense. See Kana. 


Ma-ka-HE-MA, S. Maka, eye, and hema,| Ma-xa-xa, s. A loosening ; an opening; 


left. The left eye. 


@ separating. 


MAK 


Ma-xa-La, v. A contraction for maka- 
ala.to be awake. To watch; to take heed; 
to beware ; to be vigilant. 

Ma-Ka-LA-KA-LA, v. Intensive of the 
foregoing. Tohold or keep the eyes open; 
to be sleepless; makili, makalakala i ka 
hiamoe. 

Ma-xa-Lau-na, s. Maka, face, and launa, 
an intimate? An intimate acquaintance ; 
one on terms of friendship ; ka mea i maa 
e mamua. 

Ma-ka-LE-HA, v. Maka, eye, and leha, 
to lift up the eyes. To wonder after; to 
admire. Hoik. 13:5. 

Ma-xa-te-Ha, s. A lofty, mischievous 
eye. 

Ma-xa-LE-Ho, s. Maka, eye, and leho, 
the shell of a fish. Haughtiness; lascivious- 
ness. 1 Pet. 4:3. Proud behavior. 

Ma-xa-u1, v. To bait a hook; to angle 
for fish ; e makali e loaa iki. 

Ma-xa-uu, s. The celestial sign Castor 
and Pollux. 

2. The seven stars. 

3. The name of a month. 

4, The name of the six summer months 
collectively. 

Ma-xa-tu, s. Maka and lii, small; lit- 
tle. Smallness ; littleness ; inferiority. 
Ma-xa-uu, adj. Very small; diminutive; 

very fine. 

Ma-Ka-Lil-o-Hu-a, s. A species of very 
small fish found in shoals near the shore ; 
also called ohua. 

2. A multitude of diminutive creatures 
of any kind. 

Ma-xa-ui-o, adj. Drawn or strained 
tightly, as a rope. 

Ma-xa-Lo-a, s. Maka, green, fresh, and 
loa, a long time. A kind of rush of which 
mats are made. 

Ma-Ka-Lo-a, adj. Always green; always 
fresh. 

Ma-xa-tu-a, s. Maka, eye, and dua, pit. 
A hole dug for planting upland kalo in; 
also a hole for planting vines. Isa. 5:2. 

2. The socket for the eye-ball. Anat. 6. 
3. The name of a certain fish. 

Ma-Ka-tu-a, adj. Maka and lua, double. 
Two-faced ; two-eyed; epithet of a two- 
edged sword. Hoik. 1:16. See Omva. 

Ma-ka-Lu-1, v. See Maxatuut. To labor 
long and perseveringly, then to make a 
feast. That feast is called an ahaaina ma- 
kalui. 

Ma-xka-Lu-xu, v. Makaand luku, slaugh- 
ter. To turn against one for harm; to be 
bent on slaughter, 

A-KA-MAE, adj. Precious; valuable ; 
much desired; costly; precious, as a stone. 


372 


MAK 


2 Sam. 12:30. Precious, as a beloved child 
or servant. Isa. 43:4. Na mea makamae, 
precious things. Ezek. 22:25. 

Ma-xa-maz, s. Maka and mae for mae- 
mae, pure. <A darling ; a precious one; a 
beloved one. Hal. 22:20. 

Ma-xa-ma-ka, s. A friend; a beloved 
one ; an intimate; one on terms of receiy- 
ing and giving freely. Job. 2:11. A rela- 
tive. Fic. Anything to which one is greatly 
attached ; hookahi hoi o kaua makamaka, 
o ka imi naauao, oia hoi ko kaua kuleana i 
noho ai ma keia kula nui, we two have 
only one friend, that is knowledge seeking, 
that is the right (reason) of our living at 
this high school. 

Ma-xa-ma-Ka, adj. Good; beautiful ; 
splendid ; fresh; new. 

Ma-xa-mo-m1, s. Maka and momi, the 
pearl in the oyster shell. A white speck in 
the eye by disease. 

Ma-xa-mu-a, s. Maka and mua, the 
first; the beginning. The beginning ; the 
first of things, as of a period of time. Jer. 
26:1. 

2. The first or oldest of a family of chil- 
dren. Syn. with mua. Ka makamua o na 
la, the beginning of days, i. e., the Son of 
God. Dan. 7:9. 

Ma-xa-mu-a, adj. First. Kin. 4:20. 
Primary ; beginning; the first of a series, 
like mua. Puk. 12:2. Ua maopopo i ka 
poe i komo (i ke kula) i ka la makamua o 
Julai, it was understood by those who en- 
tered (the school) on the first day of July. 

Ma-xa-na, v. To give freely or gratu- 
itously ; to make a present to one. 

Ma-Ka-na, s. A gift; that which is 
freely bestowed upon one by another; a 
present; that which is received gratuit- 
ously. * 

Ma-xa-na, adj. Freely given or re- 
ceived, as a present. 

Ma-Ka-NA-A-LO-HA, S. Makana and aloha, 
love. A free-will or willing offering. Puk. 
30:29. 

Ma-KA-NA-HE-LE, S. See the foregoing. 
A free offering ; ka haawi wale ana. 

Ma-KaA-NA-HE-LE, adj. Ma, at, ka, the, 
and nahele, wild land. Wild; untamed ; 
dwelling in the wilderness. 

Ma-xa-nau, s. The name of a heiau. 

Ma-xa-n1, s. Wind; a breeze; air in 
motion. 

2. The weather; the general state of the 
atmosphere. 

3. The news; the report of some recent 
event; the gossip of a neighborhood. 

Ma-ka-pa, v. To be shy; to run away, 
as an untamed animal; e hoeno mau ia, he 
meo, 


if MAK 


Ma-xa-pa, s. One who goes about from 
house to house or goes here and there ; he 
holoholo kanhale. 

Ma-xa-paa, s. Maka and paa, fast. One 
with closed eyes; a blind person. Oithk. 
22:22. See Makapo. 

Ma-xa-paa, adj. Closed eyes; without 
sight; blind. Joan. 5:3. 

Ma-xa-paa, adv. Blindly; without see- 


ing. 

Ma-xa-pal, adj. Sore, as the eyes; thus, 
it applies where one eye has been sore and 
the disease has gone to the other, and both 
eyes are sore. 

Ma-xa-pa-La, adj. Maka and pala, soft. 
Secreting healthy pus, as a sore; e holoi 
a makapala. 

2. Ripe or ready to break, as the head 
of a boil. 

Ma-xa-pe-nu, s. Maka, eye, and pehu, 
swollen. Swelled or inflamed eyes; ola 
iho la ko’u makapehu ia ole. 

Ma-Ka-pe-La, s. Maka and pela, foul. 
Offensively smelling eyes. 

Ma-xa-po, v. Maka and po, night. To 
be blind naturally ; unable to see; to be 
blind morally. Puk. 23:8. 

2. Hoo. To blind; to make one blind ; 
to smite with blindness. Kin. 19:11. See 
Makapaa and Moowint. 

Ma-xa-po, s. Blindness. Kani. 28:28. 
A blind person. Puk. 4:11. 

Ma-xa-po, adj. Blind; without the 
sense of sight ; moowini. 

Ma-xa-po, adv. Blindly; in a state of 
blindness. 

Ma-xa-po-u-11, v. Makaand pouli, dark- 
ness. To faint; to fail for want of strength; 
to be dizzy ; e poniuniu. 

Ma-xa-po-u-L1, s. The darkness that 
precedes fainting. 

Ma-xka-Po-NI-U-NI-U, v. Maka and poniu, 
to be dizzy. To faint; to be dizzy or faint 
for want of food. Lunk.8:4. To be dizzy; 
hence, to faint. 

Ma-xKa-po-NI-U-NI-U, s. Obscure vision ; 
applied to the eyes, blindness. See Poiwa. 
Applied to the heart, want of courage. 

Ma-ka-pu-n1, s. Name of a species of 
fish-hook. 

Ma-ka-pu-La, adj. Maka and pula, a 
mote in the eye. Sore-eyed; blind with 
one eye; having matter in the corner of 
the eye. 

Ma-xa-wal, adj. Maka and wai, water. 
Watery-eyed ; near sighted. Hin. 29:17. 

2. Corrupt; running, as a sore. 

3. Large at one end and small at the 
other. 

Ma-xa-wa-Lu, v. Maka and walu, to 


373 


MAK 


scratch. To scratch like a cat; to rub; to 
scrape. 

2. To go in large companies; to travel 
by caravans; hele okai. 

Ma-xa-wa-Lu, s. A large company; a 
large army ; aole e pono ke kaua uuku ke 
hana i makawalu ame ke kahului, it is not 
proper for a small army to engage a large 
army in a smooth place. 

Ma-ka-we-La, s. Epithet of a servant 
marked in the forehead; ina i hoailonaia 
ke kauwa ma ka lae, ua kapaia he kauwa 
makawela. 

2. Name of a species of soft porous stone. 

Ma-ka-we-LE, s. The name of a valley 
on Kanai which opens into the Waimea 
valley. 

Ma-kE, v. To die; to perish; to be 
killed ; to suffer, as a calamity. 

2. Hoo. To put to death; to deaden; to 
cause to die; to be slain. Hzek. 11:6. To 
mortify ; to kill. Oihk. 20:4. 

Ma-xe, v. ‘To desire; to wish for; to 
wish ; e manao nui, to think much upon; 
to desire often; to love. 

Ma-xeE, v. Used impersonally. To need; 
to have necessity ; it is necessary ; gener- 
ally a negative ; aole make kukui, there is 
no need of a lamp. 

2. To be proper ; to be fit; to be right ; 
aole make hookuke ia Kalaiwahi, it is not 
proper to banish Kalaiwahi. 

3. To be; to exist; to be present; aole 
make hau maluna iho ou, let there be no dew 
upon thee. . 

4. To permit; to allow; aole make au e 
haule i ka lima o kanaka, Jet me not fall 
into the handsof men. 1] Oihl. 21:13. Aole 
make hakaka kaua kekahi i kekahi, let us 
two not contend, one with the other. Nore. 
In all the examples the meaning of make 
seems to be, to wish or will, and it may be 
the obsolete root of makemake. 

Ma-ke is also used impersonally in the 
sense, it is agreed, it is a bargain, &c.; ehia 
huamoa make ka hapawalu? how many 
hen’s eggs will buy (will pay for, will be 
equal to) arial? Hookahi puu wahie make 
ka pahu aila, one pile of wood paid fora 
cask of oil. Make hewa, a bad bargain; 
no profit; in vain, &e. 

Ma-xg, s. Death; the dissolution of soul 
and body; the state of being dead; as an 
agent it triumphs over the bodies of men. 
Rom. 6:9. Na make wahahee. Jer. 2:14. 


Ma-xe, adj. Dead; hurt; injured; 
wounded. 
Ma-xKE, adv. E hina make, to fall dead; 
i hina make ai, he fell down dead. 
2. Even; nor; besides; neither. 
Ma-xe-E, v. Make and e, before. To be 


jealous. 


MAK 


2. Make, to desire. See verb, Note and 
E intensive. To desire, as property. 

3. To be greedy after a thing generally; 
used in reference to hoarding property; ua 
nui na mea i makee i kela mea i keia mea, 
i ka waiwai, i ka hanohano, a ia mea aku 
ia mea aku. Ma Hawaii nei, 0 ka aina ke- 
kahi mea a lakou i makee ai. 

4, To withhold from others property that 
isdue. EHzek.18:16. Makee is synonymous 
with puniwaiwai, but is stronger. See 
ALUNU. 

5. To gather or scrape together things of 
value and of little value to keep them; e 
hapuku. 

Ma-ke-g, s. Joined with waiwaz, covet- 
ousness. Jer. 22:17. Greediness of gain. 
Hal. 10:3. 

2. Without waiwai, a covetous person. 

3. A robber. Job. 5:5. 

Ma-xer-waa, v. Manao ae la lakou, 
makeewaa ana e make ai o Kamaiole. 

Ma-xkeE-E-wal-wal, s. See above in ma- 
kee, s. 

Ma-ke-HE-wa, v. Make and hewa, wrong. 
To be or to do to no purpose; to do in vain 
or to no profit. Jer. 2:30. 

Ma-keE-HE-wa, adv. In vain; to no profit; 
not answering the purpose. Hal. 89:47. 
Vainly, as labor without reward. Jsa. 49:4. 

Ma-KE-kav, adj. Angry; irascible ; 
quick in a passion; unfriendly; makekau oe, 
aole ike i kou hoahanau, aole hookipa, ea. 

Ma-xe-ke, s. Eng. Mustard. Mat. 


13:31. Hua makeke, mustard seed. 


Ma-xe-LE, s. A deep place of earth and | 


water; deep mud, but partially hardened 
or covered with grass so as to be shaky ; 
unstable land. See Naka. 


Ma-KE-MA-KE, v. See Make, to desire. 
To desire much; to wish for; to love. 

2. To rejoice, i.e., to obtain one’s desire; 
to be glad; e hoihoi. e olioli; ua like ka 
makemake me ka hauoli ame ka olioli. 
Notr.— Makemake is often used by foreign- 
ers where other words such as ake, manao, 
anoi, &c., would apply better. 


Ma-ke-ma-KE, s. A desire; a wish; a 
want; a thinking much of. 
2. A rejoicing ; gladness. 


Ma-xeE-Nna, v. Make and ana, a dying. 
To mourn, that is, to make the sound of 
mourning ; to mourn; to wail, as for the 
dead ; to mourn, as at the death of a rela- 
tive or friend ; to mourn in any manner. 

2. To float in the air, as the sound of 
mourning. Nore.—Mourning among Ha- 
Waiians was expressed by audible lugubri- 
ous tones of the voice. 


Ma-kn-na, s. A wailing; a mourning 
or lamentation for the dead ; the sound of 


374 


MAK 


mourning or wailing. Kanl. 26:14. See 
KUMAKENA. 

2. Sorrow or suffering from habits of in- 
toxication; pau ka makena ana o ka poe 
ona rama, the sorrows of those drinking 
rum were ended. 

3. Sorrow; disappointment. Laieik. 66. 

Ma-ke-na, adj. Mourning; lamenting 
the death of a friend; wawa makena, a 
noise of lamentation for the dead; kapa 
makena, mourning garments. Kin. 38:14. 

Ma-ke-nA-wal, s. Make and na, plural 
article, and wai, waters. A place where a 
brook loses itself in the ground. 

Ma-KE-wal, v. Make, to desire, and waz, 
water. To be thirsty ; to thirst; to desire 
to drink. Lunk. 4:19. 

Ma-xe-wal, s. A desire to drink; thirst. 

Ma-xE-wal, adj. Thirsty; desiring to 
drink. 

Ma-kE-wa-LE, adj. Make, death, and 
wale, without cause. That which has died 
of itself. Oihk. 22:8. 

Ma-xr-a, v. See Kaxia. To fasten, as 
with nails, spikes or pins; to nail; to bolt; 
to drive a nail. Dunk. 4:21. 

2. To tighten or make fast what other- 
wise would be loose. 

3. Fic. To bind; to make fast, as by a 
covenant or treaty. 

4. To be at peace with one; to be ina 
state of peace or quietness; ua makia ka 
aina. 

5. To lay or mark out the ground for a 
heiau; makia huli ka moku, to turn as the 
earth, though fast. 

Ma-xi-a, s. A pin; a bolt; a nail; a 
wedge; anything used to keep a substance 
in its place. 

2. Fia. The state of being settled with- 
out disturbance ; the state of being under 
treaty. 

3. The measure used in laying out the 
ground for a heiau. 

Ma-x1-au, s. A nail of the finger or toe. 
See Marao. ; 

Ma-xi-Kka, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro- 
nunciation for musquito or musketo. A 
stinging fly ; mai noho hoi a aki wale aku 
e like me na makika nahu kolohe. Norr.— 
Musketoes were first brought to the islands 
in 1823. A ship lying in the roads at La- 
haina, on being cleared of verniin by smoke, 
a light breeze brought some musketoes 
ashore. They are now numerous and trou- 
blesome on the leeward sides of all the 
islands. 

Ma-xi-x1, s. Name of a kind of soft 
porous stone; maika stones were some- 
times made of them. 


Ma-x1-Ko-E, adj. Extended ; long; flat. 
See KIoEOE. 


MAK 


375 


MAK 


IIE sri ON Ne ee 
Ma-xt-u1, v. See Mixiwi. To open, as; Ma-xo-xo, s. A species of large fish of 


the mind; to be conscious of some internal 
feeling or desire. 

2. Hoo. To open the mind to receive as 
well as understand important truths; e 
hoomakili ae kakou i ka maka o ko kakou 
naau. 

Ma-x1-Lo, v. Ma and kilo, a star-gazer. 
To look wishfully after a thing. 

2. To beg. Hal. 37:25. Pololi loa oia, a 
hele oia ma kauhale e makilo aii ai nana 
me ka hilahila ole. 

3. To go about begging food. 

Ma-xi-Lo, s. A beggar. 

Ma-xr-ma-x1, s. Name of a fish; a dol- 
phin. 

Ma-xr-n1, v. To be uneven, as land, 
some places high, some low; makini kona 
aoao. 

Ma-xi-n1, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ma-xi-n1, adj. Name of a certain kind 
of fish net; ka upena makini a ka poe kii 
ai ia ke ahi a ka po. 

Ma-xo, adj. Angry; provoked at others 
so as to quarrel and fight. 

Ma-xo-a, s. Ma and koa, a koa tree. A 
tract of land midway between the shore 
and interior where koa trees grow. 

Ma-xo-a, v. Ma and koa, a soldier. To 
go forward fearlessly; to do courageously. 

2. To be hard with people; to be close; 
to be stingy; to be unkind. 

Ma-ko-£, v. Contraction of maka, eye, 
and kole, raw. To have sore or inflamed 
eyes. 

Ma-ko-E-a, adj. Hard; difficult; paa- 
kiki, makona. 

Ma-ko-1, adj. See the foregoing. Hard; 
severe ; uncourteous ; hostile. 

Ma-xko-1-E-LE, v. ‘To teeter; to balance, 
as two children in play; to swing, as a 
single one on a rope. 

Ma-xo-1-o-LE, v. To restrain breathing; 
to hold in the breath. 

Ma-xou, pers. pron., first person plural. 
We; our company, excluding the persons 
addressed. Gram. § 117:4 and § 129. O 
ka ea noii ka makou ku kahakai. 

Ma-xovu, v. To be red; to be inflamed; 
to have red or inflamed eyes. See MAKOLE. 

2. To be red like the flame of a lamp 
which has burnt all night. 


Ma-xou, s. Name of a lamp with a red 
flame, or a flame that has burnt all night ; 
he poe lakou no makou, no ka mea 0 ma- 
kou ka inoa oia kukui. 

2. Name of the kalaimoku where the 
chiefs are concerned ; such a person was 
esteemed highly. 

Ma-ko-n1, s. A species of red kalo. 


the squid kind, of a reddish color; it is 
eaten by whales ; makoko, he wahi ia nui 
ano hee, ulaula, he ai na ke kohola. 

Ma-ko-LE, s. Contraction of maka, eye, 
and kole, raw; inflamed. Inflamed eyes ; 
the ophthalmia. Makole is mostly brought 
on by swimming long in salt water. See 
MAKOE. 

2. The time when the sun is high or 
fiercely hot; i. e., from eight o’clock to 
two or three in the afternoon. 

Ma-ko-LE-Ko-LE, s. See the foregoing. 
Sore, running eyes; red with soreness ; he 
maka helohelo; ohelo eyed, i. e., red like 
an ohelo. 

Ma-ko-u1, adj. Little of any work done; 
a little way that any one travels in a day; 
mohai, loaa iki mai. 

Ma-xko-Lo, v. Ma and kolo, to crawl; to 
creep. To crawl, as a four-footed animal. 

2. To run along ; to creep, as a vine. 

3. To approach on hands and knees, as 
the people in former times approached a 
chief to ask a favor ; hence, 

4. To ask a favor; to ask a question. 

Ma-xo-to-a, s. Name of some vegeta- 
ble out of which mats were made, a kind 
of small rush; o ka makoloa kekahi hanaia 
i moena. 

Ma-xo-tu, s. Name of a certain kind 
of fish. 

Ma-xo-tv, adj. Wide; thick; deep; be- 
smeared thickly with dust. Syw. with ma- 
noanoa. 

Ma-ko-Lu-ko-Lv, adj. Intensive of the 
foregoing. Thick; deep; thick, as a plank. 

Ma-ko-ma-ko, v. To enlarge; to in- 
crease ; to be great. See MAKUMAKU. 

Ma-ko-ma-ko, s. Greatness; great size; 
largeness. 

Ma-ko-na, s. An unpeaceful disposi- 
tion ; fretfulness. 

Ma-xo-na, adj. Implacable; unappeas- 
able ; aloha ole. 

Ma-xu, v. To run and hide; to flee. 

Ma-xu, v. To be full grown; to be full 
sized. 

2. To be fixed ; to be firm; to be hard. 

3. To be large or numerous. 

4. Hoo. To dress up in a quantity of 
kapa with pomp; to make a great show. 

Ma-kvu, adj. Full grown; firm; hard. 

2. Stiff or thick, as oil by long standing; 
maku ka aila. See Maxva below. 

Ma-xu, s. Dregs of a liquid; lees; set- 
tlings. Jsa.50:17. The mother of vinegar; 
the lees of wine. 

Ma-xu-a, s. See Maku, full grown. A 


parent; a begetter, either a father or 


MAK 


mother, i.e.,a mature person; applied also 
to an uncle or aunt. 

2. Fic. A benefactor ; a provider; 0 ko 
kakou makua ma keia wahi. o ka naauao 
no ia. Aloha ka naauao, ka malua hoi o 
kahi makua ole. 

Ma-ku-a, adj. Full grown; of full age; 
mature; kanaka makua, a full grown man. 

Ma-xu-a, v. See Maku above, to be 
large. To enlarge; to grow. Hoo. To in- 
crease ; to be full; to be thick set. 

2. To strengthen; to sustain. Hal. 18:35. 

3. To call one father or master; to honor. 
Mat. 23:9. 

Ma-KU-A-HI-NE, s. Makua, parent, 

Ma-KU-WA-HI-NE, and wahine, female. 

Ma-ku-s-wa-HI-NE, ) A mother, &c., sub- 
ject to all the figurative ideas of makua, s. 

Ma-kU-A-HO-NO-Al, s. Makua and ho- 

Ma-ku-A-HO-NO-WAI, §  noai, to bind to- 
gether. A parent-in-law, either father or 
mother as it is followed by kane or wahine. 
See next words. 

Ma-ku-A-HO-NO-AI-KA-NE, S. Makua and 
honoai (see above), and kane, male. A 
father-in-law. unk. 1:16. 

Ma-ku-A-HO-NO-AI-WA-HI-NE, S. Makua 
and honoai and wahine, female. A mother- 
in-law. 

Ma-xku-a-Ka-NE, S. Makua and kane, 
male. The male parent; a father; the hus- 
band of one’s mother. 

Ma-ku-a-Ka-NE-KO-LE-A, s. Makua and 
kane, male, and kolea, to make a friend. A 
step-father. 

Ma-xku-a-KE-A-HU, adj. The spirit going 
here and there even to where the clouds and 
sea meet; 0 waiho oe auanei a hala loa kou 
uhane makuakeahu. 

Ma-xu-a-Ko-Le-a, s. Makua and kolea. 
A parent-in-law, either father or mother. 
Ma-ku-a-ku-a, s. A species of grass 
growing in bunches ; a bunch of grass. 
Ma-xu-a-Lu, s. Makua and liz, chief. A 

progenitor; a patriarch. Jos. 13:21. 
2. A head of atribe; a chief. Kin. 36:15. 


Ma-ku-E, s. A pale brown or chestnut 
color; purple; blue; any dark color. 

Ma-xu-£, adj. Dark; brown; blue; 
green, according to the substance; lole 
malkue, purple cloth. 2 Oihl. 2:7. 

Ma-xu-E, v. Maand kue, to oppose. To 
punch, hunch or elbow one; to provoke 


one to anger; to draw down the eyebrows 
as if sullen or angry. 


A-KU-E, S. Opposition; anger; strife. 
Ma-ku-E-xku-z, s. A kind of grass; the 
grass with which good adobies are made. 

Ma-ku-o, adj. Brown. 


376 





MAL 


Ma-xuu, s. A crease around the end of 
a canoe to hold a rope for dragging it; 
alaila hoopualiia ke kauwahi mahope o ka 
waa:.ua kapaia kela wahi he makuu. 

Ma-xuv, adj. Ma and kuu, to let go. 
Discharging stools involuntarily; lepo ma- 
kuu, involuntary alvine discharges. 

Ma-ku-ko-aE, s. The state of one just 
dying, formerly worshiped as a god. 

Ma-ku-Lz, s. A company of traveling 
persons ; he huakai; a company of horses 


and riders, &e. 

Ma-xv-tv, v. Ma and kulu, a 

MaA-KU-LU-KU-LU, drop of liquid. To 
drop, as water or a liquid ; to shed drops; 
to drop down, as water from a leaky roof; 
to drop, as water from the clouds. 

Ma-ku-wa-HI-NE-Ko-LE-A, S. Makua and 
wahine and kolea, to make a friend. A step- 
mother. 

Ma-ta, v. To swell; to swell up; to 
grow large; to puff up, as a swelling. 

Ma-a, s. A swelling or puffing up, as 
of the chest ; an enlargement; a growing. 

2. The name of a disease. 

3. A small patch of ground ; a garden ; 
a small plat of ground for cultivation or 
under cultivation; a field. Neh. 5:11. See 
MALAWAINA. 

4. A gentle breeze; the east wind; ma- 
kani hikina, he aeloa. 

Ma-ta, adj. Swelling; puffed up; en- 
larging ; growing. 

2. Exhausted ; spent. 

Ma-.ak, s. Maandlae,acalm. Acalm; 
a calmness; a pleasant appearance. See 
HooMALAE. 

Ma-Laz-LaE, adj. Clear; serene, as the 
sky ; pleasant, as the weather. 

2. Clear; smooth, as a plain; without 
obstructions. 

Ma-tat-o-a, adj. Broken fine; scattered, 
as small particles of a substance. 


Ma-tat-La, adv. Ma and Jaila, there. 
There; at theside of; atthat place. Gram. 
§ 165, 2: Auialo. 

Ma-.al-LE-NA, S. Bitterness; ill tasted; 
what is unpalatable. 

Ma-uat-LE-Nna, adj. Bitter, acrid or sour; 
unpalatable. 

Ma-tatr-Lu-a, s. A goat without horns, 
derived from the name of a particular goat 
formerly found at Kona, Hawaii. 

Ma-ta-o-a, adj. Sad; sorrowful, as one 
sitting and thinking of many sources of 
grief and imaginary evils as they flit be- 
fore the mind as real ones; he weli malaoa 
aku no ka lue la. 

Ma-ao-1ao, s. Twilight; light between 
day and night. 


MAL 


Ma-tav, s. A place in the sea where 
the water is still and quiet; a calm place 
in the sea. 

2. A place where the bait for the aku or 
bonita is found. . 
3. An impious wicked person. 

Ma-tav, v. See No. 3 above. Hoo. To 
reject good advice or good principles ; to 
treat with contempt one’s principles or doc- 
trines. 

Ma-tav-Ee-a, v. To hawk about and 
sell ; to peddle, 

Ma-tav-g-a, s. An indolent person, in- 
disposed to work ; malauea o ka pililua o 
lawaia o ke aukaka. 

Ma-tav-Lav, s. See Marav. A prepara- 
tion. 

Ma-tau-Lav-a, v. To trade; to make 
market; to peddle. See Manavra. See 
also Masvava, the / dropped. 

Ma-ta-n1, v. To be relieved from pun- 
ishment; to be joyful, as one who has been 
condemned, but the accuser is reconciled 
or no longer angry. 

2. To be joyful, as one who seeks fora 
thing and quickly finds it. 

Ma-ta-u1-a, adj. For malaia. See Mata 
2. Bitter; disagreeable to the taste. See 
MALAILENA. 

Ma-ta-tai-o-a, s. Name of an office in 
the king’s train. 

Ma-ta-tu-a, v. To swell, as anything 
blistered ; as fruit exposed to the hot sun; 
ua malalua i ka la o Kawaihoa, Kawaihoa 
is blistered in the sun. 

Ma-La-Lo, comp. prep. Ma and lalo, 
down. Downward; under; below; beneath. 
Gram. § 161. 

Ma-ta-ma, v. Ma and lama, light. To 
keep; to preserve; to watch over. See 
Kat. 


2. To serve as a servant; to take care of, 
as one who cares for another. Kin. 47:13. 

3. To reverence; to obey, asa command. 
Kanl. 5:9. 

4. To observe, as a festival; to attend 
to, as a duty. 

5. To be awake to danger. 

6. To put and keep things in order. 

7. To swell; to be enlarged, as the belly. 
See Mana. 

Ma-ta-ma, s. Light, as of the sun, moon 

or stars. See ManaMALAMA. 

2. A solar month in distinction from ma- 
hina, a moon or lunar month. 

3. A looking-glass ; he aniani nana. 

4. One who observes the heavenly bodies; 
a prophet ; a star-gazer ; an astrologer. 


Ma-ta-ma, adj. Taking care; giving 
heed ; watching over. ‘ 
Ma-ta-ma, adv. A conditional term. 
48 


377 


MAL 


Perhaps ; it may be, &c.; malama e kupu: 
auanei ka hua i luluia, perhaps hereafter 
the seed sown may spring up; malamao 
huli mai, perhaps he will turn. Malama is 
often connected with paha, which only 
strengthens the possibility; as, malama 
paha e make ia, perhaps he will die; the 
same as malia or malia paha, perhaps. 

Ma-.a-ma-La, v. See Mata, to swell. 
To swell; to rise up round and full; to be 
large. 

Ma-ta-ma-La, s. See Mata. Something 
swollen; enlarged by swelling; swollen 
with pride or haughtiness; he poe makau 
kakou i ka malamala. 

Ma-ta-mA-La-mA, v. See Ma and Lama, 
a torch; also Matama. To shine; to give 
light, as the sun or a luminous body. 

2. Hoo. To enlighten; to cause light. 
Kin. 1:14, 15. 

Ma-ta-ma-La-ma, S. Light; the light of 
the sun or of the heavenly bodies; the light 
of a lamp or of a fire. 

2. Fie. Supernatural light: light of the 
mind; knowledge; knowledge of salva- 
tion; opposite to pouli o ka naan. 

Ma-La-mMa-La-Ma, adj. (Shining, as a 
light. 

Ma-ta-na, v. See Manana. Ma and 
lana, to float. To float together, as a body 
of canoes; to move together, as a drove of 
cattle or a multitude of men; ke malana 
mai lanakanaka. Malana hiki ae i Ka ili 
kai. 

Ma-ta-na, s. A moving together, as 
many single things. 

2. The name of a fine rain from the north- 
east at Waimea as it moves along before 
the trade wind. 

Ma-ta-na, adj. Tottering; weak; fee- 
ble. See Lana. 

2. Loose; pulling up easily, as weeds 
from soft ground. 

Ma-ta-nal, s. The gentle blowing of 
the north-east wind. 

2. One of the names of the trade wind. 
See Moar and AELOA. 

Ma-ta-n1, s. The name of the sixteenth 
day of the month. See MaHEALANT. 

Ma-ta-wat-Nna, s. Jala, a garden, and 
waina, grapes. A patch for grapes; a vine- 
yard. in. 9:20. 

Ma-te, v. To hawk and spit; to raise 
phlegm ; e palahehe ; to expectorate. 

Ma-te, s. Phlegm; mucous raised from. 
the lungs or throat; he huka paa. 


Ma-te, s. A species of fish; the young: 
of the uhn. See OMALEMALE. 

Ma-.e, s. An incorrect orthography for- 
mare. See MARE. 

Ma-.e-a-LE-a, v. See Maatea. To be- 


MAL 


cunning; to be crafty; to have a fore- 
thought for one’s advantage. 
2. To assuage, as one’s anger; to pacify. 

Ma-Le-Ha-LE-HA, s. ‘The appearance of 
the sky at evening. 

2. The time of evening. Isa. 5:11. 

Ma-LE-HU-LE-HU, s. The appearance of 
the sky at dawn of day. 

Ma-te-1a, adj. Idle; lazy ; indolent. 

Ma-teE-LE, v. To distribute or give out 
to others, as food. Hoo. To parcel out; to 
give to one and to another, as food; pau 
no ka ai, aole ma/ele aku ia mea. E hoo- 
malele aku i ka ai ia hai, ame ka palapala. 

Ma-tE-LeE, v. To call to one for help; 
malele kuala. 

Ma-te-na, s. A burning or preparing 
medicine ; he papaa laau lapaau. 

Ma-te-no, s. A rough sea. 

Ma-u1, v. To tie on; to fasten, as a 
fish-hook on to a string ; to tie the end of 
a rope to keep it from unraveling ; to tie 
up, as a broken limb. 

2. To beseech; to beg in a soothing 
manner. 

Ma-ut, s. See the verb above. A string 
used in tying the bait on a fish-hook, or for 
tying the end of a rope to prevent it from 
unraveling. 

Ma-ur-a, adv. See Matama, adv. Per- 
haps; but; then; if then; lest; often fol- 
lowed by paha or o or both; malia paha i 
hehuia makou i poe nana e kuhikuhi i ka 
iwi; malia o, lest. Kanl. 24:15. Malia 
paha o, lest perhaps. Nah. 22:6. 

Ma-ur-e, v. To be calm; to be quiet; 
to be still as to noise; to cease an agita- 
tion ; to be calm, as the sea after a storm. 
Hoo. To make quiet; to still; to hush up. 


Ma-ti-£, adj. Quiet; calm; still; gentle. | 


Ma-t-g, adv. Quietly ; calmly ; gently. 

Ma-ti-£-L1-E, v. Intensive of malie. To 
hush up a perturbation of any kind. Hoo. 
To soothe one’s anger; to entreat quiet- 
ness; to persuade one to be still. Nah. 13:3. 

Ma-uu, v. A contraction for malili. See 
MAUILi. 

Ma-ui-o, s. The opening of the morn- 
ing ; the first rays of light; malio pawa o 
ke kakahiaka. See Pawa. 

Ma-ur-u, v. Ma and liu, preservative. 
To attend to one; to regard or listen to 
one’s request. 

2. To turn a compassionate eye upon 
one; to be favorably disposed towards one; 
to look upon one with kindness when need- 
ing compassion. Puk. 32:12. 

3. To hearken to advice; to turn from a 
purpose. Kanl. 21:18. 

: . To be accepted as an offering. Oihk. 


378 


MAL 


5. To be gracious to one; to turn to- 
wards one; to have respect to. Kin. 4:4. 

6. Hoo. To be entreated for a person or 
thing. 2 Sam. 21:14. 

Ma-u-u, s. A chief deified and become 
an aumakua. 

2. A deep sound, as of an ancient deep- 
toned instrument (shell), like the bellowing 
of a bull. 

Ma-ti-u-1a, adj. Acceptable; favorable. 
Hal. 69:13. 

Ma-ti-H1-n1, v. To be or to live as a 
stranger. Puk. 2:29. 

Ma-.r-H1-nI, s. A stranger; a non-resi- 
dent; a transient person; a person from 
another place. Oihk. 20:2. Fire. One that 
has not been seén for some time. 

Ma-u-n1-nI, adj. As a stranger; stran- 
ger like; new faced ; maka hou. 

Ma-u-u, v. Ma and lilt for li, small. 
To be or become small, as something that 
is too great. 

2. To calm down, as a storm or one in 
fierce anger. 

3. To be consoled, as one indulging in 
immoderate grief. 

4. Hoo. To wither ; to droop ; to lessen 
down ; to make less. 

5. To be bereaved of children, as parents, 
or of parents, as children. 

Ma-ti-tt, s. A blast, as upon fruits ; 
blasting. 1 Nal. 8:7. 

Ma-ti-t1, adj. Lessened ; stinted; de- 
generated ; withered; applied to fruits. 
ISG. jo0 cake 

2. Applied to a wind; huaai malih, a 
wind injuring vegetables. Kanl. 28:22. 

Ma-ti-ma-Lr, v. See Maui, to beseech. 
To dissemble through flattery. 

2. To flatter for the sake of some adyan- 
tage. 

3. To speak pleasantly in order to make 
one forget former injuries. 

4. To make a defense before an assembly. 

5. To talk soothingly ; to make friends 
with those whom we have offended. 

6. To persuade. 1 Nal. 22:20. 

7. Hoo. To flatter. Hal. 78:36. 


Ma-u-ma-u1, s. Flattery; dissimula- 
tion; pleasant speech for gain or advan- 
tage; he poe akamai i ka malimali, a com- 
pany skilled in flattery, 

Ma-i-ma-11, adj. Soothing in language; 
flattering ; dissembling. 

Ma-ui-wa, s. A calm smooth place in 
the sea; 0 ka malina a Moi kekahi kahuna 
nul o ia manawa. 

Ma-u-no, adj. Maand lino. See Lino- 
Lino. Calm; quiet. as one whose spirits 
have been ruffled; calm, as the surface of 
water without wind; quiet; gentle. See 


a 


MAL 


See Oxino. 

Ma-ti-no-11-No, adj. See Maino above. 

Ma-to, s. A strip of kapa or cloth girded 
about the loins of men; in former times the 
malo was the only dress worn by men when 
at work; a covering for the nakedness of 
men ; ka wawae e paa’i ka mai. 

2. Fie. Ua loheia mamua ka olelo a ke- 
kahi alii, e kaohi a e moku ka ka malo. 

Ma-to, adj. See Matoo. 

Ma-to-E-Lo-E, v. See Loetog, feeble. 
To be faint ; to be weary; to relax, as the 
joints of animals. Anat. 1. 

2. To breathe hard; to puff from hard 
exercise, as traveling, or by hard labor. 

3. Hvo. To weary one’s self in doing 
evil. Jer. 9:5. 

Ma-to-E-Lo-E, adj. Weary; stiffened 
with labor or traveling. Syy. with oopa. 
See MAALoELor. 

2. Firm ; substantial. 

Ma-to-1, v. To start in the eyes, as tears 
for love or affection. 

Ma-too, v. To dry up, as water. 

2. To wither, as a tree. 

3. To become dry, as ariver. Jos. 3:16. 

4. Hoo. To cause to dry up, as the sea. 
Tos. 2:10. To dry or season in the sun. 

Ma-too, adj. Dry; dry, as land, in op- 
position to water; dry in opposition to 
moist or wet. 

2. Dead, as a vegetable dried up. 

Ma-too-w4-Ha, v. To be dry; to be 
without moisture. 

2. To yield no fruit, as dry ground. 

~ Ma-too-wa-Ha, adj. Dry; barren; un- 
fruitful, as ground. 

Ma-to-n1, v. Ma and lohi, slow. To be 
slow ; to be lazy; a maluhi, malohi, ma- 
loeloe. 

Ma-to-n1-Lo-H1, v. See Ma and Loui, 
slow. To be weary; to be fatigued. See 
MALOELOE and MALUHILUHI. 

Ma-to-HI-Lo-H1, adj. See Marvunitvni. 
Weary from traveling. See MALoELor. 


Ma-to-xa, v. Ma and loka, not found. 
To be sluggish in mind; to be slow in giv- 
ing one’s attention to a subject. 

2. Hoo. To be unbelieving ; to be diso- 
bedient. 
3. To treat sacred things with contempt. 

Ma-to-xa, s. A disregard to the com- 
mands of achief. Hoo. Unbelief ina chief’s 
word or promise; disobedience in practice; 
under the christian system, an unbeliever; 
a scoffer. 

Ma-to-xa, adj. Disobedient; unbeliev- 
ing in the word of a chief. Hoo. Unbeliey- 
ing ; discrediting the christian system. 1 
Kor. 7:12. 


379 


Mauiz. Reflecting light, as calm water. 


MAL 
Ma-to-ko, comp. prep. Ma and loko, 


within. In; within; inside of; internally. 
Gram. § 161. 

Ma-to-Lo, v. To break off work at the 
arrival of a la kapu; to rest. Hoo. To 
rest ; to be still; to desist from work or 
labor on account of kapu. 

2. To ebb and flow. as the ocean, much 
more than usual; o Nana no ka malama e 
malolo ai ka moana. 

Ma-to-Lo, s. A day of preparation be- 
fore ala kapu. Hoo. Causing a malolo or 
resting day. Nore.—At the present time 
it is equivalent to Saturday; ka la Hooma- 
lolo, the day before the Sabbath. 

Ma-to-to, s. The flying-fish that swims 
near or on the surface of the sea; ma ka 
ili kai e holo ai ka malolo. 

Ma-to-Lo, adj. Ebbing much further 
than usual, as the sea, and when this oceurs, 
it is followed by avery high tide called ke 
kaimalolo. 

Ma-to-Lo-u1, adj. Ma and lohi or lolohi, 
slow. Sluggish; numb; torpid. 

Ma-to-Lo-Lu-a, adj. Malolo and lua, 
second. The reflux of a very low ebb tide 
of the sea; o ke kai malololua kona. 

Ma-to-wal, s. Malo and wai, wet; water. 
A wet malo; inai komo ke kanaka ma ko 
ke alii hale me ka pale ole i kona malowai 
e make no. 

Ma-tu, v. To shade; to overshadow; 
to cast a shade; malu ka la, the sun is 
shaded. Laieik. 163. 

2. To be comfortable, as ina shade when 
all is heat around; to be inastate of quiet- 
ness and peace with others. 

3. To be favored ; to have many enjoy- 
ments and privileges. 

4. To be fruitful ; to be blessed. 

5. Hoo. To bless; to comfort; to make 
comfortable. 

6. To rule over; to govern, as a chief; 
to keep in order the affairs of state. 1 Nal. 


7. To make peace, i.e.,a treaty of peace 
with olelo kuikahi. Dunk. 3:19. 

8. To protect; to govern; to put under 
a kapu; hoomalu iho la o Kamehameha, 
nana wale no e kuaii Ka wahie ala, Kame- 
hameba prohibited the sandal-wood; he 
only would sell it. 


Ma-tu, s. A shade; the shadow of a 
tree or anything that keeps off the sun. 
2. Peace ; quietness; protection. 
3. Watchfulness ; care. 


Ma-tu, adj. Overshadowed; protected ; 
governed. 
2. Quiet; without care or anxiety. 
3. Wet; cold; damp ; soaked in water ; 
i waiho ia maloko o ka wai. 
4, Shivering with wet and cold. 


MAL 380 MAM 


To be weary, i. e., to be inclined to sleep. 
Hal. 121:3. Hoo. To weary; to fatigue. 
Kekah. 10:15. ‘ 

Ma-Lvu-nI-LU-HI, s. Weariness; pain 
from exertion ; fatigue from labor. 

Ma-tv-HI-Lu-HI, adj. Fatiguing; pain- 
ful; weary ; lazy; indolent. 

Ma-tu-xo-1, s. Malu, shade, and kor, 
root not found. The shadow of death; 
death’s shade. See MALUMAKE. 

2. The act of going and cutting ohia trees 
for a heiau; ka maluohia, ka waokele, no 
mauhaalele. 

Ma-tu-ie, v. Ma and lle, to shake. To 
be weak ; to be yielding ; to be flexible. 

2. To be soft, as poi. 

3. To change; to vary one’s form. 

4. Hoo. To be changed; to pass to an- 
other form. 1 Kor. 15:52. 

Ma-tu-te, s. Weakness; flexibility; a 
changing from one form to another. 

Ma-tu-tE, adj. Limber; weak ; flexi- 
ble; changeable. 

Ma-u-Le-Lu-Le, adj. Intensive of ma- 
lule. Weak; flexible; changing ; limber. 
Ma-tv-tu, s. Ma and lulu, a calm spot 
of water. A place where water stands not 
dried up by the sun nor by drought ; he 
wahi wai, aole kaee i kala ame ke koeleele. 

Ma-tu-ma-KE, s. Malu, shade, and 
make, death. The shade or shadow of 
death. Job. 24:17. See MALUKOI. 

Ma-tu-ma-tu, adj. See Maru. Shady; 
cool; comfortable ; peaceful ; hale malu- 
malu, a shed; a portico. 

Ma-tu-ma-Lu, s. See Matu. A shade, 
&e. Fra. Protection; safety. Kin. 9:6. 
Ma-tu-ma-Ltu, v. See Marv. To be 
shady, &c. Hoo. To shade; to overshadow. 

Heb. 9:5. 

Ma-tu-ma-Lu-nt-a, s. See Mauna. 

Peace ; quietness ; rest. Puk. 18:23. 


Ma-tu-na, comp. prep. Ma and luna, 
above. Upward; upon; over, either as to 
place or office ; oia no maluna o ka poe 
kaua. Gram. § 161. 

Ma-tu-wa, adj. Lazy; indifferent about 
work; idle. See MoLowa. 

Ma-ma, v. To be light, in opposition to 
heavy; to be unoppressed with a burden ; 
to be relieved of a burden, of care or of 
labor ; to be light, i. e., quick in making a 
journey. 

2. To be active; to be nimble; to beaf- 
fected with wine. Eset. 1:10. To revive 
from a fainting fit. Zaieilc. 165. A mama 
ae la ke alii. 

3. Hoo. To lighten what is heavy, 140., 
to mitigate an affection. 1 Sam. 6:5. 

4. To lighten or diminish, as a task or 
hard labor. 1 Nal. 12:4. 


















Ma-tuv, adj. Secret; not openly; con- 
trary to order; without liberty; unlawful; 
olelo malu, secret conversation. Lunk. 3:19. 

Ma-tu, adv. Secretly ; unlawfully. 

Ma-tu-a, v. Ma and lua, a pit or hole. 
To dig or prepare holes or hills for plant- 
ing ; to plant, as corn or potatoes. 

Ma-tu-a, s. Hills dug up or places 
made for planting potatoes. 

2. A little spot dug up and prepared for 
planting. 

3. Laziness; indifference about work ; 
he maluwa. 

Ma-tu-a-ne-te, s. Name of a wind on 
Kauai from the north-west. 

Ma-tu-a-Ke-LE, s. Name of a wind 
plowing mostly on Kauai; hohola ka ma- 
luakele. 

Ma-tu-a-tu-a, v. To be rough and un- 
even; to be up and down, as hilly land ; 
as an uneven road. 

Ma-tv-a-tu-a, adj. Rough; uneven ; 
hilly, as land. 

Ma-tu-a-Lu-a, s. Name of the north- 
west wind at Lahaina. 

2, Name of a wind at Kauai. 

3, Name of a north wind at Oahu. 
Ma-tv-o-n1-a, s. The sacrifice of a per- 
son at the cutting of the tree for a god. 

2. The name of the kapu setting apart 
that tree. 

Ma-tu-na, s. Hebd. A mallows bush. 
Tob. 30:4. Purslain perhaps. 

Ma-tu-u1, adj. Ma and luhi, weary. 
Tired; slow; weary; lazy; dull; drowsy. 

Ma-tu-nt-a, v. Passive of malu for ma- 
luia, h inserted. To be at rest; to enjoy 
peace, &e.; aole i maluhia ka aina no ke 
kava pinepine, the land did not enjoy rest 
on account of frequent wars. 

2. To be under a kapu; to be under the 
injunction of a solemn stillness or silence, 
as at some parts of the ancient worship. 

3. To be under the fear or dread of the 
punishment of broken kapus. 

Ma-tu-ni-a, s. Peace; quietness; safety. 

9. A sense of the presence and power of 
the gods. 

3. Fear; dread of the gods in ancient 
times. 

4, The solemn awe and stillness that 
reigned during some of the ancient kapus. 

_5. The sacredness and solemnity of reli- 
gious rites. 

Ma-tv-n1-a, adj. Peaceful; quiet, &c. 

2. Fearful; troubled with fear during 
the ancient worship. 

nea | adv. Quietly; silently. Jos. 

21. 

Ma-tv-n1-Lu-u1, v. Maand luhi, weary. 
To be weary from traveling. 2 Sam. 16:14. 


MAM 


381 


MAM 


5. To finish; to have done with a thing;| Ma-ma-xa, v. To travel in company; 


to set it afloat. 


to go in bands; e hele huakai. 


Ma-ma, v. To chew with a view to spit Ma-ma-ka, s. Name of the stick on 


out of the mouth; to chew or work over in 
the mouth; hoomakankau iho la iae mama 
i ke kukui; to chew or grind in the mouth, 
as the Hawaiian doctors do some of their 
medicines. Nore.—When the substance 
chewed is to be swallowed, the action of 
chewing is ndu. Hoolale koke ae la ke 
kuhina e mamaika awa. Laieik. 34. _ 

Ma-ma, s. Lightness; swiftness in 
movement. 2 Sam. 1:23. _ 

Ma-ma, adj. Light; active; nimble. 

Ma-ma, adj. Chewed; masticated; kona 
mau mama awa, persons whose business it 
was to chew awa to make intoxicating 
drink. Laieik. 88. 


Ma-mag, s. Ma and mae, pain. A kind 


of pain or uneasy feeling, as of the flesh in | Ma-ma 


cupping ; similar to mae. 

2. A slight involuntary contraction of 
the muscles when hurt or threatened to be 
hurt. 

Ma-ma-o, adv. Ma and mao (see O), 
compound preposition. Lir. At there,i.e., 
at a distance, but not far off; out of hear- 
ing. Puk. 18:24. 

Ma-ma-o, adj. Further; distant; far 
off; palena mamao loa, the utmost bounds. 

Vah. 22:35. E ku mamao aku, keep at a 
distance. Tit. 3:9. 

Ma-ma-o, s. A distance of time or space; 
a long distance; afar off. Mat. 8:30. 
space between one place and another ; 
something existing or done at a great dis- 
tance off, or a long time ago. 

2. A sticky substance, as tar, pitch, pi- 
Jali, &c. 

3. Name of a species of fish. 

Ma-ma-o, v. To remove to a distance; 
to go afar off; to be far from locally and 
morally. 

2. To make clear, explicit or plain. 

3. Hoo. To remain at a distance; to sep- 
arate widely from a person or place. Ezek. 
1t:15: 

Ma-mav, v. Ma and mau, to continue. 
To be rough, as a road; to make rough or 
uneven. 

2. To be hard or heavy upon; to over- 
power, as something opposed. 

3. To be heavy: to press down. 

Ma-mav, adj. Rough; difficult; un- 
even; narrow, as a path; hard to unloose; 
rough in treatment, as in contention. 


Ma-mav-a, v. Ma and maua, often; re- 
peated. To obtain often ; to obtain gratu- 
itously. See Maumava. 

Ma-mav-s-a, s. Wild kalo growing in 
uncultivated places. See AwEowEo. 


which Hawaiians carry burdens across the 
shoulders. See also Avamo and AUMAKA. 

Ma-ma-ka-Kau-A, 8. Mamaka and kaua, 
war. A principal man in battle, such as 
bears the brunt of a fight. 

Ma-ma-Kau-a-LU, adv. Horizontally ; 
flying off horizontally like a bird; lele ma- 
makaualu auhono i ke kai. 

Ma-Ma-KE, v. Freq. of make, to die. 

Ma-Ma-MA-KE, To die or perish together 
or in companies. 

Ma-ma-x1, s. The bush or plant from 
the bark of which the mamaki kapas are 

made. 

2. The name of the kapa or cloth thus 

-LA, Ss. Ma and mala, a small 
piece of ground. A small piece of any 
substance broken off from a larger; a frag- 
ment. uk. 9:17. He hakina. 

Ma-ma-La-Ho-E, s. Mamala, piece, and 
hoe, paddle. Name of one of Kamehameha’s 
criminal laws, a law of the most stringent 
class ; the violation of all such laws was, 
indeed, punishable with death. The name 
was derived from the fact that he came 
near losing his life by a paddle being split 
over his head. O Kamehameha ka mea 
nana i kau mamalahoe kanawai. 

-Ma-ma-tv, s. Ma and malu, shade. A 

shade ; a screen from the sun. 
2. In modern times, an umbrella. See 
Lovutv. A defense from a storm. Jsa. 32:2. 
A covering ; a protection. 
|Ma-ma-tu, v. Ma and malu, to protect. 
To defend one from evil; to parry off; to 
hinder one from doing a thing. 

_Ma-ma-tu, adj. Covered; shaded; pro- 

tected. 

Ma-ma-mo, s. Name of a species of fish. 

| Ma-ma-na-La, adj. Small; little, as lit- 

tle or light work ; little, as the voice; he 
noho wale iho no na ‘lii, he oluolu, he ma- 
manala, aole hana nui. 

Ta-ma-NE, s. Name of a species of tree, 
wood hard, used for the boards of holuas 
and for oos. 

Ma-mi-na, v. Ma and mina, grief. To 
regret the loss of anything ; to hold on to 
it; to withhold its loss. See Mrvamma. 

‘Ma-mo, s. A descendant; posterity be- 
low the third generation. Kin. 26:24. Chil- 
dren; descendants generally. HKanl. 32:52. 

2. A species ot bird with yellow feathers, 
and much valued for its feathers. 

3. A yellow war cloak covered with the 
yellow feathers of the mamo. 

4, The name of a species of fish. 


MAN 


382 


MAN 


5. The name of a tree with beautiful) Ma-na-o, v. J/a and nao, root not found. 


blossoms; he pua nani, he Jaau. 

Ma-mo, adj. Yellow, from the yellow 
bird called mamo; aahu mamo, a yellow 
garment; ua aahuia i ka lole ula ame ka 
aahu mamo, he was clothed in a red coat 
and a yellow robe. 

Ma-mo-na, s. Chald., mamon; Kng., 
mammon. Riches. Mat. 6:24. 

Ma-mua, comp. prep. Ma and mua, first. 
Before ; first in time or place; formerly ; 
previously ; in front of. Gram. § 161. 

Ma-mu-11, comp. prep. Ma and mult, 
after. Behind; afterwards; hereafter; soon; 
by and by; after; according to; after the 
example of. Gram. § 161. 

Ma-na, s. Supernatural power, such as 
was supposed and believed to be an at- 
tribute of the gods; power; strength ; 
might. See Oihk. 26:19. Applied under 
the christian system to divine power. Lunk. 
6:14. 

2. Spirit; energy of character. 2 Nal. 
2:9. Official power or authority ; o kona 
mau kaikuahine ka mana kiai. Laieik. 101. 

3. Glory; majesty ; intelligence ; ka ibi- 
ihi, ka nani, ka ike. 

4, A branch or limb of a tree; the cross 
piece of a cross; a limb of the human body. 

5. A line projecting from another line. 
Puk. 37:19. See MANAMANA. 

6. Food while being chewed in the 
mouth, children were fed by taking the 
food from the mother’s mouth and putting 
it into the child’s; a mouthful of food. 

7. The name of the place of worship in 
a heiau ; a house in the luakini; hence, 

8. The name of a particular class of 
heiaus. 

9. The name of a species of kalo. 

10. Name of a species of fish-hook. 

Ma-na, adj. Powerful; strong. 1 Sam. 
2:4 


Ma-na, v. To branch out; to be di- 
vided ; to be many. 

2. To chew food for infants; emana aku 
i ka ai na ke keiki. 

3. Hoo. To reverence or worship, as a 
superior being, i.e., of superhuman power; 
a hoomana aku lai ua alii la e like me ka 
hoomana akua, they worshiped that chief as 
if they worshiped a god. 

4. To worship; to render homage to. 
Puk. 20:5. 

Ma-na, s. Hoo. Worship; reverence ; 
adoration. 

Ma-nar, s. An instrument used an- 
ciently as a needle in stringing flowers for 
wreaths ; e ake no lakou e hookuikui i ka 
manai, a uo ike kaula i lawa; a sharp in- 
strument to make leis with. 

Ma-nar-E-a, s. A species of sea moss. 
See Manavuna. 


To think ; to think of; to call to mind; to 
meditate; manao io, manao oiaio, to believe 
as true ; to credit; to have full confidence 
in; to wish; to will. Rom. 9:18. 

2. Hoo. To remember ; to consider ; to 
ae to mind ; to please to do a thing; to 
will. 

Ma-na-o, s. A thought; an idea; a plan; 
a device ; a purpose; a counsel; a strat- 
agem; manao kiekie, a high thought; pride; 
manao io, faith; belief; confidence ; ma- 
nao oiaio, the same; manao kuko, lust; 
manao lana, hope; expectation; manao 
akamai, spirit of wisdom. Puk. 28:3. 

Ma-nao-1A, s. or part. pass. What is be- 
lieved, thought or supposed. 

Ma-nao-1-0, v. Manao and io, real; sub- 
stantial. To believe: to credit what one 
says. fin. 15:6. To have confidence in. 
Puk. 14:31. The same as manao oiaio, to 
think to be truth or true. 

Ma-nao-1-o, s. Faith; verity; full con- 
fidence. 

Ma-nao-ku-paa, s. Manao and ku, to 
stand, and paa, fast. A decree; a fixed 
plan; a purpose. 

Ma-nao-La-nA, v. Manao and lana, to 
float. To be buoyed up, as the mind ; not 
to sink, in opposition to manao poho, to 
sink ; to despond ; hence, 
ie To hope; to trust in; to expect. Hal. 

Ma-nao-La-Na, Ss. Hope; expectation ; 
a buoyancy of mind. 

Ma-nao-ti-a, s. See Manaora,Z inserted. 
What is thought of, or destined, or pur- 
posed. Gram. § 48. 

Ma-nao-nao, v. Freq. of manao, to 
think. To think over; to turn over and 
over in one’s mind; to meditate. Hal. 63:6. 

2. To lament; to grieve; to pity one; 
to mourn for one ; kumakena. 

Ma-nao-nao, s. A meditating; a turn- 
ing over in the mind; grief; sadness on 
parting with friends. Laieik.194. Mourn- 
ing ; sadness for the death of one. 

Ma-nao-pad, s. Manao and paa, fast. 
A plan; a resolution; a design. Laieik. 25. 

Ma-nao-paa, adj. Just; inflexible; not 
turned aside by selfish motives ; he kaika- 
mahine manaopaa no, aole e hoopilimeaai. 
Laieik. 194. 

Ma-Na-HA-LO, s. Mana and halo. See 

Ma-NnaA-HO-LO, Hao, s. The motion of 
the arms and legs in swimming. 

Ma-na-KA, v. To be discouraged ; to be 
disheartened in doing a thing. 

2. To become indifferent as to the result; 
to be lazy; to work slackly and carelessly. 


Ma-na-ka, s. Discouragement; faint- 


MAN 


_heartedness; indifference in one’s business; 
laziness. Hoo. Hoomanaka is opposed to 
hooikaika. E hana no me ka hooikaika, 
aole me ka hoomanaka. 

Ma-na-ka, adj. Faint-hearted; lazy; 
aole e loaa keia mea, 0 ka naauao,i ka mea 
manaka, this thing, learning, will not be 
obtained by the lazy. 

Ma-na-to, adj. Sweet, as fresh water, 
in distinction from brackish or salt water ; 
slightly brackish ; insipid. 

2. Sweet, that is, free from taint; insipid; 
free from taste. 

3. Firm; hard, as good kalo, in distinc- 
tion from loliloli. 

Ma-na-Lo, s. Sweetness; destitute of 
bad taste. 

Ma-na-to-na-Lo, v. To be unseasoned, 
as food; to be insipid to the taste; to be 
without taste, as pure water. See Mana- 
NALO. 

Ma-na-ma-nA, v. See Mana, a branch. 
To branch out; to grow into branches; to 
form several divisions; to part asunder, as 
several things from each other. 

Ma-na-ma-na, s. A branch; a limb of 
a tree or of a person. 

Ma-na-ma-na, adj. Branching ; project- 
ing in parallel or radiated lines; divided ; 
split, as limbs of trees, twigs of branches, &e. 

Ma-na-mA-na-Li-ma, s. I. e., the branch- 
ing of the arm; the finger. Puk. 29:12. 

Ma-Nna-MA-NA-Nu-I, s. The thumb or 
the great toe as it is connected with the 
lima or the wawae. 

Ma-Na-MA-NA-wa-wak, s. The toes. 

Ma-na-na, s. Name of a kind of potato. 

2. That which is tottering, weak or fee- 
ble. See Marana. 

3. That which is buoyed up ; hikike, ha- 
pai. 

Ma-na-nal, s. See Matanar. A gentle 
breeze ; a pleasant wind to sail with and 
no motion of the canoe or vessel. 

Ma-na-nao, s. See Manao. Thought; 
opinion ; view of a matter; eia ka mana- 
nao 0 ka poe pono ia lakou. Ina hoii ole 
ka pepa, heaha ka pono e loaa mai no ka 
noonoo ana i manandao ? 

Ma-na-na-Lo, v. To be pure; to be sim- 
ple, as a liquid; without mixture of ingre- 
dients. Hoik. 14:10. 

Ma-na-na-Lo, adj. See Manato. In- 
sipid; tasteless, as pure cool water; slightly 
brackish ; hence. 

2. Sweet, as water. 
koekoe. 

Ma-na-na-Lo, s. Name of the planet 
Venus. 

2. Name of a species of fish. 


Ma-na-na, v. ‘To be angry or displeased 





Sol. 9:17. Okakai, 


383 


MAN 


with ; hoopili aku, a manana koke iho la 
no. Manana ke kanaka i ka wahine, i ke 
keiki, ame na mea e ae. 
Ma-na-neE, s. A kind of tree. 
Ma-na-wa, s. Feelings; affections ; 
sympathy. Kin. 43:30. 

2. A spirit; an apparition. | 

3. The anterior and posterior fontanel in 
the heads of young children; the soft place 
in the heads of infants. Anat. 9. 

4. A time; a season; a space between 
two events ; a space of place between two 
material objects, between two localities, 
&c.; he manawa ole, instantly; immedi- 
ately. Laieik. 102. See Wa. 

Ma-na-wa-e-A, 5S. Childhood before the 


open place in the head is grown up. 
2. Hard breathing; an impediment in 
breathing. ; 

Ma-na-was, adj. Bentin; crooked; de- 
fective internally. 

Ma-na-wal-nvu-1-Kal-o0, s. Name of a 
fabled whirlpool. 

Ma-na-wa-t-No, adj. See Manawa and 
Ino, bad. Evil minded; having a bad dis- 
position ; unlovely ; unfriendly. 

Ma-Nna-wa-Nnu-l, v. Manawa, time, and 
nui, much. To be along time. Hoo. To 
be patient; to be long-suffering ; to con- 
tinue steadfast; to bear up against difficul- 
ties ; to be persevering ; to be awake and 
active; to be ready. 

Ma-na-wa-nv-l, s. Steadfast in difficul- 
ties; patience; watching. Hoo. The re- 
sistance of evil appetites or passions; tem- 
perance. 

Ma-na-wa-Hu-A, adj. Manawa, dispo- 
sition, and hua, jealous. Bad dispositioned; 
unlovely ; evil minded. 

Ma-na-wa-u-a, s. Loss of appetite. 

2. An unpleasant state of the bowels; 
the disease called hailepo. 

3. An evacuation of the bowels. See also 
Kara. 

Ma-na-wa-Hu-A, s. Manawa and hua, 
envy. Irascibility; anger; evil minded- 
ness. 

Ma-Na-wa-Hu-a-Kal-koo, s. Manawa, 
time, hua, to swell. and kaikoo,a high surf. 
A great perturbation of the sea, wind and 
current contrary. 

2. A great perturbation of the mind, 
thoughts distracted. See HakvKar. 

Ma-na-wa-Le-a, s. Alms; that which is 
given to the poor; a gift; a present; help 
in time of need; a present made to assuage 
one’s anger. 1 Sam. 25:27. 

Ma-na-wa-LE-a, v. Manawa and lea, to 
please. To send or give relief in distress ; 
to give alms; to give willingly, cheerfully 
and liberally; to bestow something upor 
another with affection. 


MAN 


Ma-Na-wa-LE-A, adj. Bestowing freely 
to the needy; generous; liberal; bestow- 
ing upon the undeserving; gracious. Puk. 
34:6. Mea naau manawalea, a person of a 
willing heart, i. e., willing to give. Puk 
30:0. | 

Ma-ne, s. Hed. Manna, the food of the\ 
Israelites in the wilderness of Arabia. Puk. 
16:31. 

Ma-ne-a, s. The hoof of a beast, as ox 
or horse. Dunk. 5:22. The nail of a per- 
son’s finger or toe; the claws of a beast or 
fowl; the ball of a man’s foot. See Marao 
and Matuv. 

2. Manea o ka moku, the toes, i. e., the 
divisions of the island. 

Ma-neEI, comp. prep. Ma and nez, here. 
This; here; in this place. Gram. § 161. 
See Maaner and MENEI. 

Ma-ne-o, v. To itch; to feel the sensa- 
tion of itching. 

2. To be bitter or pungent to the taste, 
as after eating raw kalo or red pepper. 

3. To be sharp and pricking. 

Ma-ne-o, s. An itching pain; the sensa- 
tion after eating red peppers or raw kalo. 

Ma-neE-o, adj. Itching; pepeiao maneo, 
itching ears, i. e., desirous of hearing new 
or strange things. 2 Tim. 4:3. 

Ma-NneE-o-NE-o, s. A species of sea-grass. 

Ma-neE-LE, s. A sedan chair; a species 
of palanquin; a bier. 2 Sam. 3:31. 

2. The name of the pole with which two 
men carried a corpse; he laau amo kupa- 
pau. 

3. Name of a tree found on the moun- 
tains. 

Ma-ne-.e, v. To carry on the shoulders | 
of four men, as a palangnin or a sedan 
chair. Nore—This mode of conveyance is 
said to have been, formerly, very common 
among the chiefs; but a certain chief of 
Kauai, very corpulent and very crabbed to 
his people, used to make them carry him 
up and down the palis, until weary with 
his petulancy, they allowed him to fall, or 
threw him down a deep pali or precipice ; 
since which time it has not been so fashion- 
able for chiefs to ride in them. 

Ma-ne-to, s. The name of certain large 
fissures or caves in the bottom of the ocean. 


Ma-ne-Lo, adj. Free, as land from 
stones, lava or gravel. 
Ma-ne-na, s. Name of a medicinal herb. 
Ma-ne-ne, adj. Soft and tender footed ; 
smooth footed. 
2. Affected in walking, as with dizziness. 
3. Fearful ; trembling with fear. 
Ma-neE-nE, s. The nervous sensation of 


one when in a dangerous situation his hands 
or feet slip. 





384 


MAN 


Ma-nzE-NnE, v. To tremble for, as for one 
in danger; manene aku i ka mea aneane 
haule ; manene i ka mea e pepehi ia ana ; 
manene i ka mea kokoke make. 

2. To be dizzy or like one intoxicated. 
See Manta and Ona. 

3. To slip, as a man’s foot or fingers in 
climbing a pali or precipice. 

Ma-ne-wa, s. A vegetable; a species of 
grass near the sea beach. 

2. The breathing of a fish; the muscular 
motion of such breathing. 

Ma-ni, s. Hed. A Hebrew weight for 
money; apound. Neh. 7:71. 

Ma-ni, v. To diminish, as heat; to fly 
off, as heat; to cool; e waiho ana ka mo- 
moku pie mani ai ka umu. 

Ma-n1, adj. Dull; heavy; smooth. See 
MANIA. 

Ma-ni-a, v. To be dull; to be blunt, as 
a dull instrument; to be heavy; to be 
smooth. 

2. To be sharp; to be smooth cutting ; 
to smooth down what is rough. 

3. Hoo. To set on edge, as the teeth by 
eating acids, or by any tingling noise, as 
the filing of a saw. 

4. To be affected, as the nerves at any 
sudden or unpleasant noise. 

5. To smooth down a rough road. wk. 
3:5. 

Ma-ni-a, s. Dizziness ; drowsiness; in- 
clination to sleep. 

2. The sensation felt when one files a saw. 

3. A broad smooth place, as a reef un- 
covered with water. 

Ma-ni-a, adj. See Laupapa. Smooth ; 
dull, as the blunt smooth edge of a knife. 

2. Sleepy; inactive ; lazy; weary. 

3. Straight ; even; smooth, as a surface. 
See LauMAnia. 

4. Hoo. Set on edge, as the teeth by eat- 
ing an acid. 

5. Having the sensation occasioned by a 
grating noise, as the filing of a saw, &e. 
Ma-nt-a-nI-a, v. Intensive of mania in 

all its senses. 

Ma-ni-a-ni-a, adj. Even; smooth. Had. 
26:12. 

2. Dull; sleepy; lazy, &c. See Manta. 

Ma-ni-a-ni-a, s. Name of a species of 
grass, soft and smooth. See MANIENIE. 

Ma-ni-a-NI-A-U-LA, 5S. Maniania, grass, 
and ula, red. <A species of low grass with 
bearded seeds; it is found on Lanai, and 
is the same as pilipiliula on Hawaii. 

Ma-ni-E, adj. Clear; smooth; plain. 
See Manta, Laumanta and LAuMANIE. 

Ma-nI-E-nI-E, s. See Maniania. Name 
of a species of grass, soft and smooth; it is 
very tenacious of life. 


MAN 


385 


MAN 





Ma-nr-wa, adj. Wild; rude; rough;/Ma-no-a, s. Thickness ; depth. 


harsh. See atti and KAMANTHA. 

Ma-nr-ueE-v, v. ‘l’o bruise, as flesh; to 
injure the surface of a thing. 

2. To break: to break off or break in two. 

Ma-nr-La, s. The name given to Manila 
hats from the city Manila. 

Ma-ni-nE, adj. Scratching with the fin- 
ger where one itches. 

Ma-ni-n1, v. Ma and nini, to spill over. 
To spill or spatter out, as water in carrying. 

2. To overflow ; to run over, as water. 

3. LToo. To pour out water by little and 
little. 

4. To be dashed, as water against the 
sides of a container by carrying it unstead- 
ily. 

Ma-nr-n1, s. Name of a species of fish 
caught by diving down after it. 

2. Name of a species of kalo. 

Ma-nri-n1, adj. Spilling; overflowing, 
as water. 

Ma-ni-ni-n1, v. Freq. of manini. To 
overflow ; to spill over; to run over, as 
water; aleale ka wai, maninini mawaho. 
Hoo. The same as hoomanini. 


Ma-nt-ni-ni, adj. Overflowing, &c. See 
MANINI. 

Ma-nr-nr-nt, s. The name of a species 
of fish. 

Ma-ni-no, s. See Maino, change of | 
for n. A calm or quiet after a storm; the 
abating or luliing of strong winds. 


Ma-ni-no-n1-no, s. Intensive of manino 
above. A calm; a lull of strong wind. 

2. Asmall quiet place sheltered from the 
wind. 

Ma-no, s. ‘The number 4,000; hookahi 
lau ai, hookahi mano ia, one 400 bunches 
of food, one 4.000 of fish. Gram. § 116:5. 
He umi lau ua like ia me ka mano, 4,000. 


Ma-no, ls. A shark; he inoa no ka ia 
Ma-noo, ai kanaka. Nore.—There are 
many species of shark, besides some other 

kinds of fish which Hawaiians call by the 
general name of mano, as the niuhi and the 
ahi; they were all kapu to women to eat 
under penalty of death. 
2. The fountain head of a stream of water. 
See Poowat. 
3. A channel of a brook or stream. See 
MANowWATI. 
Ma-no, v. To throw; 
stone; to throw at a thing; e pehi; to pelt. 
Ma-no, adj. Thick; multitudinous ; 
many; numerous. See Manomano and 
Manuv. 
Ma-no-a, adj. Thick, as a board or 
plank ; thick; deep, as a substance having 
breadth and depth that is thickness. 


to cast, as a) 


Ma-no-a-No-A, v. See Manoa. To be 
thick ; to be impenetrable. Fic. Applied 
to the mind, to be careless; to be dull of 
apprehension ; to be inattentive; to be in- 
different. Oth. 28:27. 

Ma-no-a-No-a, Ss. Thickness. 1 Wal. 
12:10. Aia no a like pu ka manoanoa alii 
o na kupuna. 

Ma-no-A-No-A, adj. Thick, as a board.. 


Ma-no-1, s. Cocoanut oil scented. 

2. Perfume. Isa. 57:9. Oil. Isa. 61:3.. 
A Tahitian word perhaps. 

Ma-no-HE-v, v. To bite with the teeth 
and peel off, as the bark of a tree ; hence, 
to deface ; to make a mark in. 

Ma-no-ma-No, v. See Mano. To be 
multitudinous ; to be or become many. 

Ma-No-MA-No, adj. Manifold ; many. 
Hal. 86:5. Great in number; excessive ; 
magnificent ; powerful ; numerous. 

Ma-No-MA-No, $s. Greatness; might. Isa. 
63:1. 

Ma-no-no, s. Name of a tree, timber 
used for some parts of canoes. 

Ma-no-no, s. The sea as the surf dashes 
against the rocks; 0 kekaikuihala kui ma- 
nono. 

Ma-no-wal, s. A channel of a brook or 
river. Isa. 8:7. 

2. The material heart; that place whence 
the blood comes together, as in a fountain, 
and flows out again. See Kumano and Pu- 
WAI. 

Ma-nu, s. The general name for fowls 
or the feathered tribe. Ain. 1:20. All 
winged feathered animals ; na mea eheu e 
lele ana. 

2. The name of two gods at the gate of 
Lono’s yard. 

Ma-nu, adj. Salted; applied to meat 
and fish. 

2. Humming; lightly rumbling; making 
an indistinct noise. 

3. Full of holes, like some worthless 
thing. 

Ma-nu-a, Qs. The Hawaiian pronun- 

Ma-nu-wa, § ciation for the English phrase 
man-of-war, i. e., ship-of-war. 

Ma-nu-al-Hu-E, s. Manu, bird, and ai- 
hue, to steal. The thievish partridge. Jer. 
17:11. 

Ma-nu-r-a, v. See Hanamanvea. To: 
make a blunder; to act carelessly; to be: 
dilatory in movement. 

Ma-nv-E-a, adj. Blundering ; careless ;- 
indifferent in action. 

Ma-nu-to-10, s. Manu, bird, and Zozo, to: 


peep. Name of a small bird; a swallow 
perhaps. Jer. 8:7. 


MAP 

Ma-nv-i-nu, s. The name of the beak, 
i. e., the end of the bow and stern of a 
canoe; ina i palakalaha maluna o ka ma- 
nuihu. 

Ma-nu-u, s. Name of a bird ; perhaps 
acrane. Jer. 8:7. 


Ma-nuu, adj. Great; immeasura- 

Ma-nvuvu-Nuv, ble; vast; multitudinous ; 
manifold. 

Ma-nuv, adj. Sick; painful; weak. 

Ma-nu-HE-v, s. Manu and heu, wing. 
A breaking up; a flying away; a setting 
at variance, as a people; civil commotion 
or contention. 

Ma-nu-nu-nu, s. Manuand huhu,angry. 
A wild ravenous bird. /sa.18:6 and 46:11. 

Ma-nu-xa, v. To mistake; to blunder; 
to be slow; to be careless ; to lag behind. 

Ma-nv-xo-ra-Ka, s. Manu and koraka, 
Gr. Araven. 1 Nal. 17:4. 

Ma-nu-ku, adj. A dove, so called from 
its noise. Hal. 55:6. 

Ma-nu-ma-nu, adj. Rough ; irregular, 
like the surface of a board unplaned. 

2. Defective; full of cracks or holes; not 
solid. 
3. Rough; unpolished ; want of beauty. 

Ma-nu-ma-nu, s. Civil commotion; a 
breaking up; a crash in civil affairs; a set- 
ting against each other. 





386 


MAR 


Ma-pu-ma-pu, s. A rising upward; a 
moving off; 0 ka mapumapu aloha o Wai- 
aloha e. 

Ma-pu-na, v. Mapuand ana. See Marv. 
To boil up, as water in the sea near the 
shore or in other places. 

2. To excite or stir up the mind. 

3. To turn the affections upon a beloved 
object. 

4. To love ardently. 

Ma-pu-na, adj. Boiling up and flowing 
off, as water in a spring; wal mapuna, 
spring water. Fie. Oili mai la ka make- 
make i ka naauao o ka poe naauao me he 
wai mapuna la e kahe mai ana. 

Ma-wag, s. A cleft; an open place or 
opening among rocks; a secret or hiding 
place ; a pit. 

Ma-wae, adj. Hidden; secreted; stolen. 
Ma-wag, v. See the substantive. Hoo. 
To crack ; to break; to cleave asunder. 
Ma-waeE-Hu-Na, s. In the phrase mawae 
huna aina, literally, breaking the land in 
small pieces. All practices of the people, 
such as gambling, betting, racing, &c., that 

induce laziness and its vices. 

Ma-waeE-na, comp. prep. Maand waena, 
between. Between; among; in the midst 
of; in the middle ; a mawaena iho, in the 
interior; in the space between; between 
two points. Joan. 4:31. 





Ma-nu-nvu, v. To crack or creak against | Ma-war-na-ko-nu, adv. Mawaena and 


each other, as broken bones. See HaLokE 


and UuIna. 


konu, center. In the center; in the mid- 
dle. Isa. 24:13. 


Ma-nu-nu, adv. In pieces; finely, as if| Ma-wax-wag, s. The fish prepared or 


broken fine; haki manunu ka iwio ka moku. 
Ma-nu-nu-nv, s. A rumbling; a rustling 
indistinct noise ; a slight tremor. 
Ma-nu-nu-nu, adj. Rumbling; rust- 
ling ; tremulous, as an indistinct sound. 
A-NU-NU-NU, v. To creak; to grate or 
crepitate, as the finger joints when pulled, 
or the back when lomied, or as broken 
bones when they come in contact. 
Ma-pr-tz, s. Name of a tree used in 
building a heiau in the worship of Lono ; 
alaila, he mapele ka heiau e kukulu ai; he 
heiau pili ka mapele i ka hoouluulu ai. 
Ma-pu, v. To rise up, as incense; to 
rise up and float off. 
2. To spatter, as when rowing a canoe. 
3. Hoo. To set off together, as two per- 
sons riding in on the surf on a bet. 
Ma-pu, adj. Moving, as a gentle wind; 
floating, as odoriferous matter in the breeze; 
spattering, as water from a paddle. 
Ma-pv, s. The name of a wind. 
2. A ring-tailed monkey. 
Ma-pu-ma-pu, v. See Marv. To fly up- 
wards ; to float off in the air. 


food first given to a new born infant; he 
hanau wale iho na wahine ilihunei ka lakou 
mau keiki me ka mawaewae ole. 

Ma-wai, s. Any cathartic medicine 
given to children to carry off the meconium. 

Ma-wa-Ho, comp. prep. Ma and waho, 
outside. What is outward; outside; oppo- 
site to maloko. 

Ma-wa-Le, v. Ma, to wilt, and wale, 
only. To fade quickly or easily ; to pass 
away, as the beauty of a thing; to come to 
an end, as earthly glery. Hoo. To be de- 
stroyed or perish soon. Nore.—The word 
in its origin has reference to the fading of 
a flower or the colors of a kapa; indeed it 
is applied to everything subject to decay ; 
hence, to perish quickly. 

Ma-we-ueE, v. Ma and wehe, to loosen. 
To loosen; to separate; to be loosened; to 
be separated. 

Ma-co-1, s. Gr. A magician; a prac- 
ticer of magic arts. Puk. 7:11. 

2. A wise man: a philosopher. Mat. 2:1. 

Ma-ra-x1, s. Eng. The name of the 
third month of the year, March. 

Ma-rez, s. Marriage. Isa. 62:5. 


MEA 387 MEH 


Ma-re, v. Eng. To marry; to take a} A guard; a proteciion ; a preserver ; epi- 
wife or a husband; to wed. Puk. 21:3. thet of Jehovah. Lob. 7:20. it 

Ma-re, adj. Married or to be married; Me-a-me-a, adj. Yellowish ; whitish ; 
as, kane mare, a bridegroom. Mat. 25:1.|_ ke poae ula, ke koae nui hulu meamea. 
Wabine mare, a bride. Me-r, v. Contraction of meae. See 

Ma-re-ka, s. Eng. Name ofthe planet |_ Mean. To wonder at; to be astonished. 
Mars. See the first Hawaiian Alemanaka | Me-g, s. A thing greatly desired ; some- 
for 1835. The Hawaiian name of the planet| thing much wished for; he mea i make- 
Mars is Holoholopinaau. make nui ia. 

Ma-re-te, s. Eng. Mustard; a plant;} Me-s, adj. Singular; strange; unheard 
hua matete, mustard seed. See MAkeke. of. 

Me, simp. prep. With; accompanying; | Me-g-au, s. ‘The itch. See Meav above. 
as; like; like as; besides; so. Gram. § 2. Name of a class of insects on trees. 
68 and 72. Me-ev, v. ‘To jump; to run; to fly; to 

Me, conj. With or without other words; | . run away. 
with ; in company ; a me, and. It is often MEE-MEE, Ss. Strong desire F the object 
followed by pela, corresponding with it;] of desire; the thing desired ; 0 ka meemee 
as, me 1a i hana’i, pela oe e hana ai. Itis| yi nuio Hanalei. 


frequently connected with like; as, e like] Mpp-mer adj Desirous for; longing 
» 1 | > Aya 0 5 b] ° 
me oe, like you; it then merely strengthens after ; sweet to one’s thoughts. 


like; me nei, like this. M N f : f fish 
Ree a cpntraction of mea, a thing. |ae ee ee 
Saeithae! Pile 17-14. Mz-o, v. To shoot or sprout out, as a 


Me-a, s. A thing; an external object ;|.,“°setable: to grow, as a plant. 
a visible or invisible substance. Me-o, s. The voice of crying, as of a 

2. A circumstance or condition. child. ; . 

3. A person; a thing in its most exten- 2. A sickly erying child. _ 4 
sive application, including persons; ame 3. One who is often calling to obtain 
kolaila poe mea a pau, and all the things favors. } 
belonging to them. Kin. 2:1. Mz-o, adj. Sickly ; weak; crying, as a 

4. Having the quality of obtaining or] child; meddlesome; taking hold of every- 
possessing something ; as, he wahine mea|_ thing in one’s way. 
kane, a woman having a husband. Kin.| Mx-o-me-o, adj. Reddish, as the bud of 


20:3. a plant; as a feverish swelling on one’s 
Me-a, v. To do; to say; to act. finger ; ulanla, omeomeo. 
2. To have to do; tomeddle with. Kanl.|Mx-v, v. To meet; to bring two things 
22:26. ur together ; to stitch together; to meet to- 
3. To touch ; to injure; to meddle with.| gether, as two persons in kissing. 


Kin. 22:12. é 
4. To trouble with unprofitable business; Me-v-a, v. To strike each other, as two 
to hinder. Sol. 14:10. persons qnarreling ; peua, meu. 
5. To cause to come to. Jer. 18:2. ; Me-u-xe-v, s., The knuckles of the fist 
6. To speak ; to utter; to ask questions. when the hand is doubled up. 
7. Hoo. To hinder; to stand in the way; M Bug. A mules hea 
mai hoomea hoi oukow i ke pai; aka,e hoo- | ME-U-LA, Ss. Lng. A mule; the olispring 
iaio aku hoi i hiki wawe mai hoi na wahi] of a horse and anass; vulgarly pronounced 


palapala a kakou. piua. See Miura. 
Me-a-e, s. Mea ande, another. Another | Me-u-ms-v, v. To be blunt; to be round 
in addition ; another besides. on the edge; to be dull, as a cutting in- 
2. A stranger; one unknown; a new| _ Strument. : 
thing ; a wonder; a prodigy. Me-v-ME-U, ad). Very blunt or dull, as 
ME-a-E, adj. Wonderful ; strange ; un- an instrument whose edge or end is beat off 
accountable ; something new. till quite round. 


Me-na, v. To be solitary; to dwell 
speak to one; to address one; to ask alone; to be desolate. Hoo. To dwell 
pee ; : ? “! alone without society; to sit solitarily in a 

Me-av, s. The itch. See Mamv and vue or at home, as in keeping the ancient 
MEEAU. a ba . : : 

Me-na, s. Loneliness; the state of bein 

Me-a-wa-LE, s. Mea and hale, house. solitary. i 8 
The owner of a house ; a chief. Me-na, adj. Solitary; desolate; dwell- 

Me-a-xi-al, s. Mea and kiat, to guard.| ing alone. 


Me-ag, v. Formeaae. See Mea 6. To 


MEL 


Me-al, s. Some hair or kapa or other 
article carried to the sorcerer by which he 
(sorcerer) might procure the death of the 
one desired; 0 ke ola lau mehai, o mehai 
kolo. 

Me-na-mgE-HA, v. See Mena. To be 
waste or desolate, as a country. Jer. 46:19. 

Me-nHa-mE-HA, adj. See Mena. Lonely; 
alone; without society; desolate. al. 
25:16. Alone by one’s self; retired; secret; 
forsaken. 

Me-Ha-meE-HA, adv. Solitarily; without 
company. 2 Sam. 13:20. 

Me-na-na, v. See Manana. To be or 
become warm. Kekah. 4:11. 

Me-na-na, s. See Manana. 
warmth. Isa. 18:4. 

Me-ne, adv. Me, conjunction, as, and 
he, indefinite article. Like a; as a, &c. 
Notre.—This is generally written in sepa- 
rate words as me he. 

Me-ne-v, s. A track of the foot; an im- 
pression of a foot on the sand or dirt; a 
scratch on paper; a track of a horse. See 
KAPval. 

2. The effects or results of some action 
or something done. 

Me-ne-v, v. To make tracks. 

2. To walk over ground; aole loaimeheu 
aku na wahi a makoni hana pu ai me na 
haku, the places are no longer trodden by 
us where we worked with our masters. 

3. To walk over a particular spot fre- 
quently so as to make a path. See Maa. 
Me-ne-v, adj. Trodden, as a path 
through high grass. Nore.—lIf it becomes 

much trodden or a large path it is maa. 


Mer-HE-v-HE-v, v. Freq. of meheu. To 
make tracks frequently, &e. 

Me-ne-u-He-v, s. Many or frequent 
tracks. 

2. Custom ; what is often done. 

ME-kI, s. The ancient name for iron; 
the modern term is hao. 

2. A nail; an iron spike, used for fasten- 
ing or pinning. 

3. A secret pit or pitfall in the moun- 
tains into which, if one fell, he never came 
out. 

Me-x1, adj. Used with dua, pit, as an 
intensive. Hence, lua meki, an unseen (se- 
cret) bottomless pit : he lua meki ia aina 
meki, full of deep pits is that land of pits. 
Hal. 88:12. Nore.—Hawaiians couple the 
idea of lua meki with that of lua ahi as they 
read lua ahi in the Bible. 

Me-xv, v. To reply in scolding terms ; 
to talk back offensively. 

Mz-te, v. To chant; to cantillate; to 
Sing singly. 

2. To sing in chorus or concert, 


Heat ; 


Puk. 


388 


MEN 


15:1. To sing with joy; to sing and dance. 
See Huna. i 
Me-tz, s. Asinging; a subject of song. 
2. A song; the words of asong. Kan. 
31:19. A chorus; a song of praise. Puk. 
15:2. In modern’ times, a hymn ; a rejoic- 
ing expressive of oladness. Norr.— Mele 
sometimes takes ke instead of ka for its 
article. Bi 
Me-te, adj. Of or pertaining to song or 
rejoicing. Puk. 32:18. Walaau mele, hilar- 


ity. 

Mer-te, adj. Yellow; generally written 
melemele. 

Me-te, s. For meli. Honey. See Mzut. 
Isa. 7 15. 

Me-LE-ku-La, s. Eng. for marigula. 
Marigold, a yellow flower. 

ME-LE-ME-LE, adj. See Metz, adj. Yel- 
low. Oih.13:30. Oho melemele, yellow hair. 

2. Beautiful ; handsome ; pretty. 
Me-u, s. Lat., mel. Honey. Ken. 43:11. 
Me-to-mME-Lo, adj. Applied to a piece 

of wood smoothed and oiled over and let 
down into the water to attract fish ; it was 
called laau melomelo; me ka laau melomelo 
a kahekahe paha. 
2. Lazy; unemployed ; 
house ; not working. 
Me-tu, v. To pull out the beard. 

2. To swell; to be soft. 

Me-tvu, s. The act of pulling out the 
beard as Hawaiians did formerly. 

2. Softness ; a swelling. 
Me-v, adj. Soft, 
ME-ME-LU, caught. 

2. Bad smelling, as spoiled fish ; swell- 

ing up. 

MeE-tu-mE-Lu, adj. See Mztv. Very 
soft ; swelling up large. 

Mr-Me-x1, s. “Anger. 

Mr-me-x1, adj. Angry. 

Me-me-LE, v. See Mere. To sing 
sing often, or to sing many together. 


Me-me-LE, s. A singer; poe memele, 
concert singers. 1 Oihl. 15:27. 

ME-NA, S. Hebd. Manna. See Mane. 

Me-ng, adj. Dull; blunt, as the rounded 
edge of a knife or axe. 

Me-neg, v. To shrink or settle down; 
to pucker up; to contract; aole e mene ke 
poo o ke kohe. 

Me-ng, s. Art. ke. Any dull utensil, as 
an oo or axe or koi; o kou no ke mene. 
Me-ne1, adv. Me, as, like, and 72, this. 
Lrr. Like this. Thus; so; as follows. See 

PENEI. 

Me-ne-o, v. See Maneo. To itch; to 

tingle ; to stagger ; to reel as drunk. 


lying in the 


as fish long 


; to 


MIO 


Me-ne-o, s. An itching; a reeling; a 
staggering. 

Me-ne-v, v. ‘To double up, as the arms 
at the elbows, as the legs at the knees, &c.; 
ua pelupeluia, ua meneuw wale. : 

Mz-ne-meE-nE, v. ‘To have compassion 
upon ; to pity. Rom. 9:15. 

2. To regard with kindness one who is 
in a suffering condition. Lunk. 10:16. 

3. To curl up ; to contract, as a wound. 
See MENg, v. 

4. To fear; to shrink with fear; to be 
afraid ; to be sad from fear. 


Me-ne-mE-NE. s. Fear for one lest evil M 


should befall him; no ka menemene 0 make 
i ka ai noa, for fear lest he should die by 
eating contrary to kapu. 


Me-NeE-ME-NE, adj. Fearful for one; sad | 


onaccount of his hazardous situation or his 
suffering condition. 

Me-nv-1, adj. Contracted ; shortened ; 
curled in; blunted off. 


Mez-re-ku-ri-a, s. Eng. Name of the 
planet Mercury ; Hawaiian name, Ukali. 

Me-sa, s. Lat., missa; Fr.,messe. The 
mass, i. e., the consecration and oblation 
of the host; a service in the Roman Catholic 
churches. 

Me-si-a, s. Hed., anointed; in Gy~., 
Christos, the same. The anointed or con- 
secrated one, to be a Savior of men, Jesus 
Christ ; ka mea nana e lawe aku i ka hala 
o ke ao nei. 

Me-to-pi-0, s. Name of a spice, galba- 
num. Puk. 30:34. 

Mi, v. To void urine. See Mm and 
MIANA. 

Mi-a, v. To make water; to void urine. 
See M1, Mu and Mint. 


Mr-a-na, ) 5, Mi and ana. The place 
Mn, for voiding urine. 
2. The member by which it is voided. 


Mi-a-ta, v. To be bold; to be imperti- 
nent; to exhibit familiarity; to be forward 
in asking favors. See Koana. 

Mn, s. See Mrana above. 

Mu, adj. Good; precious; desirable ; 
ano e. 

Mr-o, v. To be pinched up; to be con- 
fined on all sides. 

2. To wallow; to roll; to tumble about 
in the water; to sink out of sight. 

3. To leer; to lay back the ears, as a 
horse or mule when about to kick. 

4. To move easily ; to move softly ; to 
make no noise. 

5. E kio, e mohai ke ananio, e hai ke 
anau. 

6. To flow strongly and swiftly, as water 
confined in a narrow channel. 


389 


MIH 


7. To be prepared or ready for any event. 
See Lou. E lolii e oukou ia oukou iho a 
mio. * 

Mr-o, s. A place where a stream of 
water is confined within very narrow 
bounds, and hence runs very swiftly, like 
water in a millrace. 

2. The flowing or running of water in 
the above condition. 

3. The moving of the arm in water, as in 
swimming. 

Mi-o, adj. Ready; prepared ; prosper- 


ous ; doing well. 


I-0, adj. Confined in a narrow 

Mi-o-mt-0, § space; pinched up, as the 
toes in a tight shoe. 

M1-o-1, adj. Bold; forward. See Maot. 

Mr-or-o1, v. To stick; to adhere; to 
meet together; to almost close up the eyes; 
to wrinkle up. 

Mr-o-mi-0, v. See Mio. To dive in the 
water; to swim; to move the hands in 
swimming ; to puff; to breathe hard, as in 
swimming. 

M1-o-m1-0, adj. Sloping ; tapering to a 
point. 

2. Beautiful, like a nicely shaped canoe. 

Mi-v, v. To admire the appearance of 
a chief, the fine dress of one, or anything 
remarkable about one. 

Mr-v-ta, s. Eng. A mule; the offspring 
of an ass and a mare. Kin. 36:24. See 
MEULA. 

Mr-na, v. To flow along, as a wave; to 
pass, as a slight breeze over still water, 
stirring up ripples. 

2. To wave along, as a succession of 
waves; to flow or pass along, as a current. 
3. To float off in the air, as miasma. 
4. To look dark, as water rippled beside 
calm glassy water. See Aummia. 
Miha lana au i kuakahiki ka newa’na. 

Mi-Ha-La-NA-Au, v. Miha and lana, to 
float, and au, current. E aio, e holo,e ale. 

Mi-u1, v. To be sad in countenance; 
to express the feeling of sadness or grief in 
the countenance. 

2. To feel or have regret for past con- 
duct. 

3. To repent of a past act or acts. 

4. To change or break off from a sinful 
course of life. 

Mr-nt, s. Repentance ; sorrow or sad- 
ness of countenance ; a breaking off from 
an evil course of life. 

M1-u1-mi-H1, v. See Mi. To be sour 
or cross to one; to look upon one with dis- 
favor ; to be inimical to; to be bitter to- 
wards. 

Mr-xo, v. To place one thing on top of 
another. 





MIK 


Mr-x1, v. To eat poi or other food by 
putting the fingers into it. Mar.,14:20. 
2. To pinch; to snatch; to eat ina hurry. 
3. To urge on; to act promptly and ener- 
getically; to be ‘quick i in doing a thing; to 
hasten on a work to completion. 
4, To lick; to sup up. 1 Nal. 18:38. 


M1-x1, adj. Energetic; active; ready to 
act 5 wee Sol. 22:29. 
Mv-x1, Readiness; promptness in 


doing a shine 
2. One ready to ask for anything he sees. 


Mi-x1-a-La, v. Miki and ala, to rise up. 
To arise quickly or early in the morning ; 
to be prompt in getting up ; hence, 

2. To be in season; to be promptly on 
the ground and ready prepared; e miiala 
mai i kakahiaka nui, be here bright and 
early. 

Mr-x1-a-La, adj. Early on hand; ready 
for business. 

Mr-x1-o1, s. Miki and 02, to excel. Neat- 
ness; excellency in work; no ka mikioi 0 
ka oukou hana. 

Mr-xi1-o1, adj. Neat; nice; neat, as 
work done in a workmanlike manner ; pa- 
lawaiki, aulil. 

Mi-xr-u1, v. See Maxrri. To perceive 
internally ; to perceive, as the mind; i ka 
lua o ko’u noonoo ana, mikili iki mai la ka 
maka o ka manao maloko o ko’u naan, on 
my second thought, the eye of my mind 
within me perceived. 

2. To have a Jittle light; 
light through small holes: 
lighted. 

Mi-x1-mt-x1, v. See Mix. ‘To be quick; 
to be brisk and dextrous in doing a thing. 

2. To pinch or seize hold of readily, as 
in eating with the fingers. 

3. To scoop up and eat fish gravy with 
the fingers. 

4. To nibble, as a fish at a hook. 


Mr-xt-mi-x1, adj. See Mixt, adj. Ener- 
getic ; ready to act; prompt; neat; dili- 
gent. 

Mr-xo, v. ‘To be salted; to be seasoned, 
as food. 

2. To be entangled; to be mixed up 
with something else; to tie up into a knot. 
3. Fic. To be tasteful; to be edifying 
and profitable, as instructive conversation. 
Kol. 4:6. To be advantaged by another ; 
to be benefited. Hzera 4:14. 
4. Hoo. To season ; to salt. 








to shine, as 
to be feebly 


Oihk. 2:13. 


Mr-xo, adj. Seasoned with salt; savory; 


saltish. Pulc. 29:2. Na mea miso, spicery 
used in embalming. 2 Oihl. 16:14. 

2. Entangled ; tied up in a knot. 
Napuv. 


Mi-xo-Le, v. Miko and ole, nen To eat 


See 


390 


MIL 


daintily ; to eat fastidiously ; to eat tem- 
perately. 

2. To eat in an awkward manner, like an 
aged person who had lost his teeth. 

3. To suck the fingers, as in eating the 
inamona. 

4. To desire strongly ; to wish for very 
much; to look for something a person 
wants. 

M1-Ko-LE-LE-HU-A, adj. Thoughtful ; 
skillful; having the power of reflecting per- 
taining or applying to the subject on hand; 
ua bali au, ua noke au, ua noil au i manao 
milcolelehua no’ "IL, is 

M1-ko-Lo-Lo-Hu-a, adj. See the above. 
Thinking ; reflecting ; skillful, wise and in- 
telligent in affairs of difficulty. See AULI- 
KOLOMANU. 

M1-xo-m1-xo, v. See Miko. To be taste- 
ful, as well seasoned food ; to relish well, 
as food. 

2. To be pungent or bitter to the taste ; 
e mulemule. 

3. To be pleasant; to be instructive; to 
be entertaining in conversation. 

4, To be pleased or satisfied with the ar- 
rangement of an affair. Laieik. 40. 

Mi-xo-m1-Ko, adj. Relishable, as food ; 
seasoned. 

Mi-ta, s. Eng. In arithmetic, a mill, 
the tenth part of a cent. 

Mr-tz, s. Eng. In measure, a mile; 
eight furlongs. 

| Mi-te-ni-o, s. Lat. Mille and annus, a 
year. A space of time of a thousand years’ 
duration about to come, when Jesus’‘Christ 
will reign over the kingdoms and nations 
of the world. Hoik. 20:2, 4,6. The mil- 
lennium. 

Mr-te-ra, s. Eng. Millet, a species of 
grain. Hzek. 4:9. 

Mi-u1, v. To feel of; to handle. 

2. To take up and carry; to bear in one’s 

arms. 

3. To look at; to examine; to look at 
carefully or critically. 
Mr-ut1, s. A handling; 
taking up; examining. 

Mi-u1, adj. Sullen; sluggish. 

Mr-tt-o-na, s. Eng. In arithmetic, a 
million; ten hundred thousand ; the num- 
ber 1,000,000. 

| Mi-r1-Ka-na, s. The name of the paw- 

M1-11-KA-NI, paw tree; also the name 

of the fruit; he papaia, he hei. 

Mi-xi-La-nt, v. Mili and lani, heaven, 
an intensive. Lir. To lift up; to raise up 
to heaven. 

2. To praise; to celebrate the exploits 
of one; to exalt. Puke. 15:2. See Hu- 

LANI. 


a carrying; a 





MIM 


3. To thank; to praise. 1 Oihl. 16:7, 8. 
To give thanks. Hal. 79:13. 

Mi-1-La-n1, s. Thanksgiving; rejoicing; 
praise. Sal. 100:4. 

Mi-u-mi-u1, v. See Miri. To view; to 
handle; to look at, as a curiosity ; to ex- 
amine; a e milimili nei me he keiki aloha la. 

Mr-u-mi-u1, s. A thing to be looked at 
as curious ; a Curiosity ; nana iho la maua 
me ka milimili, we two looked at as a curi- 
osity. 

2. Alord; achief; afoster-child. Laieik. 
20. He haku, he alii, he hanai. 

Mr-ui-mi-t1, adj. Desirable to look at; 
worthy of examination ; na mea milimili, 
curious things. Jsa. 2:16. Ipu milimili. 

Mi-to, v. To twist, as a string, thread 
or cord on the thighs; to spin, as a thread: 
to twist into a rope; to twist with the fin- 
gers. Puk. 35:25. 

Mr-to, s. The name of a shrub or tree; 
laau milo. Laieile. 40. 

2. A species of tree; the fruit contains 
seeds which are used as cathartics. 

Mr-to-mi-Lo, v. See Mito, to twist. To 
roll in the fingers or hand, as a pill to make 
it round. 

Mri-Lo-ro-re, s. Milo and rope, thread. 
Mea milorope, a distaff. Sol. 31:19. 

Mr-tu, s. The name of an ancient chief 
noted for his wickedness while on earth; 
he is now, according to Hawaiian mythol- 
ogy, lord of the lower regions, to whose 
dominions departed spirits go. He is the 
Pluto of Hawaiians. He alii no lalo o ka 
po, ka haku o ka pouli. 

Mr-tvu, adj. Soft, as a rotten spot in a 
melon. 

2. Beautiful ; grand; splendid; nani. 

Mr-tu-mi-Lu, adj. See Mizu. Grand; 
solemn; shaded. 

Mi-m1, v. See Mi. To void or pass 
urine, as man or beast. 

2. To play tricks upon one; to vex; to 
make one cry ; to be mischievous. 

Mi-m1, s. Urine; water from the blad- 

_ der, Isa. 36:12. Opu mimi, the bladder. 

Mi-m1, adj. Hoo. Extinguished; put 
out, as fire ; not burning. 

Mi-mi-u1, v. Intensive of mzhi. To re- 
pent; to change one’s course ; to cease to 
do wrong; e hoopau i ka hewa. 

Mi-mi-xt, v. Freq. of miki. To cut or 
roll up, as a dried leaf. 

2. To spring together, as a steel trap; to 
pinch up tightly. 

3. To be industrious; to be constantly 
at work; e hele mau ma ka hana. 


4, To be quick or spry, as men at work; 
mimilci mai kanaka. 





391 


MIN 


5. To retire; to recede, as a wave from 
the shore; mimiki aku ka nalu. 

Mi-mr-x1, s. A meeting of a returning 
wave with another. 

2. The same as mimilo below. 

Mi-mi-Lo, v. See Mixo, to spin. To 
twist; to spin round; to go round and 
round, as water in a whirlpool. 

Mi-mi-Lo, s. See Mito. A whirlpool; a 
great pit in the sea where the water makes 
a great noise, flowing round and round and 
destroys everything in its reach. 

2. The turning of the hair on the top or 
crown of the head. 

Mi-mi-Lo, adj. Rolling up like a dried 
leaf; twisted; curly.as the hair of a negro, 
described as follows: he kanaka eleele, 
lauoho pokopoko mimilo. 

Mi-m1-m1-0, v. To dive down; to plunge 
deep in water ; e lululuu. 

Mi-mi-m1-H1, v. See Mint, to be sad. To 
grieve ; to be sad; to repent sorely, &c. 
Nani wale lakou e mimimihi nei, 

Ua mihi aku, ua mihi mai, 
Ua haakulou wale ka noho ana, 
Ua kalele na lima i ka auwae. 

Mr-mi-no, v. See Mino. To wrinkle; to 
curl up ; to ruffle, as paper or cloth, in op- 
position to smooth. 

2. To languish ; to be weak; to be fee- 
ble; to be infirm. Jsa. 24:4. 

3. To wither ; to dry up, as grass. 
40:7. 

Mi-mi-no, adj. Wrinkled; faded; with- 
ered ; immature. as fruit untimely fallen 
or plucked. Jsa. 34:4. Or as fruit prema- 
turely fallen before fully grown. Kin. 
41:23. 

Mi-mo, v. To be right morally; to be 
good. 

_ 2. To be gentle ; to be soft; to be easy 
in one’s manners. 

3. To be without noise or confusion. 

4. To move off unperceived; to step 
silently aside; ke ike nei au ua mimo, ua 
panakai ole. 

Mi-mo, s. Straightness; uprightness ; 
what is morally good; gentleness; aole ma 
ke ino, ma ke kekee; ma ka mimo wale no. 

Mt-mo, adj. Upright; straight; gentle; 
good ; without noise. 

Mi-mo-xa, s. Name of a tree, a species 
of the locust. 

Mi-mo-mi-mo, adj. See Mimo. Good; 
gentle ; soft. 

Mi-na, s. Grief for the loss of a thing; 
mostly found in the compounds mamina 
and minamina. 

Mi-na-mi-na, v. See Mina. To grieve 
for the loss of a thing ; to be sorry for the 
sufferings of any one, 1. e., to have sympa- 
thy with. Kanl. 32:36. 





Isa. 


MIN 


392 


MOA 





2. To be sorry on account of the conse-| M1-nu-TE, s. Eng. A minute, the six- 


quences of an event; to pity so as to save 
from punishment. Aanl. 19:13. To spare 
from persecution. Oth. 20:29. 

3. To be sorry at sad intelligence; to be 
sad ; to be cast down, as the countenance. 
1 Sam. 1:18. To be weighed down with 
Sorrow. 

4. To grudge what is due to another. 
Kanl. 15:10. 

5. To be stingy; to be covetous; to keep 
closely all one has. 

6. To be greedy of property; to be in- 
tent on accumulating one’s personal con- 
veniences regardless of others. 

Mi-na-mr-NA, s. Regret for the loss of a 
thing. 

2. Sorrow; sadness; regret for an error. 

3. Sorrow for others’ misdoings. Tos, 
ES. 

4, Covetousness; a strong desire for 
property; hard, unjust treatment of others 
in order to get it; ka makee, ka alunu, ka 
puniwaiwai. 

Mi-na-mi-na, adj. Much desired; pre- 
cious ; considered valuable ; scarce; sorry 
to lose; ka! he mea minamina ka waa. 

Mi-ne-tTa, s. Eng. Name of an herb, 
mint. Mat. 23:23. 

Mi-no, v. To be loose, i. e., weak; to 
be unstrung, as a feeble person. 

2. Hoo. To be sad; to be sorrowful, as 
one desponding. See Omino. Nore.—Mino 
and mimino is an expression made use of to 
children, as much as to say, “cover up 
your nakedness.” 

Mi-no, s. The turning or curling up, as 
a dried leaf or wrinkled paper; the curl of 
the hair, i.e., the crown on top of the head; 
he mimilo maluna o ke poo. See Mimo and 
MrMILo. 

M1-no, adj. Deep down, as a deep pit. 

Mr-no-1, v. Mino and 2. See Mino, s. 
To contract towards a center, as the lips of 
a child in sucking. 

2. To suck, as a child; to suck the fin- 
gers, as in eating gravy with the fingers 
where the lips contract around the fingers 
to secure the gravy. 

Mi-no-1-no-1, v. See Minor above. To 
suck, as a child, &e. 

2. To fold and tie up in a narrow com- 
pass ; to collect a great many things in a 
narrow space. 

3. To come together in one place in great 
numbers, as flies. 

Mi-no-mi-No, v. See Mino, s. To con- 
tract ; to wrinkle up; to curl together ; to 
be wrinkled, as cloth or the skin of an aged 
person ; minomino na lima, eleele ka lehe- 
lehe. See Omrno. 

Mi-no-mi-no, s. A wrinkle in folding a 
cloth. Hpes. 5:27. See Mrmrno. 


tieth part of an hour. 

Mi-cs-so, adj. Heb. Papale migebo, 
goodly bonnets. Puk. 30:28. 

Mi-si-o-na-r1, s. Eng., Lat. One sent 
for any business. 

2. In religion, the same as the Greek, 
Apostle; one sent to publish the Gospel 
and teach men the religion of the Bible; a 
missionary ; Maraki 31, 1820, hiki mai na 
misionari i holo mua mai. 

Mo, v. To break or to be broken, as a 
rope; ua mo ke kaula; the same as moku. 

2. Fia. To break or open, as light in the 
dawn of the morning ; ua mo ka pawa. 

3. Hoo. To strike against; to dash. See 
Hoomr, Hoopak and Hoomo. 

Mo is a prefix to many words, but the 
meaning is not very apparent. 

Mo-a, v. To dry; to roast; 1 mai la 
kela, aole i moa ka baka, that person said, 
the tobacco leaf is not dry; to bake. Oihk. 
6:17. To be cooked in an oven or pan. 
Oihk. 7:9. Hoo. To be thoroughly cooked 
or baked. Oihk. 23:17. To cook food gen- 
erally, vegetable or animal. 

Mo-a, s. A fowl of the hen species ; 
moa kane, a cock ; moa wahine, a hen. 

2. The name of a stick used in play. 

3. Name of a plant, the leaves of which 
made into a tea are cathartic. 

4. Name of a piece of wood made to slide 
down hill on; so called perhaps from its 
shape; the practice of using it was attended 
with gambling ; ka hooholo moa, he mea 
pili waiwai ia. 

5. Name of a moss-like plant growing in 
the forests. 

6. A kind of banana or plantain. 

Mo-a, adj. Done, that is, cooked thor- 
oughly in any way ; ai moa, cooked vege- 
table food; ia moa, cooked flesh. &c.; moa 
lea, fully cooked ; berena moa ole, dough. 

Mo-arE, s. Name of the regular trade 
winds; he kaomi; no ka mea, he makani 
ikaika ka moae. 

Mo-az, v. Tobe cracked; tobe broken; . 
to be split; to be full of cracks. 

Mo-aE, adj. Cracked; split; bent; 
crooked. 

Mo-a-g-ku, s. Moae and ku or eku, to 
resist. A foreign wind, or a wind froma 
foreign country; he makani no Kahiki mai. 

Mo-a-E-LE-HU-A, Ss. Moae and lehua. 
The name of a wind that shakes the lehua 
trees; mai hookoke na maka a ka moaelehua, 

Mo-ar-PE-HU, S. Moae and pehu, swollen. 
The name of a wind. 

Mo-a1, v. To relish food; moaz kou puu 
i ka ai a mea, your stomach relishes the 
food of Mr. 





MOA 


393 


MOA 





Mo-at, adj. Long; bending; arching 
over. 

Mo-a-ou-a, s. Moa and oua, unspurred, 
as acock. A young cock before his spurs 
are grown. See Ouwa. 

Mo-au, adj. Long; stretching out. 
Mo-a-u-ta, s. Name of a heiau for of- 
fering human sacrifices in time of war. 
Mo-a-Ha, s. The name of some white 
substance connected with a fish line in 

taking fish; ka moaha ka lau o maewa. 

Mo-a-HI-LE-LE, s. See MooanILeLe. 

Mo-a-no-a-no, adj. Afar off; at a great 
distance. 

Mo-a-Ka-Ka, v. Mo and akaka, to be 
clear or plain. To make clear; to render 
explicit, as anything not easily understood. 

2. To make things clear or distinct, as 
colors. Kin. 30:37. To be plain; to be 
clear ; tou be explicit; to explain or inter- 
pret, asadream. Dan. 2:9. 

3. Hoo. To expound a writing. Neh. 8:8. 
See Hoakaka. 

Mo-a-Ka-Ka, adj. Clear; plain; intelli- 
gible, as the expression of a thought or an 
idea; transparent, as glass. ‘See MOLAELAE 
and Kona. : 

Mo-a-Ka-Ka, s. Hoo. A reasoning ; an 
explaining. Job. 32:11. 

Mo-a-Ka-Ka-La, Ss. Moa and kakala, 
points; spurs. A cock with sharp spurs; 
he moa kane, ua wini kakala. 

Mo-a-xi-na-wa, s. Moa and kinana, a 
hen. A hen that has laid eggs ;,he moa 
wahine i hanau i na hua. 

Mo-a-ta, s. Name of a species of fish; 

he papai. 
O-A-LA-A-LA, adj. Mo and ala, to rise 
up. Going from house to house; going 
here and there; forward; without back- 
wardness or modesty in seeking or asking 
for favors. 

Mo-a-te-a, adj. Moa and lea, very. 
Thoroughly cooked, as food. 

Mo-a-u1, v. To be fine; to be small, as 
a thread ; to be small, as a very litile bit 
ofa thing. See Maart. 

2. E helei,e makoe, e pokole. See Moo- 
ALI. 

Mo-a-u1, s. The thread or strand of a 
rope; a fraction or small piece of a thing. 
See Maan. A slight track where a person 
has only once gone. See MakaAara. 

Mo-a-u1, adj. Small; short; fine; fine 
marked. 

Mo-a-ma-HA, adj. Moa and maha, to 
rest; to cease. Imperfectly or half cooked. 
0-A-MA-HI, s. A cock that conquers. 

2. A conqueror of any kind. 

Mo-a-mo-a, v. To be or to act the cock 


50 


among fowls. Hoo. To go in company 
with, as a cock goes with hens to give warn- 
ing in case of danger: to be intimate with;. 
e hoopunahele. 

Mo-a-mo-a, s. The sharp point at the 
stern of a canoe; kahie oioi ana mahope 
o ka waa. 

Mo-a-mo-a-wAA, s. The paper nautilus.. 

Mo-a-na, v. Moe and ana, a lying down.. 
To spread out or down, as a mat. 

2. To spread out, i. e., to camp down, as 
a people or an army; to stop at a resting 
place, as travelers ; e hoomaha, e oioi. 

3. Hoo. Toencamp; to make an encamp- 
ment; to lodge in a place, as an army or a 
great number of travelers. Puk. 13:20. 

4. To bow down; to prostrate one’s self, 
i. e., to worship. Puk. 34:8. 

5. Torise high; to spread over the shore, 
as the tide ; ua moana mai ke kai. 

Mo-a-na, Ss. Moe and ana, a lying down. 
The ocean; thesea generally; particularly, 

2. The deep places of the sea; na wabi 
hohonu maloko o ke kai. 

3. A place of rest or a resting place for 
a company of travelers. ‘i 

4, A place of meeting for consultation 
among the chiefs ; he wahi ahaolelo. 

5. Name of a species of red fish. 

6. Hoo. Ka poe hoomoana, the people 
encamped. Neh. 2:17. 

Mo-a-na, adj. Broad; wide ; extended. 

Mo-a-na-a-NA, v. See Moana. To be 
broad; to be extended. 

2. To be opened widely. 

3. To leave a thing to its own care or 
protection. 

O-A-NA-A-NA, adj. Widely extended ; 
opened widely. 

Mo-a-nA-kal, Ss. Moana and kai, salt. 
The salt sea; literally, a salt ocean; epithet 
of the Dead Sea. Nah. 34:3. Applied in 
geography to salt lakes; lilo iho la ia wahi 
imoanakai make, that place became a dead 
sed. 

Mo-a-Na-PAA-KAI, S. Moana and paakai, 
salt. The salt ocean or the salt sea. Nah. 
34:12. The same as moanakai. 

Mo-a-na-wal, s. Moana and waz, fresh 
water. A lake; a lake of fresh water. 
Syn. with loko. Mat. 8:26, 27. 

Mo-a-n1, v. To emit an odor; to send 
forth a perfume or fragrance. Mel. Sol. 1:12.. 

Mo-a-nt, s. Mo and ani, a breeze. A 
breeze ; the name of a wind. 

Mo-a-ni-a-NI, adj. Mo and ani and ani-. 
ani. Blowing along as the moani; he ua 
moaniani lehua no Puna. 

Mo-a-nI-LE-Hu-A, Ss. Moani and lehua, a: 


tree. The name of a wind; the lehua. 
breeze. 


MOE 


394 


MOE 





Mo-a-no, s. The name of a species of , Mo-s-1-po, s. Moe and ipo, a lover in a 


fish ; a dark or reddish color. 

Mo-a-PA-LA-HU, s. Moa, a fowl, 

Mo-a-PE-LA-PE-LA-HU, and palahu, swol- 

M len. Soft and red; 
ee epithet of a cock 

Mo-A-PE-LE-PE-LE-HU, J turkey from its 
comb and gobble; a turkey, especially a 
cock turkey; he manu lepe ulaula e hoole- 
walewa ana. 

Mo-a-wi, s. Moa, fowl, and w2, poor in 
flesh. A poor fowl. 

Mo-g, v. To lie down; to fall prostrate, 
as in ancient worship. Joan. 11:32. 

2. To lean forward on the hands and 
knees, as the people in coming into the 
presence of a chief. 

3. To lie down, as in sleep. 1 Sam. 26:7. 
To lie down for the purpose of taking sleep; 
e moe no kaua, a momoe iho la; hence, 

4, To sleep ; to take rest in sleep. 

5. To dream ; to dream a dream ; e moe 
ka thane ; e moe i ka moe. 

6. To stretch one’s self on a bed; e moe 

- hoolei. Amos 6:4. 

7. Hoo. To lay one’s self down to sleep; 
to cause to sleep. 

8. To sit upon, as eggs to hatch. Isa. 

59:5. 

9. To bow down in humble solemn adora- 
tion. Nors.—Hoomoe signifies the observ- 
ance of that silence, awe and respectful be- 
havior proper for the highest degree of 
adoration. 

10. E hoomoe kolohe, to go a whoring 
after one. Puk. 34:16. 

Mo-z, s. A bed; a sleeping place ; moe 
hilinai, a couch. <j 

2. Adream. Dan. 2:3, 4. Ma ka moe,in 
adream. Mat. 1:20. Hoakaka no hoi ke 
alii i ka moe ia ia, the king explained the 
dream to him; ua moe ia maka moe, he lay 
on a bed. 

Mo-z, s. The name of one of the six 
houses of a Hawaiian establishment; eono 
hale o na kanaka, he bale moe kekahi. See 
HALE. 

Mo-r-ar-Ka-NE, v. Moe and aikane, sod- 
omy. To commit sodomy. 


Mo-s-al-Ka-NE, s. Moe and aikane, sod- 
omy. Carnal abuse, male with male. 1 
Kor. 6:9. 

Mo-s-1-Ka-HaAl, s. A phrase rather than 
a word. Moe, to sleep, 7, with, and ka hai, 
another’s (wife or husband.) Adultery 
with another’s wife or husband. 1 Kor. 6:9. 


Mo-s-1-no, s. Sleeping uncomfortably 
for want of room, being crowded ; he ka- 
hua, he moewaa. 

2. An unpleasant dream; a dream of an 
unpleasant nature, or as we say, a bad 
dream. 





low sense. A fornicator; an adulterer ; 
one who indulges with another, as a kept 
mistress ; a mistress. 

2. Fornication ; adultery. 

Mo-s-o-nE, s. Moe and one, sand. The 
name of a worm that lives in the dirt; a 
peelua. 

Mo-k-u-HA-NE, s. Moe, to sleep, and 
uhane, soul; spirit. A dream. Kin. 20:3. 
A dreamer. Jer. 27:9. A vision; a trance; 
he akaku; eia keia mea nui, he moeuhane 
na ka wahine o Liliha, here is a thing of 
importance, a dream by a woman of Litiha. 

Mo-r-Ha-Lau, v. Moe and halau, to 
stretch out. To stretch one’s self out at 
full length ; to lie at full length. 

Mo-s-HE-wa, v. Moe and hewa, wrong. 
To be disturbed in one’s sleep ; to talk in 
sleep ; to get up and do things in sleep. 

Mo-r-HE-wa, s. Talk in sleep; restless 
and disturbed sleep ; somniloquism. 

Mo-s-KA-HA-uU-LA, 5. Moe and kahaula. 
A lascivious dream; a dream of sexual in- 
tercourse ; ka moekolohe ana ma ka moe- 
uhane. See ATKAHAULA. 

Mo-r-xa-Hu-a, s. See Morwaa and 
MoEINO. 

Mo-E-Ko-Lo-HE, v. Moe, to sleep, and 
kolohe, mischief. To have unlawful inter- 
course between the sexes. 

2. To commit adultery or fornication. 

3. Tosleep at an improper place or time 

4. Hoo. To cause to commit lewdness. 
2 Oihl. 21:11. 

5. Fie. To practice idolatry, as Jehovah 
claimed to be the husband and protector of 
his people as well as their Maker and God, 
the worship of all other gods was consid- 
ered as adultery, i.e.,a breach of covenant 
with him. Hzek. 16:8, 15. : 

6. To defile; to pollute. 

Mo-r-xKo-Lo-HE, s. The unlawful inter- 
course of the sexes, adultery, fornication, 
&e.; generally connected with many other 
vices. Rom. 1:29. 

Mo-&-Ko-Lo-HE, adj. Adulterous; lust- 
ful; morally impure. Nah. 15:39. 


Mo-r-Ku-Hu-A, adj. Sore eyed, so that 
on waking the eyes cannot be opened, being 
olued together. 

Mo-g-to-a, v. To sleep a long time ; to 
sleep till late in the morning; aole Wakea 
i ala mai, ua moeloa. 

Mo-r-tu, v. To commit adultery ; no 
ko Wakea makemake no e moelu laua me 
Hoohokukalani—maloko o ia mau po i 
moelu ai o Wakea. 


Mo-r-Lu-a, s. A red kapa, eithera malo 
or pa-u. See Penauka. He kapa, he pa-u, 
he moelua. 


MOO 


Mo-r-mo-z, v. See Mor. To lie down 
to sleep ; to dream. 

2. To lurk; to lie in ambush; to lie con- 
cealed for some evil purpose. J/al. 10:9. 
Mo-s-mo-r, s. Anambush. 2 O7Al. 13:13. 
Mo-r-mo-g-a, v. See Moremoe above. To 

devise evil against another. 

2. To dream an evil dream. 

3. To tell an evil dream. 

Mo-kr-na, s. Contraction of moe and ana, 
a lying down. See Moana. A mat; a mat- 
tress; a couch; a pillow; the common ap- 
plication is to mats of different kinds as 
Hawaiians use them in their houses. 

Mo-&-na-a-Hv-Ao, s. A mat braided from 
very fine strands of the lauhala leaf. 

Mo-E-NA-PA-WE-HE, s. A species of fine 
mat, colored, checkered, and mostly made 
on the Island of Niihau. 

Mo-r-waa, s. He moe ino, he moeka- 
hua. 

Mo-1, s. A sovereign; one in whom is 
supreme authority. Tito 3:1. 

2. Sovereignty; majesty; supremacy; it 
is applied to men and to gods, as haku, 
alii and akua. In the Old Testament it is 
applied to Jehovah. Heb.8:1. Inthe New 
Testament it is applied to Jesus Christ. 
Heb. 1:3. Hoailona moi, a badge of su- 
preme authority ; applied to the Son of 
God. Heb. 1:8. 

3. The name of one of the gods in the 
luakini. 

Mo-1, adj. Supreme; royal; lordly; 
pertaining to the gods; haku, alii. akua. 
Mo-1, s. Name of a species of fish of a 

white color. 

2. White specks on a dark skin. 
Mo-1-v, adj. Moand tu or tutu, afar 
Mo-1-u-1-u, , off. Afar off; at a great dis- 

tance; out of sight; hence, more or less 
venerated. See Poruru. 

Mo-1-tu, s. A small white fish found at 
Kohala; ka huaili hua moilii o Kohala. 

Moo, s. A general name for all kinds of 
lizards. Oihi. 11:30. Hence, a serpent; 
a snake; the lizard god of Paliuli, whose 
name was Kihanuilulumoku, ka moo nui. 
Laieik. 104. 

2. A narrow strip of land; a division of 
land next less than an ili. 

3. A planted patch of food, provided it 
be much longer than it is wide. 

4. Two or three rows of bananas or other 
food planted between two water courses. 

5. A path. See Kuamoo. A line of di- 
rection. 

6. Ka mea nana moo, an observer of 
times by watching serpents. Kanl. 18:10. 

7. Name of some long sticks that run 
length ways of a canoe; penei, e kalai ia 
na moo a pau i ka umeumeia. 


395 


MOO 


8. A history. See MoooLeLto. A con- 
nected story. 

9. A bed in a garden; a division made 
for irrigation. See the compounds. 

Moo, v. To dry; to become dry. See 
Maxoo. E kuku ma ke kua me ka ie a pa- 
lahalaha, a kaulai a moo a lilo i kapa. 

Moo-a, s. A narrow or faint path; slight 
traces of a path where only a few foot-steps 
are seen. 

Moo-az, s. Name of the north wind at 
Honolulu. 

Moo-a-HI-LE-LE, s. Moo and ahi, fire, 
and lele, to fly. A fiery flying serpent. Isa. 
14:29. Norse.—In the last edition of the 
Bible the ahi is left out; the word there is 
moolele. 

Moo-a-Ku-a, s. Moo, a story, and akua, 
agod. A legend; a story concerning the 
gods. 

Moo-a-t1, adj. Moo and ali, a scar. 
Small; thin; little. See Moat. 

Moo-a-tu, s. Moo, a line, and alii, chief. 
The names of a line of chiefs; a genealogy; 
a history of one’s ancestors. 

Moo-o0-LE-Lo, s. Moo and olelo, discourse. 
A continuous or connected narrative of 
events; a history. Jwk. 1:1. <A tradition. 
Mat. 15:2. In modern times, the minutes 
of a deliberative body ; a taxation list. 

Moo-o-mo-LE, adj. Moo and omole, round 
and smooth. Anything having the quali- 
ties of round and smooth. 

Moo-o-mo-LE, s. A long, smooth, round 
bottle, like some oil bottles; a smooth, 
long calabash. 

Moo-nu-E-Lo-A-wa, $s. Joo and huelo, 
tail, and awa, bitter; stinging. A scorpion. 
Kan. 8:15. A poisonous serpent. Hoik. 9:3, 

Moo-xa-a-La, s. Name of the species of 
lizard found on dry lands running about 
on the rocks. 

Moo-xa-ao, s. A historical legend; a 
tale of ancient times. D. Malo1:& — 
Moo-xa-u-La, s. A species of black liz- 

ard found about houses. 


Moo-xka-uI-ko, s. Moo and kahiko, old. 
The old serpent; a being spoken of in 
Hoik. 12:9. Satan; Diabolo; Deragona. 

Moo-ka-Hu-NnA, s. A genealogy of the 
ancient priests, kept by the priests them- 
selves. 

Moo-ka-Na-KA, S. Moo and kanaka. A 
genealogy or a list of the people for the 
purpose of taxation. 

Moo-xu, s. The name of the worship of 
the god Ku, one of the great gods. See 
MooLono. 

Moo-xu-au-HAv, s. Moo and kuauhau,a 
tax. A story or history or genealogy of 


MOO 


the ancestors. Nors.—The mookuauhau 
has several sources; some believed Kumu- 
lipo to stand at the head ; others, Paliku ; 
others, Ololo; others, Puanue; others, Ka- 
pohihi. D. Malo 1:8 and 10. A line of de- 
scent for the people, but in connection with 
taxes. 

Moo-xu-pu-NA, s. Moo and kupuna, 
grandfather. A list or line of the stock or 
tribe of one’s family or ancestors. 

Moo-tz-LE, s. Moo and lele, to fly. The 
name of a reptile mentioned in Kin. 49:17, 
Kanl. 32:33 and Isa. 34:15; a dragon; a 
flying serpent. 

Moo-t1-0, v. ‘To be small or narrow, as 
a path. 

2. To be small, as a patch weeded by 
many men. 
3. To breeze on one side. See Koorto. 

Moo-to-no, s. Name of the worship 
rendered to Lono, one of the four principal 
gods; ua kapaia ma ka moolono, no ka mea 
o Lono ke akua nui o ia aoao. See Mooxu. 


Mo-o-Lu, adj. Olu, noolu, mo and olu. 
Free; unrestrained: quiet. 

_ 2, Sinking, as in the mire; loose; yield- 
ing. 

Moo-ma-KE, s. Moo and make, death. 
Name of a deadly reptile in Jsa. 11:8; asp; 
viper. Job. 20:16. 

Moo-moo, s. Kapa of second or third 
rate; kapa that is not considered valuable. 

Moo-na-HE-sA, s. A boa constrictor. 

Moo-ni-Ho-a-wa, s. Mooand niho, tooth, 
and awa, poison; bitter. Lrr. A lizard 
with a poison tooth. A serpent; a viper; 
a poisonous reptile. Kanl. 32:33. See Moo- 
LELE. 

Moo-nvu-1, s. Moo and nui, great. Lit. 
A great lizard. A being several times men- 
tioned in the Scriptures and translated 
dragon. Hal. 91:13; Isa. 51:9. 

Moo-PE-PE-I-A0-HA-0, Ss. Moo and pepe- 
iao, ear, and hao, iron or horn. Name of 


an animal mentioned in Jsa. 11:8; trans- 
lated in English cockatrice. 


Moo-rsE-TE-NA, S. Joo and pethen (Heb.), 
adder. An adder. Hal. 58:4. 


Moo-pu-na, s. Joo, succession, and 
puna, springing up, as water. A grand- 
child. Kin. 29:5. Posterity generally; moo- 
puna kuakahi, that is of the third genera- 
tion: makua first, keiki second, keiki a ke 
keiki third, i. e., moopuna, grandchild; moo- 
puna kualua, a grandchild of the fourth 
generation, i.e.,agreat grandchild. Nore. 
Descendants were counted down as follows: 
Ist, makua, parent; 2d, keiki, child; 3d. 
moopuna kuakahi, grandchild ; 4th, moo- 
puna kualua, great grandchild ; 5th, moo- 
puna kuakolu, great, great grandchild, &c. 


396 










Mo-HAI-Ho-A-LI, S$. 


MOH 


Moo-waa, s. Name of some long sticks 
pelonetne to a canoe reaching fore and 
aft. 

Moo-wi-n1, v. To be misty; to be dim 
visioned ; to see indistinctly ; to be blind. 

Moo-w1-n1, s. Moo and winz, fine pointed. 
Dimness in vision ; misty in seeing. 

2. Blindness, natural or moral. 
13:11; Rom. 11:25. 

3. Ablind person; nana mai no na maka, 
aole nae he ike. 

Moo-wi-n1, adj. Very small, like the 
filaments of a spider’s web ; very fine. 

Mo-v, s. See Movo below. Eia ka hoo- 
lana ame ka mou poho ole. 

Mo-u-o, s. A buoy; a float to show 
something below the water, as an anchor. 
Fic. O oe no ka movo nui nana i hoolana 
i ko’u uhane i ke ao. A piece of wood, 
board or other substance to float on; 0 ka 
mouo e ou ai ka naau, a buoy for the heart 
to escape on; a place where anything may 
float securely, like the poe heenalu when 
they come in through the surf and float at 
ease. 

Mo-vo-vo, s. A float or buoy for a fish 
net; he lowaia mououo. See Povovo. 

Mo-v-x1, bag Mo and uki, dirty. 

Mo-vu-kI-U-KI, § Dirty; bad smelling; cor- 
rupt. 

Mo-v-x1-u-x1, adj. Wann, as the efflu- 
via from a corrupting body ; bad scented, 
as the air from a tight room. See Ikmkt. 

Mo-wa, adj. Bright; clear; shining; 
glistering. 

Mo-nai, v. To break, as a stick; to 
break in two; to break off. 

2. To sacrifice to the gods; to offer a sac- 
rifice ; to present a gift at the altar. 

Mo-nat, adj. Broken; fractured; broken 
in two. . 

Mo-nat, s. An expiatory sacrifice; a 
sacrifice generally ; a general name of an 
offering to the gods, of various kinds and 
for various purposes. Nore—The most of 
the following kinds of sacrifices are com- 
mon to the Levitical and to the ancient 
Hawaiian priesthood. 

Mo-nar-al, s. A meat offering. Puk. 
40:29. 

Mo-nat-a-u1, s. An offering made by fire. 
Puk. 29:25. 


Oihk. 


Mo-nat-a-LA-o-Nno, s. A sweet-smelling 


offering. Othk. 3:5. 


Mo-nat-a-Lo-HA, s. A free-will offering. 


Kanl. 12:6. 


Mo-war-Ha-LA, s. A sin offering. Nah. 


15:25, 27. i 
A wave offering. 
Puk. 29:24. 


MOH 


Mo-natl-Hoo-ma-Lu, s. A peace offering. 
Puk. 29:28. 

Mo-nat-Hoo-Lu-1, s. A wave offering. 
Oihk. 7:30. See MowatHoatt. 

Mo-wat-Hoo-ko, s. A sacrifice on per- 
forming a vow. Nah. 15:3. 

Mo-nAl-Hoo-MA-NA, S. 

Mo-nar-Kal-Kal, s. A heave offering. 
Puk. 29:27. 

Mo-nar-Kal-KEA, s. An offering made by 
fire of the fat. Oihk. 10:15. 

Mo-HAI-KA-LA-HE-WA, S. 

Mo-nat-Ku-n1, s. A burnt sacrifice; a 
burnt offering. Kin. 22:7. 

Mo-nar-La-weE-HA-LA, s. A sin offering. 
Oihk, 4:3. 

Mo-nat-ma-xa-NA, Ss. A free-will offer- 
ing. Puk. 25:2. 

Mo-nar-mi-Li-La-n1, s. A sacrifice of 
thanksgiving. al. 116:17. 

Mo-HAI-Mo-LI-A-0-LA, S. 

Mo-nar-pa-nal, s. An offering of a hog 
to a god by a mother on weaning an in- 
fant; he mohaipanai keia na ka makua, i 
mea e oluolu mai ai ke akua i ke keiki. 

Mo-nar-po-n1, s. An offering of conse- 
cration. Oihk. 7:37. 

Mo-nai-pu-u1, s. An offering by fire. 
Oihk. 2:3. 

Mo-na-HA-La, v. See Manoxanota and 
ALALALA. 

Mo-na-ta, v. To open; to expand, asa 
flower ; to blossom. See Monona. 

2. To be erect; to stand straight; to rise 
up. 

. To be loosened or set free; applied to 
that which has been bound, coiled or drawn 
up tight. 

4. Hoo. To spread out or smooth, as a 
kapa or cloth that has been ruffled. 

5. To disperse or drive away, as fear. 

6. Applied to the mind, to calm; to soothe 
where the mind has been disturbed. 

7. To open or enlighten the mind. See 
Mono. 

Mo-wa-ta, adj. Raised up, as something 
that had been depressed. 

2. Opened, as the petals of a flower that 
has been pressed ; open, as a flower; pua 
mohaia. 1 Nal. 6:18. 

3. Devoid of fear, as one in danger. 

Mo-na-La-Ha-LA, v. See Monara. To 
break loose ; to set free, as something that 
had been bound or restrained. : 

Mo-wa-La-HA-LA, adj. Loose; unbound ; 
set free; lilolilo wale. 

Mo-na-tu, s. Clearness; fullness, as 
the full moon. 

2. Name of a day of the month when the 
moon begins to be round. 


397 


MOK 


Mo-na-tvu, v. To be comfortable; to be 
unrestrained ; to be at full liberty. 
Mo-na-tvu, adj. At ease; quiet; at lib- 
erty ; unrestrained. See Ponatu. 
Mo-nA-LuU-HA-LU, v. See Monatv. To 
be easy ; to be quiet; to be at liberty. 
Mo-ut-0-LU-0-PE-0-PE, adj. Disobedient; 
unyielding ; stubborn, as a child. 
Mo-ut-u1, s. Mo and hihi,a vine. Name 
of a strong vine used for strings. 
Mo-nti-H1-0, s. Name of a plant. 


Mo-no, s. Name of a species of bird; 
he moho ka mea kani iloko 0 ka weuweu, 
the moho is a bird that crows in the grass; 
it seldom flies, but walks about. 

Mo-no, v. To evolve or show the upper 
or top leaf of a plant of sugar-cane, kalo, 
&c.: to bud out; to break or unfold, as the 
bud into leaves. 

Mo-Ho-La, v. See Monara. To evolve; 
to unfold, as the leaves of a growing plant; 
to bloom out, as a flower; to blossom. Kin. 
40:10. See Unona. 

Mo-Ho-LE, v. To bruise ; to break up ; 
to crush; to rub off the skin. See Panos, 
PoHOoLe and MAHOoLeE. 

Mo-Ho-LE, adj. Rubbed off; bruised ; 


crushed. Fic. Sad; sorrowful; dejected. 


Mo-Ho-LE-Ho-LE, v. ‘l'o skin off; to rub 
off; to polish. 

2. To act lazily ; to be dejected or cast 
down. 

Mo-xa, v. See Oxo. To tear in small 
pieces; to break up fine; to reduce to dust; 
to blow away and scatter, as dust. 

Mo-xa, s. Anything torn or broken up 
small; small fragments of anything; he 
opala. 

2. Refuse matter ; that which is thrown 
away. 

3. Something connected with the hole of 
the squid. 

Mo-xa, adj. Broken fine, as small dust, 
chaff, &e. Dan. 3:29. 

Mo-xaE, s. A species of grass or shrub 
something like the ahuawa. 

Mo-xai-Kal, adj. New; sweet; insipid, 
as poi just made and not become sour; 
mokaikai ka ai. 

Mo-xa-pa-wa, s. Mo, to break, ka, arti- 
cle, pawa, morning dawn. Also, ua moku 
ka pawa o ke ao. Lrir. The dawn is break- 
ing. The opening dawn; daybreak. 

Mo-xt, s. A pipe lighter; he mokz baka; 
a term of reproach; said to bea late coined 
word. 

Mo-xr-o, v. To steal. 

2. To pucker up or contract the lips 
whistling. 
3. To whistle audibly. 


for 


MOK 


4, To take the pipe-stem into the mouth 
to smoke. 

Mo-xi-Ha-Na, s. A species of strong 
scented wood. 

2. A species of mushroom. 

3. An odor; a fragrance. 

Mo-xr-mo-k1, v. To drink water, as a 
fowl; to suck, as a child; to breathe water, 
as a fish. See Muxr and MukIkt. 

Mo-xo, v. To fight; to pound with the 
fist ; to box; mako, melu, pauhu. 
Mo-xo-1, s. Something about the bait in 

fishing; eia ka mea lealea, o ka mokoi akua. 

2. The art of deceiving fish and capturing 
them. é 

Mo-xo-1, v. To be hard; to be stingy ; 
to be cruel. 

2. To provoke ; to make angry. 

3. To tempt; to deceive fish; hence, to 
catch fish. 

4. To be hollow; to be without internal 
substance ; ke ohe, oia ka laau ponapona, 
o kona kino he mokoi aku, the bamboo is 
a jointed vegetable, hollow inside. 

Mo-xo-1-Ko-1, v. See Moxor. To take 
fish, &c. 

Mo-xko-LeE, s. See Maxore. Inflamed 
eyes; sore eyed. 

Mo-xo-Le, adj. Inflamed, as the eyes; 
swelled out; ‘not able to see distinctly. 
Mo-xo-to-a, s. The name of a species 

of grass. 

Mo-ko-mo-ko, v. To box; to fence; to 
fight ; to hold boxing matches as pastimes 
or as games; i ka makahiki, e mokomoko 
no na kanaka ame na ’lii ame ka wahine 
ame kamalii, on the first day of the year 
the people, the chiefs, women and children, 
held boxing matches, i.e., attended on them. 

Mo-xo-mo-xo, s. A boxer; a man skilled 
in fighting ; a puka mai la kolaila moko- 
moko. 

Mo-xu, v. To divide in two; to cut, as 
with a sword; hahau mai la i ka pahi, a 
moku kekahi alii, he struck with a sword 
and cut a certain chief; to cut off, as a 
member of the body. 

2. To break asunder, as a cord, rope or 
chain. Oihk. 26:13. 

3. To break, as the neck; a moku ko 
Kiwalao a-i a make no ia, he broke Kiwa- 
Jao’s neck and he died. 

4. To cut off, as with a sword at a single 
blow. 

5. To rend or tear in pieces, as a furious 
beast. Mat. 7:6. 

6. To crack; to burst open with a noise. 

7. To hold fast, as an anchor holds a ship. 

8. To cast or throw into the sea; mokuia 
ike kai, aole e make. 

Mo-xv, s. A part of a country divided 
off from another part. 


398 


\ 
MOK 


2. A district ; a division of an island, as 
Kona on Hawaii, and Hana on Maui. 

3. An island, i. e., land separated from 
other land by water. Mokw or mokupuni 
is synonymous with aina. D. Malo 7:1. 

4, A ship; so called from the supposition 
when first seen that they were islands. 

5. A dividing line; a boundary between 
the different divisions of an island. See 
MoKuNA. 

6. A part or piece of anything broken 
off. 

Mo-xu, adj. Greatly increased ; swollen, 
as water; running; flowing; breaking down 
barriers, as water. 

Mo-xu-ar-na, Ss. Moku, broken off, and 
aina, land. An island; a land separated 
from another land. Laieik.110. Syn. with 
moku. 

Mo-xu-a-HA-NA, v. To be divided, as a 
kingdom, a city or a family into two or 
more contending parties ; to be split, asa 
community into factions. Hoo. To cause 
divisions. Hal. 55:9. To set one against 
another, as parties. 

Mo-xu-a-HA-NA, adj. Split into parties 
or factions, as a people; divided; un- 
friendly ; opposed. 

Mo-xu-a-u1, s. Moku, a part, and ahi, 
fire. A fire brand. See Momoxuant. 

2. Moku, ship, and ahi. fire. Liv. A fire 
ship. A name given by some to a steam 
vessel, but improperly, as a steam vessel is 
moku mahu, which see. 

Mo-xu-a-nu-a, adj. Evil minded; evilly 
disposed ; injurious ; sad at the evil of an- 
other. 

Mo-xvu-a-wal, v. To be many; to be 
multitudinous. 

2. To travel in large companies; mokua- 
wai na kanaka. 

3. To flow along, as a stream with rains. 

4. To run; to rush, as a multitude. 2 
Oihl. 23:12. 

Mo-xv-uI-a, adj. For mokuia, passive of 
moku. Broken; divided. See Moxutta. 
Mo-xu-ut-a, v. To drown; to extin- 

guish, as by water. Mel. Sol. 8:7. 

Mo-xvu-HI-Ku-HI, adj. Mo and kuhikuhi, 
sweet. Sweet; sweet. as sugar. 

Mo-xu-kau-a, s. Moku, ship, and kaua, 
war. <A war ship; a man-of-war. 

Mo-ku-KE-LE, s. The name of the ac- 
tion of sailing from island to island in a 
canoe in ancient times. D. Malo 7:1. 


Mo-kU-KE-LE-KA-HI-KI, s. A canoe sail- 
ing to a foreign country. Laieik. 175. 

Mo-xku-xkI-a-Lu-a, s. Moku and kia, mast, 
and lua, two. A vessel with two masts; a 
schooner ; a brig. 

Mo-xu-kI-a-Ko-Lu, s. Moku, ship, kia, 


f 


MOL 


mast, and kolu, three. A vessel with three 
masts ; a ship. 

Mo-xv-1z-1-a, s. Name of a species of 
fish of the kahala kind; kahala mokuleia. 
Mo-kv-1-a, adj. Passive of moku, Z in- 
serted. Divided; brokenup. See Moxv- 

HIA. 

Mo-ku-mo-xvu, v. See Moxv. To tear 
up; to rend; to break in pieces; to pluck, 
as the feathers of a bird. 

Mo-xu-mo-xu, s. See Moxomoxo. A 
striker: a boxer; a fighter. Tit. 1:7. 

Mo-ku-mo-ku, adj. Broken or cut to 
pieces, as a rope. 
0-KU-MO-KU-A-HU-A, v. See Moxva- 
HuA. To yearn; to be moved with affec- 
tion towards one; to yearn with pity for 
one. Kin. 43:30. Ua mokumokuahua ka 
manawa o ke alii i ke aloha, the spirit of 
a chief yearned with affection. Laieik. 

Mo-ku-na, s. Moku and ana, a break- 
ing; a dividing. A dividing line between 
two lands. 

2. A boundary line of a land; a district; 
acountry. Sol. 15:25. 

3. Apart or piece cut off from something 
larger. 

4. A division of a country; a coast or 
region. 

5. A chapter or division of a book. 

Mo-ku-pu-ni1, s. Moku, an island, and 
puni,tosurround. The full form for island; 
i. e., island surrounded (by water.) Syn. 
with aina. O ka mokupuni oia ka mea nui 
e like me Hawaii, Maui, ame na moku e ae. 

Mo-xu-wa-H1, v. Moku and wahi, to 
break. To be at enmity or variance, as 
two men. See MokvuaHANa. 

Mo-ta, v. To turn; to be unstable; to 
spin round; e milo. 

Mo-ta, adj. Turning; twisting; unsta- 
ble ; paa ole i ka milo ana. 

Mo-taz-Lar, adj. Mo and laelae, clear. 
Clear ; explicit; easily understood; unob- 
secure in vision. 

Mo-ta-tz, s. Clearness; brightness. 

E ka mo/a/e ilio ilio lau lani. 

Mo-ta-tE-La-LE, adj. Clear; bright; 
plain. 

Mo-1a-mo-xa, adj. See Mota. Spinning 
or twisting round; not fixed. ; 
Mo-te, s. The principal root of a tree 
that runs straight downwards; also the 
large roots of a tree generally. (Thesmall 
ae that branch out from them are called 

aa. 

2. The bottom of a pit; the bottom of 
the sea. Habak. 3:13. 

3. Fie. A root, i. e., offspring ; descend- 
ants from a root. Rom. 15:12. 


399 


MOL 
4, One belonging to a family. Oihk. 
25:47 


5. A cause; a means. 1 Tim. 6:10. A 
root; a foundation; aole i loaa ia’u ka 
mole o ka naauao, I have not obtained the 

rinciples of knowledge. 
o-LE, v. To linger; to lag behind ; to 
be slow. 

Mo-tz-a, adj. Drawn tightly; strained, 
as arope; hard; severe; tight. 

Mo-te-a, s. A person so angry that his 
countenance is distorted. 

Mo-.e-Hu-LE-HU, s. The shade of the 
morning or evening; twilight. Jer. 6:4. 
Ka malamalama iki e nalowale ai ka ili 
kanaka. , 

Mo-.e-nvu-LE-HU, adj. Shady, in time 
of twilight. ob. 3:9. 

Mo-.E-mo-LE, adj. See Moteand Omote. 
Round and smooth; cylindrical ; smooth, 
as the skin of a bald head; hence, 

2. Baldheaded. 

3. Sleek and smooth with fatness. 

Mo-u, s. A sharp instrument to print 
with on the skin; hahau iho la ka moli, 
pahuhu ae la ke koko, the moli is struck 
on, the blood flows out. 

2. The name of a large bird. 

Mo-ti-a, v. This word, like the Latin 
sacro, signifies to devote, te give up or give 
over to a good or bad end, that is, to bless 
or to curse according to the character of 
the thing devoted and the purpose to which 
it is devoted. 

1. To bless or to curse, according to the 
prayer of the priest. 

2. To bless; to pray for the safety of one. 

3. To be sanctified, i. e., set apart or de- 
voted to the service of the gods; e molia 
ka aii ke akua. 

4. To worship; to sacrifice ; to offer to 
the gods; to save alive; e hoomana, e kau- 
maha, e amaama, e hoola. 

5. To curse; to give over or devote to 
destruction ; to be sacrificed. 

6. To anathematize. Isa. 34:2. 
stroy ; e hoomake. 

7. In the use of the word, molia is to bless 
or fo curse according to some following 
word or phrase. Nore.—Some of the forms 
are as follows: molia mai e ola, bless him, 
let him live ; molia mai e make, eurse him, 
let him die; molia ka poe kipi, curse the 
rebels ; molia i ke alii e make, curse the 
chief, let him perish; molia i ke kukui e 
pio, curse the lamp, let it go out; moliai 
ka ua e oki, curse the rain, let it stop; mo- 
lia i ka hekili aole e hekili hou mai, eurse 
the thunder, let it thunder no more. 

Mo-ti-a-o-La, s. An ancient form of 
worship when the priest offered a sacrifice 
and prayed for the life or safety of the peo- 
ple. 


To de- 


MOL 


400 


MOM 





2. Applied in modern times,to the Jew- 
ish passover when a lamb was sacrificed for 
each household, and the angel of death 
passed over leaving the children of Israel 
unhurt. Puk. 12:11. 

3. In the New Testament it is figuratively 
applied to the death of Christ as the sacri- 
fice for the sins of men. 1 Kor. 5:7. 

Mo-t1-a-o-La, adj. Of or belonging to 
the Jewish passover ; mohai moliaola, aha- 
aina moliaola. 

Mo-te-xr-a-HA, $. Mole and kiaha, cup. 
The bottom of a cup or mug. 

Mo-ti-0, s. See Mouia. To offer to the 
gods ; to lay upon the altar, as a sacrifice ; 
o ke akua i ka molio o ke ahiahi. 


Mo-ii-u1, adj. Mo and Zi2, small. Lit- 


tle ; small; stinted. 

Mo-u1-mo-t1, v. See Mort. To use the 
moli in puncturing the skin in making let- 
ters or figures. 

Mo-to, v. To untwist; to unbraid, asa 
rope or string. Novre.—This word is found 
in many compounds, especially proper 
names, as Molokai, Molokini, &c., also in 
molokamaaha. See below. 


Mo-Lo-a, v. ‘This word is written by 

Mo-Lo-wa, Hawaiians in both forms. 
As it is evidently a compound word, the 
second form is preferable. Molo and wa, 
time ; space. To be indisposed to work ; 
to spend time listlessly ; to be lazy; to be 
idle; to be indifferent whether a thing is 
done or not; molowa iho la ua alii la ia 
Hawaii, that chief was indifferent respect- 
ing Hawaii; i aku la, ua molowa au i ka 
aina, he said, | am indifferent about the 
lands. Hoo. The same. 

Mo-to-Ka-ma-a-HA, s. Molokama is the 
name of a land on Kauai; in singing meles 
the aha protracted would be added. 

Uina ka wai 0 na molokamaaha. 


Mo-to-xu, adv. On the back; at the 
back (of a person) ; on the backside. 

Mo-to-wa, s. Slackness; indifference ; 
carelessness; laziness. Jos. 18:3. 

Mo-to-wa, adj. Indisposed to make an 
effort; inactive; lazy; unwilling to do; 
tiresome to one’s patience. Hoo. Slothful. 
Sol. 12:24. See MAanaka. 

Mo-to-wa, adv. Lazily; deceitfully. 
Ler, 48:10. 

Mo-to-nal, s. Laziness; heaviness of 
head and eyes; drowsiness ; i keia manao 
e hunai ka’u ano,i aku au me ka make, 
molohai. Nort.—This word is used by the 
proud or foolish for molowa. 

Mo-tu-ni, adj. Mo and luhi, tired. 
Weary ; fatigued. See Lunt. 

Mo-tv-1o, v. To steal; to take another’s. 

Mo-tu-Lo, s. A thief; one who steals. 


2. A bloated dead body which floats 
ashore from the sea; he mea pae wale ma 
kahakai. 

3. A person wrecked and cast ashore. 

Mo-tu-L0, adj. Fat; plump; bloated ; 
large, so that the fat shakes on one’s bones; 
applied to men. 

O-LU-LO-LU-LO, adj. Fat; plump, &c. 
See the foregoing. 

Mo-tu-Lo-Le-a, s. The voice or wail of 
a ghost. 

2. The wail of one shipwrecked and cast 
ashore. 

Mo-tv-to-Le-a, adj. Wailing, crying, 
&c., of a ghost; of one cast ashore from a 
wreck. 

Ia uina ai lele hauli e ka manawa, 
Lele-pioe loko i ko aloha— 

Aloha mai nei, hele a hiikua, 

Hoi lanaau ka maha i hana ke-ua, 
I ka uaua o ka pihe molulolea. 

Mo-tu-na, v. To take by force; to rob; 
to plunder. See Mo.uto. 

Mo-tu-na, s. A thief; one who robs 
another. 

Mo-mt, s. A pearl. Mat. 13:46. The 
pearl of the oyster ; the hard center of the 
eye; the hard face of a watch; the eye of 
a fish; maka ia. 

Mo-m1, v. See Mont. To swallow, as 
food; to put in the mouth and swallow. 
Mo-mi-0, adj. Mo and mio, confined ; 

close. Tapering; cramped. 

Mo-mi-xu, v. Momi, to swallow, and ku, 
standing. Toswallow standing up; a word 
made use of by Kamehameha to express 
contempt of his enemies, meaning, he would 
swallow them up. 

Mo-mi-mo-m1, v. See Momt. Hoo. To 
cause to swallow; to receive into the mouth 
and swallow. See Mont. 

Mo-mo, s. See Moomoo. Kapa of an in- 
ferior quality; he moomoo, he palaholo, he 
kiwaawaa. 

Mo-mo-a, v. To give liberally; to take 
care of a poor person ; to act the friend of 
one; to be continually giving to others; 
to take eare of, as a guardian takes care of 
the property of his ward. See Manama. 


Mo-mo-z, v. See Mor. To sleep; to 
dream ; to sleep together, as two persons. 


Mo-mo-xa, s. See Momoxu. The rush- 
ing and running together of people, as in 
a popular outbreak. 

Mo-mo-xu, v. See Moxv. To break; to 
break up; to separate. 

Mo-mo-xu, adj. Broken; separated ; 
broken up; greatly increased, as water 
running in a freshet, breaking or rushing 
forth. 

Mo-mo-xv, s. What is broken or torn 


MON 


401 


MUA 


off or snatched out; momoku ahi, a fire| Mo-ni-mo-n1, s. A fast eater; one who 


brand ; e waiho ana ka momoku pi e mani 
aikaumu. See Momoxvant. 

Mo-mo-xv-a-n1, s. Momoku and ahi, fire. 
The remnants of fire; charcoal; wood 
charred ; a fire brand. Sol. 26:18. 

Mo-mo-.z, v. See More and Kumomote. 
To be round and smooth; to be smooth and 
plumb up and down, as a smooth perpen- 
dicular pali. 

Mo-mo-LE, adj. Round and smooth. 

Mo-mo-ti-o, adj. Narrow ; contracted, 
as a place, or as space. 

Mo-mo-m1, v. See Mom. To swallow 
greedily. 

Mo-mo-m1, s. Name of a kind of fish; 
he paopao, he nukumonui. 

Mo-mo-mo-£, v. See Mor and Momor. 
To sleep; to sleep often or soundly; to be 
very sleepy. 

Mo-mo-na, v. See Mona. To be fat; 
to be round ; to be plump. 

2. To be swelled out full; to be smooth, 
as the skin of a fat person or animal. 

3. To become fat, that is, independent. 
Kanl. 32:15. Hoo. To make one fat. 1 
Sam. 2:29. 

Mo-mo-na, s. The fat, i. e., the fat part 
of an animal. Oihk.6:12. The fat of land, 
i. e., fertility. Nah. 13:20. Fat, as a per- 
son or community, i. e., rich; wealthy. 
Kanl. 32:15. 


Mo-mo-na, adj. See Mona. Large; fat; 
fleshy; generally applied to persons or ani- 
mals. 

2. Fig. Applied to the ground, rich; 
fertile, &c. Kin. 41:34. Nore.—Momona 
when applied to food or drink, refers to 
whatever is good or pleasant to the taste, 
as rich, sweet, fat, &c. 


Mo-na, adj. See Momona. Fat; rich; 
good, as a good soil; ua hookupu maikai 
oia (0 Hawaii), he mona ka lepo. 


Mo-na, v. To be fat; to be round and 
plump with fatness. 
2. To be rich or fertile, as land. 


Mo-ne-a, v. For moniia, to be swal- 
lowed. To be stuffed; to be filled full with 
food ; to be glutted. 

Mo-ne-HA, s. A long distance. 

Mo-nr, v. See Mom. To swallow; to 
consume. Puk. 7:12. To swallow, i. e., to 
drink wp, as the earth drinks up water ; 0 
ka honua, ua moni i ka wai, the earth, it 
drinks up the water; to suck up, as a 
sponge ; e omo; e moni i ka ai, to swallow 
food. 

Mo-ni, s. Eng. Money; the price of a 
thing sold. Kin. 44:12. Syw. with talena. 
Mat. 25:18. 

51 


swallows quickly. 

2. Metaphorically, one who receives in- 
struction greedily. 

Mo-pu-a, adj. Fine; melodious, as a 
voice. 

Mo-pu-na, s. See Mooruna. A descend- 
ant of the third generation, including the 
first, as makua, keiki, mopuna; a grand- 
child. 

Mo-wa, adj. See Moa, cooked. Done, 
as food. 

Mo-wae, s. Mo and wae, toseparate. A 
rent; a broken place; a furrow; a cleft; 
an opening among rocks. See Mawae. 

Mo-wag, s. See Moar. The name of a 
wind ; the regular trade wind. 

Mo-wa-mo-wa, v. Tocarry or send food 
to others gratuitously. 

Mo-ra-k1, s. Eng. A mortgage; a deed 
of conveyance on condition. 

Mu, v. To shut the lips and hold the 
mouth full of water. See Mumv. 

2. To be silent; not to answer. See Mv- 
MULE. 

Mu, s. Alittle black bug that eats most 
kinds of wood; it also eats through and 
through all kinds of clothing; he mea e 
popopo ai ka lole; a destroyer of many 
kinds of property. Mat. 6:19. The mu bores 
a hole about as large as a gimlet ; a moth. 
Isa. 51:8. 

2. The name of a man who lived in the 
country above Lauhaele and ate bananas. 

3. Name of a small bird with yellow 
feathers; he mu kekahi manu, he lena kona 
hulu. 

4, A person employed to procure human 
victims when a heiau was to be dedicated 
or a new house built. 

Mvu-a, v. To mumble food, as for a 
child ; to eat with the lips. 


| Mu-a, adv. and comp. prep. Of place, be- 


fore; in front of; of time, first; previous 
to; before; usually prefixed with some of 
the simple prepositions. Gram. § 161. 

Mu-a, s. The name of a house for men 
only in ancient times; the house was kapu 
to women. 

2. The distinguishing name of one of the 
six houses constituting a family arrange- 
ment. See Hate. Eono haleona kanaka— 
he mua, oia kekahi, men had six houses— 
a& mua was one; the mua was the eating 
house for the hasband; ai no ke kane ma 
ka mua, the husband ate in the mua. See 
Mooolelo Hawaii 59. Holo kiki aku la o. 
Papaakomo i mua e paio me Wakea, Papa 
ran hastily and entered the eating house or - 
husband’s house to quarrel with Wakea. 

2. The front part of a house or room. 1 
Nal. 6:20. 


MUU 


3. A poor looking calabash. 
4, A person with pouting or large lips. 
5. The first born of a family. 
6. The first; the beginning; the com- 
mencement. Mar. 1:1. 
Mu-a-Kau, adj. First ripe, as fruits; 
first born ; fish first caught. 
Mv-a-xu-a, adj. Unfriendly; unsocial ; 
niggardly. 


Mu-a-mu-a, adj. Drinking water out of | 


a calabash and then spitting it out; oumua- 
mua, omuemue. 
U-E, } adj. Bitter ; bad tasted ; 

Mv-e-mv-E, offensive to the palate. 

2. Cold; chilly ; shaking ; trembling. 

Mv-t-e-ke, v. Toshrink; to start from 
fear or pain. See HEkr. 

Mv-1, v. To collect ; to assemble. 

Mvu-t-a, v. Passive of muz for mzzza. 
To be collected together. 

Mu-1-x1-x1, v. Muz and kiki, very. ‘To 
press close together; to draw in; to cut 
short. 

Mv-i-mu-1, v. To collect together; to 
assemble in one place; to be thick together; 
to assemble to see something; muimui aku 
la na kanaka ame na wahine e makaikai, 
men and women assembled together to ex- 
amine. 

Mv-i-mu-1-a, v. Passive of mutmut. 'To 
be collected together; to be in a compact 
mass. 

Mv-o, v. To bud; to open, asa bud into 
a leaf; to put out a leaf. Hoo. To cause 
to bud; to put forth or enlarge, as buds 
before the leaves appear. 

Mv-o, s. A bud. Jsa.61:11. A branch. 
Isa.27:10. Anew or fresh leaf. Luk. 21:50. 


Mv-ov-ou, v. Mu and ouou, short; thick 
set. To be short; to be low; to be liitie; 
to be blunt. ‘ 

Mu-ov-ou, adj. Short; little ; blunt. 

Mu-o-1o-o-Lo, adj. See Oto and Oto- 
oLo. Flexible; swinging; hanging down. 
See PUALUALU. 

Mu-o-mu-o, v. See Muo. Toswell out; 
to appear, as the bud of a flower. 

2. To cover over as the calyx covers the 
incipient flower. See OmuAMUAPUA. 

Mu-o-mu-o, s. ‘The flower covered by 
the calyx; the place below the muo or bud. 

Mu-o-Ko-Le, v. To cut off the 

Mu-o0-MU-0-KO-LE, branches of trees or 
the tops of kalo. 

Muu, v. To collect; to lay up, &c. 
Syn. with mui, puu, ahu and waiho. To 


heap together ; to fill up; to set thick to- 
gether. See Muumuu. 


402 


MUK 


Muv-tu-uu, s. Name of a south wind 
at Honolulu. 

Muv-muu, v. See Muv. To cut short; 
to cut off; to shorten. 

Muv-muv, s. A shift or under garment 
worn by females. 

2. A lame person; primarily, one who 
creeps, halts or limps; one who has lost or 
never enjoyed the use of his limbs. 

U-HEE, Ss. Mu and hee, to slip. A fish 
that moves two ways like the crab. 

Mu-HeE, adj. Fickle; changeable; un- 
steady minded. 

Mu-neez, v. To make an indistinct 
sound; tohum. See Mumvunv. 

Mu-xa, adj. ‘Tasteless; insipid; ono 
ole. 

Mu-ka, s. A seizing ; a swallowing up; 
a devouring. Laieik. 105. 

Mu-kagE, s. Anything jutting or hang- 
ing over, as the brow of a precipice. See 
UMALUv. 

2. The brim of a basin ortub. 2 Othl. 4:2. 

3. The circumference of anything; he 
poai, he anapuni. 

4, The edge of a pit. 


Mu-x1, v. To apply the lips or mouth 
to; to kiss; e muki baka, to kiss or suck 
the tobacco pipe; to take a whiff of tobacco 
smoke; e muki i ka wai, to squirt water 
through the teeth. 

2. To peep; to speak indistinctly, as an 
enchanter. Jsa. 8:19. Syn. with namu. 

3. To play on the hokiokio or pipe, a 
wind instrument. 


Mov-xu, s. A pipe lighter; one who 
waits upon a chief with the pipe. See 
Moki. Norr.—The office of the pipe lighter 
was to attend the person of the chief with 
a pipe always lighted ; in order to keep it 
always lighted, the pipe lighter must him- 
self, very frequently, give a little suck or 
puff or kiss, which was called muki. 


Mv-xi-x1, v. See Muxu. To suck into 
the mouth, as in smoking. 
2. To suck in or drink, as water; to 
swallow up. 
3. To drink or sip water, as a bird drinks 
from a flower. 
4. To squirt water through the teeth. 
5. To make mouths at one. 
Mukiki ka ia lelehuna a ka manu, 
Ka awa ililena i ka uka o Kaliu, 
Ka manu a haihai kanu awa—e— 
Aia ka laau ka awa o Puna, 
Mapuna wale mai ana no kona aloha la. 
Mu-x1-x1, s. A mouth made at oneasa 
matter of reproach; hoomaka ko oukou 
mukiki i mea henehene, ai mea akaaka. 


Mv-xi-mvu-x1, v. To tie; to bind fast. 


Mov, adj. Collected ; laid up in store. | Mu-xo-1, adj. Sharp and projecting; ap- 


MUL 
plied to the forehead. See Larxor. Mukoi 
pue kaua. 
Mv-ko-Le, adj. Mu and keole, 


Mu-Ko-LE-Ko-LE, § raw; red. Red; in- 
flamed, as the eyes ; mukolelcole na maka. 
Mv-xu, v. ‘To wrangle; to blackguard; 

to quarrel. See Nuku. 

2. To cut short; to shorten; to cut off, 
&c.; the same as moku. 

3. To cease ; to diminish, as a sickness ; 
ua muku ka hi. 

Mu-xv, s. A measure of length used 
by Hawaiians ; the length from the fingers 
of one hand to the elbow of the opposite 
arm when extended ; i. e., the cutting off 
at the elbow; o ka puaa nui, he anana 
paha, he muku paha, a i ka iwilei paha. 

2. A piece cut off; that which is cut off; 
anything cut short. 

3. The outside of a canoe. 

4, The name of the night when the moon 
entirely disappears ; i ka po i nalowale ai 
ka mahina, 0 Muku ia: alaila, pau ka ma- 
lama, on the night in which the moon en- 
tirely disappears, that is Muku, then the 
month ends. 

5. The short end of the iako or cross 
stick of a canoe; hawele koke aku la iai 
kana aho i ka muku o ka iako mua o kona 
waa. 

6. Ashort garment, asif the bottom were 
cut off. See Mumuxv. 

Mu-xu-mu-ku, v. Tocut up into pieces; 
to cut off frequently. See Kumuxumu, the 
letters transposed. 

Mu-ku-mu-ku-wa-HA-NU-I, s. The name 
of a red fish. 

Mvu-ta, s. See Mura. 


Mv-te, oe Bitter, as water; 

Mv-LE-MU-LE, bitter,as an herb. Puk. 
12:8. E paipaii ka laau mulemule a pau. 

Mv-te-a, adj. Bitter; sharp ; 

- Mu-LeE-MU-LE-A, bitter, as herbs; biting; 
caustic. 

Mv-tze-a, v. To be bitter, as water of 
Mulea. Puk. 15:23. 

Mou-te-Le-nu, v. Mu and lelehu, weak. 
To be slightly intoxicated. 

Mu-.e-mvu-Le, v. See Mute. To be bit- 
ter; to taste bitter. 

Mv-.1, comp. prep. After; according to; 
behind; afterwards; it relates either to 
time or place; mostly preceded by 0, no, 
i, ma or mai. Gram. § 161. 

Mv-u1, s. The remains; the last of a 
thing. 

2. A successor; muli mai, a brother or 
a sister next younger than one. 

3. The last; the hindmost; the youngest 
of several children. 


4, The last one of a series. Mar. 12:21. 


403 


MUM 


I keia mau la muli iho nei, in these last 
days. Heb.1:1. He kaikaina, he pekii. 
Mov-u1, adv. A mili aku, afterwards; 
after awhile; ka meae muli mai, that which 

shall be hereafter. 

Mv-ti-Ho-pe, s. Muli, last, and hope, 
end. The last; the youngest born; o ke 
keiki hiapo, he mua ia; o ke keiki muli- 
hope, oia ka hope loa; also, keiki muli tho, 
youngest child. Kin. 9:34. He panina. 

Mv-ti-wal, s. Muli, the remains, and 
wai, water. The opening of a stream into 
the sea. 

2. A frith; a bay at the mouth of ariver; 
hence, 

3. In geography, a river. Jos.1:4. Norte. 
The derivation of the word refers to the 
fact that at the mouths of most of the 
streams on the islands there is a bar; at 
low tides there is some water standing 
which has not run out; these remains of 
water are called a muliwai. 

Mv-tvu-wal, s. An awkward or affected 
pronunciation of muliwai. See the above. 

Mv-mvu, v. See Mu. To hum; to make 
an indistinct sound. 

2. To be silent; to sit mum. 

3. To hold water in one’s mouth. 

4, To be smooth or round ; to be blunt. 

5. To cry out indistinctly. 

6. To take food into one’s mouth and 
afterward take it and convey it to the mouth 
of another. 

Mu-mu, adj. Indistinct; blunt; dull; 
round ; smooth. 

Mvu-mu, s. An indistinct sound; some 
noise, not known what; the confused noise 
of a multitude at a distance ; opiopio ku 
ka laula o ka mumu. 

Mo-mv-1a, v. Passive of muz for muzia. 
To be collected together; to come together 
in crowds; to be thick together in one 
place. 

Mu-mu-nu, s. A whispering; a mutter- 
ing ; a voice in a low tone. 

Mu-mu-uxu, v. To be large; to be plump; 
to be numerous; to sound, as many voices; 
to hum an indistinct sound. 

Mu-mu-uu, s. An indistinct sound, as 
of many together ; hence, a crowd of peo- 
ple in one place. 

Mu-mu-xa, adj. See Puruxa. Bad; 
worthless ; unworthy of notice. 

Mvu-mvu-xu, s. See Muxv. The name of 
several things cut off, or cut short; a canoe 
cut in two in the middle; a garment cut 
short or the sleeves cut off; a wind blow- 
ing over land between two mountains as if 
cut off from the main wind; a maimed per- 
son having lost a hand, arm or foot. Mat. 
15:30. The name of a lady’s under gar- 
ment is mumuku. 


NA 


Mu-mu-xu, adj. Cut off; separated, as 
a member of the body, i. e., the body when 
the limb is separated is mumuku; cut 
short; too short for a designed purpose. 

Mu-mu-te, v. See Mumu. Tobe dumb; 
to be speechless. 

2. To be silent; to hold one’s peace 
through grief or affliction. Hal. 39:2. No- 
laila, noho mumule mai la oia ia mau la, 
therefore he lived in atacitwrn manner dur- 
ing those days. 

3. To be silent, as one confuted; not 
having anything to say. Neh. 5:8. 

4, To be out of one’s right mind. 

5. Hoo. To keep silence. Oth. 18:9. 

Mu-mvu-tz, s. The gathering around a 


404 


NAA 


kapu; the assembling of a company to- 
gether. 

Mu-mu-Le, adj. Silent; quiet; refusing 
to speak; taciturn; displeased; sullen; 
out of one’s mind; demented ; pupule. 

Mu-mu-tu, v. To come together in a 
cluster or crowd; to be thick together ; to 
be numerous; to sit conversing together 
in a cluster; heaha ka lakou e mumulu la? 
Aole, he pupule wale no. 

Mu-na, adj. Slow of speech; not quick 
or ready ; maloeloe ka waha. 

Mu-ra, s. Gr. Myrrh. Mel. Sol. 4:14. 

Mu-tu-E-La, s. Heb. A weasel, an ani- 
mal. Oihk. 11:29. 


N. 


the tenth letter of the Hawaiian | Na-av, s. The small intestines of men 


N 9 alphabet. It represents the same liquid 
in Hawaiian as in most European languages. 
It is often commuted for / (see the letter 
L); as, nana, lanai; nanahu, lanahu, &C. 

Na, simp. prep. Of; for; belonging to. 
Placed before nouns or pronouns, it con- 
veys the idea of possession, property or 
duty. It has the relation to no that @ has 
to o, or kato ko. Gram. § 69, 1, 2, 3. 

Na, art., standing before nouns, repre- 
sents the plural number; as, ke alii, the 
chief; na alii, chiefs or the chiefs. Na often 
answers the double purpose of a plural 
article (that is, a plural for all the other 
articles which are singular), and the sign 
of the plural number of the noun. As an 
article, it is both definite and indefinite. 
Gram. § 67; also, § 83, 86 and 87. 

Na. A particle somewhat frequent, add- 
ing strength to an expression either pos- 
itive or negative ; aole na he wahine e, o 
ka moopuna na a Waka, she is not certainly 
any other woman, she is certainly the grand- 
child of Waka. Laieik. 128. 

Na, v. To be quiet; to be pacified, as 
a child ; ua na ke keiki, the child is quiet ; 
to be comforted, as one in affliction. Jer. 
31:15. 

2. To enjoy respite from pain; a pau 
kana heluhelu ana, noho iho la ia e na aku 
i ka mea manao ole. 

3. To gasp or half breathe, as a dying 
person. 

4, Hoo. The same; also, in a legal sense, 
to settle difficulties; to decide between dif- 
ferent claimants; as, e hoona kumu kule- 
ana aina, to settle land claims, 

Na, adj. Quiet; pacified, as an ag- 
grieved child ; calmed; quieted, as one’s 
passions. 


or animals, which the Hawaiians suppose 
to be the seat of thought, of intellect and 
the affections. 

2. The internal parts, i.e., the inwards of 
animals. Oihk. 1:13. The bowels. 2 OiAl. 
21:15. Alua ano o na naau, o ka mea nui 
ame ka mea liilii, the intestines are of two 
kinds, the large and the small. Anat. 51. 
Hence, 

3. The affections; the mind; the moral 
nature ; the heart; the seat of the moral 
powers. Mat. 22:37. Synonymous in many 
cases with uhane. the soul. Note.—The 
naaw of animals were formerly used by 
Hawaiians as strings for various purposes; 
ka naau i mea aha moa, the intestines for 
strings to tie fowls. See the compounds of 
naau below. y 

Na-avu-ao, s. Naau, the mind, and ao, 
instructed. An enlightened mind. 

2. Instruction; knowledge; learning ; 
wisdom. Kanl. 4:6. He ike, he noonoo, he 
noiau. 

Na-au-ao, adj. Naau and ao, to teach. 
Wise; knowing; learned; enlightened; hav- 
ing the skill or art of thinking and plan- 
ning well. 

Na-au-ao, v. See the noun. To be 
learned; to be wise; to be intelligent, &c. 
Hoo. To enlighten, as the mind; to in- 
struct; to be instructed. 

2. To instruct, i. e., to convince; to be 
advised; to be warned. Hal. 2:10. 

3. To attend to that which is right; to 
give heed to truth and duty. 


Na-av-au, s. A remission of the strict- 
ness of a kapu; used in the phrase kau na- 
auau; the suspension of a kapu so far that 
the people might eat certain kinds of food, 
thatch houses, d&c. 


NAE 
Na-au-au-a, )v. Naau and aua, self- 
Na-av-au-wa, § ish desire. To kill one’s 


self; to commit suicide on account of the 
death of a friend, or from the feeling that 
nothing remained worth living for. 

2. To mourn for the loss of a friend ; to 
grieve. 

3. To be weak; to be bent over, as one 
in sadness. 


Na-au-au-a, )s, The desire to com- 
Na-avu-au-wa, mit suicide on account 
of the death of a friend; self murder through 
grief or disappointment; nui na hewa o ka 
wa kahiko, 0 ka naauaua, many were the 
sins of ancient times, suicide. 
2. Anguish; sympathy with one; sorrow 
for the loss of one dear. 
3. Strong desire for the good of one. 
4. Depression of spirits; grief. 
5. Real sorrow of heart. 
Na-au-Ka-kKE, s. A sausage. 
Na-au-KEE-Mo-a, s. Naau and kee, 
crooked, and moa, cooked, i. e., hardened 
in any shape. An evil disposition ; per- 
verseness ; a general disposition to wick- 
edness. See OPUKEEMOA. 
Na-AU-KO-PE-Ko-PE, Ss. NNaau and kope- 
kope, morose. Perverseness; a bad dispo- 
Sition ; surliness. See NAAUKEEMOA. 
Na-au-ku-HI-LI, s. Naauw and kuhilz, 
blundering. Carelessness; indifference; a 
disposition to carelessness; inattention. 
Na-av-po, s. Naawand po, night. lgno- 
rance; darkness of mind ; without intelli- 
gence or instruction; a cloudy mind; awk- 
wardness. 
Na-av-po, adj. Dark-hearted; ignorant; 
unenlightened ; dark-minded. 


Na-au-po, v. To be dark-hearted; to be| N 


ignorant; to be awkward; to be brutish. 
Hoo. To be willingly ignorant; to remain 
ignorant while possessing the means of 
knowledge. 
Na-av-po-no, v. Naau and pono, right. 
To be upright; to be just. Hoo. To be 
staid in mind; to be fixed; to be sober. 
Tit. 2:6. : ay 
Naa-naa, s. A sour disposition; unso- 
ciability ; ignorance. 
Naa-naa, adj. Unsocial; crabbed; sour; 
unlovely in temper and life. 
2. Round and hard, as pills, or as goat’s 
dung; poepoe me he lepo kao la. 


Naa-na-au, s. The stomach; the small 


intestines; the receptacle of food after it is 
eaten ; Kabhi e waiho ai ka ai maloko o ke 


kino. 

Nar, adv. An elegant expletive, but 
difficult to define. Truly; indeed; but; 
however, &c. A mild but is perhaps the 
best definition, though it does not express 


405 


NAE 


strong opposition like the English but. 
Aohe alii au, he kanaka nae, I am not a 
chief, but I am a man. 

Nag, v. To breathe hard; to pant, as 
one laboring or exercising severely. 

2. To pant for breath, as one with the 
phthisic. 

3. To give liberally; to distribute; to 
be liberal, as alandlord to his people. See 
Nar below. 

Nag, s. A sickness which occasions 
hard breathing. 

2. The blowing of one’s breath when fa- 
tigued on stopping to rest. Fie. Applied 
to the strong affections of the heart. Laieik. 


3. The phthisic. See NAENAgE. 

4. The upper regions of the air in dis- 
tinction from the lower; ua lohe o ukaa me 
kai, a me nae a me lalo. 

5. The place whence the wind comes; a 
iheao mea? Aia ma nae. 

6. The name of a species of fish net with 
small meshes. 

Naet-1-x1, adj. Nae and tki, little. Breath- 
ing a little, i. e., almost exhausted ; near 
dead. 

2. Nearly out of patience or courage. 

NaE-E-LE, adj. Open; loose; full of 
holes, as open sleazy cloth; perhaps better 
spelled naele, the same as the following. 


Na-E-LE, adj. Full of holes, cracks 
Na-E-LE-LE, $ or chinks. 

2. Rotten, as timber. 

3. Moist; damp; applied to that kind of 
soil which retains moisture and is always 
rich and good. 

Na-E-LE, s. Mire; deep mud. See Na- 
KELE, boggy, and Naka. 

A-E-LE, v. To scatter, as men who do 
not abide by their work; to be distributed 
by littles ; to be dissipated or scattered. 

2. To get into a slough or into the mud; 
to sink down. 

3. Fie. To get into difficulty; aia ka ka- 
kou e malama ai, o naele auanei kakou, it 
is for us to take heed, lest we get into the 
mud, i. e., into difficulty; 0 naele auanei 
kakou, a pahemo, a haule ilalo. 


Nak-0-A-I-KU, s. Nae, hard breathing, 

NAE-0-WAI-KU, a-i, the neck, and ku, to 
stand. A disease where hard breathing 
causes one to stretch out the neck; a dis- 
ease of the throat; the croup. Norse.—The 
first orthography is the correct one. 

Nakg-NAE, v. See Nate. To breathe like 
one out of breath by hard exercise; to be 
out of breath; to pant for breath; to sigh, 
Hal. 38:10. 

Nag-nak, S. Difficult breathing; the 
phthisic ; the asthma. 

2. An offering made to the gods to ap- 


NAO 


pease their anger; a sacrifice. 
NAENAE. 

3. The name of a species of fish ; he ma- 

_hamea. 

NaE-NAE, adj. Sweet-scented, as some 
herbs; he aku pua naenae o Waialoha. 

Nae-nakE, s. The name of a shrub bear- 
ing sweet flowers. 

Naer-mal, s. Hard breathing; wheezing 
mixed with cough. 

Nat, v. Tostrive hard to excel another; 
to urge on; to go ahead. 

2. To finish ; to make an end. 

3. To give or parcel out alike; na ia ke- 
iki e nai na mokue pau ai. Laieil. 10. 

Na-1a, s. A species of black fish; the 
porpoise. Nore—The naia was forbidden 
to women to eat, under the kapu system, 
under pain of death. 

2. A kind of sandal-wood. See Nato. 

Na-1-o, s. A species of sandal-wood ; 
the bastard sandal-wood. 

2. The name of the worm often found in 
horse dung and in that of other animals ; 
the pin worm. 

3. Small white specks in the feces. 

Nat-o-al-KAE, s. The name of a famine 
in former times. See KaroLeKaa. 

2. (Naio, pin worm, ai, to eat, and kae, 
the anus. Lir. That which causes itching 
in the anus.) <A slanderer; a backbiter ; 
a detractor. 

Nar-u, s. Name of a kind of bush or 
small tree somewhat odoriferous. 

Nar-i-KE, v. To be angry; to take in 
dudgeon ; to set off in anger to take re- 
venge. See Hoomaav. 

Na-1-KE, s. Anger; a repelling from 
one ; aole ike hou aku. 

Nat-Ko-La, v. To boast or glory over 
one. Hoo. The same. See AKoLA, AIKOLA 
and Hoarkona. 

Nat-nal, v. See Nat. To exercise or 
cherish bad feelings; to be sour or crabbed 
towards others; to be evilly disposed ; to 
struggle against opposition ; to hop. 

Nat-nal, adj. Sour; crabbed, as one’s 
disposition ; contentious ; envious. 

2. Short ; low; pokole, haahaa. 

Nat-nal-NA-mi-m1, s. Living in a state 
of dissatisfaction; a persevering in and 

_ cherishing of bad feelings. 

Nat-nat-Na-mi-m1, adj. Unfriendly; un- 
social; displeased with everybody and 
everything ; changeable. 

Na-o, v. To thrust in, as the fingers 


See Ka- 


406 


NAU 


3. The grain or fibres of wood. Anat. 2. 

4. The mucous from the nose; he pala- 
hehe, he pilau, he hehe. 

5. He waiulaula, he waiahulu. 

Na-o-a, adj. Not relishing food, as one 
sick ; naoa oloko, aole ono i ka ai; filled ; 
crammed with food; disgusted or sick at 
the sight of food from one’s own surfeit. 

Na-o-a, s. A thick ripple on water; 
writing so thick together that the paper ap- 
pears black; a covering with what is black. 

NaAo-MA-KA-LU-A, Ss. Some instrument 
or method of taking fish; he hinai, he koi 
kekahi, o ka luina kekahi e naomakalua. 

Na-o-na-o, s. A species of ant; the 
winged or flying ant; he mau mea eheu lii- 
lii loa e lele ana. 

Na-o-na-o, s. Phlegm; spittle; mucous 
from the nose. 

Na-o-na-o, adj. Deep down, asa cavern 
or pit; deep, as a hole in the earth. 

2. Slightly lighted ; light of twilight. 

Na-o-na-o, v. See Nao. To thrust in 
the hand; to take hold of; to seize; to 
steal. 

2. To look earnestly at; to contemplate. 
See Manao. 

Nav, pers. pron. An oblique case (the 
auipaewa) of the personal pronoun, second 
person singular of oe. For thee; to thine; 
thine; belonging to thee, &. Gram. § 132. 


Na’v, pers. pron. An oblique case (auz- 
paewa) of au, first person singular of the 
pronouns. For me; belonging to me; mine. 
Gram. § 124. 

Nav, v. To chew; to chank; to gnash 
with the teeth. Mar. 9:18. To gnash with 
the eye-teeth or tusks ; naw hou i ka ai, to 
chew the cud. Oihk. 11:3. 

2. To measure time by the slow respira- 
tion of the breath. 

3. To hold in the breath; to restrain 
one’s self from breathing. 

Nav, s. The name of a bush or tree af- 
fording coloring matter in the fruit. 

2. Dye or coloring matter of the nau. 

3. The holding in or restraining the 
breath ; ka hoopaa ana i ka hanu i ka ma- 
nawa e napoo ai ka la. 

4. Pain; distress, but of a less degree 
than hui. 

He nau ja kamalii 
Ke kohi Ja i ke kukuna o ka la, 
Pumehana wale ia aina, 
Aloha wale ke kini 0 Hoolulu—e. 
Nav, adj. Chewed over; ground fine, 


as food thoroughly masticated. 


into an opening ; e lalau i ka lima iloko 0} Nav-a, adj. Cold; distant; unaccom- 


kahi poopoo. See Nanao. 
Na-o, s. A slight ripple on the water. 


2. The ridges of twilled cloth; lole nao; 
the streaks on kapa. 


modating ; unyielding ; angry; aloha ole, 
konia aole hoolohe mai, aole ou kanaka 
naua like. 

Au-A, 5. Noon. 


NAU 
Nav-a, adj. Celebrating the birth or 


residence of a chief; alaila, kukuluia i hale 
noua no ke alii; nawai oe e mea naua? 
owai kou makua nawa ? 


Nav-E, )», (The first orthography is 
Na-we, preferable.) To shake; to 
Navu-we, move to and fro. 


2. To tremble; to vibrate, as the earth 
in an earthquake. 1 Sam. 14:15. Synony- 
mous with haalulu. 

3. To move away a little; to withdraw 

_ from others to a private place; nave aku 
la ka makaula ma kahi kaawale, a pule 
aku la. Pass. To be moved. Hoo. To 
trouble one when quiet. 1 Sam. 28:15. To 
change one’s mind. 2 Tes. 2:2. 


Na-vE-vE, v. See Nave. To vibrate; 
Na-WE-WE, to shake often or violently; 
to shake, as an earthquake. Mat. 27:51. 
Na-vE-UE, s. A moving ; a vibration; 
Na-wE-WE, § a trembling, as of the earth; 
o ka nawewe o ka honua, an earthquake. 
Na-v-x1, v. See Uxt. To fret; to com- 
plain. Hal. 37:8. Hoo. To stir up or ex- 
cite anger; to cherish ill-will or malevo- 

lent feelings. 

Na-v-xi-u-x1, v. See Nauki, Uxr and 
Uxiuxi. To be vexed; to be out of tem- 
per. Hoo. To provoke. Kanl. 31:29. To 
vex; to displease; to make one angry. 
Nah. 14:11. 

Na-v-x1-u-x1, s. Hoo. A provocation; a 
source or cause of anger. 2 Nal. 23:26. 
Na-u-xe, s. Name of a medicinal plant 
which forms the medicine called kuakala. 
Nav-ui-a, s. The growling action of a 
dog while devouring his food; naulia aoka- 

aoka pupuhi ka iwi. 

Na-vu-Lu, v. See Utu and Utuutv. To 
vex; to provoke. Joo. To provoke; to 
displease; to make one angry. Kanl. 9:22. 

Na-u-tu, s. Heavy mists; a shower of 
fine rain apparently without clouds, or a 
single cloud; he ua kuhao; he ua naulu, 
he ua uuku ia, he ikaika nae. 

2. Name of the sea breeze at Waimea, 
Kauai. 
3. A thick dense cloud. 

Na-u-tu, adj. Dark; thick, as a cloud. 
Tob. 22:14. 

Na-v-Lu-u-Lv, v. Intensive of the above. 
To vex, &c. Hoo. To repeat provocations; 
to persevere in making one angry, like hoo- 
naukiuki. See also Hoovuvutu. 

Nav-nav, s. See Nav, to bite. The 
name of several acrid plants, as wild horse- 
radish, cresses, pepper-grass, &c. 

2. Ka papala ke lele mai. 

Nav-nau, v. See Nav, to chew. To 

chew ; to mince in the mouth. 


407 


NAH 


2. To move, as the mouth in the act of 
eating. 
3. To move, as the lips in talking se- 
cretly to one’s self. Sol. 16:30. 
Nav pana La. A phrase expressing the 
return of a salutation ; thine perhaps. 
Nav-pa-Ka, s. Nau, to chew, and paka 
(Eng.), tobacco. The name of a plant. 
Nav-we, v. See Nave. All these 
Nav-wev, forms are found with the 
Nigiwerwe reduplications according 
AES eee to the writer’s fancy; but 
NAvU-WEU-WE, } the simple original form 
is naue, naueue. To shake; to vibrate; 
to tremble. Hal. 18:7. To be moved or 
shaken, as nations. Hal.46:6. To be shaken 
often. 2 Sam.22:8. Synonymous with haa- 
lulu. Hoo. To cause to shake or tremble. 
Nauwe Kalalau, poniu ka lawakua. 


Nau-we, s. See other forms above. A 


trembling ; a shaking ; a vibrating. 


Na-na, v. To split, crack or open, as 
the ground. Nah. 16:31. 
2. To break up or break open, as a house. 
3. To be split, cracked or broken, as a 
dish or any kind of crockery, glass, boards, 
slates, &c. Puk. 32:19. 
4. To crack or break, as mason work. 1 
Nal. 13:3. 
5. To break or burst open. 
6. To operate, as an emetic or cathartic. 
7. To break in pieces. 
Nonoi ae la ka lani iluna, 
Naha mai la Kulanihakoi, 
Kulukulu ka ua 
Kapakapa e Kane, 
Akahi akua i nana— 
Ke baupu wale nei ka Jani 
Kau o Hiiaka, 
Wahi ka lani, uli ka Jani eleele, 
Ka lau ka hoalii, 
Ka pohaku koii ka hooilo, 
Naha mai Kalanihakoi, 
Ke haaloloku nei ka ua, 
Ke neingi ke olai. 
Na-na, adj. Bent; broken; separated ; 
scattered. 
2. Pierced; opened. 


Na-HaE, v. See Haz, to tear in pieces. 
To rend; to tear; to burst. 

2. To break, as the heart with sadness. 
Ter. 23:9. 

3. To rend,as a garment. 1 Sam. 15:27. 

4. To tear away; to separate, as a peo- 
ple. 2 Nal. 17:21. 

5. Fracta pudenda sicut virginis coitio 
prima. 

Na-nak, s. A rent; a torn place; mea 
nahaeia, that which is torn. Oihk. 22:8. A 
piece broken off. 

Na-HAkE, adj. Rent; torn; broken off. 

Na-HAE-HAE, adj. Torn in pieces, as a 
wel. or rag; broken, as the heart. Jsa. 

vilt. 


NAH 


408 


NAH 


Na-Ha-HA, v. Frequentative of naha.| Na-ni. See Nave and Lani. 


To break, as a hammer breaks a rock. Jer. 
23:29. To be dashed or broken in pieces. 
Kanl. 9:17. 

2. To divide up ; to separate in pieces. 

Na-Ha-HA, adj. Broken; cracked; broken 

in pieces ; separated. 

Nahaha i ke ania e ka makani he puulena, 

He makani kahiko ia no Puna, 

No Puna ka hala me ka lehua, 


Ke kui ana e ke ani lJehua, 
Ke kaoo la ia ka moani. 


Na-HA-Na-HA, v. Frequentative of xaha. 
To break up ; to break fine. 

Na-HA-NA-wa-LE, s. The name of a 
small fish. 

Na-HA-wE-LE, s. The muscle shell-fish ; 
he wahi ano pioeoe. 


Na-HE, adj. Soft; slow; gentle, 
Na-HE-NA-HE, as the voice of music. 
See Unaure. He leo nahe, a melodious 


voice; he makani nahenahe, a gentle wind; 
thin; soft, as fine kapa or soft cloth. 


Na-HE, v. To blow softly, as a 
NaA-HE-NA-HE, gentle breeze ; stronger 
than aheahe, which is stronger than aniani. 
See KononaHe. 
2. To be soft, as the voice. 
3. To be thin and soft, as fine cloth or 
kapa. 

Na-HE-LE, s. ‘hat which grows; the 
verdure of bushes or trees; the leaves of 
bushes or thick trees; nahele ooi, thorns ; 
brambles. 2 Sam. 23:6. 

Na-HE-LE, adj. Pertaining to a thicket 
or grove; lau nahele, green leaves; herbs. 

Na-HE-LE-HE-LE, S. The grass, trees, 
shrubs, &c., of a wilderness ; a wilderness. 

Na-HE-LE-HE-LE, adj. Wild; unculti- 
vated, as land. 

WNa-HE-LE-HE-LE, v. To become wild, as 
land that has once been tilled; to be over- 
grown with vegetation. Puk. 23:29. Hoo. 
To allow or cause land to be overgrown. 


E kokomo aku ai maua 

I ka pea i Kahiki, 

I ka ukauka laau nahele waokanaka, 
He nahelehele okoa hoi ke kanaka, 
Ulu nahele ka oa nahele hiki ke koa, 
Ulu wehiwehi i ka niu poi ke kou, 
Oia uka nahele loloa, a ka puni—e— 
O kou puni iho la ia, ua hala kamalii, 
Kau ka naha ia. 


Na-HE-LE-MA-NE-0, S. INahele, a plant, 
and maneo, stinging. A nettle. Isa. 34:13. 
Na-HE-Na-HE, adj. See Naue. Thin; 
soft ; fine. 
2. Empty, as the bowels from fasting or 
sickness. 


Na-ne-sa, s. Heb. Aserpent. Kin. 3:1. 


Syn. with moolele. Kin. 49:17. Hoowale- | NA-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, v. See 


wale ina nahesa, a snake charmer. Kani. 
18:11. See MooomoLe and MooxkautKo. 


Na-HI-LI, v. See Hitt. To act awk- 
wardly ; to blunder in doing a thing; to 
be slow; to lag behind; e lalau, e ma- 
nuka. 

Na-ni-L1, s. A mistake; a blunder the 
effect of carelessness; slowness; want of 
energy ; ka lalau, ke kiipua, ka hanama- 
nuia. 

Na-Hr-u1, adj. Slow; lagging behind; 
awkward; blundering. 

O nahili ka pololoa ia manu, 
O kapu kau kama ia kea a Kiha. 

Na-HI-NA-HI, adj. See Nane and Laut- 
LAHI, soft; thin. Very small or fine; kapa 
nahinahi or lahilahi, thin cloth; applied to 
words or manner of speaking, soft; mild; 
gentle; soothing; he olelo akahai. Norn. 
The orthography of nahinahi and nahenahe 
is used; the meaning is the same, and the 
pronunciation but slightly varied. 


Na-Ho, v. To overflow; to be deep, as 
water. 
Na-nHo, s. Depth; an overflowing with 
water ; he manini ku, he manini kai. 
Na-no-a, v. To be bold; to dare. 
2. To be strong ; to feel one’s self to be 
strong. 
3. Hoo. To provoke ; to be impudent to 
one. See NEHOA, hoo. 
Na-Ho-a-Ho-a, v. To strike one on the 
head ; to break one’s head. 
2. To strike the head, as the rays of the 
sun. 
3. To give pain; to wound the feelings. 


Na-Ho-a-Ho-a, s. A wound on the head 
and the pain connected with it. 

2. The effect of a sun-stroke on the head. 

3. Applied to the heart when the mind 
is in great distress. Syn. with walania and 
ehaeha. 

Na-Ho-to, v. Na and holo, to run. To 
run along on the ground. Puk. 9:23. 

2. To run at random, here and there; to 
run away from, through fear. Luk. 8:34. 

3. To be absent; to be gone away. 2 
Sam. 23:9. 

4, To flee away from, as from an enemy 
in battle. 2 Sam. 23:11. 

5. To run along together, as a company 
of people desirous of doing something ; 
naholo mai la lakou ma keia kapa, they 
ran along on this side (of the stream.) 

Naholo i ka laula o Puna, 

Ka luhi a ke kalukalu, 

Ku moena a ipo, 

Moku mahole i ka hoa mauu. 
Na-Ho-Lo, s. A running; a fleeing; a 

retreat ; a flight. 

Nanoto. To 
run along: to move rapidly; to pass along 
by something else. 


NAK 

Na-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, s. The Hawaiian name 
of the planet Saturn. 

Na-Ho-nA-Ho, adj. See Nano, Deep or 
fistulous, as a sore; deep, as a pit; far 
down in the earth. 

Na-nu, v. To bite; to gripe with the 
teeth ; e hoopohole i ka ili me ka niho, to 
tear up the skin with the teeth. 

1. To bite, as a dog; to snatch at; to 
seize. 

2. To bite; tognaw. Mik.3:5. To gnash 
the teeth, as in pain; e nahwi ke elelo, to 
gnaw the tongue. JZoik. 16:10. 

3. To bite, as a serpent. Nah. 21:6. 

4. To bear the short sharp internal pains 
of colic or of child-birth. 

5. To bite off, as a shark; nahu mai la 
ka mano i kona waa a mumuku o hope, a 
shark bit his canoe short off behind. 

6. To file; to rasp; e apuapu. 

Na-nu, s. The pain of biting; the colic; 
sudden internal pains. 

Na-nu, adj. Biting; writhing in pain. 

Na-nu-a, s. The name of a wind which 
often blows at Kaanapali. 

2. The fine rain with the north-east trade 
winds on the northern part of Maui. 

Na-nu-ku-a-Ko-ko, adj. Nahu, pain, kua, 
back, and koko, blood. Suffering pain, as 
a travailing woman. Mik. 4:9. See Kua- 
KOKO. 

Na-nu-NA-Hu, v. See Nauv. To bite 
often. 

2. To suffer frequent pains; to writhe in 
pain ; to feel the first pains of child-birth ; 
ia ia nei e nahunahw ana hele aku la. 
Laieik. 11. 

3. To bite, as a serpent or centipede. 

4. To be in, or to suffer the pains of child- 
birth. 1 Sam. 4:19. 

Na-nu-na-nu, s. The birth pains of fe- 
males. Job. 29:3. 

Na-Hu-NA-HU-I-HU, v. To quarrel, as two 
brothers ; to fight or dispute, as an older 
with a younger brother. 

Na-xa, v. To tremble; to shake; to be 
loose. 

2. To be fearful ; to be afraid ; to trem- 
ble, as the joints with fear. Dan. 5:6. 

3. To tremble, as ground not solid. Jer. 
4:24. To shake, as a quagmire. 

4. To crack; to split; to break open, as 
the ground sometimes in a drought. 

Na-xa, adj. Trembling; shaking; un- 
steady ; shaky, as a quagmire, in distinc- 
tion from solid ground; full of cracks; not 
solid. 

Na-xa, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Na-xa-ka, v. See Naxa. To break; to 
shatter ; to shake ; to be full of cracks. 


Na-ka-KA, adj. Split; shattered; full 
52 


409 


NAK 


of cracks; split open, as parched grain. 
Ter. 14:4. Cracked and scaling off, as the. 
skin of one after drinking awa; inu i ke 
awa; mahope, mahuna ka ili, nakaka pu-- 
ehuebu, inoino loa. 

Na-KA-Ka-KA, v. Frequentative and in- 
tensive of naka. To be trembling; to be- 
shaking: to be full of broken places or 
cracks ; to be unsound. 

Na-kE-kE, v. To move back and forth; 
to make. an indistinct sound. 

2. To rattle; to rustle, as paper in the 
wind, or as new kapa. 
3. To shake to and fro. Job. 39:23. 

Na-KE-kE, adj. Humming; rustling; 
moving. 

Na-ke-LE, v. See Kexe. To be slip-. 
pery; to be soft; to sink in, as one in a 
soft boggy place. 

Na-KE-LE, s. A soft boggy place, where 
the earth is not solid or hard. 

Na-KE-LE, adj. Soft; slippery,as ground 
where one would be apt to slide. 


Na-kI, v. To tie; to tie up; to fasten, 
Na-xu, as ahorse. 2 Nal. 7:10. 
2. To bind fast ; to tie round. 
3. To tie a knot; to bind, as a criminal. 
4. To confine one, as if bound. 


Na-kI-KI, he See Naxi. To bind; to 

Na-ku-k1, tie up; to gird; to tie on. 
Puk. 29:9. To bind, as the hands. 2 Sam. 
3:04, 

Na-ki-na-KI, v. See Naxi. To bind 
often ; to bind fast. Hal. ae 

2. To swell out; tomakeYarge; to swell, 
as the belly. 

Na-xi-Na-kI, s. A person sick in the 
chest and feels as though he was bound ; 
one filled to surfeiting with food. 

Na-x1-t1, v. To open a little ; to let in 
a little light, as into the eyes, or to open 
the eyes a little. 

2. To see a little. 

Na-ko-Lo, v. See Koro. To run; to 
flow, as a liquid; to spread out, as ink 
upon unsized paper. 

2. To make a noise in falling, as rain 
upon dry leaves. 

3. To move: to make a rustling sound. 

4. To make the noise of many feet run- 
ning. 

5. To squeak like the soles of new shoes. 

Na-xo-Lo, adv. In a running, rushing 
manner; ua nei nalcolo i ke aloha, my heart 
is moved deeply with love. Laieile. 142. 

Na-Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo, v. See Naxoto and 
Koto. To run, as many running together; 
to move along, as in a rush. 

2. To creak, as the sound of friction. 

Na-xu, v. To root, as a hog; to throw. 
up ground in heaps or ridges. 


NAL 


410 


NAL 


2. To tread upon; to trample down; to | Na-Li-na-L1, v. See Nau. To bite often; 


destroy. 

3. To seek; to hunt after; to search for; 
to look or inquire for ; oi imi, oi naku, oi 
noke, oi huli wale a! aole he loaa. 

4. To follow; to pursue; e naku aku ia 
ia a loaa. 

5. To shake; to be in a tremor, as one 
dying ; naku iho la a make. 

Na-xu, s. Takes both ka and ke for arti- 
cles. Arush. Jsa.9:13. The rush of which 
mats are made, akaakai. 

2. A rooting; a throwing up dirt in 
ridges or hills. 

3. A destroying ; an overturning. 

4, A pursuit after a thing; aia noi kau 
naku ia ia a loaa; no ka imi, ame ka naku, 
ame ka huli, ame ka noii ana; a search; a 
pursuit after. 

Ami Nuuanu i ka wa waahila, 
Lea ole no ia Lalanihuli, 

Huli ka makani, 

Naku i ke oho o ke kawelu. 

Na-ku-E, adj. Diligent in business; ac- 
tive ; not slothful or lazy. 

Na-xu-1, adj. Joyful; cheerful; full of 
hope ; diligent; active; mama ka manao. 
See NAKUE. 

Na-ku-Ltu, v. See Kutv, to drop, as 
water. To drop as water drops, that is, to 
make the noise of falling drops of water. 

2. To make a rattling noise ; to crackle, 
as the sharp sound of thunder; heaha keia 
e nakulu nei? 

3. To shake; to run along, as a sound ; 
to run, as a ort or story of a scandal. 
Laieik. 199. “Yo be in a tremor ; used ad- 
verbially, e nei nakulu ana ia nei. 

Na-ku-tvu-al, adj. Perfect; good; up- 
right ; praiseworthy. 

Na-ku-Lu-ku-Lu, v. See Naxuiu and 
Ktunvu. Toshake; to make a rustling noise. 

2. To move along; to make an indistinct 
sound. 

3. To patter, as drops of rain; to drop, 
as rain; to rain fast. Lwnie. 5:4. 

4, Hoo. To cause to drop down, as rain; 
to pour down. Isa. 45:8. 


Na-Kv-Lu-ku-Lv, adj. Trembling; mov-| N 


ing ; emitting a sound; pattering, as fall- 
ing drops of rain. 

Na-teE, adj. Movable; unbound; not 
fast. 

Na-LE-Na-LE, adj. See Naz. Free to 
move ; unbound ; separate from. 


Na-LE-NA-LE, s. A separation from some- 
thing else; not sustained by anything else; 
without obstruction. 

Na-u1, v. To bite; to nibble; to chank; 
to seize suddenly. 

Na-1, adj. Nibbling; biting; biting off 


piecemeal. 


to seize upon. 

2. Hoo. To be orto act the chief; to en- 
joy the privileges and honors of a chief. 
See AIALI. 

Na-ti-nA-l, adj. Bright; shining; royal, 
as a chief. 

Na-to, v. To be lost; to vanish. Luk. 
24:31. To be concealed from one; aka, 
aole ia i nalo ia Papa, but he was not con- 
cealed from Papa. 

2. To recede; to pass away; nalo e, to 
be missing. 2 Sam. 2:30. To disappear; 
to vanish in a distance; a nalo aku la ke 
kia o kona moku, o ka nalo pu ana aku no 
ia, and when the mast of his ship disap- 
peared, he (Liholiho) vanished together 
with it. 

2. To lie hidden; to lie concealed ; to 
hide; to evade; to elude the sight of; e 
hiki no ia Iehova ke ike, aole no e nalo 
kona mau maka; to be done in secret. 
Mat. 6:4. 

4, To pass away; to leave, as a disease; 
aole i nalo keia mai ia ia a hiki akui ka 
make, this sickness did not leave him until 
he died. 

5. Hoo. To hide one’s self. oan. 12:36. 
To cause to disappear. 

Na-to, s. ‘The common house fly. 

2. Any insect with wings; he mau mea 
ehen e lele ana. 

Na-to, adj. Lost; obliterated; hidden; 
forgotten ; vanished 5 passed away. 

Na-to-Ho-PE-E-HA, S. INalo, fly, hope, 
tail, sting, eha, to hurt. Epithet of a hornet. 
Puk. 23:28. 

Na-to-meE-.t, s. Nado, fly, and melz (Gr.), 
honey. The honey bee. anl. 1:44. 

Na-to-na-Hu, s. alo, fly, and nahu, to 
bite or sting. <A stinging fly. Puk. 8:17. 


Na-Lo-NA-Lo, v. Frequentative of malo. 
To hide; to conceal. Hoo. To disguise or 
conceal one’s real person. 1 Nal. 20:38. 

Na-to-pa-Ka, Ss. INalo, fly, and paka, the 

sharp thorn in the tail of the fish kala. The 

sting of a fly, i. e., the wasp. 

A-LO-wa-LE, v. JNalo, to vanish, and 

wale, entirely. To be lost sight of; to be 

forgotten. Kanl. 4:8. 

2. To forget; to hide ; to secrete. 
3. Hoo. To put one’s self out of sight ; 
to conceal one’s self. 

Na-Lo-wa-Le, adj. Lost; out of sight; 
out of memory. 1 Sam. 9:20. Concealed. 
Notr.—Nalowale has been supposed to be 
one of the highest of a series of numbers ; 
as, kauna, kanaha, lau, mano, kini, lehu, 
nalowale; but nalowale only signifies that 
the person can go no further—that his mind 
fails to comprehend any higher or further 
combination of numbers, and by nalowale 


NAN 


the person means, it is lost, vanished, he 
knows no more. 

Na-tvu, v. To be in doubt or suspense; 
to suspend one’s judgment. 

2. To wonder at; not to comprehend 
speech or language. 

3. To speak secretly, or to speak to one’s 
self; to think within one’s self. Zset. 6:6. 

4. To talk or confer together concerning 
a thing. 

‘ Ps To think; to search after any truth or 
act. 

Na-tv, s. The surf as it rolls in upon 
the beach ; a sea; a wave; a billow. 

2. The slimy liquid on the face of a new 
born infant; o ka wai ma ka maka o ke 
keiki i hanauia ana. 

Na-tu, adj. Roaring; surging; rolling 
in, as the surf of the sea. 

Na-tvu-u1, v. See Luu. To shake; to 
move ; to vibrate. 

Na-tv-ul, adj. Shaking ; unsteady ; not 
easily accomplished. 

Na-LU-LI-LU-LI, v. See Luzi. To shake 
often. Hoo. To cause a shaking; to move 
violently back and forth. 

Na-Lu-tu, s. A severe sharp pain in the 
head ; the headache ; he poohuai. 

Na-u-1v, adj. Painful; sad; heavy 
hearted. 

Na-Lu-Na-Lv, adj. See Natu, surf. 
Roaring, as a high surf; appearing rough, 
as a high surf or high sea. 

Na-mav-s-HI, adj. Few. 


Na-mu, + To speak rapidly ; 
Na-MU-NA-MU, § to speak unintelligibly ; 
hence, 


2. To speak a foreign language imper- 
fectly. 

3. To speak a foreign language in the 
presence of one who does not understand it. 

4. To mock one by imitating his manner 
of speaking; to speak in the manner of an- 
other. 

5. To nibble, as a fish at the bait. 


Na-mv, s. A person of a foreign or dif- 
ferent language; a foreigner. 

2. Unintelligible talk, or unmeaning talk; 
he namu ka olelo, the speech was unintelli- 
gible. 

3. A rapid motion of the jaws. 

Na-mu, adj. Unmeaning, as 

Na-MU-NA-MU, language; unintelligible 
from the ignorance of the hearer, or awk- 
wardness of the speaker; me na lehelehe 
namu e olelo ai, to speak with stammering 
lips; i na mea namunamu, ame na mea 
ninau kupapau, ame na kupua. Isa. 19:3. 
A charmer. 

Na-na, v. To look at an object when it 
is in sight; to see; to view attentively. 1 


411 


NAN 


Sam. 1:12. To examine carefully; e nana 
hoi! look! see! behold! Enanaika maka, 
to respect personsin judgment. Kanl. 1:17. 
He mea nanaia mai, a gazing-stock. Heb. 
10:33. Hoo. To cause one to look. 

Na-na, v. See Na. To quiet; to con- 
sole; to be quieted or consoled, as a child. 

2. Hoo. To comfort or sympathize with 
one. Kin. 37:35. 

3. To comfort, as a mourner. 

4. To bark; to growl; to snarl. 

5. Nana, erroneously for Jana, to float. 
See Lana. 

Na-na, s. A snarling, growling dispo- 
sition ; a finding fault with one. 

Na-na, s. Name of a Hawaiian month 
answering to the month of March. 

Na-na, particle. Erroneously written 
for nane; as, i nane, let me see it. 

Na-na-ao, v. Nana, to look, and ao, 
clonds. To look atthe clouds and observe 
times, &e. Oihk. 19:26. 

Na-na-au, v. Nana for lana, and au, 
current. See Lanaav. To roll away; to 
flow over; to miss the way ; to go irregu- 
larly ; to swim in the current. 

Na-na-au, adj. Nana for lana, and au, 
current. Rolling; floating, asin a current; 
floating irregularly, as on the surface of an 
overflowing stream. 

Na-nakE, s. A person whose breast is 
greatly swelled out and stomach equally 
depressed. 

Na-nal, v. To go lightly; to go care- 
fully; to sail lightly andgtarefully. 

2. To love greatly; to love exceedingly; 
aole okana mai ka nui o ke aloha. 


Na-nal, s. A disease in the back like 
the hanunu; a stooping ; a bending. 
2. The person having such a disease. 
See mele a Niauliu. 
Aloha hoi kau ka nanai, 
Aloha wale kua uhane kinowailaa, 
E ka maua e nonoho nei, 
Aole au i ike oia kekahi, 
Ua ka ilaila e kokohe ai. 
Na-nal, adj. Empty; void; stripped, as 
a kalo patch when all the food is taken 
away: he loi nanai,a kalo patch all pulled. 


Na-nao, v. See Nao. To thrust the 
hand or fingers into some unknown recep- 
tacle. 

2. To think deeply ; to penetrate, as the 
mind. 

3. To seize hold of, as the mind. 

4. To be slippery ; to be led astray; to 
turn aside. 

Na-nao, adj. Deep; capacious; deep 
down ; poopoo. 

Na-nav, v. To be bitter; to be sour; 
to be ecrabbed. 

2. To scratch like a cat; to be wild. 


NAN 


412 


NAN 


Na-nav, adj. Unfriendly; unsocial ; re- | Na-na-mu, v. See Namu. To reproach 


fusing admittance to one to the house. 

Na-nau-Ha, v. To force; to compel 
with strength ; to belch or throw up from 
the throat or stomach. See KaKauHA. 

Na-nav-k1, v. See Navxiand Uxr. To 
provoke ; to insult. 

Na-na-u-L1, s. Nana, to look, and wiz, 
the blue sky. One who predicted the 
weather by looking at the sky. Laieik. 36. 

Na-na-Ha, v. See Nana. Tostrain; to 
crack ; to break. 

Na-NA-HE, adj. Empty, as the bowels 
from fasting or sickness. See NAHENAHE. 

Na-na-Ho, adj. Deep; deep down. See 
Navonano and Nauo. 

Na-na-nu, v. See Nauv. To bite, asa 
dog; to tear; to seize ; to grasp tightly. 
Na-na-Hu, s. See Naunu, a biting; a 

burning. Hence, 

1. A coal, especially nanahu ahi, a live 
coal; charcoal. Sol. 6:28. Sometimes writ- 
ten lanahu, as 1 and v are often interchange- 
able. 

2. The colic; any sudden sharp internal 
pain. 

Na-nA-Hu-kI, v. To compel; to urge; 
to drive; to go crookedly ; to move here 
and there as without object. 

Na-na-ka, v. See Naka. To be dry; 
to be parched, as land. 

2. To be cracked ; to be full of chinks ; 
to be cracked, as the walls of an adobie 
house; ke nanaka nei ka hale, mamuli 
paha hina, the house is now cracked, soon 
perhaps it will fall. 

3. To separate. as the parts of a mate- 
rial substance. 

Na-na-KA, s. A crack; a crevice; a de- 
fect. 

Na-na-KA, adj. Cracked ; split; rent. 

Na-na-kE-A, v. To be weak in body; 
to be pale ; to be thin, as a sickly person ; 
to be feeble in appearance. See LANAKEA. 

Na-na-KE-A, adj. Thin in flesh; weak; 
pale, as a sickly person. 

Na-na-ku, s. Name of a species of rush. 

Na-na-k1, v. Totie; tobind. See Nax1 
and NaKII. 

Na-na-Li, v. See Narr. To make a 
strong muscular effort, as in pulling up a 
bush, climbing a steep hill, or rowing hard 
against the wind. 

2. To eat or chew something hard. 

3. To seize upon with vigor. See Nati 
NALI. 

Na-na-ul, s. A seizing; a making an 
effort or struggle to accomplish something 
difficult, as rowing against the wind, climb- 
ing a precipice, Xe. 


with vile terms; to speak against one, find- 
ing fault with him. 

2. To cast one off as worthless; to treat 
with contempt. 

Na-na-na, s. See Lanarana. The long 
legged spider; he olelo no ke akamai o ka 
nanana i ka hana upena ana, a description 
of the skill of the spider in making her web. 


‘| Na-na-na, v. To swell up, as the ab- 


domen ; to grow large, as in the dropsy or 
other diseases. 

Na-na-na-1a, v. To lie asa sick person 
turning on his bed. 

2. To walk proudly ; to strut. 
Na-NA-NA-KE-A, adj. See Nanakea and 
LanakEA. Weakly; pale; thin in flesh. 
Na-NA-NA-NA, v. See LANALANA, to float. 
To walk about; to exercise by walking. 
Na-na-na-NA, 5. See Lanatana. A spe- 

cies of spider. See PUNANANA. 
2. The rope that fastens the ama and the 
ako of a canoe together. See LANALANA. 
3. A spider’s web. 
4, A picture; an image. 

Na-NA-NA-NA-I-EA, v. To have a film 
(spider’s web) over the eyes; to see very 
indistinctly. 

Na-na-Na-PA, S. See Napa. To crook; 
to bend; to warp, as timber; to writhe; to 
get out of shape. 

Na-na-pau, s. A tree; he kou, he laau. 

Na-na-wa, v. See Nanav. To not know 
one formerly an acquaintance ; to be es- 
tranged from a friend. 

Na-ne, v. To speak in parables; to 
allegorize. 

2. To give out or put forth a riddle. 
Lunk. 14:13. 

3. To lay stones squarely and smoothly; 
to lay stones, as in a pavement. 

Na-ne, s. A riddle; a parable; an alle- 
gory; a dark speech; a comparison; a 
similitude. Mar. 4:3. See NANEHAT. 

Na-nE, adv. An adverbial expression 
equivalent to let us see; show i to us; i 
nane, 1 nane hoi, let us see it. 

Na-nE-A, v. To be of good cheer; to be 
pleasant; to be easy minded. 

2. To be easy; to be regardless of the 
future; to be indifferent as to good or evil. 

3. To live indolently ; to loiter about; 
to take things easy; to allow of no care or 
anxiety. 

4, To live satisfied with one’s self. 

5. Hoo. To pretend; to make pretenses 
with a view to deceive. 

Na-neE-a, s. Joy; comfort; quietness ; 
carelessness. 

Na-ne-a, adj. Easy; quiet; comforta- 
ble; thoughtless ; indifferent. 


NAP 


Na-neE-A, adv. Easily; quietly in one’s 
manner of living ; e noho nanea, to live at 
ease. ob. 12:5. 

Na-ne-Hal, s. NNane, riddle, and haz, to 
declare. A problem in mathematics; a 
question to be solved; he ninau, he pono 
ke wehewehe ia. 

Na-nE-NA-NE, v. See Nane. To put 
forth riddles or enigmas for others to search 


out. 

Na-ni, s. Glory. Puk. 16:10. A high 
degree of external beauty ; splendor ; ex- 
ternal excellence; i mea nani, a i mea mai- 
kai, for glory and for beauty. Puk. 28:2. 
Hoo. Glory. Hal. 96:8. 

Na-ni, v. To be glorious. Hoo. To ex- 
tol; to praise; to glorify; to be manifested 
or known as glorious. Puk. 14:4. See 
LANI. 

Na-ni, adj. Beautiful; glorious; excel- 
lent ; numerous; pleasant. 

Na-nt. (An intensive particle, intensify- 
ing in a high degree the idea of the words 
with which it is connected.) Nani ka mai- 
kai! O how beautiful! nant ka unku! O 
how little! &c. Nani is also used with ino, 
another intensive. SeeIno. Nani ino kuu 
makemake! O how much I desire! or how 
very great is my desire! 2 Sam. 23:15. 
How much! how great! hownoble! Joan. 
11:36. Nani is used impersonally ; it is 
extraordinary ; itis wonderful ; it is unac- 
countable. JLaieik. 71. 

Na-ni-na-n1, v. To bite; to catch hold 
of with the teeth ; to chank. 

2. Hoo. To be ennobled; to be dignified, 
as a chief; to enjoy the honors and privi- 
leges of a chief or one highly honored. 

Na-no, v. To snore. See None and 
Nonoo. 

Na-no, v. For nalo. See Nato, to be 
lost ; to be forgotten. 

Na-nu, s. See Natu. The surf of the 
sea; pehea ka nanu (nalu)? ke wewe o 
wahulu mai. 

Na-nvu-., s. A species of sea-weed; also 
a species of fish. 

2. A swelling ; a protuberance. 

3. A shaking; a trembling; a tremor. 

Na-nu-E, v. See Natu and E, greatly. 
To swell up ; to rise up, as the surf. 

2. To tremble; to shake; to vibrate. 
Hoo. The same. 

Na-nuv-mAo-mao, s. Name of a place 
or places in a heiau; ma ke alo aku o ka 
laua nanuwumaomao, ma kahie pili koke aku 
ana i ka Lele. 

Na-nu-wa, adj. Hard; stingy; close ; 
oolea. See Nua and KanuHANunHa. 

Na-pa, s. A delay; a postponement. 


Na-pa, v. To writhe; to spring, as tim- 


413 


NAP 


ber partly hewed or made straight; to 
crook ; to be crooked. 
2. To shake; to be tremulous, as the air 
or atmosphere under a hot sun over a 
smooth surface. 
Na-pa, adj. Crooked; bent; not straight; 
uneven, as a surface. 
Na-pal, v. To be bent in; to be de- 
pressed ; to be internally defective. 
Na-pat, adj. Warped, as a board in the 
sun ; napai i ka hapaiia e ke ae. 
Na-pa-na, s. The joints of one’s limbs, 
as wrists, elbows, knees, &c. 
Na-pa-NA-PA, v. See Napa. To bend; 
to spring ; to be elastic. 
_ 2. To bend over, as an arch; to be arch- 
ing. 
3. To be bright; to be shining; to be 
lucid. 
Na-pe, v. To bend, as a flexible stick; 
To wound; to 


to yield. 

Na-PE-LE, v. 

Na-PE-LE-PE-LE, make sore; to hurt; 
to cause a swelling; to soften; to cause 
softness in any substance. 

NA-PE-LE, adj. Hurt; wounded; 

NA-PE-LE-PE-LE, bruised; swelled; na- 
pelepele kalalau owili i ka makani. 

Na-PE-NA-PE, v. See Naps, to bend. 
To be shaken; to be agitated, as by the 
wind ; to vibrate rapidly. 

Na-PE-NA-PE, adj. Soft; flexible; bend- 
ing ; yielding. 

Na-po, adj. Mashed soft; made fine; 
finely pounded, as poi. 


Na-Po, v. To set; to go down, as the 

Na-Poo, sun appears to; to grow dark; 
napoo kala. Kin. 15:12. 

2. To sink down; to sink, as in water. 

Na-poo, s. The going down or setting 
of the sun. 

2. The place where the sun goes down. 
Kanl. 11:30. 

3. The rays of the sun reflected by the 
water. 

Na-poo-poo, v. See Naroo. To plunge 
down; to enter out of sight, as in the 
water. 

Na-po-Lo, v. To straighten. Hoo. To 
make straight. 

Na-po-na-po, adj. See Napo, mashed 
soft. Made soft; made fine; wali, aeae. 
Na-puv, v. To be tied up ina knot; to 

tie up, as a bundle. See Hirvv. 

Na-puu, s. A knot made by tying, as in 


tying two ends with a string; a bundle tied 
up. See Hircv. 


Na-puv-puv, v. To tie up in bundles; 
to tie up ; to make fast for carrying. 


NAZ 


414 


NEI 


Na-puu-puu, s. A bundle tied up for| Nez, v. To tease; to fret; to make one 


carrying. i 

Na-puu-Puv, adj. Bundled up; tied up 
in bundles; fastened by tying. 

Na-wa, s. See Wa, private talk, and 
Wawa, babbling. Indistinct or confused 
talk; conversation of double or doubtful 
meaning. 

Na-wat, interrog. pron. An oblique case 
of wai, who? For whom? by whom? See 
Grammar § 158. 

Na-wao, s. Name of a species of small 
fish found in fresh water streams; kiahi- 
manu. 

2. A large red kind of kalo unfit for eat- 
ing. 
3. Fic. Used for that which is bad, in the 
proverbial phrase ke hui nei kalo i ka na- 
wao, the good is joined with the evil; an- 
other form is, ua hui aku a ua hui mai kalo 
i ka nawao. 

Na-wa-ui, v. Na and wali, fine; soft. 
To be weakly ; to be sickly ; to be feeble; 
to be flexible; to be yielding. Hoo. The 
same. 

Na-wa-ut, adj. Sickly ; weak; feeble. 

Na-wa-Li-wa-Li, v. See Nawatt, v. To 
pine away with sickness; tobe weak. Hoo. 
To be weak; to faint; to relapse; to yield. 
Kanl. 20:3. To weaken; to make weak; 
connected with naau, to discourage. Jos. 
14:8. With ikaika, to cause one’s strength 
to fail. Hal. 102:23. 

Na-wa-Li-wa-Ll, s. Weakness; want of 
muscular or mental strength. 1 Sam. 30:10. 
Infirmity. Luk. 5:15. 

Na-wa-Li-wa-Li, adj. Weak; want of 
strength ; feeble; sick. 

Na-wa-wa, v. Toshake to and fro. See 
NaweEwE and NaveEvue. 

Na-we, v. See Nave. To shake; tobe 
agitated. 

2. To pant for breath, as one dying. 
3. To lie a long time near the pains of 
death, just breathing. 

Na-weE-LE, adj. Fine; small, like a 
thread of a spider’s web; ka nawele o kahi 
ike, small of vision ; seeing but little. 

Na-we-Le, v. Hoo. To be fine; to be 
small; thin, as a thread. See PUNAWELE- 
WELE. 

Na-we-we, v. See Nawe and Nave. 
To rock; to shake; to tremble; to vibrate. 

Na-we-we, s. A shaking; a rocking; 
an earthquake. See NavEuE. 

Na-rE-po, s. Eng. Nard; spikenard. 

Na-ra-pa, s. Heb. Stacte. Gr. A spice. 
Puk. 30:34. 

Na-za-r1-TE, s. Heb. A Nazarite; a per- 
son separated and under a vow. Nah. 6:2. 


cry; to ask for food, as a child,i. e., to ery 
for it. 

2. To be sour; to be sad; to be peevish, 
as when one is crossed in his plans. 

3. To droop ; to be sickly ; to wither. 

4. To murmur; to talk low; to whisper, 
as the gods or ghosts do; to make low 
sounds, as the ripples of the sea where there 
is little surf. 

5. To gnash or grind the teeth. 

Ne, v. Used for nee. See NEE. 

Ne, adj. Crying; fretting; sickly, as a 
child. 

Ne-a, v. To sweep off everything, as 
property from a place; to destroy all; to 
make a place desolate. See Neo and Nxo- 
NEO. Hoo. The same. 

Ne-a-NE-A, s. Waste land; destitute of 
food; everything swept off. 
Ne-a-NE-A, adj. Lonely ; 

waste. 

Neg, v. To move along horizontally; 
to move off; to hitch along. 

2. To move, as a large body; to move 
from one place to another. 2 Sam. 7:10. 

3. To pass along by for inspection, as 
soldiers. Jos. 7:14. 

4, To move, as a mass of people; to re- 
move. 1 Qihl. 17:9. 

5. Hoo. To remove; to push out of place; 
to change the place of athing. Kanl. 19:14. 
To remove a landmark. Hos. 5:10. 

6. To change, as the mind or opinion. 
Kol. 1:23. 

NeEE-HEE, v. See Nee and Her. Hoo. 
To hitch along; to move slowly; to ap- 
proach by degrees. 

NEE-NEE, v. See NEE, to move in vari- 
ous ways and in different directions. To 
draw near or approach, as a marching 
army. 2 Sam. 10:13. 

2. To journey on towards any place. 
Kin. 12:9. 

3. To draw near; to approach one to ask 
a question. in. 18:23. 

4, To approach one to show respect and 
reverence. Kin. 33:7. 

5. To gonear to one to kill him. 2 Sam. 
1:5. 

6. To crawl on the hands and knees. 
Norge.—This was the ancient manner in 
which the common people approached the 
chiefs. 

7. To go beyond ; to separate one’s self 
from others. 

8. To go afar off. Y 

Ne, v. Similar to nee, but with more 
energy. To move along with noise or tu- 
mult; to rush; a nei aku la i na kumu 0 
ka lani, and he moved the foundations of 
heaven; e nei nakulu ana ia nei, to move 
upon in a rush. 


desolate ; 


NEH 


2. Hoo. To move, as in a tumult; to 
shove or urge along. 

3. To move; to be forced, as the trees 
by the wind. 

4. To make a confused noise, as a multi- 
tude moving together. ' 
Nei, s. This place, or time; perhaps it 
should be classed with adverbs, but it has 
the attendants of a substantive; aohe akua 
0 nei, there is no god of here, i. e., of this 
place; ia nei, here abouts, at this place ; 
81 nei, just now, time past. See Grammar 

161. 

Net, adj. pron. For nea or keia, this. 
No ka la auhau a ke alii nona nei noho ana 
ma Hawaii huipuia nei, for the tax day of 
the chief who sits now (as king) over these 
united Hawaiian (Islands.) E like me nei 
hana a ke kula nui, like this exercise of the 
high school. 

Net, adv. When following verbs, mez 
marxs the present time ; following nouns, 
it relates to the present place ; as, ke hele 
nei au. I am going; ma Honolulu nei, at 
Honolulu here. 

Nei-a, adj. pron. This. Synonymous 
with keia. 1 Oihl. 17:16. 

Nernei, v. See Ner. To draw up; to 
shrink ; to contract. 

2. To be too short or too small, as clothes. 
3. To slip up; to slipaway. See ELEHETI. 


Ner-nEI, adv. Too short; too low; not 
fitting, as a garment; moving off; kikene- 
nei 


NE-o, v. To be silent; to be still 
NE-0-NE-0, where had been life and ac- 
tivity. 


2. Hoo. To make silent ; to cause to be 
still, as an assembly ; to cause one to say 
nothing. Oih. 21:40. 

3. Used imperatively, hush ; silence ; no 
noise. 

4. To cause silence by desolation. Mat. 
24:15. Hence, to make desolate, as a house, 
city or country by destroying the people. 
Oihk. 26:31. Oia ka mea e neoneo ai ka 
aina i kanaka ole, that is what renders a 
land desolate without people. 

5. To cause to be empty or desolate. 
Isa. 24:1. 


NeE-o, b adj. Desolate ; empty, as 
N E-0O-NE-O, a house or city without in- 
habitants ; sojitary, as a path through a 
wilderness. anl. 32:10. 
E-0, ie Hoo. Desolation ; ruin. 
NE-0-NE-0, Ter. 25:18. An empty space. 
Tob. 26:7. 


NeE-v, adj. Fat; fleshy; plump; 

NE-U-NE-U, fair; spoken in reference 
to animals; fat, as beef. 

Ne-xeE, v. To make a rustling noise, as 


415 


NEL 


shuffling the feet or drumming with the 
fingers ; to rumble slightly ; to scratch on 
something capable of making a noise. See 
NENEHE, NENEKE and Kamumv. 

Ne-wE, s. A rustling sound, as in walk- 
ing; a rumor of a thing done. See Neng. 

Ne-HE, s. A plant having flowers re- 
sembling May-weed. 

NE-HE-NE-HE, adj. Rustling; scram- 
bling, as many; starting, as a single per- 
son. 

Ne-u!, adv. Yesterday; inahea kou 
puka ana maila? I nehi aku la, or i nehi. 
Nore.—Nehi is generally followed by nei, 
and is mostly added to it; as, i nehinei, this 
past day, i. e., yesterday. See Nextnet. 

Ne-u1, adj. Rotten; ruined; spoiled ; 
applied to food. 

Ne-H1-NEI, adv. See Newt. Yesterday; 
the day before the present day ; nawali- 
wali au mai nehinei mai no, I have been 
unwell since yesterday. It is generally pre- 
fixed by i and written as one word, thus, 
inehinei ; it is also sometimes spelled inei- 
hinei. See INEHINEL. 

Ne-ui-wa, s. From wahine transposed. 
Name of a lascivious talk; eia ka olelo 
hewa hou, o ke kake, 0 ka nehiwa, o ka 
okoleke. 

Ne-Ho-a, adj. Hard; strong; bold; 
able. 

Nes-no-a, v. To be strong; to be able; 
to be bold; to be hard. Hoo. The same. 
See Nawoa. Also, to be impudent to others. 

Ne-nu, s. The name of a species of fish. 

NE-HU-NE-HU, s. See LenuLenv. A 
multitude ; the mass of people. 

Ne-xe, v. To scratch; to make the 
noise of scratching, as marking on a board, 
writing on a slate or rough paper. 

Ne-xe, s. See Naxexe. An indistinct 
rustling sound, as scratching on a rough 
board ; an echo among the hills. See Ne- 
NEKE and KawEweE. 

Ne-k, s. A rush growing beside the 
water ; a bulrush; he akaakai. 

Ne-x1, adj. Full, as a room with peo- 
ple; full, as a container; running over ; 
packed in; crowded one against another. 

2. Awkward; unskillfal; ignorant. 

Ne-xo, v. To have an offensive smell; 
to be foul; to be filthy ; to emit a stench. 

NE-ko, s. An offensive smell; a 

NE-KO-NE-KO, stench ; an ill savor. 

NE-Ko, adj. Filthy; bad smell- 

NE-KO-NE-KO, ing ; pilau, ihuneko. 

Ne-tz, v. To lack; to be without; to 
be destitute of. 


2. To be in want; to be poor. Kani. 8:9. 
To be deprived of; to need or wanta thing. 


NEN 


3. To be bereaved; to be deprived of. 
Kin. 43:14. 

4. Hoo. To separate or deprive one of 
his privileges or enjoyments; to suffer loss. 

5. To be without, i.e., to be destitute of. 
Oihk. 2:13. Notr.—Nele has this peculiar- 
ity : it is followed by the name of the thing 
wanted, and this name is again followed 
by ole, no, not; as, nele na kanaka o Hono- 
lulu i ke kumu ole, the people of Honolulu 
are without a teacher. The ole in our idiom 
would be superfluous, but the Hawaiian 
requires it. 

NeE-LE, s. Want; destitution; bereave- 
ment; need. 1 Joan. 3:17; Kanl. 15:8. See 
HEMAHEMA. 

Ne-Le, adj. Destitute; deprived of; 
empty. Kanl. 32:28. 

NeE-tE, adv. Destitutely ; being without. 


NE-Lu, eee Fat; fleshy; full 
NE-LU-NE-LU, fed; plump. 


Ne-ma, v. To rail upon one; to 

NE-MA-NE-MA, speak evil of; to re- 
proach; to treat with contempt one’s views 
or opinions. See Lomo. 

Ne-mo, v. To smooth over; to polish; 
to resemble the smooth skin of a bald head; 
to be shiningly smooth; e hamo. 

Ne-mo, s. The full protuberant belly of 
a child. 

NeE-mo-nNE-mo, adj. Smooth ; smoothly 
polished ; full; large. 

NE-Mu, adj. Plump; large; 

NE-MU-NE-MU, nice; applied to men, 
aren or children, to animals or vegeta- 

es. 

Ne-na, s. Takes the article ke. A spe- 
cies of small plant. 

Ne-nE, s. A goose, a species of which 
is found on the high lands of Hawaii. 

2. A visible appearance; a sign of some- 
thing about to take place. 
ae A report; a rumor; a gossip. Mar. 
4, A species of thick grass ; mauu, weu- 
weu. 


O ka mauu nene aala i ke kula o Kanehou 
Ua like paha—ao i like. 


Ne-neE, v. To be on the point of break- 
ing out, as a war. 

2. To be excited; to be moved, as a com- 
pany of persons at unexpected news. 
Laieik, 116. 

Ne-neE-a, v. See Nea. To sit together 
and talk, without care or anxiety or thought 
for the future; e like me ka ai a laua i 
poho ai, ao ka meainenea palaka ka haupu. 

Ne-nEE, v. See Net. To draw to; to 
move along. Isa. 5:19. 

Ne-ne1, adj. Turning the face down- 
wards and the back upwards. 


416 


NEW 


2. Steep,asahill; he alanuinenei ohope. 
See also NEINEI. 

Ne-nE-HU, adj. See Nenu. Bending 
out, as a board; warped. 

Ne-nE-KE, s. See Nexe. Any low con- 
fused monotonous noise made by the mov- 
ing of the feet, drumming with the fingers 
or scratching on a board. 

NeE-NE-KE, v. See Nexe. To rustle; to 
move; to make a noise. 

Ne-NE-LE-A, 5s. Nene and lea, joy. Joy; 
gladness. See LEALHA. 

Ne-neE-Lu, s. A receptacle of filth; a 
ditch ; a miry place. Job. 30:19. 

2. Mire; mud. 2 Sam. 22:43. Aole ne- 
nelu o ka lepo, a he lepo paakiki. 

Ne-ne-Lu, adj. Thick, as a board. 

2. Shumpy; miry, as a wet. soft place. 

Ne-NE-NE, v. See Nene. To be on the 
point of doing a thing; to act as a bird 
about to fly. Hoo. No ka mea, he hoone- 
nene nei lakou e lele iho. 

NeE-NE-NE-PU, adj. See Nepu and Ne- 
puNEpU. Full in flesh ; round ; full. 

Ne-ne-pu, adj. Fat; fullin flesh; plump. 

Ne-NE-wa, v. See Newa. To be dizzy; 
to stagger ; to reel. 

Ne-nE-wa, s. Dizziness of the head ; 


vertigo. 
NeE-Pu, adj. Round, full and 
NE-PU-E, plump, as a fat animal ; 


NE-PU-NE-PU, full in flesh ; fat. 

NE-PU-NE-PU-LI-KE, adj. The same ro- 
tund size throughout. 

Ne-wa, v. To reel; to stagger, as one 
drunk: to walk as one who has been drink- 
ing hola. 

2. To be dizzy, as one under the influ- 
ence of vertigo. See NENEWA. 

Ne-wa, s. A staff; a cane; a cudgel; 
a war stick; laau kaua. 

Ne-wa-neE-wa, s. A vertigo; a dizziness 
in the head; ka newanewa ma ka pouli i 
ka ua. 

Ne-wa-NE-wa, adj. Reeling ; stagger- 
ing; intoxicated ; having a vertigo. 

Ne-wE, v. To suffer; to be in pain 
from fullness of the stomach. 

2. To be large, round and full, as a 
child’s abdomen. 

3. To be full, as one who»has eaten too 
much. 

4. To be fickle-minded. 

NE-wE-NE-wE, v. See Newe. To be 
swelled unnaturally, as the belly of a child 
from over eating ; newenewe ka hua; to be 
round, smooth and plump; to look sad; to 
feel sad. 

Ne-wE-NE-wE, adj. Plump; full, as an 
ear of corn in the husk, or as a round, full 


NIA 


417 


NIO 





grown fruit; plump; full, as a pregnant 
female; aohe newenewe o ka hua, he malili, 
the fruit is not full grown, it is stinted ; ne- 
wenewe ka opu. 

NE-wWE-NE-wE, adj. Plump; round; 


thick, as a cloud in the horizon; he ao ne- N 


wenewe, a thick cloud near the sea. 
E-WE-NE-WE-WE, s. The exclamations 
of people when they play at maika, while 
the stone is rolling and they cheer it on. 
Ng-cE-ro, s. Eng. A negro; a black 
man; often written nika, but vulgarly. 
Ni-a, adj. Bald; baldheaded; round 
and smooth, as a bald head. 
Ni-ao, s. The sharp edge or corner of a 
board, or the middle of a cocoanut leaf. 
2. An edge; a groove; a projection. 
3. A standing with the head and ears 
erect. 
4. The middle fibre of a cocoanut leaf. 
5. The brim of a container, as a box, 
barrel, tub, &c. 
6. Any substance with prominent cor- 
ners. 
Ni-au, s. See Niao. The stem of a 
cocoanut leaf. 
2. The whale-bone or wood of an um- 
brella; he iwi ha. 
3. He aki niau. 
Ni-au, v. To sail easily; to sail gen- 
teelly. 
Ni-au, adj. Easy sailing. 
Ni-au-Ka-ni, s. JNiau, cocoanut leaf 
stem, and kani, to sound. A kind of rude 
jewsharp made of the stem of a cocoanut 
leaf; he ukeke. 


Nr-au-Pi-o, s. Niaw and pio, a chief 
of the highest grade. A superior or high- 
est chief; a kapu chief; he alii kapu, he 
alii moi. Literally, it applies to the child 
of two high chiefs, i. e., father and mother 
both high chiefs. See Kupa ar au, a child 
who enjoys, eats the land; au, region. 


Ni-a-nr-a, v. To accuse falsely; to ac- 
cuse by trapping. Luk. 11:54. To accuse 
and bring no evidence. Luk, 23:14. 

2. To seek occasion against one; to con- 
demn one unheard. 


Nr-a-ni-a, s. See Nia. A smooth sur- 
face ; a calm and smooth sea. 
2. A baldheaded person. 
3. Reproach; blasphemy; a false accu- 
sation. 
4. He poe niania wale, false accusers. 2 
Tim. 3:3. 
Ni-a-n1-A, adj. Calm ; quiet ; smooth, 
as the unruffled sea; hence, 
2. Shining; reflecting light. 
3. Smooth; shorn close, as the head. 
See ManrAnIA. 
Nr-a-ni-av, adv. Hoo. Straightly, as 


53 





one’s course in moving; holo, e hooniau,. 
hele hoonianiau lau konale waho. 

Ni-a-nr-au, adj. Straight; pololei. 

Ni-a-NI-A-PE, adj. See Niare. Bend-- 

ing ; arching; stretching out long. 

I-A-NI-E-LE, v. See Niece. To ask 

with surprise; to seek for information by 

asking to ascertain the facts of a case. 

Ni-a-PE, adj. Long. 

N1-E-LE, v. To ask; to inquire; to put 
questions to another; to ask questions gen- 
erally. Wa 

NI-E-LE, s. A question; a proposition; 
a problem to be solved. 

2. A questioner ; an inquirer. 

NI-E-NI-E-LE, v. See NievE and Nianr- 
ELE. To ask questions repeatedly; to ask 
about this and that; a nieniele mai la na 
kanaka i ke ano o ia mea, the people asked 
frequently the meaning of this thing (an 
eclipse.) 

Nir-nav, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
ian Islands, south-west of Kanai. 

Nti-o, v. To sit in the door way in an 
open door. 

2. To lean over and sleep; e hiamoe, e 
lopio, e kawaikamama. 

Ni-o, s. A kind of handsome kapa or 
cloth. 

Nr-o1, s. The name of a bush or tree. 

2. Red pepper, a species with small round 

ods. 

r 3. The name of a poison tree which is 
said to have grown on Lanai and Molokai 
and whose touch was fatal; it was fabled 
to have been entered by the god Kalaipai- 
hoa o Kahuilaokalani, and thence became 
a poison tree and was worshiped as a god. 
See the kaao. 

Nr-o-LE, v. To eat slowly and lazily; 
to eat without a desire to eat; to act as in 
great weakness. 

Nr-o-te, adj. Eating slowly; eating 
with weakness ; ai malie, hopilole, nawa- 
liwali. 

Nt-o-Lo, s. Sleep; drowsiness; one fast 
asleep. 

Ni-o-Lo-pu-a, s. Sleep; drowsiness ; 
lying asleep; he hiamoe kapu. 

Ni-o-n1-0, adj. Hoo. Folded ; plaited ;. 
braided, as hair. 1 Tim. 2:9. 

N1-o-n1-0, v. Hoo, Toembroider. Puk.. 
28:39. See OnIONTIO. 

Ni-o-nI-0-Lo, s. Hoo. Straightness; eor-- 
rectness ; that which is correct, upright ; 
me ka hoonioniolo o ka manao kekahi, some - 
with correctness of opinion. 

N1-o-nI-o-Lo, v. To make correct one’s: 
opinions ; to correct one’s language. 


NIH 


Ni-u, s. Name of the cocoanut tree and 
fruit. Nore.—Under the kapu system, it 
was forbidden to females to eat cocoanuts; 
the punishment was death. 

Ni-v, v. To whirl about in any way; to 
whirl, as a top. 

Nr-u-a, v. See Liva. To be intent upon, 
as the eyes fixed on one object. 2 Pet. 2:14. 

2. To turn the eyes so as not to see dis- 
tinetly. 

Ni-u-a, s. Indistinctness of vision; ver- 
tigo; a distortion of the eyes. 

Ni-u-H1, s. A species of fish. Norz.— 
It was prohibited to women under the kapu 
system, to eat of the niuht under pain of 
death. 

2. A shark of the large kind; mano nunui. 

Ni-u-ni-wa, s. A species of banana. See 
also Popova. 

N1-v-LE-Lo, s. A species of niu or cocoa- 
nut; hookapu ae la ka puaa, ame ka niu- 
lelo, pork and niulelo were strictly forbidden 
(to women.) 

Ni-v-ni-u, v. To turn; to twist; to 
whirl about any way. 

2. To be sad; to be sorrowful; to be 
faint; to languish. Jer. 31:25. 

Ni-u-ni-u, adj. Sad; sorrowful; desti- 
tute. 

Ni-u-ni-u, s. The skull; the head. See 


Niv. Poha ka niuniu, nakaka ka pali. 


Ni-Ha, adj. Rude; rough; harsh; 

NI-HA-NI-HA, unsocial ; wild, &ec.; tight 
in a bargain. See the compound Kama- 
NIWA, 


Ni-nEv, s. A person whose hair as in 
ancient times was fancifully fixed; he ka- 
naka maoli no, o ka lauoho nae o Niheu. 


Nr-u1, v. To walk very softly and care- 
fully, as on tip-toe; to creep quietly and 
softly. Laieik. 96. 

2. To turn sideways on entering a house. 
3. To abstain from doing certain things 
through feay of offending the gods. 
4. To do a thing quietly, silently or se- 
sretly, i. e., unseen by others. 
E hoopono ka hele i ka uka o Puna, 
E nihi ka hele, mai hoolawehala, 
Mai noho a akoi ka pua o hewa, 
O inaina ke akua, paa ke alanui, 
Aole ou ala e hiki aku ai. 

Nr-nt, adv. Carefully; quietly; o ka 
hana palanehe ole, o ka lawe nihi. See 
KUNTH. 

Nr-ni-ni-u1, s. Anything standing on 
the edge ; the sharp ridge of a mountain ; 
the corner of a square piece of timber; 
the corner of a table, &c. 

N1I-HI-NI-H1, adj. Standing up on edge; 
narrow ridged, as a mountain sharp at the 
top; dificult; strait; narrow edged. 


418 


NIK 


Ni-Ho, v. ‘To bite with the teeth ; to in- 
dent; to set in like teeth; to lay a stone 
wall in a bank of earth. 

Ni-uo, s. A tooth. Puk. 21:27. The 
tooth of an animal, especially a whale’s 
tooth; e malama i ka niho palaoa, take 
care of the niho palaoa (an ornament made 
of a whale’s tooth.) See Panaoa. WNiho 
elepane, elephant’s tooth, i. e., ivory. 2 
Oihl. 9:17. O ka niho mano ko Hawaii nei 
mea e ako ai i ka lauoho, a shark’s tooth 
was the Hawaiian instrument for cutting 
the hair. 

Nt-Hoa, s. See NirHoa one of the islands. 

Ni-Ho-a-wa, adj. Neho, tooth, and awa, 
poisonous. Poison toothed, as some ani- 
mals inclined to bite; poisonous; corroding. 

Nr-Ho-Hut, s. Neho and hut, pain. The 
toothache ; a pain in a tooth. 

Ni-Ho-xal, s. A painful affection of a 
tooth ; the toothache. See Niouvt. 

Ni-Ho-KA-HI, s. Lit. One tooth. One 
tooth remaining, a term for old age; he 
haumakaiole, he palalauhala. 

N1-Ho-mAvu-o-LeE, s. Name of an office 
in the king’s train. 

N1-Ho-mo-LE, s. Niko and mole, smooth. 
A gap in a row or series; a broken place; 
places open here and there. 

Ni-Ho-Mo-LE, adj. Not regular; open; 
toothless. 

Ni-Ho-n1-Ho, adj. Set with teeth, as a 

. saw; projecting; stretching out; rough; 
full of protuberances. 

Ni-Ho-PA-LA-o-a, S. See Nino and Pa- 
LAOA, an ivory ornament. An ornament 
worn pendulous from the neck, made from 
the ivory of the walrus or sea elephant ; 
originally it was an ornament worn only by 
high chiefs. 

Nixa, adj. Black; deep blue; dark 
colored. 

Ni-xa, s. The vulgar orthography for 
negero, as nigger is in English for negro; a 
black man. 

Nr-x1, v. To tie a knot. 

N1-kI-o-NA-A-KA, 5. One who makes fun; 
a jester. 

Ni-xu, v. To tie, as a rope; to fasten ; 
to tie tightly. See Naki. 

Ni-xu-xu, v. To tie in knots; to fasten 
by tying; to bind; to tie fast with ropes 
or strings. 2 Sam. 3:34. See Hig. 

N1-KI-NI-KI, v. Frequentative of zk. 
To tie frequently or tightly ; alaila, nisi- 
niki tho la ia i ka uha puaai ke aho, then 
he tied the hams of the hog with a cord. 
Alaila, nikiniki iho la ia i ka makaui ka 
maunu, then he tied the bait on to the hook. 

Ni-x1-n1-x1, s. The sheath or that which 


NIN 


419 


NIP 


covers and holds fast the bowels; kumuj Nr-ni-v, v. See Niv. To turn,asa top; 


hele. 
2. The fat with the inwards. Oihk. 3:3. 


NI-xu, ts A bad or offensive 

NI-KU-NI-KU, smell; a stench. See Nr- 
KONEKO. 

Ni-xu-ni-ku, adj. Filthy; smelling of- 
fensively. See NEko. 

Ni-te-cau, s. The name of an animal 
found in Africa; the nilgau, an animal of 
the ox kind. 

Ni-tv, s. See Ninitv. Something ad- 
mired, wondered at, desired. 

Ni-na, adj. See Lina. Soft to the touch; 
slippery ; adhesive, like poi. 

Ni-nav, v. To ask a question for in- 
formation ; to inquire concerning a thing ; 
to interrogate. See Nee. Ezek. 20:3. 

Ni-Navu-U-HA-NE, adj. Ninau and uhane, 
ghost. Having familiar spirits; talking 
with or getting information from ghosts. 
Oihk. 19:31. 

Ni-navu-ku-pa-Pau, s. Ninau and kupa- 
pau, a corpse. One who consults the dead 
or the spirits of the dead. Isa. 8:19. 

NI-NAU-HO-I-KE, s. INinau and hoike, to 
exhibit. A learning by question and an- 
swer. 

2. The name of a historical catechism 
formerly in use among the natives. 

Ni-wa-ni-na, adj. See Nina and Lina- 
Lina. Very wet; damp; sticky; unctuous; 
soft; slimy. 

Ni-na-ni-nau, v. See Ninav. To ask 
questions repeatedly ; to question ; to in- 
quire earnestly. Joan.16:19. To converse 
by questioning back and forth. 

Ni-n1, s. That which tends to heal a 
wound, balm, ointment, oil, &c. Jer. 46:11. 
A medicine for external wounds. 

Ni-n1, v. To soothe a pain; to heal a 
wound; to apply nini or medicine to a 
wound. 


2. To spill; to spill over; to pour out a} N 


liquid. 

3. To find fault in a bargain; to com- 
plain. 

4. To cheat; to ask more fora thing than 
it is worth. 

5. To be hard in a bargain. 

6. To lay stones well in a wall; if the 
stones lie smoothly and tight, the stones 
are said to nini. 

Ni-ni-au, s. The motion of turning. 

Ni-ni-au, v. To stretch out; to pull; to 
overflow ; to go wrong. 

Nr-ni-o, v. See Nio, to color. To spot; 
to print, as Kapa. See Panrnio. 


Ni-ni-o-LE, s. Name of a species of fish; 
he wahi mea ola ano like me ke kualakai. 


to wheel about, as a platoon of soldiers; to 
whirl about in any direction. 

Ni-nr-Ha, v. See Nina. To be tight in 
a bargain; to be close; to be hard; to get 
the better of one in a business transaction. 

Ni-ni-Ha, adj. Hard ; severe in business 
with others ; tight in a bargain. 

Ni-ni-H1, v. See Niu. To walk on the 
edge of a precipice; to set up on edge; to 
stand up edgeways, as any thin object and 
sharp at the top. 

Ni-ni-H1, s. A circle. 

Ni-ni-Hu-A, v. To play truant, asa child; 
aole laka mai i ka makua. Hoo. To run 
away from home or from one’s parents. 

Nr-ni-ka, s. A bush which spreads out 
with branches like the maile. 

Ni-nr-Lu, adj. Soft; mellow. 

Ni-ni-n1, v. See Nini. ‘To pour out, as 
a liquid; to pour out upon; to give; to 
imbue ; to suffuse. 

2. To pour out grain, as from a bag. 
Kin. 42:35. 

‘ To pour out, as from a bottle. Puk. 
29:7. 

4. Fic. To pour out, as the desires of the 
heart. 1 Sam.1:15. To pour out, as a com- 
plaint, sorrow, weeping. Job. 3:24. 

5. In a religious sense, to pour out, as the 
Holy Spirit. Oth. 2:17. 

6. To exhibit anger, i. e., to pour out 
fury. 2 Oihl. 34:21. 

7. To throw away ; to squander ; e hoo- 
lei, e hoopau. 

8. To count out, as money. 2 Nal. 22:9. 

Ni-ni-ni, s. A casting; a solid from a 
liquid. 1 Nal. 7:37. 

Ni-ni-n1-a, v. See Nini. The passive of 
Ninini. To cast away; to throw out; to 
pour out; to throw away. 

NI-ni-NI-NI, v. The reduplication of 

nini. To run off, as a liquid; to move off 

slily ; to go off secretly ; to hide. 

I-NI-PoO, v. See Niro. To be weak; to 

be bent over, as one scarce able to walk. 

Ni-nr-po-Lo, v. See Niroto. To drum 
with the fingers and sing. 

Ni-po, adj. Sleepy; fatigued ; languid. 

Ni-po-a, s. Dullness or numbness of the 
body ; a dizziness; a headache, mostly in 
the region of the temples. 


Ni-po-Lo, adj. Striking the drum and 
singing at the same time; 0 nawenawe ni- 
polo lea ka leo. 

2. Sick and faint. as one dying. 

N1-po-n1-Po, adj. See Niro. Sick; weak; 
languid ; feeble. 

Ni-po-wa, s. See Nrpoa. Dullness; diz- 
ziness ; numbness ; weakness of body. 


NOA 


Ni-su, s. Heb. The name of an unclean 
bird. Kanl. 14:15. Ahawk perhaps. Oihk. 
11:16. 

No, s. A hole in the ground which 
draws off water from kalo patches. 

No, v. To leak, as water under ground 
from a kalo patch ; e u aku, to ooze out. 
No, adv. Anaffirmative particle; truly; 

indeed ; even so. 

2. An intensive, strengthening the idea, 
connected both with verbs and nouns. 

No, prep. Of; for; belonging to; con- 
cerning ; similar in meaning to o and ko, 
but used in a different part of the sentence. 
Gram. § 69, 3. 

No-a, v. To be released from the re- 
strictions of a kapu; to take off the kapu 
or prohibition ; ko lakou makemake, i noa 
loa na lealea, ame na hana uhauha, their 
wish was that pleasure and licentiousness 
should have no restraint. 

2. To be released from restraint; to be 
out from under restraint or law; noa ho- 
nua, nod loa, all kapus taken off. 

3. Hoo. To release one from kapu; he 
wahine mare, he wahine kapu ia; he wa- 
hine noa, he wahine kapu ole ia, i. e., a 
common woman. 

4, To cause to become a prostitute, as a 
man prostitutes his wife or daughter ; to 
be common. Oihk. 19:29. 


No-a, s. The lower or degraded class 
of people; a lower servant; a backwoods- 
man; he kuaaina. 

2. The name of a play. 

3. The name of the stone used in the 
game of puhenehene. See Kav. 

4, A fire constantly burning like a vol- 
cano ; ke ahi aa mau, ke ahiaihonua. 


No-a, adj. Intermission or cessation 
from kapu; applied to anything that has 
been under kapu and the kapu taken off; 
the removing of the kapu constitutes it noa. 
Sabbath day is a la kapu, but Monday is a 
la noa. He makuahine noa wale no kon, 
ma Hamakua, your mother was a mere 
common woman at Hamakua. 

2. Constantly burning, as a fire; un- 
quenchable, as a volcano ; ahiaihonua. 
No-a-au-Lo-a, s. Noa, free from kapu, 
au, time, and loa, long. Applied to Kaui- 
keaouli because he reigned over the people 
without kapus; o ke alii malama makaai- 

nana, he alli ia noaawoa. 

No-a-no-a, s. See Noa. One opposite 
to a chief by birth; a common man; a 
countryman; a laborer; one whose ances- 
tors were laboring people. 

No-a-pa-HEz, s. See Noa and Panes, 


to slip. The name of a game absorbing 
one’s attention. 


420 


NOI 
No-., v. To sprinkle a little, as 
No-E-No-E, fine rain; to be damp in the 


air, as a fog; to rain, yet scarcely discern- 
ible to the eye. 

2. To blow fresh; applied to the wind 
noe. See the noun, 2. Ke noenoe mai la 
ka makani. 


O-E, 

No-E-No-E, 
and AWAHIA. 

2. The name of a wind at Lahaina from 
over the land; the north-east trade wind. 

No-z-avu, adj. See Notav. Wise; pru- 
dent. Sol. 12:23. Skillful; dextrous. Syn. 
with maiau. O ka poe akamai i ka olelo 
ame ka hana maoli, he noeau ia. 

No-k-u-LA, adj. Red eyed; sore eyed 
from going in the rain or sea; ka maka 
noeula pua i ke kai. 

No-E-Ko-Lo, s. The small, fine rain of 
the mountains mixed with the thicker of 
the forest; 0 ka noekolo aualii kapu o Kama. 

No-s-to, v. To ask for; to beg; the 
same as 701. 

2. To be bold; to be impertinent; to be 
mischievous. 

3. To collect together what is tangible ; 
e ake no lakou e naauao pu, a e noii pu, a 
e nowelo (noelo) pu. 

4, To seek the ground of some accusa- 
tion; e imi i ke kumu e hewa ai; to search 
out the merits of a question; to prepare 
before hand. 

No-g-no-E, s. See Nog, mist. A fog; a 
fine mist; a rain. 

2. A gray head; a gray headed person. 
No-E-No-E, v. See Nok 2. To blow, as 
the wind ; ke noenoe mai la ka makani. 

2. To sprinkle; to wet, as a fog or a 
mist; to bedew. 

3. To be intoxicated. 

No-1, v. To beg; to beseech; to ask for 
a thing ; to ask earnestly ; to entreat; to 
ask, as in prayer; noi ikaika lakou, i pu, 
ai pauda, they begged strongly, give us 
guns, give us powder. 

No-1-au, s. See Nozau. Wisdom. Job. 
12:2. Knowledge. Sol.1:2. Skill in lan- 
guage ; he akamai i ka olelo. 

No-1-au, v. To be wise; to be skilled 
in a thing; e noiau ma na mea o kauhane, 
to be skilled in matters of the soul. 

No-u, v. To glean; to collect together 
little things. 

2. To collect one’s thoughts; to reflect ; 
to search after a thought or an idea; ua 
noiti au i manao mikolelehua no’u, I gath- 
ered up some wise thoughts for myself. 


No-, s. A collecting ; a gathering up; 
a seeking; me ka huli ana ame ka noii ana. 
No-11, adv. In a small way ; little by 


s. A mist; a spray; small 
fine rain; afog. See Awa 


NOU 


little ; aole oia i auhau noii a pau ka moa, 
koloa, &c., he did not tax all little things, 
as hens, ducks, &e. 

No-1-0, s. Name of a small black bird 
that lives on fish. 


No-1-u1, s. Knowledge; skill; skill in} N 


the use of language. See Noravu and Mar- 
ELE. 

No-1-no-1, adj. Small, as a dwarf. 

Noo, v. To seek; to search after; to 
reflect; to turn over and over in one’s 
mind; to exercise the thinking powers. 

No-o-a, v. For noota, passive of noo. 
To be sought after; to be looked for; to 
be obtained by searching. 

No-o-tu, adj. See Orv. Easy; com- 
fortable ; cool; pleasant. See Mootv. 


Noo-noo, v. See Noo. To think; to re- 
flect; to consider in order to give an opin- 
ion. 

2. To meditate ; to think of the past; to 
think with approbation. 

3. Hoo. To cause to think; to think and 
act the man; to act wisely ; e hookanaka. 


Noo-noo, s. A thought; a device; a sub- 
ject of meditation ; in the plural, thoughts ; 
opinions ; ua hoopuka ia mai na noonoo, 
the thoughts (opinions) were openly ex- 
pressed ; an invention; seeking something 
new. 

Noo-noo, adj. Thinking; reflecting; 
skillful ; planning ; thoughtful. 


Nov, v. To blow hard, as a gale of 
wind ; now mai ka makani. 

2. To puff; to fill with wind. See Haa- 
NOU. 

3. To send out or abroad, as thunder. 
Tob. 37:3. 

4, To throw or cast a stone ; now aku la 
i ka pohaku, a pa i ka auwae, he threw a 
stone and it struck the chin; to throw 
stones. 2 Sam.16:6. Pohaku nouia, astone 
thrown. Nah. 35:17. 

5. To strike, as the rays of the sun; to 
be very hot, as the rays of the sun; e wela 
nui mai ka la, e ko nui mai; now iho ka la 
o keia aina o Lahaina, the sun of this land 
of Lahaina strikes down. 

6. Haa. To be puffed up ; to be self-im- 
portant. 1 Kor. 4:18. 

7. To boast. Ezek. 35:13. 

Nou, s. A puff or blast of wind. 


Nov, pers. pron., second person. An 


421 


NOH 
No’v, pers. pron., first person. Oblique 


case of au or wau, 1. My; mine; for me. 
Gram. § 124. 

No’v, v. To eat to the full; to glut with 

food ; to gormandize: to eat very often. 

o-u-u, v. To be wet with rain; to be 

suffused with water. 

2. To smell the sweet scent of flowers ; 
nouu aala ka uha i ka pua. 

No-v-tu, s. The fan-leafed palm tree. 
See Lou. 

2. A covering; a screen from the sun. 

3. An umbrella, especially a Chinese 
wnbrella. 

4, A thick shade tree. 

5. A long heian. 

Nou-nou, v. See Nov, v. To throw 
stones back and forth, as two persons at 
each other. 

2. To appear or show itself red ; e puka 
mai ka ula. 
3. E pokoke ka ai. 

Nov-nov, s. A species of calabash. 

Novu-nou-nEA, v. To rub with the hand 
or paint one’s cheeks to give them beauty; 
e pakuikui i ka limukala iloko o ke kaima 
ka papalina. 

Nov-Nov-NEa, adj. Reddened, as one’s 
face with some substance to give beauty; i 
nounounea me Hikua. 

No-wa, v. See Nana. To break; to 
split; to crack; to sever. 

No-HAE, v. See Nawaz. To be tom; 
to be rent; to burst. 

No-HE-a, adv. No and hea. An oblique 
case of hea, where. Whence? from what 
place? Gram. § 165. 

Ka pio o ke ki kamalena o ke kaunoa 
Nohea ika la kapu o ke aalii ? 

Ka onohi uli o ka moo o Kaiona 

O naha ka manu—o—Hili—a. 

No-HE-o, s. Some mischievous conduct; 
i ka uu pekupeku a ka noheo. 

No-u1, v. To be of a reddish color. 
See Onont, Kryont and Kuonout. 

No-nu-a-Lo, s. The name of a person 
who was born with a chief and ever con- 
tinues to live with him; o ke kanaka i ha- 
nau ma ke alo alii. he kanaka nohiialo ia. 

No-nu-ku-a, s. Name of the people who 
are born and live on the back part of the 
island ; o ke kanaka i hanau ma ke kua- 
aina, ua kapaia he nohiikua. 


oblique case of oe, thou. Thy; thine; of No-HI-LI, ad). See Hu. Tedious; slow; 


thee ; for thee, &e. Gram. § 182. Nou ka 
nou, or nau, yours is the fault; none to 
blame but yourself. 


Nov, adj. Epithet of a servant born of 
a common person and a kauwa aumakua ; 


a hanau mai ke keiki, he now ka inoa o ia 
keiki. 


of a long time. 
No-no, s. A seat; a bench; a stool; a 
chair ; a place of staying or living. 
2. Noho lio, a saddle ; noho kapakahi, a 
side-saddle. 
No-o, v. To sit; to dwell; to tarry in 
a place. 


NOH 


422 


NOL 





2. To be in a certain condition or to ex- 
hibit a certain character ; e noho malie, to 
live quietly, or to hold one’s peace; e noho 
pio, to be in bondage; e noho like, to be 
at peace, as between two people. unk. 
4:17. I. e., to have equal privileges. Noho 
in some positions seems almost to carry the 
idea of existence; ua noho oluolu oia, he 
lived comfortably. 

3. Hoo. To cause one to sit, i.e., to dwell, 
or live or stay at any place. 

4. To establish or appoint any one in a 
place or in any business. Kin. 47:6. 

5. To appoint any one to a particular 
office. Puk. 7:1. 

6. To bring one forth, i. e., to produce 
one before a court for trial. 

7. To set forth a declaration of some 
facts in history. Oth. 1:1. 

8. E hoonoho kepau, to set types; i ke ai 
hoonohoia e ka unu loa. 

9. To lay a foundation, as of a building. 
Nore.—Noho is often used merely to 
strengthen or intensify the idea; often with 
a or e imperative; e noho ekemu ole, keep 
silence, i. e., be silent, where it gives force 
to ekemu. 

No-no is used for various purposes; as, 
mai noho a, a forbidding negative, do not ; 
e noho nei, here, now, referring to time 
present or to present place. 

No-Ho, s. Hoo. A builder; an architect. 


No-no-a-Lu, s. INoho, a seat, and alzz, 
chief. A throne. Pus. 11:5. A king’s seat. 

No-no-a-Lu, v. To be or to continue to 
act asaking. 2 Sam.5:4. To reign asa 
king. 2 Sam. 8:15. Nohoalit iho la o Ka- 
mehameha maluna o keia pae aina, Kame- 
hameha reigned over these islands. 

No-Ho-A-Lo-HA, s. JVoho and aloha, com- 
passion. A mercy seat. Puk. 25:17. 

No-Ho-a-Lo-HA, adj. Friendly; at peace; 
on friendly terms ; dwelling in unity. 


No-no-a-nA, S. Noho and ana, a parti- 
cipial termination. A sitting; a dwelling; 
a living. 

2. Moral character; pehea kona noho- 
ana? Lit. How is his sitting? i. e., how is 
his living? how does he live? what is his 
character? Me na nohoana me na kaliu. 


No-H0-H00-KO-LO-Ko-LO, s. Noho and hoo- 
kolokolo, to call to account. A judgment 
seat; a place for trial. 

2. The assembled people at a court of 
justice ; he anaina hookolokolo. 


No-Ho-KEE, v. To rise up against one 
without provocation. 
No-Ho-no-Ho, v. See Nouo. To sit to- 
gether. 
2. Hoo. To put together in order; to 


arrange, as the words or circumstances of 
a history. 


3. To explain things misunderstood. 
4. To lay together, as stones in a build- 
ing. 1 Pet. 2:5. 
5. To lay or place together for the pur- 
pose of comparing. 
No-Ho-paa, v. INoho and paa, firm; 
tight. To confirm; to establish. 
2. Hoo. To build firmly ; to lay firmly 
the foundation, as of a building. Hzera 6:3. 
No-Ho-pi0, v. Noho and pio, a prisoner. 
To dwell in captivity ; to live a prisoner. 


No-Hu, s. Name of a species of 

No-HU-No-HU, § fish; the toad fish species. 

2. A plant with sharp thorns or burs; a 
small thorny vine. 

3. Name of aspecies of soft porous stone. 

No-xE, v. To seek after; to pursue with 
success ; to search after till found. 

2. To be energetic; to be persevering ; 
ua huli au, ua noke au, ua noli au i manao 
mikolelehua no’u. 

3. To be filled with anger; to fret; to 
scold; to exhibit a low kind of anger. 

No-kE, adj. Energetic; persevering ; 
searching ; seeking. 

2. Fretful; cross; stubborn. 

No-xg, s. An expression of a mean kind 
of anger by fretfulness or peevishness. 

No-KE-No-KE, v. To mumble in speak- 
ing ; to stammer unintelligibly. 

2. To make a confused unmeaning noise. 

No-KE-No-KE, s. A murmur; a confused 
noise; a tremor; a rustling; the grinding 
of a hard substance in the teeth. 

No-xkeE-a, v. To raise or fill up, as one 
eating much; to stuff one’s self with food ; 
hence, to swell up, as the stomach ; to fill 
full, as a cup ; to eat greedily. 

No-xe-a, s. The name of a fresh water 
fish ; the oopu. 

No-xE-a, adj. White ; spotted, as the 
fish nokea; he io nokea popoolimu. 

No-kE-A-A-HU-LI-U, s. The white that 
appears on stones after they have been 
heated very hot. 

No-ke-tTu-rA, s. Heb. Name of an un- 
clean bird; a swan perhaps. Oihk. 11:18. 


No-x1, adj. See Noxe, adj. Used 

No-kI-No-KI, } as an intensive; real; sub- 
stantial ; maoli. 

No-x1. A word often thrown in in poetry 
without any particular meaning. 


No-ku, v. To stir up; to trou- 
No-ku-NO-KU, ble, as water. 
2. To give pain; to make one uneasy. 


No-al-La, adv. No and daila, there. An 
oblique case of laila. Gram. § 165, 2d 
class. Therefore ; wherefore ; literally, for 
there ; having reference to something pre- 
ceding. 


NON 


No-.a-Lo, comp. prep. Oblique case of 
lalo. Gram. § 161. Of or for that which 
is down or below; from below; belonging 
to that which is below. Joan. 8:23. The 
opposite of noluna. 

No-Lze, v. To be surly; to chide; to 
grumble secretly. Hoo. The same. 


No-Lu, v. To deceive; to cheat; 
No-Lu-No-Lv, to outwit, with puni. Ios. 
9:22. To be disappointed in losing a bet ; 
o kekahi poe, nolunolu na hai ke eo. 
2. To seduce; to bribe; to give prop- 
erty secretly on a wager; to lead astray. 
3. To be soft; to be pliable; to be elas- 
tic ; to be soft like a pillow; to bruise; to 
make soft by bruising. 
4. Hoo. To be soft; to be fat, as a fleshy 
person. 
5. To be easily fatigued. 

No-xu, s. A bruise; a hurt. 

No-tu, adj. Soft; tender; elastic ; 
bruised soft; nolu ka ihu o Hopoe i ka ma- 
kani. 

No-tu-a-kau-a, s. Name of a person 
born under one chief, but fights for another 
chief; o ke kanakainoho me ke aliie, a 
kaua mai, he kanaka ia noluakaua. 

No-Lu-NA, comp. prep. Oblique case of 
luna, above. Gram. § 161. Of or from 
above; respecting that which is above; 
the opposite of nolalo. Ioan. 8:23. 

No-tu-no-Lu, adj. See Notu, adj. Fat, 
as an animal; henee, soft; elastic. 

No-me, v. See Nav. Tochew; to grind 
with the teeth. 

No-mME-No-ME, v. See Nome and Nav- 
nav. To chew; to soften in the mouth; e 
hoowali. 

No-na, pers. pron. No and na. An ob- 
lique case of ia. His; hers; its; for him; 
for her; for it. Gram. § 139. 

No-na-no-na, s. A smal] winged insect; 
a gnat, a species of ant. 

2. Name of a Hawaiian periodical for- 

'merly printed at Honolulu. See ANnona- 
NONA. 

No-ne, v. Tosnore insleep. See Nono 
and Nonoo. 

No-ng, s. Laziness; indolence; awk- 
wardness in doing a thing. 


Ka none no na ai namunamu, 
Ka huhu paokee laau, 
Ka koi wili kekee olelo manawa. 


No-ne-a, s. The feeling one has after 
eating much fat meat, pork perhaps; a full- 
ness; distaste for food, &e. 

No-neE-nE-A, v. See Nang. To sit idly; 
to have no employment, nor desire any. 

No-NE-No-NE-A, v. See None, s. To 


spend time uselessly; to be lazy; to be in- 
dolent. 


423 


NON 


No-NE-No-NE-A, s. Anger; wrath; dis- 
satisfaction ; discontent. 

No-n1, s. A shrub; the bark, and es- 
pecially the root, is used in coloring ; the 
fruit is large and heavy; he kana hua noni 
kekahi, some fought with noni fruit (for 
weapons) ; the root colors red. 

No-ni-no-nI, adj. ‘Turning the eyes up, 
down or sideways in attempting to recol- 
lect some fact, or in being perplexed, as 
the mind with something not clear. 

2. Attempting to take food when one is 
too weak or not inclined. 

3. Confused, as the mind; doubtful; 
anxious. 

No-ni-Nu-1, s. Name of a species of soft 
porous stone. 

No-no, v. To snore. See None and 
Nownoo. 

2. To gurgle; to make the noise of drink- 
ing water out of a calabash; to blow up 
water, as a hog with its snout under water. 


No-no, v. To be fresh or red in the 

No-Nno-Nno, face from exercise; to be sun- 
burnt or red from the heat of the sun; e 
ula na papalina i ka wela o ka la. 

No-no, s. A dark red or purple color; 
redness. 

No-no-a, adj. Indistinct; not correctly 
heard or understood ; not clearly spoken. 
See Nonononoa. 

No-no-E-No-E, s. See Nor. The north- 
east trade winds. 

No-no-1, v. See Nor. To beg; to ask; 
to borrow. Puk. 22:14. 

2. To make a request; to exhort; to 
urge ; to beseech ; aole nae ma ka iii loa, 
anonoi no hoi; aia he uuku nui ae. Nonoi 
uwao, to make intercession. Jer. 27:18. 

No-no-1, adj. Both forms are used. 

No-no-t, See also Nom and Nornor 
Small ; little ; stinted in growth. 

No-Nno-I-Ka-wal, v. To bend over, as a 
house or some object leaning. 

No-noo, v. To snore. See Nons and 
Nono. 

No-no-HE, adj. Beautiful; graceful ; 
splendid. 

No-no-HE, adj. Applied to a young 
woman, beautiful; virtuous; modest; a 
high state of female excellency ; so of an 
animal. 

No-Nno-HI-u-LI, s. See the above. Excel- 
lency in one’s person or character. or both. 

No-no-H1-na, s. Name of the white 
blossom of the tree pua. 

No-no-Hu-a, adj. Jealous; evil minded; 
disposed to evil conduct. 


2. Flowing from the bowels; 0 ka wai 
nonohua alii o Kalanuiewakumoku. 


NOP 


No-no-Hu-a, v. To be evilly minded ; 
to indulge a bad disposition ; to be quick 
tempered. 

2. Fia. To have the disease called hai- 
lepo, i. e., to evacuate the bowels. 

No-no-Lau, s. Name of the bitter cala- 
bash used in medicine. See OopoHvr. 

No-no-to, v. See Nono and Nonono. 
To breathe hard; to snore; e nonolo mai 
ana—a. SeeNunutv. O ke kapu ia e no- 
nolo i ka lani, it is kapu (forbidden) to 
snore in the presence of a chief. 

2. To leak fast. as a cask. 
3. To be routed in war. 

No-no-10, s. The sound of singing birds. 

See Nunutu. 
£ nunulu mai ana—a— 
E nonolo mai ana—a. 

No-no-Lu, adj. Soft; shaky, as ground 

dry on top but muddy below. See MAotu. 


No-no-n1, adj. See Noni. Burnt red ; 
colored red ; wela nononi ka io i ke ahi. 


No-no-no, adj. Full of holes; not 
strong ; pukapuka. 

No-no-No-Ho, v. See Nouo. To appoint; 
to fix in a place; to sit firmly; to sit up- 
right. 

No-no-no-no-a, v. See Nonoa. To speak 
indistinctly ; to be heard indistinctly; to 
be almost inaudible, as the voice of one 
speaking. 

No-no-pa-Pa, s. See Matnorni. 

No-nv, adj. Deceitful, as language; not 
to be trusted. See Nouv. 

No-pa, } adj. Lazy; slow; blun- 

No-PA-NO-PA, dering ; mopish. 

2. Crooked; very crooked and weak. 

No-pa-No-PA, Ss. Slowness; laziness; 
lolo ke kanaka nui, 0 ka nopanopa ka hewa. 

No-pa, v. To be crooked ; to be 

No-Pa-No-PA, perverse. 

2. To be lazy ; to be blundering; to be 
slow. 

No-po-Ho-KA-No, s. Oponoxano. Name 
of the kalaimoku under two chiefs. 

No-po-Lo. See Nrroto and Ninrroto. 

No-pu, v. To spring or swell up 

No-Pu-No-PU, in the mind, as a thought, 
with a desire to express it; nolaila, nopu 
mai la iloko o’u ka manao e hoakaka wale 
aku, therefore the thought swelled up 
(sprung up) within me to explain. 

2. To swell; to be large round; to be 
full; e puipui, e momona. 

3. To spring up, asaseed planted. Syvy. 
with kupu. 

No-pu, adj. Thoroughly cooked; 

No-Pu-No-PU, soft; spongy. 

2. Large; plump; fat; swelled out. 


424 


NUA 
3. Burnt by the sun, as the feet when 
walking on hot earth or stones. 

No-pu-E, adj. Plump; round, as a well 
fed, fat hog. 

No-we-Lo, v. See Noexo. To scrape 
together. 

No-te-ma, s. Heb. Juniper roots. Job. 
30:4. 

Nu, v. To groan; to shake; to sound; 
to roar, as the wind; ke nu nei ka makani 
ina kahawai—makani ala ouaouae nu ana 
ma na keena nui; to make a long indistinct 
sound. 

2. To groan; to sound like distant thun- 
der. 

3. To grunt as a hog; to coo like a dove. 

4, Fic. To be agitated, as the mind with 
unutterable feelings, fears or desires; penei 
ka nu ana maio keia wahi manao iloko 0’u: 
ina paha be nu hekili, ina la paha ua loheia 
kona haalulu; aka, o ka nu iloko o ka naau, 
aole e loheia kona haalulu, here is the sound 
of the thoughts within me: if it were the 
voice of thunder, the sound, without doubt, 
would be heard; but the voice within the 
soul is not heard. 

5. To think; to reflect upon; to ruminate. 
Norr.—The idea of expressing the deep, 
intense feelings of the soul by that of sound 
or a voice is common among the Asiatics. 
Ke uwe (nu) nei no hoi kakou iloko o ka- 
kou iho. Rom. 8:23. 

E nu, e nei, e haalulu iluna o Waialoha : 
Heaha nei makani o Kapona ? 

He lanikua ia no Kalalau—e— 

I Kalalau i Puna nakalau aku, 
Nalowale ka leo 0 ke kai o Hoohila. 

Nu, s. The roar or sound of strong wind. 

2. An indistinct murmur or groaning 
sound. 

3. The grunting of swine ; the cooing of 
doves, &c. 

Nv, adj. Sounding ; groaning ; roaring. 

Nvu-a, v. To tread up, as dirt in a path 
from much travel; nua ke ala a hele ku 
ke ea. 

2. To come together in great numbers as 
people assemble. 

3. To sit down to rest, as a traveling 
company. 

4, To go constantly in the same place. 

5. To turn up dirt, as a hog; to root. 

6. To be accustomed or practiced in any 
business. 

Nv-a, adj. Trodden up, as a road fre- 

quently or much trodden. 


Nv-a-o, s. See Nara. The name of a 
species of fish forbidden to women to eat, 
under the kapu system, on pain of death. 

Nu-a-nu-a, adj. Thick, as a board ; fat 
and soft, as an animal; full; large, as a 
good looking person. Norr.—Hawaiians 
connected the idea of beauty in persons 


NUH 


425 


NUL 


’ with their size, fullness of flesh, &c. See| Nu-m1, v. To take; to take from; to- 


ANUANUA, rainbow. 


draw out. See UNvnat. 


Nu-a-nu-a, v. See Nua. To tread up| Nu-nou, s. Eng. Nu for new or news, 


dirt ; nuanua ke ala a ku mai ke ea. 

2. Hoo. To act proudly; to boast; to 
dress up one’s self in gorgeous apparel ; e 
aahu nui i na kapa. 

Nu-a-wa, s. A planting; the act of cov- 
ering seed in the dirt; ka manu ahai ka 
NUAWE e. 

Nu-1, v. To be great; to increase in| 
size; to swell; to be more; to enlarge ; | 
to raise,as the voice; heaha kou mea e nui 
nei kou leo? Laieik. 22. 

2. Hoo. To add to; to increase ; to mul- 
tiply. Isa. 59:12. 

3. To magnify ; to extol, as one’s kind- 
ness. Kin. 19:19. 

4, Haa. To speak proudly; to vaunt;, 
to brag. 

Nov-1, s. Size; increase; multitude; | 
magnitude ; greatness; fullness. Nore.— 
Nui often takes ke for its article instead of | 
ka; aole paha o ke nui o na kino wale no. | 

Nv-1-nu-1, v. See Nur. To be large; to| 
be very great; to increase. Hoo. To in-| 
crease greatly; to raise high, as the voice; | 
e hoonuinui aku paha i ka leo maluna. 

Nou-1-nu-1, s. Hoo. An increase; a rais- | 
ing up. 

Nouv, v. To rise or swell up; to be full 
or high. 

2. Hoo. To eat much; to have a swelled 
stomach; to devour food eagerly. See | 
ANUU. 

Nuvu, s. See Nuvu, v. A raised place in 
the heiau where the god dwelt and where 
the offerings were placed. See Kapaav. 

2. Evenness ; an evenly raised surface. 

Nuv-a-nu, s. The name of a game at 
cards; e pepa nuuanu kakou. 

2. Name of a valley near Honolulu. 


Nuv-xo-Le, s. Name of a fresh water 
fish of the oopu kind. See KraniManv. | 
Nov-na, v. To be silent; to be taciturn; | 
to be displeased. | 
2. To be or to act as an aged person, | 
deaf, silent, &c. 
3. To be rough; to be uncivil; to be 
hard or heavy upon one. 

Nvu-Ha-nu-Ha, v. See Nuna. To be dis- 
obedient; not to give heed to any one; to 
render one’s self disagreeable; to be hard; 
to answer a question captiously. 

Nvu-eE, adj. See Nuna. Sullen; silent; 
mixed with anger. 

Nu-neE, s. A species of worm; 0 Kaelo, 
oia ka malama e hanau ai na nuke. See 
ENUHE. 


Nov-neE!, adj. Crooked billed; crooked 
mouthed. 5A ; 





and hou, new; recent. A word coined a 
few years ago and applied as the name of 
a weekly periodical, and may be translated 
Recent News. He nuhow iaika mea waa, 
it was a new thought to the owner of the: 
canoe. Laieik. 20. 

u-Hou, v. To appear, as a new thing ;: 
to spring up in the mind, as a new thought 
or desire. 

Nvu-xa, adj. Large ; full grown ; plump.. 

Nu-Ka-Nu-KA, v. To be fat; to be full; 
to be plump ; to be round and smooth, as 
a young animal or a young person; to be 
fleshy. 

Nu-ka-nu-ka, adj. See Nuxa. Fat ;. 
plump; in good liking, as a young person. 

Nu-kE, adj. For nuku ee. Twisted one 
side ; awry ; one-sided, as the mouth; he 
waha nuke. See NvKEE. 

Nv-xe-a, adj. White, as the white billed 
alae. Nore.—The alae is of two varieties, 
the white bill and the red bill. Muku, keo- 
keo, alae nukea. 

Nu-KEE, s. NNuku, mouth, bill, and 

NU-KU-KEE, kee, crooked. A crooked 
snout; a crooked mouth; mai mai o mea 
ia’u. 

Nov-xo-x1, adj. Short; low; small. 

Nv-xu, v. To chide; to complain; to 
provoke ; to quarrel. Puke. 17:2. 

Nu-ku, s. The bill of a bird; the snout 
of an animal. 

2. A tunnel; the nose of a pitcher; the 
nose of a person. Ezek. 39:11. The mouth. 
Hal. 108:42. 

3. The mouth of ariver. Jos. 15 
: hi Strife ; scolding ; contention. 

5. Name of a kind of fish-hook. 

Nu-ku-a-u-La, s. The frame of a fish 
net. 

Nu-ku-Mo-NE-u, s. The name of a fish. 
See Momomi. 

Nu-ku-nu-ku, v. See Nuxv. To find 
fault with one secretly; to complain of one 
behind his back. Hoo. The same. 

Nu-xu-Nu-ku, adv. See Noxu, s. By 
the mouth, that is, by the end; endways; 
kau nulcunulcu, to place endways, as a stick 
on the shoulder. 

Nv-xu-wal, s. Nuku, mouth, and wai,, 
water. The mouth of a stream of water... 
See Nukv. 

Nv-tu, v. To rise up, as smoke or steam;- 
to float off in the air, as smoke. 

Nv-Lu-nu-tu, adj. Rising up; floating - 


off, as smoke or steam. 


th 
l 


Tim. 


PA 


Nou-nu, v. See Lunu,z forZ. To covet, 
as the property of another, and to use some 
means of obtaining it. See also ALUNU. 

Nu-nu, v. To provoke. 

2. To swell up ; to swell up in places. 
3. To roll up, as paper; e owili, e wihi. 

Nu-nu, s. See Nv. A moaning; a groan- 
ing; a grunting, as of hogs; a cooing of 
doves ; hence, 

2. A dove; a pigeon from the noise they 
mt Me nunu opiopio, a young pigeon. Oih. 
3. An endearing epithet like my dear 
chicken. Mel. Sol. 2:14. 
$ a The name of a species of fish; the pipe 
sh. 

Nu-nv, adj. Groaning, as of persons in 
pain; grunting like hogs; cooing like doves. 

2. Taciturn; unsocial; sullen; displeased; 
applied only to persons. See Nununa. 

Nu-nu-a, adj. See the above Nunv. 

Nu-nu-1, adj. See Nui. Very large; 
kanaka nunui, a giant. Kin. 6:4. He poe 
nunui, men of large stature. Kani. 2:10, 11. 

Nv-nv-1, v. See Nui. To be large; to 


426 


PA 


be many; to be numerous; to increase ;_ 
to grow up, as a child. 

Nu-nu-Ha, adj. See Nuna. Taciturn; 
still; unsocial; displeased; quiet; applied 
to persons. See Nunu, ad)., 2. 

Nu-nu-HE, adj. See Nunez. Sullen; 
taciturn ; silent: angry. 

Nu-nvu-x1, adj. Rising and falling irreg- 
ularly, as the sea sometimes. 

Nu-nu-tu, v. ‘To sound, as the singing 
of birds; to chirp ; to sing, as a bird; to 
warble. 

2. To grunt; to growl. See mele below. 


I ka leo o ka manu—a— 
B nunulu mai ana—a— 
E nonolo mai ana—a. 


Nu-pa, v. To enlarge; to swell; to be 
full, as one having over eaten. 

Nu-pa, s. A deep pit; a deep, dark pit; 
a softening, as of the ground by rain; i ka 
nupa ae lepo a ka ka ua. 

Nu-pa-nu-pa, v. To be of a deep green 
like thrifty growing vegetables. 

Nu-pa-nu-pa, adj. Thriftily growing ; 
full; round; plump. See NUKANUKA. 


Pp. 


Pp the eleventh letter of the Hawaiian 

9 alphabet. It represents. as in English, 
a labial sound. Hawaiians are apt to use 
it for b in words derived from English, as 
pipi for bipi, or as it should be written, bif,, 
neat cattle, from the word beef. It is often 
used also for f in the word piku for fikcu, a 
fig. &c. 


Pa. A distributive particle prefixed to 


other words, as nouns, adjectives and verbs; 
mostly however to numeral adjectives; as, 
pakahi, one by one, each one; palua or 
papaiua, two by two, two-fold, double ; 
pakolu, each of the three, three-fold ; pa- 
hiku, by sevens, seven-fold, &c., and so on 
to any number. These words are some- 
times constructed in the sentence as verbs, 
and thus become verbs; as, ua pahiku mai 
la oia i ka ia ia makou, he divided to us the 
fish by sevens ; e paumi aku ia lakou, give 
them fen each. —, 

2. As a particle, pa, like ka, ma, na, &e., 
is prefixed to a great many words, but the 
definite meaning of such particles has not 
yet been ascertained. 

Pa, s. The name of any material hay- 
ing a flat surface, as a board (see Papa), a 
plate, a server, a pan; pa wili ai, a poi 
board; pa holoi, a basin to wash in; pa 
hao, an iron pan. Notre.—With this mean- 
ing, pa takes ke for its article. 


2. The extremity ; the furthest point of 
a thing. Mar. 13:27. 

3. A remnant or piece; the same as 
apana. Nore.—This meaning also takes 
ke for its article. 

4, The wall of a city; an inclosure, in- 
cluding the fence and the space inclosed ; 
pa pohaku, a stone wall; pa laau, a stick 
fence; pa hipa, a sheep fold. 

5. A hall; an open court. 

6. A pair; as, pa bipi, a pair or yoke of 
oxen; pa kamaa, a pair of shoes, &c. See 
also Paa. 

7. A kind of fish-hook for taking the aku 
or bonito. 

8. A species of yam. 

9. A kind of shell-fish somewhat large, 
of the clam or muscle kind. 

10. A brazen grate; he pa keleawe, ma- 
namana, pukapuka. ‘ 

Pa, adj. Barren, as a female; applied 
to men or animals. 1 Sam. 2:5. 

2. Dry; parched; cracked, as land; 
broken. 

Pa, v. To divide out to individuals, as 
several things t6 two or more; e pa lima 
ae oe ia lakou, divide out five apiece to them. 
See Pa, particle. } 

Pa, v. See Pa, a fence. To hedge in 
witha fence; to inclose; e pa laau, to make 
a stick fence. 


PAA 


Pa, v. See Pa, adj. To be barren or 
childless; applied to females of animals or 
men. 

Pa, v. To touch; to tap lightly; to 
strike gently. Puk. 19:12. 

2. To beat; to strike heavily ; to strike 
suddenly, as a gust of wind. Job.1:19. Ke 
pa mai nei ka makani, the wind strikes us. 

3. To strike, i. e., to bite, as a serpent. 

4. To strike, i. e., to hit, as a stone thrown. 
1 Sam. 17:49. A pa iho la o Kiwalao i ka 
pohaku, Kiwalao was hit by a stone. 

5. To shoot or throw, as an arrow of 
sugar-cane (a pastime for boys.) 

6. To be given up, as property taken in 
war; nonoi aku la ke kahuna, i aku la, i 
pa ka aina ia kaua, the priest asked a favor, 
and said, let the land (conquered) be given 
to us two. 

7. Hoo. Causative of most of the forego- 
ing definitions. To lay hold of; to cause 
one thing to approach or touch another. 

8. To touch, i.e., to injure or hurt. Zek. 

:8 


9. To sound; to ring, as metal struck ; 
to strike upon the ear, as music; to break; 
to crack. 


Paa, v. To blow, as the wind. See Pa 
above. 


Paa, v. To be tight; to be fast; to 
make tight; hence, to finish a work. Kin. 
2:1. Ua paa ka waha, the mouth is shut; 
he is silenced. Mat. 22:34. 

2. To confirm; to establish; to continue 
permanently the same. 

3. To lay hold of; to retain ; to secure. 

4. To retain in the memory; to keep a 
secret. 

5. To affirm; to assert perseveringly; to 
affirm positively. 

6. To be habituated ; to be inclined ; to 
be held under the influence of a person or 
habit. 

7. Hoo. To finish; to decree; to deter- 
mine. 

8. Toestablish or confirm, as a covenant. 
Kin. 21:27. 

9. To hold fast ; to adhere to. as a cus- 
tom ; to affirm strongly. Oih. 12:15. 

10. To fix; to hold fast; e hoopaa i ka 
waha, to muzzle the mouth. Kanl. 25:4. 

1l. To hold back; to be detained from 
doing a thing ; aole i hiki, ua hoopaa ia ia 
Kamehameha, he could not (return), he was 
detained by Kamehameha. See also Kin. 
20:6. 

Paa, s. Apair. See Pa. A pair; asuit, 
as of shoes, socks or other clothes. Zunk. 
14:12. See also pa lole komo, a suit of 
clothes. Dunk. 17:10. 

2. In geometry, a solid. See Paar and 
PAAILILIKE. 


Paa, adj. ‘Tight; fast; secured; im- 


427 


PAA 


movable ; finished; kahi paa, a place of 
security, inward. Nah. 15:34. 
~2. Burnt; scorched ; charred. 

Paa, adv. Steadfastly; perseveringly. 

Pa-aa, s. The rind of the banana; the 
skin or outside covering of a cluster of 
bananas ; the fibre of a banana stalk; he 
ili mawaho 0 ka pumaia. See Aa. 

Pa-aa, adj. See Aa. Stony, as land; 
full of stones. 

2. Burnt; scorched. 

Pa-aa-La-HA, s. A memento; a keep- 
sake. See PAUMAUNOONOO. 

Paa-r-u1, s. Paa,a solid, and zi, side ; 
surface. A solid with sides according to 
the number specified. See below. 

Paa-I-Li-o-No, s. See Paa and Int and 
Ono, six. A solid having six sides. Ana 
Hon. 26. 

PAA-I-LI-0-No-LI-KE, s. A solid with six 
equal sides ; a cube. J 

Paa-t-Li-HA, s. Paaili and ha, four. A 
solid inclosed by four triangular sides. 

Paa-I-LI-HA-LI-KE, s. A solid inclosed by 
four equal and similar triangular sides. 
Ana Hon. 30. 

PAA-I-LI-U-MI-KU-MA-MA-LU-A, s. Paaili 
and umikumamalua, twelve. A _ twelve- 
sided solid, the sides being equal,i.e., five- 
sided polygons. 

Paa-I-LI-I-WA-KA-LU-A, 8. Paaili and iwa- 
kalua, twenty. A twenty-sided solid, the 
sides being triangles, equal and similar. 

Paa-I-LI-kU-Po-No, s. A cube or rectan- 
gular parallelopiped. Ana Hon. 26. 

Paa-I-LI-KAU-LI-KE-HI-0, s. An oblique 
parallelopiped. Ana Hon. 27. 

Pa-ao-ao, s. A sickness; a weakness, 
mostly of children; want of strength; mai 
paaoao, hemo ke kino e. 

Pa-ao-ao, adj. Pa and aoao, side. Lir. 
By sides; sideways; on one side; one-sided. 

Paa-oa-oa, s. By transposition of let- 
ters, the same as paaoao, sickness. 

Pa-au, s. See Paaa. The skin of a ba- 
nana stalk. 

Pa-au-a, s. A laborer; a workman; a 
hired man. Jsa. 19:10. 

Pa-av-a, adj. Hired; working asa hired 
man. 

Paa-u-ma, adj. Paa and uma, to push 
or draw. Fast to the breast, or pulled to- 
wards the breast; pahi paauma, a drawing 
knife ; a shave. 

|Paa-Hao, v. Paa and hao, iron. To be 
iron bound ; te be a prisoner. Jer. 32:2. 

Paa-HAo, s. Paa and hao, iron. One 
bound ; a prisoner. Epes. 4:1. 

2. One bound to work; a servant; one 
who obeys another, 


ee 


PAA 


3. The system of work under the Hawai- 
ian Governmentin which the common peo- 
ple worked out their taxes; he koele, he 
hana aupuni. 

Paa-Hao, adj. Made fast; iron bound ; 
bolted. See Harepaanao. Wahi paahao, 
a prison. Jer. 37:15. Lua padhao, a dun- 
geon. 

Paa-Ha-Nna, v. Paa and hana, to work. 
To be busy ; to work constantly. 

Paa-Ha-na, Ss. One busily engaged; a 
workman. 2 Oihl. 34:10. A mechanic; an 
artificer. Kin. 4:22. A tradesman. 

Paa-Ha-na, adj. Instruments, fixtures, 
or what belongs or accompanies other 
things. Nah. 7:1. 

Paa-HE-o, s. See Hatepaanao. A place 
of confinement like a prison, dungeon, &c., 
for criminals; a lele aku kou uhane ma ka 
paaheo, ma kahi make mau loa. 

Pa-a-n1, s. Pa, pan, and ahi, fire. A fire 
pan. Jer. 52:19. 

Paa-H-H1, v. Paa and hihi, to spread 
out. To work here and there; to extend 
one’s operations. 

Paa-Ho-no, v. Paa and hono, to stitch. 
To make fast by tying with a string ; to 
splice ; to sew together. 

Paa-kal, s. Paa and kai, sea water. 
Salt ; that which gives sea water its taste ; 
ke kumu 0 ke kai. Oithk. 2:13. 

2. A species of kalo. 

‘Paa-Ka-HI-Ll, s. Paa and kahili, a fly- 
‘brush. An officer of a high chief who took 
care of the kahilis; ma kahi e noho ai na 
lii e noho pu no ka paakahili. 

‘Paa-Ke-a, s. Name of a stone out of 
which maika stones were made. 

“Paa-kI-k1, v. Paa, solid, and kiki, in- 
tensive, very, exceeding, &c. To be very 
hard, as a stone or any solid substance. 

2. Fig. Applied to the will, to be obsti- 
,nate; to be self-willed; to be disobedient; 
-o-be unyielding to the will of another. 

3. Applied to the heart, to be hard- 
kearted; to be unbelieving through per- 
verseness of disposition; to turn away from 
the influence of truth. 

4. Hoo. To harden; applied to substances 
or to moral qualities. 

Paa-kiskt, s. Hardness ; compactness ; 
applied to the heart, stubbornness ; per- 
verseness. Kanl. 9:27. 


Paa-ki-k1, adj. Hard; compact; diffi- 
cult to do; perverse ; disobedient ; unbe- 
lieving. 1 Sam. 20:30. 

Paa-Ku-Ku, adj. Paaand kuku, to stand. 
Firmly: fixed ; immovable ; constant. 


2. Applied to persons, parsimonious ; 
avaricious. 


Paa-Lau-MA-NEA, §. Paa, solid, and dau- 


428 


PAA 


mania, smooth. A regular or smooth, i.e., 
a plane solid figure. Ana Hon. 26. 
Paa-La-Lo, v. To serve asa favorite or 
in any manner in the presence of the chief ; 
paalalo malalo ae o ke alii. Paalalo ma- 
lalo ae o ke Akua, or paalalo i ke Akua. 
Paa-tu, s. The name of a medicine. 


Paa-to-Ha, s. Paa and loha, love. A 
keepsake ; a memento. 

Paa-tu-H1, v. Paa and luhi, fatigue. To 
work hard; tc be overcome with constant 
hard work. 

Paa-mu-a, s. A movement of wind in 
the bowels; a rushing; an opposition to 
some movement. as 

2. One who continues daily in prayer. 

Pa-a-n1, v. To play; to sport. Puk. 
32:8. To have the enjoyment and pastime 
of children; to wrestle; to box; to run 
races, &c. } 

Pa-a-ni, s. A play; a sport; a playing, 
as among children enjoying a pastime; a 
general name for play, sport, exercise; the 
enjoyment of a pastime; he paani pono 
kekahi, he paani pono ole kekahi. Notr.— 
The Hawaiians anciently spent much of 
their time in paani or games or lealea (sens- 
ual gratifications.) 

Pa-a-ni, adj. Belonging to play or 
amusement; trifling; hale paani, a theater. 
Oih. 19:29. 

Paa-paa, v. See Paa, burnt. To burn; 
to scorch; to be consumed by fire; e aiia 
e ke ahi. 

2. To suffer thirst ; to be thirsty. 
3. To contend in words; to contradict ; 
to dispute contentiously. 

4. Hoo. To contend in dispute; to chide. 
Lunk. 8:1. To be at strife. 2 Sam. 19:9. 
Paa-paa, s. A dryness; a thirst; a 
parching or cracking, as the earth in the 

sun. 
2. A disputing ; a reasoning. Job. 13:6. 
3. Hoo. Disputation ; altercation ; strife. 
Kanl. 1:12. 

Paa-paa, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Paa-paa, adj. Burned; baked hard; 
parched ; thirsty. 

2. Bound tightly ; made fast. See Paa. 

Paa-Paa-I-NA, v. See Paina, toeat. To 
eat; to take food. 

2. See Paapaa, to burn. To crackle, as 
small, light fuel in burning. Kelcah. 7:6. 

3. To make any indistinct noise like 
cracking, parching, &c. 

Paa-paa--Na, s. The crackling of brush 
wood or small sticks in burning. 

2. The squeaking of shoes; the breaking, 
snapping, &c., of cords or strings. _ 

3. A separating of one thing from an- 
other ; lohe aku la aui ka paapaaina ana 
mai o kapuai mahope o maua ma ka lihi o 


PAE 


ke kai; alaila, i aku la no hoi an ia ia nei, 
heaha la hoi neia mea e paapaaina mai nei? 

Paa-pA-ni, v. Paa and pani, to shut. 
To stop up ; to shut, as a door or a gate; 
to shut close. 

2. To stop one in his speech: to make 
one shut up and be silent. See APAAPANI. 

Paa-po-E-Po-E, s. Paa, solid, and poepoe, 
round. A circular solid; a globe. Ana 
Hon. 26. 

Paa-pu, v. To crowd; to throng; to be 
thick together, as a company of persons. 

2. To be hurried or bustling with busi- 
ness. 

3. To be thick ; to cover over a surface. 
Oihk. 13:12. To be full of a thing. 2 Nal. 
6:17. 

4. Hoo. To fill,as with confusion. Ezek. 
28:16. 

Paa-pu, adj. Filled; impervious; solid; 
not hollow ; dark: crowded all together ; 
closely joined-; covered up; bound; tied; 
pouli paapu, thick darkness. Kaml. 15:19. 


Paa-pu, adv. Entirely; wholly; thickly; 
all together; in great quantities. Pulc. 8:2. 

Paa-pu-HE-A, s. Paapu and hea, indis- 
tinctness. A mist; fine rain; a fine cloud 
like fog. 

Paa-wa-na, s. Paa, tight, and waha, 
mouth. A bridle. Hal. 39:1. See Kavuna- 
WAHA. 

Paa-weE-La, s. Paa, burnt, and wea, 
heat. A burning; a scar from burning. 
Isa. 3:24. 

Paa-weE-La, adj. Burnt; scorched, as 
ane skin by the fire ; paawela kona ilii ke 
ahi 


Pas, v. To flap or shake, as a sail; to 
turn one side or be loose, as a tooth; as.an 
adjective, he niho pae, a loose tooth. 

2. To be carried along by the surf to- 
wards the shore; to play on the surf-board; 
to come to a land, as a boat or canoe; to 
go ashore from a vessel; to cross ariver to 
the opposite shore. Jos. 4:18. To float 
ashore from the sea: no na laau hao i pae 
mua mai, for the timber with iron that had 
previously floated ashore. 

3. To lift up; to raise a little. 

4. To strip the bark from a tree; to peel 
off, as the skin of a banana or of a kalo. 

5. To strike upon the ear, as a distant 
sound ; to sound, as from a distance. 

6. To be published extensively. 

7. Hoo. To land; to putashore, as a per- 
son or goods from a vessel. 1 Nal. 5:9. 


Par, s. A cluster; a few; a small com- 
pany; he pae hao wale, robbers. Syn. 
with poe and puu. 

2. A voice ; a sound. 
3. A bank of a kalo patch; those parts 
that are beaten to make them water tight ; 


429 


PAE 


he mea hana ia ka loi ma na pae e pai mua 
ai—pakui i ka pohaku ma ua mau pae la— 
a paa na pae eha. 


Par. A sign of the plural number; as, 


keia pae aina or keia pae moku, these isl- 
ands. Gram. 86 and 92. 

Pa-z-a, adj. Flinty; hard, as a rock. 
Isa.50:7. Pohaku paea,acarbuncle. Puk. 
28:17. Nore.—This word is modern; prob- 
ably itis the Hawaiian pronunciation for 
the word fire in connection with flint. 

Pa-r-a, s. A flint; a fire stone; he po- 
haku ahi. See the adjective. 

Pa-z-a-E-A, s. See Para. Hardness; 
severity ; cruelty. 

2. Conduct contrary to uprightness ; ka 
hana ku like ole me ka pono. 

3. The act of catching fish ; a iho aku la 
ika paeaea aweoweo. Laieilc. 206. 

4. The name of a species of fish. 

5. Striking for or beckoning to one. 

Pa-E-a-E-A, v. To strike fire, as with 
steel and flint. Zaieik. 54. 

Pa-E-a-E-A, adj. Hard; severe; unjust, 
as a man with his neighbors. 

2. Smooth ; unruffled, as a smooth sea. 
See Karparaka, 

Pa-z-E, v. To peep; to make an unin- 
telligible sound ; to gabble; to speak in- 
distinctly ; to hear indistinctly ; to misun- 
derstand. Hoo. To speak so as to conceal 
the meaning ; e hoonalonalo. 

Pa-E-E, s. A bunch of olona; a branch 
of the olona tree ; he apana olona. 

Par-cE, s. See Par. A lying down 
upon, as one lies down on his surf-board to 
swim; to lay one’s head down on a pillow; 
he paepae ee, he haiai ulu. 

Par-HI-a, v. To thatch; to cover a 
building by thatching ; ke kueneia nei a 
ke paehia nei. 

Par-HU-MU, adj. Confining ; restrain- 
ing ; € hoopaaia iloko o ka hale paehumu, 
that he should be confined in a prison house. 
Laieik. 163. 

Pax-xu, s. Low clouds; clouds lying 
on the horizon. 

Pa-E-LE, v. Pa and ele, black. 'To be 
covered with dirt; to besmear; to blacken, 
as with charcoal ; to color the skin black ; 
ua paeleia ka hapalua hookahio ke kanaka 
a eleele loa; to paint black ; e paele i ka 


waa. 

Pa-g-LE, s. A black skin; blackness; a 
dark color. 

Pa-E-LE, adj. Dirty; besmeared with 
dirt; black ; blackened. 

Par-pak, v. To hold or bear up; to sup- 
port; to sustain. Puk. 17:12. 


2. To sound; to proclaim; to publish 
abroad, as a report. 


PAI 


3. To make a great and confused noise ; 
to converse in a loud manner ; to gabble; 
to talk confusedly. 

4. To spread ; to float off, as a sound. 

5. To run along the eround. 

PaE-PAE, 5. Any. substance upon which 
another lies to keep it from the ground ; a 
stool ; a threshold; a supporter; a prop. 
1 Sam. 5:4. The plate of a house on which 
the rafters rest ; a pavement of stones. 

Par-PAE-Ko-Mo, S. The axle or axle-tree 
of a wheel ; paepaelcomo i ina pokakaa. 1 
Nal. 7:32, 33. 

Par-paE-pu-KA, Ss. Paepae and puka, a 
door-way. A threshold. Jsa.6:4. A sup- 
port or a supporter. 2 Oihl. 3:7. 

Par-PaE-waE-wak, S. A footstool. Jak. 
2:3. 

Par-pu, s. Pae, to strike, as a sound, 
and pu, together. The deafening roar of 
the surf. 

2. The setting or placing of things to- 
gether. 

Pasr-puu, s. The name of several small 
hills or hillocks standing in a row. See 
LALANIPUU. 

Pa-E-wa, adj. Pa and ewa, to crook. 
Bent ; twisted ; too short; out of shape. 


Pa-r-wa, s. Name of one of the cases 
in Hawaiian grammar. See Gram. 9 99 and 
100. No and na are its signs. 

Pa-E-wa-E-wa, adj. Uneven; irregular; 
crooked. 

Pa-E-wa-E-wa, Ss. The fantastic and 1r- 
regular cutting of the hair formerly prac- 
ticed on the death of a friend. 

Pa-E-wa-E-wa, v. To be erroneous or 
partial in judging or in dealing. Jak. 2:4. 
To be erroneous, unmethodical or one-sided 
in telling a story or making a report: ma 
ka paewaewa 0 ka kealiioleloana. Laieik. 
51. 

Pat, v. Tostrike or smite with the palm 
of the hand. 

2. EH pai ka lima, to strike hands, i. e., to 
take or confirm an agreement. Puk. 6:8. 
E pai na lima, a ae na waha, lilo; hence, 
to make a bargain. Sol. 11:15. 

3. To strike the hands together expressive 
of much feeling ; a pai pu na lima ona, he 
smote his hands one against another. 

4. To treat a person harshly or severely; 
pau ae la lakou i ke paiia me ka hewa ole, 
they were all hardly treated without any 
fault; malama oia i na ’lii, aole pai uku i 
ko lakou aina, he took care of the chiefs, 
he did not taw heavily the land. 

5. To strike, i. e., to tax the people or 
punish them; to lay a tax upon the people 
for some real or imaginary offense ; i ka 
wai huhu ai na ’liii kanaka, o ke pae ae 
la no ia i ka aina, when the chiefs were 


430 


PAI 


angry with the people, then they struck 
(taxed) the land. 

6. To be bound with one in affection. 

7. To appear ; to rise up, as out of the 
water ; ike iki lakou ia ia e pai wale mai 
ana no iluna o ka ilikai, he just saw him 
rising above the surface of the sea. 

8. To pry up or block up one side of a 
thing when it is pried up. 

9. To stamp; to print; to impress a 
stamp. 

10. To drive or urge one away; e pai 
wale, to exercise in vain; to gain nothing 
for what one does; ai hopu pui ka pahu, 
aole no eo (na kukini), pai wale. 

11. To stir up sedition; to raise a perse- 
cution; pai mai la lakou ma ka olelo kana, 
they excited the people through words of 
war. 

12. To stir up or excite one’s desires ; 
pai aku la ia i ka makemake nui i na kii. 

13. To influence one to evil. 

14. To mix together two ingredients, as 
wine with water. Jsa. 1:22. 

15. To plaster a house; to spread mor- 
tar ; e pai hale. 

16. Hoo. To strike back; to resist; to 
revenge; to avenge. Nah. 31:2 

17. To punish for some offense: e hoopai 
aku, no ke kaua wale ana o Kahekili ia ia, 
to punish him for Kahekili’s making war 
upon him without cause. 

18. To recompense either good or evil ; 
thus, hoopai pono, or hoopai hewa. 

19. To visit or come to one for evil or 
for good. 

20. To administer justice; to requite. 
Kanl. 32:6. To require ; to recompense. 

21. To end or finish a prayer in the prep- 
aration for war. 


Pat, s. A row; a line. 

2. A quantity of food done up in a glob- 
ular form in ki leaves; he pai ai; a ball; 
a round loaf of bread; he pat palaoa; 
cakes, &c. Nah. 6:15. 

3. A cluster or bunch; as, he pai maia, 
a bunch of bananas; he pai huawaina, a 
bunch of grapes. 

4. A striking; astamping; an impressing, 
i. €., a printing, as kapa is printed, or as 
paper is printed in a press. 

5. Hoo. Hoopai, a punishment; a judg- 
ment. Puk. 7:4. 

6. A kind of snail shell-fish, said to be 
pe to the touch. 

. A blight; a fading and dying of the 
leave of vegetables ; the act of decay in 
vegetables. 

8. A shell or cup for scooping up the 
oopu; he pai oopu. 

Pat, s. A tie or equality of numbers ; 
a drawn game. 


Par, adj. Tied up; bound together ; 


connected with; mingled with. 


PAI 


Pat-sa, v. To wall round; to inclose 
with a wall, as the body of a house or fort. 
2. To be guarded ; to be taken care of ; 

to be protected. 

Par-a, s. The sides of a house ; the sur- 
roundings, i. e., the walls of a house. 1 
Sam. 18:11. 

Pat-a, adj. Deaf; unable to hear. 

Par-aa, s. Paiand aa,small roots. The 
appearance of something not fully devel- 
oped; paiaa koko, the incipient arteries or 
veins of an embryo branching out from the 
heart. 

2. The small branches of a tree. 
3. The branches of the main root of a 
tree; e oki i ka mole ame ka paiaa. 

Pat-al, s. Pai, a bundle, and ai, food. 
A bundle of pounded kalo done up in ki 
leaves into a round bundle. 

Pat-a-u-ma, v. To love strongly; to re- 
member with deep and affectionate regret, 
as one dead; to mourn for; to love and 
long after the welfare of a friend or a be- 
loved child; to express love strongly, as a 
wife for a husband ; paiawma wale aku no 
i ke aloha i na kane, (the wives of the men 
who went with Boki) expressed unfeigned 
love for their husbands. 

Pat-a-u-ma, s. Strong affection; en- 
dearing attachment to one dead or long 
absent ; a sorrowing or lamenting the ab- 
sence of a loved one; a longing after the 
welfare of one. 

Par-a-u-mA, adv. Affectionately ; pite- 
ously. JLaieik. 140. 

Par-E-a, s. A species of crab with a soft 
shell ; kuapa, the hard shell. 

Par-1A, adj. Pai and za, passive. Bound 
up in or mixed together. Ain. 44:30. 

2. Pai, to impress, and ia, passive. Im- 
pressed ; stamped ; printed. 

Pat-o, v. ‘To speak back and forth like 
persons in a dialogue. See Kiker. 

2. To scold back and forth, as two per- 
sons. 

3. To strive together; to contend; to dis- 
agree in opinion. Ain. 45:24. 

4. To quarrel ; to fight with. 

5. To turn topsy-turvy ; to toss up and 
down like the sea current. 

6. To bend round like a fish-hook. 

7. To throw stones back and forth. 


Par-o, s. A striving; a quarrel; a strife. 
2 Sam. 22:14. A combat; a controversy. 
Ter. 25:31. 

Pat-o, adj. Contentious; disputatious; 
quarreling. 

Pat-u-La, s. Art. ke. A kind of plat- 
form used for spreading out paus. 

Pat-u-ta, s. Name of a kind of kapa 
made by beating up the welus of red kapa 


431 


PAI 


with new waoke, which formed a mixture 
of white and red; kahiko aku la oia i kona 
mau hookele i na kihei paiula. Laieik. 12. 

Par-u-mA-u-ma, v. Pai, to strike, and 
umauma, the breast. A play which con- 
sisted in striking on the breast; he hula 
pai ma ka umauma. 

Pat-wA-LE, v. To thatch houses. 

Pa-1-H1, s. The tree ohiaha; the bark 
of the tree used in coloring kapa black ; 
the tree is used for building houses and for 
fuel. 

i 2. A plant sometimes used for food. See 
HI. 

Pa-t-u1, adj. Pa and thi, bark or out- 
side of a vegetable. Clear; unclouded, as 
the atmosphere. 

Pa-1-n1-1-n1, adj. Neat; tidy. 

2. Large ; extended ; full. 

Par-Ho, v. To project out beyond, as a 
broken bone through the flesh. 

2. To be crooked outside and not inside. 
3. To roll up, as a scroll; to tie up, as a 
bundle. 

Pat-Ho, adj. Girded, as with a malo; 
tied up, asa bundle; girded, as one dressed. 

Pat-Hu-a, s. Paz, bundle, and hua, fruit. 
A bundle of fruit. 

Pal-Hu-a-FI-KU, s. Pathua and jiku, figs. 
A bunch of figs. 1 Sam. 25:18. 

Pat-Hu-A-wal-NA, s. Pai and huawaina, 
grapes. A bunch of grapes: paihuawaina 
maloo, a bunch of raisins. 1 Sam. 28:18. 

Pai-Kau, v. To exercise with fire-arms. 

Par-xau, s. The act of exercising with 
fire-arms; ao mai la o Vanekouva i ko Ka- 
mehameha poe kanaka i ka paikau, Van- 
couver taught Kamehameha’s men the man 
ual exercise. 

Pal-KaU-HA-LE, s. A poor man going 
from house to house to beg; one wander- 
ing from place to place. 

Pal-KAu-HA-LE, adj. Wandering about, 
as a vagabond; having no home. 

Pat-Kau-LeI-a, s. Paikauw and lei, a 
wreath, and a for ia, passive, wreathed. A 
woman that puts on a /ei so as to signify 
that she is for sale; an abandoned woman 
going from place to place; a tattler. 

Pa-1-K1, v. To be cramped; to be con- 
fined; to be held close. 

Pa-1-k1, s. The hollow of the hand; ka 
poholima. 

Par-ki-n1, adj. Bound up; girded; 
dressed in tight fitting clothes; nani na 
haumana me na wawae paikini, fine look- 
ing are the scholars with pants tight fitting. 

Pat-Ko-Le, adj. See Poxote. Short; cut 
off; low. 

Pai-ku-mu, v. To ask one to go with 


PAI 


432 


PAI 


him to a chief, the one asked to go being | Pat-ni-x1, v. Pai and nzki, to tie a knot. 


familiar with the chief. 

Par-La, s. Eng. A pile; a heap; he 
paila wahie. Notr.—<A pile of wood in 
market was formerly a fathom square every 
way, i. e., a solid fathom ; it is now about 
three-quarters of a cord. 

Par-La-n1, v. ‘To praise ; to extol ; to re- 
joice in; e hoonani. 

Par-LE, s. The uncomfortable feeling 
produced by tattooing the face. 

Pa-t-L1, v. To touch the skin; to slap 
on the skin with the hand. 

2. To stick to the skin, as some animals 
in the sea when bathing; he aloha ka ia 
paili kanaka o Kawainui. 

Par-Lo-Lo, s. The name of the channel 
between Maui and Molokai. 

Par-to-ta, s. Eng. Art. ke. A pilot; 
one who directs vessels into ports and out 
of them. 

Pat-Ltu-a, v. To feel sickness at the 
stomach. 

2. To be disgusted at a thing. 

3. Hoo. To loathe; to abhor. Puk. 7:18. 
To be greatly displeased with; to be an 
abomination or loathing. Oihk. 11:23. 

4. To vomit; to retch with nausea. 

Par-Lu-a, s. Sickness; sea-sickness ; 
nausea. Hoo. Sickness of the stomach. 
Fic. That which causes disagreeable sensa- 
tions ; that which is disagreeable to one ; 
an abomination. Puk. 8:22. 

2. The name of a wind from Kamiloloa. 

Pat-ma, s. To be sea-sick. 


Par-ma-Lav, s. A living creature having 
a sting in its tail, and floating on the ocean 
like the auwaalalua; he wahi mea huelo 
awa e lana ana ma ka moana me he auwaa- 
lalua la. 

2. A place in the ocean where the water 
is calm and clear, sought by those who are 
fishing for the aku. 

Pa-r-na, v. To eat; to dine. Kin. 27:4. 
To eat; to feed upon. Sol. 15:14. 

2. To ring; to squeak; to sound, as in 
tearing or breaking a thing. 

Pat-na, s. A land; an island. 

2. A part separated or broken off. 

3. A meal; an eating. 

4, The Cape gooseberry. 

5. The sound made in tearing a piece of 
cloth or in breaking a cord. 

6. The sound of a flea hopping on a piece 
of paper. 

7. Hing. A pine or fir tree. 
Laau paina. 2 Oihl. 3:5. 

8. Fine white cloth ; he lole keokeo ma- 
kalii; also, broad cloth; paa paina, a suit 
of broad cloth. 

Pa-t-na, adj. Rotten, as cloth; brittle; 
easily torn or broken. See PoHAgHAE. 


2 Oihl. 2:8. 


To dress one up with close fitting garments; 
to go buttoned up tightly, as a dandy. 
Pai-pal, v. See Pat, to strike. To rouse; 
to excite ; to put in mind, as one careless 
or indifferent. 
2. To strike with the palm of the hand. 
3. To prune; to lop off limbs; to pluck 
leaves. Oihk. 25:3. 
4. To chastise; to correct; tosmite. Jsa. 
53:4, 
5. To bolster up, as a sick man. 1 Nal. 
2:39 


6. To clap the hands as a sign of rejoic- 
ing; a paipai lakouina lima. 2 Nal. 11:12. 

7. To peel off, as the bark of a tree or 
the skin of an animal; to peel off; to sep- 
arate the flesh from the bones. 

8. To act against another thing, as the 
under jaw against the upper in eating or 
speaking ; to strike against so as to make 
a noise. 

9. Hoo. To swell out as if stuffed with 
food; to strut with sufficiency; to be bold; 
to dare. 

Pat-pal, s. A correction; a chastisement. 
Kanl. 11:2. 

2. Paipat manao, a remembrancer; a 
memorial. Puk. 30:16. 

3. The act of pounding kapa as done by 
women. 

4, Name of a medicine made of the leaves 
of the ipuawaawa, a kind of gourd; the 
waliki diluted with water. 

5. A threshold of a door. Junk. 19:27. 

6. The name of a kind of hula; he pai- 
pai kekahi bula. 

Pat-pal, adj. He pahi patpai, a pruning 
knife ; mea paipai waina, any article used 
in dressing grape vines. See Jsa. 61:5. 


Pai-pal-Ku-kul, s. The name of a spe- 
cies of kapa made on Molokai; its color 
was pale yellow; he kapa ano like me ka 
paipaikulkui. 

Pat-pal-Li-ma, v. Paipai and lima, hand. 
To clap the hands as a sign of joy. Isa. 
55:12. 

Par-pa-I-NA, v. See Paina. To eat; to 
take food. 

Par-pal-NA-HA, Ss. A cloak; a garment; 
a kapa. 

Pal-PA-LA-PA-LA, S. Pat, to print, and 
palapala, printed or written paper. A 
printing press. 

Pa-i-pu, s. A set of empty calabashes. 

2. A calabash for packing kapas or 
clothes to keep them dry on a canoe. 

3. Basins used as containers. 1 Nal. 7:40. 

4. A bowl for containing food. Ler. 52:18 


Olepe waha patpu Kohala na ka ino, 
Me he wahine hili haehae la ka makani, 
Aole ui hele wale o Kohala, 

Ipu hahao ka ipu haa na ka makani. 


PAO 


Pa-1-pu, s. Name of a hula or dance. 

Pal-PU-NA-HE-LE, s. Name of a dance. 

Pat-wa-Le, s. A drawn game, or battle 
when neither party conquers; ina like pu 
ka ikaika 0 na moa, he paiwale. 

Pa-o, v. Pa, to strike, and 9, point. To 
peck with the bill, as a bird; pao iho la ka 
manu, he elepaio i ka huewai o ke kanaka 
a puka. 

2. To dig out with a chisel; to dig, as in 
arock. Isa. 22:16. 

3. To dig down in the ground; to dig 
deeply, as in digging a deep pit. 

Pa-o, s. Anarch of a bridge; the bridge 
itself; a prop; art. ke. 

2. An oven or shallow pit; a place dug 
out. 
3. An artificial cavern. 


4. A concealed or hidden pit, or a pit to| Pp 


hide things in; he lua huna; a gutter or 
drain, as that of a cellar stoned in and 
buried under ground. 

5. A species of sweet potato. 

6. A species of small and singular look- 
ing fish. 

Pa-o-a, v. See Pa and Oa, destitute. 
To be empty; to be destitute ; to return 
without obtaining the object sought; to re- 
turn destitute, as one who catches nothing 
at fishing ; ua paoa ka makou huakai, our 
company did not obtain what they went for, 

Paoa wale hoi au—e— 
Aole moewaa 0 ka po—e. 

Pa-o-a, s. Destitution; having obtained 
nothing after making an effort. 

2. Name of a small kind of fish. 

Pa-o-a, adj. Destitute from not having 
obtained, not from having lost; ua hoikaika, 
ua imi, a paoa no. 

Pa-o-a, s. An unpleasant odor; a bad 
smell. 

Pa-o-a, adj. Unpleasant to the smell; 
bad smelling. 

Pa-or-o1, adj. Pa and oto2, exceeding. 
Out of the common order or practice ; un- 
grammatical ; incorrect in speaking. 

Pa-oo, s. A species of potato. See Pao 5. 

Pa-oo, adj. Of or belonging to the ama, 
a species of sweet potato; ikaika i ka ama 
paoo. 


Pa-oo0, 
Pa-00-LE-KAI 
> |s. The names of sev- 
Pa-00-PU-HI, ; 
eral species of fish. 
Pa-ou-ou, 


Pas-o-KAU-I-LA, 
Pa-o-KEE, v. To treat one’s friend badly; 


to condemn one’s companion; to deal 
crookedly or perversely with one’s friend. 


Pa-o-KEE, s. A slanderer; a detractor; 
a perverse person. 
55 


433 


PAO 


Pa-o-KEE, adj. Slanderous; railing ;:° 
perverse. 

'A-0-KO-KE, S. The breaking off of one’s: 
friendship through fear of rivalship in the 

estimation of a chief; ka paokoke i na io o 

Hana. 

Pa-o-La, s. Pa and ola, recovery from. 
sickness. The opposite of pamake; he ola 
wale no ka mai, aole pamake iki o na ka- 
naka. 

Pa-o-Li-vE, s. Pa, fence, and olive 
(£ng.), olive. An olive yard. 1 Sam. 8:14. 

Pa-o-Lo, s. See Puoto. A bundle; some- 
thing folded and carried under the arm or 
in the hand; i loaa kahi wahi ma ko kakou 
poholima, a he wahi paolo paha. 

Pa-o-mo-nI, v. To contend, as two par- 

ties for victory. 

A-O-NA, S. Eng. A pound in money ; 

twenty shillings. 

2. A pound in weight. Oihk. 19:35. 

3. An instrument to weigh with; a bal- 
ance; scales, &c. This is sometimes written 
pauna. 

Pa-o-na, v. To weigh; to use the in- 
struments of weighing. Oihk. 19:36. 

Pa-o-n1, v. Pa and oni, to move. To 
envy ; to be moved by envy. 

Pa-o-ni-0-nI, v. Lir. To move; to strug- 
gle, as an infant either before or after it is 
born ; hence, 

2. To struggle against a person, or against 
adverse circumstances. 

3. To withstand; to contend, as two par- 
ties for supremacy. 

4. To resist one’s influence ; to envy. 

Pa-o-nI-o-n1, s. Envy. Ozh. 13:45. The 
act of envying. 1 Kor. 3:3. The expres- 
sion of envy by defaming the envied per 
son. 

Pa-o-n1-0-NI, adv. Struggling for su- 
premacy; ke haele nei no o manao ole me 
manao, aole i oi aku, aole i emi mai, noho 
paonioni no laua a hiki mai i keia la. 

Pa-o-no, adv. See Pa, distributive par- 
ticle. Pa and ono, six. By sixes; six-fold; 
six times; six at once. Jsa. 6:2. 

Pao-pao, v. See Pao, to peck; to strike 
at. To beat or bruise the head. 

2. To beat or bruise generally. Isa. 53:5. 

To smite. Pule. 3:20. 

Pao-pao, s. A strife; a beating. Puwk. 
oe: Paopaoia, beaten; bruised. Oihk. 

2:24. 

2. The name of a species of fish. 


Pao-pao, adj. Bound, as a prisoner; 
one in bondage. See Pio. 

Pao-Pao-No-HO-NI-A, S. Envy; jealousy; 
ill-will ; living with or indulging in bad 
feelings towards others. 


PAU 


Pa-o-pa, s. Eng. Gun-powder. See also 
Pavupa. 

Pau, v. To all; to be all; to be entire 
or complete to whatever it refers. 

2. To be spent; to be finished or com- 
pleted. 

3. To consume; to pass away. Pass. 
Pauia or pauhia. 

4. Hoo. To destroy; to consume; to put 
anend to. Nah. 14:35. 

5. To make an end of; to finish, as an 
appointed work. Jos. 5:8. 

6. To end; to terminate; to make up; 
to fill up, as time ; to fulfill, as a specified 
time. Kin. 29:27. 

Pav, s. A kind of poor kapa, not white 
nor black, nor any definite color. It takes 
ke for its article. 

2. Ink for writing. 

3. The black smut of a lampwick; he 
wahi eleele no ke kukui. 

4, A vault; a stone house ; lua pau. 

Pau, adj. All; a pau loa, all; every 
one; everything. 

Pau, adv. Entirely; wholly; completely. 
Norr.—Use has rendered the meaning of 
this word like the French tout, as in tout le 
mond, all the world, everybody, when only 
a small part is intended. 

Pa-u, s. The principal garment of a 
Hawaiian female in former times, consist- 
ing of a number of kapas, generally five, 
wound around the waist and reaching to 
the knee more or less. 

Pa-u, v. To put or bind on a pa-u. 

Pau-a, s. Name of a species of oyster; 
a species of fish ; he wahi ano pipi kai; he 
wahi ia, he papaua. 

Pav-a-a-Li-na, v. To be heavy to carry; 
to be hard to bear, as a burden; e pauaa- 
lina me he pookaeo la. 

Pau-a-Hi, s. Pau and ahi, fire. Destruc- 
tion of anything by fire; generally applied 
to a house, viz.: a house burning. 

2. Soot from a fire or lamp. 

Pau-a-Ho, v. Pau and aho, breath. To 
be out of breath. 

2. To be discouraged: to give up the 
pursuit of a thing ; to forsake it. 

3. To be faint-hearted ; to be discour- 
aged. 1 Oihl. 22:13. To be weary on ac- 
count of trouble. Kin. 27:46. 

4. Hoo. To labor in vain. Kin. 19:11. 
To despair of success. Kekah. 2:20. 

Pav-a-no, adj. Breathless. Fic. Faint- 
hearted; giving up; yielding; wanting 
perseverance. 

Pav-a-xa, v. To be weary; to be fa- 
uaued with carrying a burden or with hard 
work. 

2. To work without reward ; e hana me 
ka uku ole. 


434 


PAU 


3. Hoo. To deride; to reproach one for 

laboring to no purpose or without reward; 
e puali, e pauakaaka, e puakaaka. 

Pau-a-ka, adj. Crooked; deceitful or 
unjust; lying or deceiving, as giving away 
what belongs to another. 

Pavu-a-Ka-A-KA, v. See Pavaka above. 
To laugh at or ridicule one for laboring 
without wages. 


Pav-a-l, v. To be crooked, per- 

PAv-A-LI-A-LI, verse or wicked; applied 
to chiefs and people. 

2. E puali me he poo maia la, e pauaa- 
lina me he podkaeo la. 

Pau-a-NEI-NEI, v. See Pau and NEIneEI, 
to shrink up. To shrink; to be too little ; 
to be small. 

Pav-a-ni-HI, s. Young kalo; the tops 
of kalo. See OnINtHI. 

Pav-o-ut-a-Ka, s. Name of a vine like 
the koali, used as a cathartic medicine. 

2. Name of a species of bird. 

Pavu-o-no, v. Pau and ono, sweet. To 
be finished or gone; done complete; ap- 
plied to food fully cooked; pauono kahi 
puaa a kakou, aole malena, our piece of 
pork is finely cooked, it is not burnt. 

Pau-u, s. The young of the ulua, a spe- 
cies of fish. 

Pav-Ha-ka-kI, adj. Full; well fed; 
plump ; me kona kino ikaika, puipui pau- 
hakaki no hoi. 

Pa-u-Ha-Nna, adj. Constantly at work; 
e hana mau. 

Pavu-HE-0-HE-0, v. To be small, as a 
small place between two larger; applied 
to many things. 

2. A person returning from fishing with- 
out any is pauheoheo. 

Pau-ui-a, v. Passive of pau. To be 
alike ; to be all in the same condition ; to 
be all together. Nore.—tThe signification 
is varied by the words following ; as, ua 
pauhia lakou i ka hiamoe, they were all 
asleep. 1 Sam. 26:12. Ua pauhia mai au 
e ka makemake nui, I was overwhelmed with 
a strong desire. Laieik. 144. 

2. To be overtaken by evil; to suffer loss 
or damage; to be overtaken by any calam- 
ity so that there is a general suffering. 

3. To sleep soundly; to dream; to have 
a vision. 

Pav-nu, s. Name of a shell-fish, a spe- 
cies of the leho. 

Pav-Hu, adj. Small; feeble about the 
chest and shoulders ; panuu, pohuku. 


Pa-u-Hu-u-Hu, s. The name of a fish. 
See Pavuy, s. 

Pav-kE, v. Paw and ke, to press against. 
To slander; to belie; to tell lies about one 
in order to bring him into fault. 


— 


PAU 


Pau-x1-k1, v. To be excited; to make a 
great noise. 

2. To slip up ; to fall. 

3. To all cry out. 

Pav-xi-Lo, v. To knowasa kilo is sup- 
posed to do. 

Pav-xi-Nno, adj. Destroyed, as the body 
of a person by a shark or by fire. Nore.— 
Paulcino is not often used, but is sometimes 
used for paumako. 

Pau-ku, v. To curve, as the curve of a 
canoe. 

2. To be divided into bits or small parts. 
Mel. Sol. 1:11. . 

3. To cut up into short pieces. 

Pau-xu, s. A bit of a thing; a piece cut 
off; a fraction; a portion. 

2. Specifically, a verse or stanza of a 
hymn; a verse or small portion of Scrip- 
ture; a section of a book. Laieik. 111. 

3. A small lot of land next less in size 
than a moo. 

4, An age; a period of time. 

5. The length from the ends of the fin- 
gers of one hand to the elbow of the oppo- 
site arm when both are extended. 

6. In geometry, a cylinder. Ana Hon. 29. 


Pav-La, 4 Eng. Gun-powder. See 

Pav-pa, Paopa. 

2. Sand, i. e., one a, burning sand: so 
gun-powder was called at first by Hawai- 
jans. 

Pav-ua, s. A full grown tree when the 
timber becomes red ; he laau 00 a ula. 

Pav-La-Li-Lu, s. The watch-word given 
by Kalanimoku before the battle of Kua- 
moo. 

Pau-LE-Le, v. To trust in; to lean or 
rely upon; to believe or credit what one 
has said; to put confidence in; to desire 
with the whole heart ; to believe fully. 

Pau-LE-LE, s. Confidence; faith. Luk. 
TD. 

Pa-u-u1, adj. Pa and wii, blue. Dark 
colored ; blue, as the sea ; pauli ke kai. 
Pa-v-Li-u-L1, adj. Dark blue, as the sky 
in the evening near the horizon—one of the 

signs of a kaikoo or high surf. 

Pa-v-Li-HI-a, adj. Accustomed; skillful 
on account of being accustomed. 


Pav-ti-HI-va, s. A great thickness of| p 


dark, heavy, shining clouds. 


He paudihiua na ka ua haoa, 
He loko papohaku na ke kioao, 
Na kuu anae no Lele aanae— 
Aia la iluna o Waipuhia 

Me au aholehole i Lanihuli. 


Pav-ui-H1-ua, adj. Dark; black with 
thick darkness. 


Kuu pae opua i Awalau, 
Kualau ka ua koko, 
Paulehiawa (paulihiua) pa ka hoolua, 


435 


PAU 


Pa ke kau malie Kona ua Jai lua, 

Haki kau hola kahelaka nalu o Kapaelauhala, 
Hoaiai ke kaiko o Maliu—e— 

Ko maliu ole i ka uolo—e. 

Pav-Li-Na-Li-nA, v. To gird up tightly; 
to tie fast. 

Pau-ma, s. Eng. A pump; he omowai, 
he omoliu. 

Pau-ma, v. To draw; to move along; 
to push. 

2. To turn, as a person turns a canoe to 
the wind to empty it of water. 

Pau-maa-LE-a, adj. Pauw and maalea, 
skill; cunning. Given to thought; accus- 
tomed to reflection; giving to devising and 
planning. 

Pau-mA-E-LE, v. Paw and maele, dirty. 
To defile ; to pollute ; to be all over pol- 
luted. Jsa.59:3. Hoo. To defile; to make 
dirty. Mel. Sol. 5:3. To be soft; to be 
moist ; to be unctuous. 

Pau-ma-E-LE, adj. Dirty; defiled; ob- 
scured by something black. 

2. All over defiled ; very filthy. 
3. Fic. Sunk in sin or moral defilement; 
heart unrenewed. 

Pau-mau-Noo-nNoo, s. A keep-sake; a 
memento. 

Pavu-ma-Ko, v. Pau and mako. To cry 
for grief; to be sad for the loss of a friend; 
to writhe in mental agony; to exhibit deep 
grief; to be cast down; to be down-hearted; 
to be disquieted. Hal. 42:5, 11. 

Pau-ma-xo, s. Deep grief; a mourning 
for the loss of a friend; heaviness of the 
eyes with sorrow ; the being overwhelmed 
with sorrow. Hal. 61:2. 

Pav-MA-Ko-ko, s. Great sorrow; the 
eyes heavy with sorrow. 

Pa-u-ME-u-ME, s. The name of a game.- 

Pa-u-m1, dis. part. Ten apiece; ten each; 
paumi ka apa o kahi, some had ten pieces 
of cloth each. 

PAav-NA-KAU-LI-KE, s. Scales, as from 
the flesh ; baldness. Isa. 40:12. 

Pavu-NEI-NEI, v. ‘To be all moved or ex- 
cited ; to make a great noise; to slip up; 
to fall; to cry out. 

Pau-ni-NI-u, v. Pau and niniu. See 

Nio, to whirl. To turn about, as a top; 

pauniniu ka lemu o ka laan. 

AU-PAU, v. See Pav, to cease. To 

make an end of; to break off. Hoo. To 

cease doing a thing; e hoopaupau i kela 
kamailio keia kamailio e lealea ai, cease all 
conversation that leads to licentiousness. 


Pavu-pau, s. Hoo. A breaking off from 
any practice ; a putting an end to it. 

Pav-pau, adj. Bad; evil; dirty; old or 
worn out, as mats or kapas ; paupau kahi 
Kapa; filthy; dirty; anclean. 


PAH 


Pau-pau-a-Ho, v. Paupau and aho, 
breath. To be out of breath; to pant for 
breath. 

2. To be faint-hearted ; to give over an 
undertaking without sufficient effort. Hoitk. 
2:3. 

: 3. To be discouraged through fear. Jer. 
31. 

4. To be faint through great exertion. 
2 Sam. 21:15. 

5. Hoo. To weary ; to trouble; to pro- 
voke. Isa. 7:13. 

Pau-pav-a-Ho, adj. Breathless; panting 
for breath, as a dying person. 

2. Giving up a pursuit; discouraged ; 
faint-hearted. 


Pau-Pa-E-LE, adj. Paw and paele, de-. 


filed. Filthy; defiled; dirty. See Pauma- 
ELE. 

Pav-pv, adv. Pau and pu, together. 
All together; allin one condition; together 
in the same circumstances; paupu kakou 
malalo o ka make, we are all alike under 
sentence of death. 

Pav-wa, s. Name of a species of fish. 
See Papava. 

Pau-pa, s. Eng. Gun-powder; vari- 
ously written paola, paula and paoda. 

Pa-wa, s. Pride; haughtiness of bear- 
ing. See Pawana. 

Pa-wa, s. ‘The name of a plant, the leaf 
of which is used for food during a scarcity; 
in some places it is called kapala. 

2. A surf board; he papa heenalu. 

Pa-Ha, v. To be proud; to boast; to 
be lofty in one’s bearing. See Panapana. 


Pa-nA, adv. Perhaps; it may be so, &c.; 
expressive of doubt. Nore.—It is often 
used when there is very little or no doubt; 
a frequent expletive; ae paha, yes perhaps, 
a polite way of assenting to one’s opinion 
while the speaker withholds full belief, or 
even holds to an opposite opinion. 


Pa-Haa, a Pa and haa, low. 

Pa-HAa-HAA, § Very short; low; humble. 

Pa-HAA-HAA, s. Shortness; bluntness; 
rotundity. 

Pa-Hao, s. Pa, pan, and hao, iron. An 
iron pan or plate. 


Pa-Hao, v. Ina game, to lay down your 
own with another’s, and take up at random 
in order to get a better. 


Pa-wao-HaAo, v. Pa and haohao, to won- 
der at. To have another form; to be trans- 
figured. Luk. 9:29. 

2. To change one’s appearance exter- 
nally ; to be changeable. 

3. To change one’s character. 

4. Hoo. To transform. Rom. 12:2. 


‘Pa-Hao-Hao, adj. Changed in appear- 


436 


PAH 


ance; transfigured; having another ex- 
ternal form. 

2. That which cannot be laid hold of; 
not material ; not substantial, as a ghost; 
he mea pahaohao, a bodiless thing. 

3. Wavering; fickle; unsteady, as in 
feeling or conduct; in doubt or suspense ; 
undecided. ; 

Pa-Hav, v. To embezzle in a second- 
hand way; applied to property which is to 
be distributed, as fish, kapa, &c., among 
the people of a chief. 

Pa-Hau-na, s. The name of a heiau 
near Lamalolpa in Hamakua, Hawaii; he 
heiau kahiko kela mai ka po mai, a hikii 
keia manawa. Laieik. 27. 

Pa-Ha-HA, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Pa-Ha-HA, v. Paand haha, to strut. To 
strut; to walk about proudly; to play the 
cock-turkey. 

Pa-na-HA, Ss. A large broad swelling of 
the neck. 

Pa-Ha-HA, adj. Broad, full and plump, 
as the neck when one has the mumps. 

2. Proud; high-minded ; disdainful. 

Pa-Ha-LE, s. Pa and hale, house. An 
inclosure in front of a house; a court yard; 
the space around the house inclosed by a 
fence. tiled 

Pa-Ha-NE-RI, distrib. adv. Pa, distrib- 
utive particle. and haneri (Hng.), a hun- 
dred. By the hundred; a hundred fold; a 
hundred times. 

Pa-Ha-pa-HA, s. See Panana, adj. Af- 
fected stiffness in the gait and address of a 
person ; strutting ; me ka pahapaha i hele 
mai ai. 

2. A kind of sea-weed; he lipaha, he 
limu. 

Pa-HA-PA-HA, v. See Pana and Panana, 
adj. To gird one’s self up; to vaunt in 
fine clothes ; to be proud ; to boast; paha- 
paha iho la kekahi poe me ka noonoo ole i 
ka mea e oluolu ai. 

Pa-HE, adj. Soft; easy; flexible. 

Pa-HE-A-HE-A, s. Pa and hea, to call. 
The voice of whispering like a ghost; a 
small, thin voice just audible. ; 

Pa-HEE, v. Paand hee, toslip. Toslip; 
to slide, as the feet. Hal. 17:5. Hoo. To 
cause to slide; hence, to fall. Kanl. 32:35. 
To let or cause to flow, as blood; mai hoo- 
pahee koko. ? 

2. To play at the game called pahee; ua 
pono ka pahee, no ka mea me ka ikaika nui 
e pahee ai, a ua pono no ke kino ma ia 
paani. ‘ 

Pa-neEE, s. Smooth cloth; silk. 

2. The name of a game which consists in 
sliding a stick either on grass or gravel. 
See the verb. 

3. Slipperiness; smoothness. Hal. 55:21. 


PAH 


4. A smooth place. 

5. Name of a region on the side of the 
mountains next below the ilima. 
Pa-neE, adj. Smoothed; polished; slip- 

pery; shining, as a polished surface ; 
smooth, as a person without hair. Kin. 
27:11. 
Pa-HEE-HEE, adj. Slippery; liable to 
fall. Hal. 73:18. Muddy, as a road. 
Pa-HE-LE, v. To take ina snare; to in- 


snare. Kekah. 9:12. Hoo. To be caught 
in a snare. Jsa. 28:13. To be insnared. 
Tsa. 42:22. . 


Pa-neE-LE, s. A noose for-catching ani- 
mals; asnare. Isa. 8:14. 
2. Deceit; treachery; e malama ia oe 
iho i na pahele o ko Hawaii nei. 


3. Applied to the deceit of an enemy. 


Tos. 23:13. 

Pa-HE-LE, adj. Kahi puka pahele ma 
kahi ana i makemake ai e hei. 

Pa-nE-Lo, v. To slip; to slide; to slip 
and fall. 

2. To throw a spear. 

Pa-nE-Lo, s. A slipping; a sliding. 

Pa-HE-MA-HE-MA, adj. Pa and hema- 
hema, awkward. Ignorant; awkward in 
the use of language ; ungrammatical. 


Pa-HE-mo, v. Pa and hemo, to loosen. 

* To loosen ; to set or let loose. 

2. To slip, as one walking; o naele aua- 
nei kakou a pahemo auanei a haule ilalo. 

3. To slip off, as an axe from the helve. 
Hoo. The same. 

Pa-HE-PA-HE, adj. Soft; flexible; rotten; 
lazy. See Pa and Hepa, lazy. 

Pa-n, s. A knife; any cutting instru- 
ment of the knife kind; pahi kaua, a sword; 
pahi pelu, a jack-knife, &c. See the com- 
pounds. 

Pa-u1, s. In Tahitian, a canoe or ship; 
no ka mea, aia malaila (ma Tahiti) ka waa 
nui, he pahi kainoa. JD. Malo 3:20. 

Pa-n1, v. Lit. To knife, i. e., to cut a 
piece of meat thin as a knife; e oki labi- 
lahi i ka io. 

2. To stand up on edge. 
3. E kulepelepe, e hoolepe. 

Pa-ni-a, int. adv. Pa and hia, how 
many? How many fold? how many to 
each? 

Pa-nt-a, v. To jump in an oblique man- 
ner from a perpendicular height into the 
water, so that in rising to the surface, the 
feet come up first. 

Pa-nt-a, s. A mistake; a slipping; a 
falling. 

Pa-Ht-A-HI-a, v. See Panta. To slip; 
to slide ; to fall down. 


Pa-Hi-o, v. Paand hio, to lean. ‘To lean 


437 





PAH 


over ; to bend over in walking ; té move, 
as a weak person. 

Pa-nt-o, adj. Tall and slender, as a 
man; leaning over, as a house ; stooping, 
as a person. 

Pa-ut-o1, s. Pahiandoz, sharp. A sharp 
knife. Jos. 5:3. 

Pa-ui-ol-Lu-a, s. Paki and oilua, two 
edges. A two-edged knife or sword. 

Pa-u1-0-Lo, s. Pahi and olo, to vibrate. 
A saw, so called from its motion in using. 
2 Sam. 12:13. 

Pa-ni-u-n1-u, s. Art. ke. The name of 
a game like the konane. 

Pa-HI-U-HI-U, v. To move by jumping, 
as one does in playing konane. See Ko- 
NANE. 

Pa-nI-v-mi-u-m1, s. Pahi and umiumi, 
beard. A beard knife, i.e.,arazor. See 
PAHIKAHI. 

Pa-HI-HA-HAU, S. Pahi and hahau, to 
strike. A knife to strike with, i.e.,asword. 

Pa-ni-Kau-a, Ss. Pahiand kaua, war. A 
sword; awar knife. Fia. Power; oppress- 
ive power. Kin. 27:40. 

Pa-HI-KA-HI, s. Pahi and kahi, to cut. 
Ayrazor. Jsa. 7:20. See Panromicmi. 

Pa-HI-KA-KI-Wl, S. Pahi and kakiwi, 
bent. A crooked knife; a cutlass; a sickle, 
&e. Kanl. 23:26. 

Pa-u-ku, dist. adv. Pa and hiku, seven. 
Seven-fold; seven times; by sevens. Hin. 
7:2. He uku pahiku, seven-fold punish- 
ment. 

Pa-ni-Lav, s. A falsehood; an untruth; 
o ka like ole o ka olelo me ka oiaio. 

Pa-ni-LI, v. Pa and ili, to turn; to 
twist. To blow on different sides, as a 
flickering wind; pahili ka pea i ka makani. 
Ke pahili mai nei ka makani. 

Pa-HI-LO-KE-A, Ss. Pahi and lokea, white. 
A long knife with a white handle. See 
LoKEA. 

Pa-HI-Lo-Lo, s. False; untrue; deceit- 
ful ; aole ka he pahilolo. 

Pa-nt-Lo-Lo, adj. Tall; strutting 3 proud 
in one’s movements. 

Pa-HI-MA-KA-LU-A, 8. Pahi and maka, 
edge, and lua, two. A double-edged sword 
or knife. 

Pa-Hi-pa, s. Pa, yard, and hipa (Eng.), 
sheep. A yard for sheep; a sheep fold. 2 
Sam. 7:8. 

Pa-HI-Pal-Pal, s. Paht and paipai, to 
prune. A pruning knife. Isa, 2:4. 

Pa-HI-PA-HI-LI-MA, Ss. Name of an an- 
cient play or pastime. 

Pa-HI-PE-LU, s. Pahi and pelu, to double 
he A jack-knife; a pen-knife; any shut 
snife. 


PAH 


Pa-HI-Poo-mu-ku, s. A knife like a razor; 
a butcher’s knife. 

Pa-HI-wa-KAa-Wa-KA, S. Pahi and waka- 
waka, shining. A polished blade, as a saw, 
a sword; a flaming sword. Kin. 3:24. 

Pa-Ho, v. See Pono. To sink; to sink 
down, as in water or mud; to be out of 
sight under water ; e nalo iloko o ka wai; 
to settle down in a miry place; e napoo i 
kahi nenelu. 

2. To swim. Isa. 25:11. Mea paho, a 
swimmer. 

3. To slip off; to slide away, &e. 
PAHOLO. 

Pa-Ho, adj. Sinking; settling down ; 
pohi, emi, piho. 

Pa-Ho-a, s. A sharp stone; a broken 
piece of a stone with a sharp edge. 

2. A short wooden dagger; oo iho la 
laua ia ia i ka pahoa, they two pierced him 
with a pahoa (short wooden sword.) Hoo- 
koke ia Lono me ka pahoa, he drew near 
to Captain Cook with a pahoa. 

Pa-Ho-E, s. A fleet of canoes fishing for 
the malolo, flying-fish. 

Pa-Ho-E-Ho-E, s. Smooth shining lava; 
flat unbroken lava; he pahoehoe a Pele. 
Pa-HO-E-Ho-E-PE-LE, s. Name of the 

hooks used in catching the sea-turtle. 

Pa-Ho-o-La, s. Pa and hoola, a single 
kapa. A remnant; a piece; a worthless 
piece. See Panos. Syn. with pawelu. 

Pa-HOO-LA-PA-LA-PA, Ss. Pa, pan, and 
hoolapalapa, to boil or fry. A frying-pan. 

Pa-Ho-La, v. Paand hola, to poison fish. 
To render useless; to be inactive; to be 
without effect. 

Pa-no-La, s. That which is made use- 
less, ineffectual or of no account; ua hoo- 
lilo ika Olelo a ke Akua i pahola, ai pa- 
welu, a i mea ole, i mea lapuwale. 

Pa-Ho-LA-Ho-LA, v. Pa and holahola. 
To poison fish with the auhuhu. 

Pa-Ho-LE, v. To peel off, as the skin. 

2. To rub ; to polish. 

Pa-HO-LE-HO-LE, s. Pa and holehole, to 
rub off the skin. <A rubbing of the skin; 
a breaking of the skin; 0 ka paholehole o 
ka ili; hilahila ino ka poe hana pela. 

Pa-Ho-Lo, v. See Pano. To sink in the 
water or mud. 

2. To plunge down out of sight; to 
drown; to be overwhelmed. 1 Tim. 6:9. 

3. To fall down. 

4. To slip off the handle, as an axe, or 
off from the finger, as a ring or thimble. 

5. Hoo. To throw into the sea. 


Pa-HO-L0-HO-Lo, v. See Panoto. To 
slip off; to let loose; to be separated from. 


Ps-Ho-no, v. Pa and hono, to stitch. To 


See 


438 


PAH 


sew up, as a rent; to join two pieces of 
kapa or cloth by sewing; to stitch together. 

Pa-Ho-no-14, adj. See Hono. Sewed ; 
mended, as old garments. Jos. 9:4. 

Pa-nu, s. A barrel, cask, box, chest, &c. 
NorE.—A pahu was originally a hollow 
cocoanut or other tree with a shark skin 
drawn over one end and used for a drum: 
hence anything hollow and giving a sound 
when struck is a pahu. 


2. A coffin. Kin. 50:26. 
3. A hole dug as a landmark. See the 
compounds. 


4. The name of aspecies of fish forbidden 
to women to eat under the kapu system. 

Pa-nu, v. ‘To push or shove on end. 

2. To push over; to push down. Fig. 
To overthrow, as an enemy. 2 Oihl. 18:10. 
To overpower ; to tread down, as opposi- 
tion. Hal. 44:5. 

3. To burst forth; to run out, as a liquid; 
to gush or flow out. 

4. To burst forth with a noise; to break 
suddenly ; to burst, as a boil. 

5. To dig holes for planting. 

6. To fall down. 

7. To strike or pound. See Paopao. 

8. To cut, as in bleeding. 

9. To blunt; to cut off the end of a thing; 
to cut into. 

10. To throw. as a spear. 

11. To stuff food into a person’s mouth. 

Pa-nu, s. Small kalo stinted with weeds. 

2. The name of a fish. 

3. The name of a species of fish net; he 
upena pahu. 

Pa-Hu, adj. Round and smooth, as a 
bald head ; applied to a hula, hula pahu. 
Pa-uu-a, v. To dance; to go through 

the evolutions of dancing. 

2. To beat against the wind, as a ship. 

3. To fall off, as a ship sailing against 
the wind. 

4. To refuse to go or to do a thing; to 
be stubborn ; to be angry. 

Pa-HU-I-Hu-I, v. See Hiv and Hivuiv. 
To play at.a game; to play for pleasure; e 
hoopiopio, e hoomake i kekahi pohaku me 
ka hele ana, e kaina. 

Pa-uu-1-Hu-1, s. The name of a game 
or pastime. 

Pa-nu-u-mE, s. Pahu and ume, to draw 
out. A bureau; a chest of drawers; a 
drawer from a larger chest or box. 


Pa-HU-HO-I-KE, s. Pahu and hoike, to 
show. The ark of the testimony, so trans- 
lated from Puk. 26:33 and other places. 

Pa-nu-Ho-Pu, s. The name of a goal 
where the race-course stopped, opposite to 
the pahulkcu, where the race commenced; a 
kukuluia ka laau me ka lepa ma ka pohu- 
hopu. 


PAH 


Pa-Hu-Hu, v. See Panu, v. To gush 
out, as blood from a wound; hahau iho la 
ka moli, pahuhu ae la ke koko, the instru- 
ment strikes, the blood flows out. See 
Mout. 

Pa-Hu-Hu, s. A species of fish; the 
young of the huhu. 

Pa-nu-Hvu-La, s. A kind of drum used 
at hulas in former times; it was covered 
with shark skin. 

Pa-nu-xa-La, s. "Name of one of the 
mock-fights formerly practiced in keeping 
up the war spirit; he kaua pahukala kahi 
inoa o keia kaua. 

Pa-nu-ka-NA-wal, s. Pahu and kana- 
wai, law. The ark of the testimony. Puk. 

_ 30:6. See PaHvHoIKE above. 

Pa-nu-xa-n1, s. Pahu and kani,to sound. 
A drum; a bass viol; a music box. in. 
31:27. Any musical instrument of the puls- 
atile kind. 

Pa-nu-Ka-pu, s. Pahu and kapu, pro- 
hibited. Liv. Asacred box. A sanctuary; 
a place consecrated to a particular use. 
Puk. 15:17. A place where it was kapu 
or forbidden to go or to pass. Laieiie. 101. 
Some sign or signal was generally put up. 

Pa-nu-xu, v. To turn back an enemy 
and make the pursuers retreat. 

2. To be cut off short; to be round. 


Pa-Hu-xu, s. The reserve of an army; 
a reinforcement that supports the vanguard 
party and repels the enemy. 

2. A soft yielding mass; a round mass. 

3. A stick or goal erected at the begin- 
ning of a race; hele aku la uamau kanaka 
elua a biki i ka pahuleu. 

Pa-nu-ku, adj. Short; round. See Po- 
HUKO. 

Pa-nu-La, v. Pa and hula, to dance. 
To dance; to hula, i. e., to sing and dance. 

Pa-nu-La, s. A dance. See Huta. 

Pa-Hu-Lu, s. Potatoes of the second 
growth. 

2. A papu part of the sea which is much 
used ; he kai kapu, i hoonuaia. 

Pa-Hu-Lu, s. Name of an ancient god 
who lived in the hole of a certain rock on 
Kauai; he was killed by Kaululaau, a chief 
from Maui. 

2. Name of the goddess who conceived 
and brought forth Lanai; he akua hapai 
no Lanai. 

Pa-Hu-Lu-LU, adj. Somewhat rainy; a 
little cloudy and rainy or dripping; not 
entirely clear. 

Pa-Hu-MA-NA-MA-NA, Ss. A market; a 
market place ; haule i ka pahu i ka pahu- 
MANAMANA. 

Pa-nu-na, s. See Panu, to push, and 


439 


PAK 


Ana. A thrusting; a striking, as with a 
weapon. 

Pa-Hu-pal, s. A drum for beating at a 
hula; o ka ili mano, he mea ia e hana iai 
pahupai. 

Pa-Hu-PA-HU, S$. Stinted kalo growing 
among weeds. 

2. The name of a game played on a rect- 
angular table, billiards. 

Pa-nu-PA-HU, adj. Blunt; obtuse; dull; 
omuku. 

Pa-Hu-pa-HU, v. See Pant, to strike. 
To strike or pound; to bruise. See Pao- 
PAO. 

Pa-Hu-Pa-LA-PA-LA, 8. Pahu and pala- 
pala, writing. Originally, a container for 
the liquor in printing kapas. 

2. A writing desk. 
Pa-Hu-wal, s. A cistern; a container of 


water. Jer. 2:13. 
Pa-Hu-BE-RI-TA, S. Pahu and berita 
The ark of the coy- 


(Heb.), a covenant. 
enant among the Hebrews. Jos. 3:3. 

Pa-xa, v. To make war; to fight; to 
strike, as large drops of rain upon dry 
leaves, making a noise. 

2. To cut; to pare; to peel off. 

3. To fend off or turn aside, as the stern 
does a canoe to avoid a wave which threat- 
ens to fill it. 

4. To shoot or slide a canoe or surf-board 
on a wave. 

5. To prepare before hand for any busi- 
ness or any event. 

Pa-ka, s. Any small round substance, 
as the head of a pin; a knot at the end of 
a rope. 

2. The sharp projections on the sides of 
the tail of certain fish, as the kala, the pa- 
lani and the manini. 

3. A flat calabash, so called because large 
and flat. 

4. A stone used by fishermen. 

5. Paka is sometimes written for baka, 
tobacco. 

Pa-xa, adj. Lean, as flesh ; destitute of 
fat. 

2. Ready; prepared ; furnished. 

3. Old: aged. 

Pa-xa, adv. Clearly; plainly; intelli- 
gibly; evidently. Syn. with lea, pono and 
maopopo. Ua oki paka, haalele ina mea 
ino a pau. 

Pa-xaa, v. To peel off; to skin; to strip 
off the skin from a vegetable. 

Pa-xaa, s. Lean flesh. 

Pa-KAA-WI-LI, v. Pa and kaawili, to 
writhe. To encircle; to twine around, as 
a vine. 

2. To turn this way and that. 

3. To turn round; to roll in upon itself 
like a curling flame. Ezek. 1:4. 


PAK 


440 


PAK 


LLL LLL 
Pa-xal, s. Art. ke. An eatable vegeta-| Pa-Ka-Ka, adj. Narrow; thin, as the 


‘ble; he mea ulu, he mea ai; a kind of herb 
used for food in time of scarcity. 


back door of a house; sie e komo oe ma 
ka puka pakaka. 


Pa-xal-E-LE-Lu, s. Name of a wind; a| Pa-xa-Ka, adj. Swelled; big, as one’s 


strong wind off Waianae. 

Pa-xal-E-a, s. A species of sea-weed. 

Pa-Kal-E-LE, s. Name of a species of 
fish ; he pakaualoa. 

Pa-Karxal, v. To pound, as with a 
pestle. 

Pa-kai-Kal, s. The name of a vegeta- 
ble. See Pakal. 

Pa-xao, v. To go about lazily; to live 
without object; to live solitarily; e hakao, 
e helewale. 

Pa-xavu-a, s. Pa, fence, and kaua, war. 
A fort; a place of refuge; a stronghold. 
1 Oihl. 11:5. A garrison. 2 Sam. 8:14. A 
palace; the residence of a king. Neh. 1:1. 

PA-KAU-A-KEE, S. 

Pa-Kau-a-Lo-a, s. The name of a fish. 
See PAKAIELE. 

Pa-kau-Ka-mA, S. Pa, yard, and kau- 
kama (Eng.). cucumber. A garden of 
cucumbers. See Kaukama. Isa. 8:1. 

Pa-kau-LA, s. Pa, pair, and kawla, rope. 
A set of ropes for the rigging of a vessel. 


Pa-KAU-LEI, 0. To be continually chang- 

ing one’s residence ; mai noho a pakaulei. 

2. To move along step by step; to go by 
little and little. 

3. To sit upright. 

Pa-Kavu-LEI, adj. Unsteady; going from 
house to house. 

2. Destitute of house and utensils. 
KUONOONOOLE. 

3. Living in a loose way or without 
method, as one who leaves his wife to fol- 
low one, then another. 

Pa-xa-HA, v. Paand kaha. Tobe greedy 
of property ; hence, to oppress ; to cheat ; 
to be dishonest In any way 

Pa-xa-HA, s. A kind of aap fish of the 
sea, rough outside. 

2. Greediness after another’s property ; 
a seizing what is another’s. 


Pa-Ka-HI, dist. adv. Pa and kahi, one. 
One to ‘eagh. Jos. 4:5. One in a place; 
one by one ; pakahi i ka makahiki, once a 
year. Oihke. 16:34. 

Pa-Ka-HI, v. To distribute to each one. 
los. 4:2. To take turns; to do one at a 
time; to be numbered one by one. 1 Oihil. 
23:3. 

Pa-xa-ka, v. To glide with a canoe on 
the surf; to ride on the surf. 

2. To flow off; to turn off, as a canoe is 
turned to avoid a sea; to shoot or slide, as 
a surf-board on a wave; e pakaka i ‘ka 
waa, to steer the canoe. See Paka. 


See 


person. 

Pa-xa-Ka-HI, v. Paka, to drop, as rain, 
and kahi, one. To drop scatteringly a lit- 
tle rain. 

Pa-xa-KE, v. See Hoopaxaxe. To talk 
indistinctly, as a Hawaiian trying to speak 
English ; to use the kale language. 

Pa-KA-KE-U, v. To have the last word 
in scolding; to chide; to scold often; to 
act as a scolding woman; to exhibit an 
evil disposition. 

Pa-xa-x1, v. To talk irrationally ; to 
actas inarevel; to contend, asa drunkard. 

Pa-KA-LA- “KA-LA, s. A species of fish; 
the little kala; he kala liilii. 

Pa-KA-NA-0-NO, dist. adj. Pa and kana- 
ono, sixty. Sixty-fold. Mat. 13:8. 

Pa-Ka-na-Lo-a, s. Name of a species of 
fish. See OLALI, same species. 

Pa-KA-NU, 5S. Pa, yard, and kanu, to 
plant. A garden; a place where things are 
planted. set. 7:7. 

Pa-Ka-Pa-KA, v. See Paxa. To drop, as 
large rain drops; to make the noise that 
such drops make on dry substances; to 
patter. 

Pa-xa-Pa-Ka, s. A heavy shower of rain. 

2. The wrinkled skin of the eye. 

3. An aged person, from his wrinkles. 

4, Weakness ; feebleness, as of an aged 
person. 

Pa-Ka-PA-KA, adj. Coarse or large, as 
the lauhala leaves with which a mat is 
braided ; he moena pakapaka. 

2. Numerous, as men. 

3. Large and many, as fish, &c., in one’s 
possession ; pakapaka kanaka o mea ; pa- 
kapaka ka ia ia mea ma. 

Pa-xe, v. Paand ke, to resist. To push 
away ; to defend off; to resist. 

2. To ring ; to sound ; to sing. 

Pa-kE, s. Softness ; weakness. 

2. The name of white kapa. 

3. The appellation given to a Chinaman. 
Pa-KE, adj. Soft; weak; flexible. 
Pa-KE-a, s. A species of white stone. 
Pa-KE-A-Al, S. See PAKELAAI. 
Pa-xE-0, adj. Fled; escaped; broken 

away ; agitated. 

Pa-KE-0-KE-0, Ss. The people that eat 
with the chief, as the qaialo, in distinction 
from the makaainana. 

Pa-KE-v, v. Paand keu, to remain over 
and above. To excel; to be more than 
was expected; to be over and above; to 
leave a remainder. 


PAK 


Pa-KE-KE, 5. 
bucket, &c. 
Pa-kE-LA, v. Pa and kela, to shoot out. 
To exceed; to go beyond; to go before. 

2 Kor. 11:23. 
2. To exceed another in wickedness. 1 
Nal. 14:9. 

3. To be over and above. 1 Oihl. 29:3. 

4. Hoo. To prefer; to esteem more. 

5. To excel; to do better than another. 

Rom. 12:10. 
6. To abound in wickedness. 1 Nal. 
14:22. 

Pa-KE-LA, s. Excess; what is over and 
above; asuperfluity. See the compounds. 
*A no ka pakela loa ike akamai i ka hoo- 
-puka anaina olelo pahee, on account of 
the very great skill in uttering smooth 
words. 

Pa-xE-La, adj. High; stretching out ; 
excelling. 

Pa-KE-LA-Al, v. Pakela, and ai, food. 
To be a glutton; to be greedy in eating. 
Kanl. 21:20. 

Pa-KE-LA-Al, s. A glutton; gluttony; 
the practice of eating to excess. 

2. In natural history, the name of an ani- 

mal, the glutton. 

Pa-KE-LA-Al, adj. Gluttonous; eating to 
excess. Mat.11:19. Pakela inu waina, a 
drunkard. 1 Pet.4:3. Pakela nani, excess 
of glory. 2 Kor. 3:10. 

Pa-KE-LE, v. Pa and kele, to slip. To 
escape from some evil; to escape punish- 
ment. Heb. 2:3. To be free from. Hoo. 
To deliver; to cause to escape. Puk. 6:6. 

Pa-kE-Lo, v. See Paxete. To slip out 
of the grasp of a person or thing, as a fish 
from the hands. 

2. To set free ; to loosen ; to escape. 

3. To administer an injection. 
Pa-kE-Lo, s. An injection; an enema. 
Pa-xeE-Lo, adj. Slippery; sliding; slip- 

ping up; slipping off. 

Pa-KE-PA-KE, adj. See Paxe. Soft; lim- 
ber ; weak ; flexible. 

Pa-x1, v. To smite with the palm of the 
hand ; to spatter, as water. 

2. To dash in pieces, as one would break 

a melon by throwing it on the ground. 

3. To ooze through, as water; to leak, 

as a barrel, or as a kalo patch. 

4. To move along; to slip or slide; e 

hoonee, e hookele. 

Pa-xi, s. The dividing of the water by 
a ship under sail; plowing the main. 

Pa-x1-al, s. Epithet of a barren woman; 
he wahine pa. 

Pa-x1-Al, 

Pa-kI-A-KI-Al, 
tery. 


v. To forsake wife or 
husband and live in adul- 


56 


441 
See Baxexe, Eng. A} Pa-xu, v. To mash, as one treading on 


PAK 


an egg. 

2. To lie with the face down, the belly 
unsupported, in order to enlarge the ab- 
domen. See Papio. E moe papio, e huli 
ilalo ke alo, i nui ka opu. 

Pa-xu, s. A species of fish. 

Pa-xn, adj. Broad; spread out; fallen 
flat down; edging along, as one moving on 
his belly. 

Pa-xu-ku, adj. See Paxn. Broad; ex-- 
tensively spread out; fallen down flatly. 
Pa-xu-xil, adj. Applied to a fish net, a 

small net; i ka upena pakiikii. 

Pa-xi-o, v. To fall continually, as fall- 
ing rain; to rain continually; to drop con- 
stantly ; e haule mau, e ua mau, e kulu 
mau. 

Pa-xi-o0-k1-0, v. Pa and kiokio. See Kio. 


To break wind often; to void excrements. 
Pa-x1-HI, v. Pa and kihi, border; edge. 
To go lightly; to passsoftly; to just touch 
in passing. 
Ke pakihi la i ke kai o Huia, 
O ka hui maka wale no ka makonu, 
O ka honihoni ana i ke uiuiwi. 


Pa-xi-Ka, v. To slip; to slide in walk- 
ing, as one walking on a slippery place. 
Pa-xi-ka, s. Name of an insect that 

eats potato leaves and destroys them. 

2. A bad pronunciation for makika, a 
musquito ; he eleao, he ilo, he mea e make 
ai ka ulu o ka ai. 

Pa-x1-KA, adj. Smooth; polished ; slip- 
pery; smoothed, as a thing polished; e kalai 
a maikai, anai a pakika; alaila, hoomaka 
ke kau. 

Pa-kI-KE, v. Paand kike, to speak back 
and forth. To make a pert saucy reply to 
something said ; to answer back. Tit. 2:9. 

2. To rail; to cavil; to talk impudently. 

3. Toanswer roughly. 1 Sam.20:10. To 
be provoking in a controversy. 

Pa-k1-KE, s. A caviling. Rom.10:21. A 
reviling ; he lokoino. 

Pa-KI-KE-KI-KE, v. See Paxixe. To an- 
swer back and forth frequently. 

2. To be rough; to be uncivil towards 
one in conversation. 

Pa-ki-k1, v. See Paaxixi. Pa for paa, 
solid, and kiki, intensive. To be very hard; 
to be solid; applied to substances. 

2. Applied to the mind, to be obdurate ; 
to be inflexible. Hoo. To harden, as the 
heart. Puk. 4:21. 

3. E papaiawa, e hoomana i ke akua. 

Pa-xi-ko, v. Pa and kiko,a little dot or 
mark. To eat but little; to be temperate; 
to be abstemious in diet. 1 Kor 9:25, 
Notre.—Pakiko is the opposite of pakela, 
spoken in reference to taking (kiko ana) 
here a little and there a little. 


PAK 


2. To eat quietly or cautiously; to think 
before hand and not follow the appetite. 
Pa-xi-Ko, s. Temperance; regular habits 

of life. Oth. 24:25; 2 Pet. 1:6. 
2. The name of an instrument anciently 
used in war. 

Pa-KI-Ko-E-LE, v. See Korteete. To 
make a rough sound ; to rumble slightly ; 
e kamumu. 

Pa-xi-pa-kI, v. See Paxt, to slip; to 
slide. To sail along; to divide the water, 
as the keel of a ship; to move sideways ; 
to spatter the water in rowing a canoe. 

Pa-xi-pa-kI-ka, adj. See Paxixa. Slip- 
pery ; muddy; liable to fall in walking. 

Pa-Ko-LE, adj. Short. See Poxo.e. 

Pa-K0-LE-Ko-LE, adj. Short. See PoKoLe 
and PAKOLE. 

Pa-Ko-LE-Ko-LE, s. A species of fish 
large and greenish. 

Pa-xo-u1, s. Names of the first three 
notes in the Hawaiian scale of vocal music; 
he kumu leo himeni; the whole seven 
sounds are represented by the syllables 
pa, ko, li, ha, no, la, mi. 

Pa-xo-11, adj. Singing by notes; he 
kumu pakoli, rudiments of vocal music. 


‘a aan adj. Short. See Poxote. 

A-KOU, 

Pa-xo-Lvu, v. Pa and kolu, three. Three; 
three-fold ; three by three; to do three 
times. Nah. 22:28. 

Pa-xo-n1, s. Pa and koni, to beat, as the 
pulse. An ache, as the toothache; a pain; 
a strong pain. 

Pa-xu, v. Pa,a wall, and ku, to stand. 
To partition off; to guard; to defend ; to 
shield one from harm: manao iho la aue 
haliu ae iko kakou Haku me kai aku, e 
paku mai oe ia’u; to parry off; to defend 
by some means; a paku aku la na kanaka 
i ka moena no ka pu, and the people put 
up their mats as a defense against the guns. 

2. To cast away; to drive off; to tread 
or trample down; e hahi, e hehi, e peku. 


Pa-xu, v. See Panu. To burst out, as 
grain from a bag, or as matter from a boil. 
Nors.—This is perhaps a mistake for pahu, 
but the manuscript was very plain. 


Pa-xu, s. A partition, as of a house. 

2. The wall of a small inclosure. 

3. A defense ; a place of security. Hal. 
89:18. 

4, Ashield; a veil concealing something. 
Puk. 26:31. A hanging division; a curtain. 
Puk. 27:15. Note.—tThe partitions or pa- 
kus in the houses of former times, where 
the people had any at all, were nothing 
more than kapas or mats hung up. 

5. A division; that which makes a place 
to be separated from another place. 


442 


PAL 


6. A uniting or joining or sewing of two 
pieces of kapa. 

7. A uniting of two pieces of wauke by 
beating to make one kapa. 

Pa-xu-a, v. To do over and over again 
continually ; to go to the same place; to 
travel the same road day after day; e hele 
mau i kela laikeia la ma kahii hele mau ia. * 

Pa-xu-a, adj. Accustomed ; so accus- 
tomed as to become second nature; he 
mea pakua wale, a thing become common. 

Pa-xu-EI, v. To be present before the 
time ; to commence a job before the time. 

Pa-ku-1, v. Pa and kuz, to join one 
thing to another. To splice, as timber og 
a rope. 

2. To engraft, as one tree upon another. 
Rom. 11:17. 

3. To add one evil deed to another. 1 
Sam. 12:19. 

4. To unite, i. e., to add one story of a 
building to another; to heap one thing on. 
the top of another; e hou i kekahi mea ma- 
luna iho o kekahi mea. 

5. To beat against, as an opposing wind. 
Mar. 6:48. 

Pa-ku-1, v. To be unpleasant to the 
taste; to be sickishly sweet; to send forth 
an odor; to be odoriferous; e ala, e pakui, 
e kuhinia. 

Pa-xu-1, adj. Added on; joined; hale 
pakui, a house joined to a house above, 
that is, a tower. Kin. 11:4. Engrafted ; 
united. Jak. 1:21. 

Pa-ku-I-ku-1, v. See Paxut. To splice 
or join together timbers that are not long 
enough for the purpose designed; to fasten 
together ; e hookuikui, e panainai. 

Pa-ku-1-ku-1, v. To beat against; to be 
contrary to, as a contrary wind ; pakuikut 
mai ka makani. Oth. 27:4. 

2. To beat; to pound fine ; to bruise. 2 
Sam. 22:43. 

3. To mix up, as sweet food. 

Pa-xu-1-ku-1, s. Name of a species of 
yellow fish. 

Pa-xu-I-Ku-1, adj. Contradictory; op- 
posing; as, makani pakuikui, an. opposing 
wind, or a head wind; he olelo pakuikwi, 
a contradicting speech. 

Pa-xu-I-Pal, adj. Some quality of a fish 
net; he upena pakuipai. 

Pa-xu-pa-Ku, adj. Round; low; short. 

Pa-ua, adj. Mellow; soft; ripe, as fruit; 
rotten ; cooked soft. 

Pa-ua, s. Name of the foreign common 
disease, the syphilis. 

2. The name of a vegetable eaten in time 
of famine. 

3. A hahai mai na kanaka e hele ana me 
ke akua i ka pala a haawe—hai mai ka pala 
mai uka—kii hou ka pala ma ia po iho. 


PAL 


Pa-ta, v. To cook soft; to ripen and 
be soft, as a banana or other fruit. 

2. Hoo. To anoint; to daub; to besmear. 
3. To erase ; to blot out. 

Pa-zaa, s. Almost any dark color, such 
as brown, purple, &c.; lole palaa. 

-Pa-La-at, adj. Pala andai. Fat, asani- 
mals; palaai ka holoholona, palaai ka ia, 
palaawi ka manu. 

Pa-La-au, s. Pa, fence, and laau, tim- 
ber. A stick fence; a wooden fence; he 
palaau ka pa kahiko ; palaaw oioi, a thorn 
hedge. Mik. 7:4, 

Pa-zal, v. For the English fry. To cook 
or fry ina pan. Nore.—lIt should be writ- 
ten parai or rather ferai. Oihk. 7:12. 

Pa-tal, v. To be ashamed and turn the 
face away, as one who is conscious of guilt; 
or conscious of the presence of superiority 
‘or dignity, as a poor man when he goes 
into the house of the rich. Hoo. To cause 
a blush ; to feel disconcerted at the pres- 
ence of superiors; to confuse one; to make 
ashamed. Jer. 7:19. 

Pa-Lal, s. A blush; shamefacedness; 
he palai ka maka, the face blushes. 

2. Name of a species of fern: he mea ulu, 
pepe nnelst: he ieieame ka palai. Laieik. 

Pa-tal, adj. Adulterous; defaced. 

Pa-a-1-E, adj. Pala, soft, and ze, flex- 
ible. Inconstant; not firm; easily tempted 
to turn from the right; o na kanaka a pau 
loa ma ka honua nei, he palaie no ia na 
Tehova. 

Pa-La-I-E, s. Art. ke. A species of play 
formerly among the people; ua hana na 
kanaka i ke palaie i mea lealea. 

Pa-La-i-k1, s. Pala, soft, and 22, little. 
The sound of a stone thrown high and fall- 
ing into the water perpendicularly. See 
Patammmo. Huna palaiki ke akamai. 

Pa-Lal-MA-KA, v. Palat and maka, face. 
To put to confusion; to be cast down in 
countenance; to be confounded. Jsa. 41:11. 
Syn. with hilahila. To be turned back. 
Isa. 42:17. 

Pa-tat-ma-Ka, s. Hoo. A blushing; a 
shame; a sign of shame. 

Pa-ta-o, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Pa-La-o-a, s. A species of large fish; a 
whale. 

2. An ornament made of a whale’s tooth 
worn pendulous from the neck; e malama 
i ka niho palaoa, take care of the ornament 
(we have no name for itin English); hence, 

3. Ivory. 

4, The sea-elephant. 

Pa-ta-o-a, adj. Of or belonging to ivory. 
1 Nal. 10:18. 

Pa-ta-o-a, s. The Hawaiian common 


443 


PAL 


orthography and pronunciation for the 
English word flour ; hence, 

1. Bread ; flour, &c. 

2. The grain of which flouris made. See 
Huapausosa. Palaoa hulubulu, barley; pa- 
laoa eleele, rye; palaoa hu ole, unleavened 
bread. Puk. 9:31, 32. Palaoa wali, fine 
flour. Oihk. 7:12. Palaoa kawili, dough. 
Neh. 15:20. Nore.—The word should be 
written falaoa or felaoa. 

Pa-Lao-Lao, s. Paandlaolao. A bundle 
done up short; a bundle of fagots. 

2. The name of a species of fish. 
Pa-LA-0-Nu-1, adj. Broad, as the eye. 
Pa-Lau, v. To lie; to misrepresent ; to 

deceive ; e wahahee, e hoopunipuni. 
Pa-tav, v. Hoo. 'To betroth. Puk.21:9. 
To betroth; to give in marriage; to en- 
gage to marry. 
Pa-Lav, s. A lie; a falsehood. 

2. An instrument for cutting kalo tops ; 
laau palau, me ka laau palau, o Kapahieli- 
honua. JLaieik. 167. . 

3. A species of yam; the same as the whi. 

4. Eng. A plow. 

5. A species of fish, purple, striped. 


Pa-LAU-A-LE-LOo, s. Idleness; indolence; 
want of disposition to work. 1 Tim. 5:13. 


Pa-LAv-a-LE-Lo, adj. Indolent; unoccu- 
pied ; lazy; idle; neglecting to cultivate 
land ; low; ill-bred. 

Pa-Lau-E-KA, v. To be obscured, as the 
sun. 

, 2. To work briskly; to finish a job speed- 
ily. 

Pa-Lav-E-KA, adj. Obscure; dim; not 
white. 

2. Expeditious; finishing a work quickly. 
Pa-Lavu-Lav, s. A species of red fish. 
Pa-LAu-wi-Ll, adj. Pa and lauwili, to 

change. Changing often; whiffling about, 
as the wind ; palauwili ka makani. 

Pa-La-HA, v. Pa and laha, to spread out. 
To slip; to slide. Sol. 3:23. To stumble 
and fall down by hitting the foot against 
an object. 

2. To fall flat down, as a house or tent. 

Lunk. 7:13. 
3. Hoo. To fall prostrate in adoration. 
4. To stretch out upon ; to lie flat upon. 
1 Nal. 17:21. 

5. To be spread or wafted off, as a shower 

over land; palaha aku ka ua ma ka aina. 

6. To conceive, as a female ; to become 

large. 

Pa-La-HA, adj. Smooth and flat, as the 
back of the shell-fish called leho ; akahinoa 
loa ka olu, palaha, pauhu, maka ino. 


Pa-LA-HA-LA-HA, v. See Parana and 


Lana, to extend. To spread out; to extend 
generally. 


PAL 


2. To spread abroad, as a report. 
4:17. To extend far and wide. 
3. To spread or extend, as a sore or dis- 
ease. Othk. 13:22. 
4. Hoo. To extend abroad ; to increase, 
asa people. Kin. 41:52. 
5. To spread out, as the wings of an 
army. Lunk. 20:37. 
Pa-LA-HA-LA-HA, Ss. Breadth; extent, as 
of a country. Isa. 8:8. 
2. A species of the limu. See Liwv. 
Pa-LA-HA-LA-HA-LAU, adj. Having leaves 
only, as a tree ; he palahalahalau wale no, 
aohe hua, making a show of leaves only, 
but no fruit. 


Pa-LA-HE, adj. Soft; tender; so 
Pa-LA-HE-HE, soft as to flow; flowing, 
soft and slimy, as the mucous from the nose. 
Pa-La-HE-A, S. Pala, soft, and hea, to 
be dirty. Dirty food. 
2. A spot; a stain. 2 Pet. 2:13. 

Pa-LA-HE-A, adj. Dirty; filthy; defiled; 
palahea ko ¢akou naau i ke koko o hai; 
unclean; besmeared, as a child’s hands and 
face when eating greasy food ; blotted, as 
paper which has ink spilled on it. 

Pa-La-HE-A, v. To daub; to besmear; 
to anoint. 

2. Hoo. To stain; to color, as with blood. 
Isa. 63:3. 

Pa-LA-HE-A-HE-A, v. Intensive of pala- 
hea. To be unsound ; to be weak; to be 
frail, as a person; to be unsound; to be 
wanting in strength. 

Pa-La-HEE, v. Pala and hee, slippery. 
See PaLaveE above. To shrink away, asa 
coward from duty or danger. 

Pa-La-HEE, adj. Dead ripe; rotten. 


Pa-La-H1, v. Pala and hi, to flow away. 
To flow from the bowels; to discharge liquid 
matter from the bowels. 

Pa-La-n1, s. The liquid discharge from 
the bowels in a bowel complaint. 

Pa-La-Ho, s. Corruption. Job. 17:14. 
Putridity ; the action of decaying matter. 

Pa-La-Ho, adj. Rotten; decayed; sub- 

-Pa-La-HU, § ject to decay ; corruptible. 

Pa-La-Ho-Lo, s. Pala and holo for hee, 
to flow. Paste made from the fern called 
amaumau ; the paste was used in pasting 
kapas. 

2. The name of a plant. 

Pa-La-Hu, s. The sickness of fowls. 

2. The name of a large fish; the opelu. 
3. The epithet of a cock-turkey from the 


soft elastic red substance on and about his 
head. 


4. A turkey generally. See PELenu. 
Pa-La-Hu-k1, v. Pala and huki, to be- 
come soft. To become soft and putrid, as 


Oih. 


di4 


PAL 


a dead body. See PataKkanuxr. A lilo ae 
la kona kino i mea palahuki, and his body 
became putrid. 

Pa-ta-Ka, v. Pa and laka,to tame. To 
be inactive; to be inattentive; to be indif- 
ferent to what interests others; to be inefii- 
cient. 

2. To live without thought or care. 

3. To be dull or stupid; to be slow of 
apprehension; applied to the moral powers. 
Mat. 13:15. 

4, Hoo. To cause one’s self to be indif- 
ferent; to harden one’s heart; to be unbe- 
lieving in great and solemn truths. Isa. 
6:10. 

Pa-ta-Ka, s. A disposition of heart op- 
posed to religious truth; hard-heartedness; 
stupidity; moral insensibility; indifference. 

2. The name applied to a short shirt; he 
wahi palule pokole. : 

Pa-La-Ka, adj. Inactive; stupid; care- 
less ; inefficient ; indifferent. 

Pa-La-Ka-A0, adj. Pala, ripe, soft, and 
kaao, the fruit of the hala tree. Hence, 
soft; ripe; having undergone some process 
of decay ; palakahuki, palahu. 

Pa-La-KAl, v. To wither; to droop, as 
a vegetable; to produce no fruit; to be 
stinted in growth; to fade, as a flower ; to 
fail. 

Pa-La-Kal, adj. Barren; unfruitful ; 
sickly; withered, as a plant; stinted in 
growing, as a child. 

PasLa-Ka-HE-LA, adj. Pala and kahela, 
bent. Crooked; curved; having crooked 
legs or neck. 


Palakahela ka a-i o Makaukiu, 

He kiu ka makani, he alele hooholo na Kokoolau, 
Ke kuehu mai Ja iuka o Pehu, 

Ike ke kanaka kahea uolo makani. 


Pa-LA-KA-HU-KI, v. Pala and kahukt, to 
decay; tocorrupt. To corrupt; to putrefy, 
as a dead body; to be soft; to rot. See 
PaLauu and Kanuxr. Sol. 10:7. 

Pa-La-ka-HU-KI, adj. Soft; decayed, as 
animal bodies; putrid. ' 

Pa-La-KE, adj. Mixed up of water and 
other things; heavy; water-soaked, as kalo 
or potatoes. ‘ 

Pa-La-KE-A, s. A variety of kalo. 

2. A kind of vegetable eaten in time of 
scarcity. 
Pa-La-KE-A, adj. Pala and kea, white. 
Anything soft and white; white; clear; 

unclouded ; unshaded with any color. 

Pa-ta-k1, v. To brush; to polish, as 
a shoe; to wash; to cleanse. 

2. To smear over; to whitewash a wall. 
Pa-ta-k1, s. Eng. A brush generally. 
Pa-La-kr-0, s. Pala and kio, excrement 

from asore. The name of a disease con- 


PAL 445 PAL 


nected with lasciviousness ; he mai pala, 
he mai haole. 

Pa-ta-xi-ko, v. To steal, especially to 
steal little things; to pilfer; to take little 
by little. Nore—This appears to be a 
modern coined word; its derivation is not 
apparent, except that kiko signifies to pick 
up as a fowl eats food. 

Pa-ta-x1-Ko, s. Theft; a stealing of 
small articles ; pilfering. 

Pa-ta-xu, v. Pala and ku, to stand. 
To be soft ; to be rotten, especially rotten 
internally. 

Pa-xa-La, v. To tax the people for kapa, 
poi, &c., on the birth of a young chief. 

2. E haki lala ka nalu, e kahi aoao. 

Pa-xa-La, s. A tax paid on the birth of 
a chief. 

2. A gift; a present on the birth of a 
child. 

3. A wedding feast. Kin. 29:22. Also 
connected with ahaaina. Luk. 14:10. 

4, A feast made by a chief for any pur- 
pose. Laieik. 88. 

5. A tax paid to the chiefs for any pur- 
pose ; he mea palala ia ka hulumanu o na 
Vii. 

Pa-La-Lav-HA-LA, v. Pada, softness, and 
lauhala,a tree. To be weak; to be feeble; 
to be infirm. 

2. To walk, to see or to move with fee- 
bleness. 

a To be old; to be in the last stages of 
ife. 

4. To swoon; to lie like one dead. 

Pa-LA-LAU-HA-LA, S. Weakness; infirm- 
ity ; the feeble state and infirmities of old 
age; the last stage of life of an old person. 

Pa-za-La-HA, v. Pa and daha, to spread 
out. Tobe broad; to be widely extended. 
See PALAHALAHA. 

Pa-LA-LA-HA-LAU, adj. See PaLaHALa- 
HALAU. Having leaves only, and no fruit; 
making a show of leaves, as a tree, 

Pa-La-La-Kal-Mo-ku, s. A broad plain ; 
land spread out. 

2. An extended land; a country; figura- 
tively, a kingdom. 

Pa-1a-La-L0, adj. Pala, soft, and lalo, 
below. Soft; rotten, as kalo or bananas ; 
applied to persons, sick; soft; diseased 
with the pala; applied to a kingdom, with- 
out strength. 

Pa-La-LE, v. To branch out; to project 
out. 

2. To put together confusedly. 

3. To speak indistinctly ; to make blun- 
ders in speaking ; to vociferate. 

4. To work in a slovenly manner. 

Pa-La-LE, adj. Scattered; spread out; 
lying confusedly so as to answer no pur- 
pose, as the wheels of a watch when apart. 


Pa-La-LEI, s. The spreading of one’s 
kapa over the head of a chief on entering 
a house ; ka palalei o kou kapa. 

Pa-La-LE-HA, v. Pala and leha, to lift 
theeyes. To raise slowly the eyes; hence, 
to be lazy ; to be faint-hearted ; to be in- 
dolent. Hoo. To be slothful ; to be idle; 
to be careless. See Hoomotowa. Hoopa- 
laleha iho la kakou i ka hana maikai. 

Pa-La-LE-HA, adj. Hoo. Slothful; idle. 
Sol. 10:4. 

Pa-ta-u1, v. Pa and Lali, soft. To sound 
softly, as a flute or pipe; e kani me he pu 
hihio la. 

Pa-ua-Lo-t1, adj. Pala and loli, to 
change. Changed from its original state ; 
soft; decayed; corrupted; rotten. See 
PALALUHIEHU. 

Pa-a-Lu, v. Pala, soft, and lu, to scat- 
ter. To burst out suddenly ; to snort like 
a horse. 

2. E puhuluhulu, e palali. 

3. Hoo. To imitate the palalu or voice of 
the moho, &c., as men do. 

Pa-ta-Lv, s. The noise of the dove as 
made in the throat; also the voice of the 
moho; applied also to other noises. 

Pa-La-Lu-E-HU, adj. Pala and luehu, 
soft. Soft; yielding; flexible; soft, as a 
ripe boil; rotten; corrupt, as decaying 
animal or vegetable matter. See PaLaKa- 
HUKL. 

Pa-LA-LU-HI-E-HU, adj. Decayed; cor- 
rupted; soft. See PALaLo.t. 

Pa-ta-mA, s. Eng. A palm, name of a 
tree; the leaf of the tree. Hoik. 7:9. See 
PaMA. 

Pa-ta-ma, v. Paandlama,atorch. To 
watch over; to guard; to keep guard, as 
soldiers ; to be guarded or watched over ; 
e malamaia me na koa e kiaiia. 

Pa-La-ma, s. A watching; a guarding. 

2. A watch ; a guard. 

Pa-LA-MAI-KI, v. To gather up into a 
bunch, as a handkerchief. 

Pa-LA-ME-A, s. Plumpness; fatness, as 
of an‘animal. 

2. A pure, clear atmosphere. 

3. The splendid appearance of the heay- 
enly bodies with the beautiful blue of the 
sky ; he aaka na mea ma ka lani, a uliuli 
maikai mai ka lani. 

Pa-La-mi-mo, v. Pala and mimo, to move 
softly. To move off silently; to step aside 
without noise; to go or to move softly; to 
move gently ; to be small; to enter, asa 
house, witbout noise; e uuku, e komo pono. 

Pa-La-mi-mo, adj. Quickly and easily 
done ; moving easily without noise. 

Pa-La-mo-A, s. A bluish cloud; seen in 

‘the east in the morning it was considered 












PAL 


a sign of rain; he papalaoa, he palamoa 
he mau ouli wa ia. 

Pa-La-nal, adj. Flat; not deep, as a 
flat dish; flat, as a vessel or ship which is 
not deep. 

Pa-La-Nna-I-KI, v. Palana and tki, little. 
To be small; to be confined to a small 
space ; to be shrunk or curled up ; to fit a 
place designed. 

Pa-La-NE-HE, v. Pala and nehe, to rus- 
tle. To be gentle; to be soft and careful 
in doing a thing ; to move softly, without 
noise. 

Pa-La-NE-HE, Ss. Gentleness; upright- 
ness ; quietness and gentleness in doing a 
thing ; silence and softness. 

Pa-La-NE-HE, adj. Gentle; good; with- 
out noise; without confusion; o ka hana 
palanehe ole, o ka lawe nihi. 

PA-LA-NE-HE-0-LE, v. See PaLANEHE 
ane OLE, not. To depart secretly; to van- 
ish. 

Pa-LA-NE-HE-0-LE, adv. Silently; qui- 
etly ; unperceived. Nore.—It is difficult 
to see how palanehe and palaneheole should 
convey the same idea of a still, quiet move- 
ment; the ole cannot have its usual mean- 
ing of a negative. 

Palaneheole ia i nalo 
O lohilohi ku, 0 ka lohi lani—e. 

Pa-La-n1, v. To skim; to dip lightly, 
as an oar; applied to rowing feebly; aole 
komo ka hoe, dip not deeply the paddle. 

2. To dig slightly, not deeply. 

Pa-ta-n1, adv. Lightly; feebly; kioe 
palani, skim a little. 

Pa-La-NI, adj. Sour, asa melon or other 
fruit partly eaten, the remainder left and it 
becomes sour. 

Pa-ta-ni, v. To stink; a word of con- 
tempt, applied to dirty, filthy persons, from 
the fact that the fish palani stinks abomin- 
ably. Palani was formerly applied to ser- 
vants in distinction from chiefs; ua kapaia 
ka poe kauwa he palani, he hohono ke ano. 


Pa-ta-ni, s. ‘The name of a fish emit- 
ting a very bad odor. 


Pa-ta-ni, s. Eng. The Hawaiian or- 
thography for barani, that is, brandy ; it 
should always be written and printed ba- 
rani. 

Pa-ta-n1, s. Eng. France, French or 
a Frenchman; this word should always be 
written and printed Furant or Ferani, 
France; he kanaka Furani, a Frenchman. 

Pa-ta-ni, s. A species of sugar-cane. 

Pa-ta-ni, v. To soften. Hoo. To paint; 
to daub. 

Pa-LA-NI-OA, 5. 

Pa-La-PA-LA, v. See Pata, to paint; to 


446 


PAL 


spot. To stamp with marks, as in painting 
or printing kapa. Nore.—tThe figures, like 
calico printing, were cut on pieces of wood 
or bamboo, dipped in the liquid coloring 
matter and then impressed with the hand 
on the kapa. 

2. In modern times, to write; to mark ; 
to draw ; to paint. See Kaxav. 

Pa-La-Pa-LA, s. Characters made by im- 
pressing marks on kapa or paper like print- 
ing or by writing with a pen; hence, 

2. A writing ; a book either written or 
printed ; a manuscript. 

3. An incription upon coins; the hand- 
writing of any one; palapala hemolele, the 
Holy Scriptures. Note.—The whole sys- 
tem of instruction as first commenced at 
these Islands was summarily called by the 
Hawaiians the palapala. 

Pa-La-Pa-LA, Ss. The name of a fish 
found near banks and shallow places. 

2. The dead dry lauhala leaves ; he lau- 
hala maloo wale. 
Pa-ua-Pa-LAl, S. The name of a species 

of fern. See Paual. 

Pa-LA-PA-LA-KE-A, adj. Palapala and 
kea, white. Clear; bright; white; shining. 
See PALAKEA. f 

Pa-LA-PA-LA-NI, v. See PALAni, to paint; 
to soften. To paint or print kapa and put 
out to dry. 

Pa-ta-po, adj. See Patano. Rotten; 
decayed; bad smelling. 

Pa-LA-Po-HA-KU, adj. Small; feebly run- 
ning, as a small stream of water; he wahi 
wai palapohaku. , 

Pa-ta-pu, v. To make a bruise or 
wound. 

2. To be soft to the touch; to be soft, as 
a boil ripe for lancing. 

Pa-La-Pu, s. Anything so soft as to run, 
as matter from a boil. 

2. Softness, as meat or flesh bruised to a 
jelly. 

3. A wound or bruise. Puk. 21:25. A 
stripe; the wound of a whip or scourge. 
Isa, 53:5. P r 

Pa-ta-wal, s. A species of limu or sea- 
grass. 

2. He wahi wai e palapohaku. 

Pa-La-wat-k1, adj. Nice; neatly done; 
polite; done with taste. 

Pa-LA-wE-Ka, Ss. Vain work; much 
labor and no fruit; applied to fishing all 
night and catching nothing; oka hana pua 
he ahe o ua kula wela nei, hoi palaweka 
ole oukou o Kahi bulilau. 

Pa-te, s. A sheath; an outer garment; 
an apron; a veil; acurtain. Pule. 26:2. 

2. Anything that defends or wards off; 
a partition; the bones are a defense to the 
brain, the ribs to the vitals, &c. Anat. 1. 


PAL 


3. A division; a dividing line; a bound- 
ary line. Puk. 8:19. 

4, An interval of time. 

5. Fie. A convalescent person, i. e., one 
whose sickness is warded off. 

6. The upper rim sewed to a canoe. 

Pa-tz, v. To refuse; to stand in the 
way ; to hinder. 

2. To defend off; to parry, as in the 
sword exercise ; to ward off. Nah. 25:8. 

3. To strike against; to be opposite to; 
to oppose; to resist. 2 Oihl. 29:11. To 
fend off a blow, as in boxing. Laieik. 41. 

4. To make void, as a law; to turn into 
another meaning from the one designed ; 
to misinterpret. 

5. To render useless ; to fall upon one; 
pale ka pono, aohe pono i koe, it is useless, 
we need not try again. Laieik. 67. 

6. To deliver, as a midwife. 

7. Hoo. To resist; to reject; to strive 
against. 

8. To cover up; to overlay. 1 Oihl. 29:4. 

Pate KA pono. An adverbial phrase. 
Laieik. 140. To refuse obedience to a re- 
quest; to listen to no advice; to pay ne 
attention to what is right. 

Pa-te, adj. Hindering; separating; op- 
posing. , 

Pa-te-o, v. Pa and leo, voice. To con- 
verse together; to converse together, as 
several persons; to utter or express some- 
thing with the voice. 

Pa-LE-0-LE-0-A, v. Paand leoleoa, to 

Pa-LE-0-LE-0-WA, J wish evil. To listen 
to vile language; to speak reproachfully 
of another; to curse another by wishing 
him dead ; to blackguard. 

Pa-LE-o-pu-a, v. To pardon one’s of- 
fenses, as the priest in former times by of- 
fering a sacrifice ; e kala, e wailua, e pale- 


opud. 

Pa-te-v-u1, s. Pale and whi, to cover 
up.’ Acovering; aveil; an article of con- 
cealment. Nah. 4:5. 

Pa-Le-u-mau-ma, s. Pale and umauma, 
the breast. A breast plate; an armor of 
defense. Isa. 59:17. 

Pa-LE-U-MAU-MA-U-NaA-HI, S$. Pale, umau- 
ma and unahi, the scale of a fish. A brig- 
andine; an armor of defense; a coat of 
mail. Jer. 51:3. 

Pa-tE-HE, v. To be slack; to be loose; 
to hang loosely; to shake; to vibrate; e 
palehe, e alualu, e oloolo, e haaluea, e po- 
hemo. See PoLEHELEHE. 

Pa-te-kal, s. Pale and kai, the sea. The 
railing or bulwark of a vessel; a ku iho la 
ma ka palekai, when he stood upon the bul- 
wark. 

Pa-te-xau-a, $. Pale and kaua, war. 
A shield; defensive armor. 1 Sam. 17:41. 


447 


PAL 


Pa-Le-Ka-NA, v. To rest; to feel secure 
from danger; to breathe freely, i.e., to feel 
secure or safe; to be safe, i. e., to have 
made an escape. Hal. 119:117. 

Pa-tE-Ka-Na, s. One who has escaped 
from danger or secure from it. 

Pa-LE-Ka-NA, adj. Safe; in a state of 
safety from danger; escaped from danger; 
palekana, pau ka makau, pau ka luhi, pau 
ka hele ana i ka hana. 

Pa-te-keE-I-kI1, v. Pale and kezki, child. 
To deliver a child; to act the midwife. 

Pa-LE-KE-I-KI, s. One who acts as a 
midwife ; a midwife. Kin. 38:28. 

Pa-te-La, v. Pale and la, day. To be 
idle; to be lazy ; to refuse to work. Puk. 
5:17. 

Pa-te-La, s. Laziness; indolence. 

Pa-te-La, adj. Lazy; going about idly; 
sauntering here and there ; contemptuous. 

Pa-Le-Le, v. Paand lele, separated. To 
put in another place, as when there is no 
place vacant; e hele a palele wale aku, go 
and put it somewhere else; the same as e 
waiho aku ma kahi e. 

2. To stammer, as when one tries to 
speak and cannot get the word out. 

Pa-LE-LE, adj. Stammering; he leo pa- 
lele; applied also to dropping water. 

Pa-LE-Lu-a, s. The second veil or par- 
tition in the temple of Solomon. Heb. 9:5. 

Pa-te-ma-l, s. Pale and mai. An under- 
shirt ; lolewawae palemai, drawers. 

Pa-Le-ma-KA, Ss. Pale and maka, face. 
A veil; a covering for the face. Kin. 38:14. 

Pa-te-mo, v. To sink down, as into 
water; to. be lost, i. e., to be sunk in the 
sea or mud. Hal. 69:2. To plunge out of 
sight. 

2. To move the head up and down, as 
fighting cocks before they spring at each 
other. 

3. Hoo. To cast down; to hurl; to throw. 
Pa-te-mo, s. The name of a fish. 
Pa-Le-naA, s. Pale and ana, a dividing 

off. A border or boundary. Ain. 49:13. 
A dividing line between two parts or 
places. 

2. Name of people formerly in Kohala, 
a particular class of men under Kameha- 
meha, some chiefs, some common people. 

Pa-LE-NA-Al-NA, 8. Palena and aina, 
land. The boundary of a land. Nah. 33:37. 

Pa-LE-PA-LE, s. See Pate 6. The upper 
rim sewed to a canoe; the lower or first 
one is moe. See PALiPatt. 

Pa-LE-PaA-LE, v. See Pate. To defend 
off; to separate. 

Pa-Le-po, s. Pa, fence, and depo, earth. 
An earth fence, i. e., an adobie wall. 


PAL 


448 


PAL 


Pa-LE-wa-wak, s. Pale and wawae, leg.| Pa-Lo-to, adj. Skilled in language or 


Greaves; defensive armor for the legs. 
Isa. 9:4. 

Pa-u1, s. A precipice; the side of a 
steep ravine; a steep hill. 
Whatever stands up like a precipice. 

Pa-tt, adj. Full of deep ravines or pre- 
cipitate hills; he aina pali. 

Pa-.i-Ka-u-Lu, v. To fall, as heavy rain 
and wind down a precipice; to shower 
down, as rain and wind; palikaulu ole ka 
lani. Laieik. 175. 

Pa-LI-KA-U-LU-0-LE-KA-LA-NI. A phrase 
rather than a word, meaning a clear serene 
sky ; no clouds; all mild above. 

Pa-ti-ku, s. The name of an ancient 
order of priests on Hawaii, who are said to 
have come originally from Paliku, a for- 
eign country; another order was called 
Ka Nalu. 

Pa-ti-u1, v. To fear; to be in a tremor. 

2. To throw up, as on a fence; to throw 
ashore, as from a boat or canoe. 

Pa-ui-L1, s. Kalo floating up on the 
sides of the patch; the refuse kalo after 
the good is taken. 

Pa-ui-Lo-a, s. A kind of cloud that lies 
low near the shore; the same as kakai. 
Pa-u1-ma, adj. Hana hou i hale palema. 
Pa-.i-Pa-LI1, adj. Steep down hill, or up 
and down; ama kahi palipali i holo kiki 

ai ka waa. 

Pa-.i-PA-LI, s. The upper board on the 
side of a canoe to keep the water out. See 
PALEPALE. 

Pa-to, v. To live idly; e noho wale; 
loea hana ole ka manawa. 

2. To act the hypocrite; to be hypocrit- 
ical. Hoo. The same. 

‘Pa-to-a, s. A kind of fish net; called 
also the upena pakuipai. 

Pa-too, adv. Thunder without rain; 
thundering only; i kui paloo ka hekili. 


Laieik. 178. 

Pa-Lo-KE, ~ Me Eng. The Hawai- 

PA-LO-KE-LO-KE, ian pronunciation of 
the word broke. To break; more gener- 
ally written poloke and polokeloke. These 
words correspond to the Hawaiian words 
naha and hai. See PoLoxe. 

Pa-Lo-La-Lo-LA, adj. See Lota and Lo- 
LALOLA. Palsied; helpless; stiff; awkward; 
useless. 

Pa-to-Lo, v. To deceive; to lie; waha- 
hee, alapahi; to circumvent. 

Pa-.o-Lo, s. See the verb. A lie; a de- 
ceiving ; false information. 

Pa-to-Lo, s. Sticky mud; adhesive dirt; 


hard mud; a whitish clay of the Islands ; 
clay mortar. Puk. 1:14. 


Puk. 14:22.) P 


in speaking ; fluent; branching ont. 

Pa-1o-Lo-Lo, adj. Solid or hard, as the 

dirt; he lepo palololo. 

A-LU, v. To lick; to lap; to lap water 

with the tongue, as a dog. Lunk.7:5. Fie. 

To lick the dust, that is, to be greatly de- 

graded. Isa. 49:23. To destroy, as an en- 

emy. Nah. 22:4. 

Pa-tu, s. The entrails of fish used in 
taming fish. ‘ 

2. The action of an ox’s tongue in eating 
grass. 

3. An eating up; a devouring. Nah. 
22:4. 

4, Name of a species of fish. 

Pa-tu, adj. Soft; gentle; kind; flexi- 
ble. See PaLupa.v. 

Pa-tu-a, adj. Pa, distributive particle, 
and lua, two. Double; two-fold; two by 
two. 

Pa-tu-a, v. To double; to give two 
shares ; to dispose of two by two. 

Pa-Lu-HEE, v. Palu and hee, to flow. 
To soften; to cook so as to be soft; to flow. 

Pa-tu-H1, v. Pa and luhi, heavy; fa- 
tigued. To oppress; to tyrannize over. 

Pa-Lu-HI, adj. Oppressed; weary from 
labor or exertions. 

Pa-Lu-Ka-Lu-Ka, Ss. The name of a fish. 
See PavHuUHU. 

2. The slimy matter of stools. 

Ps-Lu-xu, v. Pa and luku, to destroy. 
To strike, as a hammer on an anvil. 

2. To pound solid, as the bottom of a 
kalo patch with stones. 

3. Fic. To knock down; to overthrow; 
aloha oe, e ka naauao, ka mea nana e pa- 
luku i na kii. 

4. To beat; to break in pieces, as stones 
in the road. 

5. To beat another. 

Pa-tu-xu, adv. Heavily; severely, as 
in striking heavy blows. 

Pa-Lu-kKu-LU-kU, v. See Patuxu. To 
bruise the head ; the same as paopao; to 
strike ; to hit. 

Pa-tu-La, s. Art. ke. The leaf of the 
sweet potato. 

2. A dish of food made by roasting sweet 
potato leaves with hot stones. 

Pa-tu-La, adj. Still; calm; quiet, as 
in the lull of the wind. 

Pa-tu-Le, s. Name of the loose under 
garment for men; a shirt; palule onionio. 
Puk. 28:4. Abroidered coat; he lole komo 
kane. 

2. Soft cotton or woolen cloth. 

Pa-Lu-Lv, v. To resist; to stand against; 
to oppose. See Koxunv. To refrain from 
weeping when one is much affected ; a pa- 


PAN 


449 


PAN 


Sy ane ia aie eerie ecremecemaneaen ae a le Be eH o9:7 a a ne ee 
lulu ae la i kona mau maka imua o ke ana-| Pa-na-pu-A, Ss. Pana and pua, arrow. 


ina. Laieik. 194. 


A shooter of arrows; anarcher. Job. 16:13.. 


2. To tremble; to shake; to move; to) Py-nar, v. To put one thing in the 


cause atremor. _ 
Pa-tu-nu, s. Name of a creeping plant 
like the koali. 
Pa-Lu-Ps-Lv, v. See Patv. To be ten- 
der; to be soft; to be weak; to be flexible. 
2. To be tender either physically or mor- 
ally; to be enfeebled, asthe body. 2 Sam. 
4:1. Ua palupalu ke keiki, the child is fee- 
ble; ua palupalu kona naau, he is tender 
hearted. 
3. Hoo. To soften; to fatten; to make 
weak. 
Pa-tu-pa-Lu, s. Tenderness; softness ; 
flexibility ; weakness; want of strength. 
2. The name of a pa-u colored yellow. 
Pa-tu-Pa-Lu, adj. Weak; feeble; soft. 
Kin. 33:13. Pliable; limber; tender. Kani. 
28:54. Large, fatand weak. See PoLupowv. 
Pa-ma, adj. Eng. See Patama. Of or 
belonging to the palm tree. Kanl. 34:3. 
Laau pama. See also Puk. 15:27. 


Pa-ma-KE, s. Pa and make, death. 
Deaths often repeated, as one dies after an- 
other as in a time of general sickness ; he 
ola wale no ka mai, aole pamake iki na 
kanaka. See PAoa. 


Pa-ma-Loo, adv. See Patoo. Thunder- 
ing without rain, especially if the weather 
is good; aia a lohe aku kakou i ka hekili 
kui pamaloo. Laieik. 181. 


Pa-na, v. To shoot out; to shoot, as an 
arrow. Hal.11:2. The whole form is pana 
pua. Nah. 21:30. To shoot at; i ole e 
aihueia (na iwi) a hanaia i mea pana iole, 
that (the bones) might not be stolen and 
made into instruments for shooting mice. 
Nore.—Among Hawaiians formerly, the 


greatest contempt a person could show of Pa 


his enemy was, to procure some of his 
bones after he was dead, and make them 
into fish-hooks for taking fish or arrow heads 
for shooting mice. 

2. To snap, as a person snaps with his 
finger on any substance. 

3. To spread out; to open. 

4. To excite; to raise up; to cast; to 
throw. 

5. To give a name or appellation. 


Pa-na, s. The act of shooting an arrow. 


2. The act of the arrow in flying from the 
bow to the object. 


3. A bow to shoot with; a cross bow;} 


kanaka pana pua, an archer. 1 Sam. 31:3. 
He mau mea pana, hunting instruments. 
Kin. 27:3. 

4. A portion of land less than an aina. 
See APANA, a piece. 

5. The pulse; nawaliwali ka pana, the 
pulse is feeble. 


place of another, i. e., to compensate for 
something lost. 

2. To giveasubstitute; toredeem. Puk. 
13:13. 

3. To buy one’s liberty; to pay a re- 
deeming price; to exchange prisoners. Isa. 
43:4. 

4. To fit one thing to another, as one 
piece of cloth to another; to cover up a 
defect, as with a patch. 

5. To stitch together; to splice on. 

6. To graft; e panai aku; the same as 
palcui. ‘ 

Pa-nal, s. A thing substituted for an- 
other ; a substitute. Nah. 3:41. 

2. A ransom; a price paid for redeem- 
ing. Jsa. 43:3. Syn. with uku panai. 

3. A surety for one. Kin. 43:9. He poe 
panai, hostages. 2 Oihl. 25:24. 

Pa-nal, adj. Closing up an entrance; 
filling a place wanting; entering the place 
of another ; substituted ; redeemed. Nah. 
3:49. 

Pa-na-I-0-LE, s. Lit. A shooting of 
mice; an ancient pastime among Hawai- 
ians. 

Pa-na-I-K1, adv. Diagonally; from cor- 
ner to corner; e opiopi panaiki, the same 
as opiopi lepe, to fold up catacornered. 

Pa-nal-NAl, v. See Pana. ‘To lengthen 
anything out when not long enough; to 
piece a thing, as kapa when not broad 
enough; to splice; to lengthen out by 
splicing. See Paxkvrkvt. 

Pa-navu, v. To be restless; to be un- 
easy ; to act the gad-a-bout; to go about 
from house to house or from place to place; 
to act; to exert one’s self. Anat. 27. 

-NAu-A, adj. Weak; frail; applied to 
persons or things; nearly synonymous with 
maimai; he auwaa panaua la. 

Pa-nau-E-a, v. To be poor or thin in 
flesh ; to be very lean. 

2. To be feeble in walking about. 

3. To go slowly or carefully. 

Pa-nav-E-A, adj. Thin; poor in flesh; 
weak. 

2. Slow; tardy ; dilatory. 

Pa-Na-KAl, adj. Leaning; crooked ; 
rough in motion; ke ike nei au ua mimo, 
ua panakai ole. 

Pa-na-LA-au, Ss. A possession of land 
out of one’s own place of residence ; holo 
o Kamehameha e nana i kona aupuni, ae 
aii kona panalaau, Kamehameha sailed to 
look at his kingdom and to eat (enjoy) his 
Seas i. e., receive the fruits or taxes of 
them. 


PAN 


2. A province; a dependency. Ezer. 
4:15. 

3. A land gained by conquest; he aina 
i lilo ma ke kaua. 

Pa-na-Le-A, adj. Pleasantly; with pleas- 
ure, as in dancing, in practicing the hula; 
me he hula panalea la i haa mai la. Pana- 
lea ka uai kai o Hilo. 

Pa-na-na, v. To row a canoe irregu- 
larly ; to sail crookedly ; to go here and 
there; to go beyond the place intended ; 
to exhibit great awkwardness in steering 
a canoe or vessel. 

Pa-na-Na, s. Pa and nana, to look. A 
compass, especially a mariner’s compass. 

2. A pilot; one who directs the sailing 
of a vessel ; he mea kuhikuhi holomoku. 

Pa-na-nal, v. To touch or strike softly. 


Pa-na-pa-NA, v. See Pana. To snap 
with the thumb and finger. 

2. To shoot, as a marble; lealea kamalii 
i ka panapana hua. 

Pa-NA-PA-NA-NI-AU, S. The name of a 
play or pastime anciently in practice. 

Pa-nA-PA-NA-PuU-HI, s. Name of a shell- 
fish. 

Pa-na-poo, v. Pana, to strike, and poo, 
head. To strike or scratch one’s head. to 
cause himself to remember something for- 
gotten; oia iho la no ka ko’u wahi a pana- 
poo i noonoo iho ai. 

Pa-neE, v. To open, as the mouth pre- 
paratory to speak. Job. 3:1. To utter; to 
speak. ° 

2. To speak in reply. Puk. 19:19. To 
answer; to answer a question. Hin. 44:16. 
To answer toacall. Job. 5:1. 

3. To speak first; to reply back and forth, 
as in conversation. 

4. To strike upon the ear, as a voice ; 
pane ole, dumb ; silent. 

Pa-ne, s. The joining of the head with 
the bones of the neck; he hookuina o ka 
iwi poo me ka iwi a-i. See PANEPoo. 

Pa-NEE, v. Pa and nee, to move along. 
To move along; to drive back; to push 
out; to shove along, as a canoe on the 
sand; panee aku la i ka waa i kai, they 
pushed off the canoe into the sea; to move 
slowly, as in ascending a hill or pali; pa- 
nee i ka pali. 

2. To wait a little; to delay. 

3. To pass away; to be transient; to be 
vanishing. 1 Joan. 2:17. 

4, Hoo. To drive back; to thrust at; to 
push a thing out of its place. 

5. To delay; to procrastinate. Kin. 34:19. 
To put off the time ; to procrastinate ; hai 
mai oia (o Liholibo) i kona manao e hoo- 
panee aku i ka mihi. 

Pa-NEE, adj. By interest; what is 
gained for the use of money as interest ; 


ial 


45 


0 PAN 


money gained by putting off payment. Isa. 
56:11. Waiwai panee. See UkuHOOPANEE. 

Pa-NE-E-HA, v. Tohaulalong; to drag; 
to move slowly. 

Pa-NEE-NEE, v. To move little by lit- 
tle; to go ahead ; to excel. 

Pa-neE-poo, s. Pane and poo, head. The 
occiput or hinder part of the head. See 
PANE. 

Pa-NE-PA-NE, v. See Pane. To answer 
back ; to quarrel; to scold; to be angry; 
to express anger in words. 

Pa-ni, v. See Panat, to put something 
in a vacancy or in the place of something 
removed. Toclose up an opening; to shut, 
as a window; to shut, as the door of a 
house ; as the gate of a city. os. 2:5, 7. 
To shut off, as the light of the sun; ka 
manu nana e pani kala. Laieik. 175. 

2. To supply a deficiency; to supply a 
vacancy; e panii ka hakahaka, to fill the 
breach ; to put one thing in the place of 
another; a paniia iho la ka hilahila ame ka 
makau ma ka hakahaka o ka huhu, shame 
and fear took the place of anger. Laieik. 
203. 

3. Hoo. To close up; to fasten; to muz- 
zle the mouth. 1 Tim. 5:18. 

Pa-ni, s. Art. ke. Something filling a 
vacancy; that which fills or takes the place 
of another person or thing. Nah. 32:14. 

2. That which closes an entrance, as the 
door of a house, the shutter of a window, 
the gate of a city, the stopper of a bottle, 
&e. Hal. 24:7. Nui ka poe i make i ke 
pan. 

Pa-ni, s. Eng. A pan. 

Pa-ni-a, v. See Pant. Pania is for pa- 
niia, to be shut up. Me he mea la i pania 
mai ka waimaka. Laieik. 142. 

Pa-n1-0, v. To spot; to paint i spots; 
to variegate, as colors; to write. 

Pa-ni-o-n1-0, v. See Onto. To print a 
kapa in gaudy colors; to variegate in 
colors: to dye with different colors, but 
more or less gaudy. 

Pa-ni-Ha-Ka, v. Pani and haka, a space. 
To fill a place or vacancy. 

Pa-ni-Ha-KA, s. A supply of a deficiency; 
that which supplies something wanting ; 
more often doubled, thus, 

Pa-nt-na-KA-HA-KA, v. To filla vacancy; 
to supply or fill a deficiency ; adverbially, 
in the place of; to supply a deficiency. 
Kin, 4:25. 

Pa-ni-Ha-Ka-HA-KA, S. One acting in the 
place of another. Ain. 30:2. 

Pa-ni-u1, v. Pa and nihi, to turn side- 
ways. To wound slightly ; to ruff up the 
skin; to rub over; e mahinu. 


PAN 


451 


PAP 


| EESTI sh ech Aa eee tite TS eas a AEE Se ee 
Pa-ni-Ho-Lo-a, s. The name of a kind| Pa-no-pau, s. See Pano. Black streaks 


of fish. 


in the grains of wood. 


Pa-ni-k1, s. Coloring matter; a dye for| Pa-no-pa-No, adj. Intensive of pano. 


coloring kapas ; wai hoohinuhinu. 

Pa-ni-na, s. The youngest born; the 
youngest of a family of children; the young- 
est child as hiapo is the oldest; ka pokii. 

2. A breaking off or cutting short. 
3. The pani ana; the shutting up, i. e., 
the pau ana of the hanau ana. 

Pa-ni-na, adj. Having great cheeks, as 
a man. 

Pa-nt-ni-0, v. To color or dye with gay 
colors; to paint or print as the kilohana 
was formerly printed. See PANronto. 

Pa-ni-pa-nI, v. See Pant. To strike; 
to strike back, as an echo; to echo. See 
PINAL 

2. (A lascivious word.) To prostitute ; 
to commit adultery for pay ; said to be of 
Chinese origin by Chamisso. 

Pa-ni-pu, s. Pani and pu, a gun. The 
wad of a gun. 

Pa-ni-pu-KA, s. Pant and puka, an en- 
trance. That which closes an entrance; a 
door of a house; the gate of a city or a 
yard. Neh. 1:3. 

Pa-ni-pu-KA, s. A beggar, because beg- 
gars often took a seat in the door. 

Pa-ni-Pu-Pu, s. Pani and pupu, a bunch. 
An eye-stone. 

Pa-no, adj. Black; deep blue; deep 
dark colored, as heavy clouds; dark, as 
the appearance of a fathomless abyss. 

Pa-no-a, v. To make dry; to make sol- 
aay asa dry, barren, desolate place. Zep. 

13 


Pa-no-a, s. A wild desert place; a dry 
desert. 

2. A deep place; acavern. See Pano. 

3. A name applied to a woman who can- 
not obtain a husband; or having a hus- 
band, is barren and has no children. 

Pa-no-a, adj. Dry; applied to a place 
parched with drought, without water, where 
no vegetable grows, where no seed will 
vegetate. 

Pa-no-a-No-u, v. To be wet in spots, 
i. e., damp, as earth, and dry in spots; e 
huli mau ia, e loli ia, e ku e kuu. 

Pa-no-E-A, adj. Dilatory; slow. 

Pa-noo-noo, v. To be without fish, as 
the sea beach; panoonooia kahakai e ka 
lawaia moku ke alii. 

Pa-no-no-no, s. That which is full of 
holes or cracks. 

Pa-no-No-Nno, adj. Full of holes; full of 


eracks. See Hanonono and HANONANONA. 


Pa-no-pav, adj. See Pana. Black; so 
black as to have a gloss; glistening black. 


Thick ; dense, as a cloud; black; glossy 
black. Puk.19:9. See Papano. Dark blue; 
hence, beautiful; grand; splendidly at- 
tired ; excellent. 

Pa-no-pa-No, Ss. Blackness; a deep blue 
color; shining jet blackness. 

Pa-nov, adj. Growing thriftily,as young 
plants, while yet young ; pauhu, pohuku. 
Pa-nu-Hu-Nu-Hu, s. Name of a species 
of fish. ; pn 
Pa-pa. A reduplication of the distrib- 
utive particle pa. SeePa. It is often used 
as a verb; as, e papa lua, to make two- 
fold, to put two together; e papa kolu, e 

papa ha, &e. See Pawva, PaKouu, &e. 
Pa-pa, s. See Pa, s. Applied to many 
substances having a flat, smooth surface, as 
a flat, smooth stone, a board, a plank, a 
table, a flat wooden dish, a plate. Puk. 
39:30. Papa pohaku, a slate ; papa kana- 
wai, tables of the law. Puk. 25:16. Papa 
ai, papa aina, an eating table; papa wili 
ai, a poi board; papa manamana pukapuka, 
a grate of net work. Puk. 38:4. A wafer; 
a flat cake. Puk. 29:2. Papa konane, a 
board for the game of konane. Laieik. 115. 


Pa-pa, s. A row; a rank; a company 
standing or setting in a row; hence, a mil- 
itary band; a division of people; a sect; 
an order; papa inoa, a catalogue of names; 
a particular office, secular or ecclesiastical; 
a native bornin a place; astory ina build- 
ing; papa lalo, papa waena, papa luna, 
lower, middle and upper stories of a build- 
ing. Kin. 6:16. 

Pa-pa, s. An ancestor some generations 
back; a race; a family. 

Pa-pa, s. The wife of Akea or Wakea, 
the fabled mother of the Islands and of 
men on them. See Oprapa. Na Papa ka 
haku akea o Lono. 

Pa-pa, s. A species of fish; a small 
crab, a species of the paiea. 

2. A term used in relation to a fish net. 

3. A scab; a shell; a slice or piece; 
papa kalo, a piece of kalo; papa ipu, a 
piece of melon. 

4. Name of a species of soft stone. 

Pa-pa, s. Name of a certain class of 
Kamehameha’s laws. 

Pa-pa, v. To prohibit; to forbid. Nore, 
The language or the words of the prohibi- 
tion generally follow. To rebuke; to re- 
prove. Kin. 37:10. To adjure; to request 
in strong terms. Nah. 11:28. 

2. To erect a shade or screen to prevent 
the light or heat of the sun. See Papat, s. 

3. To shine, as the sun, i. e., to create 
light and heat. 


PAP 


Pa-pa, adj. Perhaps old; ancient; 
former times. 

Pa-paa, v. Pa and paa, tight. To hold 
tight; to refuse to give up. 

2. Used for paapaa, to be dry; to be 
parched, as the tongue with thirst. Isa. 
41:17. 

3. To burn;. to burn freely; to be burnt 
up; to be consumed ; e welawela. 

Pa-paa, adj. Tight; secure, as an in- 
closure of any kind. 

2. Storing; securing; kulanakauhale pa- 
pad, a store city. 2 Oihl. 8:6. 

3. Strong; fenced, as acity. Puk. 1:11. 
Hale papaa, a store-house. 

Pa-paa, s. Anything hard or compact; 
as. papaa lepo, a clod. Job. 7:5. 

Pa-pa-al-NA, S. Papa, table, and aina, 
eating. A table. Puk. 25:23. An eating 
table. 

Pa-pa-a-KAl, v. To wither, as a vegeta- 
ble; to bear no fruit; to dry up; to be 
killed by insects. 

2. To be white on the surface like a salt 
pond; to become white, as salt granulating. 

Pa-PA-A-KA-HI, S. Papa and akahi, one; 
first. The first border or rank. 

Pa-pa-A-KE-A, S. The name of the soft 
white stone above Lahainaluna. 

Pa-pa-a-LA, S. The hot season; a time 
of drought; a time of famine; a time of no 
rain when all is parched with the sun; ka 
wa ua ame ka papaala. 

Pa-pa-a-Lu-a, adv. Doubly; two to- 
gether; two by two. Kin. 7:15. See Pa- 
LUA. 

Pa-pa-a-NA, v. To be quick, as in gain- 
ing strength after sickness ; papaana oe i 
ka nui, you have grown fleshy quickly; to 
hasten. Hal. 22:19. 

2. To be at ease; to rest; to breathe 
freely. 

3. To escape from danger. 

4, To overcome; to conquer. 

5. Tolayakapu; to prohibit. See Papa. 

6. To govern; to establish laws. 

Pa-pa-a-na, adj. Resting; confiding; 
comfortable ; satisfied; overcoming diffi- 
culties. 

Pa-pa-a-Poo, s. The name of the com- 
pany of men sent out first from an army to 
plunder, to commit murder, steal men, &c.; 
understood as a commencement of hostili- 
ties and a declaration of war. 

Pa-paa-pu, v. To wound; to hurt; to 
make a sore. 

Pa-PAA-BE-RE-NA, S. Papaa and berena 

(Eng.), bread. A wafer. Othk. 8:26. 


Pa-pal, s. See Papa, shade. A tempo- 
rary partition of a house; a house or room 
for playing a game; papai kilu. Laieik. 


452 


PAP 


121. A screen; a roof on all sides; a 
slight slender house or shed. 

2. A species of crab-fish. 

3. He kikalapai, he pananai, he papa. 

Pa-pal, v. Pa and pai, to strike. To 
smite with the open hand ; to strike. 

2. Tostrike gently; to touch. Kin. 32:25. 

3. To thatch a house or building with 
grass. Nore.—In the act of thatching, 
Hawaiians in drawing the string tightly 
around a handful of grass give it a blow 
with the leftehand. 

4. To drive off or expel a tenant from 
his house and land; to drive off; to ban- 
ish; a common punishment in former times 
for real or imaginary offenses. 

5. To make a solemn promise; to take 
an oath; e hoohiki ma ka ae ana; e pai na 
lima, ae na waha, the hands strike, the 
mouths ‘assent. 

Pa-par-a, s. A foreign word. The cus- 
tard apple; the pawpaw; the carica papaya; 
ka milikani, ka hei. 

Pa-pat-a-a-wa, s. A form of worshiping 
the gods. See PAKIKI. 

Pa-pat-a-wa, v. To clap the hands while 
singing and praising the gods; i kela wa, 
papaiawa ae la o Aiwohikupua me kona 
mau kaukaualii. Laieik. 109. 

PA-PAI-E-U. 

Pa-pai-o, v. To set up the akua maka- 
hiki (the year god) and carry him off; pa- 
paio ia ke akua a hele aku. 

Pa-pal-Ho, v. To set up above; to fix 
up on high; e kau iho maluna iho. 

Pa-pal-La-Nal, Ss. ‘The name of a species 
of small crab. 

Pa-pa-I-nNA, v. Pa and paina, to eat. 
To eat; to eat upon a table. 

2. To break, as glass or crockery; to be 
brittle. 

3. To crack, as the joints of the fingers. 

4. To squeak, as new shoes. See UINA. 

Pa-pa-1-na, s. The sound of small mate- 
rials in breaking or cracking. 

2. The noise made in eating. 

3. The sound of the feet in walking. 

4. The ticking of a watch. 

Pa-pa-I-na, adj. That which may easily 
be broken ; brittle. 

Pa-par-pa, adj. Pressed full. 

Pa-pa-I-Pu, adj. See Papaiev. Barren; 
nothing in the calabash, especiall no fish. 

Pa-pal-wa-LE, s. Papai, to strike, and 
wale. A striking ; a smiting ; a method of 
killing in former times. : 

Pa-pa-o, v. Pa and pao, to dig. To 
break in; to thrust in; to lay together. 

2. To fill up; to cram wood into an oven. 

Pa-pa-o-HE, s. A fish, a species of akule. 


Pa-PA-0-KO-LE, Ss. See PAPAKOLE. 


PAP 


Pa-pa-o-No, adj. Papa and ono, six. 
See Paono. By sixes; six by six; six-fold. 
Hoik. 4:8. 

Pa-pau, v. Pa and pau, to be all; to be 
entire. To be deeply engaged in thought; 
to engage with all the powers of the mind 
in some research ; to have full confidence 


in. 

2. Hoo. To be fully engaged ; to be all 
in earnest ; to give the whole attention of 
heart and mind. 1 Oihl. 22:19. 

3. To be entire; to be alton or 
chiefly engaged in some pursuit; e hoopa- 
pau hoi ma kahanamaikai. Hoopapau iho 
la ke alii ma ka aie, the king’s great busi- 
ness was to get into debt. Hoopapau loa 
oia i ka inu i ka rama, he drank rum with 
all his might. 

4. To fill up; toraise up a heap; to suck 
in and fill up the mouth with water like a 
fish. 
5. To be shallow, as water; to flow off, 

as the sea at low tide, leaving the water on 

the rocks shallow; to be at low tide; e kai 
make; a papau ae la ka Pele ma Oahu, 
alaila lele oia i Maui; a papaw hou iho la 
ma Haleakala, lele hou oia i Kilauea, when 

Pele’s dominions became shallow on Oahu 

(i. e., when burnt down near to the level 

of the sea), then she leaped over to Maui; 

and when she became shallow again at Hale- 
akala, she again jumped over to Kilauea. 
Pa-pau, s. Shallowness; littleness ; no 
depth, as water. 
2. A ford of a river. 

ness. Mat. 13:15. 

3. With make, a graveyard. See Papav- 


Kin. 32:22. Few- 


MAKE. 

Pa-pau, adj. Shallow, as water; not 
deep ; kahi papau, a fording place. 

Pa-pau-a, v. Tocompel persons to hard 
bondage ; to weary them day by day with 
severe labor; to make hard-working slaves 
of people. 

Pa-pau-a, s. Name ofa species of shell- 
fish ; ano o ka pipi noloko o ke kai. 

Pa-pa-U-KI-U-k1, s. The name of a very 
fierce strong wind; makani ikaika pukiki. 

Pa-pa-v-kt-u-k1, v. To blow fiercely, as 
a strong wind; ua papaulciulci ka makani. 

Pa-pau-ku, v. See Papapauru. To be 
all; to be entire; to be entirely in the cir- 
cumstances mentioned; a papaukceu wale ka 
lukuna, the slaughter was thorough and en- 
tire. 

Pa-pavu-Ma-KE, s. A graveyard; a bury- 
ing ground; ke ku la na kii eluai ka pa- 
paumake. See Kupapau, 

Pa-pa-u-nu, v. To fill up; to cram 
down ; to push in. 


Pa-pa-HA, adj. Papa and ha, four. 


453 


PAP 


Four by four; four times; by fours. See 
Pana. Ezek. 1:6. 

Pa-PA-HE-HI, Ss. Papa, board, and hehi, 
to tread upon. The floor of a house; the 
boards to be trod on. 1 Nal. 6:15. 

Pa-pa-H1, adj. Of or belonging toa kind 
of lei; as, lei papahi. 

Pa-PA-Ho-I-KE, s. Papa and hoike, to 
show. <A table of witness or testimony to 
an agreement. 

Pa-pa-Ho-La, $s. Papa and hola, spread 
out. The front of a heiau, in other cases 
called a kahua, i. e., mostly an artificial 
level place on which the heiau was built, 
but containing a greater surface than the 
building ; hence, a court; a yard in front 
ofatemple. 2 Nal. 1:2. 

Pa-PA-HO0O-LE-wa-LE-wa, Ss. Name of a 
species of fish net. 

Pa-pa-Hu-Lu-1, s, Name of a species of 
fish net; he papahului, oia no ka upena o 
na ia ku. 

Pa-pa-Kal, s. A narrow escape of a 
canoe landing in the surf. 

Pa-pa-Kau-A, Ss. Name of a division of 
an army on going into battle. 

Pa-Pa-KAU-KAU, S. An eating table. 

Pa-PA-KA-NA-LI-MA, adv. By fifties; fifty 
inacompany. 1 Nal. 18:4. 

Pa-pa-KE-A, S. Papa and kea, white. 
That part of the sea beach washed by the 
high tide and not by the low, i. e., if the 
sand be white. 

2. The action of the ocean current against 
the wind, when the waves stand up; he 
kupikipikio. 

Pa-PA-KEE-HA-NA, S. A floor. 1 Nai. 
6:30. 

Pa-PA-KE-LE-A-WE, S. Papaand keleawe, 
copper. Copper plates used in sheathing 
ships. 

Pa-pa-Ko-a, S. Boards made from the 
koa tree. 

2. Papa, row, and koa, soldier. A rank 
or company of an army. Oih. 10:1. 

Pa-pa-Ko-LE, Ss. The hip bone; the hip; 
the joining of the hip bone with the socket 
bone; ka hookuina o ka iwi uha me ka iwi 
ka; the os innominatum. 

Pa-pa-Ko-LE-A, v. To rise; to stand up, 
as water in a current of the sea; e kupiki- 
pikio. See Papakea. 

Pa-pa-Ko-LI, s. See Papaxorte. The 
hip; the loins. Dan. 5:6. 

Pa-pa-ku, s. A disease attended with 
entire costiveness and always fatal. 

Pa-Pa-ku-KI-a, 8. Papa, ku and kia, a 
mast. The mast of a ship. 


2. That which strengthens a mast. Isa. 
33:23, 


PAP 


Pa-pa-ku-ku-1, s. A species of fish. 

Pa-pa-La, v. Not to be able to sound; 
to emit sound with difficulty ; to make a 
hoarse sound ; to be hoarse. 

Pa-pa-La, adv. Hoarsely; like a hoarse 
person ; kani papala mai la hoi, ua uweka 
nei. 

Pa-pa-La, s. The name of a tree. 

2. Bird lime, a sticky material by which 
birds are canght; he kepau kapili manu. 
Pa-pa-La, adj. Heavy, as a back-load. 

2. O ka lahui a ka ipo ahi papala. 

Pa-pa-La-Au, Ss. Papa, flat, and laau, 
timber. A board; a plank; o ka papalaau 
ka mea kui poi. 

Pa-pa-La-o-a, s. A smooth kind of cloud 
indicating rain or wind, from its resembling 
the fish palaoa. 

Pa-Pa-LA-LE, v. To do awkwardly or 
unskillfully; to have things all out of place. 

Pa-PA-LA-LE, adj. Awkward; unskill- 
ful; unthinking ; unreflecting ; inexpert. 

Pa-pa-La-Lo, $s. Papa, board, and lalo, 


below. The lower story of a house. Kin. 
6:16. 
2. The floor of a house. Nah. 5:17. 


Pa-pa-LE, v. Paand pale, to defend off. 
To be out of place; to put together unskill- 
fully. See PAPALALE. 

2. To have or to put on a hat or bonnet. 
Ezek. 44:16. 

3. Metaphorically, to cover up ; to hide; 
ua ulu kou nani a papale maluna o kou 
kaikuaana. Laieik. 196. 

Pa-pa-LE, s. Pa and pale,a defense. A 
hat; a cap; a bonnet; any covering for 
the head. 

2. A chapiter for the top of a pillar. 2 
Oihl. 3:15. 

3. Ashovel. Puk. 27:3. Papale hainika, 
amitre. Puk. 28:4. Papale kahuna, a mitre. 
Oihk. 8:9. Papale laa, a holy crown. Puk. 
39:30. 

Pa-pa-LE-A-LiI, s. Papale, hat, and alii, 
chief. A crown; a distinguishing head 
dress of a king. Hoik. 6:2. Same as lei- 
alii. 

Pa-Pa-LE-Ka-PU, S. A cap. 

Pa-pa-LE-LAA, Ss. Papale and laa, conse- 
‘crated. A holy or consecrated crown. Puk. 
39:30. 

Pa-Pa-LE-NA, v. Papale and ana. 'To 
put out of order: to displace; to doa thing 
awkwardly. See Papate, v. 

Pa-pa-ti-ma, adv. See Pata. By 
fives ; five by five ; five in company. 

Pa-pa-Li-ma, v. Papa, to strike, and 
lima, hand. To touch or join hands, as in 
confirming a bargain, or as the sign of an 
agreement; as in English, to shake hands 
upon it. 


454 


PAP 


Pa-pa-Li-NA, S. Papa and lina, soft. 
The side of the face; the cheek. Kanl. 
18:3. He wahi palahalaha malalo o ka 
maka ma na aoao o ka ihu. 

Pa-pa-LI-NA-NU-I, adj. Large, fleshy and 
weak. 

Pa-pPa-Lo-LE, adj. Slovenly done. 

Pa-pa-Lu, v. To bind up; to dress, as 
a wound. 

2. To hide; to put out of sight; to cover 


u 
Py To go off and hide one’s self. 
4. To be soft; to be defective; to be 
rotten ; popopo. 

Pa-pa-Lu, s. An oceasional dress when 
employed in dirty work that would injure 
a common dress. 

2. A dress different from the pa-u. 

3. An apron. Kin. 3:7. 

4, The principal covering garment, or 
covering of a person. 

Pa-pa-Lu-a, v. Papa and lua, two. To 
double ; to put two things together of the 
same kind. 

2. To be double. Hal. 68:17. To be two- 
fold. Kin. 41:32. See Parva. 

Pa-pa-Lu-a, s. Papa, story of a house, 
and lua, two. The second story or floor of 
a building. Kin. 6:16. 

Pa-pa-Lu-s, dist. adv. See Patua. Two 
by two; two-fold; two at a time; doubly; 
in pairs, &c. Kin. 6:20. 

Pa-pa-mAv, adj. Creaking; grating, as 
the friction of one thing against another. 
See Erma. 

Pa-Pa-MA-NA-MA-NA, S. Papa and mana- 
mana, branching. A grate; a grating. 
Puk. 27:4. 

Pa-pa-mu, s. The name of the board on 
which the game konane is played. 


Pa-pa-na, v. Papa and ana. To be 
quick ; to be smart; to do things readily. 
2. To be boasting ; to be proud of one’s 
own doings. 
Pa-pa-na, s. Haste; quickness in ac- 
complishing an object. 


Pa-pa-NE, v. Pa and pane, toreply. To 
scold; to chide; to be angry; to answer 
back provokingly. |. 

Pa-pa-NI, v. See Pant, to stop up. To 
shut, as an opening ; to close; to shut up. 
Isa. 66:9. 

2. To shut, as a door or other shutter. 
Kin. 7:6. 

3. To hide; to conceal; to veil; to put 
out of sight. 

4. To close or stop, as the ears. Oth. 
0:57. 

5. To hide; to close the eyes. Puk. 3:6. 

6. To shut up one, as if sick or infected. 
Oihk. 13:4. 


PAP 


7. To hold fast; to bind; to hinder one 
from doing a thing. 

8. To turn on the hinges, as a door. 

Pa-Pa-nI, adj. Shutting out; parting 
off, as a partition: closing up. 

Pa-pa-no, adj. See Pano and Pano- 
PANO. Thick; black; glossy bhack. 

Pa-PA-No-a-Nno-a, s. Any substance full 
of holes or cracked; he hanonanona, he 
panonono. 

Pa-pa-noo, adj. See Pano and Parano. 
Dark colored ; black. as a black cloud. 
Pa-pa-No-NA-No-NA, adj. Thick together; 
collected ; laid up in store; rising up; 

standing together. 

Pa-pa-pa, s. A kind of food; beans, 
from the flat pods; also applied to purslain. 

Pa-pa-pa, adj. Low; broken down; 
flat and smooth, as the smooth surface of 
lava. 

Pa-pa-Pa-I-na, s. Papa and paina, to 
eat. An eating table; a table. 1 Kor. 
10:21. ; 

Pa-pa-pav, v. Papa, a double redupli- 
cation of pau, all. To put all together in 
one ; to sum up together. 

2. To consider all alike or all as in one 
condition; mai papapaw na kanaka i ka 
make, nearly all the people died, i.e., they 
were nearly alled by death. 

3. To be all together in one place; mai 
papapau iho kakou ia nei, let us not all stay 
in this place. 

4. To bring to an end, as the end of life; 
the same as e pau ke aho, or e mamake, to 
cause to die or perish together. 

Pa-pa-pau, adj. All together; con- 
sumed ; finished ; entirely at an end; all 
dead. 

Pa-pa-Pa-La-0-A, s. Papa and palaoa for 
falaoa (Eng.), flour. A cake; a wafer; a 
flat loaf of bread. Jer. 7:18. 

Pa-pa-PA-LA-Pa-LA, s. Papa and pala- 
pala, a writing. A writing table. Luk. 
1:63. A writing desk. ‘ 

Pa-pa-Po-HA-KU, s. Papa and pohaku, 
stone. A board on which food or poi is 
pounded ; the pestle is made of stone ; he 
pohaku kui ai; the board or thick plank is 
slightly hollowed out like a very flat tray. 
See Kurar and Papawi.ial. 

2. A row or tier of stones. Ezer. 6:4. 

3. A slate ; a stone for writing on. 

4, A table of stone. Kanl. 5:19. 

Pa-pa-pu, v. Papa and pu, together. 
See Papapav. To do all together; to do 
all alike ; a lele mai kekahi poe o kakou, 
& papapu mai mamuli o ke kumu. 

Pa-pa-pu, s. Papa and pu, a gun. A 
row or tier of guns. 

Pa-pa-waE-NA, Ss. Papa and waena, be- 


455 


PAW 
tween. The middle story of a building of 
three stories. Kin. 6:16. 
Pa-Pa-wa-HA-Nu-l, s. Taking fish with 

a long net; o ka upena ka mea hana i pa- 
pawahanui. 
Pa-PA-WI-LI, s. Papa, board, wili, 
Pa-PA-WI-LI-Al, } to mix, and ai, food. A 
board for mixing food; a poi board; a 
very flat tray on which poi is pounded; a 
kneading trough. Puk. 12:34. 
Pa-Pa-BE-RE-NA, S. Papa and berena 
(Eng.), bread. Flat cakes. Kin. 18:6. 
Pa-pa-Gu-La, 8. Papa and gula (Eng.), 
gold. A plate of gold. Puk. 28:36. 
Pa-pa-ral, 8. Pa, pan, and paraz (Eng.) 
for farai, to fry. A frying-pan. Oihk. 2:7. 
Pa-pi-o, adv. Pa and pio, an arch. 
Lying face downward with nothing for the 
belly to rest on,*for the purpose of enlarg- 
ing the belly; e moe papio, e huli ilalo ke 
alo i nui ka opu. 
Pa-pi-o-pI-0, s. Name of a fish like the 
ulua; perhaps the young of the ulua. 
Pa-pi-p1, s. The prickly pear. 
Pa-po-HA-ku, s. Pa, fence, and pohaku, 
stone. Stones laid into a wall; a stone 
wall. Nah. 35:4. 
2. Name of a kind of soft stone. 


Pa-pu, s. A plain; a level piece of 
ground of considerable extent. Nah. 36:13. 
2. Pa, wall, and pu, gun. A gun fence, 

i. e., a fort; he pa kaua. 

Pa-pu, v. To explain; to make clear; 
to converse freely. 

Pa-pu, adv. Fully; wholly covered ; 
established ; plainly ; clearly. 

Pa-pu-a, v. Pa, to throw (see Pa 5), 
and pua, an arrow. To cast or throw an 
arrow, a pastime or exercise for men, 
women and children; name of a game 
played in former times. 

Pa-pu-HE-a, s. A mist; fine rain; a fog. 

2. A gray head; a gray headed person. 

Pa-pu-HE-NE, s. A row of men ina cer- 
tain game. See PUHENEHENE. O na hewa 
kahiko, o ka hula, o ka pili, 0 ka papuhene 
kekahi; he lealea ino o ka papuhene i 
ka po. 

Pa-pu-ro, s. The Egyptian papyrus. 
Job. 8:11. 

Pa-wa, s. A garden; a cultivated patch 
of ground. 

2. The sky; the blue expanse of the 
heavens. 

3. The breaking of the dawn; ka wahi 
awa 0 ke alaula; the period early in the 
morning ; Kani ana ka bele i ka wanaao, i 
ka wehe ana 0 ka pawa o ke ao. A ike ke 
kahuna, ua moku Ka pawa o ke ao. 

4. A watch; a period of time ; a partic- 


PAT, 


ular time of the twenty-four hours. 1 Sam. 
ube 


5. Some early part of the morning dawn.| Pe, adv. 


Pa-waa, s. Wildness ; fearfulness, like 
that of an untamed animal; rudeness ; in- 
civility of uncultivated persons. 4 

Pa-waa, adj. Wild; rude; rough in 
habits and manners; untamed, as an ani- 
mal. 

Pa-wal, s. Pa and wai, water. Lit. A 
water plate. A watering trough for cattle. 
Kin. 30:38. 

Pa-wal-I-Nu, s. Pawai as above, and 
inu, to drink. A drinking trough for cat- 
tle. Kin. 30:41. 

Pa-war-na, s. Pa, fence, and waina, 
grapes. A vineyard. 

Pa-wao, v. To see with indistinctness; 
to be uncertain ; to be it doubt. 

Pa-wa-L1, adj. See Puaut. Crooked; 
deceitful ; unjust ; perverse. 

Pa-wa-pa-wa, adj. Fat; plump; mus- 
cular ; with shaking or rolling muscle. 

Pa-wa-pa-wa, s. Fatness; muscular 
fleshed; roundness; i ka pawapawa haahaa 
onikiniki. 

Pa-we-o, v. See Pawaa. To be wild; 
to be untamed; to express rudeness; to be 
uncivilized ; to make blunders in every- 
thing attempted; to turn askance, as the 
eyes; to turn away the eyes. Lateik. 71. 
To be displeased with; a ike mai la o Poki 
ia ia, paweo ae la kona maka ia ia. 

Pa-we-HE, adj. A kind of spotted mat 
made on Niihau ; moena pawehe. 

Pa-we-Lv, s. Pa and welu,arag. Any 
worthless thing, as opala, pahola and pa- 
welu; anything useless, valueless or of no 
account; ua hoolilo i ka olelo a ke Akua i 
pahola, a i pawelu, i mea ole, i mea lapu- 
wale. 

Pa-wi-w1, v. Pa, fence, and wiwi, slim. 
To make a very tall, high fence so as to be 
weak. 

Pa-wi-w1, s. A tall, slim, weak fence. 

Pa-ral, v. Eng. To fry. Othk. 7:12. 
The word should be written with f instead 
of p, thus: farai or ferai. 

Pa-ra-Bo-LE, s. Eng. from Gr. A par- 
able; an enigmatical discourse ; he olelo 
nane. 

Pa-RA-DAT-S0, ) 5, Gr, Paradise; ahappy 

Pa-RE-DAI-So, garden; a happy place. 

Pa-RA-DI-so, Luk, 23:43. 

Pa-so-a, s. Hng. The passover; the 
name of a feast of the Jews in commemora- 
tion of the passing of the Angel of Death 
over them when he slew all the first born 
of the Egyptians. Puk. 12. 

Pa-Tau-sa-NnI, adv. Pa and tausani 


456 


PEA | 


(Eng.), thousand. By thousands; a thou- 

sand fold. Kanl. 1:11. 

Thus; so; as; in this way; 
it is often prefixed to la, nei and ia; as, 
pela, thus, so; penei or peneia, like this, 
thus ; peia, this way, like it, &. It also 
stands by itself, especially in asking ques- 
tions, as, pe keia? Liho la an, pe keia? I 
said, how is this? Pekeia are sometimes 
written together, signifying as this, thus, 
after this manner, &c. 

Pz, v. To anoint; to apply odoriferous 
ointment. 

2. Hoo. To anoint; to pour on odorifer- 
ous ointment. 

‘3. Fie. To scent, i. e., to give tone and 
character to one’s life; applied also to the 
soul; o ke kupaoa ia e hoope ai na uhane. 
See Kupaoa. 


Pe, v. To humble; to crush; to pound 
fine. See PEPE. 


Pe, adj. Broken or flatted down; de 
pressed; crushed. / 


Ps-a, v. To make a cross; to set up 
timbers in the form of a cross; to make 
four arms or four prominent points; to be 
opposed to. 

2. Hoo. To accuse through envy. Mat. 
27:18. To punish for little or no crime; 
ame ka hoopea wale o ka poe koikoii ka 
poe liilii, and the great accused (punished) 
the small. 

3. To be in bonds; to suffer, as a pris- 
oner. ol. 4:3. To bind one’s hands be- 
hind his back or to a post; ua peaia kona 
mau lima i kona kua, no ka aihue. 

4. To be bound or restrained from pro- 
ducing an effect. 2 Tim. 2:9. Hou aku la 
ika huluika inika, kakau iho la, pea ae 
la no, o kohu hele. 


Ps-a, s. The extremity of a village or 
settlement; mai kela pea a i keia pea, from 
one end of the settlement to the other end. 

2. The name of one of the six houses of 
the ancient Hawaiians; he hale pea, oia 
kekahi hale. See Hate. E panii ka puka 
o ka pea kapu, to shut the door of the pea 
kapu, sacred house. JLdieik. 167. 

3. The sail of a canoe or ship. 

4. The extreme end of a leaf of a tree. 

5. A flying kite ; he lupe hoolele. 

6. The ground of offense; an entangle- 
ment in law; a difficulty. 

7. The name of a many-pronged fish in 
the ocean ; he mea ola manamana maloko 
o ka moana. 

8. He hale koko. See HALEPEA. 

9. The excrements of men; the place 
where they are thrown. 

10. A cross or timbers put cross-wise 
thus , formerly placed before the heiaus 
as a sign of kapu (taboo); e kau pea, to 
place in the form of a cross. See Kea. 


PEE 
Pe-a, adj. Filthy; unclean; kapa pea. 


Isa. 64:6. Welu pea, a menstruous cloth. 
Isa.30:22. Defiled; haumia; belonging to 
menstruation. See Haterea and KapaPEa. 

Ps-ao, v. To roll up, as a piece of 
paper. 

Pe-a-u1, s. The bones of the hand dis- 
tinct from the arm; e malama i kona mau 
iwi ame na peahi lima. 

2. The open hand; an open hand as a 
symbol of power. Hal. 44:3. 
- 3. Afan. Mat. 3:12. The sign or pic- 
ture of a fan marked on anything ; he pe- 
ahi ko kona poe kanaka, oia 0 lakou hoai- 
lona; ua kakauia ma ko lakou papalina. 

4. A gentle fanning breeze; a soft wind, 
as though made with a fan; he koaniani. 

Pe-a-H1, v. To fan; to sweep; to brush; 
to make wind with a fan. 

2. To motion or beckon to one with the 
hand or otherwise. 

3. To make signs with the hand. See 
Kunov. 

Pr-a-HI-LI-mA, s. The palm of the hand. 
See Peanut. A hand’s breadth. Ezek. 40:5. 

Pr-a-PE-A, v. See Pea, v. To get into 
a difficulty; to quarrel; to be opposed to ; 
to be entangled. 

2. To be crossed together; to be braided 
or woven, as mats. — 

Pr-a-PE-a, adj. Difficult; perplexed ; 
entangled; twisted ; braided or woven to- 
gether. 

Ps-a-pe-A, s. Water made dirty by 
washing fish or other things. 

2. The crossing of slats, as in verandas, 
at an oblique angle. 


Kohola i ka peapea, 

Koele iho lena kahakai—e— 
Lena kohola i ka peapea ike, 
Holo ia ole ia ka heka, 
Kaheka Hilo ma ka ua, 

He makaha ua i ka lani. 


Ps-A-PE-A-A-HI, v. See Pant. Tosweep; | 


to brush a floor, asin former times, by strik- 
ing a kapa down upon it. 
2. To fan; to cool; to cause a wind. 
3. To flap the wings, as a bird in flying. 
Pe-g, v. To hide away from some per- 
son; to run and hide; to conceal one’s 
self. Kin.3:8. To flee away. Pu, 21:13. 
Ke hoolohe nei ua kanaka la e pee ana i ka 


457 


PEH 


the same as the amuhe or enuhe. 2 Oihl.- 
6:28. A caterpillar perhaps. 

PeE-PEE, Ss. A kind of sea moss. 

Prx-PEE-a-KU-a, Ss. The play of hide 
and seek. 

PEE-PEE-KU-E, adj. See Peexve. Thick, 
&c. See Manoa. 

Pee-po-ul, v. Pee and poli, bosom. To 
be or to lie in the bosom, as a child. 

PEE-PEE-PU-E-0. 

Pet, adv. ‘Thus; so; as follows, &c. ;: 
alaila, manao iho la au pei, then I thought 
thus ; kauoha ia pei ia kakou i nalaSabati 
a pau, he charged us thus on every Sabbath 
day. 

Pe-1, v. To lift up; to raise up; e ha- 
pai, e kaikai. 

Pe-1-a, adv. Pe and ia, it. Thus; like 
it; after this manner. Syn. with penei, 
peneia, menei, keia, meia, &c. E like me 
ka moa e hoouluulu ana i kana mau keiki 
malalo o kona mau eheu, peia no hoi keia 
kula nui. 

Per-rPEI, v. See Pet. To rouse up; to 
stir up one to duty; to excite to action; to 
cast off sluggishness. 

PEI-PEI, adj. Exciting; stirring up; 

PE-PEI, rousing to action. See the verb. 
He manao peipei no keia ia kakou. 

Pr-o, s. A house with a rounding roof. 

Pe-o, adj. Round; rounding; globular, 

Pr-o-PE-0, adj. Round; roundish; with- 
out angles or corners. 

PrE-v, v. To throw up; to turn up, 

PE-PE-U, } as a hog turns or throws up 
his nose in rooting; hence, applied to any- 
thing of that motion. 

2. To hunch or touch for the purpose of 
attracting attention. 

PE-v, tf Words often used in las- 

PE-PE-U, civious meles. 

Pr-u-PE-u, v. To make frequent and 
many tracks. See MEHEU. 

Pr-u-rE-U, adj. Tracked or trodden, as 
through the grass. 


Ps-va, v. To meet together; to unite; 
to kiss. See Meva and Mev. 


olelo. See Havreerer. Kakali na kanaka| Pe-va, adj. Uniting; joining; adher- 


i kahi a lakou i pee ai, the people staid in 
the place where they hid. 


PrE-o-nE, S. Pee, to hide, and one, sand. 


ing. 
Pe-u-Ta, s. Eng. Pewter; tin. Nah. 


31:22. See Piura and Pricna. 


A species of crab that burrows in the sand. | Pr-ne, adv. See Pe, as, in this manner, 


Per-xu-£, adj. Thick, as a plank or 
board; manoanoa, makolukolu; no ka piha 
o kona poo ina kahiko peekue o kamanao. 
Pee-tu-a, s. Pee and Zwa, hole. A spe- 
cies of worm destructive to vegetation ; 


and Hk, indefinite article. 
like as. See MEHE. 
|Ps-neE, s. A snare; a kind of trap for 


catching owls. See Peneapruzo. Pehe ma 
ke kino. 


AS &; 80 as; 





PEK 


PE-HE-A, adv. inter. Pe, as, and hea, 
how? In what manner? how? why? what? 

PE-HE-A, v. See the adverb above. ‘Io 
ask how or in what manner a thing was 
done ; to inquire how a person is; alaila, 
pehea iho la kela? pane mai la ia, pehea 
hoi, then that person asked how itt was 
done? he answered, how indeed. 

PE-HE-A-PU-E-0, s. See PEHE, snare, A, 
of, for,and Puro,owl. A snare or trap for 
catching owls. 

Pr-HE-u, adj. Pe and heu, soft; flexi- 
ble. Soft and flabby, as flesh; soft and 
tough ; vibrating to and fro. 

2. Webbed, as the foot of a duck or goose; 
he peheu ke kapuai 0 ke koloa ame ka nene. 

PE-HE-v, s. The wing of a bird. See 
Euevu. The fin of a shark; a flipper of a 
turtle; the brim of a hat. See PELELEv. 

Pr-HE-U-HE-U, adj. Soft; spongy; flex- 
ible, as the muscle of the calf of the leg or 
of the thigh. 

2. Plump or swollen, as the neck -in 
mumps; a-i peheuheu. 

3. Whiskered ; having large whiskers. 

Ps-n1, v. To pelt with stones; to throw 
stones at. Puke. 21:18. To shoot, as an 
arrow. Hal. 18:14. Syn. with pana. To 
throw any missile at one; to threaten to 
stone, as a criminal. 1 Sam. 30:6. See 
Nov, Krerar and Pana. E pehi i ka ulu, to 
throw the maika stone. 

PeE-Hu, v. To swell, as any part of the 
body from injury or disease. Kanl. 8:4. 
Hoo. To cause a swelling. Nah. 5:2. 

2. To swell, i. e., to inerease in size gen- 
erally ; to enlarge. See Upesu and UPE- 
HUPEHU. 

Pe-uu, s. A swelling; a blain; a boil. 
Oihk. 13:2. Pehu nui, a great swelling. 

2. The name of a game; 0 ka pehu ma 
ka hale. 

Pe-nv, adj. Swollen; enlarged; mai 
pehu, the dropsy. See UPEHUPEHU. 

Pr-nu-a. See PExua. 

PrE-Hu-a-KoA, S. The name of a kind of 
kapa, colored with the bark of the koa tree. 

Pr-nu-pa-LA, s. Pehu, swollen, and pala, 
soft. Ascab; the name ofa disease. Han. 
28:27. 


Pr-HU-PE-HU, adj. See PEnu. Swollen; 
enlarged. See UPEHUPERU. 

Pr-xa, adj. A false interpretation in 
trading ; favoring one’s self. 

Pr-xa, v. See Paka. To teach one spe- 
cifically something to say or do. 

Pe-xaa, s. Name of a fruit like a bean; 
he pipa. 

Pr-KA-PE-KA, v. To advise one to do 
wrong. 


458 


PEL 


2. To calumniate another for self ad- 
vancement ; to detract; to find fault with 
one. 

3. To be hard in dealing with one. 

PE-KA-PE-KA, Ss. Slander; detraction; 
saying hard things of one. ' 

Ps-Ka-PE-KA, adj. Slanderous; reviling; 
calumnious; stingy; close; parsimonious. 

Pe-KE, adj. Short. See Poxo. Low; 
not tall; poupou. 

PE-KE-KEU, s. The wing of a fowl. See 
EKEKEvU and EHEv. 

2. The fin of a fish. Oihk. 11:9. 

PE-KE-PE-KE, adj. See Pexe. Short; 
low. 

Pe-x1, v. To send one off in haste on 
an errand ; to send away. « 

Ps-xu, v. To kick with the foot. See 
Kereu!. Elua peku ana me ka wawae, he 
kicked him twice with his foot; to kick, or 
to act as one about to kick; he keehi uuku 
me he mea hoowahawaha la; applied to a 
horse or a man. 

PE-KU-A. 

Pr-ku-PE-kU, v. Frequentative. To kick 
frequently. 

Pe-ta, v. To tie up a bundle for a pil- 
low of pulu. See PELAMOE. 

2. To be unclean ; to be filthy; to emit 
stench. See PELAPELA. 

3. To be thus, that is, after the manner 
specified; to be done as before mentioned. 
See the adverb. 

Pe-.a, adv. See Pe, thus, so, and La, 
particle of place. Thus; in that manner. 
It always refers to a past transaction or 
something absent as penei does to some- 
thing present. Pelaiono, adverbial phrase, 
so be it; amen. 

Pe-ta, s. Bones burnt for manure to 
enrich the ground; he a ahi i kipuluia, he 
hoomomona i ka lepo. 

2. The putrid flesh and bowels of the 
dead body of a chief after the bones were 
separated ; the mass was thrown into the 
sea. 


Pe-La-mo-E, Ss. Pela,a pillow, and moe, 
to lie down. A pillow for the comfort of 
sleeping. See PELA, v. 

Pe-La-NE, adj. Heb. Of or belonging to 
chestnut; na laau pelane, chestnut rods. 
Kin. 30:37. 

PE-LA-PE-LA, v. See Peta 2. To be de- 
filed; to be unclean; to stink; to emit a 
bad smell. See Eka, Havexa, Karka and 
PAUPAU. 

Pr-LA-PE-LA, Ss. Uncleanness; filth; re- 
fuse dirty matter. Isa. 4:4; 1 Kor. 4:13. 
Pe-La-PE-LA, adj. Filthy; stinking; 

dirty ; mean. 


PEL 


Pe-ta-Ta-no, s. Heb. Name of a tree 
mentioned in Ezek. 31:8; chestnut perhaps. 
See PELANE. 

Ps-Le, s. The name of the fabled god- 
dess of volcanoes. 

2. A volcano; he ahi ai honua; a fire 
consuming the earth; i neia wa, ua pio ka 
nui o na pele; ika wa kahiko, he pele no 
ma Maui, at the present time the greater 
number of volcanoes is extinct; in ancient 
times there was a volcano also on Maui. 

3. Sulphur proceeding from a volcano. 

4. A stone from a volcano used in the 
play called puhenehene. See Noa. 

Ps-LE, v. To swell out; to be large; to 
be fleshy; to be fat; to have a large belly. 

Pr-Le, adj. Swelled out; enlarged; 
fleshy. 


Pe-LE-v, v. To break a kapu; to vio- 
late some article of the chiefs that was 
kapu or sacred ; ua pelewia ke kapa o ke 
alii, the dress of the chief has been defiled. 

2. To hide one’s sins or offenses from a 
chief. 
3. To hide the sins of another. 

Pe-LE-v, adj. Hiding or concealing the 
sins of one; he kanaka pelew oia. 

Ps-Le-Hv, s. Name ofa species of kapa 
made on Kauai. 

2. Epithet of a turkey, from pele, to swell, 
and hu, to swell or puff out. See Pananv. 


Pr-LE-Ku-Nv, adj. Having a rank smell ; 
strong-scented ; sour; musty; pelekunu ka 
ia. 

PE-LE-LE-U, s. A fishing canoe of the 
largest size, made shorter in proportion 
than ordinary. 

2. Name of a large double-canoe used in 
war. 
3. The brim ofa hat. See PrnEv. 


PE-LE-LE-u, v. To bear away small 
quantities of a thing; to carry away fre- 
quently ; to carry a little at a time. 

2. To make many separations or divis- 
ions of a thing ; e hoohikihiki. 

Pg-LE-LE-v, adj. Note.—Peleleu is 
used asa noun. Seeabove. But it is also 
frequently used as an adjective with waa, 
canoe; as, waa peleleu, a short canoe; ka- 
lai iho la ia ame na ’lii i na waa peleleu he 
nui loa, he and the chiefs hewed outa great 
many large war canoes. 

2. As an adjective, short and thick. 


Pe-te-Ta, s. Hed. A species of vegeta- 


ble used for food ; fitches perhaps. Ezek. 
4:9. 


Pe-ii-Ka-NA, Ss. Eng. A pelican, an un- 
clean bird. - Kanl. 14:17. 


Pe-tvu, v. To double over; to bend or 
flex, as a joint; to open and shut, as a pen- 


459 


PEN 


knife ; to double or fold over, as a cloth. 
Puk. 26:9. To bend or curve up. 

Pe-tu, adj. Doubled; folded over; shut 
up, as a knife; pahi pelu,a shut knife of 
any kind; crooked; bent; pani pelu, a fold- 
ing door. 

Pe-tu-a, s. Name of a greenish kind of 
worm which eats and injures vegetables. 
See Peivge and Kakata. 

Pe-tu-z, s. See Petva above. A worm 
that eats potatoes and other vegetables, 
between a black and green color. 

Pr-tu-re, v. To project; to send out. 

Pe-Lu-PE-LU, v. See Petu. To double 
over and over. 

2. Fic. To talk here and there; to re- 
capitulate. 

3. Hoo. Hoopelupelu iho la i kana olelo, 
he doubled and twisted his speech, i. e., he 
was very repetitious. 

Pr-Lu-PE-LU, s. A binding; a doubling; 
a folding over. Puk. 28:32. 

Pr-Lu-PE-LU, adj. Doubled over. Fic. 
Made hard or unfeeling, as the heart. 

2. Doubled over, i. e., shortened ; thick, 
&c. See Petetev. Holo a hiki i ka waa 
pelupelu o lakou, they ran till they arrived 
at their short canoe, 1. e., their boat. 

Pe-na, v. Eng. To paint; to apply 
coloring matter to anything. Nore—The 
Hawaiian word is hooluu. 

Pe-na, s. Eng. Paint; any substance 
mixed with oil or water to give another 
color; pena ulaula, vermilion. Ezek. 23:14. 
The Hawaiian term is wai hooluu. 

Pr-ne1, adv. See Per, thus, and Ne, 
here; this. Like this; after this manner ; 
thus. See Pera, Peta and PENEras. 

Pr-NE-TE-Ko-TA, s. Gr. The fiftieth; 
Pentecost, i. e., with la, the fiftieth day after 
the Israelites came out of Egypt, or the 
fiftieth day after the Passover, one of the 
three great annual feasts of the Jews. 1 
Kor. 16:8. 

PeE-NE-TE-Ko-TA, adj. The fiftieth; la 
penetekota, the fiftieth day. Oth. 2:1. 

Pr-ni, s. Eng. A pen for writing. 3 
Joan.13. The Hawaiian word is hulu, quill. 

Pr-ni-Ka-La, s. Eng. A lead pencil. 
Ana Hon. 4. See PENIPOHAKU. 

Pr-ni-po-HA-KU, S$. Peni (Eng.),a pen, 
and pohaku, stone. A slate pencil. 

Pe-no, v. To wet; to moisten; to be 
mouldy through moisture; hence, to be 
strong smelling. 

Ps-no-PE-No, adj. Wet andstrong smell- 
ing, as mats with urine; he hohono. 

2. Wet and dirty, as a neglected child; 
he maka penopeno, a pipes | face; penopeno 
oe i ka ua, you are wet with rain. 


PEP 


Pe-nu, v. To wipe one’s eyes with a 
kapa or handkerchief. 

2. To dip one’s piece of fish that he is 
eating into the gravy, toabsorb as muchas 
it can; e miki, e penu kai. Olelo ia, he ono 
ka malolo, a penu no iai ke kai. Penu no 
ia i ke kai me ka opukao. See OpuxKao. 

Pe-pa, s. Eng. Paper, especially writing 
paper. The Hawaiian word is kalana or 
kanana. 

2. The common name for gambling cards; 
e paani pepa, to play at cards. 

Pe-PeE, v. To throw down; to throw 
down flat; to spread out. 

2. To flatten or spread out after falling. 

3. To crush. Oihk. 22:24. To bruise. 

4. To make small by compression. 

5. Hoo. To scatter abroad, as things 
crushed fine. 2 Sam. 22:43. 

Pe-pE, s. Any substance crushed fine 
or flattened down; that which is spread out 
by pressure. 

Ps-rE, adj. Broken or flattened down; 
broken fine ; bruised ; ground fine. 

2. Bent; soft; pliable; rotten. 

3. Morally, soft; kind; gentle ; applied 
to the voice of a friend; ka olelo a na ka- 
naka maikai; he waliwali ka olelo, he pepe. 
See UpePE and PEPEPE. 

Ps-PEE, v. To be broken but not sepa- 
rated, as the parts of a broken limb; to ad- 
here, though broken; te be bent or doubled 
over. 

Ps-pPEE, s. Pepee baka, a plug of to- 
bacco. 

PE-PEI-ao, v. Pepe and ao, a fresh bud 
just unfolding leaves ; pe-pe-i-ao, to flatten 
down that which might grow more protu- 
berant ; hence the name of the ear,of man 
or beast. 

1. To shoot or put forth a bud or young 
twig ; to sprout or grow, as a vegetable. 

2. To ear out, as corn; to send forth a 
shoot. 

Pe-PEI-Ao, s. Any protuberance not very 
prominent. 

1. The external ear of man or beast; 
hence, 

2. The hearing or audience. Puk. 24:7. 

3. The projections inside of a canoe to 
which the iako is fastened. 

4, The first shoots or swelling buds of a 
vegetable. 

5. Protuberances of the material heart 
in men or animals. Anat. 44, 45. 


Pr-per-Ao, adv. By the ear; with the 
ear ip haliu pepeiao, listen attentively. Tob. 


PE-PEI-AO-A-KU-A, s. A species of fun- 
PE-PEI-AO-LA-AU, gus or touch-wood 
that grows from some of the forest trees on 
Hawaii, and used by the Chinese as a deli- 


460 


PEP 


cate article of food; it has also become an 
article of commerce. 

PE-PEI-A0-HA-0, s. Pepeiao, ear, and hao, 
horn. Any hard projection; pepeiaohao, 
the horn of an animal. 

2. Pepeiaohao o ke kuahu, horn of the 
altar. Oihk. 4:7. 

3. Fia. Power; strength. Hal. 89:17. 

4, A horn, i. e., the name of a wind in- 
strument of music. Hal.98:6. Pepeiaohao 
kao, a goat’s horn or a goat’s ear. 

PE-PEI-AO-LA-AU, S. See PEPEIAOAKUA 
above. ; 

Pe-pEI-EE, s. Name of a breadfruit ripe 
and baked; ame ka pepeiee ua ai nui ia 
keia. 

Ps-pE-v, v. See Pev. To raise up the 
nose, as a hog in rooting; to make that 
motion. 

2. To swell ; to rise up. 
3. To pout; to project the lips or mouth. 
4. To project or send out. 

Pe-re-va, v. To be hard; to be thick; 
to be disobedient. 

PE-PE-HI, v. See Pent, to pelt. To beat 
severely ; to strike ; to smite. 

2. To pound a thing until it is soft; 
hence, 

3. To kill; to commit murder. Puk. 
20:13. 

4, Toslaughter,as an animal. Oth. 8:15. 

PE-PE-HI-KA-NA-KA, S. Pepeht and ka- 
naka, man. Killing; murder; manslaugh- 
ter, &c. Note.—Pepehi kanaka is now used 
in /aw for murder in any degree; formerly 
it was used, as the words imply, for all 
kinds of striking and beating as well as 
killing ; it was used as synonymous with 
hooeha and kuikui. Nui na hewa kahiko— 
o ka pepehi kanaka, many were the ancient 
sins—striking men; this, of course, included 
murder. 

Pe-Pe-HU, v. See Penu. To swell; to 
grow large; to become fleshy. See UPsz- 
HUPEHU. 


Pees jd: Thick: vole 


Pe-pe-LA, v. Pe and pela, so; thus. To 
ask is it so? is it in this manner? It ap- 
plies to a scholar asking his teacher. 

Pe-pe-LA, v. See Peta and PELAPELA. 
To be strong smelling or offensive; to emit 
offensive effluvia. 

PE-PE-LE, s. A species of kapa made 
on Kauai. 

Pr-PE-LU, v. See Petv. To bend or 
double over; to measure round; to double 
up, as the knee, 

Ps-pe-Lu, adj. Doubled over; bent; 
arched. 

PE-PE-MA-KA-wa-LU, s. Pepe and maka, 


PIA 


461 


Pil 


rE eeeV——_— 
face, and walu, to scratch. A kind of spi-| Pi-a-Lv, v. ‘To be heavy, as the eyes; 


der. 

Pz-rE-NA, v. See Pena (Eng.), to paint. 
To paint; to lay on colors; to make differ- 
ent colors; to apply colors to any object; 
to daub ; to smear ; e hamo, e paele. 

Ps-re-No, adj. See Peno and PeEno- 
PENO. Dirty; strong smelling; filthy. 

Pe-pe-rpeE, v. See Pere. To flatten 
down ; to fall flat; to depress; to humble; 
to make low. 

Pr-re-PE, adj. Low; flat; applied toa 
house ; depressed. 

Pe-wa, s. The tail of a fish. 

2. The dawn of day. See Pawa. 

Pr-wa-pPe-wa, Ss. The side fins and tail 
oe fish ; the spreading out of the tail of a 

sh. 

Ps-ri-0, adj. A foreign word, origin not 
known. Counterfeit,as money; uncurrent. 
Fic. He dala perio maolino makou iwaena 
o na dala maikai, we are really uncurrent 
money among good money. He perio io 
no makou, he mea lawe ole ia ma na wahi 
kuai, we are real bad money, we are not 
taken in market places. 

PE-SA-LA-TE-RI-A, s. A psaltery, a mu- 

PE-SA-LE-TE-RI-A, § sicalinstrument amon g 
the Jews in ancient times. 2 Sam. 6:5; 1 
Nal. 10:12. 

Pi, v. To sprinkle, as water. Ozhk. 6:27. 

2. To throw water with the hand. See 
Piet, Kari and Kapri. 

3. To cause water to flow drop by drop; 
to flow in very small quantities. 

4. Hoo. To be stingy; to be close; to be 
hard upon the poor. 

Pi, adj. Green; soggy; incombustible; 
smoking, as green wood; e maniaikaumu; 
e waiho ana aku ka momoki pi e. 

2. Parsimonious; stingy; close; hard; 
unkind; ungenerous. See Uanoa. 

Pr, s. Closeness; stinginess; parsi- 
mony, &c. 

2. Eng. Peas; lentiles. 2 Sam. 17:28. 

Pr-a, s. Any white substance, as flour 
or arrowroot, eaten by Hawaiians only in 
time of scarcity. See Haupt. 

2. The flour or starch of the arrowroot ; 
the plant tacca pinnatifida. 

3. The name of a bird in Jer. 8:7; Lat. 
pius ; the stork. 

4, A kind of stone hammer. 

Pi-at, s. The fruit of the kukui tree; a 
kukui nut; i uka lai ka hua piai la. 

Pi-ao, v. To curl up, as a leaf in the 
sun or as paper; pido la’i,a leaf folded up 
for a cup. 

Pi-ao, s. The hot reflection of the sun 
on a smooth surface or dry land; in the 
abstract, heat. Isa, 25:5. 


to be almost blind, as an aged person, or an 
aged person with weak eyes; ua pialu na 
maka. 

Pi-a-pa, s. The name of the first little 
primer or spelling book printed in the Ha- 
waiian language, January 7, 1822. The 
first sheet is said to have been pulled by 
Liholiho himself to his great satisfaction. 
Ianuari 7, 1822, ua paiia ka palapala Pi- 
a-pa Hawaii, on the 7th of January, 1822, 
was printed the Hawaiian Spelling Book. 
Nore.—The word is formed like the English 
word alphabet from the names of the two 
first letters of the Greek alphabet; or more 
like our word A B C, meaning the first 
rudiments of letters. The missionary said 
to his pupil, b, a—ba; the Hawaiian would 
repeat, p, a—pa; hence the word and the 
name of the book. 

Pi-a-pi-a, s. The thick white liquid 
matter from sore eyes. 

2. Sore eyes generally. 

Pr-a-P1-A, adj. Disordered, as the eye ; 
changed from its natural appearance by 
disease or anger; e wiki iho oe, o hoi e 
mai kahi maka piapia huhn mai. 

2. Dirty ; watery, as the eyes. 

Pr-r, adj. Slimy. See Pierre. 

Pi-z-te, v. To trade; to traffic. Kin. 
31:21. Hele ia i Honuaula i ka piele ia, he 
went to Honuaula to peddle fish. See Pu- 
ELE. 

Pi-5-LE, s. A disease consisting of lit- 
tle bunches on the head; he mai puupuu 
ma ke poo. 

2. A kind of food made by grating kalo 
very finely and then cooking it. 
| PI-E-LE-E-LE, adj. Cleaned and hung up 
to dry ; clean; pure ; makau ana. 

Pi-g-na, adj. Wild; untamed; angry; 
disagreeable. 

2. Rough; rude in speaking ; uncivil. 

PI-E-NA-E-NA, adj. Pi and enaena, raging 
heat. Very offensive to the smell; stink- 
ing beyond endurance. 

Pi-E-P1-E, v. To be slippery, as a thing 


besmeared with slime. ‘ 


Pu, v. To ascend; to go up in various 
ways. 

2. To ascend, asa mountain or hill. Mat. 
5:1. 

3. To go up, as from a low place toa 
higher. Jos. 4:16, 17. 

4. To mount, as into a vehicle, carriage, 
cart, &e. 

5. Metaphorically, to come from darkness 
to light. 

6. To go up, i. e., to strike upon, as the 
shadow of asubstance upon something else; 
ina e pii ke aka o ke kanaka maluna o ke 
alii, make ke Kanaka, if the shadow of a 


PIO 


common man should fall upon a chief, the 
man must die. 

7. To throw up from the mouth; to vomit. 

8. Hoo. To accuse; to charge one with 
a misdemeanor or crime; to give informa- 
tion against one; hoopit kekahi i ke kumu 
no na haumana. 

9. To have a lawsuit; e hoopii i ke kana- 
wai. 

10. To appeal from the decision of one 
court to auother. 

Pu, s. A small substance on the side of 
a thing ; he wahi apana iki ma ka aoao. 

2. Any medicine acting as an emetic; he 
laau pii. Bim 

Pu, adj. Accusing ; complaining. 

2. Causing to vomit; laau pii, medicine 
causing to vomit. 

Pu-E-LE, v. To sell; to peddle. See 
PIELE. 

Pu-E-LE, s. A trafficker, including the 
idea of a peddler; a market man; a mer- 
chant, &c. Nore—This word is said to 
have been used mostly on Maui, maauauwa 
on Oahu, and kalepa on Hawaii for the idea 
of traffic. 

Pu-xo-1, v. To go after, as the desire 
after this and that. 

2. To practice onanism. 

Pu-xKo-I-Ko-1, v. See Puxoi, also Haa- 
KOI and PIKOIKOI. 

Pu-xu, s. A drink made from the leaves, 
branches and fruit of the kukui tree and 
used as a medicine. 

Pu-Laz, adj. Vain; haughty. 

Pu-na, s. Piiand ana, going up. Name 
of a path ascending ahill. Lir. The going 
up (a hill.) See also Hoopira. 

Pu-pu, v. See Pu, to go up. To as- 
cend ; to leap up. 

2. To flow upwards, as water in a spring. 
Kanl. 8:7. To vomit. 

3. To rise up, as waves ina storm. Hal. 
107:25. 

4, To turn or bend up, as the runner of 
a sleigh. 

5. Hoo. To turn this way and that; to 
beat, as a vessel against the wind ; hoholo 
makou me ka hoopiipii mau ana ame ka 
hakalia. 

6. To seek for some ground of anger; e 
imi i kumu e huhu ai. 

Pu-pn, s. Curls of hair. 

Pu-pn, adj. Curling, as the hair of a 
negro. 

2. Furious; rushing together, as an angry 
mob; rushing, as a strong wind. 


Pi-o, v. To bend; to bend around, as 
the arch of a rainbow; to curve, as an arch; 


to bend, as an elastic substance. Hoo. The 
same. 


462 


PIO 


ie To be put out, as fire or a lamp. Jer. 

3. To be vanquished or overcome, as an 
enemy. foo. To vanquish; to conquer ; 
to reduce to servitude. Kin. 34:29. 

4, To administer food or medicine to a 
person far gone in a disease. See Proo. 

5. To alight for want of wind, as a kite; 
pio ka lupe no ka makani ole; to cease 
spinning, as a top; ua pio ka hu. 

6. To cohabit, as a brother with a sister. 

Pi-o, s. A prisoner; a captive. Nah. 
14:3. Pio ana, bondage; captivity. Kanl. 
30:3. Astate of captivity. Jer. 26:6. One 
enslaved; anything taken by force, as a 
prisoner ; a prey. 

2. That which may be quenched or put 
out. 

3. An are of a circle. Ana Hon. 23. 

4, In the marrying or cohabitation of two 

‘high chiefs related to each other, as brother 
and sister or father and daughter, the off- 
spring, if any, was called he alii pio; 
hence, 

5. The highest grade of chiefs. See N1- 
AUPIO. 

6. The measure of a fathom and a half, 
i. e., three yards. 

Pi-o, adj. Extimguished; put out; 
quenched, as fire or a lamp. 

2. Bent; crooked; curved ; arched. 

3. Superior ; highest ; chief. 

Pi-o, adv. Relating to captivity; cap- 
tively. Epes. 4:8. 

Pi-0-E-0-E, s. Name of a species of mus- 
cle or small shell-fish. See NanaweLe. 
Pr-o-o, v. To disrelish food, as a sick 

person. 

2. To apply, i.e., to force into the mouth 
of a sick person a medicine made of pota- 
toes and other things with something fra- 
grant, to be applied when nearly dead ; e 
hanai i ka mai me ka hiki pono ole o ka ai 
ana. 

3. To pour water, as into a calabash ; e 
pioo i ka wai. 

4. To cast the eyes about, as in confu- 
sion. 

5. To be in trouble; to be perplexed; i 
kuu wai ku ai iluna, pioo kuu manaoio 
aioikeia hana a oukou. 

6. To be out of one’s senses, though able 
to look about; to be wandering, as the 
mind; e alaalawa na maka a pono ole ka 
manao. 

Pi-o-0, s. A wandering state of mind; 
a state of doubt, anxiety and perplexity ; 
a slight derangement. 


Pi-0-Lo, v. See Oxo, to make a motion 
back and forth, or up and down, as a saw. 
To rub; to polish; to strike the hand back 
and forth, as in playing a jewsharp. 


6: 
4; 


2. To be extinguished; to go out. Oihk. Pi-0-LE-Po, v. Pio, bending, and lepo, 


PIU 


dirt. To fly crookedly, as dirt in the wind; 
me he anuenue la, hele a pio ka lepo. See 
PIPIOLEPO. 

Pt-0-Lo-0-L0, v. See Pioo 2. To feed 
the fruit of the noni to a sick person. See 
Hoopro.ooo. 


Pi-o-Lo-KE, v. To gabble; to make a 

great noise hy confused talking. 

2. To be teased or harassed by unneces- 
sary talk. > 

3. To be in confusion or trouble of mind, 
as aweak person. Hal. 6:3. 

4. To be ashamed, as a person confused 
in mind. 

5. To make a mistake; to commit a blun- 
der in confusion. 

6. Hoo. To vex; to disturb. Ezek. 32:9. 


Pi-0-Lo-KE, s. Art. ke. A talk; a con- 
fused sound of voices; a gabble; a nui loa 
ae ke pioloke ana; an inquiry about some- 
thing. 

2. A great excitement among people 
through fear or any cause. 
3. Haste without thought or carefulness. 


Pi-0-Lo-KE, adj. Confusedly ; without 
order; e hee pioloke, to flee in disorder. 
Lunk. 20:41. 


Pr-o-r1-0, v. To make a noise, as any 
young feeble animal; e kani me he mea 
liilii la. See Toro. 

2. To peep, as a chicken. 

3. To pray, as with the pule anaana. 

4. Hoo. To use curious arts; to practice 
jugglery. Oth. 19:19. To practice witch- 
craft. Gal. 5:20. See the substantive. 

P1-o-pi-o0, s. Hoo. A practicer of sorcery 
or witchcraft. Hoik. 22:15. I make no i 
ka hoopiopio, he died indeed by sorcery. 

2. A whoremonger. Heb. 13:4. 

3. A reveling. 1 Pet.4:3. Wild immod- 
est behavior; he hiu. Nors.—Hoopiopio 
is often used for hooipoipo in a lascivious 
sense. In 1 Pet. 4:3, some editions of the 
Testament have hooipoipo and others hoo- 
piopio. 

4, He hale pio. 

5. An old form of prayer; he pule ana- 
ana. 


Pi-o-P1-0, adv. Hoo. Examining care- 
fully, asa prisoner; eninau hoopiopio. Oih. 
22:24, 


Pi-u, s. The distance or length of three 
yards, i.e., the length of the arms extended 
called anana, and then the length from the 


end of the longest finger to the middle of 


the chest; generally written pio. See Pro, s. 
Pi-u-La, s. A vicious orthography and 
pronunciation for miula (Hng.), a mule, a 
mongrel breed of the horse and the ass. 
See Mruna. 
2. The name of a game at cards. 


463 


PIH 
Pi-v-La, s. Eng. Pewter; tin, &c.; 
Pi-u-Ta, any metal the color of pewter. 


Nah. 31:22. Nore.—Piula is an erroneous 
orthography for piuta. 

Pr-ua, v. To be full, as a vessel or con- 
tainer. Fic. To be full of anger. set. 
3:5. 

2. To have conceived, as a female; to be 
pregnant; ua piha anei kela bipi wahine? 
ae, ua piha, is that cow with calf? she is. 

3. Hoo. To fill; to cause to be full, as 
with water or other things. 

4, To overflow its banks, as a river. 

5. Fia. To fill, as the heart with joy or 
sorrow. 

6. To be moved or energized by the Holy 
Spirit. Oth. 2:4. 

7. To fill to overflowing. 

Pi-na, s. Fullness; strength, as a high 
tide. Puk. 14:27. 

2. Fullness of angry feelings. 

Pi-na, adj. Full, as a container of any 
kind. 

Pi-na, s. Name of a species of small 
fish. 

Pi-uaa, s. Drift-wood. Hal. 102:3. 
That which floats swiftly by; he wahie na 
ka waikahe. 

Pi-Ha-uti-ma, s. Piha andlima,hand. A 
handful. Hzek. 13:19. 

Pi-HA-no, adj. Sitting still in time of a 
kapu with no noise; still, as an assembly 
for worship under the kapu system; na 
wahine i ke anaina pihano kanu awa. 

Pi-Ha-pI-HA, v. See Pina. To swell out; 
to be full; to swell, as a bud before it 
opens. See PoLaro.a. 

Pr-Ha-pi-Ha, s. See Pina. ‘The lungs or 
lights of a fish. 

2. A ruffle; a fringe of a garment. Nah. 
15:38. <A ruffle, as of a shirt. 

Pi-Ha-pi-HA, adj. Full; large; flowing, 
as agarment. See PoLapona. 

Pi-HA-wEu-weuw, s. The name of a flat 
fish. 

Pi-ne, s. The sound or voice of wail- 
ing ; he pike keia e olo nei. See Jer. 7:27. 
Generally used with olo. See Ono. A 
lamentation; a confused noise; also with 
wwe; apau kalakou pihe uwe. Laieik. 142. 


Pi-nE, adj. Lamenting; mouming; 
wailing with a voice of sorrow. Jer. 3:15. 
Syn. with uwe. 

Pi-ue, adv. Na wahine olo pihe ana, the 
mourning women. 

Pi-HE, s. Takes the article ke. A but- 
ton ; a fastening for a garment. 


Pr-nE-a, s. Flood-wood, such as floats 
down the swollen streams in storms of rain; 
piea na kahawai, ku ka pihea i kai. 


PIH 


Pr-ue-a, v. To float down a swollen 
stream, as flood-wood ; pihea na kahawai. 

Pi-ne-KA, adj. Inflamed, as the eyes. 

PI-HE-LE-HE-LE, adj. Pi and helehele, to 
divide into small parts. Ground to pow- 
der ; grated off, as a potato, that the sick 
may swallow it. 

Pi-u1, s. See Pine above. A button. 
Norr.—It is written both ways. 

Pi-u1, s. A species of the venereal dis- 
ease ; a foreign disease. 

Pr-u1, adj. Blunt; dull. 

Pi-n1-pP1-H1, v. To be blunt or dull; to 
have a round or blunt edge; to be without 
edge, as a cutting instrument. 

Pi-Ho, v. To be almost filled with water 
and swamped, as a canoe; aole make, piho 
wale no. Hoo. To plunge under a sea, or 
a sea to go over a vessel or boat. 

Pi-uo, adj. Sinking or being sunk; 
moku piho, a sinking vessel. 

Pi-no-a, s. Dizziness of the head affect- 
ing the eyes. 

Pi-uo1, v. To be surprised at; to be 
startled at suddenly seeing a stranger ; to 
be agitated. 

-Pi-no1-Ho1, v. To admire; to wonder; 
to be surprised at; to be astonished. 

2. To tremble with fear; to be afraid. 
Kanl. 20:3. 

3. To be troubled. 2 Sam.4:1. To speak 
or act as in great perturbation of mind. 
Job. 21:5. To be troubled in one’s spirit 
or mind. Dan. 2:3. 

4, To rejoice; to express gladness; e 
hauoli. 

5. To be excited; to get up an excite- 
ment; to talk confusedly; e pioloke. at. 
21:10. 

Pi-Ho1-Ho1, s. Astonishment, wonder and 
fear; a mixed emotion of pleasure and 
fear, like that occasioned by the presence 
of a superior. 

2. Joy; rejoicing; excitement of a pleas- 
urable kind. 

3. Fear; a trembling. Jer. 30:5. A state 
of great anxiety on account of some evil 
expected. anl. 28:28. 

Pi-no0-Lo, v. To plunge into the water; 
to be overwhelmed with water; to sink 
down. 

Pi-no-L0-Ho-Lo, s. A thin kind of poi 
made of kalo or potatoes for the sick. 

Pi-Ho-PI-Ho, v. See Pino. To pitch fre- 
quently in the sea, as a canoe that takes in 
water. 

2. To sink in the ocean and go out of 
sight. 

Pi-Ho-ri-Ho, adj. Heavy and sinking in 
the water instead of floating well; applied 


464 


PIK 


to a canoe which is heavily loaded; piho- 
piho ka waa. 


Pi-xa, s. Half of a thing. Note.—This 


word is probably of foreign origin, from 
picul. As two piculs of sandal-wood were 
usually weighed @t once, a pika (picul) 
was of course half; hence the word as now 
used means half. 

Pi-xa-Le, adj. Little; a small quantity; 
a little at a time; pikale ka ai i ke keiki 
uuku, little the food for a little child. 


Pi-Ka-KA, 1s, Eng. A peacock, a for- 
PI-Ko-KA, eign bird having a long tail. 
2 Oihl. 9:21. A peacock. 1 Nal. 10:22. 


Pi-xa-ka, adj. Smooth; smoothly pol- 
ished ; nemonemo. 

Pi-xa-xa, s. The entrance of a chief’s 
house ; he puka hale alii. 

Pi-KA-NE-LE, adj. Probably from pii-7- 
ka-nele, to go up into nothing. Small; 
diminutive; makaliiloa. Nore.—The word 
pickaniny of very common use among for- 

eigners, and said to be a Chinese word, is 
from the West Indies, and is in common 
use among the slaves, meaning an infant, 
a little child. 

Pi-xa-wal, s. Pika (Eng.), a pitcher, 
and wai, water. The name given by Ha- 
waiians to a water pitcher. 

PI-KE-LE, s. A pitcher. 

Pr-x1, v. To cut short; to shorten; to 
cut off. 

Pr-x1-P1-K1, v. See Prxi. To shorten a 
transaction or an act; to do instantly. 

2. To milk, as the sudden squeezing of 
i teat forces out the milk, which is quickly 
one. 

P-x1-P1-K1, adj. Rough, like a chopped 
sea. 

P1-x1-PI-k1-0, v. To stand up in heaps, 
as water in a current of the sea, especially 
when the wind and current are contrary. 

2. Hoo. To cause the sea to roll or be 
rough; to be tempestuous. See KupImKiPr- 
KIO. 


Pi-xo, s. The end; the extremity of a 
thing in cases as follows: piko 0 ke kua- 
hiwi, the top or summit of a mountain. Isa. 
30:17. Piko o ka pepeiao, the tip of the 
ear. Puke. 29:20. Piko o ke poo, the crown 
of the head. aml. 28:35. The navel; the 
end of a rope; the extreme corner or 
boundary of a land; e wehe hoi i ka piko 
la e ka hoahanau. Lawe ae la ke kahuna 
i ka piko o kana hanai a lei iho lama kona 
a-i. Laieik. 137. . 

Pi-Ko-I, Js, The core of the breadfruit. 

PI-Ko-NI, 2. Any substance that will 
cause a fish net to float; small buoys; floats. 
See PrKonI. 

3. A club or a long kind of ball fastened 


PIL 


_ to a rope, and used for robbing and, plun- 
dering. 


465 


PIL 


Laut. Broad; wide; extended; flat, as a 
broad, flat surface. 


P1-xo-1, v. To be proud or high-minded; | Pi-La-u1, s. The gum of the kukui tree. 


hookano ; he kanaka pikoi, a proud man. 

2. To follow one’s inclination; to go 
after one’s desire. See Prot. 

3. To crave or covet what is another’s, 
as food or kapa. 

4. To call as to birds by way of entice- 
ment; also pikoikoi. 

Pi-Kol-Ko1, v. See Pixorabove. To call 
or entice birds so as to catch them. 

2. To collect together ; to assemble, as 
persons for pleasure or business. 

3. To suck ; to stick together, as by at- 
traction ; applied to the organs of speech ; 
hence, 

4. To speak inarticulately; to stammer ; 
€ omoomo, e eueu. 

5. To work and effect but little; to make 
a great effort and bring little to pass. 

6. To practice onanism. 

Pi-Kor-Kol, s. Hard labor with little pro- 
duce. 

2. The practice of onanism ; self abuse. 

Pi-xo-Ka, s. See Prkaxa. 

Pi-ko-n1, s. The cords connected with 
the buoys and sinkers of a fish net; a float 
connected with a net; a buoy. See Prxot. 

Pi-Ko-p1-Ko, v. See Pixo. To be spotted; 
to be variegated with different colors: 
mostly applied to the smooth unruffled 
spots on the surface of the ocean ina calm. 
See MAOKIOKI. 

Pi-Ko-pi-Ko, s. The juice of the squid 
under the tails. Norr.—The liquor of the 
squid when emitted in the water in different 
degrees causes the water to assume differ- 
ent colors. He waiu no ka hee malalo o 
Ke aweawe. 

Pi-xu, s. Eng. A fig; also written jiku. 

Pi-La, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pronun- 
ciation of the word fiddle. A fiddle; a 
violin. 

2. Any musical instrument. 

Pi-tau, v. To emit a loathsome smell; 
to emit stench, as a dead body or putrid 
matter. Joan. 11:39. Morally as Kin. 34:30. 
To stink. Puk. 7:21. 

2. To be hateful to one; to be disliked. 
2 Sam. 10:6. To fill the air with putrid ex- 
halations ; e ino ke ea. 

Pi-tau, s. A stench; a stink; an un- 
savory smell. 

2. Fie. Evil influence ; vileness; ua ku 
ko’u pilau mai Hawaii a Kauai, my vileness 
extends from Hawaii to Kauai. 

Pi-tav, adj. Dirty; filthy; especially, of 
a bad smell. 

Pi-La-HI-LA, adj. Broad; wide, asa flat 
surface. 

Pi-La-LA-HI, adj. Pt and lalahi. See 

59 


2. The gum or sticky substance of any 
tree; pilali palolo, slime; wax. Hal. 68:2. 
3. Cartilage; kumumumu. 

Pi-LA-LI-0-HE, adj. Leaning, as the roof 
of a house. 

2. Flat, as a surface. 
3. Thin; spare. 

Pi-LA-LI-LA-Li, adj. See Pivaui. Having 
water gathered on the outside, as fish or 
meat that has been dried; it is applied also 
to poi which has water floating on the top; 
slimy; juicy, as any substance that absorbs 
water on the surface. ; 

PI-La-LI-LA-LI, s. See Pina. The viscid 
watery fluid that collects on the outside of 
substances, absorbed from a damp atmos- 
phere or from internal moisture; e kowali 
a pau ka pilalilali, work up (the poi) till 
the outside moisture is gone. 


Pr-La-Pi-Lau, s. A turnip. See LAvLeLe 
and ANANU. 

PI-LE-KA-LE-KA, Ss. Moisture or water 
gathered on dry fish or dry meat, &c., on 
being exposed to moisture; also on poi 
when water settles on top; e kowali a pau 
ka pilekaleka. See PULALILALI. 

PI-LE-KA-LE-KA, adj. Moist outside, as 
fish, meat, &c., which has been dried but 
exposed to moisture; it also applies to poi 
when water settles on the surface. See 
PILALILALI, ad). 


Pi-11, v. To coincide; to agree with, as 
boards jointed. 

2. To cleave or adhere to, as persons 
good or bad as friends; to lay a wager; to 
bet; a pili nui mai i ko lakou waiwai a 
pan ; pii kekahi wahine i kona kino iho, a 
lilo i ka pu. 

3. To become one’s to account for or to 
take care of. 

4. To agree together, as witnesses. 

5. To belong to ; to accompany ; to fol- 
low. 

6. Hoo. To join company with; to ad- 
here to one; applied to persons. 

7. To seal up,asadocument. Dan. 12:4, 

8. To approach to one of the opposite 
sex for defilement. 

9. To be united to; to adhere to each 
other, as husband and wife. 

10. To add something else to a thing. 
Kani. 4:2. 

11. To treat badly; to reproach; to cast 
up to one. 

Pi-11, s. The name of the long coarse 
grass used in thatching houses; so called 
from the easy manner in which the seeds 
are detached from the stalk and adhere to 
a person’s clothes. 


PIL 


466 


PIL 


2. The adhering or uniting of one thing | Pi-1-Hu-k1, v. ‘To clash; to have sep- 


with another. 

3. The name of shingles from their taking 
the place of the grass pili in covering 
houses. 

4, The name given to nine o’clock in the 
evening, from the game puhenehene; ka 
pilio ka po. See Prurrvka. 

5. The name of what belongs to one, as 
his property, children or friends; kona mea 
pili, what belongs to one. Fic. Ka pili 
ame ka mauu, all that belongs to one. 

6. Ka pili o ke ao ae, nearness; united 
with ; in the morning. Mar. 1:35. 

Pi-u1, adj. Of or belonging to a person 
or thing; ka pili ana o ke ahiahi, first of 
evening ; after dark. 

2. United ; joining. 

3. Things adhering or coming in contact 
that ought not; hence, 

4, Topsy-turvy ; helter-skelter ; huikau. 

5. Poor; destitute. 

PI-LI-A-A-I-KU, i Pili and a-i, neck, 

PI-LI-A-I-KU, and ku, to stand. Lar. 
That which belongs to a stiff neck. Numb- 
ness; stiffness of joints with a lack of 
warmth. See Oprii and Matiort. 

Pr-11-a-Lo, s. Péli, to adhere, and alo, 
the front. One’s bosom friend ; one’s be- 
loved wife. 

Pr-u1-a-No, s. Pili and ano, meaning. A 
modern form, used in grammar for adjec- 
tive or participle. 

Pi-L1-H1-H1-a, v. In gambling, the fre- 
quent transfer of property from one to an- 
other ; alaila, pili nui lakou, pilihihia, pili 
kaakua. 

Pi-ti-Hu-a, v. Pali and hua, word; pain. 
To be sad ; to be distressed in mind. 

2. To be sorrowful; to be cast down; to 
be dismayed. Hzek. 3:9. 

3. To be amazed ; to be astonished ; to 
wonder greatly. Oth. 2:7. 

4. To be in despair; to be utterly cast 
down. 2 Kor. 4:8. 

5. To stick fast, as words in a person’s 
mouth when afraid or astonished ; to be 
unable to speak through fear. 

6. Hoo. To trouble; to vex with sor- 
ceries. Oih. 8:9, 11. 


Pi-ti-Hu-A, s. Sadness; sorrow; dejec- 

tion of heart. Kanl. 28:65. 

2. Astonishment connected with fear and 
wonder. 

3. Perplexity ; difficulty ; want of some- 
thing essential. 

4, An inability to speak or utter any- 
thing through fear or astonishment. 


Pi-Li-Hu-a, adj. Speechless; perplexed; 
sorrowful; astonished. Jer. 14:9. 


Pr-ti-nu-a, adv. Sadly; silently from 
sorrow. Kzera 9:3. 


arate interests ; to separate. 

Pi-11-Ka-NA, v. To be related to one; to 
have an interest in one. 

Pi-ti-KA-NA, Ss. An interest in one; a 
relation to one; a friend; a motive; heaha 
kou kuleana e wena aku ai ia ia? he hoa- 
hanau. 

Pr-ti-xal, s. A kind of medicine con- 
sisting of some kind of seeds, one handful. 
beaten up and sifted and taken asa purga- 
tive. 

2. The name of a shrub. the seeds of 
which are used for medicinal purposes, 
especially to children as a cathartic. 

3. A kind of berry growing near the sea 
shore. 

Pr-ui-ki-a, v. Pili and kia, a mast or 
post. To be crowded; to be in want of 
room. 2 Nal. 6:1. 

2. To be in straits; to be in difficulty ; 
to be entangled in any way. Puk. 14:3. 

3. To be cramped for want of means or 
instruments for doing a thing. 

4. To be stinted in a provision for one’s 
living. 

5. Hoo. To bring or cause one to be in 
difficulty. Kin. 34:30. To trouble. Puk. 
14:24. 

Pr-ui-ki-a, s. A difficulty; a hindrance; 
a perilous situation; extreme danger, as 
in distress. 

Pr-t1-K1-a, adj. Crowded close together; 
strait ; narrow ; difficult. 

Pi-ti-xu-a, v. Paz and kua, back. To 
run upon another’s back, as when many 
flee together ; to cleave to the back. 

Pr-11-Ku-a, s. A land or country exist- 
ing only in the imaginations of men; he 
aina e manao wale ia e na kanaka. 

Pi-u1-Lo-Ko, v. Pali and loko, internal. 
To belong to that which is internal ; to go 
close to. / - ; 

Pr-.1-Lo-Ko, s. A friend; a relation; one 
interested in; one who sympathizes with 
another. See PIIkANa. 

Pi-Li-mE-A-al, v. Pali and mea, purpose, 
thing, and ai, food, living. To live with or 
follow one for the sake of food or a living, 
as the chiefs in former times had many fol- 
lowers because they fed them, Hoo. To 
live in idleness, pretending to belong to a 
chief merely to get a living, while indiffer- 
ent as to his honor or authority or interests. 

Pr-u1-mE-a-Al, s. One who followed a 
chief or other person for the sake of food 
or a living. Nore—Such persons were 
always spoken of with contempt. 

Pi-t1-mo-E, s. Name of one of the five 
puu kapus in playing at the game of noa. 


Pi-ur-mu-a, s. Pili and mua, before. In 


PIL 


467 


PIN 


a 
grammar, an article from its position with | Pr-L1-wa-Le, adj. Silenced; awed; un- 


the noun; a late coined word. 

Pi-u1-pa, s. Pili and pa, fence. A hedge. 

‘Ink. 14:23. A hedge fence. 

2. A joining together: adhering closely. 

Pr-ui-paa, v. Pili and paa, fast; tight. 
To live together in close union or in con- 
stant friendship; to be seldom separate 
from each other. 

Pr-t1-paa, s. Constant friendship ; liv- 
ing together in great harmony with unity 
of sentiment; ka pilipaa o ka houpo, the 
cementing of affection. 

Pr-ti-r1-L1, adj. See Pini. Adhering ; 
sticking to; connected with. Hoo. Con- 
stantly adhering; never failing; i ka pono 
pau ole,i ka pono hoopilipili, he pono mau 
loa keia. 

Pi-.1-pr-Li-u-LA, s. Pilipili (see Pi,) 
and ula, red. A species of small, low 
bearded grass, the beards of which adhere 
tightly to the dress of one walking through 
it. See ManrANIAULA. 

Pr-ui-pu, v. Pili and pu, together. To 
unite; to join and adhere together; to come 
in near contact, as the skin and bone ina 
poor animal. Hal. 102:5. 

2. To come together, as the lips, i. e., to 
shut the mouth ; to be silent; to cease an- 
swering. 

3. To put to silence either by argument 
or authority. Mar. 3:4. 

4, To be confounded; to know not what 
to say through astonishment ; to cease re- 
plying ; to be satisfied with one’s answer. 

Py-ri-pu-Ka, s. Pili and puka, a door or 
gate-way. The name given to the hour or 
time of three o’clock in the morning; aia i 
ka pili o ke kakahiaka, i ka pilipuka. See 
Kav, s. 

2. Name of one of the puu kapus in play- 
ing the game of noa. 


Pi-ui-wat-wal, s. The general name of 
betting and gambling and obtaining prop- 
erty without work and with more or less 
deceit. Nore.—The ancient forms of pili- 
waiwait were almost innumerable; cards 
called by Hawaiians pepa have taken the 
place of many of them, but many still re- 
main. See PEpA. 


Pi-ui-wa-Le, v. P2li and wale, gratuit- 
ously. To join one’s company or party for 
the sake of a living. 

2. To live carelessly regardless of the 
future ; to live idly. 

3. To be exposed to the weather; to die 
with hunger. 

Pi-.1-wa-LE, s. Poorness or thinness in 
flesh ; wiwi o ke kino. 

2. Scarcity of food; suffering on account 
of famine. 
3. An adhering to, or living on another. 


able to answer. 

Pi-to, v. To be corrupt; to be impure; 
ae be much injured ; ohikihiki i ka niho a 
pilo. 

Pi-Lo-u-ku, s. Piloanduku, pay. Aohe 
pilouku, nothing wrong in the pay, any re- 
ward is acceptable ; 1 will take anything 
for pay which you will give. 

Pi-Lo-u1, v. See Loxt. To make small; 
to weaken ; to make diminutive. 

Pi-Lo-ri-Lo, adj. Corrupt; impure ; ap- 
plied to impure water. Sol. 25:26. Fouled; 
dirty, as water. 

Pi-Lo-pi-Lo, s. An offensive smell from 
any cause. See Pmav. 

Pi-tu, v. To shake ; to vibrate. 

Pi-Lu-pi-Lu, adj. Rich, as a woman 
richly dressed, with her rich turban, or a 
child adorned with rich presents. 

2. Rich; used in ridicule by the poor ; 
also in ridicule of the poor on account of 
their poverty. 

Pi-Lu-pPi-Lu, v. See Piru. To shake; to 
vibrate strongly. 

Pi-na, s. A pin or instrument for fasten- 
ing up the hair on the sides of the head ; 
he mea mahamaha lauoho. Norre.—This 
might seem to be from the English pin, but 
it is a genuine Hawaiian word. 

2. The dragon-fly. See Prxav. 

3. A pin. Ana Hon. 2. 

Pi-na1, v. To patch a garment; to 
mend ; to fill up a vacancy. 

2. To work constantly ; e hana mau. 

3. To adhere to a chief or rich person for 
the sake of food or a support. 

4. To stand thick together; to crowd 
each other. 

Pi-nav, s. The dragon-fly. See Pina 
above. Kaula pinau, the string that holds 
a dragon-fly. 

Pi-nau-E-A, s. Aspecies of kapa; a pa-u. 

Pi-na-NA, v. Pi for pit, and nana, to 
look. To climb up, as a cat climbs up the 
side of a house. 

2. To be mischievous, as a child that 
climbs where he ought not; to climb up 
mischievously. 

3. To crook; to bend; to bend over; to 
bend out of shape. / 

4. To be higher, as one part of an object 
than another. 

5. Hoo. To roll away ; to flow fast, as a 
current; to miss the way; to go crookedly. 
See Hoonanaav. 4 

Pr-na-NA, adj. Mischievous; acting mis- 
chievously ; going here and there. 

Pi-Na-Na-E-A, v. To have the eyes be- 
dimmed, as with cobwebs; e punawelewele 
na maka. 


PIP 


Pi-na-NAl, v. To rise up, as the bow of 
a ship or canoe in passing over a swell ; 
lanaiea; pinanai e ke kaikaina e ka ua. 

PI-NA-NAI-E-A, v. See Pinanai and La- 


NAIEA. To turn aside, as the bow of a ship | 


when struck by a strong sea or wave. 
2. To turn one’s head aside to look. 


Pr-ne, s. A falsehood; a falsifier; he 
kanaka wahahee. 

PI-NE-PI-NE, v. To do frequently; to do 
often ; to repeat. 

Pi-NE-PI-NE, adv. Often; frequently. 

Pi-ni, s. Eng. A pin. 

Pi-no-ri-no, adj. See Piuorino. Bad 
smelling ; corrupt. 

Pi-pa, v. To turn sideways; to edge up 
to a thing ; to dodge; to parry off. 

Pi-pa, s. A pali or precipice. 


2. The fruit of the kae, a fruit like a bean. | 


See Kak. 
3. The name of a medicine given to mad- 
men. See Kipa. 

Pi-pa-Pi-Pa, v. See Piva. To sit strad- 
dle of a fence; e nihi ma ka pa; to dodge 
this way and that. 

Pi-pz, s. Eng. A pipe; a large cask; 
he pahu nui. 

Pi-pe-wa, s. See Pewa. The tail of a 
fish. 


Pi-r1, v. See Pi, to throw water. To 
sprinkle. Oihk.1:5. To wet by sprinkling 
water or blood. Fie. For purifying. Isa. 
52:15. 

2. Hoo. To smoulder; to continue to 
burn without a flame, as the wick of a lamp. 
Isa. 42:3. To burn, as green or wet wood. 

3. To talk back; to reply in offensive 
terms to something said; to chide; to quar- 
rel; 

4, To be multitudinous or many; to 
stand thickly together; to be a multitude. 
See KupIirt. 


Pr-p1, s. An oyster; he ano paiea, he 
ano ia; a kind of fish. 

2. The center of a sea-shell, that is, the 
place where the meat adheres to the shel]; 
hence, 

3. The center of the eye; the sight. 

4, The hen or female of the bird oo. 

5. O kahi malalo e polipoli ana, he pipi 
ka inoa o ia wahi. 

Pi-p1, s. Eng. More properly written 
bifi. A foreign animal, first introduced by 
Captain Vancouver in 1793 or 1794 from 
Mexico ; neat cattle generally. See Birt. 

Pi-p1, adj. Incombustible; smouldering, 
as fire under green wood. 

2. Almost extinguished; not burning 
easily. Hoo. Smoking, like something that 
will not blaze. Mat. 12:20. 


468 








PIP 


3. Thick together ; ku pipi; set thickly 
together, as kalo in rows. 
4. Thick together without order; huikau. 
5. Multitudinous; crowded many to- 
gether. 
Pi-p1. Note.—With this orthography 
may be found some words which should 
have been written piipii. See Pren, adj. 


| Pi-pn, v. See Pueu. To spring up or 


flow upwards, as water in a spring or foun- 
tain. 

2. To overflow; to effervesce, as in open- 
ing a bottle of beer; e piha me he bia la. 

Pi-pi-0, v. See Pio. To bend over, asa 
tall, stoop-shouldered man ; to bend, as in 
bowing ; to bend forward. 

2. To bend, as the rainbow. 

Pi-p1-0, s. A tall, stoop-shouldered man. 
2. An arch; a bending line. 
3. The name of a species of fish. 
Pi-p1-o, adj. Crooked; bending; arched. 
Pi-pI-0-LE-po, v. See Protepo. To fly, 
as dirt or opala in the wind, i. e., crook- 
edly, in whirls, or any way except in 
straight lines; me he anuenue la, hele a pio 
ka lepo. 

Pr-pi-xa, v. ‘To flow over; to overflow, 
as a stream over a bank; e hu ma kapa. 

2. To turn aside from the natural course. 

3. To rush against the sides of any con- 
fining object. 

4. To thrust or push against, as a wall. 
Nah. 22:25. 

5. Hoo. To wander; to go here and there, 
as without object; to fetch up against 
something. 

Pi-pi-Ka, adj. Turning aside; moving 
out of the direct line. 

Pi-pi-L1, v. See Pru. To stick fast to, 
as with pitch; to cleave to. Kanl. 13:18. 

2. To adhere to one, as a friend; to 
fasten ; to adhere to, as the tongue to the 
roof of the mouth, i. e., to be speechless. 
Hal. 137:5. 

3. To be joined or united with; to be- 
long to. 


Pi-pI-LI-L1, s. A begging repeatedly; if 
one obtains to go again, like a fly when 
brushed away it returns again; ike nei poe 
kanaka i ka pipilili o nei kanaka i ko lakou 
nei kumu. 

Pi-p1-Lo, adj. See Pio. Bad smelling; 
disgusting to the smell. See Pmopmo. 


PI-PI-NA, s. A foreign word applied to 
PI-PI-NE, girls desired by foreigners; a 
common girl; ina paha ii mai kekahi, o 
hele e ke kama e upaa me ka pipine, i aku 
ke kama he kapipine i huiia me ke kamaioa. 
PI-PI-No-kE, v. See Piri and Noxe, to 
fret. To scold; to quarrel with one; to 
dispute ; to contradict; to go on scolding, 


POA 


as one party when the other party stops. 
See OLEOLE. 

Pi-ri-rP1, v. See Pier. To be thick to- 
gether ; to stand thickly together, as peo- 
ple or things; to crowd one against an- 
other ; kupinai. 

Piri s. A species of shell. See Pir1, 
oyste 

eee adj. Thickly; near together ; 


crowded. 


Pi-pi-pu, v. See Pu. To spring or rise | 


up continually, as water in a spring or 
fountain. 

2. To ascend a hill together, as a com- 
pany of people; to go up. 

PI-PI-wAl, 5. Pipi and wai, water. A 
place where water springs up or oozes out 
of the ground or rocks. 

4, The oozing or dropping of water. 

Pi-wat, s. A distinctive name of a spe- 
cies of wild duck ; manu koloa piwai. 

2. The name of a species of hard rock 
out of which kois were made. 

PI-wE-KA-WE-KaA, adj. P%, stingy, and 
weka, hard. Close; stingy; hard in a bar- 
gain. 

Pi-sE-Ta-ki-a, s. Eng. The nut of the} p 
pistacia, the kernel eatable. Ain. 43:11. 
Po, s. Night; the time after the going 
down of the sun; the time of the twenty- 

four hours opposite to ao, day. 

2. Darkness; the time when the sun gives 
no light. 

3. Chaos; the time before there was 
light; mai ka po mai, from chaos (dark- 
ness) hitherto, that is, from the beginning, 
from eternity. 

4. The place of departed spirits; the place 
of torment. Nore.—Hawaiians reckon time 
by nights rather than by days; as, Po 
akahi, first night, i. e., Monday; Po alua, 
second night, Tuesday. Po was counted 
as a god among the poe akuanoho. 


Po, v. To be dark ; to darken; to be- 


come night; to be out of sight ; to vanish; 
hence, to be slain; to be lost; e po i ke 
kaua, to be lost in war. 
2. Fie. To be ignorant; to be wild; to 
be rude ; to be uncultivated. 
3. To overshadow, as the foliage of trees. 
4, To assemble thickly together, as peo- 
ple ; to come together in multitudes. 
5. To emit an odoriferous smell. See 
Pura. 
Po, adj. Dark; dark colored; obscure. 
2. Fie. Ignorant ; rude ; wild.s savage. 
3. Unsocial: sour; unfriendly; crabbed. 
Po is prefixed to a good many words, 
and seems to denote an intensive, thus: 
maikai, pomaikai; ino. poino; eleele, po- 
eleele ; pilikia, popilikia, &c. 


Po-a, v. Tocastrate; to emasculate; to 


469 


POA 


make one a eunuch; i poaia, castrated. 
Oihk. 22:44. Ehoopauike ano kane. 2 
Oihl. 18:8. 

2. To throw water over one’s self; to 
dive, paddle or play in the water. 

3. To cast up or spatter water. 

4, To wallow and roll in the water like 
a hog. 

Po-a, s. One castrated ; a eunuch. 

Po-a, adj. Castrated ; despoiled of viril- 
ity ; he oe i Mena 2 Nal. 8:6. 

Po-A-A-HA, The bark of the cloht 
mulberry. 

Po-a-a-La, v. ‘To thrum with the fin- 
gers on a drum head; kilipoipoi e, e poa- 
ala la. See Kitarorot. 

Po-aE, s. A company; a vegetable; he 
poe, he mea ulu. 

Po-aE-aE, 8. The hollow place under 
the arm; the armpit. See Porr. 

Po-aE-aE, adv. Obscurely; indistinctly 
seen; darkly. 1 Kor. 13:12. Ike poaeae, 
to have indistinct ideas of a thing. See 
PowEHIWEHI. 

Po-a-1a. Particle passive of poa. One 
castrated ; aeunuch. Dan. 1:3. 

O-Al, v. To encircle ; to go round; to 
Re as a city besieged. Jos. 6:3. 

2. To go round an object in order to see 
it on all sides; e makaikai. 

3. To pass or sail round an island, asa 
ship. 

4. To surround for evil; poaiia oia a 
puni, e make ai oia, he was surrounded en- 
tirely that he might be killed. 

Po-ar, s. A circle real or imaginary ; a 
hoop; a girdle. In geography, poai waena, 
the equinoctial line; poai anu akau, the 
arctic circle, &e. 

Po-a1, adv. A poat, round about; ku 
poai, to stand around. 

Po-ar-al, v. See Popoat and Poat. To 
go round and round; to surround. 

Po-AI-HA-PA-LU-A, s. Poat and hapalua, 
half. A semicircle. Ana Hon. 23. 

Po-al-HEE, v. To flee, as a party in bat- 
tle. 

Po-al-HE-LE, v. Poat and hele, to go. 
To travel about from place to place. Mat. 
23:15. To encompass: to go round, as an 
island. 

Po-al-Lo-I-H1, s. Poat and doiht, long. 
An oval figure ; an elipse. Ana Hon. 24. 

Po-al-pu-NI, v. Poai and puni, around. 
See PoarHELE. To travel round here and 
there; to go round a country for any pur- 
pose ; to circumambulate. 

Po-a-o-no, s. Po, night, and aono, six. 
Lit. The sixth night, i. e., Saturday. See 
next word. 


POA 


A70 


POE 


Po-a-Ha, s. Poand aha, four. The fourth | Po-a-tu-a, s. Po and alua, two; the 


day (night. See Po, note), i. e., Thursday. 
Po-a-Ha, v. ‘To encircle; to go round ; 
to go about here and there. 
Po-a-HA, s. A circle. 
2. A ball wound with a hollow on one 
side as something to set a calabash in. 
3. A smaller ball of the same kind to 
apply to any swelling. 
4. The name of a tree. 


Po-a-HA-Nu-1, s. The name given by} Pp 


Hawaiians to the hollyhock. 
Po-a-u1-a-H1, adj. Dim; obscure. 
Po-a-xa, s. A circular paper; he pala- 

pala poepoe. 

Po-a-Ka-HI, s. Po and kahi, one; first. 
The name of the first day (night. See Po, s.) 
of the week, Monday. 

Po-a-Ko-Lu, s. Po and kolu, three. Lir. 
The third night, i. e., Wednesday. 

Po-a-La, v. To roll up, as a ball; to 
wind up string into a ball; e owili i ke 
kaula, e hana popo. 

2. E kanii ka puu i ka ono ana i kekahi 
mea, e uinaka puu. 

Po-a-La, s. Thename of a tree; he puu 
poala i ka moni e. 

Po-a-La-A-LA, adj. Rolling; tumbling 
over and over. 

Po-a-La-A-LA, adv. Going towards land 
and out to sea again, as in sailing along a 
coast inacanoe; mai holo poalaala ka waa 
i uka i kai. 

Po-a-LE, v. Po and ale, to swallow, as 
a wave. To be open; to be absorbent; to 
drink in; e hamama, e aleale. 


Po-a-LE-A-LE, adj. Open; absorbent ; 
lying useless. 

Po-a-11, adj. Po and alt,ascar. Dark: 
confused ; obscure. 


Po-a-Li-ma, s. Po and lima, five; the 
fifth. The name of the fifth day (night) of 
the week, Friday. Hawaiians counted by 
nights rather than by days. See Po. Ika 
21 o Augate oia ka Poalima, the 21st of 
August, that was Mriday. 

2. The name of a religious meeting on 
Friday of each week. formerly very gener- 
ally attended by the people throughout the 
Islands. 


Po-a-Lo, v. To pluck or dig out the 
eyes. Mat. 5:29. Ua poaloia kona mau 
maka, a make no ia ma kahiki, his eyes 
were dug out, and he died in a foreign coun- 
try. 

2. To twist round and draw out, as a 
tooth. 

3. To take or force out, as beans from a 
pod; to shell out beans. 

4, To surround ; to circumambulate. 


second. The second day (see Po, note) of 
the week, Tuesday. 

Po-a-na, s. The name of the sea out- 
side of where the surf breaks; also pueone. 

Po-a-NA-A-NA, adj. Weary; lame; sore, 
as with walking or lying in one position ; 
fatigued, as with carrying a burden. 

Po-s-po-A-al, s. Name of a small coil- 

ing shell-fish, a species of the pupu. 

O-A-PO-A-AI, v. See Poat. To coil ina 

circular form, as in winding a ball; to wind 

round and round; e owiliwili; to surround. 

Po-a-Po-a-LA, v. See Poata. To wind 
frequently ; to wind round and round. 

2. To go round: to surround ; to travel 
round a city or country. 

Po-a-po-A-po-LA, v. To go about from 
house to house. 

2. To eat greedily; to swallow down food 
rapidly. 

Po-E£, s. A company; a number of per- 
sons or animals, from three to any indefi- 
nitely large number. It is not so often ap- 
plied to things as to persons and animals; 
but the idea is that of a certain company 
or assemblage as distinct from some others. 
A cluster; abunch. Itis often synonymous 
with pae and puu. 

2. The name of a vegetable resembling 
the akulikuli or purslain; a water or sea 
plant. 

Po-z. A sign of the plural number of 
nouns; synonymous with pae and puu, but 
much more frequently used. When applied 
as a sign of the plural, it still retains the 
idea of a separate class. Gram. § 85, 86, 
9land 92. Norr.—Poe is sometimes used 
where na would be proper. 

Po-E, v. To break up; to mash; to 
pound, as in pounding poi. 

Po-E, adj. Round; circular. See Por- 
POE and Poat. 

Po-z-E, s. Thearmpit. Jer. 38:12. See 
POABAE. 

Po-r-xo, adj. Skillful; clever; intelli- 
gent; able to think. 


Po-E-La-mu-ku, s. An officer who at- 
tended the person of a chief and executed 
his orders. See IL.AmuKu and LAWEKAHILI. 


Po-E-LE, v. Po, night, and ele, black. 
To be very dark, as a dark night; to be 
black colored. 

2. Fic. To be sinking in death; to expe- 
rience the darkness that often precedes 
death. 

3. To feel the pangs of death. 

Po-s-LE, adj. Dark blue; black as night; 
dark colored. 

Po-E-LE-E-LE, v. See Pore. To be or 


Pol 


Hoo. To cause darkness. Puk. 10:21. 
Po-£-LE-E-LE, adj. Black; dark asnight; 
benighted. 
2. Applied to the mind, ignorant; bewil- 
dered. 
3. Round; smooth; polished; pokaka, 
nemonemo. 
Po-z-po-z, v. To be short; to be low, 
in opposition to tall, high. 
ae Toround; tomakeround. Qihk. 
3. To throw away from one, as a child 
is thrown away from the arms. 
Po-g-po-£, adj. Round; round and 
smooth; globular; circular; he mea poe- 
poe ka honua, the earth is a round thing. 
Po-E-Po-E-HA-WAE, S. A flattened sphere. 
Ana Hon. 29. 


Po-E-po-E-PI-Kol, s. A lengthened sphere. 
Ana Hon. 29. 


Po-1, v. To make clear or explicit. 

2. To excite; to stir up; to hurry. 

3. To cover; to shut, as a door or book; 
to cover over; to protect. 

4. To cover, as a pot or calabash. 

5. To curve and break over at the top, 
as a high surf. See Popor. To cover or 
overwhelm, as the sea. Hal. 78:53. Poi 
mai ka nalu; poi mai ka ale. 

6. To catch flies with the hand; to catch 
as an owl does mice or small birds; e poi 
no laua (ka pueo ame ke kaio) i ka iole. 

7. Hoo. To examine by torture or by 
threatening. 


Pot, s. ‘The paste or pudding which was 
formerly the chief food of Hawaiians, and 
is so to a great extent yet. It is made of 
kalo, sweet potatoes or breadfruit, but 
mostly of kalo, by baking the above arti- 
cles in ovens under ground, and afterwards 
peeling and pounding them with more or 
less water (but not much); it is then left 
in a mass to ferment; after fermentation, 
it is again worked over with more water 
until it has the consistency of thick paste. 
It is eaten cold with the fingers. 


Po-1, s. A cover of any vessel or con- 
tainer; especially, the cover or upper gourd 
of a calabash ; hence, 

2. Perhaps the name of the food kept 
under or protected by it. 
3. The cover of a pot or other vessel. 
Puke. 25:29. 
4, The top of a curling surf where it 
breaks ; he wahi e haki iho ai ka nalu. 
a A head of cabbage, a foreign vegeta- 
ble. 


Po-1-a-wa, s. Poi and awa, sour; bitter. 
Sour poi, or poi too much fermented. 


2. Fig. A person of a sour or crabbed 
disposition. 


471 


become dark, as night; to become black. | Po-1-A-wa-a-wa, 


PO] 


adj. Sour, as poi. 

Po-I-A-WA-HI-A, See Porawa. 

2. Sour in disposition; taciturn; refusing 
to answer when spoken to. See Porpupvv. 

Po-iu, v. Po, intensive, and iu, sacred; 
consecrated. To be under the protection 
or care of some one having power to pro- 
tect. 

2. To be prohibited or forbidden ; to be 
under a kapu. 

4 3. To be consecrated; to be holy. See 
UIU. 

Po-1v, adj. Afar off; at a great distance. 

2. Grand; solemn, as a sacred place; 
glorious. 

3. Precious; desirable. 

Po-1u-1u, v. See Poiu above. To be very 
far off or high up; 0 ka hoai poiuiu o ka 
ike nei, the friend who is afar off beyond 
the sight. 

2. To be very kapu or sacred. See Iviu 
and Korviv. 

Po-1-Ka-Lo, v. To cover up kalo (up- 
land), i. e., to spread over the hills dried 
grass, banana leaves or anything to serve 
as manure and shade the roots. 

Po-1-na, v. ‘To forget ; to be forgotten. 
Kin. 41:30. Nore.—In this form, it is used 
only in a neuter or passive sense. 

2. Hoo. To cause to forget; to pass from 
the mind or memory. _ 

3. To forget a person or an event. Kin. 
40:23. To forget God. unk. 3:7. 

Po-1-No, v. Po, intensive, and ino, bad; 
evil. To be in distress; to be in misera- 
ble circumstances. 

2. To suffer from some cause; to suffer 
an injury ; to be injured. 

3. To be ill-fated or destined to suffer. 

Po-i-no, s. Hard fatigue; suffering; af- 
fliction ; harm ; injury; whatever is unfor- 
tunate. 

Po-1-No, adj. Unlucky; unfortunate ; 
ill-fated. 

Po-1-pa-LAu, s. A kind of food; a mix- 
ture of potatoes and cocoanut. 

Po-1-po, v. To ambuscade; to set an 
ambuscade for an army. 

2. To fall upon, as an enemy in the night; 
to surprise ; mai potpoia lakou ilaila, they 
were near being surprised there. 

3. To overcome; toconquer. Kin. 14:15. 
Po-1-po, s. An ambuscade; that part of 
an army which is set for an ambuscade. 
Po-1-po-1, v. See Por 3. To cover over 

with weeds or grass. 

2. To quench fire by pouring on water. 

3. To interrupt a discourse when one is 
speaking. 

4. To hush or quiet, as a child. 

5. Hoo. To examine one, as by torture. 
See Pot, hoo., and also Popot. 


POO 


Po-i-ru, v. To cover over; to bury with 
aflood. Puk. 15:5. 

2. To shade deeply; to shade from the 
light of the sun so as to be almost dark, as 
a glen thick with trees. 

3. To cover over the heavens with thick 
dark clouds. 

Po-1-pu, s. The state of being covered 
up, overwhelmed or darkened by a thick 
covering, as with clouds, water, thick 
shade, &e. : 

Po-1-Pv, adj. Covered or buried up, as 
one overwhelmed with waves or the surf. 
Laieik. 133. Tloko o ka halehale poipu o 
ka nalu. 

Po-1-pu-Puu, v. To be full of hard Jumps, 
like poi not well pounded or made from 
bad kalo. 

2. To be unsocial; to be sour; to be un- 
friendly. 

Po-1-pu-puu, s. Food full of lumps. 

2. Fie. A sour, morose person. 

Po-1-Pu-PUU, adj. Hard; lumpy, as bad 

oi. 
: 2. Sour; unsocial, as a person. 

Poo, v. To scoop up, as water; to dip 
down into the water; to stir up or trouble 
water, as in bathing, or as a hog in rooting 
under water. 

2. To make a noise by putting the fingers 
in the mouth and snapping the lips. 

3. Hoo. To add; to join on; e hookui. 

4, To do with the head, i. e., as we say 
in English, to do head-work ; e hanaia ka 
mea axamai e na mea poo noonoo. 

5. To dig; to dig deep down; e hoopoo- 
poo; to make a deep hole in the ground ; 
e kohi, e eli. 

6. To cause to be light; to swim; to 
press upon the ama of a canoe; e komi ma 
ke ama. 


Poo, s. Takes the article ke. The head; 
the summit, &c.; ke poo o ka mauna, the 
top of the mountain. 

2. The head of a person; the seat of 
thought; the seat of the intellectual powers; 
he wahi e noho ai ka noonoo, ka noho ana 
o ka uhane. 

3. The head or chief point of a discourse; 
the text of a sermon; ke kumu olelo e hai 
aku. See Pooo.e.o. 

4, The name of a place under the sand ; 
pehea kau puaa? eia i ka poo. 

5. A kind of sea-shell. See Poopataoa. 

6. A chief of a number of people; ahead, 
guide or leader. Kanl. 1:15. Opposed to 
huelo, a lower class. Kanl. 28:13. The 
head of a people either in civil or military 
matters ; often synonymous with luna; o 
ke alii, nana no e haipule na heiau, poo ka- 
naka, oia hoi na luakini. 

Poo-E-E, s. See Poo above, No. 4. 


Po0-0-LE-LO, s. Poo and olelo, speech. 


472 





POO 


The head of a discourse ; the text of a ser- 
mon ; aia kana pooolelo ma ka Oihana. 

Po- -0U, s. A species of fish of a reddish 
color, similar in character to the huli, aawa 
and ea. 

Poo-HE-PA-LI, s. One who has the best 
of a bargain. 

Poo-H1-Na, v. Poo and hina, to fall off, 
as the hair. To be gray headed; to be old. 
Isa. 46:4. 

Poo-u1-na, s. The gray hairs of an aged 
person. Othk. 19:32. 

2. A gray haired person. 1 Nal. 2:6. 

Poo-ui-na, adj. Gray haired or gray 
headed ; gray with age. Kaml. 32:25. 

Poo-Hi-wi, s. Poo, top, and hiwz, to di- 
minish ; a diminishing point. 

1. The sharp top of anything. 

2. Applied to the shoulder. Kin. 9:23. 
The shoulder ; hooleii ke kapa ulaula ma 
kona poohiwi, they cast the red (royal) 
kapa upon his shoulders. 

3. The point of union of the upper arm 
bone with the shoulder blade; he hookuina 
lewa o ka iwi uluna me ka iwi hoehoe ma ~ 
kela aoao ma keia aoao. 

Poo-H1-wi, adj. Of or pertaining to the 
shoulder. Puk. 28:7. 

Poo-Hoo-LE-wa, S. Poo and hoolewa, to 
bear or carry. Epithet of a very high chief 
who was always carried by the people. 

Poo-Hou, s. Poo, head, and hou, new. 
Name of the character § used in writing or 
printing to designate a new subject or par- 
agraph. 

Poo-Hu, v. To sing; to sound, as a bell 
or other sounding matter. 

2. To crack ; to squeak, as shoes. 

Poo-nu, s. A wound, particularly if 
swollen ; a bruise. 

Poo-HU-Al, s. A pain; a disease; the 
headache. 

Poo-nu-xu, s. The top point of a hil- 
lock, ridge or mound. 

2. The sharp tops of the ridges of a file 
or rasp. 

Poo-Hu-na, adj. Appellation of one of 
the lying gods; he wahahee maoli kekahi 
akua, ua kapaia he poohuna i ke aouli, he 
wahahee ke ano oia inoa. 

Poo-xa-Eo. E pauaalina me he pookaeo 
la. 

Poo-KE-0-KE-0, adj. Poo and keo, white. 
White headed; bald headed; epithet of an 
aged person. 

2. Wry or crooked necked. 

3. Prosperous ; successful. 

Poo-KE-0-KE-0, s. Prosperity ; success. 
Hal. 73:3. 

Poo-kE-0-KE-0, v. To be prosperous in 


POO 


business; to be successful in an enterprise. 
Hal. 37:7. To make a good bargain. 


473 


POO 


2. A child born out of wedlock; a bas- 
tard. Kaml. 23:3. 


Poo-kgE-La, v. Poo and kela, to excel.| Poo-Lu-a, adj. Of a double meaning or 


To excel ; to be or act as chief; to be put 
foremost. 

Poo-kE-La, s. A chief; a prince or chief 
among men. Nah. 16:2. 

2. Asuperior either by birth or by great 
exploits; the greatest, chief, highest among 
a number of persons. ol. 1:18. 

3. Official dignity or insignia. Jer. 13:18. 

Poo-KE-La, adj. More excellent; exceed- 
ing ; better; a lilo ai kakou i pookela ma- 
luna o na holoholona, that we may become 
more excellent than (above) the brutes. 

Poo-KE-pa, s. Poo and kepa, sideways; 
edgeways. The hair cutso as to be made to 
stand differently from what it naturally 
would. 

2. A part of the hair cut and a part left 
standing. 

3. A one-sided head. Nots.—tIt was cus- 
tomary among Hawaiians in mourning for 
the loss of friends, to cut the hair in very 
fantastical shapes as a sign of sorrow. 

Poo-kE-Pa-LI, s. Probably poo, head, and 
o ke pali, of the precipice. The man who 
makes the best bargain in trade, i. e., he 
caps the pali. 

Poo-ko-1, s. Poo, head, and koi, sharp 
as an axe. A person having a sharp or 
projecting forehead. Norge.—Such were 
supposed to have something supernatural 
about them and had the power of using the 
pule anaana, that is, of praying people to 
death. 

2. A person lacking good sense; he mea 
i manaoia he lapuwale. 

Poo-xo-11, v. To be envied on account 
of one’s riches. 

Poo-xo-11, s. One who is envied on ac- 
count of his riches. 

Poo-ku-a-KE-A, adj. Poo, head, kua, 
back, and kea, white. White or bald headed. 
See PooKEOKEO. 

Po-o-La, s. Name of a species of fish. 

2. The name of a tree. 

Poo-La-PA-La-PA, Ss. Poo and lapalapa, 
cornered. A square head; a head with 
many angular points. 

Poo-LE-Lo, s. Poo and olelo, the chief 
speech. The man who makes the best bar- 
gain in trading. See PooKEPALI 

Po-o-Lo-pu, s. See Ootaru and Ootoprv. 
A blister; a rising of the skin. 


sense. 
2. Double headed; sinful; adulterous. 
Mar. 8:38. 

Poo-.u-Lu-H1, adj. Poo and luhi, fatigu- 
ing labor. Cloudy; dark. 

2. Depressed with labor or sorrow. 

Poo-mau-nu, s. Poo and maunu, bait of 
ahook. The bait of a fisherman’s hook; 
he maunu lawaia. 

2. The end; the remainder. 

Poo-mvu-ku, v. Poo and muku, cut off; 
the head cut off. To cut off; to sever, as 
with a knife or sword. 

Poo-N1-U-NI-U, s. Dizziness of the head; 

Poo-NU-NU, the vertigo. 

Poo-noo, v. Poo and noonoo, to think. 
To think; to reflect; to turn over and over 
in the mind. 

Poo-noo-noo, s. Thought; reflection ; 
the act of reflecting. 

2. A person skilled in thinking; one 
taught to think; he poonoeau. 

Poo-noo-noo, adj. ‘Thinking; reflect- 
ing ; using the mental powers. 

Poo-pa-La-oa, s. Name of a sea shell. 
See Poo. 

Poo-Poo, tf A ball of an oval shape. 

Po-po, Note.—The orthography of 
popo is the more correct. See Popo. 

Poo-roo, v. To be deep; to be lower 
down; to be sunkin. Oihk. 24:37. 

2. To be deep down, asa pit dug deeply. 
Hal. 7:15. EK hoea aku ai i ka lua nui, i 
poopoo nahonaho. 


Poo-poo, adj. Deep, asa hole dug deep 
in the ground; a deep pit: poopoo hoi na 
maka iloko lilo, their eyes were set deep 
within; sunken, as the eyes of a person 
from disease. 

Poo-Po-No-po-No, v. Poo and pone, to 
put in order. To seat persons in regular 
order; to arrange sitting places for a great 
number; to set up near to each other. 

Poo-pu-aa, s. One of the wooden gods 
in a heiau whose head resembled a hog’s; 
alike me ke poopuaa ke kii, ua kapaia kela 
kii he puaa kukui Ka inoa. 

Poo-pu-a-LI, s. Poo, head, and puali, 
binding. The depression or slight hollow 
on the crown of the head. See Popvaut. 


2. The swelling up of cloth when thrown | Poo-puu, s. Poo and puu, a rise of 


into the water. 


Poo-Lu-a, s. Poo, head, and lua, two. | 


A child who has two fathers; he keiki na 
na makuakane elua ; a nominal and a real 


one. 
60 





ground; a hillock. The top of a hillock or 
mound; the top ofaridge. See Poonvxu, 

Poo-wal, s. Poo and waz, water. A toun- 
tain head of water; o ke kahiko poowai o 
Kuaikua. 


POU 


Pou, s. The name of the side posts of 
a Hawaiian house. 

2. A post or pillar of a building. Puk. 
27:10. E hanaia i paa a kukulu ia ka pow 
ma ka waa akau; e hanaia ka pou i ke 
kaula mai luna a lalo. 

3. A disease said to be a hard, long sub- 
stance lying perpendicularly above the 
umbilicus. 

Po-vo-vo, s. The substance that fisher- 
men use to bear up their nets, light buoys, 
floaters, lighters, &c. See Movo and Mo- 
vou. 

2. The name of the net thus prepared; 
upena pououod. 


Pov-o-ma-Nu, s. Pow, post, 0, of, and 


manu, anancientgod. The post of a chief's 
house, into the hole of which a man was 
first put as a sacrifice, and then the post set 
in. (This was a work of former times.) 

Pov-Ha-na, s. See Pov. The long end 
post of a house to which the ridge pole is 
fastened. 

Pou-na-nuu, adj. Pou and hanuu, short 
protuberances. Short; round; broken in 
short pieces. 

Pou-ut-a, adj. See Pavuta. Overcome 
with sleep; drowsy; dreaming; ina trance. 

Pov-ui-o, s. Pow and hio, slanting. The 
corner post of a house. 

Po-v-uvu, adj. Po, head, and uhu, groan- 
ing. Homely; ugly looking; bad looking, 
as the countenance; ano inoino ma ka he- 
lehelena. 

Po-u-Hu, s. Aspecies of fish; the shell- 
fish leho perhaps. 

Povu-x1-HI, s. Pow and kihi, corner. The 
corner post of a Hawaiian house. See Pov- 
HIO. : 

Po-u-kI-u-KI, v. Po, intensive, and uki- 
uki, wet; mouldy. To be wet; to be damp 
and cold; to be mildewed; hence, to smell 
musty ; to be bad smelling. 

Po-u-Le, s. Po and ule, penis. The ule 
or stamen of the male flower of the bread- 
fruit; poule ulu; he ule no kaulu i ka hoo- 
maka ana e hua mai. 

Po-v-Le-u-Lu, s. Poule, see above, and 
ulu, breadfruit. The stamen of a bread- 
fruit flower. 

2. Something that grows on the extreme 
branches of the ulu or breadfruit tree; it is 
used for making kapa. 

Po-v-11, v. Po, night, and wii, black; 
dark. To be or become dark, as night. 
Puke. 10:22. To be affected with silence or 
sadness; spoken of the effects of love; 
aole loaa ia ia ka ono o ka ai, no ka mea, 
ua pouli i ke aloha, she perceived no sweet- 
ness in food, because she was in a dark 
state through love. Laieik. 205. Hoo. To 
cause darkness; to be darkened. 


ATA 


POH 


2. To darken ; to blind morally. Rom. 
1:21. E hoopoeleele mai i ka naau. 

Po-v-11, s. Darkness; want of light; 
night; moral darkness; ignorance; gener- 
ally expressed by the word naaupo. 

Po-v-u1, adj. Dark; obscure. 

Po-u-11-u-11, adj. The intensive of po- 
uli. Wery dark. 

Po-v-1-u-LI-u, v. See Liv and Livuiv, 
a long time; a great distance off. A great 
ways off; a far distance ; o ka lanipaa oia 
no kahi e pouliuliu ana ke nana aku. 

Po-u-tu, s. Name of a shrub or small 
tree from the bark of which a species of 
kapa was made. i 

Po-u-na, s. Eng. A pound in weight. 
Kanl. 25:13. 

2. A pound in money ; twenty shillings. 
Luk. 19:13. 


Povu-NA-KAU, s. Pouna, see above, 

Povu-NA-KAU-LI-KE, J and kau, to put upon 
or place. <A balance for weighing; scales. 
Isa. 40:12. See KauPaona. } 

Pou-na-Na-Hu-a, s. Name of a certain 
post in a heiau near the door. 

Pou-rov, adj. Short of stature ; low; 
short generally; pokopoko; ua like ka pou- 
pow me ka haahaa. Nore—tThis word 
should not be confounded with poopoo, 
which means deep down. 


Pov-pou-a-NA, s. Name of a prayer at 
the luakini; o Poupouana ka inoa oia aha. 


Pou-pou-No-HO-NI-0, s. Falsehood; evil 
reports to the injury of one. 


‘ 

Povu-pa, s. Eng. Powder; gun-powder. 
The Hawaiian name for powder is one a, 
burning sand. See Warpanu. The word 
is also written pauda, and awkwardly paula. 


Po-Ha, v. To burst; to burst forth, as 
a sound; to thunder; poha ka nanu (nalu), 
ke wewe o wahulu mai. See WEWE. 

2. To rush upon; to make an irruption, 
asanenemy. 1 Qihl. 14:11. 

3. To come upon suddenly, as in anger ; 
to punish. Puk. 19:22. 

4, To burst or break forth, as a boil or 
sore. Puk. 9:9. 

5. To unstop, as the ear of a deaf person. 

6. To burst forth suddenly, as light in a 
dark place. 

7. To appear: to come in sight, as the 
moon; to appear; to flow out, as the men- 
strual flux; ua poha ua wahine la. 

8. To appear in sight, as the leprosy 
under the skin. 2 Qihl. 26:19. 

9. To burst forth ; to overflow, as tears. 
Ler. 9:18. 

10. Hoo. To burst suddenly, as the sound 
of thunder. 2 Sam. 22:14. p 

11. To burst or break through opposi- 
tion, as a torrent. ob. 28:10. 


POH 


Po-na, s. The crack of a whip. 

2. The noise of thunder; the noise of any 
explosive substance. 

3. The bursting or breaking of a boil. 

4. The bursting or flashing of light. 

5. The name of the Cape gooseberry ; 
article se. 

Po-na, adj. Bursting; cracking; spark- 
ling. 

Po-warE, v. Po and hae, to tear. To be 
torn, as a hole in a bundle. 

2. Hoo. To tear, as a hole in a package 
or bundle ; to tear a hole in the thatching 
of a house; mai hoopohae oe i ka hale e 
nana. 

3. To make the sound of tearing cloth or 
kapa. 

Po-HAE-HAE, adj. Po and hae, torn. 
Rotten ; brittle, &c., as cloth easily torn. 
See PAkeEPAKE and HarHar. 

Po-Hal, v. To be surrounded and gath- 
ered into an inclosure. 

2. To be gathered together in a circular 
form, as fish inclosed in a net; ua pohai ka 
ia ; ua pohai na waa; ua pohai na kanaka. 

Po-Ha-HA, adj. Round; circular, as a 
sore, as a pit, &c.; round, as the crater of 
a volcano; deep down, asa pit. See Po- 
NAHA. 

Po-wa-ka, s. A printed or painted kapa. 

2. A cincture ; a girdle; a belt. 

Po-wa-KAA, s. The name of a god sup- 
posed to live in ravines or precipitous 
places where stones were often rolled down. 

Po-wa-kau, s. An anchor by which a 
ship is fastened by means of the cable ; he 
heleuma, he mea e paa ai ka moku i ka 
hekau. 

Po-HA-KAU-LEI, v. To draw in; to con- 
tract. 

2. To raise or lift up; to raise to a higher 
place. 

Po-HA-kiI-kul, v. To place and to carry 
a child on the back part of the neck (not 
on the shoulder.) 

2. To carry anything on the back part of 
the neck, like a kihei. 


Po-Ha-kI-o-Lo-a, s. A stone used by 
fishermen, probably as anchor to the canoe. 


Po-HA-Kol, v. Po, intensive, and hakoi. 
To be very heavy; to bear down. See Kor 
and Koko. 

Po-Ha-ku, s. The general name of 
stones, rocks, pebbles, &c.; pohaku ula, a 
brick; a tile. Hzek. 4:1. Pohaku lepo, an 
adobie ; a sun-dried brick. Puk. 1:14. O 
na mea paa he pohaku ia. Large stones 
were called pali pohaku; lesser ones po- 
haku uwuku; melted stones or lava was 
called aa; small stones rubbed or worn 
mat in the water were called iiili; the 


475 


POH 


least of all hard substances was called one, 
sand. 

Po-na-ku, adj. Of the nature or quality 
of stone, hard. 

Po-HA-KU-HE-LE, S. Pohaku and hele, to: 
go. Lir. A walking stone. A species of 
crab which has a shell like a stone. 

Po-wa-ku-KAA, S. Pohaku and kaa, to: 
turn. A millstone. Kanl. 24:6. Pohaku- 
kaa palaoa. Lunk. 9:53. 

Po-Ha-ku-LE-Po, s. Pohaku and lepo, 
dirt. A brick made of dirt or soil mixed 
with grass or straw, and dried in the sun. 
See ADOBIE. 

Po-wa-ku-PAA, 8. Pohaku and paa, firm ;: 
solid. Arock. Job. 28:9. Note.— Pohaku 
paa is the general name of hard or solid 
stones out of which kois were made, and 
pohaku paa stands in opposition to pohalcu 
luehee, soft or porous stones. 

Po-HA-KuU-PA-E-A, 8. Pohaku and paea, 
the Hawaiian pronunciation for the English 
word fire. A fire stone; a flint stone. Ezek. 
3:9. A flint. 

Po-HA-KU-wWaAl-kI, Ss. Pohaku and waz, 
water, and ki, to shoot, as a gun. A name 
given to a ball or bullet formed anciently 
from a stone and adapted to a squirt-gun. 
See WarkI. 

Po-wa-La, v. To be healed; to recover 
from sickness. Jak. 5:16, 

2. To recover from a swoon or fainting ; 
alaila, pohala ae la kona manao. Kin. 45:27. 
Used also with naau. 

3. To breathe freely and easily after 
being relieved from severe pain. 

4, To befreed from constraint; to break 
loose from confinement. 

5. To unfold; to burst forth, as the petals 
of a flower. 

6. Hoo. To question in a captious man- 
ner; to speak against a person or a meas- 
ure. 

7. To object to; to interfere ; to reply 
to; to find fault with. JZuk. 14:6. To for- 
bid. 

8. To use influence with one to prevent 
a thing; mai hoole, a hoopohala, a hana 
hewa. 

Po-Ha-La, s. Rest; ease after pain or 
suffering ; relief from constraint. 

2. Hoo. A pretense; a specious course 
of conduct. 

Po-Ha-La, adj. Quiet; breathing freely; 
opening, as a flower; relieved from con- 
finement. 

Po-Ha-LE, v. See Poane, A inserted. 
To be very full of waves; to be open on 
top, as a rough sea. 


Po-wa-LE, adj. Absorbent ; swallowing 


up. 
Po-HA-LE-HA-LE, @dj.. See Poate and 


; POH 


less. 


Po-na-tu, v. Po, intensive, and halu, to 
sink in or to sink down. To sink down, as 


something weak or overcome. 
2. To lie or be folded up. 


3. To restsecurely or quietly in a place. 
Po-Ha-tv, adj. Broken; wounded; coiled 


up; lying quietly. 


Po-HA-no, adj. Po, intensive, and hano, 
hoarse. Hoarse; unnatural, as the voice 
from a cold or other cause; hard breath- 


ing, as one with the phthisic. 


Po-Ha-po-Ha, v. See Pona. To burst 
forth suddenly, as any sound; to parch, as 


corn; to crack, as a whip; to squeak, as 
shoes. 

2. To burst or break forth, as a boil. 

3. Hoo. To cause to bubble, as water in 
boiling ; to break up with a nvise, as the 
surface of water. 


4, To trouble the water, as the fiukes of 


a whale or other fish. ob. 41:31. 
Po-ne, v. To cut short; to round off, 
as the corners; to cut into short pieces. 
Po-ueE, s. The marshmallows. 
2. A small plant like low mallows, the 
bark of which is used like olona or hemp. 
Po-ne, adj. Cut short, as a rope witha 


knife or with the teeth; cut smoothly off 


instead of being broken. Lam. Haw. 10:4. 
He weluwelu ka ka ia, he pohe keia. 

2. Round; smoothed by cutting off the 
corners. 

3. Cut into short pieces. 

Po-nEE-va, v. See Ponerraui. To slip 
or fall down a steep precipice on account 
of a great rain. 

Po-HEE-Pa-LI, v. To die mysteriously, 
no one knowing the cause; e make me ka 
poino, aole maopopo ka mai ame ka popi- 
likia. 

2. To fall down a slippery pali when 
alone and be killed. 
3. To get the advantage of one. 

Po-uE-o0, s. A stone; some hard thing; 
he mea paakiki. 

Po-HE-o-HE-0, s. Any small, round, hard 
substance. 

2. Specifically, the head of a nail or pin; 
the head at the top of a rafter. 

Po-HE-0-HE-0, adj. Round; smooth; 
hard. See Pons. 

Po-HE-HE-o, v. To swell up round and 
smooth; to be round and piump, as a 
woman with many folds of pa-u on. 


Po-nE-mo, v. ‘To slip out of the hand, 
as one carries a bundle and it falls; e pu- 
hemo, e alualu, e oloolo, e haaluea. 

Po-n1, v. Tosink down; to settle away; 
to grow less. See Pano, to go out of sight. 


476 


PoaLHALE. Open; unprotected; lying use- 








POH 


Po-ni-uH1, v. Po, intensive, and Azhi, to 
be thick and tangled,as vines. To be very 
much tangled, as a thick growth of vines. 

2. To be shady, as with thick leaves and 
branches of trees. 

Po-n1-H1, adj. Dark; obscure; intricate. 
Sol. 1:6. Confused, as long tangled hair. 
Po-n1-u1-v, adj. Po and hihi and hiu, 
wild. Entangled ; puzzling; not plain. 
Po-n1-n1-H1, adj. See Pontniv. Obscure, 
as language ; puzzling, as a question; not 
plain; entangled; mea pohihihi,a mystery; 
a dark saying; hard questions. 1 Nal. 10:1. 

Forgotten ; not known. 

Po-u1-H1-H1, s. A mist; an obscurity of 
vision ; anything dark or entangled ; that 
which is obscure or mysterious; a mystery. 
Z LeSe2nts 

2. Forgetfulness ; ignorance; awkward- 
ness. 

Po-n1-na, s. See Pontand Ana. A mist 
or fine rain; a fog; a thin cloud. 

2. A person with gray hairs; one having 
white hairs. See PoourNa. 

3. Any white substance, as pia, flour, &c. 

Po-nt-na, adj. White; whitish; hav- 
ing a white appearance. 

Pohina luna i ke ao makani kaluu, 

Naue ka lehua ka pua o ka laau, 

Hakawai ka ohua 0 Okuauli, 

Uli ke ai na hua e ke akua. 
Po-u1-NaA-HI-NA, Ss. A breaking down, as 
a tree or shrub; he wahia na laau. 

2. The name of a plant of a silvery gray 
color ; he hinahina. 

Po-n1-we-HI-we, adj. By change of let- 

ters for powehiwehi. Dark; obscure; hay- 

ing but little light ; seeing faintly. 

Po-n1-wi, s. The shoulder, &c. See 

PoouHIwI. 

Po-no, v. To sink, as in water. Puk. 

15:4. To plunge in the water out of sight. 
2. To sink, i. e., to lose money or prop- 

erty in business. 

3. Poho ka manao, to sink, as the mind; 
to despond ; to despair. 

4. To blow gently, as the wind; to fill 
the sails. 

5. To clasp hands, as men two and two 
in carrying a canoe. 

6. Hoo. To go beyond in a bargain; to 

overreach. 1 Tes. 4:6. 

Po-no, s. A slight hollow or cavity; 
poho lima, the hollow of the hand. Oihk. 
14:15. Poho wawae, the hollow of the foot. 
See Pout. 2 Nal. 19:24. Opposite to piko 
o ke poo, top of the head. Isa. 1:6. 

2. The name of a chalky white earth ; 
hence, chalk as imported; he hauone, he 
ano keokeo me he puna la. 

3. A deep place; a deep pit. 

4. A deep basket or container made of 
the ie to put fish in when caught. . 


POH 


5. Loss; damage by loss. set. 7:4. 
6. A goal or base; any such place marked 
in a game; ke poho o ka moku. 

Po-no, adj. Lost; dead; sunken. Sol. 
21:16. 

Po-Ho-La, v. To open; to spread out, 
as the petals of a flower when blossoming; 
to open; to expand; to grow larger. 

Po-Ho-La-Lo, v. Poho and lalo, down- 
ward. To give or furnish a thing to be 
trampled upon; e haawi mai malalo o na 
wawae. 

Po-no-La-Lo, s. Mischief done by dis- 
turbing one when sitting down; na hana 
kolohe malalo o ka okole. 

Po-no-La-wa, v. To be water-soaked, 
as kalo; to be worm-eaten, as potatoes; to 
be internally defective, as vegetables. 

Po-Ho-La-wa, adj. Partially rotten or 
decayed, as vegetables. 

Po-Ho-Lz, v. To break forth; to open, 
as a flower. 

2. To wound; to bruise; e hai kona lima, 
ame ka ihu, pohole kona umauma. 
3. To peel off, as the skin. Hzek. 29:18. 

Po-no-Le, s. A wound; a bruise; an 
opening or breaking of the skin; a mark 
made on the skin by a blow. 

Po-no-ti-ma, s. Poho and lima, hand. 
The hollow of the hand. Puk. 9:8. The 
palm of the hand. Isa. 49:16. Kahi pala- 
halaha o ka lima. 

Po-no-Lo, v. Toslip, sink or glide down 
into the water, as a piece of lead or other 
heavy substance. 

2. To slip off, as an axe from its helve. 
2 Nal. 6:5. 

3. To cast, as a female her young; to 
miscarry by premature birth. 

Po-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, v. See Ponoto. Toad- 
here only slightly, as a work of many 
pieces ; to be brittle; to be easily broken 
or separated. 

Po-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, adj. Slightly adhering; 
easily separating : sinking. 

Po-Ho-tu-a, v. To set the sails of a ves- 
sel to the wind so as neither to go forward 
or backward ; to lie to. 

Po-no-Lu-a, s. Poho and lua, pit. The 
deep cavity of the anus. 

Po-no-n1, s. A sinking in or sinking 
down, as with pain; a contraction of the 
muscles in disease; a sinking of the lips 
and cheeks from the loss of teeth. 

Po-Ho-po-Ho, adj. See Pono. Sinking; 
marshy; miry. Ezek. 47:11. 

Po-nu, v. See Kuronv. Tobe calm; to 
lull, as the wind; pohw loa ka makani, the 
wind lulled greatly ; to be or become calm 
after a storm atsea. Mar. 4:39. 


ATT 


POH 


Po-nu, s. A calm after a storm. Hal. 
107:29. 

2. A calm still place in the sea; aia ke- 
kahi wahi pohu ma Lanai, ua kapaia o Ka- 
holo mahope o ka hanee ana o ka pali; 
calm still water out of the wind; makemake 
nui ko Hilo poe alii ia Kona, no ka pohu, 
the Hilo chiefs greatly desired Kona for 
the calm water (of the sea.) 

Po-nu, adj. Calm; still; quiet, as the 
wind or sea after a storm. 
Po-nu-g, s. A broken piece of calabash. 

2. A water calabash. 

3. A piece of the bitter calabash; a pot- 
sherd. Sol. 26:33. Hookomo i ka apana 
pohue maloko o ka malo; unuhi ae la ia i 
ke pohue mai kona aoao ae: 1 ae la. 

Po-nu-E, adj. Of or pertaining to a 
gourd or calabash; elua ipu, he ipu laau, 
he ipu pohue. Hana hou no i hale pohue. 

Po-Hu-E-HU-E, s. The name of a run- 
ning plant like the koali. 

2. The name of the root of a species of 
the convolvulus growing on sand banks, 
and used with the koali as a cathartic. 

3. The name of a species of stone used in 
polishing canoes. 

Po-nu-nu. See Hoouwant. 


Po-nu-ku, adj. Round and smooth, 1. e., 
without prominent corners; smooth, as the 
shell of the paubhu ; smooth and round, as 
a baldhead. 

Po-nu-ku-Hu-ku, s. Any white globular 
substance, as a white baldhead. 

_2, Anything growing or increasing in 
size. 

3. One having the head larger at the top 
than at the bottom. 

4. The rising up of a large white sub- 
stance, as a white cloud, a pillar of smoke. 
See Ponvuv. 

Po-Hu-Ku-Hu-ku, adj. Much in quan- 
tity ; copious; overflowing, as phlegm in 
a severe cold when working off; pohulcu- 
huku ka male, i ka nui loa. 

Po-Hu-Ku-Hu-ku, v. To get the advan- 
tage in a bargain. See PooHEPALI. 

Po-Hu-ku-Hu-ku, adv. Unitedly; acting 
together. 

Po-Hu-L1, v. To plant that which has 
been dug up for transplanting, as a tree, 
banana, &c. 

2. To transplant. See Hutt, to set, asa 
slip in the ground. Isa. 17:10. 


Po-uvu-t1, s. The sucker, branch of 
sprout of any vegetable to be transplanted 
for producing its kind. 

2. Anything which is transplanted, as a 
banana or other vegetable. 

Po-Hu-Lu-u1, v. Pohu and luhi, fatigue. 
To be heavy from fatigue; to be weighed 


POK 


down, as by sleep ; to be very sleepy; to 


be overcome by fatigue. 

Po-xa, s. A small globular substance ; 
a ball; a bullet. 

Po-xa, adj. Round; rolling; rolling 
round. 

Po-xaa, v. Poand kaa, to roll. To turn; 
to go round; to surround; to turn, i. e., to 
make go round, as a rope or band round a 
wheel. 

Po-xaa, s. That which is wound up; 
a ball, as of rope or twine. 

Po-xa-o, v. To be poor; to be naked ; 
to be destitute of the comforts of life. 

Po-xa-o, adj. Very poor, as one desti- 
tute of decent clothing ; naked. 

Po-xkao-KAo, adj. Poor, as land; un- 
yielding, as dry barren soil; destitute of 
verdure. 

Po-Ka-KA, s. A wheel, as of a pulley; 

QP O-KA-KAA, the wheel of a cart or car- 
riage. Lunk. 5:28. 

Po-xa-Kaa, adj. Turning; rolling; turn- 
ing over and over. 

Po-ka-KAo, adj. See Poxaoxao. Dry 
and barren, as land ; producing nothing. 
Po-xa-na, adj. Pokaand ana. The qual- 

ity of being round; rounded; liable to 
roll; relling easily. 
2. Rolling in upon; coming to one gra- 
tuitously or without care; e loaa wale mai 
a nui. 
Po-xg, s. A piece; a part; a portion; 
~ he pauku, he apahu, he apana. 

Po-xe-o, s. The time or period of child- 
hood; the time when one is little. 

Po-KE-1-NA, s. Poke and ina, sea egg. 
A calabash of ina, a species of the sea egg; 
he ia poepoe kalakala. 

Po-KEo-KEo, s. The name of property 
given gratuitously ; a present. 

2. Roundness ; plumpness; smoothness. 
See PookEoKEO. 

Po-x1, s. The name of a worm which 
destroys vegetables. 

2. A standing or setting close together, 
as a crowd of people. 

Po-x1, v. Tostand or sit thick together, 
as people crowded. 

2. To be united so as not to be sepa- 
rated. 

Po-xi-a, s. Po and kia, a post. A post 
set up for birds to light on when they are 
caught; he kia manu, he laau lawaia manu. 


Po-xu, s. The youngest member of a 
family ; ka hanau muli-loa; the youngest 
born of several children. 1 Sam. 16:11. 
The younger of two children of the same 
sex; an endearing appellation. 

Po-x-Kai-wa, s. A double epithet fora 


478 


younger brother or sister. A real dear lit- 


POL 


tle brother or sister. 

Po-xi-Na-Hu-A, Ss. Name of an aha or 
assembly for honoring the chief. 

Po-KI-NI-KI-NI, s. A word used in prayer 
by the priests. 

2. It is also called pomanomano, a place 
where the wicked forever dwell. See Po- 
LIOIA. 

Po-x1-po-k1, s. A species of the oniscus, 
an animal which lives in the mouth of the 
flying-fish, or attaches itself to the side of 
the fish; he wahi ano ia ma ka moana, a 
ma ka ae kai, a ma ka aina. 

Po-kt-po-KI, v. See Pox. To stand 
thickly together, as people in a crowd; to 
sit close together ; to be multitudinons. 

Po-ko, s. See Poxo, short. The epithet 
often applied to the smaller division of a 
district of country ; as, Koolau loa, long 
Koolau ; Koolau poko, short Koolau; Ha- 
makua loa. long Hamakua; Hamakua poko, 
short or small Hamakua, &e. 

2. The name of a species of worm, the 
same perhaps as the peelua and anuhe; a 
caterpillar. Hal. 78:46. 

Po-xo, adj. Short; not long; hence, 
incompetent ; insufficient. 

Po-xo, adv. Shortly; briefly ; summa- 
rily. Rom. 13:9. 

Po-xo-a, adj. See Paxo’u and Paxotu. 
Short; poko ; the opposite of long. 

Po-ko-Hu-Ko-HU, s. Po, intensive, and 
kohu. A red dye made of the noni. 


Po-Ko-LE, adj. See Poxo, short. 

Po-ko-Po-ko, Short in comparison with 
something long ; not long ; hana pokole, a 
short work. 

2. Insufficient for a purpose; incompe- 
tent for a place; low; humble; not tall. 
See PaxoLe and Poupovu. Ua like ka po- 
kole me ka pako’u. 

Po-xo-LeE, v. To be short. Hoo. To 
make short. Fie. To be unable to do a 
thing. Nah. 11:23. 

Po-Ko-kE, v. See Koxoxe, to be soon. 
To be near at hand, as time or place; e 
pokoke ka ai. 

Po-xo-kE, s. Name of a disease; a chill; 
he kulu. 

Po-xo-po-ko, adj. Short. See Poxote 
above. 


Po-xu, v. ‘To cry out, as one of the 
terms of a public ecrier; to cry out in the 
night, as a person making mischief. 

Po-ua, s. The edge or end of a kapa, as 
a pa-u for instance which is tucked in from 
above, and hangs down after being tucked 
in. 

2. An end of a kapa which hangs over 
the back. 


POL 


479 


POL 


3. The hanging down of the blossom of| Po-Le-NA, s. Sails drawn tightly ; all 


the maia or banana. 

4, The lower end of a bunch of bananas; 
o na eka malalo. 

5. The high seat between the canoes of 
a double-canoe. Laieik. 112. 

6. The Hawaiian pronunciation of the 
English word bowl; a cup. See Bora. 

Po-La-LA-wa-HI, s. The name given to 
a certain great darkness over the Islands 
in ancient times. 

Po-1a-Le, adj. Clear; bright; splendid. 
See MoLaLe and MoLaLeLaLe. 

Po-ta-po-LA, v. To sprout; to shoot 
out; to grow, as a bud or leaf. 

2. To put on or clothe one in large flow- 
ing garments ; e aahu polapola, e poaka. 
3. To recover; to get well from sickness. 

Po-a-po-La, s. A sense of fullness in 
the stomach ; pihapiha. 

Po-ta-po-La, adj. Well; healthy; pola- 
pola na maka; bright, as the face of one 
recovered from sickness ; full; flowing, as 
a garment. 

Po-te, v. To defend off; to separate ; 
to divide between. 

Po-te-a, v. To be smooth; to be with- 
out edge or points; to be smooth, as the 
gums without teeth; to sink in, as cheeks 
without teeth. 

Po-tz-a, adj. Without projections; with- 
out sharp edge or border; sunken in, as 
the face of one without teeth. 

Po-LE-HE-LE-HE, adj. Not bound tightly, 
as a bundle; paa ole. See ULEHELEHE. 

Po-LE-HU-LE-HU, v. To be between dark- 
ness and light; to be in a state of twilight; 
to be a little dark. See MoLEHULEHU. 

Po-LE-HU-LE-HU, s. Sunsetting; twilight 
of morning or evening ; partial light. 

Po-tz-KE, v. To be unfortunate; to be 
stripped of one’s property ; to lose one’s 
property by authority of a chief. 

Po-tE-ko, v. To be easy and fluent in 
conversation ; e akamai i ke kamailio. 

Po-.E-mo, v. To sink down in the water; 
to plunge. See PaLemo. 


Po-tE-nA, v. To be mixed, as dirt or 
coloring matter with water; to be discol- 
ored, as water; ina e hookomoia ka lepo 
iloko o ka wai, alaila, ua polena ka wai. 

Aole lua o ke ki Jena i ka ua, 

Lena makalena ka maka o Ka lehua, 
Lena, polena a ki lena 

I ka hoowiwo e ka makani, 

Laaua wiwo ka pua, ka pua makahala, 
Hala aku no oe, owau aku no. 


Po-te-na, s. A species of the bird oo, 
yellow feathers made into the aahw alii, 


royal robe. 
O ka polena hulu manu hulu la. 


the sails of a vessel made fast, tight and 
secure ; hao na pea a pau. 

Hao na polena o Haupu, 

Na heke luna o ke olewa. 

Po-LE-Po-LE, v. See Pote. To ward off; 
to defend ; to separate. 

Polepole i na libilihi o ka ohai, 
Onoonou kela i ke knia o Makahuna, 
Ahi lapalapa kela i ke pili o Piihonua. 

Po-Le-po-Le, s. A kind of child’s play 
which consisted in putting up one hand 
above another and saying as follows: 

Polepole ka mamalihini, kaa mai, kaa mai 
I kou, i kou kauhale, kauhale ouou, 
Ke akia nei kuu piko e kaulelev la e ko lae. 

Po-te-wa, v. To sway to and fro; to 
flow ; to run, as a liquid; to be unstead- 
fast. 

Po-Lte-wa, s. Anything swinging or 
loose ; that which is not tight. 

Po-Le-wa, adj. Loose; swinging ; not 
fast. 

Po-u1, s. The lower part of the belly ; 
the lap when one is sitting; the bosom. 
Rut. 4:16. Wahine o kou poli. Kanl. 13:7. 

2. A slight concavity. as the hollow of 
the foot ; poli wawae ; the space between 
the breasts of females. Mel. Sol. 1:13. 

3. Fic. Friendly presence; love. 
Pouo. 

Po-1, adj. Having a slight hollow or 
cavity, as the bosom or lap; ilio moe poli, 
puaa moe poli, a dog or pig often carried 
in the bosom, i.e., greatly beloved; petted. 

Po-u1-a1, v. To send or call for an ab- 
sent person on business or conversation ; 
to give in charge to one. 

Po-t1-a-Hu, s. A soft touch; a gentle 
adherance of one thing to another. 

Po-u1-E, s. A shining substance; a 
bright gleam or flash of light. 

Po-L1-E-LE, adj. Deep blue; black; 
shining black ; panopano. 

Po-t1-0, adj. Dark, as a place of mis- 
ery. See POKINIKINI. 

Po-.1-0, s. A place of torment for wicked 
men; a place dark and far off from good 
men. See PoMANOMANO. 

Po-1i-o-14, s. A distant place of suffer- 
ing; a place of torment for the wicked; ka 
po make mau loa, ka liloika make. See 
POKINIKINI. 

Po-1i-u-Ku-4, s. An imaginary place 
away in the back part of the heavens, where 
the stars are fixed ; it is supposed to bea 
very dark place; ma kahi o na hokui kau 
ai ma ka paia kua o ka lani, ma Kahi po- 
eleele. 

2. Thick or gross darkness. 


Po-i-u-LI-u, s. Whatever is at a great 


See 


POL 


distance of time or place ; something very 
far off; that which is widely separated from 
something else. 

Po-u1-u-L1-u, adj. Far off; widely sepa- 
rated; at a great distance. 

Po-ui-uI-u-A, s. Resplendency; some 
shining, glittering substance; a flash of 
lightning. 

2. Shining black ; a deep blue. 
Po-u-HI-wa, s. A bright shining cloud. 
Po-ui-1-wa, adj. Bright; shining ; ap- 

plied to clouds. 

Po-ui-KI-a, s. Whatever is tied tightly 
or bound fast; severe suffering ; olioli no 
hoi lakou i ka hiki ana mai o ka polikia 
maluna o lakou. See PILIKIA. 

Po-ur-u-ma, s. Polé and lima, hand. 
The hollow of the hand. 

Po-ti-NA-HE, v. To blow softly, as a 
light breeze. 

2. To exhibit the qualities of softness, 

fineness, thinness, &c. 

Po-1-Na-HE, adj. Soft and gentle, as 
the voice of affection; soft, as the sound of 
low music; gentle, as a zephyr. 

Po-11-po-11, s. Name of a species of soft 
porous stone. 

Po-u1-po-x1, v. To soften, as a stone in 
the art of making stone adzes ; 0 kahi ma- 
lalo e polipoli ana, he pipi ka inoa. 

Po-Li-wa-waE, s. Poli and wawae, foot. 
The hollow of the foot. 

Po-to-al, v. To send orders for one to 
come. 

Po-to-v-n1-wa, adj. Dark brown; deep 
blue; makue. 

Po-Lo-HA-NA-0-LE, Ss. Epithet of a woman 
who will not work but lives upon her hus- 
band’s earnings. 

Po-to-ui-wa, adj. Dark; black, as a 
black cloud; shining black. Pule. 19:16. 

Po-to-n1-wa, s. A shining black cloud. 

Po-Lo-nu-a, s. The fruit of the popolo 
which was eaten in time of scarcity. 

Po-Lo-Hu-ku. See Pononuku. 

Po-to-xa, s. A bunch of the hala fruit, 
especially the lower end of the bunch. 


Ka pololu poloka oiki halale, 
Na hue maka moku kapa e ka ua, 
Na hakakae nawali i ka ua e he. 


Po-Lo-KA-NI-KU-A-MAU-NA, Ss. A species 
of locust. See POLOLEIKANIKUAMAUNA. 

Po-Lo-Ka-wAk, s. A long sickness. 

2. A long spear. 

Po-to-KE, s. New fresh food, as poi just 
pounded up from kalo. See also POLOLEI, 
another name. See AIAKAKAI. 

Po-to-kE, v. To be fresh, as new pounded 
poi; ua poloke i ke kai ole ka loaa. 


480 


POL 


Po-Lo-Le1, v. To be straight; to be cor- 
rect, naturally or morally. 

2. To make straight ; to direct. 

3. Hoo. To become straight; to make that 
straight which has become crooked natu- 
rally or morally. 

4. To direct; to put in order. 

Po-to-LEI, s. Uprightness; rectitude of 
conduct; he pololet kona aoao. 

2. A name given to new fresh food (poi.) 
See PoLoKE. 

Po-Lo-LEI, adj. Straight; correct; accu- 
rate, in opposition to crooked, irregular or 
perverse. 

Po-Lo-LE1, adv. Straightly ; uprightly ; 
certainly. 

Po-Lo-LEI-KA-NI-KU-A-MAU-NA, S$. A spe- 
cies of locust. See POLOKANIKUAMAUNA. 

Po-to-u1, v. To sink down with weak- 
ness. 

2. To be attenuated or thin fer want of 
food ; hence, 

: . To be hungry in opposition to being 
ull. 

4, Hoo. To cause to be hungry ; to fast 
for any purpose. Neh. 1:4. 

Po-to-11, s. That which sinks down in 
opposition to that which swells up; op- 
posed to maona, filled with eating ; hence, 

_ 2. Hunger; want of food. Puk. 16:8. 

Po-to-11, adj. Having lately eaten noth- 
ing; hungry ; maona ole. 

Po-to-Lo-a, v. To blunder; to act awk- 
wardly ; to miss the mark ; to go astray. 
Po-Lo-Lo-HU-A-ME-A, adj. Green and far 
off, as the sea at a great distance; ke kai 

poiolohuamea a Kane. 

Po-to-Lu, s. A spear. Lunk. 5:8, A 
long spear; he laau kaua, he ihe loihi. 
Hina iho la ia no ka hihia i ka pololu, he 
fell, being entangled by the long spear. 

Po-Lo-Na, s. Sickness at the stomach ; 
nausea ; vomiting. 

2. Sense of fatigue; heaviness; sluggish- 
ness. 

Po-Lo-PE-A, s. The stem of a bunch of 
hala fruit. 

Po-Lo-po-Lo-u-a, s. A bunch of hala 
fruit still unripe but growing ; he polopea 
no Haalelea. 

Po-Lo-po-Lo-NA, s. See Potona. ‘The 
offensive smell of a crowded, confined room; 
the vitiated air of a confined room; a house 
uninhabited ; punahelu. 

Po-to-po-Lo-na, adj. Mouldy; rancid ; 
worm-eaten ; hauna. 

Po-tv, s. Thick woolen cloth; lion skin. 

Po-tu-a, s. Po, head, and lua, two. 
Dizziness ; sickness. 

2. A wind blowing from two directions. 
See PoLogua. 


POM 


3. Elua ai e oa lilo paha. 
Po-tu-E-a, s. The sickness felt after 
intoxication ; loss of appetite, &c. 
2. Fullness after eating ; a pau iho la 
kakou i ka luai no ka nui loa o ka polvea, 
a poniuniu mai la na maka. 
Po-tu-E-a, v. To be heavy; to be dull 
and stupid, as one coming out of a debauch. 
Po-tu-Ku, v. Po and luku, to slay in 
great numbers. To slay and destroy in 
great numbers, as in a battle; to make a 
slaughter of men or animals. 
2. To turn over and over; to turn up- 
side down. 
Po-Lu-xu, s. A slaughter; a destruction 
of many persons, as in battle. 
2. He paia. 
Po-Lu-Ku-Lu-ku, v. To pound fine; to 
bruise small; to mash down flat. 
Po-tu-Lu-H1, adj. Po and luluhi, black 
and heavy, as clouds. Thick and heavy, 
as watery clouds hanging in the atmos- 
phere; covering over; shady; foggy; dark; 
misty ; po okoa Hilo e polwluhi i ka ua. 
2. Dull; stupid ; inactive. 
Po-Lu-mi-Lu-m1, s. Po and lumi, to 
gather together. A cloth or handkerchief 
gathered up in the hands. 
Po-Lu-mu, s. A vine. 
Po-Lu-nv, adj. Short; round; globular. 
2. Mahumabu, polunulunu. 
Po-Lu-nu-LU-nu, adj. See Potunv above. 
Po-Lu-po-Lu, adj. See Poiv. Thick; 
fat; gross; heavy, as a very fleshy person; 
large, fat and weak, as a man; feeble, as 
one who has been sea-sick. See PaLupav. 


Po-ma, s. Lat. An apple. 


Po-mal-Kal, v. Po, intensive, and maz- 
kai, handsome; good. To be fortunate ; 
to be lucky. 

2. To be successful in a pursuit. 

3. To be happy; to be blessed ; to en- 
joy peace ; to be highly favored. 

4. Hoo. To bless; to make prosperous ; 
to be prospered. Kin. 39:2. To cause to 
prosper. 

Po-mat-Kal, s. Good fortune; peace ; 
quietness; enjoying what one desires; 
comfort ; a blessing. 

Po-mat-Kal, adj. Fortunate; successful ; 
prosperous ; happy; blessed; ka laka, ke 
kuonoono. 

Po-ma-no, s. Po and mano, thick ; many. 
A stone wall; that which is set or laid in 
good order, as stones in a wall. See Kvu- 
MANO. 

Po-ma-No-maA-No, s. Po, night or inten- 
sive, and manomano, multitudinous ; eter- 
nal. Excessive darkness; the name of the 
place where . wicked dwell forever in 


481 


PON 


separation; eternal night. See PoxintKii. 

2. A place where pointed clouds arise 
out of the ocean. See Popuaku. 

Po-ME-GE-RA-NE, s. Eng. A pomegran- 

Po-ME-RAI-TE, ate. Kunl. 8:3; Mel. 
Sol. 4:3. 

Po-na, s. The joints, as of the spine 
and the fingers; the spaces between the 
bulbs or joints of bones. 

2. That part of a stalk of sugar cane 
which is between the joints. 

3. The joints themselves of sugar-cane 
or bambov. 

Po-na, v. To divide off into joints or 
pieces. 

2. To cut into parts; e pauku aku. 

3. To show spots differently variegated, 
as places in the sea in a calm. 

Po-wa, adj. Cut up in pieces; variegated 
with spots ; spotted. 

Po-na-HA, v. To be in a circular form, 
as an are of a circle, or the arm bent a 
kimbo; as the legs when the knees are sep- 
arated and the feet together; e 0,e poepoe 
kanoa, e kae kanoa. 

Po-wa-HA, adj. Round; circular, as a 
sore, a pit or a volcano. 

2. Deep, as a pit. See Onana and Po- 
HAHA. 

Po-na-Hal-au-A, s. The half of a circle; 
asemicircle; ponahaiaua ke kihio ka moku. 

Po-na-HA-NA-HA, adj. Round; circular, 
as the full moon. See Ponana above. 

Po-NA-HA-NA-HA, v. ‘T'o surround; to be 
surrounded by somethIng else; ponahanaha 
ka moku me ka aina. See ONAHANAHA. 

Po-na-Lo, s. The dying or drying up of 
potato tops, kalo, &c.; he hoopulu e make 
ai ka ai. 

Po-NA-Lo-NA-LO, v. ‘To be dim, as the 
eye. 

Po-na-na, s. Dry land. 

Po-na-nA, adj. Lame; sore from tray- 
eling ; applied only to the calf of the leg. 
Po-NA-NO-NA-NO, adj. Obscure; not 
plainly seen: blurred; blotted out. See 

PONALONALO. 

Po-na-po-Na, adj. See Pona. Having 
many joints; divided up in small parts; 
variegated with spots. 

Po-ni, v. To besmear; to daub over. 

2. To anoint. Joan. 12:3. To consecrate 
by anointing, as a priest. Puk. 23:41. To 
anoint, as a king. Lunk. 9:8. Mea poni, 
an anointed one. 

3. To rub over some odoriferous matter; 
to canse a pleasant odor. 

4. To be cold, as in bathing early in the 
morning when the water is cold (and the 
skin turns purple.) 

Po-ni, s. A variety of the kalo with 


PON 


purple stalks. Nore.—In using, the out- 
side of the stem is stripped off, squeezed in 
water, and then lemon juice and poi are 
added for stiffening, which makes a beauti- 
ful red. 

2. Color; coloring matter. Jer. 10:9. 

3. A mixture of colors; purple. Puke. 
25:4. The light indistinct shades of colors 
in cloth. 

4, The early dawn of the morning. 

5. The anointing of a chief or god; ka 
hamo ana i ka mea ala i alii, iakua; oint- 
ment. Joan. 12:3. 

Po-ni, adj. Of or pertaining to color, 
as colored cloth or garments; aahu poni 
uliuli. Hset.8:15. Having the changeable 
colors of silk; hence, lole poni, purple. Oth. 
16:14. Lole pont mahana, the warm, sweet- 
scented (variegated) garments. Luni. 8:26. 

2. Sweet smelling; agreeable; odorifer- 
ous. as perfumed colored kapa ; mea poni, 
ointment. 

3. Skillful at diving so as not to spatter 
water ; poni ia wahi kanaka. 

Po-n1, adv. Suddenly; in an instant; 
without waiting ; kaili pont ka make o ka 
puhi baka; kaili poni ka hanu. 

Po-ni-u, v. Po and niu, cocoanut, out 
of which Hawaiians formerly made tops for 
playthings ; hence, 

1. To spin round like a top. 

2. To have a vertigo or dizziness. 

Po-ni-u, s. Dizziness of the head; ver- 
tigo. 

2. Name of a low creeping plant like the 
koali; he mea ulu kolo ma ke ano koali. 
Po-nI-u-NI-u, v. See Poniv. ‘lo turn 
like a top; to be dizzy; to be sick from 

hunger or weakness. 

Po-ni-u-ni-u, s. A vertigo; a dizziness; 
a sickness. 

2. Particularly, the sickness that follows 
intoxication or a debauch. 

3. Forgetfulness of events recently passed 
throngh some disease of the brain. 

4, The anguish of trouble and disap- 
pointment. 2 Sam. 1:9. 


Po-ni-Ho, v. Po and niho, a tooth. To 
turn up; to turn off, i. e., to uncover; to 
lay open what has been covered up; to 
skin or separate the lips from the teeth. 


Poniho ino ka lae o Pipa, 

Ahu wale ka ina uli ka ina eleele, 

Ka wana ku ka wana uhalula, 

Ka hakakae akau kihi malama 

O na kakaka i hauli poia e ke kai. 
Po-nI-NI-U, v. See Ponti. ‘To turn round 


frequently ; to walk by turning round. 


Po-ni-ni-v, s. A turning; a circular mo- 
tion, as of a wheel. 
2. That which causes dizziness or a ver- 
tigo. 
Po-ni-Po-nt, s. See Poni, The different 


482 


PON 


but somewhat blended colors of changeable 
silk. 

2. Kapa painted with different colors. 

3. The early dawn of the morning from 
the mixed colors; hence, purple. 


Po-n1-po-n1, adj. Mixing; mingling, as 
of different colors ; mixing of different in- 


gredients to make an odoriferous perfume; 
sweet smelling, as a perfume. 


Po-no, v. To be good; to be right; to 
be just; to be morally upright. 


2. To do good; to bless; to be for the 
comfort or convenience of one. 

3. To be well, i. e., in bodily health. 

4. Hoo. To justify one suspected of 
wrong; to clear or acquit, as an accused 
person. See APono. 

5. To avenge an injured person. 

6. To ordain ; to appoint. 

7. To use, as money; to trade. Nore.— 
Pono is frequently used impersonally and 
also as a helping verb before an infinitive, 
and signifies, it is right; it is proper; it 
ought; it may; it is worthy, &c. The form 
€ pono ai or i pono ai is used very fre- 
quently ; the word expressing the thing 
causing the favor or good or benefit, going 
before. O ka naauao ka mea e pono ai ke 
aupuni, knowledge is a thing to bless a 
kingdom. 

Po-no, s. Goodness; uprightness; moral 
good ; rectitude of conduct. 

2. That which is right or excellent; ab- 
stract, righteousness ; excellency. 

3. Duty; obligation ; authority. Mark 
11:28, 29, 33. Norse.—The Hawaiians now 
speak of the pono kahiko and the pono hou 
by way of comparison and also of contrast. 

Po-no, adj. Good; right; lawful; ac- 
ceptable ; beautiful ; nani. 

2. Possible; able; proper; fit; wa pono, 
a proper time. 


Po-no, adv. Is used in various senses. 
1. As qualifying verbs, and signifies, 
well; rightly; truly ; properly, &c. 
2. It is used as an intensive of the pre- 
ceding verb; as, haka pono, to look at 
earnestly ; kw pono, to stand opposite to. 


Po-no-1, adj. That which belongs pecu- 
liarly to one’s self, either of persons or 
things, and may be rendered by the terms, 
oun, self, only, &c. Nau ponoi, for yourself 
exclusively; kau keiki ponoi, thine own 
child, in distinction from an adopted one ; 
o ka makuakane ame kana keiki ponoi, the 
father and his own child; he poe kanaka 
ponot nona, a company of people for him- 
self, i. e., at his disposal. Kanl. 7:6. No 
wai ia hale? no’u ponoi no, for whom is 
that house? it is for myself, i. e., it is for 
my particular use, or it is my own in dis- 
tinction from the claim of any one else. 


POP 


Po-no-1, adv. Exactly so; truly; exclu- 
sively. 

Po-no-nu-ku, adj. Polohuku, pokeokeo. 

- Po-no-x1, s. A piece of ki root cut off, 
in distributing it out. 

Po-no-po-no, v. See Pono, v. and s. 
Hoo. To put in order; to make right; to 
prepare ; to reform, as a wicked person ; 
to amend; to correct, as something erro- 
neous. 

2. To judge; to settle a controversy. 
Kin. 49:16. 

Po-no-po-no, s. Hoo. Judgment; a dec- 

laration of what is right. 
2. The practice of what is right. 
8. That which is right in itself. Jer, 22:3. 

Po-no-Po-no, adj. Just; upright; cor- 
rect. 

Po-nu-Hu, v. See Punonv. To rise up 
like a pillar or column of smoke; to have 
the appearance of aship when her sails are 
suddenly set; to ascend, as a mass of 
smoke from the bottom of the volcano. 

Po-nu-Hu, s. See Punonv. The rising 
up of a pillar of smoke; the appearance of 
a ship near by with all her sails set; the 
rising up of smoke, as from a pit of fire. 
Kin. 19:28. 

Po-nu-nu, adj. Grand; wide spreading, 
as a ship under sail, or a column of smoke 
ascending. 

Po-nu-Lv, v. Poand nulu. To rise and 
float off, as smoke; to send out or cause 
smoke or steam. 

Po-nu-tv-Lu, adj. Thick and short, as 
a bundle. 

Po-nu-LU-NU-LU, adj. Large and loosely 
done up, as a bundle of materials more 
than the wrapper will contain ; mahu, pa- 
hupahu. 

Po-nu-nu-nu, v. Tobe shortand thick; 
to be clumsy; e mahumahu, e poupou, e 
polohuku. 

Po-nu-nu-nu, s. A large bunch or bun- 
dle of anything, as poi loosely bound up; 
he mahumahu. 

Po-pa-H1, s. A small man or woman. 


Po-re, s. Lat. papa. The Father or 
highest priest of the Romish Church; ke 
Kahuna nui o ka Ekalesia Roma. 

Po-pE-LA, adj. Eng. Of or belonging 
to poplar. vin. 30:37. 

Po-ri-Li-KI-A, s. Po, intensive, and pili- 
kia, thick together. Want of room. 

2. The want of something necessary for 
a particular pursuit. 

3. Difficulty; distress; tribulation. Kanl. 
4:30. 

4. Oppression ; designed vexation. 


Po-pi-ui-x1-4, v. ‘To cause distress to 


483 


POP 


one; to oppress; to bear hard upon one;, 
to cause one to work like a slave. Hoo. 
To vex: to harass. Nah. 33:55. 

Po-pi-Li-K1-a, adj. Distressing ; afflict-- 
ive; difficult. 

Po-po, s. A mass of matter of a round 
or oval shape; he mea poepoe me he poka 
la; popo berena, a loaf of bread. Puk. 29:2. 

2. The rotin timber or vegetables; worm 
dust; the rust of metals. Jak. 5:3. See 
Popopo. 

3. A ball for playing ball or for cricket. 
See Kintpopo. : 

Po-po, v. To rot; to be without strength,. 
as worm-eaten timber; to be rotten, as 
ropes or cords. Lune. 15:14. 

2. Hoo. To make a thing round; to turn 
to roundness, as in a lathe. 

Po-ro, adj. See Pororo. Rotten; de- 
cayed; what is eaten by the mu. 

Po-ro, adv. For apopo, to-morrow. Popo 
hoao. Laieik. 128. 

Po-po-al, s. See Poatat. A bunch or 
bundle of pounded kalo. 

Po-po-al, v. To surround; to make a 
circle. 

Po-po-E, v. To blossom, i. e., to swell 
and shoot out, as a blossom; as plants. 
Po-po-1, v. See Por, v. To cover; to 
cover up, as a vessel or container; to stop, 

as with a bung. 

2. To overwhelm, as water. Puk. 14:28. 
To come upon suddenly, as a cold breeze ; 
ia manawa, popoit mai la ke anuika aha 
lealea. JLaieik. 121. 

3. Torise up against, as a robber against 
a traveler. Jtan/. 19:11. To fall upon, as 
banditti. Job. 1:16. 

4, Hoo. To cover up; to overwhelm, as 
the sea or as the surf. Kanl. 11:4. To 
break, as the surf over the reef. See Por- 
POI. 

Po-po-1, s. A bung; a stopper for any 
orifice. 

2. The place where the surf, on approach- 
ing the shore, rises high and breaks with 
roaring noise ; the combing of the surf. 


Popot haki kauhola, 
Kahela ka malu o ka pae Jauhala. 


Po-po-1-w1, s. A corner of a wall; a 
turning place. 2 Qihl. 26:9. Ka hookuina 
o na aoao; the corner of a room or of a 
kalo patch. 

Po-po-o-Li-mu, s. The moss that grows 
on stones, especially on the mountains 
where there is much rain; he io no ke po. 

Po-po-u-Lu, s. The plantain bearing the 
short round fruit. See PopoHe and Niv- 
HIWA. 


Po-pou-No-Ho-NI-A, v. To cut frequently. 
2. To backbite. See Naroaigag, to slan- 
der. 


POP 


3. To eat the refuse of focd. 

Po-po-HE, adj. See Poue. Cut short 
and smooth, as a rope cut with a knife. 

Po-po-x1, s. A species of crab fish. 

2. A small animal; perhaps a crab found 
on the sea beach. 

3. A cat. Nore.—Popoki applies to that 
which is short and thick; and a cat is so 
called from its plump, short, thick head. 

Po-po-x1, adj. Short and thick in oppo- 
sition to long and slender. 

Po-po-11, adj. See Pout. Arched or curv- 
ing over, as a leaning precipice, or one that 
curves over beyond a perpendicular ; po- 
poli mai ka pali; it applies also to a board 
warped inward; ka aoao popoli o ka papa. 

Po-po-Lo, s. The name of a plant some- 
times eaten in times of scarcity ; it is also 
used as a medicine; eia kona laau, o ka 
popolo a ke kowaha, kapiliia iho la maluna 
o kona poo. 

Po-po-Lo-Hu-a, adj. Blue, as the sky 
above in a clear day; puka mai kona he- 
molele mai loko mai 0 na ao popolohua. 

Po-po-Lo-na, adj. Mouldy; worm-eaten; 
rancid. See PoLOPoLona. 

Po-po-Ltu, s. See Poroutu. Name of a 
species of banana; eia na maia a Papa e ai 
ai, 0 ka popolu, o ka iholena ame ka niu- 
hiwa, these are the bananas of which Papa 
may eat, the popolu, &e. 

Po-po-ni, adj. Full of fear or dread; 
weak with fear; hooweliweli ae oia no ka 
maule poponi. See Poni 4. 

Po-ro-n1, v. See Pont 4. To be cold and 
shivering, the hair erect, &c., through fear. 

Po-po-pa-La-o-A, s. Popo, ball, and pa- 
laoa (Hnq.), flour. A cake or loaf of bread. 
Oihk. 7:12. See PoPpoBERENA. 

Po-po-po, s. See Poro. The rot in tim- 
ber and vegetables. 

2. Corruption; decay. Oihk. 22:25. 

3. The offal of worms. 

Po-po-po, adj. Rotten; decayed. 

Po-po-Po-No, v. See Pono, the first syl- 
lable twice reduplicated.. To put right ; 
to correct; to justify. 

Po-po-po-no, adj. Very good; very right; 
well done; blessed ; profited. 

Po-po-BE-RE-NA, s. Popo and berena 
(Eng.), bread. A loaf of bread. 1 Oihl. 
16:3. See PopoPaLaoa. 

Po-pu-a-xu, s. The place where pointed 
clusters of clouds arise out of the ocean; 
kahi e puka mai ai na ao opua mai ka mo- 
ana. 


Po-pu-A-1I, v. See Pua. To girdle 
Poo-Pu-A-L1, round ; to tie up tightly ; 
to reduce to small dimensions. 


Po-pu-a-Li, s. See Puats. A hollow on 


484 


the crown of the head; a depression from 


PU 


tight binding. 

Po-wa, v. To rob; to kill; to kill and 
rob. 

2. To castrate ; to separate the testicles 
of a male. 

Po-wa, s. A robber; a highwayman; a 
murderer. 

Po-we-HI, v. Po and wehi, darkly. 'To 
see indistinctly. Fie. To have a feeble or 
indistinct knowledge of a thing. 

Po-wE-HI-WE-HI, v. Intensive of powehi. 
To grow dim; applied to the eyes. Kin. 
27:1. To be weak sighted. 

2. Applied to the mind, to have obscure 
and indistinct ideas of a thing. 2 Pet. 1:9. 

3. To be obscure; to be uncertain; o ka 
mooolelo kahiko loa, ua powehiwehi ia. 

Po-wE-HI-WE-HI, s. Obscure vision; twi- 
light. Ezek. 12:6. 

2. Fie. Indistinct ideas of a truth or fact. 

Po-weE-HI-wE-HI, adj. Dark; obscure to 
the sight; seeing indistinctly; knowing but 
little ; not distinctly manifest ; he powehi- 
wehi ko ke kanaka aloha. 

Po-we-xo, v. To be skillful or eloquent 
in conversation ; e poweko, e akamai i ke 
kamailio. See PoLEKO. 

Po-TE-RA, 8s. Eng. A potter. Mat. 27:7. 


He mea hana ipulepo. 


Po-t1-Ko, s, Eng. A portico; a short 
veranda. 


Pu, v. To come forth from; to come 
out of,as words out of the mouth; to draw 
out or move off, as a canoe from the place 
where it was dug out; alaila hele mai-ke 
kahuna e pu ia ka waa. 

2. To hold water in the mouth and try to 
talk; to mumble; to suck wind into the 
mouth. 

3. To call; to call out; to proclaim; to 
call upon inanimate matter, as to call upon 
the mountains. 

4, To cast lots; to choose by lot. See 
Puv. This was done usually by doubling 
the hand and one telling whether anything 
was in it or not. 

5. Hoo. To sit with the knees bent up 
and the hands over them; to sit idly; to 
do nothing. 


Pu, s. A shell; a horn; a trumpet; 
anything that would make a loud noise by 
blowing into it; na pu kiwi hipa ehiku, 
seven trumpets of rams’ horns. Jos. 6:4. 

2. Anything that would make an explo- 
Sive noise; a gun, pistol or firelock; na 
kanaka ame na pu kau poohiwi he nui loa, 
people and guns carried on the shoulders, 
a great many. 

3. A musical instrument made by twist- 
ing a leaf: pu lai. Laieik. 78. 

4, A lot as in casting lots. 


PUA 


5. Name of the olona string used in play- 
ing at the game called pukaula; he wahi 
kaula olona i bili oioi, a he anana paha ka 
loa. 

6. A gourd; a pumpkin; a squash; pu 
lima, the hand doubled up. See the verb, 4. 


Pu, adv. With; together with; along 
with; incompany; ku pu, to stand together; 
like pu, just alike. 


Pu-a, v. To blossom, asa plant; to put 
forth blossoms or flowers. Jsa. 35:1. To 
bud, as fruit or flowers. Mel. Sol. 6:11. 

2. To appear at a distance; to rise up, 
as columns of smoke in small quantities. 

3. To raise in the throat in order to feed 
out of the mouth, as pigeons feed their 
young; o ka puaa hoi, ua pua io ka ai mai 
ka waha aku o ke kanaka nona ka puaa, e 
like me ka hanai anai ka ilio. Nore.—Iin 
this way Hawaiians fed their pets or favo- 
rite animals. 

4. To put food into another’s mouth from 
one’s own, as into a child’s; to spit or spew 
food into a child’s mouth. 

5. To tie up in bundles; to bind in bun- 
dles, as sheaves of grain. Kin. 37:7. To 
tie in bundles, as the bones of the dead; a 
paa kona mau iwi i ka puaia, when his 
bones were tied up. 

6. To lay siege to; to besiege, as a city. 
2 Sam. 11:1. 

7. To bear ; to carry. 

8. Hoo. To make fast; to confine; to 
establish. 

9. To cut or hew off obliquely, as in 
hewing off the sharp ends of acanoe; penei 
e kalai ai, e pua ia 0 mua o ka waa ame 
hope i uuku ai ka ihu. 

10. To bunch, as cards when there is a 
mistake made in dealing them out; e pua 
i ka pepa, no ka mea wa hewa ka haawi ana. 


Pu-a, s. A blossom; a flower; a carv- 
ing in imitation of a flower. Puk. 25:31. 
2. The upper part of the sugar-cane when 
it blossoms. as pua ico, and which was used 
for arrows, and in modern times by chil- 
dren in play, as hoolei pua; hence, 
3. The name of a play or game. 
4, An arrow for shooting in connection 
with the kakaka or bow. 
5. A bundle of sticks ; a sheaf of grain 
or grass. Kin. 37:7. 
6. Posterity ; descendants. Laieik. 181. 
Children ; a household. Puk. 19:3. 
7. A flock; a herd, as of cattle or goats; 
he pua kao; he pua hipa; he pua bipi; a 
school of fish ; he pua anae. 
8. A species of small fish; he pua ama- 
ama. 
9. The name of a tree found at Kapua on 
Hawaii and other islands; the wood is very 
hard. 


485 


PUA 


11. A kind of deity supposed to reside 
in some person who was called Kahupua 
and who had power to send Pua to do in- 
jury to others. He akuapua was applied 
to some kinds of sickness inducing delirium, 
a sickness supposed to be sent by some in- 
dividual in anger. 

12. The name of a goddess, the sister of 
Kalaipahoa. She came with him and Kapo 
from a foreign country, and they entered 
certain trees. 

13. The name of the kind of hook used 
in taking turtles or the ea. 

Pu-a, s. A pae pumaia hiki laua (mau 
mea heenalu) mauka, e lana ana kekahi 
mouo, ua kapaia kela mea he pua. 

Pu-aa, v. To flee, as a child from its 
parent to avoid punishment; hoopuni- 
puni—holo, puaa. 

2. As if puaia. 
bundle, as sticks for kindling a fire. 
Pua 5. 

3. To gird tightly, as in tying up the 
bones of a deceased person for preserva- 
tion. 

4. To be girded tightly around the throat; 
e pilikia ma ka puu. See Puapuaa. 

5. To tie up tightly so as to make the 
substance small; hence, 

6. To be small, thin or fine, as a spider’s 
web; me kahi malo. ua puaa hilo. See 
PUAHILO. : 

Pu-aa, s. A hog; a swine; the flesh 
of ahog. Oihk.11:7. Nore—The hog was 
found indigenous, when the Islands were 
visited by Captain Cook. 

2. A bundle of small wood for fuel; a 
fagot. See Pua. 

3. The name of an unclean bird, puaa 
ilioi, rendered in English bittern. Zep. 2:14. 

4, Anything very small and easily blown 
away. See PUEPUEHU. 

Pu-aa, adj. Small; fine; thin; easily 
dispersed. 

Pu-aa-o-H1, s. Name of children whose 
father had gambled them away. See Kv- 
AKI. 

Pu-aa-HA-HA, v. To call out; to call to 
some one; to make a vociferous noise. 

Pu-aa-HE-A, s. See Hea, s. Name of 
the last or second hog sacrificed on a cer- 
tain occasion; kalua kekahi puaa, he puaa- 
hea ka inoa. 

Pu-a-A-HO-LE-Ho-LE, s. Name of a small 
fish. 

Pu-aa-Ku-Mu-Lav, s. Name of a woman 
whose husband had gambled her away with 
all his property. 

Pu-a-a-NAE, s. Name of a species of 
fish. 


To be gathered into a 
See 


10. The name applied to a deranged per- Pu-aa-Pi-Pi, s. A name applied to the 


son. 


first cattle brought to the Islands by Cap- 


PUA 

tain Vancouver; ua mahaloia kela poe pipi 

e ko Hawaii, a ua kapaia aku ka inoa he 

puaapipi, those cattle were admired by the 

Hawaiians and they called them cattle-hog. 

Pu-a-a-wa, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Pu-a1, v. To flow, as blood from a vein; 
as water from a fountain. 

2. To proceed from one; to fall from one, 
as an expression, an idea, or as something 
said. Mar. 7:15. To flow from the mouth, 
as the words of an orator; a puai mai la 


ka leo ku e. 
3. To gag; to heave; to throw up from 


the stomach; to vomit. 

4. To blow water out of the mouth. 

5. To cast up; to boil up, as water from 
aspring. Jer. 6:7. Fic. To throw out, as 
sin from the heart. 

Pu-at, s. The gullet. 

2. A vomiting; a spitting; a heaving 
from sickness of the stomach. 

Pu-ar-a, v. To blow gently, as wind; 
used at Hawaii the same as onini at Maui; 
ua puaia a puaia kae ka pona waa, a ma- 
hope pa mai ka makani as it increases in 
strength. x 

Pu-ai-ui-ma, s. Name of a Hawaiian 
cathartic medicine. 

Pu-al-Na-wE-LE, adj. Very small; very 
fine ; thin like spider’s webs. 

Pu-al-NA-wE-LE, v. To reduce to fine- 
ness; to make small or fine. 

Pu-ao, s. The dashing of two or more 
waves that meet together; the place where 
a retreating wave meets one coming in in 
shallow water; also called koaka. 

2. The os tincae or orifice of the womb. 

Pu-a-uv, v. To practice onanism on 
one’s self. See HAskol. 

Pu-a-uv, s. The name of the same kind 
of wickedness. 

Pu-a-Hav, s. Pua, blossom, and haz, 
name of a tree. A hau blossom; the blos- 
som of the hau tree. 

Pu-a-Ha-nu-1, s. The name of a tree; 
also called akiahala. 

Pu-a-n1, v. To do quickly; to be spry. 
See Hoopuaul. 

Pu-a-n1-a-H1, s. The name of a foreign 
flower, four-o’clock: i kuu ike ana i ka 
puahiahi mohala mai la. 

Pu-a-ut-0, v. To come and go suddenly; 
to arrive, as a person, and start off again 
quickly. 

Pu-a-u1-o-H1-0, s. A whirlwind. 2 Nal. 
2:1. He mau makani ku elua e ume ana i 
ka opala iluna. 


Pu-a-nt-Lo, v. ‘To be small; to be fine; 


to be slender, as a thread of spider’s web ; 
e nawali e like me he punawelewele la. 


486 


PUA 


2. To exhibit a fine slender appearance, 
as the new moon. 

Pu-a-HI-Lo, s. A fine slender appear- 
ance; no ka puahilo ana o ka mahina. on 
account of the slender appearance of the 
(new) moon. 

Pu-A-HI-LO-HI-Lo, v. See Puanino. To 
break up fine; to crack; to chap or break, 
as the human skin. 

Pu-a-HI-Lo-HI-Lo, s. The scaly appear- 
ance of the scarf-skin; the breaking or 
cracking of the skin from some disease ; 
the cuticle which peels off from the skin of 
new born children. 

Pu-a-Hu-xu, s. A word used in black- 
guard language ; ke pii la oe i puahulcu, 
Pu-a-Hu-Lu, v. To hasten; to get ready 
quickly ; to prepare suddenly ; to be ina 

fluster. 

Pu-a-Hu-Lu, s. A sudden start; an af- 
fright; the doing a thing quickly and with- 
out much thought or reflection. 

Pu-a-KA-a-KA, v. To tie up small; to 
tie up inasmall compass. See PAUAKAAKA. 

2. To compel one to work hard or with- 
out reward. 

Pu-a-kal, s. A journey; a going in 
company. See HuaKkat. 

2. A dye for coloring red; he wai hoo- 
luu ulaula. 

3. Hair of the head that has been colored 
white ; he lauoho i hookeokeo ia. 

Pu-a-Kal-o£, s. Pua and kazoe, a plant. 
A blossom of the kaioe. 

Pu-A-KAlI-A-U-LU, s. The name of a wind; 
a light gentle breeze; a dying breeze of 
the trade wind. 

Pu-a-Ka-La, s. Pua and kala, rough. 
Name of a shrub of the thorn kind, Argemo- 
ne aoe ; he laauoioi; athistle. Ain. 
3:18. 

Pu-a-KE-a, v. To spread out, as the sails 
of a vessel; to enlarge. 

Pu-a-kE-A, adj. Pale; wanting color. 
HHoik. 6:8. 

Pu-a-x1, v. To be stingy; to be close; 
to treat without compassion. 

2. E hiaa, e puka, e hone, i puaki hiaka 
niho. 

3. To sit quietly without speaking ; to 
shut the mouth; e panii ka waha. 

Pu-a-x1, adj. Light; swift in running; 
active. 

2. Thin; spare; famished ; poor in flesh, 
as a person; he kanaka wiwi. 

Pu-a-xu, s. An image for idol worship. 

2. He opuakii, he ao opuakiikii. 

Pu-a-xu, v. To take without right; to 

go wrong ; to do wrong. 


Pu-a-xo, s. The top and blossom part, 


PUA 


including the leaves of sugar-cane; oia no 
ka malama e owili ai ka puako. 

Pu-a-ko-Lu, s. Name of a common tree. 

Pu-a-ta, v. To collect together in a 
heap. 

2. To be not sufficiently cooked, as food; 
to be badly cooked. ' 

Pu-a-Lav, v. To carry on the hips sup- 
ported by the arms. 

2. E limalau, e puualu, e paapnu. 

Pu-a-La-wa-HI, v. To divide into parts 
or spaces. 

Pu-a-te, s. A ravine on the side of a 
mountain. 

Pu-a-Le1, s. The top leaf or branch of 
the tree when the lower ones are cut off. 
Pu-a-LE-nA, v. To wander; to go about 
here and there; to be idle; to do nothing 
because no chief commands to work; to be 

lazy. See Puana. 

2. To be muddy, as water; to want clear- 
ness; pualena ka moana, the ocean is dirty. 
Laieik. 163. 

Pu-a-Le-nA, s. The glimmering or first 
dawn of light in the morning. Puk, 14:27. 
A wehe ke alaula, a pualena, a ao loa. 

Pu-a-Le-nA, adj. Idle; loitering about 
without any fixed purpose, without busi- 
ness. 

2. Obscure, as water when one cannot 
see the bottom. 

Pu-a-Le-wa, v. To be unfixed; to be 
unsettled, as an unsteady person; to go 
from place to place; to be unfurnished 
with comforts. 

Pu-a-Le-wa, adj. Unsettled; unfur- 
nished ; not established ; often changing 
one’s residence or employment. Hele a 
pualewa applies to travelers who find no 
place to lodge, no food, nothing comforta- 
ble. 

Pu-a-u1, v. Pu and ali, a scar; a con- 
traction of the skin. To gird round tightly; 
to draw in by binding tightly. 

2. To be large and small in places, as a 
rope of uneven size; e pawali, e puaniki, 
e kualiali. 

Pu-a-u1, s. A place compressed, that is, 
a small or diminished place between two 
larger ones. 

2. An inclosing about: hence, a neck of 
land almost surrounded by water; in geog- 
raphy, an isthmus. 

3. The small part of a wasp. 

4, Fig. A woman, from her being girded 
with a pa-u (much more with corsets.) 

5. Anything girded tight and made small. 

6. A malo from its use. 


Pu-a-u1, s. Alife guard. Laieik. 42. A 


company of soldiers; koi mai la na puali ia 
Kiwalao, the soldiers pressed upon Kiwa- 
lao. 


487 


PUA 


2. Anarmy; ahost. Lwunk. 7:1. 

3. A company prepared for war and 
pursuing. Puk. 14:4. 

4, Fic. A great number; a host; ‘as, pu- 
ali o ka lani, the host of heaven, that is, the 
stars. 

Pu-a-Li-a-LI, v. See Puaut. To be of 
irregular size, large and small. 

Pu-a-Lu, s. Name of a person who lived 
idly with the chief; ua kapgia ka inoa o 
na kanaka noho wahi alii he pualii, he aialo 
kahiinoa. See AraALo. * 

Pu-a-Lo-a-Lo, s. The name of a tree. 

Pu-a-Lu, v. Pu, together, and alu, to 
combine. To work together; to combine 
in aid of one or of each other; to act in 
concert; to work like a multitude at one 
kind of business. 

Pu-a-Lu, s. Acting in concert, as 

Pu-A-LU-A-LU, a great number of peo- 
ple working together; a combination in 
favor or against. 

2. The name of a species of fish. 

3. A cord for binding. 

Pu-a-Lv, adv. Unitedly in action; unan- 
imously in opinion ; no ka hiki ole pahai 
na kanaka a pau ke malama pualu aku i 
ke aupuni. 

Pu-a-ma-nA, s. A caret ( A) or sign of 
omission in writing. 

Pu-a-na, v. To crowd together in great 
numbers; to rush together, as soldiers in 
pursuit of one. 2 Oihl. 18:31. 

2. To surround, as an enemy; to encom- 
pass. 

3. To try; to begin the recitation of a 
mele; to act the part of a precentor or 
leader in singing; to commence a tune that 
others may follow. 

4. To cry out or proclaim in behalf of 
others. 

5. To pronounce distinctly, as in utter- 
ing a word or sentence very plainly. 

6. Hoo. The same. 

Pu-a-na, v. To be idle; to be lazy; to 
go from place to place without object. 


Pu-a-na, adj. Idle; lounging; unsteady; 
small; insignificant. 


Pu-a-na, s. The signal or first words 
in beginning to recite or cantillate a mele. 
Nore.—The Hawaiians in chanting their 
meles or songs in ancient times, had some 
one as leader or chorister who commenced 
the recitation in so clear and distinct a 
manner, that, after the enunciation of two 
or three words, the whole company were 
able to join in chorus. 

2. That which makes the pronunciation 
plain. Nore.—According to the foregoing 
note, the puana must consist in a distinct 
enunciation, so that others may at once 
recognize the subject; hence, 


PUA 


3. The pronunciation of a word; pehea 
ka puana ? how is the pronunciation? | 
Pu-a-na-a-NA, v. To swell and dimin- 
ish frequently, as poorly made ropes; 0 

pauakaaka, e paulinalina. 

Pu-a-NAE-NAE, Ss. The name of a flower 
growing on Kauai; he ako puanaenae no 
Waialoha. See NaENAE. 

Pu-a-NE-A-NE, Ss. A stage of extreme 
old age, When universal decay is coming 
on, and yet the person is free from pain or 
suffering. See also KoLopurpu. 

2. A world of light and life; he ao ma- 
lama, he wahi e ola mau loa. 
3. Eternity. 

Pu-a-NE-A-NE, v. To live forever; to 
live to eternity ; e ola mau loa a hikii ka 
puaneane. 

Pu-a-ni-HI1, s. See Pavanim1. Young 
kalo tops; the young of kalo. See ONr- 
NIHI. 

Pu-a-ni-x1, v. Pua, to bind, and xzkz, 
tight. To bind up in a small space; to 
bind tightly. 

Pu-a-ni-u, s. Kapa colored with the niu 
or cocoanut. 

Pu-a-nu-a-Nu, v. See Anu, cold. Tobe 
cold; to be damp and shivering; to be 
chilly. 

Po-a-nu-a-nv, adj. Cold; chilly, as in 
foggy or damp weather. 

Pu-a-pPoo, s. Pua, blossom, and poo, the 
head. A head blossom, i. e., the comb of 
a cock or other bird; a tuft of feathers on 
the head of a bird; i ka puapoo o kamanu 
puukoa. 

Pu-a-Pu. 

Pu-a-pu-a, v. To force; to urge on; to 
compel. See Purruz. To overwhelm; to 
overcome. 

g To hang down like the tail of an ani- 
mal. 

3. To project like the tail feathers of a 
cock. 

4. To be glorious ; to be beautiful. 

Pu-a-pu-a, s. See Pua, bundle. A bun- 
ule of brush-wood, sticks or grass. (ith. 

8:3. 
2. The name of a fly that bites. 

Pu-a-pu-a, adj. Unpalatable; disagree- 
able ; vicious. 

Pu-a-pu-aa, v. See Puaa. To be gath- 
ered up into a bundle, as fagots or sticks 
for kindling a fire. 

Pu-a-pu-aa, adj. Collected; gathered 
together ; me he ao puapuaa la ke aloha e 
kau nei, as a thick cloud love settles upon 
me. Laieik. 205. 


Pu-a-pu-al, v. See Puat. To bubble or 
spring up, as water from a spring or foun- 
tain. Jak. 3:11. See Huanvat. 


488 


PUE 


Pu-a-pu-al, s. The ebullition of water; 
a spring or fountain of water, 

Pu-a-Pu-a-LA, v. See Puata. To collect 
together in small heaps. 

Pu-a-pu-a-Mo-A, s. See Pupumoa, i. e., 
puapua and moa, a fowl. A long skirted 
coat. See Puapua, v., 3. 

Pu-a-pu-a-wa, s. Name ofa long, thin 

~ ghell out of which they used to drink awa. 


Pu-a-wa, s. The root of theawa 
Pu-a-wa-a-wWA, § plant; a small awa plant; 
he wahi puaa, he moa lawa, me ka puawa. 
Laieik. 49. 
_2. Abstract, bitterness; a bitter medi- 
cine. 

3. The hala, the leaves of which were 
made into mats; so called when the leaves 
are young and most fit for mats. 

Pu-a-wa, s. The Hawaiian pronuncia- 
tion of guava, which see. 

Pu-a-wal, s. The slaver or spittle of one 
with a sore mouth, as if salivated; the epi- 
thet of a slavering, dirty mouthed child. 


Pu-a-wal, Ve Name of a hill near 

Pu-a-wal-NA, } Honolulu. 

Pu-a-we, adj. Thin; soft; fine, like the 
threads of a spider’s web. 


Pu-a-weE-a-wE, s. Thinness; fineness ; 
smallness. 


Pu-e, v. To thrust, as with a spear; to 
make an attack, as in battle; to make an 
onset. 

2. To crowd on; to gain what is another’s; 
to force; to compel; a lohe na kanaka, ua 
make kekahi alii, pue lakou e kaua, when 
the people heard that one of their chiefs 
was dead, they were urgent to fight; to 
urge; e pue ana lakou ia Kamehameha, 
they were urging Kamehameha. 

3. To solicit strongly. 

4. To manage so as to make it necessary 
for one to do a thing; a pue iho la o Poki 
ia Kaahumanu e kaua, Poki urged Kaahu- 
manu to war, i.e., he planned to make a 
war unavoidable. 

5. To force; to compel, i. e., to commit 
lewdness. set. 7:8. 

6. To solicit to lewdness ; to seduce, as 
a virgin; to commit a rape. Puk. 22:16. 
E hoala i ka mea e moekolohe ai. See Pur- 
WALE. E pue i ka wahine, to ravish; to 
commit a rape. 

7. To make a round elevated hill, as in 
weeding out and hilling up potatoes. 

8. To attack or besiege a city. Jer. 32:2. 

Pu-z, s. A round heap of dirt or mud 
for planting kalo or potatoes; a potato hill. 

2. A raised surf of fresh water; he nalu 
o ka wai. 

3. The name of a bush or tree. 


Pu-E-a, v. Passive of pue for pueia. To 


PUE 


be forced, compelled or urged to do a 
thing. 


489 


PUI 


2. To make up into hills, as potatoes or 
kalo. 


Pu-z-a, s. The name of a god worshiped | Pu-z-pu-z, s. A round bunch; a hill of 


in the night; he akua kii Puea; ma ia po 
ana iho, hoaia ke ahi o Puea; maikai ka 
po o Puea. 


potatoes or kalo. 
2. The name of a duck from its plump- 
ness. See PUEKOLEA. 


Pu-r-E-xe, v. See Erxe. To shorten; | Pu-r-pu-g-nu, v. See Puenv. Toscatter 


to cut off or cut short; to wrinkle up; to 
contract. 


greatly ; to disperse frequently. Hoo. To 
cause a great or thorough dispersion. 


Pu-z-o, s. Anowl. Jsa.34:11. He manu) Pu-r-pu-e-Lu, adj. Hard; tough; ap- 


worshiped as a god: one of the poe akua 
mana. 

2. A shroud of a ship. 

3. The strings used to tie around the 
posts of a house in building. 

Pu-s-o-nE, s. Name of the place in the 
sea outside of where the surf breaks ; also 
called poana kai. 

Pu-z-Hv, v. To blow away; to scatter; 
to disperse. Pass. To be scattered, as dust 
or light substances by the wind. Hal. 1:4. 

2. To be routed and scattered, as an 
army. Oihk. 26:36. 

3. To be scattered or separated from each 
other, as a fleet of canoes in a storm. 

4, Hoo. To scatter or drive out, as a peo- 
ple. Nah. 33:5. 

5. To remain; to be over and above. 
Puk. 26:12. 

Pu-e-nu, s. A dispersion; a scattering ; 
a flurry of wind when it strikes suddenly 
anything and puts in motion whatever can- 
not resist it, as small dust or bits of paper 
before the shake of a fan. 

2. The remainder; the remnant of a 
thing; what isoverandabove. Puk. 26:12. 

Pu-E-HU-E-HU, adj. See Puruv. Scat- 
tered ; dispersed. 

2. Rough; ragged, as the skin after 
drinking awa; mahuna ka ili, nakaka pue- 
huehu inoino loa ke nana aku. 

3. Small; fine, as dust. 

4. Raw; uncooked; as, ai puehuehu, kalo 
but partially cooked, so that in pounding 
it, its parts are easily separated or scat- 
tered. 

Pu-n-Ko-Le-a, adj. Round and plump, 
asa duck. See MANUKOLEA. 

Pu-E-LE-Hv, v. Pue, to force, and lehu, 
ashes. To push into the embers. 

Pu-E-LE-wa, v. Pue and lewa, swing- 
ing. To be wandering about; to be un- 
fixed ; not settled. 

Pu-5-LE-wa, adj. Going here and there; 
unsteady ; unsettled. : 

Pu-r-pu-£, adj. Large; thick; plump; 
ua loihi kona kino a ua puepue. 

2. Rotten, as timber ; worm-eaten ; full 
of holes. See Purput. 

Pu-r-pu-k, v. Tobe large; to be plump; 


to be full, as a fat animal. See Purrut. 


lele hihiu. Nore.—The pueo was formerly | 
| 


plied to potatoes that are paakiki, and per- 
haps to other food. 

Pu-E-wa, v. To float about; to be car- 
vied hither and thither by the wind or cur- 
rent and scattered; e laweia iloko o ka wai 
me ka puehu. 

Pu-e-wal, s. Pue and wai, water. The 
waves at the mouth of a stream as the 
stream rushes into the sea. 

Pu-E-wa-Le, v. Pue and wale, without 
cause. To ravish; to force, as a female. 
Zek. 14:2. To commit lewdness. 2 Sam. 
13:12. To commit a rape. 

Pu-E-wa-LeE, s. A rape; ravishment; 
forcible lewdness. 

Pu-1, adj. Large; swelled out, as a fat 
person. See Purrul. 

Pu-1-a, v. To spread; to diffuse abroad, 
as an odor; to fill with odor or perfume ; 
e ala, e kuhinia. 

Pu-t-a, adj. Beautiful; grand; full of 
sweet-scented flowers adding to the beauty. 

Pu-1-Ho, v. To start suddenly; to be 
frightened. See Purwa. 

2. To cry out suddenly ; to shout. 
3. To hum; to make a humming noise ; 
e hoomumu iho. See Puvono. 

Pu-i-Kal-kA, v. To be close or crooked 
in dealing ; to be unyielding to another’s 
judgment or opinion; mai noho oe a pui- 
kaika mai ia’u, don’t be hard upon me. 

Pu-1-Kal-KA, adj. Close or crooked in 
dealing; unyielding to the wish or opinion 
of another. 

Pu-1-L1, v. To gird round; to embrace; 
to clasp; e puili a paa. See Punk. E 
puili me ka lima, to hold fast with the hand. 


Pu-1-L1, s. One bent on a thing, as 
pleasure ; one seeking satisfaction in any 
way. 

2. That which gives temporary delight 
or pleasure; he puili pau wale no ia no ka 
poe hana lealea. 

3. A kind of play or game with sugar- 
cane flowers. 

4, Name of a smallish kind of rope. 


Pu-1-11, adj. Seizing; holding fast with 
the hand. 


Puili ka ohelo ai a ka manu, 
A ka hala i wiliia e ka makani, 
A ka lehua nee i ka papa. 


PUO 


490 


PUU 


Pu-1-u1-paa, adj. Taking strong hold; | Pu-o-xo, v. To rage; to be hot. 


holding tightly. 

Pu-1-ru-1, v. ‘lo be fat; to be full; to 
be large; to be corpulent; to be thick set, 
as the body of a person. See PUEPUE. | 

Pu-1-pu-1, s. A fat plump person or ani- 
mal. Jsa. 10:16. Plumpness; fullness of 
person ; likii kona mau puipui iho. | 

Pu-1-pu-1, adj. Fat; plump; flourish- 
ing; stout. Lunk. 3:29. Aole i pau ke 
kino puipui o ke akamai ia’u i olahonua ; 
large ; corpulent. 

2. Bitter; pungent to the taste; sour; 
awaawa. 

3. Hard; severe; oolea. 

Pu-t-wa, v. To be taken by surprise; 
to start suddenly, as a horse when fright- 
ened; to be affrighted, as from sleep; to 
meet with sudden surprise from any cause. 

2. To jump or start suddenly. 

3. Hoo. To ery out or sound an alarm. 
2 Oihl. 13:12. See Puono and Puro. 

Pu-1-wa, s. Amazement; a surprise; a 
stupefaction on account of wonder; a start- 
ing from fright; sudden excitement. 

Pu-o, v. ‘To mix up; to put in confu- 
sion ; huikau. 

2. To strike or clasp the hands together; 
e pai na lima. 

3. To lash, as the sea does the shore; 
puo ae la ke kaii ke one. 

4. To bend, as a cocoanut leaf in the 
wind; to yield to the wind, as the spread 
sails of a ship. 

I puo lani i ke kai o Peapea a ka manu, 


O kaioe 0 Maui ka hookalakua, 
He kupua ka lani no ka moku—e. 


Pu-o-a, s. See Puvoa. A house built 
with the poles uniting at the top in the 
shape of a pyramid; hence, 

2. In geometry,a pyramid. Ana Hon. 29. 

3. A temporary residence; asmall house 
hastily put up; ua nui na puoa ke nana 
aku. there were many temporary residences 
to appearance. 

4, A small inclosure of poles. 

5. A plant choked with weeds. 

6. A house for depositing a corpse; he 
halekupapau. 

7. He uloa. 

Pu-o-Ho, v. See Purwa. To start and 
cry out; to start in a fright; to jump sud- 
denly, as from a sleep. Laieik. 26. To cry 
out or sound together. 

Pu-o-Ho, s. A sudden start; a fright, 
i. e., € oho pu. 

Pu-o-al, s. The root and body of the 
ohai shrub ; kumuohai. 

2. A bunch of the ohai flowers; opuohai. 


He kumuohai, he opuohai, 

Akua pee puohai o ke kaha, 

I walea wale la ikea 

I ka ulu kanu a Kahai, 

Haina oe e ka 00 ¢ ka manu o Kanehili. 


Pu-o-Ko-o-ko, s. See Pu and Oxooxo,a 
red heat. A great hot fire; i ka onohi pono 
o ka la, i ka puokooko hoi o ka wela loa. 
Laieik. 176. 

Pu-o-La-n1, v. To lay upon a conse- 
crated place, as an altar; to lay by as 
sacred ; to bind or tie up, as a sacrifice. 

Pu-o-La-NI, adj. Set up on high; raised 
up; set apart. 

Pu-o-Lo, v. To tie up, as a bundle tied 
on top; to bundle up; alaila, puolo ae la 
a paa, awe mai la, ghen he tied up a bundle 
tightly and brought it. 

Pu-o-to, s. A bundle of kapa folded and 
bound up so as to appear round like a 
pai-ai. 

2. A bundle tied at the top for carrying 
on a stick. 
3. A scrip; a bag; a container. Jos. 9:4. 

Pu-0-L0-0-Lo-HEE, s. A species of grass 
having a furzed top. 

Pu-o-NE, adj. See Puvone. 


Pu-o-n1, v. To lay up for a long life or 
for a future age; e kau i ka puaneane ola; 
to lay up the means of living forever. 


Pu-o-rE-Lu, s. A bunch of stones lying 
naturally or brought together where tray- 
elers or persons heavily loaded stopped to 
rest ; 0 hoi o’u hoapili i ka la o puopelu. 
See Oona. 


Pu-o-pu-o, v. To clap together the hol- 
low hands with a sound. See Hoopvuoruo 


Puv, v. To collect together; to lay by, 
particularly in heaps. 

2. To boll; to form a round seed, as 
flax; to swell and break, as a boil. Hoik. 
16:2. 

3. To cast or draw lots (a Hawaiian cus- 
tom formerly in practice) by using a 
knotted string. 

4. To gather or dip up water in the 
hands. 

5. E puu paha auanei ka lae i kauao ka 
Kawaupuu. 

6. Hoo. To heap or pile up, as stones. 

7. To cast lots; to divide a country by 
lot. os. 7:26. 


Pou, s. Any round protuberance belong- 
ing to a larger substance. 

2. A small round hill; a peak; a pim- 
ple; awart; the knuckles; the ankle joints; 
the Adam’s apple of the throat; hence, the 
throat ; a knop ; an ornament of a candle- 
stick. Puk. 25:3. 

3. The material heart. 2 Sam. 18:14. 

4, A heap; he puu opala, a heap of rub- 
bish ; na puw huapalaoa, shocks of grain. 
Lunk. 15:5. 

5. A tower; a citadel; a substance; a 
portion; a lot in casting lots. Nah. 34:18. 


PUU 


6. A quantity; part; property; destiny; 
appointment; fortune. Rut. 2:5. 

7. Habit; custom; .eia ko kakou wahi 
puu iki, o ka hoobaunaele i ka manawa 
kula. 

8. Any act or thing causing ridicule, 
contempt, or perhaps anger, as an offense 
against good manners or morals; he ino, 
be mea e loiloi ai, a e hoowahawaha ai 
paha; he kina, no ka hilahila kona holo 
ana (0 Poki), no ka mea, aole he puw nui 
ma ka puka o kona hale, out of shame, he 
(Poki) sailed away. because there was no 
—— at the door of his house. 

9. A hand,i.e., the cards held at a game. 

Puv, adj. Dying with one for attach- 
ment’s sake ; as when a chief dies some of 
his people, for love’s sake, wish to die also; 
ke olelo aku nei au ia oukou, o ka moe puu 
oia nei; ai moe ka moe puv ilaila; a hiki 
ae ilaila ka moe puu. 

Puv. A sign of the plural number. 
Gram. § 86 and 92. It mostly has refer- 
ence to a collection. Synonymous in some 
cases with poe or pae. He puu puaa; he 
puu kanaka; this last form is not often 
found. 

Pu-u-a, v. See Pouwa. To be full; to 
be choked or suffocated, as in swallowing 
food; to stick in the throat; to strangle ; 
e keu i ka puu. 

2. To be in difficult labor, as in child- 
birth. Kin. 35:16. Mai puhi malu, 0 puua 
a loaa. 

Pu-v-a, s. Hardness, as in food; diffi- 
culty in swallowing ; he wai ka mea e inu 
aii ka paina ana no ka puua ame ka wela 
o ka ai. 

Puv-a-Lu, v. Tocarry on the hips. See 
PUALAU. 

Puv-o-a, s. A small inclosure of sticks 
or poles leaning together at the top in the 
form of a pyramid. See Puoa. 

Puv-o!-01, ae Puu, heap, and ozoi 

Puv-ol-o1-NA, or oioina, a resting place 
for travelers. An elevated spot by the road- 
side; a heap of stones; a shady tree, or 
possibly, a pool of water, used as a resting 
place. 

Puv-o-ne, s. Pusu and one, sand. A 
mound of sand ; a heap of earth. 

2. The name of a heiau; o ka mea kuhi- 
kuhi heiau, he kuhikuhi puwone ia. 

Puv-o-pa-La, s. Puu, heap, and opdla, 
dirt; dust. Dust, litter, dirt. &c., piled up 
into a heap. 

Puv-nav, s. A hard lump growing on 
the flesh, particularly on the joints. See 
OHAKULAI. 

Puv-Hoo-ma-Ha, s. Puu and hoomaha 
to rest. See Pcuoror above. 


Puv-no-1z, s. ‘The slight protuberance 


491 


PUU 


below the abdomen, or the lower part of 


the abdomen; ke aaki la i ka puuhole. 

Pouv-Ho-nu-a, s. Puu and honua, flat 
land. A place of refuge for one pursued. 
Nah. 35:6. A place of safety in time of 
war; arefuge. Isa. 25:4. 


Povu-xau-a, s. Puu and kaua, war. A> 


fortification; a hold. 1 Sam. 22:45. A 
stronghold; a fort. Junk. 6:2. He mau 
puu e kaua ai e like me Kauiki. 

2. The commander-in-chief; he alii ia ia 
ka omaka kaua. 

Puv-xau-xa, v. In gambling, to stake, 
as a man his wife, or a wife her husband. 
to be won or lost; e puukcaula mai oe ia 
lakou, e Iehova. 

Puv-xa-ni, adj. Pleasant; sweet, as the 
sound of a pleasant voice in singing. 

2. Sweet, as the tones of a flute or other 
instrument. 

3. Fie. A handsome person. 
Puv-xa-ni-Lu-a, adj. Drawn straight 
and tight, as a repe. , 
2. Obstinate, as one who contradicts. 
Puvu-Ka-PE-LE, s. The name of a tree 

on Kauai, the kauwila. 

Puv-xa-pv, s. Kukuluia na puukapu 
elima mawaena o na pae kanaka elua. 

2. A hand of cards dealt out and left un- 
touched until the other hands are all played 
out. 

Puv-k1-E, v. To insnare; to entrap; to 
get one into difficulty. Hoo. The same. 
Pu-v-ki-u-kI, s. The name of the spots 
of water dammed by the uki; he wai no 
ke uki na ka mahu i hookiokio i ka lau o 

ka uki, he opu uki. 

Puv-xo-a, adj. Small; diminutive, as 
fine grass; i ka puapoo 0 kamauu puukoa. 

Puv-xo-a, s. Name of a species of grass. 

Puv-xo-ko, s. Puu and koko, blood. The 
heart of an animal which by its muscular 
action throws the blood through the sys- 
tem. 

Puv-xo-LE, s. The mons veneris. See 
HENA. 

Puu-xu, s. One entrusted with the care 
of goods. Kin. 15:20. A steward. 1 Nal. 
16:9. The office of a steward; a provider; 
stewardship. 

Puv-ku-xu-1, s. A kind of kapa made 
of wauke and pouleulu. 

Pu-u-xu-u-ku, v. To be many; to be 
numerous; to be multitudinous. See Puu- 
LUULU. 


| Pu-u-La-u-LA, s. Puw and wlaula, red. 


A bank or mass of red earth; redness; the 
color of red earth. 


>| Puv-LE-LE, s. Puu,a swelling, and ele, 


to fly. A rupture; a hernia; so called be- 
cause it disappears suddenly. 


0 


PUU 


Puv-te-na, adj. Name of a cold wind 
on the mountains or at the volcano; ka ahe 
puulena o ka lua. Laieik. 34. 

Puv-Le-po, s. A mound of earth; earth 
used in coloring. 

2. A place designated in the game of 
papua. 

Pu-v-u1-u-L1, adj. Dark; black; dark 
colored. See PouLrunt. 

Pov-ui-ma, s. Puwand lima, hand. The 
wrist joints: the knuckles and wrist bones; 
the palm of the hand ; ka peahi lima. 

Pu-vu-tu, s. A great number of men or 
things ; a multitude ; an army of soldiers. 

Pu-v-Lu-u-Lu, v. To be thick together ; 
to be multitudinous; to be numerous or 
many. 

Pu-u-tu-Kau-A, s. Name of a division 
of an army prepared for battle. 

Pou-Na-vE, v. To divide into par- 

Pouvu-NAU-WE, cels or parts; to divide ; 
to give out; to separate. in. 10:5. To 
divide, as spoil. Pul. 15:9. E puunauwe 
ma ka hailona, to divide (the land) by lot. 
Jos. 13:6. To divide, as property. Jos. 
22:8. 

Puv-no-Hu, s. The foot of a cloud hang- 
ing on a mountain ; a thick cloud. 

2. The motion of waves succeeding each 
other. See PuNnouu. 

Puvu-pa, v. To receive freely or gratu- 
itously ; to give freely or gratuitously ; 
puupa hiolo wale no ia leo. 

Povu-pa, s. Name of a stone from which 
maika stones were made. 

Puu-paa, s. Puw and paa, fast. The 
reins; the kidneys. 
Fic. The affections ; the principles of ac- 
tion. 

2. An epithet of female purity ; virgin- 
ity; avirgin. Kanl. 22:14. Puupaa ana, 
the state of virginity. unk. 11:38. 

Puv-paa, adv. In a virgin state; free- 
dom from impurity. Laieik. 115. 

Pov-pau, s. Puu, throat, and pau, to 
destroy. The name of a corroding or eat- 
ing disease in the throat; when the disease 
is seated in the mouth it has another name. 

Puv-po-o-La, v. See Arrooua. To eat in 
a hurry so as to choke; to strangle. 

Puv-puv, v. To break out into boils and 
blisters. See Puv. 

2. Hoo. To heap up; to pile up in heaps. 

3. To be or become lumpy; not smoothly 
soft as good poi. 

Pov-puv, s. A protuberance; a swell- 
ing; ajoint. Anat. 18. See Puv, s. 

2. The pimples of the itch; the knuckles; 
the ankle bones. Lieik. 45, 47. 

3. A knot of a tree; a hillock; a fist 
doubled up for fighting. Laieik. 47. 


A492 


Anat. 53.; Hal. 7:9. 
eee Pu-wa, v. See Poua. To burst or break 


PUH 


4. A bunch; a handful; a knop of 4 

lamp or candlestick. Puk. 25:31. 

5. A scurvy or.scabby person. Oihk. 

21:20. 

6. Poi not well pounded ; puwpuu kaua, 
a warlike defense on a wall. Jsa. 54:12. 
Puupuu koko, emerods. 1 Sam. 5:9. Ka 
puupuu a kona maka, the eye-ball (per- 
haps); ua hele ka puwpuu a kona maka, 
aole ona eu ae. 

Puv-puv, adj. Full of blotches or pim- 
ples; rough with uneven places. 

Pou-puv, adv. Roughly; unevenly; holo 
puupuu, to run over rough places. 

Puv-puv-o-nE, adj. Fortune telling; liv- 
ing in a strange house called hale puuone ; 
kukulu oia i hale puupuuone. 

Pov-Ppuu-wa-wakE, s. Puuw and wawae, 
feet. The ankle bones. Oth. 3:7. The 
ankles. SLzek. 47:3. 

Pu-u-wa, v. To have something in the 
throat; to be choked; to have difficulty in 
swallowing. See Puua. 

Pouv-wal, s. Puw and wai, liquid. The 
material heart; the active muscle which 
receives and distributes the blood through 
the animal system; the heart. 2 Nal. 9:24. 
Norz.—The ancient Hawaiians supposed 
that there was nothing but water in the 
muscle called the heart, hence the name 
puuwar. 

2. Food of different kinds of vegetables 
tied up in bunches and put into the oven; 
he luau i hana laulau ia a hookomoia i ka 
pohaku. See Luau. 

Pou-wat-u, s. Puwand waiu, milk. Epi- 
thet of the female breast; a milk breast or 
breast of milk. Ezek. 16:7. 


open, as a sore or boil; to pass through or 
out; to burst forth. 

2. To hawk as a means of raising phlegm 
from the lungs. 

3. To be loathsome, as a running sore. 
Lob. 7:5. 

4. To breathe like a sea-turtle; e hanu 
me he honu la. 

Pu-Ha, s. Rottenness inside of timber; 
wood internally defective; the disease 
gonorrhea. See Puntkaokao. Puha laau, 
a hollow tree. Laieik. 77. 

Pu-na, adj. Broken or burst open, as a 
sore or boil; mai puha, an issue; a run- 
ning sore. 2 Sam. 3:29. 

Pu-Ha-a-A, v. To be clear; to be light 
colored ; to be white; to appear distinct, 
as a thing by itself. 

Pu-Ha-a-A, adj. Having large light spots; 
applied to kalo or potatoes when partially 
roasted, i. e., the uncooked part having a 
white appearance distinct from the cooked. 

2. Applied to the light spots of the leho. 


PUH 


3. White, as the uncommon whiteness of 
the eye of men or women; he maka puhaaa 
kona; he leho puhaaa, aole e aina ka hee. 
Aole leho, he puhaaa wale no. 

Pu-HAA-KA-Kal, s. A species of bird 

Pu-HAA-KA-KAI-E-A, like the noio; a 
small black bird. See Noro. 

Pou-Har-na-nA, v. ‘To look only instead 
of answering a request. 

Pu-navu-Hav, adj. Loose ; 
tightly. 

2. Large; fat, as men; puhauhau o mea. 

Pu-na-na, v. To wish evil to one; to 
speak to one; to speak loudly. See Leo- 
LEOA and LEOLEOWA. 

Pu-na-Ha-Lu, adj. Tough; applied to 
kalo; kalo puhahalu. 

Pu-Ha-Ka, v. Pu and haka, a 

PU-HA-KA-HA-KA, space between two 
things. To be vacant, as a space between 
two things. 

2. To be destitute ; to be wanting ; ap- 
plied variously ; he lohe ma Kuapehu nei, 
ama Kailua, a puhaka mai o a 0 Mawaena, 
we hear (preaching) here at Kuapehu and 
at Kailua, but all between is destitute. 

Peet, s. The body of the hala tree. 

Pu-Ha-La-au, s. A hollow tree. See 
Puna. Laieik. 129. 

Pu-HA-La-ua, s. A covetous person. 

Pu-Ha-LA-Uo, adj. Stingy; parsimo- 

Pu-HA-LA-Wo, nious ; he awa, he pi. 

Pu-Ha-La-Lu, v. To burst or break forth 
suddenly, as the voice. See Pauatu. To 
imitate the voice of a bird. 

Pu-Ha-La-Lu, adj. Large; plump; fat 
and weak, as men or beasts. 

Pu-Ha-Li, s. Stinginess; covetousness. 
See Puwa.avo. 

2. Name of a small delicate sea-shell. 

Pu-HA-LU-HA-LU, adj. Gazing; staring 
at. See UHALUHALU. 

Pu-HA-NI-HA-NI-HA, v. To rue what one 
has done in a bargain; to regret an agree- 
ment; to pay an obligation w ith reluctance; 
eaua. See PUNraNtia. 

Pu-Ha-nu, v. To breathe easier; to rest 
a little. See Hanv. 

Pu-nee, v. To disperse; to scatter. See 
HEE. 

Pu-HEE, s. For poohee. The head of the 
hee or squid. 

Pu-HE-0-HE-o, s. A sport of children 
like jumping the rope. See Konrousxo. 
Notse.—lf grown people attended the play 
it was called kilu. 

Pu-HEE-UA-NUU, adj. Pu for puu, and 
hee, squid. Lit. The large bunch on the 
head of the squid. 


not bound 


493 


PUH 


2. Swelling ; strutting, as a dandy. 
Ka puheeuanuu o Kahai 
Na ke kamakama luahaku, 
Ina i o ka poni alii. 


Pu-nEE-M1-x1, v. A present made to one 
of two persons, when the one having not 
received anything seizes the other’s and 
deprives him of it. 

Pu-ne-mo, v. ‘To be slack; to be re- 
miss; to fall behind. Hoo. The same. 

Pu-HE-NE, v. To use lascivious words 
and actions slily; to tempt to different 
kinds of wickedness, especially to adul- 
tery ; e loku, e loha. 

2. To tie or bundle up food (pai-ai) in 
the shape of a nest. 

Pu-HeE-NE, s. Lascivious gestures and 
words slily used to excite to adultery; he 
loku, he loha, he hana, he alea. 

2. A bundle made in the form of a nest, 
for food ; a nest-like bundle of food. 

Pu-HE-NE-HE-NE, S. The name of a play 
performed by hiding a stone called noa 
(see Noa) under a kapa; and the game 
consists in guessing where to find it. See 
Kat, s., 6. 

Pu-ne-nu, s. A breath; a breathing. 
See Punanu and Hanv. 

Pu-n1, v. ‘To blow or puff wind; to 
breathe hard. 

2. To blow, as to blow the fire; e puhii 
ke ahi; to burn in the fire ; to set on fire; 
to burn up. 

3. E puhi ike kukui, to blow oué the lamp. 

4. To blow the (conch) shell or trumpet. 
Nah. 10:34. 

5. To blow, as the wind; as a strong 
wind. Kekah. 1:6. To blow up. 

6. To putf tobacco smoke. 

7. To puff at one in a way of contempt; 
to treat insolently. 

8. To distill rum or any liquor; e puhi 
rama; to burn incense; e puhi i ka mea 
ala. Puk. 30:1. E puhi ka awa mai ka 
awa a hikii ke koa. 

Pu-ui, s. A puffing; a blowing; puhi 
balea, tobacco smoking. 

2. An eel; he ia loihi, mau maka kala- 
‘ 
3. Name of a place in the sea where the 
water is black from depth or from deep 
holes in the rocks. 

Pu-n1, adj. He mai pulou, he puhi. 

Pu-u-a-HI, s. A man who tends the 
fires of a steam-engine, &c. 

Pu-ut-o-1-Lo, s. Puhi, eel, and oitlo, a 
small fish. A small white eel. 

Pu-ut-o-HI-0, v. To break wind; to dis- 
charge wind audibly ; e hookani okole, e 
pumakani, e pubiu. 

Pu-nt-o-mo-LE, s. A belching up of 
wind. 

2. A white eel; he puhi keokeo. 


PUH 


494 


PUK 





Pu-nt-o-n1-0, v. To paint or color ina 
spotted manner; to stamp with different 
colors, as kapa in former times. 

Pu-ut-o-Pu-LE, s. A small spotted eel. 

Pu-ni-u, v. Contraction for puhi hihiu. 
To go wrong; to get out of the right path; 
to go far off. 

2. To break wind. 


e pono ai, ao ka laau naha kekahi. Anat. 


Pu-Ho-tv, v. To cook fish with hot 
stones in a Calabash. 

Pu-Hu-E-HU-E, s. A species of the con- 
volvulus. 

Pu-Hu-La-LU, adj. Fat and weak, as a 
man. 


Pu-nt-v-n1-u, s. See Puntonto. He pu-| Pu-nu-11, v. To be full grown, as food 


makani, e hookani i ka okole. 

Pu-ni-H1-0, v. To sound, as a pipe or 
wind instrument. 

Pu-ni-kao-kao, v. To burst open or 
break the skin, as the kaokao or some kinds 
of the venereal disease. 

Pu-ni-Ka-pa, s. See Kapa, an eel. An 
epithet of Kamehameha. 
Pu-ui-Ko-LE, v. To act the spendthrift; 
to lounge about idly; to waste one’s prop- 

erty ; to become poor. 

Pu-ni-xu, s. A species of small flying- 
fish, called kaawilipuhikii; they swim on 
the surface of the sea. 

Pu-ni-u1, s. A scar on the face; a scar 
by burning. 

2. A running vegetable; green things ; 
herbs. 

Pu-nt-pau, v. To be bearer of an accu- 
sation against one’s self. 

2. To revile; to reproach. 

Pu-ni-pa-Ka, s. A species of eel. 

2. The Hawaiian orthography for puhi- 
baka, tobacco smoking. 

Pu-n1-pa-KA, v. For puhibaka. To smoke 
tobacco. ; 

Pu-HI-PA-LA-Ho-A-NA, Ss. A species of 
fish of the eel kind. - 

Pu-HI-PA-LA-LU, v. To flatter and amuse 
one that has property in order to obtain ; 
e puhipalalu ia kekahi poe waiwai. 

Po-nt-pa-yi-LA, s. A tall, slim man with 
little flesh ; he like me he kolu la ka lina- 
lina. re kti 

Pu-ui-pu-u1, v. To anoint over with 
anything medicinal. 

2. To blow any substance which has been 
chewed in the mouth into the sea in order 
to decoy or intoxicate fish. 

3. To bind up tightly. 

Pu-ni-pu-uI-A-HI, s. A cross, overbear- 
ing person. 

Pu-uo, v. To be broken out in ulcers, 
as scrofulous legs; he mai puho. See Puna. 

Pu-Hoo-Ks-NI, s. Name of a shell-fish. 


Pu-no-Lo, v. To roast blood; puholo 
koko. See Haxut. 

Pu-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, s. A perspiration pro- 
duced by the steam of leaves covering over 
a fire and the patient sits covered with a 
kapa over it; aoka puholoholo kekahi mea 


or vegetables ; to be ripe; hookahe mau 
no ka wai, a laupai a puhuli. 

Pu-nu-Lu-Hu-Lu, adj. Full grown; full 
sized, as an animal; as fruit. 
u-kA, v. To enter or pass through a 
hole, crevice, a gate or door-way. 

2. To enter in or to pass out, according 
as it is followed by mai or aku. With akeu 
it signifies to go out; to go from one place 
to another ; to go forth. 1 Nah. 19:11. 

3. To rise, as a subject, to obtain the 
government; to usurp the authority of a 
ruler. 

4. To cheat; to defraud one of what is 
due. 

5. Hoo. To appear in sight when at a 
distance, as the sun rising or aship appear- 
ing at a distance. 

6. To bring along, as the wind brings 
clouds. 

7. To utter; to publish; to proclaim a 
thing. Kelcah. 5:2. 

8. To pass from one state or condition 
to that of another, as from ignorance to 
knowledge; 0 kakou hoi ka poe i hoopu- 
kaia noloko mai o ka pouli. 

9. To end; to finish ; e hoopau aku. 

10. To separate from; to go away; e hoo- 
kaawale aku. 

Pu-ka, s. A door-way; a gate-way; an 
entrance ; a hole; puka o ke kui, puka o 
ke kuikele. the eye of a needle; puka lou, 
a loop hole. Puk. 25:5. Any place of en- 
trance or egress ; puka pepeiao, the ear ; 
i hoakakaia’ku ma ka puka o ko oukou 
mau pepeiao. Nore.—Puka as a noun 
takes various forms, as puka, aipuka, ipuka, 
upuka and kanipuka, all which see. 

2. The art of making spears, ropes, &c., 
that appear well but really are good for 
nothing and vice versa. 

3. A curious art; a trick; the practice 
of legerdemain ; hoopiopio. 

Pu-xa-a-k1, s. A pile of fish to be di- 
vided out. 

Pu-xa-a-xk1, v. To divide out fish ac- 
cording to the shares of several; to share 
according to a rule agreed on. 

Pu-xa1, v. To paint or color the hair 
with lime or whitewash, a practice of former 
times. 

Pu-xat, s. The name of the wash used 
in painting the hair. 

2. Name of a species of fish. 


PUK 


495 


PUK 





Pu-xal, adj. Stained or colored with 
the pukai; a ike oia i ka wahine pukai 
maikai, when he saw a woman beautifully 
painted. 

Pu-xa-1-Hu, s. Puka and thu, the nose. 
The nostril. Puk. 15:8. Ka puka o ka ihu, 
he mau puka hanu. 

Pu-xal-Kal-KA, v. ‘To rise up, as smoke; 
to swell; to raise up on high. See KarKat. 

Pu-Kau-a, s. An officer in an army; a 
general; he luna kaua; a champion of a 
company. Laieik. 45. 

Pu-xav-ta, s. A playing of cards; gam- 
bling ; the name of a game. 

2. A bag or bundle tied up for carrying. 

Pu-Kavu-po-HI-wi, s. Pu, gun, kau, to 
place, and pohiwi, shoulder. A gun car- 
ried on the shoulder ; a firelock. 

Pu-Ka-HA-LE, s. Puka and hale, house. 
A window ofa house. Isa. 60:8. 

2. A gate or door-way of a house; a 
place for going out and coming in to a 
house. 

Pu-xa-ka, v. To ascend in a zigzag 
direction. 

2. To cluck, as a hen; to cackle in sym- 
pathy, as a cock with a hen when she has 
laid. See Puxoxo. E koko (pukaka) e like 
me ka moa kane i ka manawa e hoohemo 
ai ka moa wahine i ka hua. 

Pu-xa-Ka, v. To go here and there; to 


go about without object. 
Pukaka na lehua o Mana, 
Auwana wale iho nou i ka auwai, 
He ole ka launa me Makalii, 
Ike i na muliwai holo a ka ia 
E holo ana ka oopuy, he ia iki—e. 


Pu-Ka-Ka-LA, v. Pu and kala, rough. 
To be rough; to be jagged; to have sharp 
points. 

Pu-xa-xu, v. To go out of a straight 
line ; to Tun here and there. 

2. To overflow, as water over a bank. 

3. To lean over out of a perpendicular 
line; to wander out of the way. 

4. Hoo. To be smart; to act independ- 
ently of others; to separate one’s self from 
others in work. 

5. To injure one; to make an example of. 

Pu-Ka-MA-KA-NI, Ss. Puka and makani, 
wind. A window; a place for ventilation. 
1 Sam. 19:12. 

Pu-Ka-NAE-NAE, s. Name of an open 
spot near the summit of Mauna Waialeale 
on Kauai. 

Pu-xa-n1, s. Pu and kani, to sound. A 
sounding instrument; a trumpét. 1 Qihi. 
13:8. 


Pu-xa-ni, adj. Stingy; hard; severe ; | 
unfeeling for others. 


Pu-Ka-NI-LU-A, v. Pukani and lua for 
loa; very. To be strong ; to be energetic. 


2. To be hard; to be severe in exactions. 

3. To be large; to be plump; to be full 
fed. Note.—These two last ideas were 
often united in the same person, especially 
in the second, third and fourth grade of 
chiefs. 

4, To oppose, as the authority of a chief 
or head man. 

5. To contend, as from anger. 

Pu-ka-ni-Lu-a, s. The contention of two 
parties for the prevalence of their respect- 
ive opinions. 

Pu-ka-Nu-1, adj. Applied to a basket 
used in catching fish ; hinai pukanui. 

Pu-xa-pa, s. The gate of a yard; the 
gate ofa city. Jer. 17:24. 

Pu-xa-paa, s. Puka and paa, fast; con- 
cealed. The ossa vagina; he ulapaa, he 
puupaa. 

Po-Ka-PpA-HA-LE, s. The gate of a city 
or village. Hal. 9:14. 

Pu-KA-pa-KA-HA, s. A window barred 
with sticks. 

Pu-Ka-pa-k1, v. Puka and paki, to drop, 
as tears. To shed tears; to drop, as water 
from holes ; aole e pukapaki mai ko lakou 
waimaka. 

Pu-xa-pu-Ka, v. Frequentative of puka. 
To get through frequently. 

2. Fic. To seek to obtain the ascendency; 
to get the advantage of. 

3. To speculate in trading; to get the 
best bargain. 

4. Hoo. Ika hoopukapuka dala ame na 
mea kupono. 

Pu-Kxa-pu-Ka, s. A window having sticks 
across for a defense. 

2. Whatever is full of holes, not joined 
well together. 

Pu-xa-pu-KA, adj. Full of holes, chinks, 
cracks, &c.; net-work. Puk. 27:4. Mea 
ulana pukapula, net-work. Jer.52:22. Eke 
pukapuka, a bag tull of holes. Hag. 1:6. 

Pu-xa-wa, s. A door or window pro- 
jecting outward; he puka e oili loa iwaho. 

Pu-ke, v. Pu and ke, to force. To hit; 
to strike, as one calabash against another ; 
to strike together, as the knees of one in 
trepidation. Dan. 5:6 

Pu-ke-a-weE, s. A kind of tree. 


Pu-x1, v. ‘To run suddenly; to dash off, 
as a horse in a race; e holo, e kai ka holo 
me he lio la. 

Pu-xn, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Po-x1-k1, v. To blow strongly or furi- 
ously, as the wind; to be stormy or very 
rough, as the weather. 

Pu-xi-K1, s. A strong boisterous wind; 
a heavy storm. 

2. A name given to tight waisted dresses 
for females, 


PUK 


Pu-x1-u1, adj. Strong; furious; stormy, 
as the wind. 

2. Sewed tightly; akamai i ka humu- 
humu papale pua, me ka papale pukiki. 

Pu-xo, v. To be rough like the sea. 

2. To be separated ; to be scattered ; to 
be driven away. 

3. To be daring, able to conquer; puko 
momona. Laieik. 41. 

Pu-xo-a, v.- To ascend; to rise up, as 
smoke. Hal. 18:8. Pukoa ae la ka uahi o 
ka luapele. 

2. To mix and mingle, as smoke; to col- 


lect together. 

Pu-xo-a, s. Rocks hidden or sunken 
under water, but such as ships may strike 
upon. 

2. The coral rocks of the ocean; ka pu- 
koa nui e nee ae nei—e! Oh, the great 
rocks of the reef all coming this way! 

3. Smoke united in a column and ascend- 
ing, as from a volcano. 

4, The name of a hog with long tushes ; 
ina loloa na niho o ka puaa, he pukoa ia 
puaa. 

Pu-Ko-A-wA-wa-HI-waa, s. The name 
of a tree like vegetable coral growing in 
the sea, to the great annoyance of fisher- 
men with their nets and canoes. 

Pu-xo-Hu-Ko-Hv, adj. A red malo or 
other kapa; e hawele ana me kona aahu 
pukohukohu. Laieilk. 40. 

Pu-xo-Hu-xo-Hu, s. The name of a malo 
colored with the noni or red; a thick red 
malo. 

Pu-xo-xo, v. To cackle like a cock; ka 
uwe ana a ka moa kane me ka pukoko. 

Pu-ko-Lu, s. The name of a triple canoe, 
i. e., three canoes rigged up abreast ; ma- 
luna laua o na pukolu. Laietk. 100. Ua 
hanaia o Kaenakane i ekolu waa, ua kapaia 
he pukolu. 

Pu-xu, v. To finish; to end; to put 
out, as fire ; e hoopulu abi. 

Pu-xu, s. Property given by a chief in 
charge of his servants. 

Pu-ku-a-wa, v. To be troubled in mind 
through fear of the gods; he hooahi no na 
akua. 

Pu-xu-a-wa, s. The fear of the anger 
of the gods. 

Pu-xu-1, v. To sit doubled up; to be 
bent up ; to fold together, as the arms. 

Pu-xu-1, s. An assembly or collection 
of the gods at the luakini; 0 Waka, o ka 
wahine i ka pukui. 

Pu-xu-1-xu-1, v. To gather thickly to- 
gether; to assemble ; to become a multi- 
tude. 

Pu-ku-Ka-ti-na, adj. Wild; whirling ; 
Sweeping, as a small whirling wind that 


496 


PUL 


removes light things; makani pukukalina 
o Mahikihiki. 

Pu-ku-ni-a-HI, s. Pu, kuni and ahi, fire. 
A cannon from the manner of firing. 

Pu-xu-pu-ku, v. To wrinkle the fore- 
head; to draw down the eyebrows; to 
frown, asin anger; e hoomainoino i ka lae. 

Pu-xu-pu-xu, s. A crimping; a folding 
in fine plaits ; a wrinkling. 

Pu-xu-pu-Ku, adj. Wrinkled, as the skin 
by age or otherwise. 

Pu-ku-PU-KU-kKU-E-MA-KA, $S. The wrin- 
kles on the forehead between the eyebrows. 

Pu-xa, s. A small particle of anything, 
as dust; a mote in the eye; aole e ike ka 
maka i kona pula iho; the mucus in the 
corner of the eye. 

2. The leaves of the hala tree when used 
with a net in catching fish. 

3. The name of the stick used in driving 
fish into a net; laau ululu. 

Pu-La-LE, v. To hurry; to hasten; to 
excite to do a thing quickly. See HoonaLe. 

Pu-La-LE, s. Quickness; dispatch; hurry 
in doing a thing. 

2. An instrument used to scare fish into 
a net. 

Pu-La-ma, s. Pu and lama, a torch. A 
light, generally made from kukui nuts; a 
flambeau. See LAMAKu. 

Pu-La-pu-La, s. A devotee; one who 
follows another about. 

2. Anger; revenge; opposition. 

_ 3. The tops of sugar-cane cut for plant- 
ing. 

Pu-La-wa, v. To surround, as with a 
cloud or fog; to be foggy; to cover the 
heavens with thick fog or clouds; to ren- 
der the land and mountains invisible. 

Pu-La-wa-La-wa, adj. See Lagva. Fur- 
nished ; having a supply of wlfat is neces- 
sary ; prepared ; ready for an emergency. 

2. Bound tightly or firmly, as a thatched 
house with cords from post to post; braced 
firmly, as a building. 

3. Strong and active for work, as aman; 
pulawalawa ka hale; pulawalawa ke ka- 
naka. 

Pu-Le, v. To pray; to supplicate; to 
worship; to call, with adoration, upon 
some invisible being ; e kahea aku, me ka 
mahalo aku i ka mea ike maka ole ia. 

Pu-tz, s. The act of worshiping some 
god; conversation with an invisible being; 
religious service; begging some favor from 
heaven. 

Pu-.EI-pu-Lu, v. To have an offensive 
smell; to emit a disagreeable effluvia ; to 
stink. 

Pu-Le-HE, v. ‘To be loose, as a bundle 
loosely bound; to hang loosely; to vibrate. 


PUL 


Pu-te HE, adj. Loose; not fast; not 
bound tightly ; vibrating. 

Pu-te-u1, v. To be accustomed to do 
anything; to knuw how to do a thing, as a 
mechanic by practice. 

Py-LE-Ho, s. See Leno. A small shell- 
fish : the shell is used for beads. 

Pu-LE-Ho-LE-Ho, s. See Leno. A string 
of lehos or shells for beads. 

2. A knot or callous place on the sboul- 
der from carrying burdens. 

Pu-.e-nv, v. ‘lo roast on coals or em- 
bers ; to bake on the fire; to roast in the 
blaze and smoke ; hence, 

2. To burn; to consume by fire. 

Pu-Le-Hu, s. A roasting on coals or 
embers; cooking food in a hurry by wrap- 
ping it in leaves and laying it on the fire, 
whether it be coals, hot ashes, flame or 
smoke. 

2. A waterspout. 

Pu-LE-Hv-LE-HU, v. To bring together 
several different things to one place. 

Pu-e-Le, s. Some disease or complaint 
about the neck. 

Pu-Le-Le-Hu-s, v. To be scattered, as 
water into spray by falling from a great 
height, or from being blown by the wind. 

Pu-Le-LE-Hv-4, s. A butterfly; he pee- 
lua i hoomaluleia a lilo i kino lele me he 
manu la. 

Pu-Le-Lo, v. ‘To float in the air, as a 
flag ; to wave to and fro in the wind; to 
hang loosely ; i kapa i pulelo mai ka lua. 

2. To change, as one’s opinion; e ake e 
pulelo iki ae na manao o kakou. 

Pu-LE-Lo, adj. Floating ; changeable ; 
unstable. 

Po-te-na, s. Name of the south-east 
wind at Hilo, Waimea, &e. 

Pu-te-nA, adj. Softly blowing, as a gen- 
tle wind. See PuvuLena. 

Pu-tE-rE, v. To rain heavily. See 
Kawa. 

2. To perspire freely and copiously. 

Pu-Le-pu-LE, adj. Spotted; speckled ; 
of different colors. 

Pu-Le-wa, v. See Lewa, swinging. To 
be changeable; to turn this way and that; 
to float here and there, as one of unstable 
opinion; to be varying ; to be tremulous, 
as a quagmire; he pulewa ka aina, he naka 
Hawaii. 

Pu-LE-wa-LE-wa, v. To be open; to be 
porous; to be full of holes. See PuLEWA 
and Lrewa. 

2. To be empty ; to be hungry; e han- 
polewalewa. 

Pu-Le-wa-Le-wa, adj. Weak; feeble ; 
inconstant; pulewalewa wale no ka noho 
ana, aole ae 


497 


PUL 

Pu-ti-v-Li-u, s. A small gourd in which 
the laau waiiki (a medicine) was made. 

Pu-ui-n1, s. A whirlwind. 

Pu-i-HI-Li-HI, s. ‘The name of an herb. 

Po-ui-k1, v. Pu and liki, to bind up. 
To gird up tightly ; to wrap around, as a 
vest or armor. pes. 6:14. 

2. To embrace or fold in one’s arms, as 
an infant. 2 Nal. 4:16. 

3. To gird or tie round. 1 Sam. 22:18. 

4. To embrace with affection. Kin. 48:12. 

5. To hold fast; to make tight. 

Pu-u-k1, s. A vest; any garment girded 
around the body. 

Pu-LI-KI-KAU-A, s, A habergeon; a war 

Pu-LI-KI-Ko-A, dress. 2 (ihl. 26:14. 

Pu-.i-ma, s. Pu for puu, and lima, hand. 
The wrist bones; the wrist; pulima palule, 
wristbands of a shirt. 

2. The name of a fire kindled for the ben- 
efit of a sick person in the practice of the 
ancient physicians; a ma ke ao anao ua 
po la, alaila hoaia ke ahi, he pulima ka 
inoa oia ahi. > 

Pu-ui-ma, adj. Pertaining to the wrist; 
iwi pulima, the wrist bones. Anat. 19. 

Pu-to, v. To pass by; to pass on; to 
go about. 

Pu-to-a, s. A species of fish; he hee; 
a squid. 
Pu-Lo-v, v. 
the eyes. 

2. To hide or @onceal from view ; pulou 
iho laiaike kapa. Laieik. 174. 

3. Hoo. To blindfold; to veil; to cover 
with a veil. 2 Sam. 19:4. 

Pu-to-u, s. A veil; a covering for the 
head. Eset. 5:12. 

2. A black kapa; a kapa of any dark 
color. 

3. The act of putting a black kapa over 
one for the purpose of concealment. 

4. Name of a disease ; mai pulou. 

Pu-to-u, adj. Bound up; covered out 
of sight; he mai pulou. 

Pu-Lou-Lou, s. Bunches or bundles of 
black kapa. Laieik. 112. 

Pu-Lov-Lou, s. See Putou, a veil. A 
veil ; a covering. as of a canoe; me Ka pu- 
lowlou alii iluna o na waa. 

2. A kapa ona stick (called pahu) erected 
as a sign of kapu. 

Pu-Lo-HI-wa, s. Shining black kapa. 

Pu-Lo-ni-wa, adj. Exceedingly black ; 
shining black. 

Pu-to-xu, adj. Tender; soft; delicate ; 
fine looking, as a woman; comely. Isa. 
47:1; Ter. 6:2. 

Pu-to-ui-a, v. Passive of pulo. To be 


unstable ; going here and there. 


To cover the head; to veil 


PUM 


Pu-tu, v. ‘To be wet; to bathe; to wash. 
Lob. 24:8. 

2. To be soft as that which is soaked in 
water. 

3. Hoo. To wet; to moisten ; to soften. 

4. To water, as a plant. Jsa. 16:9. 

5. To make soft the material for kapa, 
that is, wauke. mamaki, &c., by soaking it 
in water until it becomes wali, paste-like. 

Pu-uu, s. Any substance partially liquid 
and soft. 

2. That which is soft, as cotton. 

3. The soft matter of which kapa is made; 
so called when made soft by soaking ; me 
he pulu kapa i ka hale. 

4. Specifically, name of the material that 
grows on and is collected froma species of 
large fern ; it has lately become an article 
of export. 

Pu-xu, adj. Wet, as clothes. 

2. Soft; cooked to softness. 

3. Hoo. Deceitful; he kiu hoopulu, a 
treacherous spy. 

Pu-tu-a, s. Pu and lua, two. A couple 
of men in a canoe; he pulua na kanaka ma 
ka waa. 5 

2. Two men mutual assistants to each 
other ; he mau kokoolua elua. 

Pu-Lu-Lv, adj. Fat, plump and weak, 
as @ man. 

Pu-Lu-Lu-H1, adj. Hazy; foggy; cloudy; 
dull, as the weather. 

2. Dull, as a person just waking from 
sleep. 

Pu-tu-na, s. The relationship that ex- 
ists between the parents of a man and the 
parents of his wife; or the relation of the 
parents of married parties to each other. 

Pu-Lu-na-Lu-na, s. Clothes thrown care- 
lessly together. 

Pu-Lu-pu-Lv, v. To warm; to cherish; 
to brood over, @ a hen her chickens ; e 


hoopunana me he makuahine moa la i kana 
mau keiki. 


Pu-Lu-pu-tvu, s. Cotton; he mala pulu- 
pul, a cotton field. See Hutvunuxu. 
2. Tinder. Isa. 43:17. 
3. Fine linen. 2 Oihl. 2:14. 


Pu-Lu-pu-tu, adj. Wet, &c. See Putu, 
ad). 


Pu-mat-a, s. A bunch of bananas. See 
Opuu and Opuu Mata under opuu. 


Pu-MA-HA-NA, v. Pu and mahana or 
PU-ME-HA-NA, mehana, warm. The first 
orthography is the most correct. To be 
warmed, as with clothing. Job. 31:20. To 
be warm in friendship; to have fellow feel- 
ing with a person; aole e pumahana ke 
aloha i waena o ke kane ame ka wahbine: 
to be warm, as in contact with another. 
Kekah. 4:11. Hoo. To warm one’s self by 


495 


PUN 


a fire. Joan. 18:18. To heat a thing in a 
small degree. 

Pu-ma-Ha-na, s. Warmth physically. 

2. Warmth of feeling, of love or attach- 
ment. 1 Pet. 4:8. 

Pu-ma-Ha-NA, adj. Warm; lukewarm. 

Pu-ma-Ka-nI, v. Pu and makani, wind. 
To blow or rage, as a whirlwind; e puhio- 
hio, e puhiu. 

Pu-na, v. Hoo. Tocollect or unite with 
one’s self, as two or more wives, friends, 
favorites, &c. Haa. or hoo. O kakou no ka 
lakou poe i haapuna aii ka la o ka maka- 
lii, ame ka ua o ka hooilo. 

Pu-na, s. The stone coral; lime un- 
burnt; mortar. Othk. 14:42. He pohaku 
keokeo no ka moana. 

2. Name of a district on Hawaii. 

3. A well; a spring; a cavern; a pit; 
punawai, a spring. 

4. A joint of sugar-cane or bamboo; also 
written pona. 

5. Eng. A spoon. 

.6. The name of a foreign surf-board ; he 

kioe kahiki. 

Pu-na, adj. Of or belonging toa spring. 
See Warpuna and Mapuna. 

Pu-NA-HE-LE, v. 'l'o be or become an in- 
timate friend of one. Hoo. To make one 
an intimate, a friend or a favorite ; to be- 
come one’s friend; to honor one with pres- 
ents and dignity ; e hoohanohano, e hoo- 
waiwai. 

Pu-NA-HE-LE, s. A friend; a favorite; a 
beloved one. 2 Nal. 25:19. He mea i hoo- 
waiwaiia e ke alii, he mea i hoohanohanoia 
me ka manao nui ia ia. . 

Pu-NA-HE-LE, adj. Beloved, as a child; 
honored, as a favorite ; he hoalauna puna- 
hele. 

Pu-na-HE-LU, v. To have a strong and 
somewhat rancid smell like that of a vari- 
ety of articles in a tight, damp room. 

2. To be obscure; to be intricate. 
3. To be mouldy and full of cobwebs, as 
a closed, empty room. 


Pu-na-HE-LU, s. Mould; mildew. Kanl. 
28:22. 

Pu-NA-HE-LU, adj. Mouldy. ve 

Pu-na-KE-A, Ss. The white sand that a 
high surf throws up on the beach; ku ka 
punakea iuka. Laieik. 167. 

Pu-na-Lu-a, s. The several husbands of 
one wife, or the several wives of one hus- 
band ; he mau kane na ka wahine, he mau 


wahine na ke kane hookahi; one of two 


wives, or favorites of same chiefs. Laieik. 
118. 


2. A friend on equal terms with one. 
Rut. 1:15. ; 


Pu-na-Lu-4, v. To make an equal of 


PUN 


499 


PUN 





one; to come on terms of reciprocity with 
one; ua punalua ole ka pono na ka hewa. 

2. To have in common several wives or 
husbands. 

3. To be or to have one for illicit pur- 
poses ; o ke kii i ka hai wahine, ua kapaia | 
i keia manawa he moekolohe; aka,i ka wa 
kahiko 0 ka punalua. 

Pu-na-na, v. Tosit onanest, asa bird; 
to hatch eggs. 

2. Hoo. To brood over; to cherish. Isa. 
34:15. 

3. To nestle; to cherish one’s self ina 
comfortable place; ke hoi nei makou e 
hoopunana i ka poli o ko makou mau ma- 
kua. 

4, To live; to dwell; applied to birds. 

Pu-na-nA, s. A nest; a bird’s nest; pu- 
nanamanu. Kanl. 22:6. 

2. Fie. The enjoyment of comforts. Job. 
29:18. A place of residence. Hab. 2:9. 

3. A kind of white kapa. 

Pu-na-NaA-NA, Ss. A species of spider. 
See Nanana. 

2. A spider’s web. 

Pou-na-pu-na, v. To scatter; to blow 
away, as small particles of some substance. 

2. To make fine or small as dust. 

3. To sit on eggs; to brood, as a hen. 

Pu-na-pu-na, adj. Made fine; scattered ; 
blown away. 

2. Hard, as food ; tough to eat. 

3. Dry and mealy or hard. as a potato 
that is cooked. 

4, Weary, lame or sore, as with walking 
or lying. 

Pu-na-wal, s. Puna and wai, water. A 
spring of water; a well; a fountain. in. 
rif 

Pu-na-we, v. To divide. See PuunaweE. 

Pu-na-wE-Le, v. Pu and nawele, to be 
fine or small. To be small in size; to be 
fine as threads of spider’s webs. 


Pu-NA-WE-LE-WE-LE, s. A species of spi- 
der. 
2. A spider's web. Jsa.59:5. The web 
of the species of spider called lanalana. 


Pu-nez, v. Pu and nee, to move along. 
To come to one; to approach one for the 
purpose of asking a favor. Norre.—This 
was done in ancient times, in the case of a 
common person approaching a chief, on the 
hands and knees, in a slow, hitching man- 
ner. 

Pu-neg, s, A drawing towards one; a 


Pu-ni, v. To surround as water does an 
island. 
2. To inclose ; to be hemmed in, as one- 
person by multitudes. 
3. To surround, i.e., to get round one by 
deceit ; to prevail over; to get the better 
) 


4. To be surrounded; to be deceived; to 
be insnared ; to be taken. 

5. To go around ; to encircle; hence, 

6. To finish ; to complete ; to terminate- 

7. To close. as an appointed: period of 
time; as the end of the year. 1 Nal. 20:22. 
To finish the period of gestation. 1 Sam. 
4:19. 

8. To gain possession of ; hee o Kalani- 
kupule ia Kamehameha, a puni Oahu a me 
Molokai, a me Lanai a me Maui a me Ka- 
hoolawe, Kalanikupule fled before Kame- 
hameha., and he came in possession of Oahu 
and Molokai and Lanai and Maui and Ka- 
hoolawe. 

9. To covet; to desire greatly. See Note 
below. 

10. To be addicted to; to be influenced 
by, as pleasure or gain; ua puni na ‘lil 
ame na kanaka i na hana ino loa, the chiefs 
and people were addicted to very evil prac- 
tices. 

11. Hoo. To give false testimony; to de- 
ceive. 

12. Tosurround for protection. Job. 1:10. 
Nore.—Puni is connected with many other 
words and signifies, influenced, led by, or’ 
addicted to, as well as deceived; puni lea- 
lea, addicted to pleasure; puni waiwai,. 
greedy of property ; puni hula, given to the 
practice of the hula, &c. 

Po-ni, s. Name of fish nets with small 
meshes. 

2. The termination of a fixed period, as 
the end of the year; ka puni o ka maka-- 
hiki; the termination of the period of ges- 
tation, &e. 

3. A desire; a strong inclination for the- 
possession of a thing, or a particular course 
of conduct; he kii ka puni o ua wahine la, 
an image was the great desire of that woman. 

Pu-ni, adv. Around; on every. side ;. 
a puni, around about. 

2. An intensive. Greatly; exceedingly; 
hotly, as in anger; mai ulu puni mai kou 
huhu, be not exceedingly angry. Puk. 
32:22. See ULv. 

Pu-ni-a, s. A pain in the head above 
the eye. 


riding; a moving; he hukihee, he holo-| Pu-ni-u, s. Pu and niu, a cocoanut. 


papa; atable. Mar. 7:4. 


Pu-NEE-NEE, v. To move along, as a 
shower of rain. 


Puneenee ka ua o Hilo, 
E nee mai ana i ka hapapa, 
E kui mai ana i ka lehua—e. 


The shell of a cocoanut; ka iwi o ka niu: 
hence, a small calabash for food ; wehe ae 
lai ua puniu la. 

2. The skull of man from some resem- 
blance to a cocoanut. 2 Nal. 9:35. - 

3. A knave; a cheat; one who refuses 


PUN 


500 


PUN 





to give up what he has lost in a game; a 
dishonest gambler. 

Pu-ni-u, v. To spin round; to turn, as 
a top; to be dizzy ; to have a vertigo. 

2. To be hot; to have a fever. See Po- 
NIU. 

Pu-ni-u-nv-1, s. Puniu, the skull bone, 
and hui, to unite. The place on the top of 
the head where the bones unite. 

Pu-ni-ual, adj. Punt and haz, to run. 
Addicted to running; cowardly; full of 
fear. 

Pu-ni-Ha-ni-HA, v. To refuse; to be 
stingy; to be close and little in a bargain; 
to be hard to trade with. See Punanina- 
NIHA. 

Pu-ni-Ha-NI-HA, s. Stinginess; close- 
ness in a bargain. 

Pu-ni-HA-NI-HA, adj. Stingy; close; dif- 
ficult to trade with. : 

Pu-nI-HEI, v. Puni and he?, to insnare. 
To surround with a net; to insnare; to en- 
trap. 

2. To lay a plot for one. 1 Sam. 28:9. 
To deceive; to act treacherously ; to be 
deceived ; punihei aku la ka poe i koho i 
ka ino, they ave insnared who choose evil. 

Pu-nI-HE-LE, adj. Puni and hele, to go. 
Fond of traveling ; given to going about. 

Pu-ni-n1, adj. Lofty; majestic. 

Pu-ni-Ho, v. To force away; to pluck 
up by the roots; to dislodge a disease. 


Puniho ino ka lae o ka pipa, 
Oohu wale ka ina uli, ka ina eleele. 


Pu-ni-Ka-La, v. Puni and kala (ng. 
dala),money. To have a strong desire for 
money; to have a covetons disposition. 
Nore.—This is a modern word come into 
use with civilization. 

Pu-ni-Ka-La, s. One greedy for money; 
astrong desire for property; covetousness. 
Heb. 13:5. 

Pu-ni-k1-H1, s. Name of a game; he 
hiu, he pahiuhiu, he amo paha, a he Jalani, 
ahe punikihi paha, aia noi ko laua mau 
lunamanao. 

Pu-ni-Ko-ko, s. Punt and koko, blood. 
A blood-thirsty person; one reckless of 
murder. Sol. 29:16. 

Pu-ni-Ko-ko, adj. Greedy for blood; 
reckless of murder. 

Pu-ni-Kuu-a-LA, v. Puni and kuala. See 
Kvuata. To long for the time set for pay- 
ment (of money or a debt) to come; to ex- 
pect gain for som®thing lent or given; he 
manawa i oleloia e kuuala ai ka mea i ole- 
loia. 

Pu-ni-kuu-a-La, adj. Longing for the 
payment of a debt; expecting gain for 
something lent or given. 

PU-NI-LE-A-LE-A, s. See Punt, given to, 


engaged in, and Leanma, pleasure. The 
practice of pleasure: being given or de- 
voted to sensual gratifications. 

Pu-n1-ni, v. ‘To go here and there out 
of a straight course ; to tack, as a ship; to 
sail crookedly ; to float here and there. 
Hoo. Ke hoopunini nei no ke alii i ka mo- 
ana maluna o ka waapa, the king floats here 
and there over the ocean on a boat. 

Pu-ni-Pe-k1, s. Name of a game like 
“fox and geese ;”’ the fox they called Bo- 
nepate—Punipeki; a 0 ka punipeki, ua ko- 
koke like me ka hana ana o ke pahiuhiu. 

Pu-ni-pu-nI, v. See Punt. To deceive; 
to tell a lie; to speak falsely. 

2. To act treacherously in any way so as 
to deceive one. 

3. Hoo. To cause one to be deceived. 
Oihk. 6:2. Connected in the next verse 
with hoohiki wahahee. To act deceitfully; 
to deceive one; e punihei aku ai ma ka 
aoa0 ino. 

Pu-ni-pu-n1, s. A falsehood; a lie; a 
deceit; he wahahee. . 

Pu-ni-pu-nI, adj. False; deceitful; hyp- 
ocritical ; vain. 

Pu-nr-wal-wal, v. Puni and waiwazt, 
property. To desire the acquisition of 
property ; hence, to be covetous; to give 
one’s self to accumulate. Nore—Puni- 
waiwai was anciently what punikala is now. 

Pu-ni-wal-wal, s. Covetousness; the 
strong desire of wealth ; he manao nui ma 
ka waiwai; he hoolilo i ka waiwai i akua 
nona. 

Pu-ni-wal-wal, adj. Covetous; greedy 
after property. 

Pu-ni-wa-Le, v. Puni and wale, easily. 
To be overtaken by treachery; to be the 
subject of deceit; to be insnared by any- 
thing ; e lilo i ka punihei. 

Pu-ni-wa-LE, adj. Deceived; insnared. 

2. Boisterous with anger ; overawed. 

Pu-no-nu, v. To arise or ascend, as 
smoke. Jsa.9:17. To arise, as a high flame 
or column of smoke. Junk. 20:40. See 
Puvunonu and PoNvunU. 

2. To make a white appearance, as the 
sails of a ship quickly set; me he moku la 
i pau na pea i ka huki iluna. 

Pu-no-nu, s. The volumes or curls of 
ascending smoke ; he hina me he uahi la 
no ka lua o Pele; the gray-like smoke 
(steam) of the volcano; smoke arising from 
a fire. Kin. 19:28. Punohw uwahi. Mel. 
Sol. 3:6. See Ponunu. 

Pu-no-n1, s. Name of a dye, probabl 
of the noni, for coloring kapas. ; 

2. The kapa so colored. 

Pu-no-no, v. See Nono. To be dressed 
gorgeously. oo. To be red, as kapa. 

Pu-no-No-u-La, v. To be spotted, as the 


PUP 


501 


PUP 


skin in some diseases; to be colored white | Pu-pu-a-Hu-Lv, v. ‘Tobe ina fluster; to 


and red. 

Pu-no-no-Hv, v. To swell out; to be 
large like the sails of a ship. See Punonu 
and Hoopunouunouv. 

Pu-Nno-No-Hu-u-La, adj. Blowing the 
dust; raising the dust, as a strong wind ; 
ka wilikoi ula punonohuula i ka lani. 

Pu-no-nv, adj. Spoiled; rotten; addled, 
as eggs; he kewakewai. 

Pu-no-nu-no-nu, v. To be spoiled; to 
be unfit for use; to be addled, as eggs. 
See Kewar. Ua punonunonu, ua kewake- 
wai. ‘ 

Pu-nv-a, v. To be without hair or feath- 
ers, as some young birds. 

Pu-nu-nu, s. A cloud apparently stand- 
ing erect having some of the colors of the 
rainbow. 

Pu-nu-ku, s. A halter; a noose passed 
over the nose of a beast. 

Po-paa-Kal, v. To eat when there is 
only vegetable food ; a pupaakai au. 

Pu-pa-Na-PA-NA, S. Pu, gun, and pana, 
to discharge. A pistol ; he pu liilii. 

Pu-pu, v. To be rough; to be uneven, 
as a road. 

2. To be heavy, as a thing drawn or car- 
ried. 

3. To walk as one carrying a heavy bur- 
den; heaha ka oukou mea kaumaha i pupu 
ai oukou makai la? 

4. To drag a log or canoe through brush 
and among rocks, &c. 

5. To be slow; to lag behind. 

6. To gather and bind up into a bundle; 
€ pupu a paa. 

7. Hoo. The same. 

8. To sit still in one place; to sit still, 
not to go. 

Pu-pu, s. An old man or woman who 
walks feebly and carefully for want of 
strength. 

2. A species of snail, the meat of which 
is eaten by Hawaiians. Hal.58:8. Norr.— 
Pupu is the general name for shells, both 
sea and land, though not often applied to 
large ones. 

3. A bunch, as of grass, leaves or flow- 
ers: pupu husopa, a bunch of hyssop. Puk. 
12:22. See Puv. 

4. A bundle or something bound up, as 
of grass. 

5. A glass bead. 

Pu-pu, adv. Roughly; heavily; disa- 
greeably. Puk. 14:25. Hele pupu, hele 
mamau, hele luuluu. 

Pu-pu-a, s. The rump or tail feathers 
of a fowl. 

Pu-pu-a, v. See Pua, a blossom. To 
open; to unfold, as a blossom; to spread 
out; ua pupua, mohola wale i ke awakea. 


be in a flutter or bustle, as those going but 
< ready for want of preparation; e pihoi- 
oi. 

Pu-pu-a-Hu-LU, adj. Bustling;,in a 
hurry ; not prepared for a duty. 

Pu-pu-a-mo-a, s. Pupu and moa, a fowl. 
A long skirted coat; so called from its re- 
semblance to the tail of a fowl. 

Pu-pu-a-wa, s. Name of a species of 
shell-fish. 

Pu-pu-z, v. To lie in wait; to watch 
for one to injure or murder him; to be 
ready for any sudden attack upon one; o 
pupue i ka hao e alii la. Hoo. To seize 
upon suddenly. 

Pu-pu-E, s. The action of a cat in pre- 
paring to seize a mouse; a lying in wait 
for one. 

Pu-pu-1, adj. Swelled; enlarged; pupuz 
ka maka, a swelled or enlarged eye. See 
Pur and Purrct. 

Pu-puv, v. To crouch; to curl up; to 
be doubled up, as the fingers. 

Pu-puv-a-nu, v. Puu, pimple, and anu, 
cold. To come out in cold pimples; to try 
to get warm in vain. 

2. To be dizzy and feeling cold. 

3. To persevere in doing a thing; hoa 
inea, makaponiuniu pupuvanu hoomanawa- 
nui. 

Pu-pu-n1, v. Pu and puhi, to blow. To 
blow violently, as a strong wind. Puk. 
15:10. Ua pupuhi wale ia na waa i holo 
ma ka moana; to blow, as wind from the 
mouth. 

2. To spout water, as a whale. 

3. To burn with fire, as incense. 2 QOiAl. 
16:14. To consume in the fire. Jos. 7:25. 
Pupuhi aku la lakou i kona io i ke ahi, 
they burnt (consumed) his flesh in the fire. 

4. To blow, as a trumpet. Ezek. 7:14. 

Pu-pu-n1, s. A blowing; persons who 
blow, i. e., the trumpeters ; na pupuhi. 2 
Nal, 11:14. 

Pu-pu-Ho-a-KA, s. Pupu, shell, and ho- 
aka,a crescent. An ornament for the wrist 
made of small shells. 

Pu-pu-nu, adj. Large; plump; round; 
full. 

Pu-pu-xa, s. An epithet of reproach, 
signifying good for nothing. 

Pu-pu-KA, adj. See Puxa and Pouxa- 
puKA, full of holes. Lrr. Vain; without 
substance. Mat. 5:22. Anything full of 
holes; hence, worthless; having an un- 
sightly appearance: of no value. 

Pu-pu-Ka-Hu-LI, s. Name of a class of 
small shells. See Pupu. 


Pu-pu-Ka-NI-o£, s. Name of a class of 
mountain snails having shells, the achati- 


W 


502 


WA 





nella. The Hawaiians declare that the ani- 
mal sings. See Pupu. 

Pu-pu-Ke-a-we, s. The name of a small 
plant found on the tops of the mountains ; 
o na nahelehele maluna o na kuahiwi, ua 
kapaia’ku ia he pupukeawe. It is also 
called maieli. 

Pu-pu-xu, v. To curl, as the hair; to 
shrink ; to start from fear; to shrink from 
pain, as a muscle: to contract. 

Pu-pu-xu, adj. Wrinkled; shortened; 
contracted; curled, as hair. See Pukupvxu. 

Pu-pu-Le, v. To be mad; to be crazy; 
to act insanely; to be infatuated. Jer. 
50:38. To make one mad. Kekah. 7:7. 

Pu-pu-Le, s. Insanity; madness ; infat- 
uated conduct. 2 Pet. 2:16. 


3. A heap of refuse, worthless kapa. 

Pu-pu-pu, adj. Temporary ; frail ; hale 
pupupu. Isa. 1:8. 

Pu-pu-wa, v. See Pupua and Pua, a 
blossom. To. unfold; to open, as a blos- 
som. 

Pu-wa, v. See Pus. To ascend and re- 
yee suspended, as smoke oracloud. Puk. 
24:16, ‘ 

2. To shine ; to glitter, as the surface of 
a thing. Puk. 34:30. 

3. To reflect brightness, as a red gar- 
ment, as clouds, or as a bright fire by night. 

Pu-wa, s. A shining appearance; re- 
flected brightness. Puk. 34:29. 

2. A small bush: a flower. See Pua. 
3. Little fish ; he puea ia, he liilii. 


Pu-pu-LE, adj. Crazy; insane; bereft of Pu-wal, s. See Puuwai, the heart. An 


reason. 

Pu-pu-Lo-Lo-a, s. Name of a species of 
shell-fish. 

Pu-pu-Lu, v. To be many; to be multi- 
tudinous, as a people; to congregate in 
masses; to be full; to be crowded, as a 
place with people. 

2. To sit conversing together in a clus- 
ter. See Mumutv. 

Po-pu-Lu, s. A great company; a mul- 
titude, as of flies on spoiled meat; a great 
collection of individual things. 

Pu-pu-tu, adj. Assembled; thick to- 
gether. 

2. Adhesive ; soft. 

Pu-pu-ni, adj. See Punt. Greedy; de- 
sirous of something and laboring to obtain 
it, as property, pleasure, grandeur, power, 
&e.; ka aki lauoho pupuni waiwai. 

Pu-pu-pu, v. To extend; to project; to 
be prominent. 

Pu-pu-pvu, s. A small out-house; a shel- 
ter from the sun. See Kamaua. A small 
house such as is used for beating kapa; a 
temporary shed. 

2. A kind of white kapa used for pa-us. 


alarm; a sound of an alarm. Joel. 2:1. 

2. The fountain head of a stream of 
water; hence. 

3. The material heart; the fountain of 
blood; he mea e hoi ka haalulu o kona 
puwai, strange was the beating of his heart. 
Laieik. 165. 

Pu-wat-Kau-a, s. Puwai, alarm, and 
kaua, war. An alarm of war. Joel. 2:1. 
Pu-wa-tvu, v. See Puatu, to act in con- 
cert. To work together, as in lifting; to 

make a united effort. 

2. To cry out all together. 

3. To rehearse or speak or recite in con- 
cert, as a class inschool. NotTe.—This was 
the general practice in the first schools of 
the Islands, and helped much to keep up 
the enthusiasm of the thing. 


Pu-wa-tvu, s. The ancient flag of the 
Hawaiians placed on the triangular sails 
of canoes. 

Pu-wa-.u, s. Name of a body of men 
who worked together; a gang; a company 
of fellow-workmen. See LavuLma. 

Pu-ra, s. Heb. or Chal. A lot in cast- 
ing lots. set, 3:7. 


W. 


Ww the twelfth letter of the Hawaiian 
9 alphabet. The real sound represented 
by it is one between the English w and v. 
In Tahitian the v sound is most universal ; 
in Hawaiian the w sound predominates. In 
many cases the letter w is superfluous, the 
vowel u before a, e, i, 0, producing the same 
sound as is made by the use of w; as, wwala, 
uala ; UwA0, UAO; Uwa, Ua; Uwe, Ue ; Wweke, 
uéke; uwi, ui; uwila, uila; wwo, ud; ka- 
wowo, kauouo, &e. In other places the w 
is an important letter, and sometimes, if 


the orthography of the language were fully 
settled, its use would serve to make a dis- 
tinction in the meaning of words, as kaua, 
war, and kauwwa, a servant, &e. 


Wa, s. A space between two objects, 


as between two rafters or two posts of a 
house; hence, 
2. A space between two points of time. 

3. A definite period of time, as the life- 
time of a person; i ka wa i hiki mai ai o 
Vanekouva, at the time Vancouver arrived; 
wa kamalii, time of childhood; ka wa ana 


WAA : 


ao (see Wanaao), the early dawn of the 
morning. Nore.—The Hawaiian year was 
formerly divided into two was. Elua no 
wa o ka makahiki hookahi, o ke kau a 0 
ka hooilo, there are two was (periods) in 
one year, the kaw (summer) and the hooilo 
(winter.) 

4, In grammar, a tense. 

5. A situation without friends or con- 
nexions, as in the phrase ku i ka wa, inde- 
pendent. He alii e noho wale ana i kawa, 
a chief without subjects. 

Wa, s. Private talk or gossip concern- 
ing the characters of others. 

Wa, v. To reflect; to think; to rea- 
son. Mat. 16:7, 8. 

2. To seek to know; to wish. Pass. To 
be the subject of conversation. Laieilc. 87. 

3. To say to one’s self; to ponder; to 
revolve in one’s mind ; to consider. 

4. To hit as a stone hits a mark; to com- 
pass, as a man his designs. 

5. Hoo. To sicken; to make sick; to cause 
to vomit. 


Waa, v. For waha, a ditch. Hoo. To| 


dig a ditch or pit; to make a furrow. 

Waa, s. A canoe; a small boat; waa 
kome. Puk. 2:3. Nore.—The ancient ca- 
noes of the Hawaiians were dug out of 
single logs or trees, generally of the koa; 
many were large. The specific names were 
kaukahi, a single canoe; kaulua, a double 
canoe ; peleleu, a short blunt canoe, &e. 

Waa-xau-a, s. A division of an army 
as about to enter into battle; a mahope 
mai o lakou (huna paa) na waakaua. 


W aa-Kau-KA-HI, s. Waa and kaukahi,| 


one place. A single canoe, or a canoe 
moved with one paddle; he waa hoe hoo- 
kahi. 

Waa-kau-Lu-a, s. Waa and kaulua, 
two-fold. Two canoes united; a double 
canoe; more generally written simply au- 
lua; he mau waa elua i hoapipiia. 

Waa-xi-0-Lo-a, s. A very small hand- 
some canoe. 


Waa-ko-I-H1, s. A waterspout; a great 
rush of water from above; he wai nui i iho 
mai, mai luna mai. 

Wa-a-na-ao, s. Wa, time, a of, a, arti- 
cle, and ao, light. Liv. The time of the 
lights, i. e., the first rays of the sun; early 
morning; theearly dawn. Nore.—In com- 
mon use, the word is contracted into wa- 

nado. See WANAAO. 


Waa-pa, s. Waa,canoe,and pa, a board. 


A canoe made.of boards; a skiff; a boat. 
2 Sam. 19:18. A waapa is shorter and 


wider than a canoe. He waa pelupelu. A | WaAE-NA-KO-NU, 


ship boat; he keiki na ka moku, a child of 
the ship. 


Waa-waa, v. To act ignorantly or 


503 


WAE 


without forethought, as if a person, with- 
out thought, should in a freak of generos- 
ity, give away all his property, and after- 
wards should remember his own act when 
it was too late. 

Waa-waa, s. The upper end of a lob- 
ster’s leg; also the front side of a lobster’s 
head. 

2. The upper part of the thorax; the 
lower part of the throat. 

3. Mischief from ignorance, from bad- 
ness generally; applied to all classes of 
persons ; ku i ka waawaa o ke kapnu la. 

Waa-waa, adj. Plump, as the shoul- 
ders of a young man; hard; full. 

2. Dark-hearted ; ignorant; unskillful ; 
awkward; naaupo. (Seetheverb.) Waa- 
waa iki naauao kahi keiki; waawaa iki 
naaupo kahi keiki. 

3. Full of hillocks or knolls; he waawaa 
ka lae, an expression of blackguardism. 
Wag, v. To select; to pick out; to 

choose. Puk. 12:21. 

2. To sort out the good from the bad; to 
separate ; to set aside; to draw out some 
from among others ; wae ae la ke kuhina i 
na waa kupono ke holo. Laieik. 100. 

3. To break and separate, as the parts 
of a thing. 

4. To dwell upon, as the mind in think- 
ing of an event. 

5. To think; to reflect; to consider a 
case. See Wa. 

Was, s. A choice; a thing that suits 

one’s desires; something according io one’s 

wish. 

2. The knee; the side timbers in a boat 
or ship: he wae waa, he wae moku. 

3. Name of a species of Kalo. 

Wa-s-LE, v. To clear away weeds, 
grass, bushes, &c., preparatory to planting. 

2. To clear away grass, weeds, &c., pre- 
paratory to building a house. 

3. To weed; to hoe; to cultivate food. 
Ter. 4:3. 


Wae-na, s. The middle; the central 
point of a substance or of a period of time; 
i ka waena o ka po, midnight. 1 Nal. 3:20. 
With the article, ka waena, the middle. 1 
Nal. 6:6. 
2. A space inclosed by bounding lines. 
Ana Hon. 10. 
3. A field; a farm; a garden; a culti- 
vated spot. Kin. 3:18. 
4, A dead body. Syw. with kupapau. 
WaeE-Na, comp. prep. Between; in the 
middle ; in the midst; prefixed by i, ma. 
mai,no. Gram. § 161. 


W AE-NA-KO-LU, ef Waena and konu, 

center. Lrr. The mid- 
dle center. The central point; the very 
or real center. Puk. 14:29. The center of 
a circle. Ana Hon. 20. The midst, as of 


WAI 


504 


WAI 





ERNE GN 2 ee 
anassembly of people. Laieik.120. Nore. 
The first orthography is seldom used. 

W ae-nA-Ko-Nu, adv. Through the midst; 
in the middle ; in the center. 

Wai, s. A general name for what is 
liquid; fresh water in distinction from kai, 
salt water; wai maka, tears; wai. kahe, 
running water; wai u, milk; wat eleele, ink; 
wai hooluu, dye; wat puna, spring water, 
&c. See the compounds. 

Wat, znter. pron. Who? It refers only 
to persons or to the names of persons or 
things. See the forms in the paradigm, 
Gram. § 156-158. 

Waa, adj. Strong and bad smelling ; 
stinking ; foul; filthy ; polluted. 

War-au, s. Wat and au, current. A 
place where water runs continually; water 
where one can always bathe. 

Wat-avu-au, s. Waztand auau, to bathe. 
A pool; a bathing place. Joan. 5:2. | 

Watr-a-Hu-Lv, s. Wai and ahulu, red- 
dish; dirty. Water of a muddy color; 
dirtyish red water. 

Wat-A-LE-A-LE, s. Wai, water, and ale- 
ale (see ALE), to ripple; to disturb, as the 

surface of water. The name of a spring or 
fountain on or near the top of the highest 

mountain on Kauai. 
2. The name of the mountain above men- 


tioned. See the mele. 
Aloha Waialeale 
Ke kuahiwi a Kauai. 


Wat-a-u, s. The place assigned to the 
Wal-E-LI, king when he speaks on pub- 
lic affairs. , 


War-a-ti-a-Li-a, s. Waz and alialia, a 
hard, smooth surface. Water reflecting 
light. 

Wat-a-Nuu-Ko-LE, s. Name of a species 
of soft porous stone. 

War-a-po, s. Water of a dirty reddish 
color; he waiapo, he wainao, he wai me he 
kukae hao la; water of the color of iron 
rust. 

War-e-a, s. Name of aclass of heiaus. 

War-e-nu, s. A file or rough stone; 
any substance that will grind or polish 
ron. 

Wat-e-u1, s. See WarALt. 

War-e-Le, v. To poison or intoxicate 
fish ; to catch fish by making them numb. 

Wat-E-LE, s. Wat andele, dark colored. 
A dye for cloth or kapa. 

Watl-E-LE-E-LE, s. Wai and eleele, black. 
Lrr. Black water, i. e., ink. See InrKa. 
Wart-x1, s. A medicine used in the 

sickness called haikala. 
_ 2. A medicine made of ipu awaawa for 
injections. See WaIkI. 

War-o-H1-a, s. Wai and ohia, the Ha- 


wane apple. The juice or cider from the 

ohia. 

Wat-o-xi-La, s. Name of a place in 
Kahukuloa full of precipices and ravines ; 
hence the verb in the meles. 

Wat-o-ki-La, v. See Kotoav. To go up 
and down, as going across palis. 

W al-o-HU-HU-KI-NI, s. Name of a class 
of Kamehameha’s laws. 

Wat-o-pu-a, s. Name of an internal 
disease among Hawaiians. 

Watr-u, s. Wai and wu, the breast. Lit. 
Breast water. The breast of females. Mel. 
Sol. 4:5. 

2. Milk; the ooze of the breast. 
3. Fic. Blessings; favors. Nah. 14:8. 

War-u-a, s. Waz and ua, rain. Rain 
water; water from the clouds; also wat 
maoli in distinction from well or spring 
water, which is wai kai. 

War-vu-raa, s. Waiw and paa, hard. 
Hard milk; cheese. 1 Sam. 17:18. 

War-na, v. To desire or request of the 
gods, as in prayer; pela ka’u waiha aku 
ame ka’u waipa aku ia oe e ke akua. 

War-nau, s. A round heap; a bundle 
done up in small compass; a bundle done 
up again smaller than before. 

War-Havu, v. To do over again; to tie 
up anew, as a bundle; 10 compress into 
smaller compass. 

War-Hau-na, s. Wait and hauna, bad 
smelling. Water that has been used for 
different purposes, as washing fish and 
other matter offensive to the smell. 

Warn, s. Wat and hi, to flow down. 
A cataract; a cascade; a waterfall. See 
WAILELE. 

War-Ho, v. To lay or set downa thing; 
to lay on, as one in striking. Laieik. 44, 45. 

2. To place or set aside ; to let remain. 

3. To leave off doing a thing ; to quit ; 
to stop; to let alone; to leave unhurt. 

4. To set aside or lay up for future use 5 
e waiho wale, to set aside as void or use- 
less. , 

5, To give up or offer up, as one’s life ; 
to trust or commit to another. 

6. To carry away to a certain place. 

7. To leave; to pass by. Puk, 12:13. 

8. To give, afford or suggest an idea or 
expression to another ; to put a word into 
another’s mouth. Nah. 23:5. Ewaihoimua, 
to set before one. Kanl. 11:26. 


Watr-Ho-a, v. See Watno. To lay down; 
to put down a thing: to give up. 

Wat-Hoo-tuv, s. Wai and hooluu, to 
dye. Water for coloring; a dye. 

W al-Ho-Lo-mo-ku, s. Waiand holomoku, 


ship swimming. A great or deep flood so 
that a vessel might swim. Hal. 124:5, 


WAIL 


Wat-Ho-na, s. Waiho and ana, parti- 
cipial termination, a laying together. A 
place for laying up things for safe keeping; 
the things are designated by the qualifying 
term. 

War-Ho-na-1-pu, s. Waihona and ipu, 

‘ cup. A base ofa pillar. 1 Nal. 7:35. 

Watr-Ho-na-KA-LA, Ss. Waihonaand kala, 
money; silver. A treasury; a place where 
money is laid up. Luke 21:1. See Watno- 
NADALA. 

War-no-na-ku-ku-l, s. Wathona and ku- 
kui, light. A candlestick; a lamp stand. 
1 Oihl. 28:15. 

Wal-Ho-Na-ME-A-LAA, 8. Waithona and 
mea laa, consecrated things. A place for 
sacred things; a treasury of things conse- 
crated to sacred purposes. Neh. 7:70, 71. 
So also in the ancient temples of Hawaii. 

Watl-Ho-NA-ME-LI, s. Waihona and melt 
(Lat. mel), honey. A honey-comb; a de- 
pository of honey. 1 Sam. 14:27. — 

Wat-Ho-na-Mo-nl, s. Waihona and mont 
(Eng.),money. A place for keeping money; 
a treasury. See WAIHONADALA. 

Wal-Ho-nA-wal-wal, s. Waihona and 
waiwai, property. A treasury or deposit- 
ory of goods or property. 2 Oihl. 5:1. 

2. The treasurer, the person who over- 
sees the property of a nation or commu- 
nity. 

War-Ho-na-pA-LA, Ss. Waihona and dala 
(Eng.), coin, dollars, &c. A treasury; a 
depository of money. See WaIlHONAKALA. 

Warkal, s. Waz and kai, sea. Brack- 
ish water; any saltish fluid. 

Warkxavu-a, adj. Epithet of a robe used 
in war; no ke alii ai moku ia aahu ula, oia 
no kona kapa waikaua; also of a heiau; 
he heiau waikaua ia na ke alii nui. 

Warxka-HeE, s. Wai and kahe, to flow. 
Running water; astream. Hal. 124:4. A 
flood. Jsa. 59:19. 

Warxa-HE, v. To flow; to overflow 
with water; waikahe ka aina. Laieik. 163. 

War-ka-kaa, s. Name of a waterfall on 
Kauai one hundred and fifty feet in height. 

Warxe-a, s. Eight fresh kukui nuts 
burned in water. 

Watr-Keo-keEo, s. Wat and keokeo, white. 


@ The fluor albus, a disease of females. 


War-k1, s. Wai, water, and 2, to shoot, 
asagun. A medicine made of ipu awaawa 
for injections. 

2. The gonorrhea. See ULEHILO., 

3. The sharp end or point of a thing; ap- 
plied to the welau wle. 

4, The ball anciently made of stone and 
projected from a squirt-gun ; hai mai, ua 
make o Kapupuu i ka waiki, he said that 
Kapupuu was a by the waiki, i. e., the 

4 


505 


WAI 


wad or ball of the gun. No ka puka o ka 
waiki a kakou i lohe ai, he mea kani, the 
whizzing of the ball was heard. Ua lohe 
mua ia he mea kani ka waiki, we had heard 
before that the waiki (ball of the gun) made 
a noise. Nore.—Hawaiians supposed at 
first that the sound of a gun (kani pu) had 
some effect in the execution. 

Wat-kt, s. The epithet of a person whose 
father was a chief and his mother not. See 
KUL. 

War-tav, s. A bundle of food (poi) 
done up for carrying ; a pai-al. 

War-La-na, v. Wai and lana, to float. 
To cast out, as an evil person from society; 
to banish; to reject as unworthy of confi- 
dence. 

War-La-na, s. Wait and lana, to float. 
Still, calm water; a quiet place in the ocean. 

2. A state of banishment from society. 

3. One cast out for bad conduct. 

War-te-Le, s. Wai and dele, to jump; 
to fly. A cataract; a waterfall. See Want. 

W al-LE-NA-LE-NA, s. Wai, water, and 
lenalena, yellow—yellow water. Name of 
a small valley near the top of Mount Wai- 
aleale on Kauai remarkable for the plant 
apeape found there. 

War-tu-Lu, s. Thick striped kapa; the 
stripes are yellow. 

2. Deceitful language ; puzzling expres- 
sions leading to error. 

War-tu-a, s. A ghost or spirit of one 
seen before or after death, separate from 
the body. See Kryvowamua and Kivoaka- 
LAU. 

Wat-ti-u-La, s. For waziliula, red sur- 
face water. Lir. Water with a red surface. 
The water in a salt-pond; water with the 
oxyd of iron on the surface. 

2. The reflection of light to the eyes from 
dny body which causes them to close, or 
wink, or turn away. 

3. A flash of light; the hot penetrating 
rays of the sun. 

4, The evening twilight; a mixture of 
light and darkness. 

Wat-ma-ka, s. Wai and maka, eyes. 
Water flowing from the eyes; tears. Kelah. 
4:1. E hookahe ina waimaka, to shed tears; 
e haule ka waimaka, to drop tears. 


W Al-MA-KA-LE-Hu-A, Ss. Watmaka and 
lehua, the lehua tree. Water drops from 
the lehua trees; 0 ka waimakalehua nonohi 
e uli. 

Warma-no, s. Name of a soft porous 
stone. 

Warme-a, s. A species of tree; the 
same as olomed. 

Warmi-m1, s. Wai and mimi, urine. 
Urine. 2 Nal. 18:27. 


WAO 
War-na, s. Eng. A grape vine; grapes; 


hence, 
2. Wine; drunkenness. Kin. 9:24. 
War-nao, s. Watand nao, dirty. Dirty 
water; water with filthy ingredients. See 
WaAIAPO. 


War-ni-Ha, s. Name of a stream near 
the top of Waialeale on Kauai. 

Watr-no-n1-a, s. A state of safety. 

Watr-nut, s. An injection. 

Watpa, v. See Warna. To desire; to 


request from the gods in prayer; pela ka’u 


waiha aku ame ka’u waipa aku ia oe e ke 
akna. 

War-paa, s. Wat and paa, fast; hard. 
Name of ice; hard water. ob. 6:16. 

Wat-pau, s» The land breeze at Wai- 
mea, Kauai. 

War-pa-nu, s. Wai and pahu, to burst. 
Gun-powder. Lrr. Dust for shooting. See 
ONEA. 

War-pr-Ha, s. A state of safety. See 
WAINOHIA. 

War-pu, s. Wai and pit, to ascend. A 
flood ; an overflowing of water. Ter. 46:7. 

Wai-ru, s. Gun-powder; one-a. 

W al-pu-1-La-nI, s. Wat and puz, forcing, 
and lani, heaven. A waterspout; water 
drawn up into the clouds or poured down 
from the clouds. Hal. 42:7. 

War-pu-ni-a, s. Wai and puhiza, blown 
by the wind. The spray of water blown 
by the winds when rushing down a pali; 
water falling in very small drops. 

War-pu-na, s. Wat and puna, a spring. 
A deep spring of water; a place where the 
water boils up. Kanl. 8:7. 

Warwal, s. Goods; property; that 
which is possessed or owned ; property in 
distinction from money or cash; waiwai 
auhau, tax; tribute. 

Watr-wal, adj. Costly; rich; dear; val- 
uable. 

Wari-wal, v. To enrich; to give one 
property. Hoo. To make rich; to supply 
one’s desires. 

Watr-war-Pio, s. Waiwat and pio, cap- 
tured. Property taken in war or in rob- 
bery ; plunder; spoil. Jos. 11:14. 

Wa-o, v. See Wav. To scratch; to 
scrape ; to grate; wao aku la ke kahuna i 
ka ipu awa, a me ke kukui, a me ka uala, 
a me ke ko, a me ka wai maoli. 


Wa-o, s. Aspace on the sides of moun- 
tains next below the kuahea; it is also 


called waonahele and waceiwa; a place of 


spirits ; the dwelling place of the gods; a 
wild place as appears from the compounds. 
Nors.— Wao and wau are similar in some 
of their meanings. 


506 
Wao, adj. High; long; a high shady 





WAU 


place unfrequented ; thick with vines. 

W ao-a-ku-A, s. Wao, place, and akua, 
god. A region on the side of a mountain 
below the waomaukele; it has but a small 
growth of trees; or perhaps wa, space, 0, 
of, and akua, god, that is, a region of the 
gods; a desert; a desolate place, generally 
back from the sea and uninhabited; a place 
where gods, ghosts and hobgoblins are 
supposed to reside. See AUAKUA. 

Wao-e-I-wa, s. Name of a region on 
the sides of mountains covered with vege- 
tation and small forest trees. Syn. with 
wao and waonahele. 

Wao-Ka-na-KA, Ss. A region on the side 
of a mountain next below the waoakua ; it 
is a region where people may live and 
where vegetables may be cultivated; ma’u 
is another name. 

Wao-ke, s. The name of a shrub or 
bush from the bark of which kapa is made; 
a species of mulberry; also written wauke 
and kawauke. 

W ao-kE-LE, s. The shadow of death; 
death’s shade. See Matuxor and Mauwaa- 
LELE. 

2. A long tall ohia tree. 

W ao-ta-au, s. An upland and unculti- 
vated region, where tall trees grow and 
thick shades are found. 

W ao-Mau-kKE-LE, s. Name of a region 
on the sides of mountains next below the 
waoeiwa and above the waoakua ; the trees 
are larger than in the waoeiwa. 

Wao-n4-HE-LE, S. Wao and nahele, cov- 
ered with vegetation. A place on the sides 
of mountains overgrown with grass, weeds, 
bushes, &c.; a wilderness; a waoalkua, but 
with vegetation. 

Wau, pers. pron., first person. I. Gram. 
§ 122, 124. Nore—The w in this word 
seems unnecessary : it is formed by the coa- 
lescence of the emphatic o and au, the 
pronoun proper ; thus the simple form au, 
emphatic o au. pronounced quickly be- 
comes wau. The several forms are au, 0 au, 
wau and owau. 

Wau, v. To say I; to answer I to a 
question ; waw aku la no hoi au, owau, I 
answered to him, I. 

Wa-u, v. See Wao. To scrape; to® 
scratch ; to rub; to polish. 

2. To clean out, as the inside of a cala- 
bash which would require scraping. See 
Wauwau. ; 

Wav-au, v. To go out of the path in 
traveling; to travel crookedly where there 
is no road. 

Wau-au, adv. Crookedly ; perversely ; 
unfeelingly. 


Wav-a-Ha, adj. In prayer; entire de- 


WAH 


liverance, freedom from, &c.; pali wauaha 
kua makani holo uka. 
Wav-a-ku-a, s. See Waoakva. 
Wav-ke, s. See Waoxe. The kapa 
shrub. 


WaAv-KE-LE-NU-I-Al-Ku, s. The name of 


the chief who killed the fabled bird halwlu. 

2. The young of the bird that waited on 
Kiwaa; he keiki na ka manu i lawe na 
Kiwaa. See the mele. 

Wav-wau, v. See Wao. To scratch as 
a cat; to scratch when one itches; to rub; 
to polish; to scrape. Job. 2:8. 

Wa-na, s. A mouth; an opening gen- 
erally. 

2. The mouth of a person; e olelo he 
waha no he waha, to speak moulh to mouth. 

3. The mouth of a cave or pit; ka waha 
okeana. Jos. 10:18. 

4, The throating in the lower end of a 
rafter. 

5. The mouth of a bag. See AcwaHa, a 
furrow. 

6. A bundle to be carried on the back. 
See WaHA, v. 

Wa-una, v. To carry on the back, as a 
child, or a person, or a bundle. 

2. To dig a furrow or a ditch, especially 
along one. See Wana, s. 

Wa-na-a, v. To talk or speak with the 
mouth ; to mumble; to dispute. 

Wa-nHa-a-ma, v. Waha and ama, tat- 
tling. To tell tales; to reveal secrets. 

Wa-Ha-o-HE, v. To talk scandal; to 
scandalize. See Wanaout. 

Wa-HA-0-HE, s. A great tattler; a scan- 
dalizer. 

Wa-Ha-o-H1, v. To talk like a crazy 
person ; to talk confusedly about this and 
that ; to utter many words without mean- 
ing. 

3. To scold; to tattle. 

Wa-Ha-o-H1, s. Foolish; crazy; loud 
talk. 

2. The person so talking ; applied to fe- 
males. 
3. A scold; aslanderer; a tale bearer, 

Wa-na-u-HAv-HA, s. Waha and uhauha, 
dirty. <A long or hoggish mouth. 

2. A gormandizer; one who eats as long 
as he can. 

Wa-Ha-u-Hav-HA, adj. Hoggish in one’s 
manners ; filthy; cramming one’s self with 
food. 

Wa-Ha-v-KAkE, s. A filthy mouth. See 
W AHAHAUMIA. 

Wa-nHa-HAv-mi-a, s. Wahaand haumia, 
dirty; foul. A foul mouth; a blackguard. 

Wa-neg, s. A contraction of wahahee, 
which see. 

Wa-Ha-HEE, v. Waha and hee, slippery. 


507 


WAH 


To lie; to speak falsely; to deceive in 
speaking. 

Wa-HA-HEE, s. A lie; a false speech ;. 
a deceit in speaking. 

Wa-nA-HEE, adj. Lying; deceitful; de-- 
ceiving. 

Wa-HA-HEE, adv. Falsely; not truly. 
Kamil. 5:17. 

Wa-HA-HE-wa, Ss. Waha, mouth, and. 
hewa, wrong; wicked. The wickedness of 
the mouth; any false conversation. Ina 
prayer to the gods for the sick, e kala mai 
i kona hewa, a me kona aiku, a me kona 
aia, a me kona wahahewa, foul mouth. 

Wa-nHa-ko-ko, v. Waha and koko, blood.. 
To contend ; to quarrel. 

Wa-na-ko-ko, adj. ‘Tale bearing; slan-. 
dering. 

Wa-HA-Ko-LE, s. Waha and kole, red.. 
A long protuberant mouth ; waha nuku. 

2. A mouth that belches out filthy mat- 
ter ; a boisterous, raving person. 

Wa-HA-KO-LE, adj. Clamorous; noisy; 
obstreperous; contradicting. Synonymous 
with wahapaa. 

Wa-Ha-Le, s. The same tree as the 
loulu or palm tree. 

WA-HA-LE-HE, Ss. Waha and lehe, lips. 
The outside of a hole or orifice. 

Wa-HA-LE-HE, adj. Wide or broad, as 
a hole in a board; open wide, as the mouth 
of a hole. 

W a-HA-MA-NA, S. Waha and mana, di- 
vided. A screen; a shutter. 

2. A digression in one’s speech ; a turn- 
ing off the subject in conversation. 

Wa-HaA-paa, Ss. Wahaand paa, hard. A 
person full of noise in his talk; a raving 
person; a scold; one who talks angrily 
and furiously ; he wahapaa ia; mai hele 
oe i ka wahapaa; o ka wahapaa, oia ka 
hoopaapaa. 

Wa-Ha-paa, adj. Noisy; clamorous ; 
raving. 

Wa-na-Pi0, v. Waha and pio, a prisoner. 
To speak as one that is under constraint 
and knows not what to say; e like me ka 
pio. 

Wa-na-puv, s. Wahaand puu, swelled. 
A person who speaks unintelligibly in 
conversation ; a boisterous person; a loud 
talker. 

Wa-Ha-puv, adj. Rude; obstreperous 
in conversation ; unintelligible. 


Wa-Ha-wa-Ha, v. See Wana, mouth. 
To make mouths at; to open the mouth at 
by way of contempt. 

2. To be dishonored: to live unhonored. 
3. To hate: to dislike; to be ashamed of. 
4. Hoo. To mock; to scorn; to rail at; 


WAH 


to despise. Nah. 14:31. To treat contempt- 
uously ; to deride. 

5. To abominate. 
1 Nal. 22:8. 

6. To be unbelieving; to be disobedient; 
ua like ka hoowahawaha me ka hoomaloha. 

W a-Ha-wa-na, Ss. Dislike; hatred; con- 
tempt. Job. 31:34. 

W a-Ha-wa-Ha, adj. Disliked; displeased 
with ; objected to; ahu iho ka pua waha- 
waha i Wailua. 

Wa-HeE-A-wa, s. The giving up of a 
plan, device, or intention, as a desire to go 
to a chief, but on thinking, gives it up; ka 
waheawa o ke alaula. 

Wa-u, art. Gram. § 63. Some; some 
little; afew. Itunites or takes with it the 
indefinite article he; as, he wahi wai, some 
water. It also takes kau before it, and 
both the definite article ke; as, lawe ae la 
ia i ke kaw wahi \eho no ka honua, in which 
case it means, some; some little ; some in- 
definite quantity. It has no corresponding 
word in English ; as, owau nei o ko oukou 
wahi kaikaina uuku hope loa. 

Wa-u1, s. A place; a space; a situa- 
tion; wahi kaawale, a vacant place; syn- 
onymous with kahi, but used differently in 
asentence. See Kaur. Wahi hilahila, pri- 
vate parts. Kanl. 25:11. Na wahi a pau 
loa, all places. Jos. 1:3. Na wahi paa, 
strong holds or places. 1 Sam. 23:14. It 
is used with ka tor kau: a ka wahi (kau 
se e noho ai, the dwelling place. Hal. 

6:8. 

W a-u1, s. Accent on the last syllable. 
That which surrounds or envelopes any- 
thing ; a covering; a sheath; a wrapper, 
as kapa, paper, ki leaf, cloth, &c.; wahi 
pahi kaua,a sword scabbard. 1 Sam. 17:51. 

Wa-u1, s. A word; asaying; a remark. 
Norre.—This word is somewhat anomalous: 
it has no article and has some of the prop- 
erties of a verb; as, wahia wai? word of 
whom? whose word? whose saying. or who 
said it? Ans. Wahi a ke alii, the king 
said so. 

W a-ut, s. One that is above law, or is 
so much a favorite, or is so holy that the 
law cannot affect him. 

2. A favorite or high servant of the king; 
pepehiia o Kainapau wahi alii e Kainapau 
kuaaina, Kainapau the king’s favorite was 
slain by Kainapau the backwoodsman. 

Wa-u, v. To break by casting out of 
one’s hand. Puk. 34:1. Syn. with naha. 

2. To break through, as an army; to 
break or rush through, as through a troop. 
Hal. 18:29. 

3. To break, as one’s head. Lunk. 9:53. 

4. To separate; to open; to rend; to 
break through. Isa. 64:1. 

5. To open; to cause to flow. Jsa. 41:18. 


Oihk. 19:7. To hate. 


508 


WAH 


6. To break; to cleave; to break, as & 
rock. Hal. 105:41. See Wawani. 

W a-ui, v. To cover over; to bind up, 
asa wound. Jer. 30:26. 

2. To wrap up, as a body for burial; to 
tie up in a wrapper, as a bundle. 

3. To roll or fold up in kapa or cloth; 
to swathe ; to wrap up. 

4, To surround, as a wrapper ; to over- 
lay; to cover up. Puk., 36:34. 

5. To cover, as the body of a person with 
clothing. Syn. withuhi. O ka lolekamea 
e wahi aii ke kino. 

Wa-ui-A, v. See Waut, to break. Wahia 
is for wahiia, to be broken. 

Wa-nt-e, s. Wood for burning; fuel. 
Oihk. 1:7. Wahie is used for fuel in dis- 
tinction from laau, timber. 

Wa-ui-E-a-La, s. Wahie and ala, odor- 
iferous. An epithet of sandal-wood ; san- 
dal-wood. Its appropriate name is @diahi. 

Wa-ni-NE, s. A female in distinction 
from kane, male. 

2. A woman; a wife. The term is ap- 
plied to men and animals, and when ap- 
plied to animals it merely marks the femi- 
nine gender. In grammar, ano wahine, 
feminine gender. Wahine, he mea iae nani 
ai ke kane, he lei alii maikai no ke kane, 
woman, she gives honor to the man, she is 
a crown of beauty for the husband. 

W A-HI-NE-HE-LI-A-KA-EA, S. The names 
of two goddesses. 

W A-HI-NE-KA-NE-MA-KE, S. Wahine and 
kane and make, dead. A woman whose 
husband is dead; a widow. Kan. 16:11. 

W s-HI-NE-MA-NU-A-HI, S. Wahine and 
manuahi. A kept mistress. 

W A-HI-NE-PUU-PAA, S. Wahine and puu- 
pad, epithet of virginity. A virgin; virgo 
intacta. Puk.22:17. Hence, purity; a state 
of undefilement. 

Wa-Ho, comp. prep. Out; out of; out- 
side; outward ; prefixed by 0, no, ko, 3, ia 
and ma. Gram.§ 161. a waho, the out- 
side. Mat. 23:25. Opposed to ia loko. 
Ink. 11:40. 

Wa-no, adv. Outwardly. Esek. 44:1, 

Wa-nHo-Ka-Hu-a, s. Waho, outside, and 
kahua, foundation of a house. What is out- 
side of a house. 

Wa-unu, v. To take by force. Hoo. ‘To 
rob ; to take by force. 

Wa-nu-a, v. To set a snare or trap. 
Hoo. To insnare ; to entrap. 

Wa-nu-a, s. A snare; a trap for catch- 
ing small animals. , 

Wa-uu-tv, v. To bake food in the oven 
for a long time till it is burnt or turned 


yellow or black; poha ka nanu (nalu) ke 
wewe, 0 wahulu mai ka piko. 


WAL 


Wa-Hu-wa-Hu, v. ‘To lean upon a per- 
son with the arms across the shoulders. 
See Wau. 

Wa-xa, s. Appearance; the personal 
appearance of one. 

Wa-kar-xar, v. To examine; to look 
at: to look round. See MAKAIKAI. 

Wa-xa-wa-Ka, adj. See Waka. Shin- 
ing; glistening; flaming. Kin. 3:24. Wa- 
kawaka 0 Mano e moku ai ka hako. 

W a-KE-wa-kE, s. See Wexawexka. The 
black liquid of the squid. 

Wa-x1, s. Eng. See Wart. 

Wa-ta, v. See Hoara. To excite; to 
stir up; to throw stones; to pelt; to be or 
feel hurt. 

Wa-taa, v. For walaia. To be thrown; 
to be thrown, as a stone; to be pelted; 
walakike ka ihe, walaa ka pohaku, the 
spears were hurled back and forth, the 
stones were thrown. ; 

Wa-ta-av, v. ‘To speak ina boisterous 
manner, as a crazy person. 

2. To cry out, as in fear; to shout, as in 
battle. 

3. To make a noise of lamentation for a 
deceased person. 

4, Hoo. To cause or make a noise. Isa. 
42:2. To make a confused unmeaning noise. 

Waz-ta-au, s. A noise; a confused noise 
as of a riotous multitude. Puk.32:17. See 
Uwatwa. 

2. A noise, as a wailing for the dead. 

3. Any loud boisterous talk or noise with 
more or less indistinctness or want of mean- 
ing. 

Wa-ta-au, adj. Noisy; obstreperous ; 
confused ; disorderly. 

Wa-.La-HEE, s. Name of a shrub, the 
leaves used in coloring black. 

W a-La-KI-KE, v. See WaLaa above. To 
toss or throw back and forth, as spears in 
battle; walakike ka ihe, walaa ka pohaku. 

Wa-La-NI-A, v. For walaia, n inserted, 

W a-LE-NI-A, to be hurt. To smart, as 
a wound; to feel pained from an external 
hurt. 

2. To feel pain mentally; to feel the pain 
of dislike or of hatred by another. 

3. To feel revengeful ; to feel cut to the 
heart by something said. Oth, 2:37. 

4. Hoo. To cause pain to another by 
one’s words; to use sharp words. 2 Kor. 
13:10. 

Wa-ta-ni-a, s. A stinging pain, as a 
burn. 

2. Deep anguish of heart at something 
said. 


Wa-.a-wa-ta, v. See Watra. To be ex- 
cited; to make a great noise; to shout; to 
cry out. 


509 





WAL 


2. To fall, as a man from a high place, 
turning over and over. 

3. To refuse; to deny; no’u no ka hewa, 
aole au e walawala ae; ae aku no. 

W aA-LA-wa-La-au, v. See Waraav. To 
make a noise so as to disturb one’s hear- 
ing; to make a great noise in talking; e 
paepae, e lohelohe. 


Walawalaau i ka pali o Kolokini, 
Me he hanehane la ka leo i Waialoha. 


Waz-te, adv. A state of being or exist- 


ing without qualification ; used mostly in 
an adverbial sense; only; alone; gratuit- 
ous, &e.; as, e noho wale, to sit only, 1. e., 
to sit idly; e hana wale, to work only. i. e., 
to work without reward, gratuitously; e 
olelo wale, to speak without effect; e hele 
wale, to go as one is, i. e., to go naked. As 
wale has no corresponding term in English, 
it is difficult to define, the idea must be 
gained by the connection. 

W a-1ez, s. The phlegm ormatter coughed 
up from the lungs. 

2. Saliva like that running from the 
mouth of an infant; kahe ka wale, to drool; 
ka wale o kona waha, spittle; saliva. 

Wa-te-a, v. To indulge in ease; to 
please one’s self; to dwell in quiet free 
from care. 

2. To be satisfied with one’s circum- 
stances. Puk, 2:21. 

3. To be accustomed or habituated to a 
thing ; to do often. 

Wa-te-a, adj. Accustomed; frequently 
doing ; constant. 
Wa-te-a, s. Name of a fish. 


Wa-.e-Hau, s. The name of a medi- 
cine. 

2. The mucous from the nose. 

Wa-te-kE-A, s. Wale, slime, and kea, 
white. A disease of the eye; aliquid from 
a sore eye ; white mucous. 

Wa-.e-ni-A, adj. Hard; painful; severe. 
See WALANIA. 

Wa-LE-wal-Ka-Po, s. Wale, spittle, and 
wai. i. e., the water is spittle. Used in a 
prayer; walewaikapo; the saliva of the 
mouth ; a prayer for a blessing. 

Wa-.LE-wa-LE, v. See Wate. To be 
deceived ; to be led astray by one. Isa. 
36:14. To deceive; to entrap ; to get the 
advantage. 

2. Hoo. To tempt; to entice; to insnare; 
to deceive by flatteries; hoowalewale nui 
mai na haole ia ia (ia Liholibo) i ka inu 
rama, the foreigners greatly enticed him 
(Liholiho) to drink rum. 

3. To suborn; to influence to wrong. 
Oih. 6:11. 


Wa-LE-wa-LE, s. A temptation to evil. 
2. A tempter to evil. 
3. Forgetfulness of a thing. 
4, Indifference ; slowness ; destitution. 


WAL 


510 


WAW 





Wa-LE-wa-Le, s. One set apart as de- 
filed, as a woman having given birth toa 
child; in her condition she was called wa- 
lewale. A hala na la ehiku, a ma ka wae 
pau ai ka walewale, alaila hoi mai ma ka 
hale o kana kane iho; a ma ka la awalu, 
hoi mai kana kane, noho pu, no ka mea ua 
pau ka walewale keiki. gh 

W a-Le-wa-Le, adj. Insnaring; enticing 
to evil; tempting. 

2. Stringy; slimy, as the secretion of the 
nose; as matter coughed up from the lungs. 

3. Slimy, as certain states of the feces ; 
nearly synonymous with aweawe; walewale 
ka lepo. 

Wa-LE-wa-LE, adv. At a venture. 1 
Nal. 22:34. Without object; hele walewale 
lakou a lilo loa i ka hewa. 

W a-LE-wa-Le-Na, v. To pinch; to gnash 
expressive of great anger. : 

W A-LE-WA-LE-NA-HE-SA, v. Walewale 
and nahesa (Heb.), serpent. To act the 
part of a sorcerer ; to enchant. 

W a-te-ru-sa, 5. The walrus. 

Wa-u1, v. To grind to powder; to mince 
fine; tomix. Puk. 30:36. 

2. To grind. Fie. To oppress; to over- 
bear, as a chief his people. Jsa. 3:15. 

3. Hoo. To make soft or pliable ; to re- 
duce to powder. Puk. 32:20. 

4. To break up ground finely. 

Wa-ut, adj. Fine; soft; minced finely; 
fine, like soft paste; fine, as flour. in. 
18:6. 

Wa-ui-na, adv. Used in answer to a 
salutation; as, walina wale laua. See WrE- 
LINA. | 

Wa-ti-wa-Ll, adj. See Watt. Fine; 
soft ; paste like. 

2. Weak; limber; weak from sickness. 
See NawALIwaLl. 

3. Soft; gentle; kind, as language; ka 
olelo ana kanaka maikai, he waliwali ka 
olelo, he pepe. 

W a-Li-wa-Li, v. See Watt. To soften, 
as stone or wood to make it work easily ; 
alaila, hahao (i ka pobaku) maloko o kahi 
wai i mea e waliwali ai. 

Wa-to, v. See Uato, to cry out; to 
complain. 

Wa-to-1-na, v. To call to a chief with 
a voice of praise and admiration ; waloina 
aku ke alii o Kaakahi. 


W a-to-wa-to, v. To strike, as a sound 
upon the ear; to hear a sound; to hear in- 
distinctly; to strike back, as an echo. See 
WALAWALAAU. 


Walowalo e hea ka leo o Kalakua, 
Walawalaau i ka pali o Kolokini, 

Me he hanehane la ka leo i Waialoha, 
Me I ka uwe hoouwe a ka lawakea. 


Wa-tv, v. To scratch, as a cat; to 


scratch, as a person with his fingers. 

2. To rub: to rasp; to polish; to pinch. 

Wa-Lv, adj. num. Eight; ka walu, the 
eighth. Oihk.9:1. As a cardinal it is gen- 
erally prefixed by a or e; as, awalu, ewalu, 
eight. Gram. § 115:4. 

Wa-tvu, s. Name of a fish having very 
hard scales. 

Wa-tu-a, s. The middle; the interior. 
Mel. Sol. 3:10. 

Wa-tu-na, s. A prophecy. 

Wa-Lu-wa-.u, v. See Watv. To scratch 
much or frequently ; to pinch up with all 
the fingers. See UMikr. 

Wa-na, v. To come; to approach; to 
appear, as the early dawn. See WANAAO. 

Wa-na, s. A species of the sea-egg of 
the size and shape of a turnip ; he ia poe- 
poe me he ina la, he oioi mawaho. 

Wa-na, adj. Pronged; sharp pointed ; 
externally jagged. 

Wa-na-ao, v. Wana, to appear, and 
ao, light. To dawn, as the first light in the 
morning; to appear, as the dawn. See 
W AANAAO. 

Wa-na-ao, s. The near approach of 
morning. Hin. 19:15. P 

2. The early dawn of the morning; the 
first light of day. Jos.6:15. Twilight; mo- 
lehulehu. 

Wa-na-oa, v. To project; to extend 
any way beyond the body of a thing. 

Wa-na-oa, s. A projection or an exten- 
sion, as the fingers of the sea-egg. 

Wa-Na-HI-NA, adj. Becoming gray, as 
a person; gray headed. 

Wa-na-na, v. To prophecy; to foretell 
future events; to preach; to declare the 
will of the gods. Nah. 11:25. 

Wa-na-na, s. A prophecy; the decla- 
ration of the kilo or of the kaula; a decla- 
ration made before hand of what is to be, 
which was known by its fulfillment. 

Wa-na-wa-na, v. See Wana and Wa- 
NAoA. To extend; to stretch out; to pro- 
ject. 

W A-NA-WaA-NA, 
points ; thorny. 

Wa-wa, v. Toshout ina noisy tumult- 
uous way; to bawl in a vociferous con- 
fused manner. 

Wa-wa, s. A tumult, as the action of 
a tumultuous assembly. 

2. Babbling. vain, foolish talking. 1 Tim. 
6:20. 

3. A confused noise, as of a battle ata 
distance. 2 Sam. 18:29. The confused 
noise of a multitude. 

Wa-wa, adj. Noisy on account of great 
multitudes; tumultuous. Isa. 22:2. 


adj. Having sharp 


WE 


511 


WEH 


Wa-waeg, s. The leg of a person or ani-| We-a, v. To question for the purpose 


mal; the foot. Nore.—Hawaiians have no 
separate words for leg and foot, wawae in- 
cludes both; so lima includes both hand 
and arm. See Lima. 

2. A pair of pantaloons; so called from 
the legs; breeches. Puk. 28:42. 

3. A post of duty belonging to gods and 
priests. 

Wa-wal, s. Wa, space, and waz, water. 
A land of water; a well watered land ; he 
auwai, he pipiwai, he uwahiwaie kulu ana, 
he kowakowau. 

Wa-wau, v. See Wav and Wavuwav. 
To scratch; to pinch with the fingers; hence, 
to be quarrelsome; to be unfriendly ; wa- 
wau i ka ili o ke kane ame ka wahine. 

Wa-wau, adj. Scratching; pinching; 
cross; unfriendly. 

Wa-wa-Ha, v. Lit. To mouth. See 
Wana. To rail; to storm at one; to curse 
with a loud obstreperous voice. 

Wa-wa-n1, v. See Wau, to break. To 
break to pieces; to break down; to demol- 
ish, as a house or building. 2 Nal. 21:3. 

2. To break, as bread; to break open, 
as a box or chest. 

3. To split; to break up, as rocks. 1 
Nal. 19:11. 

4, To break up,as a boat; wawahiia hoi 
ka waapa i kui houhon, the boat also was 
broken up for the nails to make awls. 

5. To break down, as idols. Puk. 23:24. 

6. To break up, i. e., to take down, as a 
tent. Nah. 10:17. . 

7. Tobreak down. asatower. Dunk. 8:9. 

Wa-wa-n-1A, s. Participle passive. A 
breaking up; a destruction, as of a city. 
Ter. 19:8, 11. 

Wa-wa-u, v. See Watrand Watrwat. 
To soften; to make fine; to reduce to pulp. 

Wa-wa-ti, adj. See Watt. Soft; fine; 
flexible ; good humored. 

Wa-wa-Lo, v. See Uato, Wato and 
Uwato. To cry out; to call; to make a 
noise of calling. 

Ua lai hea wawalo i ka ohu no na mauna, 
Uina ka wai o na molokamaaha. 

Wa-wa-Lu, v. See Watv. To scratch, 
as a cat or a person; to pinch; to quarrel, 
as a man and his wife. 

Wa-wa-na, adj. Rough; thorny, as a 
road ; difficult of traveling. See Wana, 


ad). 
Wa-we, adv. Quickly; suddenly; hast- 
ily ; soon; hiki wawe, quickly done. 
Wa-tr, s. Eng. A watch; a clock; a 
period of time. Puk. 14:24. 
We, v. See UE and Uwe. To weep; 
to cry ; to salute. 
2. To move anything forward or side- 
ways. See Uk, to hitch along. 


of eliciting some secret, as theft, or to try 
to buy stolen articles; to act skillfully in 
questioning one so that he shall not sus- 
pect the design of the questioner. 

2. To print or color red. 

We-a, s. A red dye; red coloring mat- 
ter; he koho ulaula. 

We-a-we-a, s. A procurer; a pimp; 
one who acts or bargains for another in 
licentious matters. 

We-a-wE-A, adj. Red; reddish; spotted 
with red. 


We-o, s. See Wea. Redness; fresh- 


ness; a red color; ua like ka ulaulame ka 
weo; he weo ke kanaka, he pano ke alii. 

We-o-weE-o, adj. See Weo. Fresh; red, 
like fresh meat just killed. 

We-v, v. To be covered with beard or 
down, as a young unshaven boy. 

We-v-we-v, s. A general name for herb- 
age; grass; green grass. Kanl. 11:15. 

2. Name of a fish to be caught only in 
the night ; hence, 

3. Fic. Snecess in night iniquity. 

We-ue, v. To open, as a door; to open, 
as the dawn or advance of light in the 
morning ; a wehe ae la ke alaula o ke ao, 
pau ka pouli. 

2. To uncover what is covered up; to 
uncover, as the head. Oihk. 10:6. To un- 
cover for illicit purposes. Oihk. 18:6, 7. 

3. To strip off the clothes from one. 

4. To open, as the eyes. Fic. To open, 
as the heart. 

5. To open, asa well or cave. Jos. 10:22. 

6. To open, as a book; to unfold, as a 
scroll. Neh. 8:5. 

7. To loosen; to untie, as a string or 
rope. 

8. To disregard or disbelieve one’s word. 

9. To rejectafavur. Nore.—The passive 
is sometimes written wehea instead of we- 
heia. 

We-neE, s. An opening; an untying; a 
solving, as a problem; an explanation of a 
difficulty. 

We-ueE, adj. Opened ; separated; loos- 
ened. 

WE-HE-A, U. 
WEHE, note. 

WeE-HE-WE-HE, v. See WeHE. To open 
frequently ; to open, i. e., to expound, as 
language ; to explain what is mysterious ; 
to explain, as a writing or a passage in a 
book. Luk. 24:27. 

WeE-HE-WE-HE, s. An explanation of 
anything obscure or intricate; a solving 
of a problem; explaining the intricacies of 
language. 

WE-HE-WE-HE, adj. Loosening; ex- 
plaining ; unfolding. 


Passive of wehe. See 


WEL 


512 


WEL 


We-u1, s. Blackness; a black spot; a| We-za, adj. Warm; hot; burnt; cooked; 


deep dark color. 
2. A wreath for the neck. 

We-ui-wa, s. The name of a species of 
kalo. . 

We-HI-weE-HI, v. To be deep blue; to be 
black ; to have black stripes. 

2. To be thick, as leaves; to be deep 
shaded. 

3. Hoo. To braid; to twist, as a wreath 
for the neck; he launahele i hoowehiwehiia, 
e kaei ana ma ka ai. 

We-ui-we-ui, adj. Thick together, as 
the leaves of a shady tree. 

2. Splendid; beautiful of face ; i ka we- 
hiwehi, i ka onaona. 

We-xa, s. The meconium in children; 
kukae weka; any slimy, mucous substance; 
the matter in the cyst of the squid. 

We-KA-wE-KA, v. See Wexka. To have 
a foul stomach. 

2. To fail in the fulfillment of a bargain. 
3. To be hard; to be stingy; to be close; 
to be slippery. 

We-ka-wE-ka, s. Foulness of the stom- 
ach; the black substance or liquid in the 
cyst of the squid. 

2. Fat unctuous matter. 

WE-KA-WE-KA, adj. Stingy; close; hard; 
refusing to fulfill a contract. 


We-xe, v. See Wene. To crack or 
open, as the joints of a floor; to separate, 
as two things united; to open, as a door. 
See Uwexke. Hoo. To cause to be opened. 


We-xe, s. A crack; an opening. 
2. Name of a species of fish. 


We-ke-a, s. The topmost part of a tree. 


We-kE-wE-kE, v. Hoo. To cause to 
blaze up, as a fire; to kindle a flame; to 
mount upwards, as a pointed flame. 


We-xi-u, s. The small branches of a 
tree that hang down from larger ones; ka 
Jala liilii ma ka lewa o ka laau; the union 
of the small branches with the larger ones. 

2. The top of a tree, house, mountain or 
other object. 


We-ta, v. Toburn. Kanl. 4:11. Tobe 


on fire. 

2. To burn or rage,asanger. Puk. 4:14. 
To be hot in mind; mai wela ko oukou 
manao i keia olelo, be not excited at the 
speech. 

3. To be warm. Fic. To be warm, as 
the heart with affection for one. 

4. Hoo. To cause to burn; to set on fire; 
to scorch. Hoik. 16:8. 


We-ta, s. The heat of fire or of the 
sun. Fie. The heat of anger. A burning, 


as ofa sore. Othk.13:25. Warmth. Fic. 
Strong feelings, 


burnt very much. 


T . 
WE-LAU, s. The end or extremity 
WE-LAU-LAU, ? ofa thing; the top, as of 
WE-LE-LAU, a tree; na welau o na laau. 


Oihl. 14:15. The tip end; the ridge; the 
end of a finger; the ridge or summit of a 
precipice; the extreme boundary of a coun- 
try. Jos. 15:4. Fic. Welau o ka make, 
point of death; welau akau, the north pole; 
welau hema, south pole. 

WeE-.La-weE-La, adj. See Weta. Hot; 
very hot; kuu hoa hoi o ka la welawela o 
ke kula o Auwaiowao ; i ka la welawela o 
ke awakea. 

2. Parched ; dried up; scorched. 

WeE-LA-wE-La, s. A burning; a scorch- 
ing; a heating. 

WE-LA-WE-LA, v. See Weta. Hoo. To 
heat intensely ; to be very warm; to dry 
up. 

We-.La-we-ta, v. To give a thing and 
afterwards to take it back; to regret hay- 
ing given ; e ana. 

We-teE, v. See Waette. To clear off 
land ; to cultivate the ground; to pulver- 
ize the earth ; e mahi, e waele, e wele aku 
ika weuweu o kona aina. 

Wele iluna ka mala lani a ka ua 

Ke pulu ino ka hio a ka makani, 

Ka mahakea ulu lanio pua ke ao 

I paia a kiwaawaa a ulu pehu ke kino, 
Uiu kupu hakakai a malama. 

We-te-a, s. The name of a species of 
fish which burrows in the sand. See Ka- 
WELEA and HALALoa. 

We-te-HU, s. A species of fish. 

2. Name of one of the Hawaiian months. 
3. Name of one of the days of the month. 


WeE-LE-LAvU, s. See Wetav. The end 
or extremity of a thing; the most distant 
part of a country. Jer. 50:12. 


WE-LE-WE-LE, v. To refuse to fulfill an 
agreement. 


WE-LE-WE-LE-I-wl, s. The extreme end 
of a thing ; the point furtherest off; wele- 
weleiwi ka hana a Iehova. 


We-u1, v. To branch out, as the roots 
of a tree; to take root, as a tree; to have 
many roots. 


We-u, s. A form of salutation. See 
Wetina and WALINA. 

2. The phosphorescent light in the sea ; 
the light of sparks of fire. 

3. A long black worm found in the sea ; 
he mea ola maloko o ke kai ma Ewa, me 
he puhi la ke ano. 

4. A cion or shoot from the roots of a 
dead plant or tree ; the spreading roots of 
a tree. 

5. A fear; a trembling. See WELIWELI. 


WEL 


Kau mai ka weli, fear felluponhim. Laieik. 


We-uina, s. See Went. A reply to a 


salutation, as aloha or anoai; it applies to 
the person of the house when addressed by 
a stranger. 

We-u-we-Li, v. See Wet, s., 5. To 
tremble with fear ; to fear; to dread. 

2. To be astonished; to be amazed. Puk. 

15:15. 

3. To fear; to reverence as a child should 
a parent. Oihk. 19:3. 

4, To fear and obey, asGod. Oihk. 25:17. 

5. To be in anguish through fear. Kanl. 
2:25. 

6. To be afraid of anenemy. Kani. 20:3. 

7. Hoo. To cause one to tremble; to put 
one in fear. 

8. To give one a charge; to threaten 
severely in case of disobedience. See OLELO 
HoowE.iwet.t, to threaten. Qih. 4:17, 21. 

We-LI-WeE-Ll, s. Fear; dread; a trem- 
bling ; a tremor through fear; a cause of 
fear. Laieik. 101. 

We-.i-we-Li, adj. Fearful; causing 
fear; dreadful; terrible. Dan.7:7. Oiano 
hoi ka pahu kapu weliweli loa. Laieik. 101. 

We-.i-we-i, adv. Hoo. Fearfully; trem- 
blingly. 

We-to, v. See Kowetoand Koeto. To 
float or stream in the wind, as an ensign, 
colors or flag; to flutter or shake in the 
wind. 

Kowelowelo kihei a welo ka ua—e.—Mele. 


We-to, s. Name of one of the months 
of the year corresponding to April; hiki 
ia Welo hoi koi ia nei keiki papa. 

2. The setting of the sun (in the ocean); 
the appearance of the sun floating upon the 
ocean. 

3. The females of men or animals which 
bring forth young of a large size. See Ku- 
MULAU. A good breeder on account of the 
number and size of the offspring. 

4. A breed; a cast or kind, as of hogs, 
dogs, &c.; he welo puaa, he welo maikai. 

5. Name of a native medicine; the same 
as waiki or the ipu awahia or pipa. 

WE-Lo-wE-Lo, v. See WELo, v. To float 
or flap in the wind; to float, as the tail of 
a kite ; to float, as colors or an ensign. 

WeE-to-we-to, s. Colors or cloth stream- 
ing in the wind. 

2. A tail, as of a kite. 

3. Light streaming from a brand of fire 
thrown into the air in the dark. Jsa. 7:4. 

We-Lo-weE-Lo, adj. Floating; stream- 
ing. &c.; hoku welowelo, a blazing star; a 
meteor ; a comet from its tail. 


We-tv, s. A rag; a piece of torn kapa 
or cloth. 


WE-LU-U-LA, 5. = ti and ula, red, The 
6 


513 


WIU 


name of a kind of kapa made of pieces of 
red kapa beaten up with waoke; more gen- 
erally called paiula. ‘ 
WE-LU-wE-Lu, v. See Wetv. To tear; 
to rend in pieces, as kapa or cloth. 
2. To kill a person, as a mob would. 
3. To be torn in pieces, as a person by 
a wild beast. Kin. 44:28. | 
4. To be torn or broken to pieces, as 
vegetation or trees by a whirlwind. Puk. 
9:25. h 
5. To become ragged, as a garment. 
Kani. 8:4. 
We-.vu-we-.v, adj. Torn; broken up; 
ragged. Jos. 9:13. 
We-na, v. To cleave to; to adhere to, 
“as one to another; the same as pili; heaha 
kou kuleana e wena aku ai ia ia? He hoa- 
hanau keena loa ae nui wend. ws 
We-nA-wE-NA,@@dj. Red; of a reddish 
color. ; 
We-pa, s. Eng. A wafer; it should be 
written wefa. 
We-weE, v. Secundines feminarum par- 
turientium ; the after-birth ; poha ka nanu 
ke wewe 0 wahulu mai. 

We-we-o, v. See Weo. To be red; to 
be fresh. 

We-we-ta, v. See Weza. To burn; to 
be hot, as a feverish sore. Oihk. 13:24. 
We-we-La, s. A burning or feverish 

boil or sore. Oihk. 13:25. 
2. A very great heat of anger. Jer. 2:6. 
3. A burning zeal, i. e., a horror; great 
fear. Ps. 119:53. 
4. Great excitement of mind ; walania. 


We-we-to, v. To stream out, as the 
streamer of a ship; to draw out; to be 
loose ; e wewelo ana ka naau o ke kanaka, 

We-we-na, v. To be ofa reddish color; 
ahiahia ; some faded or indistinct color. 


We-ra, s. Eng. See Werpa. A wafer; 
a seal. Puk. 16:31. Wepa palaoa, thin 
cakes. Nah. 6:15. 

W1, v. To be impoverished, as a coun- 
try; to be suffering a grievous famine. 
Rut.1:1. Hoo. To reduce one’s flesh; to 
make one poor in flesh; e hoopau i ka mo- 
mona. ; 

Wi, s. A famine; a destitution of food. 
Kanl. 8:9. A time of famine. 

2. A name given by Hawaiians to the 
tamarind tree and its fruit. 


W1, adj. Poor in flesh; lean; famish- 
ing ; poor; barren, as land. Nah. 13:20. 


Wr-u, v. To be dirty, as one engaged 
in filthy work ; to be unclean; to be dirty 
all over. 

2. To be or become entangled, as a kite; 
ua wiu ka lupe. 


WIL 


514 


WIW 


Wr-u, adj. Dirty all over; filthy; un- 


clean. 

Wr-u-1a, adj. Grand; solemn. 

Wi-n1, v. To turn one’s eyes askance; 
to wink ; to express some idea by a wink, 
ogle or oblique look. 

2. To roll up, as a bundle. 

W1-xa-ni, adj. Close ; hardy; compact; 
robust. 

Wi-x1, v. To hasten; to be quick in 
doing a thing. 1 Sam. 20:38. 

Wr-xi, adj. Quick. 

W-ki-wi-k1, v. See Wixr. ‘To hasten; 
to hurry; to do quickly. Jos. 4:10. Hoo. 
To stir one up to speed. 

Wi-xI-wi-K1, adj. Quick; expeditious ; 
not slow. 

Wi-x1-wi-k1, adv. Quickly; very quick; 
in haste. ¢ 

Wi-ta, s. Lightning. See Uira. 

2. Aribbon. See Witt. 

Wr-u, v. To twist; to wind; to turn, 
as a crank; to grind at a hand-mill. Lunk. 
16:21. To bore, as with an auger or gim- 
let. 2 Nal. 12:10. 

2. To writhe in pain. 

3. To mix, as liquids of different quali- 
ties, i. e., to stir them round and round. 

4. Hoo. To torture; to give pain; to 
tear ; to be in anguish. 

Wi-u, s. A ribbon. See Wina. 

2. A roll; a twist. See Ownm1. Wili 
lauoho, a lock of hair ; 0 na wilt o ke poo. 
Mel. Sol. 5:2. 

3. Sadness; a writhing in pain. 

4, The sickness of hogs; a cough; a 
strangling. 

5. The name of a fish. 

Wr-u, adj. Winding; tortuous; ala 
wili, a winding path; na mea wili, mills for 
grinding. Nah. 11:8. Mai wili, the vene- 
real disease or gonorrhea. 

Wr-ui-a, v. For wiliia, passive of wilt. 
To be twisted; to be contorted by the 
wind; ka hala i wilia e ka makani. 

Wret-av, s. Wili, to twist, and au, to 
swim. The circular motion of an eddy in 
a river or in the ocean. 

2. The circular motion of the hand in 
mixing poi. 

Wr-u-1A, adj. Passive of wilz. Anything 
made by braiding or twisting; he hana i 
wiliia, wreathen work. Nah. 8:4. | 

Wi-ti-0-Kal, v. To go or move in great 
numbers, as a huakaihele; as a small army 
or the retainers of a high chief. 

Wr-u-Ka-HEI, s. Wali and kahei, to tie 
round. A bit for boring rocks; a bit of 
any kind for boring. 

Wr-ti-Ko, v. Wilt and ko, sugar-cane. 
To grind sugar-cane, 


2. To manufacture sugar in general. 
I-LI-Ko-1, s. The substances that are 
taken up in the center of a whirlwind; me 
he kanaka la no ka wilikoi. 

Wr-ti-pu-aa, s. A cork-screw. 

Wi-ui-wi-L1, v. To stir round; to mix, 
as different ingredients by stirring. 

2. To shake, asa flexible rod. Isa. 10:15. 

3. To rub the hands hard, as in washing 
the hands when very dirty. 

4, Hoo. To be writhing in pain, espe- 
cially the pains of child-birth ; hoowitliwili 
hookokohi e hanau, e hanau mai ana oia 
nei i na keiki. 

5. To be uneasy, as in constant pain ; 
hoowiliwili ae oia no ka maule poponi. 

6. To loosen ; to separate, as in parturi- 
tion. 

7. To brandish,as a sword. Ezek. 32:10. 

Wr-ti-wi-u1, s. Name of a tree, the tim- 
ber of which is, for its buoyancy, made into 
outriggers for canoes; erythrina corallo- 
dendron. * 

Wi-tou, s. Eng. The name of a for- 
eign tree; a willow. Isa. 44:4. NorE.— 
One species of the willow has lately been 
introduced into the Islands. 

Wi-tu, s. A disagreeable smell; a 
stench. 

Wr-tu, adj. Disagreeable of smell; of- 
fensive ; smelling badly. 

Wr-n1, v. To reduce.to a sharp point; 
to be sharp pointed. Hoo. To point; to 
make sharp. 


WLI, : Sharpness, the result 
WI1-NI-WI-NI, of grinding to a point. 

2. The sharp point of any sharp instru- 

ment, as the point of a needle, pin, nail, 


pen, &c. 
I-NI, adj. Pointed; sharp; re- 

WL-NI-WI-NI, duced to a point, as a nee- 
dle, pin, or any sharp instrument; e kalai 
a winiwini. 

Wi-w1, v. See W1. To be poor; to be 
shriveled up. 

2. Hoo. To lessen; to diminish; a i ke 
kalai ana, e hoonui ae o mua, a e hoowiwt 
ae o hope, e kalai a maikai. 

3. To grow poor in flesh, as a person or 
animal. Zek. 14:12. 

Wi-wi, s. Leanness of flesh. od. 16:8. 

2. The name of a beer made from sugar- 
cane. 

3. A small kind of fish. 

W1-w1, adj. Poor in flesh; slender; fee- 
ble. Kin. 41:6. Opposite to ohaha. 

Wi-w1, adj. Full; plenty; no want; ap- 
plied to a chief’s plate where there is always 
plenty; as, pa wiwi, a full plate; a sufli- 
ciency of food. 

Wi-wi-x1, v. To shine, as a faint light 


BAT 515 BER 


sc i ee 
through a small aperture into a dark room; | W1-wo-o-Lz, s. Wiwoand ole, not. Bold- 
to glimmer faintly. ness ; fearlessness. ih. 4:13. 

Wi-wo, v. To fear; to dread. Wo-u1, s. One who accompanied, i. e., 


2. To be ashamed; to blush. Hzer. 9:6.) went before or followed after the king, to 

3. Hoo. To become fearful; to be hum-| ¢onyey and execute his orders; in his per- 

ble. Isa. 5:15. . son and office he added to the king’s dig- 

Wi-wo, s. Fear; shame; disgrace;| nity. He was generally some relation of’ 
dread. the king. 

Wi-wo, adj. Afraid; bashful; modest;|Wo-tu, s. Name of a species of fish, 


astonished. sometimes a fathom in length. 


B. 


Note.—The following words have been introduced from foreign languages. 
Owing to the peculiar structure of the Hawaiian (every syllable ending in a 
vowel sound), the forms of these words are somewhat modified, by dropping a 
letter or syllable of the original, but more frequently perhaps by inserting or 
adding a vowel in order to Hawaiianize them. A sufficiency of foreign letters 
is retained to show their derivation and distinguish them from native words by 


their orthography. 





AI-BA-LA, S. Eng. Bible; the united 
inspired books of the Old and New Test- 
aments. 

Bar-La, v. Eng. To boil; to seethe. 
Nore.—The corresponding Hawaiian word 
is hoolapalapa. 2 Oihl. 35:13; Ezek. 24:5. 

Bar-ta, adj. Boiled; seethed. Ezek. 
24:6. 

Ba-xa, s. Eng. Tobacco; e puhi daka, 
to smoke tobacco. 

Ba-KE-KE, s. Eng. A bucket; a pail; 

Ba-KE-TE, a small cask. 

Ba-te, s. Eng. Barley, a species of 
grain. Oihk. 27:16. ‘ 

Ba-LE-sa-MA, Ss. Eng. Balsam, a medi- 
cinal vegetable. Hzek. 27:17. 

Ba-ma, s. Balm, an odoriferous plant. 
Kin. 43:11. 

Ba-PE-TI-s0, & Gr. 'To baptize; toad- 

Ba-PE-TI-zo, minister the ordinance of 
baptism. Joan. 1:25. 

Ba-PE-TI-s0, s. Gr. Baptism; the rite 

Ba-PE-TI-zo, § of baptism. Mat. 20:22. 

Ba-ra-ni, s. Eng. Brandy, an intoxi- 
cating drink distilled from wine. 


Ba-re-ka, s. Heb. A carbuncle, a pre- 


cious stone. 

Ba-ra, s. Eng. Butter. Kin. 18:8; 

Ba-TE-RA, Hal. 55:21. 

Ba-to, s. Heb. A bath,a Hebrew meas- 
ure. 1 Nal. 7:26. 


Be-a, s. Eng. A bear, a wild ferocious 
animal. 2 Nal. 2:24; Lam. Haw. 18:1 and 
19:1. 

Br-a-va, s. Eng. Abeaver,an aquatic 

Be-A-Wa, animal. 

Be-xa, s. Heb. A half shekel, a meas- 
ure of weight. Puk. 38:26. 

Be-ta-k1, s. Puka kona kaula ma ka 
belaki ma ka ono o ka maha. Anat. 28. 
Be-te, s. Eng. Abell; dele gula. Puk. 

28:33. 
Be-tv, adj. Eng. Blue; the color blue. 
izek. 23:6. 

Be-re-na, s. Eng. Bread; food gener- 
ally. Mat. 4:4. Berena maka, dough. 

BE-RE-NA-HO-I-KE, s. Eng. with hotke. 
Show bread. Puk. 25:30. 

BrE-RE-NA-HU, S. Eng. with hu. Leav- 
ened bread. Puk. 23:18. 

BE-RE-NA-HU-0-LE, Ss. Eng. with huole. 
Unleavened bread. Puk. 23:15. 

Br-RE-NA-KU-LA-LA-NI,_ Ss. Eng. with ku 
lalani. The twelve loaves of bread set by 
the Jewish priest every Sabbath on the 
golden altar. Oihk. 24:5, 6. 

Be-ri-La, s. Gr. A beryl, name of a 
precious stone. Hoik. 21:20. 


Be-ri-La, adj. Of orlikeaberyl. Ezek. 
0:9 


Be-ri-ta, s. Heb. A covenant; the cov- 
enant between God and man. Kin. 9:9. 
Be-nr1-tTa, v. Heb. Tocovenant; toagree 


F 


516 


FAL 


to do something. Hal. 65:1. To enter into | Bi-p1-Ka-NE, s. See Birt. 


covenant. Hal. 50:5. 

Be-rvu-Lo, s. Gr. A beryl. See Brriza. 
Puk. 28:20. 

Be-rvu-mi, v. Eng. To broom; to sweep 
withabroom. Nors.—The Hawaiian equiv- 
alent is kahili. 

Be-ru-mi, s. Lng. A broom, an instru- 
ment for sweeping. 


Bi-r1, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pronun- 
ciation for beef, and should properly be 
written bifi. An ox or cow; the general 
name for neat cattle ; bipi kane, an ox or 
bull; bipi wahine, a cow; bipi kaulua, a 
yoke of oxen; bipi kauo, a draft ox ; bipi 
wahine hou, a heifer. Nah. 19:2. 

Bi-p1-Kau-o, s. See Burt. 


Bi-pi-Kau-Lu-a, s. See Birt. 


Br-pi-Ku-a-puu, s. Eng. Bipi with kua- 
puu, humpback. The bison (in the United 
States of America, the buffalo.) Lam. Haw. 
8:1. 

Br-tu-mME-NnA, s. Eng. Bitumen, a min- 
eral slime. Ain. 11:3. 

Bo-ta, s. Eng. A bowl; a dish. Lunk. 
6:38. The Hawaiian word is ipu. 

Bu-so, s. Hed. A species of owl. Kanl. 
14:16. 

Bu-ke, s. Eng. A book; a volume. 
Puk. 24:7. 

Bu-Fa-Lo, s. Eng. A buffalo, a species 
of ox. Lam. Haw. 9:1. See Biprvuapwu. 

Bu-ni-BE-T1, s. The name of a game. 

Bu-se-La, s. Lng. A bushel, a dry 


measure of thirty-two quarts. Ana Hon. 60. 


D. 


Al-A-KO-NA, ie Gr. One who serves; 
DAI-A-KO-NO, a deacon; a deaconess. 
Rom. 16:1. 
Dar-ma-Na, s. Eng. A diamond, a pre- 
Dat-Mo-Na, cious stone. Puk. 28:13. 
Dat-mo-n1-0, s. Gr. A demon; an evil 
spirit. Othk. 17:7. 
2. A person possessed or ruled by an 
evil spirit. Mat. 8:31. 
Da-ta, s. Eng. A dollar in money. 
2. Silver generally; the Hawaiian or- 
thography is kala. 
Da-ma, s. Lat. A species of deer; the 
fallow deer; the pygarg. Kanl. 14:5. 
Dr-a, s. Eng. A deer; a stag. Kanl. 
12:15. See Dia. 


DE-LE-U-MA, s. Gr. Bdellium; the 

De-LI-u-MA, name stands in connection 
with metals in Kin. 2:12. In modern times 
bdellium is a gum. 

De-ma, s. Lat. See Dama above. 

De-na-ri, s. Lat. 'The name of a small 
Roman coin; a penny. Joan. 6:7. 

De-ra-co-na, s. Gr. A dragon. Hotk. 
12:3, He is called a serpent and satan in 
verse 9. 

De-ra-ma, s. Gr. A drachm, a small 
weight. Neh. 7:71. 


De-ro-ra, s. Heb. Name of a little bird; 
aswallow. Hal. 84:3. 
Dr-a, s. Eng. A deer; astag. See Dea. 


Di-a-Ko-NA, ) 5, Gr. See Daraxona. A 
D1-A-Ko-NI-0, deacon, an officer in a 
DI-A-ko-No, church. Nore.—The or- 


thography of this word is not settled: all 
the five forms are used by different trans- 
lators of the Bible. 

Di-a-Bo-Lo, s. Gr. The devil; 
tempter. Mat. 4:1, 3, 5. 

Di-a-wa-HI-NE, s. Eng. with wahine. A 
female deer; a hind. Kin. 49:21. 

Di-pE-rA-ma, s. Gr. Tribute; tribute 
money. Mat. 17:24. Nore.—The word ha- 
paha is used in the late editions of the New 
Testament. 

Di-ta, s. Eng. A small Hebrew meas- 
ure; adeal. Othk. 23:13 and 24:5. 


Du-xi-ma, s. Chald. A dulcimer, an an- 
cient instrument of music. Dan. 3:5. 


Du-pai-mA, te Heb. Hua dudima, a 


the 


Dvu-pi-ma, mandrake. Kin. 30:14. 

Du-re, s. Eng. In law, custom; toll 
paid for the privilege of receiving foreign 
merchandise. Rom. 13:10. Nots.— Wai- 
wai auhau is used for dute in the last edi- 
tions of the New Testament. 


F. 


Though Hawaiians easily and nat-| F'a-na-o-a, s. Eng. Flour; ground grain. 


F. urally run the sound of the letter f into 
that of p, yet it is not difficult for them to 
pronounce f. It has been introduced only 
in a few cases, especially in commencing 
words. 


2. Bread; baked flour; hua falaoa, wheat; 

grain generally. Itis often written palaoa. 

Fa-Le-xo-na, s. Eng. The name of an 
unclean bird; a falcon. Oink. 11:14. 


S 517 Ss 


Fa-ral, v. Eng. To fry; to cook in 

FeE-RAl, fat. It has been written parai, 
but the f should be used instead of p. 

Fi-xu, s. Eng. A fig; laau fiku, a fig 


tree. Mat. 21:19. Manawa jiku. a time of 
figs. Mar. 11:13. 


Fiera, s. Eng. A fir tree. Mel. Sol. 1:17. 


G. 


G is used in Hawaiian only or mostly 

in its hard sound; the word gini, gin, is 
perhaps the only exception; it is easily 
run into the /& sound. 

Ga-La-ni, s. Eng. A gallon,a measure 
of four quarts; mostly used as a liquid 
measure ; a firkin. Joan. 2:6. 

Ga-ur-Ka, s. Eng. A garlic, a plant. 
Nah. 11:5. 

Ga-ze-La, s. Eng. The gazelle, the 


name of an animal. Hani. 12:15. 


Ge-ne-na, s. Heb. The name of the 
valley south of Jerusalem; also called the 
valley of the Son of Hinnom ; it was used 
as a place of punishment for criminals. 
Mat. 5:22. 

Ge-ra, s. Heb. A gerah, a small piece 


of money, or the one-twentieth of a shekel. 
Puk. 3:13. A Jewish coin. 

Gi-n1, s. Eng. Gin, a distilled intoxi- 
cating liquor. 

Gi-ra, s. Heb. A Hebrew coin. See 
GeRA above. Nah. 18:16. 


Go-ta, )s, Eng. Gold. Adj. Golden; 
Gov-La, guia paa, beaten gold. Puk. 
Gu-LA, 25:36. 

Gu-La-a-l, s. Eng. Gula and a-i, neck. 
A golden ornament for the neck. Puk. 
30:22. 

Gu-a-PAA, Ss. Beaten gold. See Gora 
above. 

Gu-LA-PE-PEI-Ao, s. Gula (Eng.), and 
pepeiao, ear. Gold for the ear, i.e.,an ear- 
ring. Puk. 35:22. 


J. 


ote: s. Eng. In law, a jury; the popular element in a court of justice. 


tH 


The letter 7 as a rolling liquid is} Ra-na, s. Lat. A frog. Puk.7:27; Hal. 


R. easily assimilated with the letter 1; 
hence the meaning of many foreign words 
is mistaken by the orthography. 

Rats, s. Eng. Rice, a plant lately in- 
troduced ; is now planted and growing at 
the Islands; Hawaiian pronunciation 

ae s. Rice, &c. 

AI-KI, 

Ra-ko-o-na, s. Eng. A raccoon, an an- 
imal of the cat genus. 

Ra-s1, s. Syr. A master; Hawaiian, 
kumu. Mat. 23:7. 

Ra-sr-ta, s. Eng. A rabbit; the namg 
of a small animal, a cony. Sol. 30:26. 

Ra-ma, s. Eng. Rum; intoxicating 
liquor. 


78:45. Hawaiian, moolele. 

Rer-na-pi-a, s. Eng. A reindeer. Lam. 
Haw. 17:1. 

Ri-si-na, s. Lng. A ribbon. See Li- 
BINA. 

Ri-pi-na, adj. Kaula ridina uliuli, a 
string of blue ribbon. Nah. 15:38. 


Ro-PE, 5, Eng. rope. ‘Thread; sew- 
Ro-p1, ing thread. Puk.26:36. A line. 
1 Nal. 7:15. See also Lopt. 


Ro-sE, s. Eng., Gr. A rose. Mel. Sol. 
ah. 

Ro-tE-ma, adj. Heb. A Hebrew word 
translated juniper. Hal. 120:4. 

Ru-z, s. Eng. Rue, the name of a bit- 
ter herb. Luk. 11:42. 


Ss. 


S Hawaiians have no sibilants in their 
* language; hence they naturally run the 


sound signified by s into that of k, as ka- 
baki or kapaki for sabati. 


TAU 
Sa-Ba-T1, Ss. Heb. The Sabbath; a rest- 


ing day; the name of the seventh day of 
the week among the Jews. Kin. 2:2; Puk. 
20:10. By the Christian Church it is termed 
the Lord’s day. Hoik.1:10. Laoka Haku. 


SA-PEI-RO, | 5 @y, The name of a pre- 


SA-PI-RA, t cious stone; asapphire. Job. 
SA-PI-RE, 28:6; Puk. 24:10; Mel. Sol. 
SA-PE-RA, J 5:14, 


SA-RE-DI-0, s. Gr. A sardius, the name 
of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:20. 

SA-RE-DO-NU-Ko, s. Gr. A sardonyx, 
the name of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:20. 

Sa-Ta-NA; S. Gr. from Hed. An adver- 
sary; the prince or leader of the fallen 
angels; Satan. Job. 1:6, 7, 8. 

Sa-Ta-NA, v. To act the part of an ad- 
versary or enemy. al. 109:4. 

Sa-To, s. Gr. A dry measure among 
the Jews. Mat. 13:33. 

SA-TU-DE, s. Lng. Saturday, the name 
of the last day of the week; called more 
frequently by Hawaiians Poaono, the sixth 
night, or la hoomalolo, the day before a 
kapu day. 

SA-TU-RE-NA, S. Hng., Lat. Saturn, the 
name of one of the planets. See Almanac 


for 1835. The Hawaiian name is Naholo- 
holo. 
SE-KE-LA, ls, Heb. A shekel, the name 
SE-KE-LI, of a small Hebrew coin. 


2. Name ofa weight. Hin. 23:16. 

SE-Ko-NA, Ss. Eng. A second of time; 
an instant; a moment. 1 Kor. 15:52. 

SE-LU, s. Heb. A quail, a bird. Puk. 
16:13. Another orthography is silo. See 
Sino. 

Se-ME-NA, 5S. Hed. Name of a tree, some 
species of pine. 

Se-mE-NA, adj. Of or belonging to a 
pine tree. Neh. 8:15. 

Se-rA-PI-MA, 5. Heb. Plural of seraph. 


518 


TAL 


Seraphim, the highest order among the an- 
gelic hosts. Isa. 6:2. 6. 

SE-Ru-TI-0, s. The name of an unclean 
bird; a night hawk. Kamnl. 14:15. 

SE-TA-DI-A, Ss. Gr. A furlong, name of 
along measure. Joan. 6:19. 

SE-TO-RE-KA, s. Eng. A stork, a large 
bird similar to the heron. Zek. 5:9. 

Srir-Ka, s. Eng. Silk; Hawaiian pro- 
nunciation, kilika. See Kika. 

Sr-tr-Ka, adj. Silken; made of silk; 
laau silika, mulberry trees. 2 Sam. 5:23. 

Sr-Lto, s. Heb. Shiloh, a_prophetical 
name of the Messiah. Hin. 49:10. 


Sr-Lo, s. Heb. A word translated quail, 
the name of a bird. Hal. 105:40. In Puk. 
16:13 it is written selu. 

Si-na-PI, s. Gr. Mustard, stalk and 


plant. Luk. 13:19. Hua sinapi, mustard 
seed. 


Si-ti-ma, s. Heb. Shittim wood, a kind 
of furniture wood. Puk. 25:10; Kanl. 10:3. 


So-pa, s. Hng. Soap. Ier. 2:22. See 


Kopa, the Hawaiian pronunciation. 


SU-KA-MI-NO, ie Gr. These are dif- 

SSU-KA-MO-RE-A, } ferent orthographies for 
the same thing. Sycamore, the name of a 
tree and fruit. See Robinson’s Lexicon, 
art., SukoMorEA. As an adjective, of or be- 
longing to a sycamore tree. 

SU-NE-DE, s. Eng. Sunday; originally 
applied among the Saxons as a day for 
worshiping the sun; the Christians in the 
dark ages applied it to the Lord’s day or 
Christian Sabbath. With Hawaiians the 
po ehiku is the la hoomaha or resting day. 
Norr.—Hawaiians do not often use this 
word, they prefer the word Sabati or la 
pule. See Sapartt. 


Su-pa, s. Eng. Soup; gravy, &c.; the 


Hawaiian term is kai. Isa. 65:4. Broth 
or some liquid offering. 


4 he 


T This letter was introduced in order 

* to distinguish words which were intro- 
duced from other languages containing it. 
It is distinguished from k by being pro- 
nounced from the end of the tongue; but 
the ears of Hawaiians do not readily per- 
ceive the difference. 

Tav-sa-nt, s. Eng. A thousand; the 
number ten hundred. in. 20:16. 

Tau-sa-ni, num. adj. Gram.§ 115, 4th; 
Puk. 18:21. Kanaka understood. 


Ta-Ha-sa, ) s, Name of an animal in 
Ta-HE-sA, Scripture called a badger. 
TE-HA-SA, Puk. 25:5. Tt is mostly used 


with wt as an adjective; as, ili tehasa, a 
badger’s skin. zeke. 16:10. 

Ta-Le-na, s. Eng. from Gr. A talent, 
a measure of weight, equal to about fifty- 
seven pounds. Puk. 25:39. 

2. A denomination of money, about fif- 
teen hundred dollars. 


ZEB 


Ta-RE-DE, s. Eng. Thursday; origin- 
ally Thor’s day, i.e., a day set apart for 
the worship of Thor, the god of thunder ; 
among Hawaiians, the fourth day of the 
week, poaha. Nore.—In English reckon- 
ing it is the fifth day of the week. 

TE-a-SO-RA, Be Heb. The name of a 

TE-A-sU-RA, § tree in Isa. 41:19 translated 
the bow tree; also in Isa. 60:13. 

Ti-Lta, s. Eng. Steel. See Kiza. 

TiI-ME-BE-RA-LA, s. Eng. A timbrel, a 

TI-ME-RA-LA, small drum, a very an- 
cient musical instrument, similar to the 


519 


ZIZ 


mentioned by Jsa. 41:19 and translated 
pine. See also Isa. 60:13. 

Ti-ca, s..Hng. A tiger, an animal of 
the cat kind. Lam. Haw. 15:1. 

Tr-re-sa, 8. Heb. A cypress tree. Isa, 
44:14, 


To-Pa-z, s. Eng. from Gr. A topaz, 

To-PA-zo, the name of a precious stone. 
Mel. Sol. 5:14; Hoik. 21:20. 

Tu-mi-m1, s. Heb. The thummim, some- 


thing worn on the breast-plate of the Jew- 
ish high-priest. Puk. 28:30. See Urma. 


kuolokani of Hawaiians. Hal. 68:25. For|'Tu-sE-pE, s. Eng. Tuesday, name of 


various other instruments, see 2 Sam. 6:5. 
Ti-pa-ra, s. Heb. The name of a tree 


the third day of the week; with Hawaiians 
the second day, Poalua. 


Ve 


The sound of the letter v is as sel-| Vi-o-La, s. Eng. A viol, a musical in- 


We dom distinctly heard in Hawaiian as it 


strument. IJsa. 38:20. 


is in the Tahitian dialect. The real sound | V1-0-La-u-m1, s. Viola and umi, ten. A 


represented by w from a Hawaiian’s mouth 
is between that of v andw; but the double- 
you sound predominates ; the letter v is 
therefore used only in words derived from 
foreign languages. 


Ve-nu-sa, s. Lat. The name of the V 


planet Venus. See Alemanaka for 1835. 
The Hawaiian name is Hookelewaa. 


musical instrument of ten strings. Hal. 
33:2; Hal. 144:9. 
Vi-nE-Ga, s. Eng. Vinegar. Mat. 27:34. 
He waiawaawa. Hawaiian pronunciation, 
pineka. 
U-LE-TU-RA, s. Eng. The vulture, the 
name of an unclean bird. Kani. 14:13. 


Z.. 


7, There are but few words commenc-| ZE-LU, s. The name of an animal. 
* ing with this letter, and those mostly | 7).o.n a, s. Heb. The name of a hillin 


from the Greek. 

Zx-po-rA, s. Heb. The name of asmall 
bird ; a sparrow perhaps. Sol. 26:2. | 
Ze-Be-RA, Ss. Eng. A Zebra, a species 

of the horse. Lam. Haw. 13:1. 
Ze-su, s. Eng. An animal of the ox 
kind; azebu. Lam. Haw. 10:1. 


Jerusalem, Zion. Fic. The whole city and 
to the Christian Church. Hal. 137:1. 

Zi-zA-NI-A, Ss. Gr. Tares; cockles; 
plants injurious to the growth of grain. 
Mat. 13:25, 26, 30. 


Tarr ide 
Helin at 


Hef Be St 
na eluir a j 





par 
Bite 
nate 
; a4 


AN 


ENGLISH-HAW AIAN VOCABULARY. 





Nortr.—It was not the design of the Author of the foregoing Dictionary to 
add anything like an English-Hawaiian part, inasmuch as, in his opinion, such 
a work must be so concise as to be of little avail to Hawaiians or others who 
might wish to use it in studying English. But on account of the strongly ex- 
pressed opinions of some whose judgment he respected—that such an addition 
would be valued—he waived his own opinion and wrote out the following 
Vocabulary. 

The English words are taken from “a Samoan Dictionary, English and 
Samoan,” by Rev. George Pratt, and printed at Samoa, 1862. The Hawaiian 
definitions are the Translator’s, except as the “ Hoakaka olelo no na Huaolelo 
Beritania” printed at Lahainaluna, 1845, was open before him, and to which he 
had recourse when the proper definition did not readily occur. It is hoped that 
those who may use this Vocabulary will know how to account for it if they fail 


in finding the words they need. 


ACC 


A, art. he, kahi, kekahi. 
A-ban-don, e haalele loa. 
A-bash, e hoopalaimaka, 
Ab-do-men, ka opu. 
Ab-hor, e hoowahawaha. 
A-ble, he mea hiki. 


Ab-or-tion, o ka hemo e ana o ke keiki. 


A-bove, iluna, maluna. 

A-bound, e nui ae, e lako. 

A-bout, a puni; aneane. 

A-bridge, e hoopokole. 

Ab-scess, he mai palahee. 

Ab-scond, e mahuka. 

Ab-sent, nalowale. 

A-bun-dance, he lako, he nui wale. 
A-buse, e hana ino aku. 

Ac-cept, e lawe i ka mea i haawiia. 
Ac-cess, ke ala e hiki ai, kahi e hiki ai. 
Ac-ci-dent, kahi poino hiki wale mai. 
Ac-com-pa-ny, e hele pu, e ukali. 
Ac-com-plish, e hooko i-ka hana. 
Ac-cord-ing, e like me, ka like ana. 
Ac-count, he mooolelo, he mooaie. 
Ac-cu-mu-late, or ae, e mahuahua. 


L. A. 


AFF 


Ac-cu-rate, e oiaio. e pololei. 
Ac-curse, e hooino. 

Ac-cus-tom, e maa, e hana pinepine. 
Ache, he hui, eha. 

A-cid, awaawa e like me vinega. 
Ac-qui-esce, e ae aku. 

Ac-quire, e loaa. 

Ac-rid, wewelaikawahakehoao. [aoaoae. 
A-cross, e kau kea, mai kekahi aoao ai kekahi 
Act, he mea i hanaia. 

A-dapt, e hoopili aku. 

Add, e hui, e hoopili hou. 

Ad-here, e pipili, e launa. 

Ad-journ, e hoopanee a i Ka la hou. 
Ad-mi-ra-ble, e mahaloia, nani. 
Ad-mon-ish, e ao aku. 

A-dopt, e hookama, 

A-dorn, e hoonani, e kahiko. 
Ad-ver-si-ty, he pilikia, ka poino. 
A-dult, ka mea i hele i ka nui, he oo. 
A-dul-te-ry, he moekolohe. 
Ad-yo-cate, he mea uwao, he loio. 
A-far, e loihi aku, he mamao. 
Af-fa-ble, e kamailio oluolu ana. 


APP 


Af-fect-a-tion. he hoike wale ano ole. 
Af-fec-tion, aloha, makemake. 
Af-firm, e hoooia, e hoopaa. 
Af-flict, e hana ino, e hoopilikia. 
Af-fright, e hooweliweli. 

Af-front, e hoonauki. 

A-fraid, makau. 

Af-ter, mahope, mamuli. 
Af-ter-birth, ka iewe. 

Af-ter-noon, mahope o ke awakea. 
A-gain, ka wa hou. 

A-gainst, e ku e aku. 

Age, ka loihi o kahi manawa. 


A-ged, men, elemakule ; women, luwahine. 


Ag-gres-sor, ka mea hoouka ia hai. 
Ag-i-tate, e lulu, e luliluli. 

A-go, wa i hala, mamua aku nei. 
Ag-o-ny, ka eha nui. 

_ A-gree, e manao like, e launa. 
A-ground, ili ka moku, ma ka honua. 
A-ha! uwe! aikola! 

Aid, e kokua. 

Aim, he makemake, ka mea i imi ia. 
Air, ke ea, ka makani. 

A-las! auwe! aloha ino! poino! 
A-like, like, e like me. 

A-live, make ole, e ola ana. 

All. pau loa, aohe mea koe. 
Al-le-vi-ate, e hoomama i ke kaumaha. 
Al-low, e ae aku. 

Al-lure, e hoowalewale. 

Al-most, aneane, kokoke pau loa. 
A-lone, oja hookahi. 

Al-so, hoi, oia hoi, kekahi. 


Al-ter-nate, e hana pakahi na mea elua. 


Al-though, ina, ina paha, aka. 
Al-ways, oia mau, he mea mau. 
A-mass, e ohi a nui, hoouluulu. 
A-ma-zed, pihoihoi, eehia. 
Am-bas-sa-dor, he luna, he elele. 
Am-big-u-ous, he ano elua, akaka ole. 
Am-bi-tion, ikaika ka manao e loaa. 
A-mends, he mea e pani ai ka hewa. 
A-midst, iwaena, iwaena konu. 
A-mongst, iwaena pu. 

Am-ple, he lawa, he nui. 

An, he, kahi. 

An-chor, ka heleuma. 

And, a, a me, hoi. 

An-ger, huhu, inaina. 

An-i-mal, ka mea e ola ana. 

An-kle, pnupuu wawae. 

An-noy, e hoouluhua, e hoonauki. 
A-noint, e hamo, e poni. 

An-oth-er, e, he mea e, okoa. 
An-swer, e pane aku, e hai aku. 
Ant, he nonanona. 

Anx-ious, he makau o hiki mai ka ino. 
A-ny, kekahi o na mea he nui. 
A-part, kaawale. 

A-part-ment, he keena okoa. 
A-pol-o-gize, e olelo hooakaka. 
Ap-par-el, he lole komo, aahu. 
Ap-pa-ri-tion, he lapu, kinowailua. 
Ap-pear, e ikeia, e puka mai. 


522 BAN 


Ap-plaud, e mahalo. 

Ap-point, e hoonoho, e wae aku. 
Ap-proach, e hookokoke. 

Ar-gue, e wehewehe i ka manao. 
A-rise, e ku iluna, e ala mai. 

Arm, lima. 

Arms, he mau mea kaua. 

Ar-my, he poe kaua, he puali. 
A-round, a puni, a poai. 

Ar-rive, e hiki aku i kau wahi. 
Ar-ro-gance, he kaena, he hookiekie. 
Ar-row, he pua pana. 

Ar-row-root, he pia. 

Ar-te-ry, he aalele. 

Ar-ti-fice, he hana hoopunipuni, maalea,. 
As, me, pe, penei. 

As-cend, e pii iluna, ae. 

As-cent, he piina. 

A-sham-ed, i hilahilaia. 

Ash-es, he lehu, lehu ahi. 

Ask, e ninau, e noi. 

A-slant, he hio. ; 
As-sem-ble, e hoouluulu, e halawai. 
As-sist, e kokua. 

Asth-ma, he nae, he hokii. 
As-ton-ish, e puiwa, e ano e ka manao. 
A-stray, he auwana, hele hewa. 
A-sun-der, kaawale. 

A-sy-lum, he wahi e malumalu ai. 
At, i, ma. 

A-tone, e kala i ka hala. 
A-tone-ment, ka uku no ka hewa. 
At-tain, e loaa, e hiki aku. 
At-tempt, e hoao, e hooikaika aku. 
At-tend, e hele pu, e hoolohe. 
A-vail, e lilo i mea e pono ai. 
A-va-rice, he puni kala, puni waiwai. 
A-void, e alo ae, e launa ole. 
Aus-tere, he pi, paakiki. 

A-wait, e kali, e noho hoomanawanui. 
A-wake, makaala, pau ka hiamoe. 
A-way, ma kahi e, kahi kaawale. 
Axe, he koi, he koi lipi. 


B. 


Babe, he keiki unku, he kama. 
Back, kua, mahope ae. 

Back-bite, e aki. 

Back-bone, ka iwi kuamoo. 
Back-side, ma ke kua, muli. 
Back-wards, emi hope, mahope. 
Bad, ino, he hewa, kolohe. 

Bag, he eke, he hipuu. 

Bait, he maunu. 

Bake. e hooimu, e hoomoai ka imu. 
Bald, ohule. 

Bale, he opeope nui he waiwai oloko. 
Bale, e ka, e kai ka liu. 

Bam-boo, he ohe. 

Band, he kaei, he apo. 

Ban-ish, e kipaku i ka aina e. 
Ban-ner, ka hae koa. 


é 


BLA 


Barb, kahi e paa ai ma ka makau. 

Bark, ka ili o ka laau. 

Bark, (me he ilio la) e aoaoa. 

Bar-ren, pa, hua ole. 

Bar-ter, e hoololi waiwai no Kekahi waiwai. 

Bask-et, hinai. 

Bat, he opeapea. 

Bathe, e auau i ka wai. 

Bat-tle, e kaua, he hoouka kaua. 

Beach, kahakai, ke one ma kahakai. 

Bead, he pupu no ka lei. 

Beak, ka nuku manu, nuku moku. 

Bear, e lawe, e amo; e hanau. 

Bear, he bea. 

Beard, ka umiumi. 

Beast, ka holoholona. 

Beat, e paopao, e pepehi. 

Beau-ti-ful, maikai, nani. 

Be-calm-ed, e ku malie ana i ka pohu. 

Be-cause, no, no ka mea. 

Beck-on, e peahi. 

Be-come, e lilo. 

Be-com-ing, kupono, e lilo ana. 

Bed, he moe, wahi e hiamoe ai. 

Bed-rid-den, i moe mau ma ka moe. 

Be-fore, mamua ae, ma ke alo. 

Beg, e noi, e makilo. 

Be-get, e ko (me he kane la.) 

Be-gin, e hoomaka. 

Be-hav-ior, ke ano o ka noho ana. 

Be-hind, ma ke kuna, mahope iho. 

Be-hold! aia hoi! aia la! e nana! 

Belch, e luai. 

Be-lieve, e paulele, e manaoio. 

Bel-ly, ka opu. 

Be-lov-ed, i alohaia. 

Be-low, malalo, malalo iho. 

Belt, he kaei. 

Bench, noho loloa, he noho papa. 

Bend, e hoopio, e hookeekee. 

Be-neath, malalo ae. [maikai ai. 

Be-ne-fi-cial, he mea e pono ai, he mea e po- 

Be-ney-o-lence, lokomaikai, hoomanawalea. 

Be-night, he hiki e mai ka po. 

Be-seech, e noi, e pule aku. 

Be-side, he mea a keu, he mea e ae hoi. 

Be-siege, e hoopuni i ke kulanakauhale i ka 
puali. 

Best, he oi ma ka maikai. 

Be-stow, e haawi wale aku. 

Be-tray, e kumakaia. 

Be-troth, e hoopalau. 

Be-tween, iwaena. 

Be-wail, e kanikau, e uwe aku. 

Be-wil-der, e ike ole i kahie hele ai, e hoopo- 
uli, ike powehiwehi. 

Be-yond, mao aku. 

Big, nui. [hine. 

Big-a-my, 0 ka mare hookahi kane elua wa- 

Bil-low, he nalu nui o ke kai. 

Bind, e hoopaa i ke kaula, e nakii. 

Bird, he manu. 

Bite, e nahu, e aki. 

Bit-ter, he awaawa, he awahia. 

Black, eleele. 


523 


BRI 


Blad-der, opu mimi. 

Blas-pheme, e hailiili i ke Akua, e hooino. 

Bleed, e hookahe koko. 

Bless, e hoomaikai. 

Blind, makapo, ike ole. 

Blink, e nana powehiwehi, e amo ka maka. 

Blis- ter, he pehu ili he wai oloko. 

Blood, he koko, he wai ula. 

Blood- -y; hapalaia me ke koko. 

Blos-som, he pua o ka laau. 

Blotch, e hapala i kahi luu. 

Blow, he hahan ana. 

Blow, e pa ka makani. 

Blue, uli, uliuli. 

Blun-der, he kuhihewa. he lalau. 

Blun-der-buss, he pu kau poohiwi pokole. 

Blunt, he oi ole, meumeu. 

Boar, he puaa kane. 

Board, he papa, he laau i olo lahilahi ia. 

Beast, e liki, e kaena, e haaheo. 

Boat, he waapa. 

Bod-y, kino. 

Boil, me he wai la e hoolapalapa. 

Boil, mai pehu. a hehe paha. 

Bold, he koa, makau ole. 

Bone, iwi. 

Bon-net, he papale wahine. 

Bo-ny, paa i na iwi. 

Book, he palapala i paiia, he buke. 

Bor-der, he palena, mokuna. 

Bore, e hou i ka wili. 

Bor-row, e noi aole nae lilo loa. 

Bo-som, ka umauma. 

Both, o laua a elua. 

Bot-tle, he omole wai, he hue wai. 

Bot-tom, kumu, mole, aoao lalo. 

Bough, he lala laau. 

Boun-da-ry, mokuna, palena. 

Bow, e kulou ke poo. 

Bow, he kakaka. 

Bow-els, he naau. 

Bowl, he apu, he bola. 

Bow-string, he kaula kakaka. 

Box, he pahu. 

Box, e mokomoko, e kui me ka lima. 

Boy, he keiki kane. 

Boy-ish, he ano kamalii. 

Brack-ish, mananalo, he wai Kai iki. 

Brag, e akena, e kaena. 

Brain, ka lolo poo. 

Branch, he lala, he manamana laau. 

Bran-dish, e oniu aku me ka hooweliweli, 

Brave, makau ole, he koa. 

Bread-fruit, ka hua ulu. 

Breadth, he akea, he laula. 

Break, as a law, hai; as glass, &., naha; as 
a rope, moku, &c. 

Break-er, he kai koo. 

Breast, umauma. 

Breathe, e hanu. 

Breech-es, he wawae komo, he wawae muku. 

Breed, e hanau, e loaa ke keiki. 

Breeze, he makani oluolu. 

Bridge, he holopapa, he wapo. 

Bright, huali, aiai. 


CAP 524 CLA 


Brim-ful, piha, piha a hu. 

Bring, e ho mai, e lawe mai. 

Brink, he kae, he kapa o ka muliwai. 
Brit-tle, mea naha wale, hai wale. 
Broad, akea, laula. 

Broil, e koala, e pulehu i ke ahi. 
Broil, e hakaka ana, e ohumu. 
Brood, he ohana, he ohua manu. 
Brood, e hoopunana me he moa la. 
Broth-er, he hoahanau kane. 

Brown, he ano ulaula ahiahia. 
Bruise, e hoeha, e palapu. 

Brush, e kahili, e kabi. 

Brush, he hulu puaa i hana kahili ia. 
Bud, e opuu, e opuupuu mai. 
Buf-fet, e kui, e kui aku. 

Build, e kapili, e kukulu. 

Build-er, he kanaka kukulu bale. 
Bul-let, he poka pu. 

Bunch, he huhui, he ahui, he puu. 
Bun-dle, he ope, he puolo. 

Bur-den, he ukana kaumaha. 

Burn, e aa; e wela. 

Bur-nish, e anai, e hoohuali. 

Burst, e poha, e hoonaha. 

Bu-ry, e kanu iho, e uhi i ka lepo. 
Bush-y, paapu i na laau liilii. 

But, aka. 

But, he pahu nui. 

But-ter-fly, he pulelehua. 

But-tock, he kikala. 

But-ton, he pihi. 

Buy, e kuai lilo mai. 

By, €, ma. 

By, kokoke, ma 
By-and-by, mamiuli. 


© 
. 


. 
By-word, he inoa i kapaia’i kekahi no ka ino. 


C. 


Ca-BLk, be kaula nui e paa ai ka moku. 
Cack-le, e alala me he moa la, e pukoko. 


Ca-da-ver-ous, me he kupapau la ke nana aku. 
Cage, he hale manu, he hale holoholona hihiu. 
Cake, he popo berena uwuku, he berena liilii. 


Ca-lam-i-ty, he poino, he pilikia nui. 
Cal-cu-late, e imi ma ka noonoo. 
Cal-dron, he ipu hao nui. 

Calk, e hoopaa hamama ma ka moku. 
Call, e hea aku. e kahea. 

Calm, he pohu, he malie, makani ole. 
Calm, e pohu, e malu. 

Ca-lum-ni-ate, e hoino ia hai, e niania aku. 
Camp, he wahi e hoomoana ai na koa. 
Can, e hiki, e ikaika. 

Can, he ipu tini no ka mea wai. 

Cane, ko, ka ohe, he laau kookoo. 
Can-non, he pu nui kuniahi. 

Can-not, he hiki ole. 

Ca-noe, he waa. 

Cap, he uhi no ke poo, he papalekapu. 
Cape, he lae, he aahu no ka poohiwi. 
Cap¢tive, he pio, ka mea i lawe pio ia. 


Care, ka manao nui e kaumaha ai. 
Car-pen-ter, he kamena, he kapili hale. 
Car-ry, e lawe, e halihali, e amo. 
Carve, e kalai, e mahele pono i ka ia, 
Case, he pale, he wahi. 

Cast, e hoolei, e hooheehee i ke kepau. 
Cas-tle, he hale papu, he pa ikaika. 
Cat, he popoki, he owau. 

Cat-a-ract, he wailele. 

Catch, e hopu. 

Cat-e-chise, e ao aku ma ka niele. 
Cave, he ana, he lua. 

Cay-il, e hoohalahala, e hoopohala. 
Cause, he kumu, kumu hookolokolo. 
Caus-tic, he aai ana me he mai aai la. 
Cau-tion, he makaala, he kuoo. 

Cease, e oki, e hoopau. 

Cel-e-brate, e hoonani. 

Cen-sure, e ahewa, e hoohewa. 
Cen-ti-pede, he mea kolo niho awa, kanapi. 
Cen-ter, waenakonu, mawaenakonu. 
Chain, he kaulahao. 

Chair, he noho. 

Chal-lenge, e aa aku. 

Cham-ber, he keena maluna. 

Chance, he mea hiki wale mai. 
Change, e ano hou ae, e hoololi. 
Chant, e mele heluhelu. 

Chap, he nakaka ka ili, he ili naha. 
Chap, he kanaka opiopio. 

Char-ac-ter, ke ano o ke kanaka. 
Char-coal, he nanahu. 

Charge, he kauoha, he mea e malamaia. 
Char-i-ty, he manawalea, he aloha. 


} Charm, e hoolealea. 


Chase, e hahai. 

Chasm, he awawa hohonu. 

Chas-tise, e hahau, e haua. 

Cheap, he kumukuai uuku, makepono. 

Cheat, e epa, e hoopunipuni. 

Cheek, ka papalina. 

Cheer-ful, oluolu ka mariao, hoihoi. 

Cher-ish, e malama maikai. 

Chest, he pahu papa. 

Chew, e nau, e mama. 

Chick-en, he ohana moa, moa opiopio. 

Chide, e ao, e hoopaapaa. 

Chief, he alii, he kiaaina. 

Child, he keiki, he kama. 

Child-ish, ma ke ano kamalii. 

Chill, he anu, he haukeke, he li. 

Chin, auwae. 

Chip, he apana okiia. 

Chirp, e nunulu, e ioio me he manu la. 

Chis-el, he kila. 

Choice, ka. mea i koho ia, ke koho ana. 

Choke, e puua, e umi. 

Choose,,e koho, e wae ae. 

Chop, e oki, e kua aku. 

Clam-my, he pulupulu a he pili ana. 

Clam-or, he walaau, he uwauwa. 

Clang, he leo o ke kaua, he leo kani nui. 

Clap, of the hands, e pai ka lima; of thunder, 
he kui hekili. 

Clasp, e apo, e puliki. 


COM 


Class, he papa, he poe. 

Clat-ter, e koele, e kamailio lapuwale. 

Claw, of a bird, he maiunu. 

Clay, he palolo, he lepo pipili. 

Clean, maemae. 

Cleanse, e huikala, e hoomaemae. 

Clear, aiai. 

Cleave, e pili aku; cleave asunder, e mahele. 

Cley-er, akamai, oluolu. 

Climb, e pii iluna. 

Cling, e puili, e pili aku. 

Close, e pi, e paakiki. 

Cloth, lole, kapa. 

Clothe, e aahu, e komo i ka lole. 

Cloud, he ao, he oho paapu. 

Cloud-y, paapu i na ao. 

Clo-ven, i maheleia. 

Club, he newa, he laau e pepehi ai. 

Cluck, e koukou aku. 

Clum-sy, he hawawa, he mama ole i ka hana. 

Clus-ter, he ahui, he huihui. 

Clutch, e hopu a paa. 

Cob-web, he punawelewele. 

Cock, he moa kane. 

Cock-crow-ing, ka wa o ka poi kani ai ka moa. 

Cock-le, he mea ulu, he zizania. 

Co-coa, ka laau niu. 

Co-e-qual, he like ke ano me kahi mea e ae. 

Cof-fin, he pahu kupapau. 

Cog-i-tate, e noonoo. 

Coil, e poai, e wili poai me he kaula la. 

Cold, he anu, he haukeke, he hui. 

Col-ic, he nahu, he eha o ka naau. 

Col-lar-bone, ka iwi 0 ka a-i. 

Col-lect, e hui pu, e obi. 

Col-lec-tion, he mau mea i huiia. 

Col-lis-ion, he ku, he pili, he anai. 

Col-or, ke ano owaho, he eleele paha, he ula- 
ula, he melemele paha, he mea hooluu. 

Comb, he kahi no ka lauoho. 

Com-bat, he kaua, he hoouka. 

Com-bine, e alu, e hui pu. 

Com-bus-ti-ble, he hiki ke hoaaia. 

Come, e hele mai. 

Com-et, he hoku welowelo. 

Com-fort, he oluolu, he maha. 

Com-mand, e kauoha, e olelo paa aku. 

Com-mand-ment, he kanawai, he kauoha. 

Com-mem-o-rate, e hana ma na mea e hooma- 
nao ai. 

Com-mence, e hoomaka. 

Com-mend, e hoapono. {naau. 

Com-mit, e haawi aku ia hai, e hoopaa maka 

Com-mon, he meailoaa pinepine, he kaulana. 

Com-mo-tion, he haunaele, he pioloke. 

Com-pan-ion, he hoa, he mea launa. 

Com-pa-ny, he poe, he mau kanaka hui. 

Com-pare, e hoohalike. 

Com-pas-sion, aloha. 

Com-pel, e koi aku, e hooikaika. 

Com-pen-sate, e pani aku no ka mea i lilo. 

Com-plain, e ohumu, e hai i Ka pilikia. 

Com-plete, e hoopau, e hoopaa i Kahi hana. 

Com-plex, he mea ano nui, hihia. 

Com-ply, e ae aku me ka hana a malama. 


525 


COR 


Com-pose, e hoooluolu, e kakau manao; to 
compose e mele, e haku. 

Com-pre-hend, e ike maopopo. 

Com-pute, e helu, e loaa ma ka helu. 

Com-rade, he hoa, hoa hele, hoa hana. 

Con-ceal, e huna, e uhi. 

Con-ceit-ed, he manao nuiiaiaiho. [opu. 

Con-ceive, e loaa ma ka noonoo, e ko ma ka 

Conch, he pu nui no ka moana mai. 

Con-cil-i-ate, e hoolaulea, e hoooluolu. 

Con-cise, pokole ma ka olelo ana. 

Con-course, he aha kanaka nui. 

Con-demn., e hoahewa aku. 

Con-de-scend. e hoohaahaa, e ae aku. 

Con-duct, ka ano o ka noho ana o kekahi. 

Con-fer, e kuka pu, e Jaawi ia hai. 

Con-fess, e hai aku i kahi hana malu. 

Con-firm, e hoopaa, e hooia. 

Con-flict, he ku e, he kaua. 

Con-found-ed, he pili paa, he hoopohihbiia. 

Con-gre-gate, e hui, e hele nui mai me kanaka. 

Con-jec-ture, e koho, e manao wale. 

Con-nect, e hui pu, e hoobui. 

Con-quer, e lanakila, e hoopio. 

Con-science, ka manao oloko e hoomaopopo 
ana i ka hewa, ka lunaikehala. 

Con-sent, ka ae, ka ae ana. 

Con-sid-er, e noonoo, e poonoo. 

Con-sign, e haawi ia hai e malama ia. 

Con-sole, e hoooluolu, e hoona. 

Con-spic-u-ous, i ikeia, i maopopo. 

Con-spire, e noonoo ku e, e ohumu aku. 

Con-stant, mau, paa, kuihe ole. 

Con-stant-ly, e mau ana, e paa mau ana. 

Con-ster-na-tion, he weliweli, he wiwo. 

Con-sti-pa-tion, he paa. 

Con-struct, e kapili. 

Con-sult, e niele aku ia hal. 

Con-sume, e pau i ka ai ia, pau i ke ahi. 

Con-sump-tion, he ano mai. 

Con-ta gious, he mai i hoolahaia ma ka pili. 

Con-tam-i-nate, e hoohaumia. 

Con-temn, e hooino. 

Con-tem-plate, e poonoo. 

Con-tend, e ku e, e hakaka. 

Con-tent, walea, oluolu. 

Con-ten-tion, haunaele, hakaka. 

Con-tig-u-ous, e pili ana. 

Con-tin-u-al, e mau ana, oki ole. 

Con-tin-ue, e hoomau, e oia mau. 

Con-tract, e hooemi iho. 

Con-tri-vance, he mea i loaa i ka noonoo. 

Con-tro-ver-sy, he hoopaapaa. 

Con-tu-ma-cy, he hoolohe ole. 

Con-vene, e hoohalawai. 

Con-ver-sa-tion, he kamailio. 

Con-vert, e hoohuli, e hoololi i ka manao. 

Con-vey, e lawe aku, e hali. 

Coo, e uwe me he-manu nunu la. 

Cook, e kahumu i ka ai, he kuke. 

Cool, oluolu, wela ole. 

Co-pi-ous, nui wale. 

Cop-per, he keleawe melemele. 

Cop-u-la-tion, he hui e ai pu ana. 

Cor-al, he akoakoa, he puna. 


‘ 


CRY 


Cord, he kaula liilii. 

Cord-age, na kaula moku. 

Core, he kaku, pikoi. 

Cor-ner, he kihi, huina. 
Cor-ner-stone, he pohaku kihi. 
Corpse, he kupapau. 

Corps, he poe koa. 

Cor-pu-lent, he kino puipui, momona. 
Cor-rect, he pololei, he oiaio. 
Cor-rode, e ai me he popo la. 
Cor-rupt, e hoohaumia, e hauna. 
Cos-tive, he paa ka lepo. 

Cot-ton, he pulupulu. 

Cov-e-nant, e ae like ana, he kuikahi. 
Cov-er, he ihi, he poi. 

Cov-et, e kuko, e iini.  ,. 

Cough, e kunu. ' 

Coun-cil, he poe e kukakuka pu ana. 
Count, e helu. 

Coun-te-nance, he helehelena, maka. 
Coun-ter-act, e hana ma ka mea e ku e ai. 
Coun-ter-feit, e hoohalike kolohe. 
Count-less, e hiki ole ke helu ia. 
Coun-try, he aina, he aupuni. 
Coup-le, elua, papalua. 

Cour-age, he makau ole. 

Cour-te-ous, lokomaikai. 

Cour-te-san, he wahine moekolohe. 
Cous-in. he hoahanau. 

Cow-ard, he kanaka hee wale. 
Cow-er, e kulou iho, e ae wale aku. 
Coy, maka hilahila. 

Crab, he papai. 

Crack, he nakaka, naka. 

Crack-le, e paapaaina. 

Craft, he maalea, ka oibana. 

Cramp, maele. 

Crave, e noi me ka ikaika. 

Craw-fish, he papai, he wahi ula. 
Crawl, e kolo, e hele me he ilo la. 
Creak, e uwi, e nakeke. 

Cre-ate, e hana, e hoololi hou. 

Creep, e kolo me he keiki la. 
Crey-ice, he naha, nakaka. 

Crew, ka poe luina, ka poe hoholo moku. 
Crick-et, he mea ano ubini. 

Crime, he hewa e pili ana ke kanawai. 
Crim-son, he ulaula loa. 

Crip-ple, he mea oopa. 

Crisp, e wela a paapaa. 

Crock-e-ry, he mau ipu naha. 

Crook, e hookekee, e pio. 
Crook-back, he kuapuu. 

Cross-way, he ala liilii moe kea. 
Crouch, e kulou, e moe iho. 

Crow, he manu eleele. 

Crow, e hookani ka leo me he moa kane la. 
Crowd, he poe nui a paapu. 

Crown, he papale alii, ka piko o ke poo. 
Cru-el, he oolea, he paakiki. 

Crumb, he huna liilii, he huna ai. 
Crum-ble, e helelei liilii. 

Crum-ple, e hoomimino. 

Crush, e hoopepe. 

Cry, e ue, e uwe. 


526 


DEF 


Cu-bit, he ana ma ka loa 18 iniha. 
Cum-ber, e hookaumaha. 
Cun-ning, akamai, noiau, maalea. 
Cup, he ipu, he apu. 

Cure, e hoola i ka mai. 

Cur-ly, mimilo, piipii. i 
Cur-rent, he au, ke kahe wai ana. 
Curse, e hooino, e kuamuamu. 
Curve, e hookekee, e pelu. 
Cus-tom, he maa, he hana mau. 
Cut, e oki, e kalai. 

Cut-lass, be pahi kaua. 


BD. 


Dat-iy, kela la keia la. 

Dal-li-ance, he hoopanee, he alohaloha. 
Dam-age, he poino, he kina. 

Damp, | mau. koekoe. 

Dance, e haa, e hula. 

Dare, e aa aku. 

Dark, poeleele, ke ano 0 ka po. 
Dar-ling, he hiwahiwa, mea i aloha nui. 
Dart, he ihi, he pua no ke kakaka. 
Dash, he kahamaha. 

Daugh-ter, kaikamahine. 

Daunt, e boomakau. 

Dawn, he wanaao. 

Day, he ao, pau ka pouli. 

Daz-zle, e olinolino. 

Dead, make, pau ke ea. 

Deaf, kuli, aa. 

Deal, e mahele aku. 

Dear, he nui ke kumu kuai, he aloha nui ia. 
Dearth, he wa wi. 

Death, he make, he kaili ke aho. 
De-bate, e kukakuka, e paio. _[lohe me ia. 
De-bauch, e hoowalewale ia hai e hoomoeko- 
De-bil-i-tate, e hoonawaliwali. 

De-cap-i-tate, e hoooki i ke poo. 

De-cay, e pala, e maloo,; e popopo. 

De-cease, e make. 

De-ceit, e hoopunipuni. 

De-cent, kohu pono. 

De-cide, e hoomaopopo, e paa ka manao. 
Deck, e hoonani. 

Deck, ka inoa o ka papa maluna o ka moku. 
De-clare, e hai aku. 

Dec-o-rate, e hoonani, e kahiko. 

De-coy, e hoowalewale. 

De-crease, e emi iho, e hooliilii. 

Ded-i-cate, e hoolaa, e hoolilo ia hai, 

Deep, hohonu, poopoo. 

De-fame, e hoino, e hoowahawaha. 

De-feat, e lanakila, e hooauhee. 

De-fend, e hoomalu, e pale aku. 

De-fer, e hoopanee. . 

Def-er-ence, he ae aku, he hoolohe. 
De-fi-ance, he aa aku. 

De-fi-cient, emi iho, he nele. 

De-file, e hoohaumia. 

De-fine, e hoakaka, e hoike i ke ano. 
De-form, e hoomumukuia. 


DIM 


De-form-ed, he hookinaia, he mumuku. 

_ De-fraud, e hoopunipuni ia hai. 

De-fy, e aa aku. 

De-grade, e hoohaahaa. 

De-lay, he hoopanee. 

De-lib-er-ate, e kuka, e noonoo. 
De-li-cious, ono i ka ai, miko. 

De-light, he olioli, he manao lealea, 
De-liv-er, e hoopakele. 

Del-uge, he wai kahe nui, kaiakahinalii. 
De-lu-sion, he manao kubihewa. 
De-mol-ish, e wawahi, e hoohiolo. 
De-mon, he daimonio, he uhane ino. 
De-ni-al, he hoole, ae ole. 

De-part, e hele aku. 

De-pend, e kau aku, e pili ana ia hai. 
De-pop-u-late, e hooemi iho na kanaka. 
De-pose, e hemo i kekahi i kana oihana. 
De-prave, e hoolilo aku i hewa. 

Depth, he hohonu, he poopoo. 

Dep-u-ty, he hope, he pani haka, 
De-ride, e hoowahawaha, e dkaaka. 
De-scend, e iho, e hele ilalo. 
De-scend-ant, he mamo. 

Des-e-crate, e hooino i ka mea i hoolaaia. 
Des-ert, he wao, he wahi kanaka ole. 
De-sert, e hele aku, e haalele. 

De-sign, e manao e mamua. 

De-sire, he makemake, he ake. 

De-sist, e hooki, e hoopau i ka hana. 
Des-o-late, he mehameha, kanaka ole. 
Des-pair, he manao poho, lana ole. 
Des-patch, he hana i paa wawe ia. 
Des-pi-ca-ble, he mea manao ole ia. 
Des-pise, e hoowahawaha, e hooino. 
Des-pond, e poho ana i ka manao. 
Des-ti-tute, nele, ilihune. 

De-stroy, e hoopau aku. 

De-tach, e hemo aku, e hookaawale. 
De-tail, e hai nui a loihi aku. 

De-tain, e kaobi, e hoololohi ia hai. [i hewa. 
De-tect, e loaa ka mea i nalo, e hopuika mea 
De-ter-mine, e hooholo ka manao. 
De-test, e hoowahawaha, e inaina aku. 
De-vi-ate, e hele hewa, e huli ae. 
De-vice, he manao hana maalea. 
De-void, he ole, he neoneo. 

De-vote, e hoolaa, e hookapu. 

De-vour, e pau i ka ai ia, e ai wikiwiki. 
Dew, he hau, he hau o ke kakahiaka. 
Di-a-dem, he hoailona alii. 

Di-a-lect, ka olelo i hoohuli iki a kekahi poe. 
Di-a-logue, he olelo kike a na mea elua. 
Di-a-pbragm, ka pale mawaena o ka opu. 
Di-ar-rhe-a, ka hi. 

Dib-ble, he wahi oo. 

Die, e make, e kaili ke aho. 

Dif-fer, e like ole. e hookoa. 

Dif-fi-cult, he oolea, he paakiki. 
Dif-fi-dent, maka hilahila. 

Dif-fuse, mahuahua, hoonui. 

Dig, e eli, e kohi i ka lepo. 

Dil-a-to-ry, lolohi, hoomolowa. [ia. 
Dim, powehiwehi, maopopo ole ka mea i imi 
Di-min-ish, e hele liilii, e hooemi iho. 


927 


DOC 


Dip, e kupenu, e hookomo i ka wai. 
Dire, he ino nui, he weliweli. 

Di-rect, e kuhikuhi aku, e hoopololei. 
Dirt, he lepo, he paumaele. 

Dis-a-gree, e like ole, e ku e aku. 
Dis-ap-pear, e hoonalowale. 

Dis-as-ter, he poino, he lilo, he pilikia. 
Dis-cern, e hoomaopopo, e ike. 
Dis-charge, e hookuu aku, e hana a paa. 
Dis-ci-ple, haumana. 

Dis-close, e wehe, e hoohu ae. 
Dis-com-pose, e hoopohihi, e hoohuhu. 
Dis-cord, kohu like ole, Jauna ole. 
Dis-coy-er, e loaa ma ka imi ana. 
Dis-course, he wahi olelo, he haiao. 
Dis-cour-te-ous, he oluolu ole. 
Dis-crim-in-ate, e ike maopopo lea. 
Dis-dain, e hoowahawaha. 

Dis-ease, he mai. 

Dis-fig-ure, e hooano e i ka helehelena. 
Dis-grace, e hoohaahaa iho. - 

Dis-gust, he hoopailna, ono ole. 

Dish, he ipu, he kiaha, 

Dis-heart-en, e manaka, poho anao ka manao. 
Dis-hey-el-ed, lauoho i kahi ole ia. 
Dis-in-ter, e huai i ke kupapanu. 
Dis-join, e hemo ae, e hookaawale aku. 
Dis-like, e makemake ole, e launa ole. 
Dis-lo-cate, e hemo i ka ami o ka iwi. 
Dis-miss, e hookuu aku. 

Dis-mount, e lele ilalo o ka lio. 
Dis-o-be-di-ent. hoolohe ole, malama ole. 
Dis-own, e hoole, olelo kekahi aole nona. 
Dis-perse, e hooauhee, e hele liilii. 
Dis-pir-it, he pau ka manao ikaika. 
Dis-play, he hoike hanohano. 
Dis-please, e pono ole ka manao. 
Dis-pos-sess, e hemo wale, e hao. 
Dis-pute, e hoopaapaa. 

Dis-re-gard, e hoolohe ole, malama ole. 
Dis-res-pect, e malama ole. 
Dis-sem-ble, e hookamani. 

Dis-sev-er, e hooki, e hookaawale. 
Dis-sim-i-lar, he like ole. 

Dis-si-pate, e hoohelelei. 

Dis-solve, e hoohee. 

Dis-so-lute, hoomaunauna, 

Dis-tant, mao loa, iu. 

Dis-tem-per, he mai lele. 

Dis-tend, e pehu ae a nui. 
Dis-tin-guish, e noonoo i ka like ole, 
Dis-tress, he eha, he pilikia. 
Dis-trib-ute, e haawi aku. 

Dis-trict, he apana moku. 

Dis-turb, e mea aku, e haunaele. 
Ditch, he auwai i eliia. 

Dive, e luu iho i ka wai. 

Di-verse, he like ole me ka mea e ae. 
Di-vide, e mahele, e puunawe. 
Di-vorce, e oki i ka mea i mare ia. 
Di-vulge, e hoopuka i ka mea i hunaia, 
Diz-zy, he poniuniu. 

Do, e hana. 

Do-cile, he hikiwawe i ke aoia. 
Doc-tor, he kahuna lapaau. 


EAT 


528 


ENR 





Dog, ilio. 

Dol-phin, he ia. 

Dolt, he mea lolohi i ke ao ana. 
Do-min-ion, ka hoalii ana. 

Doom, he hoopai pono ana, 

Door, ipuka, he pani puka. 
Do-tage, he ano elemakule. 
Doub-le, palua, papalua. 
Doub-le-mind-ed, he manao paa ole. 
Doubt, he kanalua. 

Dove, he manu nunu. 

Down, lalo, ilalo. 

Down-ward, e iho, e imi ilalo. 
Drag, e kauo. 

Drake, he manu koloa kane. 
Draught, ka mea i kauo ia. 

Dread, makau, ka eehia. 

Dream, he moe uhane. 

Dregs, he oka, na mea haule ilalo. 
Dress, he kapa komo. 

Drill, he mea e hana ai ka puka. 
Drink, e inu, e moni iho. 

Drip, e kulu uuku. 

Drive, e hoeueu, e kipaku aku. 
Driv-el, e kahe ka wale. 

Dry-dock, he aki hoolana. 
Droll-e-ry, he mea hoomake akaaka. 
Droop, mae iho. 

Drop, e haule iho. 

Drop, he kulu wai. 

Drop-sy, he mai pehu o Ka opu. 
Drown, e make iloko o ka wai. 
Drow-sy, he ano hiamoe. 

Drum, he pahu, he pahu Kani. 
Drunk, ona. 

Dry, maloo. 

Duck, he manu koloa. 

Dull, oi ole, manoanoa. 

Dumb, he aa, he leo ole. 

Dung, he lepo kipulu. 

Dung-y, me he lepo la, 

Du-ra-ble, e mau ana, pau ole. 
Du-ring, oiai. 

Dusk, he malamalama uuku, molehulehu. 
Dust, he lepo makalii. 

Dwell, e noho. 

Dys-en-ter-y, he hi koko. 
Dys-pep-si-a, he wahi mai ma ka opu. 


KE. 


Eacn, kela mea keia mea. 

Ka-ger, ikaika ka manao. 

Ear, pepeiao. 

Kar-ly, wawe, e hiki mamua. 
Har-nest, he manao ikaika, papau o ka manao. 
Harth, ka honua nei, he lepo. 
Karth-quake, olai, haalulu honna,. 
Karth-worm, he ilo lepo, anuhe. 
Ease, maha, oluolu. 

East, hikina. 

Ka-sy, maha, noho oluolu. 

Hat, e ai. 





Eat-a-ble, he mea hiki ke ai ia. 

Eaves, na umalu o ka hale. 

Ebb, e emi ke kai, emi iho. 

E-bul-li-tion, e hoolapalapa me he wai la. 

E-cho, he kupinai. 

E-clipse, ka pouli ana o ka la, mahina paha. 

Edge, he kae, he palena. 

Ed-i-ble, he mea hiki ke ai ia. 

Ed-u-cate, e malama a hoonaauao aku. 

Eel, he ia, he puhi. 

Ef-fem-i-nate, e hoopalupalu me he wahine la. 

Ef-ful-gent, he alohilohi, he nani. 

Egg, he hua; hen’s egg, hua moa. 

Hight, awalu. 

Kight-een, umikumamawalu. 

Hight-y, kanawalu. 

Hi-ther, kekahi o na mea elua. 

E-late, e hookiekie, e lana. 

El-bow, ke kuekue lima. 

El-ders, he poe kahiko, mau luna ekalesia. 

Eld-est, ka mua loa, maka hiapo. 

E-lect, ka mea i kohoia, i waeia. 

El-e-gy, he kanikau. 

El-e-phan-ti-a-sis, he mai pehu nui. 

El-e-vate, e hapai iluna. 

E-lev-en, he umikumamakahi. 

H-lude, e oni ae, e pakele. 

E-ma-ciate, e hoowiwi i ke kino. 

E-mas-cu-late, e hoopau i ke ano kane, e poa. 

Em-balm, e ialoa. | 

Em-bas-sy, ka poe i hoounaia i ka aina e. 

Em-bel-lish, e hoonani, he mea maikai owaho. 

Em-bers, he nanahu ahi ane pio. 

Em-brace, e apo aku ia hai a e honi paha. 

E-merge, e puka mai. 

Em-i-nence, he wahi kiekie. 

Em-is-sa-ry, ka mea i hoounaia, he kiu. 

Em-met, he naonao, he mea kolo. 

Emp-ty, kaawale iloko, he nele. 

Em-u-late, e hooikaika e like me ka meae ae. 

En-camp, e hoomoana. 

En-close, e kaapuni, e hookomo iloko. 

En-com-pass, e€ poai ae. 

En-coun-ter, e hoouka, e kaua aku. 

En-cour-age-ment, e hooikaika, e paipai i ka. 
manao. 

En-croach, e komo iloko o ko hai wahi. 

En-cum-ber, e hookaumaha, e hoopilikia. 

End, he hope, he pau ana. 

En-deay-or, e hoao aku. 

End-less, pau ole, e mau ana. 

En-dure, e hoomanawanui. 

En-e-my, he mea manao ino mai, he ku e. 

En-fee-ble, e hooemi i ka ikaika, e hoopalu- 
palu. 

En-force, e hooko, e hoopaa aku. 

En-gage, e olelo ae like e hana, 

En-grave, e kaha keleawe a mea e ae. 

En-join, e kauoha aku. 

En-joy, e pomaikai i kekahi mea. 

En-kin-dle, e hoaa, e kuni i ke ahi. 

En-large, e hoonui, e hoomahuahua. 

En-light-en, e hoonaauao, e hoomalamalama. 

K-nough, ua lawa, ua nui, 

En-rage, e wela ka huhu. 


EXP | 529 FEA 


En-sign, he hae, he kanaka lawe hae. Ex-pel, e hookuke, e kipaku. 

En-slave, e hookauwa, e hoohana uku ole. Ex-pert, akamai, hikiwawe. 

En-tan-gle, e hoohihia. Ex-pi-ate, e uku aku no ka hewa. 
En-ter, e komo iloko. Ex-pire, e make aku, e kaili ke aho. 
En-tice, e hoowalewale, e kai i ka hewa. Ex-plain, e hooakaka, hoomaopopo. 
En-tire, okoa, pau, aohe mea koe. Ex-plode, e naha aku me he pu la. 
En-trails, he naau. Ex-pose, e hoike aku. 

En-trance, kahi e komo ai. Ex-pound, e hoakaka i ke ano. 
En-trap, e upiki, e hopu. Ex-tend, e kikoo, e hooloihi aku. 
En-treat, e noi ikaika. Ex-ten-u-ate, e hoemi i ka hewa. 
En-vel-op, he wahi, he pale. Ex-te-ri-or, 0 waho, ko waho. 
E-nu-mer-ate, e helu. Ex-ter-min-ate, e hoopau. 

En-voy, he elele, he luna. Ex-tinct, e hoopio ia me he ahi la. 
En-vy, ¢ buahua, e lili wale. Ex-tir-pate, e uhuki i na aa a pau loa. 
Ep-i-dem-ic, he mai i hoolaha nui ia. Ex-tol, e hoonani, e hoolea. 
Ep-i-lep-sy, he mai i kau koke mai. Ex-tort, ma ka hooweliweli e loaa ai. 
B-qual, e like, e hoohalikeia. Ex-treme, kahi e oi loa ai, ka welau. 
E-quiv-a-lent, he mea waiwai like, Ex-trem-i-ty, ka hope, ka welau. 
Ere-long, mahope aole nae Loihi. Ex-tri-cate, e hoopakele, e hoohemo aku. 
E-rect, ku pololei iluna. Ex-u-be-rant, e ulu nui ana, hoohu ana. 
Err, e hele hewa, e lalau. ; Ex-ult, e olioli, e hoaikola. 

Er-rand, e hele imi i kahi mea a hoi mai. Eye, maka. 

E-rup-tion, e poha ana, he puupuu ma ka ili. | Eye-ball, onohi o ka maka. 

Es-cape, he pakele. ERye-brow, ke kuemaka. 

Es-cort, he poe koa e hele pu ana me ke alii. | Eye-lid, kuapoi o ka maka. 

Es-say, e hoao. Eye-sore, ka mea e eha ai ke nana aku. 


Hs-tab-lish, e hoopaa. 

E-ter-nal, oia mau, aohe mua aohe hope. 

E-vade, e pale aku, e alo ae. 

H-va-sive, ma ke ano pale ae. K . 
E-ven, laumania, e moe like ana, 


Kve-ning, ahiahi. Facer, ka maka, ka papalina. 

Ever, i ka manawa a pau. Fade, e mae. 

Hy-e-ry, kela a me keia. Faint, e maule, he nawaliwali. 
Ey-i-dent, maopopo, akaka. Fair, maikai, laelae. 

E-vil, ino, hewa. Faith, manao io, manaolana. 
E-vil-speak-ing, he ahiahi ia hai. Faith-ful, hoolohe ana, ku pono. 
Eu-lo-gy, he olelo mahalo. Fall, e haule, e bina. 

Ex-act, ku pono, pololei loa. Fal-low, mahakea. 

Ex-alt, e hookiekie ae. False, oiaio ole, hoopunipuni. 
Ex-am-ine, e milimili, e huli. False-hood, he wahahee, oiaio ole. 
Ex-am-ple, he kumu hoohalike. Fal-ter, e hooemi iho, e nawaliwali. 
Ex-as-pe-rate, e hoonaukiuki, Famed, e kaulanaia. 

Ex-ceed, e oi aku, e kela aku. Fam-i-ly, ka ohua, ka ohana. 
Ex-cel, e oi aku, e maikai ae. [heluna. | Fam-ine, he wi, he nele i ka ai ole. 


Ex-cept, he mea kaawale aole e komo i ka} Fam-ish, e hoowiwi, e make i ka wi. 
Ex-change, e hoololi, e haawi i kekahi mea no | Fan, he peahi. 


kekahi mea e ae. Fan, e peahi aku. 
Ex-cite, e hooala mai, e hooeueu. Far, mamao aku, loihi aku. 
Ex-claim, e hooho, e kahea nui. Fare-well, he uwe aloha. 
Ex-cre-ment, he kiona, he kukae. Far-thest, loihi loa aku. 
Ex-cuse, e ae aku, e Kala aku. Fash-ion, ke ano e hoomahuiia. 
Ex-e-crate, e hoowahawaha, e hoino. Fast, e hooke ai, e hoopololi. | 
Ex-e-cute, e hooko. Fast, he mama, he kiki. 
Ex-em-pli-fy, e hoike maopopo. Fas-ten, e hoopaa, e hana a paa. 
Ex-empt, kaawale, pakele. Fast-ness, he kauwahi e pilikia ai. 
Ex-ert, e hooikaika. Fat, momona, puipui. 
Ex-hib-it, e hoike aku. Fa-ther, makuakane. 
Ex-hort, e paipai. Fath-om, he anana. 
Ex-ile, e kipaku aku i ka aina e. Fa-tigue, he luhi, he maloeloe. 
Ex-pand, e mohola, e wehe ae. Fault, he hala, he hewa. 
Ex-pect, e kakali. Fa-vor, he lokomaikai, he aloha. 
Ex-pec-to-rate, e kuha. Fa-vor-ite, he makamaka, hoa aloha. 
Ex-pe-di-ent, e pono ke hana ia. Fear, makau, hopohopo. 
Ex-pe-dite, e hana koke, e hoohikiwawe. Feast, ahaaina. 


67 


FLA 


Feath-er, he hulu o ka manu. 
Fee-ble, nawaliwali. 

Feed, e hanai. 

Feel, e haha aku. 

Feign, e hoopunipuni. 

Fe-li-ci- -ty, he oluolu no ka pomaikai. 
Fell, ua hina, ua haule. 

Fel-low, he hoa. 

Fe-male, wahine. 

Fence, he pa, pa pohaku, pa laau. 
Fer-ment, ka hu ana, ka pii ana. 
Fern, he mea ulu ano amaumau. 
Fe-ro-cious, hihiu, hihiu hae. 
Fer-tile, momona me he lepo la. 
Fer- vent, e wela, mahana nui. 


Fes-ter, e akoakoa ka wai maloko o ka eha- 


Fetch, e kii aku, e lawe mai. 
Fet-id, pilau, hauna. 

Feud, he ku e, he hakaka. 
Fe-ver, he wela, he kuni. 

Few, kakaikahi, he uuku. 
Fi-bre, he olona, he kaula liilii. 
Fick-le, he manao lolelua, paa ole. 
Fierce, he hae me he ilio la. 
Fif-teen, he umikumamalima. 
Fifth, ka lima. 

Fif-tieth, ke kanalima. 

Fif-ty, kanalima. 

Fig, he fiku, he hua ai. 

Fight, e hakaka, e paio. 


Fig-ure, he hoailona helu, he helehelena. 


File, he apuapu. 

Fill, e hoopiha. 

Filth, he opala pilau, he lepo ino. 
Fi-nal, ka hope loa, ka pau ana. 
Find, e loaa ma ka imi. 

Fine, he makalii, uuku. 
Fin-ger, manamana lima. 
Fin-ish, e hoopau. 

Fire, he ahi. 

Fire (a gun), e ki pu. 
Fire-shoy-el, he kope ahi. 
Fire-wood, wahie. 

Firm, paa, naue ole. 

First, ka mua. 


First-born, ka hanau mua, he makahiapo. 


Fish, he ia. 

Fish (to), e hopu i ka ia, e kalawaia. 
Fish-hook, makau. 

Fish-er-man, he kalawaia. 

Fis-sure, he wahi naha, he maawe. 
Fit, he mai e popilikia ai ke kino. 
Five, elima. 

Fix, e hoopaa, e paa mau. 

Flab-by, alualu, palupalu. 

Flag, he hae, he hoailona o ke aupuni. 
Flame, he lapalapa ahi. 

Flank, ka aoao. 

Flan-nel, he lole hulu hipa. 

Flap, e kapalili, e kilepalepa. 

Flat, lahilahi, honua, iliwai. 

Flat-ter, e hoomalimali. 

Fla-vor, ke ano o ka honi o ka ai paha. 
Flaw, he naha, he kina, 

‘Flay, e lole i Ka ili, 


530 | FOS 


Flea, he ukulele. 

Flee, e holo aku, e mahuka. 

Fleet, he ulu moku. 

Fleet, mama. 

Flesh, he io. 

Flex-i-ble, e hiki ke peluia. 

Flinch, e hoohalahala, e hooemi iho. 
Fling, e nou aku. 

Flint, he pohaku paakiki. 

Flirt, e hoomahie. 

Float, e lana aku. 

Flock, he auna manu, he poe. 

Flog, e hahau, e haua. 

Flood, he waikahe nui, kaiakahinalii. 
Floun-der, e kupaka. 

Flour-ish, e wlu nui. 

Flow, e kahe me he wai la. 

Flower, he pua mohola. 

Flu- ent, makaukau i ka olelo. 
Flu-id, hehee, kahe me he wai la. 
Flute, ‘he ohi kani mele. 

Fly, he nalo. 

Fly. e lele me he manu la._ 

Foam, he huwahuwa. 

Foe, he mea ku e, he enemi. 

Fog, ohu. 

Fold, e opiopi, e opi me he haps la. 
Fold, he pa hipa. 

Fol-low, e e ukali, hahai. 

Fol-low-er, he mea hahai ana, haumana. 
Fol-ly, he lapuwale. 

Fond, e launa ana, e aloba ana. 
Food, he ai, he mea e ai ai. 

Fool, he mea naaupo, he aia. 

Foot, he wawae, he kapuai. 
Foot-path, ke ala e hele wawae ai. 
For, i, no, na. 

For. age, he ai no na holoholona. 
For-bear, e oki ae i kahi hana, e alia. 
For-bid, e papa aku, e hoole. 

Force, he ikaika. 

Ford, he wai papau. 

Fore-fin-ger, ka manamana lima mua. 
Fore-go, e waiho wale, e haalele. 
Fore-head, ka lae. 

For-eign, he mea kahiki mai. 
Fore-land, he aina e oi ana i ke kai. 
Fore-most, ka mea e oi e mamua. 
Fore-noon, mamua ae 0 ke awakea. 
For-est, he ulu laau. 

Fore-tell, e hai e mamua, e wanana. 
For-get, e hoopoina. 

For-give, e kala i ka hewa. 

Fork, he 0 manamana. 

Fork-ed, he mahele manamana ia. 
For-lorn, he poino, he nele. 

Form, ano owaho, he ano kino. 
For-mer-ly, mamua, i ka wa mahope. 
For-ni-ca-tion, he moekolohe. 
For-sake, e haalele. 

Fort, he papu. 

For-ti-tude, he manao ku paa, makau ole. 
For-tu-nate, pomaikai. 

For-ty, kanaha. 

Fos-ter, e malama, e hanai. 


GAR 


Foul, eka, paumaele. 
Foun-da-tion, ke kumu, ka mole. 
- Found-er, ka mea e hookumu aku. 


Foun-tain, he punawai, kahie piipii ai ka wai. 


Four, aha, kauna. 

Four-fold, paha. 

Four-foot-ed, wawae eha. 

Four-teen, he umikumamaha. 

Fowl, he moa. he mea lele. 
Fowl-ing-piece, he pu ki manu. 
Fra-gile, hikiwawe ke hoonaha ia. 
Fra-grant, he mea ala maikai ke honi. 
Frail, he palupalu, ikaika ole. 
Frame, e kapili laau. 

Fran-tic, he hubu loa, piha i ka huhu. 
Fraud, he hoopunipuni, he hana epa. 
Free, he kaawale, kuikawa, he ku okoa. 
Freight, ka ukana o ka moku. 
Fre-quent, pinepine, he mea mau. 
Fresh, maka, mea hou. 

Fret-ful, he walea ole, he uwe wale. 
Friend, he makamaka, he hoa launa. 
Fright-en, e hoomakau, hooweliweli. 
Fright, he hikilele, he weliweli. 
Fringe, ka aoao kapa i weluwelu ia. 
Frisk, e lele me he ilio la. 
Friy-o-lous, he ano paani lapuwale. 
From, mai, aku. 

Front, alo, ma ke alo, ka aoao mua. 
Fron-tier, ka aoao o ke aupuni. 
Froth, he huwa. 

Frown, he hookuekue o ka maka. 
Fru-gal, e malama waiwai ana. 
Fruit, hua, he mea ulu i mea ai. 
Fruit-less-ly, he hana inea, hua ole. 
Frus-trate, e hoolilo i mea ole, e keakea, 
Fry, e hoomoa ma ke pa hao, e parai. 
Fu-el, he wahie. 

Fugh! ka! kahoho! 

Ful-fill, e hooko, e hoopaa i ka olelo. 
Ful-gent, he alohilohi. 

Full, piha, maona. 

Fum-ble, e haha. e hana hawawa. 
Fun, he paani lealea. 

Fur-bish, e hoohuali. 

Fu-ri-ous, ukiuki, wela ka huhu. 
Fur-ni-ture, he lako no ka hale. 
Fur-ther, mamao aku, loihi aku. 
Fu-tile, makehewa, lapuwale. 
Fu-ture, ka wa mahope. 

Fu-tu-ri-ty, ka manawa mahope aku. 


G. 


Gap, e hele io ia nei. 
Gain, ka mea oi ma ka loaa. 


Gal-ax-y, ka leleiona, keala waiuo na hoku. 


Gall, he mea awaawa iloko o ka opu. 
Gall, e hooeha, e anai i Ka ili. 

Gam-bol, e paani lealea. 

Gaol, jail, he hale paahao. 

Gape, e hoohamama i ka waha. 

Gar-gle, he wai laau e holoi aii ka waha. 


531 


GRE 


Gar-ment, he lole no ke kino. 

Gar-nish, e hoomaikai, e hoonani. 
Gar-ru-lous, he kamailio pau ole, alapi. 
Gash, he oki ma ke kino. 

Gasp, he mauliawa, he hanu paa. 
Gate-way, he ala mawaena o ka puka. 
Gate, he pani puka no ka pa. 

Gath-er, e ohi, e hui pu. 

Gaze, e haka pono. 

Geld, e poa aku. 

Gen-er-al, he alihi kaua. 

Gen-er-al, pili ina mea a pau. 
Gen-e-ra-tion, he hanauna. 

Gen-tle, laka, oluolu. 

Gen-tle-man, he kanaka noho a hana pono. 
Gen-u-ine, maoli, kaawale i ka mea e. 
Ger-min-ate, e ulu, e hookupu. 

Get, e loaa. 

Ghost, he lapu, he uhane. 

Gid-dy, poniuniu, lanalana. 

Gift, he makana. 

Gill, ka mahamaha o ka ia. 

Gim-let, he wili uuku. 

Gin-ger, he awapuhi. 

Gird, e kaei, e nakiikii a paa. 

Girl, he kaikamahine. 

Give, e haawi aku. 

Glad, olioli. 

Glare, e olinolino. 

Glass, he aniani. 

Glis-ten, e alohilohi mai. 

Glob-u-lar, he ano poepoe. 

Gloom, he poeleele, he naau kaumaha. 
Glo-ri-fy, e hoonani. 

Glow, e ula mai me he ahi la. 

Glut-ton, he pakela ai. 

Gnash, e uwii na niho i ka huhu nui. 
Gnaw, e nau. 

Go, e hele, e nee. 

God, ke Akua, Iehova. 

God-li-ness, he manao i ke Akua, e haipule. 
Gog-gles, he aniani uhi maka. 

Good, pono, maikai, oiaio, hemolele. 
Gore, he koko kahe. 

Gore, e o aku i ka pepeiao hao. 

Gorge, e ai nui, e moni okoa. 

Gos-sip, he holoholo olelo. 

Gov-ern, e hoomalu, e hooponopono. 
Gov-ern-ment, ka hoomalu ana i ke aupuni. 
Grace, he lokomaikai wale, he aloha wale. 
Gran-u-late, e oneone. 

Grap-ple, e puliki, e apo ikaika. 

Grasp, e apo, e hopu. 

Grass, he manu, he weuweu. 

Grate, e anai aku, e olo. 

Grave, he lua kupapau. [pau.. 
Grave-stone, he pohaku i Kauiai ka lua kupa- 
Gray-el, Ka iliili. 

Gra-vy, ke kai no ka io moa. 
Greas-y, paumaele i ka aila. 
Great, nui, nunui. 

Greed-y, pakela ai. 

Green, omaomao. maka. 
Greet, e uwe aku, e aloha aku. 
Grey-hair, lauoho ahina. 


HAR 


Grieve, e uwe, e kaumaha ka naau. 
Grind, e anai, e wili. 

Grind-stone, he hoana, hoana kaa. 
Gripe, e lalau a puliki ikaika. 
Gris-tle, he kumumu. 

Grist-ly, he ano kumumu. 

Groan, e kaniuhu, e uwe eha. 
Grope, e hele haha me he makapo la. 
Ground, he lepo, honua. 
Ground-less, kumu ole. 

Grow, e ulu, e mahuahua. 

Growl, e hookeke, e ohumu. 

Grub, he enuhe a me na mea like. 
Grudge, e aua, e lili. 

Gruff, leo haahaa. 

Grum-ble, e ohumu, pono ole ka manao. 
Grunt, e uhu me he puaa la. 
Guard, e kiai. 

Guess, e koho. 

Guest, ka mea i hookipaia. 

Guide, e alakai. 

Guil-ty, hewa io. 

Gull, e hoopunipuni. 

Gul-let, ka puu, kahi e moni ai. 
Gulp, e ai wikiwiki a moni okoa. 
Gun, he pilali. 

Gun, he pukuniahi. 

Gun-pow-der, he one-a, he pouda. 
Gut, naan liilii. 


H. 


Has-1T, he mea mau ma ka hana. 
Hab-it-a-tion, kahi e noho ai. 
Ha-bit-u-al, he maa ka hana. 
Ha-bit-u-ate, e hana a maa. 

Hack, e oki hawawa me ka lipi. 

Haft, ke au, ke kumu o ka pahi. 

Hair, ka lauoho. 

Hale, ikaika, puipui. 

Half, he hapalua. 

Half-full, he bapalua ka piha ana. 
Half-way, like alike ke ala. 

Hall, he keena halawai. 

Hal-low, e hoolaa aku. [ana i ka la. 
Ha-lo, ka ulaula powehiwehi e poai kaawale 
Halt, e ku ka hele ana. 

Halve, e mahele hapalua. 

Ham-per, e hoopilikia. 

Hand, lima. . 

Hand-ful, piha ka poho lima. 
Hand-ker-chief, he hainika. 

Han-dle, e lawelawe. 

Han-dle, he au. 

Hand-saw, he pahiolo. 

Hand-some, maikai, nani ke nana aku. 
Hang, e kau iluna, e li. 

Hank, e owili ropi. 

Hank-er, e makemake nui. 

Hap-py, pomaikai, oluolu ka manao. 
Har-angue, e hai aku i ka manao. 
Har-bor, he awa, kahi e luuluu ai ka moku. 
Hard, paakiki, oolea. 


532 


HOA 


Hard-ly, he aneane hiki ole. 

Hark, e lohe, e huli ka pepeiao. 
Har-lot, he wahine hookamakama. 
Harm, he poino, he hewa. 
Har-poon, he o ka mea e hou ai ka ia. 
Harsh, he lokoino, he kalakala. 
Haste, he hiki wawe, he wikiwiki. 
Has-ty, mama, wikiwiki. 

Hat, papale. 

Hatch, e kiko ka hua. 

Hatch-et, he koilipi uuku. 

Hate, e inaina aku. 

Have, ua loaa. 

Haugh-ty, he kiekie ka manao. 
Haul, e kauo, e huki. 

Haunch, he apana o ka io. 

Havy-oc, ka luku ana. 

Haze, he omalumalu. 

He, oia (pili i ke kane.) 

Head, ke poo, ka luna o ke kanaka. 
Head-land, he lae. 

Head-long, e haule ana ilalo ke poo. 
Head-strong, uhu, hookuli. 

Heal, e lapaau, e hoola. 

Heap, he puu, he abu. 

Hear, e lohe, e haliu ka pepeiao. 
Heart, ka puuwai, ke kumu o ke aloha. 
Hearth, he kapuahi. 

Heat, wela, wewela. 

Hea-then, he naaupo, he ike ole ia Iehova. 
Heave, e naenae, e pani. 

Heay-en, lani, ouli. 

Heay-y, kaumaha. 

Heel, ke kuekue wawae. 

Height, he kiekie. 

Helm, hoeuli o ka moku. 

Help, he kokua. 

Helve, he au o ke koilipi. 

Hem, ka pelu ma ka aoao o ka lole. 
Fen, he moa wahine. 

Her, ia, oia (pili i ka wahine.) 
Herd, he ohana bipi, puaa, hipa. 
Here, maanei, ia nei. 

Tiere-af-ter, ma keia hope aku. 
He-ro, he kanaka koa loa. 
Her-ring, he ia. 

Hew, e kalai. 

Hic-cough, he mauliawa. 

Hide, e pee, e huna. 

Hide, he ili bipi. 

High, kiekie. 

High-mind-ed, he naau kiekie, hookano. 
High-wa-ter, he kai nui, kaikoo. 
High-way, alanui. 

Hill, he puu, he mauna uuku. 
Hil-lock, he puu uuku. 

Hilt, ke au, ka mea e paa ai. 

Him, ia ia (pili i ke kane.) 
Hin-der-most, ka mea hope loa. 
Hinge, he ami. 

Hint, e kuhikuhi maopopo ole. 

Hit, e ku, e pili aku. 

Hith-er and thith-er, i o ia nei. 
Hoard, e hoahu. 

Hoarse, leo ha, hanapilo. 


IGN 


Hob-ble, e hele oopa, e hele puupuu. 

Hog, he puaa. 

Hoist, e hapai iluna. 

Hold, e hoopaa, e malama. 

Hold! ua oki! hamau! 

Hole, puka, he lua. ~ 

Hol-low, kaawale oloko, hakahaka, 

Home, kahi e noho ai kekahi. 

Hon-or, ka manao nui no ka maikai. 

Hoof, he maiuu, ka wawae o ka holoholona. 

Hook, he makau. 

Hook-ed, ka mea i peluia me he makau la. 

Hoop, he apo, me he apo pahu la. 

Hope, manao lana. 

Hor-i-zon, ka huina aouli. 

Horn, he pepeiao hao. 

Hor-ri-ble, he mea eehia, weliweli. 

Hor-ri-fied, he mea i hoomakauia. 

Horse, he lio. 

Hos-pi-ta-ble, he hookipa malihini. 

Hot, wela. 

Hot-head-ed, ikaika ma kona manao iho. 

Hoy-er, e lele nui mai na manu maluna o kau- 
wahi. 

House, he hale. 

House-hold, ka poe ohua no ka hale. 

House-hold-er, ka mea nona ka hale. 

How? pehea? ma ke ano hea? 

How-ey-er, aole manao i ke ano. 

Howl, aoaoa, e uwe me he ilio la. 

Hug, e puliki i na lima, e apo. 

Huge, nui, nunui. 

Hum, e hamumu. 

Hu-mane, lokomaikai, oluolu. 

Hum-ble, haahaa. 

Hu-mid, pulu uuku, mau. 

Hu-mor-ous, pili i ka lealea. 

Hump-back, he kuapuu. 

Hun-dred, he haneri. 

Hun-ger, he pololi. 

Hunt, e imi i ka mea i huna ia, e hahai. 

Hurl, e nou, e hoolei aku. 

Hur-ri-cane, he makani ikaika. 

Hur-ry, e hana wikiwiki. 

Hut, e hooeha. 

Hurt, he eha, he kina. 

Hus-band, he kane mea wahine. 

Hush! e kuli! e malie! 

Hush-up, e hoomalie, e kulikuli. 

Husk, e hemo i ka aa o ke kurina. 

Hut, he hale uuku, hale ino, he kamala. 

Huz-za, ka leo olioli, he aikola. 

Hymn, he himene, he mele i ke Akua. 

Hy-poc-ri-sy, ka hookamani. 


I. 
I, au, wau, owau. 
I-di-ot, he hupo, he lola. 
I-dle, noho wale, aole hana. 
Tf, i. ina. 
Ig-nite, e hooa, e kuni ahi. 
Ig-no-rant, naaupo, ike ole. 


533 


IND 


Ill, mai, nawaliwali. 

Im-age, he kii, he aka. 

Im-ag-ine, e noonoo. 

Im-bol-den, e koa, e makau ole. 
Im-i-tate, e hana like, e heohalike. 
Im-ma-ture, pala ole, oo ole. . 


‘| Im-me-di-ate-ly, ano, hoopanee ole. 


Im-merse, e kupenu, e hookomo i ka wai. 
Im-mor-tal, make ole. 

Im-moy-a-ble, nauwe ole, paa loa. 
Im-mu-ni-ty, he noa ke kapu. 


Im-mu-ta-ble, hiki ole ke hoololiia. —_ [elua. 


| Im-par-tial, e hana like i na mea o na aoao 


Im-pa-tient, paupanaho, pauaho. 

Im-pede, e hoohibia, e keakea. 

Im-pel, e hoonee aku. 

Im-per-fect, paa ole, hemolele ole. 

Im-pe-ri-ous, e hookiekie ana. 

Im-per-ti-nent, maoi, mahaoi. ‘ 

Im-pet-u-ous, e holo ikaika ana. 

In-plant, e kanu, e hookomo. 

Im-plore, e pule, e noi aku. 

Im-por-tune, e noi ikaika aku. 

Im-pose, e kau maluna o kekahi mea. 

Im-po-si-tion, e kau ana maluna o ka meae, 
e hoopunipuni. 

Im-pos-si-ble, he hiki ole ke hanaia. 

Im-po-tent, he hiki ole, nawaliwali. 

Im-pre-cate, e hoohiki paa. 

Im-prop-er, pono ole, pololei ole. 

Im-prove, e hoomaikai ae. 

Im-pru-dent, malama ole, waiho wale. 

Im-pu-dent, maka hilahila ole. 

Im-pu-ni-ty, he hana hewa me ka hoopai ole. 

Im-pure, paumaele, aole i holoi ia. 

In, i, iloko, maloko. 

In-a-bil-i-ty, he ikaika ole. 

In-ac-ces-si-ble, hiki ole ke hookokoke aku. 

In-ac-tive, hana ole, molowa. 

In-ar-tic-u-late, he hai leo maopopo ole. 

In-ca-pa-ble, hiki ole. 

In-car-nate, maloko o ke kino, 

In-ces-sant, mau, maha ole. [ke mare. 

In-cest, moekolohe o na hoahanau pono ole 

In-cis-ion, he kaha iloko. 

In-ci-sor. ka niho i puka mua mai. 

In-cite, e hoala, e hoeueu. 

In-clin-ed, e hio ana, aole ku pololei. 

In-clude, e hookomo pu. 

In-com-par-a-ble, aohe mea like. 

In-com-pat-i-ble, ku like ole, launa ole. 

In-com-pe-tent, hiki ole, makaukau ole. 

In-com-plete, paa ole, aole hemolele. 

In-com-pre-hen-si-ble, hiki ole ke ike lea ia. 

In-con-gru-ous, e kohu ole ana. 

In-con-sid-er-a-ble, aole nui loa. 

In-con-sist-ent, kohu ole. . 

In-con-sol-a-ble, aole e hoooluoluia. 

In-con-stant, lauwili, paa ole. 

In-cor-rect, hewa, pololei ole. 

In-cor-ri-gi-ble, hiki ole ke hoopololei iho. 

In-crease, e mahuahua. 

In-cum-ber, e hookaumaha. 

In-de-cent, maemae ole, pono ole. 

In-deed, no, oia, hoi. 


INS 


In-de-fat-i-ga-ble, hana mau, luhi ole. 

In-def-i-nite, maopopo ole. 

In-del-i-ble, hiki ole ke holoiia. 

In-del-i-cate, kohu ole me ka maemae. 

In-dem-ni-fy, e pani i ka mea i lilo. 

In-de-ter-min-ed, he mea i kanaluaia. 

In-di-cate, e kuhikuhi, e hoike. [elua. 

In-dif-fer-ent, he lewa mawaena o na aoao 

In-di-gent, ilihune. 

In-dig-nant, huhu. 

In-dig-ni-ty, he pakike, hoowahawaha. 

In-di-rect, kapakahi, pololei ole. 

In-dis-creet, aole hana me ke akamai. 

In-dis-crim-in-ate, he hiki ole ke manao ma- 
waena o ka pono a me ka hewa. 

In-dis-pos-ed, he manao ku e. 

In-dis-tinct, maopopo ole, pohibihi. 

In-do-lent, molowa. 

Jn-dus-tri-ous, hana mau. 

In-e-bri-ate, ona, he ona pinepine. 

In-ef-fi-ca-cious, he mea hiki ole ke hooko. 

In-el-o-quent, he hiki ole ke hai pololei. 

In-ey-it-a-ble, ka hooko ka mea e pono ai. 

In-ex-haust-i-ble, hiki ole ke hoopau ia. 

In-ex-pe-di-ent, aole pono ke hanaia. 

In-ex-pe-ri-enced, he maa ole, mea hou. 

In-ex-pert, maa ole, naaupo. 

In-fal-li-ble, kuhihewa ole ana. 

In-fa-mous, he mea hoowahawahaia. 

In-fant, he keiki, he keiki uuku. 

In-fect, e hoolaha i ka mai lele. 

In-fe-ri-or, malalo iho. 

In-fi-nite, he hope ole, palena ole. 

In-firm, ikaika ole, nawaliwali. 

In-form, e hoonaauao aku, e hoike. 

In-fringe, e haalele i ka ae like. 

In-grat-i-tude, he aloha ole no ka lokomaikai. 

In-hab-it, e noho ma kauwahi. [e hanu. 

In-hale, e hookomo i ke eai ke ake mama, 

In-her-it-ance, he looilina. 

In-hu-man, he ku e i ka ke kanaka hana. 

In-i-qui-ty, he hana kekee, he pono ole. 

In-junc-tion, he papa ana, he olelo ao. 

In-jure, e hana ino aku. 

In-jus-tice, he paewaewa, he pololei ole. 

Ink, wai eleele, he inika. 

In-land, mauka, iuka. 

In-land-er, he kuaaina. 

In-most, maloko Joa. 

In-nu-mer-a-ble, hiki ole ke helu ia. 

In-quire, e ninau, e emi aku. 

In-sane, he pupule. 

In-sa-ti-a-ble, aole maona, walea ole. 

In-se-cure, paa ole, hiki ke ohemo ai. 

In-sep-a-ra-ble, aole e kaawale, e pili pu. 

In-side, maloko loa. 

In-sig-nif-i-cant, ano ole, he manao ole ia. 

In-sin-cere, aole oiaio, hookamani. [hai. 

In-sin-u-ate, e hookomo maaleg i ka manao ia 

In-sip-id, mananalo, ono ole. 

In-sist, e koi aku, e kupaa ka manao. 

In-snare, e hoopuni, e hoopahele. 

In-so-lent, he pakike. 

In-spect, e nana, e huli i ike. 

In-spire, e hanu i ka makani. 


534 


IRR 


In-sta-bil-i-ty, he paa ole o ka manao. 
In-stant-ly, hiki wawe, emo ole, ano no. 
In-stead, kahi o ka mea e ae. 

In-sti-gate, e paipai, e hoala i ka manao. 
In-sti-tute, e hoomaka. 

In-struct, e ao aku. 

In-stru-ment, he mea e hana ai. 
In-suf-fer-a-ble, hiki ole ke hoomanawanui. 
In-suf-fi-cient, lako ole, aole lawa. 

In-sult, e hoonaukiuki, e hooino aku. 
In-sup-port-a-ble, hiki ole ke hoomanawanui. 
In-sur-rec-tion, he kipi ku e i ke aupuni. 
In-ten-tion, he manao e hookoia. 

In-ter, e kanu me he kupapau la. 
In-ter-cede, e uwao ae. 

In-ter-cept, e hopu. 

In-ter-change, e lilo aku lilo mai. 
In-ter-dict, e papa, e hookapu. 

In-te-ri-or, iloko, maloko. 

In-ter-me-di-ate, he wahi mawaena. 
In-ter-min-a-ble, hope ole, pau ole. 
In-ter-nal, ko loko. 

In-ter-pose, e komo mawaena, e uwao. 
In-ter-pret, e mahele olelo. 

In-ter-ro-gate, e ui aku, e ninau. 
In-ter-rupt, e hoopilikia. 

In-ter-val, he wa mawaena. 

In-ter-view, he kamailio. 

In-tes-tine, ko loko. 

In-thrall, e hoopilikia. 

In-ti-mate, he hoa aloha. 

In-ti-mate, e kuhi aku akaka ole nae. 
In-tim-i-date, e hoomakan. 

In-to, iloko. 

In-tol-er-a-ble, hiki ole ke hoomanawanul. 
In-tox-i-ca-tion, ka ona ana. 
In-tract-a-ble, hiki ole ke aoia. 

In-trep-id, he ano koa, wiwo ole. 
In-tri-cate, i hoohihiaia. 

In-trude, e hele ma kahi i noi ole ia. 
In-trust, e waiho aku me kekahi. 
In-un-da-tion, ka halana ana o ka wai. 
In-vade, e komo ano Kaua i ke aupuni e. 
In-va-lid, he oopa, he nawaliwali. 

In-vert, hoololi, e huli ka mua i hope. 
In-ves-ti-gate, e huli a ike lea. 
In-vid-i-ous, he manao lili iki aku. 
In-vig-o-rate, e ikaika ae ana. 
In-vin-ci-ble, hiki ole ke hoopioia. 
In-vis-i-ble, i nana ole ia. 
In-vite, e kono aku. 

In-voke, e noi aku me he pule la. 
In-ward, ko loko. 

Ire, he huhu, he inaina. 

Irk, e luhi. 

Iron, he hao. 

I-ron-ic-al, he ano lua. 
Ir-re-cov-er-a-ble, biki ole ke loaa hou. 
Ir-ref-u-ta-ble, hiki ole ke hooleia. 
Ir-re-me-di-a-ble, hiki ole ke lapaania. 
Ir-rep-re-hen-si-ble, hiki ole ke hoohewa aku. 
Ir-re-proach-a-ble, he hoowahawaha ole. 
Ir-res-o-lute, kanalua, paa ole ka manao. 
Ir-rey-er-ent, manao ole i ke Akua. 
Ir-ri-tate, e hoonaukiuki aku. 


LAB 


Isl-and, he mokupuni, he aina puni i ke kai. 
Is-sue, he keiki, ka hope. . 
Itch, ka meau, puupuu, kakio. {aku. 
I-tin-er-ant, ka mea hele ia wahi aku ia wahi 


J. 


Jaca, he puu, kauwahi oi. 
Jan-gle, e hakaka, e ku e. 
Jar-gon, he olelo pohihi, he namunamu. 
Jaw, he iwi a. 
Jeal-ous, lili. 
Jeer, e hoino, e nuku. 
Jest, he olelo ano lua. 
Jin-gle, e kani. 
Jo-cose, he olelo e akaaka ai. 
Jog, e hele malie, e pahu aku. 
Join, e hookui, e pakui. 
Joint, he hai, he ami. 
Joke, he olelo e lealea ai. 
Jos-tle, e hoohaalulu. 
Jour-ney, he hele me he poe huakaihele. 
Joy, he olioli. 
Judge, lunakanawai. 
Jug, he ipu lepo, he omole apu lepo. 
Juice, ka wai mai ka mea ulu mai. 
Jum-ble, e huikau. 
Jump, e lele ma na wawae. 
Just, kupono, pololei. 
Jus-tice, ka pololei iwaena o kanaka. 
Jus-ti-fy, e apono, e hoapono. 
Jus-tle, e luliluli iki. 

K. 
KEEL, ke kikala 0 ka moku, ka iwi kaele. 
Keen, he maka oi loa o ka mea oki. 
Keep, e malama, e kaohi. 
Keep-er, ka mea malama. 
Ker-nel, ka hua o ke kurina a he mea e paha. 
Kick, e keehi, e peku. 
Kid, he keiki kao. 
Kid-ney, he puupaa. 
Kill, e pepehi a make. 
Kin, he hoahanau. 
Kind, lokomaikai. 
Kin-dle, e hoaa, e kuni. 
King, he alii moi. 
Kins-man, he hoahanau. 
Kiss, e honi. 
Kit-ten, he popoki opio. 
Knee, ke kuli. 
Kneel, e kukuli iho. 
Knife, he pahi. 
Knock, e kikeke. 
Knot, he lala, he pona. 
Know, e ike, e hoomaopopo. 
Knuckle, ka pnupuu lima. 


L. 


La-Bor, e hana aku. 


535 


LIE 


La-bor, he hana. 

Lan-guish, e nawaliwali iho. 

Lan-guor, he nawaliwali. 

Lap, ka uha. 

Lap, e palu, e palu aku. 

Lar-board, ka aoao hema o ka moku. 
Lard, he aila puaa. 

Large, nui, momona, nunui. 

Lar-ynx, kahi o ka a-i. 

Las-civ-i-ous, he kuko ana. 

Lash, he ili i hiliia i mea hahau. 

Lass, he kaikamahine. 

Last, ka hope loa. 

Last, e hoomau a loihi loa. 

Last-ing, e mau ana. 

Laud, e hooapono, e hoonani. 

Laugh, e akaaka. 

Law, he kanawai. 

Law-less, e malama ole i ke kanawai.g 
Lay, e waiho aku, e hanau hua me he moa la. 
La-zy, molowa, palaualelo, hana ole. 
Lead, he kepau kaumaha loa. 

Lead, e kai aku, e alakai. 

Leaf, he lau. 

League, e hana kuikahi. 

Leak, e kulu, e komo ka liu. 

Lean, kaha ole, momona ole. 

Lean, e hio. 

Leap, e lele, e lelele me he lio lae lele i ka pa. 
Learn, e ao, e hoonaauao iho. 

Least, ka mea uuku iho. 

Leath-er, ka ili holoholona i hooluuia. 
Leave, e haalele aku. 

Leave, he ae aku. 

Leave-off, e oki! e hoopau! 

Leay-en, he hu. 

Leay-ings, na koena, na mea i haaleleia. 
Lech-er-ous, kuko ana. 

Leer, e hoomoe i ka pepeiao me he lio la. 
Lees, na oka o ka waina a me na mea like. 
Left, hema; left hand, lima hema. 

Leg, he wawae. 

Le-gis-la-tor, he mea hana kanawai. 
Leis-ure, he kaawale, pilikia ole i ka hana, 
Leis-ure-ly, me he hana wikiwiki ole la. 
Lend, e haawi ia haia mahope hoihoi hou mai. 
Length, loa, ka loloa. 

Length-en, e hoololoa, e hooloibi aku. 
Len-i-ty, he lokomaikai. 

Less, he unku iho. 

Les-sen, e hooliilii iho. 

Lest, 0, ina i ole, 

Let, e ae aku. 

Let-ter, he palapala hoouna. 

Lev-el, he iliwai. 

Ley-i-ty, ke ano akaaka lapuwale. 

Lewd, e lilo ana i ke kuko. 

Li-ar, he mea wahahee. 

Lib-er-al, lokomaikai. 

Lib-er-ty, he ku ole ke kKanawai i kau wale ia. 
Li-bid-in-ous, he manao nui i ke kuko. 
Li-cense, e ae aku i kekahi hana. 

Lick, e palu iho me ke alelo. 

Lid, he poi no ka ipu. 

Lie, he wahahee. 


LUK 536 MEA 








Lie, e moe ilalo. Lull, e malie ka makani, e hoohiamoe. 
Life, ke ola ana. — Lu-na-tic, pupule. 

Lift, e hapai iluna. Lungs, kahi e hanu ai, he akimama. 
Light, malamalama, he ao. Lure, e hoowalewale ia hai. 

Light, mama, kaumaha ole. Lurk, e hoomakaakiu. 

Light-en, e hoomama iho. Lux-wri-ant, ulu nui ana. 
Light-head-ed, e pooniuniu. 

Light-ning, uila, ka uwila. AY | 

Like, like, e like me, pe, peia. iVie 

Like, e mahalo, e manao nui aku. Map, hehena, pupule. 

Like-ness, ma ke ano, he like ana. Mag-ni-fy, e hoonui, e hoomahuabua. 
Lim-bo, he pilikia nui. Mag-ni-tude, ka nui. 

Lime, he puna, he hua awahia. Maid, he wahine puupaa. 

Lime-tree, he laau lemi. Maid-sery-ant, kauwa wahine. 

Lim-it, mokuna, ka aoao owaho. Maim-ed. ua oopa, ua mumuku. 

Limp, he hele me he oopa la. Main, nui, oi ana. 

Limp-id, he aiai, he lepo ole me he wai la. | Main, ka ikaika; ka moana. 

Line, he kaula, (fishing) he aho lawaia. Main-tain, e malama, e hookipa. 
Lin-e-qge, he ano mamo, he ohana. Ma-jor-i-ty, ka nui, ka nui ma ka heluna. 
Lin-ger, e lolohi, e lohi, e emi ihope. Maize, he kurina. 

Lin-i-ment, he laau mea hamo. Make, e hana. 

Lip, he lehelehe. Mal-a-dy, he mai. 

Li-que-fy, e hoohee. Male, he kane. 

Li-quid, he wai, e hee me he wai la. Mal-e-dic-tion, ka hoino. 

Lisp, e hai pahemahema i ka olelo. Mal-e-fac-tor, he mea hana ku e i ke kanawai. 
Lis-ten, e hoolohe. Mal-ice, he lokoino ka manao. 

Lit-tle, uuku, lii, liilii. Man, he kanaka, ka mea uhane. 

Live, e ola, e noho. Man-age, e hooponopono. 

Liy-er, ke akepaa. Man-gle, e oki weluwelu. 

Liz-ard. he moo. Man-i-fest, e hoike aku. 

Lo! eia hoi! e nana! Man-i-fest. maopopo lea. 

Load, he ukana, he haawe. Man-i-fold, manomano, nui wale. 

Loaf, he popo berena. Man-kind, na kanaka. 

Loathe, e hoopailua. Man-ner, ka aoao, ke ano. 

Lock, kahi lauoho o ke poo; he laka. Man-sion, he hale e noho ai. 

Lodge, he hale noho paa ole. Man-u-fac-ture, e hana akamai me na lima. 
Lof-ty, kiekie. Man-u-mis-sion, e hookuu ana i ke kauwa i 
Log, he kino laau nui. hooluhiia. 

Loins, puhaka. Ma-ny, nui loa. nui wale. 

Loi-ter, e lolohi, e emi ihope. Mar, e hooino i ko waho. 

Lone-ly, meha, mehameha. Mare, he lio wahine. 

Long, loa, loloa, loihi. Mar-gin, kaha, palena, aoao o ka lua wai. 
Look, e nana. Mark, he kaha, e hoailona aku. 
Look-ing-glass, he aniani nana. Mar-riage, ka mare ana, ka hoao ana. 
Loose, e kala, e wehe, e hemo. Marsh, he aina wail, aina pulu i i ka wai. 
Loos-en, e kala aku. Mar- vel, e kahaha. 

Loose-ness, he paa ole, he hii. Mash, e ‘hoopepe iho. 

Lop, e oki me ka pokole ae. Mas-sa cre, e luku, e hailuku. 
Lo-qua-cious, he kamailio nui ana. Mast, he kia moku. 

Lord, haku, alii. Mas-ter, he luna, he kumu ao. 

Lose, e nele me ka lilo aku. Mas-ti-cate, e nau, e ai a moni iho. 
Loud, he leo nui ana, he ikaika ma ka leo. | Mat, he moena. 

Love, e aloha aku. Match, he like, he hui like ana. 

Love, he aloha. Match-less, he lua ole, aohe mea like. 
Lounge, e noho wale. Mate, he hoa, ka lua o na ’lii moku. 
Louse, (head) uku poo, (kapa) uku kapa. Ma-te-ri-als, se kumu o na mea hana. 
Low, haahaa, malalo iho. Mat-ri-mo-ny, ka mare ana. 

Low-er, haahaa iho. Mat-ron, ie makuahine. 

Low-er, e hookuu iho. Mat-ter, he mea kino, he male. 

Low-ly, haahaa. . Ma-ture, he oo, he pala, he makua. 
Lu-cid, aiai, akaka. May-be, ae paha, e hiki paha. 

Luck-y, pomaikai. Mea-gre, uuku, he wiwi. 

Luff, e huli i ka moku i ka makani. Mea-ly, he okaoka liilii loa me he falaoa la. 
Lug, e halihali i ka mea kaumaha. Mean, he ano ino, he lapuwale. 


Luke-warm, he mahana, aole wela. Meas-ure, he ana e ana ai. 


MIS 


537 


MUS 





Meas-ure, e ana aku. 

Me-di-ate, e uwao aku, e komo iwaena. 

Me-di-a-tor, he mea uwao. 

Med-i-cine, he laau lapaau. 

Med-i-tate, e noonoo, e halalo iho. 

Meek, akahai, he naau nohomalie. 

Meet, e halawai pu. 

Meet-ing, e halawai ana. 

Me-li-o-rate, e hooluolu, e hoomama iho. 

Mel-low, pala, palupalu. 

Melt, e hoohehee. 

Mem-o-ry, ka manao hoopaa i ka mea i ikeia. 

Men-ace, he hooweliweli. 

Mend, e kapili hou i ka mea i haiia. 

Men-tion, ka hai ana, ka olelo ana. 

Mer-ce-na-ry, he mea i hoolimalima ia. 

Mer-chant, he mea kalepa waiwai. 

Mer-ci-ful, lokomaikai. 

Mer-ci-less, aloha ole, paakiki. 

Mere-ly, maoli, wale no. 

Me-ri-di-an, awakea. 

Mer-ry, olioli, lealea. 

Mesh, ka maka o ka upena. 

Mess. he huina 0 na mea ono e€ ai ai. 

Mes-sage, he olelo, he manao i hoounaia. 

Met-al, he mea no ka honua mai hiki ke hoo- 
heheeia e like me hao. 

Met-a-phor, he olelo nane. 

Me-thought, manao iho la au. 

Me-trop-o-lis, he kulanakauhale nui. 

Mid-day, he awakea. 

Mid-way, mawaena, like a like iwaena. 

Mid-dle, mawaenakonu. 

Mid-dle-a-ged, aole opio aole elemakule. 

Mid-dling, aole oi aku aole emi iho. 

Mid-night, aumoe, like a like ka po. 

Midst, kahi mawaena. 

Mid-wife, he pale keiki. 

* Might, ikaika, mana. 

Mild, akahai, oluolu, malie. 

Mil-dew, he ponalo. 

Milk, he waiu. [lani. 

Milk-y-way, ka leIeiona, he ala keokeo ma ka 

Mim-ic, e hana like, e hoohalike. 

Mince, e oki liilii. 

Mind, e malama, e hoolohe. 

Mine, ko’u, ka’u. 

Min-gle, e hui, e hui pu. 

Min-is-ter, he kahunapule, he elele. 

Mi-nor-i-ty, ka poe uuku o na poe ku e elua. 

Mint, he wahi mea ulu, kahi hana dala. 

Min-ute, he hapa kanaono o ka hora. 

Mi-nute, he uuku loa. 

Mire, he lepo poho, lepo kelekele. 

Mir-ror, he aniani nana, he kilo. 

Mirth, he akaaka, he lealea. 

Mis-be-come, ka hana kupono ole. 

Mis-be-have, e kolohe, e hawawa. 

Mis-car-ry, e owili wale. 

Mis-chiev-ous, kolohe, apiki. 

Mis-count, e helu hewa. 

Mis-de-mean-or, e hana hewa aku ia hai: 

Mis-er-a-ble, he pilikia no ka hewa. 

Mis-for-tune, he poino, pilikia. 

Mis-give, he iar he poho kahi manao. 


Mis-guide, e alakai hewa. 

Mis-hap, he wahi poino i Liki mai. 
Mis-in-form, e hai hewa aku. 
Mis-in-ter-pret, e mahele hewa i ka olelo. 
Mis-lead, e alakai hewa. 

Mis-pend, e uhauha waiwai. 
Mis-rep-re-sent, e olelo hewa aku. 

Miss, e hala, ku ole ka pua ke pana ia. 
Mis-sion-a-ry, he misionari, he elele. 
Mist, he ohu, ua makalii. 

Mis-take, he kuhihewa, he lalau. 
Mis-trust, he paulele ole. 
Mis-un-der-stand-ing, he kuhihewa. 
Mis-use, e hana ino aku. 

Mit-i-gate, e hooemi iho. 

Mix, e kaawili, e hui pu. 

Moan, e uhuuhu, e uwe aku. 

Mock, e hoomaewaewa. 

Mod-er-ate, e hoomalie, e hoomalili., , 
Mod-est. akahai, haahaa. 

Moist, mau, pulu iki. 

Mo-lest, e mea aku, e hoopilikia. 
Mol-li-fy, e hoopalupalu. 

Mon-ey, he mea dala, he hoailona waiwai. 
Month, malama, he mahina. 
Mon-u-ment, he kia pohaku. 

Mood-y, he ano kaumaha ka manao. 
Moon, mabina. 

Moor, ka aina paapu i pohopoho. 
Mor-al, pono, pololei ma ka noho ana. 
More, nui ae, mahuahua ae. 

Morn-ing, kakahiaka. 

Morn-ing-star, ka hokuloa, hokuao. 
Mor-row, apopo, ka la hou. 

Mor-sel, wahi mea iki, he huna ai. 
Moss, he limu. 

Most, he nui loa ke helu ia. 

Moth, he mu. 

Moth-er, makuahine. 

Moth-er-ly, ma ke ano makuahine. 
Mo-tion, he nee, he hele, he kapalili. 
Mould, he punahelu. 

Mould-er, e popo aku. 

Moult, ka haule ana o na hulu o na manu. 
Mount, he puu, he wahi kiekie. 
Mount-ain, he mauna, he kuahiwi. 
Mourn, e kaniuhu, e ue. 

Mouth, he waha, he nuku. 

Mouth-ful, ka piha o ka waha, ka oolopu. 
Much, nui loa, nui wale. 

Mu-cous, he walewale, he hupe. 

Mud, he lepo kaawili me ka wai. 
Mud-dy, mea lepo, he ino. 

Mul-ber-ry, he laau kilika. 

Mul-ti-ply, e hoonui, e hoomahuahua. 
Mul-ti-tude, na mea nui wale. 

Mum-ble, e uu, maopopo ole ka olelo. 
Mu-nif-i-cent, manawalea, lokomaikai. 
Mur-der, he pepehi kanaka, Ka lawe ola. 
Mur-der-ous, ma ke ano pepehi kanaka. 
Mur-mur, e ohumu, e hoohalahala. 
Mus-cle, he io, he io huki. 

Mus-cle, he wahi ia. 

Muse, ke akua no ka mele ma Helene, 
Muse, e noonoo nui me ka leo ole. 


NIN 


538 


OBS 





Musk-et, he wahi pu kau pohiwi. 

Must-y, punahelu. . 
Mu-ta-ble, lauwili, lolelua. 

Mute, paa, leo ole, kuli, aa. 

Mu-ti-late, e oki aku, e hoomumuku. 
Mu-ti-ny, he hana ano kipi. 

Mut-ter, e namu liilii. [o na mea elua. 
Mu-tu-al, hana mai hana aku, hana like iwaena 
Muz-zle, e hoopaa i ka nuku. 

My, ko’u, ka’u. 

Myr-i-ad, lehulehu loa, manomano. 

My-self, au iho, wau iho no. 


N. 


Nam, maiuu, maiao, he kui hao. 

Na-ked, olohelohe, kapa ole. 

Name, inoa, he ano kaulana. 

Nape, ka ami 0 ka a-i. 

Nar-rate, e hai aku, e olelo aku. [olelo. 

Nar-ra-tive, ka olelo e hai ana i kekahi moo- 

Nar-row, haiki, ololi. 

Nas-ty, haumia, lepo. 

Na-tion, lahui kanaka, he aupuni, 

Na-vel, ka piko o ka opu. 

Naugh-ty, kolohe, ino, hewa. 

Nau-se-ate, e liliha, e hoopailua. 

Nau-ti-lus, he auwaalalua. 

Na-vy, he ulumoku. 

Nay, aole, aohe. 

Neap-tide, kai make, kai mau. 

Near, koke, kokoke. 

Near-ly, kokoke, aneane. 

Neat, maemae, mikioe. 

Ne-ces-sa-ry, he ano nui ke loaa. 

Neck, ka a-i. 

Neck-cloth, he lole no ka a-i. 

Nec-ker-chief, he lole no ka a-i, hainaka. 

Neck-lace, he lei no ka a-i. 

Need, he nele, he pilikia no ka ole. 

Nee-dle, he kuikele, ke kuhikuhio ke panana. 

Nee-dle-work, he mea i hanaia i ke kuikele. 
Neg-lect, e waiho wale, e malama ole. 

_ Neigh-bor, he hoanoho. 

Neigh-bor-ly, he launa ana. 

Nest, he punana. 

Net, he upena, he koko. “ 

Neth-er, malalo. 

Net-tle, he mea ulu oioi ka heu. 

Net-tle, e hoohuhu, e 0 aku. 

Ney-er-the-less, aka hoi. 

Neu-ter, aole ia aole kela. 

New, hou, kahiko ole. ~ 

Next, kokoke loa mai. 

Nig-gard, he kanaka aua a pi. 

Nigh, kokoke, aneane. 

Night, po, wa poeleele. 

Night-ly, kela po keia po. 

Nim-ble, mama. 

Nine, aiwa, eiwa. 

Nine-fold, paiwa. 

Nine-teen, umikumamaiwa 

Nine-ty, kanaiwa. 


Nip, e umiki. 

Nip-ple, he maka waiu. 

No, aole, aohe. 

No-ble, manao kiekie, ano hanohano. 
No-bod-y, he mea ole, he kanaka lapuwale. 
Nod, e kimo i ke poo, e kunou. 

Noise, he leo, he haalulu. 

Noi-some, he ino, he mea e poino ai. 
Nom-in-ate, e hoike i ka inoa. 

None, aole, aole kekahi. 

Non-plus, he hiki ole, pobihihi. 

Noon, awakea. 

Noose, he pahele. 

Nor, aole hoi. 

North, he kukulu akau, he akau. 

Nose, ka ihu. 

Nos-tril, ka puka ihu. 

Not, ole, aole, aohe. 

Notch, nihomole. 

Note, he hoailona, he palapala pokole. 
No-ted, kaulana. 

Noth-ing, he ole, he mea ole. 

No-tice, e hooakaka, e hoike aku. 
No+ti-fy, e hoike aku. 

No-tion, he manao, he mea i noonooia. 
No-to-ri-ous, kaulana, he ike lea ia. 
Not-with-stand-ing, aka hoi, aole nae. 
Nov-el, he mea hou, mea ano e. 
Nought, he ole, he mea ole. 

Novy-ice, he mea, he kanaka hawawa. 
Nour-ish, e hanai, e kokua. 
Nour-ish-ment, he ai e ikaika ai ke kino. 
Now, ano, i keia manawa 

Now-a-days, i keia mau la. 

Nox-ious, he mea e ino ai, he ino. 
Nu-di-ty, he olohelohe, he hune. 
Nui-sance, he mea e haumia ai, he pilau. 
Nul-li-fy, e hoolilo i mea ole. 

Numb, maele, lolo. 

Num-ber, he helu, he heluna. 

Num-ber, e helu ; akahi, alua, akolu, aha. 
Num-ber-less, hiki ole ke heluia. 
Nu-mer-ous, he manomand, he nui wale. 
Nurse, e hanai, e malama i ka mai. 

Nut, he hua paa iloko o ka iwi. 
Nut-meg, he hua ala, he hua laau. 
Nut-shell, ka iwi o ka hua. 

Nu-tri-ment, he ai, he mea e ikaika ai ke kino. 


0. 


Oar, he hoe waapa. 

Oath, he hoohiki ma ke Akua. 
Ob-du-rate, paakiki loa. 

O-bey, e hoolohe, e malama. 

Ob-ject, e hoole, e hoohalahala, e ku e. 
Ob-lig-ing, lokomaikai. 

Ob-scene, hilahila ke nana, aku. 
Ob-scure, powehiwehi, pohihi. 
Ob-serve, e nana, e makaikai. 
Ob-sta-cle, he mea e hihia ai, he alalai. 
Ob-sti-nate, paakiki, lohe ole. 
Ob-strep-er-ous, he walaau wale. 


OVE 


Ob-struct, e keakea, e alalai. 

Ob-tain, e loaa mai. 

Ob-tru-sive, kipa pono ole. 

Ob-vi-ous, akaka, maopopo. 

Oc-ca-sion, he kumu, he mea e pono ai. 

Oc-cult, ike ole, buna ia. 

Oc-cu-pa-tion, ka oihana a ke kanaka. 

Oc-cu-py, e lawe hana, e noho hale. 

O-cean, moana. 

Odd, aohe mea like, Iua ole. 

O-di-ous, hoowahawaha ia. pono ole, 

O-dor, he ala oluolu, he mea pilau hoi. 

Of, 0, a. 

Off, aku, mamao, hele pela. 

Of-fend, e hana ino aku, e hoohihia. 

Of-fense, he hala, he hewa ku e i kekahi. 

Of-fer, e haawi. 

Of-fer-ing, he haawina, be mohai. 

Off-spring, he ohana keiki, he hua, 

Of-ten, pinepine. 

O-gle, e awihi ke poo, e nana makaleha. 

Oh! auwe! 

Oil, aila, momona. 

Old, kahiko, elemakule. 

O-men, he ouli, he haina. 

On, iluna, maluna. 

Once, akahi, hookahi. 

One, akahi. 

O-ne-rous, kaumaha. 

On-ly, hookahi wale no. 

On-ward, mamua ae, imua ka hele. 

Ooze, e kulu, e kahe malie. 

O-paque, moakaka ole, he paa. 

O-pen, e wehe, e hoohamama. 

O-pen-hand-ed, lima hoomanawalea. 

O-pen-ing, he puka hamama. 

O-pen-ly, ma ke akea. 

Oph-thal-my, he maka mai, eee: 

O-pin-ion, manao. 

Op-po-nent, he kanaka ku e mai. 

Op- -por-tune, kupono i ka manawa. 

Op-pose, e ku e aku, e keakea. 

Op-po-site, ka mea ku pono aku. 

Op-press, e hookaumaha. 

Op-tion, he koho ana. 

Op-u-lence, he noho waiwai nui ana. 

Or, he mea, a i ole ia. 

Or-ange, he alani, he hua kahiki. 

O-ra-tion, he olelo i haiia i mua o kanaka. 

Or-a-tor, he kanaka hai pono i ka olelo. 

Or-dain, e hoopaa i ka manao,e hoolilo no 
kekahi oihana. 

Or-der, he hoonoho pololei ana, e kauoba. 

Or-der, kauoha aku. 

Or-dure, he pilau no ka lepo. 

Or-i-fice, he puka liilii, he waha. 

Or-i-gin, makamua, kumu. 

Or-na-ment. he mea e nani ai, e kahiko ai. 

Or-phan, he keiki makua ole, he huahaule. 

Os-ten-ta-tious, he ano hoohanohano wale. 

Oth-er, he mea e ae, kekabi mea e. 

O-ven, he imu, he umu. 

O-ver, maluna. 


O-ver-aw-ed, i hoomakauia, ua hooweliweliia. 


O-ver-cast, e uhi paapu ke ao. 


539 


PAN 


O-ver-come, e lanakila maluna. 

Q-ver-flow, e kahe ae, e halana ae. 

O-ver-hang, e lewalewa ae maluna. 

O-ver-head, maluna ae o ke poo. 

Q-ver-look, e makaikai, e waiho wale. 

O-ver-much, nui loa, nui a keu aku. 

QO-ver-plus, ke koena, ka mea keu. 

O-ver-pow-er, e lanakila maluna, 

O-ver-run, e lanakila, e hoopio. 

O-ver-set, e hookahuli ae. 

O-ver-shade, e hoomalu iho. 

Q-ver-sleep, e hiamoe loa. 

O-ver-spread, e hohola maluna ae. 

O-ver-take, e hele mahope a loaa no, 

O-ver-throw, e hoohioko. 

O-ver-turn, e hookabuli. 

Ought, e pono no. 

Our, (dual) ko maua, ka maua; ko kaua, ka 
kaua; (plural) ko makou, ka makou; ko 
kakou, ka kakou. , 

Our-selves, ko maua iho, &¢., e nana iluna. 

Oust, e hemo, e kipaku. 

Out, mawaho ae, iwaho. 

Out-of, mawaho aku. 

Out-cast, he mea kipakuia i ka aina e. 

Out-cry, he wawa, he walaau. 

Out-do, e hana a pakela ae. 

Out-er, mawaho loa. 

Out-let, he puka e hoopuka aku ai. 

Out-rage, he hana kolohe loa. 

Out-right, hikiwawe. 

Out-root, e uhuki ae. 

Out-run, 

Out-sail, 

Out-side, mawaho ae, kahi mawaho. 

Out-ward, ma ka aoao mawahe. 

Owe, e aie, e noho aie ana. 

Owl, pueo. 

Own, e lilo loa kekahi mea na kekahi. 

Own-er, ka mea nona kekahi waiwai. 


e ol aku ma ka holo ana. 


P. 


Pa-cr-Fy, e hoona, e hoolaulea. 

Pad-dle, e hoe waa. 

Pad-dle, he hoe no ka waa. 

Pa-gan, he mea hoomana kii. 

Page, he aoao o ka buke, keiki lawelawe. 

Pain, he eha, he hui. 

Paint, e hapala, e hooluu. 

Pair, na mea elua i kaulikeia. 

Pale, he mae ka hooluu ana, ke keokeo o ka 
mea mai, nanakea. 

Pal-li-ate, e hooemi i ka hewa a uuku. 

Palm, he loulu. 

Palm, (of the hand) poho lima. 

Pal-pa-ble, hiki no ke haha ia. 

Pal-pi-tate, e kapalili, e pana. 

Pal-sy, he lolo, he mai lolo. 

Pal-try, inoino, pupuka. 

Pan-der, he weawea, he kanaka ino. 

Pang, he hui, he eha nui. 

Pant, e naenae. 


PEN 


Pap, ka u o ka wahine, ka ai palupalu. 
Pa-paw, he hei, he laau milikana. 
Par-a-ble, he nane, he olelo nane. 
Par-ade, e paikau me he poe koa la. 
Par-a-lyt-ic, he loohia e ka lolo. 
Par-a-mount, he oioi ae, he pookela. 
Par-cel, he puolo uuku. 

Parch, e papaa ke wela ma ke ahi. 
Par-don, e kala ana i ka hala. 

Pare, e kolikoli, e oki a hemo i ka ili. 
Pa-rent, makua ponoi. 

Par-ley, he olelo kike. } 
Par-ox-ysm, ka hoi hou mai ana o ka mai. 
Par-o-quet, he manu omaomao. 
Par-si-mo-ni-ous, he pi, aua. 

Part, hapa, he apana. 

Par-take, e lawe pu e like me ka mea e ae. 
Par-tial, lawe kapakahi, he paewaewa. 
Par-tial-ly, he hapa wale no. 
Par-ti-ci-pate, e lawe like me kekahi poe. 
Par-ti-tion, he paku e kaawale ai. : 
Part-ner, he hoa hana. 

Par-ty, kekahi aoao o na kanaka, poe okoa. 
Pass, e hele ae, e maalo ae. 

Pas-sage, he wahi ala hele. 

Pas-sen-ger, he mea hele, he ohua. 
Pas-sing, he hele ae ana. 


Pas-sion, ka eha o ka manao ao ke kino paha. 


Past, ua hala, ua pau. 

Pas-time. he paani, he hana lealea. 

Pat, ku, makaukau. 

Pat, he pai malie me ka lima. 

Patch, he apana; he mala aina. 

Pate, ke poo. 

Path, he alanui, he wahi e hele ai, he kuamoo. 

Pa-tience, he ahonui, he hoomanawanui. 

Pat-ri-ot-ism, ka imi ana i ka pono o ke au- 
puni. 

Pat-tern, he kumu e hana like ai. 

Pau-ci-ty, uuku, he kakaikahi. 

Pave, e kipaepae pohaku. 

Paunch, ka opu a me na mea oloko. 

Paw, e helu me ka wawae. 

Paw, ka wawae mua o kekahi holoholona. 

Pay, e hookaa i ka aie. 

Peace, he wa kaua ole, he kuikahi. 

Peak, kahi oi o ka puu, he wekiu. 

Peal, he haalulu nui. 

Pearl, he momi. 

Peck, e kiko me he manu la. 

Pe-cul-iar, e pili ana ia ia wale no. 

Ped-i-gree, he kuauhau. 

Peel, e hooihi i ka ili me he maia la. 

Peep, e nana malu. 

Peep, ka leo o ke keiki moa. 

Peer-less, lua ole, pakela oi. 

Peey-ish, huhu wale, na ole. 

Pelt, e pehi, e nou aku i na mea liilii. 

Pen-al-ty, ka uku hoopai. 

Pen-dant, e lewalewa ana. 

Pend-ing, e lewa ana. 

Pen-e-trate, e komo iloko lilo, e hou. 

Pen-i-tence, he manao mihi: 

Pen-sive, he noonoo ana, lealea ole. 


540 


PIT 


Pent-house, he hale hoopaa. 

Peo-ple, na kanaka, he poe kanaka. 
Peo-pled, he aina kanaka, paapu i kanaka. 
Per-ad-ven-ture, ina paha. 

Per-ceive, e ike, e hoomaopopo. 

Perch, e kau ma ka lala laau me he manu la. 
Per-chance, paha, ina paha. 

Per-di-tion, kahi e poino man ana. 
Per-fect, paa, hemolele, aohe mea koe. 
Per-fid-i-ous, malama ole i kana olelo iho. 
Per-fo-rate, e hou i wabi puks me ka wili. 
Per-force, e koi aku. 

Per-form, e hana i kekahi mea. 

Per-fume, he mea ala. ; 

Per-haps, paha, ina paha. 

Per-ish, e make, e lilo i mea ole. 
Per-ju-ry, he hoohiki wahahee. 
Per-ma-nent, he mea mau, aole pau koke. 
Per-mit, e ae aku i hanaia. 

Per-pet-u-al, he oia mau, pau ole. 
Per-plex, e huikau, e hoohihia. 
Per-plex-ed-ness, he hoopilikia ana ka manao. 
Per-se-cute, e hoomaau, e hoohihia wale. 
Per-se-vere, e hoomanawanuli. 

Per-sist, e hookupaa i ka manao. [paha. 
Per-son, ke kino o ke kanaka, wahine, keiki 
Per-spic-u-ous, akaka, pohihihi ole. 
Per-spire, e kahe ka hou. 

Per-suade, e hoohuli ma ke ao aku. 
Per-tur-ba-tion, ka aleale ana o ka moana. 
Per-verse, paakiki hewa, kekee. 

Pe-ruse, e heluhelu. 

Pest, he mea kolohe, he mea ino. 
Pest-i-lence, he mai lele, he ahulau. 

Pet, he mea hiwahiwa, he punahele loa. 
Pe-ti-tion, he noi, he pule. 

Pet-ty, uuku, lili. 

Phan-iom, he mea manao wale ia, he lapu. 
Phy-si-cian, he kahuna lapaau. 

Phys-ic, he laau lapaau. 

Pick, e wae, e ohi. 

Piece, he apana, he hakina. 

Pierce, e o aku, e hou. 

Pig, he puaa keiki. 

Pi-geon, he manu nunu. 

Pile. he puu i hoopuuia. 

Piles, he mai. 

Pil-fer, e aihue i na mea uuku. 

Pill, he huaale. 

Pill (see peel.) 

Pil-lage, e hao, e lawe wale. 

Pil-low, he uluna. 

Pim-ple, he puupun ma ka ili. 

Pinch, e iniki, e umiki. 

Pine, he laau kaa. 

Pine, e hokii, e iini nui. 

Pine-ap-ple, he hala ai. 

Pipe, he ohe, he ipu baka. 

Pique, he hoohuakeeo. 

Pish! kahaha! he leo hoowahawaha. 
Pis-mire, he nonanona. 

Pit, he lua. 

Pitch, he kepau, he ta (tar.) 

Pith, he iho. 

Pit-i-ful, aloha, menemene. 


POS 


Pit-saw, he pahi ololua. 

Pit-y, he aloha menemene. 

Pla-ca-ble, hiki ke hoolauleaia. 

Place, wahi, kahi. 

Place, e kau aku, e waiho, e hoonoho. 
Pla-cid, oluolu, akahai, malie. 

Plague, he mai ahulau. 

Plague, e hana ino aku, e hoonauki. 
Plain, maniania, maopopo. 

Plaint, he leo u, he kanikau. 

Plait, e opeope pono, e ulana. 

Plan, e manao hoopono i kekahi hana. 
Plane, he koikahi. 

Plane, e kabe me ke koikahi. 

Plank, he papa laau manoanoa. 

Plant, he mea kanu. 

Plan- tain, he maia popolu. 

Plan-ta- tion, he aina nuii mahiia, he kihapai. 
Plas-ter, he puna i pai pu ia me ke one. 
Plas-ter, e hamo i ka puna. 

Plat, he wahi papu iki. 

Plaud-it, he hoomaikai ana, he hoolea. 
Play, e paani, e hana lealea. 

Plead, e nonoi, e koi akn. 

Pleas-ant, oluolu. 

Please, e hoooluolu, e hoofaulea. 
Ple-be-ian, he kanaka makaainana. 
Plen-ty, he walea, he mahuahua, he nui. 
Pli-ant, e ae koke aku, e wili ka manao. 
Plot, he manao e hoopuni, he ohumu. 
Pluck, e unuhi, e ubuki. 

Plug, he umoki, he pani no ka pahu. 
Plu-mage, na hulu o ka manu. 

Plump, nemonemo, piba, momona, puipui. 
Plun-der, he waiwai i hao wale ia. 
Plunge, e luu i ka wai. 

Plunge, e hou iho. 

Ply, e kulou iho i ka hana ikaika. 

Pod, ka aa e wahi ana mawaho o na anoano. 
Po-et, he haku mele. 

Point, kahi oi, he welau, he kiko. 

Point, e kuhikuhi. {akuahanai. 
Poi-son, he mea make ke ai ia a inu paha, 
Pol-ish, e anai, e hoomaniania. 

Po-lite, he ano pili ana i ka hooluolu. 
Pol-lute, e hoopelapela, e hoohaumia, 
Po-lyg-a-my, ka mare lehulehu ana, 
Pomp, he hanohano. 

Pond, he loko, he kiowai. 

Pon-der, e noonoo, e hoomanao. 
Pon-der-ous, he kaumaha, koikoi. 

Poor, he ilihune, wiwi. 

Pop, e poha aku. 

Pop-u-lace, na kanaka, ka lehulehu. 
Pop-u-lar, ku like me ka manao o kanaka. 
Pop-u-lous, paapu i kanaka. 

Pork, ka io puaa. 

Por-poise, ka naia. 

Port, he awa ku moku. 

Por-tent, hoailona o ka poino e hiki maiana. 
Por-tion, he puu waiwai, he puu okoa, 
Pos-sess, e paa lima ana, e lilo ponoi. 
Pos-si-ble, hiki no. 

Post, he pou hale, he laau ku, he elele., 
Pos-te-ri-ors, kahi hope o Kkanaka, kikala. 


541 


PRO 


Pos-ter-i-ty, na hanauna mahope, na mamo. 

Post-pone, e waiho aku, e hoopanee. 

Po-tent, he ikaika nui, he mea mana. 

Pov-er-ty, he ilihune, he noho waiwai ole. 

Pound, e paopao, e kuikui iho. 

Pour, e ninini. 

Pow-der, he one-a, he okacka, he panda. 

Pow-er, mana, ka pono no ka hana i kekahi 
mea. 

Pow-er-ful, he ano mana, he ikaika nui. 

Prac-tice, he hana mau. 

Praise, e hoomaikai, e hoolanilani. 

Prate, e olelo wale, e olelo ano ole. 

Pray, e pule, e noi aku. 

Pray-er, he pule, he noi. 

Preach, e hai aku i ka olelo maikai. 

Pre-ca-ri-ous, akaka ole ke ko ana. 

Pre-cede, he hele ana mamua. 

Pre-cept, he kanawai i kakania. 

Pre-cious, nui ka waiwai, makamae. 

Prec-i-pice, he pali ku pololei iluna. 

Pre-cip-it-ate, e hoolei ilalo i ka pali. 

Pre-dict, e hai e mamua, e wanana aku. 

Pre-em-i-nent, kiekie maluna. 

Pre-fer, e koho e mamua 0 na mea é ae. 

Preg-nant, ko i ke keiki, piha i ka hua, hapai. 

Pre-pare, e hoomakaukau. 

Pre-pos-ter-ous, lapuwale. 

Pre-sage, e hoike mamua, wanana. 

Pre-scribe, e kuhikuhi. 

Pres-ence, ma ke alo pono. 

Pres-ent, e noho nei, e ku nei. 

Pres-ent, he haawina, he makana. 

Pres-ent-ly, kokoke, aole liuliu aku. 

Pre-serve, e malama, e malama o make. 

Pre-side, e noho maluna. 

Press, e kaomi iho, e hookeke. 

Pre-sume, e manao, e kuhi. [hookamani. 

Pre-tend, e hooike wahahee me he oiaio la, e 

Pret-ty, maikai ma ka helehelena, 

Pre-vail, e lanakila, e laha a kiekie maluna. 

Pre-var-i-cate, e hauhili i ka olelo, e lauwili 
i ka olelo. 

Pre-vent, e hookee, e keakea. 

Pre-vi-ous, mamua ae. 

Price, ke kumukuai. 

Prick, e o aku, e hou. 

Prick-ly, ooi, kuku. 

Pride, haaheo, he manao kiekie. 

Priest, he kahunapule. 

Prime, he mua, he oi. 

Prince, he alii opio. 

Prin-ci-pal, he mea pookela, he mua. 

Print, e pai, e pai palapala, e pai kapa. 

Pri-or, mamua, hele mua ana. 

Pris-on, halepaahao. 

Pri-vate, ka noho ana o ke kanaka oia iho 
wale no, ka waiwai ponoi o ke kanaka. 

Priy-i-lege, he mea i ae ia, he oihana. 

Priv-y, malie, e ike malu ana. 

Prob-a-ble, oiaio paha. 

Pro-ba-tion, he hoao ana i ka oiaio. 

Prob-i-ty, he pololei, he oiaio. 

Pro-ceed, e hele aku. 

Pro-claim, e hai aku, e kukala aku. 


¥ 


PUC 


Pro-cras-ti-nate, e hoopanee. 

Pro-cure, e loaa. 

Prod-i-gal, hoomaunauna, hooleilei wale. 
Pro-di-gious, nui loa, kupanaha. 

Pro-duce, e hoohua, e loaa ma ka hana. 
Pro-duc-tive, e pono ke hoohua. 

Pro-fane, e hoolilo i ka mea laa i mea laa ole, 

e hoohaumia. 

Pro-fane, e hoohiki ino. 

Prof-fer, e haawi aku. 

Pro-fi-cient, he makaukau i kahi hana. 
Prof-it, ka waiwai i loaa. 

Pro-found, hohonu, naauao loa. 

Pro-ge-ny, he poe mamo, he poe hanau hope. 
Prog-nos-ti-cate, e hoike e mamua i ka meae 

hiki mai ana. 

Pro-hib-it, e hookapu, e papa. 

Pro-ject, he manao ma ke kumu 0 ka hana. 
Pro-ject, e hooi aku iwaho. 

Pro-lif-ic, e hua nui ana. 

Pro-lix, loloa, hooluhi no ka loloa ana. 
Pro-long, e hooloihi ae. 

Prom-i-nent, maopopo, oi. 

Pro-mis-cu-ous, huikau, huiia. 

Prom-ise, he olelo ae hooko. [he lae. 
Prom-on-to-ry, be aina pali e oi ana i ke kai, 
Pro-mote, e kokua mamuli o kekahi hana. 
Prompt, makaukau. 

Pro-mul-gate, e hoolaha, e hoike akea, 
Prone, kulou ana imua. 

Pro-nounce, e puana, e hai akaka aku. 
Proof, he hooiaio ana, he mea e maopopo ai. 
Prop, he kia, he koo, he paepae. 
Prop-a-gate, e hoolaha aku. 

Pro-pel, e pahu aku, e hooholo imua. 
Prop-er, kupono, ku like, ponoi. 

Prop-er-ty, waiwai ponoi, ano ponoi. 
Proph-e-cy, he wanana, he hai e mamua. 
Pro-pin-qui-ty, he kokoke ana. 

Pro-pi-tiate, e hoolaulea, e hookalahala. 
Pro-pi-tious, lokomaikai, laulea. 
Pro-por-tion, he like ana, he kuleana like. 
Pro-pri-e-tor, ka mea nona kekahi mea. 
Pros-e-cute, e hahai aku i mea e loaa ai. 
Pros-per-ous, e noho pomaikai ana. 
Pros-ti-tute, e hoohuli hewa, e hoohaumia. 
Pros-trate, e moe ana ilalo. 

Pro-tect, e malama, e hoomalu. 
.Pro-test, e hoohiki ku e, e hoole aku. 
Pro-tract, e hoopanee i ka manawa. 
Pro-trude, e hooi aku, e hoopuka aku. 
Pro-tu-ber-ance, he puu, he mea oi. 

Proud, he manao kiekie ana. 

Prove, e hoao a ike, e hoomaopopo. 
Proy-erb, he olelo pokopoko a nuinae ke ano. 
Pro-vide, e hana a makaukau e. 

Pro-vis-ion, he ai i hoahuia. 

Pro-voke, e hoonankiuki, e hoala huhu. 
Prox-im-i-ty, he kokoke ana. 

Prox-y, he pani no ka mea nalowale. 
Pru-dent, hoopono, he noonoo. 

Pshaw! he olelo hoowahawaha, ka! 

Pub-lic, i mua o na kanaka a pau. 

Pub-lish, e hoike ma ke akea. 

Puck-er, he pukapuka, he alu. 





542 


QUI 


Pu-er-ile, ma ke ano kamalii. 

Puff, he puhi ana. 

Puff, e hoomaikai wale, e haanou. 
Pug-na-cious, makemake e hakaka. 
Puke, e luai, e hoowa. 

Pull, e huki, e kauo. 

Pulp, ka io o ka hua. 

Pul-pit, he awai kahi e hai aii ka olelo. 
Pulse, ka pana. 

Pul-ver-ize, e hoowali a okaoka liilii. 
Pun-gent, oi, awahia. 

Pun-ish, e hoopai. 

Pun-ish-ment, ka hoopai ana. 

Pu-ny, liilii, nawaliwali. 

Pup, he keiki ilio. 

Pu-pil, he haumana. 

Pup-py, he keiki ilio. 

Pur-chase, e kuai lilo’ mai. 

Pure, maemae. 

Purge, e holoi, e hoomaemae. 

Pur-loin, e lawelawe, e aibue. [kue poni. 
Pur-ple, he ulaula i paipuia me ka eleele, ma- 
Pur-port, ke ano. 

Pur-pose, ka manao e hana. 

Pur-sue, e hahai mahope. 

Pur-u-lent, e pala hehee ana. 

Push, e pahu aku, e koo aku. 
Push-ing, e pahu ana, e hooneenee ana. 
Pu-sil-lan-i-mous, he makau wale. 
Pus-tule, he puupuu ma ka ili. 
Pus-tu-lous, ma ke ano puupuu ili. 
Put, e kau, e waiho. 

Pu-tre-fy, e palaho, e popo. 

Puz-zle, he pilikia i ka manao. 


Q. 


QUAD-RU-PED, he holoholona wawae eha. 
Quake, e haalulu, e nawe. 

Qual-i-fy, e hoomakaukau. [e ae. 
Qual-i-ty, kekahi ano, he like ole me ka mea 
Quan-ti-ty, ka nui, ke kaumaha. 
Quar-rel, he ku e, he hakaka, he paio. 
Quar-ter, he hapaha o kekahi mea. 
Quar-ter, e mahele i eha hapa like. 
Quash, e hoopau. 

Queen, he alii wahine. 

Quell, e hoopau, e hooluolu. 

Quench, e kinai, e hoopio (i ke ahi.) 
(Juer-u-lous, he ohumu mau ana. 
Que-ry, he ninau. 

(Quest, ka imi ana, ka huli ana. 
Ques-tion, he ninau, he niele. 

Quick, e wiki, e hikiwawe. 

Quick-lime, he puna moa i hoohu ole ia. 
Qui-et, maha, malie, na. 

Qui-et, e hoona, e hoomalie. 

Quill, he hulu. 

Quit, e hooki, e haalele, uoki. 

Quite, loa, paa. 

Quit-tance, e haalele ana, e hooki ana. 
Quiv-er, he aa no na pua, he eke pua. 
Quiv-er, he haalulu, he eebia. 





REC 


Quo-ta-tion, ka olelo a hai i lawe pono ia. 


R. 


Ras-Bi, he kumuao Indaio. 

Rab-id, huhu, haehae, hehena. 

Race, he hahai ana. he holokiki ana. 
Ra-di-ant, he hoopuka malamalama, olinolino. 
Raft, he huina papa e lana ana i ka wai. 
Raf-ter, he oa hale. 

Rag, he welu kapa, welu lole. 

Rage, e enaena, e wela ka huhu. 

Rag-ged, he weluwelu ke kapa. 

Rail, he laau kaola o ka pa laan. 

Rail, e kuamuamu aku ia hai. 

Rail-le-ry, he olelo henehene. 

Rain, he ua. 

Rain-bow, he anuenue. 

Raise, e hapai iluna, e hoala ae. 

Ral-ly, e hoouluuluina koai puehuike kaua. 
Ram-ble, e hele i o ia nei. 

Ran-cor, he inaina, he manao hoino. 
Ran-dom, he hana wale, he hana kumu ole. 
Range, he wahi i hoopuniia. 

Rank, he ku papa ana, he hanohano alii. 
Ran-kle, he palahehee me he mai la. 
Ran-sack, e huli ikaika ma kauwahi. 
Ran-som, he uku hoola i na pio. 

Rap, e kikeke, e pai. 

Rap-id, holokiki, kahe ikaika. 

Rare, kakaikahi loa, moa hapa. 

Ras-cal, he kanaka hana hoopunipuni. 
Rase, e hokai. 

Rash, he hana wikiwiki me ka noonoo ole. 
Rasp, he apuapu kalakala. 

Rat, he iole nui. 

Ra-tan, he ohe mea kookoo. 

Rath-er, e aho. 

Rat-i-fy, e hooko i ke kuikahi. 

Rat-tle, he mea kanikani. 

Ray-age, e hao wale, e lawe waiwai pio. 
Rave, e walaau ae me ka huhu. 

Ravy-el, e wehewehe i ka mea i ulanaia. 
Rav-ish, e moekolohe me ka limaikaika, 
Raw, maka, moa ole. 

Raze, e hoohiolo, e wawahi. 

Ra-zor, he pahi umiumi. 

Reach, e kiko aku, e 0 aku, e lalau. 

Read, e heluhelu. 

Read-y, makaukau. 

Real, maoli, he oiaio. 

Rear, ka hope. [la. 


543 


REM 


Reck-on, ¢ hoouluulu ma na hua helu. 

Re-cline, ¢ hilinai, e moe iki. 

Rec-og-nize, e ike me ka poina ole. 

Rec-ol-lect, e hoomanao, e hoala manao. 

Rec-om-mend, e hoike aku he maikai. 

Rec-om-pense, he uku. 

Rec-on-cile, e hoolaulea. 

Re-coy-er, e loaa hou i kekahi mea i lilo. 

Re-count, e hoike liilii a pau. [mua. 

Re-cre-ate, e hana hou i ka mea i hanaia ma- 

Re-crim-in-ate, e hoohewa aku i ka meai hoo- 
hewa mai. 

Rec-ti-fy, e hooponopono. 

Red, he ulaula. 

Re-deem, e uku hoola, e hoopanai. 

Re-dress, e hoopuka i ka pilikia. 

Re-duce, e hooemi iho, e mahele i uuku iho. 

Re-dund-ant, he keu wale ana. 

Reed, he ohe. 

Reek, e punohu i ka mahu. 

Reel, he hikaka. 

Re-fer, e kuhikuhi aku. [me he aniani la. 

Re-flect, e noonoo, e hoihoi hou mai i ke aka 

Re-flux, ka mimiki ana aku o ke kai hohonu. 

Re-form, e hana hou a pono, 

Re-frac-to-ry, ku e, hele kekee, hookuli. 

Re-frain, e hookaawale, e pakiko. 

Ref-uge, he puuhonua, he wahi e pakele ai. 

Ref-use, he opala, he koena opala. 

Re-fuse, e hoole, e ae ole. 

Re-gard, he malama ana, he makemake, 

Re-gion, he moku aina. 

Re-gret, e minamina, e mihi. 

Reg-u-lar, ku i ka pololei. 

Reg-u-late, e hooponopono, e hoopololei. 

Re-hearse, e hai pakahi i ka meai paanaan ia, 

Re-ject, e hookuke, e haalele. 

Reign, e noho alii, e nobo aupuni. 

Rein, he kaulawaha, he kaula paa lima o ke 
kaulawaha. ~ 

Re-joice, e hauoli, e olioli. 

Re-join-der, he pane hou ana, 

Re-late, e hai aku. 

Rel-a-tive, he pili ana, he hoahanau. 

Re-lax. e hooluolu, e hooalualu. , 

Re-lease, e hookuu akuy e wehbe ae. 

Re-lent, e hooluolu i ka paakiki. 

Re-li-ance, e pili i kekahi mea. 

Re-lieve, e hookuu, e hoomaha. 

Re-lieved, ua maha. [hoomana. 

Re-li-gion, he manao i ke Akua, be oihana 

Re-lin-quish, e hookuu, e haalele. 

Rel-ish, e ono, e honi ala. 

Re-ly, e hilinai, e paulele. 


Rear, e ku iluna ma na wawae hope me he lio | Re-main, e koe, e noho hele pu ole. 


Rea-son, he kumu o ka manao. 
Re-as-sem-ble, e akoakoa hou. 

Reb-el, he kanaka kipi i ke aupuni. 
Re-buke, e ao ikaika ana. 

Re-cant, e mibi a e hoopau i ka manao. 
Re-ceive, e lawe i ka mea i haawiia. 
Re-cent, he mea hou. 

Re-cip-ro-cal, kekahi i kekahi. 

Re-cite, e hai waha i ka mea i paanaau ia. 
Reck-less, noonoo ole, manao ole. 


Re-main-der, he koena. 

Rem-e-dy, he laau lapaan. 

Re-mem-ber, e hoomanao, e paa ma ka manao. 
Re-mind, e paipai manao. 

Re-miss, kapulu, nawaliwali. o 
Re-mis-sion, he kala ana. 

Rem-nant, he apana koe. [iho. 
Re-morse, ka ehaeha o ka naau no kona hewa 
Re-mote, mamao, loihi aku. 

Re-mu-ner-ate, e uku i ka mea poho, 


RET 


Ren-coun-ter, he hakaka. 

Rend, e hoonahae, e hooweluwelu. 

Ren-dez-vous, he wahi e akoakoa ai na koa. 

Re-nounce, e hoole loa, e haalele loa. 

Re-nowned, kaulana no ka maikai. 

Re-pair, e hana hou a maikai. 

Re-past, he ai ana. 

Re-peal, e hoopau i kekahi kanawai. 

Re-peat-ed-ly, pinepine. 

Re-pel, e pale aku, e kipaku. 

Re-pent, e mihi me ka haalele i ka hewa. 

Re-pine, e minamina hooino. 

Re-plete, piha, paapu. 

Re-ply, e pane hou aku, e kike. 

Re-port, e olelo hoikeike. 

Re-pose, e moe malie, e hiamoe. 

Re-pose, he hoomaha ana, he hiamoe. 

Rep-re-hend, e ao me ka hoohewa. 

Rep-re-sent, e hai hoike. 

Re-press, e kinai, e hoopio. 

Rep-ri-mand, e ao ikaika aku no ka hewa. 

Re-proach, e olelo hoohewa aku. 

Re-proof, he hoohewa ana. 

Rep-tile, he mea kolo me he enuhe la. 

Re-pu-di-ate, e hoole aku, e hoohemo. 

Re-pug-nance, he manao ku e, ae ole. 

Re-pulse, e kipaku aku e hoi. 

Re-pu-ta-ble, manao maikai ia. 

Re-pu-ted, he olelo wale ia no kekahi. 

Re-quest, he noi, he hoike makemake. 

Re-quire, e noi no ka hemahema. 

Re-quis-ite, ka mea e pono aino ka hemahema. 

Re-quite, e hoihoi i ka mea like. 

Res-cue, e hoopakele i ka pilikia. 

Re-search, he imi ikaika ana. [lena. 

Re-sem-ble, e hoohalike, e ku like ka helehe- 

Re-sent, e huhu, e ukiuki. 

Re sent-ment, he manao huhu. 

Re-serve, e aua, e hoomaka mae. 

Re-side, e noho paa ma kekahi wahi. 

Res-i-dence, kahi e noho ai. 

Res-i-due, ke koena, ka mea i koe. 

Re-sign, e waiho i ka oihana o kekahi. 

Re-sig-na-tion, ka hookuu ana i kahi oihana. 

Res-in, fie kepau ta. 

Re-sist, e ku e, e pale aku. 

Re-solve, e paa ka manao, e hookaawale liilii. 

Re-sort, he aha kanaka, he wahi e akoakoa/ai. 

Re-sound, e kani hou mai, e kupinai. 

Re-source, he kumu e loaa mai ai. 

Res pect, e manao pono aku, e mahalo aku. 

Res-pire, e ha, e hanu. 

Res-pite, ka hoopanee i ka hoopai. 

Re-splend-ent, nani loa, hinuhinu. 

Res-pond, e pane mai, e olelo kike mai. 

Rest, he maha, he hiamoe. 

Rest, ke koena. 

Re-store, e hoihoi i kahi mua, e hoola. 

Re-strain, e kaohi, e keakea, e hoopaa. 

Re-sult, ka hua i loaa. 

Res-ur-rec-tion, ke ala hou ana. 

Re-tain, e kaohi, e hoopaa me ka malama. 

Re-tal-irate, e hoopai aku e like me ka hana 
ia mai. 

Re-tard, e hoohakalia, e hoolohi. 


544 


ROU 


Retch, e hoolualuai. 

Re.-tire, e hele i kahi e. 

Retreat, e hookaawale i kahi e. 
Re-treat, he waht mehameha e noho ai. 
Re.trieve, e loaa hou. 

Re.tro-grade. hoi hope ana. 

Re.turn, e hoi hou. 

Re-turn, e hoihoi hou aku. 

Re-veal, e hoike i na mea i ike ole ia. 
Re-yvenge, e hoopai ino i ka hana ino mai. 
Re-vere, e hoomaikai weliweli ana. 
Re-verse, e hoololi. 

Re-view, e nana hou. e huli e ike. 
Re-vile, e hoomaino, e nuku, e hooino. 
Re-vive, e hoi hou i ke ola. 

Re-volt, e kipi, e malama ole i ke alii. 
Re-volve, e huli me he kaa la, e noonoo. 
Re-ward, e uku aku. 
Rheu-ma-tism, ka eha o ka ami iwi. 
Rheu-mat-ic, mai eha o ka ami. 

Rib, ka iwi aoao. 

Rich, he waiwai nui. 

Rid, e kaawale ae. 

Ride, e holo ma ka lio, ma ke kaa, a meae ae. 
Rid-i-cule, e hoowahawaha, e akaaka. 
Ri-fle, e lawe pio i kekahi waiwai. 
Right, e hoopololei i ka mea kekee. 
Rig-id, ikaika, paa, naue ole. 

Rig-or, he ikaika, paa. 

Rim, ka lihilihi o kekahi ipu. 

Rind, ka ili mawaho. 

Ring, e hookani, e o me he bele la. 
Ring, he apo poepoe. 

Ring-worm, he haukeuke, he kane. 
Rinse, e hou iloko o ka wai. 

Rip, e haehae, e nahae. 

Ripe, ua 00, pono ke aiia. 

Ri-pen, e oo, e hoopala. 

Rise, e ala ae, e eueu, e pili. 

Ri-val, he hoa kue mai me he mau punalua la, 
Rive, e hoonaha, e mahele i ka laau. 
Riv-er, he muliwai, he kahawai nui lana malie. 
Road, he alanui, he ala akea. 

Roam, e kaahele wale, e hele i o ia nei. 
Roar, he haalulu nui, e uwo. 

Roast, e koala i ke ahi. 

Rob, e hao, e kaili wale. 

Ro-bust, ikaika, puipui. 

Rock, he pohaku nui. 

Rock, e hooluliluli. 

Roe, he dia wahine. 

Roll, e kaa, e olokaa. 

Roll, he owili pepa, lole, &c. 

Roof, ka uhi maluna o ka hale. 

Room, he keena, he wahi akea. 

Roost, he wahi e kau ai na manu. 
Root, ka mole, ke aa o ka laau. 

Root, e eku me he puaa la, 

Rope, he kaula nui. 

Rose, he pua laau, he rose. 

Rot, e pala, e palaho, e hoi hou i ka lepo. 
Rove, e aea, e kuewa wale. 

Rough, e kalakala, apuupuu. 

Round, poepoe. 

Round, a puni. 


SAP 


Rouse, e hoala, e hooeueu. 

Rout-ed, i hooheeia me he poe koa la. 
Row, e ku lalani, he ku papa ana. © 
Row, e haunaele. ee 

Row, e hooholo ma na hoe. 

Rub, e anai. 

Rub-bish, he opala. 

Rud-der, ka hoeuli. 

Rude, hawawa, naaupo. 

Rue, he laau kanu awaawa. 

Ruf-fian, he powa, he pepehi kanaka. 
Ruf-fle, e hooaleale i ka ili o ka wai. 
Ruf-fle, he pihapiha lole. 

Rug-ged, kalakala, apuupuu. 

Ru-in, he hookahuli ana, he hoohiolo ana. 
Rule, e hoomalu aupuni, e hoopololei. 
Rule, he laau mea hoopololei kaha. 
Rum-ble, he kumumu, haalulu. 
Ru-mor, he lohe wale. he lono. 
Rump, ke kikala, ka hope. 

Rum-ple, e hoominomino. 

Run, e holo, e kukini. 

Runt, ka mea liilii o ka ohana puaa. 
Rush, e holokiki aku. 

Rush, he kaluha, he mea wlu. 

Rust, he popo, he kukae hao. 

Rus-tle, e kawewe, e nakeke. 
Ruth-less, aloha ole, menemene ole. 


S. 
Sa-B1#, eleele, uli. 
Sa-bre, he pahi kaua loloa. 
Sack, he eke nui. [enemi. 
Sack, e hao wale i ke kulanakauhale o ka 
eae sakarema, oihana hoailona eka- 
esia. 
Sa-cred, laa, kapu, hoano, 
Sad, kaumaha ma ka naau. 
Sad-dle, he noho lio. 
Safe, palekana, maluhia. ’ 
Sage, he naauao, he noonog pono. 
Sage, he laau kanu. 
Sail, he pea o ka moku. 
Sail, e holo ae me he moku la. 
Sake, he mea e pono ai. [keia wa. 
Sal-a-ry, he kumu e hoouku like i kela wa i 
Sale, ka lilo ana i ke kuaiia. 
Sa-line, mikomiko me he paakai la. 
Sal-i-va, he kuha, he wale o ka waha. 
Sal-i-va-ted, hookaheia ka wale o ka waha. 
Sal-low, maimai, lenalena ma ka maka. 
ae he hoopuka nui ana mai kekahi wahi 
aku. 
Salt, he paakai. 
Salt, e kopi i ka paakai a miko. 
Sal-va-tion, he hoola ana mai ka make ae. 
Sa-lute, e uwe aloha aku, e honi aloha. 
Same, oia hookahi no. 
Sanc-ti-fy, e hoano, e hoolaa. 
Sand, he one. 
Sand-stone, he pohaku oneone, he papaakea. 
Sap, he wai iloko o ka mea ulu. 
Sa-pi-ent, naauao. akamai. 


545 


SCU 


Sar-casm, he olelo hoohilahila. 

Satch-el, he eKe lawe buke a na haumana. 

Sa-tiate, e maona, e hoopiha a maona. 

Sat-is-fy, e hooluolu i ka manao. 

Sat-ur-day, ka la hoomalolo. 

Sav-age, hupo, lokoino. 

Sauce, he inai ai, he olelo pakike. 

Save, e hoola, e hoopakele. [pakele. 

Sav-ior, he mea hoola, o Kristo, ka mea hoo- 

Saun-ter, e aea wale, e hele a hana ole. 

Sa-vor, he hoalaala ana, he ala oluolu. 

Saw, he pahi olo, he pahi ololua. 

Saw-dust, he okaoka o ka laau i oloia. 

Say, e olelo, e hai, ei. 

Scab, he papaa maluna o ka eha. 

Scaf-fold, he papa kiekie kahi e kn aina paa- 
hana hale. 

Scald, e hoowela i ka wai wela. 

Scale, he mea kaupouna. 

Scale, e piii ka pa nui me he papu la. 

Scale, he unahi ia, 

Scalp, ka ili ma ka piko o ke poo. 

Scam-per, e holo ikaika. 

Scan-dal, he olelo hoohihia, he aki. 

Scant, hapa, lawa ole. 

Scar, he linalina o ka ili i moku i ka pahi. 

Scarce, kakaikahi, hapa. 

Searce-ly, aneane hiki ole. 

Scar-ci-ty, he manawa wi, ai ole. 

Scare, e hoomakau, e hoopuiwa. 

Scar-let, ulaula. 

Scat-ter, e hoohelelei, e lu aku. 

Scent, he hohono, he mea honi. 

Scent, e honi, e hooala. 

Scheme, he manao kumu hana. 

Schol-ar, he haumana ao palapala. 

School, he kula ao palapala. 

School-mas-ter, he kumu kula Kane. 

Scis-sors, he upa oki unku. 

Scoff, e olelo hoowahawaha aku. 

Scold, e nuku, e olelo huhu. 

Scope, he kaawale, he akea. 

Scorch, e papaa ka ili ma ka wela.. 

Scorn, e hoowahawaha loa. 

Scour, e anaanai, e holoi ikaika. 

Scourge, e hahau i ke kua a eha boa. 

Scout, he mea hele a hoomakaakiu i ka enemi. 

Scowl, e hoomakainoino. 

Scram-ble, e hopuhopu wikiwiki. 

Scrap, he apana liilii, he hakina. 

Scrape, e koekoe, e wau. 

Scratch, e wauwau, e kaha ma ka. ili. 

Scream, e hooho me ka leo uwa. 

Screen, e pale, e hoomalu. 

Screen, he paku, he pale. 

Screw, he mea nao wili. 

Scrib-ble, e kakau wikiwiki me ka lalau. 

Scrip-tures, ka palapala hemolele ake Akua., . 

Scrof-u-la, he mai alaala ma ka.a-i. 

Serub, e holoi ikaika. 

Seru-ple, he kuihe, he haohao. 

Seru-ti-nize, e emi ikaika i ke ano. 

Scuf-fle, he aumeume ikaika. 

Seulk, e huna ia ia iho. [mahope... 

Scull, e uneune, e koo i ka waa me ka hoez 


SEV 


546 


SHR 





Sculp-ture, ka oihana kalai kil. 

Sea, ke kai, he moana, he ale nui. 
Sea-coast, kahakai. 

Sea-sick, ka liliha ma ka holo moku ana. 
Sea-side, kahakai. 

Sea-wa-ter, kai, wai kai. 

Seal, he ilio o ke kai. 

Seal, e hoopaa i ka wefa. 

Seam, ke kuina o ka lole humuhumu. 
Search, e imi, e huli. 

Sea-son, he wa pono, he manawa okoa. 
Sea-son, e hana a mikomiko. 
Sea-son-ing, he mea inai, he hoomikomiko. 
Seat, noho, he punee. 

Seat, e noho iho, e hoonoho. 

Sea-ward, makai. 

Se-cede, e hookaokoa aku. 

Sec-ond, he mea kokua, he sekona. 
Sec-ond, e kokua mahope. 

Se-cret, huna ia, pohihihi, he hai ole ia. 
Sect, he poe e kuikahi ana ka manao. 
Sec-u-lar, ma ko ke ao nei aole ma ka lani. 
Se-cure, maluhia, paa. . 

Se-cure, e hoopaa, e hoomalu. 

Se-date, nohomalie. oluolu, kuoo. 
Sed-i-ment, he oka, he maku. 

Se-duce, e alakai iloko 0 ka hewa. 
Sed-u-lous, kaamau ikaika ana, hoomau ana. 
See, e nana maka, e hoomaopopo. 

See! e nana! aia hoi! 

Seed, he hua mea kanu, he anoano. 
Seek, e emi, e huli iho. 

Seem, e akaka ma ka manao. 

Seem-ly, ku i ka pono. 

Seine, he upena nui. 

Seize, e hopu, e lalau koke aku. 
Sel-dom, hiki kakaikahi. ‘ 
Se-lect, e koho, e wae. . 

Self, iho, ponoi. 

Sell, e kuai hoolilo aku. 

Sem-blance, ka like ana, ke ano like. 
Sen-ate, he aha kau kanawai. 

Sen-a-tor, kekahi o ka poe kau kanawai. 
Send, e hoouna, e hoolele. 

Sen-ior, hanau mua, he hanau mua. 
Sen-si-tive, hiki wawe ka manao. 
Sen-su-al, ma ko ke kino. 

Sen-ti-ment, he manao, he olelo pili. 
Sen-ti-nel, he koa e ku kiai ana. 
Sep-a-rate, kaawale, kuokoa, 
Sep-ul-chre, he hale kupapau. 

Se-quel, e pili ana mahope, ka hope. 
Se-rene, aiai, malie, oluolu. 

Ser-mon, he olelo no ka ke Akua. 
Ser-pent, he mooomole, he nahesa. 
Ser-vant, he kauwa lawelawe. 
Ser-vice-a-ble, ku i ka pono, e pomaikai ai. 
Set, e kau, e hoonoho iho, e napoo iho. 
Set, he mau mea e ku like ana. 

Set-tle, e noho iho ma ka aina hou. 
Set-tle. e emi iho malalo. 

Sev-en, ahiku, ehiku. 

Sev-en-teen, umikumamahiku. [hiku. 
Sey-en-ty, kanaha me kanakolu keu, kana- 
Sev-er, e hookaawale i ka mea e kui ana. 


Sev-er-al. he mau mea, mahuahua. 

Se-vere. oolea, kaumaha, ikaika loa. 

Sew, e humuhumu me ke kui a me ka ropi. 

Shade, he malumalu, he aka. 

Shade, e hoomalu, e uhi ka malumalu. 

Shad-ow, he aka, he hoailona. 

Shag-gy, paapu i ka huluhulu. 

Shake, e lulu, e haalulu. 

Shake, he lulu ana, he haukeke ana. 

Shal-low, papau, ahua. 

Sham, he hana hoopunipuni, he oiaio ole. 

Shame, he hilahila. . 

Shame-ful, ku i ka hilahila. 

Shape, e hana aku i ke ano. 

Shape, ka helehelena o ke kino. 

Share, he hapa o ka mea okoa. 

Share, e puunawe i na apana. 

Shar-er, ka mea lawe i kekahi hapa. 

Shark, he mano, he ia nui, he kanaka epa. 

Sharp, 0i, ooi. 

Sharp-en, e hana a oi. 

Shat-ter, e wawahi liilii. 

Shave, e kahi ae. 

She, ia (pili i ka mea wahine.) 

Sheath, he wahi no ka pahi a me na mea oi. 

Shed, he hale malumalu maluna a hamama 
malalo. 

Sheep, he hipa. 

Sheet, he kihei moe. 

Shelf, he papa e kauia’i na mea maluna. 

Shell, he iwi mawaho o ka io. 

Shell-fish. he ia mea iwi mawaho. 

Shel-ter, he mea hoomalu, he mea uhi maluna. 

Shel-ter, e hoomalu, e pale aku i ka ino. 

Shely-ing, e moe kapakahi ana, e moe hio. 

Sherd, hakina ipu. 

Shield, he paku e pale ai i ke kaua. 

Shield, e paku pale aku, e pale ae. 

Shift, e hoololi, e hoolilo. 

Shift, ka hoololi ana; ka palule wahine. 

Shin, ka lapa wawae. 

Shine, e hoomalamalama. 

Ship, he moku kiakolu. 

Ship-wreck, he ili ana o ka moku a nahaha. 

Shirt, palule no ke kane. 

Shiv-er, e haalulu, e nahaha liilii. 

Shoal, he ia paapu ; he wai papau. 

Shoe, he kamaa. 

Shoot, e ki i ka pu, e pana i ka pua. 

Shore, he kahakai. 

Short, pokole, poko. 

Short-ly, kokoke, emo ole. 

Short-wind-ed, naenae. 

Shot, he Iu, he poka pu liilii. 

Shove, e pahu aku, e koo mahope. 

Shov-el, he oo palahalaha mea kiola lepo. 

Shov-el, e kope a e hoolei aku. 

Shoul-der, ka poohiwi. 

Shoul-der-blade, ka iwi o ka uha mua. 

Shout, he hooho olioli. 

Show, e hoike imua o na maka. 

Show-er, he ua naulu. 

Shred, he apana liilii. 

Shriek, e hooho me ka leo uwo. 

Shrill, oi loa, kani loa. 


SLA 


Shrink, e emi iho a uuku. 

Shriv-el, e emi iho a mimino. 
Shud-der, e haalulu, e haukeke. 
Shuf-fle, e hoololi wale. e lauwili. 
Shun, e maalo ma kekahi aoao. 

Shut, e pani a paa. 

Shut-ter, he pani mawaho. 

Sick, mai, maimai. 

Side, aoao. 

Siege, he hoopuni ana me na koa kaua. 
Sigh, he hanu loloa, e whu iho. 

Sight, ka ike maka ana. 

Sight-ly, maikai i ka nana ia. 

Sign, he hoailona, he ouli. 

Sig-nal, he hoailona hoike, kupanaha. 
Sig-ni-fy, e hoike i ke ano. 

Si-lence, he nohomalie, walaau ole. 
Si-lence! e hoopaa i ka waha, e hoomalie. 
Sil-ly, lapuwale, ano ole. 

Sim-i-lar, like, he likepu. 

Sim-i-le, he hoolike ana, he nane. 
Sim-ple, akamai ole, makaukau ole. 

Sin, he hewa, he ku ei ke kanawai, he lawe- 
hala ana i ka ke Akua. 
Sin, e hana i ka mea ku ei ka ke Akua. 

Since, mahope mai. 

Sin-cere, oiaio, hookamani ole. 

Sin-ew, ke olona ma ke kino. 

Sing, e mele, e hoolea me ka leo mele. 

Singe, e kuni a wela na hulu ma ke ahi. 

Sing-er, he mea akamai i ka leo mele. 

Sin-gle, hookahi, pakahi. 

Sing-ly, ma ke ano pakahi ana. 

Sin-gu-lar, akahi ana, kakaikahi. 

Sink, e poho, e poholo, e emi iho. 

Sin-ner. he mea lawehala, he kanaka hewa. 

Sip, e hoao i ka mea inu, e inu liilii. [paha. 

Sir, he olelo pili i ke kane i ka mea nuia like 

Sis-ter, he hoahanau wahine a na makua hoo- 
kahi.. 

Sit, e noho iho. 

Site, he kahua, he wahi pono ke noho. 

Six, eono. 

Six-teen, umikumamaono. 

Sixth, ke ono. 

Six-ty, kanaono. 

Size, ka nui ana o kekahi mea. 

Skate, he hele pahee. 

Skill-ful, akamai, makaukau,. 

Skin, he ili, he alualu. 

Skin, e lole, e hemo i Ka ili. 

Skin-flint, he kanaka alunu paakiki. 

Skin-ny, alualu, wiwi. ili wale no. 

Skip, e hele me ka lelele, e lele iki ana. 

Skip-per. ke kahu o ka mokzu liilii. 

Skir-mish, he aumeume ana, he kaua iki. 

Skirt, ka lihi o kekahi mea. 

Skit-tish, puiwa wale, makau wale. 

Skulk, e holo malie, e pee. 

Skull, he puniu, iwi poo, 

Sky, ka lani, ke aouli, ka lewa. 

Sky-col-or, he uliuli e like me ke aouli. 

Slab-ber, e hooluolu ai i ka mea inu. 

Slack, alualu, nawaliwali, kapulu. 

Slack en, e hoalualu, e hoolohi. 


547 


SOB 


Slan-der, e aki wahahee. 

Slant, e hio,.e moe kapakahi, 

Slap, e pai ma ka poho lima. 

Slate, he papa pobaku, he papa kahakaha. 
Slave, he kanaka noho kauwa kuapaa. 
Slaugh-ter, he luku, he pepehi nui wale. 
Slay, e pepehi a make. 

Sleep, hiamoe. 

Slen-der, lahilahi loa. 

Slide, e pahee, e pakika. 
Slight, ololi. wiwi. 

Slight, e haalele, e hoowahawaha. 
Slim, ololi, loloa. 

Slime, he wale, he mea palupalu pipili. 
Sling, he maa nou pohaku. 

Sling, e maa aku, e nou pohaku i ka ka maa. 
Slink, e pee aku me ka hilahila, 

Slip, e pahee, e pakika, e hina. 
Slip-per-y, paheehee. 

Slit, he nahae. 

Slob-ber, e kahe ka wale. 

Slope, e waiho hio ana. 

Slope, he wahi pii iki. 

Slop- py, kelekele, pohopoho. 

Sloth, he lohi, he molowa, he ano hiamoe. 
Slov-en, he kanaka lole pelapela, a weluwelu. 
Slough, he wahi poho, he nenelu. 

Slow, lohi, hakalia. 

Slow-ness, he lolohi, he akahele loa, 
Slug-gard, he kanaka hiamoe wale. 
Slum-ber, e hiamoe, e hiamoe iki. 

Slut, he wahine hoopeiapela. 

Small, vuku, palanaiki. 

Smart, wikiwiki, hana koke, 

Smear, e hapala i ka lepo. 

Smell, e honi; he ala. 

Smile, e aka iki. 

Smite, e hahau, e papai, e kui, 

Smit-ten, hahauia, papaiia. 

Smoke, he uahi. 

Smoke, e puhi i ka uahi. 

Smooth, pahee, laumania, 

Smooth, e hana a pahee. 

Smoth-er, e hoopaa i ka hanu. 

Smut-ty, paumaele, paeleia. 

SnaiJ, he pupu o ka honua. 

Snake, he mooomole, he nahega. 

Snap, e pana, e haki me ke kani. 

Snare, he pahele e hoohei manu. 

Snarl, e nana huhu me he ilio la. 

Snatch, e hopu, e kaili aku. 

Sneer, e aka henehene. 

Sneeze, e kihe iho. 

Snore, e nono, e hoho, 

Snot, he upe, he hupe 

Snout, he nuku. 

Snuff, he baka honihoni. - 

Snuff, e honihoni a komo j ka jhu. 

So, pe, pela, peia. 

Soak, e hoomau i ka wai, 

Soap, he kopa. 
| Soar, e lele maluna. 

Sob, e hauhau, e nae, e uwe. 


SPI 


So-ber, manao pono, aole ona. 
So-ci-a-ble, launa, kamailio, oluolu. 
Soft, palupalu, pepe, akahai. 

Soil, he lepo maikai. 

So-journ, e noho malihini. 

So-lace, he mea hooluolu. 

Sole, akahi, oia hookahi. 

So-li-cit, e noi, e koi aku. 
So-li-ci-tude, he manao nui ana. 
Sol-i-ta-ry, mehameha, noho hookahi. 
Solve, e hoakaka, e wehewehe. 

Some, he mau mea, kekahi hapa. 
Some-bod-y, kekahi kanaka. 
Some-thing, kekahi mea, he wahi mea. 
Some-times, kekahi manawa. 

Son, he keikikane. 

Son-in-law, hunonakane. 

Song, he mele. 

So-no-rous, kani moakaka ana. 

Soon, wawe, koke, kokoke ka wa. 
Sooth, e hoona, e hoolaulea. 
Sooth-say, e hoopiopio, e hai wanana. 
Soot-y, pili ka lepo uahi. 

Sore, he eha ma ka io. 

Sor-row, he eha ma ka naau, kaumaha. 
Soy-er-eign, he moi, he kiekie loa. 
‘Soul, he uhane o ke kanaka, he ea. 
‘Sound, he haalulu, he kani, he leo. 
‘Sound, e kani, e kui ae, e poha. 
Sour, awahia, awaawa. 

Source, ke kumu, he punawai. 
‘South, he kukulu hema. 

‘Sow, he puaa wahine. 

Sow, e lulu hua. 

‘Spa-cious, akea, laula. 
‘Spade, he oo palahalaha. 

Span, he ana o ka lima, he kiko. 
‘Spare, wiwi, lahilahi. 
‘Spare,.e waiho, e hookuu. 

Spark, he huna ahi. 

Spat-ter, e kopipi i ka wai. 

Spawn, na hua o ka ia. 

Speak, e hai, e i, e olelo, e ekemu. 
Spear, he ihe, he pololu. 

Spe-ci-fy, e hocike i kekahi mea pakahi. 
Speck-le, e kikiko. 

Spec-ta-cle, he mea e makaikaiia ana. 
Spec-ta-tor, he mea e makaikai ana. 
Spec-tre, he uhane lapu. 

Speech, he olelo i oleloia. 

Speed, he holo hiki wawe. 

Spell, e hookuikui i na hua. 

Spend, e hookaa aku i ka waiwai. 
Spew, e luai aku. 

Spi-der, he lanalana. 

Spill, e hanini iwaho, 

Spine, ka iwi kuamoo, 

Spi-nous, ma ke ano iwi kuamoo. 
Spir-it, ka uhane, ka hanu, ke ea. 
Spir-it-u-al, ko ka uhane. 

Spit, e kuha. 

Spite, e huhu, e huhu koke ana. 
Spit-tle, he wale o ka waha, he kuha. 


548 STE 


Splash, e nou aku i ka wai. 

Splen-did, nani, hanohano. 

Splin-ter, he hakina laau liilii. 

Split, e mahele ma ka loa, e wahi. 
Spoil, e hao wale, e hoonele i ka waiwai. 
Spoil, he waiwai i lawe wale ia, a i hao ia. 
Sponge, he huahuakai. 

Spon-ta-ne-ous, ka makemake iho. 
Sport, e paani, e lealea. 

Spot, he wahi kina, he paumaele. 
Sprain, he okupe, he hai. 

Spray, he ehu wai, he ehu kai, 

Spread, e hohola ae, e hoopalahalaha aku.. 
Spring, e lele, e lele iluna. 

Spring, he wai mapuna. 

Spring-tide, kai nui, kai piha, 
Sprin-kle, e kapipi, e kopi. 

Sprout, e kupu. 

Spurn, e kipaku me ka inaina. 

Spy, he kiu, he makai. 

Spy-glass, he ohe nana. 

Squab-ble, he aumeume, he hakaka, 
Squal-id, he pelapela, weluwelu ke kapa. 
Squall, e uwe aku me ka leo nui. 
Squeak, he leo e like me ka iole. 
Squeeze, e kaomi iho, e uwi iho. 
Squint, e nana kapakahi ka maka. 
Squirt, e kiki aku mai ka ohe ae. 

Stab, e hou aku, e 00 aku. 

Sta-ble, paa, naue ole, 

Sta-ble, he hale no na holoholona. 
Staff, he kookoo, he mea kokua. 
Stag-ger, e hikaka, e hele hikaka. 
Stag-nant, lana malie, e kahe ole. 
Stain, e kohu lepo, e hoohaumia. 

Stair, he alapii anuu. 

Stale, mananalo, liliha. 

Stal-lion, he lio kane hoolaha. 
Stam-mer, e olelo me ka namu, e nu. 
Stanch, e panii ke koko kahe. 
Stanch-ed, he koko i paniia ke kahe ana. 
Stan-chion, kekahi ano koo e paa ai. 
Stand, e ku, e ku malie. 

Stand-ard, he hae, he kanawai hoopono. 
Star, hoku. 

Star-board, ka aoao akau o ka moku. 
Stare, e haka pono ka maka. 

Start, e hikilele, e puiwa. 

Starve, e make i ka pololi. 

Stave, he laau no ka pahu. 

Stay, e noho, e kali ma kahi wahi. 
Stay, he kali ana, he alia ana. 
Stead-fast, hoomau, paa mau. 

Stead-y, paa, luli ole. 

Steal, e aihue, e lawe wale. 

Steam, he mahu. 

Steep, palipali, nihinihi. 

Steep, e hoomau i ka wai. 

Steer, e hookele, e hoeuli. 

Steers-man, ke kanaka ma ka hoeuli. 
Stench, he pilau. 

Step, he meheu, he kapuai, he hele kuku. 
Ster-ile, pa, aole hua mai. 


STU 


549 SUR 





Stern, ka hope o ka moku. 

Stern, he huhu ma na maka. 
Stick, he pauku laau. 

Stick, e pipili, e hou. 

Stick-le, e hoopaapaa, e paio. 
Stick-y, pipili, linalina. 

Stiff, oolea, maloeloe. 

Sti-fle, e puua, e uumii ka hanu. 
Still, malie, e kemu ole, nawe ole. 
Still, e hoomalielie, e hoona. 
Stili-born, make i ka wa hanau. 
Stim-u-late, e hooeueu i ka ikaika. 
Sting, e 0, e pahu i ka mea Oi. 
Sting, he mea ooi mahope o kekahi nalo. 
Stin-gy, he pi, he aua. 

Stink, e pilau, e hohono. 
Stip-u-la-tion, he olelo ae like. 
Stir, e oni, e neenee, e naue. 
Stom-ach, ka opu naau. 

Stone, he pohaku. 

Stone, e pehii ka pohaku. 

Sto-ny, paaa, paapu i ka pohaku, 
Stool, he noho kua ole. 

Stoop, e kulou, e hele pupu. 

Stop, e hooki, e okii ka hele, e ku malie. 
Stop, ke ku ana, he kiko hooimaha. 
Storm, he ino, he makani ikaika, 
Sto-ry, he kaao, he mooolelo., 
Stout, nui, ikaika, paa, 

Strad-dle, e kihelei ae. 

Straight, pololei, pono. 

Strait, ololi, pilikia. 

Strand, he kahakai. 

Strand, e pae wale iuka a kau i ke one, 
Strange, kupaianaha, kamahao, 
Stran-ger, he malihini. 


Stran-gle, e paa ka hanu, e umii ka hanu. 


Strat-a-gem, he hana maalea e hoopuni ai. 
Stray, e auwana, e aea, 

Streak, he kaha onionio. 

Stream, he waikahe. 

Strength, he ikaika. 

Stretch, e hooloihi aku ma ka huki ana, 
Strew, e haalii, e hoolelei. 

Strife, he hakaka, he aumeume, 

Strike, e hahau, e papai. 

String, he kaula Jiilii. 

Strip, he mea weluwelu loloa. 
Strip-ling, he kamalii aneane makua. 
Strive, e aumeume, e hooikaika nui. 
Stroke, he hahau ana, he kaha. 

Strong, ikaika. 

Strug-gle, e oni ae, e aumeume. 
Strum-pet, he wahine hookamakama. 
Strut, e hele hoohanohano, e haaheo. 
Stub-born, he oolea, he paakiki ka naau. 
Stub-by, poupou a puipui. 

Stud-y, he ao ana i na mea e naauao ai. 
Stum-ble, e okupe, e ku a hina. 

Stump, ke kumu o ka laau i okiia, 
Stunt-ed, he mea uuku ke kino. 
Stu-pid, hawawa, manao ole. 

Stur-dy, ikaika nui. 


Stut-ter, e uu, e uuu. 

Sub-due, e hoopio, e hoolaka, 

Sub ject, e hoolilo malalo iho, 

Sub-merge, e hoopoho iloko o ka wai. 

Snb-mis-sion, he ae ana i ka na luna. 

Sub-se-quent, e pili ana mshope. 

Sub-serve, e kokua mai ana mahope. 

Sub-side, e hooemi iho, e mimiki aku. 

Sub-sti-tute, he pani no ka hakahaka, 

Sub-ter-fuge, he mea hoopuka kapakahi., 

Sub-tle, maalea, lahilahi. 

Sub-tract, e unuhi ae, e lawe i kekahi. 

Sub-vert, e hookahuli, e hooauhee. 

Suc-ceed, e ku, e Kali, e hahai. 

Suc-cess, he ko ana, he pomaikai. [kahi. 

Suc-ces-sive, e hahai ana kekahi mamulio ke- 

Suc-cor, e kokua i ka pilikia. 

Suc-cumb, e ae aku, e hina malalo iho. 

Such, e like ana, like me. 

Suck, e omo ma ka waha, 

Suck-er, he oha, he ia. 

Suck-le, e hanaii ka waiu. 

Sud-den, koke, emoole, hikiwawe. 

Sue, e hoopii i ke kanawai. 

Su-et, ke konahua. 

Suf-fer, e hoomanawanui i ka eha. 

Suf-fice, e hooluolu, e hana a nui. 

Suf-fo-ca-ted, ua hoopaaia ka hanu. 

Su-gar-cane, he ko. 

Sug-gest, e hai iki i wahi manao. 

Su-i-cide, he pepehi make anaiaiaiho. . 

Suit, he mau mea ku like. 

Suit, e ku like. 

Sul-ky, mumule, huhu maloko, 

Sul-try, wela, mehana. 

Sum-mit, kahi oi o ke kuahiwi. 

Sum-mon, e kii aku ma ka lunakanawai. 

Sun, la. 

Sun, e kaulai i ka la. 

Sun-day, ka la o ka Haku, he Sabati. 

Sun-der, e hookaawale ae, e hookaokoa. 

Sun-dries, he wahi mau mea i huiia. > 

Sun-ny, alo ana i ka la. 

Su-per-a-bound, e nui loa ana, e lawa a keu. 

Su-per-flu-i-ty, he mea e oi ana i ka mea e 
pono ai. 

Su-pe-ri-or, kiekie ae, maluna. 

Su-pine, palaleha, molowa. 

Sup-per, he aina ahiahi. 

Sup-ple, ae wale ana mamuli o kekahi. 

Sup-pli-cate, e noi haahaa. 

Sup-ply, e hoolako, e kii i na mea e pono ai. 

Sup-port, he paepae; he kokua ana. 

Sup-pose, e manao, e kuhi wale. 

Sup-press, e kinai, e hoopau. 

Sup-pu-rate, e kahe ka palahehe. 

Su-preme, kiekie loa maluna. 

Sure, oiaio, luliluli ole, paa. 

Sur-mise, he manao hewa ia hai. 

Sur-pass, e hele n ao aku, e hooi aku, 

Sur- plus, ke keu ana, ka mea e oj ana. 

Sur-prise, he kahaha i loaa koke. 

Sur-prise, e kau koke aku, e hoohikilele. 


TEN 


Sur-ren-der, e hoolilo malalo, e lilo i pio. 
Sur-round, e hoopuni. 

Sus- pect, e manao hewa ia hai. 

Sus-pense, he manao kanalua, he kuihe. 
Swal-low, e moni iho, e ale iho. 

Swamp, he aina lepo nenelu. [e kukai. 
Swap, hoololi i kahi waiwai no kekahi waiwai, 
Sway, e hoalii, e hoomalu aupuni. 

Swear, e hoohiki imua o ke Akua. 

Sweat, he hou, he kahe ana ka hou. 

Sweep, e kabili lepo ana, e hoe loloa. 

Sweet, ono, olvolu. 

Swell, e pehu ae. 

Swerve, e lalau, e kapae ae. 

Swift, hikiwawe, holo mama. 

Swim, e au iloko o ka wai. 

Swine, he puaa. | 

Swing, e lewa ae io ia nei, e lele kowali. 
Swing, he lele kowali. 
Swoon, e maule, he maule ana. 

Swop (e nana swap.) 

Sword, he pahi kaua, he pahi hahau. 
Symp-tom, he hoailona hoike i ke ano o ka mai. 


na T. 


Ta-BLE, he papa, papapaina, &c. 
Ta-ci-tur-ni-ty, he manao ekemu ole. 
Tack, he kui hao uuku. 

Tail, ka hiu, ka huelo, ka hope. 
Take, e lawe, e lalau lima. 

Tale, he kaao. 

Talk, he kamailio, he olelo kike. 
Talk-a-tive, lilo i ke kamailio ana. 
Tall, kiekie ma ke kino. 

Tame, laka, makau ole i ke kanaka. 
Tan-gle, e kahihi, e hoohihia pu. 
Tap, e paipai iki me ka lima. 
Tar-dy, lohi, puka mai mahope. 
Ta-ro, kalo. 
. Tar-ry, e kali, e noho liuliu iki. 
Tart, awahia, oi, ehaeha. 

Taste, e hoao ma ka waha. 

Taunt. e olelo ino, e nuku. 

Teach, e ao aku, e kuhikuhi. 

Tear, he waimaka. 

Tear, e nahae, e haehae. 

Tease, e hoonaukiuki. 

Teat, he u, ka maka o ka u. 
Te-di-ous, hoolohi a luhi. 

Teem, e hoohua a nui. 

Tel-es-cope, he ohe nana. 

Tell, e hai aku, e olelo hoike. 
Te-mer-i-ty, he aa ana, he wiwo ole. 
Tem-per-ance, ka pakiko ana i ka mea ai a 

me na mea inu. 

Tem-pest, he makani ikaika, he ino. 
Tem-ple, he heiau, he luakini. 
Tem-po-ral, pili ana i ko keia ao. 
Tempt, e hoao, e hoowalewale. 
* Ten, he umi; ten days, he anahulu. 
Te-na-cious, paa i kahi manao, paakiki. 
Tend, e malama, e lawelawe. 


550 


TIG 


Ten-der, palupalu, ehaeha. “ 
Ten-don, he olona ma ka lala. 

Tenth, ka umi. 

Ter-min-a-tion, he oki ana, he paa ana. 
Ter-ri-ble, he eehia, he hooweliweli. 
Ter-ri-fy, e hooweliweli, e hoomakau. 
Ter-ror, he weliweli, he makau nui. 
Tes-ti-fy, e hai aku i ka mea i ikeia, 
Text, he kumuolelo, he pooolelo. [mai. 
Thanks, he aloha aku i ka lokomaikai wale 
That, kela, ua mea la. 

Thatch, e ako hale i ka pili. 

The, ka, ke. [laua. 
Their, ko lakou, ka lakou; (dual) ka laua, ko 
Them, lakou; (dual) laua. 

Then, alaila. 

There, malaila, ilaila. 

There-fore, no ka mea, no ia mea. 
These, o lakou nei, o keia mau mea. 
They, o lakou, o laua. 

Thick, manoanoa, paapu. 

Thief, he aihue. 

Thigh, he uha. 

Thim-ble, he komo lima humubumu. 
Thin, lahilahi, wiwi. 

Thing, mea. 

Think, e noonoo, e manao ae. 

Thirst, e make wai. 

Thir-teen, he umikumamakolu. 

Thir-ty, he kanakolu. 

This, keia, eia. 

Thorn, he laau ooi. 

Thor-ough, paa pono, pololei. 

Those, kela mau mea. 

Thou, 0 oe. 

Though, ina, ina paha. 

Thought, he manao, he kuhi ana. 
Thou-sand, he tausani. 

Thral-dom, e noho hooluhi ana. 
Thrash, e hahau iho me ka ikaika. 
Thread, he kaula makalii, he ropi. 
Threat, he olelo hooweliweli. 

Three, akolu, ekolu, 

Three-fold, pakolu. 

Thres-hold, ka paepae puka. 

Thrive, e noho me ka pomaikai. 
Throat, ke kani a-i, ka puu a-i. 
Throb, e panapana, e pana. 

Throng, he lehulehu o kanaka. 
Throt-tle, e lalau a paa ma ka a-i. 
Through-out, mawaena a pau. 
Throw, e kiola, e hoolei. 

Thrush, ka ea, ka eaea. 

Thrust, e kipaku ikaika. 

Thumb, ka lima nui. 

Thump, e kui aku. 

Thun-der, ka hekili. 

Thun-der-strike. ka poha ana o ka hekili. 
Thus, pe, penei. 
Thwart, e keakea, e ku e. 

Tick-le, e iniiniki, e opaopa. 
Ti-dings, he mea hou, he olelo hoike. 
Ti-dy, maemae me ka maikai. 

Tie, e nakii a paa. 

Tight, paa, oolea. 


TRA 


Till, until, a hiki i ka manawa. 
Tim-id, makau wale, palaimaka. 
Tin, he kepau keokeo, he tini. 
Tin-gle, e kani hookulikuli. 


Tin-kle, e kani ooi me he bele uuku la. 


Ti-ny, makalii, palanaiki. 

Tip, welau, kahi oi. 

Tip-sy, ona i ka inu i mea ona. 
Tire, e hooluhi, e hoomaloeloe. 
Tire-some, kaumaha, hoolubi ana. 
Ti-tle, he inoa luna, inoa buke, 
Tit-ter, e aka henehene. 

To, i, ia, io; before the infinitive e. 
Toe, manamana wawae. 

To-geth-er, pu; sit together, noho pu. 
Toil, e hana ikaika, e kamau hana. 
To-ken, he hoailona. 

Tol-er-ate, e ae e hanaia. 

Tongs, he upa ahi. 

Tongue. ka elelo, alelo. 

Tools, he mau mea paahana. 

Tooth. niho. 

Top, ka welau, kahi kiekie. 

Torch, he lama, he lamaku. 
Tor-ment, e hooeha loa, e hoowalania. 
Tor-rent, he waikahe ikaika. 
Tor-rid, wela loa, maloo i ka wela. 
Tor-toise, he honu, he ea. 

Tor-ture, e hooeha, e hoowalania. 
Toss, e hoolei lima iluna. 

To-tal, okoa, pau loa. 

Tot-ter, e haalulu. 

Touch, e hoopa, e pa aku. 

Touch-y, huhu wawe. 

Tough, uaua, paakiki. 

Tow, e kano maloko o ka wai. 
To-ward, ma, i. 

Town, he kauhale kinikini. 

Toy, he mea ep no na kamalii. 
Toy, e hoolealea#*wale. 


Trace, e kahakaha aku, e hahai me ka imi. 
Tract-a-ble, hiki ke hooponopono koke ia. 


Trade, ka oihana paahana. 
Trade-wind, ka makani mau. 


Tra-di-tion, he mooolelo no na kupuna mai. 


Trail, e kauo mahope iho. 

Train, e ao i ka paikan, e alakai. 
Trait-or, he kanaka kipi, he kumakaia. 
Tram-ple, e hehi ilalo. 

Tran-quil, malie, maluhia. 

Trans-act, e hana. 

Trans-cend, e pii iluna, e hoohala aku. 


551 UGL 


Tray-el-er, he mea hele i na aina e aku. 
Treach-er-ous, hoopunipuni, wahahee. 
Tread, e hehi maluna iho. 

Trea-son, he kipi i ke alii. 

Treas-ure, he waiwai i ahuia. 

Treat-y, he olelo kuikahi. 

Tree, he laau. 

Trem-ble, e haalulu, e haukeke. 
Tre-men-dous, weliweli, kupanaha. 
Trem-u-lous, haalulu ana. 

Trench, he auwaha. 

Trep-i-da-tion, he haalulu ana. 
Tres-pass, e komo wale i ko hai wahi. 
Tri-al, he hoao ana, he hookolokolo ana. 
Trib-u-la-tion, he popilikia nui. 
Trick, he hana apiki, he hoopunipuni. 
Trick-le, e kahe uuku iho, e kulu. 
Tri-fle, he mea liilii, waiwai uuku. 
Trig-ger, ke ki e pana ai ka pu. 
Trim, e paipai, e hooponopono. 
Trip, e hele mama, e okupe. 
Trip-le, pakolu. 

Tri-umph, e lanakila. 

Troop, he poe koa. 

Troub-le, he pilikia. 

Troub-le-some, hoopilikia ana. 
Trough, he papa auwai loloa. 
Trow-sers, he lolewawae no na kane. 
True, oiaio, pololei. 

Trum-pet, he pu kani memele. 
Trun-dle, e kaa maluna o na huila, 
Trust, e hilinai aku, e paulele. 

Try, e hoao. 

Tuft, he eka lanoho. 

Tug, e huki ikaika, e kauo. 
Tum-ble, e kaa ilalo, e hookaa ilalo. 
Tu-mid, pehu. 

Tu-mult, he haunaele. 

Tune, he leo mele. 

Tur-bid, paapu i ka lepo. 

Tur-key, he manu palahu. 5 
Tur-mer-ic, he olena. 

Tur-moil, he wawa, he pioloke. 
Turn, e huli ae, e haliu, e wili. 
Tur-tle, he honu, he ea. 

Tush! ka! kahaha! 

Tusk, he niho loloa. 

Twelve, he umikumamalua. 
Twen-ty, he iwakalua. 

Twice, papalua. 

Twig, he lala uuku o ka laau. 
Twi-light, he wanaao, he wanapoo. 


Trans-fer, e hoolilo aku, e lawe mai kahi wahi Twins, he mahoe. 
ai kahi wahi e ae. Twine, he kaula ropi. 
Trans-fix, e hou iho a puka. [hou. Twin-kle, e imoimo me he hoku la. 
Trans-form, e hoomalule, e hoololi i ke ano | Twirl, e kaa, e wili. 
Trans-gress, e lawehala, e hele mao aku. Twist, e hilo, e wili. 
Tran-sient, hele ana, aohe noho loa. Twitch, e kaili. 
Trans-late, e unuhi i ka olelo e. Two, alua, elua. 
Trans-mit, e lawe aku ma kahi e. Two-fold, palua, papalua. 
Trans-pa-rent, moakaka lea. Tyr-an-ny, he hana hookaumaha. 
Trans-plant, e kanu ma kahi e. 
Trap, he mea upiki e paa ai na mea hihiu. U 
Trash, he opala, he mea waiwai ole. ° 


Trav-el, he hele ana, he holo ana. Uc-.y, ino, kekee. 


UNL 


Ul-cer, he mai puha. 

Um- prel- la, he mamalu, he loulu. 
Un-a-ble. he hiki ole. 

Un-at-tend-ed, aohe mea hele pu. 
Un-a-wares, me ka ike ole. 
Un-be-com-ing, ku ole i ka pono. 
Un-bend, e hoalualu. 

Un-bind, e wehe i ka mea i nakinakiia. 
Un-bound-ed, aole i puniia. 
Un-cer-tain, maopopo ole, akaka ole. 
Un-civ-il, launa ole, lokoino. 


Un-cle, he hoahanau kane o ka makua ponoi. 


Un-clean, maemae ole, pelapela. 
Un-clothe, e wehe ae i ke kapa. 
Un-com-mon, kakaikahi, aole pinepine. 
Un-con-stant, aole paa man, he ano luli. 
Un-cov-er, e wehe i ka uhi. 
Un-cour-te-ous, aole oluolu ka hana. 
Unc-tion, he poni ana i ka aila. 
Une-tu-ous, momona, piha i ka aila. 
Un-cul-pa-ble, he hana me ka hewa ole. 
Un-cum-ber-ed, aole i hookaumahaia. 
Un-curse, e hoino ole aku. 

Un-dam-aged, hana ino ole ia. 
Un-de-ci-ded, kanalua, paa ole ka manao. 
Un-der, malalo, ilalo. 

Un-der-go, e hoomanawanui i ka eha. 
Un-der-most, malalo loa. 

Un-der-stand, e ike maopopo. 
Un-der-take, e lawehana. 

Un-do, e wawahi iho i ka mea i hanaia. 
Un-dress, e wehe i na kapa aahu. 

Un- -em-ploy- -ed, aohe hana e hana ai. 
Un-e-ven, like ole, apuupuu. 

Un- -ex-pect- -ed, hiki mai me ka ike e ole ia. 
Un-ex-pert, hawawa, hemahema. 
Un-fas-ten, e kala, e hemo. 
Un-fath-om-ed, he hohonu ana ole ia. 
Un-fledg-ed, he manu puka ole ia ka hulu. 
Un-fold, e yehewehe i i ka opiopi. 
Un-for-tu-nate, poino, popilikia. 
Un-fre-quent, aole hiki pinepine. 


Un-fre-quent-ed, kipa kakaikahiia, mehameha. 


Un-goy-ern-ed, hoomaluhia ole ia. 

Un- hand- -some, maikai ole ka helehelena. 

Un-han-dy, bhawawa ka hana ana. 
n-hap-py, kaumaha ka naau. 

Jn-hon-or-ed, aole i hoomaikaiia. 


n-hurt, he eha ‘ole ia. 

-ni-form, e ano hookahi ana. 
/n-in-jur-ed, aole i hana ino ia. 
Un-in-ten-tion-al, me ka manao ole. 
Un-in-ter-rupt-ed, aole i alalaiia. 
Un-ion, he hookui ana, e kuikahi ana. 
U-nite, e hui pu, e hookui. 
U-ni-ver-sal, a pau loa, ma na wahi a pau. 
Un-just, ku ole ma ka pono. 

Un-kind, lokomaikai ole. 

Un-known, i ike ole ia. 

Un-law-ful, ku ole i ke kanawai. 
Un-less, ina ole, ke ole. 

Un- like, like ole, ku like ole. 
Un-like- -ly, aole paha olaio. 

Un-lock, e wehe me ke ki. 


SOSS Sas 





582 


n-hos-pi- -ta-ble, lokomaikai ole ina malihini. 


VAN 


Un-loose, e wehewehe. 

Un-luck-y, poino. 

Jn-man-ner-ed, ku ole i ka naauao. 
n-mar-ri-ed, aole i mareia. 
n-meas-ured, aole i anaia. 
n-mer-ci-ful, aloha ole, menemene ole. 
n-mov-a-ble, paa loa, aole e hiki ke nee. 
n-neigh-bor-ly, launa ole. 
Jn-ob-sery-ed, aole i ike ia. 

n-paid, uku ole ia. 

Jn-par-don-ed, aole i kala ia. 
n-prof-it-a-ble, e waiwai ole ana. 
Jn-rav-el, e wehewehe i ka mea hihia. 
n-ripe, 00 ole, opiopio. 

Jn-roll, e wehe i ka owili. 

Un-ru-ly, kolohe, hookuli. 
Un-sat-is-fied, aole i oluolu, walea ole. 
Un-sight-ly, he ino ke nana aku. 
Un-skill-ful, akamai ole. 
Un-suc-cess-ful, aole pomaikai. 
Un-suit-a-ble, ku ole, pili ole. 
Un-thank-ful, aloha ole i ka lokomaikaiia. 
Un-tie, e wehe i ka nakinaki o ke kaula. 
Un-til, a, a hiki i ka manawa. 

Un-true, he oiaio ole. 

Un-u-su-al, maa ole, walea ole. 
Un-whole-some, pono ole no ke ola. 
Un-wil-ling, makemake ole. 
Un-wont-ed, laka ole, hihiu. 

Up! e ala ae! iluna. 

Up-braid, e nuku, e ao ikaika. 
Up-hold, e kokua. 

Up-on, maluna iho. 

Up-per-most, maluna loa aku. 

Up-right, kupono, pololei. 

Up-roar, he haunaele, he walaau. 
Up-root, e uhuki ae, pau pu me ke aa. 
Up-side-down, ilalo ka aoao luna. 
Up-ward, ma kahi maluna Gy 

Urge, e koi ikaika. 

U-rine, he mimi. 

Us, ia makou, ia kakou, ia maua, ia kaua. 
Use, he hana, he oihana. 

Use, e hoolilo i kahi mea i mea hana. 
Use-ful, pono ke hanaia. 

U-su-al, e mau ana, e pinepine ana. 
U-surp, e lalau wale i ko hai wahi. 
U-te-rus, ka opu. 


SSS SSH SSS Soe Re 





Vv. 


Va-cant, hakahaka, aole i nohoia. 
Vag-a-bond, he mea aea, he kuewa wale. 
Vain, makehewa, lapuwale. 

Vain-glo- -ri-ous, haanou, kaena. 

Vale, he aina mawaena 0 ha mauna, he awawa. 
Val-e-dic-tion, he aloha o ka mea hele. 
Val-iant, makau ole, koa. [mauna. 
Val-ley, he awawa, he wa mawaena o na 
Val-u-a-ble, pono e waiwai ai. 

Van, he poe kaua hele mua. 

Van-ish, e nalowale iho. 

Van-quish, e lanakila maluna. 


WAD 


553 


WES 





Va-por, he mahu. 

Va-ri-a-ble, lauwili, huli i o ia nei. 
Va-ri-ance, he ku e ana. 

Va-ri-e-ty, nui ke ano o kela mea keia mea. 
Vast, nui, nunui. 

Vaunt, e kaena wale, e haanou. 

Veer, e haliu ae. 

Veg-et-a-ble, he mea kanu, mea kupu. 
Veil, e uhi. 

Vein, he aa koko. 

Ve lo-ci-ty, ka mama ana o ka hele. 
Vend, e kuai aku, e kalepa. 

Ven-e-rate, e mahalo nui, e hoomaikal. 
Ve-ne-sec-tion, e hookahe i ke koko. 
Ven-geance, he hoopai huhu ana. 
Ven-om, he mea awaawa make. 
Ven-om-ous, he ano o ka mea e make ai. 
Verb-al, ma ka waha, hai waba ia. 
Ver-i-fy, e hooiaio. 

Verse, he pauku olelo. 

Vers-ed, he makaukau, he akamai. 
Ver-tex, kabhi i oi maluna. 

Ver-ti-go, he poniuniu. 

Ver-y, io, oiaio, maoli. 

Ves-i-cate, e hoopohapoha i ka ili. 
Ves-i-cle, he wahi puu ma ka ili. 
Ves-sel, he ipu, he pahu. he waa, he moku. 
Vest-ige, he kapuai, he kaha. 

Vex, e hoonaukiuki, e hoopilikia. 
Vex-a-tious, e hoonaukiuki ana. 

Vi-al, he omole aniani uuku. 

Vi-brate, e lewa i o ia nei. 

Vice, he kina, he hewa. 

Vic-tor, he koa lanakila. 

Vic-to-ry, he lanakila ana. 

Vict-uals, he mea ai na kanaka. 

Vie, e hoolike, e hana like. 

View, he ike maka, e makaikai ana. 
Vig-i-lant, makaala. 

Vig-or-ous, ikaika. 

Vile, ino, kolohe, haukae. 

Vil-i-fy, e olelo ino, e aki. 

Vil-lage, he kauhale. 

Vin-di-cate, e kokua ae, hoopuka ae. 
Vin-dic-tive, manao hoopai wale. 
Vi-o-late, e uhai, e wawahi, e limaikaika. 
Vi-o-lent, ikaika, huhu. 

Vi-per, he mooomole, he mea niho awa. 
Vir-gin. he wahine puupaa. 

Vis-it, e hele e ike. 

Vix-en, he wahine nuku wale. 
Vo-ca-tion, he oihana. 

Voice, he leo. 

Void, hakahaka, nele. [honua. 
Vol-ca-no, he pele, luapele, he ahi iloko o ka 
Vol-ume, he owili palapala, he buke. 
Vol-un-ta-ry, no ka makemake iho. 
Vom-it, e luai aku. 

Vo-ra-cious, ai nui loa, aihamu. 
Voy-age, he holo ana ma ka moana. 


Ww. 
WADE, e auhele. 
70 


Wag, e neenee me ka luliluli ae. 

Wa-ges, he uku no kekahi hana. 

Wail, e uwe kanikau, e kumakena. 

Waist, ka puhaka. 

Waist-coat, he puliki. 

Wait, e kali, e ukali. 

Wake, ala, e ala mai ka hiamoe ae. 

Wake, ka maawekai mahope o ka moku. 
Walk, e hele wawae. 

Walk-ing-staff, he kookoo. 

Wall, he pa pohaku, he paia hale. [paka. 
Wal-low, e kaa i ka lepo me he puaa la, e ku- 
Wan-der, e aea, e kuewa wale. 

Wane, e emi iho. 

Want, he nele, he ilihune ana. 

Wan-ton, uhauha, makaleho. 

War, he kaua. 

War, e kaua aku. 

Warm, mahana, pumahana. 

Warm, e hoomahana. 

Warn, e ao aku i makaala ai. 

Warp, he ropi e moe ana ma ka loao ka lole. 
War-ri-or, he koa kaua. 

Wart, he ilikona. 

Wash, e holoi, e hoomaemae i ka wai. 
Wasp, he nalo hope eha. 

Waste, e hoomaunauna waiwai. 

Watch, e kiai, e makaala. 

Watch, he wati; he poe kiai. 

Wa-ter, wai, kai. 't Library 
Wa-ter-fall, he wailele. MOE LADrary 
Wa-ter-y, pulu ma-u. 
Wat-tle, he lala laau wuku. 

Wave, he ale o ke kai. 

Wave, e luli, e kai o ia nei. 

Wax, he kepau ta, he mea pipili. 

Way, ke ala, alanui, ka aoao hana. 
Way-lay, e hoohalua. 

We, kakou, makou, kaua, maua. 

Weak, nawaliwali, palupalu. 

Weal, he pomaikai ana. 

Wealth, he waiwai. 

Wean, e ukuhi i ka waiu. 

Weap-on, he mea kaua. he mea pale i ka enemi. 
Wear, e aahu lole, e hoopau liilii. 

Wea-ry, lubi, pauaho. 

Weave, e ulana. 

Web, ka mea i ulanaia, he punawelewele. 
Wed, e mare, e lawe i wabine. i kane paha. 
Wed-nes-day, wenede, ka poakolu. 

Wee, uuku, lahilabi. 

Weed, he mea ulu wale. 

Weed, e waele i ka nabelehele. 

Weep, e uwe me ka waimaka. 

Weigh, e kaupouna. 

Weight-y, he kaumaha, koikoi. 

Wel-come, e bookipa me ke aloh& 

Well, he luawai, he punawai hohonu. 
Well, pono, mai ole. 

Well-nigh, kokoke, aneane. 

Well-spring, he puna, he waipuna. 
Wel-ter, e kaa maloko o ke koko. 

Wen, he puu maloko o ka io. 


.| Wench, he kaikamahine, wahine mare ole ia. 


West, komohana. 


WON 


Wet. koekoe, pulu i ka wai. 
Whale, he kohola. 

What? heaha? 

Whee-dle, e hoopunipuni. 
Whelp, he keiki ilio. 

When? (with the past) inahea? (future) ahea? 
Whence? nohea mai? ihea mai? 

Where? aihea? mahea? aila mahea? 
Where-fore? no keaha la? 

Whet, e hookala i oi. 

Wheth-er, ina paha. 

Whet-stone, he pohaku hoana. 

Which? he mea hea? 

While, 
Whilst, 
Whip, e haua, e hahau a eha. 

Whirl, e wili ikaika. 

Whirl-pool, he mimilo, he wili iloko o ke kai. 
Whirl-wind, he puahiohio. 

Whisk-er, he umiumi loloa ma ka papalina. 
Whis-per, e hawanawana. 

Whis-tle, e hookio, e pio. 

White, keokeo, kea. 

White-wash, he mea hamo keokeo. 
Whith-er? ihea? i kahi hea? 

Who? wai? owai? 

Whole, okoa. 

Whoop, he hooho kaua, he hooho. 

Whore, he wahine hookamakama. 

Why? no keaha la? i mea aha? 

Wick, he uwiki 0 ke kukui. 

Wick-ed, aia, hewa, lawehala. 

Wide, akea, laula, palahalaha. 

Wid-ow, wahine kane make. 

Wife, he wahine mea kane. 

Wild, hihiu, laka ole. 

Wild-ness, he hihiu. 

Wile, apiki, hana maalea. 

Will, he palapala kauoha i ka waiwai. 
Wil-ling, e ae ana, oluolu. 

Win, e loaa, e ko. 

Wind, he makani. 

Wind, e wili. 

Wind-bound, paa i ka makani. 
Win-dow, he puka makani. 

Wing, eheu, pekekeu. 

Wink, e imo, e imoimo. 

Wipe, e holoi me ke kawele. 

Wise, naauao, akamai, ike. 

Wish, manao. 

With, i, ma, me. 

With-draw, e hoi iwaho. 

With-er, e mae a make. 

With-hold, e aua, e huna. 

With-in, maloko, iloko. 

With-out, mawaho, iwaho. 

With-out, ke ole, me ole. 

With-stand, e ku e, e hooke, e papa. 
Wit-ness, e hoike. 

Wo, woe, auwe! poino! e poino ana. 
Wo-man, he wahine makua. 

Womb, ka puao. 

Won-der, e mahalo, e kahaha ka manao,. 
Won-der-ful, kupaianaha. 

Wont, maa, walea. 


oiai, ia manawa, ma ia manawa. 


504 


ZON 


Wood, laau, he wahie, he ululaau. 
Woof, na kaula i ulanaia. 

Wool, he hulu hipa. 

Word, he huaolelo. 

Work, hana, he oihana. 

Work, he mea i hanaia. 

World, ke ao nei, kela ao. 
World-ly, lilo i na lealea o ke ao nei. 
Worm, enuhe, he mea liilii e kolo ana. 
Worm-eat-en, aiia i ka mu. 

Worse, he oi i ka hewa. 

Wor-ship, e hoomana. 

Worst, hewa loa, ino loa. 

Worth, ke kumu kuai, ka pono. 
Wound, e hooeha. 

Wran-gle, e hakaka, e hoopaapaa. 
Wrap, e wahi ae, e opeope. 
Wrap-per, he wahi no kekahi mea. 
Wrath, huhu, inaina. 

Wreath, he lei i ulanaia. 

Wreck-ed, nahahaia me he moku la. 
Wrest. e huki ikaika, e kaili hewa. 
Wres-tle, e hakoko. 

Wretch, he kanaka inoino loa. 
Wretch-ed, ehaeha loa, popilikia. 
Wring, e uwi, e wili ikaika. 

Wrin-kle, he minomino. 

Wrist, ka pulima. 

Write, e kakaulima. 

Writhe, e wili, e oni ae. 

Wrong, kekee, pono ole, he hewa. 
Wrong, e hana hewa. 

Wrong-ing, e hana ino ana i kekahi mea. 
Wry, i wiliia, kapakahiia. 


Y. 








































Yam, whi. 

Yawn, e hamama. 

Ye, oukou, olua. 

Year, he makahiki. 

Year-ly, ma ka makahiki. 

Yearn, e iini, e makemake nui. 

Yell, he hooho me ka leo nui. 

Yel-low, melemele, he lenalena. 

Yes, e, ae, oia. 

Yes-ter-day, inehinei. 

Yet, aka, i keia manawa. 

Yield, e hoohua ; e kuu ae. 

Yon-der, mao, mamao. 

You, singular, oe: dual, olua; plural. oukou. 
Young, opio, opiopio. [oukou. 
Your, singular, xou; dual, ko olua; plural, ko 
Youth, he wa keiki, ka wa kamalii. 


Lie 


ZeAL-ous, piha i ka manao ikaika. 
Zeph-yr, he makani nawaliwali. 
Zig-zag, he kekee i o ia nei. 

Zink, he kepau keokeo. 

Zone, he kaei o ka honua. 


A CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE 


OF 


REMARKABLE EVENTS 


CONNECTED WITH 


THE HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 


PREFACE. 


Tue following Chronological Table is a translation of a Table compiled by 
the Rev. A. Forbes, of Molokai, and was designed for a Hawaiian Almanac for 
the present year, 1865. The Compiler says: “This Table has been made up 
from the Hawaiian History (Mooolelo Hawaii) and some fifty or more articles 
added. It is not, however, supposed that all deficiencies are supplied, but only 
some of the defects of previous tables. ‘There will be facts and dates to be 
added hereafter.” 

The first Chronological Table of notable events at these Islands was published 
in the Hawaiian Almanac for 1835, before the Hawaiian History was written. 

To that Table additions have been made from time to time, until the present. 


L. A. 

1716. Keaulumoku was born at Naohaku in opuu, was on Maui fighting against 

- Kohala. Kahekili. 

1752. Kalaniopuu King of Western Hawaii. | 1779. January 17, Capt. Cook anchored in the 

1769. Transit of Venus, observed by Cook Bay of Kealakeakua, Hawaii. 
and Green. 1779. February 14, Capt. Cook was slain at 

1774. Keaulumoku was living with Kahahana, Kaawaloa, Hawaii. 

King of Oahu. 1782. April, Kalaniopuu died, leaving his 

1775. Kaahumanu became the wife of Kame- Kingdom (Western Hawaii) to Ki- 
hameha I. walao, who was his own son. 

1776 to 1778. Kahekili, King of Maui, was at | 1782. July, the battle named Mokuahae, i.e., 
war with Kalaniopuu, King of Ha- the fight of Kamehameha with Kiwa- 
wail. lao and his party at Keomo, Hawaiis. 

1778. January 18, Capt. Cook first anchored Kamehameha triumphed, Kiwalao. 
at Waimea, Kauai, having first seen was slain, and Keoua became King: 
Oahu. of Kau and Puna. 

1778. November, Capt. Cook touched at East | 1782. Keawemauhili reigns as King at Hilo,. 
Maui. Hawaii. 


1778. Kamehameha, a soldier under Kalani-! 1782. Keaulumoku composed the mele Haui’ 


506 CHRONOLOGICAL 
ka Lani, or a Prophecy of the over-| 1798. 
throw of Hawaii by Kamehameha. 

1782. Kamehameha reigns King over Kona, 

; Kohala and Hamakua. | 1801. 

1782. December, Kanekoa was slain in battle 
by Keoua. 1802. 

1783. March, at Lanpahoehoe mua, Kameha- | 1802. 
meha fought with Keawemauhili and | 1803. 
Keoua, Kings of Kau and Hilo. 1804. 

1784, They fought at Hapuu. 1804. 

1784. Keaulumoku the Poet died, aged 68 | 1808. 
years. 1809. 

1785. At Laupahoehoe alua, Kamehameha 
fought with Keawemauhili and Ke-| 1810. 
oua, Kings of Kau and Hilo. 

1786. The ship Zo anchored. 

1787. August, Kaiana sailed to a Foreign 
Country (China.) 

1790. The battle called Kapantwai was fought | 1812 


1792. 
1792. 


1792. 
1793. 


1793. 
1794. 
1795. 
1795. 


1797. 
Leos. 


. First American ship (Hleanor, Captain 


. John Young and Isaac Davis became 


. Kaeo, King of Kauai. and Kahekili, 


. Kahekili, King of Maui, died. 
. In this year the battle of Nuuanu was 





between Kamehameha and Kalani- 
kupule at Wailuku, Maui. 


Metcalf) visited the Islands. 


. Keawemauhili was slain in battle by | 1815 
Keoua. 1816 

. Kamehameha lives at Kaunakahakai, 1816 
Molokai. 

. Keoua was taken prisoner by Kameha-| 1817 
meha at Koapapaa, Hamakua, Ha-| 1819 


waii, and Kamehameha thus became 
sole King of the whole Island. 


attached to Kamehameha. 
King of Mani, met Kamehameha at 


Kohala, Hawaii; the battle was 
called Kepuwahaulaula. 





fought, in which Kalanikupule, son } 
of Kahekili, King of Maui and Oahn, 
was slain; and thus Maui, Molokai, 
Lanai and Oahu fell into the hands 
of Kamehameha, 

Keoua was slain at Kawaihae. 

March 3, Capt. Vancouver first visited 
the Islands, and left cattle, sheep, &c 

The Deedaius, store ship, visits Waimea, 
Oahu ; a Massacre. 

Kamehameha attempted a voyage to 
Kauai, but could not succeed, the 
wind being against him. That voyage 
was called Jeiewaho. 

March 12, Vancouver anchored at La- 
haina. 

December, first discovery of Honolulu 
harbor. Entered by Jackall and 
Prince Leboo, American. 

January 12, last visit of Vancouver. 

Deedalus visits Niihau. Massacre. Jan- 
uary 1, Murder of Captains. 

Liholiho (Kamehameha If.) was born. 

Namakeha dies at Hilo, in the battle of 
Kaipalaoa. 


. duly, 


1820. 
1820. 
1821. 
‘Nagai: 
| 1821. 


1822. 


1824. 


TABLE. 


The work of digging out a fleet of canoes 
was commenced; the canoes were of 
the class called Peleleu. 

The fleet of canoes called Peleleu ar- 
rived at Kawaihae. 

The Peleleu arrived at Lahaina. 

Kameeiamoku dies at Lahaina. 

The Peleleu arrived at Oahu. 

The great pestilence called ahulau okuu. 

Keeaumoku dies. 

Ualakaa? 

Kanihonui was slain for making an at- 
tempt on Kaahumanu. 

Kamehameha and Kaumualii, King of 
Kauai, meet, and Kaumualii gives 
Kauai to Kamehameha. Hence all 
the Islands of Hawaii became one 
Kingdom under Kamehameha I. 


2. Kamehameha returned to Hawaii. That 


voyage was called Niaukani. 


2. The stone wall of Kiholo was built. 
. March, Kauikeaouli (Kamehameha IT.) 


was born. 


- Nahienaena (the Princess) was born. 
. Some Russian ships arrive. 
. The building of the Fort at Honolulu 


commenced by Kalanimoku. 


7. The Fort at Honolulu finished. 
. May 8, Kamehameha I. died. 
9. May, Liholiho (Kamehameha IT.) reigns 


King. 


: October, Liholiho breaks kapu on the 


night of Kukahi. 


. Kapu broken on Oahu in November. 
20. January, a battle on account of break- 


ing kapu at Kuamoo on Hawaii. 


. Mar ch 30. first Missionaries arrived at 


Kailua. 


20. April 18, Micsiosunics first arrive at 


Honolulu. 

Messrs. Whitney and Ruggles 
sailed for Kanai. 

December, Liholiho sails for Maui. 

First whaler (Mary, Capt. Allen) enters 
Honolulu harbor. 

February 4, Liholiho sails for Oahu. 

July 22, Liholiho arrives at Kanai. 

First house of Christian worship built 
in Honolulu. 

January 7, Printing first commenced at 
the Islands. It is said that King Li- 
holiho was allowed to pull the first 
sheet. 


3. January, Kaahumanu returned from 


Hawaii. 


. April 4, Mr. Ellis arrived from Tahiti. 
. April 27, the second company of Mis- 


sionaries arrived. 


23. September 16, Keopuolani died. 
23. November 27, Liholiho, his Queen and 


attendants ‘sailed for England, leav- 
ing the Kingdom in the care of Kaa- 
humanu. 

May 26, Kaumualii, King of Kauai, died. 


. July 8, Kamamalu, 


. duly 3 


CHRONOLOGICAL 


wife of Liholiho, 


died in London. 


. July 13, Liholiho died in London. 
24. August, Humehume (George Tamoree) 


raised a Rebellion on Kauai. 


. August 18, Kiaimakani was slain in 


battle. 


. August, Kapiolani descended into the 


Voleano of Kilauea. 


. May 4, Boki and his companions return 


from England with the Remains of 
the King and Queen in the English 
frigate Blonde. 


. February, the ship London was wrecked 


on Lanai. 


. February 26, the crew of the war brig 


Dolphin created a great disturbance 
in Honolulu,—attacked and broke 
into the house of Kalanimoku. 


. August, Kaahumanu made her first cir- 


cuit of Oahu. 


. September 27, the first Meeting House 


at Kailua was dedicated. ~ 


. Kahalaia died. 
. February 8. Kalanimoku died. 
27. October 23, Capt. Clark fired into the 


Village of Lahaina. 


7. October, Kinau and Kekuanaoa were 


married. 


28. March 30, the third company of Mis- 


sionaries arrived. 


. The stone Meeting House at Wainee, 


Lahaina, commenced. 


. Kaahumanu took the bones of the Chiefs 


from the “House of Keawe” and 
deposited them at Kaawaloa. 

. first Meeting House at Hono- 
Tulu dedicated. 


29. Namahana ios 


29. December 2 


. March, 


, Boki and his company 
sailed aw ay from the Islands and 
were lost. 


. Piia died. 
. Kaahumanu and her train made the cir- 


cuit of Maui and Hawaii. 
Kaahumanu, the second time, 
made the circuit of Oahu. 


. December 11, His Majesty Kamehameha 


V. was born. 


. June 7, the fourth copes y of Mission- 


aries arrived. 


. September, mean made the cir- 


cuit of Oahu for the third time. 


. September, the High School at Lahai- 


naluna was commenced. 


. The erection of the Fort at Lahaina 


commenced. 


. December 29, Naihe died. 
2. The second visit of Kaahumanu to Maui 


and Hawaii. 


2. May 17, the fifth company of Mission- 


aries arrived. 


nee, Lahaina, dedicated. 


1832. 
1832. 


1832. 
1832. 


1836. 
1837. 


1837. 
1837. 


1837. 
1837. 


2. March, the stone Meeting House at Wai- | 


TABLE. 557 


June 5, Kaahumanu died. 

June, Kinau was appointed ae 
(Kuhina Nui.) 

September, Kaomi begins to es A dis- 
turbance. 

Messrs. Alexander, Whitney and Tinker 
sail to examine the Marquesas Isl- 
ands as a field for Missions. 


. The Fort at Lahaina was finished. 
. The Oahu Charity School was com- 


menced. 


3. Kuakini returns to Hawaii and Kinau 


dwells in the Fort as Governess. 


. March, Kamehameha III. assumes the 


reins of Government, and Kinau be- 
comes His Minister (Kuhina Nui.) 


. May 1, the sixth company of Mission- 


aries arrive. 


. Jwy 2, Messrs. Alexander, Armstrong 


and Parker sail for the Marquesas 
Islands. 


. The Bethel Church built at Honolulu. 
3. Kaomi died. 
. February 9, Kamehameha IV. (Alex- 


ander Liholiho) was born. 


. Kamanele died. 
. Keola died. 
. February 14, first Newspaper printed 


at the Hawaiian Islands, called the 
Lama Hawaii, at Lahainaluna. 


. The Newspaper Aumu Hawaii com- 


menced at Honolulu. 


. Leleiohoku and Nahienaena were mar- 


ried. 


. June 6, the seventh company of Mis- 


sionaries arrived. 


. First Hawaiian Almanac printed. 
). January 2, the Queen Dowager Emma 


was born. 


3. The Female Seminary at Wailuku, Maui, 


commenced. 


. The first Weekly Newspaper in English 


commenced. 


3. The High School of Mr. Lyman com- 


menced at Hilo. 

December, Nahienaena died. 

February 4, Kamehameha III. and Ka- 
lama were married. 

April 9, the eighth company of Mission- 
aries arrived. 

Aikanaka died. 

The flag was burnt at Kalamakini. 

The business of laying out public 
streets in Honolulu was commenced. * 


7. November 7, remarkable rise and over- 


flow of tide throughout the Islands. 


. August, the Chiefs commence the study 


of Political Economy with Mr. Rich- 
ards. 


. November 1, Victoria Kamamalu was 


born. 
. Great attention to religion among the 
people. 


. April 4, Kinau died. 


558 
1839. 
1839. 
1839. 
1839. 
1840. 
1840. 
1840. 
1840. 
1840. 


1840. 
1840. 


1841. 
1841. 


1841. 


1842. 
1842. 


1842. 
1842. 
1843. 
1843. 


1843. 


1843. 
1844. 


1844, 


1844. 
1844. 
1844. 
1845. 


1845. 


CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 


April 5, Kekauluohi became Premier 
(Kuhina Nui.) 

May 10, the printing of the First Edi- 
tion of the Hawaiian Bible finished. 

July 9, the French man-of-war ’ Arte- 
mise (Capt. Laplace) arrived. 

Kaikioewa died. 

The School for the Young Chiefs com- 
menced at Honolulu—Mr. and Mrs. 
Cooke Teachers. 

January, Hoapili, Governor of Maui, 
died. 

The stone Meeting House at Kawaiahao, 
Honolulu, commenced. 

August 3, Mr. Bingham and Family re- 
turned to the United States. 

October 8, Kamehameha III. gives the 
first written Constitution to the peo- 
ple of the Hawaiian Islands. 

October 20, Kamanawa and others were 
publicly executed for crime. 

September, the United States Exploring 
Expedition arrived. 

May, Kapiolani died. 

May 21, the ninth company of Mission- 
aries arrived. 

The School for Missionaries’ Children 
at Punahou (now Oahu College) 
commenced. 

January, Hoapili Wahine (Kalakaua) 
died. 

July 8, Haalilio sailed as Commissioner 
to the Courts of France, England and 
the United States. 

July 21, the Meeting House at Kawai- 
ahao finished. 

September 21, the tenth company of 
Missionaries arrived. 

The United States consent to the Inde- 
pendence of the Hawaiian Islands. 

February 25, Lord George Paulet seized 
the Hawaiian Islands and raised the 
English Flag. 

July 31, the sovereignty of the Islands 
was restored by Admiral Thomas of 
the English Navy. 

September, Bartimeus Puaaiki died. 

The Government of Belgium consents 
to the Independence of the Hawai- 
ian Islands. 

November 28, the Governments of Eng- 
land and France recognize the Inde- 
pendence of the Hawaiian Islands. 

July 15, the eleventh company of Mis- 
sionaries arrived. 

Silk exported from the Islands—197 
pounds. 

Haalilio died on his return voyage to 
the Islands. 

April 2, Representatives first chosen 
from the common people under the 
Constitution of October, 1840. 

Mr. Richards, the Interpreter ef Haali- 
lio, returned with his Remains. 


1845. 
1845. 
1845. 
1846. 
1846. 
1846. 
1847. 
1848. 
1848. 
1848. 
1848. 
1848. 
1849. 
1849: 
1851. 
1851. 
1851. 
1852. 
1852. 
1852. 
1854. 
1854. 
1855. 
1855. 
1855. 
1856. 
1856. 
1857. 


1857. 
1857. 


1857. 
1857. 


1857. 
1857. 
1857. 
1858. 
1859. 
1859. 
1859. 
1859. 


1860. 


Kekauluohi died. 

First export of Coffee—248 pounds. 

John Young (Keoni Ana) is appointed 
Premier (Kuhina Nui.) 

February 11, Commissioners appointed 
to settle land claims. 

March 20, Mr. Whitney died at Lahai- 
naluna. 

November, G. L. Kapeau returned to 
Hawaii as Governor. 

November, Mr. Richards died. 

Leleiohoku (William Pitt) died. 

Mose Kaikoewa died. 

Kaiminaauao died. 

The twelfth company of Missionaries 
arrived. 

The Measles (mai puupuu ula) pre- 
vailed, and very fatal. 

The Fort seized at Honolulu by Ad- 
miral Tromelin of the French Navy. 

Beef first exported from the Islands— 
158 barrels. 

The Hawaiian Missionary Society was 
formed. 

June, the Court House at Honolulu 
built. 

First Whale Oil and Bone transhipped. 

April 2, Kaliokalani died. 

First export of Fungus. 

The Small-Pox (mai puupuu liilii) swept 
over the Islands. 

The Fort at Lahaina demolished by 
order of Government. 

December 15, Kamehameha ITI. (Kaui- 
keaouli) died, and Kamehameha LY. 
became King. 

Paki died. 

Mr. Hitchcock, of Molokai, died. 

Flour exported—463 barrels. 

June 2, Kamehameha IV. was united 
in marriage with Emma Rooke. 

J. Aikake was married to Ruta Keeli- 
kolani. 

The Fort at Honolulu was demolished 
by order of Government. 

Konia (Widow of Paki) died. 

John Young (Keoni Ana) the Premier 
died. 

Victoria Kamamalu appointed Kuhina. 

William L. Lee, Chief Justice of the 
Supreme Court, died. 

Mr. Armstrong sailed for the United 
States. 

Governor Adams (Kuakini) died. 

David Malo died. 

May 20, the Prince or Hawau (Haku 
o Hawaii) was born. 

An eruption of the Volcano on Hawaii, 
as before in 1840, 1852, 1855. 

April 26, Jonas Piikoi died. 

July, the Civil Code first published. 

September, Gas-light (ea aa) first intro- 
duced into Honolulu. 

Feb., Custom House built at Lahaina. 


1860. 


1860. 
1860. 


1860. 
1860. 
1860. 
1860. 
1860. 
1862. 
1862. 
1862. 


1862. 
1863, 


CHRONOLOGICAL 


March, New Custom House built at 
Honolulu. 

May 27, J. W. E. Maikai died. 

Queen’s Hospital built; so named from 
Queen Emma. 

The steamer Kilauea arrived at Hono- 
lulu. 

Prince Lot (Kamehameha V.) sailed for 
California. 

September 23, Dr. Armstrong, Minister 
of Public Instruction, died. 

October, G. L. Kapeau, Governor of 
Hawaii, died. 

December, B. Namakeha died. 

The Prince or Hawai died. 

October 11, Reformed Catholic Mission- 
aries arrived. 

July 18, the building of the Seminary 
at Lahainaluna burnt. 

New building erected. 

November 30, His Majesty Kameha- 


1864. 
1864. 


1864. 
1864, 


1864. 
1864. 


1864 
1864 
1864 


TABLE. 559 


meha IV. died, and Prince Lot took 
the Throne as Kamehameha VY. 

May 5, Convention of Delegates was 
called by the King. 

June 13, Members of the Convention 
chosen by the people. 

July 7, Convention assembled. 

August 13, the Constitution given by 
Kamehameha III. abrogated by His 
Majesty and the Convention dis- 
missed. 

August 20, the King gives a New Con- 
stitution. 

September 29, Representatives for a 
Legislature chosen under the New 
Constitution. 

Oct. 15, the new Legislature assembled. 

L. Haalelea died. 

October, Act passed the Legislature 
authorizing the erection of two Dis- 
tilleries in Honolulu. 


ie 
i veal #4 
4 oe ae aie 


Rae 


4 ey 


ei ae ne wie 
ath SRL GA? inde 2 lh 


a ia tea Se ner 


aed 


who We att ire 





a ei eral 


y ay 








rege Ne vay i 
‘el Tene 








U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 


MOC 


003500578 


